S^M^Vv1 \V.V:,'.•.'.,.•;•;',■. ' NO.1-''..'.■'7.'' N. .VA'AV, .V : . '■;':' .- ■„'.':,/ -■-» >■■• M lifssii UNITED STATES OF AMERICA * • . FOUNDED 1836 WASHINGTON, D. C. Bl9574 UMinfiL MUJBWMI INDEX-CATALOGUE OF THE LIBEARY OF THE SURGEON GENERAL'S OFFICE, UNITED STATES AHMY. AUTHORS AND SUBJECTS. SE0O3STX3 SEEIES. Vol. Will. TETAMORE- TZSCHIRNER. WASHINGTON 1913 ArcL 2- Ser, 2 v. 1% 1913 C. Z War Department, Office of the Surgeon-General, Army Medical Museum and Library, WasJiington, November 3, 1913. Gen. George H. Torney, Surgeon-General, U. S. Army. General: I have the honor to present herewith the eighteenth volume of the second series of the Index-Catalogue of the Library of this Office. This volume includes 3,865 author titles, representing 4,117 volumes and 2,693 pamphlets. It also contains 5,223 subject-titles of separate books and pamphlets and 45,525 titles of articles in periodicals. The Librar\T now contains 182,984 bound volumes and 320,343 pamphlets. The following table shows the number of titles in the Index-Catalogue as far as published: AUTHOR-TITLES. Titles. Volumes. Pamphlets. SUBJECT-TITLES. Book titles. Journal ar- ticles. Portraits. Total in first series....... Second series, Vol. I...... Vol. II..... Vol. III.... Vol. IV.... Vol. V..... Vol. VI.... Vol. VII... Vol. VIII.. Vol. IX.... Vol. X..... Vol. XI.... Vol. XII... Vol. XIII.. Vol. XIV.. Vol. XV... Vol. XVI.. Vol. XVII. Vol. XVIII Total to date....... 176,364 6,346 15,732 11,112 9,628 6,825 15,589 6,225 10,704 8,706 10,122 8,023 5,476 5,566 10,019 8,804 9,890 2,357 3,865 85,663 6,127 6,383 4,873 4,133 2,695 5,865 2,692 5,330 2,599 4,690 4,063 2,355 3,250 5,281 4,688 4,670 3,850 4,117 151,504 6,327 14,802 10,690 8,523 5,957 14,296 8,157 9,897 S,291 10,750 9,311 5,195 4,851 8,058 7,460 10,786 8,490 2,693 168,557 7,884 5,774 10,636 8,828 7,645 5,962 13,179 5,731 5,322 10,856 5,634 10,996 7,678 4,065 3,616 3,892 3,571 5,223 511,112 30,384 21,725 34,314 28,316 40,045 30,561 32,522 29,684 31,481 22,622 34,211 35,324 40,221 31,370 28,328 24,135 36,898 45,525 4,335 677 120 331,353 163,324 306,038 295,049 1,088,778 5,132 Very respectfully, C. C. McCULLOCH, Jr., Lieutenant-Colonel, Medical Corp*, U. S. A., Librarian, S. G. O. HI XIXTII ADDITIOX TO THE ALPHABETICAL LIST ABBREVIATIONS OF TITLES MEDICAL PERIODICALS, PUBLISHED 1^ THE XINTH VOI/LTME, SECOND SERIES, OF THE INDEX-CATALOG} IE. JSiPTor explanations, see the Alphabetical List of Abbreviations of Titles, etc., in Vol. IX, 2. s. A. Am J. Trop. Dis. [etc.], M. Orl. Am. Red Cross Bull., Wash. Ann. di oncol. speriment., To- rino. Antiseptic, Edinb. & Madras. Arb. a. d. bakteriol. Lab. d. stadt. Sohlachthofes in Berl., Leipz. Arch. f. exper. u. klin. Phonet., Berl. Academie roumaine. [See Bull. sect, scient. de l'Acad. roumaine, Bucarest.] American (The) Journal of Tropical Diseases and Preventive Medi- cine. Official organ of the American Society of Tropical Medi- cine. New Orleans, v. 1, 1913. 8°. American Medical Association. Section on Ophthalmology. [See Papers Sect. Ophth. Am. Med. Ass., Chicago.] American Public Health Association. [See Am. J. Pub. Health, N. Y.] American (The) Red Cross Bulletin. Founded to aid in the pre- vention and alleviation of human suffering in times of peace and of war. Washington, v. 7, 1912. 8°. American Roentgen Ray Society. [See Tr. Am. Roentg. Ray Soc, Pittsb.] American Society of Tropical Medicine. [See Am. J. Trop. Dis. [etc.], N. Orl.] Annali di oncologia sperimentale. Torino, v. 1, 1912. 4°. Antiseptic (The). A monthly medical journal. Edinburgh & Madras, v. 9, 1912. 8°. Arbeiten aus dem bakteriologischen Laboratorium des stadtischen Schlachthofes in Berlin. Leipzig. Heft 3-4, 1911-12. 8°. Archiv fiir experimentelle und klinische Phonetik. Berlin, v. 1, 1913. 8°. [1] [2] Arch, di farmacog. [etc.], Roma. Arch. sc. di med. vet., Torino. Arizona M. J., Phoenix. Atti d. Cong, pellagrol. ital., Udine. Atti d. Cong. d. Soc. ital. di neurol., Roma. Atti d. Soc. lomb. di sc. med. e biol., Milano. Archivio di farmacognosia e scienze affini. Roma. Anno 1, 1912. 8°. Archivio scientifico di medicina veterinaria. Torino. [Continua- tion of: Archivio scientifico della reale Societa ed Accademia veterinaria italiana.] No. 1, January, 1913. 8°. Arizona Medical Journal. - Phoenix, v. 1, 1912. 8°. Association francaise pour I'etude du cancer. [See Rev. du cancer, Par.] Associazione romana per la cura medico-pedagogica dei fanciulli anormali e deficienti poveri. [See Infanzia anormale, Milano.] Atti del Congresso pellagrologico italiano. Udine. v. 5,1912. 8°. Atti del iii. Congresso della Societa italiana di neurologia, 1911. Roma. 1912. 8°. Atti della Societa lombarda di scienze mediche e biologiche. Milano. v. 1, 1912. 8°. B. Bact. Therap., Detroit. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Infektionskr., Wurzb. Brit. J. Surg., Bristol. Bull. Comm. Study Spec. Dis., Edinb. & Lond. Bull. Mich. Assoc. Prev. & Re- lief Tuberc, Ann Arbor. Bull. sect, scient. de l'Acad. roumaine, Bucarest. Bull. Soc. med.-chir. de l'lndo- Chine, Hanoi & Haiphong. Bacterial (The) Therapist; a journal of vaccine therapy. Detroit. v. 1-2, 1912. 8°. Beitrage zur Klinik der Infektionskrankheiten und zur Immuni- tatsforschung (mit Ausschluss der Tuberkulose). "Wurzburg. v. 1, 1912. 8°. British (The) Journal of Surgery. Bristol, England, v. 1,1913. 4°. Bulletin of the Committee for the Studv of Special Diseases. Edin- burgh & London, v. 3, 1909. 8°. Bulletin of the Michigan Association for the Prevention and Relief of Tuberculosis. Ann Arbor, v. 2, 1913. 8°. Bulletin de la section scientifique de VAcademie roumaine. Bu- carest. v. 1, 1912-13. 8°. Bulletin de la Societe medico-chirurgicale de l'lndo-Chine. & Haiphong, v. 3, 1912. 8°. Hanoi c. Child Labor Bull., N. Y. California State Nurses' Association. [See Pacific Coast J. Nurs., San Fran.] Canal Zone Medical Association. [See Proc. Canal Zone M. Assoc] Carnegie Institution. [See Papers Tortugas Lab. Carnegie Inst., Wash.] Child (The) Labor Bulletin. New York. v. 1, 1912-13. 8°. Committee on Mental Hygiene. [See Proc. Ment. Hyg. Conf., N. Y.] Committee for the Study of Special Diseases. [See Bull. Comm. Study Spec. Dis., Edinb. & Lond.] Congresso pellagrologico italiano. [See Atti d. Cong, pellagrol. ital., Udine.] Congresso della Societa italiana di neurologia. [See Atti d. Cong. d. Soc. ital. di neurol., Roma.] D. Delaware State M. J., Wilming- ton. Delaware State Medical Journal. The official organ of the Dela- ware State Medical Society. Wilmington, Del. v. 3, 1911- 12. 8°. Delaware State Medical Society. [See Delaware State M. J., Wilmington.] [3] Denver M. Times [etc.]. Dermatologiya, S.-Peterb. Denver Medical Times, Utah Medical Journal and Nevada Medi- cine. Denver, v. 32, 1912-13. 8°. Dermatologiya; vezhemiesyachniy zhurnal, posvyashtshonniy kozhnim i venericheskim zabolievaniyam. [Dermatology; monthlv journal, devoted to skin and venereal diseases.] S.-IVterburg. v. 1, 1913. 8°. E. Enfance anorm., Par. Enfance (L') anormale, revue mensuelle des questions de medecine, de pedagogie et d'assistance, relatives aux enfants anormaux. Pans. 1912. 8°. Episcopal Hospital. [See Med. & Surg. Rep. Episc. Hosp., Phila.] F. Festschr. z. lOOj. Stiftungs- feier d. med.-chir. Fried.- Wilh. Inst., Berl. Festschr. d. 70. Versamml. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte, Diisseldorf. Festschr. d. 84. Versamml. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte, Munster. Facultad de letras y ciencias. [See Rev. de la Fac. de letras y cien.] Festschrift zur lOOjahrigen Stiftungsfeier des medizinisch-chirurgi- schen Friedrich-Wilhelms Instituts. Berlin, 1895. 4°. Festschrift der 70. Yersammlung der deutschen Naturforscher und Aerzte dargeboten von den wissenschaftlichen Yereinen Diissel- dorfs. Diisseldorf, 1898. 4°. Festschrift gewidmet den Teilnehmern der 84. Yersammlung deutscher Naturforscher und Aerzte in Munster i. Westf. von der Medizinisch-naturwissenschaftlichen Gesellschaft in Munster. Munster, 1912. 4°. Friedrich-Wilhelms Institut. [See Festschr. z. lOOj. Stiftungsfeier d. med.-chir. Fried.-Wilh. Inst., Berl.] G. Gaz. d. hosp. do Porto. Gior. di med. vet., Torino. Gazeta dos hospitais do Porto. Porto. [See Anno 7, 1913. 8 Yeroffentl. a. d. Geb. d. Germany. Reichs-Marine-Amt. Marine-Sanitatswes.] Giornale di medicina veterinaria gia della R. Scuola Yeterinaria di Torino, e della r. Societa naz. ed Accademia vet. italiana. [Con- tinuation of: Giornale della reale Societa nazionale veterinaria.] Torino, v. 62, 1913. 8°. H. Handb. d. allg. Path., Leipz. Handb. d. Psychiat., Leipz. u. Wien. Hosp. News, Wash. Handbuch der allgemeinen Pathologic Leipzig, v. 1-2, 1908- 13. 8°. Handbuch der Psychiatrie. Hrsg. von G. Aschaffenburg. Leipzig u. Wien, 1912. 8°. Hospital News; a magazine for hospital workers. Washington, D. C. v. 1, 1912-13. 4°. Hospital of the Protestant Episcopal Church in Philadelphia. [See Med. & Surg. Rep. Episc. Hosp., Phila.] [4] I. HI. Rep. Pellagra Com., Springfield. Imago, Leipz. & Wien. Imp. Voyenno-Med. Akad. Ra- boti Proped. Khirurg. Klin. . . . Oppel, S.-Peterb. Infanzia anormale, Milano. Internat. (ix.) Otol. Cong. Tr., Bost. Internat. Ztschr. f. arztl. Psy- choanal., Leipz. & Wien. Illinois. Report of the Pellagra Commission. November, 1911. Springfield, 1912. 8°. Imago. Zeitschrift fiir Anwendung der Psychoanalyse auf die Geisteswissenschaften. Leipzig & Wien. v. 1, 1912. 8°. Imperatorskaya Yoyenno-Meditsinskaya Akademiya. Raboti Pro- pedevticheskoi Khirurgichewkoi Kliniki prof. Y. A. Oppel. [Imperial Armv Medical Academy. Papers of the Propedeutic Surgical Clinic of V. A. Oppel.] S.-Peterburg. 3 v. 1910; 1912. 8°. Infanzia (L') anormale. Bollettino dell' Associazione romana per la cura medico-pedagogica dei fanciulli anormali e deficienti poveri. Milano. Anno 5, Nos. 23-24. 1911. 8°. Institution of Municipal and County Engineers. [See Proc. Inst. Municip. & County Engin., Lond.] International Congress on Hygiene and Demography. [See Sweden. State Med. Inst. Investig. Epid. Inf. Paral., Upsala.] International (ix.) Otological Congress, Boston, August 12-17,1912. Transactions. Baltimore, 1912. 8°. [See, also, Papers ix. Inter- nat. Otol. Cong., Bost.] Internationale Zeitschrift fiir arztliche Psychoanalyse. [Continua- tion of: Zentralblatt fiir Psychoanalyse.] Leipzig & Wien. v. 1, 1913. 8°. Istituto di chimica farmaceutica della regia Universita di Pisa. [See Pubb. d. 1st. di chim. farm. d. r. Univ. di Pisa.] J. J. Prev. M. & Sociol., Toronto. Johns Hopkins Alumni Mag., Bait. Journal (The) of Preventive Medicine and Sociology (incorporating Dental Practice). A monthly digest of preventive medicine and health conservation. Toronto, Canada, v. 14, 1913. 8°. Johns Hopkins (The) Alumni Magazine. Published in the interests of the university and the alumni. Baltimore, v. 1,1912-13. 8°. K. Kala Azar Bull., Lond. Kolloid-Ztschr., Dresd. & Leipz. Kala Azar Bulletin. Issued under the direction of the Honorary Managing Committee of the Sleeping Sickness Bureau. London. v. 1, 1911-12. 8°. Kassowitz (M.). [See M. Kassowitz . . . Festschr., Berl.] Keibel (Franz). [See Man. Human Embryol. (Keibel & Mall). Phila. & Lond.] Kolloid-Zeitschrift. Zeitschrift fiir wissenschaftliche und techni- sche Kolloidchemie (fruher Zeitschrift fiir Chemie und Industrie der Kolloide). Dresden & Leipzig, v. 13, 1913. 4°. L. Lab. batteriol. d. san. pubb. Studi [etc.]. Lek. WilensM. Laboratorio batteriologico della sanita pubblica; diretto dal Prof. B. Gosio. Studi sui rapporti fra tubercolosi umana e bovina v. 1. Roma, 1912. 4°. Lekarz Wilefiski; miesi^cznik poswiecony medycynie og61nej. [The Wilno Physician; monthly devoted to general medicine 1 Wilno. v. 1, 1913. 4°. 'J [5] M. Kassowitz . . . Festschr., Berl. Man. Human Embryol. (Keibel & Mall), Phila. & Lond. Med. Rev., Lond. Med. Rev., St. Louis. Med. & Surg. Rep. Episc. Hosp., Phila. Metal Worker [etc.], N. Y. Mikrokosmos, Stuttg. Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f. inn. Med. u. Kinderh. in Wien. Mod. Hosp., St. Louis. Mod. Tr. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., Phila. & N. Y. Monatsbl. f. Gsndhtspflg., Brnschwg. Monatschr. f. Schul- u. soz. Hyg., Hamm. Monde med., Par. Mosk. Obsh. Borbi s DIetsk. Smertn. Publ. lekts. Mouvement m6d., Par. M. M. Kassowitz zur Feier seines 70. Geburtstages von Schiilern, Freunden und Verehrern gewidmete P'estschrift. Berlin. 1912. 8°. Mall (Franklin P.) [See Man. Human Embryol. (Keibel & Mall), Phila. & Lond.] Manual of human embryology. Edited by Franz Keibel and Franklin P. Mall. Philadelphia & London. 2 v. 1910-12. roy. 8°. Medical (The) Review. London, v. 16, 1913. 8°. Medical (The) Review. Incorporating the Medical Era. [Continua- tion of: St. Louis Medical Review.] St. Louis, v. 62, 1913. 8°. Medical and Surgical Reports of the Episcopal Hospital. Phila- delphia, v. 1, 1913. 8°. Medizinisch-chirurgisches Friedrich-Wilhelms Institut. [See Fest- schr. z. lOOj. Stiftungsfeier d. med.-chir. Fried.-Wilh. Inst., Berl.] Medizinisch-naturwissenschaftliche Gesellschaft in Munster. [See Festschr. d. 84. Yersamml. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte, Munster.] Mental Hygiene Conference. [See Proc. Ment. Hyg. Conf., N. Y.] Metal Worker, Plumber and Steam Fitter; with which is combined Engineering Review. New York. v. 78, 1912-13. 4°. Michigan Association for the Prevention and Relief of Tuberculosis. [See Bull. Mich. Assoc. Prev. & Relief Tuberc, Ann Arbor.] Mikrokosmos-. Zeitschrift fiir praktische Arbeit auf dem Gebiete der Naturwissenschaften. Stuttgart, v. 6, 1912-13. 8°. Missouri University. [See Univ. Missouri Bull., Med. Ser., Columbia.] Mitteilungen der Gesellschaft fiir innere Medizin und Kinderheil- kunde in Wien. v. 1-12, 1902-13. 8°. Modern Hospital (The). A monthly journal devoted to the build- ing, equipment and administration of hospitals, sanatoriums, and allied institutions, and to their medical, surgical and nurs- ing services. St. Louis, Mo. v. 1, 1913-14. 4°. Modern (The) treatment of nervous and mental diseases, by American and British authors. Philadelphia & New York. v. 1, 1913. 8°. Monatsblatt fiir Gesundheitspflege. [Formerly: Monatsblatt fiir offentliche Gesundheitspflege] Braunschweig, v. 35,1912. 8°. Monatsschrift fiir Schul- und soziale Hygiene. Hamm (Westf.). v. 11, 1913. 8°. Monde (Le) medical (English edition). International Review of Medkine and Therapeutics. Paris, v. 22, 1912. 8°. Moskovskoye Obshtshestvo Borbi s DIetskoi Smertnostyu. [Mos- cow Society for the Struggle with the Mortality of Children.] Publichniya lektsii. Moskva, 1911. 8°. Mouvement (Le) medical. Revue mensuelle des actualites medi- cales et chirurgicales. Paris, v. 1, 1913. 4°. Mtinchener Gesellschaft fiir Kinderheilkunde. [See Verhandl. d. Miinchen. Gesellsch. f. Kinderh.] N. Nat. Child Labor Com. Proc, N. Y. Naturwissenschaften, Berl. Nourrisson, Par. National Child Labor Committee. Proceedings of the third annual meeting. New York. 1907. 8°. Naturwissenschaften (Die). (Fortsetzung der von W. Slarek be- grundeten Naturwissenschaftlichen Rundschau.) Berlin, v. 1, 1913. roy. 8°. Nourrisson (Le). Revue d'hygiene et de la pathologie de la premiere enfance. Paris, v. 1, 1913. 8°. [6] O. Osp. maggiore, Milano. Oto-rhino-laryngoL internat., Lyon. Oesterreichisches Zentralkomitee zur Bekampfung der Tuberku- lose. [See Veroffentl. d. osterr. Zentralkom. z. Bekampf. d. Tuberk., Wien.] Ospedale maggiore. Rivista mensile illustrata di storia. [Ospedale maggiore di Milano. \ [Continuation of: Osp. magg. Riv. scient. prat. d. . . . Milano.] Milano. Serie ii, anno 1, 1913. 8°. Otological Congress. [See Internat. (ix.) Otol. Cong. Tr., Bost.] Also: Papers ix. Internat. Otol. Cong.] Oto-rhino-laryngologie (L')internationale. Lyon. v. 1,1913. 8°. P. Pacific Coast J. Nurs., San Fran. Papers ix. Internat. Otol. Cong., Bost. Papers Sect. Ophth. Am. Med. Ass., Chicago. Papers Tortugas Lab. Carnegie Inst., Wash. Pathologica, Genova. Pediatriya, S.-Peterb. Petersb. med. Ztschr., St. Petersb. Prakt. Ergebn. a. d. Geb. d. Haut- u. Geschlechtskr., Wiesb. Proc. Canal Zone M. Assoc, Mount Hope. Proc. Inst. Municip. & County Engin., Lond. Proc. Ment. Hyg. Conf., N. Y. Propaganda anti-malar., Na- poli. Psiche, Firenze. Pacific (The) Coast Journal of Nursing. A monthly magazine pub- lished by the California State Nurses' Association, Inc. Con- tinued from: Nurses J. Pacific Coast. San Francisco, Cal. v. 8, No. 8, 1912. 8°. Pan Russian Oto-Laryngological Congress. [See Trudi Vseross. Oto-Laringol. Syezda v S.-Peterb.] Papers to be presented before the Ninth International Otological Congress, Boston, August 12-17,1912. Boston. 1912. 8°. [See, also, Internat. (ix.) Otol. Cong. Tr., Bost.] Papers to be presented before the Section on Ophthalmology of the American Medical Association, Minneapolis, June 17-20, 1913. Chicago. 1913. 8°. Papers from the Tortugas Laboratory of the Carnegie Institution of Washington. Washington, v. 1, 1908. 8°. Pathologica; rivista quindicinale. Genova. v. 5, 1912-13. 4°. Pediatriya; zhurnal higieni, dietetiki i zabolievaniy dietskavo vozrasta. [Pediatrics; journal of hygiene, dietetics, and diseases of childhood.] S.-Peterburg. v. 4, 1913. 8°. Pellagra Commission. [See 111. Rep. Pellagra Com., Springfield.] Petersburger medizinische Zeitschrift. [Formerly: St. Peters- burger medizinischeWochenschrift.] St. Petersburg, v. 38,1913. fol. Pilcher Hospital. [See Year-Book Pilcher Hosp., Brooklyn & Praktische Ergebnisse auf dem Gebiete der Haut- und Geschlechts- krankheiten. Wiesbaden, v. 1, 1910. 8°. Proceedings of the Canal Zone Medical Association. C. Z. v. 1, 1909-10. 8°. Mount Hope, Proceedings of the Institution of Municipal and County Engineers. [Continuation of: Proc. Incorp. Ass. Municip. & Co. Engin., Lond. & N. Y.] London, v. 37, 1910-11. 8°. Proceedings of the Mental Hygiene Conference and Exhibit. At the College of the city of New York. Published by the Com- mittee on Mental Hygiene of the State Charities Aid Association New York. 1912. 8°. Propaganda (La) anti-malarica; rivista d'igiene antimalarica e bol- lettino della stazione educativo-antimalarica di Napoli e Capua Napoli. Anno 6, 1913. 8°. Protestant Episcopal Hospital. [See Med. & Surg. Rep. Episc. Hosp., Phila.] Psiche; rivista di studi psicologici. Firenze. Anno 1, 1912. 8°. [7] Psikho-Nevrol. Inst. Vestnik Psikhol. [etc.], S.-Peterb. Pub. Health Rep., Wash. Pubb. d. 1st. di chim. farm. d. r. Univ. di Pisa. Psikho-Nevrologicheskiy Institut. Vestnik Psikhologii, Kriminal- noi Antropologii i Pedologii. [Psycho-Neurological Institute. Messenger of Psychology, Criminal Anthropology, and Pedology.] [Continuation of: Vestnik Psikhol., Krim. Antrop.] S.-Peter- burg, v. 8, 1912. 8°. Public Health Reports, United States Public Health Service. Washington. 1913. 8°. Pubblicazione dell' Istituto di chimica farmaceutica della regia University, di Pisa. Pisa. 1909. 8°. R. Ref. Handb. Med. Sc, N. Y. Rev. du cancer, Par. Rev. de chir., Bucuresti. Rev. espanol. de electrol. y radiol. med., Valencia. Rev. de la Fac de letras y cien., Habana. Rev. Filipina de med. y farm., Manila. Rev. mod. de the rap. et de biol., Par. Red Cross. [See Am. Red Cross Bull., Wash.] Reference (A) Handbook of the Medical Sciences. New York. v. 1, 1913. 4°. Regia Universita di Pisa. [See Pubb. d. 1st. di chim. farm. d. r. Univ. di Pisa.] Revue (La) du cancer; publiee sous les auspices de l'Association francaise pour 1'etude du cancer. Paris, v. 1, 1910. 8°. Revista de chirurgie. Bucuresti. v. 1, 1913. 8°. Re vista espafiola de electrologia y radiologia medicas. Valencia. v. 1, 1912. 8°. Revista de la Facultad de letras y ciencias. Habana. v. 15, No. 2, 1912. 8°. Revista Filipina demedicinay farmacia. Manila, v. 4,1913. 8°. Revue moderne de therapeutique et de biologie a l'usage des praticiens; clinique et laboratoire. Paris, v. 1, 1912. 8°. Russia. Imperial Army Medical Academy. [See Imp. Voyenno- Med. Akad. RabotiProped. Khirurg. Klin. ... oppel, S.-Peterb.] S. Sborn. rabot v pam. I. M. Sadovskavo, S.-Peterb. Southwest. J. M. & S., El Reno, Okla. Strahlentherapie, Berl. u. Wien. Sweden. State Med. Inst. In- vestig. Epid. Inf. Paral., Up- sala. Sbornik rabot v pamyat Ivana Mikhailovicha Sadovskavo i vospo- minaniy o nyom. Izdan pod redaktsiyeyu N. P. Savvaitova. [Collection of works in memory of I. N. Sadovski and of memoirs about him. Edited by N. P. Savvaitoff.] S.-Peterburg. 1 v. 1912. 8°. Sleeping Sickness Bureau. [See Kala Azar Bull., Lond.] Societa italiana di neurologia. [See Atti d. Cong. d. Soc. ital. di neurol., Roma.l [See Atti d. [See Bull. Soc. med.- Societa lombarda di scienze mediche e biologiche Soc. lomb. di sc. mod. e biol., Milano.] Societe medico-chirurgicale del'Indo-Chine. chir. de l'lndo-Chine, Hanoi & Haiphong.] Society of Anaesthetists. [See Tr. Soc. Ansesth., Lond.] Southwest (The) Journal of Medicine and Surgery, El Reno, Okla. [Continuing: The Oklahoma Medical News Journal.] El Reno, Okla. v. 21, 1913. 8°. State Charities Aid Association. Committee on Mental Hygiene. [See Proc. Ment. Hyg. Conf., N. Y.] Strahlentherapie. Mitteilungen aus dem Gebiete der Behandlung mit Rontgenstrahlen, Licht und radioaktiven Substanzen [etc.]. Berlin u. Wien. v. 1, 1912. 8°. Sweden. State Medical Institute. Investigations on epidemic infantile paralysis. Report from the State Medical Institute to the xv. International Congress on Hygiene and Demography. Upsala. 1912. 8°. [8] T. Tr. Soc. Aneesth., Lond. Trop. Dis. Bull., Lond. Trudi Vseross. Oto-Laringol. Syezda v S.-Peterb. Tortugas Laboratory. Wash.l [See Papers Tortugas Lab. Carnegie Inst., Transactions of the Society of Anaesthetists. London, v. 8-9, 1905-6, 1906-7. 8°. Tropical Diseases Bulletin. Issued under the direction of the Honorary Managing Committee of the Tropical Diseases Bureau. London, v. 1, 1912. 8°. Trudi Vserossiyskavo Oto-Laringolicheskavo Syezda v S.-Peter- burgle (26-30 dekabrya 1908 g.) [Papers of the Pan-Russian Oto-Laryngological Congress in St. Petersburg (December 26-30).] S.-Peterburg. 1 v. 1909. 8°. u. U.S. WarDept. S.G.O. Bull., Wash. Univ. Missouri Bull., Med. Ser., Columbia. Urol. & Cutan. Rev., St. Louis. United States Public Health Service. [See Pub. Health Rep. Wash.] United States. War Department. Office of the Surgeon General. Bulletin. Washington. Nos. 1-3, 1912-13. 8°. Universita di Pisa. [See Pubb. d. 1st. di chim. farm. d. r. Univ. di Pisa.] University (The) of Missouri Bulletin, Medical Series, Columbia. v. 1, 1913. 8°. Urologic and Cutaneous (The) Review. [Formerly: The American Journal of Dermatology and Genito-Urinary Diseases.] A monthly magazine devoted to the consideration of cutaneous, venereal and genito-urinary diseases, etc. St. Louis, Mo. v. 17, 1913. 4°. V. Verhandl. d. Miinchen. Ge- sellsch. f. Kinderh., Berl. Veroffentl. a. d. Geb. d. Marine- Sanitatswes., Berl. Veroffentl. d. osterr. Zentral- kom. z. Bekampf. d. Tuberk., Wien. Vie internat. Brux. Vopr. Nauchn. Med., Mosk. Vox, Berl. Verhandlungen der Miinchener Gesellschaft fiir Kinderheilkunde, 1911. Berlin. 1912. 8°. Yeroffentlichungen aus dem Gebiete des Marine-Sanitatswesens. Hrsg. von der Medizinal-Abteilung des Reichs-Marine-Amts. Berlin. Heft 1-4, 1910-13. 8°. Veroffentlichungen des osterreichischen Zentralkomitees zur Be- kampf ung der Tuberkulose. Wien. Heft 1, 1911. 8°. Versammlung deutscher Naturforscher und Aerzte. [See Festschr. d. 70. Yersamml. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte, Diisseldorf. Also: Festschr. d. 84. Yersamml. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte, Munster.] Vie internationale (La); revue mensuelle des idees, des faits et des organismes internationaux. Bruxelles. v. 1, 1912. roy. 8°. Voprosi Nauchnoi Meditsini. [Questions of Scientific Medicine 1 Moskva, v. 1, 1913. 8°. Vox. Internationales Zentralblatt fiir experimentelle Phonetik. [Formerly: Medizinisch-padagogische Monatsschrift fur Sprach- heilkundc] Berlin. Heft 1, 1913. 8°. Vserossiyskiy Oto-Laringolicheskiy Syezd. [See Trudi Yseross. Oto-Laringol. Syezda v S.-Peterb.] w. Wien. Arb. a. d. Geb. d. soz. Wiener Arbeiten aus dem Gebiete der sozialen Medizin Wien & Med., Wien u. Leipz. Leipzig. 1. Folge, 1910. 8°. [91 Y. Year - Book Pilcher Hosp., Brooklyn & N. Y. Year-Book of the Pilcher Hospital, Brooklyn & New York. 1912. z. Ztschr. f. ang. Anat. [etc.], Berl. Ztschr. f. d. ges. exper. Med., Berl. Ztschr. f. Mihtararzte, Tokyo. Ztschr. f. off. Gsndhtspflg., Wien & Berl. Ztschr. f. urol. Chir., Berl. Zeitschrift ftir angewandte Anatomie und Konstitutionslehre. Berlin, v. 1, 1913. 8°. Zeitschrift fiir die gesamte experimentelle Medizin. Berlin, v. 1, 1913. 8°. Zeitschrift fiir Militararzte. Hrsg. vom Sanitatskorps. Tokyo. Nos. 1-50, 1909-13. 8°. Zeitschrift fiir offentliche Gesundheitspflege. (Neue Folge der Oesterreichischen Yierteljahrsschrift fiir Gesundheitspflege.) Wien & Berlin. 1. (xxxi.) Jahrg. 1913. 8°. Zeitschrift fiir urologische Chirurgie. Berlin, v. 1, 1913. 8°. CATALOGUE. TETAMORE. TETANUS. Tetaiiiore (Frank L. R.) Deformities of the face and orthopedics. Treatment of spinal curvatures with new aluminum shell jackets, artificial devices for deformities of the face, new appliances for treating flat foot, also report of operations on children under three years of age for angular deformities of the legs. 11 1. 12°. Brooklyn, Y. Y., 1894. Tetanilla. See Tetany (Intermittent). Tetanine. See, also, Tetanus (Toxins [e The u-e of tetanin. Vet. Rec, Lond., 1904-5, xvii, 89.— Bighi .1.) Note sull' albuminuria ar- tiflciale come mezzo di studio della natura chimica della tetanina, e sull' albuminuria sperimentale da urea. Ri- forma med., Napoli, 1895, xi, pt. 3, 747; 760. Tetanolysin. 3Iadseii iT.) Ueber Tetanolysin. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Iniectionskrankh., Leipz., 1899, xxxii, 214-238. Also, transl.: Overs, o. d. k. Danske Vidensk. Selsk. Forh., K0- benh., 1899, 427-457. -----. Ueber Heilversuche im Rea- gensglas. Ztschr. f. Hvg. u. Infektionskrankh., Leipz., 1899, xxxii, 239-245.— 7Iadsen iT.i & Walbum (L.) La tetanolvsine et la peptone de Witte. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.],l.Abt., Jena, 19"o-6. xl,409-414.—OTtlller (P. T.) Geht das Tetanolysin mit dm Proteiden des Se- rums und des Eiklars eine ungiftige Verbindung ein? Ibid., 1903, xxxiv, 667-573.—Nognclii (H.) On the influence of tissues, cholesterin, and cholesterin esters upon the production of tetano-spasmin and tetano-lysin in fluid cultures. Proc. N. York Path. Soc, 1907-8, vii, 87-90—Ricketts (H. T.) The effect of tetano- lysin on sensitized erythrocytes. [Abstr.] Tr. Chi- cago Path. Soc., 1903-5, vi, 288.—Sachs (H.) Ueber die Constitution des Tetanolysins. Berl. klin. Wchn- schr., 1904, xli, 412-116.—Tizzont (G.) & Centanni (E.) Sulla produzione della tetanolisina. Riforma Med., Palermo, 1900, xvi, pta. 2-3, 15; 27. Also: Mem. r. Accad. d. sc. d. 1st. di Bologna, 1899-1900, 6. s., viii, 295-308. Tetanus. See. also, Ankle-joint (Dislocations of, Com- pound); Cramp; Diphtheria (Complications, etc., of); Electrophysiology; Embolism; Eye (Wounds of, Complications of); Femur (Frac- ture of, Complications, etc., of); Uterus (Tumors of, Complications, etc., of). Arnolds (A.) * Zur Lehre vom Tetanus. 8°. Bonn, 1894. Benjamin ( B. ) *De tetano. [Marburg.] 8°. Hanovix, 1836. Binot(J.j * Etude expeximentale sur le t£- tanos. 4°. Paris, 1899. -----. The same. 8°. Paris, 1899. Botazzi (P. F.) *De tetano. 4°. Genuse, 1813. Courmoxt (J.) & Doyon (M.) Le tetanos; etiologie, pathogenie, diagnostic, pronostic, traitement. 12°. Paris, 1899. VOL XVIII, 2d series----1 Tetanus. Frohlich (W. G.) * Ueber Tetanus, Tetanie und Tetanoid. Illustriert mit den im Ziircher Kinderspital vorgekommenen Fallen. 8°. Zu- rich, 1906. Gantkowski (P.) *Beitrage zur Lehre vom Tetanus. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1895. Gazert (H.) *t)ber Tetanus. 8°. Miin- chen, 1896. Gessner (W.) * Ueber Tetanus. 8°. Halle a. S., 1899. Kennedy (G. A.) *De tetano. 8°. Edin- burgi, 1820. von Leyden (E.) & Blumenthal (F.) Der Tetanus. 8°. Wien, 1900. Loane (G.) *Disp. med. quaedam de tetano complectens. 8°. Edinburgi, 1822. Martial (L.) Contribution a I'etude de la pathogenie et du traitement du tetanos. 8°. Paris, 1893. -----. The same. 8°. Paris, 1893. de Pplugl (A.) *De tetano. 8°. Vindo- bonse, 1838. Richelot (L. G.) Pathogenie, marche, ter- minaisons du tetanos. 8°. Paris, 1875. de la Rosa (J. J.) * Contribution a I'etude du tetanos. 4°. Pans, 1892. Rose (E.) Der Starrkrampf beim Menschen. 8°. Stuttgart, 1897. Ruoff (F.) * Beitrag zur Lehre vom Teta- nus. 8°. Erlangen, 1898. Scfiultz (J.) * Ueber Tetanus. 8°. Greifs- vald, 1899. Sztrazsnitzky (J.) *Detetano. 12°. Vin- dobanie, 1829. Vercellino (D. F.) II tetano. Etiologia, patogenia, diagnostico, pronostico e trattamento fagocytosfilo. 8°. Frascati, 1904. Abbott (F. C.) Tetanus. St. Thomas's Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1894, n. s., xxii, 239. -----. Tetanus. Milwaukee M. J.. 1911, xix, 33-35.—Anders (J. M.) Tetanus. In: Mod. Mod. (Osier), 8°, Phila. & N. Y., 1907, iii, 76-87.— Archibald (E. W.) Recent work upon tetanus. Montreal M. J., 1905, xxxiv, 874-889.—Barber (C. F.) Tetanus. Med. Times, N. Y., 1910, xxxviii, 143.— Kazy. Sur le tfitanos. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1904, n. s., xxx, 246-249.—Blackford (C. M.), jr. Tetanus. Tr. M. Soc. Virg., Richmond, 1892, 25-37. Also, Reprint.—Bredoft" (K.) O raspoznavanii i llechenii stolbnyaka. [On the diagnosis and treatment of tetanus.] Voyenno-med. J., St. Petersb., 1842, xl, 1; 161. Also, Reprint.— Blidinger (K.) Ein Beitrag zur Lehre vom Tetanus. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1893, vi, 287-290.— Buschke & Oergel. Beitrag zur Kenntniss des Teta- nus. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1893, xix, 149-151.—<'amara Pestana. Contribuicao para o estudo da etiologia. pathogenia e tratamento do tetano. J. Soc. <1. sc med. de Lisb., 1892, lvi, 166; 193.— Chauffard. Tetanos. Med. mod., Par., 1908, xix, 322.— Ooan (E. S.) Tetanus; its pathology, etiology and treat- ment. Tr. Maine M. Ass., Portland, 1892, xi, 78-86.— Coss 1 TETANUS. 2 TETANUS. Tetanus. iK. M.) Tetanus. Buffalo M. J., 1905-6, Ixi, 341-347.— < oston (H. R.) Tetanus. Nashville J. M. & S., 1895, lxxviii. 125-129.—Craig (T. C.) Tetanus. Gaillard's M. J., N. Y., 1901, lxxiv, 181-190. Also: Med. Exam., N. Y., 1901, xi, 151-155.—2.—Pean. Sur le tetanos. Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1*93, 3. s., xxx, 194-198. Also: Gaz. med. de Par., 1893, 8. s., ii. 390-392.—Pereira Gui- maracs. Tratamento e etiologia do tetano. Rev. da Soc de ined. e cirurg., Rio de Jan., 1897, i, 365-371 — Pliimbe (E. O.) Tetanus. Railway Surg., Chicago, 1898-9, v, 467-474.—Poch hammer. Zur Tetanusfrage. Tetanus. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Chir., Berl., 1906, xxxv, 267-281.—Potherat(E.) Tetanos. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1899, n. s., xxv, 926-928. -----. A propos du tetanos. Ibid., 1907, n. s., xxxiii, 424-438.— Purviance (J. F. ) Diagnosis and treatment of tetanus. Cleveland M. Gaz., 1898-9, xiv, 81-93.—Range. Quelques considerations sur le tetanos. Arch, de med. nav., Par., 1893, lix, 377-387. — Bevesz (V. ) A teta- nusrol. Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1907, Ii, 585; 598.— Beynier(P.) Contribution a I'etude du tetanos. Bull. etmeui. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1901, n. s., xxvii, 647-657.— Roberts (W. O.) Tetanus. Louisville Month. J. M. & S., 1903-4, x, 406-412. -----. Tetanus. Ibid.. 1909, xvi, 13- 15.—Bochard. Sur le tetanos. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1901, n. s., xxvii, 733-735.—Rodman (W. L.) Tetanus. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1902, 12. s., i, 158- 162.—Boss (A. S.) Tetanus. J. Med. Soc. N. Jersey, Orange, 1906-7, iii, 250-255.—Buata (C.) II tetano. Sa- lute pubb., Perugia, 1905, xviii, 353-357.—Salter (A. G.) Tetanus. Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1908, xxvii, 341- 344.—Salus(G.) Ueber Tetanus; Sammelreferat. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1899,xxiv,7; 18; 30; 41; 54.—Schwartz. De la pathogenie et du traitement du tetanos. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1893, n. s., xix, 234-242.—Sel- zer(M.) Przyczynek do nauki o tezcu. [On tetanus.] Lwow. tygodn. lek., 1909, iv, 369-372.—Sheldon (S. E.) Tetanus. Kansas M. J., Topeka, 1895, vii, 017-620. — Smith wick (J. W. P.) Symptoms and treatment of te- tanus. N. Eng. M. Month., Danbury, Conn., 1905, xxiv, 1-3.—Sormani (G.) Ulteriori studi ed osservazioni sul tetanos. R. 1st. Lomb. disc, elett. Rendic, Milano, 1893, 2.s., xxvi, 210-214.—St.Clair (F. P.) Tetanus. Chicago M. Recorder, 1903, xxv, 168-173.—Stewart (J.) Tetanus. Svst. Pract. M. (Loomis). N. Y. & Phila., 1897, i, 935-944.— Stubbins (S. G.) Tetanus. Alabama M. J., Birmingh., 190S-9,xxi,635-640.— StuckyfT.H.) Tetanus. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1898,8.8.,iii,155-163.—Sweeney (E. A.) Te- tanus. Tr.Luzerne Co.M.Soc.,Wilkesbarre,1897,163-172.— Tanber (S.) Ein Beitrag zur Kenntniss des Tetanus des Menschen. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1898, xi, 747-753.— Taylor (F. L) Some remarks on tetanus. N. YorkM. J., 1901, lxxiv, 105-109.—Thiriar. Du tetanos. Gaz. hebd. de med., Par., 1894, xli, 465-472. Also, transl: Rev. med. de Sevilla, 1896, xxvi, 105; 137.—Trevisan (A.) Nuovo contributo alio studio del tetano. Riv. veneta di sc. med., Venezia, 1894, xx, 157-172.—Trimble (I. R.) Tetanus. Am. Med., Phila., 1903, v, 538. Also: J. Alumni Ass. Coll. Phvs. & Surg., Bait., 1903-4, vi, 109-114.—Vail- lard (L.) A propos du tetanos. Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1909, lxxxii. 75; 227; 672.—Velich (A. V.) O tetanu. Sbirka, pfednasek a rozpr. z oboru 16kafsk., v Praze, [1899], no. 32, 17-43.—Vennat (H.) & Micheleaii (E.) A propos du tetanos. Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1909, lxxxii, 299-301.—Vin- cent. Contribution k I'etude du tetanos dit medical ou spontanea influence de la chaleur. [Rap. de Kelsch.] Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1906, 3. s., Iv, 34-42.—Wagner (P.) Neuere Arbeiten uber den Tetanus. Schmidt's Jahrb., Leipz., 1908, ccxciii, 225-235. -----. Neuere Ar- beiten uber Tetanus. Iftid.,1910, cccvii, 113-120.—Web- ber (W.E.) Tetanus. Tr. Maine M. Ass., Portland, 1905, 315-328.—Wilcox (A. E.) Tetanus. J. Minn. M. Ass. [etc.], Minneap., 1910, xxx, 241-247.—Zaggl. Ueber Te- tanus; aus der Landpraxis. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1895, xlii, 160-162. Tetanus (Antitoxin of). See Tetanus (Toxins, etc., of); Tetanus (Treatment of) with serum. Tetanus {Bacteriology of). Bisserie (F.) * Etude des differents modes de propagation du bacille tetanique. 4°. Paris, 1894. Bruckner (G.) *Die Agglutination der Te- tanusbacillen. [Bern.] 12°. Griiningen, 1901. Forest (M.) *Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis des Vorkommens von Tetanuskeimen auf der be- wohnten Erdoberflache. 8°. Strassburg i. E.t 1901. Jullien (L.) *Recherches experimentales sur Fagglutination du bacille de Nicolaier par le sang des animaux normaux et tetaniques et par le serum antitetanique. 8°. Lyon, 1898. Rabinowitsch (M.) * Experimentelle Un- tersuchungen uber die Wirkung der Tetanus- bazillen und ihrer Gifte vom Magendarmtraktus aus. 8°. Berlin, [1907]. Also, in: Arch. f. Hyg., Munchen u. Berl., 1907. Ixi. 103-150. TETANUS. 3 TETANUS. Tetanus (Bacteriology of). Schneider (G.) * Die Lebensdauer entgifte- ter Tetanussporen im Kaninchenkorper, und ihr Verhalten nach Inoculationen des Nekrose- bacillus. [Giessen.] 8°. Kelsterbach a. M., 1910. Zakharyan (T. A.) *0 rasprostrannyonnosti bakteriy stolbnyaka v pochvie; bakteriologiche- skoye izsliedovaniye. [On the distribution of the bacteria of tetanus in the soil; bacteriolog- ical research.] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1898. de Almeida (D.) A proposito do bacillo da Nico- laier. Brazil-med., Riode Jan., 1904, xviii. 447.—Augier & Lemiere. Sur un cas de tetanos, etude microbiolo- gique et experimentale avec preparations. Bull. Soc. d. sc. med. de Lille (1892), 1894, 80-82.—Babes (V.) & Leoneanu. Un microbe du groupe du bacille teta- nique determinant une infection Itemorrhagique. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1910, lxix, 94-96.—Bain (J. B.) A pseudo-tetanus bacillus. J. Bost. Soc. M. Sc, 1900-1901, v, 506-510, 2 pi.—Belfanti (S.) Sulla morfologia del bacillo del tetano. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1S92, Milano, [1893], v, 391-393. Also: Arch, per le sc. med., Torino e Palermo, 1892, xvi, 373-387, 1 pi.—Biological peculiarities of the tetanus bacillus. Medicine, Detroit, 1902, viii, 313-317.—Bombes de Villiers. Tetanos spontanea, & frigcre d'origine pneumococcique. Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1905, lxxviii, 1097-1100. Also: Ann. de la Poli- clin.de Par., 1906, xvi, 59-66.— Bonardi (E.) Gli in- segnamenti di una disgrazia a proposito della biologia del bacillo del tetano (B. di Nicolaier). Clin, mod., Pisa, 1901, vii, 34-36.—Bonome (A.) Sulla formazione dei tossoidi nelle colture di bacillo del tetano. Riforma med., Roma, 1902, xviii, pt. 3, 616-619. Also, transl.: Cen- tralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1902, xxxi, 777- 781.—Bushnell (F. F.) A bacillus liable to be mis- taken, morphologically, for the bacillus of tetanus. Am. Vet. Rev., N. Y., 1902-3, xxvi, 405-410.—Coggi (C.) Con- tribute alio studio dell' azionedel sicro antidifterico sul bacillus tetani. Riv. d' ig. e san. pubb., Torino, 1903, xiv, 201-272.—Cordier (J.-A.) Histoire bacteriologi- que du tetano-. Union med. du nord-est, Reims, 1896, xix, 424; 44r>: 1>96. xx, 9.—(ourmont (J.) Essai d'ag- glutination du baciile de Nicolaier par le sang des teta- niques et le serum antitetanique. Assoc, franc, pour l'a- vance. d. sc. C.-r 1898, Par., 1899, xxvii, 202. -----. Deuxieme note sur l'agglutination du bacille de Nico- laier. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1899, 10. s., vi, 163.— Creite. Zum Nachweis von Tetanusbacillen in Organen des Menschen. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1904, xxxvii, 312-314.—Crookshank (E. M.) Morphology of tetanus and tubercle bacilli. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1897, i, 175. Also: Lancet, Lond., 1897, i, 207.—Bebrand (L.) Sur un nouveau proced6 de cul- ture du bacille du tetanos. Ann. de l'lnst. Pasteur, Par., 1900, xiv, 757-768. -----. Sur un nouveau procede de culture du tetanos. Ibid., 1902, xvi, 427-432. — De-GrandilS.j Osservazioniintornoallecigliadel ba- cillo del tetano. Riv. d' ig. e san. pubb., Torino, 1902, xiii, 949-962, 1 pi. Also, transl.: Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1903, xxxiv, 97-108.—Ercoll (O.) Sulla mobilita e sulla cigliatura del bacillo del tetano con alcune note di tecnica batteriologica. Gior. d. r. Soc. ital. d' ig., Milano, 1906, xxviii, 501-520.—Falcioni (D.) Intorno alia sterilizzazione della gelatina per uso ipoder- mico; contribute) alia sterilizzazione delle spore del te- tano. Ann. d' ig. sper., Roma, 1904, n. s., xiv, 319-325.— Ferran (J.) Ueber das aerobische Verhalten des Teta- nusbacillus. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1898, xxiv, 28. -----. Nota sobre la vida aerobia del ba- cillo del tetanos. Gac. med. catal., Barcel., 1899, xxii, 217.—Frothingham (L.) The cultivation of the te- tanus bacillus. Am J. M. Sc, Phila., 1894, n. s., cvii, 555-561.—Gradwolil (R. B. H.) Bacteriologic findings in a fatal case of tetanus complicating vaccination. St. Louis M. Rev., 1902, xlvi, 128-131. [Discussion], 134-136.— Grixoni (G.) Ricerche sperimentalisul bacillodel Nico- laier. Riforma med., Napoli, 1894, x, pt. 3, 698-701. -----. II bacillo del tetano e aerobico e atossico nel terreno; nuova teoria patogenetica. Riforma med., Napoli, 1895, xi, pt. 3. 518; 531; 542. -----. Sulla aerobiosi e sulla pa- togenesi del bacillo del tetano. Gior. med. d. r. esercito, Roma, 1899, xlvii, 44-56. Also [Abstr.]: Gazz. d. osp., Mi- lano, 1899, xx,39-41.—Hahicht(K.) Nowy spos6b odo- sobniania lasecznik6w tezca. [New method of isolating tetanus bacilli.] Przegl. lek., Krak6w, 1903, xlii, 629- 531.—Hewlett (R. T.) Notes on the cultivation of the tetanus bacillus and other bacteriological methods. Lancet, Lond., 1894, ii, 73— Hoffmann (A.) Ueber das Vorkommen des Tctatmserregers in den Faces von Tieren. Hvg. Rundschau, Berl., 1905, xv, 1233- 1239. — Hohlbeck (O.) Ein Beitrag zum Vorkom- men des Tetanusbacillus ausserhalb des Bereiches der Infektionsstelle beim Menschen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1903, xxix, 172.—laboulay. Bacille tetanique et tetragene. Lvon med., 1903, ci, 205— Kantliack (A. A.) & < onnell (T. W.) The Tetanus (Bacteriology of). flagella of the tetanus bacillus and other contribu- tions to the morphology of the tetanus bacillus. Tr. Path. Soc. Lond., 1896-7, xlviii, 271-279, 1 pi. Also: J. Path. & Bacterid., Edinb. & Lond., 1896-7, iv, 452-459, 3 pi.—Kawamnra (R ) [The culture of the bacillus of traumatic tetanus.] Saitake Gaku Zasshi, Tokyo, 1902, 679-681.—Klipstein (E.) Uebei die Wirkung giftfreier Tetanuskulturen. Hyg. Rundschau, Berl., 1893, iii, 1- 10.—Lichtenstcin (E.) Zur Frage, ob in Gelatinepra- paraten Tetanuskeime enthalten sind. Ztschr. f. diatet. u. physik. Therap., Leipz., 1902, vi, 119. — JlcCamp- bell (E. F.) The adjuvant action of quinin liydrochlo- rate in infections by the bacillus of tetanus. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1907, xlviii, 919-922.—JTIarenghi (G.) Azione del siero antidifterico sul bacillus tetani. Boll. d. Soc. med.-chir. di Pavia, 1902,1-8.—JUolinarl (M.) Sulla provenienza dei germi del tetano. Gior. d. r. Soc. ital. d' ig., Milano, 1898, xx, 36-42.—von Oettingen (W.) & Zumpe (C.) Ueber den Nachweis von Tetanus- bacillen in Organen von Versuchsthieren. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med.,Leipz., 1899, lxiv, 478-489.—Orloff (L. V.) Omikrobakhstolbnyaka; polucheniyechistikhrazvo- dok ikh v visokikh sloyakh agara i proch. [Microbes of tetanus; pure cultures obtained in high strata of agar, etc.] Vrach, St. Petersb., 1893, xiv, 937; 973; 1003.—Pizzini (L.) II bacillo de tetano nelle feci dell' uomo. Riv. d' ig. e san. pubb., Torino, 1898, ix, 170-173.—Porter (C. A.) & Richardson (O.) Two cases of "rusty nail" te- tanus, with tetanus bacilli in the inguinal glands. Bos- ton M. &S. J., 1909,clxi,927-930,1 pi.—Beinhardt (A.) & Assim (A.) Ueber den Nachweis und die Verbrei- tung des Tetanusbacillus in den Organen des Menschen. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1909, xlix, Orig., 583-592.—Bight (I.) Sulla biologia del bacillo del tetano. Riforma med., Napoli, 1894, x, pt. 3, 651; 662. -----. Contribute alio studio delle varieta batteriche per le differenze fra il bacillo del tetano di Tizzoni e quello di Behring. Gazz. internat. di med. prat., Napoli, 1901, iv, 173; 184; 195: 207. — Rosenthal (G.) Men- suration de l'anaSrobiose et aerobisation du bacille du tetanos. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1907, lxii, 438- 440. -----. Les trois Stapes de. la vie: a^robie du bacille du tetanos; sa culture aerobie sur ge4oseinclinee; bacille et bacillogene du tetanos. Ibid., 678-580. -----. L'ag- glutinabilite du bacillogene du tetanos, dernier vestige de sa parente avec le bacille du tetanos. Ibid., 784.— Bosenthal (G.) & Marcorelles (A.-P.) Aerobisa- tion d'emblee du bacille du tetanos rapidement isote d'une plaie tetanique. Ibid. 1908, lxiv, 795.—Sa brazes (J.) & Bivifere (P.) Reaction agglutinante du s6rum de l'hommeetde l'animal tetaniques sur le bacille de Nicolaier. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1897,10. s., iv, 618-620.— Schmiedicke Weiteres iiber Tetanus- keime in der kauflichen Gelatine. Deutsche med. Wchn- schr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1902, xxviii, 191.—Sick (K.) Kli- nische und bakteriologische Beobachtungen bei Tetanus. Med. Cor.-Bl. d. wurttemb. arztl. Landesver., Stuttg., 1909, lxxix, 256-262.—Smith (T.) Some neglected facts in the biology of the tetanus bacillus; their bearing on the safety of the so-called biologic products. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1908, 1, 929-934.— Tarozzi (G.) Sulla la- tenza delle spore di tetano nell'organismo animate e sulla Possibility che esse risveglino un processo tetanico sotto influenza di cause traumatiche e necrotizzanti. Atti d. r. Accad. d. fisiocrit. in Siena, 1905, 4. s., xvii, 259-294. Also, transl.: Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1905-6, xl, 305; 451.—Tantz (K.) Ueber die Latenz der Tetanussporen im tierischen Organismus. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1907, xiv, Orig., 495-501.— Tavel ( E.) Ueber den Pseudotetanusbacillus des Darmes. Ibid., 1898, xxiii, 638-541, 1 pi—Tuck (G. L.) The occurrence of tetanus spores in gelatin and its bear- ings on clinical medicine. J. Path. & Bacterid., Edinb. & Lond., 1903-1, ix, 38-41.—Valagussa (F.) Ricerche sulla aerobiosi del bacillo del tetano. Ann. d'ig. sper.-, Roma, 1898, n. s., viii, 396-419, 1 pi.—Van Cott (J. M.) The tetanus bacillus. Brooklyn M. J., 1896, x, 341; 401. -----. The bacteriologv of tetanus. Long Island M. J., Brooklyn, 1907, 1,174.—Vincent (H.) Le bacille du te- tanos se multiplie-t-il dans le tube digestif des animaux? Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1908, lxv, 12-14. -----. Le "phenomene d'appel" dans l'etiologie du tetanos; contribution a l'Stude du microbisme latent. J. de phvsiol. et de path, gen., Par., 1908, x, 664-070.—Vin- cehzi(L.) Sulla morfologia del bacillo del tetano. Ri- forma med., Napoli, 1893, ix, pt. 1, 111.—Vlayeflf(G. M.) Iz chirurgicheskol kliniki prof. V. A. Ratimova. Bak- teriologicheskiy analiz sluchaya stolbnyaka. [From the surgical clinic of Prof. V. A. Ratimoff. Bacteriologi- cal examination of a case of tetanus.] Russk. chir. arch., S.-Peterb., 1895, i, 555-559. Also, in: Protok. i trudi Russk. Chir. Obsh. Pirogova, S.-Peterb., 1894-5, xiii, pt. 2,65-69.— Wesbrook (F. F.) Some of the effects of sunlight on tetanus cultures. J. Path. & Bacteriol., Edinb. & Lond., 1894-5, iii, 70-77.—Kaiilrognini (A.) Contribute- alle simbiosi aerobiche del bacillo del tetano in rapporto con la produzione di tossina. Boll. d. r. Accad. med. di Ge- nova, 1904, xix, 333-342. TETANUS. 4 TETANUS. * Ein Beitrag zur Kasuistik des Kiel, 1903. Fiinf Falle von Tetanus. 8°. Tetanus (Blood in). Zargaroff (X. D.) *Krovyanaya reaktsiya pri eksperimentalnom stolbnyakie. [Blood reaction in experimental tetanus.] 8°. S.-Pe- terburg, 1899. Bennecke (H.) Ueber die Leukocytose bei Tetanus. Mitt. a. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir., Jena, 1911-12, xxiv, 319-338.—Tabusso (E.) Osservazioni sul sangue di ca- vallo tetanico. Arch, scient. d. r. Soc. ed Accad. vet. ital., Torino, 1905, iii, 66-72. Tetanus (Bulbar). Janin (J.) Du tetanos bulbaire. 8°. Paris, 1892. Kavalf r (O.) Tetanus bulbaris. Rev. neurol., psy- chiat., fys. a diaetet therap., v Praze, 1907, iv, 72.—Kron (I. M.) Sluchal bulbarnavo stolbnyaka s autopsiyel. [Bulbar tetanus with autopsy.] J. nevropat. i psikhiat. . . . Korsakova, Mosk., 1906, vi, 74-81, 1 pi.—Preobra- zhenski (P. A.) Sluchal bulbarnavo stolbnyaka s av- topsiyel. [Bulbar tetanus with autopsv.] Med.Obozr., Mosk., 1901, lvi, 141-146. Also [Abstr.]: J. nevropat. i psikhiat. . . . Korsakova, Mosk., 1901, i, pt. 2, 62. Tetanus (Cases and statistics of). Bartsch (P.) * Vier und zwanzig Tetanus- falle mit einem Ueberblick iiber unser heutiges Wissen von dieser Kranhkeit. 8°. Leipzig, 1907. Einhorn (R.) * Bericht iiber 30 Tetanus- falle. [Strassburg.] 8°. Freiberg i. B., 1910. Holzmann (M.) * Ueber Tetanus. Nach Erfahrungen aus der chirurgischen Klinik zu Zurich 1881-1891. 8°. Zurich, [1891]. Lippe (A.) Drei Falle von Tetanus. 8°. Kiel, 1901. Matzen (J.) Tetanus. 8°. Stahel (H.) Wiirzburg, 1896. Wilhelmy (E.) *Fin Fall von schwerem Tetanus mit Ausgang in Heilung. 8°. Erian- gen. 1892. Abbott (A. C.) The outbreak of tetanus in St. Louis. Phila. M. J., 1901, viii, 824.—Abbott (E. J.) A case of tetanus. St. Paul M. J., St. Paul, Minn., 1904, vi, 621.— Abbott (F. C.) Tetanus. St. Thomas's Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1894. n. s., xxii, 365.—Acute tetanus. Ibid., 1899,135.—Ajkay (Z.) A tetanus es a katonai szolgalat. [Tetanus and militarv service.] Honvedorvos, Budapest, 1911, xxiv, 41; 49. —"Aleksieyeir" (N.) Tri sluchaya stolbnyaka. [Three cases of tetanus.] Dietsk. med., Mosk., 1897, ii, 201-204.— Anacker. Eine kleine Teta- nus-Epidemie. Arch. f. off. Gsndhtspflg., Strassb., 1896, xvii, 19-21.—Anders (J. M.) & Morgan (A. C.) Te- tanus: a preliminary report of a statistical study. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1905, xiv, 314-322. — Archer (R. S.) Note on a case of tetanus. Liverpool M.-Chir. J., 1894, xiv, 455-^58.—Arnozan (X.) Une petite epidemie de tetanos dans une salle de medecine a l'Hopital Saint-An- dre. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1902, xxxii, 133-135—Ba- con (R. A. E.) Notes of a case of tetanus; recovery. Lancet, Lond., 1896, ii, 815.—Barbar (I.) Yedin tezhok sluchal na tetanus idiopaticus s ozdrovyanie. Severe case of . .. with recovery.] Spis. naSofiysk. Med.Druzh., 1901-2, ii, 18-33. Sre, also, infra, Georgieff. — Barber (C. F.) A contribution to the investigation of tetanus on Long Island. Long Island M. J., Brooklyn, 1908, ii, 53-55. rDiscussion]/77-79.—Becker. Zur Kasuistik uckett. Tliree cases of tetanus. J. Med. & Sc., Portland, 1903, ix, 158.—JlcOaw i \V. J.) A case of tetanus; with recovery. Tr. Rhode Island M. Soc. 1897, Providence, 1S98. v, 441-443. Also: Atlantic M. Weeklv, Providence, 1897, viii, 376-378. — HcKinley (W. W.) A case of tetanus. Queen's M. Quart., Kingston, Canada, 1905-6,x, 109—Magula (M. M.) Kstatistikie, predupre- zhdeniyu i llecheniyu stolbnyaka. [Statistics, preven- tion, arid treatment of tetanus.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1910, ix, 1746-1750— "Tlaliomcd (I. J.) Notes of a case of tetanus. Tr. Grant Coll. M. Soc. Bombav, (1893), 1894, 29-33. Also Indian M.-Chir. Rev.,Bombay,1893,i, 599-604 — .Tlalaniuk (J.) Zur Tetanuskasuistik. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1912, Ixii, 2359.—.TIarehoux. Le tetanos a la c6te occidentale d'Afrique. Cong, internat. de med. C. r., Par., 1900, sect, de med. et chir. mil. col., 74-77.— .Tllehon & Bondet. Observation de tetanos. Mem. et compt.-rend. Soc. d. sc. med. de Lyon (1891), 1892, xxxi, pt. 2, 229-231.—Mill le (R.) Un caso de tetanos. Inde- pend med., Barcel., 1902, xxxii, 424-427—Wloriarta (D. C.) Report of a case of tetanus. Albany M. Ann., 1903, xxiv, 598-602. -----. A case of tetanus. Ibid., 1905, xxvi, 321-325.—Mo-rison (J. R.) Notes on a case of tetanus. Annual rep. trans. S. Durham & Cleveland M. Soc, Har- tlepool, 1878-9, vi, 2s-30.—^lorris (H.) A case of tetanus; recovery. Lancet, Lond., 1894, i, 206.—Rlozharovski (L. I.) Sluchal stolbnyaka s blagopriyatnim iskhodom. [Tetanus with happy termination,] Feldscher, St. Pe- tersb., 1899, ix, 102-106.—Nichols (F. P.) Two cases of tetanus. Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1894, xxix, 299.—Nor- rls (G. W.) Tetanus; a study of fifty-seven cases from the records of the Pennsylvania Hospital. Phila. M. J., 1903, ix, 835-838.—No wlin (J. B.) Tetanus; recoverv af- ter thirty-six days. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1902, Ixi, 535.— Overtoil iF.) tetanus on eastern Long Island. Long Island M. J., Brooklyn, 1907, i, 170.— O'Zoux. Le teta- nos a Saint-Denis de la Reunion. Caducee, Par., 1910, x, 229.—.Packard (F. A.) A case of tetanus followed bv recovery. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1898, xv, 110-115.—Pa- rodl (S. D.) Un caso de tetano subagudo. Cr6n. med., Lima. 1896, xiii, 261-263.— Pasquier (F.) Le tetanos dans les ctepartements du centre; deux cas. Ann. med.- chir. du centre, Tours, 1904, iv, 492-494.—Pelaez (L.) Un caso de tetanos y algunas reflexiones. Rev. med. salmantina, Salamanca, 1909, v, 113-117.—Peres Bo- driune*. Un caso de tetano. Med.contemp.,Lisb.,1903, xxi, 417-119.—Pervu.sn.in (V. P.) Tri sluchaya stolb- nyaka. [Three cases of tetanus] Nevrol. Vestnik, Ka- zan, 1908, xv. 94-136.—Phipps (W. P.) Tetanus as I have found it in Chester County. J. Corhp. M. & Vet. Arch., Phila., 18 W, xix, 256-259.—Pllzer(F.) Ein Fall von Tetanus. St. Petersb. med. Wchnschr., 1902, n. F., xix, 39-41— Porter (W. D.) Reportof acaseof tetanus. St. Louis Cour. Med., 1894, n. s., x, 93-95.—Potlekhin (V.) 81uchal stolbnyaka. [Case.] DIetsk. med., Mosk., 1898, iii, 277-279.—Proegler (C.) Acaseof tetanus (tris- mus), with recovery. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1895, xlviii, 494.— Beagor(F. B.) tetanus, with reportof case. Alabama M. J., Birmingham, 1903, xv, 131-136.—Beynier (P. i Cas de tetanos. Bull, et m<5m. Soc. de med. et chir. prat. de Par., 1894, 40-43.—Bickman (J. B.) Tetanus idio- pathic Memphis M. Month., 1893, xiii, 493-497.—Bigot (H.) Notes sur un cas de tetanos a debut rapide, suivi de guerison. Loire med., St.-Etienne, 1899, xviii, 93-99.— Tetanus (Cases and statistics of). del Bio (N.) Tetanus in military surgerv. Proc. Ass. Mil. Surg. U. S. 1900, Chicago, 1901, ix, 181-189 .— Boberts (J. L.) Case of tetanus. Med. Press & Circ, Lond.,1910,n. s.,lxxxix,12.—Boberts(L.E.) Acaseof tetanus; recovery. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1912, i, 241.—Bob- erts (W. O.) A case of tetanus. Louisville Month. J. M. & S., 1902-3, ix, 257-259.—de Bothschild (H.) Ob- servation d'un cas de tetanos (guerison). Progres nted., Par., 1898, 3. s., viii, 437.—Bottenstein (S.) Ein schwerer Fall von Tetanus. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1905, li, 121.—Bubbcns (E.) Observation d'un cas de tetanos. Bull. Soc. de med. de Gaud, 1901, lxviii, 396-401. Rap. deDe Buck. 402.]— Budis-Jacinsky(.L) A ease of tetanus. N. York M. J., 1897, lxvi, 661—Saint-Mar- tin (J.) A propos d'un cas de tetanos. Rev. med. de la Franche-Comte, Besancon, 1908, xvi, 155.—Salvetat (C.) Due casi di tet mo grave; guarigione. Morgagni, Milano, 1893, xxxv, 0*1-692.—Saunders(L. D.) Acaseof acute tetanus with certain points of interest. Lancet, Lond., 1903, i, 654.—Schuster. Demonstration einesgeheilten Tetanusfalles. Berl. klin. W< hnschr., 1899, xxxvi, 1039.— Shikare (P. V.) A case of tetanus. Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1902, xxxvii, 486.—Short (A. R.) Report on twenty-six cases of tetanus at the Bristol Royal Infirmary. Stethoscope, Bristol, 1911. xiv 13-15.—Simpson (J. P.) A case cf tetanus; recovery. Quart. Bull. M. Dept. Wash. Univ., St. Louis, 1904-5, iii, 153-156.—Skinner (B. D.) Comments and conclusions as to tetanus on eastern Long Island. Long Island M. J., Brooklyn, 1907, i, 177-184.— Smyth (J.) Six cases of tetanus. Indian M. Gaz., Cal- cutta, 1904, xxxix, 137.—Sormani (G.) Due casi di te- tano meritevolidi nota. R. 1st. Lomb. di sc. elett. Ren- dic, Milano, 1892, 2. s., xxv, 942-949.—Stockman (R.) Case of tetanus. Tr. Med.-Chir. Soc, Glasgow, 1909-10, ix, 64.—Stucky (T. H.) Tetanus; report of cases. Am. Pract. <& News, Louisville, 1900, xxix, 441^443. [Discus- sion] , 458-461.—Swindells (E.) Notes on two cases of tetanus; recovery. Lancet, Lond., 1896, i, 289.—Syinon de Villeneuve. Sept observations de tetanos. Anjou med., Angers, 1898, v, 213-219.—Talayrach. Le teta- nos dans l'arntee allemande. Arch, de med. et pharm. mil., Par., 1904, xliii, 229-233.—Tetanus. Rep. Bd. Health Minn. 1899-1900, St. Paul, 1901, xviii, 481.— Thomas (R. S.) A case of tetanus. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1904, ii, 1751.—Thomayer (J.) Pfipad tetanu. [Case of tetanus.] L6k. rozhledy, Praha, 1903, xi, 2.—Thurs- tield (T. W.) Two cases of tetanus; with observations. Birmingham M. Rev., 1896, xxxix, 101-105.— Tidswe 11 (H.H ) Amildcaseof tetanus; recovery in four days. Brit. J., Lond., 1900, i. 1592.—Torneau. Drei Falle von Te- tanus. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1904, xxx,347.—Trevelyan (E. F.) Acaseof tetanus. Med. Chron., Manchester, 1892-3, xvii, 369-371.—Verneuil. Sur un casde tetanos, par le Dr. Dieterlen. [Rap.] Bull. et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1893, n. s., xix, 195-198.— Vieira (S.) A proposito d'um caso de tetano. Med. mod., Porto, 1909, xvi.pt. 6, 90. — Vincenzi. Ueber einen Fall von Tetanus. Centralbl. f. allg. Path. u. path. Anat., Jena, 1900xi. 305-308.—Vlayeff(G. M.) Tetanus. Russk. Med., St. Petersb., 1895, xx, 28.—Wallace (A. McG.) Clinical case of tetanus. Virginia M. Semi- Month., Richmond, 1904-5, ix, 564.—Wallace (C. S.) Tetanus. St. Thomas's Hosp. Rep. 1894, Lond., 1896, n.s., xxiii. 323.—Waters (D.) A case of tetanus; recoverv. Wisconsin M. J., Milwaukee, 1905-6, iv, 703-705.—West (F. W.) A case of tetanus; recoverv. Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1907, xxvi, 72-74.—Whitridge (A. H.) Re- port of a ease of tetanus with recovery. Phila. M. J., 1900, vi, 756-75*.—Wield (D.) A case of acute tetanus. Aus- tralas. M.Qaz., Sydney, 1904, xxiii, 573.—Wilgus (S. D.) A case of tetanus, state Hosp. Bull., Utica, 1896, i, 228- 230.—Wilkinson (G.) Notes of two cases of tetanus, with remarks on the etiology and recent methods of treat- ment. Sheffield M. J., 1892-3, i, 203-210—Williams (M.) Two cases of tetanus. Austral. M. J., Melbourne, 1911, n. s., i, 138.—Wright (J. A.) Tetanus; with report of a ease. Am. M. Compend, Toledo, 1895, xi, 594-599.— Wylic (T.) A case of tetanus. Canada Lancet, To- ronto, 1901-2, xxxv, 807.—/upnik (L.) Ueber einen Fall von Tetanus. Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1902. xvi, 635. Tetanus (Causes and pathology of). See also, Abortion (Complications, etc., of); Blisters (Accidentt from); Bubo (Complica- tions, (tc, of); Burns (Complications, etc., of); Cholera (Complications, etc., of); Circumcision ritual (Accidents, etc.); Cold (Effects of); Fe- mur (Fracture of, Compound, et^.); Frost-bite; Hernia (Treatment of, Operative); Tetanus (Bacteriology of); Tetanus (Blood,in); Tetanus (Experimental); Tetanus (Post-operative); Te- tanus (Post-vaccinal); Tetanus (Toxins of); Tetanus (Traumatic). TETANUS. TETANUS. Tetanus (Causes and pathology of). Chaiixous (M.) * Etude sur le tetanos a frigore. 8°. Paris, 1899. -----. The same. 8°. Paris, 1899. Erbse (F.) *Ein Fall von Tetanus mit in- teressantem Riickenmarksbefunde nebst Dar- stellung der neueren Ergebnis^e der Tetanus- forschung. 8°. Wilrzburg, 1902. (joehler (L.) * Ueber die Genese der Teta- nuskriimpfe. [Bern.] 8°. Karlsruhe, 1901. Klipsteix (E.) * Ueber die Aetiologie des Wundstarrkrampfs mit besonderer Beriicksich- tigung der Abhandlung von Vaillant und Vin- cent: Contribution a I'etude de 1'Etiologie du tetanos. 8°. Marburg, 1892. Merian (L.) *Ein Beitrag zur pathologi- schen Anatomie des Tetanus beim Menschen. [Zurich.] 8°. Griiningen, 1909. Pechoutre (F.) * Lesions medullaires dans le tetanos et m^canisme des contractures. 8°. Paris, 1898. Abadie (C.) Etiologie du tetanos. Bull. Soc. de med.de Par. (1888), 1889, xxiii, 153-158.— Achard (C.) Note sur les tesionsdes nerfs dans le tetanos. Arch, de med. exper. et d'anat. path., Par., 1892, iv, 836-840.— Aievoli (E.) Studi sulla clinica e la fisiopatologia del tetano. Gior. internaz. d. sc. med., Napoli, 1912, n. s., xxxiv 289-314. — Armand-Delille (P.) & Gen€- vrler. Un cas de tetanos consecutif a des engelures ulcerees. Bull. Soc. de pediat. de Par., 1906, viii, 401-405. Also [Abstr.]: Rev. mens. d. mal. del'enf., Par., 1906, xxiv, 562. — d'Arsonval & Charrin. La thermog6nese dans le tetanos. Arch, de physiol. norm et path., Par., 1898, 5. s., x, 740. Also: Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1898, cxxvii, 213.—Baer. (A. B.) "Lockjaw" caused by spasm of the internal pterygoid muscle. Calif. State J. M., San Fran., 1911, ix, 485.—Bandisch. Ein Fall von Wundstarrkrampf aus seltener Ursache. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1898, xxxv, 682.—von Bchrlng (E.) Aetio- logie und aetiologische Therapie des Tetanus. Beitr. z. exper. Therap., Berl., 1904, Hft. vii, 1-72.—Bissauge (R.) Note pour servir a I'etude de la pathogenie du teta- nos. Rec. de med. vet., Par., 1894, 8.s., i, 273-278.—Bol- ton (R. M.), Fisch (C.) imentales sur les lesions du foie et du rein dans cette affection. 4°. Toulouse, 1894. Pehu (M.) *De la temperature dans le te- tanos experimental. 8°. Lyon, 1900. Rinzmann (0.) *Ueber den Einfluss erhohter Aussentemperatur auf den Verlauf der experi- mentellen Tetanus- und Streptokokkeninfek- tion. [Zurich.] 8°. Munchen, 1907. Babonneix (M.-L.) Reactions electriques du teta- nos experimental. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1909, lxvii, 289-291.—Bardier (E.) & Truchot (C.) Trou- bles cardiaques du lapin pendant la tetanisation. Ibid., 1897, 10. s., iv, 768.—Beck (C.) Ueber die Veranderun- gen der Nervenzellen bei experimentellem Tetanus, nebsteinigen Bemerkungen iiber die normale Struktur der Nervenzellen. Ungar. Arch. f. Med., Wiesb., 1893-4, ii, 345-362, 2 pi.—Beck (M.) Experimentelle Unter- suchungen iiber den Tetanus. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infec- TETANUS. 10 TETANUS. Tetanus (Experimented). tionskrankh., Leipz., 1895, xix, 427-449.—Blumenthal (F ) Klinische und experimentelle Beitrage zurKennt- niss des Tetanus. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1896, xxx, 538-549 —Breccia (G.) II reticolo neurofibrillaredelle cellule motrici del nevrasse nella infezione tetanica speri- mentale. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1908, Roma, 1909, xviii, 390.—Brunner (C.) Die bisherigen Resultate ex- perimenteller Untersuchungen iiber die Art der Wirkung des Tetanusgiftes auf das Nervensystem. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1894, xx, 100-103.—Camus (J.) Traitement du tetanos experimental a la periode de contracture. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1910, lxviii, 460; 612. -----. Lesions macroscopiques tardives du te- tanos experimental gueri. Ibid., lxix, 70. -----. Con- tribution a I'etude du traitement du tetanus experimen- tal. Ibid., 1911, lxx, 633-635. -----. Traitement du te- . tanos experimental par les injections bulbaires et para- bulbaires de serum antitetanique. Ibid., 689-693. — Carvallo (J.) & Weiss (G.) Inriuence de la tempera- ture sur la hauteur du tetanos experimental. Ibid., 1899, 11. s., i, 686.—Ciuca. De Paction favorisante du froid sur le tetanos experimental. Ibid., 1907, lxii, 858,— Claude (H.) Myelite experimentale subaigue , par intoxication tetanique. Presse med., Par., 1897, p. cclxxviii.— Collina (M.) Ricerche sul tetano nella rana. Terap. clin., Napoli, 1898, vii, 471-473.—Cour- mont(J.)& Doyon. Marche des contractures dans le tetanos experimental chez les solipedes. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1892, 9. s., iv, 1003-1006. Also: Province med., Lyon, 1892, vi, 617.-----------. De la produc- tion du tetanos chez la poule et de la creation artiflcielle de l'immunite chez cet animal. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1893. 9. a., v, 841-844. ----- -----. Du tetanos de la grenouille et des condi- i tions de temperature ambiante necessaires a son appari- tion. Ibid., 618-620.-----------. Du tetanos de la ' grenouille; influence de la temperature ambiante; sort ' de la toxine tetanique chez la grenouille refractaire. ' Ibid., 1898, 10. s., v, 344-346.-----------. Marche des contractures dans le tetanos experimental des solipedes. Ibid., 1899, 11. s., i, 325.----------. Traitement du te- tanos experimental par la methode de Bacelli. Ibid., 364-366.— Courmont (J.), Doyon (M.) & Paviot (J.) Des pretendues lesions cellulaires de la moelle dans le 1 tetanos experimental du cobaye et du chien. Ibid., 1897, ■ 10. s., iv, 819-822. Also: Province med., Lyon, 1897, xi, 398. ----- ----- -----. Etude histologique fine des cellules nerveuses medullaires dans le tetanos experi- mental. Arch, de physiol. norm, et path., Par., 1898, 6. s., x, 472-483. Also: Province med., Lyon, 1898, xii, 337- 342.----------------. Examen des cellules nerveuses medullaires dans le tetanos experimental du cobaye, du lapin et du chien. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1898, 10. s., v, 604.----------------. Lesions nerveuses dans le tetanos experimental du cheval. J. de physiol. et de path, gen., Par., 1901, iii, 587-591, 1 pi. Also: Province med., Lyon, 1901, xv, 450-452.— Courmont (J.) & P«;hu (M.) La temperature rectale dans le te- tanos experimental. Cong, internat. de med. C. r., Par., 1900. Sect, de bactlriol. et parasitol., 33. ----- -----. Variabilite de la temperature rectale dans le te- tanos experimental suivant Vespece et Page de Pani- mal. J. de physiol.etdepath.gen.,Par,1901,iii,266-276.— De Buck (D.) & De Moor (L.) Lesions des cellules nerveuses dans le tetanosexperimental du cobaye. Bull. Acad. rov. de med. de Belg., Brux., 1899, 4. s., xiii, 175- 190. [Rap. de Vanlair], 123-126.—Goldberg (S. I.) O vidlelenii mochel stolbnyachnavo toksina pri eksperi- mentalnom stolbnyakle. [On the elimination by the urine of tetanic toxine in experimental tetanus.] Bol- nitsch. gaz. Botkina, St. Petersb., 1899, x, 903; 963.—Klee- t'eld (A.) & Pinchart (J.) Della temperatura rettale nel tetano sperimentale. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1902, xxiii, 1560-1562.—Kohnstaium (O.) Experimentelle Untersuchungen zur Analvse des Tetanus. Arch. f. Physiol., Leipz., 1893, 125-156, 4 diag., 2 pi.—Maragli- ano (D.) Precipitazione e deviazione del complemento in rapporto all' intossicazione tetanica sperimentale. Path. riv. quindicin., Genova, 1908-9, i, 183.—Martini (G.) Sulle alterazioni dei tessuti nel tetano sperimentale. 1°. Tessuto muscolarestriate. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1902, xxiii, 1494-1497.—iVlitra (A.) Some experiments on te- tanus. Indian M. Rec, Calcutta, 1895, viii, 247.—Mor- genroth (J.) Zur Kenntniss des Tetanus des Frosches. Arch, internat. de pharmacod., Brux. et Par., 1900, vii, 265-272.— P^choutre. Des lesions medullaires dans le tetanos experimental. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1898, 10. s., v, 674.—Pes (O.) Sulle alterazioni del sistema nervoso nel tetano sperimentale. Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1893, 3. s., xii, 492-500, 1 pi. -----. Sullealterazioni del sistema nervoso nel tetanospe- rimenuUe. Progressomed., Torino, 1903, ii, 157-160. See, also, infra, Zinno.—Pitlia (V.) Tetanus. Studie experi- mentalni, biologicka a klinicka. Rozpr. ceske Akad. cis. Frantiska Josefa [etcJ, v Praze, 1899-1900, 2. t., ix, no. 10, 1-89.—Pla (E. F.) Demonstraci6n experimental de la virulencia del tetanos. Arch, de la Soc. estud. clin de la Tetanus (Experimental). Habana (1890-2), 1895, v, 113-118.—Pochhammer (K.) Experimentelle Berichtigungen zur Pathogenese des lokalen Tetanus. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1908, xxxiv, 1425— Roger. Action de la strych- nine et du chloral sur les animaux tetaniques. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1899, 11. s., i, 392-395.—Ro- hardt (W.) Ueber die Nachweisbarkeit von Tetanus- keimen in faulenden Kadavern an Impftetanus verende- ter Thiere. Hyg. Rundschau, Berl., 1900, x, 376-381.— Roncali (D. B.) Coutributo alio studio dell' infezione tetanica sperimentale negli animali. Riforma med., Napoli, 1893, ix, pt. 3, 169-176.—Salomonsen (C. J.) & rtladsen (T.) Sur la reproduction de la substance anti- toxique apres de fortes saignees. Ann. de ITnst. Pasteur, Par., 1898, xii, 763-773.—Savini Lojani (L.) Osserva- zioni ematologiche sul tetano sperimentale. Arch, per lesc. med., Torino, 1908, xxxii, 180-196.—Tessier. Du te- tanos; etude experimentale, clinique et therapeutique. Semaine med., Par., 1893, xiii, 133-140.—Tiberti (N.) Ancora sul reticoloneurofibrillaredellecellule motrici del midollo spinale nella intossicazione tetanica sperimen- tale. Riv. dipatol. nerv., Firenze, 1907, xii, 407-412.-----. La degenerazione primaria delle fibre nervose del midollo spinale nella intossicazione tetanica sperimentale. Atti d. Soc. ital. di patol., Pavia, 1906, iv, 168-170.—Tonzig (C.) Sul lavaggio dell' organismo nella infezione tetanica sperimentale. Riforma med., Roma, 1901, xvii, pt. 2, 398-403.—Vincenzi (L.) Bicerche sperimentali sul tetano. Arch, per le sc. med., Torino e Palermo, 1892, xvi, 341-344. -----. Ricerche esperimentali sul tetano. Riforma med., Napoli, 1895, xi, pt. 3, 316; 328. -----. Sulle fine alterazioni morfologiche delle cellule ner- vose nel tetano sperimentale. Arch, per le sc. med., Torino, 1897, xxi, 109-119, 1 pi.—Vulpius (O.) Ue- ber einen Fall von Wundstarrkrampf mit Thierver- suchen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1893, xix, 992-995.—Wells (H. G.) An experimental study of the origin of the epidemic of tetanus following July 4, 1899; report of a case with recovery. Phila. M. J., 1900, v, 1377.—Zinno (A.) Le lesioni del sistema nervoso centrale nella intossicazione tetanica sperimentale. Gior. d. Ass. napol. di med. e nat., Napoli, 1901, xi, 349-377. -----. A proposito di un lavoro del Dr. O. Pes sulle al- terazioni del sistema nervoso nel tetano sperimentale. Progresso med., Torino, 1903, ii, 222-224.—Zupnik (L.) Ueber experimentellen Tetanus descendens. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1900, xxvi, 837-841. Tetanus (Fatal cases of). See, also, Tetanus (Treatment of) [and sub- divisions'] ; Tetanus (Treatment of, Accidents, etc., from) with serum. d'Azevedo e Moura (E.) Nota sobre um caso de tetano agudo seguido de morte, Coimbra med., 1901, xxi, 4; 21! 36 — Buckell (A.E.) Case of idiopnthic teta- nus; death in thirtv-six hours from onset of symptoms. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1900, ii, 223.—Dartigolles. Tetanos et endocardite; mort du malade au huitieme jour. J. de nted. de Bordeaux, 1893, xxiii, 69; 84.—Death from teta- nus. Med. News, N. Y., 1900, lxxvii, 341.—Death from tetanus. Phila. M. J., 1899, iv, 1052.—Death from teta- nus or fright. Boston M. & S. J., 1906, civ, 726.—Dobson (A.) A case of acute tetanus; death. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1904, i, 1191.—Garrow (A. E.) Tetanus followed by death. Montreal M. J. ,1906,xxxv. 797-799.— Goldbaum (L.) Przypadek teiyezki, zakohczony naglq §miercia.. [Tetanus ending in sudden death.] Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1897, 2. s., xvii, 153.—Le-Roy y Cassa (J.) Mortalidad por tetanos. An. Acad, de cien. nted. . . . de la Habana, 1904-5, xii, 409^114. -----. Contribuci6n al estudio de la mortalidad producida por el tetanos en la Repiiblica de Cuba. Actas y trab. d. 1« Cong. nted. nac, Habana, 1905, i, 384-396,1 ch.— lUusser (J. H.) Diaphragmatic pleu- risy; death from tetanus. Tr. Path. Soc. Phila., 1885-7, xiii, 118-120.—Neuliaus (F. H.) A fatal case of idio- pathic tetanus. Med. News, N. Y., 1900, lxxvii, 269.— No rd mail. Trois cas de tetanus mortels sans tempera- ture. Loire nted., St.-Etienne, 1910, xxix, 327.— Her. Ein Fall von Panophthalmie mit Tetanus und todlichem Ausgange. Arch. f. Augenh., iesb., 1904, li, 121-140, 3 pi.—Poulton. A fatal case of tetanus. Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1905, xxiv, 24.—Shaw. A [fatal] case of tetanus. Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1894, n. s., viii, 288,— Tetanus; death fourth day. Rep. Cincin. Hosp. (1895), 1896, xxxv, 152.—Verstraete. Tetanos aigu suivi de mort, ayantevolu6apres36heuresd'incubation. Ann.de med. et chir. inf., Par., 1903, vii, 541-545. Also: J. d. sc. nted. de Lille, 1903, ii, 74-80. Tetanus (Gynecological). See Tetanus ( Uterine). Tetanus (Hysterical). See Tetanus (Diagnosis of); Trismus. TETANUS. 11 TETANUS. Tetanus (Immunity from). See, also, Tetanus {Preventive inoculations against). Kostovski (V. S.) *K voprosu o predokhra- nyayushtshem dlelstvii protiv stolbnyachnavo yada, nlekotorikh organov normalnikh zhivot- nikh. [Protective action of various organs of normal animals against the poisons of tetanus.] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1899. Stetskevich (M. I.) *K voprosu ob immu- nitetle pri stolbnyakle; prodolzhitelnost immu- niteta pri vpriskivanii protivostolbnyachnol si- vorovki v mozgovoye veshtshestvo (po metodu Roux i Borel'ya). [Immunity in tetanus; dura- tion of the immunity on injecting antitetanic serum in the brain by the method of Roux and Borel.] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1900. Asagawa i S.) [Contribution on the origin of natu- ral immunity in tetanus of the domestic fowl.] Sai- take Gaku Zasshi. Tokvo. 1898, 63-91. Also, transl.: Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1898, xxiv, 166; 234. — Dionis du Sejour. Sur la dutee de l'immunite donnee par une injection de serum anti- tetanique; tetanos a forme dysphagique survenu 22 jours apres l'injection preventive. Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1906, lxxviii, 606. —Dmitrievsky ( K.) Recherches sur les proprtetes antitetaniques des centres nerveux de l'animal immunise. Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1903, xvii, 148-160.—Ehrlich (P.) & Httbener (Wr.) Ueber die Vererbung der Immunitat bei Tetanus. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infectionskrankh., Leipz., 1894, xviii, 51-64 — Le Fort & Gontier de la Roche. Experiences sur les proprtetes immunisantes du serum d'un.maiade ayant eu recemment une attaque de tetanos. Echo nted. du nord, Lille, 1903, vii, 247. — von liingelsheim. Im- munitat bei Tetanus. Handb. d. path. Mikroorg., Jena, 1904, 983-1000. — Marie (A.) Recherches sur les pro- prtetes antitetaniques des centres nerveux de l'animal sain. Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1898, xii, 91-95.— JIarx (E.) Ueber dietetanusgiftneutralisirendeEigen- schait des Gehirns. Ztschr. f. Hvg. u. Infectionskrankh., Leipz., 1902, xl, 231-238.—Nogrichi (H.) Local immu- nity to tetanus in inoculated rats treated with eosin. J. Exper. M., N. Y., 1907, ix, 291-297. — Ricketts (H. T.) Concerning the possibility of an antibody for the tetano- phile receptor of erythrocvtes; a receptor studv. In: Ricketts (H. T.) Contrib. to Med. Sc, Chicago,1911, 254- 265.—Riglii (I.) L' immunita al tetano in conigli smilzati. Riforma med., Napoli, 1894, x, pt. 4, 327-329.— Roux (E.) & Borrel (A.) Tetanos cerebral et immu- nite contre le tetanos. Actas v mem. d. ix. Cong, inter- nac de hyg. y demog. 1895, Madrid, 1900, i, 136-147.— Rnediirer (E. H.) The duration of passive immunitv against tetanus. Bull. Manila M. Soc, 1911, iii, 98-101.— Tasso (G.) La chemotassi nel tetano e nella immunita contro il tetano. Policlin., Roma, 1895, ii, C, 26-32.— Tizzoni (G.) L'immunita contro il tetano conferita col vancino dello pneumococco. Mem. r. Accad. d. sc. d. 1st. di Bologna, 1897-8, 5. s., vii, 195-203. Also: Gazz. d. osp, Milano, 1898, xix, 289-292.—Tizzoni (G.) & Cat- tani (G.) Alcune questioni relative all'immunita pel tetano.- Riforma med., Napoli, 1892, viii. pt. 3, 495; 505.— ----------. Ulteriori ricerche sperimentali sulla immu- nita contrail tetano. Ibid., 1X93. ix, pt. 4, 289: 301; 313; 325. Also, transl.: Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1893, xxx, 1185; 1215; 1245; 1265: 1894, xxxi, 64— Warbasse (J. P.) Im- munity against tetanus. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1894, xix, 699-704.—Wassermann (A.) & Takaki (T.) Ueber tetanusantitoxische Eigenschaften des normalen Cen- tralnervensystems. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1898, xxxv, 5. — WladimirofF (A.) Ueber die antitoxinerzeu- gende und immunisirendc Wirkung des Tetanusgiftes bei Thieren. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infectionskrankh.,Leipz., 1893, xv, 405-122. Tetanus (Jurisprudence of). FerrS (G.), Sabrazes (J.) & Faisuet (C.) Con- sultation medico-iegale sur un cas de tetanos; dutee d'incubation; rapport des experts; jugement. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. nted. de Bordeaux, 1905, xxvi, 210-212. — Focke. Ueber den Tod durch Tetanus in gerichtlich-medici- nischer Beziehung. Vrtljschr. f. gerichtl. Med., Berl., 1899, 3. F., xvii, Suppl.-Hft., 81-110.—Hammerschlag (R.) Ein Fall von Tetanus vor Gericht. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1901, li, 859; 932.—Kuhn (E.) Gerichtsarzt- liche Beurteilung des Wundstarrkrampfes. Vrtljschr. f. gerichtl. Med., Berl., 1907, 3. F., xxxiii, 70; 277.—Leone (A. B.) Giudizio medico-iegale sopra un caso di tetano. Corriere san. Settim., Milano, 1897, viii, no. 36, 6. Tetanus (Localized). Sec, also, Tetanus (Cephalic); Trismus. Kruger (M.) * Ueber Tetanus mit lokali- sierten Spasmen. 8°. Kiel, 1911. Walthard (H.) * Ueber den lokalen Teta- nus beim Menschen. 8°. Bern, 1910. Axhauscn. Ueber lokalen Tetanus beim Menschen. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1905, lxxviii, 266-285.— Esau. Ein Fall von lokalem Tetanus der Hand. Deut- sche med. Wchnschr.,Leipz. u. Berl., 1910,xxxvi,706-709.— Periiandc%(F. K.) Un caso de tetanos localizado. Cron. med.-quir. de la Habana, 1907,xxxiii, 18-20.—Mackie (F. P.) A case of intra-ocular infection by tetanus in a foal. J. Trop. Vet. Sc, Calcutta, 1906, i, 208-210.—Iflitra (N. C.) A case of tetanus affecting the muscles of jaws onlv. Atlanta M. & S. J., 1895-6, n. s., xii, 400-402.—Poeli- hammer (C.) Der lokale Tetanus und seine Entste- hung, eine kritisch-experimentelle Studic Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1908, xxxiv, 685-690.— Schmerz (H.) Lokaler Tetanus. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tubing., 1912, lxxxi, 609-633. — Ulbrich (H.) Die Te- tanusinfektion des Auges. Ber. ii. d. Versamml. d. ophth. Gesellsch. 1905, Wiesb., 1906, 256-260. — Zupnik (L.) Bemerkungen zu Pochhammers Aufsatz: Der lo- kale Tetanus und seine Entstehung. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1908, xxxiv, 1144. Tetanus (Jfixed infection in). &£ Tetanus (Complications, etc., of). Tetanus (Paralytic). See Tetanus (Cephalic). Tetanus (Physiological). See Muscle (Contractions of). Tetanus (Post-abortive). Commandeur. Tetanos post-abortif. Bull. Soc. d'obst. de Par., 1908, xi, 399^02.—Gache (S.) A propos d'un cas de tetanos post-abortum. Rev. prat, d'obst. et de paediat., Par., 1909, xxii, 174-185. Also, transl.: Semana med., Buenos Aires, 1906, xiii, 53-56.—Galtier. Sur un cas de tetanos consecutif & un avortement. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. . . . de Bordeaux, 1901, xxii, 192-195. Also: J. dented, de Bordeaux, 1902, xxxii, 199.—Haines W. D.) Tetanus following abortion. Cincin. Lancet- Clinic, 1904, n. s., Iii, 48-50.—Kraus (J.) Tetanus mit letalem Ausgang infolge von Fruchtabtreibung. Amts- arzt, Leipz. u. Wien, 1910, ii, 314.—Itletall (H.) Teta- nus infolge von kriminellem Abortus. Allg. Wien. med. Ztg., 1910, lv, 287.—Scherb. Avortement provoque par la tige du petroselinum sativum; tetanos mortel. Bull. nted. de l'Algerie, Alger, 1908, xix, 276-278. Tetanus (Post-hypodermic). See Tetanus (Traumatic). Tetanus (Post-operative). See Tetanus (Traumatic). Tetanus (Post-vaccinal). Allen (L.) Two cases of tetanus following vaccina- tion. Boston M. & S. J., 1902, cxlvi, 544.—Chase (F. E.) A case of tetanus following vaccination. Med. Rev., St. Louis, 1899, xxxix, 380-382. [Discussion], 887-389.— Churchill (A. H.) Tetanus following vaccination. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1906, xlvi, 1111.—Cooke (W. S.) Report of a case of tetanus following vaccination. N. York M. J., 1903, lxxvii, 61.—Findlay (W.) & Findlay (J. W.) Tetanus following revaccination on the leg; re- covery after prolonged administration of chloral hydrate. Lancet, Lond., 1902, i, 506-510.—Harte (R.) Tetanus after vaccination. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1902, xxxv, 520- 524.—Huddleston (J. H.) Tetanusand vaccine virus. Pediatrics, N. Y., 1904, xvi, 65-71.—IHcFarland (J.) Tetanusand vaccination; an analytical study of ninety- five cases of this rare complication. Proc. Phila. Co. M. Soc, Phila., 1902-3, xxiii, 166-178. Also: J. Med. Research, Bost., 1902, vii, 474-493, 1 pi. Also: Medicine, Detroit, 1902, viii, 441-456.—Patek (A.J.) Tetanus following vaccination. Am. Med., Phila., 1902, iii, 770.—Scott (C. D.) Reportof two cases of tetanus following vacci- nation. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1910, lxxviii, 811-813.—Will- son (R. N.) Tetanus appearing in the course of vac- cinia; report of a case. Proc. Phila. Co. M. Soc, Phila., 1901-2, xxii, 353-372. Also: Am. Med., Phila., 1901, ii, 903-907. Also: St. Louis M. & S. J., 1902, lxxxii, 177-192. -----. Abstract of an analysis of fifty-two cases of teta- nus following vaccinia; with reference to the source of infection. Proc. Phila. Co. M. Soc, Phila., 1902-3, xxiii, 149-166. TETANUS. 12 TETANUS. Tetanus (Prevention of). Bain (J. B.) Blank-cartridge wound infected with tetanus bacilli; prompt excision: no tetanus. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1903, xxxvii, 399-401. Ms,,, Reprint.—Benjamin (D.) The elimination of lockjaw. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1912, lxxxi, 1229.—Berghausen (O.) cfc Howard (C. E.) The treatment of wounds, with reference to tetanus prophvlaxis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1912, lviii, 104 — Bocchio (I.) Controllo della sterilita del catgut per uso chirurgico in rapporto al bacillo tetanico. Boll. d. Soc. med. di Parma, 1909, 2. s., ii, 255-261.—Calmette. La prophylaxie du tetanos dans les pays chauds. Cong, in- ternat. de med. C.-r., Par., 1900. Sect.dented.etchir.mil. col., 71-74. Also: Echo nted. du nord, Lille, 1900, iv, 443.— Bandois. De l'immunisation contre le tetanos. Rev. med. de Louvain, 1906, 273-281— Eisendrath (D. N.) The prevention of tetanus. J.Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1904, xlii, 1276-1278. — Federici (X.) .Contribute alia cura preventiva del tetano. Arch, ed atti d. Soc. ital. di chir. 1908, Roma, 1909, ii, 55-57.—Fourth of July tetanus; the effect of publicity and prophylaxis in reducing the mor- tality. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1904, xliii, 667-673.— Fukuda (M.) [Prophylaxis in traumatic tetanus of a horse.] SaikingakuZasshi,Tokyo,1904,209-212— Garcia Kijo(R.) El tetanos y la junta de sanidad. An. Acad. de cien. med.de la Habana, 1910-11,xlvii,434-448.—Hoch (K.) Wie kann man dem Tetanus und der Lyssa vorbeu- gen? Zentralbl. f. d. ges. Therap., Wien u. Berl., 1909, xxvii. 337-339. Also: Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1909, xiv, 44S. — J'oly (E.) Plaie dupied; injection pre- ventive de serum an titetanique. Normandie med., Rouen, 1898, xiii, 23-27. Also: Gaz. d. h6p. de Toulouse, 1898, xii. 170.—Jones (H.) The prevention of tetanus. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1912, lxxxii. 256.—Kamita (M.l [The pre- vention of fatal tetanus of the horse.] Saitake Gaku Zasshi, Tokyo, 1902, 375-378.—Kinyoun (.1. J.) Dried tetanus antitoxin as a dressing for wounds. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1906, lxx, 613.— Kuorr (A.) Die Tetanuserkran- kung und ihre Bekiimpfung. Monatsh. f. prakt. Thierh., Stuttg., 1898-9, x, 241-256.—Krafl't (C.) Utilite des in- jections preventives de s6rum antitetanique. Assoc. franc de chir. Proc-verb. [etc.], Par., 1906, xix, 821- 838.— Liiicas-Championnifere. La prophylaxie du tetanos par le serum antitetanique. J. d. med. et chir. prat., Par., 1908, Ixxix, 449-456.—Ludewig. Zur Pro- phylaxe des Tetanus. Ztschr. f. Veteriniirk., Berl., 1900, xii, 437-413—McFarland (J.) Tetanus prophylaxis and suspected wounds. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1903, xii, 34.— .Tlagula (M.) Ueber die Vorbeugung und Be- handlung des Wundstarrkrampfes. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tubing., 1911, lxxvi, 688-599.—Jttedd (H.) The effect of tetanus antitoxine on wounds. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1903, lxxviii, 248.—Simmons (T. W.) The preventive treat- ment of tetanus. Med. News, Phila., 1892, Ixi, 735. Also, Reprint.—Smith (P. A.) Fatal accident from toy pistol; means of securing sane Fourth ordinance. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1911, lvi, 1345.—Stanton (S. C.) The pro- phylaxis of tetanus. Ibid., 1904, xlii, 1555-1557.—Tiz- zoni (G.) L' immunita contro il tetano conferita col vaccino dello pneumococeo. Rendic r. Accad. d. sc. d. 1st. di Bologna, 1896-7, n. s., i, 190. —---. Sul modo di determinare il valore immunizzante del siero antite- tanieo col metodo della mescolanza in vetro. Ibid., 1898-9, n. s., iii, 155.— Treuibur (H.) Hygienische Betrachtungen iiber den Wundstarrkrampf. Vrtljschr. f. gerichtl. Med., Berl., 1911, 3. F., xlii, 149-172.— Vaccination, antitoxin and tetanus; official report of the Camden Board of Health concerning the cases of tetanus which occurred in patients who had been vacci- nated. Sanitarian, N. Y., 1902, xlviii, 82-38— Vaillard (M.) Sobre las inyecciones preventivas de suero anti- tetanico en la profilaxis del tetano. Bol. de san mil Buenos Aires., 1908, vii, 419-433.—Verneuil. Sur le traitement prophylactique du tetanos. Gaz. med. de Par., 1893, 8. s., ii, 361; 375: 385.—Weber. Serotherapie preventive du tetanos. Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1897 3. s., xxxviii, 193-195. Tetanus (Preventive inoculation against). Lang (\V.) * Ueber Praeventiv-Impfung bei Tetanus. [Bern.] 8°. Langnau, 1908. Peters (A. O. J.) * Ueber Immunisierungs- und Heilversuche von Tetanus bei weissen Mitusen. 12°. Berlin, 1895. Remertz (O. H.) * Ueber prophylaktische Injektion von Tetanusantitoxin. 8°. Berlin. 1911. Tizzoni (G.) Yaccinazione e sieroterapia contro il tetano. Contribuzione alio studio del meccanismo della immunita. 8°. Milano, [1897]. Also [Abstr.] in: Mem. r. Accad. d. sc. d. 1st. di Bologna, 1896-7, 5. s., vi, 158-1K0. de Alum. Beitrag zur Frage der prophvlaktischen Serumtherapie des Tetanus. Med. klin., Berl., 1907, iii, Tetanus inoculeition (Preventive against). 1426-1428. —Alexander (E. S.) Prophylactic use of antitetanus serum; two cases. Med. & Surg. Monitor, Indianap., 1904, vii, 406.—Bar (E.) Zur Praventivimpf- ung bei Tetanus. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1906, xxxvi, 737-749. -----. Zur Priiventivimpfung bei Teta- nus. Ibid., 1910, xl, 321-327. — Bid lot (F.) Les injec- tions prophylactiques de serum antitetanique. Scalpel, Liege, 1906-7, lix, 3,—Broca. Traitement preventif du tetanos par la serotherapie. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1896, n. s., xxii, 193.—Busch (M.) Beitrag zur Tetanusfrage, besonders zur Frage der pruventiven Anti- toxinbehandlung. Arch.f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1907, lxxxii, 27-80.—Buschke. Ueber die Immunisirungeines Men- schen gegen Tetanus. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1893, xix, 1329-1332. — Canonne. A propos de Ja serotherapie preventive antitetanique. Anjou med., Angers, 1009, xvi, 1-5.—Ceri" (L.) La serotherapie pre- ventive du tetanos des nouveau-nes. ,Anjou med., An- gers, 1905, xii, 142-148.— Chapellier. A propos du traite- ment preventif du tetanos. Rec. de med. v6t., Par., 1909, lxxxvi, 437.—Bandois. A propos de la serotherapie preventive du tetanos. Rev. med. de Louvain, 1908, 189- 182.—Descos (A.) & Barthelemy (H.) Influence de la voie d'introduction sur le developpement des effets pteventifs du serum antitetanique. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1902, 11. s., iv, 1055-1057.—Dieudonne (T.) Sur l'efficacite des inoculations preventives anti- tetaniques enveterinaire; uneseule estsuffisante; pas une n'a failli; plus de mille observations. Rec. de med. vet., Par., 1909, lxxxvi, 433-437.—Fayet. De la valeur preven- tive du serum antitetanique. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par.,1909, lxvi, 547.—Federici (N.) Contributo alia cura preventiva del tetano. Riv. internaz. di clin. e terap., Napoli, 1908, iii, 229.—Gallier (A.) Le non-emploi du s6rum antitetanique, a titre preventif, dans le cas de cas- tration, est-il une cause generatrice de responsabilite si le tetanos survient dans un deiai de un mois a 5 semaines? Rec. de med. vet., Par., 1910, lxxxvii, 582: 652; 726; 786.— Hitchens (A. P.) The preventive dose of tetanus an- titoxin for the horse: its relation to the American unit. Am. Vet. Rev., N. Y., 1910, xxxvii, 597-610.—d'Hotel (G.) Tetanos attenue 16 jours apr£s injection preventive; injections lombaires, guerison. deiire consecutif. Union med. du nord-est, Reims, 1909, xxxiii, 251-254.—Hu- gnier. Doit-on faire une ou deux injections preven- tives de s6rum antitetanique? Bull. Soc. centr. de med. vet., Par., 1909, lxiii, 357-360.—Jacob. Sur la valeur preventive du serum antitetanique dans les arntees en campagne. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1912, n. s., xxxviii, 492-495.—Kratft (C.) Tetanos traumatique et serotherapie preventive. Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1904, xxiv, 699-710. -----. Utilite des injections preventives du serum antitetanique. Ibid., 1906, xxvi, 647-649.—Lang. Tetanos; vaccinations preventives; cas de tetanos sur un homme et une jument giteris au moyen du serum de Nocard. Rec. de med. vet., Par., 1898, 8. s., v, 609-616.—lietulie (M.) Prophylaxie du tetanos par l'emploi du s6rum antitetanique sec et pulverise. Presse med., Par.,. 1904, ii, 452.—Loewenstein (E.) Ueber aktive Schutzimpfung bei Tetanus durch Toxoide. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infektionskrankh., Leipz., 1904, lxii, 491-508.—Lop. T6tanos' suraigu consecutif a l'emploi pteventif de s6rum antitetanique. [Rap. de P. Revnier.] Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1906, n. s., xxxii, 184- 190.—liOtheissen. Ueber prophvlaktische Injektionen von Tetanusantitoxin. Wien, klin. Wchnschr., 1906, xix, 727-731 —JWauclaire. Morsure de cheval avant necessite la desarticulation de ltepaule; injection preven- tive de serum antitetanique; tetanos attenue traite par le chloral et les saignees; guerison. [Rap. de Bazy.] Bull. et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1903, n. s., xxix, 397-400. Also: Med. mod., Par., 1903, xiv, 203.—Moroni (G.) Nuovo contributo all' uso preventivo del siero antite- tanico. Corriere san., Milano, 1908, xix, 772.—Nocard (E.) Sur la serotherapie du tetanos; essais de traitement preventif. Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1895, 3. s., xxxiv, 407-418. Also: Bull, med., Par., 1895, ix, 963-965. Also: J. d. conn. med. prat., Par., 1895, 347; 355. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Med. Week, Par., 1895, iii, 510.—Noguchi (H.) The nature of the antitetanic action of eosin. J Exper. M., N. Y., 1907, ix, 281-291. -----. Local immunity to te- tanus in inoculated rats treated with eosin. J Exper Med., N. Y., 1907. ix, 291-297. Also, Reprint.— Per- rucci (P.) Ueber die preventive Anwendung des Anti- tetanusserums Tizzoni beim Pferde. Centralbl. f. Bakte- riol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1911, lx, Orig.. 152-154.—Poch- hammer. Prophylaktische Behandlung des Tetanus. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Ber.l, 1906 xxxii' 1181.—Remertz (O.) Ueber prophylaktische Injektion von Tetanusantitoxin. Samml. klin. Vortr Leipz 1911 n. F., no. 635-636 (Chir. No. 176-177), 433-479.—Bohr (E ) Du tetanos traumatique; faits de contagion et injections preventives de s6rum antitetanique. Assoc, franc pour l'avance. d. sc C.-r., Par., 1901, xxx, pt. 1 201 —Roux (E.) & Borrel (A.) Cerebral tetanus and immunitv against tetanus J. Comp. Path. & Therap. Edinb & Lond., 1898, xi, 121-130.-Rowan (C. J.) The prophv- lactic use of tetanus antitoxin. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, TETANUS. 13 TETANUS. Tetanus (Preventive inoculation against). 1910, liv, 533.—Scherck (H. J.) Antitetanic serum in fourth of July injuries; a record of 291 injuries caused by toy pistols, etc., immunized by the antitetanic serum without a single case of tetanus. J. Am. M. Ass., Chi- cago, 1906, xlvii, 500-502.—SeneVhal (M.) Injection preventive; tetanos; guerison. Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1907, lxxx, 891-893.—So lie ri (S.) Sulla profilassi antite- tanica a mezzo della iniezione preventiva di siero antitossico. Atti d. r. Accad. d. fisiocrit. in Siena, 1909, 5. s., i, 797-815. Also, transl.: Centralbl. f. Bakte- riol. [etcl, 1. Abt., Jena, 1910, lv, Orig., 141-154.— Sorel (E.) Des injections preventives de serum antite- tanique dans le traitement des blesses par accident du travail. Arch. med. de Toulouse, 1910, xvii, 110; 129.— Taylor (F. L.) Prophylactic injections of tetanus anti- toxine in cases of wounds from toy pistols. N. York M. J., 1903, lxxvii, 1170.—Terrier (F.) & Itlercade (S.) Tetanos; note k propos de deux cas d'insucces du serum antitetanique en injection preventive. Rev. de chir., Par., 1907, xxxv, 78-86.—Tizzoni (G.) Sull' efficacia dell' antitossina nel trattamento preventivo contro il tetano dopo avvenuta 1' infezione. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1897, xviii, 1215-1223.—Tizzoni (G.) & Cat- tani (G.) Esperienze sulla vaccinazione del cavallo contro il tetano. Riforma med., Napoli, 1893, ix, pt. 2, 661-665.— VaiHard ( L.) Sur les injections preven- tives de serum antitoxique dans la prophylaxie du tetanos de l'homme. Bull. Acad, de mid., Par., 1908, 3. s., lix, 567; 584. [Discussion], 617; 724; 768. Also: Rev. de therap. med.-chir., Par., 1908, lxxv, 505; 541. Also: Bull, med.. Par., 1908, xxii, 509-515.—Vennat (H.) & JMlcheleau (E.) A propos de deux cas de tetanos, de- veloppes malgrg. l'emploi preventif du serum. Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1908, lxxxi, 1719-1723.—Verneuil. Sur le traitement prophylactique du tetanos. Bull. Acad, de med.,Par., 1893,3. s., xxix,775: xxx, 16.—Viscontini (C.) Consideraziorii su un caso di tetano sviluppatosi mal- grado P iniezione preventiva di antitossina. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1908, xxix, 496. -----. Nota a proposito delle iniezioni di antitossina nel trattamento preventivo contro il tetano. Ibid., 1910, xxxi, 1161-1163. Tetanus (Relapses in). Fink (L. G. i Notes on a caSe of tetanus with two se- vere relapses at long intervals. Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1911, xlvi, 338-340. Also: J. Trop. M. [etc.], Lond., 1911, xiv, 161-163. Tetanus (Rheumatic). Biagini(P) Intorno ad un tetano reumatico. Gazz. tosc. d. sc. med.-fis., Firenze, 1847, v, 213-217.—Bussi (A.) Per un caso acuto di tetano reumatico. Gazz. d. osp., Mi- lano, 1903, xxiv, 595-597.— Carbone (T.) & Perrero (E.) Sull' eziologia del tetano reumatico. Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1895, 3. s., xliii, 593-602. Also, transl.: Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. u. Parasitenk., 1. Abt., Jena, 1895, xviii, 193-201.—Ciom (E.) Tetano reumatico e metodo Baccelli. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1901, Roma, 1902, 465. — IHostardini (G.) Opistotono con trismo per causa reumatica; sue esacerbazioni sotto tipo terzanario senza evidenti sintomi febrili; esito fausto di esso per opera della china unita all' oppio. Gazz. toscd. sc. med.-fis.. Firenze, 1851, ix. 68-70—Racine (H.) & Bruns < H. i Zur Aetiologie des sogenannten rheumati- schen Tetanus. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1903. xxix, 782-785.—Tarozzi (G.) Un caso di cosidetto tetano reumatico, a localizzazione tonsillare. Atti d. r. Accad. d. fisiocrit. in Siena, 1906, 4. s., xviii, 269-271. Tetanus (Rose's). See Tetanus (Cephalic). Tetanus (Toxins and Antitoxins of). See, also, Tetanolysins; Tetanus (Treatment of) with serum; Toxins, etc. Kartulis (S.) * Untersuchungen iiber daa Verhalten des Tetanusgiftes im Korper. 8°. Berlin, [1892]. Rosexau (M. J.) & Anderson (J. F.) The standardization of tetanus antitoxin. 8°. Wash- ington, 1908. Stric-k (F.) *Die Tetanusinfection bei Ka- ninchen von Schusswunden und Hiimatomen ausgehend, mit Beriicksichtigung der Serum- Prophvlaxis und Therapie. [Bern.] 8°. Koln, 1899. " Zaionchkovski (A. G.) *0 vliyanii posto- yannavo toka na toksini stolbnyaka. [On the Tetanus (Toxins and Antitoxins of). effect of the constant current upon the toxins of tetanus.] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1895. Almagia (M.) Sui rapporti tra sostanza nervosa centrale e tossina del tetano. Atti d. Soc. ital. di patol., Pa via, 1906, iv, 411-414. Also: Sperimentale. Arch, di biol., Firenze, 1906, lx, 654-660.—Anderson (J. F.). The influence of concentration (Gibson's method) on the presence of tetanus toxin in blood serum. J. Exper. M., Lancaster, Pa., & N. Y., 1909, xi, 656-658. -----. The com- mercial preparations of tetanusantitoxin. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1910, liv, 253-255.—Asagawa (S.) [The ac- tion of pure tetanus virus on the brain substance.] Sai- take Gaku Zasshi, Tokyo, 1898, 133-145.—Baroni (V.) Sur la filtrabilite de la toxine tetanique a travers les mem- branes en collodion et en viscose. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1911, lxx, 312-314.—Baylac&Rouma. Note sur la toxicite du serum sanguin d'un cheval atteint de tetanos. Compt. rend. Soc de biol.. Par., 1898, 10. s., v, 637. Also: Arch. med. de Toulouse, 1898, iv, 463—Beh- ring (E.) Ueber Tetanusgiftmodificationen, nach ge- meinschaftlich mit Dr. Ransom und Dr. Kitashima aus- gefuhrten Versuchen. Fortschr.d. Med., Berl., 1899, xvii, 501-605^ -----. Leber die quantitativen Bindungsver- haltnisse zwischen Tetanusgift und Tetanusantitoxin im lebenden Meerschweinkorper (nach Versuchen von Dr. Ransom und Dr. Kitashima). Ibid., 521-534.—Behring & Ransom. Ueber Tetanusgift und Tetanusantitoxin. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1898, xxiv, 181- 185.— Belfanti (S.) Sulla sostanza tossica del bacillo del tetano. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1892, Milano, [1893], v, 394-396.—van den Bergli (C.) Etude sur le conflit entre la toxine du tetanos et les agents bacterici- des. Ann. Soc med.-chir. d'Anvers, 1897, 7-33.—Bes- redka. De la fixation de la toxine tetanique par le cerveau. Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1903, xvii, 138- 147.—Blunienthal (F.) Klinische und experimen- telle Beitrage zur Kenntnis des Tetanus. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1896, xxx, 538-549. See, also, infra, Brunner. -----. Ueber die Veriinderung des Teta- nusgiftes im Thierkorper und seine Beziehung zum Anti- toxin. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1898, xxiv, 185-188. [Discussion], Ver.Beil., 43. Also [Abstr.]: Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1898, xxxv, 362. -----. Weiterer Beitrag zur Kenntniss des Tetanusgiftes. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1897, xxxii, 325-334. -----. Ueber das an die Organe gebundene Tetanusgift und seine Beziehung zum Antitoxin. Arch. f. Physiol., Leipz., 1904, 217-220.—Bol- ton (B. M.) & Fisch (C.) An estimate of the amount of toxin in the blood of horses infected with tetanus. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, Phila., 1902, xvii, 462-467—Breton & Petit (G.) Passage de la toxine et de l'antitoxine te- taniques a travers du gros intestin. ,Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1908, Ixiv, 160. Also: Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1908, xii, 62.—Brieger (L.) & Conn (G.) Unter- suchungen iiber das Tetanusgift. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. In- fectionskrankh., Leipz., 1893, xv, 1-10. Also, transl.: J. med. chim. i farm., St. Petersb., 1893, i, 450-462.----- -----. Beitrage zur Concentrirung der gegen Wundstarr- krampf schiitzenden Substanz aus der Milch. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infectionskrankh., Leipz., 1893, xv, 439-453.— Brunner (C.) Zur Kenntniss des Tetanusgiftes; Be- merkungen zu dem Aufsatze von Ferdinand Blumenthal: Klinische und experimentelle Beitrage zur Kenntniss des Tetanus. (Diese Zeitschrift xxx. Hefte5und6.) Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1896, xxxi, 367-379. -----. Zur Kennt- niss des Tetanusgiftes; ErwiderunganHerrnDr. Blumen- thal. Ibid., 1897, xxxii, 207-214.—Rruschettini (A.) Recherches pteliminaires sur la diffusion du poison du tetanos dans l'organisme. Ann. de microg., Par., 1890-91, iii, 83-87. -----. Tossina tetanica e sistema nervoso cen- trale. Ann. d.Ist. Maragliano p. la curad. tuberc [etc.], Genova, 1910-11, v, 1. Also: Boll. d. r. Accad. med. di Genova, 1911, xxvi, 85—Calmette (A.) Sur l'absorp- tion de l'antitoxine tetanique par les plaies; action im- munisante du serum antitetanique sec employe au panse- ment des plaies tetanigenes. Ann. d'hyg. et de med. colon..Par., 1903,vi,559-561.— Carriere (G.) Dusortdela toxine tetanique introduite dans le tube digestif des ani- maux. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1899,10. s., vi, 179.— Carta-Mulas (L.) Sull'azione dellalecitinaecoleste- rina sulla tossina tetanica. Riforma med , Napoli, 1908, xxiv,533-537.— Caussade (G.)& Joltrain. Durolede lamuqueuseintestinale dans la neutralisation des toxines tetaniques. Compt. rend. Soc.de biol., Par.,1906, Ixi,104.— Centanni (E.) Sulla produzione deila tetano-lisina. Rendic Accad. d. sc. d. 1st. di Bologna, 1899-1900, iv, 41.— Cernovodeanu (Mile. P.) & Henri (V.) Recherches sur la toxine et l'antitoxine tetaniques. I. Etudede Pac- tion de l'extrait etrtere du serum antitetanique. Cpmpt. rend.Soc.de biol., Par., 1907, lxii, 392.-----------. Etude des proprtetes colloidales de la toxine tetanique. Ibid., 669-671.-----------. Etude sur le mode d'absorption de la toxine tetanique. Ibid., 812-815.-----------. Action de la lumiere ultra-violette sur la toxine tetanique. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1909, cxlix,365-368.—Cerri TETANUS. 14 TETANUS. Tetanus (Toxins and Antitoxins of). (G. G.) Azionedegli alcali .sullatossinatetaniea'. Speri- mentale. Arch, di biol., Firenze, 1905, lix, 143-147.—Ce- sar! (L.) Action de l'epilepsie experimentale sur l'em- poisonnement par la toxine tetanique. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1906, lx, 397-399.—Col Una (M.) Ricerche sugli enzimi contenuti nelle culture filtrate di tetano. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1902, xxiii. 307-310. Also [ Abstr. ]: Soc. med.-chir. di Bologna. Resoc. (1901), 1902,84.—Cor- radl (A.) L' azione biologica delle tossine del tetano. Morgagni, Milano, 1898, xl, 48; 81; 4ch.—Costantini (<;.) & Busclii (G.) Gli effetti della tossina tetanica (sola e combinata col digiuno) sugli elementi nervosi. Clin. med. ital., Milano, 1912, li, 496-509.—Courmont (J.) & Doyon (M.) La substance toxiquequi engendrele teta- nos tesulte de Paction sur l'organisme recepteurd'un fer- ment soluble fabriquepar le bacille de Nicolaier. Compt. rend.Soc.ile biol.,Par.,1893, 9. s., v, 294-298. Also: Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1893, cxvi, 593-595.----------. La substance toxique qui engendre le tetanos resulte de Paction sur l'organisme tecepteur d'un ferment soluble fabriquepar le bacille de Nicolaier (deuxieme note); du tetanos de la grenouille. Province nted., Lyon, 1893, vii, 267.----------. La substance toxique qui engendrele tetanos tesulte de Paction sur l'organisme tecepteur d'un ferment soluble fabriqu6 par le bacille de Nicolaier (troi- sieme note); del'existenced'unesubstancestrychnisante dans les muscles des animaux tetaniques. Ibid., 315. ----------. Influence compareedu poison tetanique sur l'excitabilite des systemes nerveux moteur et sensitif. Arch, de physiol. riorm. etpath., Par., 1894, 5. s., vi, 391- 396.----------. Sur l'origine de la toxine tetanique. Arch, de physiol. norm, etpath., Par., 1897, 5. s., ix, 716- 723. Also: Province med., Lyon, 1897, xi, 400-403. ----- -----. Le tissu des centres nerveux de la grenouille ne neutralise pas les effets de la toxine tetanique. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., ]89s, 10. s., v, 602-604. Also: Pro- vince m6d., Lyon, 1898, xii, 331-333.----------. Sur le mode d'action de la toxine tetanique. Compt. rend. Soc de biol., Par., 1898, 10. s., v, 750-752.----------. Du sort de la toxine tetanique chez la grenouille froide ou chauf- tee. Ibid., 937-939. Also: J. de phvsiol. et de path. gen.. Par., 1899, i, 11-21. —--------. Influence de la tempe- rature ambiante; sort de la toxine tetanique chez la grenouille tefractaire. Province med., Lyon, 1898, xii, 219.— Courmont (J.) & IVogier ( T. ) Action de la lampe en quartz a vapeurs de mercure sur la toxine tetanique. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1909, cxlviii, 655.—Uanysz (J.) Contribution a I'etude de Taction de la toxine tetanique sur la subslancenerveu.se. Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1899, xiii, 156-168.—Detre (L.) & Sellei (J.) A tetanus-mereg (tetanustoxin) v6- rold6 hatasa. [The blood-disintegrating power of teta- nustoxin.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1905, xlix, 327; 348. Also, transl.: Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1905, xviii, 451-459.— Diez (S.) Sulle modificazioni della virulenza della tos- sina tetanica in soluzione alcalina. Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1906,4. s., xii,214-218.—Donitz (W.) Le- ber das Antitoxin des Tetanus. Deutsche med. Wchnschr. Leipz.u.Berl., 1897,xxiii,428-430— vonEisler(M.) Teta- nus-Toxin und Antitoxin. Handb.d.Techn.u.Methodik d. Immunitiitsforsch., Jena., 1911, Ergnzngsbd. i, 27-41.— von Fisler (M.) & Lftwenstein (E.) Ueber For- malinwirkung auf Tetanustoxin und andere Bakterien- toxine. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1911 Ixi, Orig., 271-288.—von Fisler (M.) & Pribram (E.) Tetanustoxin. Handb. d. Techn. u Methodik d. Immu- nitatsforsch., Jena, 1907, i, 103-136. —Elbogen (K.) Ueber die Notwendigkeit prophylaktischer Injektionen von Tetanusantitoxin bei Verwundungen durch Exer- zierschiisse. Militararzt, Wien, 1907, xii, 65; 86.—von Fedorow (S. P.) & lkoiinikow (P. C.) Zur Frage des Tetanotoxins und des Tetanoantitoxins. Centralbl f^ Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1910, liv, 352-355.— Fermi (C.) & Celli (F.) Tetanusgiftes. Centralbl. f. Jena, 1892, xii, 617-619. — studio del veleno del tetano. Xiv, 1357-1360. Beitrag zur Kenntniss des Bakteriol. u. Parasitenk., — -----. Contributo alio Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1893, Sul veleno del tetano. Ann. d. 1st. d' ig. sper. d. Univ. di Roma, 1894, n. s., iv, 1-57, 1 tab.----------. Ueber das Tetanusgift; vergleichende Studien mit Berucksichtigung anderer Gifte und der Enzyme. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. u. Parasitenk., Jena 1894, xv, 303; 385.—Fletcher (W. M.) Tetanus doloro- sus, and the relation of tetanus toxin to the sensory nerves and the spinal ganglia. Brain. Lond., 1903, xxvi 382-399.—Flexner (S.) & Nosuchi (H.) The action of eosin upon tetanustoxin and tetanus. Proc. Soc Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1905-6, iii, 29. Also: Science X. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1906, n. s., xxiii, 334. Also Am. Med., Phila., 1906, xi, 105.-----------. The effect of eosin upon tetanus toxin and upon tetanus toxin m rats and guinea-pigs. J. Exper. M., X. Y., 1906 viii, 1-7. Also, Reprint.—Foulerton (A. G. R.) & Thomson (H. C.) An investigation into the nature of the changes produced in the nerve-cells of the cere- bral cortex by the action of tetanus toxin. Med.-Chir. Tr., Lond., 1899-1900, lxxxiii, 105-124, 1 pi., 1 1. Also [Abstr.]: Brit. M. J., Lond., 1900, i, 76. Also [Abstr.]' Tetanus (Toxins and Antitoxins of). Lancet, Lond., 1900, i, 98.—Fronin (A.) Variations du pouvoir hemolytique du serum et production de l'anti- toxine tetanique chez les animaux ethvteoides. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1910, lxix, 237-239.—Gamier (M.) & Sabareanu (G.) Action de la bacteiidie char- bonneuse sur la toxine tetanique. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1904, lvii, 203.—Gibier (P.) Toxin and anti- toxin of tetanus. N. York Therap. Rev., 1895, iii, 57-66. Also: Am. Therapist, N. Y., 1895-6, iv, 104-112.—Gold- berg (S. J.) Ueber Ausscheidung des Tetanusgiftes durch Nierensekretion bei Experimentaltetanus. Cen- tralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1899, xxvi, 547 — Goldscheider (A.) Wiewirkt das Tetanusgift auf das Nervensystem? Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1894, xxvi, 175-189. -----. Bemerkung zu der Kritik der neueren Arbeiten iiber die physiologischen Wirkungen des 4'eta- nusgiftesvon PrivatdocentDr. Gumprechtin Jena. Deut- schemed. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl. ,1895, xxi. 735.—Gum- precht (F.) Versuche iiber die physiologischen Wirkun- gen des Tetanusgiftes im Organismus. Arch. f. d. ges. Phy- siol., Bonn,1894,lix,105-152,1 pi. -----. Kritikderneueren Arbeiten iiber die physiologischen Wirkungen des Teta- nusgiftes. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1895, xxi, 693. »S'ee,aJ.so,Goldscheider.-----. Der Angriffspunkt des Tetanusgiftes im Nervensystem. Kor.-Bl. d. allg. arztl. Ver. v. Thuringen, Jena, 1904, xxxiii, 47-^9.—Har- nack (E.) & Hoehheim (W.) Ueber die Wirkungen des Brieger'schen Tetanusgiftes. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1894, xxv, 46-63.—Hayashi (H.) Leber die che- mische Eigenschaft des Tetanusgiftes. [Japanese text.] Mitt. d. med. Gesellsch. zu Tokvo, 1901, xv, 2. Hft., 1-19. Also, transl.: Mitth. a. d. med. Fac d. k. jap. Univ., Tokio, 1900, iv, 341-362. Also, transl.: Sei-i-Kwai M. J., T6ky6, 1901, xx, 145; 159-171. -----. Weitere Forschungen iiber die chemische Natur des Tetanustoxins. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1901, xlvii, 9-18.-----. Bei- trage zur Kenntniss des Tetanusgiftes. [Japanese text.] Mitt. d. med. Gesellsch. zu Tokyo, 1902, xvi,«Hf 1.1, 20-29.— 11 eymans (J.F.)& Ronsse(L) Einflussder Aniimie und der Plethora auf die Wirkung des Tetanusgiftes. Arch. f. Physiol., Leipz., 1899, Suppl.-Bd., 281-288.— Hnatek (J.) O ufiinku tetanotoxinu na ustroje cevo- hybne. [Action of tetanotoxin on the vasomotors.] Casop. tek. cesk., v Praze, 1908, xlvii, 1465. Also, transl.: Rev. de med. tcheque, Prague, 1909, i, 113-115.—lgna- towsky ( A.) Zur Frage vom Verhalten verschiedener Gewebedestierischen Organismus gegen das Tetanusgift. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1903, xxxv, 4; 158.—Joseph (K.) Ueber das Vorkommen von Teta- nusvirus im Darminhalt der Kinder. Ztschr. f. Infek- tionskr. . . . d. Haustiere, Berl., 1910, vii, 97-104.—Jou- kowsky (M.) De l'influence de la toxine tetanique sur le systeme nerveux central. Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1900, xiv, 464-478, 1 pi.—Kneass (S. S.) The anti- toxin of tetanus. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1896, xxvii, 134-138.—Knorr (A.) Die Entstehung des Tetanusanti- toxins im Thierkorper und seine Beziehung zum Tetanus- gift. Fortschr. d. Med., Berl., 1897, xv, 657-669. -----. Das Tetanusgift und seine Beziehung zum thierischen Organismus; eine experimentelle Studie iiber Krankheit und Heilung. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1898, xiv, 321; 362.-----. Neuere Anschauungen iiber die Herkunft das Antitoxins und das Zustandekommen der Tetanuser- krankung. Sitzungsb. d. Gesellsch. f. Morphol. u. Phy- siol, in Munchen, 1898, xiv, 71-81.— Landsteiner (K.) & Botteri (A.) Ueber Verbindungen von Tetanustoxin mit Lipoiden. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1906, xlii, 562-566.— Laroche (G.) & Grigaut (A.) Role des proteines dans l'adsorption et la neutrali- sation de la toxine tetanique par la substance nerveuse. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1911, lxx, 657.—Leslie (E.) & Breyius (L.) Action de la toxine tetanique, de la toxine diphterique et de leurs serums immunisants chez les animaux chauffes. J. de pharm. et chim., Par 1908, 6. s., xxvii, 489.—Limoncelli (G.) Sul mezzo phi adatto ad ottenere facilmente una tossina tetanica molto attiva. Policlin., Roma, 1902, ix, sez. med., 50-58.— L,oe\ve (g.) Ueber die Bindung des Tetanustoxins. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1911, xxxiii, 225: xxxiv, 495.— Loewi (O.) & ITleyer (H.) Ueber Tetanusgift-Em- pfindlichkeit und Ueberempflndlichkeit. Arch. f. exper. Path, u Pharmakol., Leipz., 1908. Suppl.-Bd., 355-365.— Lumiere (A), Luniiere (L.) & Chevrottier (J.) Action des oxydases artificielles sur la toxine tetanique. Oompt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1904, exxxviii. 652-654.— McFarland (J.) Eine einfache Methode zur Berei- tungvonTetanustoxinen. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol [etc 1 1. Abt., Jena, 1896, xix, 550. -----. Tetanus toxin and antitoxin. J. Compt. M. & Vet. Arch., Phila., 1899 xx 639; 694. — Uladsen (T.) Tetanusgift im Serum eines diphtherieimmunisierten Pferdes, 5 Tage vor dem Aus- bruch von Tetanus. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol fete 1 1 Abt., Jena, 1908, xlvi, Orig., 276-278.—Marie (A.) Re- cherches sur la toxine tetanique. Ann. de l'Inst Pas- teur, Par., 1897, xi, 591-599. -----. L'absorption de la toxine tetanique chez les mammiteres. Bull de l'Inst Pasteur, Par., 1903, i, 633-640. -----. Sensibilite des cel- lules cetebrales a la toxine tetanique. Compt. rend. Soc. TETANUS. 15 TETANUS. Tetanus (Toxins and Antitoxins of). de biol.. Par., 1907, lxii,1164-1166.—Marie (A.)AMorax (V.) Recherches sur l'absorption de la toxine tetanique. Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1902, xvi, 818-832.—marie (A.) & TiflFeneau (M.) Mise en liberte, par la papa'ine, de la toxine tetanique fixee par la substance nerveuse. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1907, lxii, 1187. ----- -----. A propos de la neutralisation de la toxine teta- nique par la substance cerebrate. Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1912, xxvi, 318-320.— Marinesco (G.) Lesions des neuro-fibrilles produites par la toxine tetanique. Compt. rend.Soc.de biol., Par., 1904, lvii, 62.—Marx (E.) Leber die tetanusgiftneutralisirende Eigenschaft des Gehirns. Ztschr. f. Hyg., Leipz., 1902, xl, 231-238. Also: Ges. Arb. z. Immunitiitsforsch., Berl., 1904, 505-514. -----. Teta- nustesttoxin und Tetanustestantitoxin. Festschr. z. 60. Geburtst. v. Robert Koch, Jena, 1903, 451-157.— Meyer (H.) Die Entstehung der Muskelstarre bei der Tetanus- vergiftung. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1902, xv, 237.— rtlilchner (R.) Nachweis der chemischen Bindung von Tetanusgift durch Nervensubstanz. Berl. klin. Wchn- schr., 1898, xxxv, 369-371.—Miyamoto (S.) Beitrage zur Tetanusvergiftung. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1900, xxvi, 479—Miillers (B.) Beitrag zur Frage iiber den Werth des Tetanusantitoxins. Ibid., 1901, xxvii, 814-816.— Mo rax (V.) & Loiseau (G.) &ur le passage de l'antitoxine diphterique et tetanique dans l'humeur aqueuse. Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1911, xxv, 647-660.—Mo rax (V.) & Marie (A.) Action de la chaleur seche sur les spores et la toxine tetanique. Ibid.. 1902, xvi, 418-426.-----------. Recherches sur l'absorption de la toxine tetanique. Ibid., 1903, xvii, 335-342.—Nicolle & Mouton. Note sur la toxine et l'antitoxine tetanique. Ibid., 1910, xxiv, 924-927.— Noon (L.) On the occurrence of toxic compounds of tetanus toxin and antitoxin, tetanus toxin and brain emulsions. J. Hyg., Cambridge, 1907, vii, 101- 114. — Odier (R.) Lesions produites par la toxine te- tanique dans les nerfs et dans lesterminaisons motrices. Arch, de nted. exper. et d'anat. path., Par., 1904, xvi, 451- 461,lpl.—Paderi (C.) Selamilzacontengaqualcheprin- cipio capace di neutralizzare la tossina tetanica. Arch. di farm, e terap., Palermo, 1898, vi, 546-549. Also: Boll. d. Soc med.-chir. diPavia, 1898,180-183. -----. Sopral'azio- ne di qualche sostanza ossidante sulla tossina tetanica. Arch, farmacol. sper., Roma, 1905, iv, 3-22. -----. Sull' influenza dell' ossigeno nell' avvelenamento per tossina tetanica. Sperimentale. Arch, di biol., Firenze, 1905, lix, 27-32.—Fasquini (P.) Sulla presenza del veleno tetanico negli organi degli animali morti per tetano. Ri- forma med., Roma, 1902, xviii pt. 2, 255; 266.—Pesci (G.) Einfluss des Tetanustoxins und des Tuberkulins auf die Autjlvse. Verhalten der Lipoide. Centralbl. f. Bakte- riol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1911, lix, Orig., 186-188.—Pet- tersson (M. A) Etudes sur la fixation de la toxine te- tanique par les leucocytes. Ztschr. f. Immunitiitsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1910-11, Orig. viii, 498-507.—Pit- field (R. L.) Note on the local action of tetanus toxin; with a suggestion as to its therapeutic employment. Therap. Gaz., Detroit, 1897, 3. s., xiii, 145.—Poehham- mer (C.) Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber die Entstehung des Starrkrampfs und die Wirkung des Te- tanustoxins im menschlichen und tierischen Organismus. Samml. klin. Vortr., Leipz., 1909, n. F., No. 520-522 (Chir., No. 149-151), 599-690.—Quadu (D.) Sulla presenza del veleno tetanico nel sangue. Riforma med., Napoli, 1894, x, pt. 4,182-187.—Ransom (F.) Das Schicksal des Te- tanusgiftes nach seiner intestinalen Einverleibung in denMeerschweinorganismus. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1898, xxiv, 117. -----. Die Verbreitungs- wege des Tetanusgiftes und des Tetanusantitoxins im Thierkorper. Sitzungsb. d. Gesellsch. z. Beford. d. ges. Naturw. zu Marb. (1900), 1901, 76. -----. Die Injection von Tetanustoxin bezw. Antitoxin in den subarachnoida- len Raum. Ztschr. 1. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1900, xxxi, 282-304. -----. Die Lymphe nach intravenoser Injection von Tetanustoxin und Tetanusantitoxin. Ibid., xxix, 349-372. -----. Weiteres fiber die Lymphe nach Injection von Tetanusgift. Ibid., 653-567. -----. Die Vertheilung von Tetanusgift und Tetanusantitoxin im lebenden thierischen Korper. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1901, xxxviii, 337; 373.—Rehns (J.) Tetanotoxine, carmin, betaine (faits et commentaires). Compt. rend. Soc.debiol., Par., 1904, lvi, 692.—Reims (J.) & Terrien (F.) Action de la toxine tetanique injectee dans le corps vitte. H>id., 1902, 11. s., iv, 444— Ricketts (H.T.) & Kirk (E.J.) The adjuvant action of serum, egg-albumin, and broth on tetanus intoxication. J. Infect. Dis., Chicago, 1900, iii. 116-127.—Rigiii (I.) La tossina del tetano nel sangue e negli organi di animali recettiviaquestamalattia. Gazz. internaz. di med. prat., Napoli, 1900, iii, 269-276. -----. II veleno del tetano nelle secrezioni. Ibid., 306-310. -----. Sulla tossicita del sistema nervoso degli animali tetaniz- zati. Gazz. d.osp.,Milano,1900,xxi,1027-1034.—Roaf(H. E.) & Sherrington (C.S.) The mechanism of 'locked- jaw"produced by tetanustoxin. Brit. M.J.,Lond.,1906,ii, lg05. -----. Experiments in examination of the "locked- jaw" induced by tetanus toxin. J. Physiol., Lond., 1906, Tetanus (Toxins and Antitoxins of). xxxiv, 315-331.—Riinier (P. H.) Ueber die Einwirkung des galvanischen Stroms auf Tetanus-Gift, Tetanus-Anti- toxin und Toxin-Antitoxin-Gemische; nebst einem Nach- wort von E. von Behring. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1904, xii, 209-213. -----. Ueber das Vorkommen von Tetanus- antitoxin im Blute normaler Rinder. Ztschr. f. Immu- nitiitsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1908-9, i, 363-386.— Roger (H.) & Josue (O.) Action neutralisante de la n6vrine sur la toxine tetanique. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par. 1898,10. s.,v, 312.-----------. Action neutrali- sante du chlorhydrate de betaine sur la toxine tetanique. Ibid., 1081-1083.—RuppeI (W. G.) & Ransom (F.) Ueber Molekularverhiiltnisse von Tetanusgiftlosungen. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem.. Strassb., 1899, xxvii, 109-113.— Schiltze (A.) Ueber das Zusammenwirken von Te- tanusgift mit normalen und gefaulten Organsaften. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1898-9, xxxvi, 417-443.— Segale (M.) Tossina tetanica e paratiroidi. Atti d. Soc. ital. di patol., Pavia, 1906, iv, 267-272.—Sewaki (H.) A further report on the action of urea on tetanus toxin [the urea has an antitoxic action]. Sei-i-Kwai M. J., T6ky6, 1910, no. 8, Aug. 31. -----. The action of urea on the tetanus toxin. Ibid., 1911, xxx, 33-40. -----. The effect of phenyl urea upon tetanus toxin and tetanus in laboratory animals. Ibid., 1912, xxxi, 131; 157.—Smith (T.) The toxin and antitoxin of tetanus. Boston M. & S. J., 1898, cxxxviii, 292-295. [Discussion], 303-305.— Symanski. Eine Beobachtung iiber die Moglichkeit des Nachweises von Tetanusgift in dem Blute beerdigter und fauler Leichen. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1901, xxx, 976-978. Also: Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1901, xxvii, Ver.-Beil., 318.— Tabusso (M. E.) Beobachtungen iiber das Blut des tetanuskranken Pferdes; Haemolyse; Agglutination; Kry- oskopie. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1905-6, xl, 311-317.—Takaki (K.) Ueber Tetanusgift bindende Bestandteile des Gehirns. Beitr. z. chem. Phys. u. Path., Brnschwg., 1908, xi, 288-303.— Tiberti (N.) Ueber den Transport des Tetanusgiftes zu den Ruckenmarkszentren durch die Nervenfasern. Cen- tralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1905, xxxviii, 2,81; 413; 499; 625, 1 pi.—Tiffeneau & Marie (A.) Etude du mode de neutralisation de la toxine tetanique par di verses substances. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1907, lxiii, 683.—Tizzoni (G.) Sulle differenze nell' azione patogena fra la mia tossina del tetano e quella del Behring. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1900, xxi, 404; 436.—Tizzoni (G.) cfc Cattani (G.) Risposta all' ar- ticolodel Dr. Huebener sulla nostra antitossina del tetano. Gazz. (1. osp., Milano, 1894, xv, 1165-1167. Also: Riforma med., Napoli, 1894, x, pt. 3, 733-735.-Tizzoni (G.) & Collina (M.) Sugli effetti della tossina del tetano in rapporto alia sede della iniezione. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1901, xxii, 1444-1447. also: Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1901, Roma, 1902, 112-123—Tome (E.) Un altro caso di tetano guauto con la antitossina Tizzoni. Riforma med., Napoli, 1896, xii, pt. 4, 458-461.—Troisier (J.) & Roux (G.) Sur la localisation de la toxine tetanique dans la region bulbo-protuberantielle. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par.,1909, 3. s., xxviii, 510-512.—Trouin (A.) Ex- traction de l'antitoxine du serum antitetanique coagute. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par.,1908,lxv,592.-Uschin- sky. Ueber eine ei weissfreie Niihrlosung fiir pathogene Bakterien, nebst einigen Bemerkungen fiber Tetanusgift. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. u. Parasitenk., Jena, 1893, xiv, 316- 319.—Vail lard (L.) De Paction deshumeurs d'un ani- mal immunise contre le tetanos sur le virus de cette ma- ladie. Ann. de PTnst. Pasteur, Par., 1892, vi, 676-682.— Vincent (H.) Etude exp6rimeniale sur le sort de la toxine tetanique dans le tube digestif. Ibid., 1908, xxii, 341-352. -----. Sur les proprtetes des melanges de toxine et d'antitoxine tetaniques. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1907, lxii, 158-160. -----. Action de la bile sur la toxine tetanique. Ibid., lxiii, 623-625. -----. Mode de destruction de la toxine tetanique dans l'iutestin; action antitoxique du sue pancteatique active. Ibid., 1908, lxiv, 797-799. -----. Action du gros intestin sur la toxine tetanique. Ibid., 162. -----. Sur le mode de des- truction de la toxine tetanique dans l'estomac Ibid., 729-731. — Vineenzi (L.) Sul signiflcato clinico della presenza del veleno tetanico nel sangue dei tetanici. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1892, Milano, [1893], v, 405- 408. -----. Tritt im menschlichen Blute nach tiber- standenem Tetanus Antitoxin auf? Deutsche med. Wchn- schr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1898, xxiv, 247-249. -----. Esiste antitossina nel siero dei tetanici guariti spontaneamente? Riforma med., Napoli, 1898, xiv, pt. 1, 435-438. Also, transl.: Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1899, xlvi, 1197- 1199. — Wolff- Eisner (A.) Ueber Komponenten des Tetanustoxin bei Anwendung von wasserfreiem Salzsauregas bei der Temperatur der fliissigen Luft. .Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1906, liii, 2145-2147.—Z.apel- loni (L. C.) La parabiosi e le vie aperte alia tossina tetanica nell' organismo animate. Path. riv. quindicin., Genova, 1909-10, ii, 417.—Zupnik (L.) Ueber den An- griffspunkt des Tetanusgiftes. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1902, xv, 89-92. TETANUS. 16 TETANUS. Tetanus (Transmission of). Abele (F.) An attendant contracts tetanus from a horse. Am. Vet. Rev., N. Y., 1899-1900, xxiii, 799.—Fa- mechon (H.) Deux cas de tetanos humain et un cas de tetanos equin en deux mois dans le meme etablisse- ment. Arch, de med. et pharm. mil., Par., 1893. xxi, 122- Hi'..— .Tacques (P.) & Perrin (M.) Tetanos a porte d entree auriculaire. Rev. med. de Pest, Nancy, 1906, xxxviii, 150. Also: Soc. de nted. de Nancy. C.-r. . . ., 1905-6, pt. 2, 30. — Laubenheimer (K.)<& Caan (A.) Ueber eine Tetanusinfektion nach subkutaner Einver- leibung von Radiolkarbenzvm. Munchen. med. Wchn- schr., 1911, lviii, 904-907.—Loveland (E. K.) A case of tetanus in which the mouth was the probable source of in- fection. Med. Rec, N.Y., 1900, lvii, 363.—Motzfeldt (K.) Tetanusinfection durch einen Lungenabszess. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1912, lxv, Orig., 60-62 — Place (F. E.) Intra-ocular infection by tetanus. J. Trop. Vet. Sc, Calcutta, 1906, i, 417.—Tashiro (Y.) [A case of infection of tetanus.] Saitake Gaku Zasshi, To- kyo, 1898. 145-151.—Teyssandier (C.) Transmissibi- lite du tetanos par les voies digestives. Rec. de med. vet., Par., 1894, 8. s., i, 404-^07. Tetanus (Traumatic and post-operative) See, also, Head injuries (Complications, etc., of); Head injuries, with fracture (Complications, etc., of); Tetanus (Treatment of) [and subdivi- sions]; Tetanus (Cephalic); Tetanus in ani- mals; Tetanus in pregnancy [etc.]. Chevalier (A.) *Du tetanos consecutif aux traumatismes de l'ceil et de ses annexes. 4°. Bordeaux, 1894. Deixinger (H.) *Ein Fall von Tetanus traumaticus. 8°. Erlangen, 1894. Elsasser (A.) * Beitrage zur Kenntniss des Tetanus traumaticus. [Bern.l 8°. Leipziq, 1903. F Also, in: Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1903, lxix, 236-301. Fackenheim (S.) *Zur Kasuistik des Teta- nus traumaticus. 8°. Jena, 1899. Kuehn (J. E.) *Nonnulla de nervorum sec- tione ad tetanum traumaticum senandum in- stituta. 8°. Lipsise, 1854. Michael (G. F. C.) * Beitrag zum Tetanus traumaticus nach Schussverletzungen. 8°. Leipzig, 1905. Reuscher (T.) Observationes quasdam ad ortum, naturam et curationem tetani traumatici. 8°. Halse, 1814. Schumann (F. A. W.) *Zehn Falle von Tetanus traumaticus aus der chirurgischen Klinik in Freiburg i. Br. [Freiburg i. Br.] 8° Weimar, 1903. Adams (H. M.) Successful case of traumatic tetanus. Regular M. Visitor, St. Louis, 1901, ii, 291.—Akhvledi- ani (D. F.) K kazuistikle travmaticheskavo stolbny- aka. [Traumatic tetanus.] Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb 1909, xv, 340.—Albis y Rennasar (J.) Tetanos pro- ducido por una ligera picadura; extrema gravedad; cu- racten rapida. Rev. balear de cien. med,. Palma de Ma- llorca. 1901, xx, 25-28.—A ldrich (J. M.) A case of trau- matic tetanus. Mass. M. J., Bost., 1895, xv, 107.—Ander- son (B. A.) Tetanus following a burn. Australas. M Gaz.. Sydney, 1907, xxvi, 123.—Atkinson (J. M.) Com- pound fracture of the femur; amputation; death from te- tanus. Select. Colon. M. Rep. 1901-2, Lond., 1904 154 — Baccelli (G.) Tetano traumatico. Gazz. med di Roma, 1901, xxvii. 589-593.—Barling (G.) Tetanus oc- curring after surgical operations. Brit. M. J. Lond 1909, l, 1209.—Barney (J. N.) Acute traumatic tetanus'- Chqparts operation; death. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1895 xlviii, 382.—Batut. Tetanos consecutif aux operations de hemic Soc. de med. mil. franc. Bull., Par., 1911 v 60s—Bauer (e.) Tetanus traumaticus; Heilung Zt- schr. f. Wundarzte u. Geburtsh., Fellbach, 1895, xlvi 236- 241. -----. Tetanus traumaticus mit todlichem Ausgang Ibid 1904, lv, 3-13.-Beutz (C.) Traumatic tetanus. Buffalo M. J., 1904-5, n. s., xliv, 633-643.—Bigg (E ) Traumatic tetanus, beginning with clonic spasms. Brit M. J., Lond., 1908, i, I108.-Bissell (J. B.) Tetanus fol- lowing clean operation wounds. Tr. M Soc N Y 1901 368-376. Also: Phila. M. J., 1901, vii, 352-355.—Blair (j' • L~ase °f traumatic tetanus. Chicago M. Obs., 1898 l, 33-3o.—Bonalonte (M.) Algunas consideraciones acerca de un caso de tetanos traumatico. Clin, mod Za- ragoza, 1903, ii, 554-558-Brettauer (J.) Postoperative tetanus. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1912, lxv, 304-311 — Brti- nauer(A.) Eingeheilter Fall von Tetanus traumati- Tetanus (Traumatic and post-operative). cus. Ungar.med. Presse, Budapest, 1902, vii, 588.—Bulla (A.) Intorno a due rare forme cliniche di tetano trau- matico. Rassegna san. di Roma, 1908, vi, 490; 501.— Cali- neseu. Patruobservat;iunI de tetanos chirurgical (doua vindecate). [Four cases . , . (two recoveries).] Spitalul, Bucuresci, 1905, xxv, 10-16.—Cameron (J. C.) Case of traumatic tetanus; recovery. Montreal M. J., 1894-5, xxiii, 881-887.—Campbell (R.) Tetanus following op- eration for radical cure of hernia. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1904, i, 132.—Cane (L.) Case of acute traumatic tetanus; rapid and fatal termination. Ibid., 1899, ii, 1010.— Can- tier! (A.) Tetano traumatico in tubercoloso. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1893, xiv, 490-492.— Carothers (R.) Trau- matic tetanus. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 3905, n. s., liv. 451^454. [Discussion], 469-474.—Carreras (J.) Tetanos causadopor la picadura de sanguijuelas (?). Gac med. catal., Barcel., 1910, xxxvi, 361.— Carrington (P. M.) A case of traumatic tetanus; recovery. Rep. Superv.Surg.- Gen. Mar. Hosp. 1891-2, Wash., 1893, 119.—Cartaz (A.) Notes et observations sur le tetanos traumatique. Pro- gres m6d., Par., 1875, •iii, 369; 385; 404. Also, Reprint.— Castle (H. A.) Tetanus traumaticus; a case report and review of subject. Med Sentinel, Portland, Oreg., 1903, xi, 77-84.—Catgutand tetanus. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1909, i, 967.—Cawley (J. I.) Traumatic tetanus. Lehigh Valley M. Mag., Easton, Pa., 1892-3, iv, 89-99— Chauvel. Sur un cas de tetanos traumatique par le Dr. Forraton. [Rap.] Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1893, n. s., xix, 215-221.—Coe (H. C.) Tetanus following aseptic ce- liotomy. Tr. Am. Gyncc. Soc. Phila., 1901, xxvi, 369-379. Also: Am. Gynsec & Obst. J., N. Y., 1901, xix, 500-508.— Collinson (H.) A case of traumatic tetanus; recovery. Lancet, Lond., 1904, ii, 23, — Cook (J. W.) A case of traumatic tetanus; recovery. Ibid., 1903, ii, 1094.—Cor- dero y tiomez (M.) Un caso raro de itetano trau- matico? Gac. med., Mexico, 1892, xxviii, 393-397.— Croly(H. G.) Clinical lecture on traumatic tetanus. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1898, n. s., lxv, 25-28.—Crow- ell (J. A.) A case of tetanus. Railway Surg., Chicago 1903^1, x, 319. — Cuff (R.) A case of traumatic tetanus. Quart. M. J., Sheffield, 1894-5, iii, 129-132.—Dabney (T. S.) Traumatic tetanus in a boy twelve years old. Proc Orleans Parish M. Soc. 1897, N. Orl., 1898, 41-42. — Ba- rter. Mort par tetanos consecutif a une plaie contuse de la pauptere interieure. Rec. d'opht., Par., 1897, 3 s. xix, 402-404. — Davis (M. B.) A case of acute trauma- tic tetanus, with complete recovery. Brooklyn M J 1904, xviii, 13-15.—Be Bidder (P.) & Danis (M.) Un cas de tetanos par blessure de l'ceil; guerison. Clinique Brux., 1911, xxv, 897-900. — Dolgoff (V.N.) Sluchal travmaticheskavo stolbnyaka. [Traumatic tetanus.] Ne- vrol. Vestnik, Kazan, 1900, viii, no. 2, 99-110. — Dome- chini (G.) Caso di tetano traumatico guarito col me- todo Baccelli. Cirillo, Aversa, 1902, x, 166-168. — Dor- sett (W. B.) Two fatal cases of tetanus following abdo- minal section, due to infected ligatures, with a plea for the angiotribe in abdominal surgery. Tr. Am. Ass Obst & Gynec. 1902, N. Y., 1903, xv, 65-68. Also: Am. J. Obst! N. Y., 1902, xlvi, 620-631.— Dubar. Brulures et tetanos. Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1900, iv, 323-327. — Dunham (J. B.) Traumatic tetanus. Med. Century, N. Y. & Chi- cago, 1904, xii, 10. — Dupaquier (E. M.) A case of traumatic tetanus. N. Orl. M. nn. Ein gunstig verlaufener Fall von Tetanus traumaticus. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1899, xlvi, 447.— Hori. [Traumatic tetanus.] Hokuetsu Ikwai Kwaiho, Shinto, 1905, 20-24.— Hovorka (J.) Vzacny pfipad te- tanu postoperativniho, vznikteho po operaci volne k£l^ tfiselne. [Rare case of post-operative tetanus developed by operation for a free inguinal hernia.] Casop. lek. cesk., v Praze, 1907, xlvi, 368; 408; 431.—Hughes (D. E.) Two cases of traumatic tetanus. Phila. Hosp. Rep. 1900, 1901, iv, 235-287.—lcilio (I.) Della presenza del bacillo del tetano nel catgut greggio. Riv. d' ig. e san. pubb., Torino, 1910, xxi, 7-13.—JaliTe (J. I.) Tetanus following surgical operations. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1909, i, 1481.—Jay (M.) Traumatic tetanus. Railway Surg., Chicago, 1899- 1900, vi, 277-279.—Jeanbrau. Le tetanos et les acci- dents du travail. Montpel. nted., 1906, xxiii, 34-43.— Johnson (A. E.) Tetanus occurring after surgical op- eration. Brit. M. J., Lond.,1909, i, 1268.—Johnson (C.) A case of acute traumatic tetanus. Ibid., 1904, i, 782.— Jones (J. G.) Tetanus resulting from fracture of thumb. Indiana M. J., Indianap., 1904-5, xxiii, 137-143.—Jones (W. H.) A case of traumatic tetanus. Cincin. Lancet- Clinic, 1895, n. s., xxxv, 551. Also: Med. Brief, St. Louis, 1896, xxiv, 396.—Kadyi (J.) Przypadek tezca urazo- wego. [Traumatic tetanus.] Przegl. lek., Krak6w, 1899, xxxviii, 436.—Kalchevski (K. D.) Sluchal travmati- cheskavo stolbnyaka u bolnovoarteritom, razvivshimsya, kak oslozhneniye bryushnovo tifa. [Traumatic tetanus in an arteritic "patient developed as a complication of typhoid fever.] Voyenno-med. J., St. Petersb., 1900, lxxviii, med.-spec pt., 2241-2255.—Kaposi (H.) Ein Fall von Tetanus 5£ Jahre nach einer Schussverletzung. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tubing., 1900, xxvii, 514-524.— Kleinertz i R.) Tetanus durch Catgut (Steril-Catgut). Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1909, xlvi, 1654-1656.—Koch (E.) Zur Aufklarung der Fiille von Tetanus nach Bauchope- rationen. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1898, xlviii, 417-423. — Kovlelashviii (A.) Sluchal stolbnyaka, kak poslledstviyeprostol ukushennol rani. [Tetanus fol- lowing a dog's bite.] Feldscher, St. Petersb., 1899, ix, 268.—Krey & Sarauw. Tetanus traumaticus compl. durch Darmverschluss (Laparotomie; Heilung ohne Se- ruminjeetioii;. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1900, xlvii, 1210.—K u Im i F.) Die postoperativen Tetanusfiille von Zacharia*. Fille von Katguttetanus; Bemerkungen zur Arbeit von Zacharias. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1908, lv, 628. — Kiihn IF.) & Bossier (M.) Tetanus und Katgut. Deutsche klin.-therap. Wchnschr., Leipz., 1906, xiii, 1153; 1189. Also: Wien. klin.-therap. Wchnschr., 1906, xiii, 1153; 1189.—Lambert (A.) A study of tetanus and its treatment. N.York M.J. ,l897,lxv,754-763.—Lewis (J. A.) Traumatic tetanus. Am. Pract. & News, Louis- ville, 1899, xxviii, 169-176. [Discussion], 183-187. Also: Tr. Kentucky M. Soc. 1899, Louisville, 1900, xliv, 281-293.— Limet. Tetanos traumatique; dec6s. Scalpel, Liege, 1904-5, lvii, 261. -----. Observation d'un cas de tetanos traumatique; mort. Ibid., 275.—Luclis (R.) Zur Ca- suistik des Tetanus traumaticus Med. Cor.-Bl. d. wiirt- temb. arztl. Ver., Stuttg., 1901, lxxi, 662-664.—Lucid (M. M.) Post-operative tetanus, with reportof a case. Buf- falo M. J., 1909-10, lxv, 305-311.—Lupb (P.) Un caso di tetano traumatico; guarigione. Gior. internaz. d. sc. med., Napoli, 1898, n. s., xx, 298-301.—M'Daniel (R.) Acute traumatic tetanus. Texas M. News, Austin, 1902- VOL XVIII, 2d series---2 Tetanus (Traumatic and post-operative). 3, xii, 490-494.— Mackay ( W. B.) An interesting case of traumatic tetanus. Caledon. M. J., Glasg., 1899-1901, iv, 368-370.—McNish (J.) A case of trau- matic tetanus in an aboriginal; recovery. Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1893, xii, 399-401.—Matter (J.) Tetanus (traumaticus?); Tetanusbaeillen nicht naehweisbar; Hei- lung. Jahrb. d. Wien. k. k. Krankenanst. 1894, Wien u. Leipz., 1896, iii, 837— Maffre (P.) Plate penetrante de poitrine par coup de carabine a blanc; mort par tetanos. Arch, de med. et pharm. mil., Par., 1906, xlvi, 430-433 — Mann (E. B.) Traumatic tetanus; report of a case. Louisville M. Month,, 1894-5, i, 70.—Martin (A.) Teta- nos traumatique d'origine reiiexe ayant succcde a des spasmessecoudaires a la suite d'une amputation decuisse. Bull. Soc. de med. prat, de Par., 1887, 378-384.—Martin (E.) Postoperativer Tetanus. Zentralbl. f. Gyniik., Leipz., 1906, xxx, 395.—Martin (S.) Preliminary report on the chemical pathology of acute traumatic tetanus. Rep. Med. Off. Local Gov. Bd., Lond., 1893-4. 497-510.— Matas (R.) The fecal origin of some forms of postoper- ative tetanus (anorectal, intestinal, puerperal, genital, and lower pelvic operations) and its prophylaxis by proper dietetic or culinary measures. (A preliminary com- munication.) Tr. Am. Surg. Ass., Phila., 1909, xxxvii, 40- 65. Also: Ann. Surg., Phila., 1909, i, 338-344.— Mayer (],. E.) A case of traumatic tetanus; recovery. N. Orl.M. & S. J., 1894-5, n. s., xxii, 100.— May weg (W.) Tetanus im Anschluss an eine Bulbusverletzung. Klin. Monatsbl. f, Augenh., Stuttg. 1907, xiv, 204-211.—Mend 1 (J.) Bei- trag zur Kenntnis des Stoffwechsels bei Tetanus traumati- cus. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1908, lxv, 141-160.— Menger (R.) A case of traumatic tetanus with trismus; recovery. Med. Recorder, Shreveport, La., 1905, ii, 163- 165.—Messerstichverletzung des linken Auges, Tetanus traumaticus. Biirgerspit. Basel. Jahresb. (1899), 1900, 121. Also: Jahresb. ii. d. chir. Abt. d. Spit, in Basel (1899), 1900, 36.— Michelsson (F.) Zwei Falle von Tetanus im Anschluss an Verbrennungen. St. Petersb. med. Wchnschr., 1910, xxxv, 243-246.— Molle. Ery- tlteme polymorphe et itemorragie intestinale; au cours du tetanos chirurgical subaigu. Loire med., St.-Etienne, 1895, xiv, 271-275.—Montgomery (C. J.) History and treatment of a case of traumatic tetanus and sequelae. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1894, xlvi, 44.—Moschcowitz. Tet- anus following a compound fracture of the skull. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1911, liii, 548— Mttller (R.) Mittheilung von zwei Fallen von Tetanus traumaticus. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1900, xlvii, 318.—Neely (E. A.) Acase of traumatic tetanus. Memphis M. Month.,1897, xvii, 357- 360.—Newberger (C.) Tetanus as a complication of burns. Am. J. Child. Dis., Chicago, 1912, vi, 36-42.— Nicholson (P. A.) Acute traumatic tetanus. Charlotte [N. C], M. J., 1903,xxiii, 88-90.—Nissen (V. V.) Sluchal travmaticheskavo stolbnyaka u 9-ti lletnyavo malchika. [Traumatic tetanus in a 9-vear old bov.] Bolnitsch. gaz. Botkina, St. Petersb., 1897, viii, 1675.—Ortega (A.) Tetano traumatico. Gac. med., M6xico, 1901, 2. s., i, 161: 1903, 2. s., iii, 118.—Orton (J. G.) Unique case of trau- matic tetanus with generalisation and recovery. Tr. N. York M. Ass., N. Y., 1893, x, 281-283. Also: Med. News, Phila., 1894, lxiii, 606.—Ott. Cure radicate de hernie suivie de tetanos. Soc. de nted. mil. franc. Bull., Par., 1911, v, 477-479.— Fatal (P. C. H.) Traumatic tetanus. Calif. M. & S. Reporter, Los Angeles, 1906, ii, 1145-1147. Also: Toledo M. & S. Reporter, 1906, xxxii, 665-667.— Pant (H. D.) Notes of a case of traumatic tetanus; re- coverv. Indian Lancet, Calcutta, 1899. xiii, 230. Also: Indian M. Re 3., Calcutta, 1899, xvi, 333.—Patherat. Tetanos traumatique; guerison. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir., de Par., 1904, n. s., xxx, 235-239.—Perkins (S.B.) Traumatic tetanus; recovery. Cincin. M. J., 1896, xi, 155.—Pes (O.) Sopra un caso di tetano consecutivo a traumatismo dell'orbita. Ann. diottal., Pavia, 1902,xxxi, 701. -----. Sul tetano daferitadell' occhia e dell' orbita. Ophthalmologica, Torino, 1909, i, 1-39, 1 pi.—Peterson (R.) Tetanus following a dilatation and curettage of the uterus and shortening of the round ligaments. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1909, lix, 658. [Discussion], 660-662.— -----. Tetanus developing twelve days after shortening of the round ligaments; recoverv. J. Am. M. Ass., Chi- cago, 1910, liv, 108-116.— Peyri I (V.) Tetanus traumati- cus. Casop. 16k esk., v Praze, 1864, iii, 103.—Pincus (W.) Tetanus nach perforierender Augapfel-Verletzung mit Zuriickbleiben eines Fremdkorpers. Centralbl. i. prakt. Augenh., Leipz., 1911, xxxv, 353-356.—Pistes (N. A.) Auo irepi7rTu>9-292.-jBeed (K. P.) Un caso agudo de tetanos traumatico; muerte. Rev. nted. de Chile, Sant.de Chile. 1905, xxxiii, 120-122.—Ben vers. Zur Ae- tiologie des Wundstarrkrampfes. Deutsche med. Wchn- schr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1890, xvi, 719-722. Also: Verhandl. d. Ver. f. innere Med. zu Berl., 1890-91, x, 72-84.—Bey- nier (P.) Accidents tetaniques chez une laparotomisee; diffieultes du diagnostic. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1900, n. s., xxvi, 860-866.—Bichardson (O.) The bacteriological basisof the surgical technique in wounds associated with tetanus. Boston M. & S. J., 1905, clii, 493.—Bichardson (W. G.) Tetanus occurring after surgical operations: Is the infection introduced by cat- gut ligature? Brit. M. J., Lond., 1909, i, 948-951.— Bicharz (A.) Heilung eines Falles von Tetanus trau- maticus. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1906. liii, 909.—de Bidder (P.) & Danis (M.) Un cas de tetanos par blessure de l'ceil; giterison. Clin, opht., Par., 1912, xviii, 76-80.— Bistori (D.) II tetano traumatico e la guari- gione spontanea. N. Ercolani, Pisa, 1907, xii, 84; 100.— Bohr (E.-M.) Tetanos traumatique. Assoc, franc. pour 1 avanee. d. sc. C.-r. 1901, Par., 1902, xxx, pt. 2, 890- 895.—Sa (Y.) [A curious case of tetanus from ruptured intestine.] Snikingaku Zasshi, Tokyo, 1905, 734-740 — Santos Fernandez (J.) Tetanos consecutif a l'enu- cteation de l'ceil. [Transl.] Rev. g6n. d'opht., Par., 1896, xv, 68-61.—Schlmniel (W. C.) & van der Veen (J.) Opcratie van een scrotaal-netbreuk met botryomy- comen bij een ruin; dood door tetanus. Tijdschr. v. veeartsenijk. Maandbl., Utrecht, 1906-7, xxxiv, 552- 654. — Schmidt (G.) Schrotschuss und Wundstarr- krampf. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1904, xxx, 307.—Schweizer (K.) Zur Prognose und Thera- pie des Tetanus traumaticus. Deutsche Med.-Ztg., Berl., 1903, xxiv, 157; 165.—Segala Estalella (M.) Un caso de tetanos traumatico. Independ. med., Barcel., 1892-3, xxiv, 331-334.—Shabad. Tipichniy sluchal travmati- cheskavo stolbnyaka. [Typical case of traumatic teta- nus.] Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1896, xiv, 801-807.—Shaw (C. K.) A rapidly fatal case of tetanus following an operation for haemorrhoids. Month. Homoeop. Rev., Lond., 1899, xliii, 149-153.—Shmukler (I.) Sluchal travmaticheskavo stolbnyaka s khronicheskim teche- niem. [Chronic traumatic tetanus.] Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1895, xliv, 816— Smith (A.) Notes of some cases of traumatic tetanus. Northumberland & Dur- ham M. J., Newcastle-upon-Tyne, 1895, iii, 156-161.— Smith (J. B.) Tetanus occurring after surgical opera- tions. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1911, i, 1050.—Sotos (J. M.) Cinco casos de tetanos traumatico. Rev. de med. y cirug pract., Madrid, 1901, liii, 361-368.—Stintzing. Wesen und Behandlung des Tetanus traumaticus. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch.deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1898, Leipz., 1899, lxx pt. 2, 2. Hlft., 58-61. Also: Munchen. med. Wchnschr. 1898, xiv, 1265-1269.—Stokes (C. F.) Case of tetanus, with recovery following operation. J. Am. M. Ass., Chi- cago, 1905, xliv, 1930.—Stretton (J. L.) Tetanus occur- ring after surgical operations. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1909 i 1330— Stump (W.) Tetanus and infected cartridges' N. York M. J., 1899, lxx, 170—Switzer (G. O.) Report of case of tetanus, result of infected gunshot wound in foot. Clin. Rev., Chicago, 1907-8, xxv,65.—Tanaka(B ) [Remarks on traumatic tetanus.] Saitake Gaku Zasshi Tokyo, 1903, 262-265.—Taylor (H.) Tetanus caused bv a thorn; death [in the horse]. Vet. Rec, Lond., 1906-7" xix, 167.—Tetanus from pistol wound. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1898, n. s., lxvi, 630.—Thieme. Ein Fall von Tetanus nach Verletzung der Orbita. Ztschr. f prakt Aerzte, Frankf. a. M., 1899, viii, 213.—Thompson (F D.) Acaseof tetanus following a surgical operation Tr South. Surg. & Gynec. Ass. 1897, Phila., 1898, x, 148-152 — Thompson ( H. ) Tetanus following nephropexv Lancet, Lond., 1900, i, 157.—Thompson (R. L.) Ue»ber die Glandulse parathyreoideffi beim Tetanus traumati- cus. Centralbl. f. allg. Path. u. path. Anat., Jena, 1909 xx, 916-919. Also, transl.: St. Louis M. Rev., 1909 n s iii 385-390.—Thornton (J. F.) Report of a case of trau- matic tetanus. Southwest. M. Rec, Houston, 1897 ii 82- 84— Tretho wan (w.) A case of tetanus following in- jury to face, without spasms of limbs or trunk muscles Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1907, xxvi,348— Trunnion" (M. M.) Tra ymaticheskiy stolon yak s rlezko viyrazhon- nlm porazheniyem sosudistol sistemi. [Traumatic tetanus with affection of the blood-vessels sharplvdefined 1 Chir Laitop. Mosk., 1895, v, 242-255.—Tsucliigawa. TFive ?Qi^o°/ntrr;\lmatic„te/tam?s:i H1 Shinbun, Tokio, 1907, 1318-1340-Tyrrell (J. B.) A fatal case of tetanus oc- curring within seventy-two hours of injury. J.Am M Ass., Chicago, 1905, xiv, 853.-Valle (V.) Su di un caso di tetano per ferita d' arma da fuoco. Ann. dimed nav Roma, 1910, xvi, 168-164.-Van Camp (L. B.) Report of recovery from traumatic tetanus. J Am. M. Ass CM- Tetanus (Traumatic andpost-operative). cago, 1900, xxxiv, 280. Also: Med. Rev., St. Louis, 1900, xii, 141.—Volintseflf(A.) Dva sluchaya travmatiche- skavo stolbnyaka (k voprosu ob etiologii stolbnyaka). [Two cases of traumatic tetanus; etiology of tetanus.] Chir. Laitop., Mosk., 1891, i, 160-169.—Wad ham (F. J.) A case of traumatic tetanus; recovery. Lancet, Lond., 1902, i, 303.—Wangelln (H. E.) Case of traumatic te- tanus with urethral spasm. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1895, xlviii, 381.—Webber (H. W.) Tetanus occurring after surgi- cal operations. Brit.M. J.,Lond.,1909,i,1092.—Werner. Erfahrungen fiber Tetanus traumaticus. Memorabilien, Heilbr., 1896, n. F., xv, 321-334. Also: Ztschr. f. Wund- iirzte u. Geburtsh., Fellbach, 1897, xlviii, 34-48. — Wharton (H. R.) Tetanus after amputation for gun- shot wound of forearm. Tr. Phila. Acad. Surg., 1906, ix, 47. Also: Ann. Surg., Phila., 1906, xliv, 131.—Wheeler (A. S.) The influence of fever on a case of traumatic te- tanus in a mule. Proc. Orleans Parish M. Soc, 1895, N. Orl., 1896, iii, p. xl.—White (G.) Treatment of traumatic tetanus [in the horse]. Am. Vet. Rev., N. Y., 1907-8, xxxii, 521-523.—Whitmore (A.) A caxe of tetanus infection from an operation wound. Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1912, xlvii, 106.—Wicherkiewicz (B.) O tezcu wy- wolanym zranieniem narzadu wzrokowego. [Tetanus caused by wound of the eye.] Post okul., Krak6w, 1907, ix, 33-38.—Willelt (G.) Traumatic tetanus; recovery. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1898, i, 19.—Williams (E. G. H.) Tetanus and the motor car. Ibid., 1910, ii, 51.—Wolf. Ein Fall von Tetanus traumaticus. Allg. med. Centr.- Ztg., Berl.. 1903, lxxii, 1.—Wood (H. C.) Cerebral teta- nus following operation for hemorrhoids; failure of anti- toxin. Univ. M. Mag., Phila., 1897-8, x, 608.—Wright (T. R.) Amputation of the breast; death from tetanus on the tenth day. Tr. M. Ass. Georgia, Atlanta, 1896, 301- 302.—Yahoub. Un casde tetanos chirurgical. Gaz. med d'Orient, Constant., 1906-7, li, 201-205.—Zaeharias(P.) Zwei Falle von Tetanus nach gynakologischen Opera- tionen; Erwiderung auf die Bemerkungen von F. Kuhn. Munchen med. Wchnschr., 1908, lv, 1185. Tetanus (Traumatic) following hypo- dermic injections and vaccinations. Abry (R.) *Les serums gelatines dans Petio logie du tetanos. 8°. Montpellier, 1810. Semple (Sir D.) The relation of tetanus to the hypodermic or intramuscular injection of quinine, fol. Calcutta, 1911. See, also, infra, Smith. AkhmetyefF (M. V.) Sluchal stolbnyaka, razviv- Mosk., 1901, vi, 362-364.—Baros. Deux cas de tetanos, a portes d'enttee rares; Pun a la suite de plaies vaccinates avec mort du malade; l'autre a la suite d'otite suppuree' avec guerison. Rev. med. de Pest, Nancv, 1906. xxxviii 573-577.—Beecher (C. H.) Some remarks relative to two cases of tetanus following vaccination at Burlington Vermont. Vermont M. Month., Burlington, 1902, viii. 16— Bivona. Un caso di tetano per iniezione di gela- tina. Pohclin., Roma, 1902-3, ix, sez. prat., 1623-1625 — Broadbent (W.) On the nature of the so-called teta- nus following gelatine injections. Brit. M. J., Lond 1901, n, 741.—Carini. Die Uebertragung von Tetanus und Tuberkulose durch Vaccine. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz Aerzte, Basel, 1904, xxxiv, 609.—Debayle (H.) Tetanos et quinine. Rev. de nted. et d'hyg. trop., Par., 1910, vii, 277-281.—Delor (J.) Un cas de tetanos consecutif a'une injection de serum. Limousin med., Limoges, 1905 xxix 113— Dieulaloy (G.) Un cas de tetanos consecutif a une injection de serum gelatine. Bull. Acad.de med., Par.. 1903, 3. s., xlix, 630-641. Also: Presse med., Par., 1903, i, 365- 367.—Eigenbrodt. Tetanusnach subkutaner Gelatine- mjektion. Mitt.a.d.Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir.,Jena, 1902, x, 595-602. Also: Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1902,xxviii,Ver.-Beil.,283.—Emery-Desbrous- ses. Tetanos et injections hypodermiques de quinine. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par., 1901, cxli, 647-660.— England (F. R.) Tetanus following vaccination. Mon- treal M. J., 1906, xxxv, 791-794.—Faelii (G.) Steriliz- zazione della gelatina per uso ipodermico. Corriere san., Milano, 1907, xviii, 295.—Gerulanos. Ein Fall yon Tetanus nach Gelatineinjection. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1901, Ixi, 427-430. —Oradenwitz (R.) Tetanus nach Gelatineinjektion. Centralbl. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1902, xxvi, 966-969. —Grixoni (G.) Tetano ed iniezioni ipodermiche di chinina. Gazz d osp., Milano, 1905, xxvi, 1565-1568.—Harte (R.) Tet- anus after vaccination. Tr. Acad. Surg., Phila., 1902 iv 210-213. —Heddaeus (A.) Tetanus nach subkutaner Gelatineinjektion, nebst Bemerkungen fiber die Anwen- dung der Gelatine bei Blutungen. Munchen. med Wchnschr., 1908, lv, 231-235.—Hoclihalt (K.) & Her- czel (M.) Gelatina befecskendezes utan fellepett tetanus Banti-tele betegseg operalt eseteben. fTetanus developing TETANUS. 19 TETANUS. Tetanus (Traumatic) followeng hypo- dermic injections and vaccinations. aftergelatine'injectionsin an operated caseof Banti'sdis- ease.l Orvosi heti szemle, Budapest, 1902, xxxii, 296-301.— lluddleston (J. H.) Tetanus and vaccine virus. Medi- cine,Detroit, 1903,ix,900-903.—Kuhii (F.) Tetanus nach subcutanerGelatineeinspritzung. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1901, Leipz., 1902, Ixxiii, pt. 2, med. Abth., 150-152. Also: Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1901, xlviii, 1923.—Krause (P.) Ueber die Gefahr der Tetanusinfection bei subcutaner Anwendung der Gela- tine zu therapeutischen Zwecken und ihre Vermeidung. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1902, xxxix, 673-675. — Krug. Tetanus nach Gelatineinjectionen. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1902, xvi, 282-284. -Laborde (J.-V.) Le tetanos et les injections de quinine; le choix de la meilleure pre- paration quinique pour injections sous-cutanees; le chlor- hydro-sulfate de quinine (de Grimaux). Tribune med., Par., 1903, 2. s., xxxv, 88: 107.—Le Hj re. Quelques cas de tetanos observes a Tamatave: injections hyp.odermi- ques de quinine. [Abstr.] Bull. Soc. nted. de "rile Mau- rice, Port Louis, 1895, v, 418-421.—Levy (K.) n cas de tetanos gueri. Montpel. nted., 1911, xxxiii, 85-87.—Beates (H.), jr., & Thomas (B. A.) The successful treatment of a case of tetanus. Month. Cycl. & M. Bull., Phila., 1911, iv, 326- TETANUS. 20 TETANUS. Tetanus ( Treatment of). 332.—Bell t A. i A c;i-e of severe tetanus, with recovery. Dominion M. Month., Toronto, 1910, xxxiv, 7-15.— Beorchia-N'iii'ris i A.) Su di un caso di tetano trau- matico grave curato col riposo e coll' isolamento assoluto dell' infermo; guarigione. Boll. d. clin., Milano, 1892, ix, 535-542. AU«: Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1892, xiii, 1126- 1129.—Berger i I'.) Sur des memoires concernant le traitement du tetanos. Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1893, 3. s., xxix, 595-613.—Bieilel. Traitement du tetanos. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1907, n. s., xxxiii, 502- 507.—Binge I. Zwei Falle von geheiltem Tetanus. Med. Klin., Berl., 1911, vii, 153.—Bivings(W.T.) Lum- bar puncture a direct method for the treatment of teta- nus; with the report of nine successful cases so treated. Atlanta J.-Kec. Med., 1904-5, vi, 577-586.—Bloodgood (.1. 0.) & McGlannan (A.) Tetanus. Handb. Pract. Treat. [Musser & Kelly], Phila. & Loud., 1911, ii, 601-605.— Blunientlial (F.) Zur Therapie des Tetanus. Ver- handl. d. Cong. f. innere Med., Wiesb., 1899, xvii, 549. Also, transl.: Cong, internat. de med. C.-r. 1903, Madrid, 1904, xiv, sect, de therap., 180-186— Bockenheimer. Ueber die Behandlung des Tetanus auf Grund klinischer und experimenteller Studien. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Chir., Berl., 1907, xxxvi, 164-168.—Boehm (J. C.) Two cases of tetanus which recovered. St. Paul M. J., 1903, v, 684-687.—Bongioannini (G.) Lo stato odierno della terapia nel tetano. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1910, xxxi, 633-636.—Bonniot (E.) Reactions elec- triques dans le tetanos gueri; comparaison avec la te- tanie. Rev. neurol., Par., 1907, xv, 87.—Brancaccio (F.) Contributo alia terapia del tetano. Incurabili, Napoli, 1893, viii, 209-21 .">.—Brown (T. R.) On the treatment of tetanus, with report of a case that recov- ered under symptomatic treatment alone. J. Alumni Ass. Coll. Phys. & Surg., Bait., 1901-2, iv, 35-43.—Briin- aner (A.) Tetanus traumaticus gyogyuli esete. [A cured case of traumatic tetanus.] Gyogyaszat, Budapest, 1902, xlii, 600.—Burke (J.) Physostigmine in tetanus. Chicago M. Times, 1908, xii, 472.—Burstal (E.) Case of tetanus; recovery. St. Barth. Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1907, xlii, 88.—C. (P.) La cura del tetano. Policlin., Roma, 1911, xviii, sez. prat.. 363-365.— Caillaud. Un cas de tetanos gueri par le lavage du sang (saignees et injec- tions sous-eutantSes de s£rum artiriciel). Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1899, lxxii, 730-732.—Camus (J.) Traitement du tetanos par le sulfate de magnesie, par l'acide pttenique, par le s<5rum antitetanique. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1912, lxxii, 109-112.—Cattani (Giuseppina). An- cora sull' ematoterapia nel tetano. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1892, xiii, 1118-1121.—Cavarzerani (A.) Contributo alia cura del tetano. Riv. veneta di sc. med., Venezia, 1901, xxxv, 418; 455.—Cavina (I.) & Venturoli (A.) Due casi di tetano curati con 1' antipirina e seguiti da guarigione. Boll. d. clin., Milano, 1892, ix, 509-512.— < liarrin & Vitry. A propos de notre note intitulee: Anciens proc&tes tfterapeutiques et domtees experi- mentales actuelles. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1904, lvii, 157.— Chive (A.) Un cas de guerison de tetanos. Normandie nted., Rouen, 1900, xv, 30-32. — Clark (W. J.) Tetanus and its treatment. Canada Lancet, Toronto, 1907-8, xii, 510-517. — Clarke (Mary A. ) Nursing in tetanus. Trained Nurse [etc.], N. Y., 1907, xxxviii, 294-298.—Colaneri (X.) Le tetanos, 6tude clinique et tfterapeutique. Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1912, lxxxv, 543; 591.—Constantinescu (I. B.) & ITIoldoveaim (V.) Asupra valoarel curative a diverse- lor tratamente contra tetanusulul. [The curative value of the different kinds of treatment in tetanus.] Rev. san. mil., Bucuresci, 1901-2, v, 107; 152— Cooley (T. B.) The treatment of tetanus. Detroit M. J., 1906, vi, 187-196.— Courmont (J.) Le traitement du tetanos. Province med., Lyon, 1899, xiii, 109; 121.—Crane (W. W.) Cold air in the treatment of tetanus and yellow fever; a sug- gestion. St. Louis M. Rev., 1906, liv, 5.— Ciinon (J.) Du traitement curatjf du tetanos, J. de med. vet. et zootech., Lyon, 1905, a. s., ix, 598-601.—Cumming (A.) Tetanus followed by recovery. Moutreal M. J. 1906 xxxv, 795-797.—Band ridge (N. P.) The recent out- break of tetanus, with considerations on the treatment Cincin. Lancet-Clinic, 1903, n. s., Ii, 213-216.—D'Cruz (J. E.) Notes of a case of tetanus cured by sedatives Indian M. Rec, Calcutta, 1900, xviii, 342— Dehler (A.) Beitrag zur Behandlung des Tetanus traumaticus Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1901, xlviii, 1417.—Deletrez (A.) A propos d'un cas de guerison de tetanos. Ann. de l'Inst. chir. de Brux., 1900, vii, 47-51.—Delladezimas ^K. D.) IIepi7rTuj(7is TeTavias iaOeliro. fiia Trjs Xp7)creios Tijs avTinvpivr)';. 'IarpiKJ) jrpoofios, 'Ev 2upu>, 1902, vii, 342.__ Denuulcr. Le choix d'un traitement dans le tetanos Progres med.. Par., 1907, 3. s., xxiii, 901-905.—Bennis (F. S.) The treatment of tetanus. Ann. Surg., Phila 1897. xxvi, 657-665.—Desoubry. Traitement du te- tanos. Bull. Soc. centr. de med. vet., Par., 1906, lx, 271- 27v—Dieulal'oy. Letraitementdutetanos. Rev'g6n de clin. etde therap., Par., 1910, xxiv, 277.—Biscussion sur le tetanos et son traitement. Bull. Acad de med Par., 1x92, 3. s., xxviii, 771-792.—Do land (C. M.) The treatment of tetanus. Northwest Med., Seattle, 1909 Tetanus (Treatment of). vii, 168-174.—Dopter (C.) Le tetanos; etude clinique et tfterapeutique. Caz. d. hop., Par., 1900, Ixxiii, 493-502.— Drac (J.) W sprawie nowoczesnego leczenia tezca. [On the modern treatment of tetanus] Przegl. chir. i ginek., Warszawa, 1911, v, 194^-208.—Flirenfreund (F.) Ein Fall von geheiltem Tetanus. Jahrb. f. Kinderh., Berl., 1904, lix, 783-787.—Elting (A. W.) The pathology and treatment of tetanus, with a report of three cases. Albany M. Ann., 1904. xxv, 105-132.—Falcone (C.) Con- tributo alia terapia del tetano ed alio studio sulla tossi- cita delle urine tetaniche. Progresso med., Napoli, 1892, vi, 507-515—Fedoroff(S. P.) Tetanus i ego lteche- niye podkozh. vprisk. krovianoi syvorotki immunis zhivotnikh. [Tetanus and its treatment by subcuta- neous injections.] Chir. Laitop., Mosk., 1893, iii, 726- 738.—Fenner. A case of tetanus with recoverv. N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1908-9, Ixi, 467.—Feuillade (H.) Te- tanos chronique; action du persulfate de soude sur les contractures. Lyon nted., 1901, xcvii, 908-914.— Fiegenbaum (E. W.) One case of tetanus. Tr. Illinois M. Soc, Chicago, 1896, 318-320. — Folet (H.) Sur le traitement local du tetanos. Bull. nted. du nord, Lille, 1893, xxxii, 257-260. -----. Le tetanos et son traitement. Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1898, ii, 339-344.— Fox (C. D.) Report of five cases of tetanus, and re- marks on the treatment of the disease. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1910, lxxviii, 262-269. —Frledlander (J.) Zur Behandlung des traumatischen Tetanus. Deutsche klin.-therap. Wchnschr., Leipz., 1906, xiii, 790-793. Also: Wien. klin.-therap. Wchnschr., 1906, xiii, 790-793.— Gange (F. W.) The treatment of tetanus. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1907, i, 78.—Garcia Jtton (R.) Otro caso de tetanos curado por el ntetodo intensivo. An. Acad, de cien. nted. . . . de la Habana, 1908-9, xiv, 376-384. Also: Rev. de med. y cirug. de la Habana, 1908, xiii, 541- 549. — Gasparini (A.) Contributo alia cura del te- tano. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1907, xxviii, 1547-1549.— Gaup. Ein Fall von Tetanus traumaticus, mit Anti- toxin ohne Erfolg behandelt. Med. Cor.-Bl. d. wiirt- temb. arztl. Ver., Stuttg., 1899, lxx, 463.—Gedgowd (W.) Przyczynek do leczenia te/.ca. [Treatment of tetanus.] Kron. lek., Warszawa, 1900, xxi, 165-174.— Gelibert (A.) De Paction du persulfate de soude sur les contractures dans le tetanos. Lyon med., 1901, xcvii, 829-835.—Giannelli (A.) Sulla cura del tetano. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1905, xxvi, 266-268—Giovannoli (G.) Sopra la cura del tetano. N. Ercolani, Pisa, 1907, xii, 403; 417; 433; 449.—Girard&Malle. Traitement du tetanos par les injections intra-veineuses de tallianine; guerison.-- Bull. Soc. centr. de med. v.. Lect. & Essays. 8°, Lond., 1S87, 331. — K. (S.) [The va- "... lue of drugs in tetanus.] Sei-i-Kwai M. J., Tokvo, ,"'V 1904, xxiii, no. 271,18-25. — Kadyi (J.) Dalsze don'ie- '^.' sieniao leczeniu tezca. [More on the treatment of tet- ^ anus.] Przegl. lek., Krakow, 1899, xxxviii, 641.—Kelly .„ (M. F.) The treatment of tetanus. St. Marv's Hosp. " 'Gaz., Lond., 1902, viii, 137-141. — Kita»ato (S.) Teta- nus no kenin oyobi yeboshirioho. [Cause of tetanus and its treatment.] Ijishimpo, Tokio, 1893, no. 5, 97-106.— Kocher. Ueber Tetanusbehandlung. Cor. - Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1907, xxxvii.381.—Kras. Ueber ein neues Tetanusheilveri'ahren. Wien. klin.Wchnschr., 1912, xxv, 88. — Kratzer. Tallianine bei Wundstarr- krampf, Wchnschr. f. Tierh. u. Viehzucht, Munchen, 1906, 1, 845— Kraus (E.) Zur Therapie des Tetanus. Therap.d.Gegenw., Berl.-Wien, 1899, n.F.,i, 200-202.-----. Beitrag zur Klinik und Therapie des Tetanus. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1899, xxxvii, 256-281. -----. Ein wei- terer Beitrag zur Klinik und Therapie des Tetanus. Ztschr. f. Heilk., Wien u. Leipz., 1900, xxi, 96-103,—Kro- kiewiez (A.) Zwei Falle von Tetanus traumaticus, von denen einer mit Gehirnemulsion-, der andere mit Tetanusantitoxininjectionen behandelt wurde. Wien. Wchnschr., 1898, xi, 793-796. Also, transl.: Bull. gen. de therap.,[etc.], Par., 1898, cxxxvi, 864-876. — Kunimer (E.) A propos du traitement du tetanos. Clinique, Brux., 1907, xxi, 704-712. Also: Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1907, xxvii, 614-621. — Labadie-La- grave& Laubry (C.) Considerationspathogeniqueset therapeutiques sur un cas de tetanos chronique. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1904, 3. s., xxi, 417-425.— Ladanyi (M. \ Tetanus gy6gyult esete. [A cured case of tetanus.] Gy6gyaszat, Budapest, 1902, xlii, 647. Also, transl.: Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1902, xxxviii, 1197-1201. Also, transl.: Ungar. med. Presse, Budapest, 1902, vii, 619-621. -----. Tetanus gy6gyult esetei. [Cured cases of tetanus.] Gydgyaszat, Budapest, 1908, xlviii, 85- 87. Also, transl.: Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1908, xliv, 1065-1068.—Lambert (A.) A study of tetanus and its treatment. Tr. Soc Alumni Bellevue Hosp., N. Y., 1896-7, 143-170. Also: X. York M. J., 1897, lxv, 754-763. [Discussion], lxvi, 264. Also, Reprint. -----. The treat- ment of tetanus. Med. News, N. Y., 1900, lxxvii, 12-16.— Lanphear(E) The new treatment of tetanus. Am. J. Surg. & Gynec, St. Louis, 1899, xiii, 4-8.—Leavitt (W. W.) A' case of tetanus and its treatment. Med. Bull., Phila., 1906, xxxiii, 403.-L.ee (G. H.) The treatment Of tetanus. Tr. Texas M. Ass.. Galveston, 1893, xxv, 256-265. Also: N. Orl. M. &S. J., 1893-4, n. s., xxi, 1-14.—Lejzero- wicz(S.) Kilka uwag wsprawie tezcaijegouleczalnosci. [On tetanus and its curabilitv.l Medycvna. Warszawa, 1901, xxix, 768; 793.— Lie Play & Dourj. Un cas de te- tanos aigu suivi de guerison; discussion du traitement. Bull, med., Par., 1910, xxiv, 685. —Levison (L. A.) Treatment of tetanus; with report of a case. Toledo M. & S. Reporter, 1904, xxx, 475-481.—Lexer (E.) Zur Te- tanusbehandlung. Therap. d. (Jegenw., Berl.-Wien, 1901, n. F., iii, 245-247.— von Leyden (E.) Ein geheilter Fall von Tetanus. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1901, xxvii, 477.—Ldpez (G.) Poder del medico en el tetanos. Arch, de la. Soc. estud. clin. de la Habana (1890-92), 1895, v. 119-132. -----. Un caso de tetano; cu- rado. Cron. med.-quir de la Habana, 1904, xxx, 253-255. -----. Acerca de la curabilidad del tetanos. Rev. freno- pat. espan., Barcel., 1909, vii. 38-44. Also: Rev. nted. cu- bana, Habana, 1908, xiii, 322-328.—Luna I L.) La tera- pia del tetano. Gazz.sicil.di med. e chir. [etc.],Palermo, 1908, vii,85-87.—Lupi (P.) Tre casi di tetano guariti con atropina. Boll.d.Socmed.prov.diBergamo,1894,v,64-71.— McCleave (T. C.) The pathologv and treatment of te- tanus. Calif. State J. M., San Fran., 1906, iv, 128-130.— JMcCranii (W. J.) [A severe case of tetanus; cold air treatment.] J. Med. & Sc, Portland, 1903-4, x, 410.— Mc< rann (W.J.) & Allison (C. C.) Cold-air treat- ment in tetanus. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1904, xliii, 1551.—JWaidlow (W. H.) On three cases of tetanustreat- ed at the Taunton and Somerset Hospital. St. Barth.Hosp. J., Lond., 1895-6, iii, 188.— UaJaniiik (J.) Kilka uwag w sprawie leczenia tezca. [On the treatment of tetanus.] Lwow. tvgodn. lek.,1909, iv, 35: 49. AlsoJrmis/.: Wien. Med. Wchnschr., 1909, lix, 1550-1557— Tlaiuiinger (V.) A tetanus prophylaxisa es gy6gyitasa. [The prophylaxis and treatment of tetanus.]" Budapesti orv. uisa. clin., Napoli, 1896, v, 122.—Scandaliato (S.) Tetano e cura Baccelli. Gior. d. r. Soc. ed Accad. vet. ital., Torino, 1906, lv, 77- 87.—Simon ini (R.) Tetano traumatico guarito col me- todo Baccelli. Gazz. d. osp., Milano. 1900, xxi, 88-90.— Smart (D.) Tetanus successfully treated with hypoder- mic injections of carbolic acid. Liverpool M.-Chir. J., 1901, xxi, 399-402.—Stivanin (D.) Un caso di tetano curato col metodo Baccelli (iniezioni difenolo). Corriere san., Milano, 1908, xix, 771.—Strati (D.) Sopra un caso di tetano guarito colla cura del Baccelli. Gior. med. d. r. esercito [etc.], Roma, 1898, xlvi, 225-238. Also: Boll. d. clin., Milano, 1898, xv, 247-254.—Sy miners (D.) Treat- ment of tetanus by means of subcutaneous injections of carbolic acid, Baccelli's method; with a review of 75 cases from the literature. Am. Med., Phila., 1903, vi, 276- 280.—Talamon (C.) Un cas de tetanos traite par la methode de Baccelli. Med. mod., Par., 1906, xvii. 341- 343.—Tomaselli (E.) Un caso di tetano traumatico curato col metodo Baccelli; guarigione. Bull. med. Tren- tino, Trento, 1900, xix, 161-163.—Traitement (Du) du tetanos et specialement par les injections plteniqitees, methode de Baccelli. Gaz. d. hdp. de Lyon, 1902, iii, 283- 290.—Varisco (E.) Tetano e metodo Baccelli. Poli- clin., Roma, 1904, xi, sez. prat.,308.—Vittorangeli (S.) Un caso di tetano guarito con le iniezioni ipodermiche di acido fenico. Raccoglitore med., Forli, 1898, 6. s., ii, 357- 362.—Weir (H. H.) Case of tetanus treated with car- bolic acid; recovery. China M. J., Shanghai, 1911, xxv, 236. — Wood ( H. C.), jr. Carbolic acid in tetanus. Merck's Arch., N. Y., 1899, i, 191.—Woods (D. F.) A case of tetanus treated with carbolic acid. N. York M. J , 1899, lxx. 377. Also, Reprint.—Zanoni (G.) Unainter- pretazione dell' azione terapeuticapositiva del fenolo nel tetano. Cron. de clin. med. di Genova, 1901, vii, 221-224 Also, transl.: Med. mod.. Par., 1901, xii, 329.—Zeri (A.) Ulteriore contributo alia cura del tetano col metodo Bac- celli. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int., Roma, 1896, vii, 267- 270.—Ziengo (G.) Caso di tetano guarito col metodo Baccelli. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1898, xix, 1282. Tetanus (Treatment of) with cerebral em ulsions. Bleichroder (F.) *Ein Fall von Tetanus traumaticus, behandelt mit Injectionen von Hirnemulsion. 8°. Kiel, 1900. Brancaccio(F.) Un caso di tetano curato con emul- sione di cervello. Incurabili, Napoli, 1901, xvi, 257-266 — De Bened etti (E.) Guarigione di un caso di tetano con sostanza cerebrate. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1904, xxv, 493. Also, transl.: Semana nted., Buenos Aires, 1904, xi 155- 157. — Brozdoivski ( A. ) Przypadek tezca urazo- wego (tetanus traumaticus); zastosowanie wstrzykiwah podsk6rnych zawiesiny m6zgu kr6!ika. [...; hypodermic Tetanus (Treatment of) with cerebral emulsions. injections of emulsion of rabbit's brain.] Gaz. lek., War- szawa, 1900,2. s., xx, 1139— Fiebiger (J.) DieResultate der Tetanusbehandlung mittelst Einspritzung von Ge- hirnemulsion. Ztschr. I. Thiermed., Jena, 1902, vi., 161- 170—Heger (M.) Un cas de tetanos traite par les injec- tions d'emulsion de substance cerebrate; mort. Clinique, Brux., 1901, xv, 673-679.— Ilolobut (T.) Osm przypad- k6w tezca leczonych wstrzykiwaniami zawiesiny ntezgo- wej. [Eight casesof tetanus treated by injection of brain emulsion.] Przegl.lek.,Krak6w,1904,xliii,143; 164.-----. Dalsze dwa przypadki teica, w kterych stosowano wstrzki- wania zawiesiny ntezgowej. [Two additional casesof teta- nus, treated by injection of brain emulsion.] Ibid., 721- 724.—Kartseff*(V. P.) K llecheniyu stolbnyaka vpris- kivaniyem mozgovol emulsii. [Treatment of tetanus by injection of brain emulsion.] Prakt. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1905, iv, 353-355.—Kramarzyiiski (A.) W sprawie leczenia tezca urazowego wstrzykiwaniami podskOrnemi zawiesiny mozgowej. [Treatment of traumatic tetanus by hypodermic injections of brain emulsion.] Przegl. lek:, Krak6w, 1911, li, 61-63.— Krokiewicz (A.) Sur deux cas de tetanos traumatique dont l'un a 6te traite avec des injections d'une Emulsion cerebrate et l'autre par les injections de l'antitoxine du tetanos. [Transl. from: Now. Lek., Poznah, 1898, x.] Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par., 1898, cxxxvi, 864-876. -----. Trzeci przypadek tezca ura- zowego(tetanus traumaticus) wyleczonyzapomoc^ wstrzy- kiwah podsksk6rnych zawiesiny mozgowej. [Third case of ... cured by subcutaneous injection of cerebral emul- sion.] Przegl.lek.,Krak6w,1899,xxxviii,339. Also,transl.: Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1899, xii, 744-746. -----. Dalsze przypadki tezca urazowego (tetanus traumaticus), leczone wstrzykiwaniami podsk6rnemi zawiesiny ntezgowej. [Further cases of ... treated by hypodermic injections of brain emulsion.] Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1900,2. s., xx, 772- 776. Also, transl: Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1900, xiii, 727- 729. -----. Stosowanie wstrzykiwan podsk6rnych zawie- siny ntezgowej w przypadkach tezca urazowego (tetanus traumaticus.) [Subcutaneous injection of brain emul- sion in ...] Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1903, 2. s,, xxiii, 70-75. Also, transl.: Klin.-therap. Wchnschr., Wien, 1903, x, 161- 165.—JUogilnicki (W.) Ein Fall von Tetanus trauma- ticus, behandelt mit Injectionen von frisch bereiteter Ge- hirnemulsion. Med.-chir. Centralbl., Wien, 1902, xxxvii. 537.—Mori (C.) & Salvolini (U.) Cura del tetano colle iniezioni di sostanza cerebrate emulsionata. Rac- coglitore med., Forli, 1899, 6. s., iii, 73-94. Also [Abstr.]: Sieroterapia, Roma, 1899,iii, 63-65. Also [Abstr.]: Suppl. al Policlin., Roma, 1899-1900, vi. 938-940.—Pavloff( A.N.) Sluchal stolbnyaka, Itechonniy vpriskivaniyami mozgo- volemulsii. [Tetanus treated by injectionsof brainemul- sion.] Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1903, x, therap. pt., 115.— Schramm (H.) W sprawie leczenia te.zca zapomoca wstrzykiwan zawiesiny ntezgowej. [On the treatmentoi tetanus by injections of brain emulsions.] Przegl. lek., Krak6w, 1899, xxxviii, 29. —Tikanadze (I. E.) K llecheniyu stolbnyaka vpriskivaniyami mozgovol emul- sii. [Treatment of tetanus by injections of brain emul- sions.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1902, i, 1250.—Virsa- ladze (S. S.) Llecheniye stolbnyaka vpriskivaniyami emulsii iz veshtshestva mozga zdorovikh zhivotnikh. [Treatment of tetanus by injections of an emulsion from the brain substance of healthy animals.] Ibid., 1903, ii, 1097-1100. Tetanus (Treatment of) with curare. Bergell (P.) & Levy (F.) Ueber den Einfluss des Curare bei Tetanus. Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl., 1904, xiv, 396-412.—Brodie. Emploi du curare dans le teta- nos. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1859, xlix, 603-506.— Gintrae (H.) Cas de tetanos traumatique traite sans succes par le curare. Ibid., 817-825.—Kasaviah (B. V.) Tetanus cured by curare. Indian M. Rec, Calcutta, 1892, iii, 433.—Laborde (J.-V.) L'action preventive et cura- tive du curare vrai dans le tetanos strychnique ou toxi- que; la question de l'immunisation ou vaccination the- rapeutiaues. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1896, 10. s., iii;-86. Also: Tribune med., Par., 1896, 2. s., xxviii, 88.— Lawen (A.) Experimentelle Untersuchungen uberdie Mdglichkeit den Tetanus mit Curarin zu behandeln. Mitt. a. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir., Jena, 1906, xvi, 802-826.—Lyubenetski (G. A.) & Sinakevich (N. A.) K voprosu o primfenenii kurare pri stolbnvakle. [Cu- rare in tetanus.] Prakt. Vrach, S.-Peterb., i908, vii, 600; 516.—Manec. Tetanos traumatique traite sans succes par le curare. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1859, xlix, 393. -----. Observation de tetanos traumatique; emploi du curare sans effet sensible; mort trente heures apres l'invasion de la maladie. Ibid., 405-408.—s<-liarlau (B.) Curare in the treatment of tetanus. Internat. con- trib. med. lit. Festschr. . . . Abraham .Tacobi, N. Y., 1890, 62-64.—Symes (W.J.) A case of traumatic tetanus' which recovered under treatment by hypodermic injec- tions of curare. Lancet, Lond., 1904, ii, 831— Vella (L.) Emploi du curare dans le traitement du tetanos. Compc. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1859, xlix, 330-337. TETANUS. 25 TETANUS. Tetanus (Treatment of) tvithe*erin. Heitzmann (C. W.) Sulphate of eserine. X. Orl. M. & S. J.. 1894-5, n. s., xxii, 569.—Laughlin (C. B.) A case of tetanus successfully treated with c-erin. Occi- dental M Times, san Fran.. 1902, xvi. 331.—.Tlaiiioura (R.J.) Recovery from traumatic tetanus under e ciin. Proc Orleans Parish M. Soc 1895. N. Orl., 1896, iii, pp. clix-clxv.—Horel (C.) Un cas de tetanos traite par des injections d eserine. Languedoc med.-chir., Toulouse, 1905, xiii, 26. TetanilS (Treatment of) with hypnotics and sedatives. Babinski (.1.) De Paction du chlorhydrate de mor- phine sur le tetanos. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1897, 10. s., iv. 600-602.—Barascud. Tetanos, injections intraveineuses d'hydratede chloral; phlebite double con- secutive et perte des deux jugulaires. Rec. de mein. et ob-. s. l'hyg. et la med. vet. mil., Par., 1898, 2. s., xix, 666- 670.—Bernard. Tetanos; chloral 4 hautes doses; gue- rison. Gaz. d. hop. de Toulouse, 1894, viii, 395.—Bli icaj i (H.) A case of traumatic tetanus successfully treated with chloral hvdrate and bromide of potassium. Indian M. Rec, Calcutta, 1894, vi. 335. -1/so: Indian M.-Chir. Rev., Bombay, 1894, ii, 309 — Bilining (A.) A case of tetanus treated bv chloral hvdrate; recovery. Brit. M. J., Loud., 1904, ii, 1460.—t'roce (S.) Due casi di tetano curati con cloralio e seguiti da guarigione. Risveglio med., Pescara, 1906, i, 31: 43.—Croley (V.St. J.) A case of tetanus treated bv chloretone. Indian M. Gaz., Cal- cutta, 1911, xlvi, 336.—Bebierre (E.) Cas de tetanos traite parte chloral a haute do-e. Gaz.m6d.de Picardie, Amiens, 1894, xii. 2o ',-206.—Del Genovese (P.) Un caso di tetanoguarito col cloraio. Clin, mod., Pisa, 1904, x, 201-201—Fischer (T.) Om behandlingen af tetanus med stor i doser kloral. [The treatment of tetanus by large doses of chloral.] Hvgiea, Stockholm, 1904, 2. f", iv, 1043-1049. — de la Guartlia (V.) Un caso de tetanos traumatico tratado por el hidrato de cloral y la morfina. Rev. de cien. med., Habana, 1894, ix, 257— Hobbs (R. A.) A case of tetanus treated by chloretone. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1910, ii, 1402.— Hutchings (W. H.) The treatment of tetanus bv chlo- retone. Tr. Am. Surg. Ass., Phila., 1909, xxvii, 279-297. Also: Ann. Snrg., Phila., 1909,1, 52-58. Also: Surg., Gvnee. & Obst., Chicago, 1909, ix, 11-15 Leon (A. I.) Un caso de tetano crdnico tratado con exito por fuertes dosis de hidrato de cloral. Cr6n. med., Lima, 1896, xiii, 78-100.— Ligget (J. J.) Treatment cf tetanus by opium. Med. News, N. Y., 1899, lxxv, 152— Maberly (J.) A case of tetanus treated with large doses of chloral hydrate; re- coverv. South African M. Rec . Cape Town, 1905, iii, 92. Also: Lancet, Lond.. 1905, i, 1192: ii, 111.—Meier (H.) Versuche ubrdie Behandlung des Tetanus mit Brom, zugleich ein Beitrag zur Frage fiber die Todesursache des Tetanus. Med. Klin., Berl., 1901-5, i, 1317-1319. ——. Versuche iiber Behandlung des Tetanus mit Brom. Wei- tere Mitteilung. Ibid.. 1906. ii. 306.— Mukerji (A. C.) Idiopathic tetanus: sedative treatment: recovery. Indian M. Rec, Calcutta, 1*99. xvi. 522.—Natta (J.) Three cases of tetanus succes-fullv treated with ammonium bromide. Ibid., 1894, vi, 47.—Byazheff (A.) K llecheniyu stol- bnyaka bromistim natriyem s khloralhidratom. [Treat- ment of tetanus by sodium bromide and chloral hydrate.] Arch. vet. nauk, St Petersb., 1898, xxviii, 2. sect., 561- 568.—Shirlaw (J. T.) Case of tetanus; recovery under chloral. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1901, ii, 475.—Tintareanu (C. T.) Idratul de cloral in cazuri de tetanos. [Chloral hydrate in cases of tetanus.] Rev. san. mil., Bucuresci, 1899-1900, iii, 234-240. Tetanus (Treatment of) with magne- sium sulphate injections [Meltzer's method]. Martignon (L.) *Traitement du tetanos par les injections intra-rachidiennes de sulfate de magnesie. 8°. Paris, 1908. Paoli (A.-J.-F.) *Les injections intra-rachi- diennes de sulfate de magnesie dans le traitement du tetanoH confirme. 8°. Paris, 1909. Aubry (P.)&Lerat (F.) Tetanos traite par le chlo- ral et les injections intra-rachidiennes de sulfate de mag- nesie; guerison. Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1909, 2. s., xxvii, 350-357.—Bertucat. Traitement du tetanos par les in- jections intra-rachidiennes de sulfate de magnesie; un cas de tetanos qigu traite et gueri par cette methode. Loire med., St.-Etienne, 1911, xxx, 115-125.—Blake (J. A.) A case of acute tetanus treated by intraspinal injec- tions of magnesium sulphate. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1906, xliii, 440-444. -----. The treatmentof tetanus by magne- sium sulphate. Ibid., xliv, 367-373. -----. The use of magnesium sulphate in the production of anaesthesia and in the treatment of tetanus. Surg. Gvnec. & Obst., Chi- cns-r 1906 ii, 541-550.—Cm vei Ihler (L.) Rdsultats ex- perirnentaux coucernant l'emploi du sulfate de magnesie Tetanus (Treatment of) with magne- sium sulphate injections \jMeltzers method]. dans le traitement du tetanos. Compt. rend. Soc.de biol., Par., 1908, lxiv, 111-113.—Batvson (\V. O.) Treatment of tetanus in the horse by subcutaneous injections of magnesium sulphate; recovery-. J. Comp. Path. & The- rap., Edinb. & Loud., 1911, xxiv, 72-74.—Bebre (R.) Tetanos aigu chez une enfant de huit ans traite par une injection intra-rachidienne de sulfate de magnesie; mort rapide apres une accalmie de trente ans. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par.. 1909. 3. s., xxvi, 139-141.—By- kius i \V. A.) Tetanus successfully treated with magne- sium sulphate. Vet. Rec, Lond., 1911-12, xxiv, 218 — Prankc (M.) Przypadek tezca, w kterym stosowano srodrdzeniowe wstrz> kiwania siarkanu magnowego. [Tetanus tieated by intraspinal injections of magnesium sulphate.] Lwow. tvgodn. lek., 1906, i, 595. Also, transl.: Zentralbl. f. ii mere" Med., Leipz., 1907, xxviii, 345-319.— Gardner M. c.) Case of tetanus treated with intra- spinal injections of magnesium sulphate. Austral. M. J., Melbourne, 1911, xvi, 265-270. [Discussion], 276.—Gree- ley (H.) Magnesium sulphate successful in two cases of tetanus. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1907, xlix, 940.—Grif- fon (V.) & Lian (C.) Traitement du tetanos par les in- jeetionsintra-rachidiennesdesulfatede magnesie. Bull. et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 1908,3. s., xxv, 190-199.— Guibe (M.) Les Injections intrarachidiennesde sulfate de magnesium dans le traitemont du tetanos confirnte. Clinique. Par.,1907, ii,708-712.—Heineck(A. P.) Acute traumatic tetanus treated by magnesium sulphate; with report of a case in the treatment of which injections of an aqueous 25 per cent, solution of magnesium sulphate were made in the spinal subarachnoid space, with re- covery. Am. Pract. & News, Louisville, 1909, xliii, 63-81. Also: Denver M. Times & Utah M. J., Denver, 1909-10, xxix, 480-493. Also: Med. Fortnightly, St. Louis, 1909, xxxv, 129-136. Also: Surg., Gvnec. & Obst, Chicago, 1909, viii, 76-83. Also: Therap. Med., N. Y., 1909, iii, 81-95. ---—. Acute traumatic tetanus; cases of tetanus in the treatment of which subarachnoid injectionsof an aqueous solution of magnesium sulphate have been employed. Vermont M. Month., Burlington, 1909, xv, 194-196.— Hen r y (J.N.) The treatment of tetanus by intraspinal injections of magnesium sulphate, with report of four cases. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1907, 17. s.,iv, 1-8. Also, Reprint.—Holman (C. J.) Magnesium sulphate in te- tanus. J. Minn. M. Ass. [etc.], Minneap.,1911, xxxi, 103- 106. -----• Tetanus; with special reference to the use of magnesium sulphate. Merck's Arch., N. Y., 1911, xiii, 176-180. Also: St. Paul M. J., St. Paul, Minn., 1911, xiii, 268-275.—Johnson (E.) Treatmentof tetanus by intra- spinal injections of magnesium sulphate. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1910, ii, 457.—Logan (S.) A case of tetanus treated by the intraspinal injection of 25 % solution of magnesium sulphate. N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1905-6, lviii, 884-887. -----. The treatment of tetanus by intraspinal injections of magnesium sulphate for the control of con- vulsions; report of two cases, with a discussion of the method. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1906, xlvi, 1502-1506.— Lyon (M.) Tetanus treated with magnesium sulphate by hypodermoclysis. Ibid., 1908, 1, 1688.—Marktvell (X.) Notes on a case of tetanus treated by magnesium sulphate. Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1911, xxx, 511- 513.—Meltzer (S. J.) Inhibitory and anesthetic prop- erties of magnesium salts. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1905, lxviii, 965-967. [Discussion],998. Also: Indiana M.J..Indianap., 1905-6, xxiv, 259-264. Also, transl.: Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1906, xliii, 73-76.—Jleltzer (S. J.) & Auer (J.) The ef- fects of intraspinal injection of magnesium salts upon te- tanus. J. Exper. M„ N. Y., 1906, viii, 692-706. Also, Re- print.—ITIiller (R. T.) Treatment of tetanus with sub- arachnoid injections of magnesium snlphate. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y.. 1908, n.s., cxxxvi, 781-794.—Pallasse (E.) Tetanos traite par injection intrarachidienne de sulfate de magnesie; guerison. Province med., Par.,1912, xxiii, 375 — Parker (G.) Treatment of tetanus with magnesium sulphate, with report of three cases. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1912, lviii, 1746 —Paterson (P.) A case of tetanus treated with subcutaneous injections of magnesium sulphate; recovery. Lancet, Lond., 1910, i, 922.—Phillips (L.) On the treatment of tetanus by the intraspinal injection of a solution of magnesium sulphate, with cases. Proc. Rov. Soc. Med., Lond., 1909-10, iii, Med. Sect.,39-54. Also [Abstr.]: Brit, M. J., Lond., 1910, i, 263.— Popeseo (A.) & Prototopesco. Un casde tetanos giteri par le sulfate de magnesie en injections intra-ra- chidiennes. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1909, 3. s., xxvi, 774-776.—Powers (W. H.) Tetanus; with a report of a case treated by intraspinal injections of magnesium sulphate. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1908, lxxiv, 146. Also: South. Clinic, Richmond, 1908, xxxi, 257-261.— Bamoud (F.) & Boury. Traitement du tetanos par l'injection intra-rachidienne de sulphate de magnesie, Bull, et ntem. Soc. nted. d. h6p. de Par.. 1908, 3. s.. xxv. 350-354.—Rivet (L.) Les injections intra-rachidiennes de sulfate dc magnesie dans le traitement du tetanos. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par., 1910, clx, 113; 176.— TETANUS. 26 TETANUS. Tetanus (Treatment of) with magne- sium svlp/iate injections [MeltzePs method]. Robinson (G. C.) Treatment of tetanus by intraspinal injections of magnesium sulphate, with report of a suc- cessful case. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago. 1907, xlix, 493-496.— Rosier & Rives. Traitement du tetanos par les injec- tions sou.s-arachnoi'diennes de sulfate de magnesie. J. med. franc., Par., 1909, iii, 344-346. Also: Prov. med.. Par., 1909, xx, 235 — Sicard & Brevet. Tetanos morte] malgte l'injection intrarachidienne de sulfate de magne- sie. Bull, et mem. soc med. d. h6p. de Par., 1909, 3. s., xxvi, 189.—Sin i t li son (O.) Two cases of tetanus treated by subdural injections of magnesium sulphate, Brit M, J., Lond., 1912, i, 181 — Tan Ion (J.) Tetanos et sulfate de magnesie. Progres med., Par., 1909, 3. s., xxv, 35-37.— Willetts (E. W.) The treatment of tetanus with sub- arachnoid injections of magnesium sulphate. Penn. M. J.. Athens, 1909-10, xiii, 863-865.—Winthrop (G. J.) Treatment of tetanus with special reference to use of magnesium sulphate; report of a case. South. M. J., Nashville, 1909, ii, 916-922. Tetanus (Treatment of) with normal blood-serum and normal salt solution. Beldiman (G.) & Korn (H.) Un cas de tetanus traumatic tratat cu ser de sange imunisat; vindecat; ob- serva(ie cu reflexiunl asupra etiologicl si tratamcntulul tetanusulul. Spitalul, Bucuresci, 1892, xii, 638-644—Ca- safiet (M.) Un caso de tetanos traumatico curado por el suero normal. Rev. espec nted. La oto-rino-laringol. espafl., Madrid, 1901, iv, 137-139. Also: Cr6n. med.-quir. de la Habana, 1901, xxvii, 304-307.—Hod son (V. S.) The treatmentof tetanus by intravenous saline infusions. Lancet, Lond., 1904, ii, 831.—Jakowski (M.) Upusty krwi i wlewania fizyologicznego roztworu soli kuchon- nej wtezcu. ^Venesection and injection of physiological salt solution in tetanus.] Medvcyna i Kron. lek., War- szawa, 190*, xliii, 1176; 1205. — M< Oscar (E. J.) Vene- section and injection of normal saline solution in trau- matic tetanus. Am. Med., Phila., 1901, ii, 400. Tetanus (Treatment of) with pilocar- pine. Abogado (E. L.) El tratamiento del tetanos por la pilocarpina. Cr6n. med. mexicana, Mexico, 1903, vi, 4- 6.—Buzoianu (V.) Un caz de tetanos vindecat prin injectlunl subcutanate de pilocarpina. [A case of teta- nus cured by subcutaneous injections of pilocarpine.] Spitalul, Bucuresci, 1901, xxi, 430. — Coiistantincscu (I.) Asupra unul caz de tetanos vindecat prin pilocar- na. Ibid., 139-142.— Garcia (D.) Un caso de tetanos traumatico, curado por la pilocarpina. Cr6n. med. mexicana, Mexico, 1903, vi, 1-4. Tetanus (Treatment of) with serum,. See, also, Tetanus, in infants. de Arruda Sampaio (A.) *Le tetanos trau- matique, sa serotherapie. 8°. Paris, 1899. {Behring (E.)] Das Tetanusheilserum und seine Anwendung auf Tetanuskranke Menschen. 8°. Leipzig, 1892. ^ Bonitsch (K.) * Beitrage zur Frage iiber den Wert der Serumtherapie bei Tetanus. 8°. Munchen, 1905. BoruAur (A.) *Le tetanos et la serum- therapie. 4°. Paris, 1896. Cailleret (A.) *Des injections de serum antitoxique dans le traitement du tetanos. Ex- pose theorique, experimental et clinique. 4° Paris, 1893. Caspar (M.) * Beitrage zur Behandlung des Starrkrampfes der Pferde mit Behring's Teta- nus-Antitoxin. [Freiburg i. Br.] 8°. Wiesba- den, 1897. Chattot (J.) *Serotherapie antitetanique. S°. Lyon, 1909. H Dreger(M.) * Ueber die Antitoxinbehand- lung des Tetanus. 8°. Berlin, 1910. Ebstein (E.) * Beitrag zur Lehre von der Behandlung des Tetanus traumaticus mit dem Behnng'schen Serum. 8°. Giessen, 1903 Pabian (R. ) * Beitrag zur Wirkung des letanus-Antitoxins beim Tetanus des Menschen [Freiburg i. Br.] 8°. Berlin, 1906. Fraxchin (J.) *Du traitement du tetanos declare^ par 1 injection intraventriculaire de se- rum antitetanique. 8°. I^yon, 1909. Tetanus (Treatment of) with serum. Fricker (E.) * Beitrage zur Kenntnie d~r therapeutischen Resultate, speziell der Resul- tate der Serumtherapie bei Tetanus. [Basel.] 8°. Leipzig, 1907. Also, in: Deutsche. Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1907,lxxxviii, 429-481. Fries (F.) * Beitrag zur Frage iiber den Wert der Serumtherapie bei Tetanus. 8°. Munchen, 1902. Galli (F.) *Die Serumtherapie beim me- dulliiren und splanchnischen Intoxikations- und Infektions-Tetanus. 8°. Bern, 1902. Galmard (G.) * Contribution a I'etude du traitemei.t du tetanos traumatique particuliere- ment par la methode de Tizzoni. 4°. Paris, 1893. Garnin (L.) * Beitrage zu den klinischen Erscheinungen des Tetanus mit spezieller Be- riicksichtigung des Tetanusantitoxin (Heilse- rum)-Therapie. 8°. Zurich, 1903. Gilliard (D.) * Contribution a I'etude de la serotherapie antitetanique. 8°. Lausanne, 1908. Jully (R.) *De la serotherapie antitetani- que et en particulier de la serotherapie preven- tive. 8°. Paris, 1899. Knorr (A.) Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber die Grenzen der Heilungsmoglichkeit dea Tetanus durch Tetanusheilserum. 8°. Mar- burg, 1895. Kohn (B.) * Ueber Tetanus facialis im Anschluss an einen unter Serumtherapie geheil- ten Fall. 8°. Breslau, 1905. New York (City). Health Department. Te- tanus antitoxin (tetanus antitoxic serum) pre- pared in the bacteriological laboratory. 8°. \Xeiv York, 1896.] Rosenberg (J.) *Die Bewertung des Teta- nusserums im Mischungs- und Heilversuch. [Marburg.] 8°. Jena, 1910. Also, in: Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1910, Orig., viii, 379-396. Scherz (H.) * Ueber die therapeutische und prophylaktische Anwendung des Antitetanus- Serums am Genfer Kantonsspital. [Genf.] 8°. Chur, U03. Schneider (R.) * Beitrag zur Serumtherapie des Tetanus. [Giessen.] 8°. Berlin, 1907. Schonberg ([F.] E. H.) *Ueber Tetanus und seine Behandlung mit Tetanusantitoxin. [Halle-Wittenberg.] 8°. Berlin, 1910. Schotte (A.) *Die Tetanustherapie mit Behring'schem Antitoxin in der Veterinarme- dizin. 8°. Gera, 1907. Schroetter (W.) * Zur Antitoxin-Behand- lung des Tetanus traumaticus. 8°. Greifswald, 1900. Tsuzuki (J.) * Beitrag zur Tetanusantitoxin- therapie bei Thieren und beim Menschen. 8°. Marburg, 1900. Also, in: Arch, internat. de pharmacod., Brux. et Par., 1901, viii, 19-44, 5 tab. Ullrich (C.) *Neun Falle von Tetanus; ein Beitrag zur Antitoxinbehandlung dieser Krank- heit. [Breslau.] 8°. Jena, 1902. Violette (A.) * Contribution a I'etude criti- que du traitement du tetanos per les antitoxines. 8°. Paris, 1899. Achard (C.) Tetanos gueri par la serotherapie in- traveineuse. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. Itep. de Par., 1912, 3. s., xxxiii, 184-187. — Adams (E. B.) A case of tetanus successfully treated with antitetanic serum, Phila. M. J., 1899, iv, 1286. —de Anda (M.) Tetano; applicacten de las inyecciones de suero antitetanico; curacidn. Cr6n. med. mexicana, Mexico, 1905, viii, 297.— Anderson (W. S.) Tetanus cured by antitetanic se- rum. Gaillard's South. Med., Savannah, 1907, lxxxvii, 59.—Andre (E.-L.) Deux observationsconcernant Pac- tion curative et Paction preventive du serum antiteta- nique. Rev. med. de Pest, Nancy, 1900, xxxii, 321-327.— TETANUS. 27 TETANUS. Tetanus (Treatment of) with serum. Antitoxin cures lockjaw. [Case.] Med. News, N. Y., 1900, lxxvii, 104. — Arcliinard (P. E.) Antitetanic se- rum. N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1896-7, xlix, 385-390. — A rd in - Belteil, Baynaud & Coudray. Tetanos et para- toxine; guerison. Progres med., Par., 1911, 3. s., xxvii, 392-394. — Arndt. Die bisherigen Ergebnisse der An- wendung des Behringschen Tetanusantitoxins in der Veterinarmedicin. Deutsche med. Wcbnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1898, xxiv, 61.—Arneill (J. R.) A case of tetanus treated with antitoxin; a case of tetany; a case of phar- yngeal ebsess diagnosed as tetanus. Med. News, N. Y,, 1899, lxxiv, 491.—Arrou. Sur les injections de serum antitetanique. Bull, et ntem. Soc. de chir. de Par.. 1912, n. s., xxxviii, 495-504.—A sain (W.) Ein Fall von Wund- starrkrampf unter Anwendung von Antitoxin geheilt. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1897, xliv, 886.—Austin (H. W.) A case of tetanus; speedy recovery after treatment with tetanus antitoxic serum. Boston M. & S. J., 1896, cxxxv, 289. -----. A case of acute tetanus successfully treated with antitetanic serum. J. Ass. Mil. Surg. U. S., Carlisle, 1905, xvii, 99-101.—Babes (V.) Tratamentul specific al tetanosulul. Romania med., Bucuresci, 1898, vi, 305; 359.— Baker (O.) A case of tetanus treated with antitoxin, followed by recovery. Brit. M. J., Lond., 18%, ii, 1569. Also: Indian M. Rec, Calcutta, 1897, xii, 53.—Barachini (V.) Caso di tetano traumatico curato coll' antitossina Tizzoni. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1900, xxi, 20-22. Also: Sieroterapia, Roma, 1900, iv, 13-15.—Bar- gellesi (G.) Due casi di tetano traumatico curati con 1'antitossina Tizzoni. Gazz. d. osp.,'Milano, 1897, xviii, 493; 495.—Barker, Hennessey [etal.]. [Cases of te- tanus.] Albany M. Ann.. 1903, xxiv, 663-666.—Barrow (B.) Tetanus; treated by antitoxin; recoverv. Brit. M. J., Lond., 189S, ii, 718. — Bartli & Mayet (H.) Sur un cas de tetanos grave traite avec succes par les injec- tions d'antitoxine. Bull, et ntem. Soc. med. d. hdp.de Par., 1893, 3. s., x, 178-182. — Bates (J. E.) A case of te- tanus successfully treated with antitoxin. Lancet, Lond., 1902, i, 227. — Battaglia (M. I.) Tratamiento suerote- rapico intensivo del tetano. Semana med.,Buenos Aires, 1904, xi, 429-432.—Bazy. De la serotherapie dans le te- tanos. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1896, n. s., xxii, 186-191.—Bazzocclil (G.) Sulla sieroterapia an- titetanica preventiva. Med. nuova, Roma, 1912, iii, 57; 65.—Beaniisli (B.) A case of traumatic tetanus treated by antitoxin; recovery. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1897, ii, 907. Beck (R.J.) Ein Fall von Tetanus traumaticus; Hei- lung nach viermaliger Serum-Injektion. Aerztl. Sach- verst.- Ztg., Berl., 1904, x, 475.—Begic (M.) Slucaj teta- nusa lijecen antitoxinom "Hoechst." [Tetanus treated with antitoxin.] Lijec. vijestnik, u Zagrebu,1908, xxx, 165-169. — Behring (E.) Ueber die Heilung tetanus- kranker Mkuse. In his: Ges. Abhandl. [etc.], 8°, Leipz., 1893, pt.2, 294-296.---—.Die Werthbestimmung des Teta- nusantitoxins und seine Verwendung in der menschen- arztlichen und thierarztlichen Praxis. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1900, xxvi,29-32.-----. Zur an- titoxischen Tetanustherapie. Ibid., 1903, xxix, 617-621.— Bell ring (E.) & Knorr (A.) Ueber den Immunisi- rungswerth und Heilwerth des Tetanusheilserums bei weissen Mausen. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infectionskrankh., Leipz., 1893, xiii, 407-426.-----------. Tetanusantitoxin fiir die Anwendung in der PraxR Deutsche med. Wchn- schr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1896, xxi, 687.—Belin (J.) Un cas de tetanos traite par le chloral et le serum antitetanique en injectionssous-cutanees; guerison. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p.de Par., 1903, 3. s., xx, 1033-1036.—Bello (A. L.) Caso interesante de tetanos curado por las in- yecciones de suero antitetanico. Rev. med. cubana, Ha- bana, 1909, xiv, 145-117.— Bernliard (E ) Te.zec u trzvletniegodziecka, wyleczony surowiea^ przeciwtezeava. oraz kilka uwag o jej dzialaniu. [Tetanus in a 3-year- old child cured bv antitetanic serum; also remarks on its action.] Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1899. 2. s., xix, 244; 282.— Beuthner (W.) Ein Fall von Tetanus traumaticus, behandelt mit Antitoxin. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1><98, xxiv, Therap. Beil.,76.—Blelousoff (A.) Sluchal stolbnyaka; llecheniye sivorotkol. [Te- tanus treated by serum.] Dletsk. med., Mosk., 1899-1900, v, 123; 205— Bi Ilia lit (M.) Tetanos traumatique; ob- servation d'injections de serum anti-tetanique dans les centres nerveux. Ann. de chir. et d'orthop., Par., 1898, xi, 234-238.—Black (H. C.) Two cases of traumatic te- tanus; treatment by antitetanic serum; recovery. Am. Med., Phila., 1904, viii, 586.-Blaker (N. P.) A case of tetanus following punctured wound of the hand treated by biniodide of mercury bath and antitoxin; recovery. Lancet, Lond.. 1897, i, 1024— Blum (J.) Tetanus trau- matikusnak Behring-Knorr-fele serummal gy6gykezelt esete. [A case of traumatic tetanus treated by the serum of Behring-KnorrJ Gy6gyaszat, Budapest, 1903, xliii, 310. — Blumentnal (F.) Ueber die theoretischen Grundlagen der Serumtherapie beim Tetanus des Men- schen. Veroffentl. d. Hufeland.Gesellsch. in Berl. (1899), 1901, pt. 1, 6-9. -----. Die Serumtherapie des Tetanus. Berl klin.-therap. Wchnschr., 1904, i, 37-43. Also. Wien. klin.-therap. Wchnschr., 1904, xi, 37-43.— Bliiinentlial Tetanus (Treatment of) with serum. (F.) & Jacob (P.) Zur Serumtherapie des Tetanus. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1898, xxxv, 1079. —Bocken- heimer (P.) Ueber die Behandlung des Tetanus auf Grund experimenteller und klinischer Studien, insbe- sondere fiber die Attraction des Tetanustoxins zu lipoi- den Substanzen. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1908, lxxxvi, 277-317.—Bolln. Tetanos; guerison par les injections de serum. Union nted. du nord-est, Reims, 1898, xxii, 181-186.—Boinet (E.) Guerison d'un cas de tetanus traite par dix injections de serum anti-tetanique. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1897, 10. s., iv, 974-976. Also: Bull.gen.de ttterap. [etc.], Par., 1897, cxxxiii, 433-437. Also: Gaz. hebd. de med., Par., 1897, n. s., ii, 1119. Also: Gaz. de h6p., Par., 1897, lxx, 1281.—Boinet (E.) & Vie. Giterison d'un cas de tetanos traumatique traite par des injections repetees de s6rum antitetanique. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.), Par., 1898, cxxxv, 607-615. Also: Gaz. de h6p., Par., 1898, lxxi, 349-351. Also: Marseille med., 1898, xxxv, 462-471.—Bootli (C. C.) Three cases of te- tanus successfully treated. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1905, xiv, 42.—Borrow man (P. G.) Note of a case of trau- matic tetanus treated by injections of antitoxin serum. Scot. M. & S. J., Edinb., 1898, ii, 244-246.—Boyd (J. C.) A case of tetanus; treated by Bacelli's method in con- junction with antitetanic serum. Indian M. Gaz., Cal- cutta, 1911, xlvi, 137.—Bradford (J. R.) A case of te- tanus treated with antitetanic serum; recovery. Lan- cet, Lond., 1904, i, 934.—Brandenstein. Zur Frage der Antitoxin-Behandlung beim Wundstarrkrampf. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1908, xcii, 96-119.— Braulis. Zwei Falle von Tetanus-Heilung mit Ben- rings Tetanus-Heilserum. Kor.-Bl. d. allg. arztl. Ver. v. Thuringen, Jena, 1907, xxxvi, 281. — Bristow (A. T.) Tetanus cured by antitoxin. Brooklyn M. J., 1906, xx, 239.—Broglio (O.) Un caso di tetano traumatico guarito colla cura del siero Tizzoni. Corriere san., Milano, 1903, xiv, 473-475. — Brooks (W. T.) A case of tetanus successfully treated with antitoxin. Lancet, Lond., 1898, i, 98.—Brunner (A.) Contributo alio studio della sieroterapia nel tetano. Boll. d. Ass. san. milanese, Milano, 1899, i, 198-201.— Bruns (C.) Ueber drei mit Antitoxin behandelte Falle von Tetanus. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1898, xxiv, 218-220— Bullara (L.) Due casi di tetano traumatico curati col siero antitetanico dell' Istituto Pas- teur. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1901, xxii, 1101. Also, Re- print.—Busquet (J.) Gu6rison de tetanos grave par les injections sous-cutandesde serum antitetanique et d'hy- drate de chloral a hautes doses. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. nted. de Bordeaux, 1911, xxxii, 497-199.—C. (F. H.) Two more cases of tetanus treated by Gibier's tetanus antitoxine. N. York Therap. Rev., 1895, iii, 91.— Cadenaule (E.) Sur un cas de tetanos aigu gueri par les injections sous- cutanttes de serum antitetanique de PInstitut Pasteur. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1904, xxv, 148-150.— Caffrey (A. J.) Tetanus successfully treated with large quantities of antitoxin. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1910, IV, 1643. Also: Milwaukee M. J., 1910, xviii, 333-335.— Calmette (A.) Sur l'absorption de l'antitoxine teta- nique par les plaies; action immunisante du serum anti- tetanique sec, employe au pansement de plaies tetani- jtenes. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1903, cxxxvi, 1150- 1152.—Campbell (W. S.) Tetanus successfully treated with antitoxin. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1905, i, 183.—Cap- pelll (U.) Caso di tetano curato coll' antitossina Tiz- zoni; guarigione. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1898, xix, 813- 815.—Carbognin (A.) Un caso di tetano curato con il siero Tizzoni. /bid.,1382. Also: Sieroterapia, Roma, 1899,iii, 110.—Care (J. R.) Tetanus cured apparently by antite- tanic serum. Am. Med., Phila., 1903, v, 488.—Caretti (G.) Un caso di tetano cefalico curato con P antitossina Tizzoni-Cattani; guarigione. Riforma med., Napoli. 1895, xi, pt. 1, 159-161.—Casall (G.) Caso di tetano guarito coll' antitossina Tizzoi:i. Ibid., 1896, xii, pt. 4, 602-605. Also: Terap. clin., Napoli, 1896, v, 500-569.—Cassaet (E.) & de Baquine. Troiscas de guerison de tetanos grave par le s6rum antitetanique. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. nted. de Bordeaux, 1911, xxxii, 481-486.—Cassidy (J. J.) The modern treatmentof tetanus. Canad. J. M.& S., Toronto, 1899, v, 73-77.—Caudrois (C.) Deux observations d'ac- cidents graves, mais non mortels, cons6cutifs & l'injec- tion prophvlactique de serum antitetanique. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir.de Par.,1912, n. s., xx xviii, 826-830.—Ca- vandoli(S.) Caso di tetano traumatico guarito coll' an- titossina Tizzoni. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1897, xviii, 779- 781.—Cenet (P.) Caso di tetano traumatico guarito con la antitossina Tizzoni. Riforma med., Napoli, 1896, xii, pt. 4, 844. Also: Terap. clin., Napoli, 1896, v, 616.—Cer- cignani (G.) Caso di tetano curato e guarito con la antitossina Tizzoni. Riforma med., Napoli, 1896, xii, pt. 4, 26-28. Also: Terap. clin., Napoli, 1896, v, 470-472.— Chalmers (A. J.) A case of traumatic tetanus treated successfully bv antitoxin. Lancet, Lond., 1897, i, 1539.— t'haroeiitier (A.) A case of tetanus treated by the in- jection of antitoxin. Ibid., 1904, i, 1722— Cliattot (J.) Tetanos et serum antitetanique. Prov. med., Par., 1910, xxi, 82-81.—Clietoni (L.) Caso di tetano traumatico TETANUS. 28 TETANUS. Tetanus (Treatment of) with serum. KuaritocolsieroantitetanicoTizzoni. Gazz.d osp.,Milano, 1901, xxii,311.-<'Uiuot. Sur le traitement du tetanos par les injections intra veineuses d'eau ox\ genee. Bull. Soc.centr dented, vet., Par.,1900. lx, 46iM73.-Clarke (J. F) Acaseof tetanus treated with antitetanic serum. N. YorkM J ,1900,lxxi,951.-, 1902, vii, 93-95.— Sozzi ( L.) Un caso di tetano guarito coll' antitos- sina Tizzoni. Clin, mod., Pisa, 1900, vi, 138-140. Also: Sieroterapia, Roma, 1900, iv. 61. —Spleshiloflf* ( P. V.) Sluchal travmaticheskavo stolbnyaka, izllechon- niy vpriskivaniyem protivostolbnyachnoT sivorotki. [Traumatic tetanus cured by antitetanic serum injec- tions.] Novoye v Med., S.-Peterb., 1911, v, 187-192.— Spillmann (L.) &Nilus. Un cas de tetanos traite par les injections de serum antitetanique etparle chloral; guerison. Soc. de nted. de Nancv. C.-r. . . ., 1905-6, pt. 2, 21-25. Also: Ann. de med. et chir. inf., Par., 1906, x, 193-166. Also: Rev. med. de Pest, Nancy, 1906, xxxviii, 119-122.—Stanislawski (S.)) Przypadek tgzca przy- rannego, leczony surowic^. [Case of traumatic tetanus treated by serum.1 Medycyna, Warszawa, 1903, xxxi, 464-467.—Steer (W.) A case of tetanus treated by anti- toxin. Brit M. J., Lond., 1896, i, 400.—Steiner (F.) Zur Frage des rheumatischen Tetanus und der Tetanus- Antitoxinbehandlung. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1897, x, 803-808.—Steuer (F.) Die subkutane und intravenose Serumbehandlung des Tetanus. Centralbl. f.d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir., Jena, 1900, iii, 176; 214; 261; 319; 349; 395; 445— Stimson (C. M.) Case of tetanus with recovery following injection of antitetanic serum into the sciatic nerve. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1909, xc, 592.—Stoney (B. A.) Two cases of tetanus treated by antitetanic serum. Lancet, Lond., 1905, i, 1133.—Stor'ie (J.) Antitoxin treatment of tetanus. Vet. J., Lond., 1901, n. s.. iii, 201- 205.—Strock (D.) Tetanus and the antitetanic treat- ment. J. Med Soc. N. Jersey, Orange, 1907-8, iv, 196- 199. Also: J. Camden Co. M. Soc, Camden, N. J., 1907-8, i, 3-7.—Suter (F. A.) Drei mit Heilserum behandelte Fiille von Tetanus. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1897, xxvii, 621-526.-----. Zur Serumbehandlung des Starrkrampfes inshesoudere fiber Tetanuserkrankungen trotz prophylaktischer Serumtherapie. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1904-5, lxxv, 113-150. -----. Locale subku- tane und subdurale Serumapplikation bei Tetanus, nebst Bemerkungen iiber die Tetanus-Prophylaxe. Beitr. z. TETANUS. 33 TETANUS. Tetanus (Treatment of) with serum. klin. Chir., Tubing., 1907, Iii, 671-701— Sympson (E. M.) Note ona case of tetanus successfully treated by anti-tetanic serum. Lancet, Lond., 1901, ii, 729.— Tanaka (N.) [A case of tetanus treated with anti- toxin.] Chiugai Iji Shinpo, Tokio, 1896, xvii, no. 380, 5- 9.—Tavel (E.) Klinisches und Experimentelles fiber Tetanusantitoxin. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1899, xxix, 193; 235.—Taylor (L. S.) Serum treatment of tetanus; report of a case. Chicago M. Times, 1899, xxxii, 132.—Taylor (J. E.) Tetanus treated by anti- tetanus serum, with report of a case. Tr. Colorado M. Soc, Denver, 1899, 342-344. Also: Med. News, N. Y.. 1899, lxxv, 42— Tett"t (0. B.) The successful treatment of a case of tetanus resulting from a gunshot wound. N. Eng. M. Month., Danbury, Conn., 1903, xxii, 473. — Tejj;t- uieier (E. H.) Report of a case of tetanus successfully treated with antitetanic serum. St. Louis M. & S. J., 1905, lxxxviii, 246. — Teichmann. Tetanus traumaticus durch Tetanusantitoxin geheilt. Deutsche med. Wchn- schr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1^97, xxiii, therap. Beil., 37.—Te- tanus; injection of s rum into spinal theca; recovery. St. Thomas's Hosp. Rep., 1904, Loud., 1905, n. s., xxxiii, 179.—Thiery(P.) Sur le serum antitetanique. Bull.et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1912, n. s., xxxviii, 516-519.— Thompson (E. R.) Tetanusfrom self-inflicted wound; recovery. Brit. M. J., Lond. ,1907, i, 1054— Thompson (J. E.) The present status of the serum treatment! f tetanus. Indian Lancet, Calcutta. 1901, xvii, 705-707.—Thomp- son (W. G.) A case of tetanus, with demonstration of the bacilli; treated with inoculations. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1895, xlvii, 5-7.—Tim in i H.) Tetanus partialis im Be- reiche des v. und ix. Gehirnnerven und der Cervikalner- ven beim Rinde und Erfahrungen mit der Tetanusanti- toxintherapie in der Pferdepraxis. Monatsh. f. prakt. Tierh., Stuttg., 1911-12, xxiii, 95-105.—Titton (F.) Ulti- mas investigaciones sobre el tetanos e indicacion de la antitoxina. Arch, de terap. de 1. enferm. nerv. y ment, Barcel., 1903, i, 17- W.—Tlminerman (C. F.) A case of tetanus cured with antitoxin. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1895, xlviii, 273.—Tirard (N. I. C.) A case of traumatic tet- anus treated with tetanus antitoxin; recoverv. Lancet, Lond., 1895, ii, 1101-1103.—Tiwary (L. N.) Traumatic tetanus successfully treated bv anti-tetanic serum. In- dian M. Rec, Calcutta, 1899, xvii, 580.—Tizzoni (G.) Alcuneosservazionibatteriologiche e sperimentali a pro- posito di un cavallo tetanico curato colla mia antitossina. Rendic. r. Accad. d. sc. d. 1st. di Bologna, 1897-8, n. s., ii, 149-162. Also: Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1898, xix, 769-772. -----. Sul mododideterminare la potenza del siero an- titetanico col metodo della mescolanza in vitro. Riforma med., Palermo, 1899, xv, pt. 4, 195; 208; 219; 231: 242. Also: Mem. r. Accad. d. sc. d. 1st. di Bologna, 1899-1900, 5. s., viii, 99-130. -----. Ueber das Tetanusheilserum. Deut- sche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1900, xxvi, 155. .See, also, supra, Behring.-----. Ricerche sperimentali sulla sieroterapia nel tetano. Mem. r. Accad. d. sc. d. 1st. di Bologna, 1900-1902, 5. s., ix, 77; 103. Also: Riforma med., Roma, 1901, xvii, pt. 1, 387; 398; 410; 422; 699; 712; 723; 735: 746: 759. Also [Abstr.]: Rendic. Accad. d. sc. d. 1st. di Bnlosnia, 1900-1901, n. s., v, 51. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Policlin Brux., 1901, x, 217-228.—Tizzoni (G.) & Cat- lani (G.) Neue Untersuchungen iiber die Vaccination des Pferdesgegen Tetanus. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1894, xxxi, 732-735.-----------. Erwiderung auf die Arbeit von Hiibener iiber das Tizzonische Tetanusantitoxin. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1894, xx, 772.-----------. The treatment of tetanus by anti- toxin; new experiments, with case and instructions for use. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1894, n. s., lviii, 155-157. — Tome (E. ) Un altro caso di tetano gua- rito con la antitossina Tizzoni. Terap. clin., Napoli, 1896, v, 512-545.—Toussaint (H.) Sur les injections du serum anti-tetanique. Bull, et mem. Soc.de chir.de Par., 1912, n. s., xxx viii. 55 4-563.— Tracy i II.E.) Case of chronic tetanustreatedbv Tizzoni's antitoxin; recovery. Lancet, Lond., 1896, i, 287.—Trevelyan (E. F.) On the treat- ment of tetanus, with a report of a case of cephalic teta- nus treated by injections of antitoxic serum. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1896, I, 321-323.—Tucker (E. F. G.) A case of tetanus, treated with antitoxine; recoverv. Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1903, xxxviii, 336-338.— Turner (A.) & Cheatle t .—Varkonyi (J.) Adatokatetanusantitoxinos kezelesenekeredmenyehez. [< ontributionsontheresults of the antitoxin treatment of tetanus.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1904, xlviii, 402-194. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Un- gar. med. Presse, Budapest, 1904, ix, 43/.—Ventricelll (V.) Caso di tetano del cavallo curato mediante 1' anti- tossina Tizzoni. Mod. zooiatio, Torino, 1902, xiii, 33d.— Vetlesen (H. J.) El tilfaelde af tranmatisk tetanus be- handletmed antitoksin. [Un casde tetanos traumatique traite par l'antitoxine. Res., 995.] Norsk Mag. f. Laege- vidensk., Kristiania, 1898, 4. R., xiii, 944-947.—Villiger (E.) Zur Casuistik des Tetanus traumaticus; Seruin-Be- haiidlung. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1900, xxx, 771-775.—Vincent (H.) Contribution a I'etude de l'anti- toxine tetani.|ue. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1907, lxii, 1193-1195.—Vinoku roll" (N. Y.) Sluchal stolbnya- ka udievochki odinnadtsati llet travmaticheskavo pro- iskhozhdeniya, polzovanniy protivustolbnyachnol sivo- rotkol s vizdorovleniyem. [Tetanus of traumatic origin in a girl 11 months old, treated by antitetanic serum. with recovery.] Dletsk. med., Mosk., 1903, viii,281-285.— \"otteler. Ein weiterer mit Serum behandelter Fall von Tetanus. Med. Cor.-Bl. d. wiirttemb. iirztl. Ver., Stuttg., 1902, lxxii, 897. Also: Ztschr. f. Wundiirzte u. Geburtsh., Fellbach, 1903, liv, £9-42— Vouzelle. Un cas de tetanos gueri par le serum antitetanique. Limou- sin med., Limoges, 1905, xxix, 106.—Wagner (P.) Die Fortschritte in der Serumbehandlung des Tetanus. Berl. Klinik, 1908, xx, 1-32.—Wagoner (G. W.) A case of tetanus treated with tetanus antitoxin and carbolic acid. Phila. M. J., 1899, iv, 883.—Wall (R. T.) Two cases of tetanus: serum treatment. Veterinarian, Lond., 1898, lxxi, 449-455.—"Wallstabe (K.) Ein Beitrag zur Serum- behandlung des Tetanus. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1904, xxx, 22.—Watson (F. V.) Re- port of a case of tetanos treated by antitetanic serum and carbolic acid. Milwaukee M. J., 1903, xi, 291.— Weiseher (T.) Ueber zwei mit Behring'schem Serum behandelte Falle von Trismus und Tetanus, nebst einer kurzen Uebersicht iiber die vom Jahre 1881 bis heute an der med. Abtheilung des Biirgerhospitals beobachteten Tetanusfiille. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1897, xliv, 1284-1286.—Wendling. Ein Fall von Tetanus, erfolg- reich behandelt mittelst Tetanusantitoxin-Injection. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1897, x, 266.—Werner (P.) Ueber einen letal verlaufenen Fall von Tetanus behan- delt mit Behrings Antitoxin. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1899, xlvi, 286.—Wernicke. Behrings Serumtherapie bei Tetanus. Deutsche mil.-iirztl. Ztschr., Berl., 1893, xxii, 154-165.—White (J. M.) A case of tetanus in a child four years old cured bv the use of antitetanic serum. Louisville Month. J. M. eft"(M. V. ) Sluchal travmaticheskavo stolbnyaka; iiecheniye antitetanicheskol sivorotkol; smert. [Trau- matic tetanus treated by antitetanic serum, death.] IMct-k. med., Mosk., 1899, iv, 275-278.—Baker (G. H.) Case of tra uma tictetanus treated with antitoxinunsuccess- fullv. Brit. M.J.,Lond.,1.890.ii,1828. Also: Indian M. Rec, Calcutta, 1897, xii, lso.—Baker (O.) A case of tetanus treated with tetanusantitoxin; death. Brit. M. J., Lond., ls'.iti, i, 211.—Bauer (B.) Tetanus traumaticus; Antito- xinbehandlung (nach Tizzoni); Tod. Wien. klin. Wchn- schr., 1894, vii,846-848.—Bergeon. Tetanos chez la vache; essai de serotherapie; mort. J. de med. v6t et zootech., Lyon, 1903, 5. s., vii, 280-282.—Berry (J.) A case of acute tetanus treated by serum; necropsy. Lancet, Lond., 1899, i, 1156.—Bessou (A.) Tetanos suraigu traite par le se- rum antitetanique; mort en quarante heures. J. d. sc. med. de Lille, 1899, i, 82-84. —Blake (H.) A case of tetanus antitoxin; death. Lancet, Lond., 1897, ii, 1114.— Broca. Tetanos chronique; hydrate de chloral; injec- tionde.serumautitetauique: exantlteme; guerison. Bull. et m6m. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1896, n. s., xxii, 454-457.— Burns (N. O'D.) Tetanus treated with antitetanus se- rum and morphine; death. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1902, i, 654.— Clark (A.) Acute tetanus treated with antitoxin; death on the fourth day. Ibid., 1899, i, 17.—Collier (W.J Notes on a caseof tetanus; administration of antitoxin- death. Ibid., 1897, i, 332. — Comby (J.) Tetanos trau- matique chez une fllle deonze ans; injection sous-cutanee d'antitoxine; injection intracerebrale; mort. Arch, de nted. d. enf., Par., 1899, ii, 475-477. —Courmont (J.) & t'ordier (V.) Deux tetanos chez le memesujet a cinq ans de distance; tetanos cephalique avec paralysie et contracture consecutives des mernes muscles; anapby- laxie grave par deux cures serotlterapiques a cinq ans d'intervalle. Bull. Soc. med. d. hop. de Lyon, 1910, ix, 363-377. — Curnow (J.) A case of traumatic tetanus treated by antitoxin on the seventh day after injurv; death. Lancet, Lond., 189s, i, 1185.—Farrant (S.) A case of tetanus treated with tetanus antitoxin; death on the fifteenth day after onset of symptoms. Ibid., 1895, ii, 1432.—Foges (A.) Tetanus; Antitoxinbehand- lung (nach Tizzoni); Oesophagotomie; Tod. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1895, xiv, 1057; 1100. Also [Abstr.]: Wien. med. Presse, 1895, xxxvi, 386. — Gangolphe. N6vrite au cours d'un cas de tetanos traite par la serum- therapie. Bull. Soc. de chir. de Lvon, 1908, xi, 27-30. Also: Lyon med., 1908, ex, 497-499— Ouillain (G.) Sur un cas de tetanos mortel traite par 1'injection de serum antitetanique dans les tronos nerveux. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. ltep. de Par., 1909, 3. s., xxvi, 465. —Hayes (E. C.) A fatal caseof traumatic tetanus treated with anti-tetanus serum. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1900, ii, 1779.— Hay ward (J. W.) A fatal case of tetanus treated with antitetanic serum. N. Eng. M. Gaz., Bost, 1904, xxxix, 121-124.—Hobbs& Cruchet. Tetanos avec fievre 16- gere traite par des injections isotoniques de chloral par la voie sous-cutanee et le serum antitetanique; mort rapide; inoculations negatives sur le cobaye. Bull. Soc. d'anat et physiol. . . . de Bordeaux, 1900, xxi, 184-189.— Homans (J.) Two cases of tetanus, both treated with anti-tetanic serum, both fatal. Boston M. & S. J., 1898 cxxxvili,519.—LeMeignen (H.) <&Lequyer (J.) Uri casde tetanos traite sans succes par les injections mas- sives de serum et les injections pheniqitees. Gaz. nted de Nantes, l<)09, 2. s., xxvii, 364-368. — Lenormant (C.j .—Biche (P.) Un cas de mort rapide k la suite dune injection de s6rum antitetanique. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1912, n. s., xxxviii, 476-486.— Bijo (R. G.) Tetanos y septicemia; muerte a pesar del suero. Cr6n. med.-quir. de la Habana, 1909, xxxv, 4 15-450.—Roger & Itlar- garot. Accidents tardifs apres une injection de serum antitetanique. Montpel. med, 1909, xxix, 159 172. Also [Abstr.]: Rev. g6n. de clin. etde therap., Par., 1909, xxiii, 424.—Savariaud. Les accidents de la serotherapie an- titetanique. Tribune med., Par., 1908, n. s, xl, 357.— Scholz (F.) Tetanus; Behandlung mit Behring'schem Tetanusantitoxin; Tod. Jahrb. d. Wien. k. k. Kranken- anst 1897, Wien u. Leipz., 1899, vi, pt. 2, 53.—Scott (T. G.) Case of tetanus; use of antitetanus serum; death. Brit, M. J., Lond., 1901, ii, 1529. Also: Lancet, Lond., 1901, ii, 1040— Stonham (C.) A case of compound sep- aration of the lower epiphysis of both radius and ulna, followed by acute tetanus, treated with tetanusantitoxin and irrigation of the wound with oxygen gas without re- lief. Lancet, Lond., 1898, ii, 1326.—Tetanus; spasm commencing at site of inoculation; antitetanic serum; death. St Thomas's Hosp. Rep. 1903, Lond., 1904, n. s., xxxii, 68.—Tirard (N.) A case of traumatic tetanus treated with tetanus antitoxin; recovery. Lancet, Lond., 1895, ii, 1101-1103.-----. Sequel toacaseof traumaticteta- nustreated with tetanusantitoxin. Ibid., ii, 1535.—Tre- vithick (E.) A case of so-called idiopathic tetanus; antitetanus serum; death. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1898, ii, 1337.—Vanliavre (W.) Tetanos mortel malgte une in- jection sous-cutanee preventive de 20 centimetres cubes de serum antitetanique 3 heures apres le traumatisme; valeur des serums antitetaniques actuels. J. de chir. et ann. Soc. beige de chir., Brux., 1910, x, 15-28.—Wace (C.) A case of tetanus treated by tetanus antitoxin; death. Lancet, Lond., 1899, i, 1291.—Williamson (W. H.) Another serum failure in tetanus. Vet. Rec, Lond., 1904-5, xvii, 17. Tetanus (Treatment of) with serum [Anti diphtheritic]. Holsti(H.) Tva fall af tetanus behandlade med antitoxin-injektioner samt om resultaten af denna be- handlingsmethod. [Deux cas de tetanos, traites par l'antitoxine Behring et en general les resultats de cette methode. Re.s., pp. xlix-lii.] Finska liik.-siillsk. handl., Helsingfors, 1899, xii, 615-653.—Paterka (.1.) Tfi pfi- pady tetanupovstfiknuti antidiftherickeho sera. [Three cases of tetanus after injections of antidiphtheritic se- rum.] Casop. tek ce.sk, v Praze, 1901, xl, 161-163.—Possa (S.) Un cas de tetanos, vindecat prin injecriunl de se- rum antidifteric forte. Spitalul, Bucuresci, 1899. xix, 80- 87— Shtsherbakoflf* (A. S.) K llechenivu travmati- cheskavo stolbnyaka protivodifteriynol sivorotkol. [Treatment-of traumatic tetanus with antidiphtheritic serum.] Prakt. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1908, vii, 62. Tetanus (Treatment of) with serum [Intra-cerebral, intraspinal, and intra- neural injections]. Delvincourt (V.) * Contributions ii I'etude du traitement du tetanos par les injections intra- cer£brales d'antitoxine, methode de Roux et Borel. 8°. Paris, 1898. Endrjeevsk y (Mile.) * Contribution ii I'etude du traitement du tetanos par les injections intra- cer^brales du serum anti-tetanique. 8°. Mont- pellier, 1901. Franchin (J.) *Du traitement du tetanos declare par 1'injection intraventricuaire de se- rum antitetanique. 8°. Lyon, 1909. Vallet (P.) *De la serotherapie curative antitetanique, voie sous-arachnoidienne. 8°. Paris, 1909. Weiss (P.) * Ueber den Wert der Serum- therapie bei Tetanus mit specieller Beriicksich- tigung der Duralinfusion. S°. Munchen, 1904. Abadie. Deux cas de tetanos traites par 1'injection intra-rachidienne de scrum antitetaniciue Montpel. med., 1903, xvi, 265-267.—Abbe (K.) Effects of intra- cerebral and subcutaneous administration of tetanic antitoxin in tetanus as observed in nine cases. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1900, xxxi, 273-285. [Discussion], 360-371 — Adam (J.) Tetanus in two brothers; subdural and sub. cutaneous injections of serum; recovery. Brit M. J., TETANUS. 35 TETANUS. Tetanus (Treatment of) with serum [Intra-cerebral, intraspinal, and intra- neural injections]. Lond., 1906, ii, 1200.—Amat (C.) Les injections intra- cerebrales de serum antitetanique dans le traitement du tetanos. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par., cxlii, 38-49.— Aiischittz (W.) Ueber endoneurale Antitoxininjek- tionen bei Tetanus. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1907, Leipz., 1908, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte, 146-149 — Apert (E.) & lihermitte. Tetanos par infection d'un ulcere de jambe; injections epidurales (pararadiculaires) de serum antitetanique; guerison. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1904, 3. s., xxi, 482-486. —Baea- loglu (C.) Un cas de tetanos traite par des injections intra-cetebrales de serum antitetanique. Gaz. d. h6p., Par.. 1898, lxxi, 659.—Barker (A. E.) A case of tetanus; subdural injection of antitetanic serum; recoverv. Lan- cet, Lond., 1900, ii, 1420.— Bidwell. Intra-cerebral in- jection for tetanus. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1899, n. s., lxvii, 434— Bouhoiiime (P.) & Causeret (P.) Note sur un cas de tetanos traite avec succes par des injections intra-rachidiennes ptecoces et massives de serum anti- tetanique. Arch, de med. et pharm. mil.. Par., 1911, lviii, 119-122.—Bousquet. Tetanos traumatique avete, injections intra-cetebrales de serum antitetanique; mort. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1898, n. s., xxiv, 1028- 1031.—Brunner (A.) & ICscher. Di un caso di tetano traumatico curato coll' iniezione intracerebrale di siero antitetanico. Riv. veneta di sc. med., Venezia, 1899, xxxi, 518: 1900, xxxii, 42: 86— Buflfagni (A.) Contri- buto alia cura del tetano con iniezioni intrarachidiane di siero antitetanico. Clin. med. ital., Milano, 1910, xlix, 299-314.—Campbell (W. F.) Tetanus cured by the spinal injection of anti-tetanic serum. Brooklvn M. J., 1904, xviii, 285.—Chauflfard (A.) & Quenti. Tetanos traumatique traite et gueri par injection intra- cerebrale d'antitoxine, methode de E" Roux et A. Borrel. Presse med.. Par., 1898, i, 325-327.—Choupin. Un cas de tetanos grave, traite et gueri par la serotherapie intra- ventriculaire. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par., 1909, clviii, 774.—Church (C. A.) Tetanus treatment by trephining and the intracerebral injection of anti- tetanic serum. N. York M. J., 1898, lxviii, 888-890.— Clairmont (P.) Zur endoneuralen Injektion des Tetanusheilserums. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1905, xviii, 1300-1303.—Cole (C. S.) Acaseof tetanus treated with intraspinous injections; death. Post-Graduate, N. Y., 1905, xx, 161-165.—Collier (H. S.) A case of tetanus treated by the injection of Roux's antitetanic serum into the subdural space; recovery. Lancet, Lond., 1899, i, 1290—Cooley (H. S.) A case of tetanus treated by intracranial injections of antitoxin serum. Med. Times, N. Y., 1899, xxvii, 300-302.—Cuthbert (C F.) The treatment of tetanus by the intracerebral injection of antitoxin; with notes of a fatal case treated by this method. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1899, ii, 1413— D'Ancona (N.) Due casi di tetano curati con le iniezioni di siero antitetanico nella cavite, cefalo-rachidiana; guarigione. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1901, xxii, 1480-1482.—Debene- dettl (E.) Un caso di tetano curato con iniezioni di sostanza cerebrate e con le iniezioni di acido fenico. Ibid., 1902, xxiii, 736.-----. Le iniezioni cerebrali nel te- tano. Ibid., 1904, xxv, 2025. Also, transl.: Semana med., Buenos Aires, 1904, xi, 534.— Delmas (L.) Un cas de tetanos traite par 1'injection intra-cetebrale d'antitoxine; mort. Pre-se med., Par., 1898, ii, 163. —Detot (E.) & Grenet (H.) Tetanos traumatique; injections intra- rachidiennes de serum antitetanique: mort. Gaz. hebd. de med., Par., 1902, n. s., vii, 1057-105'.). — Dronin & Langevin. Un cas de tetanos traite par les injections intra-rachidiennes et para-nerveuses de serum aiiti-teta- nique. Ann. med.-chir. du centre, Tours, 1904, iv, 95-97.— Fonseca (A.) Les inoculations cerebrates dans le traite- ment du tetanos etle tetanos cerebral. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1898, 10. s., v, 779-781. Also, transl.: Coim- bra med., 1899, xix, 152.—Forgne (E.) & Roger. Un cas de tetanos traite par 1'injection intracerebrale d'anti- toxine; guerison. Bull, et ntem. Roc. de chir. de Par., 1898, n. s., xxiv, 1128-1132. Also: N. Montpel. med., 1899, viii, 225-230. Also: J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1899, xxix, 415.—Garnier. Un cas de tetanos traite par 1'injection intra-c6rebraled'antitoxine; guerison. Presse med., Par., 1898, ii, 109.—Garwood (A.) Intraspinal injection of antitetanic serum in tetanus. Texas M. News, Austin, 1902-3, xii, 611.—Gessner (H. B.) A case of tetanus successfully treated by the intraneural and subarachnoid injection of tetanus antitoxin. Proc. Orleans Parish M. Soc. 1905, N. Orl., 1906, 29-35. Also: N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1904-5, lvii, 736-743.—Gibb (W. F.) A case of acute tetanus treated by intracerebral injections of antitoxin; recovery. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1899, i, 895. -----. Sequel to a case of acute tetanus treated by intracerebral injec- tions of antitoxin. Ibid.,ii,9. Also: IndianM.Rec,Cal- cutta, 1900, xviii, 369.— Gimlette (T. D.) A case of tet- anus treated by intra-cerebral injection of anti-tetanic serum. Lancet, Lond., 1899, ii, 89.— Goblet (J.) Ein schwerer Fall von traumatischem Tetanus, geheilt durch Tetanus (Treatment of) with serum [Intra-cerebral, intraspinal, and intra- neural injections], Duralinfusion von Behring'schemTetanusserum. WTien, klin. Wchnschr., 1904, xvii, 1256. —Godinho (V.) & Fansto (O.) Traitement du tetanos par les injections intra-rachidiennes de serum antitetanique. Presse med., Par., 1902, ii, 907.—Meckel & BeynCs. Un cas de te- tanos traite par 1'injection intra-cerebrale d'antitoxine. Ibid., 1898, ii, 140-142.—flolub (A.) Ein Fall von Kopf- tetanus mit Hypoglossusparese, geheilt nach Duralinfu- sionen von Behringschem Antitoxin. Wien. klin. Wchn- schr., 1903, xvi, 500-506.—Hopkins (S. D.) Intracere- bral injections of antitetanic serum in traumatic tetanus. Denver M. Times, 1904-5, xxiv, 575-580. Also: Med. News, N. Y.,1904, lxxxv, 1125-1127.—Hue (F.) Tetanos con- firnte; injection intra-cetebrale de serum antitetanique; insuccds. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1898, n. s., xxiv, 1014-1021.—Intracerebral injections of anti- toxine in the treatment of traumatic tetanus. N.York M. J., 1898, lxviii, 57.—Jacob ( P. ) Llecheniye stol- bnyaka posredstvom vlivaniya v sninnomo^govol kanal antitoksicheskol sivorotki. [Treatment of tetanus by in- jectionsof antitoxic serum into the spinal canal.] Russk. Vrach, S. Peterb., 1902, i, 135-137.—Johnson (A. B.) Tetanus treated by intracerebral and intravenous injec- tions of antitetanic serum. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1900, xxxi, 300-303.—Milliard (G.) Uncas de tetanos traumatique traite par les injections intracerebrales de serum antite- tanique; mort. Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1899, xix, 279-281.—Kremers (E. D.) A case of tetanus treated by intraspinal and intraneural injections of anti- toxin. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1906, xlvi, 724.—Kilster (E.) Ein Fall von ortlichem Tetanus; Antitoxin-Ein- spritzungen in die Nervenstiimme; Heilung. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1905, lxxvii, 326-332. -----. Ueber die Antitoxin-Behandlung des Tetanus, zumal mit intraneu- ralen Injektionen. Therap. d.Gegenw.,Berl.,1907, xlviii, 49-52.—Laplace (E.) A case of tetanus treated by sub- dural in jectiousof antitoxin,and hypodermicinjectionsof carbolicacid. Proc.Phila. Co.M.Soc,Phila.,1900, n. s.. ii, 32-37. Also: Med. Bull., Phila., 1900, xxii,93-95— Law- rence (J.) & Hartley (J.) Caseof tetanus treated by in- tracerebral injection of antitoxin; recovery. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1899,i, 1333. Also:IndianM.Rec,Calcutta,1900,xviii, 265.—Lereboullet (P.) Traitement du tetanos par les injectionsintra-cerebralesd'antitoxine(rrtetnodedeRoux et Borrel). Gaz. hebd. de med., Par., 1899, n. s., iv, 145- 150.—lietoux. T6tanos; injections intra-cerebrales (dix centimetres cubes dans chaque lobe c6tebral); injections sous-cutanees; chloral et morphine k ttes petites doses; amputation de la jambe; guerison. Anjounted., Angers, 1899, vi, 177-184. -----. Un cas de tetanos traite des le debut par les injections intracerebrales d'antitoxine a haute dose; arret des accidents; giterison. [Rap. de Tuf- fier.] Bull, et mem. Soc. dechir.de Par., 1901, n.s., xxvii, 748. -----. Injection de s6rum antitetanique dans le cer- veau; quatre casde guerison. Assoc, franc,', dechir. Proc- verb. [etc.]. Par., 1901, xiv, 302-316.—von Loyden (E.) Ueber die Antitoxinbehandlung des Tetanus und die Duralinfusion. Therap.d.Gegenw.,Berl.-Wien, 1901,n.F., iii,337-340.—l.iddell (F.) Acaseof acute tetanus treat- ed by intra-cerebral injections of antitoxin; recovery. Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1900, xix, 152.—Liiickett (\V. H.) The rational treatment of tetanus; a reportof suc- cessful treatment by spinal subarachnoid injections of antitetanic serum. Med. News, N. Y., 1903, lxxxii, 730- 733.—Machard (A.) Un cas de tetanos traumatique traite par injection intracerebrale d'antitoxine; mort. Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom., Gen6ve, 1899, xix, 139-144.— von Mangoldt (F.) Traumatischer Tetanus; subku- tane und endoneurale Injektionen vonTizzonis Tetanus- antitoxin; Heilung. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1906, liii, 1379. Also: Jahresb.d.Gesellsch.f. Nat.-u. HeilkinDresd. 190.5-6, Munchen, 1907,127-129.—Mi I lard (R.J.) A case of tetanus treated by subdural injection of antitoxin; re- covery. Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1911, xxx, 326.— MongourA Bothamel. Cerveau de tetanique; in- jection intra-cerebrale d'antitoxine. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. de Bordeaux, 1898, xix, 240-243. Also: J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1898, xxviii, 547— Monsarrat (K. W.) A case of tetanus treated successfully by intra-cranial in- jections ef antitetanic serum. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1904, ii, 1695.—Miiller (W.) Heilung eines Falles von Tetanus nach Duralinfusion von Tetanusantitoxin. Deutsche Aerzte-Ztg., Berl., 1902, 409-412.—Neugebauer (F.) Ein Beitrag zur Behandlung des Wundstarrkrampfes mit Du- ralinfusion. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1906, xviii,449-451.— Nicholson (F.) Tetanus; subdural injections of anti- tetanicserum; recovery. Brit. M.J.,Lond.,1911,i, 1464.— Oinbredanne ( L.) Un cas de tetanos traite par 1'in- jection intra-cerebrale d'antitoxine; guerison. Presse med., Par., 1898, ii, 132.—Perkins (I. B.) Tetanuscured by injecting antitetanic serum into the brain. Colorado Med., Denver, 1903-4, i, 87-89.— Peruzzi (F.) Iniezioni intrarachidee di siero antitetanico a forti dosi in una se- duta in ammalati di tetano. Pediatria, Napoli, 1908, 2. s., TETANTS. 36 TETANUS. Tetanus (Treatment of) with serum I Intra-cerebral, intraspinal, and intra- neural in'/eetions\. vi, 507-518.—Pickrell (G.) A case of acute tetanus treated with anti-tetanic serum injected into the right laieimI \entriclc. Rep.Surg.-Gen.Navy, Wash.,1906,184 — Pi Icher ( L. S. i The treatment of tetanus by means of intraeerehralinjectionsof anti-toxin. Ann. Surg., Phila , 1899. xxix, 516-522.—Quicke (W. H.) Acute tetanus treated by intra-cerebral injection of tetanus antitoxin. Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1899, xxxiv, 406—Bambaud (G. G.) The treatment of tetanus by means of intracere- bral injections of antitoxine, with a resume of reports of cases, and a few remarks on the technique of the injec- tion. N. York M. J., 1898, lxviii, 884-888. AIso, Reprint — Bi*pal A Samiac. Sur un cas de tetanos traite par I' in lection sous-arachnoi'dienne de serum antitetanique. Toulouse nted., 1905, 2.S., vii, 76-78.—Bivet. Des injec- tions intracerebrales de serum antitetanique. Gaz. med. de N'antes, 1899-1900,xviii, 310-312.—Robert. Un casde tetanos traite par 1'injection intni-c6rebraled'antitoxine. Presse med., Par., 1898, ii, 125.—Kodrigues da Fon- seea (A.) As inoculacoes cerebraes no tratamento do tetano e o tetano cerebral. Coimbra med., 1898, xviii, 343; 366.—Rogers (J.), jr. Tetanus treated by intraneu- ral injection of antitoxin. Med.Rec.,X.Y.,1904,1xv,8l3-815. -----. Acute tetanus cured by intraneural injections of antitoxin. Ibid., lxvi, 12. Also: Ann. Surg., Phila., 1901, xl, 759-761. -----. The treatment of tetanus by intraneu- ral and intraspinal in iections of antitoxin. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1905, xiv, 12-18.— Rollin (M.) Sur le traite- ment du tetanos par les injections intra-rachidiennes de serum antitetanique. Bull, med., Par., 1904, xviii, 189- 192.—Hon tier. Injections antitetaniques intra-cete- brales. Bull, etntem. Soc de chir. de Par., 1898, n. s., xxiv, 1057.—Bou x & Borrel. Tetanos cerebral et im- munite contre le tetanos. Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1898, xii,225-239.—Schley (W. S.) Acute tetanus cured by intraneural injections of antitoxin. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1904, lxvi, 616-618.—Schultze (F.) Spinalpunktion und Einspritzung von Antitoxinserum in dieSpinalflussigkeit bei Tetanus traumaticus. Mitt. a. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. ii. Chir., Jena, 1899, v, 169-174. — Semple (D.) The treatment of tetanus bv the intra-cerebral injection of antitoxin. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1899, i, 10-12.—Sendrail &4'uille. Traitement du tetanos par injections intra- cetebrales et intra-rachidiennes de serum antitetanique. Languedoc med.-chir., Toulouse, 1905, xiii, 83-85. Also: Toulouse med., 1905,2. s.,vii,89-94.—Slcard (J.-A.) To- xineet antitoxine tetanique par injections sous-arachno'f- diennes. Compt. rend. Soc de biol., Par., 1898,10. s., v, 1057. -----. Trois cas de tetanos traites par 1'injection rachidienne d'antitoxine tetanique; guerison; les in- jections para-nerveuses periprteriques. Bull, etntem. Soc. med. d. ltep. de Par., 1903,3. s., xx, 1021-1026.— Storrs (Iv. S.) A case of acute tetanus treated with in- tracerebral injections of antitoxin. Lancet, Lond., 1905, ii. 880.—Vezard. 'iuatre cas de tetanos traites par in- jection de scrum antitetanique dans le canal rachidien, et suivis de guerison. Clinique, Par., 1910, v, 153.—Wal- lace (C. S.) & Sargent (P. W. G.) Four cases of teta- nus treated bv injections of antitoxin into the spinal theca. Lancet, Lond., 1904, i, 642.—Walther. Tetanos traumatique traite par des injections lombaires intra- arachnoidiennesdes6rum antitetanique; guerison. B.ull. et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1903, xxix, 883-888.—Ze- lenski (T.) Przyczynek do leczenia tezca surowica. (wstrzykiwaniapodskorne i podoponowe). [Treatment of tetanus with serum; hvpodermic and subdural injec- tions.] Przegl. lek., Kra'kOw 1903, xlii, 527-529.—Zup- nik (L.) Ueber subcutane Gehirninjectionen bei Teta- nus. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1899, xxiv, 319; 332. Tetanus (Umbilical). See Tetanus in infants. Tetanus (Urine in). Aveston (J. J.) Peculiar case of hemoglobinuria following tetanus. Vet. Rec, Lond., 1905-6, xviii, 185.— Baylac (.!.) Note sur la toxicite des urines dans un cas de tetanos, determinee comparativement par injections intra-veineuses et par injections sous-cutanees. Tou- louse med.. 1906, 2. s., viii, 224-228— Vannini (G.) Sulle particolarita delle urine e del ricambio materiale nel te- tano. Bull. d. sc. med di Bologna. 1906, 8. s., vi, 511-528. Tetanus (Uterine). See, also, Labor (Complicated) from spasmodic action of the uterus', Tetanus in pregnancy, etc. Mauimel (J.-L.) Du tetanos gynecolosrique. S3. Bordeaux, 1902. Hrault(A.) A-Faroy fG.) Tetanos d'origine ute- rine. Presse m. d , Par., 1908, xvi, 79">.— Jacob. Zur Behandlung d.s Tetanus uteri. Munchen. med. Wchn- schr., 1900, xlvii, 1209.—Johnson (F. W.) Tetanus' Tetanus (Uterine). seat of infection in the uterus. Boston M. & S. J., 1910, clxii, 461— Pichevin (R.) Tetanos et affections gyn6- cologiques. Semaine gynec, Par., 1907, xii, 153. -----. Le tetanos en gynecologic Ibid., 1911, xvi, 209.—Piche- vin (R.) & Cincin. Tetanos ct gynecologic. Ibid., 1901, vi, 161; 169.—School's (L.) Un cas de tetanos ute- rin. Ann. de PInst.chir.de Brux., 1900, vii, 232-234.— Tiirenne (A.) Tetanos d'origine uterine. Ann. de gynec. et d'obst., Par., 1899, li, 396b-399. Tetanus in animals. See, also, Tetanus (Experimental); Tetanus (Treatment of) with serum. Agostinelli (G.) Un caso di tetano guarito nel- 1' infermeria cavalli del regg. Cavalleggeri Alessan- dria. Gior. d. r. Soc. ed Accad. vet. ital., Torino, 1906, lv, 740-742. — Bahnsen (P. F.) Tetanus. Am. Vet. Rev., N. Y.. 1910-11, xxxviii, 502-510. — Barnes ( R.) Historv of a case of tetanus. J. Comp. M. & Vet. Arch., Phila., 19(13, xxiv, 110-112.— Bassi (R.) Caso di tetano in una cavalla gravida che partorl durante la malattia un puledro robusto e sopravvisse al male. Gior. di med. vet., Torino, 1894, xliii. 137-140.—Cadiot. Sur le tetanos. Rec. de med. vet., Par., 1906, lxxxiii, 289- 302.—Diuiock (W. W.) Tetanos equino; diagn6stico, profilaxis y tratamiento; instrucciones populares. San. vbeneiic. Bol.opic, Habana, 1909, i, 283-286. Also, transl.: Ibid., 287-289. — Duncan (A. C.) Tetanus in a dog. Vet. J., Lond., 1907, 89— Dupas (L.) Curieux casde te- tanos chronique chez un cheval. Rec. de nted. vet., Par., 1908, lxxxv, 490-496. — ftuschanek (J. O.) Tetanus beim Hunde. Thierarztl. Centralbl., Wien, 1899, xxii, 653-657.—Eberhard. Tetanus beim Kalbe. Berl. tier- arztl. Wchnschr., 1905, 215.—Forbes (J.) Tetanus in a pig. Vet. Rec, Lond., 1910, xxiii, 155.—Frank. Ei- niges iiber Starrkrampf. Munchen. tierarztl. Wchnschr., 1910, liv, 205-208.—Proliner. Erfolglose Schweifam- putation beim Tetanus eines kupierten Pferdes. Mo- natsh. f. prakt. Tierh., Stuttg., 1906, xviii, 134.—Gallier (A.) Jurisprudence commerciale; le non-emploi du se- rum antitetanique, k titre preventif, dans le cas de castra- tion, est-il une cause gen6ratrice de responsibilite si le te- tanos survient dans un d61ai de un mois a cinq semaines. Rec. de med. vet., Par., 1910, lxxxvii, 785-792—Gibson (H.) Tetanus in cows after calving. Vet, J., Lond., 1907, n. s., xiv, 272 — Gould (J. N.) A case of tetanus. Am. Vet. Rev.,N. Y., 1905-6, xxix,33-36.— Harris (P. J.) Tet- anus in the horse. Vet. J., Lond..1905,n. s.,xi,267.—van Heusden (A.) lets over tetanus. Tijdschr. v. veeart- senijk. enveeteelt.Amst.,1895,xxii, 186-196.—Howe (N.) Tetanus. Vet. Rec, Lond., 1901, xiii, 47.—Hughes(T.) Acaseof tetanusina dog. Vet. J.,Lond., 1905, n. s.,lxii, 701.—Humann. Zwei Falle von Tetanus beim Pferde. Munchen. tieriirztl. Wchnschr., 1911, lv, 26.—Jones (W. L.) Tetanus in foals. Vet. Rec., Lond., 1904-5, xvii, 158.—Koda (M.) [The prophylaxis of fatal traumatic tetanus in injuries of the horse. Saitake Gaku Zasshi, Tokyo, 1902, 375-378.—Krasness (T. A.) Two cases of tetanus. Am. Vet. Rev., N. Y., 1902-3, xxvi, 1060-1062 — ITIathews (E.) Tetanus. J. Comp. M. & Vet. Arch., Phila., 1900, xxi, 741-743.—Mayr (L.) Zur Therapie des Tetanus traumaticus beim Pferd. Berl. tierarztl. Wchn- schr., 1907, 931.—Messner (H.) Ein Beitrag zur Beur- teilung des Fleisches und der Milch von an Tetanus er- krankten Tieren. Ztschr. f. Fleiseh- u. Milchhyg., Berl., 1910, xx, 197-199.—Peiper. Zur Aetiologie des Trismus und Tetanus neonatorum. Centralbl. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1887, viii, 777-780. Also: Verhandl. d. med. Ver. zu Greifswald 1888-9, Leipz., 1890, 88.—Schiel. Tetanus bei einem 12 Tage alten Fohlen. Berl. tierarztl. Wchn- schr., 1906, 436— Schimmel (W. C.) & van der Veen (J.) Operatie van een scrotaalnetbreuk met botryomy- comen bij een ruin; dood door tetanus. Tijdschr. v. vee- artsenijk. Maandbl., Utrecht, 1906-7, xxxiv, 552-654.— Schumacher (W.) A peculiar case of tetanus. Am. Vet. Rev., N. Y., 1902, xxvi, 435.—Sivieri (G.) Un caso di tetano in una mucca. N. Ercolani, Pisa, 1908, xiii, 65- 68.—Storch (A.) Tetanus einer Kuh als Folge der Re- tentio seeundinarum. Berl. thierarztl. Wchnschr., 1894, x, 352.—Taylor (H.) A case of tetanus in the pig. Vet. J., Lond.,1906, n. s., xiii, 203.—Tizzoni (G.)& Cat- tani(G.) Nuoveesperienze sulla vaccinazione del cavallo contro il tetano; relazione2»alMinistrodiagrieoltura, in- dustria e commercio. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1894, xv, 605- 507. — Townsend (C. W.) A case of tetanus after par- turient apoplexy in a cow. Vet. J., Lond., 1906, n. s., xiii, 663. — Tuttle (L. E.) Tetanus in a dog. Am. Vet. Rev., N. Y., 1904-5, xxviii, 273.—Tyvaert (C.) Contri- tribution au traitement du tetanos chez la bete bovine. Ann. de med. vet., Brux., 1909, lviii, 9-11.—Varga (S.) Tetanus esete szarvasmarhan. [A case of tetanus in horned cattle.] Allatorvosi lapok, Budapest, 1906, xxix, 157.—Whipple(F.R.) Amild case of tetanus(?). Am. Vet. Rev., 1902-3, xxvi, 242.—Whitehead (J. D.) Te- tanus. Vet. J., Lond., 1909, n. s., xvi, 327-331.—Wiss- mann (E.) Tetanus bei einer Ziege im Anschluss an TETANUS. 37 TETANUS. Tetanus in animals. Retentio placentarum. Wchnschr. f. Tierh. u. Viehzucht, Munchen, 1904, xlviii, 453-455.—Wood (J. S.) Tetanus in a dog. Vet. J., Lond., 1910, n. s., xvii, 349.—Wool- dridge (G. H.) Tetanus in a dog. Ibid., 1908, Ixiv, 33.—Zticchit A.) Un caso di tetano in unavacca. Clin. vet., Milano, 1907, xxx, sez. prat., 266. Tetanus in children. See, also, Tetanus (Traumatic) from hypoder- mici'.injedions [etc.]; Tetanus (Treatment of) with^erum; Tetanus in infants. Escherich (T.) Die Tetanic der Kinder. S°. Wien &• Leipzig, 1909. Kiesgen (A.) * Ueber Tetanus* bei Kindern. 8°. Freiburg i. B., 1899. Davezac. Tetanos chez un enfant. Mem. et bull. Soc. de med. et chir. de Bordeaux (1895), 1896, 422.— Dean (T. J.) Tetanus, trismus, or lock-jaw, with report of ca-e. Mobile M. & S. J., 1906, ix, 144-150.—Fronz (E.) Ueber Tetanus im Kindesalter. Verhandl. d. Versamml. d. Gesellsch. f. Kinderh. . . . deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1894, Wiesb., 1895, xi, 252-265. Also: Jahrb. f. Kinderh., Leipz., 1895, n. F.,xl, 133-143.—Oalceran Gasper (A.) Tetanos generalizado a frisore. Med. de los nifios, Bar- cel., 1910, xi, 359-361.— Garcia Bijo (R.) Liga contra el tetanos infantil; informe. Cr6u. nted.-quir. de la Ha- bana, 1911, xxxvii, 182; 230. Also [Abstr.]: Actas y trab. d. ii. Cong. med. nac, Habana, 1911, 79-93. -----. Liga contra el tetanos infantil; proyecto de reglamento; ob- servaciones clinicas; mocidn v conclusiones. Rev. med. cubana, Habana, 1911, xviii, 269-2^2.—Grande Rossi (F.) Tetanos infantil; curacidn. Abeja)iied.,Habana,1892! l, 29-31.—K.isel (A. A.) Sluchal stolbnyaka u dlevochki trvokh llet; liecheniye po sposobu Yerneuil'ya; smert. [Tetanus in a girl three vears old; treatment by Verneuil's method: death.] Diets'k. med., Mosk., 1898, iii, 121-123. -----. Sluchal stolbnyaka u malchika 61., okonchivshiy- sya vizdorovleniyem. [Tetanus in a boy 6 years old, ending in recovery.] Sibirsk. Vrach. Gaz., Irkutsk, 1910, iii, 572.-L.ee (A. E.) A severe case of tetanus in a na- tive child; cured. U. States Nav. M. Bull., Wash., 1908, ii, 44-46.—Plaundler (M.) Ueber den Pseudo-Tetanus der Kinder und seine Beziehung zum Tetanus traumati- cus. Monatschr. f. Kinderh., Leipz. & Wien, 1904, iii, 198-205— Potlekhin (V.) Sluchal stolbnyaka u mal- chika 4 llet; liechenive khloral-hidratom po Verneuil'yu; vizdorovlenive. [Tetanus in a boy 4 years old, treated bv chloral hvdrate; recoverv.] Dietsk. med., Mosk., 1899. iv, 414-146.— RakhinaninofT (I. M.) Sluchal stolbnvaka u rebvonka. [Tetanus in a child.] Med. Obozr.", Mosk., 1905, lxiii, 467-472—Keimer (K. K.) Sluchal stolbniaka u trvoch-lietniago rebenka. [Case of trismus in a child of three vears.] Trudi Obsh. S.-Pe- terb. dietsk. vrach., 1893, ii, 26-38.—Rheiner (G.) Ein Fall von Tetanus im Kindesalter. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1897, xxvii, 684-687.—Schlesinger (H.) Drei Jahre dauernder Trismus. Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f. inn. Med. u. Kinderh. in Wien, 1905, iv, 263-265.—Son- tolongo y l«ynch. Tetanos infantil; curacten; efec- tos beneficiosos del salicilato de sosa. Abeja med., Ha- bana, 1894, iii, 9.— Swilt (H.) Tetanus in children. Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1905, xxiv, 251-253.—Ward (S. M.) Notes on a rapidlv fatal case of tetanus. Pedi- atrics, N. Y. & Lond., 1899, viii, 22. Tetanus following hyjjodermie injec- tions. See Tetanus (Traumatic) following hypoder- mic injections [ete.]. Tetanus in infants [Tetanus neonato- rum]. See, also, Saint Kilda. Marcus (H.) *Vom Tetanus neonatorum und seine Behandlung mit Serumeinspritzun- gen. 8°. Kiel, 1903. Aldrich (C. J.) A caseof tetanus neonatorum with an unique etiology. Internat. M. Mag.. Phila., 1898, vii, 8. Also, Reprint.—Anders (J. M.) & Morgan (A. C.) Tetanus; a preliminary report of a statistical study. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1905, xiv, 314-322.-----------. Tetanus neonatorum; a second report of a statistical studv. Ibid., 1906, xlvii, 2083-2087. — Anderson (A. V. M.) Tetanus neonatorum. Intercolon. M. J., Mel- bourne, 1898, iii, 611— Arrighi (F.) Tratamiento del tetano por la seroterapia; un caso de tetano infantilgra- visimocurado por el suero antitetanico del Instituto Pas- teur del Doctor Roux. Rev.d.centroestud. de med., Bue- nos Aires, 1905, iv, 177.—Atwood (H. A.) Tetanus inan infant four days old. Pacific Coast J. Homoeop., San Fran., 1908, xix, 19.—Bernhard (K.) Przypadek tezca noworodk6w(tetanusneonatorum)zpomyslnemzejsciem Tetanus in infants [Tetanus neonato- rum]. oraz kilka uwag odnosnie do etyologii i istoty tego cierpie- nia. [. .. with i appy termination; also remarks on the etiology and nature of the disease.] Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1899, 2. s., xix, 198-204.—Brunet. T6tanos chez le nou- veau-ne. Poitou med., Poitiers, 1910, xxv, 8-10.—Burke (C. V.) A case of tetanus neonatorum treated with anti- toxic serum; death. Pediatries, N. Y. & Loud., 1897, iv, 545.— Carberry (A. 1>.) Tetanus neonatorum. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1898, ii, 628.—Carpenter (G.) Two cases of tetanus neonatorum. Rep. Soc. Study Dis. Child., Lond., 1907-8, viii, 323-327. Also: Brit. J. Child. Dis., Lond.. 1909, vi, 15-17.—Carr (W. L.) A case of tetanus neonatorum. Tr. Am. Pediat. Soc, N. Y., 1895,vii, 153.— Cerl"(L.) Une observation de tetanos du nouveau-n6. Anjou med., Angers, 1905, xii, 15-20. — Chapin (H. D.) Tetanos neonatorum. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1894, 4. s., i, 139-142.—Clock (R. O.) Tetanus neonatorum compli- cated by pneumonia. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1908, xxv, 25-30.—Davis (F. H.) Tetanus neonatorum. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1898, i, 1452.—Dewey (E. L.) & Putnam W. E.) A case of tetanus neonatorum with recovery. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1906, xlvii, 583.—Borland (W.A. N.) Tetanus neonatorum. Phila. Polyclin., 1895, iv, 345. Also, Reprint.—Eccles (W. McA.) A case of tetanus neonatorum. Lancet, Lond., 1901, ii, 1491— Escherich (T.) Vier mit Tizzoni's Antitoxin behandelte Falle von Trismus et Tetanus neonatorum. Wien. klin. Wchn- schr., 1893, vi, 586-588. -----. Le affezioni tetanoididella prima infanzia. Pediatria, Napoli, 1904, 2. s.,ii, 233-244.— Faber (K.) Havad skal Jordemoderen g j0re for at und- gaa Stivkrampen (Mundklemmen) hos de nyf0dte B0rn? LWhat ought the midwife do to avoid tetanus in the new- born child?] Tidsskr. f. Jordomgdre, Kjobenh., 1891-2, ii, 1-6.—Falk (J. C.) Tetanus neonatorum; report of a case that recovered. St. Louis Cour. Med., 1901, xxv, 116- 118. [Discussion], 132-136. Also: Scient. Tr. M. Soc. City Hosp. Alumni 1901, St. Louis, 1902,115-122.—Fedele (N.) Su di un caso di tetano dei neonati, curato colle iniezioni sottocutanee di acido fenico (metodo del Bacelli). Atti d. Cong.pediat.ital. 1905, Roma, 1906, v,250-259.—Flesch (A.) A trismus-tetanus neonatorum es infantum k6rjoslata, tekintettel a serotherapiara. [The prognosis of .. . with a view to serum therapy.] Gyermekgy6gyaszat, Buda- pest, 1904, 100-111. Also, transl.: Deutsche med. Wchn- schr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1905, xxxi, 177; 223.—Friedman (J.) Two cases of trismus nascentium successfully treated by tetanus antitoxin. Bull. Pasteur Inst., Dan- bury, Conn., 1897, v, 83. Also: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1897, xxix, 727. Also: Cincin. Lancet-Clinic, 1897, n. s., xxxiii, 454.—Gallo (G.) Su di un caso di tetano dei neonati. Arch, internat. di med. e chir., Napoli, 1904, xx, 140-146. — Gilbert (R. B.) Tetanus in newborn in- fants. Am. Pract. & News, Louisville, 1903, xxxvi, 288- 291.—Gilford (H.) Acaseof tetanusneonatorum. Lan- cet, Lond., 1893, i, 297.— Goeth (R. A.) Chronic tetanus neonatorum. Texas M. News, Austin, 1899-1900, ix, 16.— Guida (T.) Di alcune forme tetanoidi non infrequenti ad osservarsi in neonati. Corriere san., Milano, 1896, vii, no. 29, 5. Also: Pediatria, Napoli, 1896, iv, 26-29.— Guillemot & Lequeux. Un cas de tetanisation per- sistante chez le nouveau-ite. Bull. Soc. d'obst. de Par., 1903 vi, 334-338.—Henbner. Fall von Tetanus neona- torum. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1904, xii, 1207-1209.— Hubschmann (A.) Et Tilfaelde af Tetanus neonato- rum behandlet med Antitoxin. [A case of . . . treated by . . .] Hosp.-Tid., K0benh., 1906, 4. R., xiv, 331-336.— Jordan (W. H.) Tetanus neonatorum; with reportof case. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1912, lxv. 1076-1079—Kishen- ski (D. P.) K etiologii stolbnyaka i oh yevo otnoshenii kseptitsemiinovorozhdennikh. [Ktiology of tetanus and its relationship to septicaemia of the new born.] Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1889, xxxii, 5(3-551.—Le Benl (L. G.) Two casesof trismus nascentium cured by eserin hypo- dermaticallv. N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1904-5, lvii, 822-826. Also: Proc. Orleans Parish M. Soc. 1905, N. Orl., 1906, 74- 78 —Led ward (H. D.) A case of tetanus neonatorum. St. Barth. Hosp. J., Lond., 1905-6, xiii, 8.—Leuret (E.) & Biiiird (G.) Tetanos du nouveau-ne. Bull, et mem, Soc. de med. et chir. de Bordeaux (1910), 1911, 120-121. Also: Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med.de Bordeaux, 1910, xxxi, 200- 202.— Liszt ( N. ) Az ujszulottek trismustetanusarol. [Trismus-tetanus of the new born.] Gy6gyaszat, Budi^ pest, 1904, x 1 i v, 374-377. Also, transl.: Ungar. med. Presse,V Budapest, 1904, ix, 356,— ItlcCaw (J.) A case of tetanus* neonatorum successfnilv treated with antitetanus serum. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1901, i, 763-765. Also: Rep. Soc. Study Dis. Child., Lond., 1900-1901, i, 102-109.—Malinowski (A.) Tezecu noworodka; sinicaogdlna; Smierc. [Teta- nus in a new born; general cyanosis; death.] Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1900, 2. s., xx, 951.—Marcy (J. W.) Solanum carolinense in trismus nascentium. Pediatrics, N. Y., 1900, x, 215. — Meczkowski ( W. ) Przypadek te.zca noworodkdw, leazonego surowica. przeciwteicowa.. [Tet- anus of the new born treated by antitetanic serum.] Gaz. lek.,Warszawa,1898,2.s., xviii, 877-881.—Miron (G.) Tetanos des nouveau-nes et son traitement. Presse med.. TETANUS. 38 TKTANUS. Tetanus in infants [Tetanus neonato- rum]. Par., 1905, 708. Also: J. nted. de Brux., 1906. xi, 113. Also transl: Allg. Wien. med. Ztg.,1906, li,118.—lUitter (R. C.) Trismus nascentium cured by chloral hydrate. Homceop. Recorder, Lancaster, 1902, xvii, 327— Itlolina (M.) Un caso de tetanos del recien nacido. An. de obst., gineco- pat. y pediat., Madrid, 1894, xiv, 129-131.—OTonnier (U.) A propos du proces-verbal; note sur le tetanos du nouveau- ne Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1903, 2. s., xxi, 1010-1013.- Uontel (R.) La surveillance de la natalite indigene; .le la prophylaxie du tetanos ombilical a Saigon (Cochin- chine), 1905,1906, 1907. Ann. d'hyg. et de med. colon., Par 1908, xi, 72-85.—Morquio (L.) Tetanos en un re- cien nacido, tratado por el suero antitetanico; curacion. Rev med. d. Uruguav, Montevideo, 1903, vi, 383-386, 1 tab — lUorrissey (J. 1.) A case of tetanus neonatorum. Atlantic M. Weekly, Providence, 1895, iv, 374—Moules (N ) HeptTTTOO-tS rerdvov veoyvov. 'IaTpiicbs fLrjVVTuyp.'ASr)- vai, 1908, viii, 6— Parkinson (J. P.) A case of teta- nus neonatorum, with some remarks as to cause. Rep. Soc. Study Dis. Child., Lond., 1907-8, viii, 321-323.— Paiilin (J.) Om Tetanus neonatorum. Ugesk. f. Lae- eer, Kobenh., 1906, 5. R., xiii, 673; 697. Also: Tidsskr. f. Jordemodre, Kjobenh., 1905-6, xvi, 153-160.—Ferrin (M.) Tetanos des nouveau-Des. Ann. de nted. et chir. inf., Par., 1902, vi, 469-478.—Peters (R. A.) K klinikle i patologicheskol anatomii stolbnyaka novorozhdennlkh (tetanus neonatorum). [On the clinic and pathological anatomy of . . .] Obshtshestvo Russk. Vrach. v pam. Pi- rnt,'ova. Trudi. . . Svezdal904, S.-Peterb., 1905, iii, 183- lsb.-Pexa (W.) Heilung eines traumatischen Tetanus bei einem Kinde durch Serumbehandlung und infandler Pseudotetanus. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1907, lvii, 1554; 1603.—Pin miner (J. W. V. B.) Tetanus neonatorum and hot moist climates. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1900, xxxv, 570.—Polikier (B.) Przypadek tezca nowo- rodk6w, zakohczony wyzdrowiehiem. [Trismus neona- torum terminating in recovery.] Kron. lek., Warszawa, 1898,xix,807-814.—Reilingh (H.) Eengeval van tetanus neonatorum, behandeld med serum antitetanicum. Med. Weekbl., Amst., 1897-8, iv, 577-580—Kocaz (C.) Un cas de tetanos des nouveau-ites traite par le serum antitetani- que J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1899, xxix, 17. Also, transl.: Sieroterapia, Roma, 1899, iii, 80. -----. Un cas de pseudo-tetanos des nouveau-n6s. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1905, xxvi, 55; 81. Also: J. de med. de Bor- deaux, 1905, xxxv, 61.—Rosenthal (E.) Trismus neo- natorum. Codex med. Phila., 1894-5, i, 330-334.—Rudolf (R. D.) A case of tetanus neonatorum. Lancet, Lond., 1891. i, 531.—Scourge (The) of St. Kilda. Nursing Rec, Lond , 1895, xv, 294.—Shapiro (L.) Umbilical tetanus. Bull. Manila M. Soc, 1910, ii 245-247.—Siegmund (A.) Heilt Behrings Starrkranipf- Serum den Starrkrampf der Neugeborenen? Al Ig. med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1910, lxxix, 197-199.—Smith (.1. L.) Tetanus neonatorum. Tr. N. York M. Ass., 1894, xi. 566-576. Also: Tr. Am. Pediat. Soc, N. Y., 1895, vii, 192-204. Also: Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1895, xii 905-917. -----. The etiology of tetanus neonatorum. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1894, xi, 876-881. Also: Tr. Am. Pe- diat. Soc, N. Y., 1894, vi, 143-148— Snowman (J.) A case of tetanus neonatorum. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1895, ii, 132.—Stevenson (L. E.) A case of tetanus neonatorum. Lancet, Lond., 1896, ii, 240.—Style (M.) A case of te- tanus neonatorum. Brit. M. L, Lond., 1896, ii, 124.— Sz.alardi (M.) Tetanus neonatorum gy6gyult esete. [Caseof . . . cured.] Gy6gyaszat, Budapest, 1904, xliv,292. Also, transl.: Jahrb. f. Kinderh., Berl., 1005, lxii, 225-228.— Taylor (G. C.) A case of tetanus neonatorum. Lan- cet, Lond., 1896, ii, 1752. —Thornton (F. E.) Tetanus neonatorum. Chicago M. Times, 1896, xxix, 441.—Tur- ner (G. A.) The successful preventive treatment of the scourge of St. Kilda (tetanus neonatorum), with some considerations regarding the management of the cord in the new-born infant. Glasgow M. J., 1895, xliii, 161-174. Also: Brit. M. J., Lond., 1896, ii, 1191-1193. — del Valle y Aldabalde (R.) Pseudotetanos infantil. Rev. de med. y cirug. ptect., Madrid. 1909, lxxxiii, 169-180.—Vas (J.) Adatok a gybgysavdval kezelt cseesemo- es gyer- mekkori trismus-tetanus korjoscat&hoz. [Serum diag- nosis of trismus-tetanus in infants and children.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1910, liv, 423. —Voyer (A.) Note sur un cas de guerison de tetanos des nouveau-nes. Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1903, 2. s., xxi, 996-998. — Ware (A. M.) A case of tetanus neonatorum. St. Barth. Hosp. Rep. 1900, bond., 19(il, xxxvi, 195-197.—AVoil' (H.) & Friedjung i.I. K.) Tetanus neonatorum. Med. Bl., Wien, 1902, xxv, 525.—WoJyi'iski (J.) Przypadek te.zea u noworodka; vvyzdrowieiiie. [Case of tetanus neonatorum; recovery.] Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1899, 2. s., xix, 816.—Wood (A. J.) Tetanus neonatorum. Austral. M. J., Melbourne, 1894, n. s., xvi, 289.— Zargaryants (A. A.) Sluchal "Tris- mus et tetanus neonatorum," llechonniy sivorotkol. [Case of . . . treated by serum.] Protok. zasaid. Kav- kazsk. med. Obsh., Tiflis, 1898-9, xxxv, 518-534,1 diag.— /.elenski (G.) Stolbuyak novorozhdennikh (trismus et t eta in is neonatorum). Akusherka, Odessa, 1894, v, 208- 211 — Zhukovski (V. P.) Stolbnyak novorozhdennikh i sluchal izlecheniya yevo sivorotkol po Behring'u. JTe- tanus of the new born, cured with serum by Beh- ring's method.] Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1906, xiii, 25-28. Tetanus in pregnancy and jruerperal state. See, also, Tetanus ( Uterine). Balint (R.) Ein geheilter Fall von puerperalem Te- tanus. Verhandl. d. Budapest, k. Gesellsch. d. Aerzte 1907, Budapest, 1908, 9-11.—Chatou. Sur un ens de te- tanos traumatique chez une femme enceinte de 7 mois. Rev. med. de la Franche-Comte,Besancon,1909, xvii, 142- 147 — Freund (H.) Tetanus puerperalis. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1912, xxxviii, 1813.— Garcia Rijo(R.) Tetanos puerperal curado por el suero. An. Acad.de cien. med. . . . de la Habana, 1910-11, xlvii, 753-756. Also: Cr6n. med.-quir. de la Habana, 1911, xxxvii, 12-15. -----. Tetanos y prenez; seroterapia in- tensiva, salvacten de madre y feto. An. Acad, de cien. med. . . . de la Habana, 1912-13, xlix, 62-57.—Hael- brecht. Tetanos chez une multipare, quelques jours apres une fausse-couche: mort rapide. J. d'accouch., Liege, 1899, xx, 19.—Heyse. Ueber Tetanuspuerperalis. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1893, xix, 318- 323.—Hourdet. Un cas de tetanos puerperal gtteri par le serum antitetanique. Scalpel, Liege, 1909-10, lxii, 67.— JTIascagni. Tetano in donna gravida all' 8° mese circa. Ginecologia, Firenze, 1907, iv, 721-723. — Maxwell (A.) Tetanus puerperarum. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1894, xxiii, 224-227. Tetanuslieilserum (Das) und seine Anwen- dung auf tetanuskranke Menschen. [Von Beh- ring, Hotter und Casper.] 122 pp. 8°. Leip- zig, G. Thieme, 1892. Tetany. See, also, Epilepsy (Complications, etc., of); Glottis (Spasm of); Goitre (Exophthalmic, Complications, etc., of); Goitre (Treatment of, Operative, Sequelae of j; Hysteria (Manifestations of) by disorders of nervous system; Hysteria in the pregnant; Hystero-epilepsy; Influenza (Complications of, Cerebrospinal, etc.); Lead (Poisoning by, Complications of); Parathyroid glands (Diseases of); Spasm. Cervesato (D.) Nuova contribuzione alio studio della tetania infantile. 8°. Padova, 1896. Domnauer (N.) * Ueber Tetanie bei Kin- dern. [Leipzig.] 8°. Berlin, 1895. Grabow (C.) * Ueber acht Fiille von Tetanie im Kindesalter. 8°. Kiel, 1910. James (G.-J.-L.) * A propos de quelques cas de tetanie. 8°. Bordeaux, 1906. Nolen (W.) Klinische voordrachten. II. Tetanie. 8°. Leiden, 1901. Adams (S. S.) Tetany in infants. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1898, xxxvii, 772-786. [Discussion], 808.—Arullani (P. F.) La tetania. Gazz. med. di Torino, 1896, xlvii, 1026-1032.—Ast (F.) Ueber zwei Falle von Tetanie. Deutsches Arch, f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1899, lxiii, 193-208.— Baboiineix(L) Sur un casde tetanie infantile. Gaz. d. hop., Far., 1909, lxxxii, 1755—Ball (C. R.) Tetanie. St. Paul M. J., St. Paul, Minn., 1906, viii, 468-473.—Bar- boza (J. P.) A case of tetanv? Indian M. Rec, Cal- cutta, 1895, ix, 124-126.—Barshy (J.) Case of tetany. Med. News, N. Y., 1904, lxxxiv, 350— Beck (C.) Ein Beitrag zur Tetanie im Kindesalter. Jahrb. f. Kinderh., Berl., 1904, lix, 277-292, 1 pi.—Bekhtereff (V. M.) Te- taniya. Nevrol. Vestnik, Kazan, 1894, ii, 133-166. Also, transl.: Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1891-5, vi, 457-485.—Bendix (B.) Beitrage zur Tetanie der Kin- der. Charite-Ann., Berl., 1897, xxii, 325-333.—Berghinz (G.) Tetania. Riv. veneta di sc. med., Venezia, 1903, xxxviii, 457.—Bernhardt (M.) Idiopathische Tetanie. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1899, xlix, 1950.— Bertazzoli (C.) Sopra un caso di tetania. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1902, xxiii, 1437.—BondirefT( A.) Dva sluchaya tetanii u dletel. [Two cases of tetanv in children.] Russk. Med., St. Petersb., 1895, xx, 103; 119.—Boral (IT.) Stu- dien iiber Kindertetanie. Beitr. z. Kinderh. a. d. I. off. Kinderkr.-Inst. in Wien, 1893, n. F., iv, 1-14.—Brown (S.) Tetany. Med. News, N. Y, 1902, lxxxi, 7-13. — Bundy (Elizabeth R.) Cases of tetany. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1899, xxvi, 39; 607.—Burckhardt (L.) Tetanie im Kindesalter. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1893, xxiii, 17-23.—Calcaterra (E.) Sulla te- tania. Riv. sper. di freniat., Reggio-Emilia, 1910, xxxvi, 550-574.—Casalini (G.) Tetania generalizzata in lat- tante. Gior. d. Osp. Maria Vittoria, Torino, 1908, vni, 107-113.—Cautley (E.) Tetany. Hospital, Lond., 1908, xliv, 279-282.—Ciaglihski (K.) Pare, stew o te_zyczce. [On tetany.! Czasopismo lek., L6dZ, 1903, v, 108-110.— Combe. Tetanie aigite. Rev. nted. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1903, xxiii, 524.-CrandaIl (F. M.) Two cases of tetany. Tr. Am. Pediat. Soc, N. V, 1895 vii,208- 213. Alio: Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 189a, xn, 920-926. - TETANY. 39 TETANY. Tetany. Cross (E. S.) Some observations on tetanv. Interstate M. J., St. Louis, 1910, xvii, 177-184.—Davis (E. V.) A report of three cases of tetany, with presentation of one patient. Chicago M. Recorder, 1898, xiv, 499-501.— Belcourt(A.) Un casde tetanie essentielle. Clinique, Brux., 1902, xvi, 327-330.—Dioog (E. A. M.) lets over tetanie. Med. Rev., Haarlem, 1909, ix, 555-578.—El te- ricli (T. J.) Report of a case of tetany. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1903, xx, 189.—Emerson. Tetany. Johns Hop- kins Hosp. Rep., Bait., 1906, xvii, 238.—Erben. Drei Fiille von Tetanie. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1912, xlix, 1160.—Ernberg (H.) spasmofili. Hygiea, Stockholm, 1911, Ixxiii, 1185-119S.—F*ohorisch (T.) Ueber Te- tanie im Kindesalter. t'ompt.-rend. Cong, internat. de med. 1897, Mosc, 1898, iii, sect. 6, 19-21, 1 diag. Also: Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1897, xxxiv, 861-866.—Estrada (H. D.) Da tetania. Arch, brnsil. de psvchiat. [etc.], Rio de Jan., 1905, i, 196-204.—Evans (D. j.) Report of two cases of tetanv occurring in infanev. Montreal M. J., 1893-4, xxii, 183-186.—Ewald. Leber Tetanie. Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1893, lxii, 489.—Fawcett. Te- tany. Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1900, xiv, 309-316.—Fe- reiiczi(S.) Tetaniaesetek. [Casesof...] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1904, xlviii, 138. Also: Budapest! k. orvosegy. 1904-ikevievkonyve,Budapest, 1904,43. Also.transl.: Pest. med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1904,xl.654.—Ferirnson i F. U.) Two casesof tetany. Pediatries, N. Y. A: Lond., 1896, ii, 157.—Filia i A.) La tetaniechezlesenfants. Rev. d'hvg. et dented, inf. [etc.], Par., 1903, ii, 505-537,4 pi.—Foss (E. E.) K uehenivu o tetanii. [Tetanv.] Russk. Vrach. S.-1'eterb., 1904, iii, 1657-1659.—vori Frankl- Hochwart (L.) Die Tetanie. Spec. Path. u. Therap. . . . Nothnagel, Wien, 1897, xi, pt. 2, 4. Abth., 79-207.— Fraser (A. S.) A case of tetanv. Canad. Pract., To- ronto, 1893, xviii, 500-502.—Freund (H.) Zwei seltene Falle von Tetanie. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1899, xlix, 1788-1795.—Fussell (M. H.) Tetanv. Univ. M. Mag., Phila., 1893-4, vi, 229-234.-isl.[Xbstr.]: Allg. Wien.med. Ztg., 1897,xlii, 72; 84; 95; 106.— Packard (F. A.) A case of tetanus followed by recovery. Ann. Gynec. & Pediat., Bost., 1897-8, xi, 385-387.—Palmer (F. S.) Tetanv. Univ. Durham Coll. Med. Gaz.. Newcastle, 1902-3,iii,37-41.—Park (F.E.) Acaseof tetany. N.York M. J., 1896, lxiii, 742-744.—Parsons (A. R.) Tetany. Tr. Roy. Acad. M. Ireland, Dubl., 1894, xii, 93-98. — Also: Dublin J. M. Sc, 1894, 3. s., cclxxiii, 201-205.—van Pee (P.) & Laruelle (L.) A propos d'un cas de teta- nic Rev. d'hyg. et de med. inf. [etc.], Par., 1906, v, 447- 453.—Pirie (J.) A series of cases of tetany, occurring in the out-patient department of the Royal Hospital for Sick Children, Edinburgh. Edinb. Hosp. Rep., 1893, i, 400- 411.—Pratt (R.) A verv acute case of tetany. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1908, ii, 1680.—Preston (G. J.) Tetany; with the report of a typical case. N. Y. Med. J., 1875, Ixi, 718. Also, Reprint.—B. (J. J.) Tetany. Maritime M. News, Halifax, 1899,xi,83.—Beilly (D.)&Borke (R. F.) Re- port of a case of tetanv in a child. West. Canada M. J., Winnipeg, 1910, iv, 435-441.—Bichardiere (H.) La tetanie. Bull, nted., Par., 1902, xvi, 629.—Biss (R.) Deux cas de tetanie infantile. Marseille med., 1900, xxxvii, 357-363.—Komme (R.) La tetanie Ciez les en- fants. Rev. mens. d. mal. de l'enf., Par., 1896, xiv, 526- 512— Russell (J. S. R.) Tetany. Syst Med. (Allbutt), Lond., 1899, viii, 47-73.—Saiz (<;.) Considerazioni in- torno ad alcuni casi di tetania osservati a Trieste. Riv. veneta di sc. med., Venezia, 1908, xlix, 161-180.—Sarbrt (A.) Tetania k6t esete. [Two cases of tetany.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1*97, xii, 183. -----. Tetania harom esete. [Three cases of tetany.] Budapesti k. orvosegy. 1904-ik evi evkonyve, Budapest, 1904, 90. Also: Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1904, xlviii, 217. Also, transl.: Pest. med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1904, xl, 1014.—Schelber (S.) Ein Fall von Tetanie. Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1903, xxxix, 652. Also: Ungar. med. Presse, Budapest, 1903, viii, 138. Also, transl.: Budapesti k. or- vosegy. evkonyve, 1903, 22,—Schultze (F.) Weiterer Beitrag zur Lelire von der Tetanie. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1895, vii. 392-406.—Schumann. Ein TETANY. 40 TETANY. Tetany. Fall vn Tetanie. Deutsche mil.-arztl. Ztschr., Berl., 1905, xxxiv. 382-3*4.—Scdjt'Wick (J. P.) Spasmophilia in children, with illustrative cases. St. Paul M. J., St. Paul, Minn., 1912, xiv, 497-519.—Shannon (W.) Tet- any in a child eleven mouths old. Am. .1. Obst., N. Y., 1910, Ixi, 816 — Sliattuck (F. C.) & Locke (E. A.) A case of tetanv in an adult. Boston M. & S. J., 1902, cxlvi, 487-lsy.—Smith ( II. F.) A case of tetany. Med. Coun- cil, Phila., 1899, iv, :;)•>.—Smith (W. H.) A caseof tet- any. Phila. M. J., 1899, iii, 6*7.—Soden (W.N.) Two cases of tetanv. St. Barth. H.>sp. J., Lond., 1900-1901, viii, 10.—Stein ^J.) Drei seltenere Fiille von Tetanie. Jahrb. d. Wien. k. k. Krankenanst. 1897, Wien u. Leipz., 1*99, vi, pt. 2, 61-65,—Taylor (C. G. A case of tetany, .7. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., Lancaster, Pa., 1910, xxxvii, 322- 324.—Tetanie. Kindersp. in Basel. Jahresb. (1902), 1903, xl, 64; 74.—Tetanie; Spasmus glottidis; 3 Falle; 2 ungeheilt, 1 geheilt. Ibid., (1900), 1902, xxxviii, tit;.—Tordeus (E.) De la tetanie. Clinique, Brux., 1897, xi, 633-640. Also: J. de clin. et de therap. inf., Par., 1897, v, 784-789. -----. De la tetanie chez les enfants. J. de med. de Par., 1897, 2. s., ix, 558-560. Ms,,: M6d. inf., 1897, 285-291.—Tresilian (F.) Tetany. Lancet, Lond., 1901, ii, 21. — Valvassori.Peroni. I.a tetania dei bambini (note di patogenesi e cura). Trilnina med., Milano, 1897, iii, 125-127. — Vauahan ( B. lv) Report of seven cases of tetany. N. York M. J., 1893, lviii, 757-759. Also, Reprint.—Verier & de (ardeiial. Tetanie. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1906, xxxvi, 192. — Viewig (G.L.) Tetany; report of a case. J. Alumni Ass. Coll. Phys. & Surg. Bait., 1903-4, vi, 21 — Warfvlnge (V. W.) Fall af tetani. Forh. v. Svens. Liik.-Sallsk. Sammank., Stockholm, 1893, 56-62. — Wei- Sjert. fFa 11 von Tetanie im Kindesalter. 1 Berl. klin. WchiHcfir.. 1904, xii, 178— Weil (A.), Babonneix (L.) & Harvier (P.) Note sur les reactions eiectriques dans la tetanie des nourrissons. Bull. Soc. de pediat. de Par., 1909, xi, 9-13— Westphal (A.) Ueber Te- tanie. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1900, xxvi, Ver.-Beil., 2*9. Also [Abstr.J: Centralbl. f. Ner- venh. u. psychiat.. Coblenz & Leipz., 1900, n. F., xi, 362. -----. Weiterer Beitrag znr Lehre von der Teta- nie. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1901, xxxviii, 849-854.— Whitton (T. H.) Tetanv. Australas. M. Gaz., Syd- nev, 1893, xii, 35-38.—Wick (L.) Ein Fall von Tetanie. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1895, viii, 655.— If agile ( R. L.) Un caso de tetania. Rev. de med. v cirug. pte.ct., Ma- drid, 1905, lxvii, 107-109.—Varros (Rachelle S.) A case of tetany in a child. Chicago M. Recorder, 1898, xiv, 40- 43.— Zahiiijer (T.) Ein Fall von Tetanie im Kindesal- ter. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1896, xxvi, 413-445. Tetany (Cataract in). Qitiutz (W.) *Die Entwicklung und der heutige Stand der Lehre von der Tetaniekata- rakt. 8°. Rostock, 1908. Bartels (B.) Ein Beitrag zur Tetaniekatarakt. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh., Stuttg,, 1906. iv, 374-381.— Freund (H.) Tetanie als Ursaehe der Starbildung. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1904, liv, 405; 456. — Fyodoroflf" (T.I.) O kataraktle vsvyazi s tetaniyei. [Cataract in connection with tetany.] Vestnik oftalmol., Kiev, 1900, xvii, 473-479.—Hanke (V.) Cataract, Neuritis optica, Degeneration des Pigmcntepithels der Irishinterflache bei Tetanie. Ber. ii. d. Versamml. d. Ophth. Gesellsch. 1907, Wiesb., 1908, xxxiv, 329-334. — Kobozetif* (I. A.) O kataraktle v svyazi s tetaniyei. [Cataract in connec- tion with tetanv.] Vestnik oftalmol., Mosk., 1910, xxvii, 691-698. — Lisitsfn (I. V.) Sluchal katarakt! v svyazi s tetanivel. [Cataract combined with tetany.] Vestnik oftalmol., Kiev, 1901, xviii, 176-179. — Lozhechnikoflf (S. N.) Katarakta v svyazi s tetaniyei. [Cataract com- bined with tetany.] Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1899, Hi, 475- 487. Also [Abstr.]: Vestnik oftalmol., Kiev, 1900, xvii, 416. — Osterroth. Katarakt bei Tetanie. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1905, xxxi, 1254. Also: Ber. d. oberhess. Gesellsch. f. Nat,- u. Heilk., Giessen, 1906, med. Abt., 41. — Papiewski (W.) Ueber den Starrkrampf der Neugeborenen. Jahrb. f. Kinderh., Leipz., 1893-4, n. F., xxxvii, 39-60. — Peters (R. A.) Weiteres iiber Tetanie und Staarbildung. Ztschr. f. Au- genh., Berl, 1901, v, 89-100. -----. Semdesyat odin slu- chal dletskol tetanii s sbestyupatologo-anatomicheskimi izsliedovaniyaroi. [Seventy-one casesof infantile tetanv, with six pathological investigations.] Russk. Vrach, S.- Peterb., 1902, i, 1358; 1403; 1482; 1565. Also [Abstr.]: J.ne- vropat. i psikhiat. . . . Korsakova, Mosk.. 1902, ii,279-282. -----. Zur pathologischen Anatomie der Tetanie (auf Grund von 7 Obductionsbefunden); Theoretisches und Experimentelles fiber die Genese der tetanischen Symp- tome. Deutsche* Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1903,lxxvii 69-95, 2 pi.—sperber (E.) Zur Tetanie-Cataract. Arch. f. Augenh., Wiesb., 1906, liv, 386-391. — Uhtlioft'. Eine 30iahrige Frau mit dem ausgesprochenen Krankheits- bilde der Tetanie, die beiderseits von Katarakt befallen ist. Jahresb. d. schles. Gesellsch. f. vaterl. Cult. 1901 Tetany (Cataract in). Bresl., 1902, Ixxix, med. Sect., 3. — Vogt (A.) Tetanie- katarakt nach Strumektomie. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1911, xii, 695. — Xlrm (E.) Zur Tetanie-Cataract. Arch. f. A.ugenh., Wiesb., 1905, Iii, 183-200. Also, transl.: Arch. Ophth., N. Y., 1905, xxxiv, 637-653. Tetany (Causes and pathology of). See, also, Tetany ((fastrir. ami intestinal); Tetany (Parathyroid); Parathyroid glands (Diseases of). de Alberti (C.) * Contribution ii I'etude de la tetanie idiopathique. 8°. Mont pettier, 1904. Bassal (L.) *Tetanie infantile et nourrices goitreuses. 8°. Toulouse, 1901. Dufour (R.) * Contribution A, I'etude de la tetanie (tetanie des individus sains ou tt'tanie essentielle. 4°. Paris, 1892. Etter (J.) *Ein Fall von Tetanie bei Ver- brennung. 8°. Zurich, 1906. Millet (G.-M.-.T.) *La tetanie. (Interpre- tation pathogenique.) 8°. Bordeaux, 1905. Seeligmdller (S. A. S.) *Zur Aetiologie der Tetanie im Kindesalter. 8°. Bonn, 1895. Albert. Sur un cas de tetanie survenu du cours d'ac- ces graves de paludisme. Arch, de nted. et pharm. mil., Par., 1902, xxxix, 335-338.—Ascenzi (O.) Sulla tetania ereditaria. Riv. sper. di freniat., Reggio-Emilia, 1909, xxxv, 40-51.—Aschenheim (E). Ueber den Aschege- halt in den Gehirnen Spasmophiler. Verhandl. d. Ver- samml. d. Gesellsch. f. Kinderh. . . . deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1910, Wiesb., 1911, xxviii, 62-66. Also: Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte, Kbnigsb. 1910, Leipz., 1911, lxxxii, pt. 2, 243.—Babonneix (L.) Diph- terie et tetanie. Rev. mens. d. mal. de l'enf., Par., 1905, xxiii, 8-24.—Babonneix (L.) & Tixier (L.) Menin- gite eSrebro-spinale et tetanie chez le nourrisson. Bull. Soc. de pediat. de Par., 1908, x, 111-120. Also: Ann. de med. et chir. inf., Par., 1908, xii, 361-365.-----------. Examen de la moelle d'un chat mort de tetanie aigue. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1909, lxvi, 505-507. ----- -----. Lesions eneephaliques dans la tetanie experimen- tale. Ibid., 684-686—Berber (H.) Ueber einen Fall von Tetanie mit Obduktionsbefund. Med. Klin., Berl., 1908, iv, 1604.—Blauner (S. A.) Spasmophilia diathesis. Med. Times, N. Y., 1911, xxxix, 138-140.—Boiisson (S.) Tetanie en rachitis. Med. Weekbl., Amst., 1898-9, v, 601- 603.—Bonome (A.) & Cervesato (D.) Sulla tetania idiopatica degl' infanti. Pediatria, Firenze, 1895, iii, 144; 171, 1 pi.—Bradshaw (T. R.) Case of so-called idio- pathic tetanus. Liverpool M.-Chir. J., 1893, xiii, 421.— Brandenberg (F.) Zur Aetiologie der Tetanie. The- rap. Monatsh., Berl., 1901, xv, 558-561.—Breccia (G.) Sul reticolo neurofibrillare delle cellule motrici nella in- fezione tetanica sperimentale. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1908, xxix, 1538.— Bnndy (E. R.) Acaseof tetany, with notes concerning the etiology. Phila. M. J., 1899, iii, 508- 510.—Carpenter (J. T.) The pathology of tetany. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1894, xxiii, 182-185.—Carter (T. R.) Acaseof idiopathic tetanus. Manhattan Eye & Ear ' Hosp. Rep., N.Y., 1896, iii, 104-107.—Chvostek (F.) Be- merkungen zur Aetiologie der Tetanie. Wien. klin. Wchn- schr.,1905,xviii,969-974. -----. Beitrage zur Lehre von der Tetanie. 2. Das kausaleund die auslosenden Momente; der akute Anfall von Tetanie nach Tuberkulininjektion. Ibid., 1907, xx, 625-632. ■-----. Beitrage zur Lehre von der Tetanie. 3. DieelektriseheUebererregbarkcitdcrmotori- schenNerven. Ibid., 787-792.—Coler. Ueberfamiliares Auftreten der Tetanie. Med. Klin., B rl., 1910, vi, 1101- 1105— von Cybulski (T.) Ueber den Kalkstoffwechsel des tetaniekranken Siiuglings. Monatschr. f. Kinderh., Leipz. u. Wien, 1906, v, 409-413—Dammer (F.) Mit- theilung iib-r einen Fall von Tetanie nach Intoxication. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1900, xlvii, 1587.—De Al- berti (C.) Sur la tetanie idiopathique. Centremed. et pharm. Gannat, 1904-5, x, 31.—Durante (D.) La spas- mofllia nell' infanzia; etiologia e patogenesi. Atti di Cong, pediat. ital. 1911, Palermo, 1912, vii, 238-249.— Elliott (G.) A case of tetany following measles. Do- minion M. Month., Toronto, 1903, xx, 210— Erben (S.) Drei Kranke mit Tetanie. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1912, xxv, 727. — Eulenberg (A.) Tetanie? nach elektri- schem Trauma. Aerztl. Sachverst.-Ztg., Berl., 1912, xviii, 1-6.—Falta (W.) & Kahn (F.) Klinische Studien fiber Tetanie mit besondererBerueksichtigungdesvegetativen Nervensvstems. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1911, lxxiv, 108-177,1 pi.—Falta (W.) & Rudinger (C.) Klinische und experimentelle Studien fiber Tetanie. Verhandl d. Kong. f. innere Med., Wiesb., 1909, 40,5-409—Fede (N.) Spasmofilia nella infanzia; etiogenesi e patogenesi. Atti d. Cong, pediat. ital. 1911, Palermo, 1912, vii, 468-472.— Ferrata (A.) Sulla base anatomica della tetania in- TETANY. 41 TETANY. Tetany (Causes and pathology of). fantile. * Pediatria, Napoli,1905, 2. s.. iii. >37-544.—Fischl (R.) Tetanie, Laryngospasmus und ihre Beziehungen zur Rachitis. Deutsche mod. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1S97, xxiii, 150: 109. — Fleiscliinaiui. [Beziehungen zwischen der Tetanie und der Entwicklung von Defekt- bilduiuen des Zahnschmelzcs.] Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f. inn. Med. u. Kinderh. in Wien, 1908, vii, 182-184.—Fox (H.) Acaseof te.anv due to exposure to the sun. Brit. M. J., Lond.. 1899, ii, 1474.—Freund (E.) Ueber die Be- ziehungen der Tetanie zur EpilepMe und Hysterie, nebst . Mittheilung eines Falles von Tetanie bei Osteomalacic Deutsche* Arch. f. klin. Med.. Leipz., 1903, lxxvi, 10-23 — Fuchs (A.) Zur Aetiologie der epideinischen Tetanie. Zentralbl. f. d.ges. Phvsiol. u. Path. d. Sioffwechs., Berl. u. Wien, 1911, n. F.. vi, 411-444.—tiiese henii sluchal tyazbolol tetanii u vzroslavo. [Enigmatic case, from an etiological point of view, of severe tetany in an adult ] Protok. zasaid. Obsh. Morsk. vrach. v Kronstadte, l!>01-2, xl, no. 2, 81-93.—Guleke. Experimentelle Untersuchungen Qber Tetanie. Arch. f. klin. Chir.. Berl.. 1911, xciv. 496- 532.— Haskins (H. D.) & Gerstenberger (H.J.) Calcium metai"3isrn in a ea-e of infantile tetany. J. Exper. M., Lancaster. Pa.. A. N. Y., 1911, xiii. 311-318.— Hirsehleld(Hanna) & llirschfeld (L.) Ueber vaso- konstringierende Substanzen im Serum bei Rachitis, Te- tanie und exsudativer Diathese. Miinehen. med. Wchn- schr., 1911, lviii, 1660; 1971. — Jacobson (Clara). The concentration of ammonia in the blood of dogs and cats necessary to produce ammonia tetanv. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y.. 1909-10, vii, 124-126. Also: Am. J. Physiol., Bost., 1910, xxvi, 407-112.—Kashida (K.) Ue- ber Tetanie, nebst einer Bemerkung zur Erregbarkeit der motorischen Nerven durch den thermischen Reiz. Mitt. a. d. med. Fae. d. k.-jap. Univ. Tokio, 1904. v, 177- 219, 3 pi,—Kassowitz (M.) Tetanie und Autointoxi- cation im Kindesalter. Wien. med. Presse. 1897, xxxviii, 97; 139.—Kirehgasser iG.) Beitrage zur Kinderteta- nie und den Beziehungen derselben zur Rachitis und zum Laryngospasmus. nebst anatomischen Untersuchun- gen iiber Wurzelveriinderungen im kindlichen Riieken- mark. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1900, xvi. 356- 398. —Koster (H.) Ein Fall von Tetanie mit eigen- thumlichern Sectionsbefund. Ibid., 1896, ix, 207-216.— Kovacz (O.) A spa»inophil diathesisrbl. Gv6gv&szat, Budapest, 1911, li, S5U-352.—Klihn. Ein Fail vbn Te- tanie bei Scharlach im Kindesalter. Berl. klin. Wchn- schr., 1899, xxxvi. 855-K57. — Liegeois (C.) Un cas de tetanie par nevrite p'.piitee externe. Progres med., Par., 1^94, 2. s., xix. 145. — lioebl i H.) Tetanie und Autoin- toxication. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1903, xvi, 943-947.— Longo (A.) Calcio e spa-mnfilia infantile (a proposito della ipotesi di Stoltzner sulla patogenesi della tetania dei bambini). Policlin., Roma, 1910, xvii, sez. med., 495- 514. -----. A proposito di un caso di tetania infantile; contributo all' anatomia patologica ed alia patogenesi di tale affezione. Ibid., 1911, xviii, sez. med.. 496-506.— .11 act'a 11 u in (W. G.) The pathology of tetanv. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1905, xvi, 148. — JIarek (R.l Leber einen Fall von Tt mienach Adrenalininjektionen bei Osteomalazie. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1911, xxiv, 633- 636. — .Tlichnik-Elriisi (E.) Dletskaya tetaniya iii spazmofilniy diatez. [Tetany of children and spasmophi- lic diathesis.] Med. Obozr., Mosk , 1912, lxxvii, 40-52.— IWogilnitski (B. N.) K vpraiu ob etiologii tetanii. [Etiologv of tetanv.] J. nevropat. i psikhiat. . . . Korsa kova, Mosk., 1910, x, 1270-1279—-Moizard cfc Grcnct (H.) Tetanie chez un enfant rachiti^m-; licjin'de cephalo- racnidien normal. Ann. de med. et chir. inf., Par., 1904, viii, 372.—Nathan (H.) Ueber einen Fall von Tetanie mit trophisch' n St<">rungen im Bereiche des Nervus me- dianus. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1902, xxvii, 14-16.— Neter (E.) Zur Pathogenese und Therapie des Laryngo- spasmus, der Tetanie und Eklainpsie. Berl. klin.-therap. Wchnschr., 1904, 84-90. -Pcchoc (K.) Tetanie zen kojicich a diabetes lactantimn. [Tetanie et diabete des nourrices. R6s.] Rev. v neurol., psychiat., fys. a diatet. therap., v Praze, 1907, iv, .545-547.—Pennato (P.) Ittero grave e tetania. Tommasi, Napoli, 1908, iii, 381-383.— Pexa (W.) Die Kindertetanie (Spasmophilic) und ihre Pathogenese; eine Uebersicht fiber die gegenwiirtigen Ansihunungen und neuenForschungsergebnisse. Klin.; therap. Wrchnschr., Wien, 1908, xv, 1012; 1053; 1078; 1141- 1178; 1209; 1236.-----. O puvodu tetanie det«ke. [Re- cherches experimentales sur ltetiologie de la tetanie chez les enfant*.] Shorn, lek.. v Praze. 1909-10, x, 125-172. Also, transl.: Arch. f. Kinderh., Stuttg.. 1910, liv, 1-57.— Pleitter (R.) Das Vorkommen und die Aetiologie der Tetany (Causes and pathology of). Tetanic, zusammenfassendes Referat. Centralbl. f. allg. Path. u. path. Anat., Jena, 1896, vii, 225-238.—Pick (A.) Vorlaurige Mittheilung zur Pathologic der Tetanie. Neu- rol. Centralbl.. Leipz., 1902, xxi, 578. -----. Weiterer Bei- trag zur Path('lo-ie der Tetanie, nebst einer Bemerkung zur Chemie verkalkter Hirngefiisse. Ibid., 1903, xxii, 754-756.— Pineles i 1 i Zur Pathogenese der Tetanie. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1905-6, lxxiv. 491- 524. ■-----. Zur Pathogenese der Kindertetanie. Jahrb. f. Kinderh., Berl., 1907, lxvi, 66.5-693. —Prandt (A.) Elmintiasi e tetania. Clin, mod., Pisa, 1904, x, 463-465.— Quest (R.) Badania nad etyologia. tezyczki u dzieci. [Etiology of tetanv in children.] Lwow. tvgodn. lek., 1910, v, 213; 227.—Rinny. Tetanie consecutive a une angine diphterique chez une fillette de 4 ans h. Gaz. nted. dePieardie, Amiens, 1903. xxi, 198-207.—I* isel(H.) Die Pathogenese der Kinder-Tetanie; Entgegnung auf die Arbeit Stbltzner's. Monatschr. f. Psvchiat. u. Neurol., Berl., 1909, xxvi, 112-115. -----. Spasmophilic und Er- niihrung im Kindesalter. Therap.d.iirztl. Praxis, Leipz., 1910, i, 274-282.—Bist & Simon (L.-G.) Trois cas de tetanie avec examen de liquide cephalo-rachidien. Ann. de med. et chir. inf., Par., 1904, viii, 308-372.—Bonime (R.) Etiologie de la tetanie chez les eniants. Gaz. hebd. de med., Par., 1897, n. s., ii, 73-76.—Rossolimo (G. I.) K patologicheskol anatomii tetanii zhelndoehnavo proi- skhozhdeniya. [Pathoanatomy of tetany of gastric ori- gin.] J. nevropat. i psikhiat. . . . Korsakova, Mosk., 1901, i, 727-732.—Kudinger it.) Zur Aetiologie und Patho- genese der Tetanie. Ztschr. f. exper. Path. u. Therap., Berl., 1908, v, 205-214.—Sacknr. Ueber die todtliche Nachwirkung der durch Kaffein erzeugten Muskelstarre. Arcb.f.path. Anat. [etc.],Berl.,1895.exli.479-4*4.—Sarbd i A.) Die Tetanie; eineatiologisch-pathol, igisehe Studie. Deutsche Ztschr. f.Nervenh., Leipz.. l*y5-6, viii. 242-258.— Scliiiller A.) Rachitis tarda und Tetanie. Wien. med. Wchnschr.. 1909, lix, 2237-2244.—Schwarz (H.) A Bass I.M. H.) The calcium metabolism in infantile tetany, with reportof a case. Am. J. Dis. Child., Chicago, 1912, iii, 15-22.—Shabad (I. A.) Obmlen izvesti pri dlet- skol tetanii. [ Metabolism of calcium in children's tetany.] Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1911,xviii.969; 992. Also, transl.: Monatschr. f. Kinderh., Leipz. u. Wien, 1910-11, ix, 25-35.—Smith (A. H.) A case of tetanv dependent on autoinfection. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1900, lviii, 910.— Sternberg (M.) & Grossmann (E.) Zwei bemer- kenswerte Falle von Arbeitertetanie. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1910, xxxix, 403-420.—Stoeltzner W.| Die Kinder Tetanie (Spasmophilie) als Calcium- vergiftung. Jahrb. f. Kinderh., Berl., 1906, lxiii, 661- 683.-----. Die Pathogenese der Kinder-Tetanie (Spasmo- ' philie). Monatschr. f. Psychiat. u. Neurol. Berl., 1909, xxv, 324-348.—Valdameri (A.) Di un nuovo momento etiopatogenetico della tetania nell' infanzia. Gazz. med. lomb., Milano, 1911, lxx, 411-413. Also [Abstr.]: Atti d. Cong, pediat. ital. 1911, Palermo, 1912, vii, 495 — Vetlesen (H. I.) Spasmofll diatese. Tidsskr. f. d. norske Lagefor., Kristiania, 1910, xxx, 1057.—Vincent (H.) Contribution a I'etude du tetanos dit medical ou spontane: influence de la chaleur. Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1904, xviii, 450-464.—von Voss (G.) Be- merkungen zur Genese der Tetanie. Psvchiat.-neurol. Wchnschr., Halle a. S., 1902-3, iv. 549-551.—White (F. W.) A case of tetanv. Boston M. A S. J.. 1899, cxli, 439. Also. Reprint.—Wick (L.) Ein Fall von Tetanie mit Schrumpfniere. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1894, xliv, 787; 838; 898; 943.—Wirth (K.) [Phosphorvergiftung und Tetanie.] Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f. inn. Med. u. Kinderh. in Wien, 1908, vii, 111-113. Als,,: Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1908, xxi, 1325-1327— Zagari (G.) Tetania e malaria. Gazz. internaz. di med., Napoli, 1908, xi, 209-211.—Zap- pert (J.) Ruckenmarksuntersuehungen bei Tetanie. Monatschr. f. Kinderh., Leipz. u. Wien, 1911, x, Orig., 261-265. Tetany (Chronic). Luttwig (G.) * Ein Fall von thronischer Tetanie. 8°. Munchen, 1903. Fschcrich (T.) Ein Fall von chronischer Tetanie im ersten Kindesalter. Beibl. z. d. Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f. inn. Med. u. Kinderh. in Wien, 1908, vii. 217-222. Also: Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1908, lviii. 2673-2070.—.TIery. La tetanie permanente. Rev. g6n. de clin. et de therap.. Par., 1904, xviii, 119.—Jlonnler (A.) In casde tetanie chronique recidivante chez un vieillard: tetanie renale. Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1906, 2. s., xxiv, 541-549.—Pineles (F.) Ein Fall von chronischer, seit 20 Jahren recidivi- render Tetanie. Wien. med. Presse, 1898, xxxix, 231.— Schiller (F.) Ueber familiare chronische Tetanie. Jahrb. f. Kinderh., Berl., 1911, n. F., Ixxiii, 601-610.— Sutherland ((J. A.) Chronic tetanv. Proc. Rov. Soc. Med., Lond., 1910-11, iv. Sect. Stud.* Dis. Child'., 17.— Toyofuhu (T.) Klinische und pathologisch-anato- mische Untersnchung eines Falles von chronischer Te- tanie im ersten Kindesalter. Jahrb. f. Psvchiat. u. Neurol., Leipz. u. Wien, 1909, xxx, 113-124. TKTANY. 42 TETANY. Tetany (Complications and sequel.r of). See, also, Epilepsy (Complications, etc., of); Tetany (Cataract in). Fraisseix (J.) * Goitre exophtalmique et tetanie. 8°. Paris, 1900. Benedict (C. C.) Tetany and laryngismus stridulus accompun\ing malnutrition in an infant. J. Am. M. Ass , Chicago, 1905, xliv, 3s — Brissaud (E.) & Londe (P ) Acroparesthfeie, tetanie, fluxion goutteuse. Rev.. de med., Par., 1901, xxi, 545-556.— tiioseffi (M.) Cardio- patia e tetania. Riv. di clin. pediat., Firenze, 1910,. via, 815-819. Also [Abstr.]: Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1910, xxxi, 825. Also, transl: Allg. Wien. med. Ztg., 1910, lv, 523.— Iloehliaiis (H.) Ein Fall von Tetanie und Psychose mit u'idlichem Ausgang bei einem Kranken mit Syringo- myelic Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh.,Leipz., 1895, vii. 102- 112.—K u n n (< .) l" eber Augenmuskelkrampfe bei Teta- nie. la utschemed. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl.,1897,xxiii, 413 — Lapinski (M. N.) Sluchalpovtornol tranzitornol gal h u tsinatornolsputannosti pri tetanii. [Repeated tran- sitory hallucinatoryinsanitvintetany.] Russk.med.Vest- nik S -l'cteib.,1903,v, no. 2,1-15. Also.transl: Neurol. Cen- tralbl., Leipz., 1907, xxvi, 146-154.—Luger (A.) Ein Fall von Tetanieepilepsie. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1911, xxiv, 604-606.—Luther. Tetanie und Psychose. Allg. Ztschr. f. Psychiat. [etc.],Berl., 1901,lviii,254-268.—Pastore (S.) Tetania, malaria e allattamento. Policlin., Roma, 1908, xv, sez. prat., 1305.—Pineles (F.) Tetanie und Epi- lepsie. Wien. klin Rundschau, 1909, xxiii, 760-762.— Keel licit (W.) Tetanie und Epilepsie. Monatschr. f. Psvchiat. u. Neurol., Berl., 1911. xxx, 439-475.—Saiz (G.) Tetanic mit epileptiformen An fallen und Psychose. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1911, xlviii, 245-247.—Scheiber (S. H.) teber einen schweren und abnormen Fall von Tetanie. Ungar. med. Presse, Budapest. 1902, vii, 391.—Sclmltze (F.) Tetanie und Psvchu-e. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1897, xxxiv, 177-179.—Nm'illi (W. B ) Pericarditis with tet- anv. Annual rep. trans. S. Durham & Cleveland M. Soc., Hartlepool, 1878-9, vi, 4L-45.—Vidal (L.) Tetanie, hvstero-epileptique; hemi, puis paraplegiforme. Lan- giiedoc med.-chir., Toulouse, 1903, xi, 183-190. Tetany (Diagnosis and semeiology of). See, also, Tetany (Chronic); Tetany (Hys- terical). Feldman (Soura). *Les tetanies symptoma- tiques. 8°. Paris, 1908. Pons (F.) * Sur quelques points de la tetanie infantile; 6tude; diagnostic. 8°. Toulouse, 1903. Saixt-Ange-Roger (E.-L.) *Les formes rares de la tetanie infantile. 8°. Paris, 1902. Also LAbstr.], in: Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1902, lxxv, 981-983. Zardel (A.) *Du diagnostic de la tetanie cho/. le nourrisson. s°. Paris, 1909. Alexander (W.) Leber das Beinpbiinomen bei Te- tanie. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1910, xxxvi, 1030.—Bass (M. H.) Chvostek's sign and its sig- nificance in older children. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., & N. Y., 1912, cxliv, 64-71—Blazieck (J.) Ueber einige sel- tene Formen der Tetanie. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1894, vii, 826; 869; 908— Brown (S.) Clinical lecture on tet- any. N. Am. Pract., Chicago, 1893, v, 66-70.—Buett- ner (W.) Ein dem Beinphanomen der echten Tetanie in seinem klinischen Aussehen gleichendes vielleieht richtiger als Pseudo-Beinphanomen zu bezeb'hnendes Symptom in einem Falle von Pseudotetania hysterica. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1911, xxiv, 162-167.—da Costa Ferreira (A. A.) Tetania symptomatica. Med. mod., Porto, 1909, xvi, pt. 6, 11— Cruchet (R.) Considera- tions cliniques sur le tetanos et la tetanie, speeialement chez l'enfant. Progres med., Par., 1912, 3. s., xxviii, 161- 165.—< iirschmann (H.) Ueber Pseudotetanie und Uebergangsformen zwischen genuiner und hysteriseher Tetanie. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1904, xii, 997; 1031. Also: Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1904, xxvii, 239- 268.—Durante (D.) Forme cliniche di tetania infan- tile; il tremore nei bambini. Pediatria, Napoli, 1902, x, 609-621.—Ebstein (E.) Ungewohnliches Syndrom von Tetanie beim Erwacbsenen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1912, xxxviii, 197. Also: Med. Klin., Berl., 1911, vii, 1496-1499.—Fseherieh (T.) Die tetanoiden Erkrankungen des ersten Kindcsalters. Wien. med. Presse, 1903, xliv, 2357-2365. -----. Demonstration eines typisehen Falles von Kindertetanie. Wien klin. Wchn- schr., 1906, xix, 1427. -----. Zur Kenntnis der teta- noiden Zustande des Kindesalters. Verhandl. d. Ver- samml. d. Gesellsch. f. Kinderh. . . . deutsch. Naturf. n. Aerzte, Wiesb., 1907, xxiv, 19-25. Also: Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1907, liv, 2073. -----. [Infantile Tetanie mit exzessiver mechanischer und elektrischer Erregbar- keit] Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f. inn. Med. u. Kinderh. in Wien, 1907, vi, 51-55.—Finkelstein (H.) Zur Kennt- Tetany (Diagnosis and semeiology of). niss der Tetanie und der tetanoiden Zustande der Kin- der. Fortschr. d. Med., Berl., 1902, xx, 665- 671.— Fischl (R.) SeUenere Erscheinungsformen der infantilen Te- tanie. Therap. d. arztl. Praxis, Leipz., 1910, i, 283-291 — Foss (E. E.) Tetaniva s miotonicheskimi yavleniyami. [Tetanv, with myotonic phenomena.) obozr. psichiat., ne- vrol. fete], S.-Peterb.. 1904, ix, 481-4*4— von Frankl- Hochwart (L.) Die Prognose der Tetanie der Er- wach.senen. Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1906, xxv, 642; 694. -----. Die Schicksale der Tetaniekranken. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1906, Ivi, 309-317. Also [Abstr.]: Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f. inn. Med. u. Kinderh. in Wien, 1906, v, Beil. 1, 1-3.—Freund (E.) Tetanieahnliche Kriimpfe bei anamisehen Zustiinden. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1910, xxxv, 510—Freund (H.) Tetanie und Krampfneuro- sen. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1902, Iii, 2176; 2235.—Fuchs (A.) Analogien im Krankheitsbilde des Ergotismus und der Tetanie. Ibid., 1911, Ixi, 1853; 1920; 1974—Funke(R.) Ueber Pseudotetanie. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1903, xxviii, 233: 1904, xxix, 257; 273; 286; 299; 309; 355; 370; 379; 432; 442 — tiangliol'ner (F.) Ueber Spasmus glottidis bei Teta- nie der Kinder. Verhandl. d. Versamml. d. Gesellsch. f. Kinderh. . . . deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1899, Wiesb., 1900, xvi, 91-106. -----. Zur Diagnose der Tetanie im ersten Kindesalter. Ztschr. f. Heilk., Wien u. Leipz., 1902, xxiii, Abth. f. int. Med., 244-278. Also [Abstr.]: Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1901, Leipz., 1902, Ixxiii, pt. 2,med. Abth.,233-235. Also [Abstr.]: Verhandl. d. Versamml. d. Gesellsch. f. Kinderh. . . . deutsch. Na- turf. u. Aerzte 1901, Wiesb., 1902, xviii, 23-27.—diersten- beryer (H. J.) Clinical and experimental observations in a case of prolonged infantile tetany. Cleveland M. J., 1909, viii, 671-675, 1 ch.—Giarratana (G.) Su di un nuovo segno diagnostics nella tetania infantile. Atti d. Cong, pediat. ital. 1911, Palermo, 1912, vii, 476.—Guinon (L.) Sur la tetanie k forme de pseudo-tetanos (contrac- ture g^neralisee intermittente). Bull. Soc. de pddiat. de Par., 1899, i, 150-154.-----. Frequence et formes rares de la tetanie infantile. Compt. rend. Soc. d'obst., de gynec. et de psediat. de Par., 1899, i, 278-291. -----. Tetanie avec arthropathies. Bull. Soc. de pediat. de Par., 1901, iii, 212- 215. -----. Les formes rares de la tetanie. Semainented., Par., 1901, xxi, 345. Also, transl.: Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1903, n. s., lxxv. 395-397.—Haj6s (L.) Tetania typusos esete. [Typical case.] Orvosi hetil.. Budapest, 1898, xlii, 134.—Hochsinger (C.) Ueber Tetanie und tetanieahnliche Zustande bei Kindern der ersten Le- bensmonate. Verhandl. d. Versamml. d. Gesellsch. f. Kinderh. . . . deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1899, Wiesb., 1900, xvi, 107-115.—Ibrahim (J.) Ueber Tetanie der Sphink- teren, der glatten Muskeln und des Herzens bei Siiuglin- gen. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1911, xii, 436- 463.—von Jakscli (R.) Tetanie, ein Initialsymptom akuter Erkrankungen. Wien. med.Wchnschr.,1908, lviii, 715.—Kaliseher (S.) Ueber Gangstorungen bei Teta- nie. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1903, xl, 823-825.—Kasso- witz (M.) Ueber Stimmritzenkrampf und Tetanie im Kindesalter. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1893, xliii, 645; 596; 647; 694; 747; 792; 828; 875; 910— Keiper. Ueber Pseu- dotetanie im Kindesalter. Vereinsbl. d. pfiilz. Aerzte, Frankenthal, 1908, xxiv, 68-71.—Koelzer (W.) Latente Tetanie. Charite-Ann., Berl., 1905, xxix, 267.—Kose (O.) O pseudotetanii. Casop. lek desk., v Praze, 1900, xxxix, 1039-1046.—von K latt't-Ebiiiii (R.) Ueber Pseudote- tanie. Beitr. z. inn. Med. Festschr. d. Cong. f. . .. in Karlsbad 1899, Wien, 1900, 21-31. Also: Prag. med. Wchn- schr., 1899, xxiv, 164-167.—Rranshar (M.) Te.zyczka jawnaiutajonaudzieci. [Tetaniamanifestaet larvata.l Medycyna, Warszawa, 1900, xxviii, 605; 626.—Loon (J.) Fall von Laryngospasmus und Tetanie. Mitth. d. Ver. d. Aerzte in Steiermark 1891, Graz,1892, xxviii, 107. -----. Die Tetanie der Kinder und ihre Beziehungen zum La- ryngospasmus. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1892,1,169-212.—Liiist (F.) Das Peroneuspbiinomen; ein Beitrag zur Diagnose der Spasmophilic (Tetanie) im Kindesalter. Miinehen. med. Wchnschr.. 1911, lviii, 1709- 1713.—Ulace de Lepinay. Diagnostic de la tetanie chez le nourrisson. Clinique, Par., 1910, v, 597.—Ma- li ara. Tetania permanente e pseudotetano di Esche- rich. Pensiero med , Milano, 1911, i, 525-530. Also: Rassegna di pediat., Parma, 1911, no. 8, ii, 25-32.—Maim (L.) Untersuchungen iiber die electrische Erregbarkeit im friihen Kindesalter, mit besonderer Beziehung auf die Tetanie. Monatschr. f. Psychiat. u. Neurol., Berl., 1900.vi, 14-38.—Marian (A.-B.) Spasmedelaglotte.tetanie.cata- lepsieetrachitisme. J .dented.int., Par.,1909. xiii,305-310.— rtliiller (H. F.) Ueber das electrische Verhalten des Herzens bei Tetanie. Deutsches Arch, f. klin. Med.. Leipz., 1898, Ixi, 632-636.— Neumann (H.) Die Bedeutung des Fazialisphanomens jenseits des Saufflingsalters. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u.Berl., 1912, xxxviii, 813.—New (A) svmptom in tetanv. [Edit.] Lancet, Lond., 1904, i, 885— Oddo (C.) & Sarles. Caracteres des urines dans la tetanie infantile. Med. inf., Par., 1894, i, 483-591. Also: Marseille med., 1895, xxxii, 257-266.— von Orzechowski (K.) Die Tetanie mit myotoni- schen Symptomen. Jahrb. f. Psychiat., Leipz. u. Wien, TETANY. 43 TETANY. Tetany (Diagnosis and semeiology of ). 1909, xxi'x, 283-328.'—Passerinl (D.) Intornodi un caso di pseudotetania. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1898, xix, 648- 650.—Peters (R. A.) Dva novlkh i odin stariy priznak tetanii; ikh primleneniye k raspoznavaniyu nervnikh bolleznel u dletey i k voprosuoskrltol tetanii. [Two new and one old sign of tetany; their application to the diag- nosis of nervous diseases in children and in masked tet- any.] Russk.Vrach,S.-Peterb.,1903,ii,1497; 1540.—Fiery. Sur un cas de tetanie a forme de rhumatisme musculaire. Lyon med., 1905, cv, 160-164.—von Pirquet (C.) [Zwei Kinder mitlatenter Tetanie.] Mitt, d Gesellsch. f. inn. Med. u. Kinderh. in Wien, 1906, v, 121-123.—Pool (E. H.) The leg and arm phenomena in tetany. Am. J. M. Sc., Phila.&N.Y.,1910,cxl,696-698. Also, Reprint. Also.transl.: Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1911, xxx, 131.—Popper (K.) Dyspnoe bei Tetanie. (Casuistische Skizze.) Arch. f. Kinderh., Stuttg., 1894-5.xviii. 198-205.—Preston [O. J.) Tetany; with the report of a typical case. N. York M. J., 1895, Ixi, 718.—Bamaccl (A.) Ln caso di pseudotetano di Escherich. Pediatria, Napoli, 1909, 2. s., vii, 529-536.— Raymond(F.) Tetanieund Pseudotetanie. Med.Klin., Berl., 1905, i, 1105-1109.—Reed (K. H.) An unusual type of tetany? J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond., 1907, ix, 522-524.—Keiss (E.) Zur Erklaruug der elektrischen Reaktion bei Spasmophilic Ztschr. f. Kinderh., Berl., 1911, Orig., iii, l-ll.—Samelson (S.) Ueber vasokon- stringierende Substanzen im Serum bei Rachitis, Tetanie und exsudativer Diathese. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1911, lviii, 1826— Scheiber(S. H.) Ein schweren Fall von Tetanie im Anschlusse an eine lang andauernde tetanoide Periode. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1903, liii, 219-224. -----. Ein Fall von atypischer Tetanie mit anfanglichemGesichtskrampf. Ibid., 1904, liv, 1205; 1269. Also: Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1904, xl, 843- 845— Schlesinger (H.) Ein bisher unbekanntesPhii- nomen bei Tetanie (das Beinphanomen). Mitt. d. Ge- sellsch. f. inn. Med. u. Kinderh. in Wien, 1910, ix, 42-44. Also: Wien. klin. Wchnschr.. 1910, xxiii, 315-317. -----. Weitere Mitteilungen iiber das Beinphanomen bei Teta- nie. Mitt.d.Gesellsch.f.inn.Med.u. Kinderh.inWien,1910, ix, 60. Also: Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1910, xxix, 626- 629.—Schoenborn(S.) LeberatypischeBeobachtungen bei der menschlichen Tetanie. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Ner- venh., Leipz., 1910, xxxviii, 285. -----. Klinisches zur menschlichen Tetanie im Anschluss an 41 Fiille. Ibid.,x\, 319-344,1 pi.—Schultze (F.) Das Verhalten der Zunge bei Tetanie. Arch. f. Psychiat., Berl., 1902, xxxvi, 329. -----. Ueber das Verhalten dermecbanischen Muskeler- regbarkeit bei der Tetanie und das Zungenphanomen (nebst Bemerkungen fiber die Wirkung der Epithelkor- persubstanzt. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1911, lviii, 2313-2315— Sieber fE.) Novy priznak pfi tetanii. [A new symptom of tetany.] Casop. lek. cesk., v Praze, 1910, xlix, 1151-1155,1 pi.—Solovyeir (A. I.) Noviy priznak pri tetanii; sokrashtsheniya grudobryushnol pregradi s udarami serdtsa: Phrenicus-phiinomen. [New sign in tetany; contraction of the diaphragm with cardiac beats . . .] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1902, i, 764-767. Also [Abstr.]: Bolnitsch. gaz. Botkina, St. Petersb., 1902, xiii, 1226. Also, transl.: Rev. clin. d'androl. et de gynec., Par., 1903, ix, 76-87.— Sperk (B.) Zur klinischen Bedeutung des Facialisphiina(B.) Tetaniagiistrica. Siglomed.,Madrid, 1896, xliii, 326; 342; 357.—Goilart-Danhieux. A pro- pos d'un cas de tetanie d'origine gastrique. Ann. de la Policlin. de Par., 1896, vi, 140-147.—Goodrich (C. H.) Appendicitis and tetany. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1908, xlviii, 859-861.—Gordon (G. A.) A fatal case of gastric tetanv. Lancet, Lond., 1910, i, 1618—Greenfield (D. G.) A fatal caseof tetanv in association with dilatation of the small intestine, ibid., 1903. ii, 1019.—GruziiiolT(F. A.I Sluchal tetanii pri rasshirenii zheludka. [Tetany in dila- tation of the stomach.] Klin. J., Mosk., 1900, iii, 132- 153.—Guerra-Coppioli (L.) Di un caso di tetania di origine gastro-intestinale. Riforma med., Napoli, 1908, xxiv, 570-572.— Guinon (L.) Tetanie a forme de tetanos au d6butde larievre typho'fde. Rev. mens. d. mal. de l'enf., Par., 1906, xxiv, 409-413.—Gumprecht. Magen- tetanieund Autointoxikation. Centralbl. f. innere Med., Leipz., 1897, xviii, 569-593.—Halliburton (W. D.) & McKendrick (J. S.) An experimental inquiry into the pathology of gastric tetany. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1901, i, 1607-1610.—Hautefeuille. Tetanie gastrique. Arch. de mal. de l'appar. digest, [etc.], Par., 1907, i, 729-736.— Hayes (J. B.) Tetany; its association with chronic af- fections of the stomach. Dublin J. M. Sc, 1904, ex vii 272-275.—How aril. Gastric tetanv. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1905, xvi, 148.— Hunter (W. K.) A case of gastric tetany, with an account of the microscopic appearances found in the medulla and spinal cord. tilasg. Hosp. Rep., 1900, ii, 81-90, 1 pi.— lonescu (T.) & Grossinami (I.) Pilorospasm cu ipersecretie si tetanie. Rev. de chir., Bucuresti, 1904, viii, 289-302.— Also, traml.: Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1905, lb, 1920- 1923. —.lonnesco ( T.) & Grossiuann ( J.) Pylo- ruskrampf nut Hypersekretion und Tetanie; klinische und experimentelle studie. Deutsche Med.-Ztg., Berl 1905, xxvi, 357-359. Also, transl.: Presse med., Par., 1905' l, 409-411.—Kashida. [Remarks on a case of entero- gastnc tetany.] Nippon Shokwaki RvogakuKwaiZasshi, Tokyo, 1904-.>, in, 125-182.—Kiiinicutt (F. P.) A clini- cal study of the therapeutic value of the calcium salts in gastric tetany, with an anatomical report on the para- thyroid bodies. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1909, n s cxxxvni, 1-10. Also: Tr. Ass. Am. Phvsicians. Phila.. 1909, xxiv, 475-186.—Kuckein (R.) ysicians, Phila. Ein Fall von la- Tetany (Gastric and intestinal). tenter Tetanie bei hochgradiger Erweiterungdes Magens in Folge careinoir.atbser Pylorusstenose. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1898, xxxv, 989-993— Laiiccreaux.. Con- tribution a I'etude de la tetanie d'origine gastri(|iie. Med. mod., Par., 1905, xvi, 65-67. — L,aii!iinead (F.) On a case of relapsing tetany associated with dilatation of the sigmoid flexure. Tr. Clin. Soc. Lond., 1905-6, xxxix, 48-52, 11., 1 pi. -----. On tetany associated with dilatation of the large intestine in children. Ibid., 1907. xl, 67-71,1 L, 1 pi. Also: Brit. M. J., Lond., 1907, i, 141, -----. Facial irritability of-fifteen months' duration suc- ceeding tetany in association with dilatation of the large intestine. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1908-9, ii, Sect. Stud. Dis. Child., 218-221. -----. Tetany and dilatation of the colon. Clin. J., Lond., 1911, xxxviii, 262-272.— Larkin. A caseof gastric tetany. Proc. N. York Path. Soc, 1911-12, n. s., xi, 18.—Larrabee (R. C.) A case of gastric tetany. Boston M. & S. J., 1899, cxli, 440. [Dis- cussion], 448.—Leroux (C.) Tetanie au cours d'une entero-colite aigue. Bull. Soc de pediat. de Par., 1900, ii, 238-241. Also: Arch, de nted. d. enf., Par., 1901, iv, 97.— de Luna. Maladiede Reichmann; tetanic; mort. Mar- seille med., 1893, xxx, 666-671. —McCaskey (G. W.) Transient paraplegia and tetany of gastric origin. Chi- cago M. Recorder, 1899, xvi, 379-384. Also: West. Clin. Recorder, Chicago, 1899, i, 142-145— Mackay (W. A.) & JTIacdonald (I.) A case of gastric tetany; gastro- enterostomy; recovery. Lancet, Lond., 1905, ii, 1470. Also, transl.: Rev. med. de Sevilla, 1908, xxvii, 5-10.— McKendrick (J. S.) Case of tetany with dilatation of the stomach; death. Lancet, Lond., 1898, ii, 796-798.— Want (H. T.) & Shaiv (II. B.) Tetany of seven months' duration associated with gastro-intestinal dis- order in a girl set. 9 years, apparently cured by the use of thyroid substance. Tr. Clin. Soc. Lond., 1905-6, xxxix, 229.—Itlinoliara. [A case of tetany of the stomach.] I-Cho-byo Kenkyu Kwai Kwaiho, Tokyo, 1900-1901, ii, 250-272. -----. [Remarks on tetanus of the stomach.] Kyo-rin-no Shiori, Tokyo [?], 1900, xii, 292-309.—Mol- davski(Y. V.) K voprosu o tetanicheskikh sudorogakh pri rasshirenii zheludka. [Tetanic convulsions in dila- tation of the stomach.] Prakt. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1904, iii, 382-384. — Moorhead (T. G.) A case of gastro- tetany. Practitioner, Lond., 1904, Ixxiii, 160-175.— Moreno y Ldpez (M.) Dos casos notables de tetania de origen g&strico. Siglo med., Madrid, 1896, xliii, 258- 260.— Morgan (W. G.) Gastric tetanv, with report of cases. Phila. M. J., 1901, vii, 970-972.—Moynihan (B. G. A.) On gastric tetany. Boston M. & S. J., 1903, cxlix, 501-504. Also: Practitioner, Lond., 1903, lxx, 354-356.— Nazari (A.) Alterazioni renali nella tetania gastrica. Sperimentale. Arch, di biol., Firenze, 1903, lvii, 721-723. Also: Clin. mod.,Pisa,1903,ix.504. Also: Policlin., Roma, 1904, xi, sez. med., 146-148.—Nordmann. [Fall af te- tani vid ventrikeldilatation.] Finskalak.-sallsk. handl., Helsingfors, 1898, xl, 998-100.—O'Day (J. C.) Gastric tetany. Northwest Med., Seattle, 1911, n. s., iii, 168-171.— Palmarini (O.) Tetania nella defervescenza dell' in- fezione tinea. Gazz. med. d. Marche, Porto Civitanova, 1904, xi, 2-4.-Pauby. Tetanie et microgastrie. Lyon med., 1910,cxiv, 341-345— Ponomareff(N G.) K vop- rosu o tetanii pri khronicheskom rasshirenii zheludka. [Tetany in chronic dilatation of the stomach.] Khirurg. Arkh. Velyaminova, S.-Peterb., 1911, xxvii, 371.—Freble (R. B.) Gastrectasis, with a tetanoid condition and the so-called pulmonary hypertrophic osteoarthritis of Marie. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1898, xxx, 217-219. Also: Medi- cine, Detroit, 1898, iv, 1-8.—Quosig (K.) Zur Kenntnis der Tetanie intestinalen Ursprungs. Miinehen. med. Wchnschr., 1906, liii, 457.—Bobertsou (R.) Caseof gastric disease with tetany. Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1904, xxxix, 380.—Bobson ( A. W. M.) Tetany and te- tanoid spasms associated with gastric dilatation treated surgically. Lancet, Lond., 1898, ii, 1392.—Bossolimo (G. I.) K klinikle i patologicheskol*anatomii zhelu- dochnol tetanii. [Clinic and patho-anatomy of gastric tetany.] J. nevropat. i psikhiat. . . Korsakova, Mosk., 1901, i, pt. 2, 66. Also, transl. [with additions]: Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1902, xxi, 194-198.—Budinger (C.) & Jonas (S.) Ueber das Verhiiltnis der Tetanie zur Di- latatio ventriculi. Berl. klin.-therap. Wchnschr., Berl., 1904, 8-16. Also: Wien. klin.-therap. Wchnschr., 1904, 8- 16.—Sailer (J.) Tetany as a complication of gastric dis- ease. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis , N. Y., 1904, xxxi, 324.— Schwartz (E.) Contribution a I'etude de la tetanie et des contractures d'origine gastrique et intestinale; ulceresdu duodenum; tetanie des musclesanterienrsde l'abdomen; gastro-enterostomie posterieure avec entero- anastomose; arret des accidents de tetanie; mortdepneu- monie lpbaire le 12° jour. Assoc, franc;, de chir. Proc- verb. [etc], Par., 1907, 290-298. Also [Abstr.]: Rev. gen. de clin. etde therap., Par., 1907, xxi, 825.—Sender (W.) A case of tetany complicating gastric dilatation with hy- perchlorhydria, gastric ulcer, and hour-glass contraction. Denver M. Times [etc], 1909, xxix, 47-49.—Sievers (R.) Om tetani vid dilatation af magsacken. [Tetanie dans les casde dilatation del'estomac. Res.,pp.i-iv.] Finska lak.-siillsk. handl., Helsingfors, 1898, xl, 18-39. Also, Re TETANY. 45 TETANY. Tetany (Gastric and intestinal). print _!---. Tetani vid ventrikelaffektion. Finskalkk.- sallsk. handl., Helsingfors. 1904, xlvi, pt. 2, 52-56.—Sini- brlger (F.) Ein Fall von Magentetanie. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1899, xxiv, 489; 515; 550.—Simpson (J. C.) Notes on aci~c of ga-tric tetany. Caledon. M. J.,Glasg., 1899-1900,n. s. iv.2i"-24S Also: Practitioner. Lond.. 1900, lxv, 2.SJ-291.—siveii i Y. O.) Om orsaken till tetanin vid pvlorusstenos. [The cause* of tetany in pyloric stenosis.] Finska lak.-sallsk. handl., Helsingfors, 1904, xlvi, 181- 191.—Stary (A.) Tetanie v prubehu ialudecni choroby a brisniho tvtu. v [Tetanv in experimental gastric disease and tvphoid.] Casop. lek. cesk., v Praze, 1905, xiv. 268; 293: 3-'7: 8>5. Atso, transl.: Wien.med. Pre^e, 1906. xlvii, 1237; 1301; 1373; 1415; 1465; 1508; 1550.—Strong iL. W.) Tetanv in gastric disorders. Boston M. & S. J , 1902, Cxi viii 551; 591— Taylor (F.) Acaseof dilated stomach complicated bv telany. Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1907, xxi, 14S.—Thomson (H. H.) Tetany associated with muco-raembranous colitis and phthisis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1904, i, 597.—Thorspecken ((.).) Magenunter- suchungen bei kindlicher Tetanie. Monatschr. f. Kin- derh., Leipz. u. Wien, 1911, x,Orig., 429-434.—Trevelj an (E. F.) Gastric tetany. Lancet, Lond., 1898, ii, 791-794.— Trimble (A.) Tetany asacomplication of pa-trie dila- tation, with notes of a case. Brit. M.J., Lond., lyo5,i.986.— Tsuehiya (I.) [Gastric tetanv]. Nippon Shokwaki Byoyaku Kwai Zasshi, Tokyo, 1905-6, iv, 183-202,1 pi.— Fry iH.) Casuistische Beitrage zur Tetanie und den anilereii tonischen Krampfformen bei Magendilatation. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1900, xxvi, 471: 4s].—Vallejo Lobdn i, M. 1 Tetania grave en un enfermo gastro-ecta-ico. Clin, mod., Zaragoza, 1903, ii, 278: 335.—Vallette (P.) Ln cas de tetanie, d'origine I gsstrique. chez un adulte. Marseille med.. 1904, xii, 111- 114. [Discussion], 117—Valyashko iG. A.) Material! k ucheniyuo tetania gastrica. Kharkov. M. J., 1908, v, 215-234.— Vandamme (G.) Uncas de tetanie d'ori- gine gastrique. Policlin., Brux., 1909, xviii, 65-69.— Vaiiiihan (G. T.) Appendicitis as a cause of tetany. Wash. M. Ann., 1906,v, 176-178. Also [Abstr.]: Gaillard's South. Med., Savannah, 1906, Ixxxiv, 216. — Wal- jasehko (G. A.) Material zum Studium der Tetania gastrica. Ru-s. med. Rund-chau, Berl., 1908, vi, 261- 277.—Warbasse .1. 1'. > Tetany, and foreign bodies in the stomach: tetany caused by amass in the stomach, composed of fortv metallic articles, weighing one pound; gastrotomy; cured. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1904, xi, 909-915, 2 pi. Also, Reprint. Tetany (Hysterical). Coiidiilnier (P. > Tetania isterica. Riv. med., Mi- lano, 1911, xix, 141-143— Cristeanu (C.) Tetanie hys- terica in hehuzie. [Hy-t.-ric tetany in parturient.] Rev. de chir., Bucuresti, 1901, v, 117-122.—Gordon (A.) A case of hysteric tetany, with remarks on the pathogen- esis of the disease. Am. Med., Phila., 1903, vi, 904.— Kleissel. [Tetanie und Hvsteric] Militaerarzt.Wien, 1903, xxxvii, 60. — liebedett'd. P.) Tetaniya kak sin- drom isterii. [Tetany as a symptom of hysteria. Yoyen- no-med. J., St. Petersb.. 1905, ii, med.-spec, pt., 255-270 — Nikolajevic (D.) Ueber die Beziehungen der Teta- nia zur Hvsterie. Wien. klin. Wchnschr.,l>93.vi, 526-528.— Orzechowski (K.) Histerya z pozorami tezyczki. [Hvsteria with phenomena of tetany.] Przegl. lek., Krakow. 1903, xlii, 743-746. —Preston (G. J.) Hysteri- cal lockiavv. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1894, xxii, 121.— Westphal (A.) Ueber einen durch Hvsterie compli- cirt.-n Fail von Tetanie. Charite-Ann., Berl., 1x98, xxiii, 7:>fi-7: s. ------. Komplikation von Tetanie mit Hvsterie oder hvsterische Pseudotetanie? Deutsche med. Wchn- schr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1912, xxxviii, 1809. Tetany (Intermittent). Fiske (W. C.) Essential, or idiopathic spasm. [In- termittent tetanv or tetanilla.] N. York M.J. [et. ],1903, lxxviii, 647. — Hanna (J. W.) Tetanilla. M»l. Fort- nightlv, St. Louis. 1902, xxii, 454-457. — ShefnVId (H. B.) Tetani-m. Arch. Pediat., N. Y.. 19lo. xxvii. 622. ------. Pediatric memoranda; tetanism. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1912, lxxxi, 846. Tetany (Parathyroid). See, also, Parathyroid glands (Excision of, Effects of); Thyro-parathyroidectomy. "Auerbach (J. P.) *Epithelkorperchenblu- tungen und ihre Beziehungen zur Tetanie der Kinder. [Leipzig.] 8°. Berlin, 1910. Also, in: Jahrb. f. Kinderh., Berl., 1911, n. F., Ixxiii, Ergnzngshft., 193-221. Geiss (K. R. V. ) *Ueb°r Tetanie nach partieller Struraektomie. [ Gbttingen. ] 8°. Naamburg a. S., 1902. Tetany (Parathyroid). Gottsiein (G.) * Versuche zur Heilung der Tetanie mittelst Implantation von Schilddrtise und Darreichung von Schilddriisenextract, nebst Bemerkungen iiber Blutbel'unde bei Tetanie. 8°. Breslan, 189"i. Also, in: Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1894-5, vi, 177-209, 1 pi. Harvier (P.) *Recherches sur la tetanie et les glandes parathyroi'des. 8°. Paris, 1U09. Krabbel (M.) *Zur Behandlung der Teta- nia parathyreopriva mit Ueberpflanzung von Epithelkorperchen. [Bonn.] 8°. Tubingen, 1911. Minkiewitsch (M ) *Tetania parathyreo- priva und Hyperparathyreosis. (Experimen- tale Studie aus der chirurgischen Klinik in Basel.) 8°. Basel, 1908. Sttckenberg (8.) * Ueber einen Fall von chronischer Tetanie mit Epithelkorperchenbe- fund. 8°. Berlin, 1911. Babonneix (L.) & Harvier (P.) Note sur les mo- difications histologiques des parathyroi'des dans le teta- nos. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1909, lxvi, 584-586.— Beebe (S. P.) The inhibition of tetany parathyreopriva. bv extracts of the parathvroid gland. Proc Am. Physiol' Soc. Bost.,1907,p. xiii. Also: J.Biol. Chem.,N. Y., 1907-8! iii, p. xxxi.-----. Further experiments on tetany para. thyreopriva. Proc. Am. Soc. Biol. Chem., Bait., 1908, p' xiv.—Biedl (A.) Zur Aetiologie der parathvreogenen Tetanie. Zentralbl. f. d. ges. Physiol, u. Path. d. Stoff- wechs., Berl. u. Wien, 1911, n. F., vi, 444.—Bing (R.) Tetanie und Parathyreoid-Dnisen. Ibid., 1908, n. F., iii, 11; 52.—Bireher (E.) Die Organotherapie der postope- rativen parathvreopriven Tetanie. Med. Klin., Berl., 1910, vi, 1741-1743.—Bliss (R. W.) A study of the para- thvroid glands, with especial reference to infantile tetanv. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1911, xxviii, 892-904. Also, transl.: Ztschr. f. Kinderh., Berl., 1911, ii, Orig., 53.8-5-18.—Boese (J.) & Lorenz (H.) Kropf, Kropfoperation und Teta- nie; ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Tetania parathyreo- priva. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1909, lix, 2225; 2321.— Bramwell (B.) A case of tetanv treated bv thvroid extract. Brit..M.J., bond..lS95,i,1196-1198.—Branham (J. H.) Tetany following thyroidectomy cured by the subcutaneous injection of parathyroid emulsion. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1908. xlviii, 161-164.—Brown (W. H.) Parathyroid implantation in the treatment of tetania parathyreopriva. Ibid., 1911. 305-317. -----. Tetania parathyreopriva. Austral. M. J., Melbourne, 1910, xv, 636-648. -----. A case of tetania parathvroideopriva. Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1910, xxix, 618.—Carlson (A. J.) The conditions of the digestive tract in parathy- roid tetany in cats and dogs. Am. J. PhvsioL, Bost., 1912-13, xxx, 309-340.—Carlson (A. J.) & Jaeobson (Clara). Further studies on parathvroid tetanv. Tr. Chicago Path. Soc, 1909-11, viii, 200^202. Also: Am. J. Physiol., Bost., 1911, xxviii, 133-160.—Cattaneo. La paratiroidina Vassale nella tetania infantile. Rendic. d. Ass. med.-chir. di Parma, 1905, vi, 55— Christens (S.) Om Aarsagen til Tetania strumipriva. [The causes of . . .] Ho-p.-Tid., K0benh., 1904, 5. R., xii, 969-980.— Chvostek (F.) Beitrage zur Lehre von der Tetanie. 1. Die meclianische Uebererregbarkeit der motorischen Nerven bei Tetanie und ihre Beziehung zu den Epithel- korpern. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1907, xx, 487-493.— Corrado (C.) Contributo al trattamento della tetania paratireopriva mediante ipodermoclisi con sali di mag- nesio. Pol clin., Roma, 1910, xvii, sez. med., 124-135.— Danielsen (W.) Erfolgreiche Epithelkorperchen- transplantation bei Tetania parathvreopriva. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1910, lxvi, 85-100.—Delore (X.) & Alamartine (H.) La tetanie parathyteoprive post- operatoire et la technique des thyroidectomies, principa- lement dans la maladie de Basedo\v(technique de la thy- ro'fdectomie sous-capsulaire po>terieure). Rev. de chir., Par., 1910, xxx, 5in-576.—I)iedott'(V. P.) K kazuisti- kle tetanise strumiprivte. Yrach. Caz., S.-Peterb., 1909, xvi, 1353. Also, trun.-i.: Soc. de med. mil. franc. Bull. Par.. 1910, iv, 437-441.—von Fiselsberg (A.) Ueber Yorkommen und Behandlung der Tetania parathy- reopriva beim Menschen. Beitr. z. Physiol, u. Path. Festschr. . . . L. Hermann, Stuttg., 1908,1-21. -----. [Te- tania parathvreopriva nach Kropfoperation.] Mitt. d. (iesellseh. f. inn. Med. u. Kinderh. in Wien, 1909, viii, 36- 38—Frdheini (J.) Tetania parathvreopriva. Mitt. a. d. Grenzgeb.d. Med.n.Chir., Jena, 1906, xvi, 632-744,1 pi. Also: Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1907, exxxiv, 91-93.— FerenezI(S.) Szoptatastel kivaltottthyreogen tetania. [... cured by lactation.] Budapesti k. orvosegy. evko- TETANY. 46 TETANY. Tetany (Parathyroid). nyve, 1903,131. Also: Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1903, xlvii, 803. Also, transl.: Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1904, xl, 315. Also, transl.: Ungar. med. Presse, Budapest, 1904, ix, 27.—Giorgi (E.) Tetania e struma tiroidea. Riv. venetadi sc. med., Venezia, 1894, xx, 389-399.—Glaser- feld (B.) Die Epithelkorperchen und ihre Beziehun- gen zur Pathogenese der Tetanie. Berl. klin. Wchn- schr., 1909, Xlvi, 112.—Grosser (P.) Epithelkbrperchen- Untersuchungen bei Kindern. Verhandl. d. Versamml. d. Gesellsch. f. Kinderh. . . . deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1910, Wiesb., 1911, xxviii, 140-149.—Grosser (P.) & Betke (R.) Epithelkorperchen-Untersuchungen mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Tetania infantum. Zt- schr. f. Kinderh., Berl., 1910-11, i, 458-486, 1 pi— Grulee (C. G.) The relation of the parathvroid gland to infant tetany. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1912, lix, 938— Halter- t'eld (W.) Die Epithelkorperchen bei Tetanie und bei einigen anderen Erkrankungen. Beibl. z. d. Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f. inn. Med. u. Kinderh. in Wien, 1910, ix, 185- 194. Also: Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1910, lx, 2691-2698. Also: Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1911, cciii, 282-318.—Halsted (W. S.) Hypoparathyreosis, status parathyreoprivus and transplantation of the para- thyroid glands. Am. J. M. Sc, 1907, cxxxiv, 1-12. Also, Reprint. -----. Transplantation of the parathyroid glands. Proc Path. Soc. Phila., 1908, n. s., xi, 109-114. -----. The transplantation of parathyroid glands in dogs. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1908, v, 74- 77— Heile. Sehvvere Tetania strumipriva. Jahresb. d. schles. Gesellsch. f. vaterl. Cult. 1902, Bresl., 1903, lxxx, med. Sect., 145-147.—Iselin (H.) Tetanie jugendlicher Ratten nach Parathyreoidektomie; Steigerung der teta- nischen Reaktionsfahigkeit jugendlicher Ratten bei Nachkommenparathyreoidektomierter Ratten. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1908, xciii, 397-401.—Jaeobi (J.) Struma und Tetanie. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1904, xvii, 768-771.-----. Zur Aetiologie der Tetanie mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Schilddrtise. Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1907, xliii, 133; 157; 181; 205; 237.— Jaeobson (Clara). The effects of blood transfusion in parathyroid tetany. Am. J. Physiol., Bost., 1912-13, xxx, 47-55.—Jiirgensen (G.) Om betydningen af pato- logisk-anatomiske forandringer i glandulae parathyreoi- deae for den infantile tetanis patogenese. Ugesk. f. Laeger, Kj0benh , 1910, lxxii, 1641-1648. Also, transl.: Monatschr. f. Kinderh., Leipz. u. Wien, 1911, x, Orig., 154-161.—Jovane (A.) Emorragia delle paratiroidi e tetania infantile. Pediatria, Napoli, 1911, 2. s., xix, 561.— Jlovane (A.) & Vaglio (R.) Tetania e insuffi- cienza paratiroidea; ricerche sperimentali. Ibid., 1910, 2. s., viii, 816-831.-----------. Tetania e paratiroidi. Atti d. Cong, pediat. ital. 1911, Palermo, 1912, vii, 478- 482.—Koenigstein (R.) [Priiparate von Epithelkor- perchen von zwei Fallen. (1. Tetanie. 2. Akute Ente- ritis und Pneumonic)] Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f. inn. Med. u. Kinderh. in Wien, 1906, v, 191-193.—Krabbel (M.) Zur Behandlung der Tetania parathyreopriva mit Ueber- pflanzung von Epithelkorperchen, Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tubing., 1911, lxxii, 505-531.—Lanz. Cachexia und Te- tania thyreopriva. Zentralbl.f. Chir.,Leipz., 1905,xxxii, 339.—Latlirop (W.) Tetany following thyroidectomy. N.York M. J. [etc.], 1912, xcvi, 693.— Lelschner. [Fall von chronischer Tetania strumipriva.] Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f. inn. med. u. Kinderh. in Wien, 1906, v, 68- 70.—Levy-Born (M.) Heilung einer Tetanie nach Be- handlung mit Schilddriisenextract. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1896, x, 63-66. — Loewenthal & Wiebrecht. Ueber Behandlung der Tetanie mittelst Nebenschild- driisenpraparaten. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1906, xxxi, 415-435. Also [Abstr.]: Med. Klin , Berl., 1907, iii, 1012.—Lnndborg (H.) Ueber die Folgen fast tota- ler Strumektomien; ein Beitrag zur Lehre von der Teta- nie. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1901-2, xxi, 227-234.—Lnsena (G.) Gli effetti dell' allacciatura dei vasi tiroidei sul decorso della tetania paratireopriva. Boll. d. r. Accad. med. di Genova, 1899, xiv, 76. -----. Gli effetti dell'abolizione della funzione tiroidea sul decorso della tetania paratireopriva. Riforma med., Palermo, 1899, xv, pt. 2, 471-473— MacCallum (W. G.) Die Be- ziehung der Parathyroiddriisen zu Tetanie. Centralbl. f. allg. Path. u. path. Anat., Jena, 1905, xvi, 38-5-387.-----. The seat of action in tetany after parathyroidectomy. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1911, ix, 23 — MacCallnm (W. G.), Thomson (H. S.) & Murphy (J. B.) Tetany after parathyroidectomy in herbivora. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1907, xviii. 333-335.— MacCallum (W. G.) & Voegtlin (C.) On the rela- tion of tetany to the parathvroid glands and to calcium metabolism. J. Exper. M., Lancaster, Pa., 1909, xi, 118- 151. Also [Abstr.]: Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, Phila., 1908, xxiii, 416-422. Also [Abstr.]: Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp., Bait., 1908, xix, 91. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Centralbl. f. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir., Jena, 1908, xi, 209-211.— Maestro (L.) Latiroidoterapianellatetaniaidiopatica dell' eta infantile. Riforma med., Napoli, 1896, xii," pt. 2, 468; 480—Marineseo (G.) Tetanie d'origine para- thyroidienne. Semaine med., Par., 1905, xxv, 289-291.— Marschner (J.) Casuistische Beitrage zur Lehre von der Tetany (Parathyroid). chronisehen reeidivirendeu Tetanie, mit Beobachtungen iiherdie Schilddrusenfutterung beiderselben. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1895-6, lvi, 501-508.—Mayo (C. H.) The parathyroid question. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1909, 1,79-83. [Discussion], 345.—Morel (L.) Parathyroides, tetanieettraurnatismeosseux. Compt.rend.Soc. de biol., Par., 1911, lxx, 719-751. -----. L'acidose parathyroprive. J. de physiol. et de path, gen., Par., 1911, xiii, 542-552.— Musser (J. H.) & Goodman (E. H.) Metabolic stud- ies in a case of post-operative tetanv. Univ. Penn. M. Bull., Phila., 1909-10, xxii, 85-92,1 ch— Mustard (H.J.) A study of certain tonic and reflex nervous impulses as factors in parathyroid tetany. Am. J. Physiol., Bost., 1911-12, xxix, 311-316.—Niermeyer. De aetiologie van tetanie; depreeparatenderschildkliertherapie. Geneesk. Courant, Tiel, 1897, li, no. 10.—Oppenheimer (B. S.) The pathological findings in the parathyroids in a case of infantile tetany. Am. J. M. Sc, Phiia. & N. Y., 1911, cxli, 558-570. Also, Reprint.—Ott (I.) & Scott (J. C.) The effect of mammalian pituitary on tetany after para- thyroidectomy and upon the pupil. N. York M. J. [etc], 1908, lxxxviii, 1180. Also, Reprint.-----------. The action of glandular extracts upon tetany after parathy- roidectomy. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1909, xc, 359-361.— Parhon (C.) Asupra unul caz de tetanie de natura tiroidiana. Spitalul, Bucuresci, 1905, xxv, 299-306.— Petrone (G. A ) & Vitale (C.) Spasmofilia infantile e glandole paratiroidi. Pediatria, Napoli, 1912, 2. s., xx, 16-29.—Petro vie (G.) Paratiroidne zlezde i neobidni tetanteki grcevi. [Parathyroid gland and unusual te- tanic convulsions.] Srpski arb. za celok. lek., Beograd, 1906, xii, 62-64.— Pieift'er (H.) Die neueren Forschungs- ergebnisse fiber den Bauunddie Funktion der Epithel- korperchen. Mitt. d. Ver. d. Aerzte in Steiermark, Graz, 1909. xlvi, 61; 97— Pineles (F.) Zur Behandlung der Tetanie mit Epithelkorperpriiparaten. Arb. a. d. neurol. Inst. a. d. Wien. Univ., Leipz. u. Wien, 1907, xvi, pt. 2, 437-451. -----. Ueber die Funktion der Epithelkorper- chen. 2. Mitteilung. Sitzungsb. d. k. Akad. d. Wissen- sch. Math.-naturw. Kl., Wien, 1908, cxvii, 3. Abt, 3-8.— Piradon? (R. B.) Tetania et psychosis strumipriva. Trudi i Protok. Imp. Kavkazsk. Med. Obsh., Tiflis, 1910- 11, xlvii, 298-301.—Pollini (L.) Ricerche sui rapporti fra tetania infantile e le ghiandole paratiroidi. Riv. di clin. pediat., Firenze, 1911, ix,43-433,2 pi.—Pool (E. H.) Tetany parathyreopriva; a case report, with a brief discus- sion of the disease and of the parathyroid glands. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1907, xiv, 507-540, 11 pi. Also, Reprint- Pool (E.H.) & Til rnure (P. R.) Post-operative tetany; parathyroid transplantation. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1912, lvi, 804-807.—Preisach (I.) Die Wirkung der Schilddriise auf die Tetanie. Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1895, xxxi, 761; 785.—Proescher (F.) & Oilier (T.) A fatal case of tetany, with autopsy findings showing hemorrhages in the parathyroid glands. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1912, clxiii, 696-708.—Pureseff (S.) Te- taniya kak zaboltevaniye paratireo'idnikh zhelyoz. [Tetany as a disease of the parathyroid glands.] Prakt. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1911, x, 574-576—Bonxean (A.) Re- sultatsde l'extirpationisolee des glandules parathyroi'des chez le lapin. Compt. rend. Soc de biol., Par., 1877,10. s., iv, 17.—Bozenblat (Y. O.) Prichina smerti zhivot- nikh poslle tireo'idektomii s tochki zrfeniya eksperimen- talnol patologii. [Cause of the death of animals after thyroidectomy from the viewpoint of experimental pa- thology.] Russk. Med., St. Petersb., 1893, xviii,737; 757.— Schilling. Ueber Tetanie nach partieller Strumek- tomie. Sitz.-Protok. d. arztl. Ver. Niirnb. 1898, Miin- ehen, 1899, 4S-53.—Shepard (F.J.) Tetany following extirpation of the thyroid; with report of a case. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1912, lvi, 665-674.—Skene (G. W. R.) Tet- any following an accidental overdose of thyroid extract. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1910, ii, 1523. —Stoeltzner (W.) Kinder-Tetanie (Spasmophilic) und Epithelkorperchen. Jahrb. f. Kinderh., Berl., 1906, Ixiv, 482-488.—Strada (F.) Tetania infantile e paratiroidi. Riv. di clin. pediat., Firenze, 1909, vii, 889-1006.—Tauberg (A.) Glandula para thyreoid ea og dens forhold til akut og kronisk tetani. Forh. med. Selsk. i Kristiania, 1910, 34. — Thiemlch (M.) Anatomische Untersuchungen der Glandulae parathvroidese bei der Tetanie der Kinder. Monatschr. f. Kinderh., Leipz. u. Wien, 1906, v, 165-169.— Thompson (R. L.), Leighton (W. E.) & Swarts (J. L.) Transplantation of the parathyroid glandules, with special reference to the result of bone operation on tetany parathyreopriva. J. Med. Research, Bost., 1909, xxi, 135-148,1 pi.—Traina (R.) Ein Fall von Tetania thyreopriva des Menschen, und weitere Untersuchungen iiber die peripherischen Nerven bei experimenteller Te- tania thyreopriva. Centralbl. f. allg. Path. u. path. Anat., Jena, 1902, xiii, 381-393.—Vassale (G.) & Gene- ral! (F.) Sugli effetti dell' estirpazione delle ghiandole paratiroidee. Riv. di patol. nerv., Firenze, 1896, i, 95; 249. Also, transl.: Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1896-7, xxvi, 61-65.—von A'ereb^ly (T.) Die postoperative Tetanie. Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1910, xlvi, 305; 314. Also: Wien. med. Wchnschr.. 1910. lx. 2089; 2163.—Voegt- lln (C.) & MaeCallum (W. G.) On the influence of TETANY. 47 TETANY. Tetany (Parathyroid). various salts upon tetanv following parathyroidectomy. J. Pharmacol. & Exper. Therap., Bait., 1911, ii, 421-454. Also, Reprint.—Wiiiternitz (M. C.) Tuberculosis of the parathyroid gland and its relation to the occurrence of tetany in tuberculous meningitis. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1909, xx, 269.—Wirth (K.) Die Te- tanie und ihre Bedeutung fiir die Chirurgie. Centralbl. f. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir., Jena, 1910, xiii, 769; 801.— Wrede. Tetanie nach Strumaoperation. Kor.-Bl. d. allg. arztl. Ver. v. Thiiringen, Jena, 1911, xl, 518. Tetany (Treatment of). Gowroxkky (Rosa). * Ein Fall von spasmo- philer Diathese mit Heilung durch Frauenmilch. [Freiburg i. B.] 8°. Emmendingen, 190S. Borinan (S.) Opit primleneniya substitutnavo me- toda pri llechenii "tetaniathyreopriva" tireodektomiro- vannikh sobak. [Experiments of the application of the substitute method in treating tetanyin dogs in whom the thyroid gland was excised.] Meditsina, St. Petersb., 1895, vii, 547-550.—Chvostek (F.) Diagnose und Therapie der Tetanie. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1909,xxxv,825; 873. Also: Vortr. u.prakt.Therap., Leipz., 1909, 3. s., 157-189.— 4'iirschmaiui (H.) Leber einige ungewohnliche I'rsachcnund Syndrome derTetanie der Erwachsenen, nebst Yorschlagen zu ihrer Behandlung. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1910, xxxix, 36-80.— Dalche (T.) Tetaniedela menopause; opotherapie ova- rieune. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par., 1909. clvii, 728- 730.—Eve (F. C.) Cerebral hypercemia asa factorin the therapeutic action of lumbar puncture, illustrated by a caseof tetany. Lancet.Lond.,1907,ii.229.—vonFrankl- Hochwart (L.) Physikalische Therapie der Tetanie. Handb. d. physikal. Therap., Leipz.. 1902, pt. 2, ii, 459.— Garzia (G.) Bromuro di sodio e spasmohlia. Riv. di clin. pediat., Firenze. 1912, x, 139-143.—Grulee (C. G.) The dietetic treatment of infantile tetany. Arch. Pe- diat., N. Y., 1912, xxix, 24-15.—Hoehe (A.) Versuche mit Curarin (Bohm) bei Tetanie. Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1894, xiii, 289-296. —MacCallum (W. G.) & Voegtlin (C.) On the relation of calcium metabolism to tetany and the cure of tetany bv administration of cal- cium. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1908, v, 84.— Monteuuis. Observation de tetanie; traitement par l'antipyrine. Bull. Soc. anat.-clin. de Lille, 1889, iv, 180- 183 — Narbut (F.) Sluchal tetanii, izlleehonniy poyas- nichnimprokolom. [Tetany cured by lumbar puncture.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1907, vi, 926. — Netter (A.) Bonseffets de Padministration du chlorure de calcium dans la tetanie, les spasmes de la glotte, la laryngite stri- duleuse, les convulsions; intervention de Paction motte- ratrice du calcium; inconvenientsd'un exces de calcium. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1907, lxii, 376-379. -----. Le chlorure de calcium dans la tetanie, les spasmes de la glotte, la larvngite striduleuse, les convulsions. Clinique, Brnx., 1907, xxi, 361-364.—Ott (I.) & Scott (J. C.) Which preparation of the pituitary is the best to use in tetany? Month.Cycl.&M.Bull., Phila., 1910,iii, 99. Also, Reprint.— Peruzzi(F.) Laspasmofilianell' infanzia; clinicae te- rapia. Attid.Cong.pediat.ital.l911,Palermo,1912, vii,250- 2*6.—Peters(R. A.) Noviysposobltecheniyatetanii, te- tanicheskikh i istericheskikh sudorog. [New method of the treatment of tetany, tetanoid and hysterical convul- sions.] Obshtshestvo Russk. Vrach. v. pam. Pirogova. Trudi . . . Syezda 1901, S.-Peterb., 1905, iii, 218-221.— Phelps. Spatverlauf der Tetanie und Versuche einer rationellen Behandlung dieser Erkrankung. Mitt. d. Ver. d. Aerzte in Steiermark, Graz, 1911_, xlviii, 216.— Phiiippson (Paula). Ueber die Beeinflussung der elektrischen Erregbarkeit bei tetaniekranken Kindern durch den galvanischen Strom. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1907, xliv, 1505-1507.—Pre vost (J.-L.) & Mern (Mile. L.) Modification de la tetanie par l'application d'un courant alternatif de la bouche a la nuque. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1906, lx. 18. Also: Trav. du lab. d. physiol. Univ.de Geneve 1905-6, Geneve, 1907, vi.pt. 18,2.—Raabe (W.) Ueber die Durchfuhrung einer milchlosen Kost bei Spasmophilic (Krampfbereitschaft). Therap. Mo- natsh., Berl., 1912, xxvi, 338-350.—Saiz (G.) Beitrag zum Vorkommen und zur Behandlung der Tetanic. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1908, xxi, 1322-1325.—Schnei- der. BeitragzurOrgantherapleder postoperativen aku- ten Tetanie. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1910, civ, 403-407.—Stone (H. B.) A case of tetany treated by calcium salts. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1909, Iii, 1103.— Thompson (J.) A case of infantile tetany treated by thyroid extract. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1896, xiii, 192.— I rcangeli (U.) Cura della tetania col clorurodi cal- cio. Boll. d. Soc. Lancisiana d. osp. di Roma, 1910, xxx, 27-38.—Vassale (G.) Tetania da allattamento in una cagna parzialmente paratiroidectomizzata. Riv. sper. di freniat., Reggio-Emilia, 1897, xxiii, 915-224, 2 pi. Also, transl.: Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1898-9, xxx, 49-59.— de Villa (s.) V intolleranza per il lattedi vacca nella spasmofilia infantile. Gazz. internaz. di med., Napoli, 1912, xv, 892-897.—Vlzioli (R.) La franklinizzazione o bagno elettro-statico nella cura della tetania. Lavori d. Tetany (Treatment of). Cong, di med. int. 1912, Milano [1893], v, 408-412. Also: Ann. di nevrol., Torino, 1893, n. s , xi, 280-284.—Zybell. Beitrage zur Behandlung der Spasmophilic. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1911, lviii, 2357. Also: Verhandl. d. Versamml. d. Gesellsch. f. Kinderh. . . . deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1911, Wiesb., 1912, xxviii, 159-170, 2 pi. Tetany (Treatment of) with thyroid or parathyroid extract. See Tetany (Parathyroid). Tetany (Urine in). See Tetany (Diagnosis, etc., of). Tetany in adults. yon Frankl-Hochwart (L.) Die Tetanie der Erwachsenen. 2. Aufl. 8°. Wien & Leip- zig, 1907. von Frankl-Hochwart (L.) Die Tetanie der Erwachsenen. Deutsche Klinik, Berl. u. Wien, 1905, vi, 933-948.—Gibb (J. A.) Tetany in the adult. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1908, ii, 77.—Kleisscl. [Ein Infanterist mit Tetanie und Hvsterie behaftet.] Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1903, xvi, 960.—Levi (E.) Sopra alcuni nuovi casi di te- tania degli adulti. Riv. crit. di clin. med.,Firenze, 1906, vii, 538; 549; 568. Also, Reprint.—Locke (E. A.) A case of tetany in an adult. Boston M. & S. J., 1902, cxlvi, 487- 489. Also, Reprint.— Mann (A.) Einiges zur Frage der Tetanie. Militarar/.t, Wien, 1910, xliv, s3-«8.—Mattan- seliek (E.) Die Verbreitung der Tetanie im k. u.'k. Heere. Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f. inn. Med. u. Kinderh. in Wien, 1907, vi. Beil., 41-43. Also: Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1907, lvii, 534— Mofiit (H. C.) Tetany in adults. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1911, lvii, 452-458.—Peritz. Spas- mophilic der Erwachsenen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1912, xxxviii, 2050.— Tinel & Caille. Un cas de tetanie chez l'adulte. Rev. neurol., Par., 1912, xxi, 468-170.—Wirth (K.) Tetanie im hdheren Alter. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1910, xxiii, 1029-1034. Tetany after excision of parathyroid glands. See Parathyroid glands (Excision of, Effects of); Tetany (Parathyroid). Tetan y in pregnan cy an dpuerperal state. Archambaud ( R. ) *Tetanos pendant la grosses.se. 8°. Paris, 1896. Klein (Sophie). *De la tetanie dans l'etat puerperal. 8°. Paris, 1911. Wolter ( O. ) * Tetania gravidarum mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung des Facialis bei Schwangern iiberhaupt. 8°. Bonn, 1896. ArnHani (P. F.) Sopra un caso interessante di te- tania in donna gravida. Gazz. med. ital., Torino, 1903, liv, 251-253.—Aiiiiiistin (I.) Tetanus gravidic (in a 7-a luna de graviditate) cu o durata de mal mult de 4 septa- m&nl; vindecare; nastere la termen a unul fetus viu. Spitalul, Bucuresci, 1894, xiv, 689-699.—Caro (L.) Schild- driisenresek.ionen und Schwangerschaft in ihren Bezie- hungen zur Tetanie und Nephritis; experimentelle und kritische Beitrage zur Frage der Epithelkorperfunktion. Mitt. a. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir., Jena, 1907, xvii, 447^68.—Charles (N.) Tetanos survenant sans cause connue chez une multipare enceinte apparemment de trois mois environ. J. d'accouch., Ltege, 1898, xix, 458.— Coniiiiaiideur & Fssard. Deux casde tetanie des suites de couches. Bull. Soc. d'obst. de Par., 1908, xi, 110- 117.—e text.l Ztschr. d. med. Gesellsch. zu Tokyo, 1894, viii, 14. Hft." 1-10. Tetrodotoxin. Sewaki (H.) On thestudy of the comparative action of aniline urea and tetrodotoxin. Sei-i-Kwai M. J., Tokyo, 1912, xxxi, no. 2. Tetronal. See, also, Sulphonal. Egasse. Trional et tetronal. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par., 1894, cxxvii,266;309;367.—°, Lausanne, 1896, iii, 442- 463. — Sellier (J.) & Verger (H.) Recherches sur la physiologie de la couche optique. Arch, de physiol. norm, et path., Par., 189S, 5. s., x, 707-713.-----------. Lesions experimentales de la couche optique et du noyau caude chez le chien. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1898, 10. s., v, 522-524. — Tarasewitsck (J.) Zum Stu- dium der mit dem Thalamus opticus und Nucleus lenti- cularis im Zusammenhang stenenden Faserzuge. Arb. a. d. neurol. Inst. a. d. Wien. Univ., Leipz. u. Wien, 1902, ix, 251-273, 2 pi.—Tkiele (F. H.) On the efferent rela- tionship of the optic thalamus and Deiter's nucleus to the spinal cord, with special reference to the cerebellar in- flux theory (Hughlings Jackson) and the genesis of dece- rebrate rigidity (Sherrington). Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond., 1905, s. B, lxxvi, 360-365.—Vogt (A.) Sur un faisceau septothalamique. Compt. rend Soc. de biol., Par., 1898, 10. s., v, 206. -----. La myeloarchitecture du thalamus du cercopitheque. J. f. Psychol, u. Neurol., Leipz., 1909, xii, 285-324, 1 tab., 16 pi. —Wallenberg (A.) Secun- dare sensible Bahnen im Gehirnstamme des Kaninchens, ihre gegenseitige Lage und ihre Bedeutung fiir den Auf- bau des Thalamus. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1900, xviii, 31-105. Thalamus opticus (Diseases of). See, also, Brain (Diseases of); Brain (Tuber- culosis of); Brain (Tumors of). Beijerman (T.) *Een haard in de ventrale thalamus kern. 8°. Rotterdam, 1911. Colin (A.) *Solitairtuberkel des Thalamus opticus. Beitrag zur Diagnostik der Erkran- kung des Sehhiigels. 8°. Munchen, 1904. Linget (G.) * Contribution a I'etude du diagnostic clinique des tubercules de la couche optique. 8°. Paris, 1900. Poly (F.) *Die Bechterew'schen psychore- flectorischen Facialisbahnen unter Zugrundle- gung eines Falles von metastatischem Tumor im Bereich des Thalamus opticus. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1900. Rohde (G. H.) *Zur Symptomatologie der Hirnstamm-Tumoren, inbesondere des Thala- mus opticus. Ein Beitrag zur diagnostischen Bedeutung der mimischen Facialisliihmung. 8°. Greifswald, 1910. Roussy (G.) *La couche optique (£tude anatomique, physiologique et clinique), le syn- drome thalamique. 8°. Paris, 1907. Schreiner (M.) *Ein Fall von Tumor des Thalamus opticus. [Jena.] 8°. Weimar, 1897. Storbeck (O.) * Ueber einen Fall von Tumor des linken Thalamus opticus. 8°. Kiel, 1908. d'Abundo (G.) La fisiopatologia del talamo ottico. Riv. ital. di neuropat. [etc.], Catania, 1908-9, ii, 481: 1909- 10, iii, 208—Avtokratoir (P. M.) Sluchal opukholi, zanimayushtshel podushku zritelnavo bugra, lleviy pe- redniy bugor chetverokholmiya, zadnyuyu polovinu zadnel nozhki vuutrennel kapsuli i chechevichnoye yadro. [A tumor occupying the cushion of the optic thalamus, left anterior tubercle of the quadrigemina, posterior half of the posterior pedicle of the capsule, and thelenticularnueleus.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1906, v, 894-896.—Bablnskl. Le syndrome thalamique. Rev. gen. declin. et de therap.. Par., 1910, xxiv, 340.—Bayer- tlial. Zur Diagnose der Thalamus- und Stirnhirntu- moren. Arch. f. Psvchiat., Berl., 1902, xxxvi, 323-326. Also: Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1903, xxii, 572; 615.— Beanvy & Oppert. Sur un casde sarcome a myedo- plaxes de la couche optique droite. Rev. neurol., Par., 1906, xiii, 780-7S2 — Beyermann (T.) Zur Casuistik der Thdlamusherde. Folia neuro-biol., Leipz., 1912, vi, 209-218.—Bo rst ( M.) Die psycho-reflectorischeFacialis- bahn (Bechterew) unter Zugrundeleguog eines Falles von Tumor im Bereich des Thalamus opticus. Neurol. Centralbl , Leipz., 1901, xx, 155-159.—Bury (J.) & Bee- vor (C. E.) Lesion (? new growth) of corpora quadrige- mina and right optic thalamus. Proc. Rov. Soc. Med., Lond., 1908-9, ii, Neurol. Sect., 29.—Buszard i F.) A case of localised disease in the optic thalamus; softening and haemorrhage; necropsy. Lancet, Lond., 1902, i, 1396.— THALAMUS. 54 THALASSINE. Thalamus opticus (Diseases of). (almette. Syndrome thalamique. J. de med. de Bor- deaux, 1910, xl, 56b—C'kannlng (W.) A case of tumor of the thalamus, with remarks on the mental symptoms. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1896, n. s., xxi, 530-538, 2 pi. Also, Reprint.—Ckauvet. Gliosarcome occupant la partie posterieure de la couche optique droite, une partie du lobe occipital et l'6tage inferieur du p6doncule cer6- bral; pas de degeneration descendantede la protuberance etde la moelle; symptomesepileptiqueset hemiplegiques avec contracture; examen anatomique fait par J.-L. Pre- vost et A. Eternod. Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom., Ge- neve, 1883, iii, 86-93.—Clarke (J. M.) On some symp- toms produced by tumours of the optic thalamus, with a case. Brit, M. J., Loud., 1901, ii, 1406.—Claude (H.) & Rose (F.) Neoplasme c£reLral; dfibut par hemianopsie suivi 6 mois apres par un svndrome thalamique avec he- miplegie. Rev. neurol., Par., 1907, xv, 183 -185.—Da Fano (C.) Studien iiber die Veranderungen im Thala- mus opticus bei Defektpsychosen. Monatschr. f. Psy- chiat. u. Neurol., Berl., 1909, xxvi, 4-36, 10 pi.—Dana (C. L.) The symptomatology and functions of the optic thalamus. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1909, liii, 2047-2057.— Dauvergne. Gros tubercule de la couche optique. Lyon med., 1903, c, 49-51.—(lonos (B.) Un cas de syn- drome thalamique de Dejerine avec hemianopsie et trou- bles cCrebelleux legers. EnccSphale, Par., 1909, i, 468- 472.—Dejerine (J.) & Koussy (G.) Le syndrome thalamique. Rev. neurol., Par., 1906, xiv, 521-532. [Dis- cussion], 555. Also: Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1907, lxxx, 999- 1002.—Demange (J.) & Spillmann (L.) Tubercule de la couche optique. Presse m6d., Par., 1899, i, 65.— Dide (M.) ADurocker (A.) Un cas de syndrome tha- lamique avec autopsie. Rev. neurol., Par., 1904, xii,802- 804.—Duelick (V.) Sclerosis, partialis atrophia cerebri, hydrocephal. chron., apoplexia gravis in corpore striato, nucleo lenticulari et thalamo optico sin. subsequ. per- foratione in ventriculum tertium, endarteritis chronica, bronchitis, hypereemia pulm. utriusque hypostatica, atro- phia renis ex morbo Brighti. Casop. 16k. desk., v Praze, 1873, xii, 184-186.—Edel (M.) Herd im Thalamus opti- cus. Centralbl. f. Nervenh. u. Psvchiat., Berl. u. Leipz., 1904 xxvii, 577-579.—Erik son (E. V.) K diagnostikie opukholel zritelnikh bugrov. [Diagnosis of tumors of the optic thalami.] Obozr. psichiat., nevrol. [etc.], S.-Pe- terb.,1908,xiii,95-108.—Fernandez Sanz(E.) Uncaso de sindrometalamo-capsular. Rev. clin. de Madrid, 1911, v, 131-138. Also: Siglo med., Madrid, 1911, lviii, 771-773.— Fraenkel (J.) A tumor of the optic thalamus. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1901, xxxviii, 464.—Fumarola (G.) La sindrome talamica (o lesioni del talamo). Mor- gagni, Milano, 1912, lxxx, pt. 11, 145; 204.—fcardin (C.) & Borel (P.) Paralysie assoeieedu grand dentele et du trapeze chez un malade porteur d'un syndrome thalami- que. Rev. neurol., Par., 1912, xx, i, 715-717.—Harten- berg(P.) Le syndrome thalamique. Presse med., Par., 1908, xvi, 33.—Ilaskovec (L.) Note sur le syndrome thalamique (syndrome de Dejerine) et sur ses formes be- nignes. Rev. neurol., Par., 1904, xii, 1148. -----. Pfispe- vek k poznani poruch lQzka zrakoveho. [Contribution a la connaissance des lesions de la couche optique.] Rev. v neurol., psychiat., fys. a diaetet. therap., v Praze, 1909, v, 113; 163; 221. -----. A propos de l'article: "Deuxnou- veaux cas de lesions de la couche optique suivis d'au- topsie; syndrome thalamique pur et syndrome mixte," par G. Roussy. Rev. neurol., Par., 1910, xviii, 16-20. -----. Ein Beitrag zur Erkenntnis der Storungen des Thalamus opticus. Med. Bl., Wien, 1911, xxxiii, 277. -----. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Liisionen des Thalamus opticus. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1912, lxii, 2353; 2420; 2490; 2553.—Hedinger. Symmetrisch in beiden Tha- lami optici gelegene grosse Solitartuberkel. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1904, xxxiv,4si).—llerz (A.) Zur Frage der Athetose bei Thalamuserkrankungen. Arb. a. d. neurol. Inst. a. d. Wien. Univ., Leipz. u. Wien, 1910 xviii, 316-360.—Holmes (G.) & Head (H.) A case of lesion of the optic thalamus, with autopsv. Brain, Lond., 1911-12, xxxiv, 255-271.—Hunt (J. R.) Congenital cysts of the fourth ventricle; a report of two cases associated with tumor of the optic thalamus and crus cerebri. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1904, n. s., cxxvii, 504-516. Also, Reprint.—Jelliffe (S. E.) The thalamic svndrome. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1910, lxvii, 305-310.—Jones (A.) Sin- drome talamico. Rev. frenopat. espan., Barcel., 1912, x, 65-70.—Lewkowiez(K.) Dwa przypadki guza mdzgo- wia. I. Guz wzgorka wzrokowego i czepca szvpulki m6z- gowej z zbiorem objaw6w Benedikta. II. Guz czwartej komory. [Two cases of tuberculosis of the brain. I. Tu- berculosis of the optic thalamus and cerebral peduncle with Benedict's symptoms. II. Tuberculosis of the fourth ventricle.] Przegl. lek., Krak6w, 1903, xlii, 677-680.— Long (E.) Syndrome thalamique. Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1908, xxviii, 60. -----. Deux obser- vations anatomo-cliniques de svndrome thalamique. Rev. neurol., Par., 1910. xviii, 197-204. [Discussion], 236- 2^y.—Long (E.) iuill'oyle (W. F.) Tumour destroying most of one optic thalamus and causing central pains, vasomotor and trophic disturbances, involuntary howling and deviation of the body to the opposite side. Rev. Neurol. & Psychiat., Edinb., 1910, viii, 325-344, 2 pi—Williams (T. A.) Thalamic tumor in the ventricles with frontal symp- toms. Wash. M. Ann., 1912-13, xi, 15-19.—Winkler (C.) A tumour in the pulvinar thalami optici; a contribution to the knowledge of the vision of forms. K. Akad. v. Wetensch. te Amst. Proc. sec. sc, 1910-11, xiii, 928-939, 1 pi. Also: Folia neuro-biol., Leipz., 1911, v, 708-717, 3 pl.-Zannoni (T.) Tubercolo solitario del talamo ot- tico in un caso di emicorea. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1908- xxix, 1166. Thalassema. Torrey (J. C.) The cell-lineage of the mesoblast- bands and mesenchyme in Thalassema. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1902, n. s., xv, 576. Thalassicola. Ludwig (K. F. H.) *Zur Kenntnis der Tha- lassicolliden. [Kiel.] 8°. Berlin, 1908. Moroff(T.) Ueber vegetative und reproduktive Er- scheinungen bei Thalassicolla. Festschr. z. 60. Geburts- tag Richard Hertwigs, Jena, 1910, i, 73-122. Also [Abstr.]: Biol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1910, xxx, 210-216. Thalassine. Richet (C.) Des poisons contenus dans les tentacu- les des actinies (congestine et thalassine). Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1903, iv, 246-248. -----. De la thalas- sine, toxinecristalliseepruritogene. Ibid., 707-710. ----- De la thalassine, considered comme antitoxine cristalli- see. Ibid., 1071-1073.-----. Deseffetsprophylactiquesde la thalassine et anaphylactiques de la congestine dans le virus des actinies. Ibid., 1904, lvi, 302. -----. Notizen iiber Thalassin; ein in den Fiihlfaden der Seenesseln be- findliches, Jucken hervorrufendes Gift. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1905, cviii, 369-388. THALASSOPTERUS. 55 THALMANN. Thalassopterus. Kwietnlewrskl (C.) Ueber die Larve mit Segel- lappen eines gymnosomen Pteropoden (Thalassopterus Zancleus). Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1912, xxxix, 589-602. Thalassotherapy. See Sea-baths (Therapeutic effects of); Sea- side resorts (Climatology and therapeutic use of); Sea-water (Therapeutic use of). Tlialbitzer (Sophus). Den manio-depressive psykose (stemningssindssygdom). Et forseig til bestemmelse af dens pathogenese anatomiske grundlag med s;erligt henblik paa de manio- depressive blandingsformer. 131 pp. 8°. Kj0- benharn, Gyldendal, 1902. Thaler (Alexander) [1878- ]. *Zur Ca- suistik der Abrisse der Sehne des Biceps femo- ris vom Capitulum fibulae. 60 pp., 2 1. 8°. Leipzig, B. Georgi, 1904. Thaler (Fritz) [1881- ]. * Die diffuse Re- flexion des Lichtes an matten Oberflachen. [Kiel.] 50 pp., 1 pi., 2 tab., 1 1. 8°. Voorde, O. Krohn, 1903. Thaler (Konrad) [1877- ]. *Ueber Go- nokokken im Blut bei septischer gonorrhoischer Endocarditis. 27 pp. 8°. Rostock, Adlers Er- ben, 1906. Thaler (Otto). *Ueberdie in der Heidelber- ger chirurgischen Klinik 1889-99 behandelten Fiille von Carcinoma penis. [Heidelberg.] 31 pp. 8°. Salzungen, O. Witzmann, 1901. Thailieiill (Gustav) [1883- ]. *Die Ei- weisskorper der glatten Muskeln. 28 pp., 11. 8°. Gottingen, W. F. Kaestner, 1908. Thalictrum aquilegifolium. Vanltallie (L.) Surl'existence, dans le Thalictrum aquilegifolium, d'un compose fournissantde l'acidecyan- hydrique. J. de pharm. et chim., Par., 1905, 6. s., xxii, 337. -----. Thali'-trum aquilegifolium, a hydrogen-cya- nide-yielding plant. K. Akad. v. Wetensch. te Arrist. Proc. sect, sc, 1905, viii, pt. 1, 337-339. -----. Die Blau- saure in der Gattung Thalictrum. Arch. d. Pharm., Berl., 1910, ccxlvlii, 251-257. Thalleioquine. Duliere (W.) A propos de la reaction de la thalleio- quine. Rev. pharm., Gand, 1907, n, s., xxiii, 65. Thalline. Ehrlich & Laquer. On continuous treat- ment with thalline and its action in cases of typhoid fever. 8°. [n. p., n. rf.] Llvierato (P.) Influenza della tallina sulla elimina- zione dell' urea e dell' acido carbonico. Bendic. somm. d. r. Accad. d. sc. med. di Genova, 1885, i, 78.—Lusinl (V.) Sul potere antisettico di alcuni nuovi composti della tallina. Atti d. r. Accad. d. fisiocrit. in Siena, ]>9K, 4. s., x, 47-54.—Predazzl (P.) Sul modo di portarsi dei vasi cutanei sotto 1' azione della tallina. Bendic. somm. d. r. Accad. d. sc. med. di Genova, 1885, i, 70-72. Thallium [and salts]. Benzian (R.) *Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Thalliumdoppelcyanide. 8°. Berlin, 1900.^ Curci (A.) Ricerche sperimentali sull' azione biologica del tallio. 4°. [Catania, 1895.] Repr.from: Atti di Accad. Gioenia di sc. nat. in Catania, [1895], 4. s.,ix. Also, in: Ann. di chim. e di farm., Milano, 1895, 4. s., xxii, 395; 441; 481. Goldschmidt (C.) *Beitriige zur Kenntnis des dreiwertigen Thalliums. 8°. Berlin, 1903. Vassaux (S.) *L'ac6tate de thallium en therapeutique. 8°. Paris, 1898. Rray (W. C.) & Winningkolr" (W. J.) The effect of salts on the solubility of other salts. III. Solubility of thallous chloride in solutions of potassium nitrate, po- tassium sulfate, and thallous sulfate at25°. J. Am. Chem. Soc, Easton, Pa., 1911, xxxiii, 1663-1672.— Busckke (A.) Weitere Beobachtungen fiber die physiologischen Wir- kungen des Thallium. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1911, xxxvii, 161-163.—Farrell (F. S.) B. Sol- ubility of thallous chlorate and thallous sulfate in the presence of each other. J. Am. Chem. Soc, Easton, Pa., Thallium [and salts]. 1911, xxxiii, 1654-1658.—JUUller (W. J.) Ueber das elek- tromotorische Verhalten des Thalliums als Anode. I. Ztschr. f. phvs. Chemie, Leipz., 1909, lxix, 460-481.— Noyes (A. A.) & flapgood (C. W.) Sind Diphenyl- jodonium una Thalliumnitrat isomorph? Ibid., 1897, xxii, 464.—Paulet. Experiences sur Paction physiolo- gique des sels de thallium. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1863, lvii, 494.—Pollock (J. H.) On the spectro- graph^ analysis of a specimen of commercial thallium. Seient. Proc. Roy. Dubl. Soc, 1905-9, n. s., xi, 338-344, 1 pi.—Spences (J. F.) Ueber eine Elektrode dritter Art zur Messung der Potentiale des Thalliumions. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1911, lxxvi, 360-366.—Stewart (M. A.) C. Solubility of thallous sulfate in the presence of thallous nitrate, sodium sulfate, and sulfuric acid. J. Am. Chem. Soc, Easton, Pa., 1911, xxxiii, 1658-1663.— Thonias(V.) Recherches sur le thallium. l.m6moire. Trav. seient. Univ. de Rennes, 1902, i, 1-33. Thallium (Acetate of Alopecia from use of). Bettmann. Ueber experimentellen Haarausfall durch Thallium aceticum. Dermat. Centralbl., Berl., 1901, v, 2-6.—O-ubreuilli (W.) Aiopecie due a l'acetate thallium. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1898, xxviii, 316. Also: Gaz. d. h6p. de Toulouse, 1899, xiii, 36. Also: Bull. Soc d'anat. et physiol. de Bordeaux, 1898, xix, 150.— Glovannini (S.) Zwei Fiille von Alopecie nach dem Gebrauch von Thalliumacetat. Dermat. Ztschr., Berl., 1899, vi, 695-703.— [Guinard]( A.) L'acetatede thallium et sesdangers. J. de med. de Par., 1898, 2. s., x, 572.-----. Lettre ouverte a H. Huchard; sur les dangersde l'acetate de thallium. Rev. gen. de clin. et de th6rap., Par., 1898, xii, 759.—Jeanselme (E.) Sur le mecanisme de l'alo- pecie produite par l'acetate de thallium. Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1898, 3. s., ix, 999-1002. Also: Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1898, ix, 374-377—VI- gnolo-Lutati (K.) Osservazionisullealopecietalliche. Gior. ital. d. mal. ver.., Milano, 1908, xlix, 217-219. -----. Neuer kasuistischer Beitrag zu den experimentellen und therapeutischen Thalliumalopecien. Monatschr. f. prakt. Dermat., Hamb., 1908, xlvi, 373-380. Thallium (Acetate of Toxicology of). See, also, Thallium (Acetate of, Alopecia from use of). ©liner (D.) & Tian (A..) Intoxication par l'acetate de thallium; presence du thallium dans le liquide cephalorachidien. Compt. rend. Soc debiol., Par., 1908, lxv, 742.—Poisoning by thallium acetate. Lancet, Loud., 1911, i, 1461.—Quldet. Ln cas d'intoxication subaigue par l'acetate de thallium. J. de med. de Par., 1911, 2. s., xxiii, 773. Also: Rev. de med. leg., Par., 1911, xviii, 245. Thallium (Toxicology of). See, also, Thallium (Acetate of, Toxicology of). Castex (H.) * Contribution a I'etude toxi- cologique des sels de thallium et en particulier du sulfate. 8°. Toulouse, 1900. Bullard (W. N.) A case of poisoning by thallium. Boston M. & S. J., 1902, cxlvii, 589-591. Also: Med. 8, xii. 5V.-587 (A. Matthewson). Also: Tr. X. "York M. Ass.. X. Y.. 1898. xv, 673-676 (R. M. Wyckoff). ■-----& Baker (J. E.) Report on cholera to the Medical Societv of the Countv of Kings. 28 pp. 12°. New York, 1885. Repr.from: X. York M. J., 1885, xii. Thayer (William Sidney) [1864- .]. A case of hemorrhagic pancreatitis. 6 1., typewritten copv. 8°. [Boston, 1889.] Repr.from: Boston M. A S. J., 1889, cxxl. In his: Collect, repr.. Bait., 1899, i, no. 1. ■-----. Collected reprints of medical communi- cations. Series 1-3,1889-1911. 8°. Baltimore, 1889-1911. -----. Remarks on the blood in leukaemia. 8 1., typewritten copy. 8°. [Baltimore, 1891.] Repr.from: Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1891, il In his: Collect, repr., Bait., 1899, i, no. 2. -----. Cancer of the pvlorus. 5 1., typewritten 'copy. 8°. [Baltimore, 1891.] Repr.from: Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait.,1891, ii. In his: Collect, repr., Bait., 1899, i, no. 3. -----. On the value of methylene blue in mala- rial fever. 131., typewritten copy. 8°. [Balti- more, 1892.] Repr. from: Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1892, iii. In his: Collect, repr., Bait., 1899, i, no. 4. -----. A case of super-secretion of the gastric juice. 61. 8°. Baltimore, 1892. Repr.from: Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1892, iii. In his: Collect, repr., Bait., 1899, i, no. 5. -----. Remarks on the clinical value of Ehrlich's methods of examination of the blood. 31 pp. 12°. Boston, 1893. Repr.from: Boston M. elaqn ys (G.) La maladie au theatre. Corresp.med., Par., 1906, xii, no. 272,17-19.— Matliot. La medecine et les medecins au theatre. Chron. med., Par., 1898, v, 386; 662.—Netri (F.) La multitud en el teatro (contribucidn al estudio de las multitudes). Arch. depsi'iuiat. v crimi- nol., Buenos Aires, 1903, ii, 727-730.—S< luiinan (M.) Water drinking in theatres. N. York M. J. [etc.l, 1910, xii, 516.—Tkomas (Mrs. W. I.) The five-cent theatre. Proc Nat. Confer. Char., Fort Wayne, 1910, xxxvii, 145- 119— Vej rae (S.) La maladie et la mort au theatre. Chron. med., Par., 1897, iii, 616-618. Theatres (Anatomical). See, also, Anatomy (Institutes, etc., of). Bardeen (C. R.) Outline record charts used in the anatomical laboratory of the Johns Hop- kins University. 8°. Baltimore, 1900. Kornilovich (N.) O nlekotorikh anatomi- cheskikh institutakh Germanii. [Certain Ger- man anatomical institutes.] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1909. Rcckert (J.) Die neue anatomische Anstalt in Munchen. roy. 8°. Wiesbaden, 1910. Sucquet. Memoire sur l'assainissement des amphitheatres d'anatomie et de la morgue de Paris, et sur un nouveau mode d'embaumement. 8°. Paris, 1844. See, also, infra. Vvedenski (A. A.) Opisaniye nlekotorikh anatomicheskikh institutov Rossii, Germanii i Shveltsarii, i nieskolko slov o prakticheskom izuchenii anatotnii i operativnoi khirurgii v za- granichnikh universitetakh. [Description of THEATRES. 60 THEBEN. Theatres (Anatomical.) several anatomical institutes of Russia, Ger- many, and Switzerland; also the practical study of anatomy and operative surgery in foreign universities.] 8°. Tomsk, 1901. Boennin<> (H. C.) The disposal of dissecting-room offal. Tr. ix. Internat. M. Cong., Wash., 1887, iii, 178-181.— Duval (L.) Un amphitheatre de dissection a Alencon en 1660. France med., Par., 1902, xlix, 18.—F. (C. H.) Anatomy and the dissecting room. Guv's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1900, xiv, 428-432.—Flint (J. M.) The anatomical laboratory of the University of California. Johns Hop- kins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1905, xvi, 32-37, 4 pi.—Holmes (E. W.) The dissecting room. Tr. Pan-Am. M. Cong. 1893, Wash., 1895, pt. 2, 1152-1154.—Mall (F. P.) The anatomical course and laboratory of the Johns Hopkins University. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1896, vii, 85-100, 4 pi. Also, Reprint.—Mickelson U. (C.) Los anfiteatros de San Juan de Dios. Rev. m6d. de Bogota, 1898-9, xxi, 100-112—New (The) anatomical buildings at Oxford. Lancet, Lond., 1893, ii, 1025-1029.—Stras- ser (H.) Das neue anatomische Institut in Bern. Anat. Hefte, Wiesb., 1899, xiii, 203-248, 3 pi. Also, Re- print.— Sucquet. Sur l'assainissement des amphi- theatres d'anatomie; supplement a un precedent me- moire. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par., 1847, xxv, 963. See, also, supra.—Suzuki. Das anatomische Institut zu Kyoto. [Japanese text with German abstract.) Mitt. d. med. Gesellsch. zu Tokyo, 1903, xvii, 1-20, 1 pi.—Witt- mer. Vorschlag einiger Mittel zur allgemeimen Ein- fiihrung der Leichenhallen. Ver. deutsehe Ztschr. f. d. Staats-Arznk., Freiburg, i. Br., 1847, n. F., i, 286-290. Theatres (Fires in). Freeman (J. R.) On the safeguarding of life in theatres, being from the standpoint of an engineer. 8°. [New York, 1906.] Repr. from: Tr. Am. Soc. Mechan.-Engin.,N. Y., 1906. Gerhard (W. P.) Theatre fires and panics; their cause and prevention. 8°. New York & London, 1896. Blaekall (C. H.) Theater fires. Sanitarian, N. Y., 1904, Iii, 340-347.—Freeman (J. R.) The safeguarding of life in theaters. Seient. Am. Suppl., N. Y., 1906, Ixi, 25218.—Glrard (C.) Proc£des permettant de combattre l'inflammabilit6 des materiaux et decors employes dans les theatres. Ann. d'hyg., Par., 1901, 3. s., xiv, 38-46.— Goujon. Sur les incendies dans les theatres. Bull. Soc. d'hyg. publ. de Bordeaux (1881), 1882, i, 76-82.— Harder. Das Wiener Modelltheater fur Brand versuche und die darin vorgenommenen Brandproben. Gesundh.- Ingenieur, Munchen, 1905, xxviii, 565-569.—Marx (A.) Heizung und Liiftung in Bezug auf die Feuersicherheit der Theater. Gesundheit, Leipz., 1910, xxxv, 385; 417.— Test of fireproof stage properties in London. Seient. Am., Lond., 1904, xci, 7. Theatres (Hygiene, heating, and venti- lation of). See, also, Theatres (Fires in). Fichet (P.-M.) *Le theatre, hygiene et se- curity. 8°. Bordeaux, 1899. Gerhard (W. P.) Theatres, their safety from fire and panic, their comfort and health- fulness. 8°. Boston, 1900. Arckambaud (P.) Le service medical et l'hvgiene dans les theatres. Rev. med., Par., 1908, xviii, 335-339.— Bertkod. Sur l'hygiene dans les theatres. Cong, in- ternat. d'assain. . . . de 1'habitat. C. r. 1904, Par., 1905, 139-142. Also: J. de med. de Par., 1904, 2. s., xvi, 412; 422.— Bini. La ventilazione nei teatri. Riv. di ingegner. san., Torino, 1906, ii, 72-74.—Bonnafunt. Sur quelques modifications a introduire dans les salles de spectacle au point de vue de l'hygiene des artistes et de l'6clairage de la scene. Compt. rend. Aead. d. sc, Par., 1861, Iii, 35.— Breltun: 373. — Ckarpentler. Les vols patholo- giques. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1910, xxiv, 133.—Dubuisson (P.) Les voleuses des grands maga- sins: etude clinique et medico-iegale. Arch, d'anthrop. crim., Lyon «fe Par., 1901, xvi, 1-20. — Falco (G.) II riconoscimento di un ladro da una imprenta digitale. Atti d. Soc. med. leg. in Roma, 1910, iii, 217.—Felletar (E.) Merges novenyek altal eldidezett b6dulatban veg- hezvitt rablas esetei. [Cases of theft carried out by means of narcosis with poisonous herbs.] Gydgyaszat, Buda- pest, 1904, xliv, 356; 389; 485: 501; 518— Gudden (H.) Die Zurechnungsfahigkeit bei Warenhausdiebstiihlen. Vrtljsehr. f. gerichtl. Med., Berl., 1907, xxxiii, Suppl.- Hft., 64-69. -----. Diebstahle infolge von Zwangsvor- stellungen. Friedreich's Bl. f. gerichtl. Med., Numb., 1909, lx, 321; 411: 1911, lxii, 417.—Gutermann. Dieb- stahl wegen Befangenheit. Arch. f. Krim.-Anthrop. u. Kriminalist., Leipz., 1906, xxv, 378. —Harster (T.) Kriminalteehnisches. (Der Fall Sch.) Ibid., 1912, xlviii, 101-123.—Hellwig (A.) Der Grumus merdse der Ein- Theft. brecher; eine Lmfrage. Anthropophyteia, Leipz., 1905. ii, 44J-444. -----. Diebstahl aus Aberglauben. Arch, f, Krim.-Anthrop. u. Kriminalist., Leipz., 1905, xix, 286: 1906-7, xxvi, 37. -----. Diebstahl verhindernder Aber- glaube. /bid., 1909, xxxiii, 11-18 — Hospital i P.) Klep- tomanes et vols aux etalages. Ann. med.-psveliol., Par., 1909, 9. s., x, 419-430. — Imlira (C.) Ueber die Bege- hung der Diebstahle bei den Psychosen. [Japanese text.] Shinkeigaku Zasshi, Tokyo, 1904-5, iii, 1; 53.— Kundt (E.) Diebstahl im Diimmerzustand. Fried- reich's Bl. f. gerichtl. Med., Numb., 1902, liii, 179; 278.— Laquer (L. ) Der Warenbaus-Diebstahl. Samml. zwiuiirl. Abhandl. a. d. Geb. d. Nerven- u. Geisteskr., Halle a. S.. 1907, vii, 5. Hft., 1-43. — Lentz (F.) Vol a l'^talage; rapport medico-legal. Bull. Soc. de m6d. ment. de Belg., Brux., 1911, 211-229. —Leppmann. Ueber Ladendiebinnen. Centralbl. f. Nervenh. u. Psvchiat., Coblenz & Leipz., 1901, n. F., xii, 68-71. — lieroy"(E.-B.) Escroqueries prolongees pendant plusieurs mois a la fa- veur de manoeuvres hypnotiques pratiquees sur une des victimes. Bull, med.,'Par., 1907, xxi, 712. — Loksing (E.) Reflexionen fiber den Fall eines Jugendlichen. Arch. f. Krim.-Anthrop. u. Kriminalist., Leipz., 1904-5, xviii, 63-87.—Pagan! (P.) II tentativo nel delitto di furto. Scuola positiva, Roma, 1902, xii, 157; 221; 281; 336. -----. L' estremo del profitto nel delitto di furto. Ibid., 1906, 2. s.. iv, 513-526. —Peri (A.) Relazione pe- ritale sulle condizioni mentali del tredicenne E . . . P . . ., di T . . ., affetto daimmoralitacostituzionale. Ce- ralpino. Arezzo, 1908, iv, 12: 40; 61; 102; 147.—Pinker- ton (W. A.) Amerikanische Bankrauber. Arch. f. Krim.-Anthrop. u. Kriminalist., Leipz., 1905, xviii, 223- 234.—Kuvizza (Alexandrine). Mes petits voleurs; re- cit des tias-ionds milanais. Rev.,philanthrop.,Par.,1906- 7, xx, 593-024.—Reiss (R.-A.) Etude sur l'escroquerie au tresor. Arch, d'anthrop. crim., Lyon & Par., 1907, xxii, 521-564. —de Boos (J. R. B.) Quelques recher- ches sur les causes de l'augmentation des vols pendant l'hiver et des coups et blessures pendant l'6t6. Arch, di psichiat. [etc.], Torino, 1906, xxvii, 388-398. Also: Compt. rend. Cong, internat. d'anthrop. crim. 1906, Turin, 1908, vi, 30-40.—Rorsekaek (H.) Pferdediebstahl im Dam- merzustand. Arch. f. Krim.-Anthrop. u. Kriminalist., Leipz., 1912, xlix, 175-180.—Sarda (G.) Assassinat, vol et incendie. Ann. d'hyg., Par., 1910, 4. s., xiii, 130-147.— Slavik (V.) Zlocin kradeze; simulace. dusevni cho- roby. [Theft; simulation of insanitv.] Casop lek.6esk., v Praze, 1905, 738-741.—Steklsuckt (Die); ein Beitrag zur gerichtlicnen .fsyciiopathologie. Cor.-Bl. d. Ver. deutsch. Aerzte in Reichenberg, 1909, xxii, No. 5,1-6.— Vol avec escalade et effraction; simulation d'altenation mentale. [Rap.] Bull. Soc. de med. ment. de Belg., Brux. etGand. 1902,277-314.—Wagner von Jauregg. Gewohnheitsdiebstahl; wiederholt erfolgreich dureh- gefiibrte Simulation von Geistesstorung. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1907, xx, 853-857.—Woltr. Juvvelendieb- stahl. Arch. f. Krim.-Anthrop. u. Kriminalist., Leipz., 1910, xxxix, 314-345. — Wu Iff en. Verurteilung eines Unschuldigen. Ibid., 1905, xix, 94-130. Theile (Paul). *Zur Kenntniss der fibroepi- thelialen Verimderungen der Brustdriise unter Beriicksichtigung des klinischen Verhaltens. [Bern.] 44 pp., 2 pi. 8°. Berlin, L. Schuma- cher, 1908. Theile (Walther) [1877- ]. * Ueber ein Aneurysma spurium der Aorta ascendens und des Herzens hervorgerufen durch Endocarditis. 16 pp., 2 1. 8°. Kiel, P. Peters, 1901. Theilemann ([Otto Emil] Richard) [1878- ]. *Fin Fall von Kohlenduustvergiftung. 23 pp., 1 1. 8°. Halle a S., Wischan & Wetten- gel, 1903. Theiler (Arnold). *Die Malaria des Pferdes. [Bern.] 32 pp., 1 pi., 2 1. 12°. Zurich, 0. Fiissli, 1901. Theileria. Betteneourt (A.) & Borges (I.) Sur une Thei- leria parasite du Cepbalophus grimmi (L.) Arch, do r. Inst, bacieriol. Camara Pestana, Lisb., 1909-10, iii, 19.— Guilder (R.) Die Entwicklung von Theileria parva, dem Krreurer des Kustenfiebers der Rinder in Afrika. Arch. t. Pi-otistenk., Jena, 1910-11,xxi, 143-164,5 pi. Also, transl.: J. Comp. Path & Therap., Edinb. &Lond.. 1910, xxiii, 328-335. -----. Theileria parva und Babesia mutans Kusteurieberparasit und ■ Pseudokustenfieberparasit. I. Arch. f. Protistenk., Jena, 1910-11, xxi, 222-231, 4 pi. -----. Die Entwicklung von Theileria parva, dem Er- regerdes Kustenfiebers der Rinder in Afrika? Ibid., 1911, xxii, 170-178, 2 pi. -----. Der Zeugungskreis von Thei- leria parva, dem Erreger des Kustenfiebers der Rinder in Afrika. Ztschr. f. Imektionskr.. .. d. Haustiere, Berl., THEILERIA. 62 THEM MEN. Theileria. 1910, viii, 406-416,1 pi—ISuttall (G. H. F.) &Fantkam (H. B.) Theileria parva, the parasite of East Coast fever in cattle; observations on stained preparations. Parasi- tology, Cambridge, 1910, iii, 119-129, 1 pi— Nuttall (G. H. F.), Fantkaui (H. B.) & Porter (Annie). Ob- servations on Theileria parva, the parasite of East Coast fever of cattle. Jhid.. 1>.mi9, ii, 325-340.—Nuttall (G. H. F.) & Grakani-Siniili iG. S.) Theileria parva; at- tempts at cultivation. Ibid., 208-210. Theile's glands. Robinson (B.) Glands of the cvstic dust (glands of Theile). Med. Age, Detroit, 1904, xxii, 721-726. Theilhaber (A[dolf]) [1854- ]. Der Zu- sammenhang von NervenerkrankungenmitSto- rungen in den weiblichen Geschlechtsorganen. 22 pp. 83. Halle a. S., 1902. Forms 6. Hft., v. 4, of Samml. zvvangl. Abhandl. a. d. Geb. d. Frauenh. u. Geburtsh. For Portrait, see Surg. Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1907, iv, port [facing p. 345]. Theilhaber (Felix) [1884- ]. * Zur Lehre von dem Zusammenhang der sozialen Stellung und der Rasse mit der Entstehung der Uterus- carcinome. 24 pp. 8°. Miinehen, [1910]. Tlieilkuhl (Paul). * Casuistischer Beitrag zur Lehre von der acuten gelben Leberatrophie. 21 pp. 8°. Gottingen, Dieterich, 1892. Theille (Ernest) [1862- ]. *La nephrite svphilitique secondaire. 94 pp. 8°. Paris, 1898, No. 598. Theilmann (Paul Albert Otto) [1880- ]. * Ueber einen Fall von Chylurie und den Nachweis des Nahrungsfettes im Harn mittelst Jodipin. 20 pp., 2 1. 8°. Halle a. S., Wischau & Burkhardt, 1906. Theilung (Die) der Praxis. 11. 12°. [n. p., 1865?] A burlesque poem. Theine. Katsuyama (K.), Kuwakara (T.) & Seno (K.) Ueber den Einfluss des Theins auf die Ausscheidung von Alkalien im Harne. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1899, xxviii, 587-594.—Nestler (A.) Ein einfaches Ver- fahren des Nachweises von The'in und seine praktische Anwendung. Ztschr. f. Untersuch. d. Nahrungs-u. Ge- nussmittel, Berl., 1901., 289-295.—Spencer (G. L.) A new method for the estimation of theine in teas. J. Anal. Chem., Easton, Pa., 1890, iv, 158. Theis (August[Andreas Jakob]). * Ueber den Nachweis von Cyankaliumspuren in tierischen Organen. 27 pp. 8°. Giessen, 0. Kindt, 1909. Theisen (Clement F[rank]) [1871- ]. Anew powder for acute coryza. 2 1. 24°. Albany, 1897. Repr.from: Albany M. Ann., 1897, xviii. -----. Nasal obstruction. With particular ref- erence to deviations of the nasal septum and hypertrophic rhinitis, and a reportof three hun- dred and fifty operations. 16 pp. 8°. Albany, 1897. Repr.from: Albany M. Ann., 1897, xviii. -----. Angina epiglottidea anterior. Report of three cases. 11 pp., 2 pi. 8°. [Albany, 1900.] Repr.from: Albany M. Ann., 1900, xxi. Tlieiss (Lewis Edwin). How undertakers bur- den the grief-stricken, pp. 354-364. 8°. New York, 1910. Cutting from: Pearson's Mag., N. Y., 1910, xxiv. -----. Bad water vs. good health, pp. 748-752. 8°. New York, 1911. Cutting from: Pearson's Mag., N. Y., 1911, xxv. -----. Every day foods that injure health, pp. 247-255. 8°. New York, 1911. Cutting from: Pearson's Mag., N. Y., 1911, xxv. -----. Sealed houses, pp. 28-34. 8°. New York, 1912. Cutting from: Pearson's Mag., N. Y., 1912, xxvii. See, also, Tlieiss (Mary) & Tlieiss (Lewis). Fake sweets [etc.]. 8C. New 1 ork, 1911. Tlieiss (Mary) & Tlieiss (Lewis). Fake sweets and soft drinks to be dodged, pp. 79-86. 8°. New Jori, 1911. Cutting from: Pearson's Mag., N. Y., 1911, xxvi. Theissing (Heinrich) [1868- ]. *Perichon- dritis und serine Cvsten der Nasenscheidewand. 34 pp., 1 1. 8°. Brest,iu, 1897. Thel (Johannes) [1852- ]. Grundsiitze fiir den Bau von Krankenhtiusern. viii, 124 pp., 11 plan?. 8°. Berlin, A. Hirschwald, 1905. Tlielfoerg (Elizabeth B.) Instruction of col- lege students in regard to reproduction and ma- ternity. 6 pp. 8°. New ) ork, 1912. Repr.from: N. York M. J. [etc.], 1912, xcv. Thelemann (Otto August) [1874- ]. * Ue- ber Narkosenlahmungen. 29pp., 11. 8°. Ber- lin, A. Eberiug, 1899. Tlielfeme (Michel - Joseph - Jean - Baptiste- Georges) [1877- ]. * Contribution a I'etude hematolojrique du rhumatisme articulaire aigu du rhumatisme chronique et de la choree de Sy- denham. 70 p . 8°. Bordeaux, 1903, No. 88. Thelen ([Franz]Conrad) [1883- ]. * Kli- nische Erfahrungen iiber das amerikanische Wurmsamenol als Antiascaridiacum bei Kin- dern. 56 pp. 8°. Rostock, Adler's Erben, 1907. Thelen (Gottfried). * Ueber den Natriumge- halt der Blutkdrperchen. 20 pp. 8°. Wiirz- burg, 1897. Thelen (Karl) [1877- ]. *Die Rindvieh- zucht im Grossherzogtum Hessen wiihrend des neunzehnten Jahrhunderts. [Giessen.] 112 pp. 8°; Odenkirchen, W. Breitenbach, 1903. Thelin (Charles). *Du diagnostic de la gros- sesse extrauterine, etude de 24 cas operes a la Maternite de Lausanne du ler decembre 1903 au 23 aout 1906. 144 pp., 1 1., 1 tab., 4 pi. 8°. Lausanne, A. Jaunin, 1908. Thellier (Edmond) [1881- ]. *Le melsena des nouveaux-nes. 64 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1905, No. 69. Thelliez (Bertin-Henri-Joseph) [1865- ]. * Etudes et observations sur 1:. serodiagnostic de la fievre typhoide. 77 pp. 8°. Paris, 1896, No. 110. Thelliez (E[douard-Amedee]) [1866- ]. * Considerations sur le traitement de l'ost£o- myelite des os longs. 79 pp. 4°. Paris, 1894, No. 364. The I lung (Fritz). * Experimenteller Beitrag zur Frage der Agglutination der Tuberkelbacil- len und zur Behandlung der Tuberkulose mit Neu - Tuberkulin Koch (Bacillenemulsion). [Zurich.] 1 p. 1., 20 pp. 8°. Jena, G. Fischer, 1902. Thelohania. Dunkerly (J. S.) On the occurrence of Thelohania and Prowazekia in anthomyid flies. Centralbl.f. Bakte- riol. [etc.l, 1. Abt., Jena, 1912, lxii, Orig., 136-140,1 pi.— ITIercIer (L ) Sur le d^veloppement et la structure des spores de Thelohania Giardi Henneguy. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1908, cxlvi, 34-38— SekrBder (O.) Thelohania cheetogastris, eine neue in Chaetogaster dia- phanus Gruithschmarotzende Mikrosporidienart. Arch. f. Protisteuk., Jena, 1909, xiv, 119-133, 1 pi. Thelohania msenadis. See Ovary (Parasites in). Thelyphonus caudatus. Seklnikewltsck (W.) Ueber die Entwicklung von Thelyphonus caudatus (L.), verglichen mit derjenigen andr'er Arachniden. Ztschr. f. wissensch. Zool., Leipz., 1906, lxxxi, 1-95, 1 pi. Theinmen (Cornelius Joannes). *Diss. histo- riam epidemise morbillosse Groningfe anno 1816 observatse, exhibens. 1 p. 1., 114 pp., 5 1. 8°. Groningx, I. Oomkens, [1817]. [P., v. 2075.] THENAR. 63 THEOBALD. Thenar muscles (Atrophy of). Donley (J. E.) Peripheral neural atrophy of the thenar muscles. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1911, lvi, 1256. Thenard (Louis-Jacques) [1777-1857]. Seed'Arcet (Jean-Pierre) & Tkenard (L.-J.) De l'emploi des corps gras, [etc.]. 8°. Paris, 1828.— Gon- dret (Louis-Francois). Considerations sur l'emploi du feu en medecine [etc.]. 8°. Paris, 1819. —Le Canu (Louis-Rene). Souvenirs [etc.]. 8°. Paris, 1857.-----. Allocution, [etc.]. 8°. Paris, 1861. Theobald (Fred Y.) The parasitic diseases of poultry. 120 pp. 8°. Ix>ndon, Gurney & Jack- son, 1896. ------. First report on economic zoology, xxxiv, 192 pp. 8°. London, Longmans & Co., 1903. ------. Report on a collection of mosquitoes or Culicidse, etc., from Gambia, and descriptions of new species, xi pp., 2 pi. 4°. London, Longmans, Green & Co., 1903. Bound with: Dvtton (J. E.) Report of the malaria ex- pedition to the Gambia, 1902, [etc.]. 4°. London, 1903. ------. Diptera; fam. Culicidfe. 50 pp., 2 pi. fol. Bruxelles, M. P. Wytsman, 1905. Forms fasc. 26 of: Genera insectorum, pub. par P. Wytsman. ------. Mosquitoes, or Culicidse. In: Syst. Med. (Allbutt), Lond., 1907, ii, pt. 2,122-168. ------. A monograph of the Culicidse, or mos- quitoes Mainly compiled from the collections received at the British Museum from all parts of the world in connection with the investiga- tion into the cause of malaria conducted by the Colonial Office and the Royal Society. 4 v. & atlas. 8°. London, Longmans & Co., 1901-1910. Theobald (J.) De I'enseignement des sourds- muets par la parole. Memoire presente a l'Acadetnie nationale de Savoie. 22 pp. 12°. Paris, 1874. Theobald (Max) [1882- ]. *Zum Alveo- larechinococcus der Leber. 23 pp., 11. 8°. Munchen, Kastner & Callwey, 1906. Theobald (R[obert] M[asters]). See Mattel (Cesar). Electro-homoeopathic medicine, [etc.]. 8°. London, 1888. -----. The same. 8°. London, 1891. Theobald (Samuel) [1846- ]. Tinnitus aurium; a consideration of the causes upon which it depends, arid an attempt to explain its production in accordance with physical princi- ples. 13 pp. 8°. Baltimore, Irenes & Co., 1875. Repr.from: Tr. M. & Chir. Fac. Maryland, Bait., 1875. -----. Some recent theories regarding the pa- thogeny of sympathetic ophthalmia, viewed from a macroscopic standpoint, pp. 62-82. 8°. [New York, 1884.] Repr.from: Arch. Ophth., N. Y., 1884, xiii. ------. An unpleasant experience with the new local anaesthetic, hydrochlorate of erythro- phleine. 4 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, 1888. Repr.from: Med. News, Phila., 1888, Hi. >-----. The employment of oleate of veratria to facilitate the determination of errors of refrac- tion. 7 pp. 8°. Hartford, Conn., Case, Lock- wood & Brainard Co., 1889. Repr.from: Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, Hartford, 1888-90, v. ------. Some partially successful attempts to promote the healing of old perforations of the tympanal membrane. 9 pp. 8°. [Hartford, Conn.], 1891. Repr.from: Tr. Am. Otol. Soc, Washington & New Lon- don, 1891-3, v. ------. Subnormal accommodative power in young persons a not infrequent cause of asthe- nopia. 9 pp. 8°. [Hartford, Conn.], 1891. Repr.from: Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, Hartford, 1891-3, vi. Theobald (Samuel)—continued. ------. Marked impairment of central vision fol- lowing prolonged use of the affected eye. 5 pp. 8°. [Hartford, Conn.], 1897. Repr. from: Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, Hartford, 1897-9, viii. ------. Two cases of vernal catarrh in which the roller forceps was employed with good effect. 3 pp. 8°. [Hartford, Conn., 1897.] Repr.from: Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, Hartford, 1897-9, viii. ------. Diseases of the lacrymal apparatus. 39 pp., 3 pi. 8°. Philadelphia, 1898. In: Syst. Dis. Eye (Norris & Oliver), Phila., 1898, iii. ------. Remarks upon the treatment of otomy- cosis by the insufflation of boracic acid and oxide of zinc. 4 pp. 8°. Washington, 1898. Repr.from: Tr. Am. Otol. Soc, Wash., 1898-1901, vii. ------. The treatment of entropion of the lower lid with caustic potash. 3 pp. 8°. St. Louis, 1898. Repr.from: Am. J. Ophth., St. Louis, 1898, xv. ------. A case of atrophy of the optic nerves fol- lowing hemorrhage from the stomach, with a consideration of the causes of post-hemorrhagic blindness. 8 pp., 1 diag. 8°. Baltimore, 1899. Repr.from: Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1899, x. -----. Report of one hundred consecutive cases of cataract extraction. 23 pp. 8°. New York, 1899. Repr.from: Am. J. Ophth., St. Louis, 1899, xvi. ------. A case of extensive detachment of the retina in myopic eye in which complete recovery followed rest in bed and the administration of pilocarpine. 3 pp. 8°. New York, 1900. Repr.from: Arch. Ophth., N. Y., 1900, xxix. ------. The evolution of the ophthalmoscope and what it has done for medicine. 26 pp. 12°. New York, A. R. Elliott Pub. Co., 1901. Repr.from: N. York M. J., 1901, Ixxiii. ------. Two new instruments. 4 pp. 8°. [Hartford, Conn.], 1901. Repr.from: Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, Hartford, 1900-1902, ix. ------. The ideal result to be kept in view in the operative treatmentof convergent strabismus in children. 3 pp. 8°. Baltimore, 1902. Repr.from: Maryland M. J., Bait., 1902, xiv. ------. Inflammation of the mastoid cells. 13 pp. 12°. New York, 1902. Repr.from: N. York M. J., 1902, lxxvi. -----. Observations upon recent methods of treating corneal ulcers, with especial reference to the use of carbolic acid as a not infrequent substitute for the actual cautery. 4 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, 1902. Repr.from: Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1902, cxxiii. -----. The importance of testing the ocular muscle balance for near as well as for distant vision. 6 pp. 8°. [Hartford, Conn., 1904.] Repr.from: Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, Hartford, 1904. ------. The same. 3 pp. 8°. Baltimore, 1905. Repr.from: Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1905, xvi. ------. The genesis of sympathetic ophthalmia. 11 pp. 8°. Chicago, 1905. Repr.from: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1905, xlvi. ------. The success which at the present day attends the operation of cataract extraction and the causes that contribute to it. 3 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, 1906. Repr.from: Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1906, cxxxi. ------. A striking illustration of the efficacy of constitutional measures in controlling inflam- mation of the mastoid cells. 4 pp. 8°. [New Bedford], 1906. Repr.from: Tr.Am.Otol. Soc,New Bedford,190.5-7, ix-x. THEOBALD. 64 THEOBROMINE. Theobald (Samuel)—continued. -----. Prevalent diseases of the eye. A refer- ence handbook, especially adapted to the needs of the general practitioner and the medical student, iv, 551 pp., 11 pi. 8°. Philadelphia & London, W. B. Saunders Co., 1906. ------. The conservative treatment of chronic suppuration of the middle-ear. 4 pp. 8°. Chicago, 1907. -----. Indications for the employment of ad- renalin chlorid, in conjunction with cocain, in operations on the eye. 3 pp. 8°. Chicago, 1907. -----. A simplification of de Grandmont's oper- ation for ptosis. 4 pp. 8°. Baltimore, 1908. Repr.from: Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1908, xix. -----& MacCallum (W. G.) A case of in- traocular tuberculosis with closely simulated glioma of the retina. 4 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Nash- ville, Tenn., 1907. Repr.from: Ophth. Rec, Nashville. 1907, xvi. Theobalds (John Robert) [1823-1902]. Obituary. Lancet, Lond., 1902, i, 856. Theobalt (Eugene-Francois) [1886- ]. Epi- demiologic de la meningite cerebro-spinale £pi- demique. 106 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1908, No. 46. Theoboldin. Pelleechia (A.) La teoboldina ed il suo impiego in terapia. Incurabili, Napoli, 1908, xxiii, 610; 674. Theobroma cacao. Appel (O.) & Strunk (H. F.) Ueber einige in Kamerun auf Tbeobroma cacao beobachtete Pilze. Cen- tralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1903^1, xi, 551; 632.—Fritzweiler (R.) Ueber das Vorkommen des Oleodistearins in dem Fette der Samen von Theobroma- Cacao. Arb. a. d. k. Gsndhtsamte, Berl., 1901-2, xviii, 371-377. Theobromine and compounds. See, also, Diuretics. Amar (M.) * Recherches physiologiques sur l'emploi de la digitaline et de la theobromine chez l'enl'ant. 8°. Paris, 1909. Barrier (T.) * Contribution a I'etude de la theobromine et de son pouvoir diuretique. 8°. Toulouse, 1898. Holle (A.) * Klinische Beobachtungen iiber das Theobrominum-natrio-aceticum, Agurin. 8°. Munchen, 1902. Hutier (R.-P.-J.) ^Theobromine et perme- ability renale. 8°. Bordeaux, 1903. Jakob (H.) * Experimentelle Untersuchun- gen iiber die diuretische Wirkung des Theobro- minum natrio-aceticum (Agurin) und dessen praktische Verwertung in der Tiermedizin. [Bern.] 8°. Munchen, 1902. Joris (C.) *Sur quelques derives de la theo- bromine. 8°. Lyon, 1902. Lemoyne de Yernon (B.) theobromine et digitale, 4tude clinique comparative. 8°. Lyon, 1899. J ' Levexson (Sophie). * Quelques observations sur Paction de la theobromine. 8°. Geneve, 1898. ' Serr (G.) Etude experimentale et clinique sur la diureseprovoqu6e et contribution a I'etude des effets de la theobromine. 8°. Montauban, 1906. Topp (E.) *Kaffolid-Abbau der 7.9-Dia- thyl-Harnsiiure und des Theobromins. [Kiel.] 8°. Hamburg, 1911. Alvarez (C.) La teobromina y sus derivados en el tratamiento de la asistolia. Rev. Soc. med. argent., Buenos Aires, 1907, xv, 281-303.—An ten (H.) Recher- ches sur Taction diuretique de la cafeine et de la theo- bromine. Arch, internat. de pharmacod., Brux. et Par., 1901, viii, 455-497,1 pi— Audry (C.) Utilite de la theo- bromine contre l'intoxication mercurielle. Ann. de der- Theobromine and comjwmds. mat. etsyph., Par., 1911, 6. s., ii, 2sti.—Brunner (H.) & Leins (H.) Sur la separation et la determination quan- titative de la cafeine et de la the'obromine. Schweiz. Wchnschr. f. Chem. u. Pharm.. Zurich, 1898, xxxvi, 301- 303.—Calvet. Notes sur Paction bypnagogue de la theobromine chez les cardiaques. Bull. Soc. med.-chir. de la Drome [etc.], Valence & Par., 1904, v, 31-38.—('amis (M.) Sul rapporto fra azione cardiaca e dissociazione elettrolitica della caffeina e della teobromina. Arch, di farm, e terap., Palermo, 1909, xv, 31-43. Also, transl.: Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1809-10, Iii, 469-480.— 6er- vvlnka (H.) Ueber Agurin, ein neues Theobrominpra- parat. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1902, xxvii, 600.—Colin- stein (W.) Ueber die diuretische Wirkung des Theo- bromins. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1893, xxx, 91-93.—Da- lous (E.) & Serr (G.) Etude des variations morpho- iogiques de l'epitheiium du tube contourne sous l'influ- ence de la theobromine. J. de phvsiol. et de path. gen., Par., 1907, ix, 102-111, 1 pi.—De Buck (D.) The diuretic action of theobromine derivatives. Merck's Arch., N. Y., 1902, iv, 348-351.—Oumesnil (E.) Sur un derive solu- ble de la theobromine lithique. (theobromose, nom de- pose). Bull, d, sc. Pharmacol., Par., 1906, xiii, 143. Also: J. dej>harm. et chim., Par., 1906, 6. s., xxiii, 326-328.— Fere (C.) Note sur l'influence de la theobromine sur le travail. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1901, 11. s., iii, 593-596.— Gallavardin (L.) & Pelm (M.) De la theo- bromine comme hypnagogue au cours de certaines car- diopathies arterielles. Lyon med., 1903, ci, 695-697.— Gerard (G.) Reaction de la theobromine. J. de pharm etchim., Par., 1906, 6. s., xxiii, 476.—Huchard (H.) Ac tion diuretique de la theobromine dans les maladies car. diaques et renales. Bull, et mem. Soc. de therap., Par. 1896, 45-64. Also: Rev. de therap. med.-chir., Par., 1896' lxiii, 67-77. -----. Digitale et theobromine; diurtjtiques, Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par., 1900, exxxix, 765-782. Also. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap.. Par., 1900, xiv, 273-278.— Huchard (H.) & Fiessinger (C.) La theobromine. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1909, xxiii, 634-638.— Impens (E.) Contributions a I'etude des preparations solubles de la theobromine. Arch, internat. de phar- macod., Brux. et Par., 1901, ix, 1-62, 1 ch.—Jaglc (N.) Ueber kombinierte Theobromin- und Jodbehandlung. Med. Klin., Berl., 1908, iv, 498.— Kreutz (A.) Ueber deu Theobromingehalt des Kakaos und eine neue quan- titative Bestimmung desselben. Ztschr. f. Untersuch. d. Nahrungs- u. Genussmittel, Berl., 1908, xvi, 679-584. -----. Ueber den Theobromingehalt einiger Kakao- bohnen. Ibid., 1909, xvii, 526-528. —Kriiger (M.) & Schmidt (J.) Das Verhalten von Theobromin im Or- ganismus des Menschen. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Phar- makol., Leipz., 1900-1901, xiv, 259-261.—L. Action diu- retique de la theobromine dans les maladies cardiaques et renales. Rev. med., Louvain, 1895-6, xiv, 318-321.— lioria (G.) Ricerche viscosimetriche sul sangue sotto 1' influenza dei vari diuretici, con speciale riguardo al meccanismo di azione della teobromina nei suoi benefici effetti nella cardiosclerosi e stati affini. Riv. crit. di clin. med.. Firenze, 1911, xii, 65; 81; 97.—Michael!* (L.) Klinicheskiya nablyudeniya nad agurinom (novim pre- paratom teobromina). [Clinical observations on agurin (a new preparation of theobromin).] Vrach. gaz., S.-Peterb., 1901, viii, therap. pt., 26-28. Also, transl.: Deutsche Aerzte-Ztg., Berl., 1901, 557-560.—Nobeeourt (P.) Digitaline et theobromine chez l'enfant. J. de med. de Par., 1911, 2. s., xxiii, 971-973. Also: Med. inf., Par., 1912, ix, 1-7.—Nobeeourt (P.) & Amar. Re- cherches sur l'emp'oi de la digitaline et de la theobro- mine chez l'enfant. Arch, de med. d. enf., Par., 1910, xiii, 36-43.—Nobeeourt (P.) & Paisseau (G.) Etude de Paction diuretique de la digitaline et de la theobro- mine chez l'enfant. Ibid., 1912, xv, 81-94.—Patta (A.) Nota intorno a campioni salicilato di teobromina e sodio di varia provenienza. Arch, di farmacol. sper., Roma, 1909, viii, 202-205. Also, Reprint. —Paul (T.) Unter- suchungen iiber Theobromin und Koffein und ihre Salzbildung. Arch. d. Pharm., Berl., ccxxxix, 48-90.— Paiviuski (J.) O moczopednem dzialaniudyjuretyny (Theobrominum natriosahcylicum diuretinum). Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1893, xiii, 3; 35; 6S; 95.—Plavee (V.) O diureteckem udinku preparatfi theobrominovych. [L'effet diuretique de la theobromine et ses composes. Res., 115-117.1 Sborn. klin., v Praze, 1902-3, iv, 91-118. -----. Zur Lehre von der diureti chen Wirkung des Theobromins. Arch, internat. de pharmacod., Brux. et Par., 1904-5, xiii, 275-294. -----. Ueber den klinischen Wert der Theobrominpraparate. Berl. klin.-therap. Wchnschr., 1904, 169-179. Also: Wien. klin.-therap. Wchnschr., 1904, 171-180.—Pominerekne (H.) Ueber Pseudotheobromin und die damit isomeren Verbindun- gen, das Theobromin, Theophyllin und Paraxanthin. Arch. d. Pharm., Berl., 1898, cexxxvi. 105-122. —Sa- basknikofr (J. M.) K farmakologii teobromina. Trudi russk. med. Obsh. p. imp. Varshav. Univ., 1892, iii, pt. 2., 68-76.—Salant (W.) & Phelps (I. K.) Demethylation of caffeine and theobromin under patho- logical conditions. J. Pharmacol. & Exper. Therap., THEOBROMINE. 65 THEOCIN. Theobromine and compounds. Bait., 1911-12, iii, 469.—Sievers (R.) & Tallqvlst (T. W.) Kliniska observationer rdrande verkan af theo- brominum natrio-salicylicum. [Clinical observations on the action of theobrominum natrio-salicylicum.J Finska lak.-sallsk. handl., Helsingfors, 1896, xxxviii, 538-565. Also, Reprint.—Solaeolu (T.) Etude clini- que sur un sel soluble de theobromine. J. de med. int.. Par., 1902, vi, 145; 155.—Sterling (S.) O dzialaniu na- mocznem teobrominy (theobrominum pnrum). [Diu- retic action of ... ] Czasopismo lek., L6d£, 1902, iv, 20-25.—Thomas. Action de la theobromine sur la ten- sion arterielle. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par., 1899, cxxxvii, 492-501.— Welmans (P.) Zur Theobromin- bestimmung im Kakao. Pharm. Ztg., Berl., 1902, xlvii, 858— Zernlk (P.) Ueber minderwertige Theobromin- priiparate. Arb. a. d. pharmazeut. Inst. d. Univ. Berl. (1908), 1909, vi, 82-84. Theobromine (Toxicology of). Intoxication par la theobromine.' Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.]. Soc de therap. . . ., Par., 1897, ii, 628-635.— Veley (V. H.) & Waller (A. D.) On the comparative toxicity of theobromine and caffeine, as measured by their direct effect upon the contractilitv of isolated mus- cle. Proc Roy. Soc. Lond., 1910, s. B., lxxxii, 568-674. Theocin [Theophyllin]. Devars (A.) *Essai d'etude physiologique et therapeutique sur la theophylline (ou theo- cine). 8°. Lyon, 1903. Ferrier (J.) * Contribution a I'etude de la theophylline ou theocine. 8°. Montpellier, 1904. Gautherin (A.) * La cafeine et la theocine, leur action elective sur le syteme musculaire, leur.s inconvenients, leurs dangers. 8°. Paris, 19U5. Rattner. *Practische Versuche am Kran- kenbett iiber die diuretische und antihydropi- sche Wirkung des Theocin (Theophylin). 8°. Wiirzburg, 1903. Ajello (S.) Studio sperimentale e clinico sulla teo- fillina Boehringer. Gazz. med. sicil., Catania, 1903, vi, 317; 333; 349; 365. — Alkan (L.) & Arnkeim (J.) Er- fahrungen iiber Theocin (Theophyllin). Therap. Mo- natsh., Berl., 1904, xviii, 20-26.—Allyn (H. B.) On the use of theocin (theophyllin) and theocin sodium-acetate as diuretics. Phila. Hosp. Rep., 1905, vi, 138-151.—Ani- simoff (A. F.) Material! k ucheniyu o teotsinle. LOn theocin.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1905, iv, 1151-1155.— Apostolides (A.) jun. Klinische Beobachtungen iiber die diuretische Wirksamkeit des Theocin-Natrium aceticum. Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg., 1907, lxxvi,663.—Beco (L.) & Gllkinet (G.) Notes cliniques sur deux diure- tiques nouveaux (agurine, theocine). Gaz. m6d. beige, Liege. 1904-5, xvii, 94-97.—Bigg (E.) Theocine sodium acetate. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1907, ii, 1196.—von Bolten- stern (O.) Ueber Theophyllin (Theocin). Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1904, Ixxiii, 45-48. —Caraceiolo (S.) Alcune osservazioni cliniche sulla teocina. Gazz. med. di Roma, 1903, xxix, 679-685.—Carbonell y Soles (F.) La teocina, un nuevo diuretico. Arch, de ginecop., Bar- cel., 1903, xvi, 109-112. —t'fcevalier (J.) La theocine. Rev. de therap. med.-chir., Par., 1903, lxx, 73-78.—C'lerlci (E.) Ricerchecliniche comparative sulle propriety diure- tiche e cardiocinetiche della teocina e caffeina. Riv. crit. di clin. med.. Firenze, 1905, vi, 21-28— C'ombemale & Vasseur. Reflexions cliniques sur le nouveau diure- tique, la the'•nciin'. Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1903, vii, 373-378.—De JIarchis ( F. i Azione fisiologicaeterapeu- tica della tecina tteofillina sintetica). Arch, farmacol, sper., Roma, 1903, ii,218: 207, Also: Bull. d. r. Accad. med. di Roma.1903, xxix,312-347.—I>e*plats( H.) Action diu- retique de la theocine. J. d.sc. med. de Lille,1906, n,5-10.— DiballoflnS.) Iz nablyudeniy nad teotsinom [On theocin.] Prakt. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1904, iii, 941.—Doer- Ing (C.) Theocin (Theophyllin), ein neuesDiureticum. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1903, 1, 366-368.—Ilreser (H ) Versuche iiber die Theocindiurese am gesunden Menschen. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1903, xl, 953-956. Also, transl.: Edinb. M. J., 1904, n. s., xv, 137-145. — Dvuzhil- niy (A. Y.) K mochegonnomu dlelstviyu teotsina. [Diuretic action of theosin.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1904, iii, 399-404.—15rede (L.) Sopra un nuovo diure- tico, la teocina. Cazz. med. lomb., Milano, 1904, lxiii, 202-205.—Farr (C. B.) & Welker (VV. H.) The influ- ence of theophyllin on nitrogenous excretion and parti- tion. Arch. Int. Med., Chicago, 1912, x, 23-30.—Fiore. Valore terapeutico della teocina. Corriere san., Milano, 1904, xv, 4-7.—Foa (M.) Sulla azione diuretica e de- clorurante della teocina. Riformamed.,Palermo-Napoli, 1904, xx, 505-512.—Gamier (C.) A propos de la th6o- VOL XVIII, 2d series----5 Theocin [Theophyllin]. cine et de son action diuretique. Soc. de med. de Nancy. C.-r____Mem., 1902-3, 175-186. Also: Rev. m6d. de Test, Nancy, 1903, xxxv, 563-573.—Grande (E.) La teocina ed il massaggio addominale come diuretici. Med. prat., Nicastro, 1904, ii, no. 12, 4; no. 13, 4.—Grodzenski (M. M.) Theocin, kak diureticum. [ ... as a diuretic] Terapiva, S.-Peterb., 1904, i, 273-277. Also, transl.: Med. Woche, Berl., 1905, vi, 313-316.—Griiter (R.) Ueber leichtlosliche Verbindungen des Theophyllins. Therap. Monat>h., Berl., 1910, xxiv, 613-616.—Gutmann (B.) Ueber Theocin als Diureticum im Kindesalter. Arch. f. Kindesh., Stuttg., 1904, xxxviii, 195-202.—Hewlett (A. W.) Theophyllin as a diuretic. Calif. State J. M., San Fran., 1907, v, 221-224.—Hundt. Ein Beitrag zur diu- retischen Wirkung des Theocins, speziell bei akuter Ne- phritis. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1904, xviii, 191-193.— Jakob (H.) Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber die diuretische Wirkung von Theocin und dessen therapeu- tische Verwendung. Deutsche tierarztl. Wchnschr., Hannov., 1903, xi, 333; 343.—Jassnlger (K.) A theocin diuretikus hatasar61. [The diuretic effect of .. .J Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1903, xlvii, 441. Also: Orvosi heti szemle, Budapest, 1903, xxxiv, 576. Also, transl.: Med. BL, Wien, 1904, xxvi, 47.—K6tiy (L.) A theocinnal (theophyllin) mint diureticummal tett klinikai tapasztalatok. [. . . as a diuretic, from clinical experiences.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1903, xlvii, 283; 302.—Kramer (H.) Ueber die diuretische Wirkung des Theocins. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1903, 1, 547-549.—Kriiger (M.) v. In: Ermerins (F. G.) Anecdota med. Grseca. 8°. Lugd. Bat, 1840, 1-77. ------. Hepl diaxooprfpdzoov. De excrementis libellus. E membranis Oxoniensibus, nunc primum editus, et latio donatus. In his: nepi o{.pwi>/Si|3Ai'ov. 16°. Lugd. Bat., 1703, 237- 271. Theophilus (Christian). De sanguine vetito disquisitio uberior, pro Th. Bartholino. Accessit ejusdem Bartholini De sanguinis abusu dispu- tatio. 2 p. 1., 150 pp. 12°. Francofurti, ex off. Hafniensi P. Hauboldi, typ. J. G. Drulmanni, 1676. Bound with: Bartholintjs (Thomas). De morbis bi- blicis [etc.]. 2. ed. 12°. Francofurti, [1672], Theophorin. Cohn(L.) Versuche mit Theophorin. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1907, xxxiii, 1413.—Wlaass (T. A.) Bemerkungen zu dem Artikel: Einige Erfahrun- gen iiber die Wirkung des Theophorins, von Thomas. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1907, xxi, 289. — Thomas. Einige Erfahrungen iiber die Wirkungen des Theopho- rins Ibid., 286-288.—Xernik (F.) Theophorin. Arb. a. d. phamazeut. Inst. d. Univ. Berl. 1906, Berl. u. Wien, 1907, iv, 72-76. THEOPHRASTUS. 67 THERAPEUTICS. Theophrastus Eresius. De historia planta- rum libri decern, grace et latine, in quibus tex- tum grcecum variis lectionibus, emendationibus, hiulcorum supplementis, latinam Gaz;e versio- nem nova interpretatione ad margines: totum opus absolutissimis cum notis: turn commenta- riis, item plantarum iconibus illustravit Joannes Bocheus a iStapel. Accesserunt .lulii Gesaris Scaligeri in eosdem libros animadversiones et Roberti Constantini annotationes cum indice lo- cupletissimo. 9 p. 1., 1187 pp., 44 1. fol. Ams- telodami, cipud H. Laurenlium, 1644. See, also, Phillppson (Ludovicus). 'YAij iv8pu>irivri, [etc.]. 8°. Berolini, 1831. Theophrastus Paraeelsus. See Paracel- sus. Theophyllin. See Theocin. Theopold (Johannes) [1881- ]. *Ein Bei- trag zur Lehre von der Arhythmia perpetua. [Jena.] 24 Dp. 8°. Naumburga. S., Lippert & Co., 1907. Theopold (Johannes). * Untersuchungen iiber die Entwickelung der Leberliippchen des Schweines. [Bern.] 31 pp. 8°. Giistrow, C. Michael, 1910. Theopold (Rudolf) [1880- ]. *Statistische Erhebungen iiber die von 1901-7 in der Univer- sitats-Augenklinik zu Gottingen behandelten perforierenden Augenverletzungen. 21 pp. 8°. Gottingen, W. F. Kastner, 1907. Theopold (Wilhelm) [1SS0- ]. *Die Re- sultate der vaginalen Totalexstirpation bei Ute- ruscarcinom in den letzten zehn Jahren. 41 pp. 8°. Gottingen, W. F. Kastner, 1905. Theorosot. Liebert (W. [M.]) *Chemische und toxi- kologische Untersuchungen fiber Theorosot. [Bern.] 8°. Leipzig, 1909. Theory and practice of chirurgical pharmacy; comprehending a complete dispensatory for the surgeons; with explanatory and critical notes on each composition [etc.]. xvi (2 1.), 380 pp. 8°. Dublin, G. el- A. Ewing, 1761. Theory (The) and practice of medicine, v. 1, 1893. 158 pp. 8°. Chicago, Medical Advance Co., 1893. Theosalin. Hollaender (H.) Theosalin; adatok a veselobok k6r- es gy6gytanahoz. [Theosalin; nephritis and its treatment.] Gy6gyaszat, Budapest, 1911, li, 23-25. Theosophy. Sixnett (A. P.) The occult world. 7. Am. from the 4. English ed., with the author's cor- rections and a new preface. 12°. Boston, 1895. Freiniark (H.) H. P. Blavatsky und ihre Theoso- phie. Ztschr. f. Religionspsychol., Halle a. S., 1911, v, 109-124.—Part (J. S.) A few notes on occultism, in West Africa. Proc. Soc. Psych. Research., Lond., 1898-9, xiv, 343-347. Thephorin. Liinke. Thephorin. Therap.Neuheiten,Leipz., 1907, ii, 29. — JHaass ( T. A.) Pharmakologische Untersu- chungen fiber ein neues Diureticum "Thephorin." The- rap. Monatsh., Berl., 1906, xx, 187-194.—Zernlk (F.) Thephorin. Apoth.-Ztg., Berl., 1906, xxi, 898. Thephrosia toxicaria. Dexks (H. [G. R.]) * Ueber das in der The- phrosia toxicaria enthaltene Gift. 8°. Heidel- berg, 1904. Therapeutes. See Brodie (David). Therapeulie (The) applications of protargol in the treatment of specific urethritis. 8 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, [n. d.]. Therapeulie classification of American health resorts. 2 1. 8°. [Detroit], 1901. Repr.from: Polk's Med. Reg. & Dir. of the United States and Canada, 1906. Therapeutic Digest and Formulary. A monthly review of current medical literature. v. 1, Nos. 1-6, 1898-9. 8°. Kansas City. Therapeulie Gazette. 3. s., v. 1-29, 1885- 1913. 8°. Detroit. Therapeulie Institute of Philadelphia. An- nual catalogue of the students composing the class of the annual curriculum of lectures for the year 1835-6 (5.). William P. C. Barton, lecturer. 8 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, J. Thomp- son, 1836. Therapeulie Medicine. International thera- peutic review, v. 1-5, 1907-11. 8°. New York. Therapeulie Monthly. A journal of reliable, practical, and advance information for the phy- sician, v. 1-2, 1901-1902. 4°. Philadelphia. Therapeutic News. v. 1-3, 1900-1902. 8°. New York. Therapeutic Notes, v. 1-19, 1894-1912. 8°. Detroit, Mich. Therapeutic Progress, v. 1-8,1896-1903. 8°. New York. Therapeutic Record. A monthly record of the advances of therapeutics, v. 1-8, 1905-6 to 1912-13. 8°. Louisville. Therapeutic Review, v. 1,1904. 8°. Phila- delphia. Therapeutic specialties, including a number of new and important products, mostly syn- thetic; manufactured by the Chemische Fabrik auf Actien, Berlin, Gy. 77 pp. 8°. New York, [n. d.]. Therapeutic (The) value of diuretin-Knoll (sodium-theobromine salicylate). 48 pp. 8°. [n. p., n. d.] Therapeutical progress, containing medical reports on the new synthetical remedies of the Farbwerke vorm. Meister Lucius & Bruening, Hoechst-on-Main, Germany. 48 pp. 16°. Lon- don, 1894. Therapeutics. See, also, Air as a remedy; Balneology; Chemotherapy; Electrotherapy; Extracts (Animal, Therapeutic use of); Lactation (In- fluence of drugs upon); Massage; Materia medica; Medicine (Practice of); Medicines (Administration of); Pain (Treatment of); Phar- macology; Phototherapy; Physiotherapy; Radiumtherapy; Rest; Rontgen rays (Therapeutic use of); Serotherapy. Abrams (A.) Man and his poisons. A prac- tical exposition of the causes, symptoms and treatment of self-poisoning. 8°. New York, 1906. , Brief practical notes on certain important modern therapeutical agents. Indications, ad- ministration, doses. 16°. Paris, 1893. Brunton (SirT. L.) Index of diseases and remedies. Reprinted from the "Pharmacology, Therapeutics and Materia Medica of. . ." With a supplement referring to the medicinal agents mentioned in the index and detailing the phar- maceutical preparations of those that are listed by Parke, Davis & Co. 8°. Detroit, Mich., 1890. Buc'hoz (J.-P.) Avantages qu'on peut tirer des plantes meme les plus suspectes, pourvu qu'on les emploie avec precaution, pour guerir les maladies les plus incurables. 12°. Paris, 1806. THERAPEUTICS. 68 THERAPEUTICS. Therapeutics. Cabot (R. C.) Social service and the art of healing. 12°. New York, 1909. Campbell (H.) On treatment. 12°. New York, 1907. Cigliano (T.) La critica nella terapia, ovvero il curare ragionevole. Discorso di prolusione nella regia Universita di Napoli. Anno scolas- tico 1896. 8°. Napoli, 1896. Cohn (P.) Die Verwendung von Chemika- lien als Heilmittel; nach Vorlesungen. 8°. Stuttgart, 1906. Repr.from: Samml. chem. u. chem.-technischer Vortr. Ciffe (R.) A paper read before the section on therapeutics, at the British Medical Congress, held in London, Aug. 2, 1895. 16°. Lincoln, 1895. Dalmas (A.) *An species et genera mor- borum indicationibus therapeuticis inserviunt? 4°. Parisiis, 1826. Daniel (C.) Memorial therapeutique. 24°. Paris, 1902. Dukand (H.) Tableaux synoptiques de the- rapeutique descriptive et clinique. 8°. Paris, 1899. Field (H. M.) Two or three strong, practi- cal therapeutic points of every-day application. 8°. Detroit, 1890. Fontaines (P.-J.) * Observations cliniques suivies de quelques reflexions sur l'effet de I'opium et du quinquina sur les maladies qui en font le sujet. 8°. Montpellier, an NIT, 1804. Froehlich (J.) Das natiirliche Zweckmiis- sigkeitsprincip in der Pathologie und Therapie. (Grundlage und Ziel der Therapie vom teleo- logischen Standpunkt.) 8°. Berlin & Leipzig, 1892. Golfin (H.) De 1' occasion ou de 1' opportunity en matiere de therapeutique. 8°. Montpellier, 1836. Guermonprez (F.) De la prudence en thera- peutique, lecon donnee a la Faculte catholique de medecine de Lille. Recueillie par Monestie et Souville. 8°. Lille & Paris, 1893. Harvey & Reynolds. Notes on new reme- dies, etc. Collated from recent medical and pharmaceutical periodicals, British and foreign. 12°. Gloucester, [1872]. Hegewald. Rede: Ueber die Zweckmiissig- keit der Arzneimittel in der Behandlung der Krankheiten. 8°. Leipzig, 1894. • Hensel (J.) Physiological bread [etc.]. A contribution to the simplification of therapeu- tics. 8°. Philadelphia, 1894. Hooker (J. S.) The higher medicine. 12°. London, 1907. Hoxie (G. H.) Symptomatic and regional therapeutics. 8°. Neiv York & London, 1910. Huchard (H.) Consultations medicales. 8°. Paris, 1901. Jolin (S.) Nyare liikemedel ur farmaceu- tiskt-kemisk synpunkt. [Modern remedies from a pharmaceutico-chemical point of view.] 8°. Stockholm, [1892]. Jorritsma (T. A.) Beantwoording der vraag: Kan men op goede gronden de herstelling der lijders van den geneesheer alle6n verwachten? 8°. Te Hoorn, 1841. Jousset (P.) Constitution de la therapeu- tique. 8°. Paris, 1902. -----. The same. 8°. Paris, 1903. Lange (V.) Kliniske og terapeutiske Med- delelser. 8°. Kj0benhavn, 1894. Lare (H. S. P.) Rational therapeutics in practice, obi. 8°. St. Louis, [n. d.~\. Therapeutics. Le Cavelier (D.-E.) La therapeutique eclec- tique, physiologique et philosophique. 8°. Paris, 1909. Mariani y Larrion (J. M.) & de Corteja- rena y Aldebo (F.) Discursos lefdos en la real Academia de medicina. [La indicaeion tera- peutica en estado actual de los conocimientos medicos, discurso de Juan Manuel Mariani y Larrion. Discurso de Francisco de Cortejarena y Aldebo, en contestation al anterior. 4°. Ma- drid, 1892. Mementos (Les) therapeutiques des. prati- ciens publies sous la direction de Henri Huchard et avec la collaboration de Barie, Brocq, d' Heilly, Guigeot, Ch. Mauriac, A. Renault, Schwartz, Baretti, Bar et Demelin. Charles Eloy, redac- teur. 4v. 12°. [Paris], 1891-4. v. 3, 2. ed. -----. The same. Mementos therapeuti- ques, publics par le Journal des praticiens. Sous la direction de Huchard et Deguy. 8°. Paris, 1902. Miccoli (G.) Saggio di osservazioni su la forza medica di alcuni rimedj nostrali. 24°. [Napoli], 1787. Michaelis (A. A.) Erfahrungen auf dem Gebiete der Heilkunde. Therapeutische Winke undRatschliige. 8°. Hildburghausen, [n. d.]. Moglie (G.) La moderna terapia nei far- maci e nei metodi di cura. 12°. Roma, 1908. Murray (W.) Rough notes on remedies. 3. ed. 8°. London, 1899. ------. The same. 4. ed. 12°. London, 1901. Orozco (C.) *Comparacion de la terapeutica y la higiene bajo el punto de vista social; estu- dio de filosoffa medica. 8°. Mi'xico, 1880. Osler(W. ) The treatment of disease. 8°. London, 1909. Parsons (C. W.) An essay on the question, Vis medicatrix, how far is it to be relied on in the treatment of diseases? 8°. Boston, 1849. Also, in: Boston M. & S. J., 1849, xl, 189-201. Pecholier (G.) Illusions et realites de la therapeutique. 8°. Paris, 1862. Periphanakes (E.) UpaKriKT} hyxeipi6- tikt). 8°. 'Ev 2vpcp, 1899. Ponfick (E.) Ueber das Wesen der Krank- heit und die Wege der Heilung. Rede beim Antritt des Rectorats an der Kongl. Universi- tat zu Breslau, gehalten am 15. October 1892. 8°. Berlin, 1892. Presch ( B. ) Die physikalisch-diatetische Therapie in der arztlichen Praxis. 8°. Wiirz- burg, 1902-3. Ramseyer (A. A.) Systematic therapy, be- ing an essay to place therapy on scientific and practical ground. 8°. [n. p., 1898.] Reddingius (R. A.) De betrekking tusschen theorie en therapie in de geneeskunde. 8°. Groningen, 1911. Reinhold (A. F.) Nature vs. drugs. A chal- lenge to the drugging fraternity. 8°. New York, [1898]. Repertoire de therapeutique medieo-chirur- gicale; resume des travaux francais et etrangers publie sous la direction du Dr. Bergeron. 8°. Paris, 1907. Sharp (W.) The anatomical basis of thera- peutics; an essay. 8°. London, 1868. -----. Essay LVI. Reply to a French re- view of Essay LI1. [Therapeutics ought to be- come a science. ] 8°. London, 1889. Stens ( W. ) Die Therapie unserer Zeit in Briefen. 8°. Sondershausen, 1854. THERAPEUTICS. 69 THERAPEUTICS. Therapeutics. -----. The same. Therapeutics of the day; in a series of letters translated from the German, by Henry St. Clair Massiah. S°. London, I860. Sundenregister (Das) der Medicinheilkunde, alien Freunden der Gesundheit und eines Gott wohlgefalligen Lebens gewidmet von einem Arzte. 16°. Leipzig, 1851. Teijeiro (D. M.) La terapeutica que se im- pone. 12°. Santiago, 1899. Trall (R. T.) The true healing art; or hy- gienic vs. drug medications. 12°. New York, [1861']. Viniegra (C.) * Ensayo sobre un problema terapeutico. 8°. Mexico, 1874. Virchow (R.) Ueber die Heilkriifte des Or- ganismus. 8°. Berlin, 1875. Viviani (H. J. L.) *De vi medicatrice. 8°. Genux, 1815. Vri.jexs (M.) De therapie, hare wording, haar wezen en hare werlyng. 8°. Amsterdam, 1902. Wat is geneeskunde? De drie behande- lingswijzen van ziekten getoetst en onderzocht door drie geneesheeren alsmede drie opgeloste vraatrstukken. 8°. Amsterdam, [1853?]. Abbott (W. C.) A plea for a truer therapy; real treatmentof the sick. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1904, lxxix, 1238-1240. Also: Alkaloid. Clin.. Chicago, 1904, xi, 919- 922. -----. Medical evolution; the need for a more exact therapy. Am. J. Clin. M., Chicago, 1906, xiii, 12*5-1293.— Aeheson (G.) A plea for rational therapeutics. Ca- nad. Pract. & Rev., Toronto, 1908, xxxiii, 611-620.— Adams (J. H.) What should the patient know about his disease and treatment? Med. Age, Detroit, 1902, xx, 373-376.—Allen (I. O.) The treatment of disease. Lan- cet-Clinic, Cincin., 1911, cv, 414. — Anders (E.) Ueber Entlastung und Ruhestellung erkrankter Korpertheile. St. Petersb. med. Wchnschr., 1896, n. F., xiii, 71-73.— Anderson (L. B.) Philosophy of therapeutics. Tr. Pan-Am. M. Cong. 1>93. Wash., 1895, pt. 1, 434-438. —An. derson (W. W.) The use of drugs in the treatmentof disease. Kentucky M. J., Bowling Green, 1908-9, vii, 717- 728.—Arkharotfn.) Ob osnovakh vnutrennel lekar- stvennoi terapii. [Principles of internal medicinal ther- apv-.1 Vovennc-med. .!.. St. Petersb.. 1900, lxxviii, med.- spec. pt., 2413-2471. —Atkinson (I.E.) Modern thera- peutics Am. Med., Phila., 1905, x, 367-369. — Ayles- worth (G. M.) Internal medication for direct reme- dial effects. Canad. J. M. & S., Toronto, 1904, xv, S3-88 — JBabeoek (R. H.) The limitation of drug therapy. TP, Am. Climat. Ass., Phila., 1901, xvii, 1-13. Also: N. York M. J., 1901, lxxiv, 6-10. — Bailey (B. F.) Patho- genic treatment for pathologic conditions. X. Am. J. Homceop., X. Y., 1902, 3. s., xvii, 758-765—Balo gli (T.) A therapia alaptorvenyei. [The fundamental laws of therapeutics.] Gy6gvaszat, Budapest. 1904, xliv, 301; 303; 314; 346; 362. — Hampton (A. H.'i Abstract of a presidential address on scepticism in therapeutics. Lan- cet. Lond.. 1907, i. 142-144. — Banks ((_'.) Drugs and diseases. Indian M. Gaz4 Calcutta. 1896, xxxi, 319- 321. — Barlow (.S7/T.) The study of the natural historv iif disease the basis of all advance in its treatment. Lancet, Lond., 1902, ii, 267-274. Also: Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1902, n. s., lxxiv, 129-132.— Barnes (A. C.) & Ilille (H.) Contributions to practi- cal therapeutics. Am. Med., Phila., 1902. iii, 871-873.— Bartli ( H.) De la recherche des indications et du choix des agents therapeutiques. Presse med., Par., 1894, 349- 351.—Baster (J.) Verhandeling over de bereiding, werking en nuttigheid van sommige medicynen, hier te lande nog ivHiii'k in gebruik zynde. Verhandel. uitgeg. d. de Holland. Maatsch.d. Weetensch. te Haarlem. 2. ed., 1758, ii, 13-52.—Bateson (J. C.) The philosophy of healing, with methods of promoting the same. Med. Council, Phila., 1912, xvii, 96-99.—Bath (T. W.) Study of diagnosis and pathology should not lessen our confi- dence in the intelligent use of drugs. Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1908, xiv, 332-335.—Baumgarten (E.) Sur quelques experiences dans le domaine de la therapeu- tique. [Transl.] Arch, internat. de larvngol. [etc.], Par., 1905, xx, )33; 472; 820.—Beale (L.S.) The curable stage of some incurable maladies. Kind's Coll. Hosp. Rep. 1893-4, Lond., 1895, i, 17-29.—Beard i R. O.) Nihil- ism in therapeutics in its relation to pharmacy. North- west. Lancet, Minneap., l'.<03. xxiii, 343-346.—Beecher (C.H.) The trouble with therapv. Vermont M. Month., Burlington, 1910, xvi, 130— Bell (J. W.) The need of a more rational therapy. Northwest. Lancet, Minneap., 1905, xxv, 292-297. Also: St. Paul M. J., 1905, vii, 553-562.— Therapeutics. Belt (A. L.) Therapeutic accuracy. Iowa M. J. [etc.], Des Moines, 1906, xiii, 193-202.—Biberleld (J.) Ueber neuere und neueste Arzneimittel. Deutsche med. Wchn- schr., Leipz. u. Berl.. 1910, xxxvi, 1209-1212.—Bigg (G. S.) The cure of disease. Treatment, Lond., 1905-6, ix, 711-746.— Billing* i F. > The limitations of medical therapeutics. Med. News. N. Y., 1902, lxxx, 298-300.— Bishop (L. F.i A plea for greater simplicity in thera- peutics. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1900, xxxv, 1332.-----. A plea for specific plans for treatment other than by single drugs. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1902, Ixi, 451. Also, Reprint. — Bjorknian (G.) An index of diseases alphabetically arranged, with their modern treatment. Merck's Arch., N. Y., 1901-6, iii-viii,pas.61 a szervezetlen anyagcsere tbrvenyeinek, gy6gyszereink hatasm6djanak tiizetesebb felismeresere. [The new method of observation by colored picture analysis and, particulars relating to it; the value of this as to the laws of inorganic metabolism and especially in the recognition of the mode of action of drugs.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1897, xii, 155. —Hildebrandt (H.) Zur Kenntnis kombinirter Arzneiwirkungen. Centralbl. f. innere Med., Leipz., 1895, xvi, 33-41. -----. Ueber neuere medikamentos - therapeutische Bestrebungen. Apoth.-Ztg., Berl., 1905, xx, 149-152.—His (W.) Allge- meine Therapie. Jahresb. ii. d. Leistung. . . . d. ges. Med., Berl., 1910, xliv, 722-734. -----. Allgemeine The- rapie. Ibid., 1911, Berl., 1912, xlvi, pt. 1, 748-761.— Hlava(J.) O hojenisenemoci. [The cure of disease.] Zdravi, v Praze, 1900, vi, 97-102— Hockaul (J.) Was soil der praktische Arzt beziiglich der verschiedenen Heilmittel wissen? Cor.-Bl. d. Ver. deutsch. Aerzte in Reichenberg, 1907, xx, No. 1, 1; No. 2, 1.—Hooe (A. B.) Rational versus empirical therapeutics. Wash. M. Ann., 1905-6, iv, 200-205.—Hoole (L. P.) A plea for simpler medication. Long Island M. J., Brooklyn, 1909. iii, 96.— Hovius (J.) Anmerkingen over de geneesmiddelen. Verhandel. uitgeg. d. de Holland. Maatsch. d. Weetensch. te Haarlem, 1762, vi, pt. 2, 78.8-865.—Huehard (H.) La therapeutique; ce qu'ellc doit etre. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1902. xvi, 242-247. -----. A reforma da therapeuthica. Rev. med.-cirurg. do Brazil, Rio de Jan., 1908, xvi, 273-275— Hiigiienin (P.) Le sangfroid en clinique et en therapeutique. Gaz. de gynec, Par., 1906, xxi, no. 488, 321-328.—Huizinga (J. M.) De ge- neeskunst in de samenleving. Oeneesk. Bl. u. Klin, en Lab. v. de prakt., Haarlem, 1896, iii, 1-39.—Hunter (C. O.) Remedies. Am. Acad. Railway Surg. Tr. 1900, Chicago, 1901, vii, 9-44.—Irwin (.1. W.) A preliminary report on tetra-ethyl-ammonium-hydrate and solution of chloride of platinum. Mississippi M. Rec, Vicksburg, 1903, vii, 23-27.— Jaeobi (A.) Nihilism and drugs. THERAPEUTICS. 71 THERAPEUTICS. Therapeutics. N. York State J. M., N. Y., 1908, viii, 57-65.— Jacobs. Nog eens een geneesmiddel uit de keuken. Tijdschr. v. phys. therap. en hyg., Amst., 1905, 60.— Jauiieson (J.) On the significance of the term cure in medicine. Intercolon. M. Cong. Australas. Tr. 1902, Hobart, 1903, 115-123. Also: Intercolon. M. J. Australas., Melbourne, 1902, vii, 97-111. Also [Abstr.]: Australas. M. Gaz, Sydney, 1902, xxi, 109-112.—Janusehke (H.) Wie kdnnen wir therapeutische Versager mancher Arz- neimittel verhiiten? Beibl. z.d. Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f. inn. Med u. Kinderh. in Wien, 1912, xi, 107-111— Jenkins (J. F.) Some of our late therapeutic resources. J.Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1896, xxvi, 25-27.—Johnson (W. L.) Some therapeutic measures other than medicaments. Therap. Gaz., Detroit, 1899, 3. s.. xv, 730-732.—.1 ones (G. S.) Contributions to therapeutics. Med. limes & Hosp. Gaz., Loud., 1896, xxiv, 370-372.—Jousset (P.) De Paction des medicaments sur l'homme sain dans ses rapports avec la loi de similitude. Art mM., Par., 1895, lxxxi, 321-327.—Kaliselier (S.) Medikarnentbse The- rapie. Handb. d. Neurol., Berl., 1910, i, 1481-1515.— Kalloeh (P. C.) Disease; a conservative instrument of nature. Mil. Surgeon, Wash., D. C, 1909, xxv, 441-445 — Kemper (W. G.) Some exceptions to the rules in the administration of certain drugs. Wisconsin M. J., Mil- waukee, 1908-9, vii, 580-588.—King (A. F. A.) On func- tional reversion and its import in medical practice. In- ternat. Clin., Phila., 1903, 13. s.. i, 187-198. Also, Re- print.—Knapp (C. P.) Is our therapeusis up-to-date? Tr. Lehigh Valley M. Ass., Easton, Pa., 1902, 2. s., i, 31- 35— Kobler (F.) Probleme und Ziele. Ztschr. f. phvs. u. diatet. Therap., Leipz.. 1910, xiv, 476; 540.— Kraft (H.) Ueber das Wesen der Stoffwirkungen. Arch. f. phys. Med. u. med. Tech., Leipz., 1910, v, 109- 112.—Kraiiss (J.) Some imperative problems of medi- cine. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 1911, cvi, 469-472.—Lana- ras (K.) 'Eirl rf/s Oepatreias rutv ofero inoculatione argumento. Dissertatio episto- aris. 8°. Vratislaviiv, 1761. Treyling (J. J.) Alteratio microcosmi thera- peutica, seu tractatus medico-therapeuticus de remediorum et medicamentorum alterantium, operandi et adhibendi modo, materia, formulis indicantibus, et regulis practicis. Liber II. Disp. inaug. F. G. J. G. Molitor. sm. 4°. Jngolstadiiun, 1726. Valescus de Taranta. Epitome operis per- quam utilis morbis curandis Valesci de Taranta in septem congesta libros. Autore Guidone De- siderio Delphinate. 16°. JMgduni, 1560. de Valles (F.) Tratado de las aguas des- tiladas, pesos, y medidas de que los boticarios deven uear, por nueva ordenanca, y mandate de su magestad y su real consejo. 16°. Madrid, 1592. ------. Methodus medendi in quatuor libros divisa, quorum I. Continet victumaegrotantium. II. Rationem curandi perindicationes simplices. III. Per compositas, et cum aliquid eorum, quae indicare possunt nos latet. IV. Occasiones cu- randi, et abstinendi a curationibus. 16°. Lo- vanii, 1647. Vogter (B.) Wie man alle Gebresten und kranckhaiten des menschlichen leibs, ausswen- dig und ynwendig von dem haupt an biss auff THERAPEUTICS. Therapeutics (Ancient authors on). [Prior to the year 1800.] die fuss artzneyen und vertreiben soil, mit aussgepranten Wassern [etc.]. sm. 4°. Augs- purg, 1531. Voulonxe. Memoire qui a remporte" le prix, au jugement de 1'Academie de Dijon le 18 aout 1776, sur la question proposee en ces ter- mes: Determiner quelles sont les maladies dans lesquelles la medecine agissante est preferable a l'expectante, et celle-ci a l'agissante; et a quels signes le medecin reconnoit qu'il doit agir, ou rester dans 1'inaction en attendant le moment favorable pour placer les remedes? 16°. Paris, 1792. -----. The same. Nouvelle ed. 8°. Paris, an FT/[1799]. Wendelstadt (J. G.) *De vitae robore, tono et vitalitate, nee non de medicamentis roboran- tibus, seu vitae balsamicis, confortantibus, toni- cis veris et polychrestis praesidiis dissertatio secunda. sm. 4°. Marlmrgi, 1771. See, also, supra, Marschall (H. G.). Werlhop (P. G.) Actorum medico rum Edinburgensium specimina duo de medicamento alterante ex mercurio et de aurigine ex Anglico sermone Latino reddidit. Accedit epistola ad virum illustrem Joannem Samuelem Nob. Dom. de Berger. De iisdem argmentis, et Came- rariano auriginis remedio; ubi simul disputa- tioni corollarium additur. 12°. Venetiis, 1759. iEgritudiiium (De) curatione tractatus. In: Col- lect. Salernitana, Napoli, 1853, ii, 81-386.—Capivaeeio (G.) De methodo medendi, lectio prima. In his: Med. pract., 8°, Venetiis, 1598, ii, Kl-180.-Hee.quet (P.) An potus segris interdicenduS? In his: MGd. th^ologique [etc.], 12°, Par., 1722, ii, 520-548. -----. An morbi a serosa colluire? Ibid., 1723, ii, 444^165. -----. An remediorum curta supellex? Ibid., 466-490.—Plempius & Dorlix. Sur les principales (Evacuations du corps, la sai^nee et la purgation. Louvain, 1662. In: Physique (Lai d'uzage; [etc.J. 16°, Paris, 1664, [pt. 2], 59-73.—tie Sancto Araando (J.) Deidoneoauxiliorum usu quredam. In: Hevl (C.) [Hoc in volumine . . .], sm. 4°, [Moguntise, 1534J, pt, 2, 245-287. Therapeutics (Apparatus employed in). [Patent speciilcations. ] Bell (H.) Caustic-homer. No, 314,420; March 24, 1885.—Catlin(DeE.B.) Therapeutic oven. No.859,198; July 9,1907.—Ferren (Q. E.) Holder for stick-caustic. No. 421,070; Feb. 11, 1890.—Gillette (L. F.) Therapeu- tic bottle. No. 991,844; May 9, 1911.—Powell (T.) Therapeutic apparatus. No. 889,964; June 9, 1908. — Shoemaker (A. H.) Therapeutical apparatus. No. 911,528; Feb. 2, 1909. Therapeutics (Bio-chemical) [Chemo- therapy], See, also, Sleeping sickness (Prevention, etc., of); Spirilloses (Treatment of); Syphilis ( Treatmentof) with salvarsan; Trypanosomiasis (Treatment of). Bakody (T.) Die Karyomitosis und das Princip der biologisch-medicinischen Therapie. 8°. Berlin, 1884. ------. The same. A karyomitosis es a biologiai gyogytan alapelve. 8°. Budapest, 18S4. Carey (G. W.) The biochemic system of medicine, comprising the theory, pathological action, therapeutical application, materia me- dica, and repertory of Schuessler's twelve tissue remedies. 3. ed. S°. 87. Louis, 1896. Ehrlich (P.) Grundlagen und Erfolge der Chemotherapie. roy. 8°. Stuttgart, 1911. Hegewald. Die biochemische Heilmethode. Eine deutsche Errungenschaft, 8°. Oldenburg, [1903]. THERAPEUTICS. 77 THERAPEUTICS. Therapeutics (Bio-chemical) [Chemo- therapy]. Orth (F. J.) Biochemische Behandlung der Krankheiten. Mit Symptomenangabe darge- stellt in alphabetischer Ordnung nach der 3. Auflage des franzosischen Werkes "Descrip- tion et emploi des douze medicaments biochi- miques," mit vielen Zusiitzen. Durchgesehen und mit Vorwort von . . . H. Goullon. 16°. Leipzig, 1890. Schussler (W. H.) Eine abgekiirzte Thera- pie, gegriindet auf Histologic und Cellular-Pa- thologie. 8°. Oldenburg, 1874. -----. The same. Anleitung zur Behand- lung der Krankheiten auf biochemischem Wege. Mit einem Anhange, Krankengeschichten ent- haltend. 7. Aufl. 8°. Oldenburg, 1881. -----. The same. 12. Aufl. 16°. Olden- burg, 1886. -----. The same. 14. Aufl. 8°. Olden- burg, 1887. -----. The same. 15. Aufl. 8°. Olden- burg, 1888. -----. The same. 16. Aufl. Mit einem Anhange, Krankengeschichten enthaltend. 8°. Oldenburg, 1889. ------. The same. 18. Aufl. 8°. Olden- burg, 1891. -----. The same. 23. Aufl. 12°. Olden- burg & Leipzig, 1896. -----. The same. 31. Aufl. 8°. Olden- burg, 1904. -----. The same. Abridged therapeutics founded upon histology and cellular pathology; with an appendix, giving special directions for the application of the inorganic cell salts, and indications of the underlying condition of mor- bid states of tissue. Biochemie method of suc- cessfully treating disease. Authorized transla- tion bv" M. Docetti Walker. 9. ed. 8°. New York, "[1884]. -----. The same. An abbreviated therapy; the biochemical treatment of disease. 12. ed. 12°. Philadelphia, 1885. -----. The same. 13. ed. 8°. New York, [1886]. -----. The same. 15. ed. 8°. New York, [1888]. -----. The same. Tratamiento bioquimico de las enfermedades. Con un apendice que contiene casos clinicos. Vertida del aleman al ingles, con adicion de un repertorio por J. T. O'Connor, y del ingles al espanol, con adicion de un prologo por J. F. Con vers. 12. ed. 16°. Bogota, 1886. -----. Dr. med. von Viller's Beleuchtung der biochemischen Therapie. 8°. Oldenburg & Leipzig, 1888. Thornton ( W. ) Rationalism in medical treatment, or the restoration of chemism. The system of the future. 12°. Boston, 1885. Zahn & Seeger. Inhalts-Verzeichniss und kurzes Repertorium zu Dr. Schussler's "Abge- kiirzter Therapie." 11. Aufl. 8°. Stuttgurt, 1884. Andreyeflf"(N. F.) Patologo-anatomicheskiyaizmle- neniya nlekotorlkh organov pri otravlenii khimeotera- pevticheskimi sredstvami. [Pathological changes in certain organs in poisoning with chemo-therapeutic remedies.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1911, x, 789. Also, transl.: Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1911, ccv, 263-267.—Arnozan & Carles (J.) Du rdle des leucocytes dans l'absorption et l'61imination des medi- caments. Rev. de therap. med-chir., Par., 1909, lxxvi, 541-554, 1 pi.—Aulde(J.) Cellular therapy; aconsidera- tion of its claims for recognition as the basis of scientific therapeutics. Am. Therapist, N. Y., 1892-3, i, 179-183. Therapeutics (Bio-chemical) [Chemo- therapy]. -----. Cellular therapy; its practical adaptation in the rational treatment of disease. N. York M. J., 1893, lviii, 403-406.—Baglioni (S.) Beziehungen zwischen phy- siologischer Wirkung und chemischer Konstitution. Zt- schr. f. allg. Physiol., Jena, 1903, iii, 313-358.—Bass (R.) Zur Theorie der spezirischen Arzneivvirkungen. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1912, xxxvii, 143-145.—Blake (J.) On the connection between the physiological action of sub- stances and certain physical properties of their molecules. Verhandl. d. x. internat. med. Cong. 1890, Berl., 1891, ii, 2. Abth., 31-35.—Brown (A. C.) & Fraser (T. R.) On the connection between chemical constitution and phy- siological action, Part I. On the physiological action of the salts of the ammonium bases, derived from strychnia, brucia, thebaia, codeia, morphia, and nicotia; . . . (the paper for which the Makdougall-Brisbane prize was awarded; biennial period 1866-68). Tr. Row Soc. Edinb., 1867-9, xxv, 151-203. Also, Reprint.—Brunton (T. L.) Croonian lectures on the relationship between chemical structure and physiological action. Illust. M. News, Lond., 1889, iv, 269; 288; 310: 1890, v, 81; 108; 131, 1 diag. Also: Phil. Tr. 1891, Lond., 1892, clxxxii (B.), 547-632. Also [Abstr.]: Lancet, Lond., 1889, i, 1180; 1289: ii, 57; 203.—Burgi (E.) Die experimentellen Grundlagen der Chemotherapie. Ergebn. d. wissensch. Med., Leipz., 1910, i, 279-298.—Clements (J.) The r61e of drugs in therapeusis; a study in biologic medicine. Am. J. Clin. M., Chicago, 1906, xiii, 1407; 1427; 1508.—Coblentz (V.) Recent developments in the study of the relationship be- tween chemical constitution and physiological action of organic compounds. J. Med. & Sc, Portland, 1902-3, ix, 111-122.—De Castro (S. V.) La flsica molecular en el actual concepto de la acci6n medicamentosa. Gac. m6d. d. Sur de Espafla, Granada, 1909, xxvii, 289; 329; 354; 372; 394; 411; 446; 495. — Elirlicn (P.) Ueber die Bezie- hungen von chemischer Constitution, Vertheilung und pharmakologischer Wirkung. Internat. Beitr. z. inn. Med. (Levden),Berl.,1902,i,644-678. Also: Ges. Arb.z. Immuni- tatsforsch., Berl., 1904, 573-628. -----. The Harben lec- tures, 1907. Experimental researches on specific therapeu- tics. J. Roy. Inst. Pub. Health, Lond., 1907, xv, 321; 385. -----. Ueber mod erne Chemotherapie. Verhandl.d.deut- sch. dermat. Gesellsch., Berl.,1908, x, 62-70. Also [Abstr.]: Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1908, lv, 2211. -----. Allge- meines iiber Chemotherapie. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Kong. f. innere Med., Wiesb., 1910, xxvii, 226-234. -----. Ueber Chemotherapie. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.],l. Abt., Jena, 1911,1, Ref., Beiheft, 94-108. Also: Heilkunde, Berl. u. Wien, 1910, 41-43. Also, transl.: Sleeping Sick. Bureau. Bull., Lond., 1908-9, no. 4, 129-134. -----. Aus chemottrerapeutischem Gebiet. Deutsche Rev., Stuttg. u. Leipz,, 1911, ii, 149-163.—Escli ( W. G.) Beitrage zu einer biologischen Heillehre. Med. Klin., Berl., 1906, ii, 899-901. -----. Zur biologischen Therapie. Aerztl. Rundschau, Munchen, 1909, xix, 589.—Piquet (E.) Relations entre la constitution chimique d'un medicament et ses propriety thSrapeutiques. Cong, in- ternat. demed. C. r., Par., 1900, sect, de therap., 162-166.— Frankenliauser (F.) Ueber die Bedeutung der physikalischen Chemie fiir einige therapeutische Pro- bleme. Fortschr. d. Med., Berl., 1901, xix, 693; 733.— Garcia del Real (E.) La quimioterapia de Ehrlich. Rev. de med. y cirug. piact., Madrid, 1910, lxxxix, 5-17.— Garriga Rivero i M.j Las afinidades cromaticas de las celulas como base fundamental de la quimioterapia. Ibid., 1911, xc, 249-256—Garsed (W.) The relation be- tween chemical constitution and physiological action, illustrated by familiar drugs. [Abstr.] Pharm. J., Lond., 1903, 4. s., xvi, 614-617—Gaule (J.) Beziehun- gen zwischen Moleculargewicht, Molecularstructur und physiologischer Wirkung. (Bemerkung zu der Arbeit des Hrn. Giirber.) Arch. f. Physiol., Leipz., 1890,478-481.- Gerster. Ueber biologische Therapie und ihr Verhalt- nis zu therapeutischen Svstemen. Aerztl. Rundschau, Munchen, 1910, xx, 5K9-5'.)i.—Gibbs (W.) & Hare (H. A.) A systematic study of the action of definitely re- lated chemical compounds upon animals. Am. Chem. J.,Bait., 1889, xi, 435-418. Also, Reprint.—Giirber (A.) Untersuchungen iiber diephysiologischen Wirkungen der Lupetidine und verwandterKorper undderen Beziehun- gen zu ihrer chemischen Constitution. Arch. f. Physiol., Leipz., 1890, 401-477. See, also, supra, Gaule.—Hawley (J.R.) Direct cell tonic therapy. Am. J. Progr. Therap., Chicago, 1906, xvi, 91-96.—lacoby (M.) Die Ergeb- nisse der experimentellen Chemotherapie. Therap. Mo- natsh., Berl., 1911, xxv, 645-651.—Kendall (A. I.) The biology and biochemistry of bacteria and their relation to therapeutics. J. Med. Research, Bost., 1911, xxiv, 411- 424.—fiowalevsky (Olga). Relations de la chimio- taxie et de la leucocytose avec Paction antiphlogistique de diverses substances. Ann. de microg., Par., 1896, viii, 185-226.—KUliner (A.) Allgemeine Therapie auf biologischer Grundlage. Reichs-Med.-Anz., Leipz., 1907, xxxii, 403; 426. ■---—. Das neue biologische Heilver- fahren. Prakt. Arzt, Leipz., 1908, xlviii, 49-58.—Lud- wig (E.) Ueber die Beziehungen der chemischen THERAPEUTICS. 78 THERAPEUTICS. Therapeutics (Bio-chemical) [Chemo- therapy]. Konstitution zur physiologischen Wirkung der Arznei- priiparate. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1894, xliv, 1956; 2003; 2049. Also: Wien. med. Bl., 1894, xvii, 655; 670.— JVlurks (L. H.) Ehrlich's biochemical theory, its con- ception and application. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1910, lv, 1974-1978.—Pennington (J. R.) The animal cell and its therapeutic applications. Med. Standard, Chi- cago, 1901, xxiv, 551-553.—Perez Noguera (E.) Rela- ciones entre la composici6n quimica de los medica- mentos y su accidn risiol6gica. Med. mil. espaii., Madrid, 1902-5, ix-xi, passim.—Peset y Cervera (V.) La pato- logia quimica base de la terapeutica. Gac. m6d. d. Sur de Espafia, Granada, 1910, xxviii, 385; 416— Peyser (M. W.) Cellular therapy. Tr. M. Soc. Virg., Richmond, 1898, 78-83. Also: Bi-Month. Bull. Univ. Coll. Med., Rich- mond, 1*98, iii, 467-471. Also: N. Am. M. Rev., Frede- rick, Md., 1S99, vii, 304-307.—Poulsson (E.) Om Re- lationer mellem Legemers kemiske Bygnir.g og fysio- logiske Virkning. [on the relations of chemical com- position and physiological action of remedies.] Norsk Mag. f. Lrtaevidensk., christiania, 1892, 4. R., vii, 613-627.- Bowlette ( R. J.) Biology and therapeutics. Dublin ,!. M. Sc. 1907, cxxiv, 425-44*2.-Sainsbury (H.) On the connexion between chemical constitution and therapeutic action. Lancet, Lond.,. 1891, i, 252-257.— Schweitzer (H.) Ehrlich's chemotherapy; a new science. 'Science, N. Y., & Lancaster, Pa., 1910, n. s., xxxii, 809-823.—Senta (S.) Action des antipyretiques etdes alcaloides sur la respiration des tissus "in vitro." Arch, internat. de pharmacod., Brux. et Par., 1908, xviii, 217-235.—Sewall (H.) Some biological modes of cure in disease. Denver M. Times, 1895-6, xv, 104-113.— Shoemaker (J. V.) The chemical relations of reme- dies in scientific therapeutics. Am. Med. Surg. Bull., N. Y., 1898, xii, llls-i IJI. Also: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, IK'.ik, xxxi, 679-681.—Stiiubli (C.) Ueber die neueren Forscliiingsresulta'e auf dem Gebiete der "Chemo- therapie." (.'or.-HI. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1909, xxxix, 730-732.—Thomson (W. H.) Modern experi- mental medicine. N. York M. J., 1894, lix, 289; 321. Also, Reprint.—Unna (P.) Das Verhaltnis zwischen Histologic und Therapie. Compt.-rend. Cong, internat. de med. 1897, Mosc, 1899, iv, sect. 8, 34-36.—Verbitski (F. V.) Osnovl khemioterapii i yeya prakticheskoye znacheniye. [Principles of chemotherapy and its prac- tical value.] Izvlest. Imp. Vovenno-Med. Akad., S.- Peterb., 1910, xx, 477-602. — Wainwright (J. W.) Synthetic chemistry, its contributions to modern thera- peutics. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1899, xxxiii, 1399- 1403. -----. Theories on the action of organic medical substances and the relation of chemical constitution to action. Therap. Month., Phila., 1901, i, 231-239.— Wakefield (H.) The importance of understanding the phvsiological-chemical actions of specific remedies. Year Bk. M. Ass. Gr. N. York, 1902, 124-127.—Waugh (W. F.) Vasomotor conditions; selection by the cell. St. Louis Clinique, 1906, xix, 14-19. Therapeutics (Chemical). See Therapeutics (Bio-chemical). Therapeutics (Cutaneous and exter- nal). See Counter-irritants; Inunction; and un- der treatment of various diseases; Therapeutics (Local). Therapeutics (Emergency). Hirtz (E.) & Simon (C.) Therapeutique medicale d'urgence. 12°. Paris, 1909. Lemoine (G.) Les interventions medicales d'urgence. 8°. Paris, 1911. Huchard (H.) & Fiessinger (C.) Medication d'urgence par la reduction des liquides. Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1908, 3. s., lix, 168-171. Also: Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1908, xxii, 103. Therapeutics (Errors and failures in). Martics. Wahre und falsche Heilkunst. Vortrag gehalten am 3. Februar 1902 in der Aula der Universitat Rostock. 8°. Leipzia, 1902. "" Bea les (H.), jr. Some of the causes defeating the proper progress of therapeutics. Proc. Phila. Co. M. Soc, Phila., 1897, xviii, 185-188.—Blondel VR ) Surquelqueserreurs therapeutiquescontrelesloisdelapesanteur. J.demed.de Par.,1910.2.S.,xxii,708. Also: Rev. de therap. med.-chir., Par..1910.lxxvii, 145-147.—Breiiiond(F) Triperiemedi- cinale. Dauphine med., Grenoble. 1904, xxviii, 239-242.— Brown (Hi The use and abuse of medicines. Tr. Kentucky M. Soc., Louisville, 1892, n. s., i,27-34.—Brun- ton {Sir T. L.) & Cash (J. T.) Why do medicines some- Therapeutics (Errors and failures in). times fail to act? St. Barth. Hosp. Rep'.. Lond., 1884, xx, 213-224. Also, Reprint.—Butler (G. F.) Untoward ef- fects of drugs. Medicine, Detroit, lv.»8, iv, 793-800. -----. The personal elements of error in therapeutics. Am. Med., Phila., 1902, iii, 21-23 — Caldwell (\V. S.) Vaga- ries in therapeutics, or the contents of my waste basket at the end of six months. Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1901-2, n. s., iii, 51-53.—Chace (A. E.) Fallacies of modern therapeutics. Post-Graduate, N. Y., 1909, xxiv, 697; 811.— Davis I.N. S.) Need of much more accurate knowledge concerning both the immediate and remote effects of the remedial agents in general use; and the exercise of more care to avoid the coincident administration of antagonis- tic remedies in acute diseases. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1902, xxxviii, 1415-1418.—Didama (H. D.) Experientia fallax. Phila. M. J., 1898, i, 109-114.—Bieupart (L.) Les insucces en therapeutique; une des causes les plus habituelles de l'inefficacite des traitements; intolerance des voiesdigestives (moyensd'yremedier). Med. orient., Par., 1909, xiii, 515-520.—Dixon (W. E.) Drug fallacies. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1906, ii, 1469.— Eceles (R. G.) The ponsasinorum of therapeutics. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1898, xxxi, 692-697. Also: Am. Med.-Surg. Bull., N. Y., 1898, xii, 910-918.—Fonts. Fe de erratas de la terapeu- tica corriente. Rev de espec. m6d., Madrid, 1907, x, 585.— Graham (J. T.) The abuse of drugs. Practice, Rich- mond, 1896, x, 319-322.—Gripat (H.) La faillite de la therapeutique. Arch. med. d'Angers, 1903, vii, 220-229.— Heubner (W.) Allerlei Heilmittel-Unheil. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1912, xxvi, 185-192.—Houssay. De la persistance de l'erreur en therapeutique a travers les ages. Progres med., Par., 1900, 3. s., xii, 480-482.— Janusehke (H.) Wie konnen wir therapeutische Versager mancher Arzneimittel verhiiten? Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1912, lxii, 1947-1950.—Lambert (A.) In- discriminate drug taking. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1912, xcv, 313-316. Al>o, Reprint.—Leredde. Des causes d'erreur et de la m6thode en therapeutique. Arch. gen. de med., Par., 1905, i, 668-681. Also: Rev. prat. d. mal. cutan. [etc.], Par., 1905, iv, 120-135.—Lozinski (A.) Psikhologiya samollecheniya i sharlatanstvo v meditsi- nle. [The psychology of self-treatment and charlatanry in medicine.] Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1911, xviii, 1280; 1317; 1342; 1380.—Montgomery (D. W.) Mishaps in treatment. Calif. State J. M., San Fran., 1912, x, 283- 285.—Nichols (J. T. G.) The misuse of drugs in modern practice. Med. Communicat. Mass. M. Soc, Bost., 1893, xvi, 3-46. Also: Boston M. & S. J., 1893, exxix, 239; 261; 292.—Peabody (G. L.) Some fallacies of therapeutics. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1900, lix, 481-4S5. [Discussion], 511- 513.—Purjesz (Z.) Therapeutikus csal6d&sok 6s ezek okai. [Therapeutic delusions and their cause.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1897, xii, 574; 586; 598; 622. Also, transl.: Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1898, xxxiv, 121; 151.— Queralt6(J.) Examen critico de la medicaci6n activa y de la espectacidn en el ejercicio clinico. Gac. m6d. catal., Barcel , 1894, xvii, 198; 225; 263; 296; 368; 395; 428; 463; 495.—Belssig (C.) Ueber Missstande im Heilge- werbe. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1910, xlvii, 2173; 2220; 2267.—Rosenbaeh (O.) Warum sind wissenschaft- liche Schlussfolgerungen auf dem Gebiete der Heilkunde so schwierig, und in welchem Umfange konnen wesent- liche Fehlerquellen durch die betriebstechnische (ener- getische) Betrachtungsweise vermindert Oder beseitigt werden? Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1903, 1. 1-26.—San- tee (G. O. O.) The abuse of drugs. Penn. M. J., Pitts- burg, 1902-3, vi, 462-465.—Steinbaeh (J.) Ueber irrige Verwerthung therapeutischer Factoren. Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1897, xi, 416-418.—Wilcox (R. W.) The causes of the failure of drug therapeutics. Post-Gradu- ate, N. Y., 1896, xi, 514-525. [Discussion], 543-551. Therapeutics (Expectant). BtiNGER (F.) * De vera exspectandi methodo. 4°. Marburgi, 1839. Lagasquie (M. P.) *De la methode ex pec- tan te en therapeutique (historique; expose thco- rique, applications et critique). 4°. Toulouse, 1893. Bakewell (R. H.) The expectant treatment. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1901, lx, 884-886.—Jaeobi (A.) Expectant treatment. Tr. M. Soc. N. Y., 1901. 270-280. Also: Am. Med., Phila., 1901, ii, 209; 247. Therapeutics (Experimental). See, also, Medicines (Physiological action of); Pharmacology. Cigliano (T.) II metodo sperimentale e le dosi minime. S°. Napoli, 1895. Coronedi (G.) Esperimento farmacologico ed esperimento terapeutico; loro origine e natura e rapporto reciproco. 4°. Parma, 1910. THERAPEUTICS. 79 THERAPEUTICS. Therapeutics (Experimental). Fraser (T. R.) The action of remedies and the experimental method. 8°. London, 1SS2. Gallavardin (J.) Les vrais caracteres de la therapeutique experimentale. 2e fascicule. Reponse a M. C. l)r. Pierre Jousset. 8°. Paris & Lyon, 1910. Jacoby (M. J.) Einfiihrung in die experi- mentelle Therapie. 8°. Berlin, 1910. Queirolo (G. B.) L' esperimento nella tera- pia. 8°. Pisa, 1896. Also [Abstr.], in: Riforma med., Napoli, 1896, xii, pt. 1, 386; 399; 410. Thornhill (M.) Experiments on hospital patients 2. ed. 16°. Loudon, 1894. Tocheff (N. D.) * Memoires: 1° de l'in- fluence des preparations de cascara sagrada sur le peristaltisme intestinal (etude experimen- tale); 2° documents pour scrvir a I'etude ex- perimentale des effets des preparations organi- ques du poumon sur la tuberculose provoquee des rongeurs. 8°. Geneee, 1899. Behring(E.) Ueber experimented begriindeteatiolo- gische Therapie. Verhandl. d. Cong. f. innere Med., Wiesb., 18y7, xv, 262-276. -----. Mittheilungen aus dem Institut fiir experimentelle Therapie von E. Behring in Marburg. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1898, xxiv, 293 - 29S. — Bishop (8. S.) Clinical tests of new remedies. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1848, iv, 42-46 —Broadbent (W.) On chemical consti- tution and phvsiological therapeutical action. In- ternat. Beitr. z. inn. Med. (Leyden), Berl., 1902, i, 619- 626.—Gates (E.) Experimental researches into the cause and cure of disease along new lines and bv new methods. Med. Times, N. Y., 1897, xxv, 353-365.—Gott- lieb (R.) Pharmakologie und experimentelle Therapie. Therap. Monatsh., Berl.. 1909, xxiii, 40-45.—Laborde (J.-V.). L'experimentation et la methode experimentale en therapeutique. Cinquanten. de la Soc. de biol., Par., 1899, 161-176.—May or (A.) Ueber intraarterielle und intravenose Injectionen im Tierexperiment. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1908, xxii, 123-132.—Mays (T. J.) The phvsiological basis of therapeutic action; an experi- mental inquiry. Tr. Pan-Am. M. Cong. 1893, Wash., 1895, pt. 2,1191-1196, 7 diag.—Pavlov. Therapie experimen- tale comme methode nouvelle et extremement feconde pour les recherches physiologiques. Cong, internat. de med. Organ. . . . enonc6 d. trav. [etc.], Par., 1901, 55- 61.—Biehet (C ) La therapeutique experimentale; therapeutique metatrophique. Ricerche di fisiol. e sc. affinided. al Prof. L. Luciani . . ..Milano, 1900, 5-11.— Bo bin son (B.) Practical therapeutic points; experi- ment and experience in the practice of medicine. Med- Pharm. Critic, N. Y., 1911, xiv, 337-339.—Salant (W.) The action of drugs in pathologic conditions. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1912, lviii, 244-249.—Sollmann (T.) Ex- perimental therapeutics. Ibid., 242-244.—Striekler (O. C.) Experimental therapeutics. Northwest. Lancet, St. Paul, 1897, xvii, 81-83. Therapeutics (General and systematic treatises on). See, also, Materia medica (Systems, etc., of); Medicine (Practiceof, etc.); Medicine (Practice, Systematic treatises on); Therapeutics (Ancient authors on). Adam (C.) Manual de terapeutica de las en- fermedades de los ojos. 8°. La Coruna, 1910. Alibert (J.-L.) Nouveaux elements de the- rapeutique et de matiere medicale, suivis d'un nouvel essai sur l'art de formuler. 2 v. 8°. Paris, an XU-an XLII [1804-51. Allinson (T. R.) Medecine hygienique, ou la seule methode rationnelle de traiter les mala- dies. Traduit par F. Baltar. 12°. Dux, 1904. American (An) text-book of applied thera- peutics for the use of practitioners and students. Edited by J. C. \Vilson, assisted by Augustus A. Eshner. 8°. Philadel'phia, 1896. Aret^us C'appadox. IJepi dirioov dvpeioov [etc.]. De causis et signis acutorum et diutur- norum morborum libri quatuor. De curatione acutorum [etc.]. fol. Oxouiw, 1723. Therapeutics (General and systematic treatises on). -----. The same. On the causes and signs of acute and chronic disease [etc.]. 8°. Lon- don, 18:57. -----. The same. Delle cause, dei segni, e della cura delle malattie acute e croniche. Libri otto volgarizzati da Francesco Puccinotti. 8°. Firenze, 1836. Arnozant (X.) Precis de therapeutique. Tome I. Gencralites therapeutiques des maladies infectieuses et des maladies de la nutrition. Tome II. Medicaments a action elective, revul- sion, agents physiques et mecaniques. 2 v. 12°. Paris, 1900-1901. ------. The same. 2. ed., revue et corrig^e. 2 v. 12°. Paris, 1903. ------. The same. 3. ed., revue et corrigee. 2 v. 12°. Paris, 1907. ------. Precis de therapeutique. Par X. Arnozan et Ch. Mongour. 4. ed. 2 v. 8°. Paris, 1912. Aud'hoii (V.) Traits de therapeutique et de matiere medicale. 2. ed. roy. 8°. Paris, 1902. Auvard (A.) Indications therapeutiques. 16°. Paris, 1894. Azuero (M. P.) Tratado de terapeutica apli- cada, general y especial; con el arte de recetar y el de formular la materia medica, la terapia infantil, y la clmica terapeutica aplicable espe- cialmente a los climas tropicales conjunto de lecciones dictadas en laUniversidad nacional de los Estados de Colombia. Tomo I. 8°. Bogotd, 1888. Balliet (T. M.) Manual on therapeutics. 8°. Philadelphia, 1899. Bartholow (R.) A practical treatise on ma- teria medica and therapeutics. 11. ed. 8°. New York, 1904. Battistini (F.) Terapia medica. Lezioni tenute alia Clinica generale di Torino, roy. 4°. Torino, 1905-7. Beck (J. B.) Lectures on materia medica and therapeutics, delivered in the College of Physicians and Burgeons of the University of the State of New York. Prepared for the press by his friend, C. R. Gilman. 8°. New York, 1856. Bergstrand (A.) Grunddragen af den in- terna terapien efter tyska och skandinaviska klinikforestandare for praktiserande liikare och studerande. [Characteristics of internal ther- apy alter German and Scandinavian clinicians for practicing physicians and students.] 12°. Stockholm, [1899]. Berlioz (F.) Manuel de therapeutique. In- troduction par Ch. Bouchard. 4. ed. 12°. Paris, 1901. Biddle (J. B.) Materia medica for the use of students. 5. ed. 8°. Philadelphia, 1873. ------. The same. 8. ed. 8°. Philadel- phia, 1878. The same. 10. ed. 8°. Philadel- The same. 11. ed. 8°. Philadel- The same. 12. ed. 8°. Philadel- The same. 13. ed. 8°. Philadel- phia, 1895. Binz (C.) Grundziige der Arzneimittellehre. Ein klinisches Lehrbuch. 12. gemass den phia, 1886. phia, 1889. phia, 1892. THERAPEUTICS. 80 THERAPEUTICS. Therapeutics (General and systematic treatises on). neuesten Zusiitzen und Yerbesserungen des deutschen Arzneibuches bearbeitete und durch eine Yerordnungslehre vermehrte Aufl. 8°. Berlin, 1894. ------. The same. The elements of thera- peutics; a clinical guide to the action of medi- cines. Transl. from the 5. German ed., and edited, with additions, in conformity with the British and American pharmacopoeias by Ed- ward I. Sparks. 12°. New York, 1878. Blair (T. S.) Blair's pocket therapeutics. 12°. Philadelphia, 1911. Boas (I.) Grundlinien der therapeutischen Methodik in der iuneren Medizin. Fiir Aerzte und Studierende. 8°. Leipzig, 1909. Boeri (G.) Sommario di terapia clinica medico-chirurgica e delle principali specialita. v. v-vii. 12°. Napoli, 1905-6. Bouchard (C), Roger (H.) [et al.]. Medi- cation generales. 8°. Paris, 1911. Bouchardat (A.) Nouveau formulaire ma- gistral, precede d'une notice sur les hopitaux de Paris, de generalites sur l'art de formuler, suivi d'un precis sur les eaux minerales naturelles et artificielles, d'un memorial therapeutique, de notions sur l'emploi des contre-poisons et sur les secours a donner aux empoisonnes et aux asphyxies. 32°. Paris, 1840. ------. The same. 6. ed. 16°. Paris, 1853. -----. The same. 7. ed. 16°. Paris, 1854. -----. The same. 10. ed. 16°. Paris, 1861. ------. The same. 15. ed. 16°. Paris, 1868. -----. The same. 17. ed. 16°. Paris, 1872. -----. The same. 23. 6d. 16°. Paris, 1881. Brandt (J. F.) & Ratzebdrg (J. T. C.) Ge- treue Darstellung und Beschreibung der Thiere, die in der Arzneiniittellehre in Betracht kom- men, in svstematischer Folge hrsg. 2 v. 4°. Berlin, 1829-33. Bruce (J. M.) Materia medica and thera- peutics; an introduction to the rational treat- ment of disease. 3. ed. 12°. London, 1886. ------. The same. 12°. Philadelphia, 1884. ------. The same. 8. ed. 16°. London, 1907. ------. The principles of treatment, and their applications in practical medicine. 8°. Edinburgh & London, 1899. ------. The same. Adapted to the United States pharmacopoeia by E. Q. Thornton. 8°. Philadelphia tfc New York, 1900. Bruning (H.) Therapeutisches Yademecum fiir die Kinderpraxis. 12°. Leipzig, 1904. Brunton (T. L.) Rukovodstvo farmakologii i terapevtiki. Perev. s 3. angl. izd. Mikhail Lion. [Textbook of pharmacology and thera- peutics. Transl. from 3. English ed. by . . .] 8°. Moskva, 1895. ------. Lectures on the action of medicines, being the course of lectures on pharmacology and therapeutics delivered at St. Bartholomew's Hospital during the summer session of 1896. 8°. New York & London, 1897. Bufalini (G.) Trattato pratico di farmaco- terapia per medici e studenti. 8°. Firenze, 1896. Therapeutics (General and systematic treatises on). Bum (A.) Therapeutisches Lexicon fiir prak- tische Aerzte, unter Mit wirkung der . . . Dr. L. Braun, Dr. C. Breus [et al.]. 8°. Berlin & Wien, 1899. Burnet (J.) Handbook of medical treat- ment; a guide to therapeutics. 12°. Edin- burgh, 1911. Butler (G. F.) A text-book of materia medica, therapeutics and pharmacology. 8°. Philadelphia, 1896. ------. The same. 2. ed. 8°. Philadel- phia, 1898. -----. The same. Adapted to the 8. revi- sion (1905) of the U. S. Pharmacopoeia by S. E. Gelliffe. 5. ed. 8°. Philadelphia, 1906. -----, Favill (H. B.) & Bridge (N.) Ma- teria medica and therapeutics; preventive medi- cine; climatology. 8°. Chicago, 1911. Buttersack. Nichtarzneiliche Therapie in- nerer Krankheiten. Skizzen fiir physiologisch denkende Aerzte. 8°. Berlin, 1901. Campbell (\V. B.) Hand-book of modern treatment and medical formulary; a condensed and comprehensive manual of practical formulas and general remedial measures. 8°. Philadel- phia, 1908. Cathelin, Delherm [et al.']. Manuel de clinique et de therapeutique speciales. 2. s. 8°. Paris, 1906. de Champeaux (P.) Guide clinique et the- rapeutique du praticien. 8°. Paris, 1909. Chudnovski (I. [G. T.]) Lektsii po obshtshei terapii. [Lectures on general therapeutics.] Pts. 1-3. 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1893-6. ------. The same. Pts. 1 & 2. 2. ed. 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1895. Clevenger (S. V.) Therapeutics, materia medica and the practice of medicine. Arranged alphabetically by topics for convenient refer- ence, affording in condensed but sufficiently descriptive form, the latest and best scientific summary, for practical purposes of general medi- cal information from standard chemical, phar- maceutical and therapeutical sources. 8°. At- lantic City, 1905. Coli (G.) Guida pratica di terapeutica razionale ad uso degli studenti e dei medici pratici. 12°. Milano & Torino, [1896 or 1897]. Coster (D. J ) Bijzondere geneesmiddelleer. Naar de nieuwste bronnen bewerkt. 8°. Am- sterdam & Utrecht, 1872-6. Courtois-Suffit (M.) & Tremolieres (F.) La pratique therapeutique. Avec une preface de M. Albert Robin. 8°. Paris, [1908] 1909. Croftan (A. C.) Clinical therapeutics. A handbook on the special treatment of internal disease. 8°. Chicago, 1906. -----. The same. 4. ed. roy. 8°. Chicago, 1912. Croner (W.) Grundriss der internen Thera- pie fiir Aerzte und Studierende. 12°. Leipzig, 1898. -----. Die Therapie an den Berliner Uni- versitats-Kliniken. [4 v.] 2.-5. Aufl. 8°. Ber- lin, 1903-11. Cushny (A. R.) A textbook of pharma- cology and therapeutics, or the action of drugs in health and disease. 8°. Philadelphia & New York, 1899. -----. The same. 2. ed. 8°. Philadelphia, 1901. THERAPEUTICS. 81 THERAPEUTICS. Therapeutics (General and systematic treatises on). ------. The same. 5. ed. 8°. Philadelphia 1- New York, 1910. -----. The same. 5. ed. London, 1910. Darier(A.) Therapeutics. Transl. by Syd- ney Stephenson. 8°. Philadelphia, 1910. Debove (G.-M.) & Achard (C.) Manuel de therapeutique medicale. 2 v. 8°. Paris, 1901. ----- & Gourix (E.) Formulaire de the- rapeutique et pharmacoiogie. 16°. Paris, 1898. ------------. The same. 2. ed. 16°. Paris, 1912. -----, Pouchet (G.) & Sallard (A.) Aide- memoire de therapeutique. 8°. Paris, 1908. ----- ----- ------. The same. 2. ed., conforme au Codex de 1908. 8°. Paris, 1910. De Buck (D.) Traite de therapeutique et phvsiologique. Avec preface de Mr. le docteur Lepine. 2. ed. 8°. Paris, 1896. De Luca (G.) Compendio di terapia clinica. Parte prima. Malattie del sistema nervoso, se- guito da un formulario dei rimedii nuovi, pub- blicati nele' anno 1887. 16°. Napoli, 1888. -----. The same. Parte seconda. Malattie infettive, seguito dal formulario dei rimedii nuovi pubblicati negli anni 1888 e 1889. 16°. Napoli, 1890. -----. The same. Parte terza. Malattie dell' apparecchio digerente. A. Malattie del- lo stomaco, seiruito dal formulario dei rimedii nuovi pubblicati negli anni 1890, 1891 e 1892. 16°. Napoli, 1892. -----. The same. Parte quarta. Malattie dell' apparecchio digerente ed annessi. B. Malattie dell' intestine C. Malattie del fegato. D. Malattie del peritoneo; seguito dal formu- lario dei rimedii nuovi pubblicati nell' anno 1893. 24°. Nrpnli, 1893. -----. The same. Parte quinta. Malattie dell' apparecchio respiratorio. 16°. Napoli, 1894. -----. The same. Parte sesta. Malattie dell' apparecchio cardio-vascolare e malattie della nutrizione. 24°. Napoli, 1895. -----. The same. Parte settima. Malat- tie dei reni e delle capsule surrenali. 24°. Napoli, 1896. -----. The same. Parte ottava. Malattie degli organi del movimento, malattie del sangue, intossicazioni seguito dal formulario dei rimedii nuovi pubblicati dall 1894 al 1897. 16°. Napoli, 1897. —;---& Reale (E.) Sommario di terapia, medico-chirurgica e delle principali specialita. v. 1, 2, 4, 9, 10. 16°. Napoli, 1901-2. Diagnostisch-therapeuttsches Vedemecum fur Studierende und Aerzte zusammengestellt von Heinrich Schmidt, L. Friedheim, A. Lamho- fer und J. Donat. 12°. Leipzig, 1906 Dorxbluth (O.) Moderne Therapie. Ein Kompendium fiir den praktischen Arzt. 8°. Leipzig, 1906. Dowse (T. S.) The pocket therapist; a con- cise manual of modern treatment for students and junior practitioners; arranged alphabetically for ready reference. 16°. Bristol, 1897. ------. The same. 2. ed. 16°. New York, [1898]. ------. The same. 3. ed., revised and en- larged. 12°. Bristol, 1903. vol xvin, 2d series---6 Therapeutics (General and systematic treatises on). Dujardix-Beaumetz. Dictionnaire de thera- peutique, de matiere medicale, de pharmacolo- gic, de toxicologic et des eaux minerales. 4 v. roy. 8°. Paris, 1883-9. ------. Supplement au Dictionnaire de thera- peutique, de matiere medicale, de pharmacoio- gie, de toxicologie et des eaux minerales, avec la collaboration de MM. Debierre, Egasse, Mac- quaire, Main, Dr. G. Bardet. roy. 8°. Paris, 1895. Duncan (A.) Elements of therapeutics. 8°. Edinburgh, 1770. Dunglison (R.) General therapeutics and materia medica; adapted for a medical text-book in two volumes. 5. ed. 8°. Philadelphia, 18n3. Dupuis (G.) Precis de therapeutique gene- rale. 8°. Bruxelles, 1906. Duraxd (E.) Cuadros sinopticos de terapeu- tica descriptiva y clinica; version castellana de Gustavo Rebolesy Campos. 8°. Madrid, 1899. Edes (R. T.) Therapeutic handbook of the United States Pharmacopoeia, being a condensed statement of the physiological and toxic action, medicinal value, methods of administration, and doses of the drugs and preparations in the latest edition of the U. S. Pharmacopoeia. 8°. New York, 1888. Edgrex (J. G.) & Jolix (S.) Liikemedlens anviindning och dosering, kortfattad samman- stallning for praktiserande liikare. [Applica- tion of remedies and doses of medicines, concise presentation for practical physicians.] 24°. Stockholm, [1893]. Encyklopadie der Therapie. Hrsg. von Oscar Liebreich, unter Mitwirkung von Martin Mendelsohn und Arthur Wiirzburg. 3 v. 8°. Berlin, 1896-9. Espixa y Capo (A.) Medicacion y medica- mentos cardio-motores. 2. ed. 12°. Maelrid, 1893. Ewald (C. A.) Handbuch der allgemeinen und speziellen. Arzneiverordnungslehre. 11. Aufl. 8°. Berlin, 1887. -----. The same. 12. Aufl. 8°. Berlin, 1891. -----. The same. 13. Aufl. 8°. Berlin, 1897-8. -----. The same. Ergiinzungsheft 1901 zur 13. Aufl. 8°. Berlin, 1901. -----& Hefter (A.) Handbuch der allge- meinen und speciellen Arzneiverordnungslehre. 14. Aufl. 8°. Berlin, 1911. Falck (C. P.) Handboek van de geheele leer der geneesmiddelen en der toxikologie. Vertaald door G. H. Meijer. Frste Aflevering. 8°. Groningen, 1849. Fen wick (S.) & Fexwick (W. S.) Outlines of medical treatment. 4. ed. 8°. London, 1894. Forget (C.-P.) Principes de therapeutique generate et speciale, ou nouveaux elements de l'art de guerir. 8°. Paris, 1860. Fortescue-Brickdale (J. M.) A practical guide to the newer remedies. 8°. New York, 1910. Fothergill (J. M.) A brief treatise on thera- peutics. Edited for the TJ. S. Pharmacopoeia by W. H. Rouse, with the addition of chapters on diet for the sick, by Mrs. Emma Drant. 12°. Detroit, Mich., [1897?]. THERAPEUTICS. 82 THERAPEUTICS. Therapeutics (General and systematic treatises on). -----. The practitioner's handbook of treat- ment, or the principles of therapeutics. 4. ed., edited and in great part rewritten by William Murrell. 8°. London & New York, 1897. Foy (F.) Memorial de therapeutique a l'usage des medecins praticiens. 2. pt. 8°. Paris, Londres -----. Thesame. 2. ed. 8°. Paris, 1908. ------------. The same. 3. ed. 8°. Paris, 1912. ------------. La therapeutique en vingt medicaments. 12°. Paris, 1910. Hyvert (R.) Description, emploi et valeur en clientele des traitements nouveaux. 8°. Paris, [1912]. Iacob^eus (H.) Forelsesninger over moderne Terapi. [Lectures on modern therapy.] 8°. Kj0benhavn, 1900. Ide. Traite de therapeutique, comprenant la pharmacodynamique et les elements de phar- macologic roy. 8°. Louvain & Paris, 1905. Therapeutics (General and systematic treatises on). Index (An) of treatment by various writers. Edited by Robert Hutchison and H. Stanrield Collier. 8°. Bristol, 1907. -----. The same. 2. ed. 8°. Bristol, Lon- don cC- New York, 1908. -----. The same. 3. ed. 8°. London, 1908. -----. The same. 6. ed. 8°. Bristol, 1911. ------. The same. Revised to conform with American usage, by Warren Coleman. 8°. New York, 1908. Jadelot (J.- F.- N.) De Fart d'employer lea medicamens, ou du choix des preparations et de la redaction des formules dans le traitement des maladies. 16°. Paris, an NHL (1805). Jahn (E.) Die Arznei-Therapie der Gegen- wart. 3. vollig^ umgearbeitete Aufl. 12°. Stuttgart, 1896. von Jurgensen (T.) Lehrbuch der speziellen Pathologie und Therapie mit besonderer Be- riicksichtigung der Therapie. Fiir Studierende und Aerzte. 3. Aufl. 8°. Leipzig, 1894. Kahanc (M.) Die Arzneitherapie der Ge- genwart. Die neuesten Arzneimittel und ihre Anwendung in der iirztlichen Praxis. ap. [etc.], Par., 1910, clix, 881-885.—Glikman (S.I.) Klassifikatsiyaterapev- ticheskikh mler i evolyutsiya terapii. [Classification of therapeutic measures and evolution of therapy.] Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1906, xiii, 941-946. Also, transl: Allg. Wien. med. Ztg., 1907, Iii, 365; 375; 394.—Grant (Mrs. K. W.) Old Highland therapy. Caledon.M. J..Glasg., 1902-4, v, 356-3,s.—Grasset (H.) Le renouveau medical: se- cretions internes et organotherapie. Janus, Amst., 1900, v, 325; 381. ------. Commentairescientifiquesurl'organo- therapie des anciens. Ibid., 571; 605.—Grinnell (A. P.) The use and abuse of drugs in Vermont. Tr. Vermont M. Soc. 1900, Burlington, 1901, 61-68— Griswold (R. W.) Somewhat about the materia medica and therapeutics of a hundred vear« ago. Proc. Connect. M. Soc, Bridgeport, 1892, 726-741.—Guthrie (L.) On some ancient remedies and on Gideon Harvev, a seventeenth-eenturv phvsician. Med. Mag., Lond., 1903, xii, 451; 670.—Hadra ( F.) Mod- ern therapeutics and pharmacv. Texas M. J., Austin, 1904-5, xx, 345-357.—Hiare (H. A.) A brief review of some of the recent practical advances in medicine and therapeutics. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1893, xx, 651-656. -----. Progress in therapeutics and allied branches. Ibid., 1899, xxxii, 1226. — Hay ward (W. T.) Some phases in the evolution of treatment or disease. Aus- tralas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1911, xxx, 547-552.—HefFron (J. L.) A century's progress in therapeutics. Therap. Gaz., Detroit, 1906, 3. s., xxii, 649-657.—Heizer (W. L.) The present status of therapeutics and some of its agents. Kentucky M. J., Bowling Green, 1908-9, vii, 720-722.— Higier (H.) Die Grundlagen der Organotherapie und der antitoxischen Heilmethoden bei den aiten Griechen. DeutscheAerzte-Ztg.,1904,318-322.—Hill(W.B.) Modern therapeutics. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1900, xxxiv, 28.— Hille (H.) Facts of modern science and their value in the prevention and cure of disease. Med. Rec. ,N.Y.,1912, lxxxi, 1128-1132.—Hilsman (J. R.) Some thoughts on the advances and declines of therapeutics. Memphis M. Month., 1894, xiv, 289-2'.t7.— Ilollister (J. H.) New de- partures in therapeutics. N. Am. Pract., Chicago, 1895, vii, 491-497.—Hopf (L.) Weiteres zur Cesehichte der Organotherapie. Med. Cor.-Bl. d. wurttcmb. arztl. Ver., Stuttg., 1902, lxxii, 521; 538.—Howell (E. V.) Supersti- tious remedies. Bull. Pharm., Detroit, 1899, xiii, 56.— Huchard (H.) La therapeutique d'hier et de demain. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1907, xxi, 738-744.— Hunt (H. L.) Epochs in the history of therapeutics. Am. J. Dermat. & Genito-Urin. Dis., St. Louis, 1911, xv, 21.—Hutinel. Credulite et scepticisme en therapeu- tique. Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1910, lxxxiii, 1107-1111.—Iirna- tovski (A. O.) Puti sovremennol terapii. [Paths of contemporary therapy.] Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1911, xviii, 1559; 1602.—Ingals (E.) Some observations on modern therapeutics. Tr. Illinois M. Soc, Chicago, 1895, 212-220.—Inglis (D ) The future of therapeutics. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1885, v, 589-597. Also, Reprint— Ingraham (Eleanor R.) Oriental therapeutics. Calif. Therapeutics (History and condition of). M. J., San Fran., 1896, xvii, 367: 1897, xviii, 35.—Jaeobi (A.) Phasesin the development of therapy. Med.News, N. Y., 1905, lxxxvii, 817; 870. Also, Reprint. Also: Yale M. J., N. Haven, 1905-6, xii, 481-511.— James (F. L.) The r61e of superstition in therapeutics and the formation of the materia medica. St. Louis M. &S. J., 1894, lxvi, 201-217.—Jansen. Einige Geheim- mittel der Vergangenheit. Gesundh. in Wort u. Bild, Berl., 1906, iii, 225-238. — Johnsson (J. W. S.) Rensei- gnements sur les moyens therapeutiques des bourreaux au xvii6 si£cle. Janus, Amst., 1909, xiv,533-541. —Jooss. Arzneimittel alter Zeiten. Med. Woche, Berl., 1902,512. Keane (C. A.) Hurter memorial lecture: Modern iatro- chemistry; some services of chemistry to pharmaco-ther- apeutics. J. Soc. Chem. Indust., Lond., 1910, xxix, 383- 395.—Klemperer (G.) E. von Levden und die innere Therapie. Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl.-Wien, 1902, n. F., iv, 145-147.—KUIiner (A.) Die Heilkunde sonst und jetzt. Aerztl. Rundschau, Munchen, 1905, xv, 205-209.— Kurloff(M. G.) Sovremenniye uspiekhi lleeheniya vnutrennikh bolleznel. [Modern advance in the treat- ment of internal diseases.1 Izvlest. Imp. Tomsk. Univ., 1896, ix, no. 3, 1-33.—Lakntin (M.) K istorii terapii v xvii stolletii. [History of therapy of the Seventeenth century.] Terap. vestnik, S.-Peterb., 1902, v, 409-411. Also, transl.: Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1902, xlix, 1659.— Lazarus (P.) Ernst von Leyden (1832-1910) als the- rapeutiseher Forscher und Arzt. Munchen. med. Wchn- schr., 1910, lvii, 2588-2593.—Lieecli (D.J.) Presidential address: Past and present views as to the actions of medicines. Brit. M.Ass. Daily J..Montreal, 1897, Tpt.8] ,25- 28. -----. The progress of therapeutics in the Victorian period. Practitioner, Lond., 1897, lviii, 689-703. — Le Gendre (P.) La position du probleme therapeutique. Medecin prat., Par., 1905, 5-8. — Leonhardi (F.) Die Wandlungen der medicinischen Therapie in unserm Jahrhundert. Samml. klin. Vortr., n. F., Leipz., 1895, No. 127 (Innere Med., No. 37, 289-312). — von Leyden (E.) Fiinfzig Jahre innerer Therapie. Therap. d. Ge- genw., Berl., 1909, 1,1-10.—Lezard (Le), la vipere con- tre la lepre et le cancer. Janus, Amst., 1897, ii. 306-308.— Liebreicli (O.) On the relation of therapeutics to other sciences in the nineteenth century. Lancet, Lond., 1904, ii, 1066-1071. Also: Therap. Gaz., Detroit, 1904, 3. s., xx, 656; 738.— Lipinska (Mile.) Histoire de la therapeu- tique; le medecin primitif. Rev. internat. de therap, et Pharmacol., Par., 1899, vii, 244; 287.—Long (E. H.) From pharmacological science to therapeutic art. Med. News, N.Y., 1903, lxxxiii, 674-677.— M. Eine bistorische Illustration zur Fernbehandlung von Krankheiten. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1911, xxxvii, 894.—Man's place in the London Dispensatory. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1900, i, 974. — Maragliano (E.) I nuovi orizzonti della terapia. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1893, xiv, 873-877.— Melvin (J- T.) Therapeutic progress. J.Am.M. Ass., Chicago, 1900, xxxv, 1333-1336.—Mich aut. L'opo- therapie en Chine; le sang et la chair humaine employes comme remede. Chron. med., Par., 1900, vii, 430-433.— Milk, saliva, and blood from the horse used as medecine more than a thousand years ago. Dietet. & Hyg. Gaz., N. Y., 1902, xviii. 581-583. Also: Med. Age, Detroit, 1902, xx, 407-410.— Mitchell (D.) Popular therapeutics at the beginning of the eighteenth century. Glasgow M. J., 1895, xliv, 30-34. — Moodie (Mrs. R.) Highland therapy. Caledon. M. J., Glasg., 1902-3, v, 320-341.— Moore (W. G.) The present status of therapeutics. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1906, xlvi, 113-115.—Morel La- vailee (A.) Coup d'ceil sur la therapeutique en 1673; hydropisies, pneumonie, albuminuriegravidique, opiaces, drastiques, saignee, etc. Rev. de therap. med.-chir., Par., 1900, lxvii, 836-841.—Morgan (E. L.) Superstition and gem therapeutics of the ancients. Virginia M. Semi- Month., Richmond, 1909, xiv, 25-29.—JTIoyer (S. R.) A glimpse into the past, present and future of therapeutics. Wisconsin M. J., Milwaukee, 1904-5, iii, 507-517.—Mu- satti (C.) L' antica origine degli ambulatori a Venezia. Atti d. Soc. ital. di storia crit. d. sc. med. e nat., Venezia, 1909, 90.— Mz. Die Heilmittel unserer Vorfahren. Med. Klin., Berl., 1905, i, 993.— Naegeli-Akerblom (H.) Vor hundert Jahren! Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1907, xxi, 417.—Nauss (E.) Therapeutische Gesichtspunkte fiir die Pathologie der Zukunft. Aerztl. Rundschau, Miin- ehen, 1901, xi, 49; 61.—Neuburger (M.) Die thieri- schen Heilstoffe des Papyrus Ebers. Wien. med. Wchn- schr., 1899, xlix, 1905; 1957— Orj.ano-therapy in an- tiquity. Practitioner, Lond., 1901, lxvi, 420^27.— Or- gano-therapy in the middle ages. Ibid., 555-561.— Ortlieb. Der Korper des Menschen als Heilmittel. Pharm. Ztg., Berl., 1902, xlvii, 249.—Pagel. Ueber dia- tetisch-physikalische Therapie nach Galen. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1898, Leipz., 1899, lxx, pt. 2, 2. Hlftc, 444. -----. Zur Geschichte der Arz- neimittel. Hyg. Volksbl., Berl. u. Leipz., 1902, iii, 133; 145.—Park (R.) Historv of opo-or organo-therapv. St. Louis Cour. Med., 1899, xxi, 32-44.—Parsons (A. R.) Modern tendencies in the treatment of disease. Dublin THERAPEUTICS. 92 THERAPEUTICS. Therapeutics (History and condition f). J. M. Sc, 1896, ci, 22S; 318—Petersen (J.) Ernserings- terapiens historiske t'dviklingsgang. [The historical course of development of nutrition therapy.] Ugeskr. f. L;uger, Kobenh., 1898, 5. R., v, 313; 337.—Petren (T.) Nagra drag ur terapiens historia i nittonde arhundradet. [Sketches of the history of therapy in the nineteenth century.] Eira, Stockholm, 1898, xxii, 379; 411— Phil- brick (I.e.) The passing of materia medica and thera- peutics. West. M. Rev., Lincoln, Neb., 1902, vii, 270-272.— Pruszyiiski (.1.) Rozw6j i przyszlosc terapii. [Evo- lution and future of therapy.] Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1909, 2. s., xxix,595-604.—Reban (M.) Gold und Juwelen in der Heilkunde der Vergangenheit. Gesundheit, Berl., 1909, vi, 22S-230.—Beilly (T. F.) A summary of the therapeutic tield for the past year. J. Am. M. Ass., Chi- cago, 1906, xlvii. 618-651.—RIva (A.) Nuovi orizzonti di terapia clinica. Ateneo med. parmense, Parma, 1888, ii, 217-251—Robertson (W. G. A.) Therapeutics of the sixteenth century. Edinb. M. J., 1895-6, xii, 542-548.— Roebuck (J. P.) Present day therapy. Penn. M. J., Athens, 1908-9, xii, 552-554.—Roger (J.) La therapeu- tique de Gui Patin. Gaz. d. eaux, Par., 1900, xliii, 177; 217; 233; 353; 369; 385; 401.—Rubino (A.) I progressi della terapia nel 1904. Gior. internaz. d. sc med., Napoli, 1904, n s., xxvi, 1025; 1073; 1122. Also: Lavori d. Cong. di med. int. 1904, Roma, 1905, xiv, 385-457.—Satter- thwaite (T. E.) Some recent advances in medical therapeutics. Med. News, N. Y., 1903, lxxxii, 931-938. Also, Reprint.—Schaer (E.) Zur Frage der Auffindung ' von Heilstoffen, (iil'ten und Genussmitteln durch Natur- volker. Schweiz. Wchnschr. f. Chem. u. Pharm., Zu- rich, 1899, xxxvii, 493-497.—Schmitt. Therapeutique d'hier et d'aujourd'hui. Rev. med. de l'est, Nancy, 1897, xxix, 671-690.—Schneider (A.) Some ancient thera- peutics. Merck's Arch., N. Y., 1901, iii, 255-259.—Schon (T.) Ueber Fiilschungen von Medicamenten im 16. Jahrhundert. Med. Cor.-Bl. d. wiirttemb. arztl. Ver., Stuttg., 1900, lxx, 328.—Sehoppler (H.) Die Niirn- berger Immanuelspillen; ein ergiinzender Nachtrag. Arch. f. Gesch. d. Med., Leipz., 1912-13, vi, 232. — Schulz (H.) Historische Notizen zur Organo- und Immunisirungstherapie. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1900, xxvi, therap. Beil., 17-19. — Sellden (H. ) Om den Hippokratiska lakekons- ten. [The Hippocratic art of treatment.] Halsoviin- nen, Stockholm, 1906, xxi, 84; 95. —Senl'elder ( L.) Die hippokratische Psvchro- u. Thermotherapie. Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1897", xi, 158; 173; 191; 205; 222; 240; 275; 291; 311; 332. — Mitnioyaiiia (J.) [The value of the Japano - Chinese remedies.] Rinsho Yakuseki Shimpo, Tokyo, 1905-6, i, 481-504.—Simmons (G. H.) Address: The commercial domination of therapeutics, and movement for reform. Maryland M. J., Bait., 1907, 1, 402-417.—Stavros (S) Analyse du travail de M. le Dr. N.Lambadarios: De la serotherapie et organotherapie et du traitement contre la rage et la lepre chez les an- ciens medecins hellenes. Gaz. med. d'Orient, Constant., 1899-1900, xlii, 76-80.—Steuart (A. F.) Old Scottish medicaments; the Erskine of Alva books of remedies. Scot. M. & S. J., Edinb., 1905, xvi, 305-211.—Strunz (F.) Die Mineralienkunde des Johann Amos Comenius (1592- 1670) und ihre Grundlagen. Janus, Amst., 1902, vii, 71; 194. -----. Zur Therapie des Joh. Bapt. van Helmont. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1901, li, 1729; 1789; 1833.—Sud- hoff (K.) Zwei deutsche Reklamezettel zur Empfeh- lung von Arzneimitteln, Petroleum und Eichenmistel, gedrucktum 1500. Arch. f. Gesch. d. Med., Leipz., 1909- 10, iii. 397-102—Summers (T. O.) The trend of mod- ern therapy. Med.Rev.,St. Louis, 1896, xxxiii, 199-202 — Syersi II. W.) Old methods of treatment which are not necessarijy obsolete. Treatment, Lond., 1902-3, vi, 881- 898.—Szanto (.!.) Babona a gy6gyitas teren. [Super- stition in therapv.] Gv6gvaszat, Budapest, 1900, xl, 298; 313.—Therapeutics in 1820. Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1906, xx, 136-138.—Therapeutique (La) et les medi- caments du xvii« siecle. Mois therap., Par., 1900, i, 40- 43.—TolsonfG.T.) History of healing in the Reforma- tion period. Psychotherapy, N. Y., 1909, iii, no. 3, 64; no. 4, 56.— Itz (F.) (leschiehtliches iiber Tabulettae com- pressee. Therap. Rathgeber, Wien, 1902, 137.—Vaught (C. H.) Whither are we drifting in therapeutics? J.Am. M. Ass., Chicago, i;i()6, xlvi, 1159-1161.—Vintilescu (I.) Istoricul medicamentelor formice si cateva considera- tiuni asupra unul nou formiat. [The formation of his- torical medicaments, and some considerations on a new form.] Spitalul, Bucuresci, 1905, xxv,335; 404.—Walsh (J. J.) The progress of medicine during the past twenty years. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1910, 20. s., ii, 74-89. -----. [The wisdom of our grandfathers.] N. York State J. M., N. Y.,1907, 55-59. Also, Reprint.—Waugh (W. F.) The renaissance of therapeutics. Denver M. Times, 1905-6, xxv. 121-126. Also: Milwaukee M. J., 1905, xiii, 197-199.— Welch (G. T.) Therapeutical superstition. Tr. M. Soc N. Jersey, Newark, 1893, 73-99. Also, Reprint, Also: Med. Rec, N. Y., 1893, xliv, 33-38.—Why te (H.) Old Highland therapy. Caledon. M. J., Glasg., 1902-4, v, 400- Therapeutics (Instruction in). Astruc (A.) Therapeutique; nouvelle me- thode pour l'£tudier et la retenir. 8°. Paris, 1902. Ocherk razvitiya priyomov vrachevaniya za posliedniya 50 llet. [Sketch of the develop- ment of methods of treatment for the last fifty years.] 24°. S.-Peterburg, 1893. State board examination series. Questions in therapeutics, practice, and materia medica asked at the examinations held by the New York State board of medical examiners, com- plete, with references and answers to every question, compiled and edited by R. J. E. Scott. 12°. New York & Philadelphia, [1903]. Therapie (Die) an den Berliner Universitiits- Kliniken. Unter Mitarbeit von Blumenthal, [etal.], hrsg. von W. Croner. 1.-5. Aufl. 8°. Berlin & Wien, 1902-11. Allbutt(S£r T.C.) A discussion on the teaching of thera- peuticsin the hospital wards. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med.,Lond., 1909-10,iii, Therap. & Pharmacol. Sect., 1-16.—Bracken (H. M.) The studv of materia medica and therapeutics. N. York M. J., 1896; lxiii,'576-578.—Brase. Die Ausbil- dung des angehenden Arztes in der Arzneimittel- und Arzneiverordnungslehre. Prakt. Arzt,Wetzlar, 1903, xliii, 265-268. — Brower (D. R.) The teaching of materia medica and therapeutics in Rush Medical College. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1896, xxvii, 124.—Brunton (T. L.) The study of therapeutics. Brit. Phys., Lond., 1899, i, 1-3.—Butler (G. F.) The proper teaching of thera- peutics in medical schools. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1909, lxxv, 699-601.—Cushny (A. R.) A plea for the study of thera- peutics. Proc Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1910-11, iv, Therap. & Pharmacol. Sect., 1-12.—Dickey (W. A.) The neces- sity of added emphasis in the teaching of therapeutics and pharmacology. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 1908, c, 88- 91.— Kllinjiwood (F.) A plea for thorough and sys- tematic study of the materia medica and therapeutics. Dominion M. Month., Toronto, 1912, xxxviii, 124-128.— Forrest (J.) The teaching and the text-books of ma- teria medica and therapeutics. Merck's Arch., N. Y., 1904, vi, 239-242.—Cirasset. Prelecons de clinique the- rapeutique generale. Montpel. med., 1902, xiv, 891-901.— Hare (H. A.) The place and importance in the college curriculum of therapeutics. J.Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1902, xxxix. 548-551.—Landouzy (L.) Cours de therapeu- tique; lecon-programme. Presse med.,Par.,1897,ii,301-305.— de Larra y €erezo (A.) Metodizaci6n en la ense- fianza de la terapeutica experimental. Rev. de cien. med. de Barcel., 1902, xxviii, 291-293. — Long (E. H.) The teaching of therapeutics to undergraduates. Tr. M. Soc N Y., Phila., 1900, 270-272. Also: Therap. Gaz., De- THERAPEUTICS. 93 THERAPEUTICS. Therapeutics (Instruction in.) troit, 1900, 3. s., xvi. 444. —Marfan. La chaire de the- rapeutique a la Faculte de medecine de Paris. Presse med., Par., 1910, xviii, 849-854. — Mongour (C.) Cours complementaire de therapeutique. J. de med. de Bor- deaux, 1910. xl, 769-771.—von IVoorden (C.) Ueber den Unterricht in der Therapie. Bl. f. klin. Hydrother., Wien, 1906, xvi, 189-194.— Peixoto (A.) O methodo perante o estudo da therapeutica. J. de med. de Pernam- buco,1905,i,3; 12; 42; 47; 54; 62; 102:1906, ii, 9; 21;—Bobin (A.) Die therapeutische Klinik an der Pariser Fakultat. Allg. Wien. med. Ztg., 1906, li, 235; 249; 259; 271.—Boteh (T. M.) The teaching of therapeutics. St. Louis Cour. Med., 1901, xxv, 22-24—Sollmann (T.) The teaching of therapeutics and pharmacology from the experimental standpoint. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1902, xxxix, 639- 546. Also, Reprint.— Tu re k (F. B.) Necessity of a prac- tical knowledge of dietetics, hydrotherapy and physico- mechanical therapeutics; the need of establishing courses of instruction in these subjects in our medical schools. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1901, xxxvii, 735-741.— Tyrode (M. V.) Modern ideas on the teaching of therapeutics and pharmacodynamics. Boston M. & S. J., 1909, clx. 412.—Vinrace(D.) A plea for the thorough study of therapeutics. Med. Press&Circ, Lond., 1904, n. s., lxxvii, 5.— Waugh (W. F.) The teaching of therapeutics. Bull. Am. Aead. M., Easton, Pa., 1910. xi, 591-594.—Wil- cox (R. W.) Post-graduate instruction in therapeutics. Tr. M. Soc. N. Y., Phila., 1900, 273-276. Also: Albany M. Ann., 1900, xxi, 454-457. Also: Therap. Gaz., Detroit, 1900, 3. s., xvi, 44S-147. -----. The teaching of therapeutics. Med. News, N. Y., 1903, lxxxiii, 673.—Wild (W. B.) The proper scope of the teaching of materia medica, pharma- cology and therapeutics in the medical curriculum. Med. Mag., Lond., 1907, xvi, 93-97—Wood (H. C.) Re- flections upon the teaching of therapeutics, based upon forty years' experience. Therap. Gaz. [etc.], Detroit, 1911, 3. s., 88-92. Also: Tr. Coll. Phvs. Phila., 1911, 3. s., xxxiii, 101-110. Therapeutics (Local). Geley (G.) * Des applications peripheriques de certains alcaloides ou glucosides; nouveau procede de regulation de la thermogenese; nou- veau traitement des maladies aigues a determi- nation cutanee; nouvel agent d'anesthesie locale. 4°. Lyon, 1894. Jackson (H.) *On the efficacy of certain external applications. 8°. Philadelphia, 1802. de Kervilly. Medication locale. 16°. Pa- ris, 1894. Legras (R.) * Essai d'une nouvelle methode de therapeutique locale. 8°. Paris, 1909. Baldwin (J. F.) The value of local treatments. Tr. Ohio M. Soc, Toledo, 1895,1,222-228.—Bonnier (P.) Les centres organostatiques et la derivation cutanee. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1911, lxx, 835-838.—Bouchard (C.) Des tendances nouvellesde la therapeutique; impor- tance du traitement local. Clin, opht., Par., 1903, ix, 17-21. Also: Gaz.med.de Par., 1903, lxxiv, 1; 9. Also: Tribune med., Par., 1903,2. s., xxxvi, 26-30. Also, transl.: Internat. Clin., Phila., 1903, 13. s.. ii, 130-137. Also, transl.: Lancet, Lond., 1903, i, 388.—< harrin (A.) La therapeutique locale dans les maladies infectieuses; les therapeutiques locales. Rev. de therap. med.-chir., Par., 1906, Ixxiii, 325- 361. Also, transl.: Berl. klin.-therap. Wchnschr., 1905, xiii, 389; 422. Also, transl.: Wien. klin.-therap. Wchn- schr., 1905, xiii, 389; 422. Also, transl.: Deutsche klin.- therap. Wchnschr., Leipz., 1906, iii, 389; 422.—Ilarland (W. G. B.) Reportof a case in which disagreeable symp- toms followed the local use of cocaine, adrenalin chlo- ride, and argyrol. Therap. Gaz., Detroit, 1906, 3. s., xxii, 675.—Hueber (W.) Theoretisches iiber einige lokale Arzneiwirkungen. Ztschr. f. Balneol., Klimat. [etc.], Beri., 1909, ii, 535-538.—.landoui (A.) Zvlastnosti nfekterych aromatickyeh sloucenin ve smiseninach k upo- tfebeni zevnimu ureenyeh. [The peculiarities of some aromatic compounds in mixtures for external use] Ca- sop. lek. cesk., v Praze, 1888, xxvii. 403.—Kenner (R. C.) Local applications in the treatment of disease. Denver M. Times, 1896, xvi, 90-93.—Lexer (E.) Ueber die ort- liche Behandlung der chirnrgixh wichtigen Infec- tionen. Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl. u. Wien, 1903, xliv, 9-14.—Ortega (R.) Algo sobre curaciones topicas. Gac. med., Mexico, 1899, xxxvi, 384-389.—SchUHer (M.) Zur lokalen Behandlung interner Affektionen. Klin.- therap. Wchnschr., Wien, 1903, x, 185-187.—Wieder (H. S.) Treatment of local infections. Therap. Gaz. [etc.], Detroit, 1907, 3. s., xxiii, 324-329.—Winternitz (R.) Ueber Allgemeinwirkungen tirtlich reizender Stoffe. Arch f. exper. Path. u. Pnarmakol., Leipz., 1894, xxxv, 77-96. Therapeutics (Manuals of). See Therapeutics (General and systematic treatises on). Therapeutics (Methods in). See, also, Air as a remedy; Diet; Electrothe- rapy; Heat as a remedy; Hydrotherapy; In- jections (Hypodermic); Injections (Spinal, etc.) in therapeutics; Massage; Mechanothe- rapy; Phototherapy; Physiotherapy; Ba- diumtherapy; Rontgen rays (Therapeutic use of); Serotherapy; Therapeutics (Biochem- ical). Ackkrmann (O.) Natur- und Kunstheilung. 8Q. Halle a. S., 1905. Addison. Le livre des maladies abandonnees, leur guerison par une medication nouvelle, sim- ple et facile. 8°. Paris, [1872?]. Bachmann (F.) Was ist Krankheit und wie heilen wir? Ein Versuch, unsere empirischen Heilmethoden wissenschaftlich zu begrtinden. 8°. Berlin, 1894. Baillon (A.) Notes therapeutiques. roy. 8°. Paris, 1910. Bane and antidote. The best six remedies for the six worst disorders. 1. Gout. 2. Rheu- matism. 3. Indigestion. 4. Biliousness. 5. Headache. 6. Toothache. With their condi- ments. 16°. London, [n. d.]. Bechu [H.[-H.]) *Du role et de l'impor- tance des sels mineraux dans l'organisme (the- rapeutique minerale). 4°. Paris, 1896. Bernheim (S.) L'administration intestinale des medicaments. (Etude experimentale et clinique.) 8°. Paris, [n. d.]. Bowman (W. H.) New method for the cure of organic diseases. 8°. Boston, 1892. van den Broeck (J.) Le probleme de la vie et le traitement hygienique des malades. 12°. Brecht, 1907. Bruck (A.) Arzneilose Kuren. 12°. Ber- lin, [1906]. Burggraeve (A.) Manuel pratique de me- decine dosimetrique. 8°. Paris, 1873. ------. The same. The new handbook of dosi- metric therapeutics, or the treatment of diseases by simple remedies. A work particularly de- signed for practitioners. Transl. from the French, and edited by Henry Arthur Allbutt. 2. ed. 12°. London & Leeds, 1884. Cerna (D.) Notes on the newer remedies, their therapeutic applications and modes of ad- ministration. 12°. Philadelphia, 1893. Chanteaid (G.) * Considerations sur les agents et les medications therapeutiques. 8°. Paris, 1902. Chardox. Traitement rationnel des maladies chroniques au moyen d'une nouvelle methode derivative. 8°. Lyon, 1854. Clinical excerpts. 3 v. 8°. New York, 1895-7. Conklin (A. B.) The value of elimination in the treatment of disease. 8°. Ambler, Pa., 1907. Costa (R.) Ricerche sperimentali sulla me- dicazione asettica. 8°. Pavia, 1899. Dods(A.) The physician's guide, being a popular dissertation on fevers, inflammations, and all diseases connected with them; compris- ing observations on thj use and abuse of blood- letting, mercury, cathartics, stimulants, diet, etc. 8°. Worcester, 1821. Dominguez (M.) *Medicacion evacuante. Ensayo terapeutico. 8°. Mexico, 1890. THERAPEUTICS. Therapeutics (Methods in). van Dort Kroon (D. W. C) Een waardee- rend woord aan den J. C Bouman, sehrijver van het hamersysteem van Dr. Mezger. 8°. Zalt-Bommele, [n. d.]. Dudart (V.) Notice sur l'appareil de trans- mission vitale et son application au traitement des maladies. 12°. Bruxelles, [n. d.]. Eichwald (E. E.) Dvle lektsii o spetsificb.es- kom sposoble hecheniya. (Prigotovleno k pe- chati i redaktirovano M. I. Afanasyevim.) [Two lectures on the specific method of treatment. (Prepared for the press and edited by Afana- syeff.)] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1891. Ferrannini (L.) Manuale di organoterapia, batterioterapia, vaccinoterapia e sieroterapia. Con prefazione del Prof. G. Rummo. 8°. Palermo, 1902. Flynn (W. E.) & Eaves (L.) The Flynn system of health-culture. Diet and exercise. 8°. Lincoln, 1911. Frachia (C.) *Snr les remedes atoniques. 4°. Genes, 1809. Garibaldi (G. A.) Lettera ai suoi scolari sui rimedj detti controstimolanti, con alcuni cenni sulla dottrinadel fu Professore N. Olivari. 8°. Geneva, 1826. Geyser (A. C.) The treatment of chronic diseases by physical therapeutics through the sympathetic nervous system, with explanation of the author"s method of electrical localization of disease via the spinal column. [Abstr.] 8°. [New York, 1903.] Gleich. Was ist das Naturheilverfahren oder gibt es eine Wasser- und Semmelkur? 12°. Munchen, 1853. Gozzi (F.) Delle azioni generali de' rimedj ed in particolare dell' irritativa. Prolusione alle lezioni di terapeutica e di materia medica nella r. Universita di Bologna per 1' annoscolas- tico 1821-2. 12°. Bologna, 1822. Grasset(J.) Therapeutique appliquee. Con- sultations medicales sur quelques maladies frequentes. 12°. Montpellier *-40.—Horovitz i ( M. ) Therapeutische Kleinigkeiten. Centralbl. f. d. I ges. Therap.. Wien, 1903, xxi, 76-83.—Houghton (E. M.) How can we increase the therapeutic reliability of medicinal agents? J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1897, xxviii, 634-636. Also, Reprint.—von Hovorka (O.) Ueber | das Bediirfnis nach einer modernen Systematik der allge- meinen und physikalischen Therapie. Wien. med. Wchn- schr., 1912, lxii, 267n-2683— Hoyt (D. M.) Some sugges- tions to the phvsieian who dispenses. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1912,22. s!,i. 63-70.—Huchard (H.) La methode en therapeutique. Gaz. hebd. de med.. Par., 1894, xii, 181- 185.-----. Medication par la quinine, l'ergotine, la bry- one. Rev. de therap. med.-chir., Par., 1909, lxxvi, 109- 121.—Hughes (C. H.) The suicidal folly of self-drug- ging. Med. Herald, St. Joseph, 1902, n. s., xxi, 339-342.— Jones(E.G.) Drugless healing vs.medicine in the United States. Med. Standard, Chicago, 1910, xxxiii, 278-2*0.— Jones (H. E.) Germ diseases: analogy of, nature's means of cure, bacteriology, etc.; specific treatment; i cases reported. Virginia M. Semi-Month., Richmond, | 1911-12, xvi, 165-174.—Jilrgensen (C.) Om hygiejnisk Terapi, sserligt Disetetik. [Hygienic therapv, especially dietetics.] Hosp.-Tid., K0benh., 1900, 4. R., viii, 485-497. -----. NogleFragmenter til den hygiejniske, sarligt den diaetetiske Terapis Praxis. [Notes on the practice of hy- gienic therapy, especially the dietetic part.] J bid.. 1902, 4. R., x, 169; 201: 231.—Juliusburger (O. > Allge- meinbetrachtungen fiber Entziehungskuren. Deutsche Krankenpflg.-Ztg., Berl., 1900, 209; 229—Kaiserllnu; (O.) Ueber einige wichtige, in der allgemeinen Praxis wenig angewandte physikalische Heilmethoden und deren Stellung in der allgemeinen Therapie. Aerztl. Prax., Berl., 1907, xx, 61-65.—Kelloirii (J. H.) The cure of incurables. Tr. Mich. M. Soc., Grand Ra- pids, 18%, xx, 476-520. Also: Mod. Med. & Bacte- rid. Rev., Battle Creek, Mich.. 1897, vi, 31; 57; 82: 108.— Kermott (C. H.) The pantherapist and neotherapeu- tics. Med. News, N. Y., 1901, lxxix, 449-451.—King (J. C.) A new discovery in the treatmentof chronic diseases dependent upon cell changes. Tr. M. Ass. Georgia, At- lanta, 1901, 368-372— Kinniciitt (F. P.) The thera- peutics of the internal secretions. Tr. Cong. Am. Phvs. & Surg., N. Haven, 1897, iv. 141-16*. Also: Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1897, n. s., cxiv, 1-23.—Kisch (E. H.) Die Ver- bindung derBewegungstherapie mit der Balneotherapie. Wien. klin. Rundschau. 1897. xi. 270.—Klebs (E.'i Kau- sale und svmptomatische Therapie. Kau>ale Therap., Hannov., 1903-4. i. 27-33.—Knight (F. I.) Remark- on sending patients away from home. Boston M. & S. J., 1893, cxxix. 609. Also. Reprint— Konk le (W. B. i The managementof self-limited di-ease. X. York M. .1. [etc.], 1908, lxxxvii, 1019-1021. Aho. Reprint.—Kretz (R.) Aetiologische Therapie. Ztschr. I. Krankenptl., Berl., VOL XVIII, 2d series---7 THERAPEUTICS. Therapeutics (Methods in). 1903, xxv, 289; 329.—Krone (F.) Liegekuren am Gra- dierwerk. Reichs-Med.-Anz., Leipz., 1911, xxxvi, 549- 553.—K Uhner (A.) Die wahre neue Heilkunde. Prakt. Arzt. Wetzlar, 1902, xlii, 194; 217. -----. Mein System der Behandlung internerchronischer Erkrankungen. Aerztl. Rundschau, Munchen, 1906, xvi,349-353.—Kunkle (H.) The various methods of therapeutics. Tr. Luzerne Co. M. Soc 1901, Wilkesbarre, 1902, ix,lC0-163.—Kunz-Krause (H.) Ueber durch Dialyse gewonnene Pflanzenaus/.iige (Dialvsata); ein neuer Typus vegetabilischer Arzneimit- trl. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1898. xii, 553-556.—La- eouri . <>., Broutilles therapeutiques. Progres med. heUe. Binx.. 1908, x, 161-164.—de Lada Noskowski. Snlfhydrotherapie antimicrobienne. Progres med.. Par., lsy.», b. s., ix. 333.—Lauoiv. Osservazioni sul pericolo di tagliare i capelli in alcuni casi di malattie acute. Mem. di med., Milano, 1800, i, 106-114.—liedne (S.) La therapeutique des vaeanees. Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1901-2, xx, 293-296.—Le Gendre. Moyens et doctrines thera- peutiques. Rev. internat. de med. et de chir., Par., 1909, xx, 243-245.—Le Gendre (P.) & Keaitssenat. Les bains froids dans le traitement de l'erysipele; le sulfate de cmehonamine comme antithermique; les injections sous-cutanees d'acide lactique comme antiseptique local. Bull, et niem. Soc med. d. h6p. de Par., 1893, 3. s., x, 490- 497.—LeiiiliiS.) The treatment of desperate cases. Char- lotte [N. CV] M. J., 1904, xxiv. 75-77.—Lejar* (F.) La the- rapeutique in extremis. Semaine med., Par., 1903, xxiii, 237-240.—Lepine (R.) Des avantages de la voie rectale pour 1 absorption de certains medicaments. Ibid., 1893, xiii. 105. Also, transl.: Med. Week, Par., 1893, i. 253.— Les- lie. R.M.) Hygienic versus medicinal therapeutics. J. Roy."Inst. Pub. Health. Lond., 1908, xvi, &57-361.—Licht- witz (L.) Die Bedeutung der Adsorption fiir die Thera- pie. Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl., 1908, lix, 542-546.— Liebreich (O.) On the aims of modern medicinal treatment. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1897, ii, 885-889.—Lie- geois. Fortes doses, traitements d'assaut. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1898, xii, 260; 277.— Lipow- ski. Ueber neuere Arzneimittel und deren Bedeu- tunsr fiir die moderne Therapie. Miinehen. med. Wchn- siihr.. 1911. lviii. 35s~36i>.—Loomis (B. W.) Rational therapeutics. Phila. M. .1., 1902, ix. 719-721.—Lovitski Ya. A. i Sravnitelnaya otslenka niekotorikh serdechno- inoehegoiinikh sredsiv. [Comparative estimation of certain eardiac-diuretie remedies.] Suorn. klin. rabot iz terap. ota\ Imp. Klin. Inst, [etc.], S.-Peterb., 1908, i, 1-91, 2 diag.—Lowe (R. W.) Some problems solved. Texas M. J., Galveston, 1898-9, xiv, 80-86. Also, Re- print.—Lugo-ViHa (N.) La idioterapia en patologia y terapeutica. Rev. de med. y cirug. de la Habana, 1912, xvii, 575-578 —Macalister (C. J.) The treatment of chronic diseases. Med. Press & Circ. Lond., 1903, n. s., lxxvii. 711-714.—.McAllister (A.) Is the therapy of antitoxin serum, nuclein solution, and thyroid ex- tracts so fully established as to receive the endorsement of the profession? Tr. M. Soc. N. Jersey, Newark, 1S96, 205-223.— McCalluni (H. A.) Excretion in the treat- mentof acute infectious diseases. Phila. M. J., 1900, v, 114-116.—Macfaskey (G. W.) Physical therapeutics; electricity; hydro-therapeutics; massage: Scbott treat- ment of heart di-ease. Fort Wayne M. Mag.. 1>97, xvii, 450-458. Also, Reprint.—MeKee ( E. S.) Therapeutic tips. N. Eng. M. Month.. 1907, xxvi. 55-57.—Magnus- Levy. Karellkur. Oertelkur. Widalkur, ihre Prinzipien und ihre Anwendung. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1911, lviii, 114.—Maneini (P.) Base clinica e sperimentale per un metodo di intensificazione terapeutica. Riv. crit. di clin. med., Firenze, 1912. xiii, 7-9.—Mareuse (J.) Die Bedeutung der physikalisch-diatetischen Heilmetho- den fiir Klini k und Therapie. Wien. med. BL, 1900, xxiii, 231—Mei Here (G.) Les nouvellesmethodes therapeu- tiques. Tribune med., Par., 1906, n. s., xxxviii, 630; 662; 727— Meitner (W.) Therapeutische Skizzen aus der Alltasr-praxis. Reichs-Med.-Anz., Leipz., 1906, xxxi, 223; 246.—Meltzer (S.J.) The therapeutics of self-repair. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, Phila., 1908, xxiii. 44L448. Also: Am. J. M. Sc, Phila.,1908. cxxxvi, 26-31—Mendelsohn (M.) Krankenpflege und specifische Therapie. Miin- ehen. med. Wchnschr., 1895, xlii, 195-197. Also: Med.- chir. Centralbl., Wien, 1895, xxx, 122; 137. -----. Ueber die Hvpurgie und ihre therapeutische Leistung. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1898, xiv, 751; 777. -----. Kran- kenpOege und spezifische Therapie. Ztschr. f. Kran- kenpfl , Berl., 1895, xvii, 87-97. Also, Reprint. -----. Esoterisehe und exoterische Therapie. Heilkunde, Wien [etc.l, 1898-9, iii, 192-196.—Mercier (R.) Les voies rec- tale et genito-urinaire pour l'administration des medica- ments. Presse med., Par., 1897,145.—Michelazzi (A.) Opoterapia tiroidea: opoterapia paratiroidea; chirurgia medica; cura chirurgica della cirosi epatica, dell' anemia splenica e del morbo di Banti; nuovi metodi chirurgici nella cura di alcune paralisi; stasi alia Bier. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1906, xxvii, 1445-1448. -----. Terapia flsica; radiumterapia; elettroterapia: terapia della luce. Ibid., 1479.—Mitchell (S. W.) Precision in the treatment of chronic diseases. Med. Rec. N. Y., 1892, xlii, 721-726.— Modlinski (P. I.) K voprosu o llechenil pod vlazh- THERAPEUTICS. Therapeutics (Methods in). nim strupom. [Treatment under moist scab.] Med. Obozr., Mosk.. 1892, xxxvii, 105-117.—M»ller (S.) Me- thodik, Technik und Indikationen der Schrothkur. Mo- natschr. f. d. phys.-diatet. Heilmeth. [etc.], Munchen, 1909, i, 578-591.—Moraczewski (W. D.) O donioslosci znaczeniasoli mineralnych dla ustroju. [On the value of mineral salts forthe organism.] Przegl. lek., Krak6w, 1896, xxxv, 659-661.— Morrice (G. G.) Special uses of old-fashioned remedies. Med. Mag., Lond., 1910, xix, 709.— Mliller (F. C.) Jahresbericht iiber die Fortschritte auf dem Gebiete der Hydro-. Balneo-, Klimato- und Pho- totherapie. Schmidt's Jahrb., Leipz., 1906, cclxxxx, 1-8. -----. Jahresbericht fiber die neueren Leistungen auf dem Gebiete der Hydro-, Balneo-, Klimato-, Photo- und Radiotherapie. Ibid., 1909, cccv, 13; 113.—Miiller(G. P.) Miscellaneous therapeutic measures. Handb. Pract. Treat. [Musser & Kelly], Phila. & Lond., 1911, i, 671-700.— Mutilu (C.) Artificial and natural methods of treating disease. Health Record, Lond., 1908, vii, 61-64.—Nae- geli (H.) & Vernier (P.) Beitrag zur Therapie gewis- ser Herz- und Brightseher Krankheiten. Therap. d. Ge- genw., Berl., 1909,1, 327-332.—Nauss (E.) Zur kausalen Behandlung septischer Erkrankungen. Aerztl. Rund- schau, Munchen, 1899, ix, 257; 273; 291.—Neel (W. D.) Under-oxidation of the blood, and what it stands for. J. Advance. Therap., N, Y., 1907, xxv, 93-97.—Niles (G. M.) Optimistic therapeutics. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1911, lvi, 268.—Novack (H. J.) Microscopic crystallization and its application to chemistry and therapeutics. Month. Cycl. & M. Bull., Phila., 1910, iii, 263-272.—O'Gorman (P. W.) The new therapeutics; rational therapeutics v. empiricism and quackery. Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1901, xxxvi, 404-408.—Osborne (O. T.) Therapeutic in- dications suggested by the condition of the blood. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1901, xxxvii, 1652-1656.— Panyrek (D.) Substitucni therapie. [Substitutiontherapy.] Sbirka pfednasek a rozpr. z oboru lekarsk., v Praze, [1899], no. 36, 119-112.—Park (W. H.) Contributions of bacteri- ology to therapeutics. Tr. N. York Acad. M. (1896-1901), 1903, 156-191.—Parker (W. T.) Sun-heated sand as a therapeutic measure. Med. Times, N. Y., 1897, xxv, 268.—Parrish (J. E.) Some thoughts on therapeutics. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1899, lv, 387— Pavlinott" (K.) K voprosu o terapevticheskom znachenii zharopovishayu- shtshavo metoda pri khronieheskikh infektsionnikh bo- lieznyakh. ^Therapeutic action of the heat>raising method of chronic infectious diseases.]_ Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1891, xxxv, 287-289.—Peri (A.) Di un nuovo metodo di tera- pia inalatoria (inalatore a secco Koerting). Arch. ital. di otol. [etc.], Torino, 1909, xx, 304-319.—Pinbo (S.) Systemas de curar. J. de med. de Pernambuco, 1908, iv, 91-95.—von Poehl (A.) Die therapeutische Beeinflus- sung der Ursachen gutartiger oder bosartiger Leukocy- ten, welche den Ausgang der Krankheiten bedingen. St. Petersb. med. Wchnschr., 1908, xxxiii, 57; 67.—Pope (C.) Some observations upon the treatment of chronic dis- eases. Am. Med., Phila., 1905, ix, 530-533.—Powell (C. H.) The value of reconstructive therapy in modern medicine. Med. Fortnightly, St. Louis, 1902, xxii, 833- 835.—Prieto de Castro (P.) Breves consideraciones sobre la terapeutica cardio-pulmonar. Rev. espec. med., Madrid,1907, x,97-99.—Pusinelli. Aus der Praxis fiir die Praxis. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1895, ix, 658-661.—Pyle (E. W.) Simplicity in therapeutics. Am. Med., Phila., 1901, i, 396-398.—Quesada y Agius (B.) Antitermicos, antisepticos y anodinos. Rev. de clin., terap. y farm., Madrid, 1894-5, viii, 82; 337.—Hallo Colandrea (T.) La terapeutica de las infecciones agudas. Clin, y lab., Rev. quincen. de espec med., Zaragoza, 1911, viii, 49-51.— Rathenau. Einiges fiber Wortzeichenschutz fiir Arz- neimittel. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1912, xxvi, 177-185.— Raudnitz (R. W.) Therapeutische Versuche und Vorschlage. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1908, xxxiii, 255- 258.—Reading (G. E.) Therapeutic agents of animal origin. J. Med. Soc. N. Jersey, Newark, 1905-6, ii, 80-84.— Reagan (O.) Some therapeutic observations. J.Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1908, li, 1490.—Reinhart(J. C.) Spe- cifics in medicine. Toledo M. & S. Reporter, 1897, x, 163- 166.—Renaut (J.) Reflexions sur quelques principes essentiels d'une therapeutique moderne. Bull. m6d., Par., 1911, xxv, 85-89.—Renon (L.) Des indications the- rapeutiques. Rev. g6n. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1907, xxi, 481-484. -----. Du pragmatisme en medecine; la therapeutique pragmatique. Gaz. m6d. de Par., 1908, no. 20, 5.—Richardiere (H.) Les enveloppements humides dans les maladiesaigues. Med. mod., Par., 1894, v, 673-675. Also: Nice-med., 1893-4, xviii, 161-168. — Ritter (M.) & Freudenberg. Die neuro-dynamisehe Therapeutik. Frauenarzt, Leipz., 1903, xviii, 105; 161; 212; 258; 304; 342; 385; 538.—Riviere (J. A.) On the abortive and curative treatment of acute diseases, and particularly enteric fever and appendicitis, by a judicious use of calomel, water, heat, and quinine. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1901, ii, 1054-1056.—Robert (B.) El oportunismo en terapeutica. Rev. de cien. med. de Barcel., 1899, xxv, 1-6. Also: Rev. de med. contemp., Madrid, 1899, xxi, 65- 69.—Robin (A.) La saignee, les vomitifs et le vesica- toire. Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1898, 3. s., xxxix, 92- THERAPEUTICS. Therapeutics (Methods in). 110. Also: Bull, med., Par., 1898, xii, 81-84. Also: Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1898, lxxi, 93-96. -----. Les principes de la remineralisation organique. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par., 1910, clix, 81-90. -----. General principles under- lying modern therapeutics. J. Delaware State M. Soc, Wilmington, 1909-10, i, 2-9.—Robinson (B.) Treat- ment of symptoms in hospitals. N. York M. J. [etc], 1910, xcii, 1068. Also, Reprint. -----. Physical examination and treatment of symptoms. Med. Rec., N. Y., 1912, lxxxi, 1001.—Roch (M.) Des synergies medicamen- teuses et de leur utilisation systematique en clinique. Semaine med., Par., 1909, xxix, 409-414.—Rogers (L. L.) Earlv or abortive treatment of disease. Tr. Luzerne Co. M. Soc., Wilkesbarre, 1895, 109-117.—Roseneau (B. S.) Antipyrine and calomel. N. York M. J., 1897, lxv, 126.—S. Can a man who uses only twenty remedies be a competent physician? Boston M. & S. J., 1910, clxii, 406.— Safranek (J.) Az inhalati6s therapia mai allasa. [Present state of inhalation therapy.] Budapesti orv. ujsag, 1911, ix, 371; 387.—Sagretti (0.) Una nuova cura razionale e naturale delle malattie. Gazz. med. di Roma, 1898, xxiv, 1-15.— Sajous (C. E. deM.) The auto-pro- tective resources of the body; a new foundation for scien- tific therapeutics. Med. Standard, Chicago, 1908, xxxi, 342-352. Also: Month. Cvcl. & M. Bull., Phila., 1908, i, 201-218. Also: Texas M. J., Austin, 1908-9, xxiv, 137-159.— Sanquirieo & Scofone. Lavatura medicata dell' organismo. Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1902, 4. s., viii, 124-132.—Schaufller (W. G.) Clinical values of modern therapeutic methods. J. Phys. Therapv, Chi- cago, 1906-7, ii, 200-203.—Scheffler. Les medicaments en clinique. J. de med. de Par., 1911, 2. s., xxiii, 991- 994: 1912, 2. s., xxiv, 233-237— Scherk (C.) Das thera- peutische Deckungsprincip. Reichs-Med.-Anz., Leipz., 1902, xxvii, 283-286.—Schilling. Die neuere Richtung unserer Therapie. Aerztl. Monatschr., Leipz., 1899, 97- 102.—Sears (J. H.) The new therapy. Texas Sanita- rian, Austin, 1894-5, iv, 405-411.—Seilert (C.) The im- portance of specific gravity of liquids for topical medica- tion. Med. & Surg. Reporter, Phila., 1896, lxxiv, 648-660. [Discussion], 663.—Seybert (F. T.) Is mental effort of therapeutic value? Iowa M. J. [etc], Des Moines, 1906-7, xiii, 441-451.—Sheffield (H. B.) Palatable medication. N. YorkM. J. [etc], 1906,lxxxiv,523-525.—Shoemaker (J. V.) The practical value of old remedies. N. Eng. M. Month., Danbury, Conn., 1905, xxiv, 169-176.—Sietter- ■nunn. Considerations generales sur la therapeutique; ses transformations successives; ses bases nouvelles dues a la d6couverte des microbes et des corps radiants; la physicotherapie et specialement la phototh'erapie. Gaz. med. deStrasb., 1904, lxiii, 33.—Simon. Lekarstpha w osobliwyeh niemoczach. Wydal Adam Wrzosek. [Medi- caments in special diseases. Edited by . . A [1535.] In: Kryt. lek., Warszawa, 1904, viii, 189-236.—Smith (A. H.) Specific medication. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1902, Ixi, 401^05. [Discussion], 438. Also, Reprint.—Smith (R.J.) A ra- tional treatment of the communicable diseases. Med. Sentinel, Portland, Oreg., 1906, xiv, 213-215.—Smith (S. J.) Therapeutic hints. Eclect. M. J., Cincin., 1896, lvi, 447-452.—Smith (W. G.) Remarks upon some thera- peutical traditions. Dublin J. M. Sc, 1895, xcix, 1-6.— Soulier (H.) Des medicaments d'epargne. Cong. franc, de med. Rap., Par., 1902, i, 1-24. [Discussion], C. r., ii, 363-369.—Spicer (R. H. S.) A clinical lecture on a new cardinal principle in the treatment of disease, and its application in disorders of the nose, throat, voice and speech. Med. Press&Circ, Lond., 1910, n, s..lxxxix, 134-137.—Stadelmann (H.) Zur Therapie der durch Vorstellung entstandenen Krankheiten. Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1896, x, 736-738— Stern (H.) Abwartsstei- gen als therapeutischer Faktor. Ztschr. f. phvs. u. diiitet. Therap., Leipz., 1910, xiv, 146-152.—Strebe'l (H.) Die therapeutische Wirksamkeit der Behandlung mittelst Hochfrequenzstromen, Licht- und Rontgenstrahlen. Aerztl. Rundschau, Munchen, 1902, xii, 607-612.—Sul- livan (J. J.) Analgesia and sedation; an essential ad- junct to treatment. Gaillard's M. J., N. Y., 1895, Ixi, 317.—Sufle y Molist (L.) Tendencias terapeuticas. Rev. de cien. med. de Barcel., 1902, xxviii, 357-360.— Tabuteau (G.) Action therapeutique des plantes fraiches sterilisees. Arch. med. d'Angers, 1909, xiii, 267- 272.—Taylor (J. M.) Remarks on the treatment of chronic disease, with special reference to simple, effica- cious remedial measures readily applied, but often neg- lected. Month. Cycl. & M. Bull., Phila., 1912, v, 82-91.— Taylor (L. H.) Non-medical therapeutics. Tr. Lu- zerne Co. M. Soc, Wilkesbarre, 1901, ix, 135-146. Also, Reprint.—Thomayer (J.) Poznamky o dspechu le- 6ebnem. [Remarks on successful therapy.] Zdravi v Praze, 1901, vii, 129-133. —Tornai (J.) A verke- ringesnek mesterseges megkisehbitese mint orvoslo m6dszer. [Artificial reduction of the circulation as a method of treatment.] Budapesti orv. ujsag, 1910, viii, 964-967. — Torras y Pascual. Terapeutica palia- tiva. Rev. de cien. med. de Barcel. 1897, xxiii, 287-290.— Treupel (G.) Ueber die Komblnation von Arznei- mitteln. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl 1909, xxxv, 2014.—Tyson (J.), jr. Specific systemic THERAPEUTICS. 99 THERAPEUTICS. Therapeutics (Methods in). manifestations of disease and specific drug applica- tion. Chicago M. Times, 1901, xxxiv, 560-564.—Tyson (W. ja Some passing thoughts on broad lines of treat- ment. Clin. J., Lond., 1902, xx, 46-48.—II rich (C. F.) Air and water as therapeutic agents. Tr. M. Soc. W. Virg., Wheeling, 1897, 75-80. —Vires (.).) De la me- thode en therapeutique. Rev. seient., Par., 1902, 4. s., xvii, 775-781. -----. Les orientations actuelles de la therapeutique et l'analyse clinique montpellieraine. Ann. de med. et. chir. inf., Par., 1912, xvi, 161-182. Also: Montpel. med., 1912, xxxiv, 265; 302; 313; 352. Also: Pro- vince med., Par, 1912, xxiii. 85-93.—'italMan (S. S.) The undulatory theory in therapeutics. Med. Brief, St. Louis, 1905, xxxiii, 479.—Wauconiont (R.) Faibles doses en therapeutique et resume de principes de posolo- gie. Scalpel, Liege, 1910-11, lxiv, 251-254.— Way (O. F.) A few drugless remedies in the treatment of disease. J. Minn. M. Ass. [etc.], Minneap., 1907, xxvii, 122-128.— "Welsz (E.) Ueber Injektions-und Infusionstherapie. Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1892, xxviii, 1041- 1043.—Welander (E.) Einige Untersuchungen fiber Jod und Quecksilber. Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1897, xi, 484; 502; 533; 547.— Wbittaker (J.T.) The analeptics: Heat, electricity, caffeine, nitroglycerin, amyl nitrite, morphine, atropine, cocaine, and camphor. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1896, 6. s., ii. 23-30 — Wisjiit i 1 S.) Some therapeutic notes on the treatment of suppuration, tuber- culosis, la grippe, sarcoma, and cancer. N.York M. J., 1894, lx, 331.—Wilcox (R. W.) The modern use of syn- thetics. Med. Fortnightly, St. Louis, 1899, xvi, 451-^57. Also, Reprint.—Williams i,L.) The therapeutics of some common ailments. Clin. J., Lond., 1904-5, xxv, 151- 157.—Williamson (A. R.J The value of various new forms of treatment. Med. Times, N. Y., 1906, xxxiv, 110; 139.—Wood (H. C.) How do physicians cure diseases? Med. Mirror, St. Louis. 1899, x, 274-277.—Wyliter (W. E.) Some simple therapeutic expedients. Treatment, Lond., 1903-4, vii, 481-491.—Yanovski (F. G.) Opit klassifi- katsii vrachebnikh mleropriyatiy pri Hechenii vnut- rennikh bolleznel. [Classification of medical measures taken in the treatment of internal diseases.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1906, v, 885-889.—Yarkho (I. L.) Rezultati Hecheniya dletel v sukhol inhalyatoriiposiste- mle Kertinga. [Results of treating children in the dry inhalatorium, bv Kerting's system.] Novoye v Med., S.-Peterb., 1911, v, 367-370.—Y von. Sur les medicaments hero'iques. [Rap.] Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1903, 3. s., xlix, 801.—Zagari (G.) A proposito della seconda nota dell dott. Manfredi; sulla batterioterapia. Gior. internaz. d. sc. med., Napoli, 1889, n. s., xi, 277-279. Also, Re- print— Zander (G.) Einige Bemerkungen zu der von Privatdocent Max Herz verfassten Arbeit: Neue Prin- cipien und Apparate der Widerstandstherapie. Wien. med. Presse, 1898, xxxix, 1577-1583.— von Ziemssen. Ueber einige neuere Heilmittel und Heilmethoden. Miin- ehen. med. Wchnschr., 1894, xii, 1004. Therapeutics (Obstetrical). See Obstetrics (Therapeutics in). Therapeutics (Open air). See Phototherapy; Sunlight (Tlierapeutic use of); Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treatment of, Open-air). Therapeutics (Periodicals relating to). Agenda medico-quirurgica de bolsillo o me- morandum terapeutico, formulario moderno y diario de visita. Red: G. Reboles y Campos. 1898; 1900. 12°. Madrid. Agenda therapeutica. Neuere Medicamente und Arzneiverordnungen zusammengestellt von H. Paschkis. 1898; 1899. Wien. American (The) Journal of Physiologic Ther- apeutics; a practical journal of progress in phy- siologic medicine. Edited bv Henry Robert Harrower. v. 1-2,1910-11. 8*c. Chicago. American (The) Journal of Progressive Ther- apeutics. Edited by T. Proctor Hall [et al.]. [Monthly.] v. 16-18, 1905-6. 8°. Chicago. Axnali di elettricita medica e terapia fisica. Periodico mensile diretto dai dot tori F. Picci- ninoe A. di Luzenberger. v. 1 -12,1902-13. 8°. Napoli. Current. Arbeiten aus dem koniglichen Institut fiir experimentelle Therapie zu Frankfurt a. M. Hft. 1-4. 8°. Jena, 1906-8. Therapeutics (Periodicals relating to). Archiv fiir physikalisch-diatetische Therapie in der arztlichen Praxis. Hrsg. von Dr. Med. Ziegelroth. [Monthly.] v. 1-15, 1899-1913. 8°. Berlin. Current. Archives (The) of Physiological Therapy. Edited by C. E. Skinner [etal.]. [Monthly.] v. 1-4, 1905-6. sm. 4°. Boston. Bacterial (The) Therapist; a journal of vac- cine therapy, v. 2-3. 8°. Detroit, 1912-13. Beitrage zur experimentellen Therapie. Hrsg. von E. Behring. Hft. 1-11. 8°. Berlin & Wien, 1899-1906. Berliner klinisch-therapeutische Wochen- schrift. Hrsg. von M. T. Schnirer und Alfred Wolff, v. 1-2, 1904-5. fol. Berlin. Biochimica e terapia sperimentale; rivista pubblicata da A. Ascoli [etal.]. v. 1-4, [190y]- 1912. 8°. Milano. Irregular; current. Bladen voor liygienische therapie. Maand- schrift onder redactie van G. W. S. Lingbeek [et al.]. v. 1-3, 1899-1902. 8°. Amsterdam. Bollettixo farmacologico e terapeutico del Giornale internazionale delle scienze mediche. Edited by Luigi Maramaldi. 8°. Napoli, 1910. Bollettixo medico-chirurgico dell' Istituto politerapeutico. [Bimonthly.] v. 1, 1897. 8°. Milano. Bulletin general de therapeutique medicale et chirurgicale. Recueil pratique, v. 118-166, 1890-1913. Bulletin officiel de la Societe francaise d'elec- trotherapie. v. 7-20, 1900-1912. 8°. Paris. Bulletins et memoires de la Societe therapeu- tique. 2. s., V. 14-24, 1887-97. 8°. Paris. _ Compendio (El) internacional. Periodico mensual de materia medica y terapeutica. [Homoeopathic] Edited by E. Fornias [et al.]. Nos. 1-4, v. 1, February to May, 1895. 8°. Mexico. Deutsche klinisch-therapeutische Wochen- schrift. Hrsg. von O. von Boltenstern und M. T. Schnirer. 1906. fol. Leipzig. Ellingwood's Therapeutist, v. 4-7, 1910-13. 8°. Chicago. Farmacoterapia ( La ). Rivista mensile. Direttore: G. Siboni. v. 6-13, 1906-13. 8°. Lodi. Current. Ferroterapia (La). Periodico trimestrale di medicina [etc.]. Direttore: G. Siboni. v. 1-5, July, 1901, to 1905. 8°. Lodi. Folia therapeutica. A periodical journal relating to modern therapeutics and pharma- cology for medical practitioners. Edited by A. Baginsky and J. Snowman. [Quarterly.] v. 1-5, 1907-11. 4°. London. Want Nos. 1 and 2, v. 1. French-American ( The) Therapist. J. Fresne, editor. [Quarterly.] No. 1, v. 3, De- cember, 1902. 8°. New York. Gorbersdorfer Veroffentlichungen. Hrsg. von R. Robert. 2 pts. in 1 vol. 8°. Stuttgart, 1898. International (The) Brief. A monthly journal of materia medica and therapeutics, de- voted to the advancement of homoeopathy [etc.]. Edited by E. Fornias [et al.]. Nos. 1-6, v. 1, January to June, 1895. 8°. Phila- delphia. International (The) Journal of Therapy. [Monthly.] v. 1-2,1906-7. 8°. Cincinnati. THERAPEUTICS. 100 THERAPEUTICS. Therapeutics (Periodicals relating to). International Therapeutics. Edited by C. A. W. Prevost. [Monthly.] v. 1-2, 1905-6. New York. Jahrruch der Therapie. [Edited by Fr. C. Midler and F. Siebert.] [Quarterly.] v. 1-3, 1904-6. 8° & 4°. Munchen. Joornal (The) of Advanced Therapeutics. Edited by W. B. Snow. [Monthly.], v. 20-31, 1902-13. 8°. New York. Current. Journal (The) of Physical Therapeutics. [Monthly.] v. 1-3, October, 1900, to 1902. 8°. London. Journal (The) of Practical Dietetics and Bacterio-therapeutics. A monthly review of dietetic and bacteriological treatment of gastro- intestinal affections. Edited bv Alfred S. Gubb. v. 1-3, December, 1908-9, to 1910-11. 8°. London. Journal of Therapeutics and Dietetics. P. E. Howes, editor. [Monthly.] v. 1-7, October, 1906, to 1912-13. 8°. Boston. Current. Journal of Treatment. Edited by S. H. Monell. [Quarterly.] No. 2, v. 2, October, 1904. fol. New York. Kausale (Die ) Therapie. Zeitschrift fiir kausale Behandlung der Tuberkulose und anderer Infektionskrankheiten. Redaktion: Prof. Dr. Klebs. [Monthly.] v. 1, October, 1903, to September, 1904. 8°. Bremerhaven. Kli nisch-therapeutische Wochenschrif t. v. 2-20, 1895-1913. 8° & fol. Wien s. Am. Phys.. Phila., 1906, xxi, 208-227. Also: Aril. J. M. Sc, I'hila. & N. Y., 1906, exxxii, 663-679. Also, Re- print—Kelloeiiive. De- scription d'un nouveau thermo-cautere a aiguille. Bull. Acad, roy. de med. de Belg., Brux., 1*%, 1. s., x, 214- 218.—Delbet (P.) Thermo-cautere a manche carbura- teur du Dr. Granel. Paris chirurg., 1909, i, 1139.—Des- f'osses (P.) & Martinet (A.) La cauterisation ignee; mecanisme et action. Presse med., Par., 1907, xv, 92.— Goldendacli (J. O.) Die Anwendung des Gluheisens in der Therapie. Compt.-rend. Cong, internat. de med. 1897, Mosc, 1898, ii, sect. 4a, 54-59.—Granel. Carbura- teur pour thermocauteres. J. de med. de Par., 1900; 2. s., xviii, 159.—Guilloz. Presentation d'un appareil pour la thermocauterisation tres limitee par les courants a haute frequence. Rev med. de l'est, Nancy, 1903, xxxv, 121-123.—Hollander (E.) Die Heissluftkauterisation und ihre Anwendung in der Chirurgie. Ztschr. f. iirztl. Fortbild., Jena, 1907, iv, 70-76— Lamb ret (O.) Le thermocautere du docteur Beaugrand (suppression du THERMOCAUTERY. Thermocautery. flacon d'essenee et de la lampe a alcooll. Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1904, viii, 477^80.—Leelere. Pu remplace- ment de la soufflerie en caoutchouc du thermo-cautere par la pompe a air des bicyclettes. caducee, Par., 1906, vi, 317.—Louis. Le feu ou cautere actuel n'a-t-il pas et6 trop employe par les anciens, et trop neglig6 par les modernes? Kn quels cas ce moyen doit-il etre prefere aux autres pour la cure des maladies ehirurgicales, et quels sont les raisons de preference? Rec. d. pieces . . . p. le prix de l'Aead. roy. dechir., Par., 1759, iii, 413-443.— Itlazellier. Au sujet de la suppression de la souttierie en caoutchouc du thermo-cautere dans le materiel du service de sant£. Caducee, Par., 1906, vi, 335._— New (A) thermo-cautery. Lancet, Lond., 19u4, ii, 172S.—Kou- tier. Carburateur Granel pour thermocautere. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1906, n. s., xxxii, 42s — Trous- seau I A.) La cauterisation ignee des hernies, de l'iris et l'opntalmie sympathique. Arch, d'opht., Par., 1909, xxix, 684-687. Thermocautery (Patent specifications for). Beach (W. H.) Thermo-cauter. No. 420,672; Feb. 4, 1890.—Deehery (J. B.) Thermocauterizer. No.634,613; Oct. 10, 1S99.—Dewitt (C. F.) Thermocauter. No. 606,380; June 28. 1S9S.—Drumin (F.I Thermocauter. No. 574.719: Jan. 5, 1897—tiraet'e (C.) Gas-cauterv. No. 319,698: June 9, 1885.—Lee (J. E. i Thermocauter. No. 490,969; Jan. 31, 1893. -----. Thermocauter. No. 541,441; June 18. 1895. -----. Thermocauter. No. 546,894; Sept. 24, 1895.—Paquelin (C. A.) Thermo-cauter. No. 454,524; June 23, 1>91— Beieliardt (F. A.) Thermo- cauter. No. 538,282; April 30, 1895. -----. Carburetor for thermocauter. No. 538,791: Mav 7, 1*95.—Boy (F. M. St. 0.) Thermocauter. No. 488,454: Dee. 20.1>92.—Wil- son i H. i Thermocauter. No. 517.180; March 27, 1*94.— Wirsching (L.) Thermocauter. No. 648.689; Oct. 29, 1895. -----. Thermocauter. No. 706,482; Aug. 5, 1902. -----. Thermocauter. No. 731.004; June 16,1903.—Zom (J.) & Lueliesi (F. G.1 Packing compound for thermo- cauter?. No. 529,056; Nov. 13, 1894. Thermochemistry. See Thermodynamics (Chemical). Thermocolpeurysis. .H.irtl (C.) Die Thermocolpeuryse, ihre Anwendung und therapeutischen Erfolge. Wien. med. Presse, 1900, xii, 29s; 345. Thermodine. Becermaxx (J. A.) * Klinische Untersu- chungen iiber die Wirkung des Thermodin. 8°. Zurich, [1894]. Boxxeyille (P.) Contribution a I'etude de la thermodine. 4°. Nancy, 1894. So.mmer (S.) * Ueber die Wirkung des Thermodin als Antipyreticum. 8°. Wurzburg, 1894. Schmitt. Contribution a I'etude de la thermodine. Bull, etmem. Soc. de therap., Par., 1894, '205-214.—Spi- neanu (G. D.) Recherches experimentales sur ractiou dynamiquede la thermodine. Arch, internat. de phar- macod., Brux. et Par., 1905, xiv, 181-196. Thermodynamics (Chemical). See, also, Colloids; Crystals; Electrolysis; Heat; Osmosis; Photochemistry; Soil; So- lutions (Physico-chemical theory of); Surface- tension. Bakhuis Roozeboom (H. W.) Die Bedeutung der Phasenlehre. 8°. Leipzig, 1900. -----. Die heterogenen Gleichgewichte vom Standpunkte der Phasenlehre. 1. Hft. Svsteme aus einer Komponente. 8°. Braun- schweig, 1901. -----. The same. 2. Hft. Systeme aus zwei Komponenten. 1. Teil. 8°. Braun- schweig, 1904. Baxcroft (W. D.) The phase rule. 8°. Ithaca, N. Y., 1897. Baris (C.) The chemical equilibrium of solids, in its relation to pressure and to tempera- ture. 8°. [London, 1891.] Cutting from: Phil. Mag., Lond., 1891. THERMODYNAMICS." Thermodynamics (Chemical). Bashforth (F.) An attempt to test the the- ories of capillary action by comparing the theo- retical and measured forms of drops of fluids, with an explanation of the method of integra- tion employed in constructing the tables which give the theoretical forms of such drops, by J. C. Adams. 4°. Cambridge, 1883. Boltzmanx (L.) Populare Schriften. 8°. Leipzig, 1910. Bkyax (G. H.) Thermodynamics. An in- troductory treatise dealing mainly with first principles and their direct applications. 8°. Leipzig, 1907. Fecstel (R.) Ueber Kapillaritiitskonstanten und ihre Bestimmung nach der Methode des Maximaldruckes kleiner Blasen. [Strassburg.] 8°. Leipzig, 1903. Findlay (A.) The phase rule and its appli- cations. With an introduction to the study of physical chemistry, bv Sir William Ramsay. 2. ed. 12°. London, 1906. Furstenau (R. [H. R.]) * Ueber das Ver- hiiltnis der spezifischen Warme der Gase und seine Abhiingigkeit von der Temperatur. [Giessen.] 8°. Berlin, 1908. Golbliji (M. H.) ^Contribution a I'etude de l'affinite chimique. (Systemes reversibles.) 8°. Geneve, 1909. Guldberg (C. Al.) Thermodynamische Ab- handlungen iiber Molekulartheorie und che- mische Gleichgewichte. Drei Abhandlungen aus den Jahren 1867, 1868, 1870,1872. Aus dem Norwegischen iibersetzt und hrsg. von R Abegg. 12°. Leipzig, 1903. Haber (F.) Thermodynamics of technical gas reactions. Seven lectures. Transl. by Arthur B. Lamb. 8°. London, 1908. Helmholtz (H.) Abhandlungen zur Ther- modynamik. Hrsg. von Max Planck. 12°. Leipzig, 1902. van't Hoff (J. H.) Die Gesetze des che- mischen Gleichgewichtes fiir den verdiinnten, gasformigen oder gelosten Zustand. Uebersetzt und hrsg. von Georg Bredig. 12°. Leipzig, 1900. Horstmanx (A.) Abhandlungen zur Ther- modynamik chemischer Vorgange. Hrsg. von J. H. van't Hoff. 12°. Leipzig, 1903. van Laar (J. J.) Sechs Vortriige iiber das thermodynamische Potential und seine Anwen- dungen auf chemische und physikalische Gleich- gewichtprobleme; eingeleitet durch zwei Vor- triige iiber nichtverdiinnte Losungen und iiber den osmotischen Druck. 8°. Braunschweig, 1906. Lloyd (J. U.) & Waldbott (S.) References to capillarity to the end of 1900. 4°. Cincin- nati, 1902. Mayer (R.) Ueber die Erhaltung der Kraft. Vier Abhandlungen hrsg. von A. Neuburger. 8°. Leipzig, [1912]. Mellor (J. W.) Chemical statics and dy- namics, including the theories of chemical change, catalysis, and explosions. 8°. London, 1904. Michaelis (L.) Dynamik der Oberfliichen. Eine Einfiihrung in biologische Oberflachen- Studien. 8°. Dresden, 1909. Moosbrugger (L. W.) *Spektrochemische und thermochemische Untersuchungen an un- gesiittigten organischen Verbindungen. 8°. Greifswald, 1911. THERMODYNAMICS. 106 THERMODYNAMICS. Thermodynamics (Chemical). X er.vst (\V.) Theoretical chemistry from the standpoint of Avogadro's rule and thermody- namics. 8°. New York, 1904. -----. Experimental and theoretical appli- cation of thermodynamics to chemistry. 8°. New York, 1907. Ostwald (VV.) Ueber Katalyse. 8°. Leipzig, 1902. Also, in: Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1901, Leipz., 1902, Ixxiii, 184-202. Reyciiler (A.) Les theories physico-chimi- ques. Revue completed par des elements de thermodynamique. 2. ed. 8°. Bruxelles, 1901. Second (The) law of thermodynamics; me- moirs by Carnot, Clausius and Thomson. Transl. and edited by W. F. Magie. 8°. New York & London, 1899. Thomson (J. J.) Application of dynamics to physics and chemistry. 12°. London, 1888. Unverdorben (O.) * Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Additionsfiihigkeit ungesiittigter Systeme. 8°. Greifswald, 1909. Andreae (J. L.) Die Methode des Schwebens zur Diehtebestimmung homogener fester Korper. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1911, lxxvi, 491^96.—Arrlienius (S.) Bemerkungen zu E. Wiedemanns Aufsatz: Ueber Neutralisationswarmen. Ibid., 1891, viii, 419-424.—Aten (A. H. W.) Untersuchungen iiber das .System: Schwefel; Chlor. Ibid., 1905-6, liv, 55-97.— Bac-li (It.) Thermo- chemie des Hydrazins, nebst einer Bemerkung iiber die Molekularrefraktion einiger Stickstoffverbindungen. Ibid., 1892, ix, 241-263.—Bakker (G.) Thermodyna- mische Betrachtungen iiber Molekulardruck. Ibid., 1894, xiii, 145-151. -----. Bemerkung zur " Thermodynami- schen Theorie der Kapillaritat." Ibid., 1899, xxviii, 708: 1900, xxxiv, 168. -----. Zur Theorie der Kapillaritat. Ibid., 1900, xxxiii, 477: 1901, xxxvi, 681; 1904, xlviii, 1. -----. Theorie der Kapillarschicht zwischen den homo- genen Phasen der Fliissigkeit und des Dampfes. Ibid., xxxv, 598-603. -----. Dicke und Spannung der Kapillar- schicht. Ibid., 1905, li, 344-367. -----. Zur Thermodyna- mik der Kapillarschicht. Ibid. 1910,lxviii, 684-692.-----. Zur Thermodynamik der Kapillarschicht des reinen Kor- pers zwischen den homogenen Phasen der Fliissigkeit und des Dampfes. Ibid., Ixxiii, 641-666. -----. Zur Theorie der gekriimmten Kapillarschicht. Ibid., 1912, lxxx, 129-147.—Balld (R.) Ueber Erstarrungserschei- nungen biniirer Gemenge der gesattigten, einwertigen Fettsauren und des Wassers. Ibid., 1910, lxxii, 439-450.— Banc roll (W. D.) The equilibria of stereoisomers. J. Phys. Chem., Ithaca, 1898, ii, 143; 245: 1899, iii, 144. -----. Analvtical chemistry and the phase rule classifi- cation. Ibid., 1902, vi, 106-117. -----. Synthetic analy- sis of solid phases. Ibid., 178-184.—Barker (J. T.) Experimentelle Bestimmung und thermodynamische Berechnung der Dampdrucke von Toluol, Naphtha- lin und Benzol. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1910, lxxi, 235-253.—Bein (W.) Ueber die von Dolezalek in seiner Abhandlung: Ueber das Gleichgewicht biniirer Gemische in Losungen und in Dampf, aufgestellten Beziehungen; eine rechnerische Untersuchung. Ibid., 1909, lx, 257-274.—Bell (J. M.) Free energy and heat capacity. J. Phys. Chem., Ithaca, 1905, ix, 381-391.— Bell (J. M.) & Cameron (F. K.) The flow of liquids through capillary spaces. Ibid., 1906, x, 658-674.—Bene- dicks (C.) Eine neue Methode, grosse Mischungs- und Reaktionsgeschwindigkeiten zu messen. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1910, lxx, 12-27.—Bergius (F.) Die Dissoziationstheorie. Ztschr. f. Balueol., Klimat. [etc.], Berl., 1908-9, i, 53-56.—Berthoud (A.) Theorie cine- tique des gaz et thermodvnamique. J. de chim. phys., Geneve & Par., 1911, ix, 352-381 —Bigelovv (S. L.) & Hunter (F. W.) The function of the walls in capillary phenomena. J. Phys. Chem., Ithaca, 1911, xv, 367-380.— Blackmail (P.) The thermodynamics of compressi- bility and expansion. Ibid., 874-876.— Bltimcke (A.) Einiges iiber die labilen Gleichgewichtszustande bei Gemengen zweier Stoffe unterhalb der Schmelztempera- tur beider. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1892, ix, 323- 326. — Bodenstein (M.) Gasreaktionen in der che- mischen Kinetik. I. Reaktionsgeschwindigkeit und "falsche Gleichgewichte." Ibid., 1899, xxix, 147-158. -----. Die "falschen Gleichgewichte." Antwort an P. Duhem. Ibid., xxx,567-569.—BodlSinder (G.) Ueber Beziehungen zwischen Loslichkeit und Bildungswarme von Elektrolyten. Ibid., 1898, xxvii,55-74.—Bogojaw- lensky (A.) & Tainmann (G.) Ueber den Einfluss des Drueks auf die Reaktionsgeschwindigkeit in homo- genen fliissigen Systemen. Ibid., 1897, xxiii, 13-23.— Bonner (W. D.) Experimental determination of bi- ThermodynamicH (Chemical). nodal curves, plait points, and tie lines, in fifty systems, each consisting of water and two organic liquids. J. Phys. Cliem , Ithaca, 1910, xiv, 738-789.— Bose (E.) Zur Thermodynamik der binaren Fliissigkeitsgemische. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1909, lxv, 458-485. — BoMelli (J.) Vitesscs de reactions dans les systemes heierogOnes a plusieurs phases. J. de chim. phys., Ge- neve A Par., 1911, ix, 689: 1912, x, 3.—Boulouch (R.) Loi des phases. Ibid., 1910, viii, 113-118.—Bredig (G.) Ueber Warmeleitung und Ionenbewegung. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1896, xix, 228:1897, xxiii, 545. -----. Ueber heterogene Katalyse und ein neues Quecksilber- oxyd. Ztschr. f. Eleetrochem. [etc.], Halle a. S., 1906, xii,581-589.—Briinsted (J. N.l Studien zur chemischen Affinitat. III. Mischungsaffinitat biniirer Systeme. I. Theoretischer Teil. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1908, xliv, 641-656. -----. Studien zur chemischen Affinitat. III. Mischungsamnitat binaxer Systeme. II. Das System Schwefelsaure-Wasser. Ibid., 1910, lxviii, 693-725.— Brunner (E.) ZumThema: Reaktion.sgeschwindigkeit und freie Energie. Ibid., 1905, li, 106.—de Bruyn (B. R.) Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Gleichgewichte mit zwei fliissigen Phasen in Systemen von einem Alkalisalz, Wasser und Alkohol. Ibid., 1900, xxxii, 63-115.—Bryan (G. H.) The entropy of radiation. [Vorlesungen iiber die Theorie der Warmestrahlung. By Max Planck.] Nature [Suppl.], Lond. ,1906-7, lxxiv, pp.iii-v.—Bugarsz- ky ( S.) Studien iiber chemische Gleichgewichtszu- stande. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1893, xi, 668: xii, 223. -----. Einfluss des Mediums auf die Reaktionsge- schwindigkeit und den chemischen Gleichgewichtszu- stand. Ibid., 1910, lxxi, 705-759.—Burke (Miss K. A.) & Donnan (F. G.) Chemical dynamics of the alkyl iodides. II. Ibid., 1909, lxix, 148-168.—Byk (A.) Zu den Ableitungen der Phasenregel. Ibid , 1906, lv, 250- 256.—Cameron (F. K.) & Briggs (L. J.) Equilibrium between carbonates and bicarbonates in aqueous solu- tion. J. Phys. Chem., Ithaca, 1901, v, 537-555.—Carlson (T.) Sur la vites>e de dissolution dans le systeme gaz- fluide. J. de chim. phys., Geneve & Par., 1911, ix, 228- 244.—Colien (E.) Zur Thermodynamik der Normalele- mente. Ztschr.f.phys.Chemie,Leipz.,1900,xxxiv,62: xxxv, 612: 1907, lx, 706: 1910, lxxii, 84: 1911, lxxvi, 75.—Cohen (E.) [et al.]. Piezochemische Studien. Ibid., 1909,lxvii, 1; 432; 513: lxix,102: 1910,lxviii,214:1910-11,lxxv,219; 257 — Crommelin (C. A.) Isotherms of monatomic gases and of their binary mix cures. VI. Coexisting liquid and va- pour densities of argon; calculation of the critical density of argon. Konink. Akad. v. Wetensch. Proc. Sec. Sc, Amst., 1910-11, xiii, 607-625, 3pl.—D'Ans (J.) & Schrei- ner(0.) Die terniiren Systeme Alkali; Phosphorsiiure; Wasser. Ztschr.f.phys.Chemie, Leipz., 1910, lxxv, 95- 107.—Davis (O. C. M.) Sterischer Einfluss, statiseh und dvnamisch. I. Gleichgewichte bei der Bildungvon Ani- liden. Ibid., 1911, lxxviii, 353-368.—Deeombe (L.) La thermodynamique experimentale. Rev. seient., Par., 1910,5. s., xiii, 619-624.—Desehamps (J.) Calorimetrie et thermodynamique des gaz. Bull. Soc. philomat. de Par., 1911, n. s., iii, 29-60.—van Deventer (C. M.) Ein- fache Herleitung einiger fiir die Chemie wichtiger ther- modynamischer Beziehungen. I. Ztschr.f.phys.Chemie, Leipz., 1888, ii, 92-97.—Dolezalek (F.) Zur Theorie der binaren Gemische und konzentrierten Losungen. Ibid., 1910, lxxi, 191-213.—Donnan (F. G.) & Barker (J. T.) An experimental investigation of Gibbs's ther- modynamical theory of interfacial concentration in the case of an air-water interface. Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond., 1911-12, s. A., lxxxv, 557-573.—van Dorp (G. C. A.) Gleichgewicht im System Schwefelsaure, Ammonium- sulfat und Wasser bei 30°. Ztschr. f. pins. Chemie, Leipz., 1910, Ixxiii, 284-288. -----. Gleichgewichte im System Schwefelsaure, Lithiumsulfat und Wasser bei 30°. Ibid., 289.—Drucker ( K.) Grundlagen einer allsremeinen Zustandsgleiehung. Ibid., lxviii, 616-636.— Drucker (K.) & Kassel (R.) Fluiditiit von binaren Gemisehen. Ibid., 1911, lxxvi, 367-381.—Duhem (P.) Die dauern- den Aenderungen und die Thermodynamik. I. Ibid.. 1897, xxii, 645: xxiii, 193; 497: xxiv, (;67: 1899, xxviii, 577: 1900, xxxiii, 641: xxxiv, 312: 6*'': 1901, xxxvii, 91: 1903, xliii, 695. -----. Ueber ein Theorem von J. Willard Gibbs. Ibid., 1891, viii, 337-339. -----. Zur Frage von den "falschen Gleichgewichten." Ibid., 1899,, xxix, 711-714. -----. On the general problem of chemical statics. J. Phys. Chem., Ithaca, 1898, ii, 1; 91.—Euler (H.) Dis- sociationsgleichgewicht starker Elektrolvte. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1899, xxix, 603-612. -----. Ue- ber das Gleichgewicht zwischen Ester, Wasser, Saure und Alkohol Ibid., 1901, xxxvi, 405-412.—Faust (O.) & Tammann (G.) Ueber Vers-miebungselasti- zitiit und ihren Zusammenhang mit der innern Rei- bung. Ibid., 1910, lxxi, 51-58.—Fedotielr" (P. P.) Der Ammoniaksodaprozess vom Standpunkte der Phasen- lehre. Ibid., 1904, xlix, 162-1*8.—Flic-mer (A.) Zur Thermodynamik der vollkommenen G:i c Vrtljschr. d. naturf. Gesellsch. in Zurich, 1908, liii. 113-128.—Fontein (F.) Gleichgewichte in terniiren und quaternaren Sys- temen, wobei zwei fliissige Schichten auftreten konnen. THERMODYNAMICS. 107 THERMODYNAMICS. Thermodynamics (Chemical). Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1910, Ixxiii, 212-251.— Franklin ^\V. S.) Thesecond law of thermodynamics; its basis in intuition and common sense. Pop. Sc. Month., N. Y., 1910, lxxvi, 227: 245.—Friedenthal ^H.) Ueber die Giiltigkeit des Massenwirkungsgesetzes fiir den Ener- gieumsatz der lebendigen Substanz. Arb. a. d. Geb. d. exper. Physiol. 1909-10, Jena, 1911, pt. 2, 182-191. Gale- otti (G.) Gilt die Phasenregel auch fiir Kolloide? Zt- schr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1905-6, liv, 727-730.—Gar- rison (F. H.) Josiah Willard Gibbs and his relation to modern science. Pop. Sc. Month., X. Y., 1909, lxxiv, 469; 551: lxxv, 41; 191. Also, Reprint.—Garver ( M. M.) On the laws of energy and the physical significance of entropy. J. Phys. Chem., Ithaca, 1911, xv, 613-638. — Gay~(L.) Sur l'equilibre osmotique de deux phases fluides. Compt. rend. Aead. d. sc, Par., 1910, cli, 754- 756.—Geer (W. C.) Crystallization in three component systems. J. Phys. Chem., Ithaca, 1904, viii, 257-287. — Gibbs (J.W.) Graphical methods in the thermodynamics of fluids. Tr. Connect. Acad. ArtsA Sc., X. Haven, 1871-3, ii, 309-342. -----. A method of geometrical representation of the thermodynamic properties of substances by means of surfaces. lb id., 382-404. -----. On the equilibrium of he- terogeneous substances. Ibid.. 1874-8,iii, 108;343. Also [Ab- str.]: Am. J. Sc.X. Haven, 1877, n. s..xiii, 380-383. -----. Zurelektrochemischen Thermodynamik. Ztschr. f.phys. Chemie, Leipz., 18s9, iii,159-163.—Goldhaiuiuer (D. A.) Studien fiber die Theorie der iibereinstimmenden Zu- stande. Ibid., 1910, lxxi, 577-621.—Goldsehmidt (H.) Ueber die Beziehung zwischen Losungswarme, Loslich- keitund Dissociationsgrad. Ibid., 1898, xxv,91-99. -----. Die Reaktionsgeschwindigkeit in heterogenen Systemen. Ibid., 1899, xxxi, 235-249. — Gruiuell (E. S.) Observa- tions comparees entre la vite>se des reactions et la flui- dity du milieu. J. de chim. phys., Geneve & Par., 1911, ix, 143-159. —Gruner (P.) Zur Energetik. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1897, xxiii, 636-648. — Halm (O.) Beitrage zur Thermodynamik des Wassergases. Das Gleichgewicht: C02+H2=CO+H20. Ibid., 1903, xliv, 513- 547. -----. Xaehtrag zu der Untersuchung des Gleichge- wichtes CO + HjO=COj+Hj. Ibid., 1911, xlviii, 735- 738.—Heise (G. W.) Equilibrium in systems consist- ingof lead halides and pyridine. J. Phys. Chem., Ithaca, 1912, xvi, 373-381.—Henderson (P.) Zur Thermo- dynamik der Fliissigkeitsketten. Ztschr. f. phvs. Che- mie, Leipz., 1907, lix, 118: lxiii, 325.—Heymaiin (H.) Beitrage zur Kenntnis heterogener Reaktiouen. Ibid., 1912, lxxxi, 204-222—van't Hoff (J. H.j & van De- venter (CM.) Die Umwandlungstemperatur bei che- mischer Zersetzung. Ibid., 1W. i, 165-18.~>.—van't Hoff (J. H.i, Cohen (E.) & Bredig iG.) Zur Theorie des Cmwaiidlungselements ohne metastabile Phase. Ibid., 1895, xvi, 453-457.-van't Hoff (J. H.), Kenriek(F. B.) & Dawson (H. M.i Die Bildung von Tachhydrit Ibid., 1901-2, xxxix, 27-63. — van't Hoff (J. H. ) & Meyerhoffer(VV.) Ueber Anwendungen der Gleichge- wichtslehre auf die Bildung oceanischer Salzablagerun- gen, mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung des Stassfurter Salzlagers. Ibid., 1898, xxvii, 75-93.—Horstmaiin (A.) Ueber die Beteiligung fester Korper an dem chemischen Gleichgewicht. Ibid., 1890, vi, 1-4. —Hubbard (J. C.) Physikalische Eigenschaften biniirer Flussigkeitsgemi- sche. Ibid., 1910, lxxiv,207-232.—Hyndmau(F.) The absolute zero of temperature; what it means to the physi- cist. Seient. Am. Suppl., N. Y., 1908, lxvi, 266.— JaM- czynski (K.) Zur Kenntnis der Katalyse in hetero- genen Systemen. Die Zersetzung des Chromochloriirs an Platinblech. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1908, lxiv, 748-758.—JabJezj risk i (K.) &. Jablonski (S.) Reak- tionen in heterogenen Systemen. Einfluss von Alkohol. Ibid., 1910, lxxv, 503-509. — Jaeger (F. M.) On sub- stances which form three different liquid phases. Rep. Brit. Ass. Adv. Sc, Lond., 1907, 486— J aim (H.) Ueber den Dissociationsgrad und das Dissociationsgleichgewicht stark dissociierter Elektrolyte. Ztschr. f. ph\ s. Chemie, Leipz., 1900, xxxiii, 545: 1901, xxxvii, 490.-—lalm (H.) & Schonroek ( O. ) Beitrage zur Thermodynamik der galvanisehen Polarisation. Ibid., 1895, xvi, 45-71.— Joly (J.) The thermodynamics of the earth; radio- activity and geology. [A review.] Nature, Lond., 1909- 10, lxxxi, 152.—.1 ones (H. C.) Ueber die Bestimmung des Gefrierpunktes vori verdiinnten Losungen einiger Siiuren, Alkalien, Salze und organischen Verbindungen. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1893, xii, 623-656. -----. Ueber die Gefrierpunktserniedrigung verdiinnter was- seriger Losungen von Nichtelektrolyten. Ibid., 1895, xviii, 283-293.—.Fonker (W. P. A.) Notiz fiber Schmelz- und Siedekurven in einem binaren System. IUid., 1909, lxvi, 300-306.—Jorissen (W. P.) Etwas iiber die Hy- dratationswarme. Ibid., 1910, lxxiv, 308-324—.Flittner (F.) Ueber die chemischen Vorgange in dem System: Aether; Wasser; Chlorwasserstoff. Ibid., 1901, xxxviii, 56-75.—Ketner (C. H.) Gleichgewichte im System: Natriumkarbonat, Aethvlalkohol und Wasser. Ibid., 1901-2, xxxix, 641-690.— Knott (J.) Heat; "sensible," "latent" and pathological. Med. PressACirc, Lond.,1910, n. s., lxxxix, 384—KnUpffer (('.) Chemisches Gleich- gewicht und elektromotorische Kraft. Ztschr. f. phys. I Thermodynamics (Chemical). Chemie, Leipz., 1898, xxvi, 255-284.— Kohnstamm (P.) On osmotic temperatures and the kinetic signification of the thermodynamic potential. Konink. Akad. v. Wetensch. Proc. Sec. Sc, Amst., 1910-11, xiii, 778-788.— Kriiger (F.) Das Massenwirkungsgesetz und seine Anwendungen. Med.-naturw. Arch., Berl. & Wien, 1907, i, 367-388.—KrullaiK.) Diequantitativen Verhaltnisse bei der Teilung eines Korpers zwischen zwei Phasen; Adsorption. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1911, lxxvi, 497-508.—Kuenen. Simple proof of Gibbs' phase-rule Proc. Roy. Soc Edinb., 1899-1901, xxiii, 317.—Kullgren (C.) Einige Bemerkungen iiber die Reaktionsgeschwin- digkeit bei katalytischen Reaktionen; eine Erwiderung an Herrn Euler. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1905, li, 108-116.—Ku riloff (B.) Anwendung der Phasenregel zur Untersuchung der organischen Additionsprodukte. Ibid., 1897, xxiii, 547; 673. -----. Ueber Gleichgewichte von Losungen dreier Komponenten. Anwendung der Phasenregel auf das System: /3-Xaphthol, Pikrinsaure und Benzol. Ibid., xxiv, 441-467. -----. Gleichzeitige Anwendung des Massenwirkungsgesetzes und der Phasen- regel; Beteiligung des Losungsmittels in der chemischen Reaktion. Ibid., 1898, xxv, 419-410.—van Laar (J. J.) Zur Thermodynamik der elektrolytischen Dissociation. Ibid., 1892, x, 242-254. -----. Nochmals die Losungs- wiirme, letztes Wort zur Erwiderung des Aufsatzes von Herrn Noyes. Ibid., 1899, xxix, 159-161. -----. Ueber die Ableitungendesthermodynamischen Potentials nach T und p bei zusammengesetzten Komponenten. Ibid., 1901, xxxvi, 216-224. -----. Ueber die Dampftension von fliissigen Gemischen, z. B. von Brom und Jod, bei An- nahme einer teilweisen (im Grenzfall nicht- oder total-) dissoziierten Verbindung. Ibid., 1904, xlvii, 129-145. -----. Ueber den Verlauf der Sehmelzkurven bei festen Losungen (oder isomorphen Gemischen) in einem spe- ziellen Fall. Ibid., 1906, lv, 435-441. -----. Ueber endo- therme Dissociationsprozesse. Ibid., 1906-7, lvii, 633-639. -----. Ueber Mischungswarmen von Wasser und Alko- hol; Bemerkung aus Anlass einer Aeusserung von Prof. Bose. Ibid., 1907-8, Ixi, 255. -----. Die Schmelz- oder Erstarrungskurven bei binaren Systemen, wenn die feste Phase ein Gemisch (amorphe feste Losung oder Misch- kristalle) der beidenKomponenten ist. Ibid., 1908, lxiii, 216: lxiv, 257. -----. Die Schmelz- oder Erstarrungs- kurven bei binaren Systemen, wenn die feste Phase ein Gemisch der beiden Komponenten ist, und eine Verbin- dung auftritt. Ibid., 1909, lxvi, 197-237. -----. Ueber einfache und nicht-einfache Systeme der thermodynami- schen Chemie. Ibid., 1911, lxxvi, 67-74. Also, Re- print.— Lachs ( C.-H.) Adiabatische und simultane Reaktionskinetik des Diazoessigesters. Verhandl. d. naturh.-med. Ver. zu Heidelb., 1910-11, n. F., xi. 46-114.— Larmor (Sir J.) Energetics. In: Encvcl. Brit., 10. ed., Lond. & Edinb., 1902, xxviii, 164-172. -----. Josiah Willard Gibbs. Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond., 1905, lxxv, 280-296, port. — Le Chatelier (H.) Ueber das Gleichgewicht chemischer Systeme bei ungleichformi- gem Druek. [Mit Bemerkung von W. Spring.] Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1892, ix, 335; 744.-----. Demons- tration de la regie de phases. Rev. gen. des sc, Par., 1899, 759. -----. La loi des tensions fixes de dissociation. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1909, lxix, 90-95. — Leh- 1'eldt (R. A.) Zur Thermodynamik des Kadmiumele- ments. Ibid., 1903, xliii, 745. — Lehmann (O.) Di- morphie sowie Misehkristalle bei flussig-kristallinischen Stoffen und Phasenlehre. (Bemerkungen zu den Ab- handlungen von Ada Prins und R. Sehenek.) Ibid., 1910, Ixxiii, 598-623. — Leopold (G. H.) Das Dreipha- sengleichgewicht mit einem Druckminimum einer disso- ciablen Verbindung zweier Komponenten. I. Jbtd.,1909, lxv, 428: lxvi, 359: 1910, lxxi, 59. — Lewis (G. N.) The •law of physico-chemical change. Proc. Am. Acad. Arts &Sc, Bost., 1901-2, xxxvii, 49-69. -----. Outlines of a new system of thermodynamic chemistry. Ibid., Cam- bridge, 1907-8, xliii, 259-293. Also, transl.: Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1907-8, Ixi, 129-165. — Lewis (W. C. McC.) Die Adsorption in ihrer Beziehung zur Gibbschen Theorie. III. Die absorbierende Quecksilberoberflache. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1910, Ixxiii, 129-147.— Lichly (D. M.) The chemical kineticsof the decompo- sition of oxalic acid in concentrated sulphuric acid. J. Phys. Chem., Ithaca, 1907, xi, 225-272.—Loew (O.) Ca- talysis and chemical energy. Ibid., 1900, iv, 657-659.— Lorenz (R.) & Fox(M.G.) Zur Thermodynamik von Ketten in geschmolzenen Elektrolyten. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1908, lxiii, 121-125. — Lorenz (R.) & Katayama (M.) Zur Thermodynamik von Ketten mit fe-ten Stoffen. Ibid., lxii, 119-128. — Lotka (A.) Zur Theorie der periodischen Reaktionen. Ibid., 1910, lxxii, 508-511. — Luther (R.) & Weigert (F.) Ueber umkehrbare photochemische Reaktionen im homogenen System. Anthracen und Dianthracen. I. Ibid. 1905, li, 297-328.—JTIeBain (J.W.) & Davis (0. C. M.)' Eine mogliche allgemeine Beziehung zwischen der Struktur organischer Verbindungen und deren Gleichgewichten. Ibid., 1911, lxxviii, 369-373. — McBride ( n. S.) Equili- brium in the svstem, mercuric chloride-pyndine. J. Phys. Chem., Ithaca, 1910, xiv, 189-200. — Mad sen (T.) THERMODYNAMICS. THERMODYNAMICS. Thermodynamics (Chemical). Versuche uber*die Abhangigheit der Hydrolyse von der Temperatur. Ztzchr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1901, xxxvi, 290-304.—Mansier. Etude sur quelques faits ayant pour cause la < apillarite; indice de mouillage et indice de tension; ascension dans les tubes ne se laissant pas mouiller par Peau, des liquides a. faible tension superfi- cielle. Centre med. et pharm., Gannat, 1905-6, xi, 410; 445; 469; 498. — Marcelin (R.) Mecanique des pheno- menes irreversibles a partir des donnees thermodyna- miques. J. de chim. phys., Geneve & Par., 1911, ix, 399- 415.—biasing (H.) Ueber die Verdampfungswarme von Gemischen. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1912, lxxxi, 223-245. — Matignon (C.) Variation de la cha- leur de reaction dans les systemes monovariants formes par un gaz et des solides. Bull. Soc. philomat. de Par., 1908, 9. s., xi, 171-175. -----. Determination ex- perimentale de la chaleur de dissolution, limite qui in- tervient dans la loi du deplacement de l'equilibre avec la temperature. Ibid., 176-183. — Mayer (HA Ueber eine elektrische Methode zur Messung der durch Belich- tung in Chromatgelatineschichten verursachten Veran- derungen. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1909, lxvi, 33- 70. — Meerburg (P. A.) Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Gleichgewichte in Systemen dreier Komponenten, wobei zwei fliissige Schichten auftreten konnen. Ibid., 1902, xl, 641-688. — Mensehutkin (B. N.) Etude du sys- teme: Propyl-benzene-trichlorure d'antimoine. J. de chim. phys., Geneve & Par., 1911, ix, 314-322. -----. Sur les syste.mes binaires dont un composant est un corps organique et l'autre un sel mineral. Ibid., 538-658. -----. Index des systemes binaires etudies par l'analyse thermique dont un composant au moins est un corps organique. Ibid., 641-652.—Meyer (J.) Zur Kenntnis der umkehrbaren Reaktionen erster Ordnung. Ztschr. f. Elektrochem.. Halle a. S., 1907, xiii, 494-506. -----. Die Schmelzwarme der Essigsaure, des' Benzols und des Nitrobenzols. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1910, lxxii, 225-254.—Meyer (Kirstine). Ueber korrespondierende Zustande der Stoffe. Ibid., lxxi, 325-336.—Meyerhoffer (W.) Der Energieinhalt und seine Rolle in Chemie und Physik. Ibid., 1891, vii, 544-585.—Michael (A.) Stereoisomerism and the law of entropy. Am. Chem. J., Bait., 1908, xxxix, 1-16.— Mohr (E. C. J.) Gleichgewichtsstudien fiber das Sys- tem: Wasser, Salmiak, Eisenchlorid. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1898, xxvii, 193-221.—MuIler (J.-A.) Sur une demonstration de la regie des phases de Gibbs. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1908, cxlvi, 866-868.-----. Sur la regie des phases. Ibid., 1909, cxlix, 1079.—Natan- son (L.) Ueber das Gesetz der thermodynamischen Ue- bereinstimmung und die Anwendung desselben auf die Theorie der Losungen. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1892, ix, 26-42. -----. Ueber thermodynamische Poten- tiale. Ibid., x, 733-747. -----. Thermodynamische Deu- tung des Maxwellschen Gesetzes. Ibid., 1894, xiv, 151- 154. -----. Ueber thermokinetische Eigenschaften ther- modynamischer Potentiale. Ibid., 1897, xxiv, 302-314.— Nernst (W.) ZumBeweisederGibbsschen Phasenregel. Ibid., 1903, xliii, 113. -----. Theorie der Reaktionsge- schwindigkeit in heterogenen Systemen. Ibid., 1904, xlvii, 52-55. -----. Sur la determination de l'affinit6 chi- mique a partir des donnees thermiques. J. de chim. phys., Geneve & Par., 1910, viii, 228-267. -----. Neuere Entwicklung der Thermodynamik. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1912, xxxviii, 1953.—Noyes (A. A.) Die thermodynamischen Ausdriicke fiir die L6- sungs- und die Dissociationswarme von Elektrolyten. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1899, xxviii, 431-438.— Noyes (A. A.) & Blanchard (A. A.) Vorlesungsver- suche zur Veranschaulichung der elektrolytischen Dis- sociation, der Gesetze des Gleichgewichtes und der Ge- schwindigkeit chemischer Vorgange. Ibid., 1901, xxxvi, 1-27.—Noyes (A. A.) & Sainmet (G. V.) Experimen- telle Priifung der thermodynamischen Beziehung zwi- schen der Losungswarme und der Aenderungder Loslich- keit mit der Temperatur im Fall dissoziierterSubstanzen. Ibid., 1903, xliii, 513-538.—Oden (S.) Fraktionierte Ko- agulation; Beziehungen zwischen Teilchengrosse und Stabilitiit disperser Systeme. Ibid., 1911-12, lxxviii, 682- 707.—Ornstein (L. S.) On Nernst's theorem of heat. Konink. Akad. v. Wetensch. Proc. Sec. Sc, Amst., 1910- 11, xiii, 700-715. -----. Some remarks on the mechanical foundation of thermodynamics. Ibid., 804-817.—Ost- wald (W.) Studien zur Energetik. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1892, ix, 563: x, 363. -----. Die Thermo- ehemiederlonen. i7wi,1893, xi, 501-514. -----. Studien iiber die Bildung und Umwandlung fester Korper. I. Ue- bersattigung und Ueberkaltung. 1 bid., 1897, x xii, 289-330. -----. Electrolysis and catalysis. Am. X-Rav J. .Chicago, 1904, xv, 338-344. -----. Ueber das Zeitgesetz des kapilla- ren Aufstiegs von Flfissigkeiten und fiber die Beziehungen desselben zur chemischen Konstitution der letzteren. Ztschr. f. Chemie u. Indust. d. Kolloide, Dresd., 1907-8, ii, 8. Hft., Suppl., pp. xx-xxxix.-----. Catalytic action; a discussion in the light of modern chemistry. Scfent. Am. Suppl., N. Y., 1908, lxv, 59.—Pawlow (P.) Ueber den Einfluss der Oberflache einer festen Phase auf die latente Thermodynamics (Chemical). Warme und die Temperatur des Schmelzens. Ztschr. f. Chemie u. Indust. d. Kolloide, Dresd., 1910, vi, 37-39 -----. Ueber die Bildung, das Gleichgewicht und die Veriinderungen des Kristalles im isothermen Medium. Ztschr. f. phvs. Chemie, Leipz., 1910, lxxii, 385-410. -----. Die Beg'rundungdes allgemeinen Phasentheorems ffirdie Adsorptionssysteme. Ibid., lxxv, 552-554. -----. Ueber die Anwendung der thermodynamischen Theorie der dispersen Systeme auf Hydrometeore. Ztschr. f. Chemie u. Indust. d. Kolloide, Dresd., 1911, viii, 18-24. -----. Zur Thermodynamik der kondensierten dispersen Systeme. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1911, lxxvi, 450-468.— Ferrin (J.) Mouvement brownien et mole- cules. J. de clin. phys., Geneve & Par., 1910, viii, 67-91.— Fissarjewsky (L.) & Leincke (N.) Der Einfluss des Losungsmittels auf die Gleichgewichtskonstante und die Beziehung zwischen dem elektrisehen Leitvermogen und der innern Reibung. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1905, Hi, 479-493.—Plotnikow (J.) Ueber eine Gesetz- massigkeit in der chemischen Dynamik. Ibid., li, 603- 608— Pollitzer (F.) Zur Thermodynamik des Clark- elements. Ibid., 1911, lxxviii, 374-383.—Prins (Ada). Mischkristalle bei flfissigkristallinischen Stoffen und die Phasenlehre. Entgegnung an O. Lehmann. Ibid., 1910- 11, lxxv, 681-684.—Prytz (K.) Gefriertemperaturen von Losungen als konstant verbleibende Temperaturen. Ibid., 1904, xlvii, 729-732.—Baveau (C.) Demonstration eiementaire de la regie des phases. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1904, cxxxviii, 621-623.—Bedgrove (H. S.) On the calculation of thermo-chemical constants. Chem. News, Lond., 1908, xcvii, 253: 266.—Bieeke (E.) Spe- zielle Fiille von Gleichgewichtserscheinungen eines aus mehreren Phasen zusammengesetzten Systemes. [Mit Nachtrag.] Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1890, vi, 411: 1891, vii, 115.—van Bijn van Alkemade (A. C.) Graphische Behandlung einiger thermodynamischen Probleme fiber Gleichgewichtszustande von Salzlosungen mit festen Phasen. Ibid., 1893, xi, 289-327 —Bodewald (H.) Thermodynamik der Quellungmit spezieller An- wendung auf die Starke und deren Molekulargewichts- bestimmung. Ibid., 1897, xxiv, 193-218.—BOder (F.) Ueber die Verschiebung des chemischen Gleichgewichtes durch Bevvegungsenergie. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1912, xl, 348-352.—Boozeboom (H. W. B.) Graphische Dar- stellung der heterogenen Systeme aus ein bis vier Stoffen, mit Einschluss der chemischen Umsetzung. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1894, xv, 145-158.—Boozeboom (H. W. B.) & Aten (A. H. W.) Gleichgewichte zwischen festen und fliissigen Phasen in ternareri Systemen, welche pseudobiniir sind, mit Anwendung zur Erklarung ano- maler Schmelz- und Losungserscheinungen. Ibid., 1905, liii, 449-501.—Boozeboom (H. W. B.) & Schreine- makers (F. A. H.) Gleichgewichte zwischen fliissigen und festen Phasen im System: Wasser, Chlorwasserstoff, Eisenchlorid. Ibid., 1894, xv, 588-637.—Bosanoff(M. A.), Lamb (A. B.) & Breithut (F. E.) Eine neue Methode zur Messung der Partialdrucke biniirer Ge- mische. Ibid., 1909, lxvi, 349-358— Bothmund (V.) Elektromotorische Kraft und chemisches Gleichgewicht. Ibid., 1899, xxxi, 69-78.—Buer (R.) Ueber die Dissocia- tion einer im Gleichgewichte befindlichen Verbindung und fiber eine fiir die Giiltigkeit des Gesetzes der kon- stanten Proportionen notwendige thermodynamische Beziehung. Ibid., 1908, lxiv, 357-373. -----. Ueber die Dissociation einer im Gleichgewichte befindlichen Ver- bindung. (Entgegnung an J. J. van Laar.) Ibid., 1909, lxvi, 633-636. -----. Ueber die unfiberschreitbare Linie im Dreistoffsystem und ihre Beziehung zum Gesetze der Verbindungsgewichte. Ibid., 1910, lxviii, 1-31.—Bus- senberger (J. H.) Sur l'extension des lois de la capil- larity aux cas oil les elements du systeme capillaire sont mobiles les uns par rapport aux autres. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1911, lxx, 1026.—Saekur (O.) Les bases cineliques du principe de Nernst. Radium, Par., 1911, viii, 206-208.—Sahmen (R.) & von Vegesaek (A.) Ueber die Anwendung der thermischen Analyse auf Dreistoffsvsteme. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1907, lix, 257-283.—Sand (H. J. S.) Thermodynamische Bemerkungen im Anschluss an die Arbeit des Herrn R. A. Lehfeldt: "Elektromotorische Kraft" u. s. w. und die Arbeit des Herrn Jahn: "Ueber den Dissociationsgrad" u. s. w. Ibid., 1901, xxxvi, 499-507.—Saurel (P.) A demonstration of the phase rule. J. Phys. Chem., Ithaca, 1899, iii, 137-143. -----. On the equilibrium of chemical systems. Ibid., 1901, v, 21-65.—Seheffer (F. E. C.) Heterogene Gleichgewichte bei dissociierenden Verbindungen. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1910, lxxi, 214; 671: 1911, lxxvi, 161.—Scheuer (O.) Physiko- chemische Studien an binaren Gemischen mit einer op- tisch aktiven Komponente. Ibid., lxxii, 613-608. — Seheye. Ueber die Ableitung des Intensitatsgesetzes der Energetik aus dem zweiten Haupt^atz der Thermo- dynamik. Ift/d., 1903,xliv,495-497.-S<-hiller (N.) Die Bedeutung der Unstetigkeit der ersten Derivierten des Druckes nach der Temperatur bei der Feststellung der Phasenregel. Ibid., 1906, liv, 451-454— Schottky (H.) Studien zur Thermodynamik der kristallwasserhaltigen THERMODYNAMICS. 109 THERMODYNAMICS. Thermodynamics (Chemical). Salze. Ibid., 1908, lxiv, 415-448.—Sehreinemakers (F. A. H.) Theoretische und experimentelle Untersu- chung fiber kryohydratische Temperaturen bei Systemen von zwei Salzen, mit oder ohne Doppelsalzbildung. Ibid., 1893, xii, 73-93.-----. Gleichgewicht bei Systemen von drei Komponenten, wobeizwei fliissige Phasen auf- treten konnen. Ibid., 1897, xxii, 93-113. -----. Gleich- gewichte im System: Wasser, Natriumchlorfir und Bern- steinsaurenitril. Ibid., xxiii, 417-441.-----. Ueber einige Gleichgewichte in Systemen dreier Korper, wobei zwei fliissige Phasen auftreten. Ibid.t 649-666. -----. Gleich- gewichte i:i Systemen von drei Komponenten, wobei zwei fliissige Phasen auftreten konnen. Ibid., 1898, xxv, 305-331. -----. Gleichgewichte im System: Wasser, Aether und Bernsteinsaurenitril. Ibid., 543-567. -----. Gleichgewichte im System: Wasser, Benzoesaure und Bernsteinsaurenitril. Ibid.,xxvi,237-254. -----. Gleich- gewichte im System: Wasser, Phenol und Anilin. Ibid., 1899, xxix, 577: xxx, 460.-----. Ueber einige Gleichge- wichte im System: Wasser, Phenol und d-Weinsaure oder Traubensaure. Ibid., 1900, xxxiii, 74-77. -----. Gleich- gewichte im System: Wasser, Phenol und Aceton. Ibid., 78-98. -----. Dampfdrucke terniirer Gemische. Theo- retischer Teil. Ibid., 1901, xxxvi, 257; 413; 710: xxxvii, 129. -----. Einige Bemerkungen fiber Dampfdrucke ternarer Gemische. Ibid., 1903, xliii, 671-685. -----. Dampfdrucke im System: Benzol, Tetrachlorkolenstoff und Aethylalkohol.' I. 1 bid., 1904, xlvii, 445-470. -----. Dampfdrucke im System: Benzol, Tetrachlorkohlenstoff und Aethylalkohol. II. Ibid., xlviii, 257-288. -----. Mischkristalle in Systemen dreier Stoffe. Ibid., 1904-5,1, 169: 1905, li, 547. -----. Gleichgewichte in quaternaren Svstemen. Ibid., 1907, lix, 641: 1909, lxv, 553: lxvi, 687: lxvii, 551: 1910, lxviii, 83: lxxi, 109. -----. Gleich- gewichte im System: Kupfersulfat, Kupferchlorid, Am- moniumsulfat, Ammoniumchlorid und Wasser. Ibid., 1909, lxix, 657-568. -----. Equilibres dans les systemes quaternaires. Arch, neerl. d. sc exactes [etc.], La Haye, 1909, 2. s., xiv, 478-504. -----. Equilibria in the system: Water, sodium sulphate, sodium chloride, copper sul- phate, cupric chloride. Konink. Akad. v. Wetensch. Proc. Sec. Sc, Amst., 1910-11,xiii, 1163-1177.—Sehreine- makers (F.-A.-H.) & de Baat (Mile. W.-O.) Equi- libres dans les systemes quaternaires. Arch, neerl. d. sc. exactes [etc.], La Have, 1909, 2. s., xiv, 478: 1910, 2. s., xv, 80.—Sehreinemakers (F. A. H.) & Deuss (J. J. B.) Das System: Wasser-AlkoholmanganosuUat. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1912, lxxix, 554-564.—Sehreine- makers (F. A. H.) & van der Horn van den Bos (J. L. M. ) Das System: Wasser-Phenol- Salzsaure bei 12°. Ibid., 551-553.—von SehrOn (0.) Sulla trasformazione della materia e sulla autogenesi dei cosidetti elementi chimici. Gazz. internaz. di med., Napoli, 1908, xi, 235; 261; 284.—Seddig. Ueber die Abhangigkeit der Brown'schen Molekularbewegung von der Temperatur. Sitzungsb. d. Gesellsch. z. Be- ford. d. ges. Naturw. zu Maib. (1907), 1908, 182-191 — Shepherd (E. S.) Thermometric analysis of solid phases. J. Phys. Chem.. Ithaca, 1904, viii, 92-115.—Sill (H. F.) Ueber das Gleichgewicht zwischen einer Stick- stoffbase und organischen Sauren in verschiedenen Lo- sungsmitteln. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1905,li, 577- 602. — Smith (G. McP.) Ueber heterogene Gleichge- wichte zwischen metallischen und wasserigen Losungen: Die Einwirkungen von fliissigen Amalgamen auf ge- mischte Salzlosungen. I. Die Reaktion KHgm+Na'^z* K+NaHgn+(m-n) Hg. Ibid., 1910, Ixxiii, 424-428.— Smits (A.) Beitrag zur Kenntnis des Verlaufs der Dampfspannungserniedrigung bei wasserigen Losungen. Ibid., 1905, li, 33-44. -----. Die P, T, x-Raumdarstellung vom System Aether-Anthrachinon. Ibid., 1911, lxxvi, 445-449. -----. De P. T. x-ruimte-figuur voor een stelsel van twee komponenten, die in den vasten of vloeiend- kristallijnen toestand in alle verhoudingen mengbaar zijn. K. Akad. v. Wetensch. te Amst. Versl., 1909, xvii, i, 116-119, lch.—von Staekelberg (E.) Ueber L6- sungs- und Verdunnungswarmen. Ztschr. f. phys. Che- mie, Leipz., 1898, xxvi, 523-563.—Story (W. E.) Partial- drucke von fliissigen Gemischen. Ibid., 1910, lxxi, 129- 151— Suchodski (W. A.) Ueber die Kompressibilitats- koeffizienten von Flfissigkeiten. Ibid., lxxiv, 257-274.— Sutherland (W.) Bemerkungen fiber die thermody- namische Theorie der Kapillaritat von van der Waals. Ibid., 1895, xvii, 536-538.—Svedberg (T.) Ueber die Bedeutung der Eigenbewegung der Teiichen in kolloida- len Losungen fiir die BeurteilungderGfiltigkeitsgrenzen deszweitenHauptsatzesderThermodynamik. Ibid.,1907, lix, 451-458. -----. Diffusionsgeschwindigkeit und Teil- chengrosse disper>er:Systeme. Ibid., 1909, lxvii, 105-111.— Swientoslawski ( W.l Thermochemische Untersu- chungen der organischen Verbindungen. Ibid., lxv, 513: lxvii, 78: 1910, lxxii, 19.—von Szyszkowski (B.) Ex- perimentelle und thermodynamische Studien fiber Neu- tralsalzwirkung. Ibid. A 90s, lxiii. 121-410.—Tain man n I (G.) Ueber die Lage der thermodynamischen Flachen eines Scoffes im festen und fliissigen Zustande. Ibid., 1896-7, xxi, 17-34. -----. Ueber den Warmeinhalt von I Thermodynamics (Chemical). Zweistoffsystemen. Ibid., 1908, lxiii, 129-110. -----. Die Methode der Bestimmung vou p-T-Linien zur Feststel- lung von Zustandsdiagrammen. Ibid., 1912, lxxx, 743- 764. -----. Die Bestimmung der Schmelzkurven einiger bei tiefen Temperaturen schmelzender Stoffe. Ibid., lxxxi, 187-203.—Thomlinson (J. P.) Thermo-chemi- cal equivalence and the thermo-chemistry of nitrogen. Chem. News, Lond., 1908, xcviii, 226.—Thomsen (J.) Zur Thermochemie des Hvdrazins und des Hydroxyla- mins. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1892, ix, 633-635. -----. F. W. Clarke's "neues thermochemische Gesetz." Ibid., 1903, xliii, 487-493.— Treitsehke (W.) Die ther- mische Analyse. Med.-naturw. Arch., Berl. u. Wien, 1908, i, 587-594.—Trevor (J. E.) The nomenclature of vari- ance. J. Phys. Chem., Ithaca, 1902, vi, 136. -----. The dependence of free energy upon temperature. Ibid., 1905, ix, 299-310. -----. A commentary on the first law of thermo-dynamies. Ibid., 1908, xii, 297-317. -----. Note on thermodynamic equilibrium and stability. Ibid.,1909, xiii, 154-156.-----. The logic of the first law of thermody- namics. Ibid., 355-382. — Tsakalotos (D. E.) Die in- nere Reibung in der kritischen Zone. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1910, lxviii, 32-38.—Tsakalotos (D.-E.) & Guye (P.-A.) Application de l'analyse thermique a quelquessvstemesorganiquesbinaires. J. dechim. phys.. Geneve &'Par., 1910, viii, 340-357.—Tschugaeff (L.) & Ogorodnikoff(A.) Ueber anomale Rotationsdisper- sion. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1910, xxiv,503:1911, lxxvi, 469.—Urbain (G.) & Seal (C.) Sur les systemes monovariants qui admettent une phase gazeuse. J. de chim. phys., Geneve & Par., 1911, ix, 756-768.—Visser (A. W.) ReaktionsgesehwindigkeitundchemischesGleichge- wicht in homogenen Substanzen und deren Anwendung auf Enzymwirkungen. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1905, Iii, 257-309.—Vogel (G.) Zur Thermodynamik des Isopentans. Ibid., 1910, Ixxiii, 429-480.—van der Waals (J. D.) Thermodynamische Theorie der Kapil- laritat unter Voraussetzung stetiger Dichteanderung. Ibid., 1894, xiii, 657-725. -----. Ueber die Beziehung zwischen den Veranderungen, denen die spezifischen Volume des gesattigten Dampfes und der koexistieren- den Fliissigkeit bei Veranderung der Temperatur unter- liegen. Ibid., 1901, xxxvi, 461-468. -----. De gedaante der doorsneden van het saturatievlak, loodrecht op de x-as, ingeval er tusschen twee temperaturen driephasen- druk bestaat. K. Akad. v. Wetensch. te Amst. Versl., 1905-6, xiv, pt. 1, 176-185, 4 pi. -----. De T, (x)-evem- vichten van vaste en fluide phasen bij veranderlijke waarden van den druk. Ibid., 185-187, 1 pi.-----. Con- tributions a la theorie des melanges binaires. Arcn. neerl. d. sc. exactes [etc.], La Have, 1909, 2. s., xiv, 221; 389; 465: 1910, 2. s., xv, 126.—Wald (F.) Ueber den zweiten Hauptsatz der mechanischen Warmetheorie. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 18S7, i, 408-415. -----. Ueber den zweiten Hauptsatz der mechanichen Warme- theorie. II. Ibid., 1888, ii, 523-530. -----. Der Ener- gieinhalt und seine Rolle in Chemie und Physik. Ibid., 1891, viii, 272-277.—Washburn (E. W.) Ein einfaches System der thermodynamischen Chemie, beruhend auf einer Modifikation der Carnotschen Methode. Ibid., 1910, lxxiv, 385-427.—Wegscheider (R.) Ueber die allgemeinste Form der Gesetze der chemischen Kinetik homogener Systeme. Ibid., 1900, xxxv, 513-587. -----. Ueber simultane Gleichgewichte und die Beziehungen zwischen Thermodynamik und Reaktionskinetik homo- gener Systeme. Ibid., 1901-2, xxxix, 257-303. -----. Zur Kenntnis der Phasenregel. Ibid., 1903, xliii, 93-103. -----. Zur Kenntnis der Phasenregel. (Zweite Erwide- rung an A. Byk.) Ibid., 1904-5, 1, 357-363. -----. Die katalytische Gleichgewichtsverschiebung bei der Sal- miakverdampfung und die Thermodynamik. Ibid., 1909, lxv, 97-110.-----. Ueber Gleichgewichtskonstanten in heterogenen Svstemen bei ungleichformigem Druck. Ibid., 1912, lxxix, 239-244.—Weigert (F.) Zur thermo- dynamischen Behandlung photochemischer Prozesse. Ibid., 1908, lxiii, 458-466. —von Weimarn (P. P.) rebersiittigung und Unterkuhlung als grundlegende L'rsaehen des dispersen Zustandes der Materie. Kolloid- chem. Beihefte, Dresd., 1910, i, 331-374. -----. Ueber die Existenz des kritischen Punktes "festflussig" von Standpunkten der Lehre von den dispersen Systemen. Ztschr. f. Chem. u. Indust. d. Kolloide, Dresd., 1910, vi, 307-311.—Wesendonek (K.) Ueber den kritischen Zustand. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1894, xv, 262- 266. -----. Wiirmestoff, Energie, Entropie. Ibid., 1899, xxix, 27-50.—Wildermann (M.) Ueber cyklische Gleichgewichte. Ibid., 1893, xi, 407-426. -----. Ue- ber die chemische Dynamik und fiber das chemische Gleichgewicht unter dem Einflusse von Licht. Ibid., 1902, xii, 87-95. ——. Ueber die Geschwindigkeit molekularer und chemischer Reaktionen in heterogenen Systemen. Ibid., 1909, lxvi, 445-495. -----. Galvanische, durch Lichtwirkung erzeugte Ketten; die chemische Statik und Dynamik von reversiblen und irreversiblen Svstemen unter dem Einflusse des Lichtes. Ubid., 1907, lix, 703-755.—Wind (C. H.) Zur Gibbsschen Phasenregel. Ibid., 1899, xxxi, 390-397.— Wroezynski (A.) & Guye THERMODYNAMICS. HO THERMOMASSAGE. Thermodynamics (Physiological). anime. I6t' i in-I )ina ires. .I. de chim. phys., Geneve & Par..1910,viii, 189-227. — Wuite i.l.P.) P-T-Durchschnitte. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1911, lxxviii, 71-85.— ZaitKcliek (A.) Ueber das chemische Gleichgewicht zwischen Aethylalkohol und Schwefelsaure. Ibid., 1898, xxv, 1-12. Thermodynamics (Physiological). See, also, Surface-tension; Temperature- coefficients. Henry (C.) Psvcho-biologie et energetique. 4°. Paris, 1909. Hirtii ((t. ) Entropie der Keimsysteme und erbliche Entartung. 8°. Munchen, 1900. Lekevrb (J.) Chaleur animale et bioenerge- tique. roy. 8°. Paris, 1911. Luderitz (C.) Gedanken zur allgemeinen Energetik der Organismen. 8°. Berlin, 1910. Macallvm (A. B.) Surface tension and vital phenomena. 8°. [Toronto, 1912.] Repr. from: Univ. Toronto Studies. Physiol. Ser., No. 8. d'Agostino (E.) De l'equilibre entre les bases et les aeidesde l'organisme. Arch, internat. dephvsiol., Liege & Par., 1911-12, xi, 38-72.— van Amstel (Miss) & van Itcrxon (G.),jr. The temperature-optimum of physio- logical processes. K. Akad. v. Wetensch. te Amst. Proc. sect, sc, 1910-11, xiii, 598-607. — Bancroft (W. D.) A universal law. J. Am. Chem. Soc, Easton, Pa., 1911, xxxiii, 91-120. Also: Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1911, n. s., xxxiii, 159-179. Also, transl.: Rev. seient.,Par., 1912, ii, 385-394. — Bllrker (K.) Zur Thermodynamik des Muskels. Miinehen. med. Wchnschr., 1907, liv, 59- 62.— Collingwood (B. J.) Reversed activity of tissue extract manufactured at high temperatures. Proc Phys- iol. Soc. Lond., 1909-10, p. xiv. — Cordeiro (F. J.B.) Thermics and thermo-dynamicsof the body. Sanitarian, N. Y.,1897, xxxix, 1-16. -Demoll (R.) & Strohl (J.) L'influence de la temperature sur le developpement des organismes et la duree de la vie. Compt.-rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1909, lxvi, 855-857.—Briesmans (H.) En- tropie des Geistes. Natur, Leipz., 1910, i, 192-191.— Eschle (C. R.) Die Dynamik des organischen Betriebes. Aerztl. Rundschau, Munchen, 1911, xxi, 229-232.—Gar- rison (F. H.) Phvsiologv and the second law of ther- modynamics. N. York M. J., 1909, xc, 492; 551; 594. Also, Reprint.—Garver (M. M.) A supplementary note on a thermodynamic measure of polymerization. J. Phys. Chem., Ithaca, 1912, xvi, 679-681. — Hardy (W. B.) A preliminary investigation of the conditions which deter- mine the stability of irreversible hydrosols. Ibid., 1900, iv, 235-253. -----. On the mechanism of gelatin in rever- sible colloidal systems. Ibid., 254-273.—Harris (D. F.) Animal heat; living chemical engines. Seient. Am. Suppl., N. Y., 1910, lxx, 274. — Helly (K.) Funktions- begriff, Energetik und Biotik. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1910, xxiii, 1-5.—Henderson (L. J.) On the neutral- ity- equilibrium in blood and protoplasm. J. Biol. Chem., Bait., 1909-10, vii, 29-35. -----. Das Gleichgewicht zwi- schen Basen und Siiuren im tierischen Organismus. Ergebn. d. Physiol., Wiesb., 1909, viii, 254-325.—Hen- derson (L. J.) & Ryder (C. T.) A method for the di- rect determination of heats of reaction. J. Biol. Chem., N. Y., 1907-8, iii, p. xvii.—Xacoby (M.) Der Stoflwech- sel und Energiewecbsel der Zelle und der Einzelligen. Handb. d. Biochem. [etc.], Jena, 1910, ii, pt. 1, 142-192.— Jensen (P.) Ueber die Guitigkeit des 2. Hauptsatzes der Thermodynamik in der Phvsiologie. Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1908, lxxvii, 61. Also: Jahresb. d. schles. Gesellsch. f. vaterl. Cult. 1908, Bresl., 1909, 12-16.— Kanitz (A.) Das Energieprinzip in der Biologie in der neuesten Literatur. Biol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1910, xxx, 158-160. -----. Sollte der zweite Hauptsatz der Energetik fiir Lebewesen nicht immer gelten? Zentralbl f. Phy- Biol., Leipz., 1907, xx, 837. -----. Die Allgiltigkeit des zweiten Hauptsatzes. Ibid., xxi, 179-182. — La Ferla (G. W.) Tensione superficiale e reazioni immunitarie. Clin. med. ital., Milano, 1911, 1, 758-763.—Langelaan (J. W.) Het entropie principe in de physiologie. K. Akad. v. Wetensch. te Amst. Versl., 1901-2, x, 840-855. [English transl.], Proc. sect, sc, 1901-2, iv, 698; 706.—Le Dantec (F.) La degradation de l'energie et le pointde viie humain. Rev. phil., Par., 1909, lxviii, 441-486.—Le- fevre(G.) Quelques observations de principe sur la thermodynamique musculaire, reponse a la recente note de G. Weiss. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol , Par., 1911, lxx 802-804.—Lefevre (J.) Sur l'interpretation thermodv- namique des faits relatifs a la contraction, et sur la na- ture speciale des grandeurs qui s'v presentent. Ibid., 850-853. -----. Labioenergetiquegenerale Rev. gen. d. sc. pures et appliq., Par., 1912, xxiii, 187-198. -----. La bioenergetique musculaire, thermodynamique du moteur Thermo-insufflator. Scliineltz. Thermo-insufflation et thermo-insuffla- teur a air comprime. Cong, franc, de med. Rap., Par., 1899, v, 951-957. Therm ol. Felton (H. B.) The use of thermol in influenza and distemper in the dog and cat. J. Comp. M. & Vet. Arch., Phila., 1901, xxii, 556-560.—Miller (G. B.) The use of thermol in typhoid fever. Phila. M. J., 1899, iv, 618-622. Also, Reprint.—Miller (0. L.) Thermol in typhoid fever. Internat. M. Mag., Phila., 1901, x, 70-74. Also, Reprint.—Rosenthal (E.) The therapeutic value of thermol. Pediatrics, N. Y., 1901, xi, 407-110.—BudoIf (R. D.) Thermol in the treatment of enteric fever. Phila. M. J., 1901, vii, 264.—Shinier (A. B.) The clini- cal use of thermol in typhoid fever at the Atlantic City Hospital, Atlantic City", N. J. Phila. M. J., 1901, vii, 121- 124. Also, Reprint. Thermo-massage. Friedlaender(R.) Ueber Thermomassage. Ztschr. f. phys. u. diatet. Therap., Leipz., 1912, xvi, 533.—Fuji- gawa. [Thermomassage.] Geibi Iji, Tokyo, 1905, 259- 262.—Kitaj (J.) Ein Thermomassageapparat fiir den praktischen Arzt Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1908, lviii, 2683-2687.—Stein (A. E.) Thermo-Massage und Thermo- Vibrationsmassage. [Mit Erwiderung von R. Friedlaen- der.] Ztschr. f. phys. u. diatet. Therap., Leipz., 1912, xvi, 680-682. THERMOMETERS. Ill THERMOMETRY. Thermometers [and Thermometry]. Draper's yelt-reeording thermometer. De- scription of the instrument and directions for its use. 24°. New York, [n. d.]. Gerland(E.) Das Thermometer. 8°. Ber- lin, 1885. Grotzmacher (F.) * Untersuchung von Ther- mometern aus iilteren Glassorten und Nach- priifung von Hauptnormalthermometern der physikalisch-technischen Keichsan^talt. roy. 8°. Berlin, 1900. Kapp (A. W.) * Ueber vollstiindige Gefrier- punktskurven biniirer Metalllegierungen mit einer Einleitung; IStudien iiber das Luftther- mometer. 8°. Konigsberg, 1901. Barille (A.) Thermometre electrique avertisseur pour etuves de laboratoire. Arch, de med. et pharm. mil., Par., 1894. xxiii, 27-30.—Beck man n (E.) Modi- ficationen des Thermometers fiir die Bestimmung von Mo- lekulargewichten und kleinen Temperaturdifferenzen. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1905, li, 329-313.—Ed- wards (H.j A manometer device for air thermome- ters. Proc. Am. Aead. Arts & Sc, Bost,, 1904-5, xl, 541-545.—Force (J. N.) A home-made antiseptic ther- mometer case. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1912, lix, 797.— Holnian (S. W.) Simple method for calibrating ther- mometers. Proc. Am. Acad. Arts & Sc, Bost., 1881-2, n.s.,ix, 157-162. -----. Method for calibration on a ther- mometer at many points. Teehnol. Quart., Bost., 1887-8, i, 16-23.—Lamotte (M.) Thermometrie et calorimetrie aux temperatures tres basses. Rev. gen. d. sc. pures et appliq.. Par., 1909, xx, 873-876.—Marehis (L.) Ueber die Prazisionsthermometrie. Ztschr. f. phvs. Chemie, Leipz., 1901, xxxvii, 604-612.—Meyerhott'er (W.) & Saunders (A. P.) Ein neuer Fixpunkt fiir Thermome- ter; Vorschlag fiir eine Normalzimmertemperatur. Ibid., 189S.xxvii,367.—Bicbards (T. W.) & Wrede (F.) The transition temperature of manganous chloride; a new fixed point in thermometry. Proc Am. Aead. Arts & Sc, Cambridge, 1907-8, xliii, 343-350.—Taguehi (B.) Ueber einen neuen Korrigierapparat fiir Thermometer. Ztschr. f.Mil.-Aerzte,Tokyo,1912,No.30,58.—Thermo-needle (The) or skewer thermometer. Lancet, Lond., 1908, ii, 1451.—Velez (D. M.) Ligeros apuntes sobre la aplica- ci6n del term6metro a la fisiologia. Mem. Soc. cient. "Antonio Alzate." Mexico, 1887-8, i, 123-129.— Weyl (T.) Ein neues Klingelthermometer fiir Desinfektions- zwecke. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1898, xxiii, 791.— Wrede (F.) Ueber die Bestimmung von Verbrennungswiirmen mittelsder kalorimetrischen Bombe unter Benutzung des Platinwiderstandsther- mometers. Ztschr. f. phvs. Chemie, Leipz., 1910, lxxv, 81-94. Thermometers (Clinical). Arnozan & Bergonie. Thermometre arme pour prendre les temperatures profondes. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. . . . de Bordeaux, 1891, xii, 143-146.— d'Ar- sonval (A.) Perfectionnements nouveaux apportes a la calorimetrie animale; thermometre differentiel en- registreur. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1894,9. s., vi, 155-157.—Aseptic (An) thermometer case. N. York M. J., 1902, lxxv, 791. —Auto-sterilizing (The) ther- mometer case. Med. Rec, N. Y.,1895, xlviii,497.—Bald- win (F. A.) A tropical clinical thermometer. Lancet, Lond., 1904, i, 308— Barlord (J. L.) A thermometer retainer. Ibid., 1911, ii, 201.—Beasley (E. B.) The clinical thermometer as a possible disseminator of some communicable diseases. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1911, lvii, 1357-1359.—Beeo (E.) Verification des mesures en verre et des thermometres medicaux. Bull, du serv. en sant6 [etc.], Brux., 1904, 145-154.—Bergonie. Nou- veau thermometre medical. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et phy- siol. . . . de Bordeaux, 1891, xii, 151.—Conklin (W. L.) The clinical thermometer as a germ carrier. Tr. M. Ass. Central N. Y. 1899, Buffalo, 1900, vi, 29-34. Also: Buffalo M. J., 1899-1900, n. s., xxxix, 479-485.—Denny (F. P.) Disinfection of the clinical thermometer. Boston M. & S. J., 1904, cl, 585.—Devine (W. H.) Antisepsis of the clinical thermometer. Ibid., 1903,cxlviii, 178.—Faeken- heini (S.) Glashiilsezur Verhutung der Uebertragung ansteekender Krankheiten beim Gebrauch des Fieber- thermometers. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1908, xxxiv, 114. — Fayet. Cuti-thermometre. Marseille med., 1911, xlviii, 357. — Franz. Ein registrierendes Thermometer fiir Korpertemperatur. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1904, li. 1155. — Fried- berger (E.) Ein Thermometer fiir genaue ver- gleichende Temperaturmessungen, speziell fiir Tierver- suche zur Messung der Temperatur im Rectum. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1911, Orig., xi, 392.—Graziani (A.) Di un nuovo astuccio da ter- mometii clinici alio scopo di evitare la possibilita di tras- missione dei contagi per mezzo di essi. Gior. d. r. Soc. Thermometers (Clinical). ital. d' ig., Milano, 1906, xxviii, 91-107.-Also, transl.: Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1906, xx, 667.—GrSsche & Koch. A new clinical thermometerand case. Lancet, Lond., 1906, i, 914.—Ingerslev (F.) Nogle Bemaerk- ninger om Termometrien i Privatpraksis. [Some obser- vations on the thermometers in private practice.] Ugeskr. f. Lseger, K0benh., 1904, 5. R., xi, 25-27.—Jans- sen (H. A.) Beschrijving van eenen nieuwen koorts- thermometer. Mil.-geneesk.Tijdschr.,Haarlem, 1909,xiii, 79-81.—Kantorowicz. Ein auskochbares Thermo- meter. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1904, xxx, 466-469.—Kjer-Petersen (R.) & Giese (H.) Een Metode til Kontrollering af Laegetermometre. [A method of controlling medical thermometers.] Hosp.- Tid., K0benh., 1907, 4. R., xv, 604-607.—Leduc (S.) & Baty (E.) Etude sur la calorimetrie clinique. Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1901-2, xx, 395: 1902-3, xxi. 1; 17.— Mayo (C. A.) Inaccuracy in clinical thermometers. Proc. Am. Pharm. Ass., Bait., 1904, Iii, 393-402. Also:~S. York M.J. [etc.], 1904, lxxx, 772-775.—Mufioz Sanchez (A.) Thermometriayterm6metroselinieos. Rev.demed. y eirug. pract. Madrid, 1896, xxxix, 286-293.—Palmer (F. W. M.) A new thermometer case. Lancet, Lond., 1911, i, 109.—Pa pin. Trousse thermometrique du Dr. Tetau. Arch. me'd. d'Angers, 1902, vi, 274-276.—Parry (T. W.) A new design of clinical thermometer. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1912, i, 1137. Also: Lancet, Lond., 1912, i, 1207.—Persson (G. A.) A device for sterilization of clinical thermometers. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 1912, cvii, 470— Proetor (B. S.) Note on the use of clinical thermometers and their indications. Pharm. J., Lond., 1898, vii, 265.—Biehter (U.) Ueber Bedeutung und Anwendung des Thermometers. Allg. deutsche Hebam.- Ztg., Berl., 1897, xii, 301-306.—Komary. Thermometre medical pour pays chauds. Caducee, Par., 1907, vii, 176.—Kosenberjier (R. C.) The bacteriologic ex- amination of clinical thermometers. Proc. Path. Soc. Phila., 1900-1901, n.s.,iv, 153-158. Also: Am. Med., Phila., 1901, i, 553-555. Also, Reprint— Bosner (K.) Zur Priifung und Auswahl der Thermometer. Med. Cor.-Bl. d. Wurttemb. iirztl. Landesver., Stuttg., 1909, lxxix, 360.— Boss (R.) The platinum thermometer and Callendar electric recorder for obtaining continuous clinical tem- perature charts. Lancet, Lond., 1904, i, 585.—S. (J.) Fieberthermometer. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1907, xxxiii. 2187.—Sheldon (J. W.) A ques- tion of sanitation in the use of the clinical thermometer. Tr. Homoeop. M. Soc. N. Y., 1894, xxix, 74-78.—Somers (N. L. U.) A new pattern of clinical thermometer. Lancet, Lond., 1908, i, 726— Wade (H. T.) How clinical thermometers are standardized and tested. Seient. Am., N. Y., 1905, xciii, 296; 298. Thermometers (Ma:rim,al). FeoktistoiF (A.) Meditsinskiye maksimaliye ter- mometri, ikh svoistva, pogrieshnosti i povlerka. [Medi- cal maximal thermometers, their properties, errors, and verification.] Vrach. Vestnik, S.-Peterb., 1904, vii, 53; 69.—Luxardo (E.) II termometro medico massimale. N. raccoglitoremed.,Imola,1904,iii, 483-494.—Sch walbe (J.) Neues Maximalthermometer. Deutsche med. Wchn- schr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1906, xxxii, 308.—Stich (K.) Maxi- malthermometer fiir Sterilisationen. Wien. klin. Wchn- schr., 1901, xiv, 676. -----. Maximalthermometer fiir die Sterilisation von Verbandstoffen. Munchen. med. Wchn- schr., 1901, xlviii, 1134. Thermometry (History of). Bolton (H. C.) Evolution of the thermome- ter, 1592-1743. 12°. Easton, Pa., 1900. Burckhardt (F.) Zur Geschichte des Ther- mometers. Berichtigungen und Ergiinzungen. fol. Basel, 1902. Fahrenheit, Reaumur, Celsius. Abhandlun- gen iiber Thermometrie. Hrsg. von A. J. von Oettingen. 12°. Leipzig, 1894. Mitchell (S. W.) The early history of in- strumental precision in medicine. 8°. New Haven, 1892. Allbutt (T. C.) Medical thermometry. Brit. & For. Med. Rev., Lond., 1870, xiv, 429: xlvi, 144.—Anderson (I.) & M i 1 ler (A. G.) The history of clinical thermome- try. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1903, i, 998.—Baignan (G.) Un inventeur de la thermometrie clinique. Caducee, Par., 1907, vii, 75.—Daniels (C. E.) De thermometrie aan hetziekbed; historischeaanteekingen. Nederl.Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1900, 2. R., xxxvi, d. 2,952-983. Also, transl.: Ztschr. f. diatet. u. physik. Therap., Leipz., 1901, x, 388^103.—First use of the thermometer. [Edit.] J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1912, lix, 1473.—Meyer (K.) Ole Romer and the thermometer. Nature, Lond., 1909-10, lxxxii, 296-298.—P. (A.) L'inventeur de la thermome- trie clinique. France med., Par., 1907, liv, 161-163.— Propos (A) de l'inventionde la thermometrie clinique; 12 THERMOPHOR. THERMOMETRY. Thermometry (History of). un document de 1632. Ibid.. 227.—Why is the boiling point marked 212 deg.? Seient. Am. (Suppl.), N.Y.,1904, lviii, 23971.—Wilks (S.) The scale of Fahrenheit'sther- mometer. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1900, ii, 1212. Also: Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1900, xiv, 511. -----. The early history of clinical thermometry. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1903, i, 1058.— Wohlwill (E.) Neue Beitrage zur Vorgeschichte des Thermometers. Mitt. z. Gesch. d. Med. u. d. Naturw., Hamb.& Leipz., 1902. i, 5; 57; 143; 282.—Wright (R.T.) On the milligrade thermometer of Galileo. Indian M. Rec, Calcutta, 1893, v, 31-35. Thermo-palpation. Fritz (M.) * Ueber Thermopalpation und ihre praktische Verwerthbarkeit. [ Wiirtz- burg.] 8°. Leipzig, 1891. Herz(M.) Eine neue Methode der Thermopalpation. Fortschr. d. Hydroth. Festschr. W. Winternitz, Wien u. Leipz., 1897, 145-149. Also: Wien. med. Presse, 1897, xxxviii, 197-200.—JHerz (M.) A Hiebel (T.) Ueber Thermopalpation. Wien. med. Presse, 1897, xxxviii, 200; 233. Thermopenetration (Electric) [Elec- trodiathermy]. Albert-Weil (E.) Les electrodes pour la diather- mic J.dephysiotherap., Par., 1911,ix, 299-302.—Albert- Weil (E.) & Uerard (L.) Les effets thermiques des courants de haute frequence; technique et mode d'ap- plication de la diathermie. Ibid., 1910, viii, 627-633. Also, trans!.: Ann. di elett. med. [etc.], Napoli, 1911 x, 15-20.—Aseoli (A.) Die Thermoprazipitinreaktion als iillgemeine serodiagnostische Methode; ihre Anwendung bei r Diagnose des Schweinerotlaufs; das Thennopni- zipitin-Diagnosticum. Berl. tierarztl. Wchnschr., 1912, xxviii, 165-167.—Beketoll (A. V.) Diatermiya i yeya llechebnoye primleneniye. [Diathermy and its the- rapeutic use.] Terap. Obozr., Odessa, 1911, iv, 79- 84. — Bergonie ( J. ) Les thermophiles electriques de Herrgott. Arch, d'electric. med., Bordeaux, 1910, xviii, 723-727. — Bergonig ( J. ) & Bechou ( G. ) La diathermie, applications medieales et chirurgicales. Ibid., 1911, xix, 71-81.—von Bernd (E. R.) Ueber Thermopenetration. Ztschr. f. phys. u. diatet. Therap., Leipz., 1909, xiii, 167-171.—Bles (C.) Over thermopene- tratie. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst, 1911, i, 1638- 1647.—Bordier. Presentation d'un appareil de diather- mie. Lyon med., 1911, cxvi, 9-13.—Chlumsky (V.) O elektriekem prohfivani (Diathermia, Transthermia). Casop. 16k. cesk., v Praze, 1912, li, 285-287.—de Cour- nielles (F.) Sulla transtermia o termopenetrazione. Ann. di elett. med. [etc.], Napoli, 1909, viii, 321-325.— Daminaiin (E.) "Penetrotherm," der neueste Appa- rat zur Diathermie. Klin.-therap. Wchnschr., Berl., 1912, xix, 1195-1198.—Bausset (HA Les divers precedes de thermotherapie en medecine (air, lumiere, diathermie). J. de med. de Par., 1912, 2. s., xxiv, 115-118—Boyen. Realisation de la transthermie sans alteration des tissus normaux par le bain thermo-e4ectrique. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1910, cli, 167. [Discussion], 169.—Ehr- lieh. Der gegenwiirtige Stand der Thermopenetra- tion. Deutsche mil.-arztl. Ztschr., Berl., 1911, xl, 602- 613.— Eitner (E.) Ueber Thermopenetration. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1909, xxii, 1524-1526. -----. Weitere Mitteilungen iiber Thermopenetration. Ibid., 1910, xxiii, 1263-1266.—Flirstenberg (A.) & Schcmel (K.) Das Verhalten der Korper- und Gewebetemperatur des Men- schen bei der Thermopenetration. Deutsche med. Wchn- schr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1912, xxxviii, 1780-1782—tiara (S.) Ueber Diathermie. Arch. f. phvs. Med. u. med. Tech Leipz., 1910, v, 196-199.—Ciazteiu (T.) Algunas consi- deraciones sobre los efectos de la "termopenetraci6n" en el organismo. Rev. Ibero-Am. de cien. med., Madrid 1910, xxiv, 358-369.—Gunzburg (I.) Action physiolo- gique de la termopSnetration. Ann. de med. phys. An- vers, 1911, ix, 85-90.—Herzer (G.) Die therapeutische Verwendung von Hochfrequenz-Stromen in Form der Diathermie. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1912, xlii 1027-1032.—Hiiiiipliris(F.H) Diathermy. J.Advanc Therap ,N. Y.,1912,xxx, 195-199—Jacobi-Siesmayer (E.) Die Diathermie, ein neues elektrisches Heilver- fahren. Klin.-therap. Wchnschr., Berl., 1912, xix, 873- 876.—Kalker (E.) Ueber Diathermiebehandlung bei Herz-, Lungen- und Nierenkranken. Berl. klin. Wchn- schr., 1912, xlix, 1716— Klingmtiller (V.) & Bering (F.) Zur Verwendung der Warmedurchstrahlung (Ther- mopenetration). Ibid., 1909, xlvi, 1759— Kotovich (I. F.) Metod llecheniva diatermivel (elektricheskim pro- grlevaniyem) ot slabozatukhayushtshikh kolebatelnikh tokov nizkavo napryazheniya; ustanovki dlya poluche- niya takikh tokov. [Method of treating by diathermy (electrical heating), intermittent currents of low tension that become faintly extinguished; arrangement for ob- taining such currents.] Voyenno-med. J., St. Petersb., Thermopenetration (Electric) [Elec- trodiathermy]. 1911, ccxxxii, med.-spec.pt, 31-45.—Lab be & Blanche (M.) La diathermie. Presse med., Par., 1911, 333-336.— Laqnerrlere (A.) La thermopenetration (nouvelles applications des courants de haute frequence). Bull. med.. Par., 1910, xxiv, 805-807.—Laqueur (A.) Beitrage zur Wirkung der Thermopenetration. Ztschr. f. physik. u. diatet. Therap., Leipz., 1909, xiii, 277-287. -----. L'ap- plication de la thermopenetration Arch, d'eleetric. med., Bordeaux, 1910, xviii, 745-750, -----. I'eber Thermopenetration. Veroffentl. d. balneol. Gesellsch. in Berl., Berl. u. Wien, 1912, xxxiii, pt. 2, 268-272. Also, transl.: Cong, internat. de phvsiotherap. Compt. rend. 1910, Par., 1911, iii, 556. — Mueris. Resultats directs et comparatifs de la diathermie et des courants de haute frequence. Ann. de med. phys., Anvers, 1911, ix, 90-93.—Morlet. Technique de la diathermie. Ibid., 80-84.—Nagelsehmidt(F.) Ueber Diathermie (Trans- thermie, Thermopenetration). Munchen. med. Wchn- schr., 1909, lvi, 2575. -----. Erganzung zur Geschichte der Diathermie. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1910, xxiii, 253. -----. Diathermie und Hochfrequenzstrome. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte, Konigsb. 1910, Leipz., 1911, lxxxii, pt. 2,53. Also, transl.: Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1910-11, iv, Electro-Therap. Sect., 1-12. -----. Ueber die klinische Bedeutung der Diathermie. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz., 1911, xxxvii, 21-25. de Notele (J.) La diathermie. Belgique med., Gaud, 1910, xvii, 363-365.—von Preyss (W.) & Badonicic (0.) Ueber Thermopenetration (ein Verfahren zur Erwarmung so- wohl oberflachlich als auch tief liegenderTeiledes leben- den Organismus) und die bisher mit Thermopenetration an der med. Klinik Ortners gemachten Erfahrungen. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1908, xxi, 517-520.—Bauten- berg. Die kiinstliche Durehwarmung innerer Organe. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Kong. f. innere Med., Wiesb., 1911, xxviii, 463-^66.—Romanoff (M. A.) Ob elektriches- kom progrlevanii. [On electric heating.] Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1912, lxxvii, 266-277.—Schmincke (R.) Die Thermopenetrationsbehandlung. Veroffentl. d. balneol. Gesellsch. in Berl., Berl. u. Wien, 1910, 271-283. Also: Med. Rlin., Berl., 1910, vi, 1372-1374.—Schnee (A.) Hoehfrequenz und Thermopenetration im Vierzellen- bade. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte, Konigsb. 1910, Leipz., 1911, lxxxii, pt. 2, 53-55. Also: Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1910, lvii, 2355.—Scholtz (W.) Ueber Thermopenetration. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte, Konigsb. 1910, Leipz., 1911, lxxxii, pt. 2, 441.—Schucking (A.) Die elektrother- mische Sonde. Zentralbl. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1911, xxxv, 788.—Simon (H.) Die Theorie des Thermopenetrations- verfahrens. Ztschr. 1. phys. u. diatet. Therap., Leipz., 1910, xiv, 10-13.—Stein (A. E.) Zur Diathermiebehand- lung. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1911, lviii, 1302-1304.— Stephan (E.) Histologische Untersuchungen iiber die Wirkung der Thermopenetration auf normale Gewebe und Carcinom. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1912, lxxvii, 382-392.—I llmanii (K.) Experimentelle Beitrage zur Lehre von der Thermopenetration. Ztschr. f. med. Elek- trol., Leipz., 1910, xii, 143-145.—Van Pee. La diather- mie. Scalpel, Liege, 1911, lxiii, 637-643.—Vinaj (G. S.) Sulla termopenetrazione; osservazioni ed esperienze. Gior. di elett. med., Napoli, 1910, xi, 308-316. Also: Idrol. eclimat, Firenze, 1910, xxi,614-624. —Wertheim Salo- monson (J. K. A.) Diathermie en haute frequence. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1912, ii, 1732-1734 — Wildermuth (F.) Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber den speziflschen Leitungswiderstand und fiber die speziflsche Wiirme der Gewebe des menschlichen Korpers als Grundlage fiir die Beurteilung des Wegesvon warme- erregenden Hochfrequenzstromen. Mitt. a. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir., Jena, 1910-11, xxii, 511-527—von Zeynek (R.) Zur Geschichte der Thermopenetration. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1910, xxiii, 97-99. Thermophone. Warren (H. E.) & Whipple (G. C.) The thermophone. 8°. [Boston, 1895.] 'Warren (H. E.) & Whipple (G. C.) The thermo- phone, a new instrument for determining temperature. Technol. Quart., Bost, 1895, viii, 125-152, 2 pi. Thermophor. See, also, Milk (Examinationof, Apparatus,etc.). Knapp (L.) Ueber Thermophorapparate in der ge- burtshilflichen Praxis. Centralbl. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1899, xxiii, 807-809. — Longard. Ueber Verwendung des Thermophors bei der Wagner-Longard'schen Aetherma- ske. Centralbl. f. Chir.. Leipz., 1900, xxvii, 857—Menko (M.L.H.S.l Overthermophoren. Nosok6mos.Tijdschr. d. Nederl. Vereen. .. v. Verpleeg., Amst, 1900, i, 7-11.— Poleck. Uebereinen japanischen Apparat zum Warm- halten begrenzter Korpertheile und iiber sogenannte Thermophore. Jahresb.d.schles.Gesellsch. f.vaterl.Cult. 1900, Bresl., 1901, lxxviii, 2. Abt., naturw. Sect, 12. THERMOPILE. 113 THEROIGNE DE MERICOURT. Thermopile. Biirker (K.) Eine historische Notiz, meine Ther- mosaulen zu myothermischen Untersuchungen betref- fend. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1900, lxxxi, 103. Thermo-precipitins. Ascoli (A.) La reaction de la thermo-pr^cipitine comme methode generale de sero-diagnostie; application au rouget du pore; technique. Ann. de med. vet., Brux., 1912, Ixi, 269-274. -----. La termo-precipitina e le sue ap- plicazioni. Attualita med., Milano, 1912, i, 55. Thermopsychrophor. Grosglik (A.) Termnpsyehrofor. Gaz. lek., War- szawa, 1908, 2. s., xxviii, 300-308. Thermopylae. Sec Waters (Mineral), by localities. Thermo-radiotherapy. Bainbridge (W. 8.) The De Keating-Hart method ; of thermo-radiotherapy. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1912, lxxxii, 96-100. Tliermo-regulated waterbaths for the bacte- riological laboratory. 11. 8°. Rochester, 1898. [P., v. 2212.] Repr.from: J. Applied Micr., Rochester, 1898, i. Thermos bottles. k Stern (M.) Ueber warm und kalthaltende Thermos- Gefasse. Hlust. Monatschr. d. iirztl. Polytech., Berl., 1909, xxxi, 118-151. Thermostats. See, also, Bacteriology (Apparatus, etc., in); Infants (Premature, etc.. Care of). Polikovski (E. F.) Termostat dlya prakti- cheskikh vrach el. [Thermostat for practicing phvsicians.] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1899. Altinann ( P.) Thermoregulator neuer Konstruk- tion. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. u. Parasitenk., Jena, 1891, ix. 791. —d'Arsonval (A.) Nouvelle etuve auto-regu- latrice entierement metallique. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., lsss. 8. s., v, 530-533. Also: Compt.rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1888, cvii, 194-197. -----. Appareils& tempera- ture fixe pour embrvologie et cultures microbiennes. Areh. dephvsiol. norm, etpath.. Par., 1890, 5.s.,ii, 83-88.— Baculo (B.) Cune-termostate o sale-termostate? Gior. internaz. d. sc. med., Napoli, l'.'H4, n. s., xxvi, 97-114.— Banii S i En gl099. i. 30-32.—Bayer. Der Hydrothermoregu- lator(Sy-t. Doe. l>r. Carl rilmann). Ztschr. f. Thiermed., Jena, 1903, vii, 3-">s-376.—Bradley (W. P.) & Browne (A. W.) A thermostat sensitive to a thousandth of a de- gree. J. Phvs. Chem., Ithaca, 1902, vi, 118-135.— De*- peiirnes (V.) Nouveau regulatcur pour etuve chauflee au n.'trole. Lyon med., 1890, lxiv, 332-333. l pi—Bony- lleiiault (O.i Sur le reglage rigoureux de la tempera- ture. So . roy d. m\ med. et nat. de Brux. Bull., 1904, lxii. 188-196.—Fiirst (L.) Die Thermophor-Gouveu-.v Deutsche Mel. - Ztir.. Berl., 1899, xx, 669. — <>abrit- scheivsky G. i Ein neues Thermastatsystem. Cen- tralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt, Jena, 1902, xxxi, 814-816. — t.eer t W. C.) Thermostats and thermoregu- lators. .'. Phvs. Chern.. Ithaca, 1902, vi, 85-105.—tier- tier i N.i 0 nowej eieplarce do podreeznego uzytku. [New thermostat] Przegl. lek., Krakow, 1900, xxxix, 749-751. Also, transl.: Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt, Jena, 1901, xxix, 6i,x-672. Also, transl.: Klin.-the- rap. Wchnschr., Wien, 1901, viii, 577-581.— — llippius (A. E.i Termostat Mignon g. V. Mentselva. [Mintsel'sMignonthermostat] Med.Obozr., Mo-k.. 1896,xlv, 1067-1070.—Jackson (C. M.) A simple electric heater and thermo-regulator for paraffin ovens, incubators, etc. Anat. Record, Phila., 1910, iv, 139-142.— Kanriu ( E.) Lampethermostater. [Les etuves a lampe. Res., 762.] Norsk Mag. f. Lsegevidensk., Kris- tiania, 1900, 4. R., xv, 720-722.—Klasaen (N. A.) Noviy regulyator k termostatu s vodyanim otopleniyem Ye. A. Shepilevskavo. [A new regulator to Shepilevski's ther- mostat with water heating.] Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1909, xvi, 15S6-15S8.—Kuntze (W.) Ein Thermostatfiir niedrige Temperatur. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt, Jena, 1906, xvi, 684-688.—Kurchinski (V. P.) VOL XVIII, 2d series----8 Thermostats. Elektricheskiy termostat. [An electric thermostat] Vrach, St. Petersb., 1892, xiii, 744-746. — Lendvai (J.) Wie kann man die Thermostaten mit Alkohol einfach heizen? Ztschr. f. wissensch. Mikr., Leipz., 1908, xxv, 303-306.—IHacNeal (W.J.) An improved thermo-regu- lator. [Abstr.] Anat. Record, Bait, 1908-9, ii, 205-207.— JTIacuinber(R. H.) & Wolf (C. G. L.) An electrically heated and controlled thermostat. J. Path. & Bacterid., Edinb. & Lond., 1904-5, x, 105-110. - Marenghi (G.) Una opportuna modificazione al termoregolatore di H. Rohrbeck. Boll. d. Soc. med.-chir. di Pavia, 1902, 9- 15.— Ulentsel (G. V.) Termostat i avtoklav s kerosi- novol topkol. [Thermostats and autoclave heated by kerosene.] Chir. Laitop., Mosk., 1894, iv, 693-697.— flyers (J. J.) An electric thermostat. J. Applied Micr., Rochester,1903,vi.2446-2448.—Nitskevich(A.) Termo- stat s regulatorem sistemiN. Didenko.prisposoblenniy k kerosinnollample. [Thermostat with Didenko's regula- tor applied to a kerosene lamp] Vestnik obsh. vet, St. Petersb., 1896, viii, 564-567.—O*born ( F. A.) A simple electrical thermostat. J. Phys. (hem., Ithaca, 1905.ix, 297.— Perez Canto. Unnuevotermostatoelinico. Rev.med. de Chile, Sant de Chile, 1904, xxxii, 337-340.—Bo bin (A.) An accurate and reliable thermo-regulator. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1906, xlvii, 1563. Also: Science, N. Y. & Lancaster,Pa., 1905,n.s.,xxi,494.—Roux. Surunregula- teurde temperature applicable aux etuves. Ann.del'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1891, v, 158-162.—Sail li (H.) Ueber einen automatischen Regulator furBriitofen mit Petroleumhei- zung. Ztschr. f. wissensch. Mikr.,Brnschwg., 1886,iii, 165- 173.—Segesvary (E.) Ein neues Temperaturreglersys- tem. Gesundh.-Ingenieur, Munchen, 1908, xxxi, 699.— Serafiui (A.) EinneuerdkonomischerThermostat von einfacherund leichter Konstruktion. Centralbl.!'. Bakte- riol. [etc.], 2. Abt,Jena, 1903,x,531-534.—Shepilevski (E.A.) Regulyatorktermostatu vvodyanimotopleniyem. [ Regulator for the thermostat with water heating.] Russk. Med., St. Petersb., 1892, xvii, 676; 694. Also, transl.: Cen- tralbl. f. Bacteriol. u. Parasitenk.,Jena,1893,xiv,131-138.— Sineff(A. I.) Uproshtshenniy termostat. [Simplified thermostat.] Kharkov. M. J., 1907, iv, 45. Also, transl.: Centralbl. f. Bakteriol [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1907, xiv, Orig., 121.—Stick (C.) Thermostat, Trocken- und Dampfsterilisator zugleich. Pharm. Ztg., Berl., 1902, xlvii, 676.—Tanzig (C.) Un nuovo termostato eco- nomico di semplice e facile costruzione. Kiforma med., Palermo, 1900, xvi, pt. 1, 591-593.—Tedeschi (A.) & Itosselli ( A.) Der selbstregulierende elektrische Thermostat. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt, Jena, 1901, xxx, 969-976.—I llinaim (K.) Demonstration des Hydrothermoregulators, eines Pracisionsapparates zur Application von Wiirme beliebiger constanter Tem- peraturen. Veroffentl. d. Centralverb. d. Balneolog. Oest 1902, Wien, 1903. iii, pt. 10,1-7.—Villiers (A.) Sur le reglage preeis des temperatures peu superieures a la temperature ordinaire. Bull. d. sc. Pharmacol., Par., 1907, xiv, 62-65. Thermosterilizers. Lentz (O.) Der Thermosterilisator (System Bickel- Roeder). Desinfektion. Berl.. 1910, iii, 603-616.—Po- lignani (L.) La sterilizzatrice elettrica e sua applica- zione come termostato elettrico. Ann. di elett. med. [etc.], Napoli, 1902, i, 279-289. Thermotaxis. Mendelssohn (M.) * Recherches sur la ther- motaxie des organismes unicellulaires. 8°. Paris, 1902. Also, in: J. de physiol. et de path, gen., Par., 1902, iv, 393-409. Jacquemin (T. J.) Thermotaxis and nervous in- fluences in the production of fever. Med. Times, N. Y., 1905, xxxiii, 33-36.—ITIendelssohn (M.) Recherches sur l'interference de la thermotaxie avec d'autres tac- tismes et sur le mecanisme du mouvement thermotac- tique. J. de physiol. et de path, gen., Par., 1902, iv, 475- 18S. -----. Quelques considerations sur la nature et le r61e biologique de la thermotaxie. Ibid., 489-496.—Ott (I.) Thermotaxis in birds. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1893, xx, 1-6. Thermotherapy. See Baths (Hot-air, etc.); Heat as remedy; Thermopenetration (Electric). Thermo-tropism. See Tropisms. Theroigne de Mericonrt (Anne- Joseph) [1762-1817]. See, also, Insanity (Political). Causes (Les) de la folie de Theroigne de Mericour* Chron. med., Par., 1903, x, 2. TREKOX. 114 THESES Theron (Andre) [1877- ]. *Phototherapie et lupus. 89 pp., 1 1. 8°. Montpellier, 1902, No. 28. Theron (Paul) [1882- ]. * Organisation des diagnostics bacteriologiques pour les services publics (hopitaux, ecoles, dispensaires, service des epidemies), prelevement et envoi des pro- duits pathologiques. 74 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1906, No. 40. Theroude (Fernand) [1883- ]. *Menin- gite cerebro-spinale epidemique et serothera- pie anthneningococcique. 151 pp. 8°. Paris', Jouve& Cie., 1910, No. 17. Therre (Aime). Contribution a I'etude des abces non tuberculeux de la prostate. 72 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1907, No. 112. Tlierstappen (Franz Joseph) [1882- ]. *Haben wir nach den Ergebnissen der bisheri- gen spontanen Geburten und der geburtshilrli- chen Operationen bei engem Becken das Be- durfnis nach einer neuen fiir Mutter und Kind giinstigeren Operation? 35 pp., 1 1. 8°. Hei- delberg, J. Horning, 1908. Tliery (Andre) [1884- ]. *De la psychiatrie d'urgence. 78 pp. 8°. Paris, G. Steinheil, 1911, No. 251. Tliery (Louis) [1865- ]. *Statistique de la mortalite par variole en Angleterre de 1871 a 1892; bienfaits de la vaccine; les ligues anti- vaccinatrices. 83 pp. 4°. Paris, 1894, No. 1T9. ------. The same. 83 pp. 8°. Paris, G. Steinheil, 1894. Thesaurus inedicaminum [etc.]. See [Pear- son (Richard)]. Thesaurus medicus Edinburgensisnovus: sive, dissertationum in Academia Edinensi ad rem medicam pertinentium, ab anno 1759 ad annum 1785 delectus, ab illustri Societate Regia Medica Edinensi habitus. 4 v. 8°. Edinburgi & Lon- dini, C. Elliot & G. Robinson, 1785. Thesee ( Victor - Julien - Marie ) [1872- ]. * Contribution a I'etude du decubitus acutus. Complications possible de l'hysterectomie vagi- nale. 74 pp. 8°. Paris, 1897, No. 446. Theses (Medical). Ad an (E. J.) *Spec, sistens positiones me- dicas. 4°. Lugd. Bat., 1802. /Enee (\V. S.) *Theses medicae. [Frane- querae.] 8°.' Leovardix, 1799. Aixsiae (W.) *Theses medicae inaugurates. 4°. Lugd. Bat., 1787. Arnouts (J.) *Disp. med. inaug. positiones varias continens. 4°. Lugd. Bat., 1670. Assink (H. J.) *Meletemata inauguralia physiologici, chemici et therapeutici argumenti. 4°. Harder rid, [1798]. Baert (J.) ^Specimen inaug. continens positiones medicas. 4°. Lugd. Bat, 1802. Bernard (J. C. B.) * Specimen inaug. sistens quaestiones medici argumenti. 8°. Lugd. Bat., 1796. Bibliotheql'es universitaires. Catalogue mensuel des theses soutenues devant les universites francaises. v. 1. 1898-1901. 8°. Montpellier, 1902. Bo (A.) * Theses, ex anatome physiologica, de ^ensibus externis. Ex medicina theoretica, de sanguinis conditione in morbis praesertim phlogisticis. Ex praxi, de confectione et natura puris. Ex institutionibu«, de mor- borum differentiis. Ex physici, de aqua. Ex botanica, de aeris, aqu;e, lucis et caloris influxu in vegetantia. 12°. Genuse, 1827. Theses (Medical). Boelman (H. J.) * Specimen continens animadversiones aliquot physiologici et patho- logici argumenti. 8°. Groningie, 1818. Boerhaven (M.) * Disp. continens medicinae miscellanea themata. 4°. Harderovici, 1695. Braxdsma (A. II.) *Theses medicie. 8°. Groningie, 1814. Brouwer (S.) *Spec. continens varii argu- menti quaestiones. 4°. Lugd. Bat., 1816. Burgersdicius (M. F.) Collegium physicum, disputationibus xxxii, absolutum; totam natu- ralem philosophiam compendiose proponens. Ed. secunda. 24°. Lugd. Bat., 1642. Cailler des BArrALiEREs (P.) Medicinae theses. 4°. Rupellx [n. d.]. Cartheuser (J. F.) Dissertationes physico- chymico-medicje annis nuperis de quibusdam materiae medicae subjectis exaratae ac publice habitae. Nunc iterum recusae. 12°. Francof. ad liadr., 1774. ------. Dissertationes nonnullee selectiores physico-chymicae ac medicae varii argumenti post novam lustrationem ad prelum revocatae. 12°. Francof. ad Viadr., 1775. Catalogue complet des theses de doctorat de la Faculte de medecine de Bordeaux depuis sa fondation (1878) jusqu'en juillet 1902, par ordre alphabetique de sujets traites, suivi d'une table alphabetique des noras d'auteurs et de la liste complete des theses de pharmacie. 8°. Bor- deaux, [1902]. De Man (J. W. E.) * Positiones medicae. 8°. Groningse, 1815. van Deventer (J. C.) *Theses medicae inaugurales. 8°. Ludg. Bat., 1812. van Doeveren (J. A.) *Spec. continens collectanea quuedam medica varii argumenti. 4°. Lugd. Bat., 1796. van den Eckhout (J. J.) *Theses medicae. 4°. Gissx, 1801. Eekma (B.) *Thesee medicse. 8°. Gro- ningw, 1814. van Eldik (C.) * Quaestiones medicae inau- gurales. 4°. Harderovici, 1812. Escher(R. J.) * Theses medicae. 8°. Gro- ningse, 1814. Ettmtjller (M.) Dissertationes xiix medicae. 4°. Francofurti & Lipsiir, 1685. van der Feen (G. B. C.) *Observationes medico-practicae. 8°. Lugd. Bat., 1837. van der Feen (Z. H.) * Spec, inaug. conti- nens positiones medici argumenti. 4°. Ludg. Bat., 1815. Fokkek (J. P.) * Positiones medicae in- augurales. 4°. Lugd. Bat., 1790. \mn Geuns (S. J.) * Quaestiones academicae medici argumenti. 4°. Hardervici, 1790. Haakman (H.) *Thesesmedicae inaugurales. 4°. Lugd. Bat., 1799. Hecht (L.) Rapport sur les theses de docto- rat soutenues devant la Faculte de medecine de Nancy pendant l'annee scolaire 1881-2. 8°. Nancy, 1883. Heydenryck (A. B. J.) * Dissertatio medica inauguralis, varii argumenti. 8°. Lugd. Bat., 1825. Heyligers (P. F.) * Quaestiones medicae in- augurales. 4°. Traj. ad Rhenum, 1802. Hird (B.) *Theses medL ae inaugurales. 4°. Lugd. Bat., 1787. Hoevenaar (H. P.) *Positiones medicae in- augurales. 4°. Lugd. Bat., 1808. THESES. 115 THEUVENY. Theses (Medical). van der Houven (J. F.) *Spec. nonnullas positiones medicas continens. 4°. Lugd. Bat., 1801. Jorritsma (T. A.) * Specimen continens varii argumenti positiones. 4°. Lugd. Bat., 1816. Kamxi (J. J.) Quaestiones medicas varii ar- gumenti. 4°. Argeutorati,[l~9o]. Kools (C.) *Annotationes anatomicte et theses medicae. 8°. Groningse, 1810. Lacle (G. J.) * Theses medicae inaugurales. 4°. Franckerie, 1801. toe Laer (J. C.) *Spec. sistens quaestiones varii argumenti. 4°. Harderovici, [1797]. Lambrechts (J. F. H.) *Theses medicae in- augurales. 4°. Lugd. Bat., 1798. van Loon (VV.) *Spec. nonnullas positiones medicas continens. 4°. Lugd. Bat., 1801. Mensing (T. H.) * Theses medicw inaugu- rales. 12°. Harderovici, 1810. Mergell (C. E. G.) * Positiones medica1 in- augurales. 4°. Lugd. Bat., 1810. Michell (J.) *Spec. med. exhibens aliquot animadversiones medicas. 4°. Lugd. Bat., 1810. Muller (R. L.) *Theses medicte. 8°. Groningse, 1815. Mintinghe (B. I. K.) * Theses mediae. 8°. Groningse, 1814. O'Kane (N.) *Theses medicae inaugurales. 8°. Lugd. Bat., 1784. • [Petroff (N. P.)] Katalog russkikh disser- tatsiy po meditsinle i veterinarii. (Catalogue des theses russes concernant la medecine et l'art veterinaire, presenter a 1'Academie de medecine et aux universites russes.) 1860-88. 8°. S.- Peterburg, 1888. Piccaluga (C.) Selectas ex medicis institu- tionibus, theses, quas publice vindicandas pro- ponit. fol. Genux, 1781. Prael (F. J.) * Theses medicae. sm. 4°. Tubingx, 1807. Pravaz (J.-C.-T.) * Theses presentees a la Faculte des sciences a Lyon, etc. 8°. Lyon, 1875. Pruissen (P. E.) *Annotationes chirurgicae et theses medicae. 8°. Groningx, 1810. Reibelt (F. J. J.) *Theses selectae physico- medicae. 4°. Heidelbergx, 1807. Reitz (H.) *Theses medicae. 4°. Traj. ad Rhenum, 1757. Ripping (H.) *Spec. med., exhibens posi- tiones quasdam medico-practicas. 4°. Liu/d. Bat., 1810. Rouwenhoff (X. G.) * Theses medicse inau- gurales. 4°. Lugd. Bat., 1790. Sartorius (F. H.) * Theses medicae inaugu- rales. [Franequerae.] 4°. Leovardix, 1800. van Schaeck (P.) *Spec., continens collecta- nea medica varii argumenti. 4°. Lurid. Bat., 1802. Schwarz (F. G.) * Theses ex universa medi- cina. 4°. Heidelbergx, 1807. Siemens (P. G. C.) * Theses medicae. 8°. Groningx, 1814. Simon (J. E.) * Specimen continens posi- tiones medicas. 4°. Lugd. Bat., 1811. Swaying (C.) *Diss. positiones physiologi- cas et pathologicas exhibens. 4°. Harderovici, [1808]. Temmink(G. ) * Theses medicae inaugurales. 4°. Groningx, [1814]. Tourdes (G.) Revue des theses de la Faculte de medicine de Strasbourg pendant l'annee sco- laire 1866-7. 8°. Strasbourg, 1868. Theses (Medical). Troll (J.) *Theses inaugurales medicae. 4°. Argentorati, [1779]. Verkritgge (G.) *Spec. exhibens proposita aliquot medica. 4°. Lugd. Bat., 1800. Yerollot (M. P.) * Propositions generales sur la physiologie, la pathologie, et la therapeu- tique. 8°. Montpellier, 1835. Verschuir (G.) * Specimen exhibens obser- vationes varii argumenti. 8°. Groningx, 1819. de Vries Hofman (J.) * Spec, exhibens col- lectanea varia medici, chirurgici, obstetricii ar- gumenti. 4°. Hurderviei, [1794]. van de Wall (W. G.) * Theses medicae inau- gurales. 4°. Lugd. Bat., 1804. de Wind (B. D.) * Specimen exhibens pro- posita aliquot ex diversis medicinae parti bus. 4°. Lugd. Bat., 1799. Wittwer (P. L.) Delectus dissertationum medicarum argentoratensium. 2 v. in 1. - ]. * Ueber die straf- reehtliche Verantwortung des Arztes. 52 pp., 1 1. 8°. Konigsberg i. Pr., O. KiXmmel, 1904. Theyolip. Linke. Theyolip. Therap. Neuheiten, Leipz., 1906, i. 327-329.—Ramshorn (K.) Ueber Unguentum sulfu- ratum mite ( Theyolip ). Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1906, xxxii, 1500. Theze (Julien-Francois) [1876- ]. Contri- bution a I'etude de la pathogenie de la paralysie rabiqueexperimentale. 50pp., 6 pi. 8° Bor- deaux, 1903, No. 79. Tliezee (Henri-Eugene-Charles-Louis) [1862- ]. Contribution a, I'etude de la morpho- logie des bacteriacees. [Bordeaux.] 58 dd 8°. Angers, 1898, No. 89. Thialion. Practical (A) treatise on thialion, a laxative salt of lithia; with complete bibliography 2 ed. 8°. Danbury, Conn., 1898. .-----• The same. [Uric acid excess; its literature and therapeutics. ] 13. ed. 8° Dan- bury, 1904. Canan (C. W.) Thialion; its therapeutical indica- tions, with clinical reports. N. Eng. Month., Danburv Conn., 1901, xx, 353-357.-Ely (J. D.) Thialion. Ibid 1902 xxi, 463.—Lotton (L.) Clinical experience with thialion. Med. Herald, St. Joseph, 1899, n. s., xviii 596- 600.—Lowe(R. W.) Some problems solved. Texas M J., Galveston. 189S-9. xiv, 80-86. Also, Reprint.— Tleatli (R. A.) Does thialion take the place of calomel' Chi- cago Clinic, 1900. xiii, 625.—Smith (E. M.) The proper dosage of thialion. .1. Med. & Sc., Portland, 1898-9 v 192- 194. Also, Reprint. Also: N. Eng. M. Month., Danbury Conn., 1899, xviii, 213-215. J; Tliiaull (Odile) [1881- ]. *De la ponction de la vaginale dans le traitement de 1'epididymo- vaginalite blennorragique. 80 pp. 8°. Paris 1911, No. 235. Thibaud (Eugene) [1861- ]. *Les alienea devant la justice. 52 pp., 2 1. 4°. Pan's, 1896, No. 220. -----. The same. 52 pp., 2 1. 8°. Paris, G. Steinheil, 1896. Thibaud (Luc.) [1868- ]. * Des malforma- tions uterines au point de vue clinique. (E ude faite a l'aide des cas qui ont ete publies dans la litterature medicale pendant ces dix dernieres annees.) 50 pp. 4°. Paris, 1893, No. 265. Thibaudeau (Alphee) [1878- ]. *De l'em- ploi de la sonde a demeure apres l'uretrotomie interne dans les cas d'infections anciennes et graves de l'appareil urinaire. 56 pp., 11. 8°. Paris, 1902, No. 250. Thibandet (Emile) [1883- ]. *La ble- pharoplastie par la methode italienne modifiee. 51 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1906, No. 37. Thibaudet (Jean) [1876- ]. Contribution a I'etude des blessuresaccidentelles de la vessie; penetration au niveau de la region perineo-anale. 60 pp., 1 1. 8°. Li/on, 1901, No. 180. Thibaudet (Joseph) [1866- ]. *Desabces sous-tricipitaux consecutifs aux arthrites puru- lentesdu genou. [Lyon.] 58 pp. 4°. Bourg, 1895, No. 1041. Thibault (Andre). * Histoire chirurgicale du phimosis. 92 pp. 8°. Paris, 1908, No. 317. Thibault (Emmanuel-Jean-Auguste-Joseph) [1875- ]. * Etude de psychologie morbide; essai psychologique et clinique sur la sensation du deja vu. 132 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1899, No. 52. Thibault (Louis). * Tabes a debut par ophtal- moplegie (facies d'Hutchinson). 64 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Paris, 1907, No. 26. Thibault (M.) [1871- ]. *De i'epidemicite de l'appendicite. 58 pp. 8°. Paris, 1900, No. 187. THIBAULT. 1 Thibault (Paul). *Sur les combinaisons de l'oxyde de bismuth avec quelques acides de la seriebenzoique. 67 pp. 8°. Paris, 1905, No. 5. Ecole de pharmacie. Thibault (Paul) [1883- ]. *De la demor- phinisation brusque. 96 pp. 8°. Paris, 1910, No. 400. Thibaut (Albert-Jules-Joseph) [1868- ]. * Essai sur l'effacement du col de l'uterus. 76 pp. 4°. Lille, 1894, 4. s., No. 80. Thibaut (Alphonse). Le fleau de Cupidon. 178 pp. 8°. Chdtelet, chez I'auteur, 1907. Thibaut (Xicolas). [Biography.] Annuaire de la Haute-Marne, Chau- mont, 1811,173. Thibert affair. Helot (R.) Le medecin a la corde. Rev.m6d.de Normandie, Rouen, 1908,176-180,1 pi. Thibet. Barot (J.) Anthropologic du Tibet; les populations du Tibet sud-oriental. Bull, et m6m. Soc. d'anthrop. de Par., 1908, 5. s., ix, 462-473,1 map, 7 pi.—Bertenson (L. B.) Orusskikhbuddistakh iot. naz.tibetskolmeditsinle. [Russian Buddhists and so-called Thibetan medicine.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1906, v, 418-421. Also, transl.: St.Petersb. med. Wchnschr..1906,xxxi,253-257.—Delisle (F.) Sur lescararteres physiques des populations du Tibet sud-oriental. Bull, et mem. Soc. d'anthrop. de Par., 1908, 6. s., ix,473-486.—Uainprise (C. W.) With the Sikkim Tibet Mis-ion force. J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond., 1904, iii, 535-538. — Tibet (The) Mission force, 1903-4. Ibid., 1906, vi, 67-90.—Waddell (L. A.) The Tibetan house-demon. J. Anthrop. Inst., Lond., 1894-5, xxiv, 39- 41.-----. Some ancient Indian charms, from the Tibetan. Ibid., 41-14,1 pi.-----. Ancient anatomical drawings in Tibet. [Edit.] Brit. M. J., Lond.,1910,ii,1361.—VVriglit (A. R.) Tibetan charms. Folk-Lore, Lond., 1904, xv, 95, lpl.-----. Tibetan prayer-wheels. Ibid.,332,1 pi.-----. Tibetan drum and trumpet. Ibid., 333,1 pi. Thibierge (Ad.). SeLarocque i Antoine)&Thihierge(Ad.) Etudes toxicologiques. 8°. [Paris, n. d.] Thibierge (Georges) [1856- ]. Therapeu- tique des maladies de la peau. 2 v. iv, 417 pp.; 374 pp. 12°. Paris, O. Doin, 1895. -----. Le myxcedeme. 32 pp. 8°. Paris, Masson & Cie., 1*98. CEuvEEmed. chir., Par., 1898, no. 12. -----. Syphilis et deontologie. Secret medical; responsabilite civile; enonce du diagnostic; jeunes gens syphilitiques; la syphilis avant et pendant le mariage; divorce; nourrissons syphi- litiques; nourrices syphilitiques; domestiques et ouvriers syphilitiques; syphilitiques dans les hopitaux; transmission de la syphilis par les ins- truments; medecins syphilitiques; sages-femmes et svphilis. xi, 296 pp. 8°. Paris, Masson & Cie.", 1903. See, also. Reunions cliniques de l'Hdpital Saint- Louis pendant l'annee scolaire 1888-9, [etc.]. 8°. Paris, 1889. Thibonneau (Maxime). Contribution a I'e- tude des paralysies radiculaires superieures du plexus brachial et en particulier de leur diag- nostic. 75 pp. 8°. Paris, 1906, No. 7. Thibout (Ernest-Auguste) [1860-/ ]. *Con- tribution a I'etude des tumeurs benignes du la- rynx chez l'adulte et de leur traitement chirur- gical par la voie endo-laryngee. 70 pp. 8°. Lille, 1898, 5. s., No. 85. Thibout (Georges) [1878- ]. *La question de l'opium a l'epoque contemporaine. 344 pp., 8 pi. 8°. Paris, 1912, No. 175. [Thiebault-SiKMOn.] Les revelations de la main. pp. 782-801. 8°. Paris, 1890. Cutting from: Nouvelle rev., aout, 1890. Thiebaut (Henri) [1871- ]. * Revue critique des antiseptiques iodes; contribution a I'etude de l'airol. 128 pp. 8°. Nancy, 1896, No. 2. THIELE. Thiebaut—continued. ------. The same. 128 pp. 8°. Nancy, A. Ni colle, 1896. Thiehaul-de-Berneaud (Arsene) [1777- 1850]. Manuels-Roret. Nouveau manuel com- plet de la laiterie, ou traite analytique et criti- que de toutes les methodes adoptees ou propo- sees pour le gouvernement de la laiterie; avec 1'indication des moyens les plus simples et les plus certains de tirer parti du lait des animaux domestiques, de faire le beurre, de confectionner les fromages, et d'assurer la longue prosperity de cette branche importante de l'economie ru- rale. xii, 255 pp., 1 pi. 24°. Paris, Roret, 1842. Thiebaux (.Marie-Georges) [1879- ]. *Etude sur 346 cas de fievre typhoide infantile. 106 pp., 1 1., 1 ch. 8°. Nancy, 1904, No. 28. Thiebout (J.) Luchtverversching in zalen en vertrekken. 35 pp., 1 diag. 8°. Zwolle, erven J. J. Tijl, 1899. Thiede (Adolf Walter) [1885- ]. *Ein Fall von Perforation der steinhaltigen Gallenblase in die freie Bauchhohle. 38 pp. 8°. Greifs- v-ald, H. Adler, 1910. Thiedu (Daniel-Jacques-Louis) [1886- ]. * Contribution a I'etude du corset platre et de ses moyens de renforcement. 42 pp. 8°. Bor- deaux, 1910, No. 2. Thieke (Rudolf Willi Arthur) [1885- ]. *Die Hippomanes des Pferdes. [Giessen.] 38 pp., 4 pi. 8°. Jena, G. Fischer, 1911. Thiol (Albert). *Beitrag zur Lehre von der Entwicklung der Sarcome. 28 pp. 8°. Wiirz- burg, Becker, 1894. Thiel (A[lfred]). Chemisches Praktikum fiir Mediziner. Kurzer Leitfaden fiir die prak- tische Einfiihrung in de Grnndlehren der Che- mie nach neuerer Anschauung, nebst analyti- schen Anwendungen. xii, 124 pp. 12°. Mun- ster i. W., H. Schbningh, [1907]. Thiel (Ceorg) [1869- ]. * Ueber Vaginal- stenose. 65 pp. 8°. Bonn, C. Georgi, 1805. c. Thiel (Peter Johannes). Deutsche Heilodung statt'schwedischer Heil-Massage. Zehn Heil- Briefe fiir Aerzte, Heilbeflissene (Masseure, Mas- seusen, Magnetopathen, Krankenprleger) und alle Eltern. xix, 84 pp., 4 pi. 8°. Elberfeld, Baedeker, 1903. Thiel (Pierre-Henri). *Le quartier des tuber- culeux adultes de Brevannes; historique; des- cription; climatologie. 145 pp., 10 pi. 8°. Paris, 1909, No. 412. Thiel (Ulrich) [1870- ]. * Ueber die Aetio- logie der Ophthalmoplegia totalis. 32 pp., 1 1. 8°. Berlin, E. Ebering, [1893]. Thiele (Adalbert). *Ueber die Liingen- und Dickenunterschiede an den Extremitiiten rech- ter- und linkerseits. 15 pp. 8°. Wiirzburg, Becker, 1893. Thiele (Adolf) [1867- ]. Blutenziehungen, insbesondere der Aderlass. Ihre Technik und Anwendung in der modernen Therapie. viii, 105 pp. 12°. Leipzig, C. G. Naumann, 1896. Med. Biblioth., 90-92. Thiele (Carl Heinrich Werner) [1864- ]. *Statistische Erhebungen iiber die Haufigkeit, Complicationen und Aetiologie der Endocardi- tis. 14 pp., 11. 8°. Kiel, Schmidt & Klaunig, 1888 Thiele (F[elix]) [1877- ]. * Ueber Fer- mente im Urin, insbesondere iiber vermehrte Pepsinausscheidung beim Diabetes mellitus und einigen anderen Krankheiten. 33 pp., 11. 8°. Leipzig, B. Georgi, 1907. 18 THIEMICH. THIELE. Thiele (Friedrich Adolf Ferdinand) [1875- ]. *Ein Fall von Fibromvom der hinteren Mutter- mundslippe. 25 pp.,'l 1. 8°. Greifsuuld, H. Adler, 181*8. Thiele (Friedrich Karl) [1880- ]. *Rechts- seitige iiussere Leistenbriiche mit Colon ascen- dent, Ctt'cum, Processus vermiformis als Bruch- inhalt. 39 pp. 8°. Rerlin, E. Ebering, 1912. Thiele (Johannes [Karl]) [1880- ]. *Ueber die Ursaehen der Spontangangn'in der Extremi- taten. 58 pp., 11. 8°. Greifswald, H. Adler, 1904. Thiele ([Ludwig] Friedrich Johannes]) [1885- ]. * Ueber Sehstorungen durch Autosug- gestion, insbesondere bei Schulkindern. 31 pp. 8°. Rostock, Adlers Erben, 1910. Thiele (Martin) [1884- ]. * Ueber die allo- tropen Modifikationen des Ar-ens. [Konigs- bergi.Pr.] 58 pp. 8°. Berlin. E. Ebering, 1910. Thiele [Otto] [1863- ]. Ueber Verbren- nung des Mundes, Schlundes, der Speiserohre und des Magens; Behandlung der Verbrennung und ihrer Folgezustiinde. 2 p. 1., 59 pp. 8°, Berlin, [L. Schuhmacher], 1893. Forms 6. Hft. of: Veroffentl. a. d. Mil.-San.-Wes., Berl., 1893. Thiele (P[aul]). * Diagnose und Behandlung der Speichelsteine. 26 pp., 1 1. 8°. Jena, A. Kiimpfe, 1893. Thiele (Wilhelm). * Ueber den Zusammen- hang von Herzschwielen mit Veriinderungen der Coronararterien. 51 pp. 8°. Gottingen, Diettnch, 1892. Thiele (Wilhelm Ludwig Walter) [1873- ]. * Ueber Wendung und Extraktion mit beson- derer Beriicksichtigung der zeitlichen Trennung beider. 29 pp. 8°. Halle a. S., C. A. Kaem- merer & Co., 1899. Thiele (Willy). * Ueber einen Fall von Gliom und Sarkom des Riickenmarks mit Hohlenbil- dung une sekundiiren Strangdegenerationen. [Erlangen.] 19 pp., 1 1. 8°. Leipzig, C. Grurn- bach, 1902. Thieleeke (Otto) [1876- ]. * Ueber die Lo- kalisation der Knochentuberkulose. (Beitrag zur doppelseitigen Tuberculose der Patella.) 35 pp. 8°. Freiburg i. Br., lT. Hochreuther, 1907. Thielemann (Rudolf) [1872- ]. *Diephy- siologische AVirkung des Piperidin. 64 pp., 1 1. 8°. Marburg, C. L. Pfeil, 1896. Thielemann's tincture. nelpliin (T.) Tinetura Thielemanni. Svensk far- maceut. tidskr., Stockholm, 1912, xvi, 117-120. Thielemann (J[oseph] -Yves- [Marie]) [1868- ]. * Contribution a I'etude des manifesta- tions parotidiennes du saturnisme. 80 pp. 4°. Paris, 1895, No. 180. Thielen (Adam) [1861- ]. * Ueber Leber- kirrhose bei Kindern durch congenitale Syfilis. 14 pp., 1 1. 8°. Kiel, C. Donath, 1894. Thielen (Hanspeter) [1881- ]. * Ueber die Sterblichkeit friih- und rechtzeitig geborener Kinder in den ersten neun Wochenbettstagen. 38 pp., 1 1. 8°. Freiburg i. Br., Speyer & Kaer- ner, 1905. Thielepape (Julius) [1875- ]. *Zur Aetio- logie und Symptomatologie des Korsakowschen Syinptomen-Komplexes. 72 pp., 21. 8°. Jena, A. Kiimpfe, 1907. Thielert (Arthur Ludwig Konstantin) [1873- ]. * Ueber einen Fall von Darmruptur durch Selbsttaxis bei incarcerierter Schenkel- hernie, nebst Bemerkungen iiber Repos tion eingeklemmter Briiehe und Herniotomie im Allgemeinen. 23 pp. 8°. Greifswald, J. Abel, Thiele§ (Adolf). Vorbeugungs- und Verhal- tungsmassregeln bei Diphtheritic zur Verteilung in Familien. 65 1. 12°. Miinehen, Seitz tfc Schauer, 1898. Thielke (Friedrich) [1883- ]. *UeberLues ventriculi. 60 pp. 8°. Rostock, A. Erben, 1910. Tliiellement (C.) *Des injections extra-du- rales de cocaine et de serum dans le traitement de la sciatique et du lumbago. 43 pp. 8°. Paris, 1901, No. 633. Thielmann (Heinrich). * Ammoniak und Chlornatrium im Speichel Gesunder und Krank- ker. [Giessen.] 14pp. 8°. L'nnburg, 1897. Thiem (Carl) [1850- ]. Beitrag ziir Entste- hung von Ruckenmarkserkrankungen nach pe- ripheren Verletzungen. In: Samml. klin. Vortr., n. F., Leipz., 1896, No. 149 (Chir., No. 43, 467-482). ------. Handbuch der Unfallerkrankungen auf Grund arztlicher Erfahrungen. Nebst einer Abhandlung iiber die Unfallerkrankungen auf dem Gebiet der Augenheilkunde von Ehrenfried Cramer, xlii, 924 pp. 8°. Stuttgart, F. Enke, 1898. Thiemann (Bernhard) [1876- ]. *Beitrag zur Theorie der Gehirnerschutterung. 30 pp., 2 1. 8°. Greifswald, J. Abel, 1903. Thiemann (Hans). *Ueber Darmverschluss und Darmparalyse, einschliesslich Peritonitis. [Jena.] 119 pp. 8°. Berlin, L. Schumacher, 1910. Thiemann (Johannes) [1878- ]. *Beitrage zur Diagnostik des Lungenabscesses und der Lungengangran. [Leipzig.] 62pp., 11. 8°. Berlin, P. Stankiewicz, 1902. Thieme (Carl) [1881- ]. * Ueber die Ein- wirkung des Ozons auf Siiuren der Oelsiiurereihe und Stearolsiiure. 29 pp., 1 1. 8°. Kiel, Ludthed: Martens, 1906. Thieme (Karl) [1877- ]. *Beitrag zur Lehre von der Encephalopathia saturnina. 30 pp., 11. 8°. Leipzig, B. Georgi, 1906. Thieme (Oskar) [1880- ]. *Ein Fall von Meningoencepholocele. 21 pp. 8°. Munchen, B. Heller, 1904. Thieme (Richard Otto) [1872- ]. * Die Be- handlung der Prostatahypertrophie durch die Castration. 24 pp., 11. 8°. Halle a. S., C. A. Kaemmerer & Co., 1895. Thieme-Preu§§er. Dictionary of the En- glish and German languages. New ed., entirely rewritten and greatl v enlarged, by I. E. Wessely. Parts I-II. xix, 840; 763 pp. 8°. Hamburg, Haendcke & Lehmkuhl, 1898. Thiemieh (Martin) [1869- ]. *Klinisch- bacteriologische Blutuntersuchungen beim Ab- dominaltyphus. 1 p. 1., 36 pp., 1 1. 8°. Bres- lau, 1894. ------. Uber die Entscheidungder Stillfahigkeit und die teilweise Muttermilchernahrung. 16 pp. 12°. Breslau, A. Jiinger, 1904. ------. Funktionelle Erkrankungen des Nerven- systems. In: Handb. d. Kinderh. (Pfaundler& Schlossmann). 8°. Leipzig, 1906, ii, 753-831. ------. The same. Functional diseases of the nervous system. In: Dis. Child. (Pfaundler & Schlossmann). Eng. transl. roy. 8°. Philadelphia & London, 1908, iv, 285-375. ------. P>krankungen der Meningen. In: Handb. d. Kinderh. (Pfaundler & Schlossmann). 8°. Leipzig, 1906, ii, 832-870. ------. The same. Diseases of the meninges. In: Dis. Child. (Pfaundler A Schlossmann). Eng. transl. roy. 8°. Philadelphia & London, 1908, iv, 376-417. THI.EM1CH. 119 THIERMANN. Thiemieh (Martin)—continued. ----- & Zappert (Julius). Die Krankheiten des Nervensystems im Kindesalter, von M.Thie- mieh und J. Zappert, mit Beitriigen von W. Knopfelmacher und H. Pfister. Korrigierter Sonderabdruck aus dem Handbuch der Kinder- heilkunde. 2. Aufl. Hrsg. von M. Pfaundler und A. Schlossmann. 4 p. 1., 315 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Leipzig, F. C. 11'. Vogel, 1910. Thiemieh (Seth Vi talis Alfred) [1873- ]. * Ueber Heilung nach Nervennaht. 27 pp., 2 1. 8°. Berlin, E. Ebering, 1897. Thiene (Domenico) [1767-1844]. Rapporto sulla febbre epidemico-contagiosa che regno nella citta e provincia di Vicenza al principio dell' anno 1806. 54 pp. 8°. Vicenza, B. Pa- roni, 1801. -----. Storia del tifo contagioso che regno en- demico nelle carceri di Vicenza al fine del 1811 e principio del 1812. 102 pp. 4°. Vicenza, ti- pog. Paroni, 1812. Bound with his: Rapporto sulla febbre [etc.] 8°. 17- cenza, 1807. -----. Bilancio medico del tifo contagioso che regno epidemico sulla Provincia vicentina nell' anno 1817, con alcune riflessioni. 66 pp., 1 tab. 8°. Vicenza, tipog., Paroni, 1818. [Also in: P., v. 1350. Bound with his: Rapporto sulla febbre [etc.]. 8°. 17- cenza, 1807. Thienel (Alwin) [1863- ]. * Ein Fall von schwimmhosenartigem Na?vus pigmentodes pi- losus mit Carcinoma melanodes. 25 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Greifsu-ald, J Abel, 1892. Thienel (Max). *Vergleichende Untersuchun- gen iiber den mikroskopischen Bau der Blutge- fasse der Schultergliedmasse von Pferd, Esel, Rind, Kalb, Schaf, Schwein und Hund. [Bern.] 46 pp., 2 pi. 8°. Langensalza, Beyer & Siiline, 1902. Thienemann (August). * Biologie der Tri- chopteren-Puppe. [Greifswald.] 86 pp., 5 pi. 8°. Jena, G. Fischer, 1905. Thienemann ( Johannes Wilhelm ) [1863- ]. * Untersuchungen iiber Taenia tenuicol- lis Rud. mit Beriicksichtigung der iibrigen Mus- teliden-Taenien. [Konigsberg i. Pr.] 28pp., 1 pi. 8°. Berlin, R. Shicker, 1906. Repr.from: Arch. d. Naturgeschichte, Berl., 1906. Thienen (Henr. Theod. Georg.) *Dis. med.- practica inauguralis de squillse radicis virtuti- bus. 36 pp. sm. 4°. Duisburgi ad Rhenum, J. Sas [174U]. [P., v. 2120.] Thienes (Carl). * Ueber eine neue Methode zum qualitativen Nachweis sowie zur quantita- tiven Trennung der alkalischen Erden durch dunkles Schwefelammonium. 31 pp. 8°. Er- lo,n/tn, A. Vollrath, 1893. Thieiitfer (Karl) [1874- ]. *Die myeli- tischen Affektionen des Riickenmarks speziell bei Infektionskrankheiten, nebst Anfiihrung eines Falles von disseininierter Myelitis nach Influenza. 71 pp., 1 1. 8°. Wiirzburg, A. Borst, 1901. Thienhaus (Carl Otto) [1868- ]. * Ueber Compressionsstenosen der Trachea verursacht durch Aneurysmen der Aorta und des Truncus anonymus. 33 pp., 1 1. 8°. Berlin, G. Schade, 1894. Thienot (Joseph-Charles-Marie-Felix) [1868- ]. * Des lavages de la plevre par simple ponction au moyen d'une aiguille a double cou- rant et par une technique speciale. 176 pp. 4°. Paris, 1896, No. 233. Thicnsius van de Wynpersse (Jacobus). See Henson (William). Disquisitio experimentalis de sanguinis natura [etc.] 8°. Luejd. Bat., 1785. -----. Opus posthumum, [etc.]. 8°. Lug. Bat, 1785. Thierarzllieher Central-Anzeiger. v. 3-8, 1897-1902. fol. Berlin. Thierarztliehe§ Centralblatt. Hrsg. vom Vereine der Thierarzte in Oesterreich. v. 22- 25, 1889-1902. 8°. Wien. Thierarzneisehule in Zurich. See I'VMtKclirift zur Feier des fiinfzigjahrigen Doc- tor-Jubiliiums Herrn Prof. Dr. Karl Wilhelm von Niigeli in Munchen [etc.]. fol. Zurich, 1891. Thierbaeh (Bruno) [1863- ]. Ueber die Ver wend barkeit der Thermoelemente zur Be- stimmung von Erdtemperaturen. 40 pp., 1 1., 1 pi. 8°. Konigsberg, Hartung, [18921. Thiercelin (Emile). *De l'infection gastro- intestinale chez l'enfant nouveau-ne (pathogenie et traitement). 154 pp. 8°. Paris, 1894, No. 387. Thiercelin (Jules) [1872- ]. ^Contribu- tion it I'etude de Popotherapie ovarienne. 57 pp., 1 1. 8°. Pan's. 1898, No. 94. Tliierfelder (Albert) [1842-1908]. Atlas der pathologischen Histologie; mit erkliirendem Text. Lieferung 1. Pathologische Histologie der Luftwege und der Lunge. 6 1., 6 pi. fol. Leipzig, Fues, 1872. a. l. a. For Biography, see Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1908, xxxiv, 429 (Zabel). Tliierfelder ([Benjamin] Theodor) [1824- See Beitrage zur wissenschaftlichen Medizin [etc.]. 8°. Leipzig, 1895.—Scliatz (Christian Friedrich). Die Acardii [etc.]. 8C. Berlin, 1898. For Biography, see Miinehen. med. Wchnschr., 1895, xlii, 34, port. (F. von Winckel). Tliierfelder (H[ans]) [1858- ]. See Hoppe-Seyler (Ernst Felix). Handbuch der physiologisch- und pathologisch-chemischen Analvse [etc.l. 6. Aufl. 8°. Berlin, 1S93.—Nuttall (George Henry Falkiner) & Tlilerlelder (H.) Thierisches Leben oline Bakterien im Verdauungskanal, [etc.]. 8°. Slrassburg, 1895-7. Tliierfelder (Max). * Beitrage zur Lehre vom Trachom. I. Das Trachom in Mecklenburg von 1902 bis 1907 inkl. II. Untersuchungen iiber das Vorkommen der sog. Korperchenzellen bei Trachom. 45 pp. 8°. Rostock, Adlers Erben, 1909. Tliierfelder (MaxUlrieh) [1885- ]. *Ue- | ber einen Fall von Phakokele bei Hornhauttu- berculose, nebst anatomischem Befund. [Ros- tock.] 18 pp., 2 pi. 8°. Hamburg, L. Voss, 1910. Tliierfelder (Ulrich) [1883- ]. * Ueber Dunndarmsarkome im Kindesalter. 16 pp., 11. 8°. Leipzig, Univ.-Buchdr., 1909. Thiergardt (Adolf). * Ueber Aufnahme und Ansammlung von Arsen und Blei im Korper derFische. 18 pp. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1S97. Thiergen (J[ohannes]) [1883- ]. *Die lautliche und begrirfiiche Entwickelung der antikmythologischenNameninderfranzosischen Sprache. [Kiel.] 154 pp., 1 1. 8°. Pulsnitz, E. L. Winters Erben, 1907. Thiermann [Otto] [1861- ]. Die Reform der Kneipp'schen Wasserheilmethode. Eine Wechsel- und Reformbadekur, nebst specieller Anweisung zur Erkennung und Heilung der hiiufigsten und wichtigsten Krankheiten und Beschwerden des Menschen. iv, 240 pp., 21. 8 °. Strassburg i.E., II. Bermiihler, [ 1898]. THIEHMEDIZIMSCHE. 120 THIESIMJ. Thicrmedizinitiehe Vortrage, unter Mitwir- kung von Albrecht, Azary [et al.] hrsg. von Georg Schneidemiihl. 3 v. 8°. Halle, 18SS-92. CONTEXTS. Vol. S. Hft. 1-2. Zelle und Zellkern, von Bernhard Solger. Hft. 3. Ueber Geburtshilfe beim Schwein, von A. Tapken. Hft. 4. Ueber die Grundzuge fiir die Beurtheilung der Pferde auf Leistungsfahigkeit, von F. von Chelchowski. Hft. 5. Ueber Hundswuth vom sanitatspolizeilichen Staudpunkte, von Georg Boenninghaus. Hft. 6. Die Blutseruinimpfungen und die bisherigen Erfolge ihrer Anwendung- zum Schutze und zur Heilung von Thierseuchen, von Georg Schneidemiihl. Hft. 7. Ueber die Verbreitung von Krankheiten durch Milch und deren Produkte sowie iiber die Massregeln gegen die Verbreitung vom sanitatspolizeilichen Stand- punkt, von A. Stiihlen. Hft. 8-10. Die Tuberkulose der Menschen und der Thiere vom sanitiits- und veterinarpolizeilichen Staud- punkte erortert, von Georg Schneidemiihl. Hft. 11. Ueber Sarkosporidien, von Georg Schneide- miihl. For eontents of v. 1 and 2, see First Series. Thicrnesse ([Theodore-] A[uguste]) [1812- 83]. See Gluge (G.) & Thiernesse (A.) Nouvelles ex- periences sur la reunion [etc.]. 8°. Bruxelles, 1862.-----. Sur la reunion [etc.]. 8°. Bruxelles, [1864]. Thierry (Auguste-li mile-Luc i en) [1839- 1907J. " Roche (L.) Notice biographique sur £mile Thierry. Bull. Soc. med. de l'Yonne, Auxerre, 1907, xlviii, 37^18. Thierry (finite) [1836-95]. [Biography.] Normandie med., Rouen, 1895, x, 65. Thierry (Henry). La police sanitaire mari- time d'apres le reglement du 4 Janvier 1896. Coinmentaire medical et j ridique, pratique de la disinfection; prophylaxie. 315 pp. 12°. Paris, G. Steinheil, 1896.' Thierry (P. B.) tils. Notice sur M. Chibourg. 32 pp. 12°. Caen, F. Poissin, 1807. Thierry de Ilery. See de Hery (Thierrv). Thierry-Mies;. Note sur l'emploi du retro- ceps. 4 pp. 8°. Paris, E. Briere, 1868. Repr.from: J. d. conn. med. prat., Par., 1868, xxxv. Thiers (Ernest-Camille) [1876- ]. * Etude comparative de la tenotomie a ciel ouvert et de l'extirpation partielle du sterno-cleido-mastoi- dien dans le traitement du torticolis congenital. 82 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1904, Xo. 1. Thiers (Joseph) [1873- ]. *Des resultats fonctionnels eloignes de la pylorectomie dans les stenose- cancereuses du pylore. 67 pp. 8° Paris, 18!>8, Xo. 594. Thiers (Louis) [1877- ]. * Contribution a 1 etude du traitement des fistules vesico- vaginal par la voie transvesical ou operation de Trendenlenburg. 67 pp. 8°. Luon, 1904 Xo. 161. Thiers (Louis-Adolphe) [1797-1877]. Tnaire (P.) MonsieurThierset ledocteur Recamier. Chron. med., Par., 1899, vi, 161-167. Thiersch (Carl) [1822-95]. Medicinische (jlossen zum Hamlet. Cutting from: Nord und Slid, Berl., 1878, vi, 231-254. Se,-, also Overtoeek (Johannes) & Thiersch (Carl) RedengehalteninderAulafetc.]. 4°. Leipzig, [18761 For Biography, see Helferich (H.) Carl Thiersch Rede gehalten bei der Feier zur Eroffnungdes neuen Insti- tutsgeoaudes der chirgischen Klinik zu Leipzig am 26 Januar 1900. 8°. Leipzig, 1900. See, also: Brit. M J Lond. 1895 i, 1360. Also: Centralbl. f. Chir., Leipz 895 xxi, 621-024 (H Helferich). Also: Deutsche Ztschr f Chir., Leipz 1895 xli,617-633 (H. Helferich). Also: Inte£ ^^^P^- Monatschr., LeiPz- 1895 ii 176, port (Landerer). Also: Lancet, Lond., 1895, i 1156 AlZ- Munchen. med. Wchnschr.. 1895, xlii AT>-41b(k Ian' ?weHis)^fe0; P0P' SC- M°nth- N' Y- '1897"-8> li 83W68 Thiersch (Justus). Die Schiidigung des weib- lichen Korpers durch fehlerhafte Kleidung, nebst Bemerkungen iiber die Verbesserung der Frauenkleidung. viii, 45 pp. 8°. Berlin, H. Walther, 1901. Thiersch's method. &e Lupus (Treatment of) by grafting; Penis (Amputation of); Penis (Tumors of, Malignant, Treatment of, Operative); Skin-grafting (Meth- ods of). Thiersch's operation. See Neuralgia (Facial, Treatment of, Opera- tive) . Thiery (Emile). *Du role- des consultations gratuites avec dispensaires dans la prophylaxie de la syphilis. 68 pp. 8°. Montpellier,' 1904, No. 16. Thiery (Georges-Marie-Lucien) [1881- ]. Contribution a I'etude des cardiopathies au cours de la grossesse et du travail d'apres les cas observes depuis 20 annees a la Maternite de Nancy. 93 pp. 8°. Nancy, 1908, No. 35. Thiery (Paul) [1863- ]. See Tillaux (P.) Lecons de clinique chirurgicale 8°. Paris, 1895. 6 Thiery de Cieves. Dourif. Sur le chirurgien Thiery de Cieves. TActe de 1485.] France med., Par., 1904, li, 385. Thies (Anton). * Studie iiber die Infusion physiologischer Salzlosungen. [Giessen.] 8°. Jena, G. Fischer, 1909. Thies (Anton Enno) [1878- ]. * Wirkung der Radiumstrahlen auf verschiedene Gewebe und Organe. 34 pp. 8°. Leipzig, B. Georqi, 1905. y Thies (Friedrich). * Beitrage zur Aetiologie, pathologischen Anatomie und Therapie des Em- physema subcutaneum im Auschluss an neuere Veroffentlichungen und einen eigenen Fall von allgemeinem Emphysem nach katarrhalischer Pneumonie. 33 pp. 8°. Golligen, Dieterich, 1895. Thies ([Heinrich] Friedrich) [1883- ]. *Das physiologische Verhalten von 1-, d- und dl- Su- prarenin. [Bern.] 21 pp., 1 1. 8°. Berlin, Otto & E. Klett, 1909. Thies (Johann) [1880- ]. * Erfahrungen bei der Verwendung des Adrenalins zur Unter- stiitzung der lokalen Anaesthesie. 56 pp. 8°. Leipzig, B. Georgi, 1903. Thies (Oskar) [1878- ]. * Die in den Jahren 1899-1902 in der konigl. chirurgischen Klinik zu Kiel zur Behandlung gekommenen Fiille von Hernia epigastrica. 24 pp. 8°. Kiel, H. Fiencke, 1903. Thiesen (M[ax Ferdinand]) [1849- ]. Zur Theorie 39.—Bosliouwers (H.1 Thigenol. Therap Neu- heiten, Leipz., 1908, iii, 29.— Brings (J.) Thigenol "Roche" in der Praxis. Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1904, xviii, 324-326.—Bueri (P.) II thigenol Roche. Ras- M'LMia d' ostet. e ginec., Napoli, 1906, xv, 151-159.— €o- laMiionno (S.) II thigenol in oftalmoiatria; nuova ap- plicazione. Rassagna med., Bologna, 1903, xi, no. 11, 1-3. — Delaunay (V.) De Taction du thigenol en gynecologie. Presse m£d., Par., 1906, xiv, 164.—Del Monte (A.) II thigenol Roche in terapia oculare. Arch, di ottal., Napoli, 1905-6, xiii, 206-212.—DI 01.—.TlcDanfel (E. B.) Osteomyelitis necessitating hip jointamputation. Med. Sentinel, Port- land, Oreg., 1905, xiii. 666-671.—Sinclair (T.) Anthrax of the thigh treated by operation; recovery. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1900, i, 757.—Tixier. Botryomycome de la face interne de la cuisse. Lyon med., 1906, cvi, 1134. Thigh (Foreign bodies in). Falkin & Orehier de Cardenal. Histoire d'un corps Stranger de la cuisse chez une nerropathe. Gaz. hebd. dsc med. de Bordeaux, 1910, xxxi, 290-292.—Geor- liA'clF (Y.) Chuzhdi tlela, tri drenazha, namlereni v dlesncito bedro. [Foreign bodies, three drains, in the right thigh.] Med. napried., Sofiya, 1902, iii, 162-168.- GrifHth (F.) Deep penetration of the thigh by a crochet needle. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1912, xcv, 77. Also, Griffith (F.) crocheti Reprint. Thigh (Fracture of). See Femur (Fracture of). Thigh (Hydatids of). Ccslan (io.) Kyste hydatique de la cuisse; extirpa- tion. Toulouse med., 1904, 2. s., vi, 261.—Cholmeley (\V. F.) Hydatid of femur; amputation through hip- joint. Brit. M. .1.. Lond., 1904, i, 546.—Costa (G.) Cisti da echinococeo della radice della coscia; contributo alia diagnosi di sede dei tumori di detta regione ed al tratta- mento operativo delle cisti idutidee sorte nei muscoli. (liizz. internaz. di med., Napoli, 1907, x, 325-327.—Cum- mins (S. L.) Case of hvdatid disease of the femur. J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond., 1907, ix, 69-71.—Dudon. Cysticcrques de la cuisse. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. . . . de Bordeaux, 1891, xii, 147.—Parascandolo (C.) Cisti da echinococco della regione posteriore della coscia destra. Ineurabili, Napoli. 1893, viii. 433; 465.—Venues. t n cas de kyste hydatin ue du femur droit. Montpel. med 1907, xxiv, 209-211.—AVittop Koning (J.) Een geval van echinococeuscyste van het bovenbeen. Nederl. Tijd- schr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1907, i, 365-367. Thigh (Neuralgia of). See Meralgia; Sciatica. Thigh (Transplantation of). Ca rrel (A.) Transplantation de la cuisse d'un chien sur un autre chien. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par 1907, lxii 1035. Also, transl.: Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & JJ^'x^Y-?906"^ iv' 120--Ci»M"el (A.) & Guthrie (O.-C.) RSsultats d'une replantation de cuisse. Compt. ifn$- Sw.debiol, Par., 1906, lx, 378. Also, transl.: Science, N.\.& Lancaster, Pa., 1906, n.s., xxiii, 383. Thigh (Tuberculosis of). ., BuSorolM,.tka Metchatki bedra. [Tuberculosis of the cellular tissue of the thigh.] Otehot o dlevateln. khirurg klin. [etc.] vMosk. (1899-1900), 1901,382.-John- son. Tuberculous bursitis of the thigh and groin. Ann Surg. Phila ,1911, liii, 566-ITIassabuau. Tuberculose m™,lt,^ede9 muscles de la region externede la cuisse. Monti.el. med., 1907, xxiv, 253-257—1 hler (H. L.) Tu- ^'"nit0?^1 lh? V11**' Phila- M- J-. 1901, viii, p^'«7 m ,llard (De F ) Hip-joint amputation for tuber! cular disease of the femur. Ann. Surg., Phila. 1903 Wood f rf *°k Tr' ^?'a- ^Cad' SnrgVl903, v 149- h?ko i( CJ AmPutation of the hip-joint for diffuse iiSK'JKSS"of the femur- phila-Hosp-Rep- Thigh (Tumors of). See, also, Amputation of hipjoint; Femur (lumors of); Muscles (Ossification in). Thigh (Tumors of). Clekc (L.) * Quelques considerations sur le myxonie lipomateux de la cuisse. 8°. Li/on, 1897. Gottschalk (E.) *Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Knochen- und Knorpelgeschwulste mit beson- derer Beriicksichtigung eine- Falles von En- chondrom des Femur. 8°. Leipzig, 15/05. Schultes (A.) * Ueber diffuse Lymphan- giorn bildung am Oberschenkel. 8°. Freiburg i. B., 1894. Aguinet. Ostedme de la cuisse. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1900, lxxv, 932.—Anderson (G. E. C.) Case of symmetrical bursal tumour of thighs. South Af- rican M. J., Cape Town, 1893-4, i, 106-108.—Battle (W. H.) Bony tumour of thiirh. Tr. M. Soc, Lond., 1901-2 xxv, 327, 1 pi.—Battle (W. H.) & Shattock (S. C.) A remarkable case of diffuse cancellous osteoma of the femur following a fracture in which similar growths af- terwards developed in connection with other bones. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1907-8, i, Path. Sect., 83-115.— Beale (P. T. B.) Extensive heematoma of thigh and leg. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1907, n. s., lxxxiii, 422.— Benard (H.) & Lainy (L.) Angiome profond doulou- reux de la cuisse gauche. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat.de Par., 1910, lxxxv, 247-250.—Berard. Fibro-lipomede la cuisse. Lyon, med., 1904, cii, 889.— Bllliaut (M.) Tu- meur fluctuante de la cuisse gauche c6te interne; suppu- ration; incision; issue d'hydatides. Ann. de chir. et d'orthop., Par., 1903, xvi, 161-165. -----. Molluscum volu- mineux de la cuisse; operation; guerison. Ibid., 193- 198.—Bindl (F.) Peritelioma della coscia; contributo istogenetieo e clinico alio studio dei tumori vascolari. Riforma med,, Palermo-Napoli, 1904, xx, 1351-1357.— Blanc & Weinberg. Myome dermique de la cuisse. Bull. Soc. anat. de Par., 1895, lxx, 597-599.—Brem (V.) Sluchal enehondrosis ossificans bedra u molodovo soldata i nleskolko zamiechaniy onovlelshem sposoble profzvod- stvaiskusstvennikhopukholel. [Enehondrosis ossificans of the femur in a young soldier, and remarks on the new method of producing artificial tumors.] Protok. i Trudi Obsh. Kaluzhsk. Vrach.(1907-8),1909,77-30.—Buchanan (G. B.) Pedunculated osteochondroma, which was re- moved from the lower end of the shaft of the femur. Tr. Glasg.^Path. & Clin. Soc, 1899-1900, viii, 25.—Cabanne- Telle. Volumineux molluscum de la cuisse droite Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1901, lxxvi, 100.—Car- vallo. Enorme tumor del muslo. Rev. med. de Chile, thigh. Sant. deChile,1896, xxiv,471.—Case of angiomaof Charing CrossHosp. Gaz., Blandford, 1902-3, iv,78.—rath- cart (C. W.) [A solid simple epithelial tumour removed fromayoungwoman.] Tr. Med.-Chir. Soc.,Edinb.,1897-8, n.s.,xvii,64.—Caubet &Blanchard (A.) Fibromede lacuisse. Bull.etmem. Soc.Anat.dePar.,1902,lxxvii,452.— Chauvel & Lecene (P.) Angiome intramusculaire de la cuisse. Ibid., 1911, lxxxvi, 289— Chislett (H. R.) Osteoma of the femur. Clinique, Chicago, 1903, xxiv, 337- 339.—< la j land (J. M.) Fibrous tumor of thigh, with calcareous degeneration. Brookland M. J., 1905, xix, 282.—Costantini (B.) Su di un lipoma nel triangolo di Scarpa in rapporto con la safena magna. Pratico, Fi- renze, 1899-1900, v, 456-458.—Czerny. Ueber Tumoren undPseudotumoreninderAddukrorengegend. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1903.xxix,397—Da bout (E.) Osteome traumatique du vaste externe de la cuisse. Rev. de m6d. leg., Par., 1910, xvii, 257-264—Decloux (L.) Note histologique sur un cas d'adeno-lvmphocele de la cuisse. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat.de Par.,"l900, lxxv, 66.—De (iaetano (L.) Deunlinfangioma enorme della coseia. Gior. internaz. d. sc. med., Napoli, 1903, xxv, 777- 787.—Delbet (P.) Lipome osteo-periostiquedelaracine de la cuisse. Bull, etmem. Soc. anat. dePar.,1907, lxxxii, 216-218.—Derveau. Tumeurspolymorphesdelacuisse. J. med. de Brux., 1905, x, 703.—Doziinneau. Lipome delacuisse. Arch.med.d'Angers, 1897,i, 31-33.—Dudon. Fibromyxome de la cuisse. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. . . . de Bordeaux, 1889, x, 17.—Famechon (H.) Hema- t6me aneurysmal diffus delacuisse par suite d'ulceration de l'artere poplitee, au cours de 1'evolution latente d'une osteomyelite chronique d'emblee du femur, avec produc- tion de sequestre; ligature de l'artere femorale au-dessus del'anneau: Evacuation d'une grandequantitedecaillots contenus dans la poche anevrysmatique; infection de cette cavite; sphacele limits des trois premiers orteils; guerison. Echo med. du nord, Lille,1906,x, 13-18.—Far- ganel. Osteome volumineux du droit anterieur de la cuisse, developpe. au milieu d'un hematome musculaire. Arch, de med. et pharm.mil., Par., 1902, xxxix, 515-517.— Faucon (V.) Note sur un pseudo-kvste sacculaire d'origine crurale. J. d. sc. med. de Lille, 1894, i, 193-200.— Fourmeaux (L.) Enorme fibrome paraostal de la cuisse gauche; enucleation. Ibid., 63:3-637. — Fowler (J. F. S.) Perforating granuloma of thigh. Brit. Guiana 23 THIGH. THIGH. Thigh (Tumors of). M. Aim., Demerara, 1899, xi, 22.—Fulton (A. LA Tumor of thigh. Kansas City M. Rec, 1898, xv, 4—Hayashi (Y.) [A case of dermoid cyst of the femur.] Tokyo Iji- Shinshi, 1899, 3090-3094.—Hustln. Angiome du droit anterieur de la cuisse; origine traumatique. J. de chir. et ami. Soc. beige de chir., Brux., 1911, xi, 307-313,1 pi.— IllyesiG.) Nagvobb kiterjedesu osteochondroma hu- meri. [Widely diffused ...] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1907, li, 36.— Jaboulaj. Mvxome de la cuisse. Clinique, Par., 1908, iii, 40-12."—Jalaguier. Lipome intra-muscu- laire de la cuisse a marche rapide; forme et limites de la tumeur nettement revelees par la radiographic; extirpa- tion; guerison. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1899, n. s., xxv, 235— Khvorostanski (M. A.) Perevyazka bedrenikh arterii i veni pri vilushtshenii krupnavo zhi- rovika bedra. [Tving the femoral artery and vein in ex- cision of a large lipomaof the thigh.] Khirurg'ia, Mosk., 1902, xii, 563-570. — Ku miner. Kyste du femur. Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, i903, xxiii, 519-622.— liabrevoit (L.) Osteomes volumineux developpes dans les deux enisles chez un jeune cavalier; regression par- tielle d'une de ces tumeurssous 1'influence de lasuppura- tion. Arch, de med. et pharm. mil., Par., 1892, xx, 447- 450.—Lane (\V. A.) Operation for removal of a bony mass from the upper part of the thigh. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1903, n. s., lxxvi, 344.—Legg (T. P.) Tu- mour in the thigh of uncertain nature. Ibid., 1906, n. s., lxxxii, 243.—lientaigne (J.) Large cartilaginous tu- mour of thigh removed by morcellement. Tr. Rov. Acad. M. Ireland, Dubl., 1898-9, xvii, 447, 1 pi.—Mai- herbe. Myxomedelacuisse. Bull.Soc.anat.deNantes 1SS2, Par., 1884, vi, 30-32. — Ulartens. Demonstra- tion von einem Tumor des Femur. Berl. klin. Wchn- schr., 1908, xiv,420.—Jttartin (M. A.) Observation d'os- teome du vaste interne de la cuisse gauche, suivie de quelques considerations sur les osteomes musculaires en general. Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1897, lxx, 1114-1117.—lleyer (W.) Submuscular lipoma of thigh simulating perio- steal sarcoma. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1897, xxvi, 230-232.— Michel (L.) Osteome des adducteurs de la cuisse. J. de med. de Par., 1910, 2. s., xxii, 151. Also: Rev. med. de Test, Nancy, 1909, xii, 74ii-748. Also: Rev. de med. leg., Par., 1910, xvii, 46.—Michells (A.) Przypadek novvo- tworu uda. [Tumor of the femur.] Czasopismo lek., Lodz, 1901, iii, 207-210.—Jlolin. Enorme kystedu creux poplite et de la face posterieure de la cuisse d'origine osteomvelitique. Lyon med.,1912, cxviii, 424-427.—II on- nier (L.) Angiome veineux de la cuisse; ablation; gue- rison. Paris chirurg., 1909, i, 985.—Montinl (A.) Sul- 1' asportazione di un voluminoso lipoflbroma sotto ed in- tramuscolare della coscia. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1899, xx, 1446-1448.— :»Ioulongnet(A.) Enorme myxome de la cuis«e. Gaz. med. de Picardie, Amiens, 1894, xii, 6-9.— Nonevich ( F.) Fibromata mollusca cum sarcoma cruris dextri. Protok. med. Obsh. v g. Suvalk. (1894), 1895, 58.—Nordmann (A.) Zur Casuistik der Lymph- cysten des Oberschenkels. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1901,lx,572-570.—Pascale(G.) Enormemixoma della regione interna della coscia; amputazione; guari- gione. In his: Oss. di patol. e clin. chir., 8°, Napoli, 1889, 162 ir,st.—Picqiie (L.) Osteome de la cuisse. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1903, n. s., xxix, 384.—Pion. Mvxome de la cuisse; ablation. Poitou m6d., Poitiers, 1887, ii, 229-232.—Poncet. Mvxo-lipome de la cuisse. Lyon med., 1896, lxxxii, 581. —Poper (P. G.) K kazu'i- stikie limfaticheskikh kist bedra. [Lymphatic cysts of the femur.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1906, v, 1085.— Potherat. Enormemyxome de la cuisse gauche; abla- tion; guerison. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1905, n. s.. xxxi, 472-475.—Rassieur (L.) Presentation of a specimen of fibro-lipoma. Weekly Bull. St. Louis M. Soc. 1910, iv, 439. — Reynier (P.) Angiome lympha- tique. Bull, et mem. Soc de chir. de Par., 1900, n. s., xxvi, 37. — Rledinger (F.) Ein Fall von Tumorbil- dungam Oberschenkel nach einer Fraktur. Sitzungsb. d. phys.-med. Gesellsch. zu Wiirzb., 1907, 97-101. —Rol- leston ( H. D.) Large myxoma from the thigh. Tr. Path. Soc. Lond., 1898-9, 1, 229.—de Rouville (G.) Volumineux lipome kystique de la cuisse. Bull. Soc. anat.de Par., 1896, lxxi, 533.—Rowntree (C.) Tumour in thigh. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1907-8, i, Clin. Sect., 20. — Sawicki (B.) [Haemangioma; na zewne,- trznej powierzehni prawego uda i goleni.] [Hemangioma on the external surface of the right thigh ana leg.] Przegl. chir. i ginek., Warszawa, 1911, iv, 204. — Schmit (A.) De losteome des muscles de la cuisse chez les cava- liers. Rev. de chir., Par., 1890, x, 731-748. —Shattock (S. G.) Saponifvin^necrosisinalipomaof thethigh; card specimen. Tr. Path. Soc. Lond., 1895-6, xlvii, 246-248.— Souli£oux & i.ecene. Lipome intra-musculaire de lacuis-e. Bull, etmem. Soc. anat.de Par., 1901, lxxvi, 327.-----------. Tumeur sous-cutanee de la cuisse. Ibid., 1902, lxxvii,407.—Sourdi lie (G.) &Ertaud(M.) Lipome de la cuisse. Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1912, 2. s., xxx, 689-691.—Steele (E. A. T.) Angioma of the qua- driceps extensor of the thigh. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1898, i, 432. — Tapie (J.) Myxome recidivant de la cuisse. Thigh (Tumors of). Prov. med., Par., 1909, xx, 295. — Tlievenet. Tumeur bizarre siegeant k la partie antero-interne de la cuisse gauche [enlevee par Leriehe]. Lyon med., 1908, ex, 256.—Thevenot (L.) & Patel (M.) Les myxolipomes de la cuisse. Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1901, lxxiv, 685-692.— Tillaux. Un cas de tumeur de la cuisse. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1903, xvii, 599.—Vaccari (A.) Osteoma voluminoso nei muscoli della coscia; contributo alia patogenesi delle neoformazioni ossee dei tessuti. Ann. di med. nav., Roma, 1897, iii, 1359-1370, 1 pi — Viannay (C.) Un cas d'angome du vaste interne de la cuisse. Province med., Lyon, 1902, xvi, 409-411.— Vlllard. Myxo-lipome de la cuisse. Mem. et compt.- rend. Soc. d. sc. med. de Lyon (1896), 1897, xxxvi, pt. 2, 138-140. -----. Volumineux myxo-lipome de la cuisse; extirpation; guerison rapide. Lyon med., 1908, ex, 775- 777.—WettendortK Tumeur sanguine de la face pos- terieure de la cuisse. Policlin., Brux., 1912, xxi, 28.— Wlart. Disarticulation de la hanche pour un sarcome recidive1 des parties molles de la cuisse; hemostase par le precede de Momburg. [Rap. de Auvray.] Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1910, n. s., xxxvi, 338-344. Thigh (Tumors of Cancerous and malig- nant). See, also, Amputation at hip-joint; Femur (Tumors of, Malignant). Busse (M. J. K. W.) * Exarticulatio coxae wegen Sarkom des Oberschenkels, nebst epikri- tischen Bemerkungen. 8°. Greifswald, 1897. Fahndrich (F. O.) *Ueber einen Fall von Exarticulation des Oberschenkels wegen perios- talen Sarkoms des Femur. 8°. Miinehen, 1903. Hermans (C. A.) * Beitrag zur Lehre von den lymphadenoiden Sarkomen des Oberschen- kels die nicht von den Lymphdrusen ausgehen. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1890. Hilaire (0.) *Du sarcome sous periostique de l'extremiteinferieure du femur. 8°. Paris, 1904. Lebel (A.) * La desarticulation de la hanche comparee a l'amputation de la cuisse dans les tumeurs malignes du femur et des tissus envi- ronnants. 8°. Paris, 1901. Lohmann (J.) *Drei Fiille von Sarkom des Oberschenkels. 8°. Erlangen, 1895. Luttig (J. A.) * Ueber Exarticulation im Hiiftgelenk wegen maligner Neubildungen am Femur. 8°. Marburg, 1891. Merlat (H.) *De quelques tumeurs mali- gnes des parties molles de la cuisse. De leur traitement conservateur. 8°. Lyon, 1908. Miessdorfer (G.) * Ein Fall von Chondro- Myxo-Sarkom am Oberschenkel infolge von Trauma. 8°. Erlangen, 1909. Pigors (J. C. W.) *Ein Chondro-Osteoid- Sarkom des Oberschenkels. 8°. Greifswald, 1905. Rodari (P.) * Ueber einen Fall von myelo- genem Riesenzellensarkom des Femur. 8°. Zurich, 1897. Schmid (M.) * Ueber einen Fall von Myxo- liposarkom des Oberschenkels. 8°. Munchen, 1904. Schultz (Marie). * Verhalten der Metasta- sen zum primiiren Tumor in einem Fall von Chondrosarkom des Femur. (Weiterer Bei- trag zur Kenntnis des Polymorphismus der Knorpelgeschwulste.) 8°. Zurich, 1907. Hchwenke (G.) *Ueber ein Sarkom des Oberschenkels. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1892. Alezais & Peyron. Sarcome du femur a stroma plasmazellaire. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1910, lxviii, 379.—Aljjlave (P.) Sarcome musculaire secon- dare de la cuisse apres amputation pour osteo-sarcome; desarticulation de la hanche avec ablation des muscles aubasde I'osiliaque; guerison persistante 15 mois apres l'operation. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1908,1 xxxiii 371-378.—Andrews (F. W.) Sections from two differ- ent cases of endosteal sarcoma of the femur, showing syncytial structures. Tr. Obst. Soc. Lond. (1903), 1904, THIGH. 124 THIGH. Thigh (Tumors of Cancerous and malig- nant). xiv 237— AnsriiN. Periosteal sarcoma of the femur, for which amputation at the hip-joint had been successfully performed. Northumberland cv Durham M. J., Isewcastle- upon-Tvne, 1910, xviii, 25.-Audan. Volumineux sar- come de la cuisse traite avec succes par les rayonsii. Dauphine med., Grenoble, 1909, xxxiii, lv.t-l'l -Bailey (F R.) Round-cell sarcoma of the thigh. I'roc. N.York Path.Soc. i' 1S99-1900), 1901,271.—Bataillei('.) Sarcome de la cuisse et disarticulation coxofemorale. Rev. med. de Normandie, Rouen, 1903,165-170.-Beck (C.) On the difficulty of differentiating between femoral aneurysm and osteosarcoma. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1900, 9. s., iv, 255-258, 2 pi. Also, Reprint.—Begouin & Couraud. Fibro-sarcome de la cui-se gauche; extirpation; gueri- son. Bull, et mem. Soc. de med. et chir. de Bordeaux (1910), 1911, 537-539. Also: Gaz. hebd. d sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1911, xxxii, 31. —Berard. Resultat dune operation conservatrice pour fibrosarcome periostique de l'extremiteinferieure delacuisse. Lyonchirurg.,r.»i9-K>, ii 108— Bern ex. Un cas d'osteo-sarcome du lemur. j'de med.de Bordeaux, 1904, xxxiv, 2«0.— Bickle (L. W ) Angiosarcoma of thigh, simulating hip disease. Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1903, xxii, 17.—Bourgine (P ) Osteo-ehondro-sarcome de l'extremite inferieure du femur. J. d. sc. med. de Lille, 1904, i, 438-411.—Brown (G. S.) Reportof a case of hip-jointamputation tor osteo- sarcoma of femur, bv Wyeth's method. Tr. Arkansas M. Soc 1903, Little Roek, 1904, xxviii, 237-246.—Brush (F. L.) Very rapidly developing sarcoma of femur in child of eleven years; amputation at the hip joint by Wyeth's bloodless method. Post-Graduate, N. Y., 1897, xii, 615.— Budire (R. F.) Osteosarcoma del femur derecho; des- articulaeiOn de laeadera; curacion. Rev. med.de Chile, Sant. de Chile, 1905,xxxiii, 49— Butler (T. L.) Sarcoma of the thigh. Am. Pract. & News, Louisville, 1900, xxx, His.—Cameron (H. C.) Sarcoma of the femur, in which fracture had occurred at the seat of the tumour. Tr. Ula-g. Hath. & Clin. Soc, 1899-1900, viii, 91-93. Also [Ab- str.]: Glasgow M. J., 1900, liv, ti.s-7u.—Carless. Ampu- tation through the hip-ioint for sarcoma of the femur. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1910, n. s., Ixxxix, 38.—(as- tets. Osteosarcome de l'extremite inferieure du femur; amputation de cuisse. Toulouse med., 1907, 2. s., ix, 265- 267.—Cestan. Deux cas de sarcomes siegeant l'un au mollet, 1 autre au sein. Ibid., 1901, 2. s., iii, 299. -----. Osteosarcome du plateau tibial; desarticulation du genou; amputation secondaire de la cuisse. Ibid., 1903, 2. s., v, 271. — Clianiaymi. Un cas de desarticulation coxo- femorale pouro^tiM■sarcome (proced^de Ravaton-Weitch); guerison. Arch. med. de Toulouse, 1898, iv, 113-123.— de Chuniniard & Boucbereau. Osteosarcome de rextntnite inferieure du femur. Centre med. et pharm., Gannat, 1902-3, viii, 121-124. —Cliavasse (T. F.) A clinical lecture on a ease of sarcoma of the femur. Bir- mingh. M. Rev., 190:!, liii, 178-182—Chevallier. Sur un cas d'osteosircome du femur. J. d. se. med. de Lille, 1902,ii,82.— Clievassu. Osteo-sareomeducol dufemur; desarticulation de la hanche. Bull, et m6m. Soc. anat. de Par., 1910, Ixxxv, 478-481— Cliilds (S. B.) X-ray find- ings in a caseof sarcoma of the femur. Denver M. Times, 1907, xxvi, 298-300.—<'leghorn (G.) A case of sarcoma of the femur. Intercolon. M. Cong. Australas. Tr. 1896, Dunedin, 1897, iv, 213— Clement. Sarcome de l'extre- miteiiiierieuredu femur. Marseille med.,1909,xlvi,79-81.— Coley (W.B.) Amputation of the hip for a sarcoma of femur in a child eleven years of age. Ann. Surg., Phila., 189.\ xxvii, 91. -----. Cases of hip-joint amputation for sarcoma of femur. J&id.,lS99,xxix,110.-----. Amputation at the hip-joint for sarcoma, with a report of seven cases without mortality. Tr. South. Surg. & Gynec. Ass. 1903, Phila.,1904,xvi,77-96. Also: Am.Med.,Phila., 1904,vii.51-54. -----. Sarcoma of the femur. Ann. Surg. Phila., 1905, xii, 771-773.—< o 11 i e r (S.) Case of amputation at the hip-joint forsarcemafii the femur. Med. Press& Circ, Lond., 1902, n. s., Ixxiii,601.—Colle (G.) Resultat eioigne d'une des- articulation de la hanche poursarcome dufemur. Lyon med., 1911,exvii.491.—Cotterill (J.M.) Caseofhypertro- phic< >steopa thy of hands and foot following amputation at the hip joint for sarcoma. Scot. M. &S. J., Edinb.,1901, viii, 47, 1 pi— Cullen (T. S.) A very rapidly growing squa- mous-eelled carcinoma of the inner side of the thigh. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1906, xvii, 151.—Da Costa (J. C.) A ease of sarcoma of the thigh, for which disarticulation was performed through the hip-joint, with the formation of a posterior flap. Am. J. M. Sc Phila., 1901, n. s., exxi, 299-304.— Dartignes. Tres vo- lumineux osteosarcome du f6mur; desarticulation de la hanche; guerison. Bull. Soc. anat. de Par., 1897, lxxii 252-2.54.—Beaver (J. B.) Hip-joint amputations by W yeth's method for recurrent sarcoma. Internat. Clin Phila., 1901, 11. s., ii, 216.—Delageniere (H.) Osteo- sarcome du femur traite par la desarticulation de la hanche. Arch. med. d'Angers, 1903, vii, 63-66—Dela- housse. Sarcome encephaloide ulcere de la cuisse avec degenerescence neoplasique des ganglions inguinaux. J. d. sc. med. de Lille, 1899, ii, 107-109.—Belassus. Sur Thigh (Tumors <>f Cancerous and malig- nant). un cas de desarticulation de la hanche pour osteosarc6me recidive au femur. Ibid., 1908, i, 256-258— ■>< lepine (I ) A Augler (D.) Endotheliome de la cui-se; opera- tion; guerison. Ibid., 1903, ii, 31-36— Demons. Sar- come primitif du muscle droit anterieur de la cuisse. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. . . . de Bordeaux, 1890, xi, 273.—Depage (A.) Sarc6me de la cuisse; desarticula- tion avec hemostase, au moyen de la bande d'K-march; guerison. Compt. rend. . . . serv. de chir. a l'hup. St.- Jeande Bruxelles (1900), 1901, 117.— Depierris. Sar- come a mveioplaxes developpe aux depens du condyle interne du femur. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1903, xxxiii, 451.—Desplats (R.) A propos d'un cas d'osteosarcome dufemur traite par les rayons X. Bull. off. Soc. franc. d'eiectrother., Par., 1907, xv, 9-14.— Dfeve. Sarcome de la cuisse traite et gueri par la radiotherapie. Rev med. de la Franche-Comte, Besancon, 1908, xvi, 162-166.—Dlez Tortosa (J.) Sarcoma recidivado del muslo; decola- cion del femur; cieatrizaci6n inmediata alta por cura- cion. Gac. med. d. Sur de Espana, Granada, 1907, xxv, 147-152.—Draghlescu & Cristcano (C.) Sarcome de la cuisse et de la moitie droite du bassin; grossesse. Bull. et mem. Soc. de. chir. de Bucarest, 1900-1901, iii, 129-135.— Drucbert. Osteosarcomes du femur. Bull. Soc. centr. de med. du nord, Lille, 1902, 174.—Duret. Volu- mineux sarc6me de la cuisse. J. d. sc. med. de Lille, 1903, i, 283.—Duret & Augler. Osteome spongieux periostique et musculaire du femur chez un hom- me. Ibid., 1904, i, 391-394.—Embolic (An) aneu- rysm simulating sarcoma of femur. St. Thomas's Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1906, n. s., xxxiv, 75.—Fagge (C. H.) A case in which, for recurrent sarcoma, parts of the femoral artery and vein were excised. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1907-8, i, Clin. Sect., 231.— Falrbank (H. A. T.) Sarcoma of thigh. Ibid., 109.— Ferrier. Lipo-sarcome de la face externe de la cuisse. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. . . . de Bordeaux, 1*84, v, 181.—Flbro-sarcoma della coscia sinistra; estirpa- zione; guarigione. Clin. chir. (Mazzoni), Roma, 1884, viii-x, 280.—Fortin (F.) Sarcome de la cuisse. Nor- mandie med., Rouen, 1906, xxi, 116. Also: Rev. med. de Normandie, Rouen, 1906, 137.—Frank (J.) A spindle- celled sarcoma of thigh. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1899, xxxii, 1155.—Freeman (L.) Hip-joint amputation for osteo-sarcoma, recurrent osteomyelitis of eight years' standing. Denver M. Times, 1896-7, xvi, 292-294. -----. Periosteal osteo-sarcoma of upper extremity of femur; ligation of common iliac artery, with amputation at hip-joint and removal of portion of pelvis, etc.; re- covery. West. M. Rev., Lincoln, Neb., 1903, viii, 62- 64.—Gallozzi (C.) Disarticolazione della coscia per vasto mixo-sarcoma ossifico seguita da completa guarigione. Morgagni, Napoli, 1872, xiv, 697-714, 2 pi. Also, Reprint. — Galtier. Osteo-sareome du femur chez un enfant de huit ans. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1903, xxxiii, 401. -----. Osteo-sarcome du femur traite par les rayons X. Ibid., 496.—Gervals. Osteosar- come de la cuisse. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. . . . de Bordeaux, 1892, xiii, 176-178.—Goebel (C.) Ueber congenitales Femursarkom, geheilt durch operative und Rontgen-Behandlung, nebst Bemerkungen iiber con- genitale maligne Tumoren. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Ge- sellsch. f. Chir., Berl., 1908, xxxvii, pt. 2, 312-345. Also: Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1908, lxxxvii, 191-224.—Grant (H.H.) Sarcoma of humerus; report of case. Louisville Month. J. M. & S., 1907-8, xiv, 31.—Griffith (J. D.) & Pearse (H. R.) [Osteo-sarcoma.] Kansas Citv M. In- dex, 1897, xviii, 120-124.—Griffiths (C. A.) Case of sar- coma of the femur, with description of a recent method of amputation at the hip-joint. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1903, ii, 1583.—Guinard. Osteosarcome periostique de l'ex- tremite inferieure du femur traite par la resection. Loire med., St.-Etienne, 1910, xxix, 476— Halstead (A.E.) Report of a case of disarticulation of the hip for sarcoma of the femur, with remarks upon the diagnosis and prog- nosis in sarcoma of the femur. Texas M. J., Austin, 1902-3, xviii, 313-322. Also: Medicine^Detroit, 1903, ix, 194-200.—Haiuand & Worms. Epithelioma pavi- menteuxkv*ti'iuede la partie supero-internede la cuisse. Bull, et me'm. Soc. anat. de Par., 1910, lxxxv, 938.—liar- grave (E. T.) Small-celled osteo-sarcoma of lemur; amputation; recovery. Virginia M. Semi-Month . Kich- mond, 190.5-6, x, 413.— Hawley (D. C.) Case of osteo- sarcoma of femur; Wyeth's bloodless amputation at the hip joint, with recoverv. Am. Med.-Surg. Bull., N. Y., 1896, x, 759.—Heath (('.) A clinical lecture on two cases of sarcoma of the thigh. Clin. J., Lond., 1894-5, v, 169-175.—Hellmann (L.) Mikroskopiseher Befund eines Myxosarcoms der Fascia lata. Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1888,cxiv,375-378,1 pi.—Herrenschniidt (A.) Osteome traumatique du f6mur (hypertrophic irri- tative ou tumeur?). Bull, et mem.Soc.anat.de Par., 1906, lxxxi, 493-497.—Huchet & Gruget. Sarcome volumineux de la cuisse. Ibid., 1907, lxxxii, 2*9. — Huguier (A.) Resection de l'humerus pour osteo- sarcome globo-cellulaire suivie de transplantation THIGH. 125 THIGH. Thigh (Tumors of Cancerous and malig- nant). restauratrice du perone. Paris chirurg., 1912, iv, 630-632.—Hurtado. [Un osteosarcoma.] Gac. med., Mexico, 1902, 2. s., ii, 233-235. — Imbert (A.) Effets de la radio-th6rapie dans un cas de sarcome du femur chez un enfant. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1906, cxlii, 1356-1358. — Jenckel. Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Knochensarkome des Oberschenkels. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1902, lxiv, 66-95.— Johnson (A. B.) Cystosarcoma of the thigh. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1899, xxix, 624.—Jouon. Osteo-sarcome de l'extremite inferieure du femur; desarticulation de la hanche. Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1909, 2. s., xxvii, 1082- 1084.—Laft'arelle. Un cas de tumeur maligne osseuse. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1901, xxii, 170-173.— Le Bee. Tumeur flbreuse de l'arcade femorale. Bull. et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1903, 6. s., v, 537.—Le Conte (R. G.) Presentation of a specimen of osteosarcoma of the left femur removed by a hip-joint amputation. Tr. Coll. Phys. Phila., 1900, 129-130.—Le Fllliatre. Osteo- sarcome du femur; desarticulation de la hanche, anes- thesieparrachicoeainisation; guerison. Rev. med., Par., 1907, xvi, 843.—Le Filliatre & Lolas. Osteosarcome du femur; desarticulation de la hanche; anesthgsie par rachioca'ine suivant notre technique; guerison; pre- sentation et etude histologiques de la tumeur. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1908, lxxxiii, 297-300. —Le Fort. Sarcome des parties molles de la cuisse. Bull. Soc. centr. de med. du nord, Lille, 1902, 63.—Leplat. Osteosarcome de l'epiphyse superieure du femur; des- articulation de la hanche; mort par broncho-pneumonie au 15e jour. J. d. sc. med. de Lille, 1896, i, 345-349.—Le Boy (C.) Osteo-sarcome de la cuisse avec propagation ganglionnaire dans l'abdomen chez un enfant de 5 ans. Ibid., 1898, ii, 138-140.—Lett (H.) Chondroma of the fe- mur. Proc. Row Soc. Med., Lond., 1908-9, ii, Sect. Stud. Dis. Child., 192— Lezhueff (N. F.) Demonstratsiya bolnovo s opukholyu bedra. [Demonstration of patient with tumor of the femur.] Russk. Khirurg. Obozr. Mosk., 1903, i, 585. —Lilienthal (H.) Ossifying sarcoma of the thigh; treatment by incision, radium and extirpa- tion. Am. J. Surg., N. Y., 1904-5, xviii, 195. Also: Ann. Surg., Phila., 1905, xlii, 268-271— Lindenstein. Myxo- sarkom des Oberschenkels. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1907, xxxiii, 830. — LindstrOm (E.) Osteosarcoma femoris; exarticulatio coxae. Hvgiea, Stockholm, 18%, lviii, pt. 2, 322.—Lorthloir. Osteo- sarcome de la cuisse avant neccssite la desarticulation. Ann. Soc. beige de chir., Brux., 1*97-8, v, 270-274.— Loumeau ( E.) Sarcome volumineux de la face in- terne de la cuisse. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et phvsiol. . . . de Bordeaux, 1882. iii, 23-38.— .TlrBurnry (('.) Amputa- tion at the hip-joint for recurrent sarcoma. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1898, xxviii, 129-131.—McGregor (A. N.) & Scott (J.) Sarcoma of lower end of the femur; ampu- tation; recoverv. Tr. Med.-Chir. Soc, Glasgow, 1905-7, vi, 197-203.—McYVilliams (C. A.) Disarticulation at hip for sarcoma. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1906, xliii, 623.— Magnanini (N.) Osteosarcoma febril del femur (his- toria clinica). Rev. Soc. med. argent., Buenos Aires, 1904, xii, 415-440— Markoe (F. H.) Sarcoma develop- ing twenty years after injury. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1899, xxx, 643.—Masson (T.) Sarcome des parties molles de la cuisse. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1909, lxxxiv, 112.—.Tiencifere (L.) Un cas d'osteosarcome du femur gueri par la phenopuncture. Union med. du nord-est, Reims, 1904, xxviii, 227. — McrniPt (P.) Enorme dermato-mvome de la cuisse; degenerescence sarcoma- teuse. Bull. Soc. anat. de Par., 1896, lxxi, 653-660.— Merrill. Sarcome de la cuisse. Union med. du Canada, Montreal, 1899, xxviii, 478. — Morestin ( H.) Sarcome des parties molles de la cuisse; desarticulation de la hanche k lambeau posterieur. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1907, lxxxii, 731-735. -----. Cancer de la cuisse et de la fesse developpe sur une cicatrice de brtilure; extirpation; autoplastic Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1908, n. s., xxxiv, 1184-1186. -----. Sarcome des teguments de la cuisse; autoplastic par la methode italienne a l'aide d'une greffe preiev6e sur la paroi abdominale. Lbid., 1911, n. s., xxxvii, 1127-1131 — Morton (J.) Ulcerating sarcoma of thigh. Tr. Med.- Chir. Soc, Glasg., 1908-9, viii, 165. Also: Glasgow M. J., 1909, lxxii, 51.—Moses (O. S.) Sarcoma of the femur. Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1909, xliv, 259.— Naismith (J. W.) & Young (A.) Three cases of sarcoma of thefemur. Lancet, Lond., 1906, i, 443.—Nicholson (C. M.) Report of a caseof growing sarcoma of the femur; disarticulation of the hip-joint; recoverv. Tr. Missouri M. Ass., St. Louis, 1903, 331-338. Also: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1904, xlii,34.—Ninni (G.) Disarticolazionedellacosciadestra per mixo-sareoma telangettasico del femore a decorso febbrile rapidissimo. Atti d. r. Accad. med.-chir. di Na- poli, 1904, n. 8., lviii, 221-232, 2 pi. Also: Gior. internaz. d. sc. med.. Napoli, 1904, n.s., xxvi, 1105-1113.—Ochsner (A.J.) Sarcoma of thigh. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1906, xliv, 629.—Parker (C. B.) Amputation at the hip-joint for myxocysto sarcoma of the thigh; recovery from opera- Thigh (Tumors of Cancerous and malig- nant.) tion. Cleveland M. Gaz., 1896-7, xii, 137-140,1 pi.— Pas- teau (O.) Sarcome musculaire primitif de la cuisse. Bull. Soe. anat. de Par., 1895, lxx, 672-675.—Pearson (C. Y.) Notes on a case of osteoid chondro-sarcoma of the femur, treated by disarticulation of the hip-joint; with exhibition of specimen, photographs, and microscopic specimens. Med. Press venn. hosp., Varshava, 1899, xii, pt. 1, no. 2, 1-5.— llrairo (S.) & Motta-t'oeo (A.) Ricerche cliniche- sperimentali sull' azione del tioeolo Roche e della siro- lina. Clin, mod., Pisa, 1901, vii, 331-330.—Hatch (J. L.) Thiocol. Med. News., N. Y., 1903, lxxxiii, 209-212.— LiUbowski (M ) Ueber Thiocol und dessen therapeu- tische Bedeutung; zusammenfassende Uebersicht der Litteratur der Jahre 1898 bis Mitte 1904. Allg. med. CYntr.-Ztg., Berl., 1905, lxxiv, 337; 356; 396.—Meitner (W.) Kalium sulfo-guajacoium contra Thiocol; eine therapeutisch, rein praktisch-materielle Betrachtung. Reichs-Med.-Anz., Leipz., 1905, xxx, 283; 305.—Morin. De l'emploi systematique du thiocol dans les affections de l'appareil pulmonaire. Med. orient., Par., 1902, vi, 209-214.—Noe (I.) Le thiocol; creosote et ses succedanes. Arch.gen.de med.,Par., 1903,ii,2650-2663.—Nothreiann. Thiocol als Antidiarrhoikum. Zentralbl. f. d. ges. The- rap., Wien u. Berl., 1907, xxv, 286.—Ott (A.) Ueber die Wirkung des Thiokols. Deutsche Aerzte-Zt^., Berl., 1903, 481-484. Also, transl.: Therapist, Lond., 1903, xiii, 181- 184—Preinlnger (V.) O thiokolu. [Thiocol.] Lek. rozhledy, Praha, 1900, viii, 321-326.—Rampagni (C.) II tioeolo nella cura delle infezioni intestinali. Pensiero med., Milano, 1912, ii, 621.— Rossbat-h (G.) Unter- suchungen fiber Thiocol. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1899, xiii. 96-99.—Rossi (A.) Sul valore terapeutico del tioeolo Roc^e. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1899, xx, 1027- KVj'.i.—Sanisregorlo (A.) Sull' azione del tioeolo e della sirolina. Gazz. med. lomb., Milano, 1899, lviii, 411- 41-V—Schaerses. Ueber Thiocol und Thiocolserum. Deutsche Aerzte-Ztg., Berl., 1901,197. Thiocumazon. Commekell (0.) * Beitrag zur Kenntnis des Thiocumazons und iiber seine Umwandlung in Thiochinazoline sowie iiber Synthese von Cumothiazonderivaten. 8°. Erlangen, 1895. Thioeyanates. Foote (H. VV.) On the thioeyanates of silver and potassium and their solubilitv. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie Leipz., 1903, xlvi, 79-86,— Johnson (T. B.) & Guest (H. H.) Researcheson thioeyanates and isothiocyanates; Thioeyanates. anew class of isothiocvanates; isothiocyan ethers. Am. Chem. J., Bait., 1909, x'li, 337-344.-L,e Roy (B. R.) The thiacyanates in solution, the natural physiological sol- vents of the body; a clinical study. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1909, xc, 802-806. Thiodine. Brik (J. H.) Die Anwendung von Tiodine in der Urologie. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1911, Ixi, 3069-3072.— Douris (R.) Sur la tiodine. Bull. d. sc. Pharmacol., Par., 1908, xv, 629-631.—Knopf ( L.) Therapeutische Versuche mit Tiodine. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1907, xx, 1078-1080.—Parchevski (K. K.) K voprosu o llecheb- nomprimleneniitiodinapn nlekotorikh vnutrennikh za- bollevaniyakh. [Therapeutic use of tiodine in internal diseases.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1909, viii, 941-946.— Weiss (M.) Ueber eine neue or^anische Jodverbind- ung: Tiodine. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1907, lvii, 317-321. Thioestrin. Pi'eifer (K.) Zur ausserlichen Behandlung der gichtischen, rheumatischen und einfach entzundlichen chronisehen Gelenkleiden mit einem neuen Schwefel- praparat "Thioestrin." Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1911, lxxx, 311. Thioform. Klu mm. Ein neues Antisepticum. [Thioform.] Deutsche Monatschr. f. Zahnh., Leipz., 1894, xii, 293-299.— Be Buck (D.) La valeur du thioforme en chirurgie et en dermatologie. Belgique med., Gand-Haarlem, 1895, ii, 745-748.—Fromm (E.) Ueber Thioform. Deutsche Med.-Ztg., Berl., 1894, xv, 445. — Kopytowski (VV.) Kilka s!6w o stosowaniu thioformu w leczeniu chor6b wenerycznych i skornych. [Thioform in the therapy of venereal and skin diseases.] Kron. lek., Warszawa, 1900, xxi, 97-102. Also, transl.: Dermat. Centralbl., Berl., 1900, iii, 101-106.—Schmidt (J. J.) Ueber Anwendung des Thioform. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1894, viii, 164-166.— Steuer (A.) Ueber Thioform. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1894, xliv, 1701-1703. Thiohydantoine. Stelzner (R.) * Beitrage Zur Kenntnis der Thiohydantoine. 8°. Berlin, 1892. Thiol. See, also, Skin (Diseases of, Treatment of) with thiol, etc. Burg el ( W.) * Beitrage zur arzneilichen Wirkung des Thiols. 8°. Greifswald, 1891. Ridel (I. D.) NovMshaya literatura o tiolTe. [Recent literature on thiol. ] 24°. Moskva, 1899. Tiol; russkaya i inostrannaya novlelshaya literatura. [Thiol; Russian and foreign recent literature.] 8°. Moskva, 1900. Beyer(A.) Thiol. Therap. Neuheiten, Leipz., 1906, i, 229-232.—Buzzi(F.) ZurKenntnisdesThiols. Monatsh. f. prakt. Dermat., Hamb. u.Leipz.,1889, viii,300-304. Also, transl.: Notesonnewremedies,N.Y.,1889,ii,3.—FUrst(L.) Zur Verwendung desThiol in der PaediatrieundGynaeko logic Aerztl.Prax.,Wurzb.,1898,xi,19-22— Ivanott*(S.I.) Iz nablyudeniy nad dlelstviyem tiola. [Action of thiol.] Vovenno-med. J., St. Petersb., 1901, lxxix, med.-snec. pt., 2179-2185. Also, transl.: Deutsche Med.-Ztg., Berl., 1903, xxiv, 612-614. Also, transl.: N. medic,Brux.,1903,iii,no.20, 8; no.15,10. Also, transl.: N.medic,Brux.,1904,iv.no.5,5-7.— Kozlenko ( M. F.) O primlenenii tiolaprinlekotorikh zabollevaniyakhzhenskolpolovolsferl. [Thiolindiseases of the female sexual sphere] Prakt. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1902, i, 967; 997.— Kretznier (M.) Neue Indikationen fiir Thiol, liquid. Riedel. Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1909, lxxviii, 147.—Nikulin (V. V.) Thiolum liquidum purum; yevo prakticheskoye primleneniye. [. . .; its practical use.] Bolnitseh. gaz. Botkina, St. Petersb., 1899, x, 281-286.—Riedel (J. D.) Thiol und seine Anwen- dung. Therap. Ratgeber, Wien, 1902, 53; 57; 61; 65.— Wells (W. A.) The value of thiol in nose and throat practice. Phila. M. J., 1899, iii, 845-847. Also, Reprint. Also, transl: Wien. med. Presse, 1900, xii, 1860-1863.— '/lander (G.) Ueber die Anwendung des Thiols bei Frauenkrankheiten. Frauenarzt, Leipz., 1899,xiv,434-437. Thiolan. Vomer (H.) Ueber Unguentum sulfuratum mite; Thiolan. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1905, Iii, 751-753. -----. Sulfurierung und Thiolan (Schwefelapplikatio- nen). Ibid., 1912, lix, 1909. Thiollier (Maurice). * Quelques considerations sur la marche normale et les causes du retard de la marche chez l'enfant. 171 pp. 8°. Pa- ris, 1901, No. 371. THIOLY. 129 THIOSLNAMIN. Tliioly (F.) Des accidents qui accompagnent la sortie de la derniere molaire dite dent de sa- gesse. 15 pp. 8°. Geneve, P.-A. Bonnant, 1S57. Thionol. Dohi (K.) [Thionol, a new odorless iehthyol prepa- ration of Prof. Shimovama.] Hifubyog. kiu Hiniokibyog. Zasshi, Tokyo, 1906, vi, 46-52. Thionyl. Barger (G.) & Ewins (A. J.) The action of thionyl chloride on the mithylene ethers of catechol derivatives. l'art II. Piperonyloin, piperil, and hydropiperoin. 8°. London, 1908. Cutting from: Tr. Chem. Soc, 1908, xciii. Spinelli (P.) *B.echerches sur Taction des chlorures de thionyle et de sulfuryle sur le bro- mure de phenylmagnesium. 8°. Geneve, 1909. Thiophen. Levy(H.) * Ueber das Verhalten einiger Thiophenderivate, insbesondere der a-Thio- phensiiure, im thierischen IStoffwechsel. 8°. Konigsberg, [1889], Thiophenol. Winter (W. P.) A new reducing agent for the prep- aration of thiophenol. Am. Chem. J., Bait., 1904, xxxi, 572-576. Thiophenoq uinones. Lipski (J. S.) * Ueber Thiophenochinone. Ein Beitrag zur Konstitution derPhenochinone. 8°. Greifswald, 1904. Thiopinol. Thiro (R.) * Untersuchungen iiber ein neues Schwelpraparat, das Thiopinol, in bac- tericider, desodorierender, toxicologischer und innerlich-therapeutischer Hinsicht. 8°. Hil- desheim, 1910. Baunier (E.) Thiopinol-Matzka, ein nemes, losliches Schwefelpraparat, und die damit erzielten Heilerfolge. Zentralbl. f. d. ses. Therap., Wien u. Berl., 1909, xxvii, 393; 451.—Beyer (A.) Thiopinol. Therap. Neu- heiten, Leipz., 1906, i, 36.—Brulin (F.; Thiopinol- Matzka. Ibid., 1908, iii, 151.—Biesing. Die Indika- tionen des Thiopinolbades. Med. Klin., Berl., 1908, iv, 1193-1195.—Diesselhorst i'iI.) Ueber Schwefelaus- scheidungdurch den Urin nach dem Gebrauch von Thio- pinolbadern. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1909, xlvi, 397.— Goliner. Ueber Thiopinol-Schwefelbiider. Reichs- Med.-Anz., Leipz., 1905, xxx, 307.—Heubach (P.) Be- nefit iiber Thiopinol-Matzka. Med. Klin., Berl., 1907, iii, 1490.—Horn (A.) Thiopinol (Matzka), ein neues los- liches Schwefelpraparat, seine Anwendungsformen und Indikationen in der Gyniikologie. Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl., 1907, xlviii, 549-559.—Jaeobi (H.) The action of balsam sulphur baths, thiopinol Matzka (syn., piutinol). Therapist, Lond., 1908, xviii, 109-112. Thioploca ingrica. Visloukh is, M.) Noviy vid slernikhmikroorganiz- mov iz Nevi: Thioploca ingrica Wish [A new variety of Sulphuric microorganisms from the Neva: Thioploca ingrica Wish] Ku^k. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1911, x, 2102-2104. Thiopolypeptides. Johnson (T. B.) & Burnhani (G.) Sulphur in proteins; thiopolypeptides. J. Biol. Chem., Bait., 1911, ix, 331. Thiosemicarhazide. Colloseus (H.) * Ueber die Einwirkung von Aldehyden und Ketonen auf Thiosemicar- bazide und Thioharnstoffe. 8°. Erlangen, 1899. Illgen (H.) * Beitrag zur Kenntniss ste- reoisomerer Thiosemicarbazide. 12°. Berlin, 1S94. Meixeckje (C) * Ueber Thiosemiearbazid und einige Kondensationsprodukte desselben. 8°. Berlin, 1896. VOL XVIII, 2d series----9 Thiosinamin. See, also, Lupus (Treatment of); CEsophagus (Stricture of, Treatment of). Linda (P.) La tiosinamina; azione farmaco- logica e applicazioni terapeutiche con speciale riguardo alia cura delle aderenze pleuriche. 8°. Pavia, 1912. Colat (C.-E.-L.) * La thiosinamine dans le traitement de la surdite. 8°. Bordeaux, 1909. Falke (F. [H. A.]) * Beitrage zur Kenntnis des Thiosinamins. 8°. Marburg, 1893. Hartmann (K. A.) * Das Thiosinamin und seine therapeutische Anwendung. 8°. Bonn, 1908. Marmoiton (J.-E.) *La thiosinamine, s"on action sur les tissus de cicatrice, son emploi en oculistique. 8°. Nancg, 1908. Abalo (M. A.) Acerca'de la tiosinamina. Rev.de med. y cirug. de la Habana, 1908, xiii, 162-164.—An- derssen (J.) Thiosinamin. Nord. Tidsskr. f. Terapi, K0benh., 1910-11, ix, 18-22— Austerlitz. Anwendung des Thiosinamins in der Ohrenheilkunde. Internat. Zentralbl. f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1908, vi, 603-510— An verny (G. A.) Azione della tiosinamina e tibrolisina sui tessuti nbrosi cicatriziali; risultato benefico ottenuio in un caso di artrite cronica con anchilosi. Med. ital., Napoli, 1906, iv, 561; 583.—Baratoux (J.-B.) De l'emploi de la thiosi- namine en otologie. Pratique med., Par., 1907, xxi, 17-21. Also: Progres med., Par., 1907, 3. s., xxiii, 35.—Baum- stark (R.) Ueber Thiosinamin wirkung bei Erkran- kungen der Verdauungswege. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1904, xii, 640-642.—Beck (J. C.) Thiosinamin in ear diseases. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1902, xii, 435-442.— Bellu Forteleoni (N.) Sull'azione biologica della tiosinamina. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1901, xxii, 758.— Billaud (C.) De certains effets de la thiosinamine. Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1907, 2. s., xxv, 1017-1024.—Bo tey (R.) La thiosinamina en las otitis adhesivas y en las estenosis cicatriciales del es6fago. Arch, de rinol., larin- gol., otol., Barcel., 1907, xviii, 361; 460: 1908, xix, 5; 78.— Braga (A.) Intorno all' azione della tiosinamina sul decorso delle epatiti interstiziali croniche. Boll. d. Soc. med. di Parma, 1910, 2. s., iii, 38-45. — Brinitzer (E.) Temperatursteigerung nach Thiosinamingebrauch. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1906, xliii, 104.—Bruno (D.) La iodotiosinamina. Riv. internaz. di clin. e terap., Napoli, 1910, v, 217-219.— Charteris (F.) The action of thio- sinamine. Glasgow M. J., 1910, lxxiv, 165-175. Also [Abstr.]: Brit. M. J., Lond., 1909, ii, 541.—Billon (Ya. G.) K voprosu o tiozinaminle resp. fibrolizinie. Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1909, viii, 1462-1466.—Bivavin (L. A.) O primienenii tiozinamina i fibrolizina v povsednevnol praktikie. [Thiosinamin and flbrolvsin in daily prac- tice.] Med. Obozr., Mosk.,1909,lxxii,63-68.—Bol»anoff (V. N.) & Levitskaya (Olga P.) O dlelstvii tiozina- mina pri niekotorikh glaznikh zaboltevaniyakh. [Action of thiosinamin in various diseases of the eyes.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1907, vi, 1369; 1406; 1443.—Oominici (L.) Azione della tiosinamina e della tibrolisina sulle cicatriei, sui batteri, sul sangue. Policlin., Roma, 1907, xiv, sez. chir., 371; 402; 466.—Fabri (E.) Sull' azione della iodo-tiosinamina sopra cicatriei esuberanti delle cavita nasali postume ad un infortunio. Boll. d. mal. d. orecchio, d. gola e d. naso, Firenze, 1911, xxix, 80-85.— Fernandez (F. M.) Contribution to the study of thio- sinamine in otology. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1909, lxxv, 1103. Also, Reprint. — Frank (E.-R.-W.) Sur l'application intraveineuse d'une combinaison nouvelle de thiosina- mine et son influence sur les tissus cicatriciels. Ass. franc, d'urol. Proc-verb. 1906, Par., 1907, x, 310-321.— Gallardo (E.) Resultados obtenidos con la thiosina- mina en los procesos adhesivos no esclerosos. Bol. de laringol., otol. y rinol., Madrid., 1909, ix, 71-76.—Gott- lieb (J. A.) Thiosinamine and keloid; with report of a case treated successfully by . . . J. Med. & Sc, Portland, 1897-8, iv, 112. Also, Reprint.—Grunert. Das Thiosin- amin in der Augenheilkunde. Ber. ii. d. Versamml. d. ophth. Gesellsch. 1906, Wiesb., 1907, 164-172.—Hard (A. D.) Thiosinamine in senility. Med. Times, N. Y., 1911, xxxix, 80.—Hastings (8.) Two cases treated by thio- sinamin. Middlesex Hosp. J., 1907, xi, 136-140.—t on Hebra CH.) Vorlaufige Mittheilungen iiber die Wir- kung des Allylsulfocarbamids (Thiosinamins) bei sub- cutaner Einverleibung. Internat. dermat. Cong. Ber. ii. d. Verhandl. 1892, Wien u. Leipz., 1893,412-421. Also: In- ternat. klin. Rundschau, Wien, 1892, vi, 1497-1503. Also, transl.: Therapist, Lond., 1892, ii, 89-93. — fiirsch- land (L.) Ueber die VerwendungdesThiosinamins und Fibrolysins in der Otologie und Rhinologie. Arch. f. THIOSINAMIN. 130 THIRION. Thiosinaiiiiii. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1905, lxiv, 107-117.—van Hoorn. Klinische und bacteriologische Erfahrungen iiber Thio- sinamin. Verhandl. d. deutsch. dermat. Gesellsch., Wien u. Leipz., 1*94, iv, 236-239. Also: Monatsbl. f. prakt. Der- mat., Hamb., 1894, xviii, 605-607.—Huitl'eldt (H. L. C.) K liniske erfaringermed thiosinamin og fibrolysin. Norsk Mag. f. Lsegevidensk., Kristiania, 1911,5. R., ix, 105-144.— Irsai (A.) A thiosinaminnak g\*6gyert6kerdl, esetek kapcsiin. [The curative value of thiosinamin, after cases.] Budapesti orv. ujsag. 1907, v, 875-879—Judin (K. A.) Ueber die Anwendung des Thiosinamin bei einigen Erkrankungen des (Sehnerven und der Netzhaut. Ztschr. f. Augenh., Berl.. 1909, xxii, 204-211.—Julius- be rjs (F.) Ueber Wirkung, Anwendungsweise und Nebenwirkungen des Thiosinamins. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1901, xxvii, 591-593. -----. Thiosinamintherapie. Verhandl. d. deutsch. dermat, Gesellsch., Wien u. Leipz., 1901, vii, 265— Keitel. Ein Kail von Hautaniisthesie nach subcutaner Injection von Thiosinamin. Charite-Ann., Berl., 1893, xviii, 639-641 — Lance (M.) La thyosinamine (fibrolysine) est-ce un medicament inactif et dangereux? Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1910, lxxxiii, 1919; 1996. L.aiijieinak. Zur Thiosina- minbehandlungder Dupuytrenschen Faszienkontraktur. Munchen.med. Wchnschr., 1907, liv, 1380— Latzku (W.) Vorliiufige Mittheilung fiber die Wirkung subcutaner Thiosinamininjectionen bei gvnakolojjisehen Krank- heiten. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1893, vi, lo:!.—Lavrand (H.) Deux cas de guerison par la thiosinamine. [Syno- tenosite plastique du genou gauche.] J. d. sc. med. de Lille, 1909, i, 457-465.—Lewandowski (A.) Ueber Thiosinamin und seine Anwendung. Therap. d. Ge- genw., Berl. & Wien, 1903, n. F., v, 441-448— JUainini (C.) Sob re el empleo de la tiosinamina en las enferme- dades interims. K-cuela de med., Mexico, 1910, xxv, 363; :sns.—.Man pel il li.) & Colat (C.) La thiosinamine dans letiaitement de la surdity. Rev. hebd.de laryn- gol. [etc.J, Par., 1909, i, 513-627— Hazzitelli (P.) Sul valore terapeutico della tiosinamina. Boll. d. Soe. Lan- cisiana d. osp. di Roma, 1905, xxv, fasc. 4, 63-70.—JTIears (J. E.) The use of ihiosinamininthetreatmentol ci( atri- cial formations following burns. Med. Rec, N. Y . 1910, lxxviii, 902.— Tie I lin. Thiosinamin bei Narbenkontrak- turen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1905, xxxi, 175.—iTIoiidcl (F.) Thiosinamin compound. [Pat. spec] No. 868,204; Oct. 15.1907.—J?Iohr(K. A.) Ueberdie Einwirkung des Thiosinamins, Thioharnstoffs und Harn- stoffs auf Eiweisskorper. Deutsche Aerzte-Ztg., Berl., 1906. 217-222.— .Tlonti. Fibrolisinao tiosinamina natrio- salicilica. Ga/.z. med. sieil., Catania, 1910, xiii, 346-348.— Porrin (M.) Essaid'interpietationmeihodiquedessuc- ceset insucci'sde la thiosinamine. Presse mexl., Par., 1909, xvii,587.—Pol la k (A.) UeberThiosinamin. Wien.med. Wchnschr..l.'os, lviii,343.—Rem be. Ueber Thiosinamin- behandlungderDupuytren'sehen Kontraktur. Vereinsbl. d. pfalz. Aerzte, Frankenthal, 1904, xx, 93.—Kenon (L.) Action de la thiosinamine sur les fibroses cardio-vascu- laires. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par., 1907, cliv, 184- 189. -----. Valeur therapeutique medicale de l'allyl- sulfo-uree (thiosinamine). Gaz. med.dePar.,1911, lxxxii, 217.—Rlehter (M.) Ueber die Wirkungen der Injek- tionen von Thiosinamin auf das Blut. Wien. med. Wchn- schr., 1893, xliii, 1212; 1257.—Rosenberg (E.) Ueber die Bestimmung der in den Faces vorhandenen Nah- rungseiweiss-Reste mittels Thiosinamins. Arch. f. Ver- dauungskr., Berl., 1905, xi, 321-323.—Saint-Ange. Un remade des cicatrices (thiosinamine et fibrolysine). Arch. med. de Toulouse, 1905, xi, 277-288.—Slitem (M. A.) O tiozinaminle i fibrolizinle. Vrach. Gaz., .S.-Peterb. 1908 xv. 1411-1416— Silverskiold (P.) Om thiosinamin. Goteborgs Liik.-sallsk. F6rh., 1895,28-33—Somers (L. S.) Thiixinainiue in chronic otitis media, accompanied by impaired hearing. Merck's Arch., N. Y., 1902, iv, 423- 426.—Starkenstein (E.) Ueber eine chemiseh nach- weisbare Ursache der klinischbeobachteten Thiosinamin- wirkung. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1910, xxiv, 67-75 — Suker (G. F.) Thiosinamin, clinical and experi- mental observations with reference to corneal opacities and other ocular lesions. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1902 xxxix, 299-302. Also, Reprint. -----. Thiosinamine; a clinical contribution to its study. Ophth. Rec, Chicago 1898, vii, 228-234. Also, Reprint.—Szubinski. Thiosil namin und Fibrolysin in ihren Beziehungen zu Gelenk- erkrankungen. Charite-Ann., Berl., 1909, xxxiii, 468- 481.—Tapia. Resultats de la thiosinamine dans le traitement de l'otite sclereuse. Rev. hebd. de laryngol [etc.], Par., 1906, ii, 701-707. Also: Rev. Ibero-Aiin de Cien. med., Madrid, 1906, xvi, 25-30.—Teleky (L ) Die narbenerweichende Wirkung des Thiosinamins. Cen- oo o kdle Gren3f?eb- d- Med. u. Chir., Jena, 1901, iv 32-38— Tousey (£) Thiosinamine; a treatment for in- operable tumors and cicatricial contractures. N York M. J., 1896, lxiii, 579-582. Also, Reprint. -----. Thiosin- amine; a further study of its use in the treatment of keloid, inoperable tumors" and cicatricial conditions including deafness. N. York M. J., 1897, lxvi, 624-628.- umia : Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1912, 3.S., lxvii, 159-166.—Reij>nier( A.) Un casd'oligopotisme. Centre med. et pharm., Gannat, 1911-12, xvii, 324.—Schmidt (R.) Ueber Oligodypsie. Med. Klin., Berl., 1911. vii, 1883-1885.— Sollaud. Deux nouveaux cas d'adipsie. Centre med. et pharm., Gannat, 1907-8, xiii, 231-233. Thirst (Recessive). See, also, Diabetes insipidus; Syphilis (Com- plications, etc., of). Zabaver (Dora). * La mort par la soif. 8°. Lyon, 1904. Hoi bauer (L.) [Fall von sehr starkem Durst und Polvurie.] Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f. inn. Med. u. Kinderh. in Wien, 1904, iii, 93.—Me«iee (W. J.) Thirst in the desert. Atlantic Month., Bost., 1898, lxxxi, 483-488. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Globus, Brnschwg., 1898, lxxiv, 66.-----. Desert thirst as disease. Interstate M. J., St. Louis, 1906, xiii, 279-300. -----. A case of thirst. J.Missouri M. Ass., St. Louis, 1905-6, ii, 827-842.—OTlllon (R.) Les acci- dents nerveux de la polydipsie habituelle des enfants. J. de med. de Par., 1906, 2. s., xviii, 287. Also: Med. inf., Par., 1906, iv, 115-120. —Peril (The) of the desert. [Edit.] Dietet. & Hyg. Gaz., N. Y., 1910, xxvi, 611. Thirst-cure. See, also, Obesity (Treatment of, Dietetic). Ferret. La cura de Karell. An. de med. Butll. mens, de l'Acad. . . . de Catalunya, Barcel., 1910, iv, 21-25. Thirteen years a lunatic. Poems and essays written by a paranoeic lunatic while confined in the Nevada Hospital for Mental Diseases. Edited by Asa. B. Wilson. With illustrations by the author. 3p. 1., 171pp. 12°. Reno, Nee, Wilson Co., 1907. Thiry (Charles) [1870- ]. * De la paralysie generate progressive dans le jeune age (avant 20 ans). viii, 130 pp., 6 pi. 8°. Nancy, 1898, No. 5. Thiry (Friderieus Franciscus). *De hydrope pectoris. 9 1. sm. 4°. Moguntise, J. J. Alef, 1776. Thiry (Georges-Antoine-Nicolas) [1870- ]. *Bacille polychrome et actinomyces mordore. Recherches biologiques sur les bacteries bleues etviolettes. Polychromisme. Corps bacteriens et cristaux colores. Matiere colorante cristal- lisee. 4 p. 1., viii, 152 pp., 1 1. 8°. Nancy, 1900, No. 46. ------. The same, viii, 152 pp., 7 pi., 2 p. 1. 1 1. 8°. Paris, J.-B. Ilailliere & fils, 1900. Thiry (J[ean]-H[ubert]) [1817-96]. Des retre- cissements du canal de l'urethre. Lecons don- nees a la Faculte de medecine de l'Universitc de Bruxelles par . . ., et recueillies par MM. les docteurs 0. Boulengier [etal.]. 8°. Bruxelles, 1889. ------. De la dilatation forcee de la matrice dans la pelvi-peritonite et du curettage de l'uterus. Reponse a M21. Soupart, Titeca, van Cauvtu- Til IKY 132 THOLOZAN. Tliiry (J[ean]-H[ubert])— continued. bergheet Hicguet. Discours prononce dans la seance du 26 mars 1892. 18 pp. 8°. Bruxelles, F. Hayes, 1892. Repr.from: Bull. Acad. roy. de med. de Belg., Brux., 1*92. 4. s., vi. For Biography, see Policlin., Brux., 1897, vi, 16. Also: Presse m.'-d. beige, Brux., 1897, xlix, 6-8 (Boulengier). Thlry'sfstala. ■ roiiin (A.) & Pozerska (Mme.) Sur l'occlusion spontanee des hstules de Thiry. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1910, lxviii, 801. Thissen (J[oseph]). See Aaclien als Kurort, [etc ]. 8°. Aachen, 1889. Thiuret. Blum (F.) Thiuret, ein schwefelhaltiges Antisepti- cum. Deutschemed. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1893, xix, 177. Tliivel [Michel]. Cours pratique de bandages. 8 pp. 12°. [Paris, Maulde & Renon, n. d.] Tliivol (Marcel) [1880- ]. *Criminalite juve- nile. 60 pp. 8°. Lvon, 1904, No. 47. Thivrier (Leon) [1871- ]. * Contribution a I'etude des complications para-urethrales de la blennorrhagie; folliculite simple, folliculite enkystee, absccs peri-urethraux Cowperite et peri-Cowperite. 59 pp., 1 1. 8°. Pans, 1898, No. 10. Thlaspi [Bursa pastor is], Foy(G.) Shepherd's purse. Med.Press&Circ,Lond., 1889, n. s., xlviii. 228. Wagner (K. E.) Nieskolko nablyudeniy nad krovoostonavlivayushtshim dlestviem pastushyei sumki (capsella; bnrsse pastoris). [Observa- tions on the haemostatic action of. . .] Vrach, St. Pe- tersb., 1889, x, 371; 398. Tlioboi* (A.) ^Contribution a I'etude du trai- tement de l'exstrophie de la vessie par le pro- cede de Mavdl. 73 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, 1904, No. 4.'!1. Thoric (Johannes) [1879- ]. * Allgemeine Erurterung und neue Untersuchungen iiber das Zustandekommen der febrilen Albuminuric und die Art der wiihrend ihres Bestehens ausge- schiedenen Eiweisskorper. [Wurtzburg.] 38 pp., 11. 8°. Altona, 1904. Thoden van Vclzen (Syo Cornelis). Psy- choencephale Studien. 4. Aufl. 171 pp. 4°. Berlin, W. Buxenstein], 1911. Thole [Friedrich Wilhelm Heinrich] [1869- ]. * Ueber die Behandlung der Pseudarthrosen. 32 pp. 8°. Berlin, C. Vogt, [1892.] Title-page reads: Fritz. -----. Das vitalistisch-teleologische Denken in der heutigen Medizin; mit besonderer Beriick- sichtigung von Bier's wissenschaftlichen Erklii- rungen. viii, 346 pp. 8°. Stuttgart, F. Enke, 1909. See, Abo. Selijerning (Otto), Thoele & Voss. Schns.sverletzungen (Die), fol. Hamburg, 1902. Tlioenimes (Eugen) [1878- ]. *Zwei Fiille von akuter Verriicktheit. 59 pp., 2 1. 8°. Bonn, J. F. Carthaus, 1907. Thonen (Ernst Ferdinand) [1873- ]. * Ueber einige Fiille von Calcaneussporn. 30 pp., 7 pi. 8°. Berlin, E. Ebering, 1911. Thoencs (Carl Wilhelm Theodor Adalbert) [1873- ]. *fAn Fall von Abbindung beider 1 reteren bei Totalexstirpation des myomatosen Uterus. 28 pp. 8°. Bonn, C. Georgi, 1896. Thoni (Joh.) *Bakteriologische Studien iiber Labmagen und Lab. (Ein Beitrag zur Kennt- niss der Bereitung des Kiisereilabes.) 64 pp., 2 tab. 8°. Bern, K. J. Wyss, 1906. Thoenistcn (Constantin) [1871- ]. *Dieme- chanische Behandlung der Magen- und Darm- affektionen der Siiuglinge. 59 pp., 1 ] 8° Bonn, A. Henry, 1896. c" Thonnessen (Josef) [1874- ] *Darstellung des Anthrakaseimmunproteidin und dessen im- munisierende Wirkung gegen Milzbrand. 8 pp. S°. Jena, G. Fischer, 1902. Thoemiesxeii (Peter [Joseph] Friedrich Philipp) [1877- ]. *Zur Behandlung von Augenkrankheiten niitDeutschinann'schein Se- rum. 31 pp. 8°. Giessen, Heppeler t0 Metier, 1909. Thorner (Walter) [1886- ]. *Die Ermu- dung des markhaltigen Nerven. pp. 530-562, 1 pi. 8°. Gbttingen, L. Hofer, 1911. Thoinot (L[eon-Henri]) [1858- ]. Attentats aux moours et perversions du sens genital. Le- cons professees a, la Faculte de medecine. Re- cueillies par E. Dupre, revues et publiees par l'auteur. 1 p. 1., 517 pp. 8°. Paris, 0. Doin, 1898. ------. The same. Medico-legal aspects of moral offenses. Transl. from the original French and enlarged by Arthur W. Weysse. (Only author- ized translation into English.) xv, 487 pp., 4 diag. 8°. Philadelphia, F. A. Davis Company, 1911. ------. Les accidents du travail et les affections medicales d'origine traumatique; lecons profes- sees a la Faculte de medecine. iii, 596 pp. 8°. Paris, 0. Doin, 1904. ------. L'autopsie medico-iegale. 101 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, J.-B. Bailliere 8. Thoni (Waldemar Julius Edward) [1S76- ]. * Untersuchungen iiber die normale und patho- logische Hypofysis des Menschen. [Kiel. ] 25 pp. 8°. Bonn, F. Cohen, 1901. Thoma (George H.) [1.S43-1907]. In memoriam. Albany M. Ann., 1907, xxviii, 395. Thoma (Philipp) [1884- ]. *Nebenverle- tzungen beiHebosteotomie. 31pp. n°. Miin- ehen, Kastner & Callvey, 1909. Thoma (Richard) [1847- ]. DieFeberwan- derung farbloser Blutkorper von dem Blut- in das Lymphgeiiisssystem. Experimentelle Un- tersuchungen. 48 pp., 4 pi. 8°. Heidelberg, F. Bassermann, 1873. [P., v. 2285.] -----. Untersuchungen iiber die Histogenese und HistomechanikdesGefasssvstems. iv(l 1.), 91 pp. 8°. Stuttgart, F. Enke, 1893. -----. Lehrbuch der pathologischen Anatomie. 1. Theil. Allgemeine pathologische Anatomie, mit Beriicksichtigung der allgemeinen Patholo- gie. xvi, 742 pp., 4 pi. 8°. Stuttgart, F. Enke, 1894. -----. The same. Text-book of general pathol- ogy and pathological anatomy. Transl. by Alex- ander Bruce, xiv, 620 pp., 4 pi. roy. 8°. Lon- don, A. & C. Black, 1896. Thoma (Rudolf) [1875- ]. *Ein Fall von Lupus vulgaris unter dem Bilde des Lupus ery- thematosus. 18 pp., 1 1. 8°. Miinehen, C. WolfeiSohn, 1902. Thoma (Wilhelm R.) [1885- ]. *Mitzwei- facher Zapfenbildung verbundene Deformation und Dislocation des Kleinhirns und der Medulla oblongata. 20 pp., 2pi. 8°. Heidelberg, 1911. Thomae (Anton Christian Karl) [1869- ]. * Ueber m-p-Diamidotriphenylmethan. 36 pp., 1 1. 8°. Erlangen, F. Junge, 1896. Thomsi (Friedrich) [1881- ]. * Ein Beitrag zur Missbildung der weiblichenGenitalien. Ein genau beobachteter Fall von Uterus bicornis cum vagina septa. 58 pp., 2 pi., 21. 8°. Leip- zig, B. Georgi, 1904. Thoniai (Tommaso). Discorso del vero modo di preservare gli huomini dalla peste. 15 pp. sm. 4°. Bologna, presso C. Ferroni, 1630. [P., v 2098 1 Thoniaike (Paul) & Ogden (J. Bergen). A case of cystin calculus in the male bladder. Re- marks on cystinuria; examination of the urine and calculus. 12 pp. 12°. Boston, Dam veil dt Upham, 1898. Repr.from: Boston M. & S. J., 1898, exxxviii. Thomaius Ravennas (Camillus). Rationalis methodus atque compendiosa ad omnes fere cu- randos morbos internarum partium humani cor- poris. 45 1. 24°. Yenetm, apud Aldi filios, 1549. Another copy bound with Galen (Claudius). De rations' curandi ad Glauconem libre duo. 16°. Parisiis, 1549. Thomalla (Robert) [1860- ]. Ueber die Behandlung erkrankterKassenmitglieder. Fiir Aerzte, Krankenkassen-Vorstande, Arbeitgeber u. Arbeitnehmer. 41 pp. 8°. Berlin, L. J lea- ser, 1894. -----. Ueber Beseitigung der Dyspepsie bei con- stitutionellen, chronisehen und acuten Krank- heiten. 11. 8°. Berlin, 1899. Repr.from: Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1899, xiii. Tliomann (G.) Liquor laws of the United States; their spirit and effect. 4. ed. 1 p. 1., 256 pp., 1 tab. 8°. New York, U. S. Brewers' Ass., 1885. Tliomann (Max). *Beitrag zur Behandlung chronischer Erkrankungen der Gaumenman- deln. 46 pp., 1 1., 3 pi. 8°. Freiburg i. B., C. Lehmann, 1895. Tliomann (Oskar). * Untersuchungen iiber das Ziircher Grundwasser mit besonderer Be- riicksichtigung seines Bakteriengehaltes. ,41 pp., 1 map. 8°. Zurich, Ziircher & Furrer, 1902. Tliomas Brabantinus [or Cantimprcdensis'] [circa 1201-1270]. Die Gynaekologie des Thomas von Brabant. Ausgewiihlte Kapitel aus Buch I, De naturis^ rerum, beendet um 1240. Zum ersten Male hrsg. von Christ. Ferckel. 3 p. 1., 82 pp., 1 1., 21 pi. roy. 4°. Munchen, C. Kuhn, 1912. Thomas (Alfred) [ -1899]. [Biography.] Bull. Soc. mecl. de Reims, 1S99, n. s., v, 304-306. Thomas (A[mos R[ussell]) [1826-92]. Evolu- tion of the earth and man. A lecture before the Hahnemannian Institute of the students of the Hahnemannian Medical College of Philadel- phia, February 2, 1892. 30 pp. 8°. Philadel- phia, 1892.. -----. History of anatomy. Introductory ad- dress delivered at the opening of the 45th ses- sion of the Hahnemann Medical College of Phila- delphia, October 3, 1893. 25 pp. 8°. Phila- delphia, D. J. Gallagher & Co., [1893]. -----. In memoriam James Kitchen, Philadel- phia. 8 pp., port. 8°. Philadelphia, 1894. Repr.from: Ha.hneman. Month., Phila., 1894, xxix.. See, also. Diseases (The) of the pancreas and their homoeopathic treatment. 8°. Chicago, 1882. Thomas (Andre) [1867- ]. *Le cervelet; etude anatomique, clinique et physiologique. 353 pp. 8°. Paris, 1897 No. 396. ------. The same, x, 356 pp. 8°. Paris, , 1903. Thomas (Calvin). Culture and service. Ad- dress delivered at the 16th annual commence- ment of the University of Michigan. 15 pp. 8°. [n.p.,n.d] Thomas (Charles Hermon) [1839- ]. An operation for the radical cure of the stricture of the lachrymal duct, with description of a stric- turotome. 7 pp. 8°. [Philadelphia, 1892.] .Repr.from: Ophthal. Rev., Lond., 1892, x. ------. Lachrymal ol >struction and its treatment. 10 pp. 8°. Detroit, Mich., G. S. Davis, 1893. Ripr. from: Therap. Gaz., Detroit, lh93, xvii. -------■■ Three cases of strabismus with anoma- lous diplopia; an original and acquired fixation- spot in the same eye. 6 pp. 8°. [Hartford], 1894. Repr.from: Tr. Am. Ophth. ^oc. 1S94-6, Hartford, 1897, vii. ------. Muscular asthenopia and its treatment by graduated tenotomy, pp. 173-180. 8°. Philadelphia, 1894. Repr.from: Tr. M. Soc. Penn., Phila., 1894, xxv. Thomas (C[harles]-J[ules-Franc;ois] J [1866- ]. * Contribution a, I'etude des injections li_v podermiques dans le traitement de la tuber- culose pulmonaire; medication ethero-opiacee. 84 pp. 4°. Paris, 1894, No. 396. Thomas (Charles M.) On the importance of correcting optical defects in the eye, in the treatment of certain neuralgic pains in the head, with other sympathetic affections. 14 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, 1876. Repr. from: Am. J. Homoeop. Mat. M., Phila., 1876, ix. ------. Laceration of the female perineum. 11 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, 1x77. Ripr.from: Hahneman. Month., Phila., 1877-8, xiii. ------. Rapid lithotrity, with a report of two cases. 7 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, Sherman & Co., 1880. Rejn.from: Hahneman. Month., Phila., 1880, n. s., ii. Thomas (C[harles] P[reston]) [1864- ]. Anti-streptococcus serum. 1 pp. 12°. Chi- cago, 1897. Repr.from: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1897, xxix. Thomas (Clement). * Contribution a I'etude des tumeurs tuberculeuses primitives des fosses nasales. 94 pp. 8°. Paris, 1902, No. 387. Thomas (Cyrus) [1825- ]. The Maya year. 64 pp. 8°. Washington, Govt. Print. Office, 1894. Repr. from: Rep. Smithson. Inst., Wash., 1894. -------. Introduction to the study of North American archaeology, xiv, 391 pp. 8°. Cin- cinnati, The Robert Clarke Co., 1898. -------. Mayan time systems and time symbols. pp. 53-62." 8°. Washington, D. C, 1900. Cutting [cover with printed title] from: Am. Anthrop., Wash., 1900, ii. Thomas (David Jones). Merthyr Tydfil Urban District Council. Annual reports of the medi- cal officer of health for the years 1901-3. 8°. Merthyr Tydfil, 1902-4. Thomas (Eb. W.) [1858- ]. Rotators of the femur and their other functions. 40 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, 1899. Repr. from: Phila. M. J., 1899, iii. Thomas (Edward). A manual of the first principles and practice of medicine; with a few notes and observations on mind and matter. 3. ed. xii, 160 pp. 8°. London, Tai/lor & Co., 1870. Thomas (Emile). * De l'atrophie musculaire progressive consecutive a la paralysie infantile; etude clinique. 74 pp., 1 1. 8°. Geneve, 1886. Thomas (Erich) [1886- ]. *Das leukocy- tare Blutbild diphteriekranker Kinder uud des- sen Beziehungen zur Prognose. 47 pp. 8°. Leipzig (Bnrna), R. Noske, 1911. Thomas (Erwin) [1881- ]. * Ueber erwor- bene Hamatometra. 21 pp. 8°. Miinehen, 1908. Thomas (F. Wblferstan) [1834-1900]. Obituary. Montreal M. J., 1900, xxix, 396. Thomas (Flavel S.) A dictionary of university degrees. 109 pp., port. 16°. Syracuse, N. Y., C. W. Barden, 1898. Thomas (Frederick] R.) Manual of the dis- cover), manufacture, and administration of nitrous oxide, or laughing gas, in its relations to dental or minor surgical operations, and particularly for the painless extraction of teeth. 122 pp. 16°. Philadelphia, S. S. White, 1870. Thomas (FritzCarl) [1887- ]. *Gesehichte der Therapie des Spates der Pferde. 71 pp. 8°. Boma-Letpzig, R. Noske, 1912. Thomas ([Georg Friedrich] Ludwig) [1838- 1907]. .See Neulmiier (Carl) & Vogel (Julius). Anleitung y.ur oualitativen und quantitativen Analyse des Hams, [etc.]". 8°. Wiesbaden. 1890. For Biography, see Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1907, xxxiii, 517 (Roos). Also: Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1901, xlviii, 1754 (R.). Thomas ( G[eorge] Danford ). An address upon burial and funeral reform, pp. 84-96. 12°. London, T. Poulter & Sons, 1891. No. 77. Ass. Pub. San. Inspectors Great Britain, 1891. Thomas (Gilbert). *La serotherapie intensive dans le traitement des angines diphteriques graves et paralysies. 104 pp. 8°. Paris, 1909, No. 298. Thomas (Gulielmus). *De apoplexia. 1 p. 1., 29 pp. 8°. Edinburgi, Abernethy & Walker, 1820. Thomas (H. G.) The palliative treatment of hemorrhoids. 2 pp. 4°. [n. p., n. d.] Thomas (Hans) [1875- ]. * Ueber die the: rapeutische Bedeutung der Probepunction bei Pleuraexsudaten. 31 pp. 8°. Berlin, 0. Francke, 1899. Thomas (Hans) [1877- ]. *Zur Indica- tionsstellung und Technik des Kaiserschnittes. 60 pp., 1). 8°. Breslau, 1902. THOMAS. 135 THOMAS. Thomas (Harold Wolferstan). See Johnston (Wvatt) & Thomas (Harold Wolfer- stan). A quantitative method [etc.]. 8°. London, 1898. Thomas (Henry) [1872- ]. *Rcsultats eloignes du traitement de la tuberculose testicu- laire par la castration. 72 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1900, No. 19. Thomas (Henry M.) [1861- ]. An electric apparatus used in the diagnosis of diseases of the nervous system. 2 1. 8°. Baltimore, [1889]. Repr. from: Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1889-90, i. -----. Obstetrical paralysis, infantile and ma- ternal, pp. 278-287. 8°. Baltimore, 1900. Cutting [cover with printed title] from: Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1900, xi. -----. The anatomical basis of the Argyll- Robertson pupil. 18 pp. 8°. Philadelphia & New York, 1903. Repr.from: Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & X. Y., 1903, cxxvi. ■-----. A case of generalized lead paralysis, with a review of the cases of lead palsy seen in the hospital, pp. 209-212. 8°. Baltimore, 1904. Cutting [cover with printed title] from: Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1904, xv. -----. Diseases of the cerebral blood-vessels. In: Modern' Med. (Osier). 8°. Philadelphia & New York, 1910, vii, 327-417. -----. Decussation of the pyramids; an his- torical inquiry. 29 pp. 8°. Baltimore, 1910. Repr.from: Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1910, xxi. ■-----& Cushing (Harvey W.) Exhibition of two cases of radicular paralysis of the brachial plexus, one from the pressure of a cervical rib with operation, the other of uncertain origin. 12 pp. 8°. Baltimore, 1903. Repr.from: Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1903, xiv. ------------. Removal of a subcortical cystic tumor at a second-stage operation without anes- thesia. 28 pp. 8°. Chicago, 1908. Repr.from: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1908,1. -----& Flexner (Simon). Alveolar sarcoma of the cerebellum. 14 pp. 8°. Baltimore, 1896. Repr.from: Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1896 vii. In: Barker (L. F.) Papers and addresses. 8°. Balti- more, 1894-1900, i. ----- & Grecnbauni (Harry S.) Multiple neuritis (nondiphtheritic) in children. 10 pp., 1 ch. 8°. Chicago, 1907. Repr.from: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1907, xlviii. -----& Keen (William W.) A successful case of removal of a arge brain-tumor from the left frontal region; opening and packing of the lateral ventrical with iodoform-gauze. 20 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, 1896. Repr.from: Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1896, cxii. Thomas (Tlippolyte) [1837-99]. Grasset(P.) Necrologie. Arch. prov. de m6d., Par., 1899, i, 437. Thomas (H[onoratus] Leigh) [1769-1846]. The Hunterian oration, delivered before the Royal College of Surgeons in London, February 14, 1827. 1 p. 1., 28 pp. 4°. London, W Nicol, 1827. For Biography, see Brit. M. J., Lond., 1909, i, 1369. Also: Diet. Nat. Biog., Lond , 1888, lvi, 182 (J. B. Bailey). Thomas (Hugh Owen) [1834-91]. On the treatment of fractures of the patella. 8 pp., 1 pi. 8°. London, 1882. Repr.from: Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1882, xxxiv. Thomas (J. W.) The ventilation, heating and management of churches and public buildings. vi (1 1.), 140 pp. 12°. London, New York & Bombay, Longmans, Green & Co., 1903. Thomas (Jacques). * Essai sur le pronostic du glaucome primitif. 95 pp. 8°. Paris, 1897, No. 344. Thomas (Jacques) [1875- ]. Contribution a, I'etude du rythme urinaire chez les hepatiques. L'isurie. 65 pp. 8°. Paris, 1910, No. 413. Thomas (James Carey). A brief review of the ten years' work of the Johns Hopkins Univer- sity. An address delivered at the tenth anni- versary of the university, Apr. 26, 1886. 15 pp. 8°. Baltimore, 1886. Thomas (J[ames] W.) [1868- ]. Gonor- rheal peritonitis in the male. 4 pp. 8°. Seat- tle, 1907. Repr.from: Northwest Med., Seattle, 1907, v. Thomas (Jean-Louis) [1874- ]. * Contribu- tion a I'etude des fractures de la voute palatine. 54 pp. 8°. Paris, 1897, No. 355. Thomas (Jerome Beers) [1867- ]. A book of detachable diet lists for albuminuria, an;emia and debility, constipation, diabetes, diarrhoea, dyspepsia, fevers, gout or uric acid diathesis, obesitv, tuberculosis, and a sick-room dietary. obi. 85. Philadelphia, W. B. Saunders, 1895. -----. Thesame. 2. ed., rev. obi. 16°. Phila- delphia, W. B. Saunders, 1900. Thomas (J[erome] B[eers]), jr. The action of various chemical substances upon cultures of amoebae, pp. 17-29. 8°. Manila, Bureau Pub. Print., 1905. Forms No. 32 of: Dep. Interior. Bureau Gov. Lab. Biol. Lab., Manila, 1905. Thomas (John D.) Wisdom teeth. 12 pp. 16°. Philadelphia, S. Loag, [1886]. -----. Nitrous oxide gas viewed from a practi- cal standpoint. 20 pp. 8°. [Philadelphia, 1891.] Repr.from: Dental Cosmos, Phila., 1891, xxxi. -----. The anesthetic zone in nitrous-oxid anes- thesia. 5 pp. 8°. [Philadelphia, 1893.] Repr.from: Dental Cosmos, Phila., 1893, xxxv. -----. Extracting teeth, and conditions war- ranting such procedure. 10 pp. 8°. Philadel- phia, 1893. Repr.from: Dental Cosmos, Phila., 1893, xxxv. Thomas (John D.) [1868- ]. Cold baths; their use and abuse. 19 pp. 8°. Chicago, 1896. Repr.from: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1896, xxvii. -----. Abdominal signs of pulmonary disease in children. 11 pp. 8°. New York, W. Wood d- Co., 1907. Repr.from: Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1907, lvi. Thomas (J[ohn] Davies). Echinococcus of the brain; hydatids of the brain. 35 pp. 8°. Ade- laide, 1887. Repr. from: Tr. Intercolon. M. Cong. Australas, Ade- laide, 18x7. -----. Hydatid disease. Vol. II. A collection of papers on hydatid disease. Edited and ar- ranged by Alfred Austin Lendon. xii, 166 pp. 8°. Si/dnei/, L. Bruck; London, Bailliire, Tin- dull&Cox, 1894. Thomas (John Jenks) [1861- ]. Two cases of tumor of the spinal cord. 20 pp. 8°. New York, 1895. Repr.from: J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1895, xxii. -----. Diphtheritic hemiplegia. 20 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, 1896. Repr.from: Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1896, n. s., cxi. -----. Nephritis in infantile scurvy. 15 pp. 12°. Boston, Damrell& Upham, 1896. Repr.from.: Boston M. & S. J., 1896, cxxxv. -----. Two cases of acute ascending paralysis, with autopsy. 28 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, 1898. Repr.from: Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1898, n. s., cxvi. -----. Acute degeneration of the nervous sys- tem in diphtheria. 37 pp. 12°. Boston, Dam- rell & Ppham,, 1898. Repr. from: Boston. M. & S. J., 1898, exxxviii. THOMAS. 136 THOMAS. Thomas (John Jenks)—continued. -----. A case of bone formation in the human brain, due to the presence of coccidia oviformia. [Abstr.] 3 pp. 8°. Boston, 1899. Repr.from: J. Bost. Soc. M. Sc, 1899, iii. -----. Two cases of injury in the cord resulting from fracture of the spine. 25 pp. 12°. Bos- ton, 1899. Repr.from: Boston M.& S. J., 1899, cxli. Five cases of injury of the cord resulting from fracture of the spine. 7 pp., 3 pi. 8°. Boston, 1900. Repr.from: J. Bost. Soc. M. Sc, 1900, iv. ----. A case of myeloma of the spine with compression of the cord. 21 pp. 8°. Boston, 1901. Repr.from: Boston M. & S. J., 1901, cxlv. Cholesteatomata of the brain, pp. 220- 240, 1 pi. 8°. Boston, 1901. Cutting [cover with printed title] from: J. Med. Re- search, Bost., 1901, n. s., i. See, also, Knapp (PhilipCoombs) & Thomas (John Jenks). Landry's paralysis. 8°. [New York, 1900.] & \m-IioIs (Edward Hall). Report of a case of resection of dorsal spinal nerve roots for gastric crises of tabes, pp. 593-605. 4°. Lan- caster, Pa., 1910. Repr.from: J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., Lancaster, Pa., 1910, xxxviii. Thomas (Joseph) [1811- ]. A complete pronouncing medical dictionary, embracing the terminology of medicine and the kindred sci- ences, with their signfication, etymology, and pronunciation. With an appendix, comprising an explanation of the Latin terms and phrases occurring in medicine, anatomy, pharmacy, etc.; together with the necessary directions for writing Latin prescriptions, etc. On the basis of Thomas's comprehensive pronouncing medi- cal dictionary. 814 pp. 8°. Philadelphia & London, J. B. Lippincott Co., 1886. Thomas (Joseph) [1867- ]. *De la pen- daison; etude des lesions du cou; leur valeur diagnostique. 44 pp., 1 1. 4°. Paris, 1893, No. 424. -----. The same. 44 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, G. Steinheil, 1893. Thomas (Joseph). * Contribution a I'etude du traitement des metrites par le protargol et Pacidepicrique. 93 pp. 8°. Paris, 1889, No. 429. -----. Le cancer, viii, 545 pp. 8°. Paris, A. Muluine, 1906. -----. Thesame. 2. ed. Preface du Prof. Al- bert Robin. 736 pp. 8°. Paris, A. Maloine, 1910. Thomas (Joseph) [1876- ]. *DieGlandula vestibularis major (Bartolini) beim Menschen 30 pp., 1 1. 8°. Gottingen, W. F. Kaestner, 1905. Thomas (J[oseph] D.) How long is syphilis contagious? 4 pp. 12°. Chicago, 1894. Repr.from: J.Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1894, xxiii. -----. The management of filiform structure of the urethra, with some observations on struc- ture. 7 pp. 8°. New York, 1896. Repr.from: J.Cutan. &Genito-Urin. Dis., N.Y.,1896 xiv Thomas (J[oseph] P[otts] [1830-94]. The annual or inaugural address of the president of the Kentucky State Medical Societv, June 23 1886. 21pp. 8°. Pembroke, Ki,., 1886. w^ g-P^^% Tr' Kentucky M.' Soc, Louisville, Thomas (Karl). Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Structur der Krystalllinse in den Augen der Wirbelthiere. 24 pp., 4 pi. 8°. [A™?, 1859.] Forms Beil. to v. 61 of: Vrtljschr. f. d. prakt. Heilk Prag Thomas (Karl) [1883- ]. * Urobilinogen, seine klinische Bedeutung, seine chemischen Eigenschaiten und seine Farbenreaktionen ("Ehrlichsche Aldehyd" und "eigelbe Diazo- reaktion"). 49 pp. 8°. Freiburg i. />'/., Speyer ek Kaerner, 1907. Thomas (Kurt) [1880- ]. *Zur Lehre von den grosszelligen Leukamien. 48 pp. 8°. Leipzig-Borna, R. Noske, 1911. Thomas (Leon). *L'eau potable au Creusot; etude chimique, micrographique et microbio- logique. 92 pp., 3 pi. 8°. Paris, 1905, No. 3. ficole de pharmacie. Thomas (Louis) [1860- ]. *Du gonflement mammaire dans la tuberculose pulmonaire. 46 pp., 1 1. 4°. Paris, H. Jouve, 1893, No. 440. Thomas (Louis-Auguste) [1887- ]. * Essai sur la coloration des pieces anatomiques f raiches. 52 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1911, No. 55. Thomas (Ludwig) [1838- ] Der Curort Tatzmannsdorf (Tarcsa). Balneologische Skiz- ze. vi, 68 pp. 12°. Wien, W. Braumiiller, 1870. -----. Ueber das Klima und die Einrichtungen. fiir offentliche Gesundheitspflege von Freiburg im Breisgau. 71 pp. 12°. Freiburg i. Br., F. P. Lorenz, 1904. See, also, Oeffinger (Hermann). Die Kurorte und Heilquellen [etc.]. 12°. Baden-Baden, 1900. ----- The same. 8°. Baden-Baden, 1903. -----. The same. 8°. Baden-Baden, 1905. Thomas (Marcel). *L'origine congenitale des grenouillettes. 64 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1903, No. 6. Thomas (Marcel) [1885- ]. *De la me- trite hemorragique chez les vierges; a l'epoque de la puberte. 47 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1912, No. 136. Thomas (Hoses) [1830-1911]. Obituary. Glasgow M. J., 1911, lxxvi, 27. Thomas (Sir Noah) [1720-92]. Woore (N.) Biography. Diet. Nat. Biog., Lond., 1898, lvi, 188. Thomas (N[orthcote] W.) Bibliography of folk-lore, 19U5. xxxvi pp. 8°. London, D. Nutt, [1906]. ------. The native races of the British Empire. Natives of Australia, xii, 256 pp., 32 pi., 1 map. 8°. London, A. Constable & Co., 1906. Thomas (Paul). *De la detroncation par ar- rachement. 42 pp., 1 1. 8°. Toulouse, 1896. No. 171. Thomas (Paul) [1874- ]. * Des indications de l'hysterectomie dans le traitement de l'in- fection puerperale aigue. 74 pp. 8°. Paris, 1904, No. 90. Thomas (Paul-Louis-Desire) [1852- [Biography.] Univ. de Brux. Notice hist....., 1834-84, 199. Thomas (Pierre) [1878- ]. * Essai sur lea alterations du cortex dans les meningites aigues. 89 pp , 1 1. 8°. Lyon, 1902, No. 168. ------. Thesame. 1 p. 1., 89 pp., 11., 7 pi. 8°. Paris, J.-B. Bailliere & fits. 1903. Thomas (Pierre-Frederic) [1791-1858].^ Re- cherches sur le cholera asiatique observee en Amerique et en Europe, xi, 13-135 pp. 8°. Paris, J.-B. Baillttre & fits, 1857. [Also, in: P., v. 180.] Thomas (Pierre-Marie-Dieudonne) [1871- ]. * Contribution ii I'etude de la fievre bilieuse hematurique et de son traitement. 128 pp. 4°. Bordeaux, 1896, No. 57. THOMAS. 137 THOMAS. Thomas (Rene-Victor) [1881- ]. *L'exa- men medico-legal des poumons des nouvenu- nes. La docimasie pulmonaire histologique. 230 pp. 8°. Paris, 1909, No. 372. .-----. The same. 230 pp., 9 pi. 8°. Paris, G. steinheil, 1909. Thomas (Richard Henry). A contribution on the influence of season and weather on the death-rate from diphtheria in Baltimore (1861-82). 17 pp., 6 diag. 8°. [Baltimore, 1883.] a. L. A. Repr.from: Tr. M. & Chir. Fac, Maryland, Bait., 1883. -----. Report of a case of so-called hay fever, treated by the galvano-cautery. 8 pp. 16°. [Philadelphia, 1885.] A. L. a. Repr.from: Med. News. Phila.. 1S>5, xlvi. Thomas (Robert) [1753-1835]. The modern practice of physic, exhibiting the characters, causes, symptoms, prognostic, morbid appear- ances and improved method of treating the diseases of all climates. 3. ed. x, 667 pp. 8°. London, J. Murray, 1810. -----. The same. 7. Am. ed. xv, 1058 pp. 8°. New York, S. B. Collins & Co., 1824. -----. The same. 8. Am. ed. xiv, 1072 pp. 8°. New York, S. B. Collins A Co., 1825. -----. Trattato delle malattie della gravidanza e del puerperio. 80 pp. 12°. Pisa, S. Ni*tri, 1827. [P., v. 2238.] Thomas [Robert]. Beitrag zur Differential- diagnose zwischen Verschluss der Pfortader und der unteren Hohlader. 12 pp., 2 1., 14 pi. rov. 8°. Cassel, T. G. Fisher & Co., 1895. Forms 2. Hft., Abtheil. Di, of: Biblioth. Med., Cassel, 1895. Thomas (T[heodore] Gaillard) [1832-1903]. A practical treatise on the diseases of women. 4. ed. xix, 801 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, H. C. Lea, 1875. -----. A clinical contribution to the treatment of tubal pregnancy. 11 pp. 8°. New York, D. Appleton «fc Co.,*1875. [P., v. 2195.] -----. Double ovariotomy performed for the removal of solid ovarian tumours. Transfusion of milk four days after operation. 8 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, Collins, 1876. Repr.from: Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1876, n. s., lxxi -----. The influences which are elevating medicine to the position of a science. An anniversary discourse delivered before the New York Academy of Medicine, November 15,1877. 24 pp. 8°. New York, 1877. [P., v. 2190.] -----. The most effectual method for control- ling the high temperature occurring after ova- riotomy. 21 pp. 8°. New York, D. Appleton & Co., 1878. [P., v. 2190.] Repr.from: N. York M. J., 1878, xxviii. -----. Annual address by the president. The gynecology of the future, and its relations to surgery. 20 pp. 8°. [Philadelphia, 1880.] Repr.from: Tr. Am. Gynec. Soc, 1879, Phila., 1880,iv. -----. Extra uterine gestation. In: Syst. Gvnec. (Mann)". 8°. Philadelphia, 1888, ii, 175- 196. -----. Abortion and its treatment, from the stand-point of practical experience; a special course of lectures delivered at the College of Physicians and Surgeons, New York, session of 1889-90. From notes by P. Brynberg Porter, revised bv the author. 112 pp. 12°. New York, D. Appleton & Co., 1890. ■-----. The same. 112 pp. 12°. New York, D. Appleton & Co., 1898. Thomas (T[heodore] Gaillard)—continued. -----. The possibilities of medicine. An ad- dress. 16 pp. 8°. New York, J. J. O'Brien A Son, 1891. Repr.from: Med. Rec, N. Y., 1891, xxxix. ------. A successful case of Cesarean section. 8 pp. 16°. New York, Trow <(• Co., 1892. Repr.from: Med. Rec, N. York. 1892, xii. -----. In memoriam John Thomas Metcalfe, United States Army. 14 pp. 8°. [n. p.], 1902. Repr. from: Annual Proc. Ass. Graduates U. S. Mil. Acad., 1902. See. also. Barker (Benjamin Fordyce). Biographical tribute [to Edmund Randolph Peaslee], [etc.]. 12°. New York. l^S— Bui'km aster i A. H.) A review of twenty- two cottage cases [etc.]. s°. Brooklyn, 1887. For Biography, see Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1903. xlvii, 502- 507, port. Also: .1. Obst. A Gvnec. Brit. Emp., Lond.. 1903, iii, 588. port. Also: Med. News. N. Y.. 1901. lxxix, 841-843. Also: Med. Rec. N. Y., 1903, lxiii. 1015-1017 (H. D. Nieoll). Also: Proc. Connect. M. Soc, Bridgeport, 1903, 395, port. Also: Rev. de chir.. Par., 1903, xxiii, 549-551. Also: Tr. Am. Gvnec. Soc. Phila., 1903, xxviii, 327-334, port. (C. Cleveland). Also: Year Bk. M. Ass. Gr. N. York, 1903, 51-64. -----. See, also: Addresses at the dinner given to T. G. Thomas on his seventieth birthday. 8°. New York, 1901. Thomas (Thomas Henry). The excursion of members of the British Association from Mon- treal to the Rocky Mountains, September, 1884. 14 pp. 8°. Cardif, 1887. Thomas (T[homas] Turner) [1866- ]. Pseud- arthrosis. In: Am. Pract. Surg. [Brvant & Buck], N. Y., 1907, iii, 212-251. Thomas (Walter Duncan) [1856-11*10]. Obituary. Lancet, Lond., 1910, ii. 11,7. Thomas (Walters.). Ner Simon (Charles E.) & Thomas (W. S.) On com- plement fixation in malignant disease. 8°. yew York, 1909. Thomas (Wilhelm). * Beitrag zur Lehre von der Cataracta diabetica. 47 pp. 8°. Strassburg i. E., C. Muh & Cie., 1896. Thomas (William). The surgical treatmentof congenital abnormalities of the rectum. 20 pp. 8°. Birmingham, Hall & English, 1884. Repr.from: Birmingh. M. Rev., 1884. xv. ------. Some points in the operative treatment of severe hare-lip. 8 pp. 8°. Birmingham, 1893. Repr.from: Birmingh. M. Rev., 1893, xxxiv. Thomas (William I.) The medicine-man and the professional occupations. 18 pp. 4°. Chi- cago, I'niv. of Chicago Press, 1903. Repr.from: Univ. Chicago. Decenn. Public, Chicago, 1903, iv. -----. Sex and society. Studies in the social psychology of sex. vi (2 l.),225 pp. 12°. Chi- cago, I'niv. of Chicago Press, 1907. -----. The psychology of the yellow journal. pp. 491-496. 8°. New York, 1908. Cutting from: Am. Mag., N. Y., 1908, lxv. -----. The adventitious character of woman. pp. 523-530. 8°. New York, 1908. Cutting from: Am. Mag.. N. Y., 1908, lxvi. ------. The psychology of woman's dress, pp. 66-72. 8°. New York, 1908. Cutting from: Am. Mag , N. Y., 1908, lxvii. -----. Source book of social origins. Ethnolog- ical materials, psychological standpoint, classi- fied and annotated bibliographies for the inter- pretation of savage society, xvi, 932 pp. 8°. Chicago & London, Univ. of Chicago Press, 1909. THOMAS. 138 TIIOMAYER. Thomas ( Wfilliam] R[obert]). On the climatic treatment of phthisis. Abstract of a clinical lecture on the localization of a cerebral clot. On some cases of lead poisoning from drinking- water. Read before the Sheffield Medical-Chi- rurgical Society. 19 pp. 8°. London, J. Bale & Sons, 1889. Thomas-t'aramaii (Charles). Les eaux fer- rugineuscs de Forges, la Spa franeaise (Seine- Inferieure). x, 11-82 pp. 12°. Paris, A. Du- qursne, 1872. See, also, Larouvifere (Jean). Nouveau systeme des eaux mineraks de Forges [etc.]. 12°. Paris, 1886. Thomas de Closmadeuc. See de Closma- deuc. Thomas-Dercvotfe (Ernest-Cecilius-Joseph) [1874- ]. ^Contribution a. I'etude du begaie- ment et de son traitement pratique. 48 pp., 1 1. 8°. Bordeaux, 1898, No. 67. Thomas-Latour (J.) *Cinq annees du ser- vice des diarrhees d'cte a la clinique infantile de la Faculte de Toulouse. 65 pp., 1 1. 8°. Toulouse, 1902, No. 479. Thomas Morgan Rotch Jr. Memorial Hospital for Infants, Boston, formerly West End Nursery and Infants' Hospital. Annual reports lor 1904 (22.); 1905 (23.). 8°. Boston, [n. d.]. Thomas Philologicus [pseud.]. See Ran- goni (Tommaso). Thomas de la Pintiere (Henri) [1881- ]. * Contribution a I'etude des abces du poumon consecutifs a, la pneumonie et a la broncho- pneumonie; abces ne se terminant pas par vo- mique et abces juxta-scissuraires. 80 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1907, No. 105. Thomas-Thomesco (J.) [1863- ]. "^Con- siderations sur l'etiologie generale des derma- toses, avec une etude speciale sur le role du sys- teme nerveux dans la pathogenie de quelques affections cutanees. 113 pp. 4°. Paris, 1895, No. 13. ■-----. Thesame. 113pp. 8°. Paris, G. Stein- heil, 1895. Thomashoff (Fritz). * Beitrag zur Casuistik der sarkomatosen Geschwiilste des Kniegelenks. 22 pp., 1 1. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1896. Thomasius (Christianus). De jure circa som- num et somnia; vom Rechtdes Schlaffs und der Triiume. 50 1. sm. 4°. Regiomonti & Lipsiw, imp. J. M. Burgmanni, 1712. Thomasius (Franciscus). Dignitates apho- risticae in re medica, ex doctissimorum virorum, cum veterum, turn nostratium collectione se- lecta?. 305 pp., 1 1. 24°. Romse, apud B. Donangelum, 1589. Bound with: Strobelberger (Jan Stephan). Recens necanteasicvisaGallisepolitico-medicadescriptio, fete 1 24°. Jenx, 1620. ^ ' L J Thomason (Henry D.) [1858- ]. Personal experience with spinal analgesia and its applica- tion to military surgery. 27 pp. 8°. Carlisle, Pa., 1906. Repr.from: J. Ass. Mil. Surg. U. S., Carlisle, 1906, xix. -----. Napoleon, the first Emperor of France; from St. Helena to Santiago de Cuba; being a summary of facts concerning the latter days of Dr. Francois Antomarchi, the last physician to his imperial majesty. 1 p. ]., 5-33 pp., 17 pi., [1 front ]. 8°. Kansas City, Mo., F. Hudson Publishing Co., 1910. Thomas* (Ludwig Reinhard Willi) [1876- ]. * Ueber die Histologie der menschlichen Na- belschnur mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Allantois und des Dotterganges. 31 pp 8° Berlin, G. Schade, 1900. Thomassi'ii (Marie Hubert Joseph Constant). * Ueber den Einfluss des Druekes auf die Re- sorption von Fliissigkeiten im Unterhautbinde- gewebe. [Berne.] 54 pp. 8°. Mastricht, Leiter-Nypels, 1906. Thomassen a Thuessink (P>erardus Joan- nes) [1762-1832]. Verhandeling over eene con- ceptio tubaria, waargenomen in het Nosocomium Clinicum van de Akademie te Groningen, met eenige aanmerkingen, vooral de onderscheiding en de behandeling der conceptiones extra-ute- rinse betreffende. 55 pp., 2 pi. 4°. [Gronin- gen? n. d.] Tliomasset (Francois) [1885- ]. *Des ul- cerations et des perforations intestinales dans le cancer du rectum. 76 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1911. Thomassian (Thomas). *Parotiditesuppuree chez le nouveau-ne. 26 pp. 8°. Geniee, A. Kundig, 1911, No. 305. Thomassin (Jean-Francois) [1750-1828?]. Dis- sertation sur 1'extraction des corps etrangers des plaies, et specialement de celles faites par armes a, feu. Avec la description et les figures de plusieurs instruments nouvellement ima- gines, pour rendre cette operation plus facile et plus sure, xiv, 114pp., 2pl. 12°. Strasbourg, J.-G. Treuttel, 1788. See, also, Covillard (Jos.) Observations iatrochi- rurgiques, [etc.]. 8°. Strasbourg, 1791. — Durande (Jean-Francois). Memoire sur Tabus de l'ensevelisse- ment, [etc.]. 8°. Strasbourg, 1789. Thomassin (Pol-Leon-Marie-Laurent) [1887- ]. *De l'irreductibilite des luxations con- genitales de la hanche dans le jeune age. [Nancy.] 77 pp. 8°. Saint-Nicolas, 1911, No. 3. Thouiasson (Richard) [1829-1906]. Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1906, ii, 896. Thomayer (Josef). Bezvgdomi a jeho diag- nosticky vyznam. [Loss of consciousness and its diagnostic significance.] 1 p. 1., 83 pp. 8°. v Praze, Bursik & Kohout, 1889. ------. The same. 2. ed. 98 pp., 1 1. 8°. v Praze, Bursik & Kohout, 1904. ------. Pathologie e therapie nemoci vnitfnfch. [Pathology and therapv of internal diseases.] 2. ed. 1 p. 1., 822 pp. 8°. v Praze, Bursik & Kohout, 1897. ------. Opfieinachomyludiagnostick^ch. [The causes of errors in diagnosis.] pp. 139-148. 8°. v Praze, [1899]. Forms no. 7 of: Sbirka pfednasek a rozpr. z oboru le.kafsk., v Praze, [1899]. ----. O nekterych vzdalenejsfch nasledcfch retence moCove. [Remote sequela? of retention oftheurine.] pp. 151-166. 8°. v Praze, [1899]. Forms no. 19 of: Sbirka pfednasek z oboru lekafsk., v Praze, [1899]. ----. Pozn&mky o zlucnich kamencfch. [On gallstones.] 16 pp. 8°. v Praze, [1899?]. Forms no. 1 of: Sbirka pfednasek z oboru lekafsk., v praze, [1899?]. ----. O paralysach kofenovych. [Root para- lyses.] 16 pp. 8°. v Praze [1899?]. Forms no. 8 of: Sbirka pfednaSek z oboru lekafsk., v Praze, [18997]. ----. Uvod do drobne praxe lekafske. [In- troduction to minute medical practice ] 2. ed. 322 pp., 11. 8°. v Praze, Bursik & Kohout, 1900. Endothelioma pleurae, pp. 127-146. 8°. v Praze, Bursik & Kohout, 1900. Forms no. 5 of: Sbirka pfednaSek a rozpr. z oboru le- kafsk., v Praze, 1900. O studiu vnitfnfch nemoci. [The study of internal diseases.] pp. 207-217. 8°. v Praze, Bursik & Kohout, 1902. THOMAYER. 139 THOMPSON. Thomayer (Josef)—continued. -----. Theorie neuronova a nove nahledy o skladbe listrednf soustavy nervove. [The neu- ron theory and new views of the structure of the central nervous system.] pp. 139-182. 8°. v Praze, Bursik & Kohout, 1902. ----- Ziizeni stfevni. [Intestinal stricture.] 15 pp. 8°. v Praze, Bursik A Kohout, 1903. Forms no. 1 of: Sbirka pfednasek a rozpr. z oboru lekafsk., v Prage, 1903-4, xi. -----. O pfetizeni praci zvlaste ve skolach. [Overwork, especially in schools.] 17 pp. 8°. v Praze, Bursik & Kohout, [n. d.]. Thomaz (Francisco) [ -1596]. Viterbo (S.) [Biographv.] J. Soc. d. sc. med. de Lisb., 1897, Ixi, 92-100. Thomhansen (Conrad Ludwig Franz Xaver) [1875- ]. * Zur Kasuistik der Prostatahy- pertrophie. 35 pp. 8°. Miinehen, C. Wolf & Sohn, 1902. Thome ([Ferdinand Wilhelm]Richard) [1873- ]. *Die Behandlung des Plattfusses. 23 pp., 1 1. 8°. Halle a. S., C. A. Kaemmerer & Co., 1896. Thome (Otto Wilhelm) [1840- ]. Schul- gesundheitspflege. Grundriss der Gesundheits- pflege in den Schulen fur alle Diejenigen, welche zur Schule in irgend einer Beziehung stehen, insbesondere fiir Unterrichtsbehorden, Schul- vorstiinde, Lehrer, Eltern, Baumeister und Aerzte. 2. Aufl. 103 pp. 12°. Coin & Leipzig, E. H. Mayer, 1871. -----. Text-book of structural and physio- logical botany. Transl. and edited by A. W. Bennett. 8. ed. 501 pp., 1 map. 12°. New York, Longmans, Green & Co., 1897. Thomee (Lendert Adrianus). * Die Behand- lung der Inversio uteri chronica puerperaiis. [Freiburg i. B.] 2 p. 1., 66 pp. 8°. Leiden, E. Ijdo, 1894. Thomet (Peter) [1874- J. *Entsprechen die in Wiirzburg auf den Markt gebrachten Ge- schirre den strengen Anforderungen des deut- schen Reichsgesetzes fiber die Bleiabgabe von Glasuren? 20 pp., 1 1. 8°. Wiirzburg, Mem- minger, 1901. Thomin (Fernand). * Traitement prophylac- tique des ophtalmies purulentes des nouveau- m'spar Paniodol. 72 pp. 8°. Paris, 1901, No. 48. Thomlinson (H. A.) Some of the problems of professional life and their relation to success in practice. 10 pp. 12°. St. Paul, Minn., 1899. Repr.from: St. Paul M. J., 1899, i. Thomopoulos (Jacques). La presence d'infu- soires dans le sang des palustres. La vraie na- ture des protozoaires malariques decrits jusqu'ici et les idees des anciens medecins grecs sur le paludisme. 34 pp., 1 1. 12°. Athenes, 1894. Thompson (Allen R.) [1858-1903]. [Biography.] Albany M. Ann., 1903, xxiv, 499. Thompson (Alton Howard). Facial expres- sion, and its psychology. 7 pp. 8°. [n. p.., 1890.] -----. A manual of comparative dental anatomy for dental students; prepared by request of the National Association of Dental Faculties and adopted as a text-book for colleges August 27, 1898. 176 pp. 12°. Philadelphia, S. S. White Dented Mfg. Co., 1899. Thompson (Sir Benjamin) [Count Rumford] [1753-1814]. Essays, political, economical, and philosophical. v. 2. 4 p. 1., 310 pp. 8°. [Boston, D. West, 1798.] I Thompson (Sir Benjamin)—continued. -----. Precis de divers etablissemens d'utilite' publique, formes en Baviere. Traduit de l'alle- mand. 21 pp. 8°. Paris, II. Agasse, an VII [1799]. In v. 1 of: Rec. d. mem. s. 1. 6tab. d'humanite. ------. Details sur un etablissement forme a Munich en faveur des pauvres. Traduit de l'al- lemand. 127 pp. 8°. Paris, H. Agasse, an VII [1799]. In v. 1 of: Rec. de mem. s. 1. etab. d'humanite, -----. Des alimens en general, et en particulier de la nourriture des pauvres. Traduit de l'al- lemand. 115 pp. 8°. Paris, II. Agasse, an VII [1799]. In v. 1 of: Rec. d. ntem. s. 1. etab. d'humanite. -----. Principes generaux sur lesquels doivent etre fondes en tout pays les etablissemens pour toes pauvres. Traduit de Pallemand. 84 pp. 8°. Paris, II. Agasse, an VII [1799]. In v. 1 of: Rec. d.'mem. s. 1. etab. d'humanite. For Biography, see Cuvier (G.-L.) Rec. d. eloges hist. 8°. Strassburg & Paris, 1819, ii, 190-231. See, also: Diet. Nat. Biog., Lond., 1898, lvi, 205-208 (F. Rae). Also: Pop. Sc. Month., N. Y., 1908, Ixxiii, 32-51 (J. C. Dean). Also: Leading Am. Men. Sc. (Jordan), N. Y., 1910, 9-50, port. (E. E. Slosson). Thompson (C. J. S.) The chemist's compen- dium. For pharmacists, chemists and students. viii, 230 pp., 8 blank 1. 16°. London & New York, Whiltaker & Co., 1896. -----. The same. 2. ed. viii, 313 pp. 24°. London & New York, Whiltaker & Co., 1898. -----. The same. The compendium of medi- cine and pharmacy; a handy pocket book of reference for medical practitioners and phar- macists. 3. ed. 336 pp. 16°. London, J. Bale, Sons & Danielsson, [1911]. -----. The mystery and romance of alchemy and pharmacy, xv, 335 pp. 8°. London, Scientific Press, 1897. -----. Poison romance and poison mysteries. viii, 255 pp. sm. 4°. London, Scientific Press 1899. -----. Aids to practical dispensing. 3. ed. viii, 92 pp. 12°. London, Ballierc, Tindafl & Cox, 1902. Thompson (Charles Em ill us) [1868-94]. Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1894, ii, 1022. Thompson (C[harles]0.) [1862- ]. Horse- hair in minor surgery. 9 pp. 16°. Boston, W. S. Best A Co., 1893. Repr.from: Boston M. & S. J., 1893, exxix. Thompson (Charles O.) Effect of sewage on iron. 6 pp. 8°. [n. p., n. d.] Repr.from: Tr. Am. Inst. Mining Engin. Thompson (D'Arcy Wentworth) [1860- ]. A bibliography of protozoa, sponges, ccelen- terata, and worms, including also the polyzoa, brachiopoda and tunicata, for the years 1861-83. viii, 284 pp. 8°. Cambridge, University Press, 1885. Thompson (David) [1831-1908]. Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1908, ii, 181. Also: Lancet, Lond., 1908, i, 1731. Thompson (E[dmund] Symes) [1837-1906]. Observations on indigestion in early phthisis. 12 pp. 8°. London, II. K. Lewis, 1864. [P., v. 2193.] Repr. from: Med. Mirror, Lond., 1864, i. -----. Notes on cases of tumour in the medi- astinum. 14 pp. 8°. London, McGowan & Danks, 1865. [P., v. 2193.] Repr.from: Med. Mirror, Lond., 1865, ii. THOMPSON. 140 THOMPSON. Thompson (E[dmund] Symes^—continued. -----. South Africa as a health resort. 47 pp. 8°. London, 1888. Repr.from: Proc. Roy.Colon. Inst., Lond., 1888. -----. On the winter health resorts of the Alps. 2. ed. 27 pp. 12°. London, J. Davis & Co., 1888 For Biography, see Med.-Chir. Tr., Lond., 1907, xc.p.cxiii. Also: Med. Press & Cir., Lond., 1906, n s., lxxxii, 591. Thompson (Edward H.) Cave of Loltun, Yu- catan. Report of explorations bv the Museum, 1888-9 and 1890-91. 24 pp., 8 pi. 4°. Cam- bridge, 1897. Forms no. 2, v. 1, of: Mem. Peabody Mus. Am. Archseol. AEthnol. -----. The Chultunes of Labna, Yucatan: Re- port of explorations bv the museum, 1888-9 and 1890-91. 20 pp., 13 pi. 4°. Cambridge, 1897. Forms no. 8, v. 1, of: Mem. Peabody Mus. Am. Archaeol. & Ethnol. Thompson (Edward M[iddleton]. Some evils of medical practice, pp. 9-13. 8°. [Geneva, N. Y., 1901.] Cutting from: Omega Upsilon Phi. Quart., 1901, i, 9-13. Thompson (Edward P.) Roentgen rays and phenomena of the anode and cathode. Princi- ples, applications and theories. Concluding chapter by Prof. William A. Anthony, xiv, 190 pp., port. 8°. New York, D. Van Noslrand Co., [1896]. Thompson (Elizabeth). Appeal of Mrs. . . . to the American people. [Enclosing speech of Henry W. Blair on manufacture and sale of intoxicating liquor.] 1 p. 1., 14 pp. 4°. New York City, 1882. Thompson (Ernest Evan). See Seton (Ernest Thompson). Thompson (Francis) [1859-1907]. Francis Thompson; poet and medical student. Hospital, Lond., 1909-10, xlvii, 361-363. Thompson (George) 'Aiparicttii*;, [etc.] See Thomson (George). Thompson (George Fayette). Information concerning the Angora goat. 94 pp., front., 17 pi. 8°. Washington, Gov. Print. Office, 1901. Forms Bull. no. 27 of: U. S. Dep. Agric. Bureau animal indust., Wash. -----. Information concerning the milch goats. V pp., 16 pi. 8°. Washington, Gov. Print. Office, 1905. Forms Bull. no. 68 of: U. S. Dep. Agric animal indust., Wash. Bureau Thompson (George Howard). The treatment of obesity and fatty degeneration. 4 1. obi. 16°. [St. Louis, 1893.] ■-----. Some remarks on catarrh. 1 sheet. 4°. Kansas City, 1897. Repr. from: Am. J. Surg. & Gynaec, Kansas City, 1897, ix. " -----. Uterine inflammations successfully treat- ed without curettement. 2 1. 8°. St. Louis, 1898. Repr.from: St. Louis M. & S. J., 1898, lxxiv. Thompson (Gilbert) [1728-1803]. \Vebb(W.W.) [Biography.] Dict.Nat.Biog.,Lond., 1898, lvi, 211. Thoni pson (H [arry ] Perci val Carr). Typhoid fever. 3 pp. 8°. New York, [1893]. Repr.from: Med. Rec, N. Y., 1893, xliii. Thompson (Helen Bradford). The mental traits of sex; an experimental investigation of the normal mind in men and women, vii, 188 pp. 16°. Chicago, Univ. Press, 1903. ■-----. The same. 2. ed. vii, 188 pp. 8°. Chicago, Univ. Press, 1905. Thompson (Henry) [1815-97]. I'oupland (S.) In memoriam. Middlesex Hosp. J., Lond., 1897, i, 156-164. Thompson (Sir Henry) [1820-1904]. The diseases of the prostate, their pathology and treatment; comprising the second edition of the enlarged prostate and a dissertation on the healthy and morbid anatomy of the prostate gland, to which the Jacksonian prize for the year 1860 was awarded by the Royal College of Surgeons of England, viii, 364 pp., 7 1., 13 pi. 8°. London, J. Churchill, 1861. -----. The pathology and treatment of stricture of the urethra and urinary fistula. 3. ed. xvi, 336 pp., 3 pi. 8°. London, J. Churchill & Son, 1869. -----. The natural bitter water of Friedrichs- hall, one of the most popular of the numerous mineral waters of Germany. 8 pp. 8°. [London], 1872. Repr. from: Lancet, Lond., 1872, i. L. B. Collection, xi. -----. The preventive treatment of calculous disease and the use of solvent remedies. 72 pp. 12°. Philadelphia, Lindsay cfc Blakiston, 1873. -----. Ligbraending eller det affjselede legemes behandling eiter d0den. Efter den engelske originals 2. udgave. [Cremation or disposal of dead bodies.] 34 pp. 12°. Kjohenhavn, D. H. Delbanco, 1874. -----. Clinical lectures on diseases of the urinary organs, delivered at University College Hospital. 5. ed. xii, 355 pp. 8°. London, J. & A. Churchill, 1879. ------. Clinical lectures and cases, with com- mentaries, x, 197 pp., 7 pi. 8°. London, J.& A. Churchill, 1880. -----. Recent advances in the methods of ex- tracting stone from the bladder. 24 pp. 8°. London, Spottiswoode & Co., 1881. The same. Derniers perfectionnements apportes a la methode d'extraction des pierres vesicales. [Section de chirurgie du Congres medical international, Londres, 1881.] 23 pp. 8°. Paris, A. Drenne, 1881. ----. Diet in relation to age and activity, vi, 94 pp. 12°. London, Kegan Paul, Trench, Trub- ner & Co., 1886. ----. The same. With hints concerning hab- its conducive to longevity. Rev. and enlarged ed., with appendix. 134 pp. 12°. London & New York, F. Warne & Co., 1901. The same. 134 pp. 1 1., port. 12°. London, F. Warne & Co:, 1903. Catalogue to the collection of calculi of the bladder upwards of one thousand in num- ber [besides foreign bodies] removed by oper- ation, xix, 99 pp. 4°. London, Spottiswoode . 8°. K0benhavn, W. Prior, 1899. Thomsen's disease [Myotonia con- genita]. Alsberg (G.) * Ueber Myotonia congenita (Thomsen'sche Krankheit). 8°. Gottingen, 1898. Berg (H.) * Ueber Muskelatrophie bei Thomsen'scher Krankheit. 8°. Bonn, 1904. Bornand (E.) * Observations histologiques sur un cas d'hypertrophie musculaire unilate- ral e ou maladie de Thomsen. 8°. Lausanne, 1891. Braun (W.) * Ueber Thomsen'sche Krank- heit (Myotonia congenita). 8°. Leipzig, 1902. Brinckmann (J. [J.]) * Zur Kenntniss der Thomsen'schen Krankheit. 8° Kiel, 1902. Haass (F. L.) * Ein neuer Fall von Myoto- nia c#ngenita. 8°. Bonn, 1897. Jacquemart ( A. - P. ) * De la myotome acquise. 8°. Paris, 1908. Koch (H.) * Ueber Thomsen'sche Krank- heit. 8°. Leipzig, 1904. Kornhold (A.) * La maladie de Thomsen. 8°. Paris, 1897. Manuel (E.) * Ein Fall von Myotonia con- genita (Thomsen'sche Krankheit) verbunden mit progressiver Muskeldystrophie. 8°. Kiel, 1905. Niedendarp (F.) *Ein neuer Fall von Thom- sen'scher Krankheit (Myotonia congenita). 12°. Berlin, 1895. Nikonoff (S.) Contribution a I'etude de la maladie de Thomsen. 8°. Paris, 1897. Pansini ( S. ) Sulla malattia di Thomsen (myotonia congenita). 8°. Napoli, 1907. Rosenthal (M.) * Vier Briider mit Thom- senscher Krankheit (Myotonia congenita). 8°. Berlin, 1902. Schroeder (H.) * Beitrag zur Lehre von der Thomsen'schen Krankheit. 8°. Kiel, 1903. van der Stok (J. A.) De ziekte van Thom- sen beschouwd uit het oogpunt van geschikt- heid of ongeschiktheid voor den militairen dienst en van de gerechtelijke geneeskunde. 8°. s'- Gravenhage, 1893. Susskand (A.) *Zur Kenntnis der Thom- sen'schen Frankheit. 8°. Breslau, 1893. Allbutt (T.C.) Thomsen's disease. Brit. M.J., Lond., 1903, ii, 836; 937.— d'Amato (L.) Sulla natura della malattia di Thomsen. Riv. crit. di clin. med., Firenze, 1899-1900, 694; 710; 726.—Andersson (J. A.) Ein Fall von Myotonia congenita. Wien. med. Presse, 1904, xiv, 1541-1516.—AndropoflffP. V.) K voprosu o vrozhden- nol miotonii iii bellezniThomsen'a. [Congenital myoto- nia, or Thomsen's disease.] Voyenno-med. J., St. Petersb., 1903, ii, med. pt., 15-19.—Ascenzi (O.) Ueber Thom- sensche Krankheit und Muskelatrophie. Monatschr. f. THOMSEN'S. 144 THOMSEN'S. Thomsen's disease {Myotonia con- qenita\. . , _ fsychiat. u. Neurol., Berl., 1912. xxxi, 201-235^Asl.by IHT) \ case of congenital myotonia. Arch. Pediat., N Y 1910, xxvii, 3ti3.-At\vood (C. E.) A case ot con- genital myotonia (Thomsen's disease) associated with ophthalmic migraine. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N.Y., 1907 xxxiv 598-600-Babonneix (L.) & Leinaire (J.) Un cas de maladie deThomsenchez une fillette de 10ans. Bull. Soc. de pediat. de Par., 1910, xii, 537-o41. Also: Ann de med et chir. inf., Par., 1911, xv, 164-167.-Ballet (G.) La maladie de Thomsen. Progresmed., Par 1902 3. «-.xvi, I7_2i _____ sur un svndrome caractense par des trou- bles mvoton'iques de la musculature des yeux, de la lan- eue et des membres superieure, survenu accidentellement chez deux malades ages l'un de 54 ans, l'autre de 40 ans Rev neurol., Par., 1907, xv, 308-312.—Batten (P. E.) A clinical lecture on myotonia atrophica. Lancet, bona., 1909 ii 1486-1 488.— Beevor (C. E.) Case of myotonia congenita. Pme. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1907:8, i, Neurol. Sect 1.-Be k lite reft" (V. M.) O miotonii l yeya He- chen'ii Tun myotonia and its treatment.] Nevrol. Vest> nik, Kazan, 1896, iv, no. 4, 107-130. -----. O llechenu miotonii. [On the treatment of myotonia.] Obozr. psi- chiat , nevrol. [etc.], S.-Peterb., 1897, ii, 321-324. Also, transl.: Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1897, xvi. 990-993. ——-. Eine nervose Erkrankungsform mit den ausseren Merk- malen der M votonie. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh.,Leipz., 1905 xxix 3:',i-3:;ii.—Benoit(F.-L.-G.) Un casde maladie de Tho'nisen' Arch, demed.etpharm.mil., Par., 1892, xx, 334- 341 —Bernhardt (MA Ein atypischer Fall von Thom- sen'scher Krankheit. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u Berl., 1899, xxv, 169-171.-----. Zur Kenntnis der sogen. angeborenen Muskelschlaflheit, Muskelschwiiche (Myo- hypotonia, Myotonia congenita). Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1907, xxvi, 2-14— Bettmann (S.) Ein Fall von Thomsen'scher Krankheit mit Tetanie und einsei- tieem Fehlen des M. supra- und infraspinatus. Deut- sche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1896-7, ix, 331-340.— Beyer. [Zwei Fiille von Myotonia congenita.] Deut- sche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1906, xxxii, 166.— Birt (A ) A study of Thomsen's disease (congenital myotonia) by a sufferer from it. Montreal M. J., 1908, xxxvii, 771-784, 2 pi.—Blum (P.) Un cas d'amotilite generate intermittente d'origine psychique simulant la maladie die Thomsen. Union med. du nord-est, Reims, 1908 xxxii, 149-151.—Bramwell (B. ) Severe spas- modic contractions of the muscles of the lower limbs and abdomen, thought to be due to Thomsen's disease, of six months' duration; rapid recovery under psycho-thera- peutics (isolation, massage, etc.). Clin. Stud., Edinb., 1909-10 viii, 171-177. -----. Case of Thomsen's disease. Ibid., 178.—Bramwell (E.) & Addis (W. R.) Myo- tonia atrophica. Edinb. M. J., 1913, n. s. xi, 24-44, 3 pi— Brissaiid & Bauer. Sur les troubles de la motilite dans la maladie de Thomsen. Rev. neurol., Par.. 1909, xvii, 600-603. Also: J. de neurol., Par., 1909, xiv, 253.—Brissaud, Bauer & Gy. Maladie de Thom- sen. Rev. neurol., Par., 1909, xvii, 364. —Cardoso Fonte. Mal de Thomsen. Rev. da Soc. de med. e cirurg., Rio de Jan., 1903, vii, 97-100. Also: Bra- zil-med., Rio de Jan., 1903, xvii, 147. -----. Mal de Thomsen. Brazil-med., Rio de Jan., 1905, xix, 186.— Carneross (H.) A case of Thomsen's disease, associ- ated with pseudo-muscular hypertrophy. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1903, xxx, 490— Carriere. Macro- glossie congenitale et syndrome de Thomsen. (Rap. de Variot.] Bull. Soc. de pediat. de Par., 1906, viii, 140.— Clivostek. [Mvotonie mit Muskelatrophie und My- asthenic.] Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f. inn. Med. u. Kinderh in Wien, 1909, viii, 68-74.—Olemeslia (J. C.) Thomsen's disease; a family history. Buffalo M. J., 1897-8, xxxvii, 16-19. Also [Abstr.]: Lancet, Lond., 1897, ii, 1039.—Coe (H. W.) Thomsen's disease; Friedreich's ataxia; acro- megaly. Med. Sentinel, Portland, Oreg., 1896, iv, 415- 423— Cursclimann (H.) Ueber Partielle Myotome unter dem Bilde einer Beschaftigungsneurose und -lah- mung. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1905, xlii, 1175-1180. -----. [Fall von Thomsen'scher Krankheit mit ausgedehnten Muskelatrophien. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1906, liii, 1281.—Dana (C. L) Thomsen's disease. N. York M.J., 1888, xlvii. 355.—Dejerine. Maladie de Thomsen. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1912, xxvi, 580-582.— Dejerine (J.) & Sottas (J.) Sur un cas de maladie de Thomsen suivi d'autopsie. Compt. rend. Soe. de biol., Par., 1893, 9. s., v, 669-672. Also: Rev. de med., Par., 1895, xv, 241-267—Deligny (L.) Observation d'un cas de maladie de Thomsen. Bull. Soc. de med. de Par. (1884), 188'i. xix, 79.—Delogu (G.) Un caso genuino di malat- tia del Thomsen. Gazz. osp., Milano, 1897, xviii, 935.— Delprat (C. C.) Thomsen'sche Krankheit in einer paramyotonischen Familie. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1892, xviii, 158-161. Also, Reprint.— DoclievKki (I. I.) K ucheniyu o bollezni Thomsen'a, [On Thomsen's disease.] Ejened. jour. " Prakt. med.," St. Petersb., 1900, vii, 825-831.—Donskoff(N. A.) Slu- chal myotonia congenita. Neurol. Vestnik, Kazan,1909, xvi, 11&-131.—Down (E. A.) Report of a case of myo- Thomsen's disease [Myotonia con- genita]. tohia. Boston M. & S. J., 1908, clix, 173 - Dreschleld (J ) [Four members of one family aileeted with Thom- sen's disease.] Lancet, Lond., 1905, :i. 11:;6.—Elsell (R.) Atypicky pfipad Thomsenovy nemoci. lAn atypical caseof Thomsen's disease.] Casop, lek. cesk., v Praze, 1907, xlvi, 515-520.—Erikson (E. V.) Sluchal Tom- senovskoi boliezni. [Thomsen's disease.] Protok. za- said. Kavkazsk. med. Obsh., Tiflis, 1902-3, xxxix, 563- oG9. —Eulenburg (A.) Ueber Thomsen'sche Krank- heit. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1895, xxi, 691-693.—Fiedler. Vorstellung eines Falles von Myotonia congenita. Jahresb. d. Gesellsch. f. Nat.- u. Heilk. in Dresd.. 1896-7, 24.—Findlay (L.) A case of Thomsen's disease. Quart. J. Med., Oxford, 1912-13, v, 495-502, 5 pi—von Frankl-Hoclnvart (L.) Die Thomsen'sche Krankheit. Deutsche Klinik, Berl., 1904, vi 764-776.—FUrstner. Myotonia aequisita. Arch. f. Psychiat., Berl., 1895, xxvii, 600-607.—Funoke. Ein Fall von Myotonia bezw. Paramyotonia congenita. Deutsche; mil.-arztl. Ztschr., Berl., 1898, xxvii, 114-125.— GadzyatKki (F. K.) Miotoniya u soldata. [Myotonia in a soldier.] Vovenno-med. J., St. Petersb., 1898, exeii, med.-spec. pt., 823-829.—Gardiner (C. F.) A case of myotonia congenita. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1901, xviii, 925-928.—Gaupp (R.) Ein Fall von partieller Myoto- nia congenita. Centralbl. f. Nervenh. u. Psychiat., Co- blenz & Leipz., 1900, n. F., xi, 65-68— Gessler (H.) Ein Fall von Thomsen'scher Krankheit (Myotonia con- genita). Med. Cor.-Bl. d. wiirttemb. iirztl. Ver., Stuttg., 1898 lxviii, 425; 433. -----. Nervendehnung bei Thom- sen'scher Krankheit. Ibid., 1899, lxix. 282-284. Also: Aerztl. Rundschau, Munchen, 1899, ix, 721. -----. Eine neue Behandlung der Thomsen'schen Krankheit. Deut- sches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1899, lxvi, 259-269.— Golovkoft* (A. I.) K voprosu o patologicheskom iz- mlenerdi mishts pri bollezni Tomsena (myotonia con- genita). [Pathological changes in the muscles in Thom- sen's disease (myotonia congenita).] Trudi i Protok. Imp. Kavkazsk. Med. Obsh., Tiflis, 1909-10, xlvi, 260-267, 2 pi— Gottardi (L.) Miotonia congenita (crampi tonici, miotonia atassica, atassia miotonica congenita). Gior. med. d. r. esercito [etc.], Roma, 1896, xliv, 132- 134.—Greenfield (J. G.) Notes on a family of "myo- tonia atrophica" and early cataract, with a report of an additional case of "myotonia atrophica." Rev. Neurol. & Psychiat., Edinb., 1911, ix, 169-181, 1 pi.—Grixoni (G.) Sopra un caso di malattia di Thomsen. Morgagni, Milano, 1901, xliii, 728-748. Also: Soc. med.-chir. di Bologna. Resoc. (1901), 1902, 53-55.— Gromfko (M. I.) Sluchal Tomsenovol bollezni iii miotonii. [Case ot Thomsen's disease.] Voyenno-med. J., St. Petersb., 1904, iii, med.-spec, pt., 50-55.—Grund (G.) Zur Frage des Vorkommens erworbener Myotome. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1911, xlii, 110-127. Also [Abstr.]: Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1911, lviii, 820.—Guthrie (L. G.) Case of myotonia congenita (Thomsen's disease). Tr. M. Soc. Lond., 1899-1900, xxiii, 345. -----. Myotonia congenita (Thomsen's dis- ease?). Med. Press & Circ., Lond., 1900, n. s., lxix, 397 — Haynes (W. H.) A case of myotonia congenita. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1897, xxiv, 413^17 — Herz (M.) Ueber die Auskultation des normalen und pathologischen Muskelschalles; Verhalten desselben beim Morbus Thomsen. Centralbl. f. innere Med., Leipz., 1901, xxii, 11-16.—Hirscliield (R.) Myotonia atrophica. Ztschr. f. d. ges. Neurol, u. Psvchiat., Berl. u. Leipz., 1911, v, Orig., 682-689.—Hlawaezek. Ein Fall von Myotonia congenita combinirt mit Para- myotonia. Jahrb. f. Psychiat., Leipz. u. Wien, 1895, xiv, 92-113.—Hochsinger (C.) La Myotome des nourrissons et la tetanie. Rev. mens. d. mal. de l'enf., Par., 1902, xx, 241-246.—Hott'mann (J.) Ein Fall von Thomsen'scher Krankheit, complicirt durch Neuritis multiplex. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1896, ix, 272-278. -----. Zur Lehre von der Thomsen'schen Krankheit mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung des dabei vorkommenden Muskelschwundes. Ibid., 1900, xviii, 198-216. -----. Ein Fall von Thomsen'scher Krankheit. Vereinsbl. d. pfalz. Aerzte, Frankenthal, 1903, xix, 98-103 -----. Zur Lehre von der Thomsen'schen Krankheit. Arch. f. Psvchiat., Berl., 1903, xxxvii, 668. Also: Centralbl. f. Nervenh. u. Psychiat., Berl. u. Leipz., 1903, xxvi, 488.—Hol'mann (F. B.) Ergo- graphische Versuche an einem Falle von Myotonia congenita (Thomsen) . Med. Klin., Berl., 1913, ix, 990— Holemans. Note sur un cas de maladie de Thomsen. Arch. med. beiges, Brux., 1905, 4. s., xxvi, 239-244— Hoi I m a nn (O.) Ein Fall von Thomsen- scher Krankheit (Mvotonia congenita). Fiinfz. Beitr. a d. Geb. d. ges. Med. Festschr. . . . d. Ver. d. \erzte d. Rgrngsbz. Diisseld., Wiesb., 1894, 362-376.— Hunt (D. J. R.) Mvotonia atrophica. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1908. xxxv, 269-272.-I\vasaki. [A case of Thomsen's disease.] Tokyo Iji-Shinshi. 1904, 2221-2224.—Jaeoby (G. W.) Thomsen's disease. Bos- ton M. & S. J., 1897, exxxvii, 656. Also: 3. Nerv. & THOMSEN'S. 145 THOMSEN'S Thomsen's disease [Myotonia con- genita]. Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1898, xxv, 53. -----. On myotonia. J. Nerv. A Ment. Dis., N. Y., l^.'S. xxv, 508-528. Also, Reprint. A'-., transl.: N. Yorker med. Monatschr., 1*98, x, 385-40J— Jan. Relation d'un cas de maladie de Thomsen, observee sur un soldat d'infanterie de marine. Arch, de med. nav., Par., 1895, lxiv, 307-311.— .laquet (A.) Les troubles de la motilite dans la maladie de Thomsen. Semaine med., Par., 1903, xxiii, ] 381-38;.—Jensen (P.) Zum Verhalten der Mus- keln bei der Tiiomsen'schen Krankheit. Jahresb. d. i schles. Gesellsch. f. vaterl. Cult. 1902, Bresl., 1903, lxxx, med. Sect., 227-229. -----. Zur Analyse der Muskel- I stdrung bei der Thomsen'schen Krankheit. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1903, lxxvii, 246-276.— Jones (J. T.) Two cases of myotonia or Thomsen's disease oc- j curringin the same family. Occidental M. Times, San Fran., 1900, xiv, 316-318. 'Also [Abstr.]: N. Albany M. | Herald, 1901-2, xxi, 965.— te Kamp. Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Myotonia congenita, sog. Thomsenschen Krankheit. Deutsche med. Wchnschr.. Leipz. u. Berl., 1907, xxxiii, 1005.— Khovrin (A.N.) Sluchal Tomsen- ovskol bollezni (myotonia congenita). [Case.] Vopr. nerv.-psikh. med , Kiev, 1899, iv, 431-436.—Knoblaueh ( A.) Demonstration eines Falles von Thomsen'scher Krankheit. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1908, xiv, 1903.— Koeli iJ.) Znr Histologie des myotoniseh hypertro- phischen Muskels der Thomsen'schen Krankheit (Myo- tonia congenita). Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1901, clxiii, 38O-403, 2 pi.—von Kralt't-Ebing. Thomsen's disease and paramyotonia. Med. Press & Circ., Lond., 1893, n. s., lvi, 79. — Kron (H.) Yorstellung Thom- sen'scher Krankheitsialle. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1898, xxxv, 447.—Kumagai (T.) Leber die Thomsen'sche Krankheit. Mitt. a. d. med. Fakult. d. k. Univ. zu Tokyo, 1911, x. 17—17.—Lannois. Myotome avec atro- pine musculaire. Cong, d. med.alieiiistesetneurol.de France 1904, Par., 1905, ii, 495-504, 2 pi. — Lieelere. Fausse maladie de Thomsen de nature hysterique. Lyon med., 1902, xcviii, 369.—Leopold-Levi. A propos" du syndrome myotonique. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1905, lix, 53.—Leporini (F.) Un caso di male di Thomsen. Tommasi, Napoli, 1908, iii, 66s.—Levi (L.) Le syndrome myotonique. Semaine med., Par., 1905, xxv. 541-547. -----. Maladie de Thomsen et sareo- plasmi. Rev. neurol., Par., 1905, xiii, 789-795.—Levi (L.i de Bonniot (E.) Un cas de myospasme cloni.jue et tonique > myoelonotonie acquise). ltiid., 557-560.— Lord iS. A.; Two casesof Thomsen's disease, and one ! of transient mvotone, occurring in one family. Boston M. A: S. J.. 1900. cxlii, 249-252. Also. Reprint.—IWac- gregor .1. F.) Thomsen's disease. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1903, ii. 1112.—.Tlaggiore iS.) Oservazioni cliniche ed istnliigiehe Mjpraun caso di malattia di Thomsen. Pedia- tria. Napoli, 1912. 2. s., xx, 1-15.—.flakier (J.) Fall von Thomsen'scher Krankheit (Mvotonia congenita). 1 Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1900, xiii, 105*1.—Mahler (J.) & Beck (R.) Beitrage zur Thomsen'schen Krankheit. Ibid., 1219-1224.—Jlarotta (G.) II morbo di Thomsen. Gazz. internaz. di med., Napoli. 190s, xi, 1.—Marscli. Zur Kasuistik der Thomsen'-ehen Krankheit. Deutsche mil.-arztl. Ztschr., Berl., 1903, xxxii, 155-160.— Ueara i, F. S.) Myotonia congenita or Thomsen's disease; a case. Arch. Pediat.. N. Y . 1905, xxii, 812-816. [Discussion], s59.—Jleeus ( F.) Un cas de maladie de Thomsen. J. de neurol.. Par., 1905, x, 269-275. Also: Arch, neurol., Par., 1906, 2. s., xxi, 108-112.—.Tiele (A.) Un caso di malattia di Thomsen. Gior. med. d. r. esercito, Roma, 1898, xlvi, 1173-1179. Also: Boll. d. clin., Milano, 1899, xvi. 117-121. — .TIessarosh i P. I.) Sluchal Thom- sen'ovskol bollezni v sochetanii s lozhnomishechnol hipertrofiyel. [Thomsen's disease combined with pseudo- muscularhypertrophy.] Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1903, lix, 167-173. Also, transl.: Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1904, Ixxiii, 217-219.—JIills (C. K.) Mvotonia, or Thomsen's disease. Am.Text-Bk.Dis.Child. (Starr),2.ed.,Phila.,1898, 687-689—Jlingazzini (G.) & Perusini (G.) La sin- drome miotonica; miotonia congenita,miotoniaacquisita estatiaffini. Riv.dipatol.nerv.,Firenze, 1904,ix, 153-191.— Modena (G.) A Siceardi (P. D.) Sopra un caso di miotonia; considerazioni su la sindrome miotonica. Riv. sper. di freniat., Reggio-Emilia, 1905, xxxi, 238. ----- -----. Su di un caso di miotonia; considernzioni su la sindrome miotonica. Ibid., fasc. 2, 151-168.— Holcha- noiriM. I.) Sluchal Thomsen'ovol bollezni. [Thom- sen's disease.] Protok. zasled. Obsh. Nelropat. i Psikhiat. pri Imp. Moskov. Univ., 1895-6, .5-7— \al baud oll'is.s.) Thomsen'ovskaya bollezn vsochetanii s sukhotkoyu: slu- chal semelnol miotonii. [Thomsen'sdisease in combina- tion with tabes; caseof hereditary myotonia. [Vrach. St. Petersb., 1899, xx, 1474; 1506.—Nogues (E.) & Sirol (J.) Maladie de Thomsen a forme fruste avec atrophic musculaire. N. iconog. de la Salpetriere, Par., 1891*. xii, 15-21,1 pi.—Oppenheim. Ueber einen Fall von Myo- tonia congenita. Verhandl. d. Berl. med. Gesellsch. 1904, I VOL XVIII, 2d series---10 ^homsen's disease [Myotonia con- genita] Berl., 1905, xxxv, 64-66. Also: Med. Bl., Wien, 1904^ xxvi, 627. Also: Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1904, xii, 255.—Otani (S.) A case of Thomsen's disease. Sei-i-Kwai M. J., Tokyo, 1899, xviii, no. 6, 1-12. Also: Chiugai 1 ji Shinpo, Tokio, 1899, xx, 577-586. Also, transl.: Ztschr. d. med. Gesellsch. zu Tokyo, 1899, xiii, 213-223.—Pan sin i (S.) La malattia di Thomsen; diagnostica diilerenziale. Cor- riere san., Milano, 1907, xviii, 619-521. —Pechin (A.) Troubles oculaires dans la maladie de Thom-en. Rev. d'hyg. et de med. inf. [etc.], Par., 1910, ix, 113-116—Pe- lizacu*. Ein Fall von Thomsen'scher Krankheit. Cen- tralbl. f. Nervenh. u. Psychiat., Coblenz & Leipz., 1897, n. F., viii, 128. Alsi>: Arch. f. Psychiat., Berl., l-sys, xxx, 1010-1013.— Pel z (A.) Ueber atypische Formen der rhomsen'schen Krankheit (Myotoniacongenita). Arch. f. Psychiat., Berl., 1906-7, xlii, 704-751.—Pernberton (R.) A metabolic study of myotonia atrophica; with the report of two cases. Am. J. M. Sc. Phila. & N. Y., 1911, cxli, 253-267.—Pesme. Maladie de Thomsen. Arch.de med. et pharm. mil., Par., 1911, lviii, 113-119.—Pitres (A.) A Abadie (J.) Un cas de maladie de Thomsen. Gaz. hebd. d. se. med. de Bordeaux, 1906, xxvi, 39-41.— Preston (G. J.) Myotonia congenita (Thomsen's dis- ease); report of a typical case. Med. News, N. Y., 1898, Ixxiii, 863.—Quis (V.) Pfipad nemoci Thomsenovy. [Case of Thomsen's disease.] Casop. lek. cesk., v Praze, 1887. xxvi, 713; 729.—von Had. [Ein Fall von Thom- sen'scher Krankheit.] Sitzungsb. d. arztl. Ver. Niirnb. 1902,Miinchen,1903,47.—Raymond. Maladie de Thom- sen. J.de med. int., Par., 1902, vi, 198.—Reano (M.) Sulla miotonia dei neonati e sui riflessi tendinei ecuta- nei della prima infanzia. Pediatria, Napoli, 1907, 2. s., v, 321-335.—Reus (G.) A caseof myotonia congenita treat- ed by voltaic alternations, massage, and suggestion. Arch. Roentg. Ray, Lond., 1905-6, x, 183.—Rfbalkin (J.) O simptomatologii miotonii; miotoniya i miotonicheskaya astma. [Symptomatology of myotonia.] Bolnitseh. gaz. Botkina, St. Petersb., 1892, iii, 1034; 1068.—Rizzuti (G.) Sudiun caso di malattia di Thomsen da lesione cerebrate. Gior. med. d. r. esercito, Roma, 1902,1,817-825. Also: Boll. d. clin., Milano, 1903, xx, 79-83.—Rossolimo (G. I.) Atroficheskaya forma Tomsenovol bollezni. ^Atrophic form of Thomsen's disease.] J. nevropat. i psikhiat.... Korsakova,Mosk.,1901,i,pt. 2,63.—Rouget. Maladiede Thomsen. Soc.demed.mil.franr;. Bull..Par., 1912,vi,344- 348.—Rudolf (R. D.) Thompsen's disease [congenital myotonia]. Canada Lancet, 1910-11, xliv, 679-688.— Rzetkowski (K.) Kilka uwag o chorobie Thomsen'a (myotonia congenita) na zasadzie dw6eh spostrzeganych przypadkdw. [On Thomsen's disease, based on two cases.] Medycyna, Warszawa, 1900, xxviii, 286: 310.—Sand (R.) Un cas de myotome fruste et intermittente (maladie de Thomsenl. Clinique. Brux., 1906, xix, 343-346.—Schiei- ierdeeker (P.) A Sohultze ( F.) Beitrage zur Kennt- nis der Myotonia congenita, der Tetanie mit myotoni- schen Symptomen, der Paralysis agitans und einiger an- derer Muskelkrankheiten, zur Kenntnis der Aktivitats- Hvpertrophie des normalen Muskelbaues. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1903, xxv, 1-345, 14 pi., *1 diag.—Sell mid t. Fall von Thomsenscher Krankheit. Jahresb. d. schles. Gesellsch. f. vaterl. Cult. 1902, Bresl., 1903, lxxx, med. Sect., 115.—Selioen born (S.) Ein casuistischer Beitrag zur Lehre von der Thomsen'schen Krankheit. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1899, xv, 274-285.—Sedgwick (J. P.) Von Graefe's sign in myotonia congenita (Thomsen's disease). Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1910, cxl, 80-86.—Seiffer (W.) Ueber Nervendehnung bei der Thomsen'schen Krankheit. Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1900, xix, 648-650.— Skvortsoff. Sluchal miotonii (bollezni Thomsen'a). Med. Sbornik varshav. Uvazd. voyenn. hosp., Varshava, 1894, vii, 51-55.—Smith (A. J.) A case of myotonia (Thomsen's disease) apparently arising from the effects of a fall. Internat. M. Mag., Phila., 1891-5, iii, 129-135.— Spiller (W. G.) General or localized hypotonia of the muscles in childhood, mvotonia congenita. Univ. Penn. M. Bull., Phila., 1904-5, xvii, 342-316.—Steiner (W. R.) Thomsen's disease, myotonia congenita. In: Mod. Med. (Osier), 8°, Phila. & N. Y., 1909, vi, 595-605.—Steinert (H.) Ueber das klinische und anatomische Bild des Muskelschwundes der Mvotoniker. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1909-10, xxxvii, 58-104. -----. Ein neuer Fall von atrophischer Myotome; ein Nachtrag zu meiner Arbeit in Bd. 37 d. Ztschr. Ibid., 1910, xxxix, 168-173. -----. Ein Fall von Thomsen'scher Krankheit. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1911, xlviii, 691.—Stewart (Sir T. G.) [A case of peculiar nervous atTection, showing some analogy with Thomsen's disease] Tr. Med.-Chir. Soc. Edinb., 1897-8, n. s., xvii, 17 > —Siisskand (A.) Zur Kenntniss der Thomsen'schen Krankheit (Myotonia congenita [ineimte iiiotul j. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1-894, xxv, 91-122 —Suirimoto (K.) [A case of Thom- sen's disease] <;uti I gaku Kwai Zasshi, Tokyo, 1902, 778- 785.—Sulakoft" (A. I.) Myotonia congenita (bollezn THOMSEN'S. 146 THOMSON". Thomsen's disease [Myotonia con- genita]. Thomsen'a). Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1909, xvi, 486-489.— Tada (K.) [A case of Thomsen's disease.] Shinkei- gaku Zasshi, Tokyo, 1903, ii, 236-241.—Takaliaski (B.) [A case of Thomsen's disease.] Geibi Iji, Tokyo, 1902, 49; 85.—Takeoka (M.) [A case of Thomsen's disease.] tJun Igaku Kwai Zasshi, Tokyo, 1898, 1082-1088, 1 pi.— I rbat li (JA Ein Fall von Thomsen'scher Krankheit. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1899, xlix, 118-120.—Verzilolf (N. M.) K ucheniyu o Thomsen'ovskol bollezni. [A study of Thomsen's disease.] Vopr. nerv.-psikh. med., Kiev. 1897. ii, 295-326, 4 diag., 1 pi. Also [Abstr.]: Protok. zasled. obsh. Nevropat. i Psikhiat. pri Imp. Moskov. Univ., ls%-7, 42-14.—Vvedenski (I. N.) & Zakltar- ckenko (M. A.) K voprosu o dushevnikh razstrolst- vakh pri Thomsen'ovol bollezni. [Mental disturbances in Thomsen's disease.] J. nevropat. i psikhiat. . . . Kor- sakova, Mosk., 1906, vi, 324-338.—Wichniann. Ein Fall von der Thomsen'schen ahnlichen Krankheit. Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1897, xvi, 41-43.—Wintre- bert (P.) Sur le dfiveloppementde la contractilite mus- culaire dans les myotones encore depourvus de liaison nerveuse reflexe. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1905, lix, 60.—X,;iliorsky. Myotonia congenita. Am. J. Obst. N. V., 1910, lxii, 1132.—Zambler (A.) Sopra un caso di malattia del Thomsen. Gior. med. d. r. esercito [etc.], Roma, 1896, xliv, 614-623. Also: Boll. d. clin., Mi- lano, 1896, xiii, 454-459.—Zuelzer. Demonstration einer der Thomsen'schen ahnlichen Muskelerkrankung. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1901, xxvii, Ver.-Beil., 285. Thomson (Adam) [ -1767]. Smitli (H. L.) Dr. Adam Thomson, the originator of the American method of inoculation for small-pox. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1909, xx, 49-52. Thomson (Alexander). C. (F. H.) Obituary. Glasgow M. J., 1903, lix, 189- 191.—Obituary. Lancet, Lond., 1903, i, 408. Thomson (Alexis) [1863- ] & Miles (Alex- ander). Manuel of surgery. 2 v. Vol. I. General surgery. Vol II. Regional surgery. xvii, 763 pp.; xiii (1 1.), 723 pp. 12°. Edin- burgh & London, Y. J. Pentland, 1904. •-----------. The same. 3. ed. 2 v. xx, 886 pp.; xiv, 861 pp. 12°. Edinburgh, Glasgow & London, H. Frowde, [etc.], 1909. -----------. The same. 4. ed. 3 v. Vol. I. General surgery. Vol. II. Eegional surgery. Vol. III. Operative surgery. 8°. Edinburgh, Glasgow & London, H. Frowde [etc.], 1911-12. -----------. The same. 2 v. 808 pp.; 816 pp. 8°. Philadelphia & London, J. B. Lippincott 'Co., 1906. r Thomson (Allen) [1809-84J. Outlines of phys- iology for the use of students. Parts I and II. 308 pp. 12°. Edinburgh, Maclachan & Stewart, [1848]. -----. Address delivered at the Plymouth meet- ing of the British Association for the Advance- ment of Science. 33 pp. 8°. London, Taylor & Francis, 1878. See, also, Quain (Jones). Elements of anatomy [etc.]. 8°. London, 1876. F°r Biography, see Diet. Nat. Biog., Lond., 1898, lvi, 233 (D'A. Power). Thomson (Anthony Todd) [1778-1849]. The London dispensatory, containing: I. The ele- ments of pharmacy. II. The botanical descrip- tion, natural history, chemical analysis, and me- dicinal properties of the substances of the mate- ria medica. III. The pharmaceutical prepara- tions and compositions of the pharmacopoeias of the London, Edinburgh, and Dublin colleges of physicians. The whole forming a practical synopsis of materia medica, pharmacy, and therapeutics:. 2. ed. exxviii, 820 pp., 7 pi. 8° London, Longman, Hurst [etal.], 1818. —-—. The same. 6. ed. xvi, 1096 pp. 8°. London, Longman, Bees [et al.]. 1831. Thomson (Anthony Todd)—continued. -----. A conspectus of the pharmacopoeias of the London, Edinburgh, and Dublin colleges of physicians; being a practical compendium of materia medica and pharmacy. 11. ed. xxiii, 193 pp., 2 1. 16°. London, Longman, Orme [et al.], 1838. -----. The same. 12. ed. xxiii, 193 pp. 16°. London, Longman, Orme [etal.], 1840. -----. The same. 15. ed. xxiv, 204 pp. 16°. London, Longman, Orme [etal.], 1845. -----. The same. ]. Am. from 5. Lond. ed. xxv, 229 pp., 2 1. 16°. New York, E. Bliss & E. White, 1£25. See, also, Bate man (Thomas). Praktische Darstel- lung der Hautkrankheiten [etc.]. 8°. Leipzig, 1835. -----. The same. 8°. Leipzig, 1841. -----. The same. Praktisk afhandling om hudens siukdomar, etc. 8° Stockholm, 1838. For Biography, see Diet. Nat. Biog., Lond., 1898, lvi, 235 (D'A. Power). Thomson (Archibald] G.) A case of acci- dental sponge-grafting of the conjunctiva of eighteen months' duration; with some sugges- tions upon sponge-grafting in eye-surgery. 6 pp. 16°. Philadelphia, 1895. Repr.from: Med. News, Phila., 1895, lxvi. See, also, de Schweinitz (Georg Edmund) & Thom- son (Archibald G.) A second attack of papillitis fete.I. 8°. New York, 1895. J Thomson (Arthur) [1858- ]. A hand book of anatomy for art students, xvii, 413 pp., 29 xviii, 415 pp., 43 pi. pi. 8°. Oxford, 1896. -----. The same. 2. ed. 8°. Oxford, 1899. -----. The same. 3. ed. xx, 459 pp., 59 pi. 8°. Oxford, Clarendon Press, 1906. -----. The anatomy of the human eye, as illus- trated by enlarged stereoscopic photographs. 61 pp., 37 1., 67 pi. 4°. Oxford, Clarendon Press, 1912. Thomson (Benjamin). ^Thompson (SirBen- jamin). Thomson (Daniel Gibson Pearce) 11860- 1905]. Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1905, i, 225. Thomson (Edgar S[tiener]) [1871- ]. See Webster (David) & Thomson (Edgar S.) A case of acute glaucoma [etc.]. 8°. New York, 1900.—Wil- son (F. M.) & Thomson (Edgar S.) Case of glioma retinae and brain metastases, [etc.]. 8°. New York, 1900. Thomson (Elihu). The past century; its prog- ress in great subjects. Electricity. Cutting from: Sun, N. Y., Feb. 10, 1901. Thomson (F[rancis] H[ay]) [1814-70]. Facial neuralgia. 8 pp. 8°. Glasgow, 1860. [P., v. 2199.] Repr.from: Glasgow M. J., 1860, viii. Thomson (George) [16207-79]. 'Aipariadir, or, the true way of preserving the blood in the integ- rity, and rectifying it, if at any time polluted and degenerate; wherein Dr. Willis his errour of bleeding is reprehended and offered to be confuted by practice and frequent experiments; and certain opinions of Dr. Betts in physick rejected and proved dangerously false; phle- botomy also, which he stands up for, declared by just trials to be destructive; whereunto are added a stomachical spirit commended to the world, diaetetical instructions; the nature and cure of the griping of the guts. 7 p. 1., 180 pp., 2 1., 1 pi. 12°. [London], N. Crouch, 1670. -----. Epilogismi chymici observationes nee non remedia hermetica longa in arte hia- trica exercitatione constabilita, item essentise THOMSON. 147 THOMSON. Thomson (George)—continued. nostrse stomachics vires insignes medicte expli- cantur, ejusque materia, modus ac methodus pneparationis ad Galeno-Chymicorum elenchum rideliter describuntur. 3 p. 1., 87 pp. 24°. Lugd, Bat., A. Doude & A. Severinus, 1673. -----. OpSo-piSoSos iazpo-xvpiKrp, or the di- rect method of curing chymically. Wherein is conteined the original matter and principal agent of all natural bodies. Also the efficient and material cause of diseases in general. Their therapeutick way and means. I. Diaetetical, by rectifying eating, drinking, etc. II. Phar- maceutick. 1. By encreasing and supporting the vital spirits. 2. By pacifying and indulging them. 3. By defacing or blotting out the idea of diseases by proper specifics. Lastly by re- moving the extimulating or occasional cause of maladies. To which is added the art of mid- wifery chymically afferred. The character of an ortho-chymist and pseudo-chymist. A de- scription of the sanative virtues of our stomach- essence. Also rerAvvd-inepipis; or a just com- plaint of the method of the Galenists. 7 p. 1., 192, 33-40 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Cornhill, B. Billingslei/, 1675. For Biography, see Diet. Nat. Biog., Lond., 1898. lvi, 420 (E. I. Carlyle). Thomson (Sir George) [1843-1003]. Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1904, "i, 53. Also: Lancet, Lond., 1904, i, 131. Thomson (George) [1844-1906]. Obituary. Lancet, Lond., 1906, ii, 1316. Thomson (George S[loane]) & Thomson (John). A treatise on plague; the conditions for its causation, prevalence, incidence, immu- nity, prevention, and treatment, xiv (1 1.), 299* pp. 12°. London, S. Sonnenschein', Reprint.—Wendel(W.) Ueber die Verletznntr des Ductus thoracicus am Halse und ihre Heilungsmoglichkeit. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1898, xlviii, 437-456—Zesas (D. G.) Die operativ ent- standenen Verletzungen des Ductus thoracicus; ihre Be- deutung: ihre Behandlung. Ibid., 1911-12, cxiii, 197-218. -----. Die nicht operativ entstandenen Verletzungen des Ductus thoracicus. Ibid., 1912, cxv, 49-62. Thoracic glands (Diseases of). Manjres I M.) The diagnostic value of lateral thora- cic glands. X. YorkM.,1. [etc.1.1911. xciv.1163-1165. Also. Reprint.—Sansom i A. E.) A Tresilian (F.) Acaseof malignant di-case of the thoracic mediastinal glands; dilatation of the descending aorta, marked cardiac inter- mission and bradycardia. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1895, i, 912. Thoracic sinus. Dowd (C. N.) Lung decortication and thoracoplasty for persistent thoracic sinus. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1909, xlix, 866-869. Thoraeodynamometer. Fries (J.) * Versuche mit dem Thorako- dynamometer nach Sticker. [Wurtzburg.] 8°. Leipzig, 1903. Also, in: Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heilstattenw., Leipz., 1904, v, 251-260. Thoracograph. Bang (F. i En torakograf. • [Thoracograph.] Nord. Tids-^kr, f. Terapi, Kgbenh.. 1911-12, x, 245-250.—Lope (D. V.) Torac6grafo presentado ante la Academia na- cional demedicina. Gac. m York, 190*. Tliorndike (Paul) [1863- ]. Remarks on the disturbances that may follow instrumenta- tion upon the male urethra and bladder. 16 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, 1891. Repr.from: Med. News, Phila., 1891. lix. -----. A case of nephro-lithotomy, with re- marks on the operation. 8 pp. 12°. Boston, Damrell& Upham, 1892. Repr.from: Boston M. & S. J., 1892, cxxvii. -----. Long-continued bladder drainage. 7 pp. 12°. Boston, Damrell & Upham, 1893. Repr.from: Boston M. & S. J., 1893, cxxix. -----. Remarks on pre-vesical inflammation. 8 pp. 8°. [New York, 1893.] Repr.from: J. Cutan. & Genito-Urin. Dis., N. Y., 1893, xi. -----. Notes on phosphaturia. 11 pp. 12°. Boston, Damrell & Upham, 1894. Repr.from: Boston M. & S. J., 1894, ex. -----. Urine-analysis, and a consideration of the urine in surgical diseases of the urinary tract. In: Am. text-book gen.-urin. dis. [etc.] (Bangs&Hard- away). 8°. Philadelphia, 1898,17-45. ■-----. A case of cystin calculus in the male bladder. [Also:] Remarks on cystinuria; ex- amination of the urine and calculus. By J. Bergen Ogden. 12 pp. 8°. Boston, Damrell & Upham, 1898. Repr.from: Boston M. & S. J., 1898, exxxviii. -----. A few remarks on the diagnosis and treatment of rupture of the bladder. 8 pp. 8°. New York, 1899. Repr.from: J. Cutan. & Genito-Urin. Dis., N. Y., 1899, xvii. -----. Clinical reports of cases of infection due to the bacillus aerogenes capsulatus of Welch. 24 pp. 12°. Boston, 1900. Repr.from: Boston M. &S. J., 1900, cxlii. ---:—. When and how shall we operate for ob- structing hypertrophy of the prostate gland? 8 pp. 12°. New York, 1904. Repr.from: Med. News, N. Y., 1904, lxxxiv. -----. Notes on operations for renal and ure- teral stone. 5 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Boston, 1905. Repr.from: Boston M. & S. J., 1905, clii. -----. Surgical treatment of nephritis; a r6sume\ 10 pp. 8°. Boston, 1905. Repr.from: Boston M. & S. J., 1905, clii. -----& Crandon (L. R. G.). Results of sur- gical treatment of movable kidney at the Bos- ton City Hospital. 9 pp. 12°. Boston, 1905. Repr.from: Boston M. &. S. J., 1905, clii. -----& Cunningham (John H.) Hyperne- phroma. 14 pp., 6 pi. 8°. Boston, 1903. Repr.from: Boston M. & S. J., 1903, cxlix. Tliorndike (William) [1870- ]. See Warren (Ira). Warren's household physician, enlarged and revised; description, [etc.]. 8°. Boston,1898. Thorne (Brose S.) Prescriptions and advice, pertaining to the methods now in use and have been for the past centurv, preventing and curing diseases . . . 202 pp., 2 1. 8°. Marion, Ind., Tr aster & Smith, [1912]. Thorne (Isabel) [ -1910]. Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1910, ii, 1198. Also: Lancet, Lond., 1910, ii, 1151. Thorne (John Sullivan) [1807-80]. Seliroeder (W.) John Sullivan Thorne. Brooklvn M. J., 1898, xii, 24.V247, port. Thorne (Leslie Thorne). A practical guide to the administration of the Nauheim treatment of chronic disease* of the heart in England. 53 pp. 8°. London, Bailliere, Tindall & Cox, 1904. -----. Thesame. 2. ed. vi, 75pp., 2 1. 12°. London, Baillilre, Tindall & Cox, 1906. -----. Thesame. The "Nauheim" treatment of diseases of the heart and circulation. 3. ed. viii, 82 pp. 12°. London, Bailliere, Tindall & Cox, 1909. Tliorne (Sir Richard Thorne) [1841-99]. The dwelling house in relation to tuberculous con- sumption. 14 pp. 8°. London, R. Clay & Sons, 1891. Repr.from: Practitioner, Lond., 1891, xlvi. -----. The administrative control of tubercu- losis; being the Harben lectures delivered in 1898 before the Royal Institute of Public Health. 73 pp. 8°. London, Bailliere, Tindall & Cox, 1899. For Biography, see Brit. M. J., Lond., 1899, ii, 1771-1773. Also: Lancet, Lond., 1899, ii, 1762-1766. Also: Ibid., Lan- cet, Lond., 1901, i, 343. Also: Diet. Nat. Biog., Lond., 1901 suppl., iii, 382 (D'A. Power). Also: Proc. Rov. Soc. Lond., 1905, lxxv, 110-112 (W. H. P.). Also: Pub. Health, Lond. 1899-1900, xii, 245 (A. Newsholme). Also: St. Barth. Hosp. J., Lond., 1899-1900, vii, 53, port. (F. W. Andrewes). Also: Ibid., 1900, Lond., 1901, xxxvi, 27-30. Thorne (Samuel S.) [1831- ]. [Biography.] Med.-Leg. Stud., N. Y., 1898, iv, 372. Thorne (William Bezly). The open air treat- ment of phthisis as practised at Falkenstein in the Taunus Mountains, Germany. A sessional lecture of the Royal British Nurses' Association, delivered on November 17, 1893. 31 pp. 16°. London, J. & A. Churchill, 1894. -----. A treatment of chronic diseases of the heart by baths and exercises according to the method of the Drs. Schott. 24 pp. 12°. Lon- don, J. & A. Churchill, 1894. -----. The same. The Schott methods of the treatment of chronic diseases of the heart, with an account of the Nauheim baths, and of the therapeutic exercises. 83 pp., 9 pi. 2. ed. 8°. London, J. & A. Churchill, 1896. -----. The same. 3. ed. 8°. London, J. & A. Churchill, 1899. -----. Thesame. 4. ed. 138 pp., 4 pi., 8 diag. 8°. London, J. & A. Churchill, 1902. -----. The same. 5. ed. 140 pp., 3 pi. 8°. London, J. & A. Churchill, 1906. -----. The same. 132 pp., 15 pi. 8°. Phila- delphia, P. Blakiston's Son & Co., 1899. -----. Thesame. 4. ed. 138 pp , 4 pi., 8 diag. 8°. Philadelphia, P. Blakiston's Son & Co., 1902. -----. The same. 5. ed. 140 pp., 9 pi. 8°. Philadelphia, P. Blakiston's Son & Co., 1906. Thorner (E[duard Sigismund]) [1842- ]. Zur Behandlung der Lungentuberculose mittels Koch'scher Injectionen. 36 pp. 12°. Berlin, S. Karger, 1894. Thorner (Max) [1859-99]. *Ein Fall von Pneumonia crouposa congenita. 28 pp. 8°. Munchen, J. Kramer, 1884. a. l. a. -----. Report of a case of partial laryngectomy for carcinoma of the larynx. 7 pp. 12°. Chi- cago, 1890. Repr.from: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago,. 1890, xiv. -----. Un cas d'atrophie d'une tumeur larvngee chez une enfant. 4 pp. 8°. Paris, [1892]. Repr.from: Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1892, v. THORNER. Thorner (Max)—continued. -----. Intubation in an adult followed by a fatal oedema of the larynx after extraction of the tube. 11. 8°. [St. Louis, 1893.] Repr.from: Ann. Ophth. & Otol., St. Louis, 1893, ii. -----. The management of foreign bodies in the air-passages. 7 pp. 16°. New York, 1893. Repr.from: Med. Rec, N. Y., 1893, xliv. -----. Acute pharyngitis, pp. 249-273. 8°. [Philadelphia, 1893.] Cutting [cover with printed title] from: Burnett's Sys- tem of diseases of the ear, nose, and throat. 8°. Phila- delphia, 1893, ii. -----. Pathological conditions following pierc- ing of the lobules of the ear. 7 pp. 12°. Chi- cago, Office Am. M. Ass., 1894. Repr.from: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1894, xxii. -----. Multiple papillomata of the larynx. 3 pp. 8°. Cincinnati, 1S94. Repr.from: Cincin. Lancet-Clinic, 1894, xxxiii. -----. A new mastoid retractor. 4 pp. 12°. New York, Trow, 1895. Repr.from: Med. Rec, N. Y., 1895, xlviii. -----. Syphilis of the nose. 7 pp. 8°. Cin- cinnati, 1896. Repr.from: Cincin. Lancet-Clinic, 1896, xxxvii. -----. Serious complications of suppuration of themiddleear. 6 pp. 12°. [Cincinnati,,1896.] Repr.from: Cincin. Lancet-Clinic, 1896, xxxvii. -----. Uncommon accidents following opera- tions in the nose and throat. 4 pp. 12°. Chi- t-ago, 189f>. Ripr.from: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1906, xxvi. -----. Autoscopy of the larynx and of the trachea. 8 pp. 12°. Chicago, Am. M. Ass. Press, 1896. Repr.from: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1896, xxvii. -----. Primary syphilis of the tonsil; report of a rase. 4 pp. 8°." St. Louis, 1897. Repr.from: Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1897, iii. -----. Practical experience with autoscopy. Examination of the air-passages without mirror. 4 pp. 8°. St. Louis, 1897. Repr.from: Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1897, ii. -----. Intubation with improved instruments. 3 pp. 8°. Cincinnati, 1898. Repr.from: Cincin. Lancet-Clinic, 1898, xl. See, also, Eichherg (Joseph). Some experiments with modified tuberculin [etc.]. 12°. Philadelphia, 1*93.—Kirstein (Alfred). Autoscopy of the larynx and the trachea, [etc.]. 12°. Philadelphia. 1897. For Biography, see Cincin. Lancet-Clinic, 1899, n. s., xliii, 233. Also: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1899, xxxiii, 620. Thorner (Walther) [1874- ]. * Ueber die Photographie des Augenhintergrundes. 31 pp. 1 pi., 1 1. 8°. Berlin, G. Vogt, 1896. -----. Die Theorie des Augenspiegels und die Photographie des Augenhintergrundes. iv (11.), 134 pp., 3 pi. 8°. Berlin, A. Hirschwedd, 1903. Tliornhill (Mark). The case against vivisec- tion, being a re-issue for general circulation of "The clergy and vivisection." 1 p. 1., 145 pp. 12°. London, Halchards, 1889. -----. Experiments on hospital patients. 2. ed. 63 pp. 16°. Loudon, 1894. Tliornhill ( William) [ -1755]. [Biography.] Diet. Nat. Biog., Lond., 1898, lvi, 297 (D'A. Power). Thornton (Arthur). The X rays. 63 pp., 1 photo. 12°. Bradford, 1896. Thornton (Bertram). Operative versus thera- peutic treatment of strumous cervical glands. 16 pp. 8°. London, H. K. Lewis, 1890. Thornton (E[dward] Q[uin]) [1866- ]. Clinical study of syrup of hydriodic acid. 7 pp. 16C. [Philadelphia, 1892?] THORNTON. Thornton (E[dward] Q[uin])—continued. ------. Dose-book and manual of prescription- writing; with a list of the official drugs and preparations, and also many of the newer reme- dits now frequently used, with their doses. 334 pp., 2 pi. 12°. Philadelphia, W. B. Saun- ders, 1895. ------. The same. 2. ed. 362 pp., 2 pi. 12°. Philadelplda & London, W. B. Saunders & Co., 1901. ------. The same. 3. ed. 392 pp., 2 pi. 8°. Philadelphia, W. B. Saunders & Co., 1905. -----. Thesame. 4. ed. 410pp. 12°. Phila- delphia & London, W. B. Saunders Co., 1909. ------. A manual of materia medica for medical students, x, 17-525 pp. 8°. Philadelphia & New York, Lea & Fehiger, 1911. -----. A pocket formulary. 10. ed., rev. xx, 17-288 pp. 12°. Philadelphia, Lea & Fehiger, [1912]. See, also, Hare (Hobart Amory) & Thornton (Ed- ward Quin). A study of the influenceof chloroform [etc.]. roy. 8°. Detroit, 1893. Thornton (G[ustavus]B.) [1835- ]. Diph- theria; pseudo-membranous croup. 8 pp. 8°. [Memphis, 1895.] Repr.from: Memphis M. Month., 1895, xv. -----. Annual address of the president of the Association of Medical Officers of the Army and Navy of the Confederacy. 6 pp. 8°. Memphis, 1910. Repr.from: Memphis M. Month., 1910, xxx. Thornton (H. Belcher). How to analyse simple salts, solids and solutions. 45 pp. 8°. London, H. Silverlock, 1889. Thornton (James Howard) [1834- ]. Mem- ories of seven campaigns. A record of thirty- five years' service in the Indian Medical De- partment in India, China, Egypt, and the Sudan; with an introduction by A. Egmont Hake. Illustrated by Edward Thornton and {Catherine Margaret Thornton, xxviii, 359 pp., port. 8°. Westminster, A. Constable & Co., 1895. Thornton (James Parsons) [1849-1906]. Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1906, i, 898. Thornton (J[ohn] Knowsley) [1845-1904]. Twenty-five cases of ovariotomy, with some re- marks on the causes and treatment of the fever so frequently following the operation. 16 pp. 8°. London, J. E. Adlard, 1877. Repr.from: Med.-Chir. Tr., Lond., 1876-7, lx. ------. Peritoneal cysts, with blood cyst of left ovary. 5 pp. 8°. London, 1878. Repr.from: Tr. Path. Soc. Lond., 1877-8, xxix. -----. [1.] Fifty additional casesof complete ovariotomy, with brief notes of six other cases of abdominal section. [2] Removal of hyda- tids of the omentum and from the pelvis during seventh month of pregnancy; recoverv. 23 pp. 12°. London, IL K. Lewis, 1879. Repr.from,: Brit, M. J., Lond., 1878, ii, and Med. Times & Gaz., Lond., 1878, ii. ------. Removal of large fibro-cystic tumour of the uterus; recovery. 7 pp. 16°. London, Pardon & Sous, [1879]. Repr.from: Med. Times & Gaz., Lond., 1879, ii. ------. The antiseptic method in relation to drainage of the peritoneum in abdominal sur- gery. 23 pp. 8°. London, H. K. Lewis, 1879. ------. Uterine outgrowth removed during preg- nancy; premature labour; death from obstruc- tion of intestine. 6 pp. 12°. London, J. E. Adlard, 1879. Repr.from: Tr. Obst. Soc. Lond., 1878-9, xxi. THORNTON. 158 DE THOU. Thornton (J[ohn] Knowsley)—continued. -----. Various methods of dealing with pedicle in ovariotomy. 20 pp. 16°. London, Pardon & Sins, 1880. Repr.from: Med. Times & Gaz., Lond., 1880, ii. Removal of uterine fibroids by laparot- omy. 11 pp. 12°. London, J. E. Adlard, 1881. Repr.from: Tr. Obst. Soc. Lond., 1880-81, xxii. One hundred and seventy-two antiseptic abdominal sections, with remarks on the causes of death in the fatal cases. 27 pp. 8°. Lon- don, 1881. Repr.from: Med.-Chir. Tr., Lond., 1880-81, lxiv. ----. Clinical lecture on nephrotomy and nephrectomy. 8 pp. 12°. London, Pardon & Sons, 1882. Repr.from: Med. Times & Gaz., Lond., i, 1882. ----. Clinical lecture on the surgical treatment of fibro-mvoma of the uterus. Delivered at Samaritan Hospital, Jan. 24, 1883. 8 pp. 12°. London, Pardon d- Sons, 1883. Repr.from: Med. Times & Gaz., Lond., 1883, ii. Alveolar sarcoma of the capsule of the right-kidnev. 3 pp. 12°. London, J. E. Ad- lard, 1883. * Repr.from: Tr. Path. Soc. Lond., 1882-3, xxxiv. On the operative treatment of uterine fibro-myomata; introduction to a discussion in the section of obstetric medicine. 6 pp. 12° London, 1883. Repr.from: Brit. Med. J., Lond., 1883, ii. Cases of hysterectomy, with remarks on the value of the carbolic acid spray in this operation. 11 pp. 8°. London, J. Bale & Sons, 1885. Treatment of uterine fibro-myoma. Read before Cambridge Medical Society, June 5,1886. 15 pp. 12°. London, J. Bale & Sons, 1886. Tables of three hundred additional com- plete ovariotomies and of twenty incomplete or exploratory operations. 12 1. 12°. London, J. Bale & Sons, 1886. ----. A case of removal of both ovaries during pregnancy. 8 pp. 12°. London, J. E. Adlard, 1886. Repr.from: Tr. Obst. Soc. Lond., 1885-6, xxviii. ----. Two cases of splenectomy. 11 pp. 8°. London, J. E. Adlard, 1886. Repr.from: Med.-Chir. Tr., Lond., 1885-6, lxix. ----. Abdominal surgery, past and present. Opening address before the Medical Society of London, October 20, 1890. 35 pp. 12°. Lon- don, Harrison & Sons, 1890. Twenty-five cases of nephrectomy by ab- dominal section, pp. 289-315, 1 pi. 8°. Lon- don, Adlard & Son, 1890. Cutting [cover with printed title] from: Med.-Chir. Tr. Lond., 1889-90, lxxii. The lines of advance in abdominal sur- gery. 30 pp., typewritten, roy. 8°. [n.p.,n.d.] See, also: Testimonials in favour of John Knowsley Thornton, late resident house surgeon in the University clinical wards, Royal Infirmary Edinburgh, candidate for the office of house surgeon to the Infirmary, Worcester. 12° [Edinburgh, 1872.] For Biography, see Brit. M. J., Lond., 1904, i, 109. Also- J. Obst. & Gynsec. Brit. Emp., Lond., 1904, v, 198-203, port. Also: Med.-Chir. Tr., Lond., 1904, lxxxvii, pp. cxlvii- mX1^ {JLTfm^- Al'"o: Tr'Am- Ass- 0b9t-& Gynec 1904. N. Y., 1905, xvm, 259-262, port. (VV. W. Potter). Thornton (John P.) Training for health, strength, speed and agility; for the instruction of amateurs and others. 260 pp., port 12° New York, [1890]. F Thornton (Matthen<) [1714-1803]. Packard (P. R.) Dr. Matthew Thornton, signer of the Declaration of Independence and President of the Provisional Congress of New Hampshire. Univ. Penn.M. Bull., Phila., 1901, xiv, 92. Thornton (Robert John) [1768?-1837]. JBoulger (G. S.) [Biography.] Diet. Nat. Biog., Lond., 1898, lvi, 304-306. For Portrait, see Collection of Portr. (Libr.). Thornton (William). Rationalism in medical treatment, or the restoration of chemism, the system of the future. 46 ff. 12°. Boston, 1S85. -----. The cause and cure of malignancy; an im- portant announcement to the medical profession. 26 pp. 8°. [Boston, 1894.] Thorough room disinfection by means of Scher- ing's formalin lamp andSchering's formalin dis- infector. 47 pp. 8°. New York, 1898. Tliorowgood (John C[harles]) [1833- ]. Notes on asthma; its nature, forms and treat- ment. 2. ed. 166 pp. 12°. Loudon, J. & A. Churchill, 3 873. -----. Aids to diagnosis. Part II. Physical. 61 pp. 24°. New York, G. P. Putnam's Sons, 1881. Thorp (Henri) [1870- ]. *Des accidents observes pendant et apres 1'Etherisation. 77 pp. 8°. Paris, 1897, No. 506. Thorp (William) [1846-1900]. See Chemical technology [etc.]. 8°. Philadelphia, 1889-95. For Biography, see J. Chem. Soc, Lond., 1900 lxxvii- lxxviii, 599 (F. C). Thorpe (Francis Newton). A remarkable American, William Pepper. Cutting from: Century, N. Y., 1901, Ixi, 579-581, port. -----. William Pepper, M. D., L. L. D., 1843- 1898. 555 pp., port., 10 pi. 8°. Philadelphia & London, J. B. Lippincott Co., 1904. Thorpe (Sir Thomas Edward) [1845- ]. A dictionary of applied chemistry. 3 v. 8°. London, Longmans, Green & Co., 1890-93. ------. Essays in historical chemistry. 582 pp. 8°. London, Macmillan id., 1895, v, 193- 199.—Binet-Sanji'le ( C.) Experiences sur la trans- mission directe de la pensee. Ibid., 1902, xii, 121-143.— Blech (M/le. A.-J.) Reves telepathiques experimenta- lement provoques par le Dr. G.-B. Ermacora. Ibid., 1895, v, 321: 1896, vi, 151.—Cheekley (E.) Telepathy; psv- chometry. Med.-Leg. J., N. Y., 1896, xiv, 30-34.—Ill ris- tian (J.) Que faut-il penser de la telepathie? Arch, de neurol.,Par., 1894, xxvii, 252-269.—Dariex (D.) De lame- thode dans les observations de telepathie. Ann. d. sc. psych., Par., 1891, i, 9-SO.—Denis (A.) Quelques pheno- mfenes de telepathie. Ibid., 1895, v, 1-14.—Deux cas re- marquables de clairvoyance; experiences de M. K. Funk avec Mme. Pepper. [Transl. from: Light, Lond., ler avril 1905.] Ibid., 1905, xv, 251.—Dotto iG.) La lettura del pensiero. Sieilia med., Palermo, 1890, ii, 683-687.—Kr- macora (G. B.) II Prof. E. Morselli e la telepatia. Ci- rillo, Aversa, 1897, v, 33; 49; 65: 81.—Ferrari (G. C.) Della divinazione del pensiero. Riv. di sc. biol., Torino, 1899, i,392-405.—Pinch (Laura I.) An impromptu visit to some professional "thought-readers.'' Ann. Psych. Sc, Ljnd., 1908, vii, 630-532.—Finizio (G.) Appunti sulla lettura del pensiero. Gior. internaz. d. sc. med., Napoli, 1901, n. s., xxiii, 7-16.—Flower (B. O.) Psvchographv; remarkable cases. Psych. Rev., Bost., 1892-3, i, 28-32.— G • •. (A.) Notes sur une serie d'experiences relatives 4 la telepathie poursuivies en 1888. Ann. d. sc. psych., Par., 1892, ii, 253; 317.— Giacchi (O.) Casi di strane telepatie. Arch, di psichiat. [etc.], Torino, 1896, xvii, 572-575.—Go- dard (A.) L'historique de la telepathie. Ann. d. sc. psych., Par., 1899, ix, 1-9. — Goodell ( C. E. ) Some interesting points relating to the psychic powers of man, hypno-telepathicallv demonstrated. Med. Brief, St. Louis, 1906, xxxiii, 580-587.— Goupil (A.) Expe- riences de transmissions mentales avec M. Lauriol (Lauri-AliL Ann. d. sc. psych., Par., 1897, vii, 129-138.— Guicciardi (G.) & Ferrari (G. C.) II lettore del pen- siero John Dalton; contributo alia psieologia delle pic- cole pereezioni e dei movimenti minimi. Riv. sper. di freniat.,Reggio-Emilia,1898, xxiv, 185-238,1 pi.—Hallu- cinations telepathiques experimentales. Ann. d. sc. psych., Par., 1891, i, 101-110.—Hervouet. Sur les phe- nomenes surnormaux et en particulier sur la telepathie. Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1899-1900, xviii, 37-43. Also: Echo med.,Toulouse, 1900, 2. s., xiv, 248; 269; 296.—Henrtault. T616pathie; casde Buenos-Avres. Ann.d. se. psvch., Par., 1898, viii, 193-195.—Hodjisbn (R.) On some objections to the theory of telepathy. Proc. Ann. Soc. Psvch. Re- search., Bost., 1885-9, l, 528-546.—Houston (E. j!) Cere- bral radiation. Psyeh. Rev., Bost., 1892-3, i, 150-157.— Hudson (T. J.) How I became convinced of the truth of telepathy. Hypnot. Mag., Chicago, 1896, i, 197-206.— Izambard (G.) La telepathie et sa demonstration par l'image. Chron. med., Par., 1897, iii, 460-467.—Klinger (J.) De divers cas de telepathie. [AbstrJ Ann. d. sc. psych.. Par , 1897, vii, 123; 189.—Lacoste (E.) Note rela- tive a divers phenomenes de telepathie et de lucidite pen- dant le deiire. Ibid., 1899, ix, 257-261,—Laskaridos (L. D.) 'Epp-Tjyei'a tijs TTjAeTra^etas. 'Iarpt/cij irpooSo?, 'Kv Supcu, 1900, v, 300-302.—Laupts. Etude sur un cas du phenomene dit d e transmission de la pensee; expose d'une methode de recherches. Rev. de l'hvpnot. et psychol. physiol., Par., 1894-5, ix, 321-330.—Laurent (L.) Les procedesdesliseursdepensees; cumberlandisme sans con- tact. J. de psychol. norm, etpath.. Par., 1905. ii, 481-495.— Leunliardt (J. S.) Experiments with a psyohic, and observations on thesame. Psych. Rev., Bost., 189:1, ii, 65- 72.—Lodjre (O. J.) Some recent thought-transference experiments. Proc. Soc. Psych. Research, Lond., 1891-2, vii, 374-381, 5 pi.—Lombroso (C.) Pickman e la tras- missione del pensiero. Arch, di psichiat. [etc.]., Torino. 1890, xi, 207-218. -----. Inchiesta sulla trasmissione del pensiero. Ibid ,1891, xii, 58-108— Luys( J.) Delatrans- mission a distance des emotions d'un sujet hypnotise a un autre. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1888, 8. s., v, 562-564—.11 iles (Clarissa) & Kamsden (Hermione). Experiments in thought-transference. Proc. Soc. I'sych. Research, Glasg., 1907-8, xxi, 60-93, 11 pi. Also, tnaisl.: Ann. d. sc. psvch., Par., 1908, xviii, 160; IM—iMinot (C.S.) Openlettercoucerningtelepathy. Proc.Am.Soc. Psvch. Research, Bost., 1885-9, i, 547—Ottolenghi (S.) La lettura del pensiero e 1' automatismo psichico. Arch. di psichiat. [etc.], Torino, 1898, xix. 607-622.—F. (J. H.) Experiences sur la transmission mentale. Ann. d. sc. psych., Par., 1893, iii, 129: 1894, iv, 69—Pagllani (G.) THOUGHT-TRANSFERENCE. 161 THREE-DAY. Thought-Transference. Trasmissione del pensiero in una isterica. Arch, di psi- chiat. [etc.], Torino, 1890, xi, 218.—Pedley (C. H.) Un true devoile. Ann. d. se. psych., Par., 1899, ix, 176-180.— Phillips (L. A.) Some cases of psychical diagnosis. Psych. Rev., Bost., 1892-3, i, 106-110. — Preyer (W.) Telepathie und Geisterseherei in England. Deutsche Rundschau, Berl., 1886, xii, 30-51.—Psychical diag- nosis of disease and its scientific value. Psych. Rev., Bost., 1893-4, ii, 118-123.— Quintard. La lecture des pensees; observation de double vue chez un enfant. Ann. d. sc. psych., Par., 1894, iv, 321-328. Also: Ann. de psvchiat. et d'hypnol., Par., 1895, n. s., v, 246-250.— Baivson (H.G.) Experimentsinthought-transference. Proc.Soc.Psych.Research,Lond.,1895-6,xi,2-17.—Richet (C.) La voyante de la rue Paradis. Rev. seient., Par., 1896, 4. s., v, 586-591.-----. Notes sur un cas particulier de lucidite. Ann. d. sc. psych., Par., 1906, xv, 161-166.— Savage (M.J.) Some assured resultsin psychical science and the present outlook. Psych. Rev., Bost., 1892-3, i, 1- 6.—Schmoll (A.) & Mabire (J. E.) Experiments in thought-transference. [Transl.from the original French.] Proc. Soc. Psych. Research, Lond., 1888, v, 169-215.—von Schrenck Notzing. Les recents travauxsur latele- pathie et la clairvovance. Ann. d. sc. psych., Par., 1891, i, 65-97. Also, transl: Proc. Soc. Psych. Research, Lond., 1890-91, vii, 8-22, 8 pi— Serrigny (R.) Un cas de tele- pathie. Ann. d. sc. psych., Par., 1897, vii, 339.—Sidg- wick {Mrs. H.) & Johnson (Alicel. Experiments in thought-transference. Proc. Soc. Psych. Research, Lond., 1892, viii, 636-596.—Sidgwick (H.), Sidgwick (Mrs. H.) & Smith (G. A.) Experiments in thought-transfer- ence. Ibid., 1889-90, vi, 128-170. [Discussion], 209-215.— Soinmer. Untersuchung eines Gedankenlesers. Klin. f. psych, u. nerv., Krsnkh., Halle a. S., 1911, vi, 339-349.— Sudduth (W. X.) Some thoughts on telepathy. Med.- Leg. J., N. Y., 1896-7, xiv, 328-330.—Thaw (A. B.) Some experiments in thought-transference. Proc. Soc. Psych. Research, Lond., 1892, viii, 422^35.—Thoni assy (L.) Deux casde telepathie. Ann.d.sc. psych., Par., 1897, vii, 115-117.—Uebertragung (Ueber die) des "Transfert" auf eine zweite Person. (Prof. Charcot's Klinik, Paris). Wien. med. BL, 1886, ix, 1576-1578— V. (L.) Telepathie; cas de Bordeaux. Ann. d. sc. psych., Par., 1897, vii, 114.— Venzano (J.) Des ph6nomenes de transmission de la pensee en rapport avec la m6dianite. Ibid., 1905, xv, 672- 70i.—de Vesme. Experiences pour 6claircir le meca- nisme de la transmission de la pens6e. Ibid., 1910, xx, 153-156. — Weigert (C.) Ueber das Gedankenlesen; Mind-reading. 1884. Inhis: Ges.Abhand.,8°,Berl.,1906, ii, 735-739.—Word (R. C.) Duality of the brain; a theory of mind-reading and slate-writing. Tr. M. Ass. Georgia, Atlanta, 1887,149-161.—Wright (D.) More professional "thought-readers." Ann. Psych. Sc,Lond., 1908, vii, 532. Thoulet (J.) Guide d'oceanographie pratique- 224 pp. 12°. Paris, G. Masson, [1895]. Thonlouze [Pierre- Zacharie] [1824- Helme (F.) Le docteur Thoulouze, de Montigny-le- Roi; simple histoire d'un medecin de campagne. Rev. mod. de med. et de chir., Par., 1907, v, 192; -229. Tiioumire (Ernest). * Considerations ana- tomiques sur le sinus maxillaire; diagnostic et traitement de Pempyeme latent par l'orifice naturelle. 64 pp. 8°. Paris, 1901, No. 609. Thouret (Michel-Augustin) [1748-;1810]. *An post longas defatigationes, subito instituta vita deses, periculosa? Natali-Maria de Gevigland preside. 4 pp. 8°. Parisiis, typis Quillau, 1775. See, also, Andry (Charles-Louis-Francois) & Thou ret (Michel-Augustin). Rapport sur les aimans, [etc.]. 4°. [Paris, 1783.] Thouret-Noroy. See Clairat (L.) Reflexions sur la responsabilitS me- dicale [etc.]. 8°. [Paris, n. d.] Thousand and One Wights. Girardeau (M.) *Le foie, la bile dans le livre des '' Mille nuits et une nuit." 8°. Paris, 1910. [Thouvenel (PierreS.)] [1782-1837].] Traite- sur le climat de l'ltalie, consid^re" sous ses rap- ports physiques m6t6orologiques et medicaux. 4 v. in 2. 8°. Verone, Giulari, 1797-8. Thouvenet (Andre) [1825-1905]. JBouehart (A.) Necrologie. Limousin med., Limo- ges, 1905, xxix, 249-253. VOL XVIII, 2d series----11 Thouvenet (Prosper) [1872- ]. * Con- siderations sur les recidives 61oign6es dans l'6pi- lepsie jacksonienne traitee par la trepanation. 82 pp. 8°. Paris, 1896, No. 116. Tliouvenin (Alphonse-Eugene-Andr£) [1883- ]. *Retrecissements inflammatoires de Furethre posterieur. 52 pp., 41. 8°. Nancy, 1909, No. 11. Tliouvenin (Auguste) [1869- ]. *De la voie vagino-perineale dans la resection du rec- tum ou diacolpoproctectomie. 51 pp., 3 1. 4°. Nancy, 1896, No. 9. Tliouvenin (Jules) [1869- ]. *Contribu- tion a I'etude des r6trecissements infranchis- sables de l'urethre et de leur traitement par l'urethrectomie. 56 pp. 8°. Paris, 1899, No. 189. Tliouvenin (L[ouis-Adolphe]) )1866- ]. * Contribution a I'etude du pyopneumothorax sous-phrenique (d'origine tuberculeuse). 55 pp. 4°. Paris, 1896, No. .391. Thouvenot (Andre). * Etude sur le chancre des gencives. 62 pp. 8°. Paris, 1907, No. 30. Thouzellier (Louis) [1871- ]. *Du rythme couple du cceur dans les maladies aigues. 96 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1898, No. 32. Thoyer-Rozat (J[oseph-Guillaume]). * Ab- ces r£tropharyngiens idiopathiques des enfants (ad£nite retropharyngienne aigue suppuree); leur frequence, leur terminaison par la mort subite; leur traitement. 117 pp. 4°. Paris, 1896, No. 354. -----. Thesame. 117 pp. 8°. [Lille, Le Bigot frhes, 1896.] Thran (Jiirgen Heinrich) [1870- ]. * Ueber einen Fall von Lebervenenthrombose. 28 pp., 1 1. 8°. Kiel, 1899. Thrasher (A[llen] Bfenton]) [1851- ]. The effect of intra-nasal obstruction of the voice. 24 pp. 16°. Cincinnati, 1892. Repr.from: Cincin. Lancet-Clinic, 1892, xxix. Three Counties Asylum, Arlesey, Hitchin. See Lunatic Asylum for the Counties of Bedford, Hertford and Huntingdon, Arlesey, Hitchin. Three-day fever [Pappataci fever; Phlebotomus or Sand-fly fever]. Doerr (R.), Franz (K.) & Taussig (S.) Pappatacifleber, ein endemisches Drei-Tage-Fie- ber im adriatischen Kiistengebiete Oesterreich- Ungarns. 8°. Leipzig & Wien, 1909. Bernatski (A.) Febris pappataci. Med. pribav. k morsk. sborniku, St. Petersb., 1910, pt. 2, 214. —Birt (C.) Phlebotomus or sandfly fever. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1910, ii 875-878.-----. Phlebotomus fever in Malta and Crete. J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond., 1910, xiv, 236-258.— Blaiichard (R.) Quelques mots sur les Phlebotomus. Arch, de parasitol., Par., 1908-9, xiii, 303-310.—De Gae- tani Giunta (G.) Febbre dei tre giorni in Catania. Gazz. d.osp., Milano, 1911, xxxii, 1099.—De Napoli (F.) Sulle febbri estive o dei tre giorni dominanti in Bologna. Gior. di med. mil., Roma, 1911. lix, 81-106.—Doerr (R.), Franz (K.) & Taussig (S.) Das Pappatacifleber, ein epidemisches Drei-Tage-Fieber im adriatischen Kiisten- gebiete Oesterreich - Ungarns. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1909, xxii, 609.—Doerr (R.) & Buss (V. K.) Weitere Untersuchungen iiber das Pappatacifleber. Arch. f. Schiffs- u. Tropen-Hyg., Leipz., 1909, xiu, 693-706.—Dop- ter (C.) La tlevre de trois jours, ou fievre a pappatacis. Paris med., 1911, 499-603. — Francaviglia (M. C.) Primo caso di "febbre da pappataci" in Catania e nella Sicilia orientale. Policlin., Roma, 1912, xix, sez. med., 132-140. —Franz (K.) & Kolar (HA Zur Pathologie und Therapie des Pappataciflebers. Beihefte z. Arch. f. Schiffs- u. Tropenhvg., Leipz., 1910, xiv, 2.Beihft., 1-26.— Gabbi (TJ.) Una epidemia di " febbre dei tre giomi" a Messina e sulla costa Calabra. Malaria [etc.], Roma, 1910, . i, 97-100. Also: Path. Riv. quindicin, Genova, 1909-10, ii, 427-429 -----. Febbre dei tre giorni o febbre da pap- pataci. Malaria [etc.], Roma, 1910,1,145-160. Also: Path. Riv. quindicin., Genova, 1909-10, ii, 546-550.-----. Nuova THREE-DAY. 162 THROAT. Three-day fever [Pappataci fever; Phlebotomus or Sand-fly fever]. epidemia a febbre dei tre giorni nella Sicilia orientale a nella Calabria inferiore. Malaria [etc.], Roma, 1911, ii, 268. Also: Path. Riv. quindicin., Genova, 1910-11, iii, 449. -----. Su di una nuova epidemia di febbre dei tre giorni comparsa a Messina e provincia. Path. Riv. quin- dicin., Genova. 1910-11, iii, 703.—Galli-Valerio (B.) & Bochaz de'Jongh (J.) Beobachtungen fiber Culi- ciden und Mitteilung iiber das Vorkommen vonPhlebo- tomus papatasi Scop, im Kanton Waadt (Schweiz). Cen- tralbl. f Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1912, lxiii, Orig., 222-227. —filasl'cld (I.) Iz viedomosti o bolnikh na kanonerskol lodkie "Khivinets" zaiyun mlesyatsl909g. [Diseases on the torpedo boat "Khivinets" for June, 1909. (Pappataci).J Mid. pi ibav.kmorsksborniku,St. Petersb., 1910. 120-122.—Gonzalez del Valle (J. G.) Una en- fermedml nueva. Rev. de med. y cirug. pract., Madrid, 1911, xci, 440-44;;. — Hale (C. H.) Pappataci fever at Kamptee, C. P. J."Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond., 1912, xviii, 505-512.—Langeron (M.) Localites nouvelles de phlebotomes. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1912, lxxii, 97:;.—JIarett (P. J.) Preliminary report on the investi- gation into the breeding places of the sand-fly in Malta. J, Roy. Armv Med. Corps, Lond., 1910, xv, 286-291.-----. The life history of the Phlebotomus. i&j'd., 1911, xvii, 13- 29, lpl.—;»lclcliiorre(N.)it A Ido (T.) Ricerche speri- mentali sul hi etiologia della febbre estiva. Policlin.,Roma, 1910,xvii,sez.prat, 1059-1061.—Newstead (R.) ThePapa- taci flies (Phlebotomus! of the Maltese Islands. J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond. ,1912, xviii, 613: xix, 28; 162,3 pi.— 0%\ i midge (The) and Mediterranean three day fever. Brit.M.J.,Lond.,1909,ii,100.—Phil lips (L.) Sandfly fever (Phlebotomus fever or "pappatacifleber" in Cairo. Ibid., 1910, ii,963. Also [Abstr.]: J.Trop. M., Lond., 1910,xih,246.— PlevnitMki (A. A.) Likhorodka" Papatacci" (novaya raznovist parazitarnikh likhoradok yuga. ["Papa- tacci" fever; a new variety of parasitic fever of the South] Voyenno-med J., St. Petersb., 1909, ccxxvi, med. spec, pt., 429-433.—Buss (V. K.) Das Pappataci, oder Phlebotomusfieber (Doerr). Oesterr. San.-Wes., Wien, 1912, xxiv, 201-216—Sandfly fever. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1910, ii, 1173.—Sand with (F. M.) A lecture on Phlebotomus fever. Clin. J., Lond., 1911-12, xxxix, 139- 143.—Siiiiicr (M.) Complicanza di nefrite acuta in un caso di febbre da pappataci. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1910, Roma, 1911, xx, 466. Also: Malaria [etc.], Roma, 1911, ii, 73.— Tedeschl (A.) & Napolitani (M.) Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber die Aetio- logie des Sommerfiebers. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1911, Ixi, Orig., 502-529.—Ubaldi (A.) La febbre da pappataci nelle Marche. Gazz. med. d. Marche, Ancona, 1910, xviii, No. 4, 1.—Vigano (L.) La febbre dei pappataci, o febbre dei tre giorni. Bio- chim. e terap. sper., Milano, 1911-12, iii, 179.—Visen- tlni (A.) Ancora intorno alle cosi delle febbre estive a carattere epidemico (febbre dei tre giorni). Malaria [etc.], Roma, 1910, i, 166-169—Wakeling (T. G.) On fever caused by the bite of the sandfly (Phlebotomus papatasiij. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1910, ii, 1115.—Wall (F.) Sandfly fever in Chitral. Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1911, xlvi, 41-44,1 ch. Three-day sickness. See Stiff-sickness. Three hundred additional cases of ovariotomy. [By T.Spencer-Wells.] 17 pp. 12°. London, Spottiswoode & Co., [1876]. Repr.from: Med.-Chir. Tr., Lond., 1878-9, lx. Three thousand questions on medical subjects* arranged for self-examination; with the proper references to standard works in which the cor- rect replies will be found. 2. ed. 189 pp. 24°. Philadelphia, P. Blakiston's Son & Co , 1899. Three weeks in wet sheets; being the diary and doings of a moist visitor in Malvern, with illus- trations on wood by H. Smith, ix, 125 pp. 12°. London, Hamilton, Adams, & Co.; Bristol, I. Ridler, 1851. Three years in field hospitals. See Ilolstein (AnnaM.). Thresh (John C[lough]). Buxton as a health esort. A description of the town, its position, sanitary condition, water supply, etc., together with a full account of its celebrated thermal waters. 1 p. 1. 74 pp. 12°. Bwcbon, C. F. Wardley, 1883. Thresh (John C[lough])—Continued. -----. Annual report of the medical officer of health for the Chelmsford rural sanitary au- thority for the year 1891. 48 pp. 8°. Chelms- ford, 1892. -----. Water and water supplies. 2. ed. xv, 438 pp. 12°. London, Rebman Pub. Co., 1896. ------. The same. 3. ed. xv, 527 pp. 12°. Loudon, Rebman Publ. Co., 1901. -----. The same, xv, 438 pp. 12°. Philadel- phia, W. B. Saunders, 1896. -----. The same. 2. ed. xv, 438 pp. 12°. Philadelphia, P. Blakiston's San & Co., 1900. -----. The same. 3. ed. xv, 527 pp. 12°. Philadelphia, P. Blakiston's Son & Co., 1901. -----. Summary of the reports of the district medical officers of health in the administrative county of Essex, for the year 1898. Prepared for the county council. " 168 pp., 1 1. 8°. Chelmsford, J. Button, 1899. -----. A simple method of water analysis, es- pecially designed for the use of medical officers of health. 3. ed. 57 pp. 12°. London, J. & Wright (A. E.) Caseof inoperablecaneerof the fauces, the pharynx, the tongue, and the cervicalglands thathasshownmarkedameliora- tion after treatment for ten weeks with a bacterial vac- ' cine of neoformans .7. Laryngol., Lond., 1906, xxi. 265- 269. Also: Laryngoscope.sr'.Louis, 1906,xvi,736.—Stew- j art(F.J') Malignant disease of the pharynx and larynx: clinical lecture. Guy's Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1910, xxiv, 335- 339.—Wals!i (D.i The applicability of radium in the treatment of a cancerous throat. Med. Press & Circ.,Lond., 1904, n. s., lxxvii, 163-165.—Weiss (T.) Quelques con- siderations sur le cancer de l'arrii're-gorge. Rev. m6d. de l'est, Nancy, 1894, xxvi, 1-13.—Wright (D.) Epithe- lioma of the tonsil, tongue, and palate; parts affected re- moved after ligature of the common carotid artery. Med. Century, N. Y. & Chicago, 1899. vii, 65. Throat (Diseases of). See, also, Ear, eye, nose, throat and larynx; "Ear and tIn-oat; Fauces (Diseases of); Larynx (Diseases of); Nose and throat (Diseases of); Pharynx (Diseases of); Scarlatina (Complica- tions of, Anginose, etc.); Throat (Abscess of); Throat (Diseases of. Manuals of); Throat (Dis- eases of) in children; Throat (Diseases of) in soldiers; Throat (Inflammations of) [and subdi- visions]; Throat (Lupus of); Throat (Mycosis of); Throat (Neuroses of); Throat (Scleroses of); Throat (Si/ philis of); Throat ( Tuberculosis of); Throat (Tumors of); Throat (Ulceration of); Tongue (Diseases of); Tonsils (Diseases of); Uvula (Diseases of'). Massei (F.) Clinica privata; statistics de- gF infermi di malattie di gola avuti in cura dal 1° gennajo al 31 dicembre 1872. 8°. Napoli, 1873. Ma ver (E.) Clinical memoranda from the throat department. With remarks. 8°. New York, 1899. Repr.from: N. York Eye & Ear Infirm. Rep., 1899. Moure (E. J.) Traite" eiementaire et prati- que des maladies de la gorge, du pharynx et du larynx. 8°. Paris, 1904. -------. The same. Elementary practical treatise on diseases of the pharynx and larynx. Transl. and adapted by J. Malcolm Farquhar- son. 8°. London, 1909. Nuvoli (G.) Letture cliniche sulle malattie della gola. roy. 8°. Roma, 1893. Ash (M.J.) Report of eases in throat department, service of M. J. Ash. Reported by Emil Maver. N.York Eye & Ear Infirm. Rep., 1893, i, pt. 1, 98-108, 1 pi.—A vel- lis (G) Ueber einige ohne Untersuchung zu stellende Wahrseheinlichkeitsdiagnosen bei Hals- und Nasen- krankheiten Aerztl. Prakt, Hamb., 1891, iv, 585. Also: Med -chir. Centralbl , Wien, 1892, xxvii, 166-169.—Barn- hill (J. F ) Diseases of the glosso-epiglottic spaces. Ann Otol.;.Rhinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1897. vi. 162- 165—Bur-ier (H ) & Campagne (H. C A ) Jaar- ver-lag der Ceineenteli]ke-( Universiteits-)-I'oliklimek voor kcelziekten te Amsterdam 16 Sept. 18%—15 Sept. 1897. Geneesk Courant, Tiel, 1898, Iii, no, 17 — < assel- berry (W. E ) Disease of the throat and nose in rela- tion to life expectancy. Med. Exam., N. Y , 1900, x 133- 135. [Discussion], 142-145— Chauveau (C ) Un livre chinois sur les maladies de la gorge. Areh. internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1904, xvii, 193-202— Cones (VV P ) Statistics regarding increased number of throat infec- tions in Boston, February, 1912. Am. J. Pub. Health N Throat (Disease of). Y, 1912, ii, 419-430.— Far low (.1. W.I A case of myxoe- dema of the throat. Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass., N. Y., 1897, 130-132.—Fitzgerald i W. II.) The resistant breathing tract. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1908. lxxxviii, 939.—Frais- sant (L.) Cancroide primitif de la region sus-hyoi- dienne; fulguration; mort. J. d. sc. med. de Lille, 1909, ii, 200-207.—Gib b (J. S.) Acute urticaria of the fauces. Phila. Polyclin., lsy.'i, iv, 314.—Hamilton (T. K.) Exu- dative erythema of the mouth and throat. J. Larvngol., Lond., 1904, xix, 617-622.—Howarth (W. G.) Report of the throat department for 1909. St. Thomas's Hosp. Rep. 1909, Lond., 1911, n. s., xxxviii, 157-160.—ItudMHi- Makuen (G.) The voice as an index to diseases of the throat, nose, and ear. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1908,lxxrvii, 47. Also, Reprint.—Hard (L. M.) Pemphigus of the throat: report of a case. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1909, xix,689.—Joachim (O.) Non-svphilitic mucous patches of the throat. Tr. Louisiana M. Soc., N. Orl., 1900, 121- 125. Also: Ann. Otol., Rhinol. Vr////,1910. Sigogne (A.) * Contribution a, I'etude de la nephrite au cours et dans la convalescence des angines aigues non specifiques. 8°. Paris, 1902. Aschofr^L.) Ueber Angina und Appendicitis. Ver- handl. d. deutsch. path. Gesellsch. 1907, Jena, 1908, xi, 313-318.—Bezy. Angine avec accidents laryngiens (stri- dulisme et dyspnees). Clin, de la Fac. de med. de Tou- louse, 1896, ii, 131-136.—Bichelonne (H.) Zona occi- pito-cervieal bilateral precede d'une angine aigue. Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc], Par., 1906, i, 194-200. —von Bomhard (H.) Periarteriitis nodosa als Folge einer Staphylokokkensepsis nach Angina. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1908, xix, 305-324, 1 pi.—Bus- quet. Des troubles cardiaques tardifs conseeutifs aux angines. Bull, med., Par., 1901, xv, 673-676. -----. Des Throat (Diseases of Complications and sequclx of). troubles cardiaques tardifs consecutifs aux angines. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1904, xxv, 297.—(oen (R.) De l'influence des affections chroniques de la gorge sur certains troubles de la parole, en particulier le begaie- ment. Rev. Internat. de rhinol., otol. et laryngol., Par., 1897, vii, 46-48.—Custis (J. B. G.) The relation oi some throat lesions to ovarian diseases. Homceop. Eve, Ear & Throat J., N. Y., 1898, iv, 369-374.—Czajkowski (J.) O niektorych powiklaniach ostrego samoistnego niezytu gardzielii ich stosunku do tegoz cierpienia. [Certain com- plications of acute idiopathic catarrhal angina and their relation to this disease.] Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1891, 2. s., xi, 360-368.—Dehio (K.) Septisches, maeulo-papulosesEry- them im Anschluss an eine folliculare Angina. St. Petersb. med. \Vchnschr.,1900,n. F.,xvii,77-81,lpl.—Delavan(D. B.) The influence of chronic diseases of the throat upon certaindefectsof speech, especially stammering. Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass. 1895,N. Y.,1890. xvii, 43-45.—Greig (W. J.) Pseudomembranous anginee with scarlet rashes. Domin- ionM.Month.,Toronto,1894,ii,95-98.— Harri«(R.A.) Re- flex neuroses due to morbid throat conditions. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1907, xlix, 418. — Hippius (A. E.) K voprosu ob etiologicheskom znachenii angin dlya zabo- llevaniya otdalyonnikh organov. [On the etiological value of anginae in disease of distant organs.] Trudi Obsh. dietsk. vrach. 1895-6, Mosk., 1897, iv, 63-69.— Hollick (J. O. ) Acute tonsillo-glossitis followed by tuberculosis meningitis simulating hysteria. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1897, i, 912. — Kusaka (S.) [Acute inflam- mation of the throat with paralysis.] Sei-i-Kwai M. J., Tokyo, 1905, xxiv, no. 278, pt. 2, l-8.-Laan (H. A.) Gangraen van een voet en een onderbeen bij een kind in aansluiting aan een angina. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1908, 2. R., xliv, 1. Afd., 241-250. — Lemifere ( G. ) Les angines herpetiques; une complication rare. J. d. sc med. de Lille, 1900, ii, 193-205. — Lomnitz (H.) Ueber die Angina als Aus- gangspunkt schwerer Erkrankungen. Med. Klin., Berl., 1907,iii,37-39.—Lublinski (W.) Anginaund Erythem. Ibid., 1906, ii, 487-490.—Lustverk (E. Yu.) Septiches- kayapyatnisto-pasulyoznayaeritemaposliefollikulyarnol angini. [Septic maculo-papular erythema following fol- licular angina.] Russk. J. Kozhn. i Ven. Bollezn., Khar- kov, 1908, xv, 200-203.—Newcomb (J.-E.) Hemorragie consecutive a une esquinancie; ligature de la carotide primitive; guerison. Reflexions sur 51 cas d'hemorragie survenue au cours d'une suppuration pharyngee. Arch. internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1908, xxvi, 476-490.— Pennell (W. W.) Cervical glandular infection from diseases of the throat. Ohio M. J., Columbus, 1911, vii, 394-396.—Bouget. Nevralgie occipitale au cours d'une angine catarrhale vulgaire. Bull, et m<5m. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1904, 3. s., xxi, 405,-Kouyer (E.) Zona du cou avec glycosurie passagcre a la suite d'une angine. Bull, med., Par., 1903, xvi, 655—Schmidt (A.) Ueber Angina als Ausgangspunkt schwerer Krankheiten. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1907, xxxiii, 287.—Stuart-Low (W.) Mouth and throat sepsis keep- ing up ear sepsis. Polyclin., Lond., 1908, xii, 91.—Tre- trdp. L'angine benigne, point de depart d'infeetion grave. Rev. hebd.de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1907, ii, 36- 39. — Vincent (H.) La nevralgie occipitale dans les angines vulgaires. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1904, 3. s., xxi, 394-398.—Zilgicn (II.) Une com- plication non encore signalee de la fievre angineuse. Rev. med. de l'est, Nancy, 1897, xxix, 613-619. Throat (Diseases of Diagnosis and semeiology of). See, also, Larynx (Exploration of); Pharynx (Exploration of); Throat (Exploration of); Throat (Inflammation of). Llorente (V.) Del diagnostico, pronostico y tratamiento de la difteria y el croup 6 garrotilo. 8°. Madrid, 1899. Burgess (J.) Two cases in which uncommon symp- toms were present in cases of throat disease. Tr. Rov. Acad. M. Ireland, Dubl., 1896, xiv, 37-44. Also: Dublin J. M. Sc, 1896, 3. s., ci, 101-107. —Campbell (R. R.) Differential diagnosis between pseudomembranous an- gina of syphilis and diphtheritic angina. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1904, xliii, 1549. — Dominick (G. C. ) Pseudo-angina, with report of a case. Tr. Homceop. M. Soc, N. Y., 1908, Iii. 245-247.—Kscherieh (T.) Ueber diphtheroide Rachenerkrankungen. Mitth. d. Ver. d. Aerzte in Steiermark, Graz, 1893, xxx, 21-33.—Lasamia (F.) La reazione del fermento proteolitico per lading nosi di angina. Arch. ital. di otol. [etc.], Torino, 1911, xxii, 1-4. —Petges (G.-M.) Considerations sur les difficultes du diagnostic entre les angines pseudo- membraneuses de la syphilis et l'angine diphterique. Arch, de med. et pharm. mil., Par., 1902, xxxix, 313-325.— Quay (G. H.) Differential diagnosis between tuber- culosis, syphilis, and cancer of the pharynx and larynx. THROAT. 166 THROAT. Throat (Diseases of Diagnosis and semeiology of). Homceop. Eve, Ear & Throat J., N. Y., 1897, iii, 401-408.— Itaven (T.'F.) Diphtheria or tonsillitis? Practitioner, bond., 1892. xlix, 81-92.—Saliiiuer (S.) The clinical diagnosis of diphtheria and follicular tonsillitis. Dietet. & Hvg., N. Y., 1909, xxv, 601.—Somers (L. S.) The differential diagnosis of pharyngeal syphilitic lesions and diphtheria. Phila. M. J., 1899, iii, 225-227.—Swain (H. L.) Throat symptoms in general diseases; throat svmptoms of syphilis. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1910, xcii, 101-106.—Sj mens (L.) On the symptoms or phenomena formerly known as croup; the diseases which produce them; and the clinical significance of the various allied affections embraced by the term. Dublin J. M. Sc, 1900, ex, 24-32— Villy (F.) A form of faucial inflammation resembling diphtheria. Med. Chron., Manchester, 1900, 3. s., iii, 397-412.—White (G. B.) Pseudo-diphtheria, or false membrane of the throat. J. Laryngol., Lond., 1893, vii, 579. Throat (Diseases of Epidemic, conta- gious or malignant). See, also, Pharynx (Inflammation of, Gan- grenous, etc. ); Throat (Diseases of) in soldiers; Throat (Inflammation of, Bacteriology of); Tonsils (Gangrene of). De Cot iky (J. O.) Malignant sore throat and its treatment. 12°. East St. Louis, III., [1895]. Repr. from: Courier of Med., 1895. Foglia (J. A.) De anginosa passione, crus- tosis malignisque tonsillarum, et faucium ulceribus, per inclytain hanc Neapolis civita- tem, multaque regni loca vagantibus. sm. 4°. Neapoli, 1620. Mair ( L. W. D. ) Report to the Local Government Board upon the prevalence of throat-illness in and near the Ditcham Park Estate in the Catherington and Petersfield rural districts, Hampshire. fol. London, 1902. ------. Report to the Local Government Board, upon an outbreak of throat illness at Lincoln. Oct. 29, 1903. fol. London, 1903. Also, in: Rep. Med. Off. Local Gov. Bd. 1902-3, Lond., 1904, 190-226. Sgambatus ( J. A.) De pestilent© faucium affectu Neapoli sseviente. Opusculum. sm. 4°. Neupnli, 1620. And reives (F. VV.) Some remarks on " hospital sore throat." St. Barth. Hosp. J., Lond., 1895-6, iii, 145-147.— Axe (J. W.) The relation of udder disease in cows to an epidemic of sore throat in the districts of Woking and Horsell. Vet. Rec, Lond., 1903-4, xvi, 575-577. —Bard (S.) An enquiry into the nature, cause, and cure of the angina suffocativa. or sore throat distemper, as it is com- monly called by the inhabitants of the city and colony of New York. Tr. Am. Phil. Soc., Phila., 1771, i, 322-338.— Blumenaii (M. B.) O perichnoi gangrenie zleva. [On primary gangrene of the throat] Med. Obozr., Mosk.,1893, xxxix, 1163-1170. — Calger (F. F.) The diagnosis and treatment of infective throat disease. Clin. J., Lond., 1902-3, xxi, 161; 183. —Chalmers (A. K.) An outbreak of (? septic) sore throat among the staff at Belvidere Hos- pital, which coincided with the occurrence of a teat eruptionin the herd suppl\ ingmilk. Pub. Health, Lond., 1903-4, xvi, 769-772.—Ch a vane & Planchon. A pro- pos des cas d'infection survenus a la Clinique Tarnier, pendant les quatre premiers mois de 1899. Bull. Soc. d'obst. de Par., 1900, iii, 77-93. —Cole (E. H.) Remarks upon an ear and throat infection with subsequent involve- ment of the neck. Tr. M. Soc. Citv Hosp. Alumni St. Louis, 1*99. 22-2*.—Davi*(D. J.), Walls (F.X.).Gold- stine ( M. T.) [rtal.]. A symposium on the clinical mani- festations of an epidemic of sore throat observed during thepast winter [in Chicago]. Illinois M. J. ,Springrield,1912, xxii, 593-601.—De Santi (P. R. W.) [ I'wocasesof acute septic inflammation of the throat.] Westminst. Hosp Rep. 1902,Lond., 1903,xiii,_>s2.—Donhofter (S.) Haveny infectiosusgurat-esgegephlegmoneesete. [A caseofacute infectious phlegmon of the oesophagus and throat. Orvosi heti szemle, Budapest, 1899. xxvi, 305-307.—French (R.) Epidemic sore throat from suppurative mammitis in cows. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1904, i, 831.—I.alchski (A.Ya.) Gan- grenoznaya angina. Vestnik Ushn.. (iorlov. i Xosov Bo- llezn., S.-Peterb.. 1911, iii, 51-57.—Frost (W. H.) Septic sore throat; a milk-borne outbreak in Baltimore, Md.; Throat (Diseases of Epidemic, conta- gions or malignant). epidemiological stiidv of the outbreak. Pub. Health Rep. V. S. Mar. Hosp. Se'rv., Wash., 1912, Xxvii, 1889-1923.— Guodale (J.L.) Ovservations on the epidemicof sore throat occurring in Boston and vicinitvduring May. 1911. Boston M. A S. J., 1911, clxv, 908-910, 1 ch.—Grange (J. W.) Clinical notes of the outbreak of sore throat in North Salford. Med. Chron., Manchester, 1911, liv, 179-184.— .Tonqui6re. Ein Fall von sekundarcr Angina gan- grcenosa. Col.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1903, xxxiii, 248-250.—Kretz (R.) Angina und septische Infektion. Ztschr. f. Heilk., \\ienu. Leipz., 1907, xxviii, Abt. f.path. Anat., 296-313. — Itlosse (M.) Ueber Angina als Infec- tionskrankheit. Deutsche Klinik, Berl. & Wien, 1901-2, ii, 345-361.— Oherwarth (E.) Primare Angina gangre- nosa bei einem Knaben. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1903, xxix, 301; 318. Also [Abstr.]: Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1903, xl, 624. —Beid (G.) Infectious sore throat and diphtheria. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1896, n. s., Ixi, 625-628.—Kuhrah (J.) A brief report of an epidemic of sore throat with involvement of the cervical lvmph-nodes. Am. J. Dis. Child., Chicago, 1912, 301-306. —Savage ( W. G. ) Outbreak of sore throat at Colchester due to infected milk. Pub. Health. Lond., 1905-6, xviii, 1-19.—Sharp (L. J.) Epidemic sore throat. Tr. M. Ass. Georgia, Atlanta, 1901, 217-223.— Tapuz (I. G.) Sluchalgangreni vzlevle. [Caseof gan- grene in the throat.] Protok. Obsh. vrach. v.g.Nikolaveve (1893), 1894, 61-56. —Thresh (J. C.) Infectious sore- throats. Pub.Health,Lond.,1894-5,vii,210-213. Also: Lan- cet, Lond., 1895, ii, 402-404.—Vandcr Bogart (F.) An epidemic of throat infection with glandular enlargement. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1912, xxix, 373.—Warry (J. K.) An outbreak of septic sore-throat apparently caused by infected milk. Pub. Health, Lond., 1900-1901, xiii, 40- 47. — Whitney (H. B.) A peculiar epidemic of sore throat. Colorado M. J., Denver, 1899, v, 85-90.—Wins- low (C. E. A.) An outbreak of tonsilitis, or septic sore throat, in Eastern Massachusetts, and its relation to an infected milk supply. J. Infect. Dis., Chicago, 1912, x, 73-112, Also, Reprint.— Young (M.) The diagnosis and treatment of infective throat conditions. Practitioner, Lond., 1907, lxxviii, 305-318. Throat (Diseases of Hospitals for). Birmingham and Midland Ear and Throat Hospital, Birmingham. Annual reports of the committee to the governors and subscribers. 38.-65., 1882-1909; 67., 1911. 12°. Birming- ham, 1883-1912. Central London Throat, Nose, and Ear Hospital. Annual reports of the committee to the subscribers. 9.-13., 1882-3 to 1886-7; 16.- 18., 1889-90 to 1891-2; 21., 1894-5. 12° & 8°. London, 1883-96. ------. Balance sheet and accounts for the years 1886-7; 1887-8. fol. [London, 1887-8.] Dispensario di laringojatria della r. Univer- sita di Napoli nell' Ospedale clinico. Rendi- conti degli anni scolastici 1883-4; 1884-5; 1888-9 al 1890-92; 1894 (anni 5, iii, iv, viii-xiv d' in- segnamenti), pel Dott. Ferdinand o Massei ed il Dott. A. Tribiletti. 8°. Napoli, 1886-95. Hospital for Diseases of the Throat and Chest, Golden Square. [Circular of the com- mittee on the need of a free institution for the needy poor.] sm. 4°. [London, 1863.] ------. Annual reports of the committee of management to the subscribers, including reports of the Samaritan Societv. 1.—11., 1863-4 to 1873; 13., 1875; 15.-22.,' 1877-84. 12°. London, 1864-85. ------. The pharmacopoeia of the . . . Edited by F. G. Harvev, surgeon to the hospi- tal. 5. ed. 16°. London, 1894. Metropolitan Ear, Nose, and Throat Hospital, London. Biennial and annual reports of the committee of management to the governors and subscribers, for the vears 1884-1900; 1902. 12° & 8°. London, 1886- 1903. ------. [Brief statement of the nature of the institution, and appeal to the public] 12°. [London, 1894.] THROAT. 167 THROAT. Throat (Diseases of Hospitals for). Metropolitan Throat Hospital, New York City. Annual reports of the trustees and medical superintendent to the subscribers. 13.- 23., 1886-95; 24., 1897; 25., 1898; 29.-31., 1901- 3; 36.-37., 1908-9. 12°. New York, 1897-1910. Bar (L.) Notes de voyage relatives aux cliniques qto-laryngologiques du nord de 1'Europe (Danemark, Etats Seandinaves, Russie). Rev. hebd. de larvngol. (etc.], Par., 1904, i, 209-233—Maclntj re (J.) Throat department,Glasgow Roval Inflrmerv. Glasgow M. J., 1907, lxvii, 142-144. Throat (Diseases of, Jfanxals of). See, also, Nose and throat (Diseasesof, Manuals of); Larynx (Diseases of, Manuals of). Becker (F.) Die naturgemiisse Behandlung der hautigen Briiune, sowie des Catarrhs der Luftrohre, des Keuchhustens und endlich der Diphteritis, Laryngitis, etc. 12°. Cassel, 1865. Downie (J. W.) Clinical manual for the Study of the throat. 12°. Glasgow, 1894. Gomez de la Muta (F.) Tratado teorico- priictico de enfermedades de la garganta (laringe yfaringe). 8°. Madrid, 1891. -----. The same. Pt. 5. 8°. Madrid, 1893. Gri;nwald (L.) Atlas der Krankheiten der Mundhohle, des Rachens und der Nase. 16°. Munchen, 1893. -----. The same. Atlas-manuel des mala- dies de la bouche, du pharynx et des fosses na- sales. Ed. francaise par G. Laurens. 12°. Paris, 1903. Hemming (W. D.) Throat diseases and the use of the laryngoscope. A handbook for prac- titioners and senior students. 16°. London, 1881. James (P.) Sore throat, its nature, varieties and treatment; including the connections be- tween affections of the throat and other dis- eases. 2. ed. 8°. Ijondon, 1866. -----. The same.- 3. ed. 8°. London, 1878. -----. The same. 4. ed. 8°. Philadel- phia, 1880. Metz (C. A.) Praktisk af handling om hal- sens, lungornas och matsmaltningsorganernas slemsjukdomar; sasom slemfeber, flusshosta, brosthosta, catarrh, halsinflammation, heshet; blascatarrh, hvit fluss, gyllenader, slem hemor- rhoider, m. m. Jenite ett bihang, innehallande dessa sa allmanna sjukdomars homoopathiska behandling. Ofversiittning fran andra Tyska upplagan af C. U. Sonden. [Short treatise on the catarrhal diseases of the throat, lungs, and digestive organs, such as catarrhal fever, coughs, inflammation of throat, etc.] 12°. Stockholm, 1832. Moure (E.-J.) Traite eiementaire et pratique des maladies de la gorge, du pharynx et du larynx. 8°. Paris, 1904. -----. The same. Elementary practical treatise on diseases of the pharynx and larynx. Transl. by J. M. Farquharson. 8°. London, 1909. NrvoLi (G.) Letture cliniche sulle malattie della gola. 8°. Roma, 1893. Throat (Diseases of Prevention of). Delahouse (J.) Disinfection de la gorge. Son emploi dans la prophylaxie et la therapeu- tique des maladies infectieuses. 8°. Lyon, 1905. Faivre. Comment on defend sa gorge; la lutte contre les angines. 12°. Paris, [1901]. Dulour (C. R.) The hygiene of the eye and throat of particular value to parents. Virginia M. Semi-Month., Richmond, 1910-11, xv, 445-448.—Fiedler (L.) Ueber Throat (Diseases of Prevention of). ein naturliches Schutzmittel bei Angina, wien. med. Wchnschr., 1901, li, 2161-2266.—Hare (H. A.) The im- portance of treating the pharynx and tonsils in the early stages of some acute affections. Therap. Gaz., Detroit, 1907, xxxi, 95.—Keeler (E. E.) The prevention of some forms of throat disease. J. Ophth., Otol. & Laryngol., N. Y„ 1896, viii, 136-145.—Kramolin (G.) A toroko- blogetes vedi'lmere. [Protecting of the throat.] Gy6gya- szat, Budapest, 1899, xxxix, 187. [Discussion], 537.—du Mesni! de Ito< licmoiil. Ist es nothwendig, An- ginakranke zu isoliren? Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1899, xlvi, 309-311.—Selieppegrell (W.) Care of the throat and ear. Pop. Sc. Month., N. Y., 1898-9, liv. 791- 801. Throat (Diseases of Rheumatic and gouty). See, also, Larynx (Diseases of, Rheumatic). Costa (L.) * Contribution il Peptide de l'an- gine goutteuse. 8°. Montpellier, 1906. Sinoncelli (F.) * Arthropathies et angines; etude historique et clinique. 8°. Montpellier, 1904. SrciiANNEK ( EL) Die Beziehungen zwischen Angina und akutem Gelenkrheumatismus. 8°. Halle a. S., 1895. Itoucheron. De la presence de l'acide urique dans la salive, dans les affections uricemiques de la gorge et de l'oreille. Rev. hebd. de larvngol. [etcJ, Par., 1896, xvi, pt. 2, 1201-1204.—Bulson (A. E.), jr. Rheumatic affec- tions of the throat. Fort Wayne M. Mag., 1893-4, ii, 68- 68.—Cohen (S. S.) Some of "the throat-conditions ob- served in gouty subjects. Med. News, Phila., 1893, lxiii, 510-513. Also, Reprint.—Danziger (F.) Ueber An- gina urica. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh., Berl., 1895, xxix, 14- 16.—Freudenthal (W.) On rheumatic and allied affections of the pharynx, larynx, and nose. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1895, xlvii, 196-201.—Groedel. Ueber acuten GelenkrheumatismusimAnschlussanAngina. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1896, xxii, 259-262.— Newcoiub (J. E.) The relation of the rheumatic di- athesis to the common throat inflammations. Atlanta M. & S. J., 1896-7, n. s., xiii, 793-799.—Peltesohn (F.) Ueber Angina und Rheumatismus. Arch.f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1897, vii, 58-89.—Bhemnatic sore throat. [Edit.] Med. Bull., Phila., 1897, xix, 349-351.—Koos (E.) Sull' angina reumatica. Riv. di patol. e terap. d. mal. d. gola [etc.], Firenze, 1894, i, 197-212.—Thorner (M.) Rheumatic throat affections. Cincin. M. J., 1893, viii, 41-48.—Wilcox (R. W.) The lithsemic throat. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1896, i, 145—Williams (P. W.) Remarks on rheumatic and gouty affections of the throat. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1898, iv, 207-213. Throat (Diseases of Treatment of). See, also, Throat (Diseases of, Prevention of)', Throat (Diseases of, Treatmentof, Operative). Blair (L. E.) A new throat remedy; ben- zoinol and resorcin compound. 24°. [Albany, 1899.] Broom (J.) Some remarks upon and ex- perience in the topical treatment of infectious and non-infectious follicular inflammation, and ulceration of the mouth, throat, and nose, by a new remedy. Pigmentum chloralis an- tisepticum. cl vincoHrt. Angine pseudo-membraneuse a Btaphylocoques; inefficacit<5 du serum Roux; accidents post-serotherapiques. Union med. du nord-est, Reims, 1896, xx, 208-313.—IMil'aud. De l'emploi du sulfate de cuivre comme moyen de traitement de l'angine herpeti- que pure, et de son application au diagnostic differentiel des angines herpetiques compliquees. Arch, de med. et pharm. mil., Par., 1897, xxix, 201-206.—Foster (H.) The use of local applications of guaiaeol in diseases of the throat. Ann. Ophth. & Otol., St. Louis, 1895, i v, 233.— Fonrrier (M.) Angines a bacilles de Loeflier et sta- phylocoques; injection de serum de Roux; guerison ra- pide de l'angine; mort au 29* jour par paralvsie bulbaire. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1896, x, 278.—Ful- fil rd (\V. H.) Inhalation in diseases of the throat. Mass. M. J., Best., 18%, xvi, 541-548— Garrison (J. B.) The care of throat affections. Homoeop. Eye, Ear & Throat J., N. Y., 1899, v, 93-96 —Goldscheider. Bak- terioskopische Untersuchungen bei Angina tonsillaris und Diphtherie. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1893, xxii, 534-545.—Goodale (J. L.) The local treatment of acute inflammations of the throat from the standpoint of pa- thology. Boston M. & S. J., 1908, clviii, 974-977.—Gra- denial*. Sul valore curativo delle inalazioni a secco col motodo Stefanini-Gradenigo. Arch. ital. di otol. [etc.], Torino, 1912, xxiii, 240-254.— Herz (L.) Ue- ber Anwendung des Ichthyol bei Angina. Wieu. med. Wchnschr., 1893, xliii, 61.— Hubbard (T.) Some remarks on the principles of treatment of simple acute laryngitis and bronchitis. N. York M. J., 1896, lxiv, 81-83. Also, Reprint. — Jaquet (A.) Zur Behandlung des Schluckwehs [mit Ane- son]. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1904, xxxiv, 686-688.—J ervey (J.W.) Electricitv in diseases of the throat. Tr. South Car. M. Ass. Charleston 1899, 169-174.— Justi (K.) Kollargolpinselungen bei Angina und Diphtherie. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1904, li, 2183.— Kellogg (E. L.) A review of the treatment of inflam- matory conditions of the throat by irrigation, and a de- scription of a new irrigator tip. N.York M. J. [etc.], 1905, lxxxi, 807. Also, Reprint.—Lang (J.) Aetiolo- gicka leeba angin a faryngitid. [Etiological treatment of angina and pharyngitis.] Casop. lek. desk., v Praze, 1911, I, 71. — La\ rand (II.) Le gargarisme comme moyen therapeutique. Voix. Par., 1901, xii, 161-176.— Leniiere (G.) Baeteriologie des angines pseudo-niem- braneuses et leur traitement par la serotherapie. J. d. SC. med. de Lille. 1895, ii, 647:1896, i, 12; 31; 57.—Loup. Des fumigations de calomel dans le traitement des an- 'nes, et notamment de l'angine diphteritique; presenta- un appareil. Progres med., Par., 1901, 3. s.. xiii. 264.— Llippian (A. A.) K voprosu o liech. nii bolloznel nosa i zleva poroshkom "Estval." [Treatment of diseases of ilie nose and throat bv the powder "Kstval."| Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1910, xvii, 224.— L,j uhiiiioit (X.N.) O vliyanii salitsilovavo natra na techeniye angin!. [In- fluence of salicylate of sodium on the course of angina.] Voyenno-med. J., St. Petersb., 1904, ii, med.-spec, pt., 110-113.—.Martin (A.) Sensations de corps etrangers du pharynx et dn larynx, supprimees par Paction de la cocaine. Arch, internat. de larvngol. [etc.], Par., 1893, Throat (Diseases of Treatment of). vi, 89.—Mery4. Also- Med. Rec. N. Y., 1910, lxxvii, 793. Also: South. M. J., Nashville, 1912. v, 351-354.—Mi-Naught (J. G.) A note on the bacteriology of a series of cases of sore throat. J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond., 1906, vii, 211- 217 —"tlanicatide (Elena). Un nou cas de angina cu tctniL'enl. Spitalul, Bucuresci, 1902, xxii, 799-803.— .Martin (L.) Etudes cliniques et bacteriologiques de 639 angines et laryngites. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 1904, 3. s., xxi, 527-551. — Mayer (E.) Bactcriologische Befunde bei Angina lacunaris. Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1896, ix, 66-71. -----. An- ginen durch den Friedliinder'schen Bacillus. Ibid., 1900, xi, 247-259, 1 pi. Also, Reprint. -----. Recru- descing angina, due to Friedliinder's bacillus. Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass. 1900, N. Y., 1901, 39-56. Also: N. York M. J„ 1900, lxxii, 1083-1088. [Discussion], 1115.—Moiinler (TT.l Un cas d'angine a tetragene; les angines sahlcuscs. Arch, internat.delaryngol. [etc.], Par., 1904, xviii, 817-822. Atsu: Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1904, 2. s., xxii, 649-656.— .Horse (J. L.) A bacteriological study of four hundred eases of iniiammation of the throat, occurring in diph- theria and scarlet fever, with especial reference to patho- genesis. M ed.& Surg. Rep. Bost. City Hosp., 1894,5.s.,29-54. Also. Kepi int. Also: Boston M.&S. J.,1894, exxx, 162; 182.— Viii lie i- i R.) Diphtheriebacillenahnliche Stabchen bei Anginen mit scharlachartigem Exanthem. Cen- tralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1905-6, xl, 613- 621.—Nicolas (J.) Sur la coexistence d'une' angine pseudo-membraneuse atypique et d'un microbe nouveau. Areh. de med. exper. et d'anat. path., Par., 1898, x, 75- 123.—Nicolle (C.) A Hebert (A.) Contribution a I'etude des angines a fausses membranes; les angines a bacille de Friedlander. Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1*97, xi, 67-79. Also: Normandie med., Rouen, 1898, xiii, 393-397. ----- -----. Les angines a bacilles de Fried- lsender. Presse med., Par., 1899, i, 38-41.-----------. Les angines a bacilles de Friedlander. Ibid., 1902, i, 521. Ateo: Rev. med. de Normandie, Rouen, 1902, 326-328.— Orloivski. Un cas d'angine a pneumo-bacille de Friedlaender. Poitou med., Poitiers, 1904, xviii, 155-159.— Fakes (W. C. C.) The bacillus of Friedlander in pharyngitis and tonsillitis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1897, i, 715.—Palatehenko (S. A.) K voprosu o bakteriologii ne-difteritnikh angin. [On the bacteriology of nondiph- theritic anginae.] Voyenno-med. J., St. Petersb., 1898, exciii, med.-spec, pt., 642-663.—Pasteur (W.) Onpneul mococcal sore-throat, with notes of a fatal case. Lancet, Lond., 1905, i, 1409-1411.—Perquis (J.) & Chevrel (F.) Angine il evolution chronique prolongee causee par un staphylobacille. Bull. Soe. seient. et m6d. de l'ouest, Rennes, 1911, xx, 277-283. Also: Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1912, Ixxxv, 241-243.—Belche (F.) & Sihomerus (A.) Die durch den Diplococcus lanceolatus hervorgerufenen Rachen- und Kehlkopferkrankungen, nebst Bemerkun- gen iiber das Erysipelas cutis pneumococcicum. Mitt. a. d. Hamb. Staatskrankenanst,, 1908, viii, 289-322.— Beid (St. G.) Report of the bacteriological analyses of 250 eases of throat disease. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1897, n. s., lxiii, 612-615.—Riviere. Discordance entre l'examen bacteriologique et l'examen clinique d'un en- fant atteint d'angine aigue. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. m6d. de Bordeaux, 1907, xxviii, 153.—Roque. Trois cas d'an- gine pseudo-diphterique a staphvlocoques observes dans la meme famille. Courrier med., Par., 1896, xlvi, 260.— Bosenow (E. C.) A study of streptococci from milk and from epidemic sore throat, and the effect of milk on streptococci. J. Infect. Dis., Chicago. 1912, ii, 338-346.— Bucker (J.B.),jr. A study of the nature of the micro- organisms found in the mouths and throats of healthy persons. Univ. Penn. M. Bull., Phila., 1906-7, xix, 207- 211.—Buta. La batteriologia delle angine non difte- riche. Riforma med., Napoli, 1896, xii. pt 3, 421.—Salo- mon (H.) Weitere Mittheilungen iiber Spirochatenba- zillenangina. Deusche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl , 1901, xxvii, 575-577.—de Santi (P. R. W.) A report on four cases of acute septic inflammation of the throat, with bacteriological examination of each. J. Laryngol., Lond., 1903, xviii, 178-187.—Schomenis (A.) Ende- misches Auftreten der Angina pneumococeica. Miin- ehen. med. Wchnschr., 1909, lvi, 182. Also, transl.: Gazz. internaz. di med., Napoli, 1909, xii, 85.—Senion (SirF.) A lecture on acute septic inflammations of the throat Throat (Inflammation of Bacteriology of). and neck. Brooklyn M. J., 1905, xix, 1-6. -----. Th* question of pneumococcus invasion of the throat. Med. Mag., Lond., 1908, xvii, 690-705.—de la Sota y l>astra (R.) Trescasosdeanginagangrenosaprimitive. Rev. med. de Sevilla, 1896, xxvi, 97-105.—Stoke* (W. R.) & Hachtel (F. W.) Bacteriological study of the outbreak, Baltimore. Pub. Health Rep. U. S. Mar. Hosp. Serv., Wash., 1912, xxvii, 1923-1930.— Testevin (G.) & Busquet (P.) De l'angine pseudo- diphterique maligne a, streptocoques et pneumocoques. Presse med., Par., 1904, ii, 565.—Torralfoas (F.) Con- tribuci6n al estudio de las anginas piocianicas. Arch, de la Soc. estud. clin. de la Habana, 1904-6, xiii, 48-53. Also: Rev. de med. y cirug. de la Habana, 1905, x, 44-47. Also, Reprint.— Turrd (R.) Baeteriologia de las anginas. Rev. de cien. med. de Barcel., 1896, xxii, 173-178.—Veil el (A.) & Vedel (V.) Angines ii pneumocoques (erytlu'■- mateusesetmembraneuses}. N. Montpel. med., 1898, vii, 621; 670.—Veillon (A.) Etude bacteriologique des an gines aigues non diphteritiques. Rev. mens. d. mal. de l'enf., Par., 1894, xii, 531-557.—Vincent (H.) Angine due au bacillus megaterium. Presse med., Par., 1902, ii, 714. -----. Remarques sur l'angine 4bacilles fusiforme-. Jahrb. f. Kinderh., Berl., 1905, lxii, 828-831.—Wan »h (W. F.) A vicious circle [pneumococcus infection of the throat]. Med. Era, St. Louis, 1910, xix, 278.—Waxham (F. E.) Streptococcus sore throat (pseudodiphtheria i. Med. Brief, St. Louis, 1907, xxxv, 103-105.—Weitz. [An- gina, hervorgerufen durch Leptothrix und Friedliinder- sche Pneumoniebazillen.] Jahrb. d. Hamb. Staatskran- kenanst. 1909, Hamb. u. Leipz., 1910, xiv, pt. 1, 133.— \\ id al (F.) & Bezancon (F.) N6cessite d'une revi- sion des angines dites a streptocoques. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 1896, 3. s., xiii, 281-2.ss. Also [Abstr.]: Rev. gen. de l'antiseps. med. et chir., Par., 1896, ix, 71-74.—Zelenelt" (I. F.) Angina trichomycetiea (s. streptotrichotica), simuliruyushtshaya sifiliticheskoye parazheniye zleva. [. . . simulating syphilis of the throat.] Russk. J. Kozhn. i Ven. Boliezn., Kharkov, 1907, xiv, 301-304. Throat (Inflammation of Erysipela- tous). Castaneda. De l'erysipeie primitif dans les inflam- mations aigues et septiques de la gorge. Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1896, xvi, pt. 2, 1205-1210. Also: Rev. internat. de rhinol., otol. et laryngol., Par., 1897, vii, 114.— Kotli (D.'i Ein Fall von echter Angina erysipe- latosa. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1906, liii, 2247. " Throat (Inflammation of Septic) in submaxillary region [Ludwig^s angina (1836)]. Atzrott (E. H. G.) *Zwei Fiille von An- gina Ludwigii. 8°. Berlin, [1912]. Cavaille (L.) * Quelques considerations ana- tomo-cliniques a, propos d'un cas de phlegmon sus-hyoidien (angine de Ludwig). 8°. Mnut- pellier, 1906. A Id iii li (C. J.) Neuritis following Ludwig's angina; report of a case. Med. News, N. Y., 1903, lxxxii, 1210.— Arnone (L.) A case of Ludwig's angina followed by death. Dental Cosmos, Phila., 1909. li, 1141-1147—Batnt (L.) Angines de Ludwig. Bull. Soc. med.-chir. de la Drome [etc.], Valence, 1908,ix,227-230.—Beattie(D.\V.) A case of Ludwig's angina. West. M. Rev., Omaha, 1909, xiv, 32.—Bin litel (F. C.) A case of Ludwig's angina. Denver M. Times [etc.], 1911-12, xxxi, 213-215.—t'uth- foert(C.C) Ludwig's angina. Tr.Med.-Chir. Soc.Glasg., 1905-7, vi, 139-144. Also: Brit. J. Dent. Sc, Lond., 1906, xliv, 881-888.—Fouquet & Joulia. Angine de Ludwig chez un garcon de dix ans. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1911, xii, 409.—Greene (A. A.) Ludwig's angina, Tr. M. Ass. Alabama. Montgomery, 1905, 493.— Guerini > V.) L' an- gina di Ludwig. Odonto-stomatol., Napoli, 1905, iv, 171- 182. Also, transl: Dental Brief, Phila., 1906, xi, 28-36.— Hollii-k (J. O.) Streptococcal ("septic") throats, Lancet, Lond., 1908, ii, 1814.—Uolmaii (C. J.\ Lud. wig's angina; reports of cases. Med. Era, St. Louis, 190s, xvii, 442-445.—Jacques (P.) Pathogenie et traitement de l'angine de Ludwig. Ann. d, mal. de 1'oreille. du larynx [etc.], Par., 1909, xxxv, pt. 2,413-417. Als,,: Presse Otolaryngol, beige, Brux., 1910, ix, 1-5— Lindalil i.l.) Ludwig's angina; with brief report of six cases. Denver M. Times Tetc.], 1909-10, xxix, 321-324—von Linlwisi (W. F.) [Uebereine in neuerer Zeit wiederholt hiervor- gekommene Form von Halsentziindung.] Med. (or.-Bl d. wurttemb. arztl. Ver., Stuttg., 1836, vi, 21-25—Napier (A.) Notes of two cases of Lud wig's angina. Tr. Glasg. Path. & Clin. Soc, 1906-7, xi, 170-174.—Pratt (G. N.) Ludwig's angina; a report of lour cases. Illinois M. .}.., Springfield, 1908, xiv, 462-471.—Fraxedes Lllnterri. THROAT. 173 THROAT. Throat (Inflammation of Septic) in submaxillary region \L\tdiv'ufs angina (1836)]. Un caso de angina de Ludwig 6 fleru6n de la gliindula submaxilar. Rev. de san. mil., Madrid, 1912, 3. s., ii, 604-607.— Price (J. W.), jr. Ludwig's angina; report of five cases, including one autopsy. Tr. Phila. Acad. Surg., 1909, xi, 118-132, 2 pi. Also: Ann. Surg., Phila., 1908, xlviii, 649-661, 2 pi.—Pugh (W. S.) A case of angina Ludovici. U. States Nav. M. Bull., Wash., 1909, iii, 29.— Beclus(P.) Sur troisobservationsd' "anginede Lud- wig." Presse med., Par., 1912, xx. 415-447.—Roblee (W. W.) Submaxillary infection; Ludwig's angina. South. Calif. Pract.. Los Angeles, 1911, xxvi, 1-4.—Boss (G. G.) Angina Ludovici. Tr. Acad. Surg., Phila., 1901, iii, 97-102.—Bous^e I (G.) Un cas d'angine de Ludwig chez le chien (phlegmon sus-hvoidien). Rec. de med. v4t., Par., 1907, lxxxiv, 763-767. — Selllesinger (A.) Ueber Angina Ludovici. Berl klin. Wchnschr., 1908, xiv, 2194.—iSemon (F.) On the probable pathological iden- tity of the various forms of acute septic inflammations of the throat, hitherto described as acute oedema of the larynx, oedematous laryngitis, erysipelas of the pharynx and larynx, and angina Ludovici. Proc. Row M. & Chir. Soc, Lond., 1894-5, vii, 134-162— Sparrevolin (H. R.) A suspected case of Ludwig's angina. Brit. J. Dent. Sc, Lond., 1910, liii, 734-736. Also: Dental Cosmos, Phila., 1910, Iii, 645.—Thomas (T. T.) Ludwig's angina; an anatomical, clinical and statistical study. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1908, xlviii, 161:335, S pi. -----. Ludwig's angina; an anatomical and statistical studv. Tr. Phila. Acad. Surg., 1908, x, 196-262, 4 pi. Also: Univ. Penn. M. Bull., Phila., 1908, xxi, 2-27.—Thornton (J. SV.) Septic sore throat. J. Iowa State M. Soc , Clinton, 1912-13, ii, 330- 335.—Tregear (W. H.) Ludwig's angina; tracheotomy. Intercolon. M. J. Australas., Melbourne, 1907, xii, 584- 586.—Triiiletti (A.) Apertura artiflciale indiretta di un ascesso flemmouoso sublinguale (angina di Ludwig). Atti d. Cong. d. Soc. ital. di laringol. [etc.] 1899, Empoli, 1900, iv, 319-324. Throat (Inflammation of Ulcero- membranous) [Blaut- Vincent angina (1894-6)]. Athanasiu (A.) * Angine ulcero-membra- neuse aigue a bacilles fusiformes de Vincent et spirilles chez les enfants. 8°. Paris, 1900. Also, transl. [Abstr.J in: Spitalul, Bucuresci, 1900, xx, 529-536. Biermanx (A. H. J.) * Ueber fusiforme Ba- zillen und Spirochaeten bei Angina. 8°. Ber- lin, 1905. Boyer. * Stornatites a, bacilles fusiform es- et spirilles de Vincent. 8°. Toulouse, 1905. Conrad (E.) * Ueber den heutigen Stand der Kenntnis der Vincent'schen Angina. [Munich.] 8°. Berlin, 1903. Also, in: Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol,, Berl., 1903, xiv, 525-536. Costard (G.) *De l'amygdalite ulcero-mem- braneuse chancriforme a bacilles fusiformes et a spirille- ou maladie de Vincent. 8°. Paris, 1900. Eisen (P.) *Zur Kenntnis der Natur der Stomatitis und Angina ulcero-membranacea. (Plaut, Vincent). 8°. Heidelberg, 1905. Fare (F.-C.) Contribution ii I'etude de la stomatite ulct'ro-membraneuse. 8°. Lille, 1898. Hahn ("W. \V. G.) *Ueber Angina Vincenti. 8°. Berlin, 1905. Herzfelder (H.) *De angina membranacea. 12°. Vindobonx, [1829]. Hess (C. C.) *Ueber die Plaut-Vincent'sche Angina. 8°. Marburg, 1906. Lesueur (L.) * Recherches sur la stomatite ulceVo-membraneuse, l'angine ulc£ro-membra- neuse a bacilles fusiformes et spirilles et leur analogic 8°. Paris, 1900. de Montigny (A.) * Etude clinique sur l'an- gine de Vincent. 8°. Paris, 1903. Trebes (F. W.) *Ueber die Angina ulcerosa- membranacea, Plaut-Vincent'sche Angina. 8°. Bonn, 1907. Abel. Zur Bakteriologie der Stomatitis und Angina ulcerosa. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1898, xxiv, Orig., 1-7.—Achard (C.) & Desbouis (G.) Traitement local de l'angine de Vincent par l'arsenoben- zol. Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1912, 3. s., lxviii, 230-235.— Throat (In-fl animation of Ulcero- membranous) [DItut - Vincent angina (1894-6)]. Andereya. Abgelaufene Plaut-Vincent'sche Angina mit grobem Substanzverlust. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1912, xxxviii, 1767—Angeliel. 11 ba- cillo di Vincent-Miller nell* uomo e negli animali. Poli- clin. sez. prat., Roma, 1904, xi, 225-234.— Arnold (M. B.) The spirillum of Vincent, and its relation to pathological conditions of the mouth and throat. J. Roy. Inst. Pub. Health, Lond., 1908, xvi, 671-674. Also [Abstr.]: Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1909, n. s., lxxxvii, 217.—Arrow- smith (H.) Vincent's angina. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1909, xix, 340-349. -----. Vincent's angina, in- volving the larynx exclusively. Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhinol. & Otol. Soc. New Bedford, Mass., 1910, 108-113. Also: Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1910, xix, 658-662, 1 pi. [Discussion], 715-717.—Ban (I.) Adatok a Vincent-feie angina korkepehez. [Contribu- tions to the pathological picture of Vincent's angina.] Gyermekorvos, Budapest, 1906, 27-30.—Barbier (H.) & Tolleiuer. Sur une angine pseudo-membraneuse a bacilles courts et streptocoques. Bull, et m6m. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1898, 3. s., xv, 751-756.—Baron (A.) Zur Klinik der Plaut-Vincentschen Angina. Verhandl. d. Versamml. d. Gesellsch. f. Kinderh. . . . deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte, Wiesb., 1907, xxiv, 168-475.— Baron (C.) Zur Kenntniss der Angina exsudativa ulcerosa (Angina Vincentii sive Angina diphtheroides). Arch. f. Kinderh., Stuttg., 1902, xxxv, 161-177. -----. Ueber en- demisches Auftreten von exsudativen ulzerosen Anginen. Jahresb. d. Gesellsch. f. Nat.- u. Heilk. in Dresd. 1902-3, Munchen, 1904, 41-45.—Bayer. Cas d'angine diphte- ro'ide de Vincent d'une duree de 3 a 4 mois. Bull. Soc. beige d'otol. [etc.], Brux., 1901, vi, 85-89. Also: Inde- pend. med., Par., 1901, vii, 207.—Bayne (F. C.) Bacteriological diagnosis of membranous inflammation of the throat by a simple method. J. Eye, Ear & Throat Dis., Bait., 1902, vii, 60-62.—Beitzke. Ueber Anginen mit fusiformen Bacillen. Verhandl. d. Ver. d. Aerzte zu Halle a. S. 1900-1901, Munchen, 1901, 162. Also: Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1901, xlviii, 1036. -----. Ueber die fusiformen Bazillen. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt. Jena, 1904, xxxv, Ref., 1-15.— Benolir. Zur pathologischen Anatomie der Plaut- Vincent'schen Angina. Miinehen. med. Wchnschr., 1905, Iii, 2299.—Bergeron (E.-J.) Note sur l'emploi du chlorate de potasse dans le traitement de la stomatite ulcereuse (ulcero-membraneuse; couenneuse). Rec. de mem. de med. . . . mil., Par., 1855, 2. s., xvi, 1-46.-----. De la stomatite ulcereuse des soldats et de son identite avec la stomatite des enfants. Ibid., 1858, 2. s., xxi, 51- 232.—Berkeley (W. N.) The present clinical and bac- teriological status of Vincent's angina. Med. News, Phila., 1905, lxxxvi, 976-980.—Bernard. Angine de Vincent. Lyon med., 1900, xciii, 483-485.—Bernhelm. Ueber einen bakteriologischen Befund bei Stomatitis necrosa. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol., [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1898, xxiii, Orig., 176-182.-----. Zur "Angina Vincenti." (Prioritatsfrage). Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1903, xxix, 911.—Bernheim (J.) & Pospisehil (D.) Zur Klinikund Bakteriologie der Stomatitis ulcerosa. Jahrb. f. Kinderh., Leipz., 1898, n. F., xlvi, 434-449.— Blerens de flaan (J. C. J.) Ueber eine Stomacace- Epidemie wahrend des siidafrikanischen Krieges. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. &Berl.,1903,xxix, 122.— Blackwood (J. D.), jr. Vincent's angina; with report of cases. Am. Med., Phila. & York, Pa., 1907, n. s., ii, 168-170.—Bloom bergh (H. D.) Vincent's angina. Bull. Manila Med. Soc, 1910, ii, 180-182.—BIUhdorn (K.) Zur Frage der Spizifizitat der Plaut-Vincentschen Anginaerreger. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1911, xxxvii, 1154-1157. — Blumenthal (F.) Priiparate von Angina ulcerosa. Ibid., 1904, xxx, 1225.— Blumenthal (F.) & Rosier (E.) Ueber die Plaut- Vincent'sche Angina. Charit6-Ann., Berl., 1904, xxviii, 29-35.—BonnusA Deguy. Des angines uleero-mem- braneuses. Rev. g6n. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1900, xiv, 305-309.—Borne (G.) & Vadam (P.) L'angine de Vincent; le bacille specifique; le spirille; expose bacteriologiqueetclinique. Bull. d. sc.Pharmacol., Par., 1904, x, 149-153.—Bosquier (R.) Poussee d'angine ul- cero-membraneuse avec bacilles fusiformes de Vincent, sur une amygdale atteinte d'hvpertrophie chronique. J. d. sc. med. de Lille, 1899, i 433-437.—Brlnd el. An- gine diphteroide a bacilles fusiformes de Vincent et amygdalite lacunaire ulcereuse aigue (ulcere simple) de Moure. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. de Bordeaux, 1899, xx, 161-166. Also: J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1899, xxix, 317-319. -----. Quelques reflexions sur les angines lacu- naires ulcereuses aigues et les angines ulc6ro-mem- braneuses. Larynx, l'oreille et le nez, Marseille & Par., 1909, ii, 65-73.—Brlndel & Raoult. Ulcerations de Pamygdale; diagnostic et traitement. Gaz. hebd. de med., Par., 1900, n. s., v, 496-500. Also: Presse m6d., Par., 1900, i, 248-251. Also: Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1900, i, 721-734.—Bruce (H. W.) On Vincents angina. Lancet, Lond., 1904, ii, 135-138. -----. A case of Vincent's angina in which the larynx and trachea were involved. Ibid., 1907, ii, 1021.—I* ruck (A.) Zwei Falle Via Plaut-Vincent'scher Angina. Verhandl. d. THROAT. 1 74 THROAT, Throat (Inflammation of Ulcero- membranous) [Plaut - Vincent angina (1W4-6)]. Berl. med. Gesellsch. 1909, Berl., 1910, xl, pt. 1, 27-29.— Brunton (Sir T. L.) On diphteroid sore throat. Clin. J., Lond., 1904-5,xxv,278-281.—Bryan (O.N.) Vincent's angina. South Pract., Nashvillle, 1912, xxxiv, 191-197.— Builay. Zur Pathogenese der gangranosen Mund- und Kaelienentzundungen. Beitr. z. path. Anat.. exper. Path. letc.j, Leipz., 1905, xxxviii, 265-300, 2 pi.—Buhlig (W. H.) A case of Vincent's angina without spirochetes; comments on the use of direct smears in diagnosing acute exudative affections of the throat. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1908, 1.1791. -----. Upon the communicability of Vincent's angina. Quart. Bull. Northwest. Univ. Med. Sch., Chicago, 1909-10, xi, 5.—Burrage (T. J.) Case of Vincent's angina. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1907, Iii, 962— Calvo (I.) & Fernandez (F.) Contribueidn al estudio de las anginas membranosas. San. y benefic Bol. otic, Habana, 1910, iv, 266-279.—Carnot (P.) & Fournier (L.) Sur un cas d'angine de Vincent. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1901, 11. s., iii, 143-145.— Carriere (G.) Sur quelques cas d'angines a tetragenes. Rev. de m6d., Par., 1902, xxii, 509-538.—Chamberlain (W. P.) The occurrence in the Philippines of associated spirochaette and fusiform bacilli in ulcers of the throat (Vincent's angina), of the mouth, and of the skin, and in lesions of the lungs, bronchial spirocheetosis. Philippine J. Sc, Manila, 1911, sect. B, vi, 489-498. Also, Reprint — Chambers (G.) & Willson (H.) Remarks on Vin- cent's angina, with reportsof cases. DominionM. Month., Toronto, 1910, xxxiv, 95-99.—Chauffard (A.) Angine de Vincent guerie en trois jours par des applications de bleu de methylene. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1902, 2. s., xix, 1375-1378.—Chavigny. Angine de Vincent. Independ. med., Par., 1901, vii, 41.—Choin- pret. Angine de Vincent; herpes buccal; banalite de Ja symbiose fuso-spirillaire. Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1905, xvi, 62. Also: Ann. de dermat. et svph., Par., 1905, 4. s., vi, 174-176. Also: Arch, internat. ile laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1905, xix, 865-867.—Chorno- Slivartz (B. N.) Sluchal anginl Vincent. Dietsk. med., Mosk., 1902, vii, 267-270.—Clark (G. F.) A case of Vincent's angina. U. States Nav. M. Bull. Wash., 1909, iii, 31—Collet & Horand (R.) De la presence de pseudo-treponemes pales dans une angine ae Vincent a c6t6 des fuso-spirilles et des spirochetes classiques. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1907, xxviii, 315.—Con- rad (E.) Ueber den heutigen Stand der Kenntnis der Vincent'schen Angina. Areh. f. Larvngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1903, xiv, 525-536, 1 pi.—Costa (SA Sur la conta- gion de l'angine de Vincent. Presse med., Par., 1903, ii, 862.—Couture & Dalmenesche. Un cas d'angine ulcereuse at bacilles fusiformes et spirilles. Rev. med. de Normandie, Rouen, 1904, iv, 351-356.—Crandall (G. C.) Vincent's angina and stomatitis. Dental Digest, Chicago, 1904, x, 1334-1338. Also: Internat. Dent. J., Phila., 1904, xxv, 851-855. Also: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1904, xliii, 246.—Darier. Stomatite de Vincent. J. de med. int., Par., 1903, vii, 157.—Deutsch (L.) Angine a bacilles fusiformes Vincent esete. [A case of. . .] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1901, xiv, 189. — Donogany (Z.) Vincent- feie angina esete. [A case of . . .] Ibid., 736. -----. A Vincent-feie anginar61. [The angina of Vincent.] Ibid., 1903, xlvii, 654. -----. A Vincent-feie anginar61. [The angina of Vincent.] Gegeszet, Budapest, 1906,2-6.—Dop- ter (C.) Sur un cas d'angine a bacillesfusiformesde Vin- cent. Presse m6d..Par.,1898, ii, 74.-----. L'angine de Vin- cent. Gaz. d.hop., Par., 1902, lxxv, 621-528. Also [Abstr.]: Bull, etmem. Soc. med.de hop. de Par., 19023. s.,xix, 403.— Dubar. Amygdalite ulcero-membraneuse ou angine diphtero'ide de Vincent. Progres med., Par., 1904, 3. s., xx, 17-19. —Eichin eyer (W.) Ueber Angina ulcero- membranosa Plauti und Stomatitis ulcerosa. Vorlauflge Mitteilung. Jahrb. f. Kinderh., Berl., 1905, lxii, 65-69. -----. Ueber Angina ulcero-membranosa Plauti und Stomatitis ulcerosa. Ergebn. d. allg. Path. u. path. Anat. 1904-5, Wiesb., 1906, x, 106-225, 1 pi. —Ellermann (V.) Ueber die Kultur der fusiformen Bazillen. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], Jena, 1904, xxxvii, 729. -----. Einige Falle von bakterieller Nekrose beim Menschen. Ibid., 1905, xxxviii, 383-391, 1 pi.—Escherich. Demonstra- tion von Angina ulcerosa (Bernheim). Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1904, xvii, 1243.—Ezekiel (G. A.) Vincent's angina; report oi a case. Old Dominion J. M. & S., Rich- mond, 1910, x, 128. —Farrell (T. H.) A case for diag- nosis. [Leukoplakia or Vincent's angina?] Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1906, xv, 119-124.—Fin- kelshteln (Ya. M.) Angina Plaut-Vincenti. Novove v Med.. S.-Peterb., 1911, v, 426-428—Fisher (J. W.) R*e- port of two cases of ulcerative angina and stomatitis, associated with the fusiform bacillus and spirillum of Vincent. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1903, cxxvi, 438-143.— Forchheiiner(F) Etiology of the pyorrhea alveolaris and the stomatitis ulcerosa chronica. St. Paul M. J., St. Paul, Minn., 1901, iii, 392-398. - Fotiades. Un cas de stomatite et angine ulcero-membraneuse associees avec Throat (Inflammation of Ulcero- membranous) [Plaut-Vincent angina (1894-0)]. bacilles fusiformes de H. Vincent. Arch. prov. de med., Par., 1899, i, 487-489. — Fournier & Godreau (.».) Angine de Vincent pendant la grossesse. Toulouse med., 1907, 2. s., ix, 106-108.— Fraley (F.), Vincent's angina during quarantine for diphtheria. Arch. Pediat., N. V., 1910, xxvii, 306-309. Also: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1910, xiv, 1516.—Friihwald (F.) Ueber Stomatitis ulcerosa, Jahrb. f. Kinderh., Leipz., 1889-90, xxix, 200-214.—Ga- lebski (A. Ya.) Sluchal angini Vincent i yazvennavo laringita napochvTe tol zhe infektsii. [Vincent'sangina and ulcerated laryngitis following the same infection.] Vestnik Ushn., Gorlov. iNosov. Bollezn., S.-Peterb., 1909, i, 479-481, 1 pi.—Ga Hois (P.) & Courcoux. Presence du bacille de Lceffler danscertains cas d'angine ulcereuse de Vincent. Bull, et m6m. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1903, 3. s., xx, 591-597. — Gelie & j6vrard. A propos d'un cas d'angine de Vincent. Echo med. du nord. Lille, 1910, xiv, 23-25.—Ginzburg (Ya. L.) & Kliolo- stoff (V. P.) Sluchal Vincent'ovol zhabi, oslozhnennl tromboflebitom bolsholpodkozhnol veninogi (v. saphense magnae sin.) i gangrenoznimi yazvami llevol goleni, [Vincent'sangina, complicated by thrombosis of the left large saphenous vein, and gangrenous ulcers of the left leg.] Russk. Vrach. S.-Peterb., 1911, x, 1656-1659 — Glover (J.) Sur la presence du bacille court de Lceftier dans l'exsudat des angines ulc6ro ou eroso-membraneuses post-operatoires. M6d. inf., Par., 1899, ii, 14-17.—Gordon (A. H.) Vincent's angina. Montreal M. J., 1908 xxxvii, 190.—Graupner. Ueber Angina diphtheroides. Jahresb. d. Gesellsch. f. Nat.- u. Heilk. in Dresd., Munchen, 1901-2, 157-164. Also: Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1902, xlix, 727- 729.—G ren et (H.) Sur la nature de lastomatite et de l'an- gine ulcereuses. Compt. rend. Soc de biol., Par.,1904, lvii, 50.— Griswold (V. M.) Vincent's angina. Buffalo M. J., 1911-12, lxvii, 431-435.—Gross (A.) Ueber Angina ulcero-membranosa. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1904, lxxix, 369-378, 1 pi.—Halle & Jacquet. Angine de Vincent. Bull. Soc de pediat. de Par., 1912, xiv, 325.—Halsted (T. H.) Vincent'sangina; its fre- quency, and importance of its recognition; with reports of two fatal cases. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 1912, cviii, 450-453. Also, transl.: Monatschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Berl. u. Wien, 1912, xlvi, 569-573.—Harwood-Yarred (W. H.) & Panton (P. N.) Cases of stomatitis and tonsilli- tis in which Vincent's spirochaeta and bacillus were present. Lancet, Lond., 1906, i, 438.—Hess (O.) Die Angina Vincenti. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1903, xxix, 749.—Holm (M. L.) The occurrence of bacillus fusiformis in membranous affections of the throat, Vincent's angina; with report of 73 cases. Quart. Bull. Northwest. Univ. Med. Sch., Chicago, 1909-10, xi, 184-194. -----. The occurrence of bacillus fusiformis in membranous affections of the throat, "Vincent's an- gina," with report of 43 cases. J. Mich. M. Soc, Battle Creek, 1910, ix, 381-393.—Holmgren (G.) Till Mgan om angina ulcero-membranacea s. Vincenti. Hvgiea. Stockholm, 1907, 2. f., vii, 1095-1112,1 pi.-Hunt (J. E.) A case of Vincent's angina. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1908, xxv, 127.—Ivanoff(A.) Ob anginle Vincent'a i yeya oslozhneniyakh. [Vincent's angina and its complica- tions.] Med. Obozr.,Mosk., 1903,lix.94-100. Also,transl: Deutsche Med.-Ztg., Berl., 1903, xxiv, 1121-1123.—Jac- ques (P.) L'amygdalite ulcero-membraneuse a bacilles fusiformes chez l'enfant. Rev. hebd. de larvngol. [etc.], Par.,1899,xix,pt. 1,668-671.—Jauquet. L anginede Vin- cent. Clinique, Brux., 1905, xix, 721-733.—Johnston (R. H.) Vincent's angina. Hosp. Bull. Univ. Maryland, Bait., 1907, iii, 9-11.—Knenig (C.-J.) Sur un cas d'an- gine eroso-membraneuse tenace et envahissante avec presentation du malade, de preparations microscopiques et de cultures d'un bacille non encode identifie. Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1901, xiv, 257; 413 — Krebs. Ein Fall von Pharynxgangran (Angina Vin- centi?) mit chronischem Verlauf. Deutsche med. Wchn- schr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1902, xxviii, 310.—Lai-oarret. Contribution a I'etude de l'amygdalite ulcero-membra- neuse. Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1899, xix, 273-291.—Ladd (L. W.) Vincent's angina. Cleveland M. J., 1906, v, 211-215. Also, Reprint.—Lammerhlrt. Zur Kasuistik der Angina Vincenti sc. diphtheroides. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1902, xxviii, 442.—Lagriftbul & Bousquet. Angine de Vincent chezunsyphflitique. Montpel. med., 1909, xxviii, 18-23.— Lamoureux. Amygdalite a bacilles fusiformes avec stomatite. Rev. m6d. de Normandie, Rouen, 1905, 207. Aiso: Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.]. Par., 1905, xxv, pt. 2, 504.—Lansac (B.) Sur un cas d'angine de Vincent. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1901, 11. s., iii, 571.— Lasagna (F.) Vincent's fusiform bacillus; experimen- tal researches. Lar\ ngoscope, St. Louis, 1912, xxii, 1009- 1011.—Lemaire. Contribution a l'histoirede l'angine de Vincent. Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1905, lxxviii, 1481.—Le- ■iioinc (G.-H.) Angine ulcero-membraneuse a bacilles THROAT. 175 THROAT. Throat (Inflammation of Ulcero- membranous) [Plaut - Vincent angina (1894-6)]. fusiformes et spirilles. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. dePar., 1898, 3. s., xv, 252.—Letulle (M.) Angine de Vincent. iftjd.,1900,3. s.,xvii, 1197-1204. Also: Presse med., Par., 1900, ii, 411-413. -----. Angine ulcereuse aigiie a streptocoques; mort rapide par suffocation. Normandie med., Rouen, 1900, xv, 1-5.—Leuwer (C.) Ueber An- gina Plaut-Vincenti. Reiehs-Med.-Anz., Leipz., 1908, xxxiii, 43.—Leukonicz (K.) O esystych hodowlach pratka wrzecionowatago, zarazka wrzodnego sapalenia famy ustnej. [Pure cultures of the fusiform bacillus, virus of ulcerative stomatitis] Przegl. lek., Krak6\v, 1903, xlii, 197-199. Also, transl.: [Abstr.]: Bull, de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1903, i. 825.—liiclitwitz(L.)& Mabrazfes (J.) Bacilles fusiformes de Vincentdans un casd'amygda- lite ulcereuse et dans deux cas de suppurations peribuc- cales. Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1899, xii, 134-137. Alsn: Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med.de Bordeaux, 1899, xx, 195.—Loblowitz (I. S.) Ueber Stomatitis ulcerosa. Wien. med. Wchnschr.. 1902,lii,2266:2318:2371;2433; 2487 — MeFarlane (M.) Vincent'sangina. t'auad. Pract. & Rev., Toronto, 1911, xxxvi, 313.—Maikie (F. P.) Vin- cent'sangina and the bacillus fusiformis. Lancet, Lond., 1905, ii, 110.—Malherbe (II.) Sur le traitement de l'angine de Vincent et la stomatite ulcero-membraneuse. Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1902, xx, 274-277. -----. Ulceration de Vincent et chancre syphilitique: difliculte du diag- nostic. J. d. mal. cutan. et syph., Par., 1906, xviii, 30- 32.—Manicatide (E.) A Vraniallci (C.) Asupra unul cas de angina ulcero-membranosa cu bacill fusi- forml si spirocheti (Bernheim-Vincenf). Spitalul, Bu- curesci. 1901, xxi, "585-606.—Maraspini (H.) Note sur l'amygdalite ulcero-membraneuse chancriforme. Rev. hebd.de laryngol. [etc.], Par.. 1905, ii, 615-618.—.Mar- fan. Diagnostic de l'angine diphterique et des angines aigues. Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1903, lxxvi, 305; 337— Mariau (A.) Diagnostic de l'angine chancriforme (syn.: Angine a bacilles fusiformes et spirilles, angine de Vincent). Bull. Soc. centr. de med. du nord, Lille, 1900, 2. s., v, 88- 93. Also [Abstr.] Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1900, iv, 110.—Martinez (E.) Diagn6stico y tratamiento de la angina de Vincent. Rev. med. cuoana, Habana, 1909, xv, 141-144.—Marzinowski (E.-M.) Inoculation ex- perimental de l'angine de Vincent au singe (Macacus rhesus). Compt. rend Soc de Dial., Par., 1912, Ixxiii, 389.—Mayer (E.) Affections de la bouche etde la gorge associ6es avec le bacille fusiforme et le spirille de Vin- cent. Parole. Rev. internat. de rhinol. [etc.], Par., 1902, n. s., iv, 172-178. Also, transl.: Am. J. M. Sc. Phila., 1902, exxiii, 187-193.—Mayer (M.) & Schreyer (O.) Zur Klinik und Aetiologie der Angina ulcerosa membranacea (Plaut-Vincent). Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1905, xxxi, 627-630.—Mendel. De l'amygdalite ulcereuse chancriforme. Arch, internat. de larvngol. [etc.], Par., 1*95, viii. 324-330. Also: Rev.de laryngol. [etc.], Par., Is95, xv. 873-X78.—Mery (H.) & Halle (J.) Angineulcereuseetperforantedans la scarlatine. Arch.in- ternat. delaryngol [etc.]. Par.. 1904, xvii,118-126.—Meyer (A.) Angina ulcero-membranosa sivenecrotica undihre Erreger (Plaut-Vincentsche Angina). Samml.klin.Vortr., Leipz., 1908, n. F., Nos. 476-477 (Chir., Nos. 137-138).— Moncorvo filho. Anginas pseudo-diphtericas. Rev. da Soc. de med. e cirurg., Rio de Jan., 1903, vii, 340-343. Also [Abstr.]: Brazil-med., Rio de Jan., 1903, xvii, 341.— Mongonr & Verger. Stomatite ulcereuse et angine a bacilles fusiformes; svphilis coexistante. J. med. de Bordeaux, 1902, xxxii, 153.— Monnier (U.) Contribu- tion a I'etude des angines pseudo-membraneuses; apropos d'un cas d'angine pseudo-membraneuse due au muguet. Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1895-6, xiv, 120-124. -----. Un cas d'angine a tetrag≠ les anginessableuses. Arch, inter- nat. delaryngol. [etc.], Par., 1904, xviii, 817-822.—Morel 11 (E ) Un caso di angina di Plaut-Vincent. Folia clin. chim. et micros.,Salsomaggiere, 1910-11, iii, 339-350. Also: Gazz. med. ital., Torino, 1912, lxiii, 1-5—Morian (K.) Stomatitis ulcerosa und Angina Vincenti. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1905,lii.pt. 2,1584—Moutot(H.) Syrn- biose fuso-spirillaire dans onze cas de lesions ulcereuses bucco-pharvngiennes. Lvon m6d., Par., 1906, cvii, 687- 698.—MUhlens (P.) Ueber Zuchtung von Zalmspiro- chaten und fusiformen Bazillen auf kiinstlichen (festen) Nahrboden. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1906, xxxii, 796.—Murray (W. R.) Vincent's spirillum and bacillus fusiformis in pseudomembranous anginas. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1909, liii, 373-375.—Nash (J. T. C.) A caseof Vincent's angina. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1909, i, 87. — Nee. Angine de Vincent. Normandie m6d., Rouen, 1909, xxv, 473.—Nil-lot & Marotte. L'angine de Vincent et les di verses determinations de la symbiose du spirille et du fusiforme. Med. mod.. Par., 1901, xii, 177.—IVicolle (C.) L'angine ulcero-membraneuse a ba- cilles fusiformes et spirilles (angine de Vincent); apropos d'une observation r6cente de cette variete d'angine. Arch. prov. de m6d., Par., 1899, i, 264-280. Also: Nor- mandie med., Rouen, 1899, xiv, 245-259.—NicolIe (C.l & Halipre (A.) Sur deux cas d'angine ulcero-membra- Throat (Inflammation of Ulcero- membranous) [Plaut - Vincent angina (1891-6)]. neuse a bacilles fusiformes et spirilles. Normandie med., Rouen, 1899, xiv, 606-608.— Norero (C.) Angina acuta difteroide. Riv. di clin. pediat., Firenze, 1903, i, 256-262.— Ober warth (E.) Primiire Angina gangraenosa bei einem Knaben. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1903, xxix, 301; 318. — Obi-rwinter. [Angina ulcerosa.] Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1901, li, 500.— Oertel (T. E.) Vincent's angina. .1. Med. Ass. Georgia, Augusta, 1911- 12, i, 277-281.—Panton. Cases of stomatitis and ton- silitis, in which Vincent's spirochaeta and bacillus were present. Lancet, Lond., 1906, i, 438.— Pa rm en tier. Amygdalite membrano- ulcereuse a bacilles fusiformes et a spirilles et amvgdalite lacunaire aigue. Progres med. beige, Brux., 1899, i, 129-131.—Pexa (V.) Dva pfipady ulcerosni anginy Vincentovy ve veku detsk6m. v[Two casesof ulcerous angina Vincenti in children.] Casop. lek. 6esk., v Praze, 1904, xliii, 1239-1243.—Picque (L.) Note sur deux cas " d'ulcere de Vincent." Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1911, xxxvii, 685-691.—Plerre-Sa- gols & Bassferes. Un cas d'angine de Vincent. Rev. hebd.de laryngol.[etc.], Par., 1908,ii,344-346.—Place(E.IL) Vincent's angina. Boston M. & S. J., 1911, cxlv, 720-724.— Plaut (H.) Studien zur bacteriellen Diagnostik der Diphtherie und der Anginen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz.u.Berl.,1894,xx,920-923.-----.Surl'angine ulcereuse (question deprioritej. Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1905, xxviii, 207. -----. Sur l'angine ulcero-membraneuse. Ibid., 315. -----. Le bacille fusiforme et le Spirillum sputigenum dans les angines ulcereuses. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1905, lviii,,805. -----. Ueber Angina ulcerosa-mem- branacea. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1907, liv, 340.— Preislcli (K.) A Vincent-feie angina (angine ulcero- membraneuse, amygdalite ulcero-membraneuse chancri- forme, angine pseudo-membraneuse atypique, v. diphthe- roides etc.). Gyermekgyogyaszat, Budapest, 1903, 39-41.— Pusateri (S.) Angina di Vincent a decorso cronico. Atti d. Cong. d. Soc. ital. di laringol. [etc.] 1908, Pavia, 1910, xii, pt. 2, 162. Also: Arch. ital. di otol. [etc.], To- rino, 1909, xx, 47-52. Also, transl.: Arch. f. Larvngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1911, xxv, 531-534.—Putermah (J.) & Breszel (W.) Przyczynek do wrzodzieja.cego zapalenia gardzieli, wywolanego przez laseczniki wrzecionowate (angina ulcero-membranosa Plaut-Vincent). Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1909, 2. s., xxix, 355-357.—Xfcueyrat. Un cas d'angine de Vincent d'un diagnostic clinique tres em- barrassant. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1905, 3. s., xxii, 10. -----. Balano-posthite ulcero-membraneuse avec symbiose fuso-spirillaire determinee par 1'inocula- tion d'une stomatite de meme nature. Ibid., 89-95.— Baczyriski (J.) O tak zwanemwrzodliwem zapaleniu gardla (angina ulcerosa) i jego rozr6znieniu od blonicy. [On the so-called . . . and its differentiation from diph- theria.] Przegl. lek., Krak6w, 1898, xxxvii, 563; 580.— Baoult (A.) Nouveaux cas d'amygdalite ulcero-mem- braneuse. Progres m6d., Par., 1901, 3. s., xiv, 1-5. -----. Diagnostic des ulcerations de l'amygdale palatine. Rev. med. de Pest, Nancy, 1902, xxxiv, 120; 208; 260— Baoult (A.) & Brindel. Rapport sur les ulcerations de l'amyg- dale. Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.], Par., 1900, xxvi. pt. 2. 87-89. Also: Bull, de laryngol., otol. et rhinol., Par., 1900, iii, 144-159. Also: Voix, Par., 1900, xi, 205-211.—Baoult (A.) & Thiry (G.) Des amygdalites ulcero-membraneuses chancriformes avec spirilles et bacilles fusiformes de Vincent. Rev. hebd. de larvngol. [etc], Par., 1898, xviii, 881-905.—Beiche (F.) Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Angina exsudativa ulcerosa; die Plaut- Vincentsche Angina. Mitt. a. d. Hamb. Staatskranken- a*ist., 1905, v, 86-126, 1 pi. -----. Die Plaut-Vincentsche Angina. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1905, Iii, 1581-1583. [Discussion], 1312-1314. -----. Weitere Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Plaut-Vincentschen Angina. Mitt. a. d. Hamb. Staatskrankenanst., 1910, xi, 69-86. Also: Jahrb. d. Hamb. Staatskrankenanst. 1910, Hamb. u. Leipz., 1911, xv, pt. 2, 69-86.—Bichardlere. Les angines ulcero- membraneuses, Rev. internat. de med. et de chir., Par., 1902, xiii, 73-75.—Bichardson (C. W.) Vincent's an- gina. Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhinol. & Otol. Soc. [New Bedford, Mass.], 1909, 422-424. Also: Ann. Otol , Rhinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1909, xviii, 91-93. Also, Reprint.— Bodella (A.) II bacillo fusiforme di Vincent-Bern- heim (bacillo di Miller o bacillus hastilis di Seitz); sua importanza nella patologia. Gior. d. r. Soc. ital. d' ig., Milano, 1903,xxv, 108-115.—Rouer (HA Angine ulcero- gangr6neuse a bacille de Loeffler et a staphylocoque; croup; intoxication generate intense: albuminuric 16 gr.; traitement par le serum antidiphterique et l'eiectrar- goi; tracheotomie; eruption serique; paralysie du voile du palais et des membres inferieurs; guerison. Montpel. med., 1908, xxvi, 499-504. Also: Ann. de med. et chir. inf., Par., 1908, xii, 404-409.—Bolleston (J. D.) Vin- cent's angina. Brit. J. Child. Dis., Lond., 1910, vii, 299- 309. -----. Destruction of the uvula in Vincent's angina. Ibid., 1912, ix, 311-314.—Bona (S.) Zur Aetiologie und Pathogenese der Plaut-Vincentschen Angina, der Sto- makace, der Stomatitis gangrenosa idiopathica, bezie- THROAT. 176 THROAT. Throat (Inflammation of. Ulcero- membranous) [Plaut-Vincent angina (1894-6)]. hungsweise der Noma, der Stomatitis mercurialis gangrenosa und der Lungengangran. Arch. f. Der- mat. u. svph.. Wiin u. Leipz., 1905, lxxiv, 171-202, 3 pi. -----. Zur Geschichte der Vincentschen Angina. Ibid., lxxv, 428— Bosenberger (R. C.j Two eases of Vin- cent'sangina, and one of noma, in which the organisms characteristic of the former affection were found. Am. Med., Phila., 1904, viii, 161-163.—Bothwell i.T. H.) Bronchial Vincent's angina. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1910, liv, 1867.—Boyer (FA Vincent's angina during pregnancy; a case report with bacteriological studies and autopsy findings. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1908, lviii, 642-650.— Koyster (H. T.) Report of a case of tonsillar ulcer of Vincent. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1903, xx, 600-602. -----. Vincent's angina. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1906, lxxxiii, 606. Also, Reprint—Budloff (P.) Ueber einen Fall von Angina ulcero-membranosa (Angina necrotica, Plaut-Vincentsche Angina). Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1908, xxxiv, 2177.—Sack (N.) Ueber einen Fall von schwerer Mischinfektion im Rachen. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh., Berl., 1904, xxxviii, 344-352 — Saiquepee (E.) Note sur cinq cas d'angine A spirilles et bacille fusiforme de Vincent, Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1899, 3. s., xvi, 41-13. Also: Areh. inter- nat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1899, xii. 26: 351.—Salo- mon (H.) Bakteriologische Befunde bei Stomatitis und Tonsillitis ulcerosa. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1S99, xxv, 297. -----. Weitere Mitteilungen iiber Spirochiiten-Bazillenangina. Ibid., 1901, xxvii, 5"5.— Sato (T.) Ueber Angina Vincenti. [Japanese text.] Dai Nippon Ji-Bi-In-Ko-Kwa-Kwai Kwai Ho, Tokyo, 1906, xii, 124-140. Also: Sei-i-Kwai M. J., Tokyo, 1906, xxv, pt. 2, no. 293, 18-27.—Schneider (G.) Angine a bacilles fusiformes de Vincent. Presse m6d., Par., 1899, i, 294.—Schwartzkopl" (E.) Ueber Angina ulcerosa (Plaut-Vincent). Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1906, xxxii, 208.—Shea (W. E.) Vincent's pseudo- membranous angina, with the report of a case and its treatment. Therap. Gaz. [etc.], Detroit, 1911, 3. s., xxvii, 93.—Shmurlo (I. Y.) & Kurzou (V. M.) O yazven- nol anginle Vincent'a. [Vincent's ulcerated angina.] Med.Obozr., Mosk., 1906, lxvi,396-112. Also,transl.: Deut- sche Aerzte-Ztg.,Berl., 1907,xix,438; 489; 508.—Simonin. Les complications de l'angine de Vincent, leur pathogenic Bull, et mem. Soc. m6d. d. hop. de Par., 1901, 3. s., xviii, 1263-1277. Also: Parole. Rev. internat. de rhinol. [etc.], Par., 1902, n. s., iv, 179-192. Also [Abstr.]: Semaine m6d., Par., 1901, xxi, 408. -----. De l'angine de Vincent. Bull. et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 1901, 3. s., xviii, 1156. -----. Les rapports de la symbiose fuso-spirillaire avec les angines banales, la scarlatine, la diphterie et le scor- but. Ibid., 1902, 3. s., xix, 239-260.—Smirnoff (G. I.) Sluchal yazvennol zhabi s palochkami Vincent'a. [Ul- cerative angina with Vincent's bacilli.] Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1902, lvii, 295-298.—Soaje (E.) Amigdalitis ul- cero-membranosas. An. san. mil., Buenos Aires, 190L iii, 909-918.—So bei (J.) & Herrnian (C.) Ulcero- membranous angina, associated with the fusiform bacil- lus (Vincent); a report of twelve cases in children. N. York M. J., 1901, lxxiv, 1037-1043. Also, Reprint—So- bernhelm (W.) Kurze serologische Mitteilung zur Angina Vincenti-Frage. Arch. f. Larvngol. u. Rhinol , Berl.. 1908-9, xxi, 504-506. — Sourdel ( M. ) Un cas d'angine de Vincent traite par la medication d'Ehr- lich. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.J, Par., 1911, el xii, 818- 821.—Speranski (G. N.) Sluchal yazvennol zhabi, vizvannol verteno - obraznimi palochkami Vincent. [Ulcerative angina produced by Vincent's fusiform bacilli.] Dietsk. med., Mosk., 1900, v, 177; 409. Also transl. [Abstr.]: Med. Woche, Berl., 1901, 173.—Stein- haus ( K. ) Beitrag zur Epidemiologie der Angina diphtheroides Plauti sive Vincenti. Ztschr. f. Med- Beamte, Berl., 1904, xvii, 609-616.—de Stoecklin (II.) Contribution a l'etiologie des angines ulcero-mem- braneuses. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1898, xxiv, 612-616. -----. Recherches sur la presence et le role des bacilles fusiformes de Vincent dans les an- gines banales et sp6cifiques. Ann. de med. exper. et d'anat. path., Par., 1900, xii, 269-288.—Stolkind (E Y.) Chetire sluchaya yazvennol zhabi Vincent'a. [Four cases of ulcerative angina of . . .] Dietsk. med., Mosk 1902, vii, 419-423.—Strasser (A. A.) A case of Vincent's angina. J. Med. Soc N. Jersey, Orange, 1910-11, vii 183-185.—StrUmpell (A.) [Angina necrotica.] In his: Lehrb. d. spec. Path. u. Therap. [etc.], Leipz., 1883, 484.— Siirniont. La stomatite ulcero-membraneuse; ses rap- ports avec l'angine de Vincent. Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1901, 1-12— Tarasevich (L.) Sluchal angini s vertenoobraznimi palochkami i spirillami (H. Vincent). [Sur un cas d'angine a bacilles fusiformes de Vincent. Extr., 464.] Russk. arch, patol., klin. med. i bakteriol., S.-Peterb., 1899, viii, 400-412.—Tarruella. Contribu- ci6n al estudio clinico y bacteriol6gico de la angina ulcero-necr6tica de Vincent. Rev. de med. y cirug Barcel., 1903, xvii, 180; 662. — Thomson (St. C?) Chancriform ulcer of the tonsil, or Vincent's angina Tr. Clin. Soc. Lond., 1901-2, xxxv, 218. — Tobben. Throat (Inflammation of Ulcero- membranous [Plaut-Vincent angina (1894-6)]. Ueber Angina und Stomatitis ulcerosa. Berl. klin Wchnschr., 1904, xii, 554-556.—Toms (S. W. S.) Mem- branous angina, simulating diphtheria, with observa- tions and etiology. Med. News, N. Y., 1896, lxviii, 658- 663.—Tuniiicllil" (R.) The identity of fusiform ba- cilli and spirilla. J. Infect. Dis., Chicago, 1906, iii, 148- H& 1 pi—I'll'enlieimer (A.) Beitrage zur Klinik und Bakteriologie der Angina ulcerosa-membranacea (meist Vineentsche oder Plautsche Angina genannt). Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1904, li, 1198; 1253.—Vell- lon. Recherches sur l'etiologie et la pathogenie des angines aigues non-diphteriques. Arch de med. exper. et d'anat. path., Par., 1894, 1. s., vi, 161-191.—Verson (S.) Angina di Viucent-Plaut e sifilide. Arch. ital. di otol. [etc.], Torino, 1910, xxi, 177-190. —Vincent (H.) Sur l'etiologie et sur les lesions anatomo-pathologiques de la pourriture d'h6pital. Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1896, x, 488-510, 1 pi. -----. Note sur le microbe de la pourriture d'h6pital. Arch, de med. et pharm. mil., Par., 1896, xxviii, 249-254. -----. Sur une forme par- ticuliere d'angine diphteroide (angine a bacilles fusi- formes). Arch, internat. de laryngol., [etc.], Par., 1898, xi, 44-48. Also: Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1898, 3. s., xv, 244-250. Also [Abstr.]: Semaine med. Par., 1898, xviii, 109. -----. Recherches bacterio- logiques sur l'angine a bacilles fusiformes. Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1899, xiii, 609-620. -----. Nouvelles recherches sur l'angine diphteroide a bacilles fusiformes. Bull, et m6m. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 1899, 3. s., xvi, 43-46. Also: Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1899, xii, 21-25. -----. Cas prolonge d'angine a spirilles et bacilles fusiformes; considerations sur la bacteriologie de cette affection. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1901, 3. s., xviii, 79-84. Also: Semaine med., Par., 1901, xxi, 42. -----. Sur la culture et l'inoculation du bacille fusiforme. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1901, 2. s., iii, 339-341. Also [Abstr.]: Semaine med., Par., 1901, xxi, 100. -----. Sur un cas de contagion de l'an- gine a spirilles et bacilles fusiformes. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 1902, 3. s., xix, 404-406. -----. Polymyosite infectieuse aigue a recidives. Ibid., 1903, 3. s., xx, 633-638. -----. Recherches sur l'etiologie de la stomatite ulcero-membraneuse primitive. Arch. internat. de larvngol. [etc.], Par., 1904, xvii, 355-370. Also: Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1904, i, 311-313. -----. Frequence du parasitisme fuso-spirillaire dans les 16sions buccales. Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1905, 4. s., vi, 278-282. -----. R61e de l'infection fuso-spirillaire dans les lesions ulcereuses de la bouche. Ibid., 326-328. -----. La symbiose fuso-spirillaire; ses diverses determi- nations pathologiques. Ibid., 401-421.-----. Sur les pro- prietes pvogfenes du bacille fusiforme., Compt. rend. Soc. de biol , Par., 1905, i, 772-774. -----. Etiologie des stoma- tites secondaires, particulierement de la stomatite mercu- rielle. Ibid., 1905, i, 774. -----. A propos de l'angine a bacilles fusiformes. Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1905, lxxviii, 207. Also, transl.: Miinehen. med. Wchnschr., 1905, Iii, 1287- 1289. -----. De la frequence de l'angine a spirilles et ba- cilles fusiformes. Presse med., Par., 1905, i, 193. -----. Symptomatologie et diagnostic de l'angine a spirilles et bacilles fusiformes (angine de Vincent). Lancet, Lond., 1905, i, 1260-1262. -----. Bacille fusiforme de Vincent et spirillum sputigenum. Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1905, lxxviii, 327. -----. A. propos de l'angine a bacilles fusiformes; une question de priorite. Bull, et mem. d. h6p. de Par., 1904, 3. s., xxi, 1111-1114. Also: Arch, internat. de laryn- gol. [etc.]. Par., 1905, xix, 1-5. -----. Ueber die Entde- ckung der durch den Bacillus fusiformis verursachten An- gina. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1905, xxxi, 1119.—Weaver (G. H.) & Tunniclltt-(Ruth). Ulceromembranous angina (Vincent'sangina) and sto- matitis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1906, xlvi, 481-484.— Weil (A. L.) A case of Vincent's angina, with demon- stration of the organism. N. Orl. M. & S. J.. 1909-10, lxii, 443-449. [Discussion], 471-474.—Wherry (W. P.) Vin- cent's angina; a study of the invasion of the tonsil, La- rvngoseope, St. Louis, 1911, xxi, 1007-1012— White (S. M.) A caseof ulcerative angina, with the fusiform bacil- lus and spirillum of Vincent in the exudate. Northwest. Lancet, Minneap., 1904, xxiv, 157-161.—Whiteside (L. C.) Case of Vincent's angina. U. States Nav. M. Bull., Wash., 1910, iv, 56 — Widal & Darre. Angine de Vin- cent et stomatite ulcero membraneuse; angine staphylo- cocciqueprealable. Bull, et mem.Soc.med.d. h6p.de Par., 1904, 3. s., xxi, 1091-1096. Also: Areh. Internat. de laryn- gol. [etc.], Par., 1905, xix, 51-51— Williams (P. F.) Vincent's angina. Proc. Path. Soc. Phila., 1911, xiv, 15.— Wretowski (T.) Przypadek wrzodnego zapalenia gardzieli (angina ulcerosb-membranosa Vincentil, wy- wolanego przez laseczniki wrzecionowate. [Case of Vin- cent's angina produced by fusiform bacilli.) Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1900, 2. s.. xxviii, 441-443.—Zeehulsen (H.) Klinische waarnemingen over angina non-diphtherica. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1899, 2. R., xxxv, d. 1, 1033-1056.—flwillinger (H.) Fall von Vincent- scher Tonsillitis ulcerosa. Pest med.-chir. Presse, Buda- pest, 1905, xii, 14. THROAT. 177 THROAT. Throat (Keratosis of). Foster (H.) Report of acaseof keratosis of the throat. Larvngoscope, St. Louis, 1905, xv, 284-286.1 pi. Also, Re- print.—Bichardson (C. W.) Treatmentof keratosis of the fauces. Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhinol., A Otol. Soc. 1902, N.Y., 1903, viii, 361-364. Throat (Inpus of). Baiiingarten (E.) Lupus vagy lupus tuberculosa a geuehcn [Lupus of the throat.] Orvosi hetil., Buda- pest.lM's, xlii,22.—Cognacq. Lupus de lagorge. Bull. See. d'anat. et physiol. . . . de Bordeaux, 1891, xii, 282- 284.—.Tie Bride (P.) Lupus of the throat. Med. Chron., Manchester, 1895-6, n. s., iv, 335-;;:i9.—Moussous (A.) Lupus primitif de la gorge. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. . . . de Bordeaux, 1890, xi, 105-108. Throat (Mycosis of). Sec, also, Pharynx (Mycosis of); Tonsils (My- cosis of). Bach >.T. A.) M\ co-is of the throat. [Abstr.] Clin. Rev., Chicago, 1897-8, vii. 285-288.—Bulson (A. E.), jr. Mycosis of the fauces. Fort Wayne M. Mag., 1893-4, ii, 373-378.—H ii rd (P. MA Reportof a case of mycosis of throat treated by X-rav. Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhinol. & Otol. Soe. 1905, St. Louis, 1906, xi, 503-505. Also: Am. Otol.. Rhinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1905, xiv, 82- 34.—S'a tier i M.) Deux casde mycosis benin de l'arriere- gorge. Bull. Soc. beige d'otol. [etc.], Brux.. 1899, iv. 89- 99. "Also: France med., Par., 1899, xlvi, 369-373.—Pen-e- pied. Mycosis benin de l'arriere-gorge. Normandie med., Rouen, 1894. ix.1-7— Spicer (R. H. S.) A case of mycosis of tonsil, pharvnx, and tongue in a man aged30. Proc Roy. Soc. Med., Lond . 1908-9, ii, Laryngol. Sect., 161.— Waxham (F. Et Mycosis of the throat, with re- port of a case. Colorado M. J., Denver, 1900, vi, 515-517. Throat (Neuroses of). See, also, Larynx (Neuroses of); Pharynx (Neuroses of). Botey (R-.) De la parestesia faringo-laringeay nasal. Rev. m6d. de Sevilla, 1894. xxiii. 195-202.—Bouyer (A.) tils. De la division des paresthesiques de l'arriere-gorge en hyperesthesiques et hypoesthesiques. Arch, internat. de laryngol. Letc], Par., 1906. xxii, 472-474. A'so: J. de med.de Bordeaux, 1905, xxxv, 893-v»5.—Coleman (E.H.) A caseof anginal spasm of exceptional duration. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1912, i, 537.—Halsted (T. H.) A case of angio-neurotic edema of the throat. Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhinol. & Otol. Soc, St. Louis, 1907, 314.—racquet (L.) Angine, pelade et nevralgie occipitale. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h&p. de Par., 1904, 3. s., xxi. 406-108.— Kel- son(W.H.) Aching throat. Clin. J., Lond., 1912-13, xl, 392-396. Also: Lancet, Lond., 1912, i, 612-614 — M'Bride (P.) Some functional neuroses of the throat. Edinb. M. J., 1902, n. s., xii, 109-111.—Porcher (W. P.) Neu- rotic phenomena in throat diseases, with illustrative cases. Tr. Am. Larvngol. Ass. 1894, N. Y., 1895, xvi, 135- 140. Also: Virginia"M. Month., Richmond, 1894-5, xxi, 400-406.-----. Neuroses of the larynx and of the pharynx, and dysphagia. Svst. Dis. Ear, Nose & Throat (Burnett), Phila., 1893, ii. 669-708.— Sclielnniann. Ein Fall von einseitigem klonischem Rachen- und Kehlkopfkrampf. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1894, xx ( Ver.- Beil.), 73— Senioii i F ) The sensory throat neuroses of the climacteric period. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1895, i, 3-5, Throat (Scleroma of). See, also, Larynx (Scleroma of); Tonsils (Sclerosis of). Juffixger (G.) Das Rclerom der Schleim- haut der Nase, des Rachens, des Kehlkopfes und der Luftrohre. Klinisch-laryngologisehe und anatomische Untersuchungen. roy. 8°. Leipzig & Wien, 1892. Baumgarten (E.) Gegescleroma ritkabb esete. [A rare case of throat scleroma.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1899, xliii, 365.—Moskovitz (I.) Gegescleroma egy esete. [A case of scleroma of the throat.] Ibid., 1896, xl, 185. Throat (Sargery of). See, also, Larynx (Surgery of); Pharynx (Surgery of); Tonsils (Surgery of); Uvula (Surgery of). Alapl (H.) Thiersch-feie transplantatioval gy6gyitott hegesgegeszukiilet esete. [A case of cicatricial throat stricture cured by transplantation after Thiersch.] Or- vosi hetil., Budapest, 1899, xliii, 296; 306. — Ancrum (.!. L.) Combined tonsillotome and uvulotome. Med. News, Phila., 1893, lxii, 14.—Bokay (J.) Heges gege- osszenoves operalt 6s gyogyult esete. [Cicatricial con- VOL XVIII, 2d series---12 Throat (Surgery of). traction of throat; operation and recovery.] Gy6gva- szat, Budapest, 1899, xxxix, 203.—Bourack ( S.-M.) Les complications conseeutives aux adeno- et tonsillo- tomies. Areh. internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1910, xxix, 57-61.—Butts (H. H.) A new instrument for con- trolling tonsillar hemorrhage. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1893, xliv, 11-13. Also, Reprint.—Caine (A. M.) Anesthesia for throat surgery. N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1910-11, lxiii, 111- 114.—Casselberry (W. E.) A suggestion concerning uvulotomy; nitrous oxide and ether anaesthesia for ton- sillotomy and adenotomy; adrenalin. Internat. Clin., Phila.. 1901, 11. s., ii. 278-285. Also, Reprint,—Cassel- berry (W. E.) & Mcngc (F.) Tonsil and adenoid operations under anesthesia by nitrous oxid, and nitrous oxid and oxygen; a preliminary report. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1898, xxx, 547-551.—Co burn (E. B.) Treat- ment of patients preparatory to and after operation for removal of adenoids and tonsils. Dietet. & Hyg. Gaz., N. Y., 1908, xxiv, 205-210.— Cooiidge (A.) The control of the hemorrhage in some operations in the nose and throat. Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass., N. Y., 1897, 135-145.— Crile (G. W.) Observations on surgery of the throat and neck. Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth. [etc.] Oto-Larvngol. Sect., St. Louis, 1908, xiii, 371-880.—Il'Ajutolo ((i.) Su di una pinza falcata per ascessi retro-faringei, tonsillari, etc. Bull. d. sc. med. di Bologna, 1907, 8. s., vii, 489.— Demarest (F. F. C.) Chloroform the anesthetic in throat operations. J. Med. Soc. N. Jersey, Orange, 1909, vi, 119-122.—Fischer (L.) Exanthematous eruptions following throat operations. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1904, xiv. 363-371.—Fountain (E. S.) Nursing duties with regard to the operation for removal of tonsils and adenoids. Brit. J. Nursing, Lond., 1907, xxxviii, 193- 195.—tinlliver (F. D.) Mental suggestion as a substi- tute for anesthetics in the removal of tonsils and ade- noids from children. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1911, lxxix, 1004.— Hays (H.) New instruments for throat work. Am. J. Surg., N. Y., 1910, xxiv, 225.—Hooker (E. B.) The dangers of throat operations. Homceop. Eve, Ear & Throat J., N. Y., 1903, ix, 427^36.—Johnston (R. H.) Hemorragies apres de legeres operations sur la gorge. [Transl.] Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.]. Par., 1906, ii, 545-548.—Kelly (A. B.) Bromide of ethyl anaesthesia in operations in the throat. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1902, ii, 588- 693.—Lenart (Z.) Thiersch-feie transplantatio a gegebe es legcsobe. [Thiersch transplantation in the throat and the bronchial tubes] Sebeszeti adatok, Budapest, 1900, 17-19.—Maduro (M. L.) General anaesthesia and its administration in throat surgery. N. York M. J., 1902, lxxv, 313.—Mayer (E.) Hemorrhage in nose and throat operations. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1905, xv, 698-702. Also, Reprint.—Itietzenbaum(M.) General anesthesia in operations in the pharyngeal region, and about the neck. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1911, xxi, 22.—Miller (A. H.) Anesthesia for adenoid and tonsil opera- tions. Boston M. & S. J., 1909, clxi, 87. — Moure (E. J.) De l'epiglectomie par la voie externe. Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1900, ii, 401-406.— Navratil (I.) Heges gegesziikiilet, laryngofissio, Thiersch-lebeny beultetesevel a geg6be, gy6gyulas. [Traumatic stricture of the throat; laryngofixation. trans- plantation by flap of Thiersch; recovery.] On- gege- es fulgy6gy., Budapest, 1904,135.—Poirier (P.) A Piique ( R. ) Anatomie chirurgicale de la region hvothyro- 6piglottique. Rev. de chir., Par., 1907, xxxvi, 1-23.—Boo (J. O.) A new plastic operation for the relief of cica- tricial palatopharyngeal contractures and adhesions. N. York State J. M., N. Y., 1909, ix, 285. —Boy (D.) A plea for the early and thorough removal of the tonsils and adenoids in children. Charlotte [N. C.l M. J., 1909, lx, 213-218.—Boy (L.-G.) De la n6cessite de precisertres meticuleusement et par 6crit auxoperesde vegetations adeno'ides et d'amygdales; les precautions a prendre les jours suivants. Rev. med., Par., 1905, xiv, 723. — SebaStOpOUlOS (N.) SvyyEvr)? vireprpocpia. T7)S y\>-714.— Qodskesen (N.) Strubetuberkulosen under Svanger- skab og F0dsel. [Throat tuberculosis in pregnancy and parturition.] Hosp.-Tid., K0benh., 1903, 4. R., xi, 493; 526.—Hemmeon (J. A. M.) The early diagnosis of tu- bular disease of tonsils, pharvnx. and larynx. North- west. Med.. Seattle, 1906, iv, 1-5.—Howarth (\V. G.) Tuberculosis of the soft palate, pharynx, and larynx in a girl of 18. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1910-11, iv, La- ryngol. Sect., 66.—Lenart (Z.) Gegetuberculosis mutet altal gy6gyult esete. [A case of throat tuberculosis cured by operation.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1900, xliv, 253.— Moskovitz (I.) A giim6k6ros gegebetegek taplalko- zasa. [Nutrition in tuberculous throat diseases.] Ibid., 1895, xxxix, 666.—Navratil (I.) Elsodleges(?) gegegu- mok6r esete. [A case of primary(?) tuberculosis of the throat.] Orr-, g^ge- es fulgyogy., Budapest, 1903, 9.— Paunz(M.) Agegetuberculosisgy6gykezeieser61. [The therapy of throat tuberculosis.] Gy6gyaszat, Budapest, 1899, xxxix, 164-170.—Pollatschek (E.) A gegetuber- culosis dietas es poysikalis gy6gykezeiese. [The dietetic and physical treatment of throat tuberculosis.] Diaet. es physik. gy6gyitorn., Budapest, 1905,13-15. —---. Az erze- stelenites kerdese g6getubereulosisnal. [The question of anaesthetics in throat tuberculosis.] Magy. orv.lapja, Bu- dapest, 1903, iii, 5-7.—Polyak ( L.) Koriilirt subglotti- cus gumds fekely esete. [A ease of circumscribed sub- glottic tuberculous ulcer.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1901, xiv, 463.—Pratt (J. A.) Tuberculous infection through the tonsil and adenoid. N. Y'ork M. J. [etc.], 1909, xc, 264—Schick (B.) [Fall von Tuberkulose des Rachens und der Tonsillen.] Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f. inn. Med. u. Kinderh. in Wien, 1904, iii, 61.—Sinks (E. D.) The cure and treatment of tubercular throat affections. Texas M. News, Austin, 1905-6, xv, 171-177—Sinners (L. S.) Tu- berculosis of the tonsils, pharvnx, and larynx. Med. & Surg. Reporter, Phila., 1897, lxxvi, 682-6*5.—Sri-biny (Z.) O leczeniu gruzlicy gardzieli i krtani za pomoca. galwanokaustyki. [Galvano-caustic treatment of pha- ryngeal and laryngeal tuberculosis.] Medvcyna i Kron. lek., Warszawa, 1910, xiv, 503-511.—Strangeways (W. F.) Tuberculosis and the throat. Med. Age, Detroit, THROAT. 179 THROAT. Throat (Tuberculosis of). 1899, xvii, 690-694. Also: Med. World, Lond., 1898-9, iii, 787-789.—Tanturri (D.) Sur un siege de granulome tuberculeux non encore decrit, surtout au point de vue de l'histogenie. Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1909, xxvii, 36-46.—Thomson (St. C.) Extensive tuber- culosis of the epiglottis, left ary-epiglottie fold, and left inter-arytsenoid space, in a gentleman aged 47, com- pletely healed by the galvano-cautery and sanatorium treatment. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1909-10, iii, La- ryngol. sect., 7-11.— Tovoliryl (E.) A gegegiimokkor- r61. [Tuberculosis of the throat.] Orvosi hetil., Buda- pest. 1901, xiv, 157; 177: 196— Winslow (J. R.) A case of primary tuberculosis of the fauces, posterior pharynx, and palatal and lingual tonsils cured by tuberculin injec- tions. Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhinol. A Otol. Soc. [New Bedford, Mass.], 1909, 444-447, 1 ch. Also: Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1909, xix, 849-852. Throat (Tumors oj). < See. also, Larynx (Tumors of); Pharynx (Tu- mors of); Throat (Diseases of) in children; Throat (Tumors of, Cystic); Throat (Tmnors of, Malignant); Tonsils (Tumors of). Adanii (.1. G.) On a giant-celled rhabdomyosarcoma from the throat. Montreal M. J., 1908, xxxvii, 163-168. Also, Reprint.—Aleksandrott'(L. P.) Lieeheniye pa- pillom gortani u dietei trakheotomiyel. [Treatment of papillomata of the throat of children bv tracheotomy.] Dietsk. med., Mosk., 1898, iii, 103-109.—Baumgarten (E.) Agyermekekgegepapillomairol (laryngoflssio, Lori- feie eljaras). [Papillomata of the throat in children; larynx fixation by Lori's method.] Gyermekgy6gyaszat, Budapest, 1898, 14-16. -----. Ritka riagysAgii gegeeysta esete. [A curious case of large cyst of the throat.] Buda- pesti k. orvosegy. evkonyve, 1905, 16. -----. A g6ge sokszoros papillomair61. [Multiple papillomata of the throat.] Orvosi hetil.. Budapest, 1907, li,48r,-4,sy.—Botey (R.) Un caso de quiste hidatidico de la ainigdala y de la cavidad faringo-maxilar derechas. Arch. lat. de rinol., laringol. [etc.], Barcel., 1903, xiv, 41-44. -----. Lospdli- pos de la laringo-faringe. Gac med. catal., Barcel., 1905, xxviii, 449—158.—Cange (A.) Un cas de polype extra- pharyngien. Province med., Par., 1911, xxii. 53-56.— Chamberlin (F. T.) Result in one case of sarcoma of throat treated by serum therapy; after ten years; patient present. Virginia M. Semi-Month., Richmond, 1905-6, x, 138.—Cheatham (W.) Tumors of the naso-pharynx, pharvnx, larynx, and oesophagus. N. York M. J., 1891, liv, 173-178. Also, Reprint.—Chiarl (O.) Ueber Lym- phosarkome des Rachens. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1894, Leipz., 1S95, lxvi, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 301-312. -----. Ueber multiple Aniyloidtumoren des Larynx und Pharymx. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1912, xxxviii, 488— D'Aiiiianuo (A.) Fibro-sarcome angiomateux du pilier posterieur gauche chez un individu atteint d'un sarcome idiopathique cutane (tvpe Kaposi). Ann. d. rnal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.], Par., 1899, xxv, 232.— l>\\iutolo. Di un voluminoso cancro polipoide ipoglottico e di una partico- lare ansa adoperata per asportarlo. Atti d. Cong. d. Soc. ital. di laringol. [etc.] 1899, Empoli, 1900, iv, 253-258.— D'Antona (A.) Di duesarcomifaringo-esofageioperati; guarigione. Atti d. r. Accad. med.-chir. di Napoli, 1896, n. s., 1, 93-99.—Delia Vedova (T.) Incisione e sutura contemporanee nella asportazione dei tumori dall' istmo delle fauciedallalingua. Pensiero med., Milano, 1911, i, 125— Fallas (A.) Angiome du pharynx, du larynx et du cou. Arch, internat. de laryng. [etc.], Par.. 1912, xxxiii, 90-96.—Fail re (J.-L.) La voie transhyoidienne dans l'extirpation des tumeurs de la region glosso-epi- glottique. Bull, de laryngol., otol. et rhinol., Par., 1903, vi, 252—Foster (E. E.) An unusual tumor of the fauces. Boston M. & S. J., 1912, clxvi, 97.—Oarel (J.) Trois cas de tumeurs teiangiectasiques de la gorge. Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1905, ii, 1-10.— tileits- Miami (J. W.) The importance of an early diagnosis of malignant tumors of the throat. Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass. 1894, N. Y., 1895, xvi, 127-135. Also: N. York M. J., 1894, lx, 584-586. Also, Reprint. -----. Subglottic sarcoma removed endo-larvngeallv with galvanocauterv snare. Tr. Am. Larvngol. Ass., N. Y., 1902,173-178. [Discussion], 181-187. Also [Abstr.]: Med. Rec, N. Y.. 1902, lxii, 12.— Griffin I K. H.) An interesting ea«e of tumor of the throat. Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1900, ix. 179.— Halasz (H.) Onszenvileg 16trejott gegetalyog. [spontaneous retrogression of throat tumor.] Gyogyaszat, Budapest, 1905, xiv, 6-8.—Harris (T. J.) A case of branchio-genetic cyst of the throat. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1908, xviii, 654.— Haseltine (P..) Malignant growths of the throat. Homo^op. Eye; Ear & Throat J., N. Y., 1906, xii, 78-84 — lliiltl (H.) Adenoma retrotonsiHare esete. [A case of . . .) Orr-, gege-6s fulgy6gy., Budapest, 1904, 80-83.— Inaals (E. F.) Fibrolipoma of the throat. Illinois M. I.. Springfield, 19U5, viii, 134. Also: Larvngoscope, St. Louis. 1905, xv, sy.-,._Jaschki- (R. T.; Beitrag zur Throat Tumors of). Pathogenie und Therapie der anginoiden Zustande. Med. Klin., Berl., 1908, iv, 159; 196.—Kelsey (A. L.) Os- teofibroma occupying the tonsillar fossa (probably of sty- loid process). Calif. M. & S. Reporter, Los Angeles. 1911, vii, 112. Also: South. Calif. Pract., Los Angeles, 1911, xxvi, 71-73.—Kenyon (E. L.) A targe lipoma of the laryngo-pharynx; removal extraorally under cocain. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1911, lvi, 1793. Also: Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1912, xxii, 158.—:H'Bride (P.) Cysts of the tonsils, nose, larynxand ear. Tr. Med.-Chir. Soc. Edinb., 1891-2, n. s., xi, 29-35.—IVIagne (P.) Obstruction subite de glotte par un papillome; tracheotomie; ablation de la tumeur; guerison. Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1910, ii, 760-762.—Morelll (K.) Ritka nagy szemolcsda- ganat a gegeben. [A large singular warty tumor in the throat.| Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1896, xl, 529.—Navra- til (1) Gegedaganat esete. [A case of tumor of the throat.] Orr-, gege-es fulgy6gy., Budapest, 1903, 11.— INcubauer (A.) A gyermekek gegepapillomair61 es azok gyogykezeleserttl. [Guttural papillomata in chil- dren and their treatment.] G\ ermekorvos, Budapest, 1903, no. 3, 6-9.— O-ata (M.) A Suzuki (K.) [Exami- nation of a specimen from the side of the throat.] Tokvo- med. Wchnschr., 1896, No. 974, 5-13.—O'Toole (M. C.) Utility of the galvano-cautery loop in the removal of neoplasms from the epiglottis and adjacent structures. Tr. M. Soc. Calif., San Fran., 1896, xxvi, 315-319.—Paunz (M.) A gegedaganatok operalasahoz. [Operations for tumors of thethroat.] Gy6gyaszat, Budapest, 1898, xxxviii, 698. -----. Heges szukiilettel szdvodott gegepapilloma operalt es gydgyult esete [A case of throat papilloma complicated by cicatricial stricture operated and cured.] Budapesti orv. ujsag. 1903, i, 783. Also: Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1903, xlvii, 750.—Poroshin (N. N.) Plotniy zhirovik v glotochno-gortannol polosti; pod-podyazich- naya faringotomiya. [Compact lipoma in the pharyngo- laryngeal cavity; subhyoid pharyngotomy.] Vrach, St. Petersb., 1901, xxii, 1475.—Prota (G.) Sarcoma multi- plo idiopatico emorragieo dell' istmo delle fauci e della cute. Areh. ital. di laringol. Napoli, 1905, xxv, 66-74.— Querruau & Bousselot. Kyste pre-epiglottique et mort subite chez une jument. Bull. Soc. centr. de med. vet., Par., 1906, lx, 48-51 Robertson (C. M.) Malig- nant tumors of the throat arising from syphilitic cicatri- ces, with report of four cases. J. Opth. & Qto-Laryngol., Chicago, 1910, iv, 426-433.—Boy (L. G.) Apropos d'un cas d'hematome lenticulaire de l'epiglotte. Rev. med., Par., 1907, xvi, 191.—Seckel (P.) Multiple Amyloidtu- moren des Larynx und Pharvnx. Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1912, xxvi, 1-16.—Stoerk (C.) Lympho- sarcoma des Pharynx und Larvnx (Initial-Stadien). Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1894, xliv, 1697; 1747; 1787; 1834; 1876.—Til ley (II.) A specimen of subglottic hyperplasia with considerable narrowing of tracheal airway. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1907-8, i, Laryngol. Sect,, 123- 125.—Toubert (J.) Un cas d'angiome sous-glottique "en chapelet." Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1912, i, 657-662.—Voig't. Ueber Gefassgeschwiilste der Mund- Rachenhohle und des Kehlkopfes. Ztschr. f. Laryngol., Rhinol. [etc.], Vviirzb., 1908, i, 19-29, 1 pi.—Wetzl i.I) Daganat 16 torkanak falaban. [Tumorof the throat wall in a horse.] Allatorvosi lapok, Budapest, 1907, xxx, 4 -----. Torokkorulotti talyog ket esete loban. [Two cases of throat tumors with inflammation.] Ibid., 18.—Win- ternltz (A.) Gegepapilloma ket miitett esete. [Two operated cases of throat papilloma.] Orvosi hetil., Buda- pest, 1904, xlviii, 360; 373.—Kanjriier (T.) Disappearance of an apparently malignant tumour of the throat. Lan- cet, Lond., 1905, i, 1095.—von Zwillln»er (H.) Ein Fall von Hemangioma cavernosum hvpopharvngis. Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1908, xliv, 453*; 930. Also [Abstr.]: Verhandl. d. Budapest, k. Gesellsch. d. Aerzte 1908, Budapest, 1909, 1. Throat (Ulceration of). See, also, Larynx (Ulceration of); Pharynx (Ulceration of); Throat (Diseases of) in chil- dren; Throat (Iniiammation of, Ulcero-mem- branous); Throat (Tuberculosis of); Tonsils ( Ulceration of). Boustield (E. C.) Note on two cases of ulcerated sore-throat. Lancet, Lond., 1902, i, 1531.—Bousiield (L.) Membranous ulceration, due to Spiroehoetre, simu- lating diphtheria. Ibid., 1907, ii, 765— Chauveau (C.) Epiglottite ulcereuse aigue d'origine pyogenique. Arch. internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1907, xxiii, 492-495.— Dieulaioy. Diagnostic des ulcerations de la gorge et du pharynx. Rev. g6n. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1902, xvi, 806.—Freudenthal (W.) Diabetic ulcerations of the throat. Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1899, viii, 293-299.— Galebski (A. Ya.) O nlekotorikh formakh yazvennikh angin. [Certain forms of ulcera- tive angina.] Vestnik Ushn., Gorlov. i Nosov. Bollezn., S.-Peterb., 1909, i, 83-97, 2 pi.— tiibb (.IS.) Differential diagnose der Geschwiirsprocesse im I'harynxund Larvnx. Med.-chir. Centralbl., Wien, 1898, xxxiii, 51; 68.—Icliise THROAT. 180 THROaIBO-ANGIITIS. Throat (Ulceration of). (M.) [A case of suppurating ulcer of upper posterior wall of throat.] Dai Nippon Ji-Bi-In-Ko-Kwa-Kwai Kwai, Tokyo, 1897, iii, _!V :,i—Iniials (E. F.) Ulcer of the anterior pillar. Internat. Clin.. Phila., 1900, 9. s., iv, 290-296.—Izlar I K. P.) The treatment of tonsilar and pharyngeal ulcerations with formaldehyde. Tr. Florida M. Ass., Jacksonville, 1899, 95.—Jacques. Sur la cure iodur6e des ulceresde la gorge. Arch, internat. de laryn- gol. [etc.], Par., 1908, xxv, 1059— Kelly {A. B.) Angina ulcerosa benigna. Glasg. Hosp. Rep., 1900, ii, 220-225.— Lydston (G. F.) Dr. Pohlv's cases of "anaemic ulcer" of the throat. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1910, xcii, 622.— Pohly(A.G.) Ansemic ulcersof the throat. Ibid., 4:11. Also, Reprint.—Salo (M.) [Curious suppurating ulcer of the rear of the throat. | Dai Nippon Ji-Bi-In-Ko-Kwa- Kwai Kwai Ho, Tokyo, 1900, vi, 247-253.—Shurly (E. L.) Preliminary note on the use of the formates in ulceration of the pharvngeal and larvngeal mucous membrane. Tr. Pan-Am."M. Cong. 1893, Wash., 1895, pt. 2,1580-1588 — Sibirski (A.) Mnogochislenniya tifozniya yazvi gor- tani i glotki. [Multiple typhoid ulcers of the throat.] Vovenno-med. J.. St. Petersb., 1896, clxxxv, 1. sect., 1017- 1022. Throat ( Wounds of). See, a'so, Larynx (Wounds, etc., of); Neck ( Wounds, etc., of); Pharynx ( Wounds, etc., of). Bogdan (G.) " Rapport medico-legal sur un cas d'as- sassinat par egorgement; pretention de suicide. Rev. de med. leg., Par., 1907, xiv, 321-326.—Bradt (G.) Zur Kasuistik der Verbrennung der Halsorgane. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1907, xxxiii, 1640.— Bryan (J. M.) A case of cut-throat. Lancet, Lond., 1905, ii, 220.—Crawford (D. G.) A case of cut-throat. Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1909, xliv, 340—Farwell (VV. G.) An extensive razor wound of the throat. U. Slates Nav. M. Bull., Wash., 1911, v, 52.—Jopson (J. H.) & Stout (G. C.) Recovery from self-ihtlicted complete subhyoid laryngo-pbarvngotomy. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1907, xiv, 636.—Levit i V.) Sluchal riezanol rani gorla; nalozheniye shvov; za/.hivleniye per primam. [Cut wound of the throat; sutures; healing per primam.] Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1910, xvii, 273-275.—Jlehta (D. H.) Power of speech in cut-throat. Lancet, Lond., 1911, i, 228.—Merrills (E. M.) Cut throat in relation to speech. China M. J., Shanghai, 1910, xxiv, 205-207,1 pi.— Osgood (E. I.) Two Chinese "cut throats;" a medical missionary tells of surgical work done under difficulties. Am. J. Clin. M., Chicago, 1910. xvii, 762-764. Also: China M. J., Shanghai, 1910,xxiv,208-210.—Page(C. I.) Acase of cutthroat. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1908, Ixxiii, 605— Baltic (A. P.) Note on acaseof cut-throat. Lancet, Lond., 1908, i, 18-11.—Sanuster i.I. J.) Acaseof cut-throat. Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1906, xxv, 236.—Wassiljew (P. M.) Ueber einen Fail von vollstiindiger Durchscnneidung des Kehlkopfes in Hohedesmittleren DrittelsdesSehildknor- pels. Aerztl. Sachverst.-Ztg., Berl., 1909, xv, 225. Throat-shields. TlcCormick (W. W.) Throat shield. [Patentspeci- fication.] No. 662150: Nov. 20, 1900. Throckmorton (Tom Bentley) [1885- ]. The role of exterior toe reflexes in neurological diagnosis. 3 pp. 8°. New York, 1911. Iiipr.from: N. York M. J. [etc.], 1911, xciv. Thromhidium. lleim (F.) & Oudemans (A.) Sur deux nouvelles formes larvaires de Thrombidium (Acar.) parasites de l'homme. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1904, exxxviii, 704-706. Thrombin and antithrombin. Blaizot (L.) Extraction de substances anticoagu- lantes du plasma normal de chien. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1911, lxx,560-562.—Bordet (J.) A Delange (L.) La coagulation du sang et la genese. de la throm- bine. Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1912, xxvi, 657; 738.— Davis (D.) The intravenous injection of thrombin. Am. J. Physiol.,Bost., 1911-12,xxix,160-164.—Doyon (M.) Formation d'antithrombine dans le foie prealablement cc mgeie a une temperature tres basse. Compt. lend Acad. d.sc. Par., 1910, cli, 1074. -----. Production d'antithrom- bine sous l'influence de l'eau distiliee. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1910, lxviii, 930. -----. Formation d'anti- thrombine dans le foie prealablement soumis a une tem- perature inferieure a la temperature de congelation du mercure. Ibid., lxix, 486. -----. Congelations succes- sivesdu foie; persistance de la production de l'antithrom- bine. Ibid.,b~0. -----. Faitsconcernantl'entrainement de l'antithrombine hepatique par le sangnormal. Ibid., 1911, lxxi, 626. -----. Entrainement de l'antithrombine hepatique par l'eau saiee additionnee de chloroforme. Ibid., 1912, lxxii, 133. -----. Proc6de rapide pour obtenir Thrombin and antithrombin. l'antithrombine. Ibid., 402-406. -----. Sue hepatique et antithrombine; action comparee sur la coagulabilite du sung et la pression arterielle. Ibid., 464. -----. Expe- riences concernant l'isolement de la substance anticongu- lante contenue dans les organes. Ibid., 485. -----. Ex- traction comparee de l'antithrombine des intestins par la dialyse chloroformique, Paction de la chaleura l'auto- clave, la maceration. Ibid., 727-729. -----. Rapports du foie avec la coagulation du sang. J. de phvsiol. et de path, gen., Par., 1912, xiv, 229-240.—Doyon (M.), Morel (A.) & Policard (A.) Comparaison entre l'antithrom- bine hepatique et la substance anticoagulante del extrait de tetes de sangsues. Bull. Soc. m6d. d. hop. de Lvon, 1911,x,338. Also: Lyon med.,1911,cxvii,410.-------:--- -----. Extraction direete de l'antithrombine du foie. Bull. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Lvon, 1911, x, 136. Also: Compt. rend. Soe. de biol., Par., 1911, lxx, 341.----------------. Isolement de l'antithrombine hepatique; description de quelques-unes de ses propriete.s. Compt. rend. Aead. d. sc, Par., 1911, clii, 147.----------------. Extraction di- reete de l'antithrombine hepatique; cas du lapin refrae- taire a Paction de la peptone. Ibid.,126. Also: Lyon med., 1891, cxvi, 802.----------------. Nature de l'antithrom- bine; preexistencedecette substance dans le foie. Compt. rend. Soc. be biol., Par., 1911, lxx, 92.----------------. Rapproaehement entre deux agents anticoagulants; l'antithrombine hepatique et l'hirudine. Ibid., 615.— Doyon (M.) & Policard (A.) Existence generale et repartition de l'antithrombine dans l'organisme. Ibid., 8. ----- -----. Existence de l'antithrombine hepatique chez les oiseaux; r61e de la congelation dans lamiseen evidence de cette substance. Ibid., 797.-----------. Rapports de l'antithrombine et de l'autolyse. Ibid., 903. -----------. Extraction de l'antithrombine de la rate. Ibid.,VZ12, lxxii, 307-309.—Poa (C.) Sulle leggi d' azione della trombina. Arch. di. tisiol., Firenze, 1911-12, x, 479- 500.—Howell (W. H.) The prepnration and properties of thrombin, together with observations on antithrombin and prothrombin. Am. J. Physiol., Bost., 1910, xxvi, 453- 473. -----. The r61e of antithrombin and thromboplastin (thromboplastic substance) in the coagulation of the blood. Ibid., 1911-12, xxix, 187-209. -----. The factors concerned in the process of the clotting of blood. Therap. Gaz. [etc.], Detroit, 1912, 3. s., xxviii, 95-98—Pringle (H.)&Tait(J.) Anticoagulants on frog's blood. Proc Physiol. Soc. Lond., 1910, xii, p. xxxv.-----------. An- ticoagulants on frog's blood. Ibid., 1911, xlii, p. xxxviii. Also, Reprint. Thrombo-angiitis obliterans [Spon- taneous gangrene], Thiele (J. [K.]) * Ueber die Ursachen der Spontangangran der Extremitiiten. 8°. Greifs- wald, 1904. Bickel (E.) Ein Fall von Spontangangran. Klin.- therap. Wchnschr., Wien, 1907, xiv, 367.—Brooks (II.) A study of a case of thrombo-angiitis obliterans. J. Med. Research, Bost., 1911, xxv, 247-258. —Buerger (L.) Thrombo-angiitis obliterans; a study of the vascular le- sions leading to presenile spontaneous gangrene. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1908, exxxvi, 567-680, 8 pi. -----. The pathology of the vessels in cases of gangrene of the lower extremities due to so-called endarteritis obliterans. Proc N. York Path. Soc, 1908-9, n. s., viii, 48-68.-----. The veins in thromboangiitis obliterans, with particular reference to arteriovenous anastomosis as a cure for the condition. J.Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1909, Iii, 1319-1325. -----. Is thrombo-angiitis obliterans related to Ray- naud's disease and erythromelalgia? Am. J.M.Sc,Phila., 1910, n. s., exxxix, 105-107.—Buerger (L.) & Kaliski (D.J.) Complement-fixation tests in thromboangiitis obliterans. Med. Rec, N.Y., 1910, lxxviii, 66.5-669—Col- lin (T. H.) & tic.yd (C. G.) A case of thromboangiitis obliterans. Post-firaduate, N. Y., 1911, xxvi, 541. ■----- -----. Thrombo-angiitis obliternns; a clinical and patho- logical studv. Am. J. M. Sc., Phila. & N. Y., 1912, cxliii, 402-410.—Dexter (K.) & IClIls (A. W. M.) A study of so-called spontaneous gangrene. Cleveland M. J., 1910, ix, 583-599.—Levin (I.) Spontaneous gangrene of the foot due to endarteritis obliterans. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1908, Ixxiii, 592-695.—Wlatanowitsch (S.) Zur Kasuistik der Spontangangran nach den Beobachtungen der Hei- delberger chirurg. Klinik aus den Jahren 1890-1900.— Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1900-1901, xxix, 545-596 — Tinnk (J.) Sur la gangrene spontanee. Compt.-rend. Cong, internat, de med. 1897. Mow., 1899, v, 611-«14.— Pasteur. Arteritis obliterans: gangrene of feet and in- testines. Middlesex Hosd. Rep. 1898, Lond., 1899, 40-41.— Bichmond (C. E.) Congenital spontaneous gangrene. Lancet, Lond., 1901, ii, 779.—Schmiz. Ueber spontane Gangriin bei Jugeiidlichen. Med. Klin., Berl., 1910, vi, 739-742.—WuIII". Leber Spontangangran jugendlicher Individuen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1901, xxvii, Ver.-Beil., 68. THROMBOCYTES. 181 THROMBO-PHLEB1TIS. Thrombocytes. <.iglio-Tos \ E.) Les thrombocytes des Ichtyopsides et ties Sauroi'sides. [Transl. from: Mem. d. r. Accad. d. sc. di Torino, 1898. 2. s., xlvii.] Areh. ital. de biol., Tu- rin, 1898, xxix, 287-293.- Kopsch. i'eber den Kern der Thrombocyten und iiber emige Methoden zur Ein- fiihrung in das Studium der Saugetier-Thrombocyten. Internat. Monatschr. f. Anat. u. Physiol., Leipz., 1904, xxi, 344-353— Lasruesse (E.) Le troisieme element du sang ou thrombocyte. Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1904, viii, 505-510.—M eves (F.) Zur Kenntnis der Thrombo- cyten des Snlaiiianderblutes und ihres Verhaltens bei der Gerinnung. Arch. f. mikr., Anat., Bonn., 1906, lxviii, 311-358, 4 pi. Thrombokinase. Battclli (F.) Preparation de la thrombokinase, son emploi comme hemostatique. C'ompt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1910, lxviii, 789-791— Strong ^L. W.) The prepa- ration and use of thrombokinase. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1911, xxi, 81-84. Also: Manhattan Eve A Ear Hosp. Rep., N. Y., 1912, xiii, 219-229. Thrombophilia. Mendel (F.) Ueber "Thrombophilie" und das Frii- haufstehen der Wdchnerinnen und Laparotomierten. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1909, lvi, 2149-2155. Thrombo-phlebitis. See, also, Puerperal phlebitis; Sinuses (Ve- nous, Cerebral, Diseases of); Thrombosis ( Ve- nous) . Haward ( H.) Phlebitis and thrombosis. The Hunterian lectures delivered before the Roval College of Surgeons of England in March, 1906. 8°. London, 1906. Alexander (G.) A case of otogenous infectious thrombo-phlebitis without fever. Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis. 1905, xiv, 360-362.—Beck (C.) Sup- purative thrombophlebitis (vena iliaca). Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1907, xi, 472—Bell (W. B.) Puerperal sep- tic thrombophlebitis of the pelvic veins; with a report of a case treated suecessfullv bv operation. Practitioner, Lond., 1911, lxxxvii, 17S-1S5, 1 pi.—Brooks (H.) & Crowell (B. S.) Concerning the relation of the coagu- lation time of the blood to thrombosis in phlebitis. J. Exper. M., N. Y., 1908, x, 271-275.—Brothers (A.) Thrombo-phlebitis. Tr. N. York Obst. Soc, 1906-7, 2S7- 294.—Buerger (L.) Thrombophlebitis migrans der oberflachlichen Venen bei Thromboangiitis obliterans. Mitt. a. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. chir., Jena, 1909-10, xxi, 353-376. -----. The association of migrating thrombo- phlebitis with thromboangiitis obliterans. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1909, 19. s., iii, 84-105.—Care re (G.) Trom- boflebite traumatica e periostite da bacterium coli. Ri- forma med., Napoli, 1911, xxvii, 897-901. — Cestan. Thrombophiebite de la veine saphene interne; extirpa- tion. Toulouse med., 1903, 2. s., v. 57— Chalier (J.) & Nove-Josserand (L.) Thrombo-phiebite de la veine iliaque primitive droite et de la partie voisine de la veine cave inferieure de nature tuberculeuse; inoculation par voie lymphatique. Bull. Soc. med. d. hop. de Lvon, 1912, x, 306-310, Also: Lyon med., 1912, cxviii, 1162- 1165.—Cnopf (J.) Ueber einen Fall von Thrombophle- bitis. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1903, 1, 205-207.— Cochez (A.) Phiebite k debut embolique. Bull, med- de l'Alg6rie, Alger, 1904, xv, 268.—Coe (H. C.) Post. operative thrombo-phlebitis. Tr. N. York Obst. Soc, 1906-7, 294-303. Also: Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1907, lv, 618- 623. [Discussion], 674-677. — Deguy. Traitement des phiebites constitutionnelles. Rev. gen. de clin. et de th6rap., Par., 1897, xi, 375. — Dubar. Thombo-phie- bite isoiee de la jugulaire interne a forme septico- pyohemique d'origine otique sans participation du sinus lateral sans mastoi'dite; guerison. Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1901, ii, 645-554. — Duvergey (J.) De la thrombo-phiebite consecutive au coup de fouet. Gaz. hebd. d. se. med. de Bordeaux, 1910, xxxi, 533.— Fioravanti (L.) Contributo alio studio della trombo- flebite varicosa. Clin, mod., Firenze, 1907. xiii, 297; 393.— Glbert (P.) Essai de classification anatomo-clinique des thrombo-phlebites sinuso-iugulaires base sur 35 ob- servations. Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larvnx [etc.], Par., 1909, xxxv, pt. 2,645-702—II artmann (O.) Ueber einen chirurgischen Fall von eiteriger Thrombophlebitis. Aerztl. Sachverst.-Ztg., Berl., 1902, viii, 52-51.—Haward (W.) The Hunterian lectures on phlebitis and throm- bosis. Lancet, Lond., 1906, i, 645; 739.—Hell (L.) Ueber die Aetiologie und Prophylaxe der post-operativen Throm- bophlebitis. Beitr. z. Geburtsh. u. Gynaek., Leipz., 1909- 10, xv, 110-139.— Heller (E.) Experimentelle Unter- suchungen iiber die Rolledes Bacterium coli commune bei der entziindlichen Venen thrombose. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1909, lxv, 218-266, 2 pi.—von Herff. Gibt es ein Vorzeichen der Thrombophlebitis und der Embolic Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesell-eh. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1906, 615-642.—Hirtz (E.) & Josuc (O.) Throm- bophiebite de la veine porte et des veines m6sara'iques; necrose hemorragique d'une anse d'intestin. Bull, et Tli ro in bo-1► li lebitis. mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 1900, 3. s., xvii, 872-882.— Honan (W. F.) Thrombo-phlebitis following appendi- citis. Tr. Homceop. M. Soc, N. Y., 1908, Iii, 312-318.— Jacoulet ( F.) Les thrombo-phlebites blennorragi- ques des veines de la verge. Progres med., Par., 1910, 3. s., xxvi, 15-20.—Keith (S.) Note on an operation for phlebitis with thrombosis. Lancet, Lond., 1912. i, 296.—Kisller (H. D.) Thrombophlebitisof the left leg. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1912, Ixi, 437-439.—Boiler (C.) A case of thrombo-phlebitis of the sigmoid sinus and the jugular vein. Mt. Sinai Hosp. Rep. 1898, N. Y., 1899, i, 307-311. — Liahaussois. Thrombo-phiebite traumati- que aseptique. Presse med., Par., 1910, xviii, 410-412.— Lamm (G.) Thrombo-phlebitis orbitae efter tarsiieks- skoljning. [Thrombo-phlebitis orbitae after fissure of the lacrimal sac] Hygiea, Stockholm, 1909, 2. L, ix, 1288-1295.— Layral. Thrombo-phiebite de la veine sous-elavieie gauche, par surmenage sportif. Loire m6d., St. Etienne, 1912, xxxi, 47-49.—Lennandcr (K. G.) Ueber die Moglichkeit, Thrombose in den Venen derunteren Extremitiiten nach Operationen zu verhiiten, nach denen liingeres Still-Liegen nothig ist. Centralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1899, xxvi, 553-560. —Lerat & Cleret. Thrombo-phiebitemesenterique. Bull.etmem.Soc.anat. de Par., 1910, Ixxxv, 776-778.—Longuet(L.)& Baltha- zard (V.) Thrombo-phiebite variqueuse de la saphene externe; traitement parphlebectomie. Presse med., Par., 1898, ii, 332-334.—Luciano Barajas. La ligadurade la jugular en las tromboflebitisdel seno. Areh.de rinol., la- ringol., otol., Barcel., 1910. xxi, 363-371.—McGregor v". W.) Thrombo-phlebitis; inflammation of veins with for- mation of clots. Vermont M. Month., Burlington, 1896,ii, 47-51.—Maunaberg (J.) Ueber Phlebitis und Throm- bose. Wien. med. Presse, 1899, xl,257; 299—Marehetti (O.) Tromboflebite varicosa edilatazioneampollare della safena interna alio sbocco nella femorale. Atti d. Accad med.-fis. fiorent. 1911, Firenze, 1912, 68.—Mori (A.) Trombo-flebite traumatica dell' arto-inferiore destro con consecutiva monoplegia brachio-facciale a sinistra. Riv. di diritto e giur. . . . s. infortuni d. lavoro [etc.], Roma 1907, 3. s., i, 465-486.—Moty (F.) Les thrombophlebitis post-operatoires sont-elles de nature septiques? Semaine med., Par., 1912, xxxii, 241-245.—Peraire. Thromho- phiebite variqueuse enflammee du membre inferieur gauche; extirpation de la veine saphene interne et de ses branches; guerison. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1909, lxxxiv, 47. -----. R6section veineuse pour throm- bo-phiebite variqueuse enflammee. Paris chirurg., 1911, iii, 652.—Beynier (P.) De l'embolie et de la phiebite. Bull. Acad, denied., Par., 1904,3.8., Iii, 191-195.—Bispal. De la thrombo-phiebite jugulo-sous-claviere dans Pasvs* tolie. Arch. med. de Toulouse, 1907, xiv, 503-509.—Bob- erts (M. D.) Thrombo-phlebitis, and its relation to phlegmasia alba dolens. J. Mich. M. Soc, Battle Creek, 1910, ix, 399-405. Also: Physician & Surg., Detroit A Ann Arbor, 1909, xxxi, 495-503. — Bouget (J.) Des thrombo-phlebites du golfe de la jugulaire interne, leur traitement, proeede atloi'do-occipital. Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etc], Par., 1912, xxxviii, 101-154. Also: Paris med., 1911-12, 630. —Sechey- ron. La thrombo-phiebite consecutive aux operations chirurgicales aetuelles, dites aseptiques; phiebites post- operatoires des membres inferieurs apres les laparoto- mies. Semaine gynec, Par., 1907, xii, 409-411.—Stu- paricli. Zwei Fiille von Thrombophlebitis der ober- flachlichen Venen der oberen Extremitiiten. Wien. med. Presse, 1900, xii, 1778.—Van Sweringen (B.l A case of thrombo-phlebitis. Fort Wayne M. Mag., 1894, ii, 324-327.—Violet. Thrombo-phiebite chez un nou- veau-n6. Lyon med., 1903, c, 993.—Ward (M. R.) Sep- tic thrombo-phlebitis as a complication of peritonsillar abscess. N. York M. J., 1899, lxx, 546-549.—Wart hi n (A. S.) The relation of thrombophlebitis of the portal and splenic veins to splenic anamia and Banti's disease. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1910, 20. s., iv, 189-226, 5 pi.— Weir (W. H.) Subclavian thrombophlebitis following abdominal section. Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1906, iii, 18-20. Thrombo-phlebitis (Cerebral). Costil (A.) Contribution it I'etude des thrombo-phlebites du sdnus lateral; la throm- bose du sinus sans communication avec 1'abces mastoidien. 8°. Lyon, 1902. Roy (L.) * Infection d'origine auriculaire sans thrombo-phiebite sinusale. 8°. Paris, 1900. Signard (H.) * Contribution a I'etude de la thrombo-phiebite des sinus caverneux d'origine otitique. 8°. Paris, 1904. Aboulker (H.) Deux casde thrombo-phiebite sinu- sale. Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1908, ii, 736- 738.—Alexander (G.) Ueber einen Fall von otogener infektioser Thrombophlebitis ohne Fieber. Arch. f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1905, lxiv, 89-91. -----. Ueber otogene Sinusphlebitis.Sinusthrombose, PviimieundBakteriiimie. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1912, lxii, 1255; 1355; 1426; 1490; L82 THROMBOPHLEBITIS. THROMBO-PHLEBITIS. Thrombo-phlebitis (Cerebral). 1555; 1619; 1694: 1752: 1822; 1901. -A rkhipott' (A. M.) K voprosu otromboflebitle popcrechnoi pazukhi i vnu- trennel yaremnol veni s perevyazkami posllednel. [Thrombophlebitis of the transverse sinus and the in- ternal jugular vein with ligation of the latter.] Yezhe- mles. Uslin., Gorlov. i Nosov. Bollezn., S.-Peterb., 1906, i, 169-1*2.—Barr (.1. S.) Notes of a fatal case of septic thrombosis of the lateral sinus, secondary to chronic pu- rulent otitis media, and complicated by septic infarc- tions in the right lung. Lancet, Lond., 1906, i, 823. Also: Tr. Glasg. Path. & Clin. Soc, Glasgow, 1905-6, xi, 37.— Bertier (J.) La thrombose medicale des sinus de la dure-mere (thrombose primitive, thrombo-phiebite ad- hesive). Areh. g6n. de med., Par., 1907, i, 313-337.— Botcy(B.) Un casde meningite etde thrombo-phiebite des deux sinus caverneux d'origine otitique; ouverture de l'oreille moyenne et du crane avec drainage de la ca- vit6 arachno'ide; mort. Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1906, i, 337-345.—Bourguet(I.) Thrombo-phiebite du sinus lateral'droit; operation; issue mortelle. Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.], Par., 1908, xxxiv, 556- 566.—Brindel. Thrombo-phiebite du sinus lateral avec abces extradural au cours d'une mastoi'dite aigue; evide- ment de l'apophyse; ouverture et curettage du sinus sans ligature de la jugulaire. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bor- deaux, 1909, xxx, 604.—Brunei. Otorrhee double; thrombo-phiebite des deux sinus lateraux; autopsie. Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1905, i, 371-374.—Ca- banlies. Thrombo-phiebite de la veine ophtalmique et des sinus (a la suite d'une furonculose du nez); autopsie. i;az. hebd. d. sc m6d. de Bordeaux, 1904, xxv, 312.— Cangc & Aboulkcr (H.) Trois cas de phiebite des sinus caverneux. Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.], Par., 1909, xxxv, 97-103.—Cheval. Trombo-phie- bite du sinus lateral droit, pyohemie; resection du sinus lateral: guerison. J. med. deBrux., 1908, xiii, 798.—Col- linet. Thrombo-phiebite du sinus lateral; ligature de la jugulaire; curettage du sinus; guerison. Bull, de laryn- gol, otol. et rhinol., Par., 1902, v, 125-130.—Cornet (P.) Thrombo-phiebite du sinus lateral gauche chez une en- fant de quatre ans; ouverture et drainage du sinus sans ligature de la jugulaire; septicemic prolongee; guerison. Ibid., 1909, xii, 6-11.—Day (!•;. W.) A case of infective thrombosis of the lateral and sigmoid sinuses. Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhinol. & Otol, Soc. 1904, N. Y., 1905, x, 346- 351. Also: Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Larvngol., St. Louis, 1904, xiii, 19-23. [Discussion], 151-153.—Oe-Carll (D.) Un caso di peri- ed endoflebite del seno laterale e trombosi del longitudinale superiore. Arch. ital. di otol. [etc.], Torino, 1903-4, xv, 449-152. Also: Atti d. clin. oto-rino- laringoiat. d. r. Univ. di Roma, 1904, ii, 18-22.—Delsaux (V.) Thrombo-phiebite du sinus caverneux d'origine oti- que. Presse oto-laryngol. beige, Brux., 1904, iii, 355-366,1 eh.-----. Pseudo-sinusitefrontaledueaun abces sous-pe- rioste du front, compliquee de thrombo-phiebite du sinus longitudinalsup6rieur;meningite;autopsie. Presseoto-la- rvngol. beige,Brux., 1906, v,448-152. Also, transl.: J. Laryn- gol.,Lond.,1906,xxi, 542-555. A/so,transl. [Abstr.]: Brit. M. J., Lond., 1906.ii, 1471.—Diericx. A propos deonze cas de phiebite suppureedu sinus lateral d'origine otique. Ann. Soc de med. d'Anvers, 1911, Ixxiii, 217-22*.— Huronx (E.) Masto'idite; thrombo-phiebite du sinus lateral et de la jugulaire interne; ouverture du sinus; ligatures de hi jugulaire; guerison. Lyon med., 1903, e, 981-985.—ICI- lett (E. C.) Septic thrombosis of the cavernous sinuses: with a report of three cases. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1904, xliii, 1865-1867.—Finlag (C. E.) Ueber einen Fall von Thrombophlebitis des Sinus eavernosus, kompliziert durch Empyem der Keilbeinhohlen und der Siebbeinzel- len, irrtiimiieherweise fiir eine Thrombophlebitis des Si- nus lateralis gehalten. Ztschr. f. Ohrenh., Wiesb., 1904-5, xlviii.227-229 —Fiirct (F.) Un cas de thrombo-phiebite du sinus lateral droit; operation; mort. Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.], Par., 1902, xxviii, 408-412.— Gaudier. Thrombo-phiebite du sinus lateral droit au eours d'une otite aigue. Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1912, xvi, 365.—Grant (1).) A case of thrombo-phlebitis of the lateral sinus, treated by operation without ligature of the internal jugular vein: recovery. Tr. Otol. Soc U. King- dom, Lond., 1900, i, 25. -----. A case of thrombo-phlebitis of jugujar bulb and cerebellar abscess; ligature of vein; later evacuation of sinus and bulb; drainage of cerebellar abscess; recovery. Ibid.,1905-6, vii, 32-38. Also: J. Laryn- gol., Lond., 1906, xxi, 113-120.—Hedon (E.) & Bo us- que t (L.) Thrombo-phiebite du sinus lateral d'origine otique; infection purulente; guerison par 6videment pe- tro-masto'idien et drainage du sinus sans ligature de la jugulaire. Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par:, 1906, xxi, 422-432. Also: Montpel. med., 1906, xxiii, 233.— Hennebert (C.) Thrombo-phiebite sinuso-jugulaire, d'origine otique; operation; guerison. Clinique, Brux., 1903, xvii 685-690. -----. Thrombo-phiebite sinusojugu- laireotitime. Rev.hebd.delaryngol. [etc.], Par.,1907,ii, 65-70.—Herzl'eld (J.) Thrombophlebitis des Sinus transversus. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1902,xxviii,Ver.-Beil.,108.—Jacques (P.) Thrombophie- bite du sinus lateral et abces eerebelleux. Rev.med.de l'est,Nancy,1911,xliii,276-277.—Jacques (P.) ALucien. Thrombo-phlebitis (Cerebral). Phlegmon periamygdalien nioriel par thrombo-phiebite du sinus caverneux. Ann. d.mal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.], Par., 1908, xxxiv, 655-6">s—Kaulhiann. Double cholesteatome; thrombo-phiebite du sinus lateral droit; double trepanation; ouverture du sinus; injections d'eiec- trargol; guerison. Rev. hebd. de larvngol. [etc], Par., 1908, i, 241-245.—Knapp (A.) Purulent phlebitis of the sigmoid sinus without thrombosis; death from meningitis; autopsy. Arch. Otol., N. Y., 1902, xxxi, 369-372. -----. A case of infective thrombosis of the sigmoid and lateral sinuses after acute mastoiditis; death from meningitis; autopsv report. Ann.Otol., Rhinol.&Larvngol.,St.Louis, 1905, xix, 705-711.—Holler (C.) A case of thrombophle- bitis of the left sigmoid sinus masking a latent brain ab- scess in the left temporo-sphenoidal lobe, both arising from chronic otitis media. Mt. Sinai Hosp. Rep., N. Y., 1899-1900, ii, 510-519.—Bra mm. Sinusversehluss durch PhlebitisohneThrombosebei Kindern. Ztsehr.f.Ohrenh., Wiesb., 1907, liii, 111-123— Labarrc. Thrombo phiebite du sinus lateral reconnue a, Pautopsie. Bull. Soc. beige d'otol.[etc],Brux.,1901,vi,56— Lahaussois. Thrombo- phiebite du sinus lateral gauche et du golfe de la jugu- laire, au cours d'une otite moyenne aigue suppuree; liga- ture et section de la jugulaire interne; drainage trans- sinuso-jugulaire; guerison. Lyon chirurg., 1908-9, i, 439- 445. Also: Lyon med., 1909.cxii, 529-537.-----.Thrombo- phiebite du sinus lateral gauche et du golfe de la jugu- laire interne au eours d'uneotite aigu6 (2« cas); interven- tion; gu6rison. Lyon chirurg., 1909-10, ii, 253-256.—Lan- nois (M.) Thrombo-phiebite du sinus lateral sans com- munication avec le foyer otique. Bull. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Lyon, 1902, i, 429.—de Lapersonne (F.) Thrombo- phiebite orbito-meningee. Gaz.d. hop., Par., 1904,lxxvii, 365-368.—Leniaftre (F.) Quelques considerations sur les phiebites des sinus craniens, thrombo-phlebites sim- ples, thrombo-phlebites associees, soita un abces du cer- veau.soitaunehernieducervelet. Rev.hebd.de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1909,ii, 577-597.—Lombard (E.) Thrombo- phiebite suppuree des sinus caverneux d'origine otique, sans thrombo-phiebite du sinus lateral. Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.], Par., 1902, xxviii,251-255. -----. Thrombo-phiebite suppuree du sinus caverneux d'origine auriculaire sans thrombo-phiebite suppuree des sinus peri- petreuxet sans rechauffement apparent del'otite. Ibid., 1904, xxx, 146-151.—Lnc. Un cas de thrombo-phiebite suppuree du sinus lateral d'origine otique enrayee par l'ouverture et le nettoyage du vaisseau infecte, pre- cedes de la ligature de la veine jugulaire; mort, six se- maines plus tard, k la suite d'aecidents nouveaux, dus, suivant toute apparence, a la formation secondaire d'un abces eerebelleux; reflexions. Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.], Par., 1904, xxx, 120-129.—ftlarbaix. Un cas de thrombo-phiebite du sinus transverse et de la veine jugulaire avec mastoide silencieuse. Arch, inter- nat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par.. 1912, xxxiv, 77-82.—Menini (G.) &Crescenzi (G.) Un caso di tromboflebite basilare suppurativa. Clin. mod. .Firenze, 1906, xi, 421-424.— JWer- eier-Bellevue. Thrombo-phiebite suppuree du sinus caverneux d'origine otique sans thrombo-phiebite du si- nus lateral. Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1904, i, 401—105.— Meyer (W.) Thrombo-phlebitis of the sigmoid sinus and deep jugular vein, following mastoiditis; two illustrative cases. Contrib. Sc. Med.& Surg. .. .25. anniv. founding of N. Y. Post. Grad. M. Sch. & Hosp., N. Y., 1908, 46-51.—JWolinie (J.) Thrombophiebite du sinus lateral; operation; guerison. [Rap. de A. Broca.] Bull, et mem. Soc. dechir.de Par., 1903, n.s., xxix, 285-287. Also: Areh. internat. de larvngol. [etc.], Par., 1903, xvi, 348-352. Also: Marseille med., 1903, xl. 308-310.—,1Iouret(J.) Thrombo- phiebite du sinus lateral consecutive a une otite moyenne aigue datant de six jours chez un enfant de neuf ans; ou- verture du sinus; ligature de la jugulaire; drainage du sinus et du boutsuperieurde la veine jugulaire; guerison. Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1905, ii, 43-49. Also [Abstr.]: Bull.delaryngol.,otol.etrhinol.,Par.,1904,vii,221 — INobecourt (P.), Voisin (R.) & Vltry (G.) Deux cas de thrombo-phiebite des sinus craniens avec me- ningite suppuree. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1903, lxxviii, 874-879. — Pontoppidan (F.) Tilfaelde af purulent Sinustrombose med Epiduralabsces og Subdu- ralabsces i bageste Hjernegrube samt nogle Bemaerknin- ger om Sinustrombosens Behandling. [A case of puru- lent sinus thrombosis with epidural abscess and sub- dural abscess in the posterior fossa, with some remarks on the treatmentof sinus thrombosis.] Hosp.-Tid., K0- benh., 1906, 4. R., xiv, 285-302.—Bicsc (IP) Thrombo- phlebitis der Sinus dura matris selteneren Ursprungs. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Chir., Berl., 1900, xxix, pt. 2, 419-432. Also: Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1900, Ixi, 839-852.—Bokitski (V.M.) Sluchal thrombo- phlebitis suppur. sinus transversi. Bolnitseh. gaz. Bot- kina, St. Petersb., 1900, xl, 1540-1544.—Samuelssson (C.) Fern fall af thrombophlebitis sinus sigmoidei et bulbi venae jugularis internee med dodlig utgang p& grand af vorig leptomeningit. [Five eases of ... . with fatal end from purulent leptomeningitis] Oto-laryng. meddel., Stockholm, 1912, i, 176 -Saner i W. E.) Otitic sinus phlebitis and thrombosis; with report of a case ot THROMBO-PHLEBITIS. 183 THROMBOSIS. Thrombo-phlebitis (Cerebral). phlebitis and thrombosis of lateral sinus and jugular bulb. J. Missouri M. Ass. St. Louis, 1909-10, vi, 543-548.— Schroeder (H.) Ein weiterer Fall otogener eitriger Sinusphlebitis mit tieberfreiem Verlauf. Ztschr. f. Ohrenh., Wiesb., 1906, Iii, 357-360.—Stocker (F.) Ein seltener Fall von Thrombosirung der vordern basalen Hirnsinus, im Anschluss an orbitale Thrombophlebitis. Arch. f. Augenh., Wiesb., 1901, xliv, 105-146. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Arch. Ophth., N. Y., 1906, xxxv, 373-382.—Tap- tas. (N.) Un cas de thrombophiebite du sinus lateral d'origine otique; ligature de la veine jugulaire, ouver- ture et nottoyage du sinus; incision exploratrice du cer- velet; guerison. Gaz. med. d'Orient, Constant., 1904-5, xlix, 18. -----. Thrombophiebite du sinus lateral avec symptomes eerebelleux; ligature de la jugulaire; nettoy- age du sinus lateral; ponctions negatives du cervelet; guerison; de l'innocuite des plaies drainees de la dure- mere. Ibid., 1906, li, 133. -----. Contribution a I'etude de la thrombo-phiebite du sinus lateral; de la necessite ou non de lier la veine jugulaire. Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.]. Par., 1907, xxxiii, 519-531. -----. De la thrombophiebite du sinus lateral. Bull, de laryngol., otol. et rhinol., Par., 1910, xiii, 108-112.—Ta- vernier ( L.) Drainage trans-ethmoi'do-spheno'idal d'une thrombophiebite du sinus caverneux. Lyon med., 1910, cxiv, 307-310.— Tronconi (D.) Contributo alia ca- sistica della tromboflebite del seno laterale da causaotitiea. Arch.ital. diotol. [etc],Torino,1904-5,xvi,353-376.—Uflfe- norde (W.) Ein Fall von otogener eiteriger Thrombo- phlebitis mit symptomlosem Verlaufe. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh., Berl., 1907, xii, 661-664.—Van Mens (J. F. A.) Een geval von phlebitis en thrombose van den sinus transversus. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1912, i, 1901-1904.— "Vidal (E.j Sur la technique de la cure radicale des thrombo-phlebites otitiques du sinus lateral. Arch. prov. de chir., Par., 1901, x, 257-274.—Weiss. Un cas de trombophiebite du sinus lateral d'origine otique. Soc. de med. de Nancy. C.-r. . . ., 1904-5, 120. Also: Rev. med. de Pest. Nancy, 1905, xxxvii, 636.— Winslo w (J. R.) Report of a remarkable case of sigmoid sinus thrombosis with multiform septico-pyemic complications extending over a period of four and a half months; ulti- mate death. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1908, xviii, 176-181. Thrombo-phlebitis (Puerperal). See, also, Puerperal phlebitis. Schweninger (F.) * Friihaufstehen Operier- ter und Thrombophlebitis. 8°. Munchen, 1910. Also, in: Monatschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gyniik., Berl., 1910, xxxii, 11-20. Tkatschewsky (J.) * Ueber Thrombophle- bitis bei gynsekologischen Erkrankungen in der Basler Universitatsfrauenklinik wiihrend der Jahre 1901-5 unter Beriicksichtigung des sog. Mahler'schen Symptoms. 8°. Basel, 1906. Brettauer (J.) The operative treatment of puer- peral thrombo-phlebitis. Tr. Am. Gvnec Soc, Phila., 1909, xxxiv, 651-661, 1 ch. Also: Surg.. Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1909, ix, 608-612.—Find ley (P.) Puerperal thrombophlebitis. Am. J. Obst., X. Y.. 1912, lxvi, 987- 995.—H.uggins (R. R.) The ligation or excision of the ovarian or deep pelvic veins in the treatment of puer- peral thrombophlebitis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1912, lix, 160-165.—Miller (C. J.) A successful case of liga- tion of the ovarian vein for thrombophlebitis of puer- peral origin. N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1910-11, lxiii, 583-590,1 pi. -----. The present status of ligation or excision of the pelvic veins in the treatment of septic thrombophlebitis of puerperal origin. J.Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1912, lix, 157-160.—Parache (F.) Tratamiento de la trombofle- bitis puerperal. An. de la Acad, de obst. [etc.], Madrid, 1909, ii, 241-247. Thromboplasti n. See, also, Thrombin [ete.]. Bayne-Jones (S.) The presence of prothrombin and thrombo-plastin in the blood platelets. Am. J. Physiol., Bost., 1912-13, xxx, 74-79— Cecil (H. L.) Note upon the preparation of thromboplastie extracts (throm- boplastin) from tissues. Ibid., 1911-12, xxix, 156-159.— Howell (W. H.) The nature and action of the throm- boplastie (zvmoplastic) substance of the tissues. Ibid., 1912-13, xxxi, 1-21. Thrombopylephlebitis. See Portal vein (Obstruction of). Thrombosine. Cramer (C. D.) Over de zoogenaamde thrombosine van Lilienfeld. Onderzoek. ged. in h. physiol. Lab. d. Utrecht. Hoogesch., 1897, 4. R., v, 1-46. Also, transl.: Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1897, xxiii, 74-86. Thrombosis. Sec, also, Embolism; Puerperal phlebitis; Veins (Obstruction of). Aschoff (L.), von Beck (B.) \_et al.]. Bei- trage zur Thrombosefrage, von L. Aschoff, B. von Beck, O. de Le Camp, B. Kronig. 4°. Leipzig, 1912. Ferge (M. F. A.) * Ueber den Aufbau und die Entstehung des autochthonen Thrombus. [Freiburg i. Br.] 8°. Berlin u. Wien, 1909. Also, in: Med.-naturw. Arch., Berl. u. Wien, 1909, ii, 351-410, 3 pi. Fischer (C.) * Ein Fall von Kugelthrombus. S°. Miinehen, 1901. Also, in: Ann. d. stiidt. allg. Krankenh. zu Munchen (1898-9), 1901, xi, 165-184. Gubser (J.) * Ueber Entstehung von Riff- bildungen an der Oberfltiche von Thromben. [Zurich.] 8°. Uzuach, [n. d.]. Merkel (H.) * Die Betheiligung der Gefiiss- wand an der Organisation des Thrombus mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung des Endothels. Eine experimentelle Studie zugleich als Beitrag zur Endothelfrage. Habilitationsschrift. 8°. Erlangen, 1903. Also, in: Sitzungsb. d. phys.-med. Soc. in Erlaug., (1902), 1903, xxxiv, 92-187, 1 pi. Virchow (R. L. K.) Thrombose und Em- bolie. 8°. Leipzig, 1910. Apollonio (C) Ricerche microscopiclie sull' orga- nizzazione del trombo nelle arterie; tesi di laurea. Riv. clin., Bologna, 1887, 3.s.,vii, 465-477, 2 pi.—Aschoff(L.) Thrombose und Sandbankbildung. Beitr. z. path. Anat. u.z.allg.Path.,Jena,1912,lii,205-212.-----. Wiesiehtein Thrombus aus, wie entsteht ein Thrombus, und warum entsteht ein Thrombus? Cor.-Bl. f. Schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1911, xii, 1086. -----. Thrombose und Embolic Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte (Karls- ruhe), Leipz., 1911, lxxxiii, pt. 1, 344-377. -----. Ueber den Aufbau des Thrombus. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1912, xxxviii, 2057-2059.—von Baum- gartcn. Ueber die Schicksale des Blutes in doppelt unterbundenen Gefassstrecken. Verhandl. d. deutsch. path. Gesellsch. 1902, Berl., 1903, v, 37^5.—von Beck (B.) Thrombose und Embolic. Verhandl d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte (Karlsruhe), Leipz., 1911, lxxxiii, pt. 1, 379-^03.— Beneke (K.) Zwei eigenartige Falle von Thrombose. Ibid. (Konigsb.), 1910, Leipz., 1911, lxxxii, pt. 2, 16. -----. Fibringerinnung und Thrombose. Sitzungsb. d. Gesellsch. z. Beford. d. ges. Naturw. zu Marb. (1910), 1911, 23-31.—Bennett (Sir W.) On some points connected with thrombosis. Clin. J., Lond., 1901, xviii, 401-405.—Bizzozero (G.) Di un nuovo elemento morfologico del sangue e della sua im- portanza nella trombosi. In his: Opere seient. 1879-96, 8°, Milano, 1905, ii, 649-708, 1 tab. — Blunter (G.) Thrombosis, embolism, and phlebitis. In: Mod. Med., (Osier), 8°, Phila. & N. Y., 1908, iv, 503-569.— Bozzolo. Su due casi di trombosi d' oscura origine. Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1903, 4. s.. ix, 734- 736.—Bruno (A.) Considerazioni sopra la sintomatolo- gia nelle trombosi per emboli e per arteriti. Clin. med. ital., Milano, 1904, xliii, 22-31.—Bryant (J. H.) Bac- teria in thrombi. Guy's Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1901-2, 3. s., xii, 99-107. — Butler (F. Q.) Thrombus neonatorum. West. M. Rev., Lincoln, Neb., 1899, iv, 362.—Chante- ■ncsse. Coagulation et decoagulation du sang dans les veines- prophylaxie de la thrombose et de l'embolie. Bull. Acad, de m6d., Par., 1909, 3. s., Ixi, 87-92.— Coe (H. C.) Crural thrombosis following aseptic celiotomy. Tr. Am. Gynec. Soc, Phila., 1899, xxiv, 215-241.—Corner (E. M.) Thrombosis in lymphatic vessels in septic and carcinomatous diseases. Med. Press A Circ, Lond., 1912, n. s., xciii, 35.—Co rail & Bene Marie. De la phy- siologie pathologique des thromboses et des coagulations sanguines. Compt.-rend. Cong, internat. de med. 1897, Mosc, 1899, ii, sect. 3, 93-102— Dercivenho (W. N.) Ueber die Herkunft der Blutplattchen im Thrombus nach Untersuchungen an doppelt unterbundenen Ge- fiissen. Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1910, xlviii 123-147, 2 pi.—Desplats. Thrombose des quatre membres. J. d. sc. med. de Lille, 1902, i, 116.—Dietrich (A ) Experimente iiber Thrombenbildung. Verhandl. d. deutsch. path. Gesellsch., Jena, 1912, xv, 372-379,1 pi.— Duckworth (Sir D.) Clinical notes respecting a ten- dency to blood-clotting during life. St. Barth. Hosp. Rep. 1905, Lond., 1906, xii, 1-4-Duffek (E.) Unter- THROMBOSIS. 184 THROMBOSIS. Thrombosis. sucbungeuiiberseptischeThrombosen. Arch.f.Gynaek., Berl., 1912, xcvi, 389-403.—Duncan (H. A.) & llliuan (G. M.) Aetiology and treatment of thrombosis; based upon studies of the coagulation time of blood. N. York M.J. [ete.J, 1907, lxxxvi, 1168-1170.—Hiclihorst (H.) Ueber multiple Arterienthrombose. Deutsches Arch. f. klm. Mud., Leipz., 1904. lxxx, 75-90, 3 pi—Fellncr (O. O.) 1 hrombose und innere Sekretion? Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1912, lix, 537.—Flexner (S.) On thrombi composed of agglutinated red blood corpuscles. Prelimi- nary communication. J.Med. Research, Bost., 1902, viii, 316-321.— Insex ( A. ) Ueber Hirnsinusthrombose nach Mittelohreiterungen. 12°. Berlin, [1892]. Kranz (E. K.) *Ein bemerkenswerter Fall von organisierter Thrombose siimtlicher Sinus der Dura mater nach einer Halseiterung. 8°. Munchen, 1904. Petsch (A.) * Ueber Sinusthrombose. 8°. Bonn, 1901. Schaaf (H. E.) * Casuistische Mitteilungen iiber Sinusthrombose. 8°. Giessen, 1906. Simeon (R.) * Ueber einen Fall von Sinus- thrombose. 8°. Jenei, 1899. Solonowicz (Bronislawa). *Ein Fall von autochthoner Hirnsinusthrombose im Kindes- alter. 8°. Zurich, 1902. Stenger (P.) Die otitische Hirnsinusthrom- bose nach den in der Ohrenklinik der Charite in den Jahren 1899-1901 gesammelten Beobach- tungen. 8°. Konigsberg i. Pr., 1903. Tirieff (N.) * Ueber marantische Sinus- Thrombose bei Pneumonie und Potatorium. 8°. Munchen, 1907. Abrahamson (I.) A case of thrombosis of the pos- terior inferior cerebellar arterv. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., Lancaster, Pa., 1908, xxxv, 583.—Alexander. [Beson- rlers leichter Verlauf eines Falles von infectioser Throm- bophlebitis des Sinus lateralis bei acuter Otitis.] Mo- natschr. f. Ohrenh., Berl., 1905, xxxix,247-251.-Alex- ander (G.) Otitic sinus thrombosis and pyaemia. Arch. Otol., N.Y., 1908, xxxvii, 230-247.—Alexander (W.) Fall von Gehirn thrombose bei Polycythemic Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1911, xlviii, 1904.—Alt (F.) Ein ge- heilter Fall von otitischer Sinus- und Jugularisthrom- bose mit metastatischem Lungenabscess. Wien. med. Presse, 1902, xliii, 1127-1129. Also: Monatschr. f. Ohrenh., Berl., 1902, xxxvi, 140-142—Ball (M. V.) Thrombosis of lateral sinus following acute otitis media. Am. Medicine, Burlington, Vt., & N. Y., 1904, viii, 494. Also, Reprint.—Ballance ( C. A.) A case, of septic thrombosis of the left sigmoid, left cavernous, and left inferior petrosal sinuses, with a suggestion for treatment in future cases. Lancet, Lond., 1912, ii, 1001-1005.—Ba- rany. Thrombose des Emissars. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Berl., 1910, xliv, 1270.—Barnhill (J.F.) The di- agnosis and treatmentof sinus thrombosis. J. Indiana M. Ass., Fort Wayne, 1908, i, 37X-382.— Barr (J. S.) Notes of a fatil case of septic thrombosis of the lateral sinus, secondary to chronic; otitis media purulenta in the left ear, and complicated with septic infarctions in the right lung. Lancet, Lond., 1906, i, 823.—Barr (T.) & Nieoll (J. fi.) Case of purulent thrombosis of left lateral sinus. Tr. Glasg. Path. & Clin. Soc, 1899-1900, viii, 7-11, 2 pL- Also: Glasgow M. J., 1899, Iii, 432-436, 2 pi.—Bartels (M.) Augenhintergrundsbefunde bei Hirnsinusthrom- bose. Ztschr. f. Augenh., Berl., 1909, xxi, 23-32.— Bell (S.) A case of cerebral softening, following cortical anaemia from cerebral thrombosis. Detroit M. J., 1902-3, ii, 620-622. — Berlin. Tromboz krovyanikh pazukh mozga s vipyachivaniyem glaz (exoph^halmus) poslie krovopuskaniya u loshadi. [Thrombosis of the sinus of the brain with . . . following bloodletting in a horse.] Arch. vet. nauk, St. Petersb., 1879, ix, 3. sect.. 102-108 - Bertier(J.) Thrombose du sinus kmgituuinal supeneur consecutif a une broncfio-pneumonie morbilleuse; con- vulsions; mort. Province med., Lyon, 1902, xvi, 301-303.— Beyer (H.) Ueber isolierte Thrombose des Sinus petro- sus inferior. Beitr. z. Anat., Physiol., Path. u. Therap. d. Ohres [etc.], Berl., 1910-11, iv, 397-405.—Bikeles (G.) Thrombose der Arteria cerebri anterior. Neurol. Cen- tralbl., Leipz., 1899, xviii, 443-447.—Blau (A.) Kasuis- tischer Beitrag fiber fieberlosen Verlauf der otogenen Sinusthrombose. Arch. f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1907, lxxiv, 200-203. — Blodgett (F. J.) A case of sinus thrombo- sis. Tr. Am. Otol. Soc, N. Bedford, Mass., 1911, xii, pt, 2, 329-345—Boenninghaus. Ein atypischer Fall von Sinusthrombose und Kleinhirnabszess. Ztschr. f. Ohrenh., Wiesb., 1907, liv, 245-247.—Bond y (G.) Zur Klinik und Pathologie der otitischen Sinusthrombose. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Berl., 1909, xliii, 641-676.— Bouslield iL.l A case of thrombosis of the lateral sinuses. J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond., 1909, xiii,428.— Bouvler (P.) Thrombose der Vena jugularis interna und des Sinus transversus nach Angina und Driisen- abszess. Beitr. z. Anat., Physiol., Path. u. Therap. d. Ohres [etc.], Berl., 1910, iv, 26-48.—Brat (G.) Een geval van etterige sinusthrombosis, waarbij totaalopenbeite- ling van het middenoor met behoud der gehoorbeentjes. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1906, d. 1, 310-312 — Braun (A) A case of sinus thrombosis complicated bv Thrombosis (Cerebral). cerebellar abscess and purulent leptomeningitis. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1910, lxxvii, 535—Bronner (A.) A case of thrombosis of the lateral sinus and obliteration of the jugular vein. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1907, ii, 982. -----. Notes on an unusual case of thrombosis of the lower part of the lateral sinus, of aural origin. Lancet, Lond., 1906, ii, 1142.—Brunei- (W. E.) Septic thrombosis of the cavernous sinuses. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1899, viii, 326-332.—Bryant (W. S.) A case of thrombosis of the posterior cerebral veins and artery, encephalitis, purulent leptomeningitis, lateral sinus phlebitis and parietal thrombosis following mastoiditis. Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1908, xvii, 163-166. -----. Thrombosis of the sigmoid and lateral sinus. Ibid., 1909, xviii, 912— Bulson (A. E.), jr. The temperature in sinus thrombosis. Fort Wavne M. J.-Mag., 1905, xxvi, 433.—Burr (C. W.) Thrombosis of the midcerebral artery causing aphasia and hemiplegia; remarks on cerebral skiagraphy by G. E. Pfahler. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila, & N. Y., 1904, n. s., cxxvii, 282-287.— Burr (C. W.) & Pfahler (D. E.) Report of a case of cerebral thrombosis, with a skiagraph snowing the area of softening. Penn. M. J., Pittsburgh, 1903-4, vii, 459-461.— Campbell (D. A.) Cerebral thrombosis. Kentucky M. J., Louisville, 1906-7, iv, 900-902.—Carless (A.) [A case of infective thrombosisof the lateral sinus secondary to middle-ear disease.] King's Coll. Hosp. Rep., 1895-6, Lond., 1897, iii, 104.— Church (B. F.) Thrombosis of the lateral sinus. Tr. Texas M. Ass., Austin, 1897, 116-119. Also: Tr. West. Ophth., Otol. [etc.] Ass. Otol., laryn- gol. & rhinol. div., St. Louis, 1897, 62-64.— Coffin (L. A.) Cavernous sinus thrombosis. Tr. Am. Larvngol. Ass.,N.Y.,1909,210-212. Also: Ann.Otol.,Rhinol.&Laryn- gol., St. Louis, 1909, xviii, 786-788. -----. Cavernous sinus thrombosis; teratoma of the soft palate; case reports. Manhattan Eye,Ear& Throat Hosp.,N.Y.,1910,xi,113-121.— Colvin (A.) Thrombosis of the intracranial sinuses, with reports of cases. St. Paul M. J., St. Paul, Minn., 1907, ix, 747-755.—Comby (J.) Thrombose des sinus; hemorra- gies meningees, cer^brale, ventriculaire, thrombose de la veine renale. Arch, de med. d. enf., Par., 1902,v, 290-292.— Cornet (P.) Etude clinique et therapeutique de la thrombose du sinus lateral d'origine auriculaire. Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1900, Ixxiii, 1331-1335.—Cott (G. F.) Sinus thrombosis depending on middle ear disease, with report of a case following acute sore throat. Am. Med., Phila., 1902, iii, 644-646.—Coulter (F. E.) Cerebral thrombosis. West. M. Rev., Lincoln, Neb., 1902, vii, 279-282.—Court- ney (J. W.) A case of thrombosis of the left posterior inferior cerebellar artery. Boston M. & S. J., 1912, clxvi, 329-332.—Crowe (S. J.) Anaid for the diagnosis of con- ditions associated with an obstruction to the outflow of blood from the brain; with special reference to sinus thrombosisof otitic origin. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1912, xxiii, 321-323.1 pi.—Cunningham (F. M.) A case of primary thrombosisof the lateral sinus, running its course with operation, and at no time having any in- volvement of the middle ear. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1906, n. s., cxxxi, 617-620.—Babney (W. R.) A report of atypical and typical cases of sinus thrombosis complicating mastoiditis. Tr. Am. Laryngol. & Otol. Soc, St. Louis, 1908,437-458. —---. Reportof two casesof sinus thrombosis complicated by cerebral abscess in the tem- poro-sphenoidal lobes. Arch. Otol., N. Y., 1908, xxxvii, 97- 107,1 pi.—Dausend (J. A.) Ein Fall vm doppelseitiger Sinusthrombose im Anschluss an einseitige Otitis media purulenta mit Ausgang in Heilung. Beitr. z. Anat., Phy- siol., Path. u. Therap. d. Ohres [etc.], Berl., 1910-11, iv, 394-396.—Davis (II. .1.) Specimen of temporal bone from a case of thrombosis of cavernous sinus. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1910-11, iv, Otol. Sect., 27.—Bay (E. W.) Supposed cavernous sinus thrombosis. 'Jr. Am. Laryngol. Rhinol., & Otol. Soc. 1902, N. Y., 1903, viii, 243-248. Also: Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1902, xi, 520- 525.—Delille (A.) Vaste ramollissement cerebral chez un enfant consecutif a, une thrombose des sinus etde tous les affluents des veines de Galien. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par.,1900,lxxv, 984-987.—Dench(E. B.) Acase of sinus thrombosis, complicated by cerebellar abscess. Tr. Am. Otol. Soc, N. Bedford, 1900, vii, 391-399—Dowd (C. N.) Thrombosis of lateral sinus and upper jugular vein. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1904, xxxix, 276.—Dul'our (C. R.) Infective sigmoid sinus thrombosis. N. York M. J., 1901, Ixxiii. 493-498. Also, Reprint. Also: 1 r. M. Soc. Dist. Columb.1901, Wash., 1902,vi,57-68.—Edmonds (A.) Sinus thrombosis secondary to mastoid abscess. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1908, n. s.. lxxxv, 95. — jKiehhorn (H.) Zur Bakteriologie der Sinusthrombose. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1900, Leipz., 1901, lxxii, pt. 2, 2. Hefte, 230. — KI lis (H. B.) Infective sig- moid sinus thrombosis; resection of internal jugular; re- port of case; recovery. Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhinol. & Otol. Soc. 1906, St. Louis, 1907, 46-57.—Kagge (C. II.) Thrombosis of the lateral sinus. Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1905, xix, 140-145.—Fej€r (G.) A sinus cavernosus es a vena ophthalmicak thrombosisanak k6rkeper61 es azt ki- ser6szemtunetekr61. [Thrombosis of the cavernous sin us 87 THROMBOSIS. THROMBOSIS. Thrombosis (Cerebral). and ophthalmic vein, and the eye symptoms observed thereby.] Szemeszet, Budapest, 1908, xiv, 192-196. Also, transl.: Arch. f. Augenh., Wiesb., 1909, lxiv, 374-379, lpl.— Fisher (J. H.) Septic thrombosis of the cavernous sinus. St. Thomas's Hosp. Rep.l899,Lond., 1901,397-404.—Fisher (T.) Four cases of primary thrombosis of cerebral veins and sinuses in children. Rep. Soc. studv Dis. Child., Lond., 1900-1901, i, 43-56. Also: Brit. M. J., Lond., 1901, ii, 9-12. — Flelschmann ^ L. ) Az otogen sinus thrombosisr61 esetek kapcsan. [Cases of otogenic sinus thrombosis.] Fiileszet, Budapest, 1906, 17-24.— Friedenwald (H.) A report of five eases of throm- bosisof the lateral sinus with recovery, bearing upon the diagnosis and prognosis of this affection. Tr. Am. Laryn- gol. Rhinol. & Otol. Soc, St. Louis, 1908, 292-302. Also: Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1909, xix, 18-32 —Gallaher (T. J.) Thrombosis of the intracranial venous sinuses of otitic origin. Colorado Med., Denver, 1909, vi, 153-155.— Gibson (G. A.) A Stewart (J. P.) Thrombosis of the cerebral sinuses extending into the choroid plexuses and cerebral veins, with clinical notes of a case of the dis- ease: including the pathological investigation of the case by J. S. Smith and D. A. Welsh. Edinb. Hosp. Rep., Edinb. & Lond., 1895, iii, 454-462. 1 pi.—Ginzburg (J.) Zur Kasuistik der Sinus covernosus-Thrombose. Cen- tralbl. f. prakt. Augenh., Leipz., 1909, xxxiii, 161-167.— Goldsmith (P. G.) A case of thrombosis of the lateral sinus, resection of the internal jugular vein, spontaneous evacuation of an abscess of the posterior fossa through the foramen jugulare; recovery. Canad. Pract. & Rev., Toronto, 1912, xxxvii, 629-633.— Good. Ein Fall von autochthoner Hirnsinusthr mbose. Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1902, xxi, 340-347.—Gradenigo (G.) Sopra un sintoma caratteristico della trombosi infettiva del seno longitudinale superiore. Atti d. Cong. d. Soc. ital. di laringol. [etc.], 1905, Siena, 1906, ix,223-232. Also,transl.: Arch. f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1905, lxvi, 243-250.— Grant (D.) Two cases of otitic lateral sinus phlebitis, one compli- cated with cerebellar abscess. Lancet, Lond., 1906, i, 1039-1041.—Grossmann (F.) Ueber die primare oto- gene Thrombose des Bulbus vense jugularis internte. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1908, lxxxv, 63-117.—Grue- ning (E.) Remarks on thrombosis of the sigmoid sinus, with three new cases. Tr. Am. Otol. Soc, N. Bedford., 1902, viii, 75-83. Also: Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1903, xiii, 26-29. -----. Lateral sinus thrombosis. Arch. Otol., N. Y., 1906, xxxv, 229. -----. Six cases of thrombosis of the lateral sinus operated upon in the ear ward of the Mt. Sinai Hospital in the course of the past winter. Tr. Am. Otol. Soc, N. Bedford, 1906, ix, pt. 2, 304-318. -----. Sinus thrombosis of otitic origin and its relation to strep- tococchaemia. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1909, lxxxix, 1141- 1143. Also: Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1910, xix, 147-154. [Discussion], 191-207. -----. A case of sinus thrombosis. Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1909, xviii,926. [Discussion], 927-932.—Griln- wald (H. F.) Zur Kenntnis der Thrombose der Arteria profunda cerebri. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1911, xii, 485-492.—Hamlll (S. McC.) Report of a case of sinus thrombosis resulting in extensive cerebral hem- orrhage in an infant fifteen days old; sigmoid fusion of the kidneys. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1903, xx, 264-268. Also, Reprint.—Haima (H.) A fatal case of cavernous sinus thrombosis following chronic purulent otitis. J. Laryngol., Lond., 1908, xxiii, 364.—Hansberg (W.) Sinusthrombosen. Ztschr. f. Ohrenh., Wiesb., 1903, xliv, 232: 323,6 pi.—Harris (W.) A case of thrombosis of the posterior cerebellar artery followed by severe trigeminal neuralgia in the analgesic facial area. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1909-10,iii,Neurol.Sect.,81-88.—Harrison (E.) Two cases of lateral sinus thrombosis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1908, i, 1563.—Harvie (J.) Lateral sinus throm- bosis. Ibid., ii, 501.—Hastings (H.) Sinus throm- bosis; a report of two cases, with masked symptoms. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1905, xiv, 1540-1544. -----. Throm- bosisof the sigmoid sinus and jugular vein, from direct tvmpanic infection of the jugular bulb; a reportof two cases. Calif. State J. M., San Fran., 1912, x, 462-465.— Hawkins (F. H.) Multiple thrombosis; embolism of the middle cerebral artery; death. Lancet, Lond., 1904, i, 796.—I layman n (L.) Sinus-Thrombose und otogene Pyaemie im Lichte experimenteller Untersuchungen. Arch. f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1910, lxxxiii, 1-124, 3 pi. -----. Ueber Spontanheilungsvorgiinge bei Sinusthrombose. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1911, lviii, 2443-2446. — Head (H.) Thrombosis of cerebral arteries. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1909-10, iii, Neurol. Sect., 30.— Henderson (F. L.) Thrombosis of the cavernous sinus; microscopical examination of the eyeball by A. Alt. Am. J. Ophth., St. Louis, 1907, xxiv, 65-75.— Herzfeld (J.) Ueber einen bemerkenswerten Fall von Sinusthrombose mit Stauungspapille und Pulsver- langsamung bei akuter eitriger Mittelohrentzundung. Arch. f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1907, Ixxiii, 222-224. -----. Obturierende Sinusthrombose. Deutsche med. Wchn- schr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1907, xxxiii, 441. -----. Ueber Spontan heilung von Thrombose des Sinus sigmoideus durch obliteration desselben. Beitr. z. Anat., Physiol., Thrombosis (Cerebral). Path. u. Therap. d. Ohres [etc.], Berl., 1908, ii, 141-144.— Herzog (H.) Bakteriologisehe Blutuntersuchungen bei Sinusthrombose. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1911, lviii, 2656-2658.—Hichens (P. S.) A case of throm- bosis of the cerebral sinuses following on chlorosis; re covery. Lancet, Lond., 1902, ii, 218.—Hildebrancl. Heilung einer rhinogenen Thrombose des Sinus ea- vernosus. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Chir., Berl., 1904, xxxiii, 105-111.—Hinsberg. Otitische Sinusphlebitis mit metastatischer Panophthalmie. Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1907, lxxvi, 207. Also: Jah- resb. d. schles. Gesellsch. f. vaterl. Cult. 1907, Bresl., 1908, lxxxv, 56-58.— Holseher. Die otitische Throm- bose des Sinus cavernosus. Sammelreferat. Internat. Centralbl. f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1904, ii, 157-174. -----. Zwei Fiille von latent verlaufener Thrombose des Sinus sigmoideus nach Mittelohreiterung. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1901, xlviii, 1385-1387. -----. Ein Fall von abnormer Ausbildung eines accessorischen Sinus occi- pitalis nach einseitiger Thrombose des Sinus trans- versus. Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1902, xvi, 561-564.— Hoeve (H. J. H.) Thrombosis of the right middle cerebral artery, with symptoms and autopsy; with a complete history of the case by Lucy M. Busen- bark-Harbach. Iowa M. J., Des Moines, 1906, xii, 175-185.— Holer (I.) Sinusthrombose und Extra- duralabszess. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz., u. Berl., 1911, xxxvii, 1373. -----. Kasuistischer Beitrag zur Sinusthrombose bei acuter eitriger Mittelohrent- zundung. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh., Berl., 1907, xii, 133- 137. -----. Ueber otogene Sinusthrombose. Wien. med. Presse, 1907, xlviii, 881; 922— Hottinaiin (R.) Ein Fall von Sinusthrombose mit bindegewebiger Oblitera- tion des Sinus sigmoideus. Arch. f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1900,1,77. -----. Beitrag zur otitischen Sinusthrombose. Verhandl. d. deutsch. otol. Gesellsch., Jena, 1897, vi, 132-136. -----. Ein Fall von Sinus- und Jugularis- Thrombose. Ibid., 1898, vii, 181-187, 3 diag.—Holmes (B.) A case of antrum infection and sigmoid sinus thrombosis without present middle-ear disease, present- ing the symptoms of facial neuralgia and none of the ordinary symptoms of disease in the petrosa; retro- pharyngeal gravity-abscess, general sinus thrombosis without much impairment of cerebration; death after three months; partial autopsy; presentation of speci- mens. Am. Med., Phila., 1901, i, 385-388.—Hopkins (S. D.) Bilateral cerebral thrombosis due to athero- matous changes in the arteries. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1902, 12. s., iii, 123-129.—Home (J.) Specimen and notes of a case of septic thrombosis of obscure origin involving the right lateral and the superior longitudinal sinuses, considered with reference to the patency of the petro-squamosal sinus as a causation factor. Tr. Otol. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond., 1900, i, 64-69.— Ho ward (G. T.) Case of septic thrombosis of the cavernous sinus. Intercolon. M. J., Australas., Melbourne, 1899, iv, 316-319. [Discussion], 331-333.—Huyghe. Dysarthrie linguale intermittente indice de thrombose arterielle cerebrale, sympt6me a distance des accidents graves du ramollisse- ment cerebral. Cong, franc, de m6d. C.-r. 1904, Par., 1905, 397-402.—Jackson (C.) Two cases of lateral and sigmoid sinus thrombosis, with jugular exsection; re- covery notwithstanding meningeal symptoms. St. Louis M. Rev., 1905, li, 230-233. Also, Reprint.—Jackson (E.) Thrombosis of the cavernous sinus. Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, Hartford, 1900-1902, ix, 365-367. -----. Throm- bosisof the cavernous sinus; double panophthalmitis of septic origin. Phila. M. J., 1901, viii, 536. -----. Ocular and orbital symptoms of thrombosisof the cavernous si- nus. Colorado Med., Denver, 1909, vi, 156-162.—Jamie- son (J.) Septic thrombosis of the cavernous sinus. Intercolon. M. J. Australas., Melbourne, 1900, v, 93-96.— Judelch (E.) Beitrag zur Pathologie der Thrombose des Sinus cavernosus und zur Pathogenese der Stauungs- papille. Ztschr. f. Augenh., Berl., 1900, iii, 739-770, 1 pi — Kalahne. Ueber Spontanheilung der Thrombose des Sinus sigmoideus durch Kompression. Berl. klin. Wchn- schr., 1911, xlviii, 1612.—Kan (P. T. L.) Over een geval van genezen otitische sinusthrombose. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1904, 2. r., xl, d. 2, 338.—Katzen- steln (J.) Ueber Venenthromboseund hamorrhagische Enzephahtis im Anschluss an bakteriologisch-anatomi- sche Untersuchungen bei Sinusthrombosen (Komplika- tion mit Chlorose, Eklampsie). Munchen. med. Wchn- schr., 1911, lviii, 1853-1858.—Kennnon (B. R.) Symp- toms and treatment of thrombosis of the lateral sinus and jugular vein; with report of cases. Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhinol., & Otol. Soc. 1906, St. Louis, 1907, 601-617. Also: Arch. Otol., N. Y., 1906, xxxv, 189-202.—Kerr (J.) Two illustrative cases of sinus pva;mia with unusual results. Lancet, Lond., 1900, ii, 1072.—Kerrlson (P. D.) In- fective sinus thrombosis; a discussion of certain views recently advanced. Arch. Otol., N. Y., 1906, xxxv, 20-30, lpl. [Discussion], 142.—Klnnlcutt (F. P.) Acaseof cerebral sinus thrombosis. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1901, lix, 874.—Knapp (H.) Twocases of otitic sinus thrombosis, the one fatal, the other ending jn recovery. Arch. Otol., N. Y., 1899, xxviii, 147-158. Also, transl.: Ztschr. f. THROMBOSIS. Thrombosis (Cerebral). Ohrenh., Wiesb., 1899, xxxv, 293-303,1 diag. -----. Notes on three recent cases of sinus thrombosis, two fatal, one recovered. 'I r. Am. Uiol. Soc, N. Bedford, 1898-1901, vn, pt. 4,517-534,1 eh. -----. A case of infective thrombosis of the sigmoid and lateral sinuses after acute mastoiditis; death from meningitis; autopsy report. Tr. Am. Laryn- gol., Rhinol. & Otol. Soc. 1905, St. Louis, 1906, xi, 37-43. Also: J. Larvngol., Lond., 1905, xx, 478. -----. Infective sinus thrombosis; the varieties of general infection and treatment. Arch. Otol., N. Y., 1906, xxxv, 203-210.— Kobrak (F. ) Die Bedeutung anaerob wachsender Bakterien fiir die Entstehung von Blutleiterthrom- bosen. Arch. f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1907, lxxiv, 347-366 — Kopetzky (S. J.) Two atypical cases of sinus throm- bosis. Am. J. Surg., N. Y., 1909, xxiii, 4S-50. Also, Re- print.— K rain in. Beitrag zur Entstehung und Be- handlung der otogenen Pyiimie (ein Fall von Thrombose des Sinus petrosus superior). Ztschr. f. Ohrenh., Wiesb., 1907, liv, 126-136, 1 pi— KUhne. Zur pathologischen Bedeutung der occipitalen Sinusverbindungen. Ibid., 81-86.— Lange (W.) Otitische Thrombose der Sinus cavernosi. Charite-Ann., Berl., 1907, xxxi,618-630,1 pi.— Lany, worthy (II. G.) Thrombosis of the cavernous sinuses: with report of four eases; remarks on the topog- raphy of the sinus. Boston M. &S. J., 1907, clvi, 528-536 — Leech. Lateral sinus thrombosis. Northumberland & Durham M. J., Newcastle-upon-Tyne, 1904, xii, 14.— Leutert (E.) Die Diagnose der otitiscben Sinusthrom- bose mittelst bakteriologischerBlutuntersuehung. Arch. f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1907,lxxiv, 18-39.—Levy (R.) Sinus- thrombosis; cure without opening the sinus. Laryngo- scope, St. Louis. 1899, vii, 105-108. Also, Reprint.—Lewis (R.),jr. Cavernous sinus thrombosis. Ann. Otol., Rhi- nol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1909, xviii, 938. -----. Sinus thrombosis three-fourths of an inch from the seat of in- flammation. Ibid., 945. -----. Three eases of lateral si- nus thrombosis. Arch. Otol., N. Y., 1905, xxxiv, 11-14.— Lloyd (J. H.) & Bupp (F. A.) Extensive thrombosis of the sinuses of the brain. Proc. Path. Soc. Phila., 1900- 1901, n. s., iv, 134-136.—Lodge (S.) Two cases of throm- bosis of the lateral sinus. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1900, ii, 646. Also: I. Laryngol., Lond., 1903, xviii,341-345, 1 diag., lpl. -----. A case of thrombosis of the cavernous sinuses. Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1903, xii, 449- 4"i4.—Long (E.) & Wiki (B.) Thrombose de la veine de Galien. Rev. m6d. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1900, xx, 380-383.—Love (K.) Case of perisinus abscess with mural thrombus in the sinus, basal meningitis, and tu- berculous tumours of the pons, cerebellum, and both sides of the cerebrum. Glasgow M. J., 1909, lxxi, 368- 373.—Lovelle (D. B.) Thrombosis of the superior lon- gitudinal sinus. Tr. Am. Otol. Soc, N. Bedford 1902-4, viii, 84-88— .McCarthy (I). J.) & Meyers (M. K.) Some anomalous and pathological conditions of the cere- bral vascular system, with a discussion of the pathogene- sis of cerebral thrombosis. I'niv. Penn. M. Bull., Phila., 1908-9, xxi, 218-221. Also, Reprint.—McKeehnie (W. E.) A note on a case of cerebral venous thrombosis. Lancet, Lond., 1909, i, 33.—McKenzie (J. A.) Report of a case of probable thrombosis of the left middle cere- bral artery. Maritime M. News, Halifax, 1899, xi, log- in.— M' Kernon (J. F.) Sigmoid sinus thrombosis. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1900, viii, 294; 333. -----. Throm- bosis of the sigmoid sinus; report of two cases presenting some svmptoms differing from those usually found in this disease. Tr. Am. Otol. Soc, N. Bedford, 1902-4, viii, 260- 268. Also: Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1903, xii, 285-292. -----. [Primary sinus thrombosis of the jugular bulb.] Arch. Otol., N. Y., 1904, xxxiii, 121. -----. Symptomatology, diagnosis, and treatment of sig- moid sinus thrombosis. Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhinol. & Otol. Soc. 1905, St. Louis, 1906, xi, 62-69. Also: Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1905. xiv, 730-787. Also: Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1905, xv, 528-534.—Martin (H. H.) Thrombosis of the cavernous sinus, with reportof case. Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth. & Oto-Laryngol., St. Louis, 1911. xvi, 99-103. Also: Ophthalmol., Seattle, 1912, viii, 188-187.—Mason (W. B.) Sigmoid sinus thrombosis; re- port of cases. Tr. Am. Larvngol., Rhinol. & Otol. Soc, N. Bedford, Mass., 1910, 383-393,1 ch —Mayhew (J. M.) Aneurism and thrombosis of the basilar and cerebral arter- ies: report of case. Med. Herald, St. Joseph, 1902. n. s., xxi,434-43*.— Menzies (J. A.) & Pope (E. L.) Throm- bosis of the cavernous sinus. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1905, ii, 1520.—MiodowskI (F.) Zur Pathologie der Sinus- thrombose (Bindegewebiger Verschluss der Sinus nach infektioser Thrombose). Arch. f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1907, lxxiv, 335-346.—Mitra (G. P.) A case of thrombosis of the middle cerebral artery after normal and aseptic la- bour. Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1902, xxxvii, 476.—Mol- Hson (W. M.) Lateral sinus thrombosis: clinical lec- ture. Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1911, xxv, 321-325.—Mo- riondo (M.) Contributo alia casistica delle trombosi dei seni della dura madre d' origine otitica. Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1911, 4. s., xvii, 362-366.—Nas- cimento Gurgel. Thrombose cerebral por arterite syphilitica. Brazil-med., Rio de Jan., 1904, xviii, 438.— Neave (E. F. M.) Note on thrombosis of cerebral veins THROMBOSIS. Thrombosis (Cerebral). occurring in a case of chlorosis. Lancet, Lond., 1900, ii- 255.—Neuman (D. S.) A case of thrombosis of the cav, ernous sinus following mastoiditis. Colorado Med., Den- ver, 1909, vi, 148-163.—Nuernberg (F.) Die Verwer- tung des negativen Resultates der bakteriologischen l'n- tersuchung des Sinusblutes fiir die Differentialdiagnose zwischen otitischer Sinusthrombose und anderen noeh nicht manifesten, hoehfieberhaft verlaufenden Krank- heiten. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1907, liv, 2522-2525 — Oestreich. Totale Thrombose des Sinus longitudi- nalis und beider Sinus transversi. Deutsche med. Wchn- schr., Leipz.u.Berl.,189"),xxi,Yer.-Beil.,34. Also: Verhandl. d. Ver. f. innere Med. zu Berl., 1894-5, xiv, 246.—Opuen- heimer(S.) Some remarks on sinus thrombosis with particular reference to the diagnostic value of blood cul- tures in otitic disease. Ann. Otol., Rhinol & Larvngol., St. Louis, 1911, xx, 109-128.—Otto (K.) Zur Kasuistik der Thrombose der Sinuscavernosi'nichtotitischen Ursprungs. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., .Leipz., 1911, ex, 176-190 — Padgett (H.) Thrombosis '■and softening of internal capsule. South. Pract., Nashville, 1906, xxviii, 407.— Page (J. R.) Thrombosis of the jugular bulb without apparent involvement of the lateral sinus; unusual bloodcount; metastasis; jiaralysisof external rectusoculi. Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1910, xix, 353- 355. Also, Manhattan Eye & Ear Hosp. Rep., N. Y , 1912, xiii, 209-212—Parker (C. A.) Thrombosisof left verte- bral artery and atheroma of arteries forming the circle of Willis, and of the anterior, middle and posterior cere- bral arteries and their larger branches. Tr. Chicago Path, Soc, 1899-1901, iv, 28-30.—Patel (M.) Sur un cas de thrombose totale des sinus. Mem. et compt.-rend. Soc. d. sc. med. de Lyon (1898), 1899, xxxviii, 133-139.—Pat- rick (J.) Acaseof thrombosis of the sigmoid sinus. Glasgow M. J., 1899, li, 443-445.—Pigeon (H. W.) Case of aseptic cavernous sinus thrombosis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1908, ii, 1747.—Potts (B. H.) Report of a case of throm- bosis of the lateral sinus. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., & N. Y., 1904, n. s., exxviii, 676-679.—Bae (J. B,) Brief reportof two cases of sinus thrombosis. Tr. Am. Otol. Soc, N. Bedford, 1908-9, xi, 348-352,2ch. -----. Sinus thrombosis. Ann. Otol., Rhinol. A Laryngol., St. Louis, 1911, xx, 211 -----. Unusual metastasis in case of sinus thrombosis. Tr. Am. Otol. Soc, N. Bedford, Mass., 1911, xii, pt.2,326-328.— Bandall (B. A.) Septic sinus thrombosis due to ear infection. Medicine, Detroit, 1903, ix, 497-501.—Beber (W.) Differential diagnosis of the orbital conditions caused by sinusitis, including the report of a ease of thrombosis of the cavernous sinus. Penn. M. J., Athens, 1909-10, xiii, 790-801.—Bichards (J. D.) Report of a case of infective sigmoid sinus and jugular thrombosis complicated by leptomeningitis; lumbar puncture; sub- dural irrigation; death. Arch. Otol., N. Y., 1905, xxxiv, 198-202. [Discussion], 218-221.-----. Reportof three cases of infective sinus thrombosis. Ibid., 1907, xxxvi, 422- 431. -----. Sinus thrombosis of otitic origin, and suppu- rative disease of the labyrinth. Am. Pract. Surg. (Bryant & Buck), N. Y„ 1908, v, 731-778.—Bichardson (C. W.) Septic thrombosisof the sigmoid sinus. Tr. Am.-Otol. Soc. 1898-1901, N. Bedford, 1901, vii, 235-213. Also, Re- print. -----. The report of a case of sinus thrombosis; excision of the internal jugular, with recovery. Laryn- goscope, St. Louis, 1912, xxii, 1117.—Bidley (W.) Sinus thrombosis and pyaemia. Northumberland & Dur- ham M. J., New Castle-upon-Tyne, 1900, viii, 180-182 — Both (H.) Thrombosis of the cavernous sinus; with a report of three cases. N.York M.J. [etc.], 1904, lxxix, 394-396. Also, Reprint.—Bowlands (K. P.) Lateral sinus thrombosis and cerebral abscess. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1909, n. s., lxxxvii, 14.—Sachs (W.) Zur Diagnostik der Sinusthrombose. Areh. f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1904, Ixi, 176-182. —Saunders (T. L.) Sinus thrombosis, cellulitis of the foot and acute inflamma- tion of the thyroid cartilage. Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis,, 1910, xix, 159-162. [Discussion], 184-186.—Schlatter. Thrombose der intracraniellen Blutleiter. Handb. d. prakt. Chir. (von Bergmann et al.), 2. Aufl., Stuttg., 1903. i, 298-314. Also, transl.: Syst. Pract. Surg, (von Bergmann [etal.]), N. Y. & Phila., 1904, i, 289-305.—Schmiegelow (E.) Ein Fall von puru- lenter Sinusthrombose bei einem 13jahrigen Knaben. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh., Berl, 1902, xxxvi, 238.—Schroe- der (H.) Ein weiterer Fall von otogener eitriger Sinus phlebitis mit fieberfreiem Verlauf. Ztschr. f. Ohrenh., Wiesb., 1906, Hi, 357-360. Also, transl.: Arch. Otol., N. Y., 1907, xxxvi, 436-438.—Scott (S.) Lateral sinus throm- bosis (streptococcal), with early pulmonary metastasis; recoverv. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond.. 1910-11, iv, Otol. Sect., 30-34.—Sheppard (J. E.) Two cases of lateral sinus thrombosis, presenting some unusual features. Tr. Am. Otoi. Soc, N. Bedford, Mass., 1905-7, x. 528-537. Also: Long Island M. J., Brooklyn, 1907, i, 382-384.— Shortlidge (E. D.) Report of a case of sinus throm- bus due to Welch gas bacillus. Calif. State J. M., San Fran., 1912, x, 160.—Simpson (W. L.) Septic throm- bosis of the cavernous sinus, with report of a case. Arch. Ophth., N. Y..1908, xxxvii, 379-387.—Sims (F. R.) A case of autochthonous sinous thrombosis. Boston M. z., 1908, pt. 2. 2. Hlfte., 289-293. Also: Monatschr. f. Psvchiat. u. Neurol., Berl., 1907, xxii, 383-398. — C rbautsi-liitscli (E.) Zur Differentialdiagno.se der otitisehen Sinusthrombose. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Berl. u. Wien, 1909. xliii, 1: 29; 161. -----. Der Einfluss otogener Erkrankungen auf die Blutgerinnung. Ibid., Berl.,1912, xlvi,1097-1144— Vander Straeten. Throm- bose des veines ophtalmique-et des sinus de la dure-mere. \nn. Soc. med.-chir. du Brabant, Brux., 18%, vi, 27-43.— Van de Wlldenbcrg. Thrombose latente du sinus. Bull. Soc. de med. d'Anvers, 1907, lxix, 35.—Vcascy (C. A.) A clinical study of double choked discs in a ease of quiet otitic thrombosis of the sigmoid sinus, without pvsemia. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1899, viii, 293-302. Also, Reprint.—VertogradoirtS. P.) O semiotikle i terapii tromboza bokovol pazukhi ushnovo proi'skhozhdeniya. [Symptomatology and treatment of thrombosis of the lateral sinus of otic origin.] Voveiino-med. J., St. Pe- tersb., 1903, ii, med. pt., 469; 719.—Yoss (F.) Ueber Sinusthrombose; in den letzten zwei Jahren gesammelte Erfahrungen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1904, xxx, 1866. -----. Ueber das Sensorium bei der otiti- sehen Sinusthrombose, nebst Bericht iiber einen Fall von Eintritt der Thrombose unter dem Bilde eines Schlagan- falles. Ztschr. f. Ohrenh., Wiesb., 1905, 1,118-126. -----. Thrombosis (Cerebral). Die Differentialdiagnose bei otitiseher Sinusthrombose. Ibid., 17-28, 1 pi. Ateo, transl. Arch. Otol., N. Y., 1906, xxxv, 550-560. -----. Weitere sieben Fiille von Sinus- thrombose bei ausgeheilter akuter Mittelohrentziindung. Ztschr. f. Ohrenh., Wiesb., 1906-7, liii, 42-56.—von Voss (G.) Ueber die autochthone Hirnsinu thrombose. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1899, xv, 297-311.— Walker (11. S.) Partial necrosis of cochlea and sig- moid sinus thrombosis. Tr. Otol. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond., 1905-6, vii. 88-91. Also: J. Laryngol., Lond., 1906, xxi, 343-347.— Walko (K.) Ueber autochthone Thrombose des HiniMnus und der Vena magna Galeni. Ztschr. f. Heilk.. Wien u. Leip/.., 1903, xxiv, Abth. f. int. Med., 1-18.—Wallenberg (A.) Anatomiseher Behind in einem als "acute Buibaraffection (Embolie der Art. cere- bellar, post. inf. sinistr.?)" beschriebenen Falle. Arch. f. Psychiat., Berl., 1901, xxxiv, 923-959, 2 pi.—Wanach (R.) Ueber zwei Fiille von Thrombose des Sinus trans- versus. St. Petersb. med. Wchnschr., 1900, n. F., xvii, 29.—Wascmian (H.) Kilka slow o powstawaniu i leczeniu zakrzepu zatoki jamistej (thrombus sin. caver- nosi 1. [("m the origin and treatment of cavernous sinus thrombosis] Czasopismo lek., Lodz, 1907, ix, 49-52.— Watson ^C.) On cerebral thrombosis in the horse; a clinical study. Vet. J., Lond., 1901, n. s., iv, 339-342, 2 pl.—Weiss (F.) Ein Fall von Sinusthrombose und Meningitis mit auffallendem bakteriologischen Befund nach Conjunctivitis erouposa; avirulente Bazillen aus der Diphtiieriegruppe. Wien.med. Wchnschr., 1908, xxi, 1554-1557.— Weissgerber. Ueber einen Fall von ge- heilter Sinusthrombose nach Mittelohreiterung. Ber. d. oberhess. Gesellsch. i. Nat.- u. Heilk., Giessen, 1897-9, xxxii, 154-163.—Whitehead (A. L.) A case of throm- bosisof the right lateral sinus in which theclotextended beyond the toreular Herophili into the lateral sinus of the opposite side; operation; recoverv. Proc Rov. Soc. Med., Lond., 1908-9, ii, Otol. Sect., 1-3.—Whiting (F.) Infec- tive sinus thrombosis; determining factors in its sympto- matology and diagnosis. J. Am. Ass., Chicago, 1899, xxxiii, 1063-1070.—Wiglesworth (J.) Two cases of thrombosis of superior longitudinal sinus, etc. Liver- pool M.-Chir. J., 1902, xxii, 405-407.—Wilson (S. A. K.) A case of thrombosis of the left posterior inferior cerebel- lar arterv. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1908-9, ii, neu- rol. Sect., 52-76.—Wimmer (A.) Ein Fall von ausge- dehnter Thrombosierung der Hirnsinus. Berl. klin. Wchnschr.. 1906, xliii, 1475-1477.—\%'iiislow (J. R.) Report of a remarkable ease of sigmoid sinus thrombosis, with multiform septicopyemic complications extending over a period of four and a half months; ultimate death. Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhinol. & Otol. Soc, St. Louis, 1908, js.V29L—Wittmaack. Ein Fall von otitiseher Sinus- thrombose. Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1902, lxxi, 6^3 —Wood (J. W.) Three cases of thrombosis of the lab nil sinus. Lancet, Lond., 1910, ii, 1210-1212. -----. Reportof a ease of thrombosisof the lateral sinus exhibit- ing symptoms of cerebellar abscess; operation; recovery. I. La'rgngoL, Lond., 1911, xxvi, 253-257.—Woods (H.), jr. Clinical history of a fatal case of septic sinus throm- iiosis, with metastatic abscess. Tr. Am. Otol. Soc., N. Bedford, 1898-1901, vii, 3s3-390—Xentmayer (W.) & Weisenberg (T. H.) Primary cavernous sinus throm- bosis, with involvement of all of the cranial nerves of one side, except the auditory, and with peculiar menstrual dis- turbances; report of a case. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1906, n. s., cxxxi, 239-244. Thrombosis (Cerebral, Treatment of Operative). Adams (J. L.) Thrombosis of the lateral sinus and internal jugular vein following suppurative mastoiditis, caused bv acute purulent otitis media; operation; recov- ery; a case report. Am. J. Surg., N. V., 1908, xxii, 214- 217.—Allnort (F.) The operation for thrombus of the sigmoid sinus and internal jugular vein, of otitic origin. Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhinol. & Otol. Soc, St. Louis, 1908, 420-437, 9 ol. Also: Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol.. St. Louis, 1908, xvii, 333-348, 9 pl. Also: J. Am. M. Ass., Chi- cago, 1908, 1, 1331-1338.—Angus (H. B.) Patient after operation for lateral sinus thrombosis. Northumberland & Durham M. J., Newcastle-upon-Tyne. 1903, ix, 13-15. -----. Lateral sinus thrombosis; operation. Ibid., 1904, xii, 43-45.—Arnold (J. D.) Report of a case of sinus thrombosis; operation: recovery. Tr. M. Soc. Calif., San Fran., 1897, :'»93.—Aspisoii" (N. M.) K kazu'istikle ope- ratsiy tromboza. sinusa ushnovo proi'skhozhdeniya. [Operations of sinus thrombosisof otic origin] Vestnik Ushn.. Gorlov. i Nosov. Bollezn., S.-Peterb.. 1911, iii, 811- S15.—Bacon (G.) On the importance of an operation in the first stage of thrombosis of the sigmoid sinus (fol- lowing acute purulent otitis media), with a report of three cases. N. York M. J., 1899, lxx, 7-11. [Discussion], 31-33. Also, Reprint.-----. Report of a case of sigmoid sinus thrombosis; operation without ligation of the in- ternal jugular vein; recoverv. Tr. Am. Otol. Soc, N. Bedford. 1902-4, viii, pt. 3, -198-505. Also: N. York M J [etc.], 1904, lxxx, 641. Also, Reprint. —Barr (T.) & THROMBOSIS. 190 THROMBOSIS. Thrombosis (Cerebral, Treatment of Operative). Nicoll (J. H.) Two eases of thrombosis of the lateral sinus consequent upon purulent inflammation of the middle ear; opening of sinus; ligatureof internal jugular \ein; recoverv. Glasg. Hosp. Rep., 1900, ii, 385-395.— Black well (II. H.) Two unusual cases of otitic sinus thrombosis: operation: recovery. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1910 xci, 282 — Block (F.) Drei Fiille von otitiseher, septischer Sinusthrombose, geheilt durch dieZaufal'sche (iperation. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1901, xxvi, 237; 251.— von Bolewski (T.) Acute Mittelohreiterung mit Sinusthrombose und Metastasen. Heilung nach Antrum- aul'meis-elung. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh., Berl., 1907, xii, 260-255.—Bondy ^_i.) Zur Frage der Sinusthrombose nach Freilegung des gesunden Sinus. Areh. f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1911, lxxxv, 216-224.—Brinda (A.) Su di un caso di trombosi del seno longitudinale della dura-madre edei vasi della pia-madre in un bambino di tre anni. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1910, xxxi, 1585-1587.—Calhoun (F. P.) Report of one hundred cases of sinus thrombosis. Tr. Am. Aead. Ophth. & Oto-Laryngol., St. Louis, 1911, xvi, 88-98, 1 tab.—Ca llender (T. M.) A case of suppu- rative thrombosis of the lateral sinus; operation; recovery. Lancet, Lond., 1902, ii, 812.—< lieatle (A. H.) A case of chronic middle ear suppuration with thrombosis of the lateral sinus in which the internal jugular vein was not ligatured; recoverv. Ibid., 1900, i, 96.—Crockett (E. A.) Seven cases of thrombosis of the lateral sinus; ligation of theinternal jugular; recovery in all. Tr. Am. Otol. Soc, N.Bedford,1905-7,ix,89-114. Also,Reprint. -----. Throm- bosis of the lateral sinus; when to operate; what type of operation to choose. Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1910, xix, 356-366. [Discussion], 437-152.— Bench (E. B.) Report of three cases of ligation of the internal jugular for septic thrombosis, following purulent otitis media; recoverv. Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhinol. A Otol. Soc. 1900, N. Y.. 1901, vi, 62-68. Also: Arch. Otol., N. Y., 1900, xxix, 471-473. -----. The treatment of throm- bosis of the lateral sinus following middle ear suppura- tion. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1902, n. s., exxiii, 785-794. -----. [Diagnosis of sinus thrombosis in children; two cases.] Arch. Otol., N. Y., 1908, xxxvii, 148-151. -----. A case of sinus thrombosis, following removal of granula- lation tissue from the middle ear; excision of theinternal jugular vein; recovery. Ibid., 211-214. [Discussion], 290-292. -----. Report of a case of acute suppurative otitis media, complicated by double pneumonia, septic thrombosisof jugular bulb; operation: excision of inter- nal jugular; general systemic infection; death. Laryn- goscope, St. Louis, 1905, xv, 37-41,1 diag.—Bwiglit (E. W.) A (irrniaiii (H. H.) Thrombosis of the cavernous sinus; with report of four cases, including one cranial operation. Boston M. & S. J„ 1902, cxlvi, 456-461. Also, Reprint.—Ellis (H. B.) Infective sigmoid sinusthrom- bosis; resection of internal jugular; reportof case; recov- ery. Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Larvngol., St. Louis, 1906, xv, 453-464. Also: Laryngoscope, St.-Louis, 1906, xvi, 689-693 — Firth (J. L.) On" the question of the advisability of lig- aturing the jugular vein in the treatment of sigmoid- sinus thrombosis. Bristol M.-Chir. J., 1901, xix, 36-41.— Fischer (A.) Asinusthrombosistunet-esmutettanar61. [The symptomatology of and operation for sinus throm- bosis.]' Fiileszet, Budapest, 1906,13-17. Also, transl.: Pest. med.-chir. Presse, Budapest. 1907, xliii, 73; 77. -----. Oti- tic septic sinus-thrombosis; radical operation, ligation and excision of internal jugular vein; cure. Autralas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1900, xix, 101-107.—Fleischmann. Ope- rierte Fiille von Sinusthrombose. Ungar. med, Presse, Budapest, 1906. xi, 5. Also, transl.: Orvosi hetil., Buda- pest, 1906,1, iu3s._French (.1. G.) Lateral sinus throm- bosis followed by pyaemic abscess in the prostate; opera- tion: recovery. .1. Laryngol.. Lond.,1911, xxvi, 520-623.— Fricdcnwnld iH.) Septic thrombosis of the lateral sinus; report of a case, with recovery after operation. J. Alumni Ass. Coll., Phvs. & Surg., Bait., 1900-1901, iii, 39- 12. Also: Maryland M. J., Bait., 1900, xliii, 293-295.— Gilford (H.) On the disadvantages of the dry-gauze dressing after the operation for septic thrombosis of the lateral sinus. Arch. Otol., N. Y., 1905, xxxiv, 304-308.— Gogarty (O. St.J.) A case of thrombosis of the lateral sinus, with resection of the jugular vein. Tr. Rov. Aead. M.Ireland, Dubl., 1910, xxviii, 169-176.—Goldsmith (P. G.) Case of thrombosis of the lateral sinus; resection of internal jugular; spont ineous evacuation of abscess of posterior fossa through the foramen jugulare; recoverv. J. Laryngol., Lond., 1912, xxvii, 241-243.—Grant (D.) Case of lateral sinus thrombosis treated by operation without ligatureof jugular vein; recovery. Tr. Otol. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond., 1905-6, vii, 31.— Grossmaiiii (F.) Ein ungewohnlicher Befund bei Cholesteatom und Si- nusthrombose. Deutsche med. Wchnschr.. Leipz. u. Berl., 1903, xxix. 129-431.—Grueniiig (E.) A case of bilateral thrombosis of the sigmoid sinus; recovery. Tr. Am. Otol. Soc,N. Bedford. Mass., 1905-7. x, 518-520.—Grunert (K.) Beitrag zur operativen Behandlung der otogenen Sinus- thrombose, insbesondere zur operativen Freilegung des Bulbus vense jugularis. Arch. f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1901, liii, Thrombosis (Cerebral, Treatment of Operative). 280-296. .See, also, infra, Zaufal. -----. Weiterer Bei- trag zur infeetiosen Thrombose des Bulbus venffi jugula- ris und zur Frage ihrer operativen Behandlung. Ibid., 1902-3, lvii, 23-41."-----. Zur Frage der Grenzen der Ope- rationsmoglielikeit otogener Sinusthrombosen. Ibid., 1903-4, lix, 70-83.—Ha Isted (T. H.) Reports of two cases of infective thrombus in the sigmoid sinus and jug- ular vein; operation; recoverv. Tr. Am. Otol. Soc, N. Bed- ford, 1908-9, xi, 353-365. Also: N. Albany M. Herald, 1910, xxviii, 169-172—Hami II (S. McC. i Report of a ease of sinus thrombosis resulting in extensive cerebral hemor- rhage in an infant fifteen days old; sigmoid fusion of the kidneys. Arch. Pediat.. N. V., 1903. xx, 264-268— Ham- mond (P.) Thrombosis of the lateral sinus. Boston M. &S.J., 1908, clix, 405-109.—Harris (S. J.) Thrombosis of lateral sinus without manifest mastoid involvement; operation, including ligation of jugular vein; recovery. Arch. Otol., N. Y., 1902, xxxi, 233-237.—Heine. Ueber die operative Behandlung der otitisehen Thrombose des Sinus transversus. Areh. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1903, lxx, 593-643—Herczel (M.) A sinus transversus thrombo- phlebitisenek trepanatioval 6s a vena jugul. interna ala- kotesevel operalt esete. [An operation for . . . with liga- tion of . . .] Budapesti \. orvosegy. 1893-iki 6vkonvve, 1894, 129-133.—Holseher. Die otitische Sinusthrom- bose und ihre operative Behandlung. Samml. zwangl. Abhandl. a. d. Geb. d. Nasen-, ohren-, Mund-u. Halskr., Hallea.S.,1902,vi,143; 175:249.—H0yer (S.) Opereretoto- gensinustrombose. [Operation...] Tidsskr. f. d. norske Lsegefor., Kristiania. 1905. xxv, 763.—Hoffmann (R.) Bemerkung zu der Arbeit des Dr. Schulze: Ueber die Ge- fahren der Jugularisunterbindung und des Sinusver- schlusses bei der otogenen Sinusthrombose. Arch. f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1904, Ixi, 140.—Irvine (L. G.) A ease of infective thrombosis of the lateral sinus; recovery after operation. Transvaal M. J., Johannesburg, 1905-6, i, 279-281.—.Tack (F. L.) Two cases of ligature of the internal jugular vein for infective thrombosis of the sig- moid sinus due to purulent otitis media; one recovery and one death. Boston M.&S. J., 1901, cxliv, 203-205.— Kareweki [F.J Operativ geheilte otitische Sinus- thrombose mit sekundarem osteoplastisehen Verschmss eines Schiideldefektes. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1905, xlii, 982-985. Also: Verhandl. d. Berl. med. Gesellsch. (1905), 1906, xxxvi, pt. 2, 280-290.— Knapp ( H. ) A case of primary (traumatic), non-infective thrombosis of the cavernous sinus; operation (by Frank Hartlev). Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, Hartford, 1900-1902, ix, pt. 1, 77-82, 4 pl.— Kobrak (F.) Die Unterbindung der Jugularis bei Sinusthrombose. Internat. Centralbl. f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1903, i, :i2:;-:!30.—Kock (A.) Tilfaelde af operativt hel- bredet Sinustrombose og btogen Pyaemi. [A case of . . . treated by operation.] Ugeskr. f. Lager, K0benh., 1902, 5. R.. ix, 1153; 1177— Roller (C.) A caseof thrombosis of the jugular bulb; operation; recovery. Arch. Otol., N. Y., 1904, xxxiii, 363-367. — Kopetzky (S. J.) Two cases of sinus thrombosis, with atypical symptoms: op- erative and pathological findings. Ibid.,190H, xxxvii, 552-557. [Discussion], 593-595. —L-angworthy (H. G.) A proposed operative measure for thrombosis of the cav- ernous sinus. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1906, xvi, 521-526. -----. Cavernous sinus thrombosis in children following mastoid inflammation. Ibid., 752-761. — Lederinan (M. D.) Thrombosis of the lateral sinus and internal jugular vein, with re-infection of the sinus after liga- tion of the vein. Ibid., 1902, xii, 852-8,7—Lee (C. G.) Otitis media chronica; sinus thrombosis; excision and obliteration of sinus; recovery. J. Larvngol., Lond., 1907, xxii, 262-265.— Leland (G. A.) Two cases of lateral sinus thrombosis, with abscess of internal jugu- lar vein, operated, one recovery, one case of isola- ted thrombus of bulb, death. Tr. Am. Otol. Soc. N. Bed- ford, 1894-7, vi, 517-535, 2 ch. Also, Reprint.—Levison (C. G.) Ligation of the internal jugular vein fol- lowed bv thrombosis of the lateral and sigmoid sinuses. Tr. M. Soc. Calif., San Fran., 1900, xxx, 336-339. Also: Med. News, N. Y., 1901, lxxviii, 93. —Loughran (R. L.) A case of sinus thrombosis, with extensive ac- cumulation of fluid pus in the sinus; recovery after re- section of the jugular vein. Ann. Otol., Rhinol. A Laryn- gol., St. Louis, 1911, xx, 134-137. [Discussion,), lsi.-JIc- Clellan (W. E.) Lateral sinus thrombosis. Yale M. J., N. Haven, 1911-12, xviii, 170-185,1 ch.—JTlcCullaiiinS.) Reportof two casesof lateral sinus thrombosis treated, post-operativelv, with Hiss extract of leucocytes. Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Larvngol., St. Louis, 1910, xix, 387-393. [Discussion],463-469. Also: Manhattan Eve, Ear& Throat Hosp. Rep., N. Y., 1911, xii, 72-80.—."HcKcrnon. Sinus thrombosis following the simple mastoid operation, where an attempt had been made to induce healing by tie pri- mary blood elotmethod. Ann. Otol, Rhinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1909, xviii, 939-941— JTIackie i.L) A Tawse (H.B.) Acaseof lateral sinus thrombosis with pyaemic pulmonary and peri-cardial complications, etc., operation; recovery. Lancet, Lond., 1908, ii, 1746— Martin (H.H.) Thrombosis of the cavernous sinus, with report of case. 91 THROMBOSIS. THROMBOSIS. Thrombosis (Cerebral, Treatment of Operative). J. Med. Ass. Georgia, 1911-12, i, 160-163—Mason (C. G.) Case of cerebral thrombosis [in pregnancy]. West. Canada M. J., Winnipeg, 1907, l, 22.—.Morton (J- P.) Lateral sinus thrombosis and cerebellar abscess. Do- minion M. Month., Toronto, 1908, xxxi, 376-379.—Neu- bauer (A.) Heveny genyes kozepfiillob kapcsan fejlo- dott sinusthromcosis es intraduralis talyog miitett es gy6gyult esete. [Sinus thrombosis and intradural abscess developing after acute otitis media and cured by opera- tion.] Gydgvaszat, Budapest, 1907,xlvii, 41-43.—Nourse (W. J. C.) Case of lateral sinus thrombosis following acute otitis media in a bov; operation; recovery. Proc Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1910-11, iv, Otol. Sect., 56-58.— Oppenlieimer (S.) The indications for the ligation of the internal jugular vein in lateral sinus thrombosis. Med. News, N. Y.. 1903, lxxxiii, 1206-1211. Also, in his: Col- lected essays, 12°, N. Y., 1903, 88-106.—Page (J. R.) Ex- hibition and report of a case of thrombosis of the lateral sinus and internal jugular vein, with metastatic involve- ment of the knee-joint; operation and recovery. Arch. Otol., N. Y., 1906, xxxv, 138-140.—Pitt! (O.) Zur opera- tiven Freilegung des Bulbus der Vena jugularis interna. Arch. f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1903, lviii, 76-81.—Politzer. Zwei Fiille, bei denen die Freilegung und Ausraumung der thrombosirten Sinus transversus mit Erfolg ausge- fiihrt wurde. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1899, xii, 1189.— Quintan (F. J.) Lateral sinus and jugular throm- bosis with removal of entire jugular. Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1910, xix, 257-261.— Randall ( B. A.) Review of surgery; with special reference to operation for lateral sinus phlebo-throm- bosis. Univ. M. Mag., Phila., 1900-1901, xiii, 573-577.— Reik (H. O.) A report of eight cases of lateral sinus thrombosis, with special reference to the advisability of ligating theinternal jugular vein preliminary to opening the sinus. Maryland M. J., Bait., 1905, xlviii, 498-503. -----. An argument for preliminary ligation of the in- ternal jugular, in the treatment of lateral sinus throm- bosis. Tr. Am. Otol. Soc, N. Bedford, Mass., 1905-7, x, 510- 517.—Rejto (A.) Ein durch eine unterbundene Vena jugularis entleerter vereiterter Sinusthrombus. Monat- schr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Berl. u. Wien, 1911, xiv, 949-952 — Richards (J. D.) A case of infective, lateral, sigmoid, superior petrosal sinus and jugular thrombosis; operation; recovery. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1905, cxxix, 261- 266.-----. On the operative treatment of infective sig- moid-sinus thrombosis. Arch. Otol., N. Y., 1905, xxxiv, 378-422. Also. Reprint. -----. Report of a case of infec- tive sigmoid-sinus thrombosis and jugular vein infection of otitic origin without apparent mastoid involvement in an adult; operation; recovery. N. York M.J. [etc.], 1905, lxxxii, 1254.—Ridley (W.) Lateral sinus thrombosis due to middle ear suppuration; operation; recovery. North- umberland & Durham M. J., Newcastle-upon-Tyne, 1897, v, 35. -----. Caseof lateral sinus thrombosis; operation; recovery. Ibid., 1900, viii, 185-187.—Nehiassi. Di un caso di trombosi del seno trasverso e della giugulare si- nistra in seguito a otite; resezione della giugulare e svuo- tamento del seno; guarigione. Bull. d. sc. med. di Bo- logna, 1906, 8. s., vi, 412—Schlegel (G.) Ein Fall von doppelseitiger Sinusthrombose mit einseitiger Jugularis- unterbindung. Arch. f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1906, lxix, 176- 185.—Schoengut (S.) Ein operativ geheilter Fall von Hirnsinusthrombose otitisehen Ursprungs. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1899, xlix, 1533-1537.—Schulze (W.) Ueber die Gefahren der Jugularisunterbindung und des Sinus- verschlusses dei der otogenen Sinusthrombose. Arch. f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1903, lix, 216-239.—Sebileau (P.) Thrombose septique du sinus lateral. [Rap. de A. Broca.] Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1901, n. s., xxvii, 1119- 1122.—Stoewer (P.) Zur Behandlung der septischen Thromt>ose des Sinus cavernosus orbital, n Ursprungs. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh., Stuttg., 1907, xiv, 147-157.— Til ley (H.) Caseof lateral sinus thrombosis; operation; recovery without ligation of internal jugular. Tr. Otol. Soc.U.Kingdom. Lond., 1901-2, iii, 10-12.—Tobey (G. L.), jr. Case of extra-dural abscess: septic thrombosis of the lateral sinus, complicated by pregnancy; operation, with recovery. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1907, xvii, 678-683.— Toeplltz (M.) Ein Fall von Vereiterung des Sinus la- teralis und Thrombose der Vena jugularis mit allgemeiner Pyaemie; Operation; Heilung. N. Yorker med. Monat- schr., 1900, xii, 56.—Torttk (B.) Ein operirter Fall von ausgebreiteter, infectioser Thrombose des Sinus lateralis und jugularis. Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1906, xlii, 673. -----. A vena jugularis alakotesenek kerdese- rol infectiosus lateral sinusthrombosis eseteiben. [The question of ligation of ... in cases of infectious . . .] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1907, li, 325; 341; 601. Also, transl. [Ab=tr.l • J. Laryngol., Lond., 1910, n. s., xxv, 416.—Tou- bert (J.) Influence du moment del'intervention sur les resul tats operatoires des casde thrombo-phiebite du sinus lateral Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1904, xviii, 437-461.—Turner (A. L.) Patient operated upon for sigmoid sinus thrombosis. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1907-8,i, Otol. Sect., 137. Also: J. Laryngol., Lond., 1908, xxiii 485. [DiscussionJ, 487-490. -----. Chronic middle-ear and labyrinth suppuration; sigmoid sinus thrombosis: septic leptomeningitis; operation upon the Thrombosis (Cerebral, Treatment of Operative). sinus; drainage of meningeal spaces through the laby- rinth; recovery. J. Laryngol., Lond., 1912, xxvii, 113- 116.—Voss (F.) Ein Beitrag zur operativen Behand- lung der Sinusthrombose. Arch. f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1895, xxxix, 89-100,1 diag. -----. Die Eroffnung des Sinus ca- vernosus bei Thrombose. Centralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1902, xxix, 1201-1204. -----. Operation der Sinusthrombose ohne Eroffnung des Antrum nach ausgeheilter acuter Mittelohrentzundung. Ztschr. f. Ohrenh., Wiesb., 1903, xiv,45-56.-----. La-stdenThrombusinRuh. Ibid.,1906, Wiesb., 1907, liii, 315-339. Also, transl.: Arch. Otol., N. Y., 1908, xxxvii, 217-225—Warnecke. Zwei Fiille von Si- nusthrombose mit bindegewebiger Obliteratiou des Sinus sigmoideus. Arch. f.Ohrenh., Leipz., 1900, xlviii, 197-201.— Watson (F. S.) Septic thrombosis of the cavernous sinus; operation; death. Med. & Surg. Rep. Bost. City Hosp., 1900, xi, 100.—Whitehead (A. L.) A case of thrombosisof the right lateral sinus in which the clot extended beyond the torcular Herophili into the lateral sinus of the opposite side; operation; recovery. J. Laryn- gol., Lond., 1909, xxiv, 36-38.—Whiting (F.) Beitrag zum klinischen Verlauf und zur Operations-Technik der Sinus-Thrombose. Ztschr. f. Ohrenh., Wiesb., 1899, xxxv, 185-215.—Wolff (L.) Bericht iiber einen operirten Fall von eiteriger Sinusthrombose mit Pyiimie. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1896, Leipz., 1897, lxviii, pt. 2, 2. Hlftc, 367-369. — Zasiedateleflf. 0 perevyazkle vnutrennel yaremnol veni pri trombozle poperechnavo sinusa. [Ligation of the internal jugular vein for thrombosis of the transverse sinus.l Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1907, lxviii, 3-9.—Zaulal (E.) Zu Prof. Grunert's Aufsatz: Beitrag zur operativen Behandlung der otogenen Sinusthrombose, insbesondere zur opera- tiven Freilegung des Bulbus venae jugularis. Arch. f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1902,lv,30-35. -----. Zur Freilegung und Ausspiilung des Bulbusdef Vena jugularis int.bei der Ope- ration der septischen Sinusthrombose. Ibid., 1903, lviii, 131-134. -----. Beitrag zur Unterbindung des centralen Endes der Vena jugularis int. nach Durchtrennung der Clavicula bei otogener septischer Sinusjugularisthrom- bose. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1903,xxviii, 475-477. Thrombosis (Celiac). Sforza (N.) Occlusione del tronco celiaco per trom- bosi. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1905, xxvi, 711. Thrombosis (Coronary) [Arterial and venous]. FAienne (G.) Thrombose des veines coronaires du cceur au cinquante et unieme jour de la fievre typho'ide. Cong, franc, de med., Par. & Nancy, 1896-7, iii, fasc. 2, 155.—Mader. Zwei Fiille von plbtzlichem Tod in Folge Versehlusses der linken Coronararterie. Ztschr. f. Heilk., Wien u. Leipz., 1900, xxi, Abth. f. int. Med., etc, 333.— Obrastzow (W. P.) & Mrascliesko (N. D.) Zur Kenntnis der Thrombose der Koronararterien des Her- zens. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1910, lxxi, 116-132.— Wood (F. C.) A case of occlusion of the coronary arterv, with infarction of the myocardium, and sudden death. Proc. N. York Path. Soc. (1899-1900), 1901, 33. Thrombosis (Femoral) [Arterial and venous]. See, also, Embolism of femoral artery. Andrews (F. W.) & Branson (W. P. S.) Double embolism of femoral arteries. St. Barth. Hosp. 1910, Lond., 1911, xlvi, 213.— Bosher (L. C.) Post-operative femoral thrombophlebitis. Charlotte [N. C] M. J., 1905, xxvi, 20-24. Also: Tr. M. Soc Virg. 1904, Richmond, 1905, 130-139.—Jliyata (T.) Ueber einen seltenen Fall von Thrombose der Arteria femoralis und von multiplen Abscessen in der Bauchhohle nach schwerem Dickdarm- katarrh. Klin.-therap. Wchnschr., Berl., 1912, xix, 733- 739.—Pons (H.) Gangrene de la jambe consecutive a une thrombose de la veine femorale. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1905, lxxx, 645.—Riedel. Ueber die linksseitige Schenkelvenenthrombose nach der Laparo- tomie. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1902, lxvi, 977-980. -----. Doppelseitige Thrombose der Vense femorales nach schwerem Dickdarmkatarrhe. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1911, xxxvii, 961-964.— Sclieii<-k (B. R.) A rfisume of forty-eight cases of post- operative crural thrombosis. N. York M. J., 1902, lxxvi, 401-404— Sei-ord (E. R.) Thrombosis of the femoral veins following aseptic laparotomy. Canada Lancet, Toronto, 1902-3, xxxvii, 313-320. Also: Am. Gynec, Bait., 1903, iii, 367-374. Also: Montreal M. J., 1903, xxxii, 635- 641.—Sheldon (J. G.) Thrombosis of the left femoral vein following aseptic laparotomy. Am. Med., Phila., 1904, vii, 49. -----. Occlusion of the femoral vein. Surg. Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1907, i v, 281-28:1.—Strauss (H.) Ueber Thrombose der Vense femorales nach schwerem Dickdarmkatarrh. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1911, xxxvii, 1109.—Talley (D. F.) Septic throm- bosis of femoral vein, with report of a ease. Tr. M. Ass. Alabama, Montgomery, 1903, 403-409.—Wra Iker (0. S.) Thrombosisof the left femoral arterv. Boston M. & S.J. 1909, clxi, 221. THROMBOSIS. 192 THROMBOSIS. Thrombosis (Hepatic) [Venous]. Meystre (A.) *Un cas de thrombose des wines hepatiques. 8°. Lausanne, 1901. I'abi-is (a.) Sulla occlusione e trombosi delle vene epatiche. Arch, per le sc. med., Torino, 1904, xxviii, 221- 243, 1 pl.—Spann (J.) Ein Thrombus an der Pfort- aderverastelung in der Leber und dessen Folgeerschei- nungen. Wchnschr. f. Tierh. u. Viehzucht, Miinehen, 1906,1,401-403. Thrombosis (Humeral). Trenel. Thrombose de l'artere humerale. Bull, et mem.Soc.anat.de Par., 1908. lxxxiii, 310. Thrombosis (Iliac) [Arterial and ve- nous]. See also, Embolism of iliac artery. Aitken (C. S.) & Jackson(J. A.) Report of a case of thrombosis of the left iliac vein, probably due to press- ure of distended bladder. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1910, lxxvii, 231.—Riggs (G. P.) A caseof canalized thrombus of the iliac artery. Proc. N. York Path. Soc. (1899-1900), 1901, 67.— Hunting (W.) A case of double iliac thrombosis. Vet. Rec, Lond., 1912-13, xxv,231, lpl.—IWonnier (A.)& Cassard. Thrombose de l'artere iliaqueexterne. Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1908, 2. s., xxvi, 132.—Robb (W.) Thrombosis of the iliac arteries. Vet. Rec, Lond., 1904, xvii, 372.—Rutherford (R.) Iliac thrombosis. Ibid., 1905-6, xxiii, 169. -Tliorner (M.) A case of primary arterial thrombosis of the external iliac artery, with secondary embolus. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1906, xlvi, 877-880.—'Udriski. Thrombosis of the iliac arteries of the horse. [Transl.] Am. Vet. Rev., N. Y., 1907, xxxi, 89; 252. Thrombosis (Jugular). KonLER (E.) * Ein Fall von doppelseitiger Juoularvenenthrombose. 8°. Goltingen, 1901. Alt (F.) Beitrage zur Therapie der otitisehen Jugu- laristhrombose. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1909, lix, 681- 681.—Fraser (J. S.) A caseof septic (otitic) thrombosis of the jugular bulb and nternal jugular vein; operation; recovery. Edinb. M. J., 1910, n.s.,v, 60-62.—tJuisez (S.) Thrombose de la veine jugulaire interne et du golfe; ligature de la jugulaire; ouver ure du sinus et du golfe; guerison. Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.],Par., 1908, xxxiv, 177-ls:;. — Heller (I. M.) A case of primary jugular thrombosis. Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1912, xxi, 380-385. [Discussion], 499-501.— Ilottiiiami (R.) Ein Fall von Thrombose des Bulbus vena jugularis. Verhandl. d. deutsch. otol. Gesellsch., Jena, 1898, vii, 187-193,1 diag.—Jacques (P.) Thrombo- phiebite otitique dela jugulaire avec abefesintra-veineux sus-claviculaire. Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1906, i, 12-18. Roller (C.) A ease of thrombosis of the jugular bulb: operation; recovery. Mt. Sinai Hosp. Rep. 1901-2, N. V., 1903, iii,497-500. Peters (II. le B.) Throm- bosis of the left jugular and subclavian veins. Proc. N. York Path. Soc, 1909-10, ix. 149-152.—Potts (B. H.) Primary thrombosisof the jugular bulb. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1906, 16. s., iii, 280-285, 2pl.—Strazza (G.) Sopra un caso di trombosi primitiva otitica del golfo della vena giugulare sinistra con intervento fortunate Arch. ital. di otol. [etc.], Torino, 1907, xviii, 1-12. Thrombosis (Mesenteric) [Arterial and venous]. Sec, also, Embolism of mesenteric blood-vessels. Kanis (0. K.) *Ein Fall von Mesenterial- venenthroinbose hervorgerufen durch ein Ge- sclnviir im Ductus choledochus; ein kasuisti- scher Beitrag. 8°. Jena, 1911. Also, in: Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1911, xxv, 757; 775. Parow (W.) * Ueber Thrombose der Mesen- terialgefas.se. S°. Leipzig, 1912. Schredl (L. J.) * Ueber einen Fall derThrom- bose der Mesenterialvenen und der Vena portas mit folgender Abszessbildung in der Leber nach Appendicitis perforativa. 8°. Munchen, 1907. Amos (J.) Zur Pathologie der Thrombose der Vena mesentenca superior. Ztschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynak., Stuttg, 1905, lv, 430-454. -----. [Hamorrhagische Infar- cierung eines grossen Teiles des Diinndarmes infolge thrombotischen Verschlusvs der Vena mesaraica supe- rior.] JT&id., lvi, 264-267.—Hallanee (H. A ) Acaseof haemorrhagie infarction of the small intestine due to thrombosis of the superior mesenteric vein; necropsy Lancet, Lond., 1899, ii, 85.—Rar (P.) Thrombose diffuse des veines mesenteriques chez une femme enceinte de 5 mois I. Obstetrique, Par., 1908, n. s., i, 509-514.—Bayer (C.) Ueber eine sehwache Stelle bei Turnern. Med. Kim., Berl., 1909, v, 207-209.—Rrougliam (E J ) Thrombosis (Mesenteric) {Arterialand venous]. Thrombosis of superior mesenteric vein; resection of eleven and one-half feet of small intestines. Med. Prog- ress, Louisville, 1908, xxiv, 257.—Brown (W. H.) Thrombosis of mesenteric veins. Intercolon. M. J. Aus- tralas., Melbourne, 1906, xi, 554-556.—Brunner (F.) Ein durch (iperation geheilter Fall von septischer Throm- bose der Mesenterialvenen. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1907, lxxxix, 624-630.—Bruno (A.) Sopra la trombosi dei vasi mesenterici. Gior. ital. d. sc. med., Pisa, 1904, ii, 295; 309.—Burgess (J.) A case of throm- bosis of the superior mesenteric vein. Tr. Roy. Acad. M. Ireland, Dubl., 1911, xxix, 27-34. Also: Dublin J. M. Sc, 1911, exxx, 114-121. [DiscussionJ, 145.—Codnian (E. A.) Caseof mesenteric thrombosis; resection of in- testine; end-to-end anastomosis; recovery. Boston M. & S. J., 1910, clxii, 355-357. Also: Pub. Mass. Gen. Hosp., Bost., 1910, iii, 146-149.—Conrad (D. A.) Mesenteric thrombosis; report of case. Calif. State J. M., San Fran 1905, iii, 364.—Copeland (E. H.) Mesenteric throm- bosis. Tr. Am. Inst. Homceop.', Chicago, 1904, 200-210. Also: Hahneman. Month., Phila., 1904, xxxix, 758-767.— Davis (L.) Mesenteric thrombosis; resection; enteros- tomy; end-to-end anastomosis. Boston M. & S. J., 1912, clxvi, 130.—Dun lop (W. M.) A case of thrombosis of the superior mesenteric veins. Lancet, Lond., 1900, i, 1800.—Edington (G. H.) Appendix, perforated in two places; thrombosis in mesentery. Glasgow M. J., 1900, liv, 140.—Ewing (J.) Primary thrombosis of superior mesenteric vein. Proc. N. York Path. Soc, 1911-12, n. s., xi, 106-112.—Fossataro (E.) Gangrena di un' ansa dell' ileo e del mesentere corrispondente per trombosi dei vasi mesenterici. Ann. di med. nav., Roma, 1912, xviii, 266-274.—Funke (J.) Thrombosis of the superior me- senteric artery with hemorrhagic infarction and perfora- tion of the ileum. Proc. Path. Soc. Phila., 1906, n. s., ix 154-161. Also: Am. Med., Phila. A York, 1907, n. s. ii 102-106. Also: Reprint.—Gayet (<;.) & Tavernier. Thrombose des vaisseaux mesenteriques. Bull. Soc. de chir. "de Lyon, 1902-3, vi, 64 — Genersich (A.) Az arteria colica sinistra eldugulasanak e!6ben diag- nostisalt esete. [Thrombosis of the arteria colica sinis- tra diagnosed during life. ] Budapest, orv. ujsag, 1908, vi, 767-770. —Gibson (C. L.) Thrombosis of the mesentery. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1906, xliii, 613- 615.—Green (N. W.) Mesenteric thrombosis, with re- section of over five and one-half feet of gut. Ibid., 1912, lv, 458-460.—Greensfelder (L. A.) Thrombosis of su- perior mesenteric artery. Ibid., 1905, xii, 302.—Hnagn (T.) Mitteilung fiber einen durch Operation geheilten Fall von Thrombose im Gebiete der Vena mesenterica superior. Deutsche Ztschr., Leipz., 1908, xcii, 79-95.— Harnett (W. L.) A case of mesenteric thrombosis. Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1911, xlvi, 305-307.—Harper (C. T.) Mesenteric thrombosis. Charlotte [N. C] M. J., 1909, lix, 369-371.—Harrison. Gangrene from mesen- teric thrombosis. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1908, lvii, 247.— Johnsson (N.) Tva fall af trombosi art. mesent. su- perior. Allm. sven. Liikartidn., Stockholm, 1905, ii, 33- 36.—Klliani (O. G. T.) Thrombosisof the superiorand inferior mesenteric artery. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1903, xxxviii, 110. — Kiilbing (P.) Die Thrombose der Mesenterialgefiisse. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1902, xxxiii, 518-534.—Lecene (T.) Infarctus hemorragique de l'intestin grfile par thrombose des veines mesenteriques avecsyndromed'occlusion intestinale; resection del'anse infarcie; mort. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1908, lxxxiii, 291.—I^ee (J. A.) Thrombosis of mesenteric veins. Brooklyn M. J., 1906, xx, 264.—Lindner (H.) Ueber Thrombose der Mesenterialgefiisse. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1905, xlii, Fest-Num., 5-7.— UlacPherson (J.) A case of thrombosis of the mesenteric veins. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1905, ii, 330.— tlanil lebaiun (F. S.) & Libman (E.) Thrombosis of superior mesenteric vein. Mt, Sinai Hosp. Rep. 1898. X. Y.. 1899, i. 330.—.Tlarek (J.) A belfodri veroerek elzarasanak kihatasa a helre, kiilonos tekintettel a lovak belfodri veroereinek thiombosisara. [The sequela? of the obstruction of the mesenterial arte- ries on the intestine, especially in thrombosis of the mesenterial arteries in the horse ] Kozlem. az osszeha- sonl. eletes kortan korebol, Budapest, 1906, vi, 159-203, 1 pl. Also, transl.: Areh. f. wissensch. n. prakt. Tierh., Berl., 1907, xxxiii, 225-280. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1907, xc 174-204. —Martin (W.) Mesenteric thrombosis; operation: recovery. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1911, liv, 252-255. — itlaylsinl (A. E.) Two cases of post-operative thrombosisof the mesenteric vessels followed by death. Brit. M. Jfc, Lond , 1901, ii, 1454-1456.—.Tlignon & Bopter. Thrombo-phiebite niesaraique primitive. Presse m£d., Par., 1961, ii. ds'.i — Mouoliot (A.) Infarctus hemorragique de l'intestin jrrele par thrombo-phiebite mesarai'que. Ibid., 1905, 795- 797. Also: Clinique, Brux., 1906, xx, 161-170—.11 add (H. G.) A case of thrombosis of the superior mesenteric arterv. Interstate M. J., St. Louis, 1904, xi, 227-238.— Oberembt (B. H.) A case of mesenteric thrombosis following laparotomy. Post-Grad. Bull., Milwaukee, THROMBOSIS. 193 THROMBOSIS. Thrombosis (Mesenteric) [Arterial and venous]. 1905-6, i, 103.—Olsliausen. [Thrombose der Vena mesaraica bei einer Wdehnerin. Ztschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gyniik., Stuttg., 1905, lvi, 630. —Picot (C.) L'n cas de thrombose des veines mesenteriques pris pour une colique hepatique. Rev. m&i. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1908, xxviii, 637-541.— Picque (L.) & Gregoire. iR.) Thrombo-phlelbite de la veine mesaraique superieure avec gangrene de l'intestin grele. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1902, n. s., xxviii, 14-26.—Poenaru V&- ?>lescu & Andrei (I.) Un cas de tromboza a sistemu- ul venos porto mesaraic cugangrena ischemica a intes- tinulul subtire aparute in urma splenectomiei. Spitalul, Bucuresci, 1906, xxvi, 313-318.— Pdlya (A.) Thrombo- §hlebitis mesaraica, eine verhangnissvolle Komplikation er Appendicitis. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1905, xxxi, 257; 299; 341.—Reitzenstein i A. i Ileus infolge von Thrombose der Vena roesenterica. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1903, 1, 257-259. — Rossiter (C. B.) Thrombosis of superior mesenteric artery. South African M. Rec, Cape Town, 1907, v. 70.—Schley (\V. S.) Mesenteric thrombosis; operation; recovery. St. Luke's Hosp. M. & S. Rep. 1910, Poughkeepsie, 1911, i'i, 60-62, 1 pl.—Shoemaker (G. E.) Report of a ease of resection of rive feet of intestine following thrombosis of the mesentery, with remarks upon the diagnosis. Tr. Coll. Phys. Phila, 1909, 3. s., xxxi, 36-40— Skillcm i P. G., jr.) Thrombosisof the mesentery diagnosed before death. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1911, lvii, 1474— Smith (G. M.) -A case of mesenteric thrombosis. Bristol M.-Chir. J., 1906, xxiv, 216-218.—Stieda. Beitrag zur Thrombose der Mesenterialarterien. Munchen. med. Wchnschr.. 1911, lviii, 542— Ntraton (A. A.) A case of thrombosis of the inferior mesenteric vein. Lancet, Lond., 1910, ii, 311-213.—Thevenot (L.) & Rey (C.) Thrombose de Part6re mesent^rique superieure simulant une tumeur abdominale. Arch. gen. de chir., Par., 1911, vii, 1234-1240.—Waketield (R. W.) Thrombosis of the mesenterv causing gangrene of the ileum. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1911, lvii, 1286. Thrombosis (Xasal) [V< nous]. Puscariu (Helene). Un cas de thrombose de la branche nasale superieure de la ratine de nature syphi- litique. Bull. Soc. d. med. et nat.de Jassv, 1909, xxiii, 147- 149. Also, transl. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh., Stuttg., 1910, xlviii,45. Also, transl.: Am. J.Opth.,St.Louis, 1910,xxvii, 343. Thrombosis (Omental) [Venous]. Stordeur. Hemorrhagic abdominale par thrombose et rupture d'une veine de l'epiploon gastro-hepatique. J. med.de Brux., 1906, xl, 400. Thrombosis (Ophthalmic) [ Venous]. See, also, Embolism (Retinal); Thrombosis (Retinal). Coats (G.) Further eases of thrombosis of the central vein. Roy. Lond. Ophth. Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1904-6, xvi, pt. 4, 516-564, 4 pl.—Fejer (J.) Compression oder par- tielle Thrombose der Vena ophthalmica. Verhandl. d. Budapest, k. Gesellsch. d. Aerzte 1907, Budapest, 1908, 90. Also: Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1908, xliv, 185. Thrombosis (Orbital) [Venous]. Scholtz (K.j Ketoldali primaer szemgodri vena thrombosis gyotryult esete. [A cured case of thrombosis of the primarv vein of the eve socket, on both sides ] Szemeszet, Budapest, 1901. 16.—Smith (E.E.) & Grif- fith (A.H.) Fatal case of orbital thrombosis. Brit.M. J., Lond., 1907, ii, 1234.—Williamson. Patient recov- ering from orbital thrombosis. Northumberland & Dur- ham M. J., Newcastle-upon-Tyne, 1x99, vii, 3. Thrombosis (Ovarian). Grad (H.) Obliterating thrombosis of the ovarian artery. Am. J. Obst., X. Y.. 1908, lvii, 218-225. Thrombosis (Placental). Oberschmolcler (Minna). * Un cas de thrombus mixte dans les espaces intervilleux duplacenta. 8°. G entre, 1910. Tlssier (L.) Thrombus intra-eotylexlonaire. Bull. Soc. d'obst. de Par., 1910, xiii, 409. Thrombosis (Poplitejd). See, also, Embolism of popliteal and tibial arteries. Raumgartel (G.) Gangriin des linken Unterschen- kels in Folge Thrombose der linken Arteria poplitaea. Ztschr. f. Wundiirzte u. Geburtsh., Fellbach, 1906, lvii, 3- 7.—Berard. Thrombose d'origine traumatique des ar- i' re< femorale et poplitee suivie de gangrene. Lvon med., 1906, cvii, 389-391.—Warfield. Exhibition of a caseof thrombosis [in the popliteal space]. Johns Hop- kins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1902, xiii, 147. VOL XVIII, 2d series----13 Thrombosis (Portal). See, also, Embolism of mesenteric blood-vessels [etc.]; Portal rein (Obstruction of). Berendes (H. YV.) * Ueber Pfortaderthrom- bose. S°. Kiel, 1903. Bewerunge (J.) *Ein Fall von Cholelithi- asis mit Cholecystitis, Cholangitis und sekun- diirer Thrombose der Pfortader. 8°. Miinehen, 1905. Frischberg (A.) *Zur Kasuistik der Pfor- taderthrombose mit hochgradiger Infarcirung des Jejunums. 8°. Munchen, l!)09. Kahx (C.) *Zur Casuistik der Pfortader- thrombose. 8°. Giessen, 1906. Kramer (J.) * Ueber fortgesetzte aktinomy- kotische Thrombose der Vena lienalis und der Pfortader; gleichzeitig ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis des Auftretens doppellichtbrechender Substanz bei Aktinomykose. 8°. Munchen, 1911. Wilk (A.) Pfortaderthroinbose und Trauma. 8°. Kiel, 1903. Audlstfere. Thrombose de la veine porte avec ne- crose intestinale. Progres m6d., Par., 1904, 3. s., xix, 217- 220.—Axi*ta (E.) Das verhalten der Purinkorper bei einem Falle von wahrscheinlicher Lebervenenthrom- bose. Zentrarol. f. innere Med., Leipz., 1910, xxxi, 113- 125—Bode (E.) Pfortaderthrombose und Leberaneu- rysma, ein Beitrag zur Abdominalchirurgie. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1909, lxiv, 505-523—Curtis (H.) & Lawrence (T. W. P.) Case of portal thrombosis, asso- ciated with stricture of the urethra and double mitral disease: fatal hsematemesis. Proc. Rov. Soc. Med., Lond., 1908-9. ii, Path. Sect., 159-176.—De IVIarchis (F.) Sopra qualche caso di trombosi della vena porta. Atti d. Ac- cad. med.-fis. fiorent. 1911, Firenze, 1912, 50-54.—Heller (A.) Ueber traumatische Pfortaderthrombose. Ver- handl. d. deutsch. path. Gesellsch., Jena, 1904, vii, 182- 189.—de Josselin de Jong (R.) Thrombose in het gebied van het poortaderstelsel. Feestb. opgedr. aan H. Treub, Leiden, 1912, 33-56.—Lewis (D. D.) Primary portal thrombosis; report of case and presentation of spe- cimen. Surg., Gvnec. & Obst., Chicago, 1908, vii, 586- 588.—Lewis (D. D.) & Rosenaw (E. C.) Primary portal thrombosis, a statistical and experimental study, with report of a case. Arch. Int. Med., Chicago, 1909, iii, 232-248.—Lissauer (L.) Beitrag zur Frage der Ent- stehung der Pfortader-Thrombose. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1908, xix, 278-305.—Reitzen- stein. Fall von Thrombose der Pfortader und ihrer Wurzeln. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1902, xxviii, 353.—Risel (W.) Ein Beitrag zur thrombo- tischen Obliteration und kavernosen Umwandlung der Pfortader. Ibid., 1909. xxxv, 1685-1690.—Sehultz (O.) & ^liiller (L. R.) Klinische, physiologisehe und pa- thologisch-anatomische Untersuchungen an einem Fall von hochgradigem Ascites bei Pfortaderthrombose. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1903, lxxvi, 544-603, 1 pl.—Solierl (S.) E possibile la diagnosi clinica fra trombosi acuta della porta e dei suoi rami e peritonite perforatoria? Atti d. r. Accad. d. fisiocrit. in Siena, 1904, 4. s., xvi, 329-343. Also: Riforma med., Palermo-NaDoli, 1905, xxi, 898-904.—Stelnhaus. [Gemischt autoch- thone und traumatische Pfortaderthrombose.] Miin- ehen. med. Wchnschr., 1904, li, 1451.—Stephan (B. H.) Bijdrage tot de casuistiek der gevallen van acute poort- aderthrombose. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1900,2. R., xxxvi, d. 1, 641-647.—Unibrelt. Ueber einen Fall von Lebervenen- und Pfortaderthrombose. Vir- chow's Arch, f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1906, clxxxiii, 102-114.—Wilms (M.) Venenunterbindung bei eitriger Pfortaderthrombose nach Appendicitis. Zentralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1909, xxxvi, 1041-1043. -----. Unterbindung der Venen des Mesenteriums bei Pfortaderthrombose nach Appendicitis. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Xaturf. u. Aerzte 1909, Leipz., 1910, lxxxi, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 132. Thrombosis (Post-abortive). Frank (R. T.) Thrombosis postabortum; excision of the thrombosed left ovarian vein; hysterectomy; death from continued thrombophlebitis. Surg. Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1911, xii, 82-85.—Seeligmann (G.) Throm- bosis of pelvic veins following septic abortion; extirpa- tion: recovery. Ibid., 1910, xi, 454-456. Thrombosis (Post-operative). See, also, Thrombosis (Femoral); Throm- bosis (Mesenteric); Thrombosis (Pulmonary). Re.mmers (G.) * Aetiologie und Prophylaxe der postoperativen Thrombose. 8°. Freiburg i. B., 1908. THROMBOSIS. 194 THROMBOSIS. Thrombosis (Post-operative). tsiEBKECHT (J.) * Ueber die Beziehungen der Bettruhe nach gynakologischen Operationen zur Frage der Thrombose und Embolie. [Kiel.] S°. Berlin, 1908. Abbott (A. W.) Pre-operative thrombi in the region of the field of operation as a cause of post-operative com- plication and death. Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1906, ii, 287-289—AIbanus (G.) Thrombosen und Eni- bolien nach Laparotomies Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1903, xl, 311-341.—Anderson (R. G.) Thrombosis and embolism as complications of surgical operations. Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond.. 1905, xix, 96; 126; 154.—Biggar (H. F.), jr. Postoperative thrombosis. Med. Century, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1911, xviii, 205-207. — Coe (H. C.) Crural thrombosis following aseptic celiotomy. Med. News, N. Y., 1899, lxxv, 4-10.— Cooper (St. C.) Post- operative thrombosis and neuritis; with report of a case. J. Kansas M. Soc, Kansas City, Kan., 1911, xi, 200-203.— Crouse (H.) Thrombi and emboli; post-operative im- portance. Surg., Gvnec. & Obst., Chicago, 1909, ix, 663- 674.—FraenKel (A.) Ueber postoperative Thrombo- Embolie. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl.. 1908, lxxxvi, 531-545. Also: Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Chir., Berl., 1908, xxxvii, pt. 2, 16-30.—Friedciuanii (M.) Klinische Erfahrungen fiber postoperative Thrombosen und Em- bolien. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1910, lxix, 459-532.— Hoehne (O.) Die Beziehungen der Bettruhe nach gyniikologisehen Operationen und Entbindungen zur Thrombose und Embolie. Monatschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynaek., Berl., 1909, xxx, 541-549.—Johnson (J. T.) Thrombosis and embolism following abdominal opera- tions. Tr. Am. Gvnec. Soc., Phila., 1906, xxxi, 50-63. .Ita: Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1906, iii, 110-115. [Discussion], 164-167. Also, Reprint.—Juttner(F. J. E.) Fatal post-operative thrombosis. Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1911, xxx, 671-675. —Kelling (G.) Studien iiber Thrombo-Embolie insbesondere nach Operationen. Areh. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1909-10, xci, 997-1059.—Klein (H. V.) Ueber postoperative Thrombose und Embolie. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte (Karls- ruhe), Leipz., 1911, lxxxiii, pt. 1, 404-411. -----. Ueber postoperative Thrombose und Embolie. (Weitere klini- sche Beitrage zur Aetiologie und Prophylaxe.) Monat- schr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynaek., Berl., 1911, xxxiv, 549-569.— Leimander (K. G.) A note on thrombosis in the veins of the pelvis and lower extremities after opera- tions. [Transl. from Swedish.] Lancet, Lond., 1900, ii, 802.—Lepper (E. H.) On the frequency of thrombosis following laparotomies for carcinoma. Arch. Middlesex Hosp., Lond., 1912, xxvii, 212-214. — Miller (G. B.) Post-operative thrombosis and embolism. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1907, lvi, 347-357. [Discussion], 386-391.—Kutil- er lu rd. Specimens illustrative of thrombosis and em- bolism as complications of surgical conditions, with description of three cases. Tr. Glasg. Path. & Clin. Soc, 1900-1901, viii, 119-122.—Schickele (G.) Thrombose und innere Sekretion? (Zur Aufklarung der Thrombo- sen nach gynakologischen Operationen nebst einigen Bemerkungen iiber die Gerinnungen in der Plazenta und fiber die Wirkung von Myomextrakten.) Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1912, lix, 183-186.—Sutton (J. B.) The Hunterian lecture on thrombosis and embolism after operations on the female pelvic organs. Lancet, Lond., 1909, i, 147-152.—Wltzel (O.) Die postoperative Throm- bo-Embolie. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1906. lxxxv, 228-247.—Zurlielle (E.) Thrombose und Em- bolie nach gynakologischen Operationen. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1907, Leipz., 1908. pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 174-177. Thrombosis (Puerperal). See, also, Phlegmasia alba dolens; Puerperal state (Sudden death in); Puerperal thrombosis, etc.; Thrombophlebitis (Puerperal). Harms (C.) *Zur Prophylaxe der Throm- bose und Embolie im Wochenbett. 8°. Frei- '< burg i. B., 1908. Schluzer (J.) *Thrombose und Embolie im Wochenbett. 8°. Emmendingen, 1907. Audebert & Garlpuy. Thrombus puerperal. Compt. rend. Soc. d'obst., de gvnec et de paediat. de Par., 1911, xiii, 372-377. —Delassus. Sur un cas de thrombus puerperal vaginal. J. d. sc. med. de Lille, 1911, xxxiv, 577-586.—Fromme (F.) Thrombose und Friih- aufstehen im Wochenbett. Zentralbl. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1909, xxxiii, 15-21.—Heidemann (M.) Die Thrombose im Wochenbett. Monatschr f. Geburtsh. u. Gynaek.. Berl., 1901, xiii, 441-456.—Junge. Ueber Thrombose und Embolie im Wochenbett. Arch. f. Gynaek., Berl., 1912, xcvi, 356-376.—Kiein (H. V.) Die puerperale und postoperative Thrombose und Embolie. Ibid., 1911, xciv, 117-262,3 pl.—.Ulchaelis(H.) Prodromalerscheinungen der puerperalen und postoperativen Thrombose und Embolie. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1911, lviii, 73-76. ' Thrombosis (Puerperal). -----. Zur Frage des pramonitorischen Symptoms vor Thrombose und Embolie (puerperale und postoperative). Ztschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynak., Stuttg., 1912, lxx, 278-285.— Pinard (A.) Etude clinique du thrombus puerperal; diagnostic; Evolution, traitement pronostic Rev. prat. d'obst. et de paediat., Par., 1911, xxiv, 353-370.—Potocki. Thrombus vulvo-vaginal survenu au troisi&me jour des couches peu apr&s une injection intra-veineuse de collar- gol. Ann. de gynec et d'obst., Par., 1910, 2. s., vii, 275- 283. Also: Compt. rend. Soc. d'obst., de gvnec et de paediat. de Par., 1910, xii, 72-79 — Pottet, LeVy <& Chaiiipcau. Thrombus puerperal perivaginal et p6- rivulvaire survenu apr&s la delivrance; phenomenes de shock hemorragique et d'accroissement progressif de la tumeur ayant n6cessit6 l'^vacuation de la collection. Compt. rend. Soc. d'obst., de gynec. et de paediat. de Par., 1911. xiii, 467-471.—Richter. Diagnostische und prog- nostische Beurteilung der Thrombose und Embolie im Wochenbett aus ihren Prodromalsvmptomen. Heilkunde, Berl., 1905,193-199.—Rudaux (P".) Diagnostic et traite- ment du thrombus puerperal ou h6matome puerperal. Clinique, Par., 1908, iii, 362.—ScMiauta. Ueber Phlebi- tis und Phlebothrombose im Wochenbette und nach Operationen. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1911, Ixi, 1541- 1548.—de Snoo (K.) Bijdrage tot de kennis der aetio- logie en prophvlaxis der puerperale thrombose. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1912, i, 1623-1641. Thrombosis (Pulmonary) [Arterialand venous]. See, also, Embolism (Pulmonary). Griebling (O.) * Ueber Stenose der Lun- genarterie mit unvollstandigem Verschluss des Foramen ovale. 8°. Munchen, 1908. Ittameier (C. C. T.) * Ueber einen Fall von Thrombose der rechten Arteria pulmonalis und Bildung eines Kollateralkreislaufes in den Lun- gen. 8°. Erlangen, 1907. Mombuh (P.) *Apoplexie pulmonaire par thrombose. 8°. Paris, 1898. Neddersen (A. [H. L.]) * Ueber einen Fall von umfangreicher Thrombose der Pulmonar- arterien. 8°. Giessen, 1908. [Tizenhauzen (P. E.)] Embolia arterise pulmonalis post partum. 8°. [S.-Peterburg, 1897.] Alezais & JTlollaret. Thrombose de l'artere pul- monaire gauche. Marseille med., 1906, xliii, 225-230.— Andrews (F. W.) & Branson fW.P.S.) Thrombosis of pulmonary artery. St. Barth. Hosp. Rep. 1910, Lond., 1911. xlvi, 216.—Aschoff (D.) Ueber Venenthrombose und Embolie der Lungenarterie. Med. Klin., Berl., 1909, v, 1702-1704.—Bidwe 11 (L. A.) Pulmonary embolism and thrombosis after laparotomy. Practitioner, Lond., 1909, lxxxii, 214-223.—Box (C.R.) A series of cases in which pulmonary embolism appeared to be due to the displacement of a thrombus in the main trunk of the pulmonary artery. Tr. Clin. Soc. Lond., 1905-6, xxxix, 189-204.—Coleman (W.) Thrombosisof the pulmonary artery. Proc. N. York Path. Soc. (1897-8), 1899, 85-39.— Cufob (A. S.) Pulmonary embolism, probably following thrombosis of the hemorrhoidal veins. Med. Press and Circ, Lond., 1904, exxix, 626.—Swing (J.) Total thrombosis of the left pulmonarv arterv. Proc. N. York Path. Soe. (1897-8), 1899, 11-13.—Foil Ik rod (C.) Pul- monary embolism and thrombosis from the obstetric standpoint; report of a suggestive case. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1911, lxiii, 855-857.—Funke (J.) Embolism and thrombosis of the pulmonary artery. Proc. Path. Soc. Phila., 1910, n. s., xiii, 249-254. Also: Med. Rec, N. Y., 1911, lxxix, 673-675.—Gauthier (R.) De la thrombose de l'artere pulmonaire. Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1907, lxxx, 1287-1292.—Glynn (E.) Some observations upon pul- monary thrombosis and embolism. Liverpool M.-Chir. J., 1907, xxvii, 204-218. — Glynn (E.) A Knowles (R. E.) Some observations on fatal cases of pulmonary thrombosis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1910, ii, 1412-1416.— Gninon (L. ) Thrombosis double de l'artere pul- monaire. Bull. Soc. de pfidiat. de Par., 1901, iii, 191- 193.—flalipre.. Thrombose de l'artere pulmonaire. Normandie med., Rouen, 1903, xviii, 163,— Hektoen (L.) Sudden death from pulmonary embolism follow- ing thrombosis of the internal jugular vein in a case of carcinoma of the neck secondary to carcinoma of the tongue. West. Clin. Recorder, Chicago, 1899, i, 6-13. Also: Tr. Chicago Path. Soc. (1897-9), 1900, iii, 134. Also, Reprint.— Kretz (R.) Ueber Venenthrombose und Embolie der Lungenarterie. Med. Klin., Berl., 1909-10, v, 1546 —Larkln (J. H.) Thrombosis of the pulmonary artery; sudden death. Proc. N. York Path. Soc. (1899- 1900), 1901, 158.—Lee (J. M.) Heart clot and pulmonary embolism; sad experiences. Tr. Homceop. M. Soc, N. Y., THROMBOSIS. 195 THROMBOSIS. Thrombosis (Pulmeniary) [Arterialand venous]. 1896, xxxi, 328-335.—Lewald (L. T.) A case of throm- bosis of the pulmonarv artery. Proc. X. York Path. Soc., 1901-2, n. s., i, 133.—libtheisen (G.) Zur Embolie der Lungenarterie nach Verletzungen und operativen Ein- griffen. Beitr. z klin. Chir., Tubing., 1901-2, xxxii, 655- 686.—laicien (T.)& Rebattu. Mort subite par throm- bose de l'artere pulmonaire. Bull. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Lyon, 1910, ix, 69-71. Also: Lvon mecl., 1910, cxiv, 724-726.—iTlcPhed ran (A.) & Maikenzle (J.J.) A case of massive hemorrhagic infarction of the lung due to pulmonary endarteritis and thrombosis. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, Phila., 1903, xviii, 337-346. Also, Reprint.— O'Sullivan (A. C.) Sudden death from occlusion of the pulmonarv artery. Tr. Rov. Acad. M. Ireland, Dubh, 1899-1900, xviii, 378-380.—Perrin (M.) phth., St. Louis, 1911, xx, 693.—Thompson i A. H.) The various causes of obstruction in the central arterv of the retina. Ophth. Rev., Lond., 1902, xxi, 61; 100.—Valude (E.) Throm- bose infeetieuse de la veine centrale de la retine. Ann. d'ocul., Par., 1911, cxlvi, 426-428.—Van Duyse. Obs- struetion de l'artere centrale de la retine; massage- firession; guerison. Ann. Soc. de med. de Gand, 1908, xxxviii, 21-24. Also: Arch, d'opht., Par., 1908, xxviii, 129-138.—Walker (C. H.) Thrombosis of the inferior temporal branch of the arteria centralis retinae in an eye with a persistent hyaloid artery and vein; ? caused by exposure to direct sunlight. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. King- dom, Lond., 1902-3, xxiii, 279-281. —Welt (Leonore). Thrombose der Arteria centralis retinae, unter dem Bilde der sogenannten Embolie verlaufend. Arch. f. Augenh., WiesU, 1900, xii, 35.5-377, 1 pl. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Arch. Ophth., N. Y., 1901, xxx, 495-505.—von Wiser. Ein Full von traumatischer Thrombose der Netzhaut- Venen. Centraibl. f. prakt. Augenh., Leipz., 1901, xxv, 360-363.—Zaun (G.F.) Visual defects from hemorrhage or vascular lesions, with report of a case of thrombosis of the central retinal artery. Milwaukee M. J., 1906, xiv, 315-317. Thrombosis (Sic/moid). Parmentier (E.) & Chabrol (E.) Infarctus he- morragique de l'anse sigmoi'de par atherome arteriel et thrombose veineuse. Arch. d. mal. de l'appar. digest. |etc.], Par., 1908, ii, 61-87. Thrombosis (Spinal). Abrahamson (I.) A case of thrombosis of the left anterior spinal artery in the medulla oblongata. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., Lancaster, Pa., 1909, xxxvi, 421. Thrombosis (Subclavian) [Arterial and venous]. See, also, Embolism of subclavian artery. IS I ii in. [Thrombose der Vena subclavia sinistra.] Miinehen. med. Wchnschr., 1907, liv, 1055.—Cade (A.)& Palla*se (E.) Thrombose jugulo-souselaviere chez une cardiaque. Bull. Soc. med. d. hop. de Lvon, 1907, vi, 281-285. Also: Lyon med., 1907, cix, 663-666.—Collet & Curtll. Un cas de thrombose jugulo sous-claviere chez une cardiaque. Clinique, Par., 1909, iv, 228.—Jeanne. Grave contusion de la regionsus-claviculaire, attrition et thrombose de l'artere sous-claviere; paralysie du sympa- thique oculaire, sans paralysie radiculaire du plexus bra- chial. Normandie med., Rouen, 1910, xxvi, 201-203.—Le Wald (L. T.) A caseof thrombosisof the subclavian artery. Proc. N. York Path. Soc. (1899-1900), 1901, 280 — Rogers (E. A.) Chlorosis; thrombosis of the subclavian vein: report of a case. N. Eng. M. Month., Bost., 1911, xxx, 117-121.—I'ngar (E.) Thrombose der linken Vena subclavia. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1911, xlviii, 1399. Thrombosis (Suprarenal) [Venous]. Chiari (H.) Zur Kenntnis des Effectes der Throm- bose der Nebennierenvenen. Atti d. Cong, internaz. dei patologi 1911, Torino, 1912, i, 224-229, 2 pl. Thrombosis (Thyroid) [Venous]. ITIeisel (P.) Entfernung eines 8 Cm. langen Ge- schwulstthrombus aus der Vena thyreoidea inferior. Zentralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1909, xxxvi, 463-465. Thrombosis (Tibial). See, also, Embolism of popliteal and tibial arteries. Gardner (L. W.) Thrombosis of anterior tibial ar- tery in gun shot wound. J. Mich. M. Soc, Detroit, 1905, iv, 488-490.—Riedel. Verschluss der Arteria tibialis antica durch Endarteriitis bei freier Art. tib. post.: Xer- venquetschung; Gritti. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Chir., Berl., 1911, xl, pt. 2, 239-245.—Snyder (A. A. i Case of left posterior tibial thrombosis following right side abdominal operation. Wash. M. Ann., 1907-8, vi, 160. Thrombosis (Treatment of). See, edso, under various subdivisions. Cuny (E.-J.-M.-P.) * Contribution a I'etude du traitement chirurgical des thromboses vari- queuses du membre inierieur. 8°. Paris, 1911. Adamson (R. O.) Caso of peripheral thrombosis and cardio-pulmonary embolism treated bv large doses of ammonia. Tr. Med.-Chir. Soc. Glasg. (1901-3 1901 iv 25-32. Also: Glasgow M. J., 1901, lvi, 406-41::.—Duncan (H. A.) & Illmaii (G. M.) Aetiology and treatment of thrombosis, based upon studies of the coagulation time 1 Thrombosis (Treatment of). of blood. N. York M. J., 1907, lxxxvi, 1168-1170. Also, Reprint.—Hamilton (H. P.) Surgical aspects of thrombosis and embolism. Creighton M. Bull., Omaha, 1899. iii, no. 2, 4-12. — KiiIiii (F.) Prophylaxe der Thrombose durch Luftdruckdauermassage (Hoehdruck- massage undkiinstl. Zirkulationl. Zentralbl. f. Gyniik.. Leipz., 1912, xxxvi, Ms-N.:;.— Stewart (F. T.) Arte- riotomy for thrombosis and embolism. Tr. Phila. Aead. Surg., 1907-8, x, 122-132. Also: Ann. Surg., Phila., 1907, xlvi, 339-349. Thrombosis (Utero-ovarian). See, a/so, Embolism of uterine artery. HochetL.) Thrombose utero-ovarienne infeetieuse avec extension a la veine cave in ferieure et au cceur droit. Ann. de gynec. et d'obst., Par., 1902, lvii, 333-348. Thrombosis ( Vaginal and vulvar). See, also, Thrombosis (Puerperal). Render (X.) Thrombus dans un gros abces de la glande de Bartholin; rupture de la poche; h^morragie grave. Bull. Soc. d'obst. et de gynec. de Par., 1912, i, 359.—Dallarl (Z.) Trombo vaginale. Gior p. le leva- trici, Milano, 1898, xii, 43.—Deli'pine. Deux cas de thrombus de la vulve et du vagin. J. d. sc. med. de Lille, 1901, ii, 587-592.—Fall af blodsvulst i slidan. [A case of thrombus in the vagina.] Jordemodern, Stock- holm, 1912, xxv, 105-107.—Fuiiek-Brentano (L.) Thrombus superflciel etpediculedu vagin. Compt. rend. Soc. d'obst., de gvnec et de paediat. de Par., 1909, xi, 9- 17. Also: Gynecologie, Par., 1909, xiii, 124-134.—Oui. Thrombus vulvo-perineal. Bull. Soc. d'obst. et de gynec de Par., 1912, i, 638.—Vitrae (J.) Thrombus du vagin; traitement par:ncisionpreeoceet evidement. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1908, xxix, 414-416. Thrombosis (Venous). See, also, Thrombophlebitis; Thrombosis (Axillary); Thrombosis (Cerebral); Throm- bosis (F'emoral) ; Thrombosis (Hepatic); Thrombosis (Jugular); Thrombosis (Mesen- teric); Thrombosis (Nasal); Thrombosis (Omental); Thrombosis (Ophthalmic); Throm- bosis ( Orbital); Thrombosis (Portal); Throm- bosis (Puerperal); Thrombosis (Pulmonary); Thrombosis (Renal); Thrombosis (Retinal); Thrombosis (Sigmoid); Thrombosis (Subcla- vian); Thrornhosia (Suprarenal); Thrombo- sis (Thyroid); Thrombosis (Utero-ovarian); Thrombosis in animals; Thrombosis of vena cava. Dessauer (P.) * Ueber Venenthrombose, nebst einem Fall von marantischer Thrombose. 8°. Erlangen, 1904. Rautax (Sara). * Ueber Venenthrombose im Kindesalter. 8°. Zurich, 1906. Aldrich (C. J.) A case of thrombosis of the left internal jugular, subclavian, axillary, basilic and median basilic veins, of unexplained origin. Phila. M. J., 1902, ix, 629.—Askanazy. La valeur clinique des thromboses veineuses. Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1908, xxviii, 156.—Bardeleben. Die Rolle des Streptococcus beiderVenenthrombose. Verhandl. d. deutsch.Gesellsch. f. Gyniik. 1907, Leipz., 1908, xii, 827-829.—Becker (A.) Zur Frage der operativen Behandlung von Venenthrom- bosen an den Extremitiiten; mit Demonstration von Prii- paraten. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerztel907, Leipz., 1908,2.Teil,2.Hlfte., 102-105.—Beyer. Thrombose der Vena condyloidea anterior und posterior und fortgeleitete Pachymeningitis necrotica externa und interna imGefolge von Sinus- und Bulbusthrombose. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1912, xlix, 1345.—Bishop (H. D.) The treatment of thrombosis of the pelvic veins. Cleve- land M. & S. Reporter, 1909, xvii, 467-470.—Bluiner (G.) Report of four unusual cases of peripheral venous throm- bosis. YaleM. J., N.Haven, 1908-9,xv,296-304.—Bouma (J.) Over retrograde transport in deaderen. Onderzoek. ged. in h. physiol. Lab. d. Utrecht. Hoogesch., 1902, iv, 191- 203.—Brannan (J. W.) Unilateral right-sided venous thrombosis, associated with cardiac disease; autopsy. Med. Rec, X. V . 1902, Ixi, 291.—Burian (F.) Pfipad soucasn6 thrombosv venae magnse Gal en i a venae cavae in- ferions a leve veny renalni. [Case of synchronous throm- bosis ot" . . . and left renal vein.] Casop. lek. desk., v Praze, 1904, xliii, 1369-1372.—Carson (H. W.) A case of thrombosisof the veins of the colon causing obstruc- tion. Proc. Rov. Soc. Med., Lond., 1911-12, v, Surg. Sect,, 212-211.—Cayley. Thrombosis of innominate and pul- THROMBOSIS. 197 THl'BERT. Thrombosis ( Venous). monarv veins; chvlothorax. Middlesex Hosp. Rep. 1901, Lond.,1903, 33-35.—Conner (L. A.) Pulmonary symp- toms as premonitory signs of venous thrombosis. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1911, lxxix, 753-757.—I>eve (F.) Throm- bose veineusedu membre sup£rieur chez une cardiaque. Normandie med., Rouen, 1907, xxii, 63-68.—Forster (F.) Zur Svnip.omatologie der Venenthrombose. Wien. klin. Wchiischr., 1904, xvii, 1175-1179.—Forsterllng (K.) Entzundliehe Thrombose fast des gesamteu peri- pheren Venensystems (spnugende Thrombosen, Throm- bophlebitis migransi Mitt. a. d. (irenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir., Jena, 1909, xix, 727-736.—Fulton (('. M.) Venous thrombosis; with report of a case following pneumonia. Langsdales Lancet, Kansas City, 1898, iii, 109-111.— Futcher (T. B.) [Thrombosisof the left external jugu- larsubclavian and axillary veins, associated with mitral stenosis, with subsequent embolism of the left popliteal artery.] Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1900, xi, 48.— Hall F. de H.) Venous thrombosis. Clin. J., Lond., 190S-9. xxxii,401-411.—Hausman (F. O.) K voprosu o proiskhozhdenii tromboza v venakh poslle vnutrivennikh vlivaniv. [Origin of thrombosis in the veins after intra- venousinjeciions.] Prakt. Vrach,S.-Peterb , 1910,ix,787.— Jakowski (M.) I'eber die Mitwirkung der Mikroor- ganismen beim Knt-tehen der Venenthrombose. Cen- tralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1900, xxviii, 801-809.—Johnson (H. W.) Unusual cases of venous thrombosis. N. York state J. M., N. Y., 1909, ix, 161-164.— Kendall (W. P.) Pneumatic venous thrombosis. In- terstate M. J., St. Louis, 1908, xv, 728-735.—Koller (E.) Ein Fall von Schwellung und myeloider Umwandlung von Lymphdriisen im Stauungsgebiet einer thrombierten Vene. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1910, xxiii, 736-739.—La- combe. Thrombose veineuse au cours d'une asvstolie. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap.. Par., 1904, xviii, 358-360.— iTIarsili (E.) Reperto non comune di circolo venoso collaterale per flebite trombotica profonda di un arto in- feriore. Tommasi, Napoli, 1912, vii, 110-113.—Ittensi (E.) Sulla trombosi delle vene nell' eta infantile. Riforma med., Napoli, 1912, xxviii, 823-825. — Minkowski. [Thrombose der Vena magna Galeni.] Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1904, li, 1028.—JI ill ler (.W) Zur operativen Behandlunginfektioser und benigner Venenthrombosen. Arch. f. kiln. Chir., Berl., 1902, lxvi, 642-651.—Phillips (Si A ca^e of thrombosis of the inferior vena cava and of the iliac and femoral veins, of acute onset and fatal termination, with symptoms resembling those of perfo- rated gastric ulcer. Tr. Clin. Soc. Lond., 1900-1901, xxxiv, 24-27.—Ransoboflf'iJ.) Venous thrombosis and hydro- cele of the inguinal canal. Tr. South. Surg. & Gynec. Ass. 1907, Phila., 1908, xx, 406-417, 4 pl.—Rogers (B. M. H.) Idiopathic thrombosis of the portal and contributory veins. Bristol Med.-Chir. J., 1899, xvii, 107-113.—Ru- besch (R.) Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber die Beziehungen des Staphylococcus pyogenes aureus zur in- fektiosen Venenthrombose. Beitr. z.klin. Chir.,Tiibing., 1911, lxxv, 565-591.—Ruge (E.) Traumatische Ttlrom- bose der Vena axillaris. Med. Klin., Berl., 1911, vii, 1615- 1617.—Schepelmann (E ) Kasuistische Beitrage zur Venenthrombose mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung alte- rer und neuerer Theorien der Thrombose. Beihefte z. Med. Klin., Berl., 1911, vii, 23-54.—Schwab (M.) Ve- nenthrombose und Gerinnbarkeit des Blutes. Miin- ehen. med. Wchnschr., 1906, liii, 2520.— Stenger. Zur Thrombose des Bulbus venae jugularis. Areh. f. Oh- renh., Leipz., 1901-2, liv, 216-222, 2 pl.—T»rttk (B.) A bulbus venae jugularis primaer infectiosus throm- bosisanak esete. [A case of . . .] Orvosi hetil., Buda- pest, 1901, xiv, 595; 617.—Wadsworth i W. S. i & Spil- ler (W. G.) Thrombosis of the vein of Galen. Proc. Path. Soe. Phila., 1900, n. s., iii, 267.—Weber (F. P.) Apparent muscular hypertrophy following oedema of the left leg (due to venous thrombosis). Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1908-9, ii, Clin. Sect., 60-65.— Werewkina Marie). UeberVenenthromboseimRucki nmark. Arch. .Kinderh., Stuttg., 1900, xxix, 191-222.— W kite (W.H.) Venous thrombosis in heart disease. Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1902, xvi, 371-378.— Wil liams (M. W.) Progres- sive venous thrombosis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1906, i, 1100. Thrombosis (Vertebral). See, also, Embolism of vertebral artery. Liildin (M.) Ueber Thrombose der Arteria vertebralis. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1910, xl, 380-386.— von Rad. Thrombose der Art. vertebralis an der Ab- gangsstelle der Art. cerebelli inferior posterior. Si- tzungsb. d. iirztl. Ver. Nurnb., 1905, Munchen, 1906. 49-53. Thrombosis in animals. AI b rec li t. PlotzlichentstandenebeiderseitigeThrom- bose der Beckenarterien und der linken Darmbeinarterie beim Pferde. Wchnschr. f. Thierh. u. Viehzucht, Miin- ehen, 1901, xiv, 325-32*.. -----. Thrombose der vorderen Hohlvene bei einem Pferde. Ztschr. f. Thiermed., Jena, 1902, vi, 428-437—Besnoit. Deux cas de thrombose arterielle chez le cheval. Toulouse med., 1903, 2. s., v, 83.—Elphlck (H.S.) Thrombosis in a polo pony. Vet. Thrombosis in animals. J., Lond., 1906,n. s.,xiii, 249-251.—Frlederich. Throm- bose der hinteren Hohlvene. Berl. tierarztl. Wchnschr., 1906, 1— llendrickx (F.) Thrombose de l'aorte et des arteres iliaques chez un cheval. Ann. de mecl. vcit. Brux., 1904, liii, 489-500. Also, transl. [Abstr. |: Vet. Rec. Lond., 1904-5, xvii, 298-300, 1 pl-.lolni-.lon (S. I.) Thrombosis in the horse. J. Comp. Path. A Therap., Edinb. & Lond., 1905, xviii, 78.—Kappel. Thrombose der Art. pulmonalis beim Pferd. Berl. thierarztl. Wchnschr., 1901, 708. -----. Verschiedenes aus der Praxis der Fleischbeschau; Thrombosierungder Milzve- nen, verbunden mit embolischen Verstopfungen einzel- ner Pfortaderaste in der Leber, beim Pferde. Ztschr. f. Fleisch- u. Milchhyg., Berl., 1903, xiv, 23.—Sult'ran. Thrombose de l'artere aorte et des iliaques chez un che- val. Toulouse med., 1903, 2. s., v, 142.—'f. waenepoel (H.) Pseudo-tubercules pulmonaires, chez un bomf constitues par des arterites thrombosantes multiples et des infarcti. Ann. de med. vet.. Brux.. 1904, liii, 522- 526. Thrombosis in pregnancy and puer- peral state. See Phlegmasia alba dolens; Thrombosis (Puerperal). Thrombosis in thoracic duct. Marie (R.) Un cas de thrombose neoplasique du canal thoracique. Bull, et mem. Soe. anat. de Par., 1904, lxxix, 691-693. Thrombosis of vena cava. Haushalter (P.) & Etienne (G.) Trois cas de thrombose de la veine cave inferieure; essai de patho- genic Cong, franp. de med., Par. & Nancy, 1896-7, iii, fasc. 2,149-154.—Pennato (P.) Epatite sclerosa e trom- bosi della cava. Atti d. xii. Cong, interprov. san. d. alta Italia, Venezia, 1904, 348-353. — Stillman (E. R.) & Carey (H. W.) Thrombosis of the inferior vena cava. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1909, n. s., exxxvii, 333- 342.—Wirtz (A.) Thrombose der Vena cava inf., der Vv. renales und suprarenales sin. mit todlichem Ausgang bei einem IStagigen Saugling. Jahrb. f. Kinderh., Berl., 1910, lxxii, 467^71. Thrombozyme. Blaizot (L.) L'antigene ajoute a un serum prepared le sensibilise a Paction de la thrombozyme. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1912, Ixxiii, 88. Throttling. See Strangulation. Thrush. See Aphthae, Mouth (Inflammation of, Para- sitic). I Tiiruston (Malachias). De respirationis usu primario, diatriba. Accedunt animadversiones a cl. viro in eandem conscript;©, una cum res- ponsionibus auctoris. 4 p. 1., 165 pp., 4 1. 24°. Lugd. Batar., apud L. Lopez de Haro, C. Drie- huysen, 1<>71. Another copy bound with: Bartholinus (T.) De hepa- tis [etc.]. 16°'. Hafniir, [1666]. See, also, Kntius (Gcorgius). 'AvTi8iaTpip»j, sive ani- madversiones [etc J. 12°. Londini, 1679. Thuan (Jacques-Auguste ). See de Thou (Jacques-Auguste). Tliuau ( Louis-Victor-Charles-Marie ) [1884- ]. *De la desinsertion du mesentere dana la hernie <§tranglee. 50 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, Barthelenm i Thuja occidentalis. Prescriber, Edinb., 1911, v, 247-249. Tliulie (Henry) [1832- ]. Le dressage des jeunes degeneres ou orthophrenopedie. iv, 678 pp. 8°. Paris, F. Alcan, 1900. ------. La mystique divine, diabolique et natu- relle des theologiens. viii, 406 pp. 8°. Paris, Yii/ot freres, 1912. Thulie ([ Jean-Baptiste-] Henry) [1832- ]. La manie raisonnante du Dr. Campagne. 132 pp. 8°. Paris, G. Bailliere, 1870. [P. v. 2250.] Tliuliiez (Paul-Jean- Baptiste-Celestin-Joseph) [1872- ]. * Contribution a I'etude des tu- meurs erectiles des paupieres. 84 pp. 8°. Lille, 1899, No. 116. TIiiiih (Anton). * Beitrage zur Kenntnis der untersalpetrigen Siiure. [Bern.] 65 pp. 8°. Prag, M. Schulz, 1893. Thumb. See, also, Fingers; Fingers and toes (Abnor- mities of); Hand; Hand (Abnormities of); Hand in anthropology; Handprints. Flemmiiig (w.) Nachtriigliche Notiz iiber den Flexor brevis pollieis. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1887, ii, 269- 272.—Hoffmann (P.) A common, undescribed affec- tion of the extensor muscles of the thumb. Med. Fort- nightly, St. Louis, 1898, xiv, 451-454— Roster (W.) De gemeenseliap der aderen aan de rugvlakte van den duim met den aderboog in de diepte van de handpalm, en iets over de rugslagaderen van den duim. Versl. d. k, Akad. v. Wetensch. Afd. Natuurk., Amst., ii, deel xiv, pp. 158-161, 1 pl.—Leboucq (H.) Les muscles ad - ducteurs du pouee et du gros orteil. Arch, de biol., Gand, 1893, xiii, 41-59.—Mingazzinl (G.) Nota sul M. adductor pollieis dell' uomo. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1888, iii, 778-781.— JTIorestin (H.) Collateral dupouce fourni par le musculo-cutane. Bull. Soc. anat. de Par., 1896, lxxi, 143.—Parsons (F. G.) On the movements of the metacarpo-phalangeal joint of the thumb. J. Anat. & Physiol., Lond., 1894-5, xxix, 446-452.—Kouviere (H.) Repere anatomique permettant de determiner exacte- ment la situation de l'interligne articulaire de l'articula- tion metacarpo-phalangienne du oouce. Bibliog. anat., Par. & Nancy, 1912, xxii, 79-83— Whitehead (W. R.) The thumb as an initial factor of civilization. Med. Rec, N. V., 1895, xlviii, 188-190. Also, Reprint. Thumb (Abnormities and deformities of.) See, also, Fingers and toes (Abnormities of.) Bouchet (J.-B.-A.-G.) *L'hyperphalangie des doigts et particulierement du pouce. 8°. Bordeaux, 1909. Iversen (J.) * Ueber die traumat'sche Ent- stehung der Dupuytren'schen Kontraktur und deren Lokalisation am Daumen. 8°. Kiel, 1909. Wittkower (D.) * Ueber Hyperphalangie am Daumen mit Valgusstellung der Endphalanx. 8°. Berlin, 1903. Arquembourg (L.) Sur un cas de pouces a trois phalanges. Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1905, ix, 613-615.— Bertaecblnl (P.) Un caso di doppio-pollice bilaterale nell' uomo e alcune considerazioni sul valore morfologico dell' iperdattilia nell' uomo. Internat. Monatschr. f. Anat. u. Physiol., Leipz., 1904, xxi, 126-135.—Bienvenue (F.) Un cas de pouce supplement a ire a trois phalanges. Rev. d'orthop., Par., 1912, 3. s., iii, 91-91— Bilhaut (M.) Pouce surnum£raire de la main gauche. Ann. de chir. et d'orthop., Par., 1902, xv, 6.5-68. -----. Observation de poucearessort; theorie nouvelle pour expliquer le meea- nisme de cette affection. Ibid., 1912, xxv, 257-263.—Car- penter (G.) An infant with malformations of the thumbs and toes. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1908-9, ii, Sect. Stud. Dis. Child., 59.—Colin (M.) [Fall von dop- pelseitigem Klumpdaumen.] Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1904, xxx, 299.—Desearpentries & (handler. Ectrodaetylie congenitale des deux pouces. Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1905, ix, 200.—Doppelter Daumen. Kindersp. in Basel. Jahresb. (1900), 1902, xxxviii, 146.—Diibreull-Cliainbardel (L.) Un cas d'hvperphalangie du pouce. Bull, et mem. Soc. d'an- throp. de Par., 1909, 5. s., x. 118-12*. Also: Gaz. med. du centre, Tours, 1910, xv, 25-29.—Iluvergey (J.) Pouce biflde. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1908, xxxviii, 696.— Fbstein (W.) Knochengerust eines missgestalteten Daumens. Festschr. f. G. E. v. Rindfleisch [etc.], Leipz., 1907, 1-6.—Fere1 (C.) Note sur une anomalie du pli d'opposition du pouee. Compt. rend. Soc de biol., Par., 1901, n. s., iii, 292.—Frenkel (H.) In cas de poly- dact'ylie (dedoublement du pouce en pinee de homard). Toulouse med., 1900, 2. s„ ii, 283-285.-- 307—Lossen (H.) Ein neuer Daumenbewegnngsapparat: Bemerkungen zur Frage der Apparatbehandlung. Arch. 1. orthop. [etc.], Wiesb., 1907, v, 246-251.—JWlles (A.i & Mm I lie in (J. W.) Bennett's fracture of the base of the metacarpal bone of the thumb. Edinb. M. J., 1904, n. s., xv, 297-308, 2pl— Prichard (J.E.) The so-called "stave of thumb,'* or Bennett's fracture. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1900, i, 1533.— Boberts (J. B.) A skiagraph of Bennett's fracture of the metacarpal bone of the thumb or "stave of the thumb." Tr. Coll. Phys. Phila., 1901, 3. s., xxiii, 50. Also: Phila. M. J., 1901, vii, 481—Russ (R.) Bennett's fracture. J. Am.M. Ass.,Chicago, 1906,xlvi, 1824-1828. Also, Reprint— Webb (C. H. S.) Three cases of Bennett's fracture. Arch. Middlesex Hosp., Lond., 1912, xxv, 40-44, 1 pl.— Williams (C.) Case of fracture dislocation of the ter- minal phalanx of thumb. Physician & Surg., Lond., 1900, i, 811. Thumb (Morphology of). Testut (L.) Le long flechisseur propre du pouce chez l'homme et chez les singes. Cutting from: Bull. Soc. zool. de France, 1883, viii. Elze (C.) Ueber die Gelenkhohle am distalen Ende des Daumenrudimentes von Ateles ater. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1910, xxxvii, 543. Thumb (Supernumerary). See Thumb (Abnormities, etc., of). Thumb (Surgery of). See, also, Thumb (Dislocation of); Thumb (Fracture of; Thumb ( Tumors of ). Lefebvre (C.) *Du pouce, et du meilleur proeede a employer dans son extirpation. 4°. Strasbourg, 1823. Timofieyeff (S. L.) 0 zamieshtshenii pyast- nol kosti bolshovo paltsa pravol ruki. [Plastic restoration of the metacarpal bone of the right thumb.] 8°. Kiyev, 1911. Also [Abstr.]. in: Trudi Kiyevsk. Khirurg. Obsh. (1909- 10), 1911, 375-387. [Discussion], 78-81. Ball (J. H.) A note on conservative surgery of the thumb. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1898, liv, 528.—Berger. Re- traction cicatricielle du pouce gu6rie par une autoplastic. Bull, et m6m. Soc. de chir.de Par., 1905, n.s., xxxi, 383.— Bougie (J.) Greffe autochtone des tendons extenseurs du pouce. Ibid., 1901, n. s., xxvii, 201.—Haubold (H. A.) Plastic repair of the thumb. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1910, Iii, 636-540,3 pl.—Krause (F.) Ersatz des Dau- mens aus der grossen Zehe. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1906, xliii, 1527.—Lanieris. Plastiek van den duim. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1909, xliv, pt. 2, 1686.— Lukseh (L.) Ueber eine neue Methode zum Ersatz des verlorenen Daumens. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Chir., Berl., 1903, xxxii, pt. 1,221-223.—Modi in (I. G.) Artificial stump after amputation of thumb. Northum- berland & Durham M. J., Newcastle-upon-Tyne, 1905, xiii, 70. — Nieoladoni (C.) Daumenplastik. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1897, x, 663-665. Also, Reprint. -----. Dau- menplastik und organischer Ersatz der Fingerspitze (Anticheiroplastik und Daktyloplastik). Arch. f. klin. Chir.,, Berl., 1900, Ixi, 006-614. Also, Reprint. -----. Wei- tere Erfahrungen iiber Daumenplastik. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1903, lxix, 695-703. Also, Reprint—Noesske (K.) Ueber den plastischen Ersatz von ganz oder toil- weise verlorenen Fingern, insbesondere des Daumens und fiber Handtellerplastik. Jahresb.d.Gesellsch. f.Nat.- u. Heilk. in Dresd., Munchen, 1908-9,102-105.—Payr (E.) Ein Fall von Daumenplastik. Mitth. d. Ver. d. Aerzte in Steiermark, Graz, 1898, xxxv, 175-177. — Reed (R. J.) Some points in the surgerv of the thumb. Tr. M. Soc. W. Virg., Wheeling, 1899, 319-323. Also. Charlotte M. J„ 1899, xv, 118-121. Also: Railway Surg., Chicago, 1899-1900, vi, 243-245 — Salomon. Greffe totale de la phalangette du pouce compietement separ6e de laphalangrine par un ins- trument tranchant. Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1899-1900, xviii, 130.—Selva (J.) A new method of bandaging the thumb. Med. News, Phila., 1895, lxvii, 313-315. Also, Reprint.—Smith (G. M.) Renovation of terminal pha- lanx of thumb. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1910, ii, 1X53 —Wai- kerliagen (G.) Case of excision of first phalanx of thumb. Brookland M. J., 1890, iv, 153. Thumb (Tuberculosis of). Queyrat (L.) & Laroehe (G.) Tuberculose ulce- reuse du pouce prise pour un chancre syphilitique. Bull. et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1908, 3. s., xxv, 840-845. THUMB. 201 THURBER. Thumb (Tumors of). Albertin. Ohondrome des os sesamoides du pouce. Bull. Soc. de chir. de Lyon, 1899-1900. iii, 31— Bidwell (L. A.) Caseof traumatic angioma of thumb. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1S93, i, 844.—Hiiiiiiier iA.'i Tumeur de la pulpe du pouce datantde 12 ans: extirpation: guerison. Bull, et mem Soe. anat, de Par., 1906, lxxxi, 468-470.— lsensi'hniid. Enchondrom des Daumens; wamm ex- articuliren und nieht abtragen oder aussehalen? Aerztl Int.-Bl., Munchen. 1883. xxx, 297. -La bougie A Sab ra- zes. Hygroma de la face dorsale du pouce. Bull. Soc d'anat. et physiol. . . . de Bordeaux, 1889, x, 204-208.— Ilarotta (R." A.) Lipoma de la vaina sinovial del pul- gar con ruido de granos riziformes. Ai^. d. Circ med. argent., Buenos Aires, 1905, xxviii, 239-211.—iNo Ida iA.1 Ein Fall von kongenitalem Riesenwuchs des rechten Daumens. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl. 1904, clxxviii, 504-507. — Parisot. [Enchondrome du pouce gauche] Bull. Soc anat. de Par., 1855, xxx, 232.— It a veil (T. F.) Giantgrowth of right thumb and index- linirer. Illust. M. News, Lond., 1889, ii, 6.—Sai-quepee K.) Lipome du pouce. Bull, etmem. Soe. anat. de Par., 1899, lxxiv, 611.—Sutton (J. B.) Implantation cvst of the thumb. Brit. M. ,1., Lond., 1895, i, 463— Terri'llon (0.) Kyste synovial ae lagaine du long flechisseur du pouce droit; grains riziformes nombreux. fongosites abondantes; ouverture, raclaue des fongosites; gueiison. Bull. Soc. de chir. de Par., 18s6, n. s., xii, S62-S61. Also, in his: (Euvres, 8°, Par., 1898, i, 104-106.—Vercliere. Kyste volumineux a contenu sebace de la pulpe du pouce. Bull. Soc anat. de Par., 1889, lxiv, 45-47.—Waekerha- gen (G.) Mvxoma of the thumb. N. York M. J.. 1885, xii, 228. Thumb (Tumors of, Cancerous and ma- lignant). Battle (W. H.) Amputation of thumb for large sar- comatous growth in a man the subject of multiple bony growths. Tr. M. Soe. Lond., 1896-7, xx, 336.—Blake way (H.) Squamous-celled carcinoma of thumb. St. Barth. Hosp. Rep. 1910, Lond., 1911, xlvi, 193.—Brln & Papin. Meianosarcome du pouce. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1902, lxxvii. 170. -Butlin (H. T.) Mixed-celled sarcoma of the thumb. Tr. Path. Soc. Lond., 1881-2, xxxiii, 323, 1 pl.—Cazin (M.) Sarcome a myeloplaxes de la premiere phalange du pouce. Bull. Soc. anat. de Par., 1891, lxvi, 302— Del banco (E.) Ein im Subcu- tangewebe gelagertes Riesenzellensarkom (Myelome des parties molles, tumeur a myeloplaxes) an der Dorsalseite des Daumens. Monatsh. f. prakt. Dermat , Hamb., 1900, xxxi, 117; 161.—Duvergey. Sur un cas de sarcome meianique de la deuxieme phalange du pouce. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. de Bordeaux, 1899, xx, 361-365.— Franke (F.) Carcinomatos entartetes Epidermoid des Daumenballens, zugleich ein weiterer Beitrag zur Ent- stehung der sogenannten Atheronu. Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1890, cxxi, 444-45S. —Halle. Sarcome me- ianique du pouce: engorgement ganglionnaire le long de l'artere humeralc Bull. Soc. anat. de Par., 1883, lviii, 436. Also: Progres med., Par., 1884, xii, 397.—Huguier. Osteosarcome du pouce. Bull. Soe de cliir. de Par., 1855-6, vi, 193— Keiiu (G.) Sarcome ossiflant du pouce. Bull. Soc. anat. de Par., 1896, lxxi, 371-373.—.Morestin (H.) Sarcome du pouce. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1899, lxxiv, 528-530— Sutherland (L. R.) Speci- men of epithelioma involving the metacarpal bone of the thumb. Glasgow M. J., 1894, xlii, 69— Trimble (W. B.) Reportof two cases of sarcoma of the thumb: with patho- logical examinations bv G. R. Satterlee. N. York Univ. Bull. M. Sc, 1902, ii, 18-24. 2 pl. Also: Am. Med., Phila., 1903, v, 788-790.—Webster (H. G.) Epithelioma of the thumb; history; specimen. Brooklyn M. J., 1900, xiv, 904. Thumb ( Wounds and injuries of). See, also, Fingers ( Wounds, etc., of); Thumb (Avulsion of); Thumb (Dislocation of ); Thumb (Fracture of). Bennett' (E. H.) Injuries of the thumb. Tr. Rov. Acad. M. Ireland, Dubl., 1894-5, xiii, 222-231, 1 1., 1 pl. Also: Dublin J. M. Sc, 1895, c, 473-479, 1 pl— [Chanel- lay.] Pouce divise completement, sauf la couche <5pi- dermique palmaire; gu6rison, apr£s (uielqiies jours, par la reapplication immediate. In his: [collection de me- moires],8°, [Tours, 1840, velsubseq.}, 19.—Flandrois (S.) Ecrasement du pouce; gangrene primitive; tetanos se- condaire; amputation de Pavant-bras; mort. Bull. Soc. anat. clin. de Lille, 1893, viii, 166-169.—Playoust (L ) Ecrasement de la premiere phalange du pouce; traite- ment conservateur, guerison. Arch, de med. et pharm. mil., Par., 1907, 1, 315-317.—Stewart (J. C.) Hernia of the adductor pollieis muscle. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1907, xlviii, 1763.—Vidal (P.) Application des rayons Rontgen au diagnostic d'un traumatisme du pouce droit. Marseille med., 1896, xxxiii, 265.—Wlesel. Ueber einen Fall von interessanter Daumenverletzung. Fortschr. a. d. Geb. d. Rontgenstrahlen, Hamb., 1907, xi, 416. Thumb-marks. See Finger-prints; Identity, etc. Thumb-sucking. See, also, Jaws (Abnormities, etc., of). Hopkins (S. A.) The habit of thumb-suck- ing. 12°. Cambridge, 1S95. Ambler(II. L.) Thumb-sucking. Dental Summary, Toledo, 1904, xxiv, 549-551—Daniels (J. W.) Notes on a case of finger-sucking. Brit. Dent. J., Lond., 1911, xxxii, 498-503, lpl.—Galatti (D.) Gefahren des Lut- schers. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1911, Ixi, 833-835. See, also, infra, Herbst.—Harrison(F) L'influence nefaste du sucage du pouce etde la respiration defectueuse sur les tissus et sur la san tegenerale. Odontologie, Par., 1912, xlvii, 254-264.—Heckard (W. A.) A case of thumb- Micking. Dental Rev., Chicaero, 1903, xvii, 776.—Herbst (li.) Gefahren des Lutschens. Eine Antwort auf den Artikel von Demetrio Galati. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1911, Ixi, 3072. Isoyama (S.) [The treatment of vieioussucking.] SankwaFujinkwa Gaku Zasshi, Tokyo, 1903, v, 321-346.—Kiernan (J. G.) Thumb-sucking an auto-erotic phenomenon. Pediatrics, N. Y., 1911, xxiii, 197-212.— Monks (G. H.) A new method for the pre- vention of thumb-sueking in children. Boston M. & S. J., 1896, cxxxv, 673.-Webb (G. B.) Thumb-sucking. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1906, lxxxiii, 1343. Thiunim (Leopold). Die Zystoskopie des Gy- nakologen. In: Samml. klin. Vortr., Leipz., 1907, No. 444 (Gynak., No. 162). Tliiiimii (Karl). Ueber A nstalts- und Hausklar- anlagen; ein Beitrag zur Abwasserbeseitigungs- frage. 66 pp. 8°. Berlin, A. Birschwald, 1911. Tliunmi (Magdalene Kintzel). Psychology and pathology of handwriting. Transl. from the German by Magdaiene Kintzel-Thumm. 149 pp. 8°. New York, Fowler & Wells Co., [1905]. Th um in (Max) [1883- ]. * Beitrag zur Anatomie primarer Optikustumoren. 29 pp. 8°. Tubingen, F. PietzcLer, 1909. Thun (Wilhelm Joachim) [1871- ]. *TJe- berdie Erkrankungen der Landstreicher. 27pp. 8°. Kiel, P. Peters, 1899. Tlmnberg (Torsten). * Undersokningar of ver de kold-, varme- och smiirtpercipierande ner- vandarnes relativa djupliige i huden samt ofver koldnerviindarnes forhallande till varmeretme- del. Akademisk af handling. [Researches on sensations of cold, heat, and pain in relatively deep cutaneous nerve-endings and on the behavior of cold-retaining nerve-endings to heat stimulation. 1 p. l.,56pp. 8°. Upsala, E. Ber- ling, 1900. -----. Om bedragliga liikemedel och lakeme- toder. [Fraudulent medicines and curative methods.] 59 pp. 8°. Uppsala, K. W. Appel- berg, 1903. -----. The same. 3. ed. 102 pp. 8°. Stock- holm, H Mailer, 1908. -----. De hygieniska fbrhallandena och det naturliga urvalet. [Hygienic conditions and natural selection.] 20 pp. 8°. Uppsala, K. W. Appelberg, 1906. ------. Mikrorespirometrische Untersuchungen iiber den Gasaustausch der Muskeln. 28 pp. 8°. Upsala, C. J. Lundstri'nn, 1906. Forms pt. 19 of: Upsala Lakaref. Forh. Festskr. . . . Hammarsten, 1906. -----. Var kropps byggnad och forsattningar. [The structure and functions of our body.] 128 pp. 8°. Lund, II. Moller, 1907. ------. Liirobok i hygien. 176 pp. 8°. Lund, H. Moller, 1908. See, also, Miirner (C. Th.) & Thnnberg (Torsten). Om atgarder mot bedragliga [etc.]. 12°. Upsala, 1904. Thunder. See Lightning:. Thurber (Daniel) [1766-1836]. French (J. M.) An old-time doctor. 5 pp. 8°. [New York, 1895.] Repr.from: Putnam's Month. Hist. Mag., 1895. Tliurfoer (M[adison] T[empleton]) [1866- J. See Storer (Malcolm) & Thurber (Madison T.) Repeated ectopic gestation [etc.]. 12°. Boston, 1900. THURE-BKAXDT. 202 THYMIN. TIiure-Brandt (Aime) [1857- ]. *Zur manuellen Therapie der Wanderniere. 28 pp., 2 1. 8°. Berlin, G. Schade, 1899. Tliurcl (Fernand) [1881- ]. *Lepaludisme dans la Dombes. 86 pp., 2 ch., 11. 8°. Lyon, 1907, No. 73. Thurgau (Emil). Die Lungenschwindsucht und die Ansteckungsfurcht. Ein Aufruf an die Menschheit. 64 pp. 8°. Bamberg, [1902]. Thuring (Lars Oscar). *Om ett fall af angina diphtheritica. 30 pp. 8°. Helsingfors, J. C. Frenckell, 1844. Thuringia. See, also, Cholera (History and statistics), Fever (Typhoid, history of), by localities.^ Lokleberg (O.) * Hygienisch-medizinische Beobachtungen iiber biiuerliche Verhiiltnisse in Thuringen. 8°. Erlangen, 1899. Tliurimis (Andreas). See Turini (Andreas). Tliuriot (Gustave) [1885- ]. *Surlescauses de la mort biusque dans la srarlatine; role et importa ce de la myocardite. [Lyon.] 57 pp. 8°. Ydleubanne, P. Colombier, 1911. Thurin (Willy) [1878- ]. * Ueber Choanal- polypen. 18 pp., 11. 8°. Wiirzburg, P. Schei- ners, 1907. Tliurniaim (Paul Robert Christian) [1864- ]. * Ueber Vererbung von Missbildungen. 13 pp., 1 1. 8°. Kiel, Schmidt & Klaunig, 1893. Tliuniam (John) [1810-73]. On insanity in Wiltshire. 12 pp. 8°. Devizes, G. Simpson, 1870. For Biography, see Diet. Nat. Biog., Lond., 1898, lvi, 351 (A. R. Urquhart). Thurneysser zum Thurn (Leon- hard) [1530-96]. K limine I (H.) [Biographv.] Cor.-Bl. f. Zahnarzte, Berl., 1910, xxxix, 64-79.—Ueber (B.) Zwei neue Doku- mente iiber Leonhard Thurtievsser zum Thurn. Mitt. z. Gesch. d. Med. u. d. Naturw., Hamb., 1906, v, 43L439. For Portrait, see A bbild. . . . d. Arznk. verd.Gelehrten [etc.]. 4°. Augsburg, 1805,16, port. Tliurot (Joseph). *Etudesur le climat de Pau. 56,pp. 8°. Toulouse, 1911, No. 938. Ecole de pharmacie. Tiiurriami* (Bartholomseus). Iatrobulia sive buliatreia, hoc est, de medica consultatione libri quatuor. 3 p. 1., 330; 10pp. 16°. Francofurti, 1606. Thin Mil (David) [1883- ]. *Transforma- tionen im klinischen Verlauf der Manie. 66 pp., 2 1. 8°. Berlin, E. Ebering, 1906. Tiiursfield (Hugh) & Branson (William P. S.) Medical morbid anatomy and pathology. viii, 262 pp. 8°. London, II. K. Lewis, 1909. Tliursfield ( William Nealor) [1840-99]. Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1900, i, 111. Also: Lan- cet, Lond., 1900, i, 139. Thnrstan (E. Paget). Southborough, its cha- lybeate springs, climate, and attractions as a health resort. 67 pp., 9 pl. 8°. Tunbridae Wells, 188-\ Thury [Jean-Marc-Antoine] [1822-1905]. Une hypothese sur l'origine des especes. 8°. Ge- neve, 1882. Cutting [cover with printed title] from: Arch. d. sc. phys. et nat., Geneve, 1882, vii. For Biography, see Chron. med., Par., 1905, xii, 452 (P. Berner). ThusiiiK (Friedrich) [1867- ]. * Beobach- tungen iiber Schwankungen in der Zusammen- setzung eines Canalwassers und deren Einfluss auf ein Flusswasser. 20 pp., 2 1., 4 ch. 8°. HaUe a. S.} R. Nietschmann, 1894. Thwing (Charles Burton) [1860- ]. * Be- stimmung der Dielectricitiitsconstante mittels der Resonanz. 21 pp., 2 pl. 8°. Bonn, C. Georgi, 1896. See, also, Austin (Louis W.) & Th wing (Charles B.) Exercises in phvsical measurement [etc.]. 12°. Boston, 1896. Thyamin. Nelson (L.) Ueber das Thyamin; ein Protamin aus der Thymusdriise. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1908, lix, 336-340. ThyehauIt(Henri)_[1880- ]. *Coexistence de la cirrhose hepatique, de la tuberculose pul- monaire et de la polynevrite chez les alcooli- ques. 142 pp. 8°. Paris, 1908, No. 433. Thyebault (Victor-Henri) [1847- ]. * Re- lations des principaux faits d'une pratique de 19 ans a la campagne. Notes, impressions et sou- venirs. 51 pp. 8°. Paris, 1897, No. 569. Thyen (Diedrich). *Das Uteruscarcinoin in seinen spiitesten Entwickelungen. 21 pp. 8°. Wiirzburg, F. Fronnn, 1893. Thy lacoplethu s. Coutldre (H.) Sur la morphologie interne du genre Thylacoplethus, parasite grteaire des Alpheidffi. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1902, exxxiv, 1452. Thylesius (Antonius). See Actuarius (Joannes). De urinis libri viii, [etc.]. 16°. BasUese, [1529]. -----. Thesame. 12°. Basilese, [1563]. Tliym (Johann Caspar) [1662-1718]. Kurtze Beschreibung der Schlesisch-Altwasserischen- Sauer-Brunnen, wie man dieselbe nach ihrer Natur und Kraft mit Nutzen so wohl innerlich als iiusserlich gebrauchen sol; nebst beygefiig- tem Leben des seel. Herren Autoris, aufs neue mit einigen beygefiigten Zusiitzen in den Druck gegeben. 63 pp. 16°. Schweidnitz,J. G. Bohm, 1732. Tliym (Rudolf). * Ueber gleichzeitige Tuber- kulose der Lungen und des Herzbeutels. 29 pp. 8°. Jena, G. Neuenkahn, 1897. Thymacetiue. Maraud on de Montyel (E.) De Paction physio- logique de la thy macetine. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par., 1893, exxiv, 49-66. Thyme. See, also, Pertussin. Addy(S. O.) Death and the herb thyme. Folk-Lore, Lond., 1903, xiv, 179.—Duyk (M.) Contribution a I'etude de Tessence de thym. [Rap. de Van Bastelaer, 357-360.] Bull. Acad. rov. de med. de Belg., Brux., 1898,4. s., xii, 407- 418. Also: J. de pharm., Anvers, 1899, lv, 41-54.—Ham- mer ( A. ) Ueber Syrupus thymi compositus, Marke " Euferin," ein neues Praparat zur Behandlung entziind- licher und katarrhalischer Erkrankungen der Atmungs- organe und der Tuberkulose. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1905, xxx,594-596.—Llnke. Konilla. Therap. Neuhei- ten, Leipz., 1907, ii, 177-179. Thymectomy. See Thymus gland (Excision of). Thym eleacese. Gerber (C.) Recherches morphologiques, nnatomi- ques, systematiques et teratologiques sur les thymeleacees des environs de Marseille. Bull, seient. de la France et de la Belg., Par., 1900, 5. s., ii, 430-454. -----. La presure des thvmeleacees. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1909, lxvi, 892-894. Thymin. Gulewitsch (W.) Ueber das Thymin. Ztschr. f. phvsiol. Chem., Strassb., xxvii. 292-296,1 pl.—Jones (W.) Ueber das Thymin. Ztschr. f. phvsiol. Chem. 1890,Strassb., 1900, xxix, 20-23. -----. Ueber die Darstellung des Thy- mins. /bid., 461-466.—Kossel (A.) Leber die Bildung von Thymin aus Fischsperma. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1896, xxii, 188-196.—Levene (P. A.) Ueber die diuretische Wirkung des Thymins. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl.,1907,iv,316-319. Ateo.Reprint. Also,transl.[Abstr.]: Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1906-7, iv, HO.-My- ers (V. C.) On the salts of cvtosine, thymine, and uracil, J. Biol. Chem., Bait., 1910, vii, 249-258.— Steudel (H.) THYMIN. 203 THYMUS. Thymin. Leber die Constitution des Thymins. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1900,xxx,539: 1911,xxxii, 241.—Steudel (H.) A Kossel (A.) Ueber das Thvmin. Ibid., xxix, 303.—Wheeler (H. L.) & McFarland (D. F.) Re- searches on pyrimidines; the thio derivatives of thymine and the preparation of thymine. Am. Chem. J., Bait., 1910, xliii, 19-36. Th vmo-cresol. Poisoning by thvmo-cresol. Med. Times & Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1898, xxvi, 636. Thymoform. fiergesio (L.) II timoformio liquido nella terapia gineeologiea. Gior. d. Osp. Maria Vittoria, Torino, 1909, ix. 300-302. Thymokesis. FossiertA. E.) Thvmokesis. X. Orl. M. A S. J., 1909, Ixi, 967-971, 1 pl. Thymol. See, also, Acid (Thymptic). Guillaumin (C.) * Etude chimique et phar- macologique des thymols synthetiques derives desacidescr^sotiniques. 8°. Paris, 1909, No. 2. Ecole de pharmacie. Pieshekhonoff (I.[A.]) *0 vliyanii timola na tnekotoriye zhivotniye fermenti; material dlya farmakologii timola. [On the influence of thymol upon certain animal ferments; data on the pharmacologv of thymol.] 8°. Sunktpeter- burg, 1873. Baeliem it.) Ueber einige neue Thvmolderivate. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1912, xlix, 2086.—Cousin (K.) & Heissey CH.i Oxydation du thymol par le ferment oxydant ilcs champignons. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1907, lxiii, 471. Also: J. de pharm. et chim., Par., 1907, 6. s., xxvi, 487-191. Also, transl.: Arch. d. Pharm., Berl.,1908.ccxlvi.325-32s.—Daniel iG.l L'hygienechez le coiffeur; valeur antiseptique du thymol. Clinique, Brux., 1904, xviii, 294-29S.— Elvovc ( K.) A note on the assay of the halogen compounds of the U. S. Pharmaco- poeia, with special reference to thvmol iodide. Am. J. Pharm., Phila., 1910,lxxxii, 403-402.'—Finizio (G.) Al- cune ricerche sull' azione del timolo. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1897, Roma. 1898, viii, 482— llermite. Re- cherches sur le pouvoir antiseptique du thymol-tartro- sodique. Dauphin6 m6d., Grenoble, 1900, xxiv, 75-80.— Hildebrandt(H.) Ueber die antiseptische Wirkung von Thymol undTannothymol und das Verhalten einiger Substahzen zur Schwefelwasserstoffbildung durch Bak- terien und Eiweiss. Deutsche Aerzte-Ztg., Berl., 1908, 25-38. Xatsuyama (T.) & Hata (S.) Ueber die Ver- anderung des Thymols, welche das letzereim Korper des Kaninchens erleidet. [Japanese text.] Ztschr. d. med. Gesellsch. zu Tokyo, 1898, xii, 12-19.—Kufan (H. P.) Thymol-alcohol as a disinfectant of the field of operation. Surg. Gynec. & Obst.. Chicago, 1912, xv, 513.—Linke. Thymol. Therap. Neuheiten. Leipz., 1907, ii, 93-95.— Paternb (E.) & Caiizonerl ( F.) Ricerche dirette alia sintesi del timol. Attid. r. Accad. d. Lincei, Roma, 1880-81, 3. s., ix, llJ-")S.—Rublao Meira. Do emprego do thymol como antiparasitario. Gaz. clin., S. Paulo, 1904, ii, 98-103.—Sandw itli ( F. M. ) Thymol as a vermifuge. Lancet, Lond., 1897, ii, 659.—Schmidt ( E. VV.) Der baktericide Wert des Thymols. Ztschr. f. phv- siol. Chem., Strassb., 1910, lxvii, 412-432.—Seidell (A*.) Solubilitv and distribution coefficients of thvmol. Am. Chem. J., Bait., 1912, xlviii, 453-467.—Simonetta i I,.) Dell' azione microbicida comparata del timolo dell' acHo borico. Cong, internat. d'hyg. et de demog. C.-r. et mem. 1894, Budapest, 1896, ii, 490-493. Also, Reprint.— Usui (R.) Ueber die Bindung von Thymol in roten Blutzellen. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem..Strassb., 1912, lxxxi, 175-184.—de Visscher (C.) Communication sur l'em- ploi du thymol a la clinique chirurgicale deGand. Bull. Soc. de med. de Gand, 1879, xlvi, 60. Also, Reprint.— Zdarek (E.) Eine Methode zur maassanalytischen Be- stimmung des Thymols. Ztschr. f. anal. Chem., Wiesb. 1902, xii, 227-231. Thymomel. Kucera (J.) O lecebnem ucinku prseparata Thymo- mel scillse. [On the medicinal properties of . . .1 Lek. rozhledy, Praha, 1907, xv, 413.— Winterbersj (J.) Er- fahrungen iiber Behandlung von Pertussis und Bronchi- tiden mit Thvmomel scillse. Pharmacol, u. therap. Rundschau, Wien, 1905, ii, 145-148. Thy moquinone. TThymoquluioneandhydrothvmoquinone. [Edit.] Pharm. Rev., Milwaukee, 1908, xxvi, 329-337. Thymotal. Pool (J. E.) Thymotal; a new remedy for ankylosto- miasis. Med. News, N. Y., 1901, lxxviii, 332. Also, transl.: Prakt. Geneesheer, Hertogenbosch, 1901,7. s., iii, 405-407. Thymus-death. See Thymus gland ( Hypertrophy of, Sudden death in). Thymus gland. See, alsa, Leukaemia (Causes, etc., of). Coopek (Sir A.) The anatomy of the thymus gland. 4°. London, 1832. Ghika (C) *Etude sur le thymus. 8°. Paris, 1901. -----. The same. 8° Kazakinoff (G. N.) Paris, 1901. * Anatomicheskiya [Anatomical data danniya glanduhe thymus. of . . .] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1899. Marvy (M.) *Contribu ion a I'etude du thy- mus. 8°. Lyon, 1903. Remmelin (J. C.) Historia anatomico-medica thymi. sm. 4°. Tubingx, 1679. Sokoloff(D. ) Thymus u chelovleka. [Thy- mus in man.] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1910. Bo vero (A.) Sui nervi della ghiandola timo. Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1899, 4. s., xlvii, 171-173.— Bridre (J.) & Piettre (M.) Infiltration du thymus par des substances minerales chez le veau. Bull. Soc. centr. de med. vet., Par., 1907, Ixi, 192-198.—Carmichael (F. A.) The thymus, gland. Kansas City, M. Index- Lancet, 1909, xxxii, 3-7.—Cruchet (R.) A propos de l'anatomie du thymus humain. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1909, cxlviii, 305. —Downes (R. M.) The thymus. Austral. M. J., Melbourne, 1911-12, n. s., i, 394; 405.—Dutoit (A.) Neue Ergebnisse der Thymusfor- schung. Cor.-Bl. f. Schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1912, xlii, 942-949.—Ha I lion (L.) & Morel (L.) L'innervation vaso-motrice du thymus. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1911, lxxi, 382. Also: J. de physiol. et de path, gen., Par., 1912, xiv, 1-6.—Haniinar (J.-A.) Ueber Thymus- gewicht und Thymuspersistenz beim Menschen. Compt. rend, de l'Ass. d. anat., Nancy, 1905, vii, 158. Also: Anat. Anz., Jena, 1905, xxvii, Ergnzngshft., 121-125. -----. Ueber die normalen Durchschnittsgewichte der mensch- lichen Thymusdruse. Vrtljschr. f. gerichtl. Med., Berl., 1909, xxxvii, 23-27. — Hart (C.) Thymusstudien. II. Die Thymuselemente. Virchmv's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1912, ccx, 255-277— Holmstrom (R.) Om forekomsten af fett eller fettliknande substanser i thymusparenkymet. [The appearance of fat or similar substances in parenchyma of the thymus.] Upsala Lii- karef. Forh., 1911-12, n. f., xvii, 241-262, 1 pl.—Hoyer (H.) jun. Grasica. [Thymus gland] Podr^cz. histol. eiata ludzk., Warszawa, 1901, 177-180. — Klein (A.) Neuere Arbeiten fiber die Glandula thymus; zusammen- fassendes Referat. Centralbl. f. allg. Path. u. path. Anat., Jena, 1898, ix, 679-711.— Krause (C.) Thymus. Arch, f. Anat., Physiol, u. wissensch. Med., Berl., 1837,6.— Latarjet (A.) & JJlurard (J.) La vascularisation arterielle du thymus. Lyon chirurg., 1911, vi, 493-501.— Ulatsunaga. Ueber die parenchymatosen Lymph- gefasse der Thymus. Ztschr. f. Anat. u. Entwcklngs- geseh., Leipz., 1910, 28-32, 1 pl.—Moorhead (T. G.) The thvinus gland. Practitioner, Lond., 1905, lxxv, 733- 742. — Nishluehi (J.) [The thymus gland.] Sei-i- Kwai M. J., Tokyo, 1904, xxiii, pt. 2, no. 264, 19-28 — Observatlones circa thymum. Bononiensi sc. et art. Inst, comment , Bononise, 1745, ii, pt. 1, 148-150.—Piga- ehe (R.) & AVorms (G.) Circulation du lobule thy- mique. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1910, lxxxv, 837-854.—Pratt (G.) The thymus gland. Detroit M. J.. 1910, x, 263-267.—Rlelrel (H.) & lie itlee (J.) Apropos de l'anatomie du thymus humain. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1909, cxlviii, 519.—Roneoni (LA Comment se comporte le thymus chez l'homme aux aiverses 6po- ques de la vie et en differentes conditions morbides. Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1910, liii, 262-270.—Schaffer (J.) Kritische Bemerkungen iiber einige neuere Thy- musarbeiten. Internat. Monatschr. f. Anat. u. Physiol., Leipz., 1894, xi, 167-176.—Severeanu (G.) Die Lymph- gef&sse der Thymus. Arch. f. Anat. u. Entwcklngsgesch., Leipz., 1909, 93-98. — Stohr (P.) Ueber die Thymus. Sitzungsb. d. phys.-med. Gesellsch. zu Wurzb., 1905, 51-60. Thymus gland (Abnormities of). Bien (Gertrud). Ueber accessorische fhymuslappen im Trigonum caroticum. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1906, xxix, 325-329. -----. Ueber accessorische Thymuslappen im Trigonum caroticum bei einem Embryo von 17 mm grosster Liinge. Ibid., 1907-8, xxxi, 57-61.—Bourne- vllle. Comparaison entre les enfants normaux et les THYMUS. 204 THY MIS. Thymus gland (Abnormities of). enfants anormaux au point de vue de la persistance ou de l'absenee du thvmus. Recherches clin. et therap. sur l'epileps. [etc.] 1899, Par., 1900, xx, 164-166. -----. Statis- tique sur la persistance ou l'absenee du thymus chez les enfants anormaux. Ibid., 1900, Par., 1901, xxi, 124-129.- Clark (A ) A case of absence of the thymus gland in an infant Lancet, Lond., 1896, ii, 1077.—t'osta (T.) & ftll"-liue«,i i <'.) Persistenza anormale del timo. Gazz. internaz. di med., Napoli, 1909, xii, 469.—Fischer (E.) Eine persistirende Thymus. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1901, xix- 113-115 —Fontan(('.j Thymusdeformeanormale;volu mineux thvmus aecessoire. Bu.ll. Soc. de med. du nord 1911 Lille, 1912, 203-206. Also: Echo med.du nord, Lille, 191l' xv, 361— Gluck IT.) Thymus persistens bei Struma hvperplastiea. Verhandl. d. Berl. med. Gesellsch. (1894), 1895, xxv, pt. 2, 95-10'.. [Discussion], pt. 1,92.— Harmaii iN. B.) Socia thymi cervicalis and thymus acces-i'iiu^ .1 Anat.& Phvsiol., Lond., 1901-2, xxxvi. 47- 53. Also: Brit. M. J., Lond., 1901, ii, 1072— Tlilian. Persistance chez 1'adulte du thymus avec corpuseules de Hassall. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1905, lx*x 487.—Sharp (E. W.) A case of persistent aber- rant'thvmus. Lancet, Lond., 1906, i, 436.—Versari (R.) Permanenza del tubo timico in individuo adulto con timo ancora ben sviluppato. Bull. d. Soc. Lancisiana d. osp. di Roma, 1897, xvii, fasc. 2, 87-91. Thymus gland (Cancer of). See Thymus gland (Tumors of, Cancerous, etc. ). Thymus gland (Chemistry of). See Thyamin; Thymacetine; Thymin; Thymus gland (Physiological functions of). Thymus gland (Diseases of). See, also, Syphilis (Congenital, Manifestations of); Thymus gland (Hypertrophy of); Thymus gland (Involution of); Thymus gland (Physio- logical fund ions of); Thymus gland (Tuberculosis of); Thymus gland (Tumors of). Fischer (0.) * Beitrage zur Pathologie der Tlivmusdriise. 8°. Berlin, 1896. Also, in: Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1896, Iii. 313-329.— Also, in: Arb. a. d. chir. Klin. d. k. Univ., Berl., 1897, xi, 1-17. Hennig (C.) Die Krankheiten der Thymus- driise. 8°. Tubingen, 1893. Also [Abstr.J, in: Wien. med. BL, 1894, xvii, 39; 52. Schraube (C.) *Die Beziehungen der Thy- musdriise zum Morbus Basedowii. 8°. Miin- ehen, 1908. Triesethau (W. ) *Die Thymusdriise in normaler und pathologischer Beziehung. 8°. Halle a. S., 1893. Tcve ( E. ) * Ueber die sogenannten Du- bois' schen Thymusabseesse. 8°. Leipzig, 1904. Bate (R. A.) Abscess of the thymus gland; reportof case. Kentucky M. J., Bowling Green, 1909-10, viii, 1217.— Beebe (S. P.) The thymus gland. Mod. Treatment (Hare), Phila. & N. Y., 1911, ii, 498 — Biedert. Leber Thymusfunction und Thymuskrankheiten. Centralbl. f. Kinderh., Leipz., 1896, i, 223-231.—Bo sail q not (W. c.) Diseases of the thymus. In: Svst. Med. (Allbutt & Rol- leston),8°, Lond., 1909, v, 669-677. — Bracci (C.) Con- tributo alia istologia patologica del timo. Gior. ital. d. sc. med., Pisa, 1904,ii,353-359.—Chiari. Zurpathologischen Anatomie der Thymus. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1894, Leipz., 1895, lxvi, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 11—Dudgeon (L. S.) Pathology of the thvmus. Brit. M. J., Lond.. 1903, ii, 1533-1535. -----. A contribution to the pathology of the thymus gland. Tr. Path. Soc. Lond., 1903-4, lv, 151-203,1 pl., 1 1. Also: J. Path. & Bacterid., Edinb. &Lond., 1904-5, x, 173-210, 3 pl. —Durante (G.) Hemorragies et sclerose du thvmus chez les enfants nou- veau-nes. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1896,10. s., iii, 282-2S5.—Ehrhardt (O.) Die Erkrankungen der Thv- mus. In: Handb. d. prakt. Chir. . . . Bergmann [et al.'], 2. Aufl., 8°, Stuttg., 1902, ii, 370-372. Also, transl., in: Syst. Pract. Surg, (von Bergmann), 8°, N. Y. & Phila. 1904, n, 363-365. —Franeesconi ( E.) Ricerche spe- rimentali sulle alterazioni del timo nelle infezioni. Clin mod., Pisa, 1901, vii, 405. -----. Ricerche anatomo-pa- tologiche sulle alterazioni del timo nelle infezioni Ibid 1903, xlii, 69-89.—liebele. Zur Frage der Thvmuspersis- tenz bei Morbus Basedowii. Verhandl. d. d'eutsch Ge- sellsch. f. Chir., Berl., 1910, xxxix.pt. 2, 471-4*0—liii I- bertl CE.) Fisiologia e fisiopatologiadel timo. Pedia- tria, Napoli, 1911. 2. s., xix, S45-849.— Heel cuius (P ) Bidrag till thymuskortelns patologiska anatomi. Nord med. Ark., Stockholm, 1878, x, no. 24, 1-13, 2 pl. Also Reprint.—Ilcrxlicinier. Fettinfiltration der Thy- Thymus gland (Diseases of). mus. Verhandl. d. deutsch. path. Gesellsch., Jena, 1904, xv, Ergnzngshft., 258-261.—Jaeobi (A.) Contributions to the anatomy and pathologv of the thvmus gland. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, Phila., 18X8, iii, 2".i7-319, 14 pl. Also, Reprint. — liubarseh. Die pathologische Bedeutung des Thymus. Jahresk.f.arztl. Eortbild., Munchen,1912,1. Hft., 56-70.—IiUcien(M.) Thymus et at hrepsie. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1908, lxiv, 559-561.—l.ucien (M.) &Parisot(J.) Le thymus dans les maladies de la pre- miere enfance. Rev. m6d de Test, Nancy, 1910, xlii, 299.— JNLarfan(A.-B.) i'athologiedu thymus. Arch.de med. d. enf., Par., 1910, xiii,801-s 17.—;TIensl(K.) II timo nelle in- fezioni. Pediatria, Napoli, 1904, 2. s., ii, 73-84. Also, Re- print.— Iflilko (V.) A Bascdow-thymusrol. Sebeszet, Budapest, 1910,1-1.— Okamoto (.1.) Zwei Fiille von Thy- musatrophie beim Inanitionstod kleiner Kinder. [Japa- nese text.] Ztschr. d. med. Gesellsch. zu Tokyo, 1897, xi, 924-929.—Orgler (A.) Ueber den Fettgehalt normaler und in regressiver Metamorphose befindlicher Thymus- driisen. Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.]. Berl., 1902, clxvii, 310-318.—Pappenheinier (A. M.) A contribution to the normal and pathological histology of the thymus gland. J. Med. Research, Bost., 1910, xxii, 1-73, 4 pl., 3 tab.—Pedrazzini (F.) Degenerazione lacunare del timo ed asma di Richa-Kopp. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1908, xxix, 747-754—Plgaohe (R.) & Worms (G.) Les de- gerierescences cellulaires du thvmus. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1910, lxxxv, 854-882.—Regaud (('.) A Cremieu (R.) Sur la suppression dennitive du tissu thymique par la rontgentherapie. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1912, lxxii, 523-525.—Ribbert (H.) Die Ent- wicklungsstorung der Thymusdriise bei kongenitaler Lues. Frankfurt. Ztschr. f. Path., Wiesb., 1912, xi, 209- 218.—Roger (H.)& lihika (C.) Recherches sur l'ana- tomie normale et pathologique du thymus. Cong, in- ternat. de med. C. r., Par., 1900, sect, de path, gen., 219- 224. Also: J. de physiol. et de path, gen., Par., 1900, ii, 712-716.—Rolleston (H.D.) The diseases and primary tumours of the thymus gland. Clin. J., Lond., 1898-9, xiii, 177-184. Also, Reprint.—Sabbatini (G.) Fisio- patologia del timo in rapporto speeialmente colle malat- tie infantili. N. raccoglitore med., Imola, 1904, iii, 310; 410; 494.—Salvatore (D.) Sulle alterazioni cadave- riche degli elementi del timo. Riforma med., Palermo- Napoli, 1904, xx, 1131-1133.—Siegel (E.) Ueber die Pathologie der Thymusdriise. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1896, xxxiii, 887-891.—Smith (A. J.) Histologic changes encountered in the thymus and elsewhere in a case of congenital hypotonia. Proc. Path. Soc. Phila., 1905, n.s., viii, 117-124. Also: Univ. Penn. M. Bull., Phila., 1905-6, xviii, 206-210.—Stokes (W. R.) Bull rah (J.) & Roll- rer (C. W. G.) The relation of the thvmus gland to ma- rasmus. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1902, n. s.,cxxiv,847-864.— Trischitta (V.) Iltimonellapatologiaenellaterapia. Clin. med. ital., Milano, 1899, xxxviii, 465-172.—Inner (L.) Status thymico-lymphaticus bei einem Neugebore- nen. [Diskussion.] Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f. inn. Med. u. Kinderh. in Wien, 1911, x, 190.—Vinogradott"(N. F.) Myxoma glandulae thymus v rannem dletskom vozrastle. [. . .in young childhood.] Russk. arch, patol., klin. med. i bakteriol., S.-Peterb., 1897, iii, 41-48, 1 pl. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Ibid., 64.—Warthin (A. S.) Diseases of the thymus. In: Mod. Med. (Osier), 8°, Phila. & N. Y., 1908, iv, 779-807, 3 pl.—Weber (E.) A propos de la patho- logie du thymus. Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1901, xxi, 440.— Weynieersch (A.) Lesions du thy- . mus obtenu a la suite d'injections d'un s^rum thymb- toxique. Bull. Soc. d. sc. med. et nat. de Brux., 1908, lxvi, 206-210. Also: J. med. de Brux., 1909, xiv, 38-40.— Wiesel (J.) The anatomy, physiology, and pathology of the chromaffin system, with special reference to Addi- son's disease and status thymicus. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1905, 15. s.,ii, 288-306,4 pl. -----. Pathologiedes Thymus. Ergebn.d.allg.Path.u path. Anat.[etal 19H. Wiesb., 1912, xv,2. Abt,416-782.—Winkler (K.) Zur Pathologie der Thymusdriise. Verhandl. d. deutsch. path. Gesellsch., Jena, 1909, 266-268. Thymus gland (Effect of Bontgen rays upon). See Thymus gland (Involution of). Thymus gland (Embryology of). Schambacher (A.) * Ueber die Persistenz von Drii enkanulen in der Thymus und ihre Beziehung zur Entstehung der Hassallschen Korperchen. [Strassburg.] 8°. Berlin, 1903. Also, in: Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1903, clxxii, 368-394,1 pl. Anikiyeflf*(A. P.) Material! k voprosu of obrazovanii venae anonymse sin. i razvitiye gl. thymus u krota i u koshki. [Formation of the left innominate vein and de- velopment of the thvmus gland in the male and cat.] Izviest. Imp. Vovenrio-Med. Akad., S.-Peterb., 1909, xix, :-;-l.-..—Board (j.) The development and probable func- tion of the thymus. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1893-4, ix, 476- 1x6—Bell 'E. T.) The development of the thymus. THYMUS. 205 THYMUS. Thymus gland (Embryology of). Am. J. Anat.. Bait., 190.5-6, v, 29-62. 3 pl.—Bryoc (T. H.) Note on the development of the thymus gland in Lepido- siren paradoxa. J. Anat. & Physiol., Lond., 190.5-6, xl, 91-99—Collin (R.) & Irncien (M.) Sur revolution ponderale du thymus chez le hetus et chez l'enfant. Bibliog. anat., Par. & Nancy. 1906. xv, 24-38.-----------. Nouveaux documents relatifs a revolution ponderale du thymus crezle foetus et chez l'enl'ant. Compt. rend. Soe. de' biol., Par., 1905, lix, 71t; — Bustin (A.-P.) L'origine et la signification des cellules "myoiides" et "epitheloi- des" du thymus. J. med. de Brux., 1908, xiii, 414-417.— Fritsohe"(E.) Die Entwickelung der Thymus bei Selaehiern. Jenaische Ztschr. f. Naturw., Jena, 1910, xlvi, 77-112. -----. Die Entwicklung der Thymus bei Spinax niger. Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1909, xxxv, 85-93.— Grosohutt"(K.) Ueber das Vorkommen eines Thy mus- segmentes der vierten Kiementasche beim Menschen. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1900, xvii, 161-170.—Hamniar (,J. A.) Zur Histogenes und Involution der Thymusdriise. Ibid., 1905, xxvii, 23; 41.—Hanson (R.) Ueber die Entwicke- lung der Parathyreoideae accessorise und der Thymus beim Kaninchen. Ibid., 1911, xxxix, 545-570.—Luvien. A propos de la genese des corpuscules de Hassal dans le thymus humain. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1909, lxvii, 841-s43 — Tlagni (S.) Ueber einige histologische Untersuchungen der normalen Thymusdriise eines 6mo- natlichen und eines reifen Fotuv Arch. f. Kinderh., Stuttg., 1903-4, xxxviii, 14-17 —.llaximow (A.) Un- tersuchungen iiber Blut und Bindegewebe. II. Ueber die Histogenese der Thvmus bei Saugetieren. Areh. f. mikr. Anat., Bonn, 1909," lxxiv, 525-621, 3 pl. -----. Un- tersuchungen iiber Blut und Bindegewebe. IV. Ueber die Histogenese der Thymus bei Amphibien. Ibid., 1912, lxxix, 1. Abt., 560-611, 3 pl. -----. Untersuchungen fiber Blut und Bindegewebe. V. Ueber die embryonale Ent- wicklung der Thymus bei Selaehiern. Und., lxxx. 1. Abt., 39-88. 5 pl.—Jleusl i E.) Ricerche d' istologia fisiologica sul timo fetale. Atti d. Cong, pediat. ital. 1901, Firenze, 1902, iv, 385.— Nusbaum < I. > A Pryniak (,T.) Zur Entwickelungsgeschichte der lymphoiden Elemente der Thymus bei den Knochenfischen. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1901, xix, 6-19.—Prenant (A.) Recherches sur le de veloppement organique et histologique des derives bran- chiaux. Compt. rend. Soe. de biol., Par., 1893, 9. s., v, 516-549.— Primak (F.) Prichinki do istorii rozvitku i involyutsii zhelyozi thymus u rib kistnoskeletnikh (Teleostei). [History of the development and involution of the thymus gland in . . .] Zbirn. mat.-prir.-1'ik. sekts. [etc.], Lvov, 1900-1901, vii, pt. 2, no. 3,1-26,1 pl.—Ruben (R.) Zur Embryologie der Thymus und der Parathy- reoidea beim Meerschweinchen. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1911, xxxix, 571-593.—Stohr (P.) Ueber die Abstammung der kleinen Thymusrindenzellen. Anat. Hefte, Wiesb., 1910, xii, 105-124.—Zotternian (Agnes). DieSchweine- thymus als eine Thymus eeto-entodermalis. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1911, xxxviii, 514-530. Thymus gland (Ere is ion of). See, also, Thymus gland (Hypertrophy of, Treatment of, O/ierative). Bascli (K.) Ueber Ausschaltung der Thymusdriise. Verhandl. d. Versamml. d. Gesellsch. f. Kinderh. . . . deut—h. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1902, Wiesb., 1903, 239. -----. Leber die Ausschaltung der Thvmusdruse. Jahrb. f. Kinderh., Berl., 1906, lxiv, 285-335, 11 pl.—Chalochet. Un cas de thvmectomie chez un enfant de deux mois. [Rap. de Walther. ] Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1912, n. s., xxxviii, 576-5xo.—Lorthivir. Enfantoperee de thymectomie. J. de chir. et aim. Soc. beige de chir., Brux., 1911, xi, 298.—Soliwinn. Relation d'un cas d'extirpation du thymus avec resection de la glande thyro'ide hypertrophiee chez un enfant age de vingt-trois jours. Clin. prat. . . . mal. d. yeux, du larynx [etc.], Par., 1909, v, 33-35.—Veau (V.) Chirurgie du thymus. Bull. Soc. de pediat. de Par., 1909, xi, 129-111. Also: Gaz. d. mal. infant, [etc.], Par., 1909, xi, 75-79.—Veau (V.) & Olivier (E.) Ablation du thvmus. Ann. de m£d. et chir. inf., Par., I'.tn'j. xiii. 623; 664. Also: Bull. Soc. de pediat. de Par., 1909, xi, 307-319. Also: Gaz. d. mal. in- fant, [etc.], Par.. 1910, xii, 9-13. Also: Arch, de med. d. enf.. Par.,1909, xii, 815-849. Thymus gland (Excision of Effectn of). See, also, Thymus gland (Physiological fune- tions of). Basili (K.) Ueber Ausschaltung der Thymusdruse. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1902, Leipz., 1903, ii, 2. Hlfte., 322. Also: Wien. klin. Wchn- schr., 1903, xvi, 893-896. -----. Zur Thymusexstirpation beim jungen Huhn. Monatschr. f. Kinderh., Leipz. u. Wien, 1908, vii, 541-545. -----. Bemerkungen zu Rudolf Fischl's Experimentelle Beitrage zur Frage der Bedeu- tung der Thymusexstirpation bei jungen Thieren. Zt-chr. f. exper. Path. u. Therap., Berl., 1905-6, ii, 195- I'.is— Carbone (T.) Esperienze sull' estirpazione della ghiandola timo. Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1897, 3. s., xiv, 561-568, 1 ch.— Cosentino (A.) Iper- T It y in lis gland (Excision of Effects of). leucocitosi e potere battericida neg'li animali timecto- mizzati. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1900, xxi, 1537.—Coz- zolino (O.) Intorno agli effetti dell' estirpazione del timo nei giovani conigli. Pediatria, Napoli, 1903, 2. s.. i, 144-156. -----. Deformazioni dello scheletro degli arti nei giovani conigli in seguito all' ablazionedel timo. Pe- diatria, Napoli, 1903, 2. s.,i, 620-624. —---. Risultati della stimizzazione nei giovani conigli. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1903, Padova, 1904', xiii, 230-232— Fisolil (R.) Experimentelle Beitrage zur Frage der Bedeutung der Thymusexstirpation bei jungen Thieren. Ztschr. f. ex- per. Path. u. Therap., Berl.. 1905, i, 388-407, 2 pl. -----. Ueber die Folgen der Thymusausschaltung bei jungen Huhnern. Verhandl. d. Versamml. d. Gesellsch. f. Kin- derh. . . . deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte, Wiesb., 1907, xxiv, 417-421. Also: Monatschr. f. Kinderh., Leipz. u. Wien, 1907, v, 329-333.—Gel Un (O.) Die Thymus nach Exstir- pation, bezw. Rontgenbestrahlung der Geschlechtsdrii- sen. Ztschr f exper. Path. u. Therap., Berl., 1910, viii, 71-91, 3 pi.—K lose (1!. i Ueber Thymusexstirpation und ihre Folgen. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Chir., Berl., 1910, xxxix, pt. 2, 379-395. Also: Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1910, xcii, 1125-1141.—Lm ion (M.) A Parisot (J.) Variations ponderales consecutives a la thymec- tomie chez le lapin. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.,'Par., 1908, lxv, 261.-----------. Modilieatioiis du poids de la thyro'ide apres la thymectomie. Ibid., 1909, lxvi, 406. -----------. Influence de la thymectomie sur la crois- sance. Mem. Soc. de med. de Nancy, 1907-8, 259. Also: Rev. med. de l'est, Nancy, 1908, xl, 757.—Matti (H.) Demonstrationen zur Wirkung experimenteller Aus- schaltung der Thymus. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1911, xii, 303-306. -----. Untersuchungen iiber die Wirkung experimenteller Ausschaltung der Thymus- driise; ein Beitrag zur Physiologie und Pathologie der Thvmus. Mitt. a. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir., Jena, 1911-12, xxiv, 664-821, 1 pl.—Pari (G. A.) Sulla causa della morte delle rane private dei timi. Atti r. Ist. Veneto di sc, lett. ed arti, Venezia, 1905-6, lxv, pt. 2, 799-822,1 pl. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1906-7, xlvi, 225-236. -----. Sulla diminuzione della resistenza alle infezioni, come causa della morte delle rane dopo 1' estirpazione dei timi. Gazz. d osp., Milano, 1905, xxvi, 321. Also, Reprint.—Paton (I). X.) The influence of removal of the thymus on the growth of the sexual organs J. Physiol., Lond., 1905, xxxii, 28-32.—Perrior (C.) Modifications histologiques de l'h\ pophyse et de la rate consecutives a la thymectomie; contribution a I'etude des glandes a secretion interne. Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1910, xxx, 839- 851.—Savelyeft" (N.) Ekstirpatsiya glandulse thymi i yeya vliyaniye na techeniye infekts'ionnikh bolleznel. [Extirpation of the thymus gland, and its influence on the course of infectious diseases.] Meditsina, St. Pe- tersb., 1895, vii,67-72.—Soil i U.) Comportamentodeites- ticoli negli animali stimiz/.ati. Policlin., Roma, 1906, xiii, sezz. med.. 529-534. Also, transl.: Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, lyof, xlvii, 115-122. -----. Modifications du developpement des os chez les animaux prives de thymus. Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1909-10, Iii, 217-224 — Tarn Hi (L.) Sugli effetti della estirpazione del timo. Atti d. xi. Cong. med. internaz., Roma, 1894, ii, fisiol., 19.—Vincent iS.) On the results of extirpation of the thymus glands. Proc. Physiol. Soe. Lond., 1903, xxx, p. xvi.—Vogt (H.) Idiotia thymica (Schwachsinn durch Thymusausschaltung). Ztschr. f. d. Erforsch. u. Be- handl. d. jugendl. Schwachsinns, Jena, 1910-11, iv, 548-559. Thymus gland (Extract of). See, also, Goitre (Exophthalmic, Treatment of) with thyroid and other animal extracts; Goitre (Treedment of) with thyroid and other animal extracts. Wolfram (M.) * Untersuchungen iiber die Wirkung der Extracte von lebensfrischer Thy- musdriise. [Bern.] 8°. Berlin, 1909. Abderhalden (E.) & Kashiwado (T.) Studien fiber die Kerne der Thymusdruse und Anaphylaxiever- suchemit Kernsubstanzen i Nuclooproteiden, Nucleinen und Nucleinsiiuren). Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1912, lxxxi, 285-293—AIbanese (G.) Influenza dell' estratto timico sulla cloronarcosi. Gior. internaz. d. sc. med., Napoli, 1906, n. s.. xxviii, 931-939.—Blckel (A.) Experimentelle Untersuchungen fiber den Ein- fluss der Thvmusfiitterung auf das Wachsthum junger Thiere. Med. Woche, Berl., 1901, 261-264.—Blondel (R.) Opotherapie thymique. Cong, internat. de med. C r Par., 1900, sect, de therap., 40-42.—Castaigne J.), Gouraud (F.-X.) & Parisot (J.) L'opothe- rapie thymique et parathvroi'dienne. J. med. franc., Par 1912, vi, 129-132.—Cohen (S. S.) The therapeutic uses'of the thvmus gland. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1900, xxxv, 421^424. A/so. Reprint.—Colin (T.) Beitrag zur Kenntniss des Stoffweehsels nach Thymusnahrung. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem.. Strassb., 1898, xxv, 5U7-510.— THYMUS. 206 THYMUS. Thymus gland (Extract of). Cruchet. L'extrait glycerine de thymus dans la mvopathie primitive pseudo-hypertrophique. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. . . . de Bordeaux, 1901, xxii, 64-67. — Goliner. Ueber Extractum thymi Kern. Aerztl. Rundschau, Munchen, 1905, xv, 159.— Gwyer ( F. ) Thymus gland treatment of certain disease: Goitre, arteriosclerosis, rheumatoid arthritis, haemor- rhoids, cystic tumor of breast, pulmonary tuberculo- sis, cancer; a report of experimental work. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1910, xci, 373-377. — Kerley ( C. G. ) & Boo bo ( S. P. ) A case of delayed development in a boy treated with thymus gland. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1912, cxliv, 219-221. Also: Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1912, lxvi, 154-156. — M'Laehlan (W.) A contribution to the study of the excretion of allantoin in thymus feeding. Proc. Roy. Soc. Ed- inb., 1905-6, xxvi, 95-106. — JTIarcolongo ( G. ) Studio clinico-sperimentale di opoterapia colla glan- dola timo nella clorosi e in forme analoghe della fanciullezza. Pediatria, Napoli, 1903, 2. s., i. 808- 832. — ftleitner ( W. ) Ueber Extracta thvmi sac- charata. Kinderarzt, Leipz., 1904, xv, 169-173. — ITIi- kulioz ( J. ) Ueber Thymusfutterung bei Kropf und Basedow'scher Krankheit. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1895, xxxii, 342-346. Also, Reprint. — Minkowski ( O.) Ueber Stoffwechselprodukte nach Thymusfutte- rung. Verhandl. d. Cong. f. innere Med., Wiesb., 1898, xvi, 271-274. Also: Centralbl. f. innere Med., Leipz., 1898, xix, 500. — Parisot ( J. ) Action de l'extrait de thymus sur la pression arterielle. Compt rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1908, lxiv, 749. — Pigaohe ( R. ) & Worms (G.) Considerations sur le produit d'ela- boration du thymus. Bull, et m^m. Soc. d'anthrop. de Par., 1912, 6. s., iii, 50-56. — Popper (R.) Ueber die Wirkungen des Thymus-Extraktes. Sitzungsb. d. k. Akad. d. Wissensch. Math.-naturw. Kl., Wien, 1905, cxiv, 3. Abt., 539: 1906, cxv, 3. Abt., 201. — Sveil la (K.) Experimentelle Untersuchung iiber die Einwir- kung des Thymussaftes auf den Kreislauf. Wien. med. Bl., 1896, xix, 149. -----. Ueber die Einwirkung des Thymussaftes auf den Blutkreislauf und fiber die so- geriannte Mors thymica der Kinder. Ibid., 723; 740: 757: 776; 791; 806; 821. -----. Ueber den Einfluss des Thymus- Extraktes auf den Blutkreislauf. Med. BL, Wien, 1906, xxix, 505; 517.—Vinoent (S.) On the physiological effects of extracts of thymus. Proc. Physiol. Soc. Lond., 1903, xxx, p. xvii.—Zarzi (0.) La terapia timica nel morbo di Basedow infantile. Pediatria, Napoli, 1903, 2. s., 868-882. Thymus gland (Histology of). Pitzobno (M.) Contributo all' istologia del timo. 12°. ' Sassari, 1896. Weissenberg (R.) * Ueber die quergestreif- ten Zellen des Thymus. 8°. Berlin, [1907]. Also, in: Arch. f. mikr. Anat., Bonn, 1907, lxx, 193-226, lpl. Cheval (M.) Recherches sur les lymphocvtes du thymus. Bibliog. anat., Par. & Nancy, 1907-8, xvii, 189- 201.—Claccio (C.) Ricerche istologiche e citologiche sul timo degli uccelli. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1906, xxix, 597- 600.— Cruohet (R.) Macroscopie du thymus chez l'en- fant. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1901, lxxvi, 369- 371.—Dustin (A. P.) L'origine et la signification des cellules "myoides" et "epitheloides" du thymus: note preliminaire. Bull. Soc. d. sc. med. et nat. de Brux., 1908, lxvi, 88-98.—Hammar (J. A.) Ueber die Natur der kleinen Thymuszellen. Arch. f. Anat. u. Ent- wcklngsgesch., Leipz., 1907, 83-100.—Holiiistrom (R.) Ueber das Vorkommen von Fett und fettahnlichen Subs- tanzen im Thymusparenchym. Arch. f. mikr. Anat., Bonn, 1911, lxxvii, 1. Abt., 323-345, 1 pl.—Jolly (J.) & Levin (S.) Sur les modifications histologiques du thy- mus a la suite du jeune. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1911, lxxi, 374-377.-----------. Evolution des corpus- cules de Hassall dans le thvmus de l'animal jeuneur. Ibid.. 1912, lxxii, 642-644.— Klirstelner (W.) Epithel- korperchen und Thymusstrang beim Menschen. Cor.- Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1900, xxx, 638-640.—Le- tulle (M.) & Nattan-Larrier. Identification de certains elements constitutes du thvmus; le corpuscule de Hassall. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1902,11. s., iv, 485.----------. Identification de certains elements constitutifs du thymus; les elements a protoplasma baso- phil homogene. Ibid., 619.—Marcus (H.) Ueber die Thymus; Lebenslauf einer Thvmuszelle. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1907, xxx, Ergnzngshft., "237-248.—Mietens (H.) Zur Kenntnis des Thymusreticulum und seiner Bezie- hungen zu dem der Lymphdrfisen, nebst einigen Bemer- kungen uber die Winterschlafdriise. Jenaische Ztschr. f. Naturw. Jena, 1908, xliv, 149-192, 2 pl— Jlorand. Re- cherches anatomiques sur la structure et l'usage du thy- mus. Hist. Acad. roy. d. sc.1759, Par., 1765, 525-537, 3 pl.— Pappenhelmer (A. M.) Striated cells in the fetal thymus, proc. N. York Path. Soc, 1909-10, n. s., ix, 106.— ' Thymus gland (Histology of). Pensa (A.) OsseiVazioni a proposito di una partico- larita di struttura del timo. Boll. d. Soc. med.-chir. di Pavia, 1902, 188-202, 1 pl. Also: R. Ist. Lomb. di sc. e lett. Rendic, Milano, 1912, 2. s., xxxv, 799-810, 1 pl. -----. Ancora a proposito di una particolarita di struttura del timo ed osservazioni sullo sviluppo del timo negli anfibii anuri. Boll. d. Soc. med.-chir. di Pavia, 1901, 65-79, 3 pl. -----. Osservazioni sulla struttura del timo. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1905, xxvii,529-541.—Pigaehe(R.) & \Vorms(G.) Considerations sur l'gtat histoTogique du thymus. Arch. d'anat. micr., Par., 1910-11, xii, 289-331, 2 pl.—Prenant iA.) Notes cytologiques. Ibid., 1897, i, 82-106, 1 pl.— •rymak (T.) Beitrage zur Kenntnis des feineren Baues und der Involution der Thymusdruse bei den Te- leostiern. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1902, xxi. 164-177.—Re- gaud (C.) & Creinleu (R.) Donnees relatives aux petitescellulesou lymphocytesduparenchyme thymique, d'apres les r&sultats de la rontgenisation du thymus, chez le chat. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1912, lxxii, 253- 256.—Salkind (J.) Sur l'organisation du thymus. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1912, xii, 145-155.—Schaffer (J.) Ue- ber den feineren Bau der Thymus und deren Bezie- hungen zur Blutbildung. (Vorlauflge Mittheilung.) Sitzungsb. d. k. Akad. d. Wissensch. Math.-naturw. CI., Wien, 1893, cii, 336-341. Also, Reprint. -----. Ue- ber die Thymusanlage bei Petromyzon Planeri; zweite vorlauflge Mittheilung iiber den feineren Bau der Thy- mus. Sitzungsb. d.k. Akad. d. Wissensch. Math.-naturw. CI., Wien, 1894, ciii, 149-156, 1 pl.—Schambacher (A.) Ueber die Persistenz von Driisenkaniilen in der Thymus und ihre Beziehung zur Entstehung der Hassallsehen Korperehen. Virchow's Areh. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1903, clxxii, 368-394, 1 pl—Sohrldde (H.) Die Bedeu- tung der eosinophilgekornten Blutzellen im mensch- lichen Thymus. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1911, lviii, 2593-2596.—Stohr (P.) Ueber die Natur der Thymus- Elemente. Anat. Hefte, Wiesb., 1906, xxxi, 407-457, 8 pl.— Tarulli (L.) & fuTarchesini (R.) Ricerche istolo- giche sul timo. Bull. d. Soc. Lancisiana d. osp. di Roma (1894), 1895, xiv, fasc. 1, 91-94, 2 pl.—Toyoluku (T.) Ueber das Vorkommen von Kiemenknorpel in der Thy- musder Ratte. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1910, xxxvii, 573-575. Thymus gland (Hypertrophy of). See, also, Status lymphaticus. von Bialy (K. L.) * Ueber Morbus Basedo- wii mit Thymus persistens. 8°. Greifswald, 1911. Blumenreich ( R. ) * Ueber die Thvmus- Diimpfung. 8°. Berlin, 1901. Heilner (E.) * Ueber einen Fall von Thy- mushypertrophie beim Erwachsenen. 8°. Miin- ehen, 1902. Hinrichs (W.) *Behinderung der Atmung und der Nahrungsaufnahme durch eine zu grosse Thymus bei einem 10 Wochen alten Kinde; Operation; Heilung. 8°. Leipzig, 1907. Hochsinger ( C. ) Stridor thymicus infan- tum; eine piidiatrisch-radiologische Studie. 8°. Wien, 1904. Luther (J.) * Ueber den heutigen Stand der Lehre von der Thymushyperplasie. 8°. Leipzig, 1900. Zhukovski (V. P.) Asthma thvmicum u die- tel. [. . . in children.] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1906. Albert-Well (E.) Trois nouveaux cas d'hypertro- phie du thymus traites et gueris par la radiothenipie. Bull. Soc. de pediat. de Par., 1912, xiv, 382-393, 2 pl.— Avlragnet. Adenopathie trachedbronchique et hyper- trophic du thvmus. Ibid., 1911, xiii, 126-134. Also: Bull. med., Par., 1911, xxv, 267. — Barbano ( C.) 11 timo e i tumori primitivi del mediastino anteriore. Pensiero med., Milano, 1912, ii, 701-705.—Barbier (H.) Contri- bution a I'etude pathologique de 1'hypertrophic du thy- mus; tirage thymique permanent et deformations thora- ciques. Bull. Soc. de pediat. de Par., 1909, xi, 37-48. Also: Arch, de med. d. em , Par., 1909, xii, 801-814.—Basch (K.) & Bolui (A.) Zum physikalischen Nachweise der Thvmus. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1911, xxxvii, 1843-1848. Also, transl.: Am. J. Dis. Child., Chicago, 1912, iii, 82-94. —Bluinenreieh (R.) Ueber die Thymus-Dampfung. Arch. f.path. anat. [etc.], Berl., 1900, clx, 35-74, 1 pl.—Boiiirs (T. R.) Percussion signs of persistent or enlarged thymus. Tr. Ass. Am. Physi- cians, Phila.,1911.xxvi.353-356. Also: Arch. Int. Med., Chi- cago, 1911, viii, 659-661.—Boit (H.) Ueber die Kompli- kation des Morbus Basedowi durch Status lymphaticus. Frankfurt. Ztschr. f. Path. Festschr. . . . J. C. Sencken- berg, Wiesb., 1907, i. 187-192.—Borehardt (L.) Ueber das Blutbild bei Erkrankungen der Driisen mit innerer THYMUS. 207 THYMUS. Thymus gland (Hypertrophy of). Sekretion und. seine Beziehungen zum Status thymico- lymphaticus. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1912, cvi, 182-204.—Braine (0.) Discussion on lymphatism. Proc. Roy. soc. Med., Loud., 1910, iii, Sect. Ansesthet.,45- 62.—Caillo (A.) Enlarged thvmus gland. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1902, xix, 354.—Carlyll (H. B.) The thymus gland and the status lvmphaticus. Guv's Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1910, lxiv, 1-37, 1 pl.—Carpenter (G.) Com- pression of the trachea by an enlarged thymus. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1909-10, iii, Sect. Stud. Dis. Child., 46-48.—Chatelln. Hypertrophic du thymus, spasme de la glotte; tetanie et rachitisme chez un enfant de 8 mois. Bull. Soc. de pediat. de Par., 1911, xiii, 177-184.— Cross- held (F. S.) Status lymphaticus. Boston M. & S. J., 1912, clxvi, 94— Cruehet (R.) Considerations sur l'hy- pertrophieet l'atrophiedu thymus. Progresinexl.,Par., 1910, 3. s., xxvi, 459.—Doneoke. Zur Druckwirkung der Thy- mus. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir..Leipz.,1909, xcviii,544-557.— Diseases associated with persistence and enlargement of the thvmus gland and general lvmphatic hyperplasia. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1898, xxx, 441.—Dutoit (A.) DieThvmushvpertrophie. Aerztl. Rundschau,Miinehen, 1912, xxii, 25-27.—Eschbaeh & Milhiet. Hypertro- phic du thymus. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1912, lxxxvii, 289.—Ferrand (M.) & Chatolin (C.) Note sur la valeur de l'examen radioscopique et radiogra- phique dans le diagnostic de l'hvpertrophie du thvmus. Bull. Soc. de pediat. de Par., 1911, xiii, 164-177. -----. La radiotherapie de l'hvpertrophie du thymus. Monde med., Par., 1912, xxii, 966-978.—Friedjurig (J. K.) Der Status lymphaticus: kritisehesSammelreferat. Centralbl. f. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir., Jena, 1900, iii, 465: 523; 587.— Callouen (M.) Au sujet de Panesthesiegenerale chez les malades atteints d'hypertrophic du thymus. Normandie med., Rouen. 1910, xxvi, 409-412.—Gasse (R.) Hyperplasie der Thymusdruse als Geburtshinderniss. Berl. tierarztl. Wchnschr., 1905, 421.—Gebele. Ueber experimentelle Versuche mit Basedowthymus. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tubing., 1911, lxxvi, 823-828.—trierke (E.) Die Persistenz und Hypertrophic der Thymusdruse bei Basedowscher Krankheit. Miinehen. med. Wchnschr., 1907, liv, 775-777.—Ginsburg (N.) Thoracic viscera of a case of thymic enlargement. Proc. Path. Soc. Phila., 1911, n. s., xiv, 82.—Goncharukoff (N.) O HassaP- evlkh kontsentricheskikh tlelakh zobnol zhelyozi; vre- mya ikh poyavleniya v zhelyozle, stroyeniye i dalnlel- shaya sudba. [On Hassal's concentric bodies in the thy- mus gland; time of their appearance, structure, and further fate.] Russk. arch, patol., klin. med. i bakteriol., S.-Peterb., 1896, ii, 674-6S8. 1 pl. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Ibid., 723.—Guinon & Moutler (F.) Syndrome com- plexe observe chez un nourrisson, paraissant en rapport avec 1'hypertrophie du thvmus. Bull. Soc. de pediat. de Par., 1912, xiv. 48.—Hall (A. R.) Status lvmphaticus. St. Paul M. J., St. Paul, Minn., 1912, xiv, 210^217.—Hart (C.) Thymuspersistenz und Thvmushyperplasie. Cen- tralbl. f. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir., Jena, 1909, xii, 321; 369; 401; 449; 481; 534. -----. Thymushyperplasie be, Morbus Addisonii. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1908, xxii 1119-1121.—Hochsinger (C.) Stridor congenitus und Thymushypertrophie. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1903, Leipz., 1904, ii, 2. Hlfte., 247-249. Also: Verhandl. d. Versamml. d. Gesellsch. f. Kinderh. . . . deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1903, Wiesb., 1904, xx, 61-64. Also: Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1903, xl, 922. Also, transl.: Rev. mens. d. mal. de l'enf.. Par., 1905, xxiii, 97-99. -----. Stridor thymicus infantum. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1903, liii, 2106; 2162; 2213. -----. Ein Fall von Stridor thymicus congenitalis. Ibid., 1910, lx, 1921-1923.— Jez(W.) Kilka s!6w o t. zw. "status thymicus." [On the so-called . . .] Przegl. lek., Krak6w, 1897, xxxvi, 249- 251.—Jones (Eleanor C.) Enlarged thymus in an in- fant. Ann. Gvnec. & Pediat., Bost., 1903, xvi, 594-597.— Kennedy (A. M.) Enlargement of the thymus; a re- markable case. Glasgow M. J., 1912, lxxvii, 31-37.— Kin so (H.) Neuere Thymusforschungen und ihre Be- deutung fiir die Kinder'heilkunde. Arch. f. Kinderh., Stuttg., 1910-11, lv, 1-51. -----. Weitere Fortschritte in der Erkenntnis und Behandlung der Thymus- stenose. Strassb. med. Ztg., 1910, vii, 233-236.—Koch (W.) Status lymphaticus mit persistierendem Thy- mus. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1911, xxxvii, 1102. -----. Basedowsche Krankheit mit Status thymus lymphaticus. Ibid., 1103.—Lar-be (K.) Du diagnostic de 1'hypertrophie thymique. Rev. mens, de gynec, d'obstet. et de pediat., Par., 1910, v, 250-264.— Lange (S.) X-ray therapy of enlarged thymus. Lan- cet-Clinic, Cincin., 1911, cv, 410-413.—L.aub (M.) Klini- sche Beitrage zur Lehre vom Status thymicus. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1899,xii, 1106-1110.—Lebedlnskl (I.I.) Hi- pertrofiya zobnol zhelyozi (thymus) i klinicheskoye yeya znacheniye dlya novorozhdennikh i grudnikh dletel. [Hypertrophy of the thymus gland, and its clinical impor- tance for new born and infants at breast.] Trudi Obsh. dietsk. vrach. v S.-Peterb., 1892-3, vii, 39^6.—Lenk (R.) Akute Leukamie und Diabetes insipidus bei Status thymi- cohypoplastieus. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1911, xxiv, 1130- 1132.—lierch (0.) Thymus enlargement associated with I Thymus gland (Hypertrophy of). nervous symptoms; a preliminary communication. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1909, lxxv, 391-393.—Linoli (O.) Sull' in- durimento del tessuto cellulare, complicato da ipertrofia della glandula timo. Gazz. tosc. d. sc. med.-fis., Firenze, 1852, x, 177-182.—liochte. Zur Kenntniss der epithe- lioiden Unwandlung der Thymus. Centralbl. f. allg. Path. u. path. Arvat., Jena, 1899, x, 1-8.—Lortat-Jaeob A Thaoii. Hypertrophic du thymus chez un adulte. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1905, lxxx, 472.—IiU- cien. Etude anatomo pathologique sur 1'hypertrophie du thymus. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1908, lxiv, 921-923.—Marian (A.-B.) Cornage congenital chro- nique; hypertrophic du thymus; svphilis hereditaire. Ann. de med. et chir. inf., Par., 1905, ix, 73-85. Also: Arch, internat. de laryngol. [ete.J, Par., 1905, xix, 372- 384. -----. Nouvelle forme de retreeissement de la trachee, par hypertrophic du thymus. J. de med. int., Par., 1909, xiii, 95-97.— Marro (G.) Sopra un caso di timo persistente in un uomo di 52 anni. Ann. di freniat. [etc.], Torino, 1901, xi, 339-344. Also: Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1905, 4. s., xi, 725-730.— Matti (H.) Ueber die Kombination von Morbus Basedowii mit Thy- mushyperplasie. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1912, cxvi, 425-487.— Maynard (J.) Status lymphaticus; definition. Iowa M. J., Des Moines, 1911-12, xviii, 72-76.— M6ry & Parturier. Un cas de dyspnee d'origine thy- mique avec un nouveau signed'hypertrophiedu thymus. Bull. Soc. de pediat. de Par., 1908, xi, 48-56.—Uloncke- berg. Persistierende hypertrophische Thymus bei Morbus Basedowii. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1907, xxxiii, 1278.—Musser (J. H.) & (Jllom (J. T.) A case of status lymphaticus. Tr. Coll. Phys. Phila., 1904, xxvi, 47-59.—Myers (A. W.) Congenital laryngeal stridor, apparently due to an enlarged thymus gland; re- port of a case. Wisconsin M. J., Milwaukee, 1908-9, vii, 133-142.—d'tElsnltz. Les reactions symptomatiques du thymus hypertrophic au cours de certaines maladies aigues. Cong, franc, de med. Compt. rend. 1910, Par., 1911, xi, 236-241. -----. Les hypertrophies thymiques latenteset les "petits signes" de 1'hypertrophie du thy- mus. Ann. de med. et chir. inf., Par., 1912, xvi, 86-90. Also: Bull. Soc. de pediat. de Par., 1911, xiii. 457-462. Also: Presse med. beige, Brux., 1912, lxiv, 106-110. -----. L'hypertrophie du thymus et radenopathie trachen- bronchique dans la premiere enfance; diagnostique cli- nique et radiologique. Bull. Soc. de pediat. de Par., 1911, xiii,304-321. -----. L'hypertrophieduthymus.sonroleen pathologie infantile. J. med. franc, Par., 1912, vi, 97-110. -----. Les signes cliniques de l'hypertrophie du thymus. Presse med., Par., 1910, xviii, 260-262. Also: Arch, de med. d. enf., Par., 1911, xiv, 189-202.—d'GElsuitz & Paschetta. Les caracteres de P image radioscopique dans l'hypertrophie du thymus. Bull. Soc. de pediat. de Par., 1911, xiii, 462-472.—Park (E. A.) & McGuire (W. C.) A criticism of two percussion methods for the diagnosis of the enlarged thymus. Arch. Int. Med., Chi- cago, 1912, x, 214-218.—Park (R.) The status lymphati- cus and the ductless glands. Buffalo M. J., 1905-6, Ixi, 21-23.—Pauehet (V.) Le thymus; son interetmedico- chirurgical; hypertrophic thymique; svmptdmeset traite- ment. Clinique, Par., 1910, v, 389-391.—Pende (N.) Contributo alio studio del cosi detto "status thymicus." Clin. med. ital., Milano, 1911, 1, 208-228.— Railliet (G.) Etat actuel de la question du thymus. Progres med., Par., 1909,3. s., xxv, 629-634.—Begaud (C.) &Cr€mieu (R.) Fondements experimentaux de la rontgentherapie appiiquee a l'hypertrophie du thymus. Arch. d'e4ectr. med., Bordeaux, 1912, xx, 4*1-499. -----. Le traitement roentgenien de l'hypertrophie du thymus; ses indications comparees a celles de la thvmeetomie. Lyon chirurg., 1912, vii, 544-567.—Ribadeau-Dumas (L.) & Weil (A.) Sur un cas d'hypertrophic du thymus traitee par la radiotherapie. Bull." et m6m. Soc. mecl. d. h6p. de Par., 1912,3.8., xxxiii, 431-140.—Sato (T.) [A case of tracheal pressure stenosis due to hypertrophy of thethymus.J Dai Nippon Ji-Ki-In-Ko-Kwa Kwai Kwai Ho, Tokyo, 1906, xii, 251-270.—Shkarin (A. N.) Hipertrofiya zobnol zhe- lyozi (asthma tbymicum). [Hypertrophy of the thymus gland . . .] Obshtshestvo Russk. Vrach. v pam. Piro- gova. Trudi . . . Syezda 1904, S.-Peterb., 1905, iii, 202- 211.—Stordeur (L.) & Francois (M.) Un cas de thymus persistant et fortement hypertrophic, compli- quant une maladie de Basedow. J. med. de Brux.,, 1908, xiii, 367-373.—Swyiighedauw & Durand. Etude clinique et therapeutique de Phyperplasie du thymus a propos de deux cas. Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1911, xv, 248-254. Also: Bull. Soc de med. du nord 1911, Lille, 1912, 87-106.—Symes(J. O.) Mvasthenia with enlargement of the thvmus gland. Brit. M.J., Lond., 1911, i, 133.—Tada G.) BeitragzurFragederThymushypertrophie. Jahrb. . Kinderh., Berl., 1905, Ixi, 162-173.—Tatschner (R.) Einige Bemerkungen zu C. Hochsingrers Aufsatz: Ueber den Stridor thymicus infantum. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1904, liv, 20-23.—Taylor (J. H.) Hypertrophied thy- mus and status lymphaticus; with report of cases. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1912, xcvi, 119-121.—linger ( L.) Beitrage zur Pathologie und Klinik der Neugeborenen. Status thymico-lymphaticus eines Neugeborenen. Beib). THYMUS. 208 THYMUS. Thymus gland (Hypertrophy of). z. *d. Mitt. d*. Gesellsch. f. inn. Med. u. Kinderh.in Wien,1912,xi,65-74. Also: Wien.med. Wchnschr.,1912,lxii, 1181-1186.—Veau (V.) Hypertrophic du thymus et ade- nites mediastinales. Bull. Soc. de pediat. de Par., 1911, xiii, 83-86. . A propos de l'hypertrophie du thymus etde i'adenopathietracheo-bronchique. Ibid.. 161-163.— Voivenel. Reins lobules coexistant avec un gros thymus. Languedoc med.-chir., Toulouse, 1907, xv, 109 — Warthin (A. S.) The pathology of thymic hyper- plasia and the status lymphaticus. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1909, xxvi, 597-617. Also: Univ. Mich. Contrib. Path. Lab., Ann Arbor, 1908-9, iv, no. 11.—Waterhouse (R.) Three cases of enlarged thvmus in infants. Brit. J. Child. Dis., Lond., 1911, viii, 254-258.—Weil (A.) & Gros (E.) Un nouveau casd'hvpertrophie du thymus traitC et gueri par la radiotherapie". Bull, et mem. Soc. de radiol. med. de Par., 1912, 'v, 243-247.—Weill (E.) Pehu (M.) Sur deux cas d'hy i. rtrophie thymique traites avec succes par la radiotherapie Lyon med., 1911, cxvii, 1448-1452. Thymus gland (Hypertrophy of, Sud- den death in). See, also, Death (sudden) in infants and chil- dren; Infants (New-born, Asphyxia, etc., of). Audebert (M.) *R61e de la persistance du thymus dans la genese de la syncope chloro- formique. 8°. Paris, 1909. Barack (H. [C. E. R. ]) * Ueber plotzlichen Tod durch Thymushypertrophie in gerichtlich- medicinischer Beziehung. 8°. Berlin, [1894]. Boxberger (G. A.) * Ueber die Beziehungen der hyperplasierten Thymusdriisen zum plotz- lichen Tode bei Kindern. [Kiel.] 8°. Wiirz- burg, 1903. Ducrot (J.) * De la mort subite chez les jeunes enfants par hypertrophic du thymus au point de vue medico-legal. 8°. Paris, 1901. Frank (Fanny). * Kasuistische Beitrage zur Mors thymica. [Zurich.] 8°. Bern, 1911. Haerttel (G.) *Zur Lehre vom Thymus- tode. 8°. Greifswald, 1910. Hammer (W.) *Thymuserkrankungen und Thymustod. [Freiburg i. B.] 8°. Berlin, 1903. Herbier (P.-N.) *De la mort chez l'enfant par hypertrophic du thymus; etude medico- iegale. 8°. Nancy, 1907. Kach (I.) * Ueber einen Fall von Thymus- tod. 8°. Munchen, 1911. Kaplan (L.) Bemerkungen zur normalen und topographischen Anatomie der Thymus mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der plotzlichen Todesfalle bei Thvmushvpertrophie. 8°. Ber- lin, 1909. Kiseleff (N. S.) Vnezapnaya smert novo- rozhdennikh pod vliyaniyem hipertrotii zobnol zhelyozi. [Sudden death of new-born due to hypertrophy of the thymus gland.] 8°. [S.- Peterburg, 1898.] Molders (H.) * Ueber Thymustod. 8°. Halle a. S., 1901. Otte (P.) *Ein Fall von Thymustod. 8°. Konigsberg i. Pr., 1903. Ozegowski (S. F.) * Ueber Thymustod. 8°. Greifswald, 1909. Piedecocq (J.-B.-P.-E.) * La mort subite des nourrissons par hypertrophic du thymus. 4°. Paris, 1894. -----. The same. 8°. Par-is, 1894. Schaeenberger (L.) * Des accidents asphy- xiques d'origine thymique chez le nourrisson. 8°. Lyon, 1910. Targhetta (J.-P.) Etude sur le thymus en- visage specialement au point do vue de la me- decine legale. 8°. Paris, 1902. Tsyrowitch (Catherine). * De la mort subite par hypertrophic de la glande thyroide et du thymus chez l'enfant. 8°. Geneve, 1905. Thymus gland (Hypertrophy <>f Sud- den death in). Vacher (A.) *Deux cas de mort subite par hypertrophic du thymus chez deux jeunes en- fants heredo-syphilitiques. 8°. Paris, 1911. Wiexs (P.) * Ueber den Zusammenhang zwi- schen plotzlichen Todesfiillen im Wasser und Ve- randerungen der Thymusdriise. 8°. Kiel, 1902. Avellis (G.) Epikrise eines Falles von nicht ganz plotzlichem Thymustod, verursacht durch (vicariirende) Thymus-Vergrosserung bei rudimentiir kleiner Milzan- lage. Areh. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1898, viii, 159- 167.—Azeina. Mort rapide chez un nourrisson par hy- pertrophic du thymus et mort subite chez un nourrisson atteint de pyodermite generalistie. Toulouse m6d., 1911, 2. s., xii, 30-35.—Baur (J.) Persistance du thymus dans un cas de mort subite. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1909, lxxxiv, 58.—Benedict (A. L.) Death in a child; status lymphaticus? Pediatrics, N. Y., 1905, xvii, 641.— Beneke. Zur Frage nach der Bedeutung der " Thy- mushyperplasie" fiir pldtzliehe Todesfalle im Kindesal- ter. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1894, xxxi, 216-220. -----. [Organe eines 2jahrigen, dem Thymustod erlegenen Kindes.] Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1909, lvi, 1209.— Berg (J.) Om tymus-dod. Hygiea, Stockholm, 1908, lxx, 271-281.—Bla'ke (J. A.) The surgical aspects of the status lymphaticus. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1902, xxxv, 745-757. — Blunier (G.) The relation of the status lymphaticus to sudden death, death under anaesthesia, and infection. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1903, xiv, 270-280,1 pl. Also: Pediatrics, N. Y., 1904, xvi, 22-46.— Bonnet (L.-M.) Thymus et mort subite. Province med., Lyon, 1899, xiii, 421; 435; 445. -----. Mort presque subite; hypertrophic du thymus. Bull. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Lyon, 1909, viii, 62-64. Also: Lyon med., 1909, cxii, 337.—Bradley (E. B.) A death under anesthesia due to status lymphaticus. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1910, liv, 1785.—Brelet (M.) La mort subite par hypertro- phic du thymus et l'etat lymphatique de Paltauf. Arch. g6n.de med., Par., 1907, i, 283-288. Also: Rev. de med. leg., Par., 1907, xiv, 136-141. —Bremner (S, K.) En- larged thvmus gland; convulsions; death. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1895, xii, 109—Bruce (H. A.) Status lympha- ticus as a cause of death under anaesthesia. Canada Lancet, Toronto, 1909, xlii, 818-823.—Burgl. Ein Fall von Thymustod, vermutlich durch Herzlahmung. Fried- reich's Bl. f. gerichtl. Med., Niirnb., 1902, liii, 43L437.— faille (A.) Sudden death of an infant six months old due to compression of large blood vessels by an enlarged thvmus gland. Tr. Am. Pediat. Soc, N. Y., 1902, xiv, 194. Also: Areh. Pediat., N. Y., 1903, xx, 180.— Caminiti (R.) Stato timico e cloronarcosi. Clin, chir., Milano, 1906, xiv, 1004-1014, 2 pl.—Carlo (B.) Contributo alio studio delle morti improvvise timiche in adulti. Policlin., Roma, 1909, xvi, sez. med., 508-517. —Carter (W. W.) Thymic tracheostenosis, with report of a fatal case. Manhattan Eye & Ear Hosp. Rep., N. Y., 1905, No. vi, 52-56. Also: Med. Rec, N. Y., 1904, lxv, 529-531.— Cassoute & Eiglier (H.) Asphyxie aigue mortelle par hypertrophie du thvmus chez un enfant de 18 jours. Marseille med., 1909, xlvi, 45-51. Also: Ann.de med. et chir. inf., Par., 1909, xiii, 109-113. Also: P6diatrie prat., Lille, 1909, vii, 46-48.— Cocks (G. H.) Sudden death due to enlarged thymus gland. Post-Graduate, N. Y., 1905, xx, 398-400, lpl.-----. Status thymo-lymphatieus and its relation to sudden death. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1910, xx, 719-730. Also: Manhattan Eye, Ear & Throat Hosp. Rep., N. Y., 1911, xii, 199-216. Also: N. York State J. M., N. Y„ 1910, x, 325- 330.—Coenen (H.) Ueber ein Lymphosarcom der Thy- mus bei einem sechsjahrigen Knaben. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1904, xliii, 443-450. Also: Arb. a. d. chir. Klin. d. k. Univ. Berl., 1906, xviii, 96-103. Also [Abstr.]: Ver- handl. d. Berl. med. Gesellsch. 1904, Berl., 1905, xxxv, 67.— Conrads. Ueber eine bisher noch nicht gewurdigte Ursache der plotzlichen Todesfalle im Kindesalter. Kinder-Arzt, Leipz., 1903, xiv, 57— < ozzolino (O.) Sui rapporti tra lo status lymphaticus e la morte improvvisa nei bambini. Boll. d. r. Accad. med. di Genova, 1906, xxi, 247-273. Also: Boll. d. clin., Milano, 1906, xxiii, 481-491. -----. Le morti improvvise nei bambini, a) Sulle morti improvvise cosidette timiche. Atti d. Cong, pediat. ital. 1911, Palermo, 1912, vii, 99-121. Also, transl.: Pediatrie prat., Lille, 1912, x, 217-227.—Danger of death from status lymphaticus in adenoidectomy. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1908, 1, 299.—Daukes (S. H.) Persistent thy- mus and sudden death. Brit. M. J.. Lond., 1909, i, 16.— Desehamps&Delestre. Mort subite; hypertrophie du thymus, chez un nourrisson. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1900, lxxv, 1027.—Dlstefano (S.) Osservazioni sul timo in rapporto alia medicina legale. Clin, mod., Pisa, 1904, x, 409-415.—Dixon (G. P.) A case of hyper- trophy of the thvmus gland, causing fatal pressure symp- toms. Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1898, xvii, 520. Also, transl.: Ann. de med. et chir. inf., Par., 1899, in, 175.— THYMUS. 209 THYMUS. Thymus gland (Hypertrophy of Sud- den death in). DoliniK) Ein Fall von Thymustod. Ztschr. f. Med.- Beamte, Berl., 1903, xvi, 121-124.—DU re k. [Zwei Fiille von Mors thvmica.] Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1911, lviii, 484.—Diitolt (A.) Die geschiehtlichen Grundlagen derThymusforsehung. Aerztl.Rundschau,Munchen,1912, xxii, 193.—Flevez (J.) Hypertrophie thymique chez un nouveau-ne, mort 36 heures apres sanaissanee. J. d.sc med. de Lille, 1911, ii, 586-58*. —Flligge (E.) Ueber die Bedeutung der Thymusdriise fiir die Erkliirung plotzlicher Todesfalle. 'Vrtljschr. f. gerichtl. Med., Berl., 1899, 3. F., xvii, 20-48. —Friedjung (J. K.) Erkrankungen der Thymusdruse. Handb. d. Kinderh. (Pfaundler u. Schlossmann), 8°, Leipz., 1906, ii, 394- 402. Also, transl.: Dis. child. . . . Pfaundler & Schloss- mann. Eng. transl., 8°, Phila. & Lond., 1908,iii, 426-134.— Furrer (A. F.) Status lymphaticus, with death under ether anesthesia. Cleveland M. J., 1906,v, 79-85.—Gang- bofner. Plotzliche Todesfalle im Kindesalter. Ver- handl. d. Versamml. d. Gesellsch. f. Kinderh.. .. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1902, Wiesb., 1903, 44-<>2. —Gaudier & Bertein. Asphyxie mortelle due au thymus non hy- pertrophic. Bull.etmeni. Soe.anat.de Par., 1911, lxxxvi, 128-131.—Grandmaire. Un cas de mort foudroyante; persistance du thymus. Arch, de m6d. et pharm. mil., Par., 1911, lvii, 343-348. — Griffith (J. P. C.) Sudden death and unexpected death in early life, with especial reference te the so-called thymus death. Tr. Ass. Am. Phvsicians, Phila., 1903, xviii, 235-253. Also: Am. Med., Phila , 1903, v, 9S9-994. Also, Reprint. -----. The so- called thymus death, with an account of seven cases of sudden death in one familv. Tr. Am. Pediat. Soc. 1909, N. Y., 1910, xxi, 128-140. Also: N. York M.J. [etc.], 1909, xc, 444-448.—Guibe (M.) & Ramadier (M.) Un cas demortpost-opCratoire rapide co'incidant avec un thymus hypertrophie. Ann.demed.etchir.inf., Par.,1912,xvi.454- 456. Also: Bull. Soc.de pediat. de Par., 1912,xiv, 187-190.— Guinon (L.) A Simon (L.-C-.) Mort subite par hyper- trophic du thvmus dune enfant de 8 mois |. Ann. de med. et chir.inf., Par., 1909, xiii, 96-102. Also: Bull. Soc. de pediat. de Par., 1908. x, 363-373. Also: Gaz. d. mal. infant, [etc.], Par., 1909, xi, 25-28.—Happel (W. H.) Thymus death; lymphatism. Albany M. Ann., 1903, xxiv,430-433.—Harbitz buseher. Fragliche Todesursache im Sauglingsalter. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1903, 1, 986-898.—Imnd (F. C.) Zum mechanischen Thymustod. Berl. klin. Wchn- schr., 1909, xlvi, 111.—M. (W. J.) Sudden death of an infant six months' old due to compression of large blood vessels by an enlarged thymus gland. Birmingh. M. Rev., 1903, n. s., ii, 535.—McGuire (E. R.) Status lym- phaticus; its relation to sudden death. Buffalo M. J., 1904-5, n. s., xliv, 232.—Macintyre (D. D. F.) Large thymus; sudden death Brit. M. J., Lond., 1908, i,1360.— Mader (M.) Status thymicus und Chloroformnarkose. Jahrb. d. bosn.-herceg. Landesspit. in Sarajevo 1894-6, Wien, 1898, 472-478.— Mair (W.) Enlarged thymus and sudden death. Med. Chron., Manchester, 1910-11, liii, 216-223,1 pl.—Marfan (A.-B.) Sur un cas d'asphyxie suraigue mortelle par hypertrophie du thymus chez une fillette de deux mois et demi. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1894, 3. s., xi, 361-366 Also: J. de clin. et de therap.inf.,Par., 1894,ii,493-496.—Martinez Vargas (A.) La glandula timo y las muertes repentinas de los ninos. Gac. med. de Granada, 1899, xvii, 433; 460. Also: Uni6n med., Lenda, 1899, iii, 158-164. — Massarl (G.) Contributo alia morte per ipertrofia del timo nei lattanti; perizia medico-iegale. Corriere san., Milano, 1902, xiii, 637-639.—Mich 1 (W.) Kasuistischer ReitragzumNarko- setode beim sogenannten Status thvinicus. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1907, lvii, 1600-1603.—Muss.y (J.) De la mort chez les enfants par hypertrophie du thymus. Med. mod., Par., 1893, iv, 62.—Nettel (H.) Ueber einen Fall von Thymustod bei Localanasthesie, nebst Bemeikungen iiber die Wahl des allgemeinen Anastheticum. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1904, Ixxiii, 637-642— Noguelra (R.) La anestesia cloroformica y el status linfaticus. Rev. rle med. y eirug. de la Habana, 1911, xvi, 255-261.— Norton (R.) The thvmus gland and its relation to sudden death in children. Phila. M. J., 1898, i, 249-253. Also, Reprint.— Olilmailier (A. P.) Status lymphati- cus; its significance in sudden death following serum in- jections and in the treatment of diphtheria. Detroit M. J., 1906, vi, 80-87.— Ollive. Hypertrophie du thymus; mort; considerations meclico-legales. Gaz. m6d. de Nantes, 1910, 2. s., xxviii, 62.—Parrish (P. L.) Report of death due to status lymphaticus. Pediatrics, N. Y., 1910, xxii, 178-182.—Pauchet (V.) Le thymus; son im- portance chirurgicale. Arch. prov. de chir.. Par., 1909, xviii, 40H04.—Penkert (M.) Ueber die Beziehungen der vergrosserten Thymusdruse zum plotzlichen Tode. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1902, xxviii, 810-813.—Perrin de la Tout-lie (E.) De l'hypertro- phie du thymus conside'ree comme obstacle & l'etablisse- ment de la respiration chez le nouveau-n6. Ann. d'hyg., Par., 1898, 3.s., xl, 557-561. -----. Morts suspects de deux jeunes enfants presentantde l'hypertrophie du thymus. Ibid., 1903, 1, 48-56. Also: Bull. Soc. seient. et med. de l'ouest. Rennes, 1903, xii, 182-191. Also: J. de med. de Par., 1903, 2. s., xv, 230-232. Also: Rev. de med. leg., Par., 1903, x, 165-170.—Phillips (S.) Case of fatal acute ill- THYMUS. 210 THYMUS. Thymus gland (Hypertrojdiy of Sud- den death in). ness in a child foom status lymphaticus. Proc. Rov. Soc. Med., Lond., 1907-8, i, Clin. Sect,, 75-80. Also: Clin. J., Lond., 1907-8, xxxi, 2*5-287.—Plauehu & Kendu (R.) Hypertrophie et suppuration du thymus chez un nour- risson mort subitement. Lyon med., 1910, cxiv, 1300- 1303.—Ploc (C.) Ein Beitrag zum Thymustod. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1900, xxv, 693; 606. — Proebsting. Demonstration eines Praparates von Thymushyperplasie bei einem an inspiratorischem Stridor gestorbenen Kinde. Verhandl. d. Ver. suddeutsch. Laryngol. 1894-1903, Wiirzb., 1904, 354-357.—Kabe. Hypertrophie du thy- mus, chez un enfant de 2 mois i et mort en 3 jours, au milieu d'accidents dvspneiques. Bull. Soc. anat.de Par., 1897, lxxii, 833-837.—Baniolno (G. B.) Timo e morte timica. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1899, xx, 1147-1151— Helm (L.) Die Thymusstenose und der Thymustod. Ver- handl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Chir., Berl., 1906, xxxv, pt. 2, 364-391. [Discussion], pt. 1, 69. Also, transl.: Med. de los niflos, Uarcel., 1907, viii, 296-298. Also: Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1906, lxxx, 468-495. Also: Cong, inter- nat. de med., Lisbonne, 1906, xv, sect. 9, 336-356. Also: Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1906, liii, 1134; 1182.—Kicli (H. M.) & Luce (H. A.) Report of a case of sudden death in an infant having an enlarged thymus gland with three lobes. J. Mich. M. Soc, Detroit, 1908, vii, 334.—Bichardson (O.) A case of sudden death asso- ciated with status lymphaticus. Boston M. & S. J., 1905, clii, 280.—Rieliter". Plotzliche Todesfalle im Kindes- alter. Verhandl. d. Versamml. d. Gesellsch. f. Kinderh. . . . deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1902, Wiesb., 1903, 63-73. [Discussion], 81.—Robinson (R.) La mort subite des enfants "par le thymus" (Thymustod) et dans l'anesthe- sie chloroformique. Clinique, Par., 1909, iv. 148-150. Also: Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1907, cxlv, 1229-1231 — Roniine (R.) De l'hypertrophie du thymus dans la mort subite des nourrissons. Gaz. hebd. de med., Par., 1894, xii, 218-221.—Boos (E.) Om thymus-kortelns me- dico-legala betydelse sasom orsak till plotslig dod hos sm& barn. [Un cas peu commun de mort subite chez un enfant de trois mois a cause de l'hypertrophie du thymus (abces). Res., p. lvii.] Finska liik.- sallsk. handl., Helsingfors, 1900, xlii, 677-682.—Rootli (J.) Death from enlarged thymus gland. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1906, i, 737. — Rzhechkovskl (G. I.) Iz sudebno-meditsinskol praktiki; [smert 4-nedlelnoI dle- , vochki ot opukholi zobnol zhelyozi]. [Medico-forensic practice; death of a 4-weeks-old girl from tumor of thy- • mus gland.] Ejened. jour. "Prakt. med.," St. Petersb., . 1900, vii, 31 — Seydel (C.) Die Bedeutung der Thymus- hypertrophie bei forensischen Sectionen. Vrtljschr. f. gerichtl. Med., Berl., 1893, 3. F.,v, 55-61. -----. Zur Frage iiber den plotzlichen Tod bei Thymushyperplasie. Ibid., 1898, 3. F., xvi, 244-251—Sieradzkl (W.) Ueber Thy- mustod. Friedreich's Bl. f. gerichtl. Med., Niirnb., 1899, 1, 283-309.—Simon & d'CElsnitz. Mort subite par hy- pertrophie du thvmus. Bull. Soc. de pediat., Par., 1902, iv, 26-32.—Smith (M. S.) A ease of "thymic death." Lancet, Lond., 1908, ii, 1369. — Ssokolow (D.) Mors thymicaet Asthma thymicum bei Kindern. Arch.f. Kin- derh., Stuttg., 1912, lvii, 1-50.—Status lymphaticus and sudden death. [Edit.] Brit. M. J., Lond., 1908, i, 223.— " Status lymphaticus" as a cause of death under anaes- thesia. Med. Times, Lond., 1909, xxxvii, 767^769.—von Sury (K.) Ueber die fraglichen Beziehungen der soge- . nannten Mors thy mica zu den plotzlichen Todesfallen im Kindesalter. Vrtljschr. f.gerichtl. Med., Berl., 1908, 3. F., xxxvi, 88-135.—Tail lens. Surlamort, chez les enfants, par hypertrophie du thymus. Rev. med. dela Suisse Rom., Geneve,1901, xxi.345-365—Takayama(M.) Ueber Thy- mustod. Mapanese text.] Mitt. d. med. Gesellsch. zu Tokyo, 1900, xiv, 9-35,1 tab. —:—. Ueber den zweiten Fall von Thymustod. [Japanese text.] Ibid., 697-705.— Thursfleld (H.) Sudden death in infants, associated with enlargement of the thymus gland. St. Barth. Hosp. • Rep. 1902, Lond., 1903, xxxviii, 129-133.—Veeder (B. S ) Hemorrhage into the parathyroid glands in a case of " thymic death." Proc. Path. Soc. Phila., 1911, n. s., xiv 83.—Walen(N.) Ettfallaf morsthvmica. Allm.sven Liikartidn..Stockholm,1904, i,887-893.—Walker (J.W.T.) The status lymphaticus and sudden and unexpected death in children. Rep. Soc Study Dis. Child., Lond., 1904-5, v, 90-94.—Walker (R. W. S.) A case of status lymphaticus with sudden death. Lancet, Lond., 1909, ii 1816.—Walz (K.) Plotzlicher Tod bei Status lympha- ticus; ein Beitrag zur Frage des Thymustodes. Med. Cor.- Bl. d. wiirttemb. arztL Ver., Stuttg., 1903, Ixxiii, 245-248.— Warthin (A. S.) Two cases of sudden death associ- ated with hypertrophy of the thymus; one case with uni- • versal enlargement of the lymph nodes, the other with- out. Tr. Ass. Am. Phys., Phila., 1906, xxi, 475-490. Also, Reprint.-----. The clinical diagnosis of enlargement of the thymus. Internat. Clin., Phila,, 1907, 17. s.,i,48-65 2 pl. Also, Reprint.—Wolff (E. D.) Death under chloro- form; enlargement of the thymus. Brit. J. Child. Dis. Lond. 1905, ii, 465.—Zander & Keylil. Thymusdriise und plotzliche Todesfalle im Kindesalter. Jahrb. f. Kin- derh. Berl 1904, lx, 358-374.-Zesas (D. G.) Die Bedeu- tung der Thymusdruse fur die Chirurgie. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir,, Leipz., 1910, cv, 125-152 Thymus gland (Hypertrophy of Treat- ment of, Operative). Tiling (K. [P.]) *Zur Kasuistik der Thy- mus-Stenose und der Thynius-Operation. 8°. Konigsberg i. Pr., 1908. Coiuby (J.) L'hypertrophie du thymus etson traite- ment. Arch, de med. d. enf., Par., 1909, xii. 855-859.— Girdlestone (G. R.) Extreme dyspnoe due to rapid hypertrophy of the thvroidhemithvroidectomv; recovery. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1912, ii, 973.—Hinrlclts (W.) Be- hinderung der Atmung und der Nahrungsaufnahme durch eine zugrosse Thymus bei einem zehn Wochen alten Kinde; Operation; HeilunK. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1908, xiv. 825-828.—Jackson (('.) Thymic tracheo-stenosis, tracheoscopy; thymectomy; cure. Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhinol. & Otol. Soc, St. Louis, 1907,328-337. Also: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1907, xlviii, 1753-1756.—Konig (F.) Ein Fall von Exstirpation der Thymusdruse wegen Athmungshinderniss. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl.. 1898, xxiv, Ver.-Beil., 12.—Lamiay (P.) Hy- pertrophic du thymus; thymectomie. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1910, n. s., xxxvi, 1261-1269.— Leiiormaiit (C.) L'hypertrophie du thymus; son im- portance en chirurgie; traitement operatoire de l'as- phyxie thymique; hypertrophie du thymus et mort pendant l'anesthesie; hypertrophie du thymus et goitre exophtalmique. J. dechir., Par., 1909, ii, 601-621.—Levy (P.-P.) &Pellot (J.) Hypertrophie du thymus; thy- mectomie; mort par broncho-pneumoniesuraigue. Bull. Soc. de pediat. de Par., 1912, xiv, 403-409.—Milhiet (A.) & Fschbach (H.) Hypertrophie du thymus; thymec- tomie; guerison. [Rap. de Launay.] Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1912, n. s., xxxviii, 822-826.—Moizard. L'hypertrophie etla chirurgie du thymus. Arch, demed. d. enf., Par., 1909, xii, 850-854. Also: J. de med. et chir. prat., Par., 1909, lxxx, 406-415.—dHElsnitz & Prat. Hypertrophie du thymus, accidents dyspneiques graves; operation; guerison. Bull. Soc.depediat.de Par., 1909, xi, 357-362.—d'CElsnitz,Prat A Boisseau. Suffocation par hypertrophie etsclerosedu thymus; thymectomie, tra- cheotomie et resection du manubrium sternal. Ibid., 1910, xii,141-149. Also: Ann. demed. et chir. inf., Par., 1910, xiv, 360-366. .See,al.so,infra,Tixier.— Olivier (E.) Le traite- ment chirurgical del'hypertrophie du thy mus; sesavanta- ges, sa technique, ses resultats. Arch. gen. dechir., Par., 1912,viii, 138-166.-----. Delavaleuretdesindicationsope- ratoiresde lathymectomie dans 1' hvpertrophie du thymus. J.dechir.,Par.,l912,viii,233-246.—Pujebet &Dervaux. Dyspnee par compression de la traehee; hypertrophie du thvmus; tracheotomie; mortaul0<> jour. j. d.sc med.de Lille, 1903, i, 154-159.—Purrucker. Zur Pathologie der Thymusdruse; Fall von Exstirpation des Thvmus. Miin- ehen. med. Wchnshr., 1899, xlvi, 913.—Schwinn (J.) Thymic asthma, with report of a case of thymectomy and resection of enlarged thyroid in a child 23 days old. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1908, 1, 2059-2061— Theodor (F.) Larynx- und Tracheal-Stenosen, mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung eines durch Thymus-Exstirpation ge- heilten Falles. Jahrb. f. Kinderh., Berl., 1906, lxiii, 681- 587.—Tisserand (G.) Un casde thymectomie partielle sous-capsulaire pour accidents dyspneiques chez un en- fant. Lyon chirurg., 1911, v, 146-149. Also: Rev. med. delaFranche-Comte, Besancon, 1911, xix, 33-38.—Tixler (L.) Reflexions a propos de l'observation d'hypertrophie et de sclerose du thymuspubliee par d'CSlsnitz, Prat et Boisseau. Bull. Soc. de pediat. de Par., 1910, xii, 190- 192. — Veau (V.) Enseignements cliniques de 10 cas de thymectomie. Ibid., 1911, xiii, 134-144.— Vignard (P.) & Sargnon. Hypertrophie du thymus et suffoca- tion, chirurgie clinique du thymus. Ann. de med. et chir. inf., Par., 1910, xiv, 632-636.—Weill (E.) & Pehu (M.) Sur deux cas d'hypertrophie thymique traites avec succes par la radiotherapie. Bull. Soc med. d. h6p.de Lyon, 1911, x, 735-739.—Weil I (E.), Pehu & Challer (j.) Sur un cas, traits ehirurgicalement, d'hypertrophie au thymus avec st6nose tracheale, chez un bebe de 4 mois. Bull. Soc. de pediat. de Par., 1909, xi, 426-434. Also: Lyon med., 1910, cxiv, 797-810. Thymus gland (Involution of). Rudberg ( H.) *0ra thymusinvolutionen efter Rontgenbestralnung jatnte nagra iaktta- gelser ofver leukolysen i ofrigt hos Rontgenbe- stralade. [On thymus involution after treatment with Rontgen rays, and some observations on leucocytolysis in animals subjected to Rontgen ravs.] 8°. Uppsala, 1909. Aubertin (C.) & Bordet(E.) Action des rayons X sur le thvmus. Arch. d. mal. du cceur [etc.], Par., 1909, ii, 321-332", 1 pl. Also [Abstr.]: Compt. rend. Soc de biol., Par., 1909, lxvi, 1091-1093. Also, transl.: Zentralbl. f. in- nere Med., Leipz., 1909. xxx, 977-979.—Barbano (CA Die normale Involution der Thymus. Virchow's Areh. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1912, ccvii, 1-27,1 pl.—Beclere (H.) & Pigache (R.) Action des rayons de Roentgen sur les corpuscules de Hassall. Bull, etmem. soe. anat. de Par., 1911, lxxxvi, 47-51. — Carnevale Arella (A.) Azione dei raggi Rontgen sul timo. Riv. crit. di clin THYMUS. 211 THYMUS. Thymus gland (Involution of). med., Firenze, 1910, xi, 557-560.—t'ollin (R.)& Lucien (M.) A propos de l'involution accidentelle du thymus. Cong, internat. de mM., Lisbonne, 1906, xv, sect. 1, anat., 328-330.—Flore(G.) & Franchettl (U.) Ricerche spe- rimentali sul timo; contributo alio studio dell' involu- zione del timo. Riv. di clin. pediat., Firenze, 1911, ix, 823-826, 1 pl.—Friedlander (A.) Involution of the thymus by the X-ray. ,Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1911, xxviii, 810-829.—Gaudier. A propos d'un casde thymectomie, suivie de mort. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1911, n. s., xxxvii, 175-178.—Gellin (O.) Thymus efter exstir- pation, resp. rontgenbestralning af konskortlarne. [Thy- mus gland after extirpation, in relation to the influence of X-rays upon sexual glands.] Upsala Liikaref. Forh., 1910-11, n. L, xvi, 302, 2 pl.—Hammer (A.) Ueber Ge- wicht, Involution und Persistenz der Thymus im Post- fotalleben des Menschen. Arch, f. Anat. u. Entwcklngs- gesch., Leipz., 1906, Suppl.-Bd., 91-182, 4 pl.—Hart (K.) Ueber das Auftreten von Fett in der Thymus; die patho- logische Involution der Thymus. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 19.12, ccvii, 27-55,1 pl.— Joiisoii (A.) Studier ofver thymusinvolutionen; den acciden- tella involutionen vid inanition. Upsala Liikaref. Forh., 1907-8, xiii, 476-527, 2 pl. Also, transl.: Arch. f. mikr. Anat., Bonn, 1909, Ixxiii, 390-443, 1 pl. —Martel & Tlxier (L.) La regression fibreuse pathologique du thymus chez le veau vaccinifere. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1910, lxxxv, 779-783.— Kegaud (C.) & Cremleu (R.) Evolution des corpuscules de Hassall dans le thymus rontgenise du chat; mecanisme de l'ac- croissement de ces corpuscules. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1911, lxxi, 325-328.-----------. Evolution des corpuscules de Hassall dans le thymus rontgenis6 du chat; regression, instability, signification de ces corpuscules. Ibid., 383.---------—. Sur les modifications provoquees par la rontgenisation dans le tissu conjonctif perilobu- laire du thymus, chez le chat. Ibid., 501-503.-----------. Sur l'involution du thymus produite par les rayons X; re- sultatsexperimentaux; deductions therapeutiques. Bull. Soc. m6d. d. h6p. de Lvon, 1911, x, 709-728. Also: J. de physiotherap., Par., 1912, x, 20-32.-----------. Sur l'in- volution du thymus produite par les rayons X; resultats experimentaux. Lyon mecl., 1911, cxvii, 1400:1912, cxviii, 5.—Rudberg (H.) Studien iiber die Thymusinvolu- tion. 1. Die Involution nach Rontgenbestrahlung. Arch. f. Anat. u. Entwcklnssgeseh., Leipz., 1907, Suppl.-Bd., 123- 174,2pl.—Soderlund (G.) & Backman (A.) Studier ofver thymusinvolutionen; thymuskortelns 6ldensf6r- andringar hos kaninen. [Study of thymus involution; senile changes of thvmus in rabbits.] Upsala Liikaref. Forh., 1907-8, n. L, xiii, 333-354, 2 pl. Also, transl.: Arch. f. mikr. Anat., Bonn, 1908-9, Ixxiii, 699-725,1 pl—Sultan (G.) Beitrag zur Involution der Thymusdruse. Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.],Berl.,1896,cxliv,548-562,lpl.—Tlxier (L.)& Feldzer (Mile.) La regression pathologique du thvmus dans le jeune age. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1910, lxviii, 279-281. Thymus gland (3Ir>rphology of). Ainie (P.) Note sur le thymus chez les cheloniens. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1912, lxxii, 889. -----. L'evolution periodiquedu thymus des cheloniens. Ibid., Ixxiii, 115.—Antlpa (G.) Ueber die Beziehungen der Thymus zu den sog. Kiemenspaltenorganen bei Sela- . chiern. Anat. Anz., Jena,.1892, vii, 690-692.—Bailm (H.) Die Lymphgefasse der Thymus des Kalbes. Ztschr. f. Tiermed., Jena, 1912, xvi, 13-16, 1 pl.—Beard (J.) A thymus-element of the spiracle in Raja. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1900, xviii, 359-363.—Dustln (A.-P.) Contribution a I'etude du thymus des reptiles. Cellules epitheloi'des, cellules myoiides et corps de Hassal. Arch, de zool. ex- per. et gen. [etc.], Par., 1909, 5. s., ii, 43-227, 3 pl. -----. Le thymus de l'axolotl. Arch, de biol., Liege & Par., 1911-12, xxvi, 557-616, 2 pl. -----. Les variations saison- nieres du thymus de la grenouille. Ann. et bull. Soc roy. d. sc. med. et nat. de Brux., 1912, lxx, 31-37.—Ham- mar (J. A.) Zur Kenntnis der Teleostiefthymus. Arch. f. mikr.- Anat., Bonn, 1908-9, Ixxiii, 1-68, 3 pl. -----. Funfzig Jahre Thymusforschung. Kritische Uebersieht ' der normalen Morphologie. Ergebn: d. Anat. u. Entwck- lngsgesch. 1909, Wiesb., 1910, xix, 1-274. -----. Zurgrobe- ' ren • Morphologie und Morphogehie der Menschenthy- mus. Anat. Hefte, Wiesb., 1911, xliii, 201-238, 6 pl. -----. Zur Kenntnis der Elasmobranchier- Thymus. Zool. Jahrb., Jena, 1911, xxxii, 135-180, 3 pl.—Lewis (T.) Observations upon the distribution and structure-of hae- molymph glands in Mammalia and Aves, including a preliminary note on thymus. J. Anat. & Physiol., Lond., 1903-4, xxxviii, 312-324..—;—. The avian thymus. Proc. Physiol. Soc, Lond., 1904-5, p. xl,—Maziarski (S.) Polozenie grasicy i wystej>owanie grudek limfatycznyeh wgruczble podszczekpwym ti Swinki morskiej. [Ueber die Lage der Thymusdruse und fiber das Vorkommen von Lymphfollikeln inderSdbmaxillardriise beim Meer- schweinchen.] Bull, internat. Acad. d. sc. de Cracovie, 1900. 113-117.—Pepere (A.) Sur un systeme parathy- reoidien accessoire (thymique) constant chez quelqhes Thymus gland (Morphology of). mammiferes. Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1908, xlix, 336- 342.—Stannius. Ueber eine der Thymus entsprechende Druse bei Knoehenfischen. Arch. f. Anat., Phvsiol. u. wissensch. Med., Berl., 1850, 501-507,1 pl.—Symington (J.) The thymus gland in the Marsupialia. J. Anat. A Physiol., Lond., 1897-8, xxxii, 278-291. -----. A note on the thymus gland in the koala (Phascolarctus cinereus). Ibid , 1899-1900, xxxiv, 226, 2 pl.—Ver Eecke (A.) Structure et modifications fonctionnelles du thymus de la grenouille. [Rap. de Van Bambeke, 27.1 Bull. Acad. roy. de med. de Belg., Brux., 1899, 4. s , xiii, 67-86, 4 pl — Versarl (R.) Le arterie timiche nell' uomo ed in altri mammiferi; loro rapporti, con le arterie tiroidee. Bull. d. Soe. Lancisiana d. osp.di Roma, 1897, xvii, fasc. 1, 316. -----. Le arterie timiche nell' uomo ed in altri mammi- feri; loro rapporti colle arterie tiroidee. Ibid., fasc. 2, 64-82. Thymus gland (Physiological functions See, also, Thymus gland (Excision of, effects of); Thymus gland (Invohdion of). Aubert (A.) *La physiologie normale et pathologique du thymus. 8°. Paris, 1910. Hansen ([M.] O.) * Ueber die Thymusdruse und ihre Beziehungen zur Entwicklung der Kinder. 8°. Kiel, 1894. Huiskamp (W.) *De eiwitstoffen der glan- dula thymus. 8°. Utrecht, 1900. Also, in: Onderzoek. ged. in h. physiol. Lab. d. Utrecht. Hooeesch., 1901, 5. R., iii, 111-185. Also, transl. in: Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1901, xxxii, 145-196. Soli (W.) Influenza del timo sullo sviluppo scheletrico. 8°. Biella, 1909. Abderhalden (E.) & Bona (P,) Die Abbaupro- dukte des Thymushistons. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1904, xii, 278-283.—Abelous (J.-E.) & Bll- lard. Recherches sur les fonctions du thymus chez la grenouille. Arch, de physiol. norm, etpath., Par., 1896, 5. s., viii, 898-907.----------. Sur les fonctions du thy- mus; effets de l'ablation du thymus chez la grenouille. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1896,10. s., iii, 808-810.— Barbarossa (A.) Note istologiche sull' azione dei corpuscoli di Hassall nel timo e funzione dello stesso. Pediatria, Napoli, 1911, 2. s., xix, 457-467.—Basch (K.) Ueber die Beziehung der Thymus zum Nervensystem. Jahrb. f. Kinderh., Berl., 1908, lxviii, 668-691.—Beard (J.) The true function of the thymus. Lancet, Lond., 1899, i, 144-146. -----. The source of leucocytes and the true function of the thymus. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1900, xviii, 550-573—Boccio (C.) Stato istologico del timo dopo la tiroidectomia, paratiroidectomia e tiroparatiroi- dectomia. Pediatria, Napoli, 1911, 2. s., xix, 680-688.— Bonnet (L.-M.) Les fonctions du thvmus, d'apres la physiologie. Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1899, lx'xii, 1321; 1353.— Bracci (C.) Timo e ricambio del calcio. Riv. di clin. pediat., Firenze, 1905, iii, 572-583.—Cadeae (C.) & Gui- nard (L.) Quelques remarques sur le role du thymus chez les sujets atteints d'une alteration du corps thyro'ide ou ethyro'ides. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1894,10. s., i, 508.—Calzolarl (A.) Recherches experimentales sur un rapport probable entre la fonction du thymus et celle des testi'cules. Areh. ital. de biol., Turin, 1898-9, xxx, 71-77.—Camla (M ) Ricerche sulla funzione del timo nelle rane. Riv. di patol. nerv., Firenze, 1900, v, 97-100.—Fleroff (A.) Ueber einen histoniihnlichen Korper aus Thymus. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1899, xxviii, 307-312.—Gamgee (A,) & Jones.(W.) On the optical activity of the nucleic acid of the thymus gland. Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond., 1903, lxxii, 100-103.— Also: Chem. News, Lond., 1903, lxxxvii, 303.—Gouin (A.) & Audouard (P,) Fonction du thymus chez les bovides. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1906, lx, 342- 344.—Grimani (E.) Sugli effetti del trapianto del timo e sulle correlazioni funzionali fra testicolo e timo. Arch. di anat. pat., Palermo, 1905, i, 351-389, 1 pl.—Hammar (J. A.) Ist die Thymusdruse beim Frosch ein lebens- wiehtiges Organ? Einige experimentelle Untersuchun- gen. Arch: f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1905, ex, 337-350. -----. Der gegenwiirtige Stand der Morphologie und Physiologie der Thvmusdriise. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1909. lix, 2746; 2795; 2910.—Hart (C.) & Nordmann (O.) Experimentelle Studien fiber die Bedeutung der Thvmus fiir den tierischen Organismus. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1910, xlvi, 814-S17.—Henderson (J.) On the relationship of the thymus to the sexual organs. I. The influence Of castration on the thvmus. J. Physiol., Lond., 1904, xxxi, 222-229.—Hirsch (R.) Thymus und Hypophyse. Handb. d. Biochem. [etc.], Jena. 1910, iii, pt. 1, 332-343.—Hornowskl (J.) Ueber das Verhaltnis des Thymus zum chromafflnen System, iiberdie Elemente der innern Sekretion des Thymus und iiber das Verhalt- nis des Thymus und des chromaffinen Systems zum Sympa- THYMUS. 212 THYMUS. Thymus gland (Physiological functions of). thikus. Virchow's Arch, f. path. Anat. [etc.], 1912, ccviii, 411-420.—llulskamp (W.) Beitrage zur Kenntnis des Thvmusnucleohistons. Ztschr. f, physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1903, xxxix, 55-72— Jeandelize (P.), Lucicn (M.)& Parisot (J.) Modifications du poids du thymus apres la thvroidectomie chez le lapin. Compt. rend. Soc. debiol., Par., 1909, lxvi, 942.— Jones (W.) Ueber das Enzym der Thvinusdruse. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1904, xii", 101-108. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Proc Am. Phy- siol. Soc. Bost., 1903-4, p. xxiv.—Jones (W.) & Aus- trian (C. R.) On thvmus nucleic acid. J. Biol. Chem., N. Y., 1907-8, iii, 1-10.—K.lose(H.)& Vogt(H.) Klinik und Biologie der Thymusdruse, mit besonderer Beriick- sichtigung ihrer Beziehungen zu Knochen- und Nerven- system. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tubing.,1910,lxix, l-200,4pl.— Kut seller (F.) Dasproteolytische Enzym der Thymus. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1901, xxxiv, 114-118.— Lampe (A. E.) Die biologische Bedeutung der Thy- musdriise auf Grand neuererExperimentalstudien. Med. Klin., Berl., 1912, viii, 1117-1120. Also [Abstr.]: Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1912, lix, 1833.—de Lange (Cornelia) A Duker (P. G. J.) De invloed van de thymus op de ontwikkeling van het kind. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Ge- neesk., Amst., 1911, ii, 226-238. — Levene (P. A.) & Jacobs (W. A.) On the structure of thymus nucleic acid. J. Biol. Chem., Bait., 1912-13, xii, 411-420. ----- -----. Guaninehexoside obtained on hydrolysis of thy- mus nucleic acid. Ibid., 377-379.—Low (J.) Zur Frage der Blutbildung in der menschlichen Thymus. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1911, xxiv, 418.—laicien. Sur les re- lations entre le thymus et les formations lymphatiques de l'organisme; a propos d'un cas de psorenterie. Rev. m6d. de Test, Nancy, 1909, xii, 765.— Lueien (MA A: Parisot (J.) La secretion interne du thymus; role des corpus- cules de Hassal. Compt.rend.Soc.de biol., Par., 1909, lxvii, 377-379.-----------. Contribution a 1'etude des fonctions du thymus, son influence sur la croissance, le developpement du squelette et revolution des organes. Arch, de med. exper. et d'anat.path., Par., 1910, xxii, 98- 137.----------. Le r61e du thymus dans certains gtats pathologiques d'apres les donnees anatomo-eliniques et physiologiques reeentes. Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1910, lxxxiii, 647-650.—MacLenuaii (A.) An experimental investi- gation into the function of the thvmus gland. Glasgow M. J., 1908, lxx, 97-108—Magnahlml (R.) Ricerche sperimentali sul timo. Clin, ostet., Roma, 1906, viii, 289; 346. — Malengreau (F.) Deux nucleoalbumines et deux histones dans le thvmus. Cellule, Lierre & Par., 1900, xvii, 337-349. -----. Sur les nucleines du thymus. Ibid., 1901-2, xix, 283-309.—Marie (P.) Sur la revivi- seence du thymus dans certaines affections presentant des alterations du corps thyro'ide ou de quelqu'autre glande vasculaire sanguine. Bull, et mem. Soc m6d. d. h6p. de Par., 1893, 3. s., x, 136-138—Mensl (E.) Sull' origine e funzione dei corpuscoli di Hassal. Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1903, 4. s., ix, 146-153. Also: Pediatria, Napoli, 1903, 2. s., i, 65-71.—von Mettenhelmer (H.) Zum Verhalten der Thymusdriise in Gesundheit uud Krankheit. Jahrb. f. Kinderh., Leipz., 1897, n. F., xlvi, 55-54— No id in a n n (O.) Experimentelle Studien fiber die Thymusdruse, nehst Bemerkungen zu der Meltzer- schen intratrachealen Insufflation. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1910, xcii, 946-973.—Ott (I.) & Scott (J. C.) The galactagogue action of the thvmus and corpus luteum. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med.. N. Y., 1910-11. viii, 49. -----------. Note on the galactagogue action of the thymus, corpus luteum, and the pineal body. Month. "Cycl. & M. Bull., Phila., 1911, iv, 99.— Paton (D. NA The relationship of the thymus to the sexual organs. J. Physiol., Lond., 1905, xxxii, 28. -----. The thymus and sexual organs. Their relationship to the growth of the animal. Ibid., 1911, xlii, 267-282.—Paton (D. N.) & Goodall (A.) Contribution to the phvsiologv of the thymus. Ibid., 1904, xxxi, 49-64. — Pekelharlng. Over de eiwitstoffen van de glandula thvmus. K. Akad. v. Wetensch. te Amst. Versl., 1900-1901, ix, 368-372. Also, transl.: K. Akad. v. Wetensch. te Amst. Proc. sect, sc, 1900-1901, iii, 383-386.—Piiiache (R.) A Worms (I.) Du thymus considere comme glande a secretion interne. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1912, ciiv, 234-236.— Prenant (A.) Notes cytologiques. I. Cristalloi'des dans la glandule thymique du cameleon. Arch, d'anat. micr., Par., 1897, i, 84-106, 2 pl— Rhodan (N.J.) Ueber Proteolyse in der Thymus des Kalbes. Ztschr. f. phv- siol. Chem., Strassb., 1911, lxxv. 197-206. —Roncoiil (T. L.) Comportamento del timo dell' uomo nelle varie eta della vita e in svariate condizioni morbose. Path. Riv. quindicin., Genova, 1908-9, i, 565-572.— SavelyefF (NA & Langerhans (R.) K. fiziologii glandula- thymus. Meditsina, St. Petersb., 1893, v, 495- 498—Scalone (I.) Sull' anatomia e fisiologia del timo; studio entico-sperimentale. Tommasi, Napoli, 1908, iii, 704,77— Seha fie r (G.) Sur la phvsiologie du thymus. Progres med., Par., 1908, 3. s., xxiv, 469.—Seller (F ) Untersuchungen fiber den Einfluss der Thymusdruse auf 'hymus gland (Physiological functions of)- die Blutbildung resp. das Blutbild. Mitt. a. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir., Jena, 1911-12, xxiv, 862-869.—Sinnhu- ber (FA Ueber die Beziehungen der Thymus zum Kalk- stoffwechsel. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1904, liv, 38-56.— Soil (U.) Contributo alia fun/.ione del timo nel polio ed in alcuni mammiferi. Path. Riv. quindicin., Ge- nova, 1908-9, i, 149-155. Also, transl.: Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1909-10. Iii. 353-370. -----. Influenza del timo sullo sviluppo scheletrieo. Arch, di ortop., Milano, 1910, xxvii, 1-24. -----. Influenza del timo sul ricambio del calcio nei polli adulti. Path. Riv. quindicin., Ge- nova, 1910-11, iii, 118-122.—Sommer (A.) & Florcken (H.) Ueber die Funktion der Thymus. Sitzungsb. d. phys.-med. Gesellsch. zu Wiirzb., 190*. 45-48.—Squa- drlni (G.) II comportamento del timo nelle varie eta della vita post-fetale nei bovini. Path. Riv. quindicin., Genova, 1S09-10, ii, 10-20.—Steudel (.11.; Zur Kenntnis der Thymusnucleinsauren. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1904-5, xliii, 402-405. -----. Ueber den Bau der Nucleinsiiure aus der Thymusdruse. Ibid., 1912, lxxvii, 497-507.—Svehla. Sur le role du thymus. Cong. internat. de med. C. r., Par., 1900, sect, de med. del'enf., 641-648.—Tarn Hi (L.) & I^o Monac (D.) Ricerche sperimentali sul timo. Bull. d. r. Acad. med. di Roma, 1897-8, xxiii, 311-404.—Valtorta (FA Timo ed ovaia. Nota preventiva. Ann. di ostet., Milano, 1907, ii, 425. -----. Timo ed ovaia. Ibid., 1909, 63-119.—Ventra (D.) & Angioleila (G.) Sull' azione fisiologica del timo e della tiroidina. Manicomio mod., Nocera, 1899, xv, 161- 204,1 pl.—Ver Eeeke (A.) Structure et modifications fonctionnelles du thymus de la grenouille. [Rap. de VanBambeke, 27.] Bull. Acad. roy. de med. de Belg., Brux., 1899, 4. s., xiii, 67-86.-----. Contribution a l'ana- tomo-physiologiedu thymus chez lagrenouille. [Rap. de O. Vanderstricht.] Bull. Soe. de med. de Gand, 1899, lxvi, 140-142. Also: Ann. Soc. de med. de Gand, 1899, lxxviii, 103-114.—Walliscli (M.) Zur Bedeutung der Hassall'schen Korperchen. Arch. f. mikr. Anat., Bonn, 1903-4, lxiii, 274-282.—Weill (E.) Fonctions du thvmus. Lyon med., 1910, xlii, 848-858.—Weymeersch" (A.) Contribution a I'etude des fonctions du thymus. (Note preliminaire.) Bull. Soc. d. sc. med. et hat. de Brux., 1908, lxvi, 30-34. Thymus gland (Surgery of). See, edso, Thymus gland (Excision of); Thymus gland (Hypertrophy of, Treatment of, Operative). Klose (H.) Chirurgie der Thvinusdruse. 8°. Stuttgart, 1912. Dutoit(A.) Kasuistik undIndikationen der Thymus- resektion. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1912, xxxviii, 2224-2226.—Kunimer. Chirurgie du thymus. Rev. med. de la Suisse rom., Geneve, 1912, xxxii, 410.—Mayo (C. HA Surgery of the thymus gland. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1912. lvi, 77-82, 4 pl. Also: Journal- Lancet, Minneap., 1912, xxxii, 355.—Veau (V.) & Olivier (E.) Chirurgie du thymus. J. mecl. franc., Par., 1911, vi, 122-128. Thymus gland (Transplantation of). Mitnitskaia (Eva). * Essais de transplanta- tion du thymus. 8°. Geneve, 1905. Dudgeon (L. SA A Russell (A. E.) Experiments on the grafting of the thvmus gland in animals. Tr. Path. Soc. Lond., 1904-5, lvi, 238-250.—Dustin (A.-P.) La po- tentiality des elements thymiques 6tudi6e par la methode desgreffes. (Notepreliminaire.) Bull. Soc. d. sc.med. et nat. de Brux., 1911, lxix, 76-82— Scalone (I.) Del tra- pianto del timo. Tommasi, Napoli, 1909, iv, 512; 533; 557. -----. Ulteriori ricerche sul trapianto del timo. (Tra- pianto negli organi interni.) Gazz. internaz. di med., Napoli, 1910, xiii, 86; 101. Thymus gland (Tuberculosis of). Pust (\V. F.) *Die Tuberculose des Thymus. 8°. Kiel, 1903. t'arpenter (G.) A case of tuberculous abscess of the thvmus with thrombosis of the left innominate vein. Pediatrics, N. Y. & Lond., 1896, ii, 60-62.—Tlxier (L.) & Feldzer (MUe.) Un cas de tuberculose du thymus chez un nourrisson. Bull. Soc. de pediat. de Par., 1909, xi, 270- 275. Also: Ann. de med. et chir. inf.. Par., 1909, xiii, 777- 781.-----------. La tuberculose du thymus. Rev. de la tuberculose, Par., 1909, 2. s., vi, 409-430. Thymus gland (Tumors of). Lange (F. [R.]) *Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Thymustumoren. 8°. Leipzig, 1904. Caso (Un) di mixoma del timo. Gazz. d. osp., Mi- lano. 1897, xviii, 401.—€hiarl (H.) Ueber Cystenbil- dung in der menschlichen Thymus, zugleich ein Beitrag THYMUS. 213 THYRESOL. Thymus gland (Tumors of). zur Lehre von den Dubois'schen Abscessen. Ztschr. f. Heilk., Berl., 1894, xv, 403-425, 2 pl.—Meggendori'er (F.) Ein Fall von Thymustumor mit vorausgegangenen myasthenieahulichen Erscheinungen. Ann. d. stadt. allg. Krankenh. zu Miinehen, 1908, xiii, 116-123.—Miot (C.) Tumeur du thymus guerie par la thymidine. Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1901, i, 103-105.—Plgache (R.) & Beclere (H.) Kystes cilies du thymus. Bull. etmem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1911. lxxxvi, 13-32.—Tarozzl (G.) Ricerche istologiche sul timo nella vita intra ed extra-uterina, quale contributo alio studio della genesi dei tumori primitivi della regione timica. Atti d. r. Ac- cad. d. fisiocrit. in Siena, 1906, 4. s., xviii, 219-258, 4 pl. Thymus gland (Tumors of Cancerous and malignant). Ambrosini (G.) *De Pepitheliome du thv- mus. 4°. Paris, 1894. Eisenstadt (J.) * Ueber Krebs der Thymus, ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Mediastinaltu- moren. 8°. Greifswald, 1902. Erttmann (0. A.) * Ueber ein grosszelliges Sarkom der Thymus. 8°. Greifswald, 1898. Gabcke (C. E.) * Ueber einen Fall von pri- mareui Spindelzellensarkom der Thvmus. 8°. Kiel, 1896. Schneider (E.) * Ein Fall von Fibrosarkom der Thymus. 8°. Greifswald, 1S92. Stockert (\V.) *Ein Fall von Lymphosar- kom der Thymus bei einem 36jiihrigen Manne. 8°. Heidelberg, 1905. Torri (O.) Sopra un caso di miosarcoma del timo. Osservazione anatomo - patologica. 8°. Pisa, 1903. Wixtermann (H.) * Beitrag zur Diagnostik derbosartigenThymusgeschwulste. 8°. Greifs- wald, 1896. Zniniewicz (Janina). * Vier Fiille von Lym- phosarcoma thymicum. 8°. Greifswald, 1911. Acliard (C.) & Paisseau (G.) Epithelioma thy- mique de la region thvro'fdienne. Arch, de m&l. exper. et d'anat. path., Par., 1908, xx, 78-87.—Acker (G. N.) Sarcoma of the thymus and bronchial glands. Tr. Am. Pediat. Soc, N. Y., 1896, viii, 214.—Funke (J.) Sarcoma arising from the thymus gland in an adult; an associated endothoracicfgoitre. Proc. Path. Soc. Phila, 1908, n. s., xi, 56-60. Also: N. York M. J. [etc.J 1911, xciv, 636.— Grawitz. Lymphosarcoma thymicum, ins Myokard eingedrungen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1911, xxxvii, 2357.—Hauser (G.) Contribution a I'etude des cancers d'origine thvmique. Bull, etmem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1901, lxxvi, 169-177.—Marshall (H. HA A case of lympho-sarcoma occurring in the remains or the thy- mus gland. Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1896, xv, 235.— Oestreich. Fall von Sarkom einer Thymus persistens. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1893, xix, 820. Also: Verhandl. d. Ver. f. innere Med. zu Berl., 1892-3, xii, 255.—Paviot (J.) & Gerest. Un cas d'epithelioma f»rimitif du thymus; valeur des corps concentriques pour ediagnostichistologique. Arch.dem^d. exper.etd'anat. path., Par., 1896, viii, 606-621—Pollosson( A.) &Plery. Un cas d'epithelioma primitif du thymus; tumeur poly- kystique congenitale du cou chez un enfant; epithelioma inflltre. Province mecl., Lyon, 1901, xv, 1-4.—Kuba- schow (S.) Eine bdsartige Thymusgeschwulst. Vir- chow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1911, ccvi, 141- 157.—Sheen (W.), Griffiths (C. A.) & Seholberg (H. A.) Two casesof sarcoma of the thymus. Lancet, Lond., 1911, ii, 1253-1255.—Simmonds (M.) Ueber ma- ligne Thymusgeschwulste. Ztschr. f. Krebsforsch., Berl., 1912, xii, 280-285, 1 pl.—Thlrololx (J.) & Debre (R.) A propos d'un epithelioma du mediaslin ant^rieur; essai de classification des tumeurs cancereuses de la loge thy- mique. Arch, de m&l. exper. et d'anat. path., Par., 1907, xix, 668-696. Thymus gland in children. See, also, Thymus gland (Hypertrophy of, Sud- den death in). Davidoff (A. [D.] ) *Sravnitelnoye izslie- dovaniye zobnol zhelyozi u myortvorozhden- nikh dletel i u umershikh spustya korotkoye vremya po rozhdenii. [Comparative examina- tion of the thymus gland in stillborn children and those that died within a brief period after birth.] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1894. Thymus gland in children. *Farret (M.) Contribution a, lYtude du thymus chez l'enfant. 4°. Paris, 1896. Bovalrd (D.),jr., & Nlcoll (M.), jr. The weights of the viscera in infancy and childhood, with special reference to the weight of the thymus gland. Arch. Pediat, N. Y., 1906, xxiii, 641-668, 1 tab.—Cruchet (R.) Considerations sur l'anatomie macroscopique du thymus chez l'enfant. Rev. mens. d. mal. de l'enf., Par., 1901, xix, 413-420.—Fortescue-Brickdale (J. M.) Obser, vations on the thvmus gland in children. Lancet- Lond., 1905, ii, 1029-1031. —Katz (A.) Quelques re- cherches sur le thymus chez l'enfant (statistique de 61 cas). Recherches clin. et therap. sur l'epileps. [etc.] 1899, Par., 1900, xx, 147-163. Also: Progres med., Par., 1900, 3. s., xi, 385-389.— Magnl (S.) Sul reperto batterio- logico del timo di alcuni bambini, morti di varie malat- tie infettive. Atti d. Cong, pediat. ital. 1901, Firenze, 1902, iv, 382-385. Thymus vulgaris. Fischer ( E.) Ueber neuere Thymianpraparate. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1903, xxix, 450. Thyone briareu*. Pearse (A. S.) Observations on the behavior of the holothurian, Thvone briareus (Leseur). Biol. Bull., Woods Holl, Mass., 1908, xv, 259-288. Thyratoxine. Fassin (L.) Sur le pouvoir alexigene de la thyro'ide delipoidee (thyratoxine). Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1910, lxix, 498.—Marbe (S.) Les opsonines et la phagocytose dans les etats thyroidiens; l'influence de la thyratoxine sur le pouvoir opsonique normal des ani- maux. Ibid., 355-367. Thyreoglobulin. Nlirenberg (A.) Zur Kenntnis des Jodthyreoglo- bulins. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1909, xvi, 87-110.— Oswald (A.) Zur Kenntniss des Thyreoglobulins. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1901, xxxii, 121-144. -----. Weiteres fiber das Thyreoglobulin. Beitr, z. chem. Phys. u. Path., Brnschwg., 1902, ii, 545-556.— Wiener (H.) Ueber den Thyreoglobulingehalt der Schilddriise nach experimentellen Eingriffen. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1909, Ixi, 297-322. Thyreoglossal duct. See Thyroglossal duct. Thyreoitlin. See Thyroidin. Thyreonosis. See Thyroid gland (Disorders of, Functional). Thyreoptosis. See Thyroid gland (Displacement of). Thyreotoxin. Kuhn (E.) Die grosse Verbreitung der Thyreo-Toxi- kosen (Basedow I und II) bei den Gestellungspflichti- gen und ihre Besserung durch den Militardienst. Ver- handl. d. deutsch. Kong. f. innere Med., Wiesb., 1912, xxix, 541-544.—Mankovski (A. F.) K voprosuo klle- tochnlkh yadakh (tsitotoksinakh); tireotoksini. [Con- tribution a I'etude des poisons cellulaires (cytotoxines); de la thyrebtoxine. Extr., 623.] Russk. arch, patol., klin. med. i bakteriol,, S.-Peterb., 1902,xiv,571-591,lpl.— Werncke (T.) Wirkung von Thyreotoxin aufsAuge. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh., Stuttg., 1907, xiv, Beil.-Hft., 51-67. Also, transl.: Vestnik oftalmol., Mosk., 1908, xxv, 710-730. Thyresol. Bornemann. Ueber ein neues Santalolpraparat, das Thyresol. Med. Klin., Berl., 1908, iv, 1837.—Elsert (H.) Ueber Thyresol, ein neues Santalolpraparat. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1909, xxiii, 427.—Olrschberg (A.) Ueber Thyresol, ein neues internes Antigonorrhoi- cum. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1909, xlvi, 543.—Knauth (F.) Thyresol, ein neues Sandelolpraparat. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl.,1909, xxxv, 253.—Linke. Thyresol. Therap., Neuheiten, Leipz., 1909,iv, 117-121 .— Neuberg (O.) Thyresol, ein neues internes Antigo- norrhoicum. Dermat. Centralbl., Leipz., 1909, xii, 130- 132.—Kichter (P.) Ueber Thyresol, ein neues Sandel- olpriiparat. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1908, xiv, 2023.—.Ro- senthal (P.) Ueber ein neues Santalolpraparat das Thy- resol. Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1908, lxxvii, 757-759.— Schneider (E.) UeberThyresol, ein neues Gonorrhoe- priiparat (in Tablettenform). Ibid., 1909, lxxviii, 589.— Stern (L.) Thyresol, ein neues internes Antigonorrhoi- kum. Heilkunde, Berl., 1909, 327. THYRIOS. 214 THYROIDECTOMY. Tliyri«»n (G[ustave-Leon]). Precis d'hygiene el<§mentaire a l'usage des ecoles normales pri- maires. 117 pp., 1 1. 8°. Huy, J. Charpentier & C. Foncoux, [1906]. Thyroanti toxins. See Thyroid gland (Antitoxic potencies of). Thyro-arytenoid muscle. §e\vell (R* B. S.) The small or superficial thyroary- tenoideus muscle. J. Anat. & Physiol., Lond., 1904-5, xxxix, 301-307. Thyroglandin. MaeLennan (W.) On the treatment of obesity and mvxcedema bv a new preparation of thyroid (thyroglan- din). Brit. M. J., Lond., 1898, ii, 79. Thyroglossal duct (Persistent or pat- ent). Andereya ( M.) Offen gebliebener Ductus thyreo- glossus. Klin.-therap. Wchnschr.. Berl.,1910, xvii, 551.— Andrew (J. G.) Persistent thvroglossal duct. Glas- gow M. J., 1907, lxvii, 313-317.—Comroe (J. H.) Patent thyrolingual duct and its affections; report of cases; use of X-rays. Penn. M. J., Athens, 1909-10, xiii, 430-436 — Durham (H. E.) On persistence of the thyroglossal duct, with remarks on median cervical cysts and fistulae of congenital origin. (Communicated by Arthur E. Dur- ham.) Proc. Roy. M. & Chir. Soc, Lond., 1893-4, 82-86.— Grant (J. D.) Case of thvro-lingual sinus in a boy aged 14. Proc. Rov. Soc. Med., Lond., 1908-9, ii, Laryngol. Sect., 6.—Maitland (H. L.) Persistent thyro-lingual duct. Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1905, xxix, 369. Also: J. Surg., Gynec. & Obst., N. Y., 1906, xxviii, 154-156 — Mattl (H.) Ueber einen Fall von Fistula collimediana, hervorgegangen aus einem in ganzer Lange offen ge- bliebenen Ductusthyreoglossus. Arch.f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1911, xcv, 112-130. 2 pl.—Turner (G. G.) A patent thy- roglossal duct. Northumberland & Durham M. J., New- castle-upon-Tyne, 1910, xviii, 42. Thyroglossal duct (Diseases and tu- mors of). Garcin (J.) * Contribution a I'etude des kystes du canal thyro-lingual. 8°. Lyon, 1902. Martin (P.-E.-L.) *Des kystes du canal thyro-lingual; contribution a I'etude des affec- tions cong^nitales de la langue et du cou. 4°. Paris, 1895. Serbourge (J.-H.) Contribution a la pa- thologie du tractus thyreoglosse. 8°. Paris, 1910. Berard (L.) & Clialier (A.) Les tumeurs, solides et kystiques, du tractus thyreb-glosse. Arch. g6n. de med., Par., 1908, 1-24. — Cernezzl (A.) Le cisti tireo- glosse. Morgagni, Milano, 1906, xlviii, 401-427. —Davis (H. J.) Thyro-lingual cyst removed from a girl aged 7; operation followed by symptoms of acute thyroidism. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1910-11, iv, Laryngol. Sect., 27.—Downie (J. W.) A thyro-glossal cvst. Tr. Glasg. Path. A Clin. Soc, 1904-5, x, 220. Also: Glasgow M. J., 1905, lxiv. 376.—Dunn (J. H.) Cyst of the thyrolingual duct. Northwest. Lancet, Minneap., 1904, xxiv, 87.— Echols (C. M.) The surgical importance of certain vestigcsil structures, with report of case of persistent duc- tus thyreoglossus. Wisconsin M. J., Milwankee, 1911-12, x, 611-64*.—Krdheim is.) Ueber Cysten und Fisteln des Ductus thyreoglossus. Arch.f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1908, lxxxv, 212-255,1 pl. — Hanszel (F.) Angeborene cvs-. tische Erweiterung des Ductus thyreoglossus. Monat- schr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Berl.u. Wien, 1910, xliv, 381-386.— Hultiicii (J. F.) Cystof the thvreoglossal duct. Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1908, vii, 357.— lngianni (G.) Cisti del condotto tiro-glosso operata con successo. Boll. d. r. Accad. med. di Genova, 1896, xi, 243-246. Also: Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1896, xvii, 1412-1416.—Kyle (J. J.) Cvst of the thyro-glossus duct; report of a case. Laryngo- scope, St. Louis, 1905, xv, 880-882. —Masson (P\) A propos dun kyste du canal thyreo-glosse. Bull, de PAssoc, franc, p. I'etude du cancer, Par., 1912, v, 36-39.— Morestin (H.) Kyste sus-hyoidien d'origine congeni- tal developpeaux depens du tractus thyreo-glosse. Bull. et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1909, n. s., xxxv, 4X1-483.— Persistent thyroid duct. [2 cases.] North Lond. or Univ. Coll. Hosp. Rep. 1889, Lond., 1891, 22: 1890, Lond., 1892, 23.—Porter (F. J. W.) Report of a case of thyro- glossal cyst. J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond,, 1906, vi, 694—Seelig (M. G.) Cervical fistula following suppu- ration m a patent thyroglossal duct. Surg., Gynec & Obst., Chicago, 1907, iv, 623-625. — Tatchell (W. A ) A recurrent thyro-glossal dermoid. China M. J., Shanghai, 1907, xxi, 312-314.-Taylor (A. S.) Cyst of thyroglossal Thyroglossal duct (Diseases and tu- mors of). duct. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1910, li, 268.—Toretta (A.) Kystes et fistules du conduit thyreoglosse, deux observa- tions personnellesde traitement chirurgical avec examen hi.stologique. Arch, internat. de larvngol. [etc.], Pai., 1912, xxxiii, 432-439.—Woolscy (G. I ' Thyroglossal cyst. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1909, 1, 481. Thyrohyoid membrane ( Wounds of). Patel (M.) Sur le traitement des sections trauma- tiquesde la membrane thyro-hvoi'dienne. J. med. franc., Par., 1908, ii, 500-603. Also: Prov. med., Par., 1908, xix, 263. Thyrohyoid space (Tumors of). Broeckaert (J.) Les kystes mucoi'des de l'espace thvro-hvoiidien. Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.], Par., 1909, xxxv, 159-172.—Kocher (H. L.) Kvste thyro-hyo'idien paramedian a structure complexe (pha- ryngo-salivaire et chondro-thyro'fdienne). Compt. rend. Soc. d'obst., de gynec et de paediat. de Par., 1911, xiii, 136-141. Thyroid cartilage. Halbertsma (H. J.) De lamina mediana cartilagi- nis thvreoideie. Versl. . .. d. k. Akad. v. Wetensch. Aid. Natuurk , Amst., 1861, xi, 350-359, 1 pl. Thyroid cartilage (Diseases and tumors of)- Aboulker (A.) Un cas de perichondrite suppuree du cartilage thyro'ide consecutive a une poussee d'ecthvma chez un nourrisson de trois mois et demi. Bull. Soc. d'obst. et de gynec de Par., 1912, i, 376.— Ardenne (F.) Sur un cas de perichondrite suppuree primitive et ex- terne du cartilage thyrofde. Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.J, Par., 1901, i, 619-626.—Barwell (H.) Perichon- dritis of thyroid cartilage of unknown origin. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med. .Lond. ,1909-10, iii, Laryngol. Sect., 109. —Ktlline. Ein Aktinomykom auf dem Schildknorpel. Ztschr. f. Ohrenh., Wiesb., 1908, lv, 252-254. —Severeano. En- chondrome enorme du cartilage thyro'ide. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Bucarest, 1901-2, iv, 167. Thyroid cartilage (Wounds and inju- ries of). Mathews (A. C.) A case of fracture of the thyroid cartilage with prompt recovery. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1910, lv, 943.—Boyle (Elsie M.) Note on a case of frac- ture of the thyroid cartilage. Lancet, Lond., 1911, ii, 156 — Sippel (O.) Ein Fall von Infraktion des Schildknor- pels. Areh. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1912, xxvi, 79- 88.—Torrini (U. L.) Riparazione delle estese perdite di sostanza della cartilagine tiroide. Arch. ital. di otol. [etc.], Torino, 1911, xxii, 371-384. Thyroidectomy. See, also, Pneumonia (Causes, etc., of); Thy- roidectomy (Experimental, Effects of); Thy- roidectomy (Partial); Thyro-parathyroidec- tomy; Thyroid gland (Hypertrophy of); Thy- roid gland (Inflammation, etc., of); Thyroid gland ( Tumors of); Thyroid gland (Tumors of, Malignant). Goris. Remarques sur deux cas de thyroi- dectomie. 8°. Bruxelles, 1896. Armstrong ( G. E. ) Thyroidectomy under local anaesthesia. Montreal M. J., 1903, xxxii, 389.—Beale (P. T.B.) Thyroidectomy. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1906, n. s., lxxxi, 201.—Bernard (G.) Une thyro'idec- tomie. J. de med. de Par., 1912, 2. s., xxiv, 435.—Berry. Resection-excision of thyroid gland. Med. Press & Circ., Lond., 1910, n. s., lxxxix, 307.—Bingham (G. A.) & Fotherlnghara (J. T. ) Thyroidectomy. Canad. Pract. & Rev., Toronto, 1901, xxvi, 699. Also: Dominion M. Month., Toronto, 1901, xvii, 298.— Cern6. Thyro'i- dectomie totale. Normandie med., Rouen, 1906,xxi,272.— Cott (G. F.) Total extirpation of the thyroid gland. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1901, xxxvii, 185. Also, Reprint. -----. Thyroidectomy. Tr. Am. Larvngol., Rhinol. & Otol. Soc.'[New Bedford, Mass.], 1909, 231-239. Also [Abstr.]: Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1910, xx, 185-187.— Deaver (J. B.) Thyroidectomy. Addr. . . . sect. surg. & anat. 42. meet. Am. M. Ass , Chicago, 1891, 283-295.— Djemll bey. Communication sur trois cas de thyro'i- deetomie par le precede d'enucleation intra-glandulaife. Gaz. med. d'Orient, Constant, 1894, xxxix, 129-131.—Fd- wards (F. S.) Thyroidectomy. Med. Press A (ire., Lond., 1905, n. s., lxxx, 518.—Fasano (M.) Tiroide-, esofago-. laringectomia. Policlin , Roma, 1910, xvii, sez prat., 1610-1615.—Ferguson (A H.) Thyroidectomy Chicago M. Recorder, 1897-8, xiii, 366-36*.— Gillette (W. THYROIDECTOMY. 215 THYROIDECTOMY. Thyroidectomy. J.) Thyroidectomy. Am. M. Compend, Toledo, 1908, xxiv, 1-7.— lioris. Faits concernant huit cas de thyroi- dectomie. Ann. de l'Inst. chir. de Brux., 1907, xiv, 65- 74. Also: Presse med. beige. Brux., 1907, lix, 177-184. -----. L' iiypine comme anesthesique local dans la thyroii- dectomie. J. de chir. et aim. Soc. Beige de chir., Brux., 1908, viii, 134-136. -----. Remarques sur deux cas de thyro'idectomie. Ibid.. 1909, ix, 53. Also: J. med. de Brux., 1909, xiv, 199.— '>tuitary body. Perrier (A.) * Contribution ii I'etude des reactions de l'liypophyse a la suite d'ablations glandulaires. 86. Paris, 1909. Alquier (L.) Sur les modifications de l'hypophyse aprfes l'extirpation de la thyro'ide ou des surrenales chez le chien. J. de physiol. et de path, gen., Par., 1907, ix, 492-499.j— Clinoroni (A.) Sulla ipertrofia dell'ipoflsi cerebrale negli animali stiroidati. Sperimentale. Arch. di biol., Firenze, 1907, Ixi, 109-134,2 pl.—Herring (P. T.) Changes in the pituitary body after removal of the thy- roid. [Abstr.] Brit. M. J., Lond., 1908, ii, 583. Also, Re- print. -----. The effects of thyroidectomy upon the mam- malian pituitary. Quart. J. Exper. Physiol., Lond., 1908, i, 281-285, 2 pl — Lucien (M.) & Parisot (J.) Varia- tions ponderales de l'hypophyse consecutivement a la thyro'idectomie. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1908, lxv,771.—Parlsot(J.) &Harter. Hypertrophiehypo- physaire dans un cas de thyroideetomie incomplete chez l'homme. M6m. Soc. de med. de Nancy, 1907-8,150-152. Also: Rev. med. de Test, Nancy, 1908. xl, 483-485.—VI- guler (G.) Modifications histologiques subies par les parathvroides et l'hypophvse dans la thyro'idectomie. Bull. m6d. de l'Algerie, Alger, 1911, xxii, 50-64. -----. Modifications de l'hypophyse apres thyro'idectomie chez uniezard. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par., 1911, lxx, 222. Thyroidectomy (Partial). See, also, Goitre (Exophthalmic. Treatment of, Operative, Methods of); Goitre (Treatment of, Operatire, Methods of). Alquier (L.) Modifications histologiques du thy- roi.)7. n. s., xxiii, 660-665.—Zoege von Itlan- teuffel iW.) Zur Techiuk der Resektion aus der Schild- drtise. Centralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1898, xxv, 476. Thyroid-extract (Patent specifica- tion*). Kallmann (E.) Thvroid extract and process of mak- ing same. Xo. 626648; June 6, 1899.—Blum (F.) Thy- roid extract. No. 636891; Nov. 14, 1899. Thyroid-extract (Pharmacology of). See, also, Idothyrin; Thyroantitoxins; Thy- roid gland (Therapeutic use of); Thyroidin. Boullenger (F.) *De Taction de la glande thyroide sur la croissance. 4°. Paris, 1896. BraLmx (I. M.) *K voprosu o vliyanii pre- paratov shtshitovidnol zhelyozi na morfologiyu krovi u zhivotnikh i zdorovikh lyudeL [In- fluence of thyroid gland preparations on the morphology of the blood in animals and healthy men.] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1899. Burger (K.) *Ueber die Beeinfiussung des Stoffwechsels des gesunden Menschen durch Schilddrusenfiitterung. 8°. Halle a. S., 1895. Georgiyevski (K. N.) *K voprosu o dlel- stvii preparatov shtshitovidnol zhelyozi na zhivotniy organizm. [On the action of prepa- rations of thyroid gland upon the animal or- ganism.]. 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1896. Also [Outline], in: Bolnitseh. gaz. Botkina, St. Petersb., 1895, vi, 463-465. Also [Abstr.], in: Trudi Obsh. russk. vrach. v S.-Peterb., 1895-6, [no. 4.], 30-36. Also, transl. in: Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1897, xxxiii, 153-214. Also, transl. [Outline], in: Centralbl. f. d. med. Wissensch., Berl., 1895, xxxiii, 465-467. Hunt (R.) &Seidel(A.) Studies on thyroid. 1. The relation of iodine to the physiological activity of thyroid preparations. 8°. Washing- ton, 1909. Kotte (R.) *Zur Kenntnis der physiologi- schen und therapeutischen Wirkung der Schild- drusenpriiparate. 8°. Erlangen, 1896. Mediger (F.) * Ueber die Erscheinungen na< h Schilddrusenfutterung. 8°. Greifswald, 1895. Mordagne (J.) Contribution a I'etude de la medication thyroidienne et des modifications de 1'excretion urinaire apres l'ingestion de corps thyroides. 4°. Toulouse, 1895. Turin (M.) * Blutveriinderungen unter dem Einfluss der Schilddriise und Schilddriisen- substanz. [Bern.] 8°. Leipzig, 1910. Andersson (J. A.) & Bergman (P.) Ueber den Einfluss der Schilddriisenfattening auf den Stoffwechsel des gesunden Menschen. Skandin. Arch. f. Physiol., Leipz., 1898, viii, 326-346.—Ballet (G.) & Enrlquez (E.) Des effets de l'hyperthyroidisation experimentale. Cong. d. med. alieniste's et neurol. de France . . . Proc- verb. [etc.] 1895, Par., 1896, ii, 93-115.—Beebe (S. P.) The preparation of thvroid gland foruse. Tr. Am.Therap. Soc, Phila., 1910, xi, 38-40. -----. The preparation of thyroid extract for therapeutic purposes. Am. J. Pharm., Phila., 1911, lxxxiii, 56-67.—Bell (S ) Some results of the administration of thyroid extract on the red and white corpuscles and hemoglobin in casesof anemia asso- ciated with melancholia. Physician & Surg., Detroit & Ann Arbor,1898, xx, 309-315. Also, Reprint.—Bergman (A. P.) Om skoldkortelpraparatens inverkan pa den friskamenniskonsamnesomsiittning. [Effects of prepara- tions of the thvroid gland in the fresh human meta- bolism 1 Hvgiea, Stockholm, 1898, lx, pt. 2, 350-352.— Berkley i,'H. J.) Studies on the lesions induced by the action of certain poisons on the cortical nerve cell. Study THYROID-EXTRACT. 219 THYROID-EXTRACT. Thyroid-extract (Pharmacology of). VII. Poisoning with preparations of the thyroid gland. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1897, viii, 137-140.— Bettmann (S.) Ueber den Einfluss der Schilddrii- senbehandlung auf den Kohlenhydrat-Stoffwechsel. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1897, xxxiv, 518-522.- Itleibtreu (L.) & Wendelstadt (H.) Stoffwechselversueh bei Schilddrusenfiitterung. Deutsche med. Wchnschr.. Leipz. u. Berl., 1895, xxi, 346-319— Bourneville. De Taction de la glande thyro'ide sur la croissance. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1896, 10. s., iii, 55-59.—t'ald- well (G. H.) A note on the effects of intravenous injections of thyroid pressure liquid in dogs and cats. Am. J. Physiol., Bost., 1912-13, xxx, 42-46—Cat il Ion. Deriodo-thyro'idine et des preparations a base de corps thyroide. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.]. Soe. de therap. . . ., Par., 1897, ii, 129-140. Also: Nouv. remedes, Par., 1897, xiii, 129-139.—Chassevant (A.) La medication thyroi'dienne, etude pharmacologique. Presse med., Par., 1896 249.— ("leghorn (A.) The action of thyroid extracts on the isolated mammalian heart apex. J. Bost. Soc. M. Sc, 1898-9, iii, 58.— Couche, Contribution & I'etude de Taction des preparations de corps thyroide sur l'organisme humain. Lyon med., 1898, lxxxviii, 639- 545.—Conti (A) & t'urti (O.) Contributo alio studio; effetti fisiologici degli c-tratti tiroidei ed ipofisari sul circolo. Bull. d. sc. med. di Bologna, 1906, 8. s., vi, 629, 2 ch.—von ("yon (E.) & Oswald (A.) Ueber die physiologischen Wirkungen einiger aus der Schilddrtise gewonnener Producte. Arch. f. d. ges. Phvsiol., Bonn, 1900-1901, lxxxiii, 199-206, 1 diag.—David (R.) Ueber den Einfluss der Schilddriisenpraparate auf die Stick- stoffausscheidungim Harne. Ztschr. f. Heilk., Berl., 1896, xvii, 439-447.—De liiica A D'Angerio. Influenza del succo tiroideo sul potere tossico delle urine dei cani stiroi- dati. La vorid. Cong, di med. int., Roma,1896. vii.296-298.— Deinaree (Emma W.) Some uses of thyroid. West, M. Rev., Omaha, 1910,xv,221-226.—Dennig i A.) Ueber das Verhalten des Stoffwechsels bei der Schilddriisen- therapie. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1895, xlii, 389-393. -----. Eine weitere Beobachtung fiber das Verhalten des Stoffwechsels bei der Schilddrusenfiitterung. Ibid., 464— Dieballa (G.) & von Illyes (<}.) Stoffwechsel- untersuchungen an Brightikern unter Schilddriisenein- wirkung. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1897, xxxix, 273-288.—Dinkier (M.) Ueber den Stofl- wechsel bei innerlichem Gebrauehe getrockneter Schild- driisensubstanz. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1896, xliii, 513-516.—Dona th (J.) Zur Wirkung der Schilddruse. Arch.f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl.,1896,cxliv,Suppl.,253-280. Also, transl.: Magy. orv. Arch.,Budapest, 1896, v, 484-504.— Douglas (J. J.) An experiment on the influence of thyroid feeding on the proteid metabolism in man. Proc. Rov.Soc.Edinb.,1892-5, xx,330-334. Also: Rep. Lab. Rov. Coll.Phys.,Edinb.,1897, vi, 181-185. —Drechsel(E.) Die wirksame Substanz der Schilddruse. Centralbl. f. Phy- siol., Leipz. u. Wien, 1896-6, ix, 705.—Edmunds (W.) Effects of thyroid feeding on monkeys. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond.,1*99, lxv, 368.-----. Action of thyroid and antithyroid preparations. Ibid., 1909-10, iii, Path. Sect., 100.-----. Action of pro- and anti-thvroid preparations. Ibid., 1910-11, iv, Path. Sect., 233-236.—Farini (A.) & Vidoni (G.) Azione degli estratti di tiroide delle solu- zioni di tiroidina degli estratti di timo sul sistema cireo- latorio. Sperimentale. Arch, di biol., Firenze, 1908, lxii, 721-748. — Fassin (.Vile. Louise). Influence de Tinoculation d'extraits thyrofdiens sur les proprietes ac- tives du serum. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1907, lxii, 388. -----. Influence de Tingestion de corps thy- ro'ide sur les proprietes alexiques du serum. Ibid., 467. -----. Rdle de Tiode dans Taugmentation des proprietes du s6rum sous l'influence des produits thyroi'diens. Ibid., 1909, lxvi, 457.—Fenyvessy (B.) A pajzsmirigy-keszit- menyek hatasa a verkeringesre 6s legzesre. [The effects of products of the thyroid gland on the blood circulation and respiration.] Orvostud. 6rtek. gyiiit. Magy. orv. Arch., Budapest, 1900, li. f., i, 57-75, 1 pi. Also, transl.: Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1900, xiii, 125-131. —Fordyce A. D.) Changes in the thyroid gland under thyroid eeding. Edinb. M. J., 1912, n. s., ix, 55-62, 2 pl.— Frank el (S.) Ueber die wirksamen Substanzen der Schilddruse. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1896, xliii, 476.—Francois (P.) Sur la vente des produits thyroi'- diens. [Rap.] Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1899, 3. s., xii, 113-124.—French (H. E.) The comparative toxicity of different animal tissues to animals susceptible to thyroid feeding. Am. J. Physiol., Bost., 1912-13, xxx, 56-62.— von Filrth (O.) & Schwarz (K.) Ueber physiolo- gische Wirkung-en des Jodothyrins und der Schilddrti- senextrakte. Verhandl. d. Kong. f. innere Med., Wiesb., 1908, xxv, 40CM05— <»luziriski & Lemberger (J.) O wplywie istoty gruczolu tarczykowego na wymian^ materyi, wraz z uwagami o stosowuniu tego przetworu przeciw otyloSci. [On the effect of thyroid-gland extract upon metabolism, likewise on its use in obesity.] Przegl. lek., Krak6w, 1896, xxxv, 482; 506.—lillrber (A.) Ueber den Einfluss des Thyreoidins auf den Stoflwechsel. Sitzungsb. d. phys.-med. Gesellsch. zu Wurzb., 1896,101- Thyroid-extract (Pharmacology of). 110.— Ouinard (L.) & Martin. Actions cardio-v'ascu- laires du sue thyroidien. Compt. rend. Soc.de biol., Par. . 1899,10. s., vi, 161-163. Also: Lyon m6d., 1899, xc, 591-594.— Ilaskovec (L.) Ueber die Einwirkung des Schild- driisensaftes auf den Kreislauf. Wien. med. BL, 1896, xix, 115; 133; 151; 166. -----. Weitere Beitrage zur Lehre von der Wirkung des thyreoidalen Saftes auf das Cen- tralnervensystem. Arch, internat. de pharmacod., Brux. et Par., 1901, viii, 167-185. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Cong. internat. de med. C. r., Par., 1900, sect, de neurol., 454. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Arch, de med. exper. et d'anat. path., Par., 1901, xiii, 123— Hertoghe (E.) DeTinflu- ence des produits thyro'idiens sur la croissance. Bull. Acad. roy. de m6d. de Belg., Brux., 1895,4. s., ix, 897- 935. Also [Review]: Riv. internaz. d' ig., Napoli, 1895, vi, 531.—Hunt (R.) & Seidell (A.) Commercial thyroid preparations, and suggestions as to the standardization of thyroid. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1908, li, 1385-1389. Also, Reprint.-----------. The pharmacopceial standard for desiccated thyroid glands. Am. J. Pharm., Phila., 1911, lxxxiii, 405-411.— Hutchison (R.) The pharmacolog- ical action of the thyroid gland. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1898, ii, 142-145.—lrsai (A.) A pajzsmirigy natasar61 az allati szervezetben. [The action of the thyroid gland on the animal organism.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1896, xl, 577.—Irsal (A), tiara (G.) & Vas (B.) Kiserleti es gyogytani adatok a pajzsmirigy befolyasat illetoleg eges- zseges egyenekre es golyvasokra. [Experimental and therapeutic contributions on the influence of the thyroid gland inhealthy andstrenuousindividuals.] Orvosi heti szemle,Budapest, 1896, xx, 213-217.—Jaquet(A.) Ueber Schilddruse und Schilddriisenpraparate. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1899, xxix, 225; 264.—Jousset (M.) Thyro'idine, thyroiodine et thvroantitoxine. Art med., Par., 1896, lxxxiii, 103-200.—King (J. H.) The in- fluence of the thyroid on carbohydrate metabolism. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, Phila., 1909, xxiv, 410-418.—Kraus (F.) & Friedenthal (H.) Ueber die Wirkung der Schilddriisenstoffe. Verhandl. d. Berl. med. Gesellsch. (1908), 1909, xxxix, pt. 2, 376-391. [Discussion], pt. 1, 263. Also: Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1908, xiv, 1709-1714.— Krause (R. A.) & Cramer (W.) On the effects of thy- roid feeding on nitrogen and carbohydrate metabolism. Proc. Physiol. Soc, Lond., 1912-13, p. xxiii.—fcepinois. Action du formol sur le corps thyro'ide; conservation des glandes fraiches. Bull. g6n. de th6rap. [etc.], Par., 1898, exxxvi, 655-663.—Wlagnus-lievy ( A.) Untersuchun- gen zur Schilddriisenfrage. Gas- und Stoffwechselunter- suchungen bei Schilddrusenfiitterung, Myxodem, Mor- bus Basedowii und Fettleibigkeit. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1M97, xxxiii, 269-314.—Ittarbe (S.) Hypersensi- bilization generate thyroi'dienne; sur la diminution de la resistance des cobayes hyperthyro'ides vis-a-vis de Tinto- xication diphterique, butde ces experiences. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., 1911, Par., lxxi, 357.—Mathes (P.) Ueber den Einfluss von Schilddrusenpressaft auf die Blutgerin- nung. Munchen. med. Wchnschr.. 1911, lviii, 1003.— Itlayer (P.) Ueber den Einfluss von Nuclei'n-undThy- reoidinffitterung auf die Harnsaureausscheidung. Deut- sche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1896, xxii, 186-188.— IVIoussu (G.) Influence de Talimentation thyro'idienne sur la croissance reguliere. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1899, 10. s., vi, 241.— Muller (L.) De l'influence de Topotherapie thyroidienne et du traitement iod6 sur le pouvoir h6molytique du serum. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etcl, 1. Abt., Jena, 1909, 1, Orig., 462- 468.—Neilson (W. H.) A study of thyroid ex- tracts. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1877, xxix, 722.— NowikotT (M.) Ueber die Wirkung des Schilddru- senextraktsund einiger anderer Organstoffe auf Ciliaten. Arch. f. Protistenk., Jena, 1908, xi, 309-325.—Orgler (A.) Ueber den Einfluss von Schilddriisendarreichung auf den Stickstoffwechsel von Kindern. Ztschr. f. exper. Path. u. Therap., Berl., 1908, v, 1-16—Parhon (C.) & Goldstein (M.) Notes sur les hemorragies et les epan- chements hemorragiques dans Thyperthyroide clinique ou experimentale. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1911, lxxi, 331.—Parhon (C.) & Parhon (Mme. C.) Note sur la reaction de la moelle osseuse dans Thyperthy- roide experimentale. Ibid., 329.—Peiser (J.) Ueber die Beeinflussung der Schilddruse durch Zufuhr von Schilddriisensubstanz. Ztschr. f. exper. Path. u. The- rap., Berl., 1906, iii, 515-529, 1 pl. —Pick (E. P.) & Pineles (F.) Untersuchungen fiber die physiologisch wirksame Substanz der Schilddruse. Ibid., 1909, vii, 518-531.—Porges ( M.) Experimenteller Beitrag zur Wirkung und Nachwirkung von Schilddrusengift. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1900, xxxvii, 300-303.—Richardson (H.) The physiologic action of the thvroid gland. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1897, xxviii, 101.—Richter (P. F.) Zur Frage des Eiweisszerfalles nach Schilddrusen- fiitterung. Centralbl. f. innere Med., Leipz., 1896, xvii, 65-70. — Scliift" ( A.) Hypophysis und Thyreoidea in ihrer Einwirkung auf den menschlichen Stoflwechsel. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1897, x, 277-285. -----. Ueber die Beeinflussung des Stoffwechsels durch Hypophysis- und Thyreoideapraparate. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., THYROID-EXTRACT. 220 THYROID-RXTRACT. Thyroid-extract (Pharmacology of). 1897, xxxii, Supplhft., 284-290. — Si-lioenboni ( S.) Zur Wirkung der ThyreoideastoilV. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1909, lx, 390-391—Simp- son (V. E.) A pharmacological consideration of the thyroid gland. Kentucky M. J., Bowling Green, 1908, vi, 178-191.—Staehelin (W.) Experimentelle Beitrage zur Veriinderung des normalen Blutbildes beim Men- schen nach Verabreichung von Schilddriisensubstanz. Med. Klin., Berl., 1912, viii, 994-996.—Sto land (O. O.) The relative toxicity of dog's normal and hypertrophied thvroids to animals susceptible to thyroid feeding. Am. 3. "Physiol., Bost., 1912-13, xxx, 37-41.—St rouse (S.) & Voegtlin (C.) Studies concerning the iodine-contain- ing principle of the thyroid gland. I. Pharmacological action and therapeutic behavior of diiodotyrosin. J. Pharmacol. & Exper. Therap., Bait., 1909-10, i, 123-133.— Stlive (R.) Untersuchungen iiber den respiratorischen Gaswechsel bei Schilddrusenfiitterung, bei Morbus Base- dowii und bei Diabetes mellitus. Arb. a. d. stadt. Krankenh. zu Frankf. a. M. Festschr.....1896, 44-52.— Syllaba (L.) Neprave zlu6nl kamenky. [Action of thyroid gland extract.] Casop. lek. desk., v Praze, 1910, xlix, 833.—Thiele (O.) &Nehring (O.) Untersuchun- gen des respiratorischen Gaswechsels unter dem Ein- flusse von Thyreoideapraparaten und bei aniimischen Zustanden des Menschen. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1896, xxx, 41-60.—Turro (R.) Sur Taction du sue thy- ro'idien sur le vibrion du cholera et le B. d'Eberth. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1906, lx, 464. Also, transl.: Gac. med. catal., Barcel., 1906, xxix, 417.—V. (C.) I. De l'influence de produits thyro'idiens sur la croissance, par le Dr E. Hertoghe, 1895. II. De l'in- fluence des produits thyro'idiens sur les organes genitaux pelviens et thoraciques chez la femme, par le Dr E. Her- toghe, 1896. [Rev.] Bull. Soc. de m6d. de Gand, 1896, lxiii, 205-208. — Weiss (G.) & Labbe. Etude des echanges respiratoires chez un obese soumis a la cure de reduction alimentaire et au traitement thyroi'dien. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1909, lxvii, 215-218.— Wood (H. C.) Note on thyroid extract. Phila. M. J., 1898, i, 1012.—Vvon. Pharmacologic du corps thyroide. Arch, de neurol., Par., 1896, 2. s., i, 190-198. Thyroid-extract (Therapeutic use of). See, also, Acromegaly; Cretinism (Treat- ment of) with animal extracts; Goitre (Treatment of) with thyroid extract; Infantilism; Insanity ( Treatmentof) with animal extracts; Iodothyrin; Leprosy (Treatment of); Myxcedema (Treat- ment of) with thyroid extract; Nervous system (Diseases of, Treatment of) with animal extracts; Nose (Diseases of, Treatmentof); Obesity ( Treat- ment of); Prostate gland (Diseases of, Treedment of); Psoriasis ( Treatment of) with thyroid extract; Rheumatic fever (Treatment of); Rheumatism (Chronic, Treatment of); Rheumatism (Treat- ment of); Rickets (Treatment of) with animal extracts; Skin (Diseases of, Treatmentof); Thyro- antitoxin; Thyroglandin; Thyroid-extract (Therapeutic use of, Accidents from); Thyroid gland (Pharmacology of); Thyroidin; Tumors (Treatment of) with thyroid-extract; Uterus (Tu- mors, Treatment of). Castagnol (A.-L. ) *Etude historique et bibliographique de la medication thyroidienne. 4°. Paris, 1896. Coll y Bofill (J.) *Tiroidoterapia; algunos datos para su estudio. 8°. Barcelona, 1898. Also, in: Gac. m6d. catal., Barcel., 1898, xxi, 193; 234; 262; 291. Duquesnoy(F.-L.-J.) *De la glande thyroide en therapeutique. 8°. Lille, 1897. Flovrens (A.) Thyroid medication. 8°. Bordeaux, 1900. Gabnier (M.) La glande thyroide dans les maladies infectieuses. 8°. Paris, 1899. Also [Abstr.], in: Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1899, lxxii, 1035. Gauthier ( G. ) Les medications thyroi- diennes; preface de Francois-Franck. 8°. Pa- ris, 1902. Grieco (A.) *La terapia tiroidea. Tesi per laurea. 8°. Ariano, 1897. Heixsheimer (F.) Entwicklung und jetziger Stand der Schilddriisenbehandlung. 8°. Mun- chen, 1895. Thyroid-extract (Therapeutic use of). Lowitz (B.-L.) *De la medication thyroi- dienne au point de vue historique, physiologi- que et therapeutique. 4°. Bordeaux, 1894. Minoret (M.) * Corps thyroide et intestin, traitement thyroi'dien de la constipation. 8°. Paris, 1911. Organotherapy. The thyroid gland in the treatment of disease. 8°. Chicago, [n. d.]. Suiffet ( T. ) *De l'opotherapie thyroi- dienne. 8°. Montpellier, 1900. Vico (D.) * Essai d'etude sur la therapeu- tique thyroi'dienne. 8°. Paris, 1898. Apert (E.) Le traitement de Tinfantilisme et de la cryptorchidie par les preparations thvroi'diennes. Bull. m6d., Par., 1901, xv, 349-354.—Arnozan. Medicaci6n tir6idea. Ciencia mod., Madrid, 1898, v, 42; 59.—Ausset (E.) Du traitement thyroi'dien en pathologie infantile et particulierement dans Tinfantilisme. Echomed. dunord, Lille, 1901, v, 461; 473; 485. Also: Gaz. d. h6p. de Lvon, 1901, ii, 226; 236. Also [Abstr.]: Gaz. hebd. de med., Par., 1901, n. s., vi, 889-896.—Bailey (P.) The history and application of the thvroid treatment. Trained Nurse, N. Y., 1896, xvi, 359-363. -----. The thyroid gland in medicine. Pop. Sc. Month., N. Y., 1897, li, 481-489.— Balari Costa (M.) Lamedicaci6n tiroidea. Gac. san. de Barcel., 1896, viii, 446-450.—Ballet (G.) & Enri- quez (E.) Des effets de Thyperthyro'idisation experi- mentale. M6d. mod., Par., 1895, vi, 801-81 il.—Bardet (G.) Considerations de pharmacologie pratique sur la medication thyroidienne; corps thyro'ide, iodothyrine, thymidines et preparations di verses. Bull.gen.de therap. [etc.], Par., 1899, exxxvii, 321-329. -----. Dangers de Tusage libre des preparations thvroi'diennes. Ibid., 1904, cxlviii, 665-667.—Bedart (G.) & tlabille (G.) Medica- tion thyroidienne et arsenic. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1898,10.s.,v,556. Also: Echomed.dunord,Lille, 1898, ii, 261.—Belirend (M.) Die Anwendung von Phyreoi- dea-Praparaten in der arztlichen Praxis. Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1895, lxiv, 373. Also: Med.-chir. Cen- tralbl., Wien, 1895, xxx, 300.— Boerma (N. J. A. F.) Ein Beitrag zur therapeutischen Verwendung des Anti- thyroidins. Aerztl. Rundschau, Munchen, 1905, xv, 4.— Bonnet (L.) La medication thyroi'dienne dans Tathrep- sie infantile. Ann. Soc. med.-chir. d'Anvers, 1902, vii, 89-99, 2 pl.—Bouohereau. Sur la medication thyroi- dienne. Gaz. d. h6p. de Toulouse, 1897, xi, 137.—Bo'ur- neville. De Taction de la glande thyro'ide sur la croissance et Tobesite. Recherches clin. et therap. sur Tepileps. [etc], 1895, Par., 1896, xvi, 196-206.—Briquet. La thyroi'dotherapie et les traitements iode et iodure. Presse m6d., Par., 1902, i, 138.-----. De la valeur com- paree des medications thyroidiennes. Ibid., ii, 882-884.— Bruck (A.) Zur Thyreoidin-Behandlung der chro- nisehen Schwerhorigkeit. Ztschr. f. Ohrenh., Wiesb., 1897-8, xxxii, 72-78. Also, transl.: Arch. Otol., N. Y., 1899, xxviii, 347-352.—Bruns (P.) Ueber therapeutische An- wendung der Schilddriisenpraparate. Verhandl. d. Cong. f. innere Med., Wiesb., 1896, xiv, 126-136. [Discussion], 142-165, 2 pl.—Callender (T. M.) Thyroid extract as a preventive of dystocia from large child. Tr. Edinb. Obst. Soc, 1908-9, xxxiv, 20-22.—Capitan. Les extraits thy- ro'idiens et mammaires dans les affections genital es de la femme; un traitement des hemorragies intestinales. Med. mod., Par., 1898, ix, 542.—Carglle (C. H.) Some obser- vations in thyroid therapy. Proc. Arkansas M. Soc, Lit- tle Rock, 1899, xxiv, 53-62.—Castaigne (J.) & Parisot (J.) L'opotherapie thvro'idienne. J. med. franc., Par., 1911, v, 491-499—Claisse (P.) L'opotherapie thyroi'- dienne dans certaines dystrophies (neurasthenie, polyar- thrite deformante, myxcedeme fruste). Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1899, 3. s., xvi, 77-81— Cos- tanzo (F.) Sugli effetti della cura con glandola tiroide animale in un caso di acromegalia, nel mixedema e ma- lattie affini. Riv veneta di sc. med., Venezia, 1895, xxii, 403-424.—Cruz. Opoterapia tiroidea. Gaz. med. catal., Barcel., 1905, xxviii, 391-396.—Cullerre (A.) La medi- cation thvro'idienne. Ann. med.-psychol., Par., 1897, 8. s., vi, 97-113.—Desimonl (A.) L' opoterapia tiroidea nelle lesioni auricolari da vegetazioni adenoidei del rinofaringe. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1900, xxi, 183-185 — Besplats. Contribution a Tetude de la medication thvro'idienne. J. d. sc. med. de Lille. 1896, i, 97-102.— Drewry (W. F.) & Henderson (J. M.) Clinical studv of thyroid extract. Proc. Am. Med.-Psychol Ass., [n. p.], 1900, vii, 189-196, 1 tab. Also: Virginia M. Semi- month., Richmond, 1900-1901, v, 174-178.—Eberson (.!. H.) Over thyreo'id-therapie: literatuur-overzicht) Ne- derl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1895. 2. R., xxxi, pt. 2, 24-52. Also, Reprint—Elliott (H.) The present status of the thyroid extract in therapeutics. Brooklyn M. J., 1901. xv, 197-201—Eskridue (J. T.) Some of the thera- peutic properties of the thyreoid gland. Colorado M. J., Denver. 1898, iv, 79; 131. Also, Reprint—Ewald (C A ) Ueber therapeutische Anwendung der Schild- THYROID-EXTRACT. 221 THYROID-EXTRACT. Thyroid-extract (Therapeutic use of). drusenpriiparate. Verhandl. d. Cong. f. innere Med., Wiesb., 1896, xiv, 101-125. [Discussion], 142-165. Also: Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1896, xxi, 264;277. -----. Organo- therapeutisches; Arsen und Thyreoideapraparate. The- rap. d. Gegenw., Berl.-Wien, 1899, n. F., i,385-389.—Faure (M.) Etude sur le role du corps thyro'ide en therapeu- tique. Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1896. lxix, 905-911. Also, transl.: Gac. med., catal., Barcel., 1896, xix, 693-699.—Ferrari (C.) Contributo alio studio del ricambio materiale nel- T uomo dopo la somministrazione della tiroidina. Boll. d. Soc. med.-chir. di Pavia, 1896, 155-193.—Ferrla (L.) Prove cliniche di opoterapia tiroidea come stimolante della rigenerazione ossea. Gazz. med. di Torino, 1899,1, 461-470.—Fislier (H. M.) The use of thyroid extract in conditions of lowered vitality other than cretinism and myxedema. Med. News, N. Y., 1896, lxviii, 482.—For- lanini(C) A propositod' opoterapia tiroidea. Lavori d.Cong.di med.int. 1898,Roma, 1899,ix, 422-434.—Fraen- kel. Die Schilddriisen-Therapie, Irrenfreund, Heilbr., 1895, xxxvii, 161-163.—Fuller (E.) A new use for thy- roid extract; a cure or at least a complete control of he- matophilia through its administration. Tr. Am. Therap. Soc. 1900-2, N. Y., 1903.141-147.—Gordon (A.) Thyroid extract in migraine and epilepsv, apropos of ten cases. Therap. Gaz. [etc.], Detroit, 1907, 3. s., xxiii, 849-851 — Gregor (K.) Ueber die Unschadlichkeit der Verfiitte- rung grosser Mengen von Thvreoidea an Kinder. Monat- schr. F. Kinderh., Leipz. u. Wien, 1902-3, i, 318-323— Hal- lock (F. K.) Reportof four casesof thvroid feeding. Proc. Connect. M. Soc, Bridgeport, 1896, 181-203. Also, Reprint—Harding (W.) An interesting case. Cale- don. M. J., Glasg., 1894-6, n. s., ii, 98-100.—Haskovee (L.) Vliv alkoholu na pusobivost extraktu thyreoidal- nich. [The influence of alcohol on the action of thyroid extracts.] Rozpr.eeske Akad. eis.Frantiska Jo^efa [etc.], v Praze, 1900-1902, 2. t., x, no. 37, 1-7, 1 ch. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Rev. neurol., Par., 1902, x, 85.—Helnslieliner (F.) Die entfettende Wirkung der Schilddruse. Ztschr. f. prakt. Aerzte. Frankf. a. M., 1899, viii, 402-416. — Her- rick (J. B.) Thyroid therapy. Tr. Illinois M. Soe., Chi- cago, 1896,189-216. Also [Abstr.]: Medicine, Detroit, 1896, ii, 624-630. Also, Reprint.-----. Thvroid therapy. Illi- nois M. J., Springfield, 1910, xvii, 317-324.—Hertoghe (E.) De l'influence des produits thyro'idiens sur lesor- ganes genitaux pelviens et thoraciques chez la femme; applications a la therapeutique gvnecologique. Bull. Acad. roy. de med. de Belg., Brux., 1896, 4. s.,x,380-391.— Hessler (R.) Thyroid medication; a clinical report of a case. Indiana M. J., Indianap., 1895-6, xiv, 431-435. Also, Reprint. -----. Notes on thyroid medication from experience in the Northern Indiana Hospital for the In- sane. IndianaM. J., Indianap., 1897-8, xvi, 277-279. Also, Reprint.—Hirsh (C. E.) A clinical contribution to thy- roid therapy. Med. News, N. Y., 1900, lxxvi, 294-297.— Hodgson (A. E. i The administration of thyroid gland substance upon serum rash and serum sickness in diph- theria. Lancet, Lond., 1911, i, 373.—Hutchison (R.) Ein Beitrag zur Schilddriisenfrage. Centralbl. f. d. med. Wissensch., Berl., 1896, xxxiv, 209.—Indications for thvroid treatment. Bull. Lab. MountHopeRetreat, Bait., 1900, 24-41.—Irsai (A.) A pajzsmirigy therapeutikus hasznalatar61. [On the therapeutic use of the thyroid gland.] Ujabb gy6gysz. 6s gy6gym., Budapest, 1895, 1. -----. Klinikai- es anyagcsere vizsgalatok strumas be- tegeken thyreoidea keszitmenyek adagolasa alatt. [Clin- ical and metabolic researches on strumous diseases under treatment by thyroid products.] Magy. orv. Arch., Budapest, 1896, v, 95-124— Jagot & Denecnau. Quel- ques cas d'opotherapie thyroi'dienne. Arch. med. d'An- gers, 1910, xiv, 363-368.—Jortida (M.) L' uso della tiroide in terapia; cinque casi di gozzo parenchimatoso trattati con T ingestione di tiroide. Policlin., Roma, 1895, ii-C., 338-347.— Jouln. De la medication thyroi'- dienne appiiquee aux phenom6nes congestifs des organ es genitaux feminins. Cnmpt. rend. Cong, internat. de med. 1897, Mosc, 1898, vi, sect. 13, 280-287.—Kashiwa- mnra(S.) Die Schilddruse bei Infections-Krankheiten. Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1901, clxvi, 373-385.— Knoept'elmacher (W.) Ueber einige therapeutische Versuche mit Schilddrusenfiitterung. Wien. klin. Wchn- schr., 1895, viii, 715-717.—Kolbl (F.) Ueber Schilddrii- sentherapie. Wien. med. Presse, 1896, xxxvii, 1601; 1638.— Konrad (B.) Thyreoid-tablettakkal eMrt gyogyered- menvekrol. [The curative effects of thvroid tablets.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1907, li, 632— Koplik (II.) The use of thvroids in disease other than cretinism. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1897, xiv, 506-515. Also: Tr. Am. Pediat. Soc, N. Y., 1897, ix, 65-74.—Kraus (F.) & Frleden- tlial (H.) Ueber die Wirkung der Schilddriisenstoffe. Arb. a. d. Geb. d. exper. Physiol. 1909-10, Jena, 1911, pt. 2, 3-17.—Knmberg (N. I.) Llecheniye shtshitovidnol zhelvozol. [Treatment with thvroid gland.] Zapiski Uralsk, med. Obsh. v g. Ekaterinburge (1895-6), 1899, vi, 45-53.—Lancereaux & Paulesco. La medication thyroi'dienne dans le traitement des affections rhumatis- males, et en particulier de Tarterioscierose. Bull. Acad. de m6d., Par., 1899, 3. s., xli, 32-34.—Lanz (().) Zur | 'hyroid-extract (Therapieuticuse of). Schilddrusentherapie; sind die Praparate der Schweins- Schilddriise wirksam? Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1895, xxv, 289-298. -----. Ueber Schilddriisenpraparate, speeiell das Aiodin. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1898, xxxv, :!71-373.—JLebon (H.) Emploi therapeutique du corps thyroide. Gaz.d. h6p., Par., 1894, lxvii, 887-894.—deeper tR. R.) Cases complicated with mental disorder treated by thyroid extract. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1900, i. 194.— Lenne. Beitrag fiber den Einfluss der Schilddriisenex- tractbehandlung. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1897, xxxiv, 626-628.—Leplne (R.) De la medication thyroi'dienne. Semaine med., Par., 1896, x*vi, 57-59. Also, transl.: Med. Week, Par., 1896, iv, 169-172—Levi (L.) & de Roth- schild (H.) Petits incidents du traitement thyroidien; nervosismeexperimental. Compt.rend.Soc. debiol.,Par., 1907, lxii, 936-938.-----------. Contribution au traite- ment thyroidien des enfants arrieres. Rev. neurol., Par., 1907, xv, 291-294.-----------. Traitement thyroidien "pierre de touche." Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1908, lxiv, 932-935.-----------. Essai sur quelques medi- cations meta-thyro'idiennes. Rev. d'hyg. et de med. inf. [etc.], Par., 1910, ix, 522-537.—Lindley (W.) Tentative thyroid therapeutics. South. Calif. Pract., Los Angeles, 1896, xi, 401^05. [Discussion], 419-421.—Lindsay (W. S.) Thvroid therapy. Proc. Kansas M. Soc, Topeka, 1899, xxxii, 132-134.—Little (J. W.) Thyroid treat- ment of goitre, myxoedema and cretinism. North- west. Lancet, St. Paul, 1896, xvi, 453-455.— Loddo. I progressi della cura tiroidea. Terap. clin., Napoli, 1895, iv, 493-495.—Loving (S.) Successful use of thy- roid extract in the treatment of a cerebral neoplasm. Tr. Ass. Am. Phvsicians, Phila., 1899, xiv, 137-142. Also [Abstr]: Phila. Month. M. J., 1899, i, 359.— .Mackenzie (H. W. G.) The therapeutics of the thv- roid gland. Clin. J., Lond., 1893-4, iii, 401-405.—M'Bae (J.) Thyroid gland; a short review and resume. Cale- don. M. J., Glasg., 1897-9, n. s., iii, 256-258.— Mazzeo (F.) Contributo pediatrico alia teoria timidinna. Gazz. internaz. di med., Napoli, 1903, vi, 37-45.—Meltzer (S. J.) Ueber die Geschichte der Schilddriisen-Therapie und iiber deren Anwendung in der inneren Medizin. N. Yorker med. Monatschr., 1895, vii, 135-152. Also: The- rap. Wchnschr., Wien, 1895, ii, 654-661. Also, transl.: N. York M. J., 1895, Ixi, 651-656. Also, Reprint.—Meyers (M. K.) Report of a case in which epilepsy in adult life developed after the overuse of thyroid-gland extract. Month. Cycl. & M. Bull., Phila., 1912, v, 337-339.—Milla (V.) I progressi della cura tiroidea nell' ultimo biennio. Riv. sper. di freniat., Reggio-Emilia, 1895, xxi, 444-458.— MSbius (P. J.) Ueber das Antithvreoidin. Miinehen. med. Wchnschr., 1903,1, 149.— lTIorin. Zur Schilddru- sentherapie. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1895, ix, 593-598. -----. Physiologie et medication thvro'idiennes. Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1895, xv, 241-250. — Moseley (W. E.) The use of thvroid. Tr. Am. Gvnec. Soc, Phila., 1898, xxiii, 190-199. Also: Med. News, N. Y., 1898, Ixxiii, 353-356. Also, Reprint.—Mosse (A.) Note sur les effets de la medication thvro'idienne. Cong, franc. de med. 1895, Par., 1896, ii, 597-601. -----. L'etat actuel de l'opotherapie; opoth6rapie thyroi'dienne. [Rap.] Presse med., Par., 1898, i, 220-223.— Murray (F. W.) Thyroid medication in the treatment of delaved union of fractures. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1900, xxxi, 695-704.— Murray (G. R.) The therapeutic uses of thyroid ex- tract. Practitioner, Lond., 1901, lxvi, 389-402 — Opo- therapia thyreoidea. Kinder-Arzt, Leipz., 1899, x, 169- 175.—Orr (J.) Observations on the use of thyroid ex- tract. Folia Therap., Lond., 1909, iii, 77-79.—Osborne (O. T.) The therapeutic uses of thyroid preparations. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1906, xlvii, 1475-1479. Also: N. York M.J. [etc], 1906, lxxxiv, 1108.—Parhon (C.) & Goldstein. Etat psychasthenique survenu chez une jeune fille 6pileptique soumise au traitement thyroidien, disparaissant par la cessation du traitement et reappa- raissant par sa reprise. Rev. neurol., Par., 1908, xvi, 6- 12— Parry (L. A.) The treatmentof some diseases by means of thyroid extract. Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1894, n. s., viii, 442; 461.—Paulesco. La medication thyroi'- dienne dans le traitement des troubles trophiques des extremites. J. de med. int., Par., 1900, iv, 694-696.— Petretto (R.) Ein Beitrag zur Schilddriisenbehand- lung. Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1903, xvii, 870.— Popoff (L. V ) O znachenii shtshitovidnol zhelyozi dlya or- fanizma po pref mushtshestvu s tochki zrieniya terapevta. On the value of the thyroid gland for the organism, especially from the therapist's point of view.] Bolnitseh. gaz. Botkina, St. Petersb., 1899, x, 185; 204; 287. Also, transl: Arch. g6n. de med., Par., 1900, n. s., iv, 385-420.— Putnam (J. J.) Cases of myxoedema and acromegalia treated with benefit by sheep's thyroids; recent observa- tions respecting the pathology of the cachexias following disease of the thyroid; clinical relationships of Grave's disease and acromegalia. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, Phila., 1893, viii, 333-360. Also, Reprint.-----. Further notes respecting the therapeutic use of the sheep's thy- roid. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1893, n. s., cvi, 438-440.— Rebuschlnl (E.) Lo stato attuale dell' organoterapia THYROID-EXTRACT. 222 THYROID GLAND. Thyroid-extract (Therapeutic use of). tiroidea. Corriere san., Milano, 1899, x, 106; 125.— Beichel (O.) Ein Fall von echtem Zwergwuchs; Thy- reoidbehandlung mit giinstigem Erfolge. Jahrb. d. Wien. k. k. Krankenanst. 1897, Wien u. Leipz., 1899, vi, pt. 2, 12-15.—Kepetto (N.) Medieaei6n tiroidea. An. d. Circ. med. argent., Buenos Aires, 1895, xviii, 453-467 — Riviere (A.) Quelques faits interessants de medica- tion thyroidienne. M6d. mod., Par., 1901, xii, 29. Also, transl.: Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1901, n. s., lxxi, 435- 438.—Robbinovltz (S.) Thyreoid feeding. N.York M. J. [etc.], 1909, xc, 1073.—Robert. La medicaci6n tiroidea. Rev. de med. y cirug., Barcel., 1902, xvi, 257- 265.—Rodriguez Mendez. Indicaeiones terapeu- ticas del tratamiento tiroidiano. Gac. med. catal., Bar- cel., 1896, xix, 429-432.—Roncagliolo (E.) Tireote- ; rapia; origini ed applicazioni sue, con osservazioni origi- nali. Pammatone, Genova, 1897, i, no. 3^4, 15-46. Also, Reprint.—Rousseau-Saint-Philippe &Guyot(J.) Sur quelques heureux effets dus a Tadministration de la thyro'idine chez les enfants retardes au double point de vue physique et psychique. Ann. de m6d. etchir. inf., Par., 1898, ii, 595; 624.—Ruta. Sulla glandula tiroide in terapia. Riforma med., Napoli, 1896, xii, pt. 3, 529-531. Also: Terap. clin., Napoli, 1896, v, 397-399.—Sajous (C. E. de M.) The applied therapeutics of thyroid prepara- tions. Month. Cycl. Pract. Med., Phila., 1908, xxii, 119; 169. -----. The thyroid preparations in practice. Gail- lard's South. Med., Savannah, 1909, xci, 24-30. Also: Month. Cycl. & M. Bull., Phila., 1909, ii, 83-88.—Samuel (S.) Ueber Gewebssafttherapie und innere Secretion. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1896, xxii, 273; 296.—Sardou (G.) Le traitement thyroidien des toxi- infections. Clinique, Par., 1908, iii, 738-740— Schmidt (J. J.) Schilddrusentherapie bei zuriickbleibendem Korperwachsthum. Therap. Wchnschr., Wien, 1896, iii, 1131-1138. Also: Verhandl. d. Versamml. d. Gesellsch. f. Kinderh. . . . deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1896, Wiesb., 1897, xiii, 187-199. Also [Abstr.j: Allg. Wien. med. Zig., 1897, xlii, 386. Also [Abstr.]: Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. n. Aerzte 1896, Leipz., 1897, lxviii, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 255-257.—Schubert (P.) Beitrag zur Schild- driiSenbehandlung. Festschr. z. Feier. . . . d. Stadt- krankenh. zu Dresd.-Friedrichstadt, Dresd., 1899, pt. 2, 263-270.—Shaw (J. W.) Thyroid therapy in connection with some diseases of nutrition. Virginia M. Semi- Month., 1897-8, ii, 605. [Discussion], 618.—Smith (P. B.) Thvroid extract as a remedy, with illustrative cases. Brit. M.'J.. Lond., 1901, i, 3*8.—Sjiev6 (H.) The thyroid, and thvroid therapy. Northwest. Lancet, St. Paul, 1898, xviii, 227-236. Also, Reprint.— Stabel (H.) Zur Schild- drusentherapie. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1896, xxxiii, 93-97. [Discussion], 107-109. Also: Verhandl. d. Berl. med. Gesellsch. (1896), 1897, xxvii, pt. 2, 1-9. [Discus- sion], pt. 1, 22-28.—Stern (H.) Untoward effects of thyroid medication and how to forego them. Am. Med., Burlington, Vt.; & N. Y., 1910, n. s., v, 11-14. -----. Further experiences with thyroid modifica- tion and therapy. Ibid., 1912, n. s., vii, 139-143. — Stieglitz (L.) Some therapeutic experiences with thyreoid feeding. N. York M. J., 1895, Ixi, 549-551.— Sugar (K. M.) A pajzsmirigygyel valo gy6gykezeies jelenlegiallasaesalkalmazasaafu]gy6gyaszatbah. [The ; present therapeutic position of the thyroid gland and its use in otology.] Gyogyaszat, Budapest, 1899, xxxix, 452; 474; 536; 565. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Ungar. med. Presse, ■ Budapest, 1899, iv, 707-710.—Taylor (VV. J.) The in- ternal use of thyroid extract to increase the coagulability of the blood. Month. Cycl. Pract. Med., Phila., 1905, xviii [xix], 289-301.—Xliomas. Contribulion a la medica- tion thryoidienne. Bull. gen. de th6rap. [etc.], Par., 1907, cliii, 324-336—Tomka (S.) A pajzsmirigy hasznalata a fiilgy6gyaszatban. [The use of the thyroid gland in otology.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1899, xliiL 413; 426. ■ Also: OrvOsi heti szemle, Budapest, 1899, xxvi, 755; 792. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Ungar. med. Presse, Budapest, 1899, iv, 565.—Tompkins (J. McC.) Some therapeutic indi- cations for thyroid administration. South. M. J., Nash- ville, 1910-11, iii, 28-31.—Turro (R.) La medieaei6n tiroidea. Rev. de cien. med. de Barcel., 1897, xxiii, t. 2, 272; 312; 352; 392. Also, transl.: Arch, di farm, e terap., Palermo, 1898, vi, 30;-, 76; 134, —Van den Corput. Emploi therapeutique de la glande thyro'ide. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1896, x, 659-661.—Van de Vorst. Considerations sur la medication thyroidienne. Ann. Soc.de med.d'Anvers, 1896, lviii, 119-123.—Vassale (G.) L' organoterapia e in modo Speciale la tireoterapia. Riv. sper. di freniat., Reggio-Emilia, 1896, xxii, 144-173.— Vinke (H. H.) A few notes'on organotherapy with special reference to the usefulness of thyroid extract in the treatment of different diseases. Charlotte [N. C] M. J., 1896, viii, 604-607. -----. Thyroid feeding as an aid in the development of backward children. Med. Rec, N. Y.,1899, lv,529-532,—Weber (F. P.) Functional (almost complete) anaesthesia in a man; recovery under thyroid andspermin treatment. St.Barth. Hosp. Rep. 1898, Lond., 1899, xxxiv, 313.—Weber (L.) Personal experiences with the use of thyroid extract in obesity and scleroderma, Thyroid-extract (Therapeutic use of). psoriasis and libromvoina uteri. Post-Graduate, N. Y., 1900, xv, 1103-1109.—Weil { E. A.) La medication thv- ro'idienne. France med.,Par.,1*97,xliv,593-599.—Wells (H. G.) The physiology and therapeutics of the thyroid gland and its congeners. ,1. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1*97, xxix, 897; 954; 1007.—White (J. W.) Memorandum as to a new use of thyroid extract. Univ. M. Mag., Phila., 1894-5, vii, 812-814, 1 pl. —Winkler (F.) Ueber die bisherigen Erfolge der Schilddriisentherapie. Centralbl. f. d. ges. Therap., Wien, 1895, xiii, 3*5-396.— Witt (W. H.) The thyroid gland in medicine. South. Tract., Nashville, 1900, xxii, 369-376. Thyroid-extract (Therapeutic use of Ace i den ts from). Mabille ( L. ) *De l'efficacite de l'arsenic contre les accidents de la medication thyroi'- dienne; etude de therapeutique physiologique. 8°. ^ Lille, 1898. Beclfere. Le danger de Talimentation thyroidienne. Bull, etmem.Soc. med.d.hop.de Par.,1895, 3.s., xii,37.— Bramwell (B.) Note on the production of symptoms of thyroidism in a child at the breast bv the administra- tion of thvroid extract to the mother; i. e., through the milk. Lancet, Lond., 1899, i, 762.—Cany (G.) Un cas grave d'opothesapie thvro'idienne. Cong, franc de med. C r., Par., 1902, ii, 442-449, 1 pl., 1 eh— Cristiani (H.) Degenerescence et atrophie experimentale des greffes thyroi'diennes par ingestion k dose toxique de pastilles de glande thyroide. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1905, lviii. 68. — Francois - Franck. Indications, contre-indications et dangers de la medication thvroi- dienne. Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1899, 3. s., xli, 42-50. -----. Sur la toxicite des produits thvroidiens. Inter- med. d. biol., Par., 1899, ii, 49-55. — Levi ( L. ) & de Rothschild (H.) Un cas d'instabilite vaso-motriee provoquee par le traitement thyroidien. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1909, lxvi, 104-106.—Mabille (L.) Association medicamenteOse ayant fait disparaitre les accidents dus k Tadministration de la glande thyroide dans un ens de goitre. Bull. med. du nord, Lille, 1896, xxxv, 833-836.—Ward (J. M.) Thvroid poisoning. In- ternat. Clin., Phila., 1902, 12. a., i, 33^-36. Thyroid gland. See, also, Goitre; Jaundice (Causes, etc., of); Nerve (Laryngeal, Recurrent); Ovary (Cystsof, Dermoid, Causes, etc., of); Ovary ( Folliculoma of); Pancreas; Parathyroid gland; Phosporus (Poisoning by; Pathology of); Pregnancy (Physi- ology of); Rheumatic fever (Thyroidal relations of); Thymus gland; Thyroid-extract; Thyroid gland (Aberrant, etc.); Thyroid gland (Abnormi- ties of); Thyroid gland (Accessory); Thyroid gland (Blood-supply of); Thyroid gland (Chem- istry of); Thyroid gland (Diseases of); Thyroid gland (Effects of drugs, etc., upon); Thyroid gland (Extra-ntal conservation and cultivation of); Thy- roid gland (Histology of); Thyroid gland (Inner- vation of); Thyroid gland (Morphology and embry- ology of); Thyroid gland (Secretions of); Thy- roid gland (Therapeutic use of); Thyroid gland (Topography, etc., of); Thyroid gland (Trans- plantation of). Geinats (V. [N.]) *Staroye i novoye o shtshitovidnol zhelyozle. [Truths, old and new, concerning the thyroid gland.] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1894, Parski (K. V.) *Shtshitovidnaya zhelyoza i yeya izmteneniya po vozrastam. [The thyroid gland and its changes according to age.] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1901. Riviere (A. ) * Contribution a I'etude anato- mique du corps thyroide et des goitres. 4°. Lyon, 1893. Beebe (S. P.) The thyroid gland. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin . 1911, cv, 447.—Civalleri (A.) Contributo alio studio dei muscoli levatores glandulse thyreoidese ed alia innervazione dei muscoli sternothyroideus e thyrehyoi- deus. Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1905, 4. s., xi, 609-614.—Coronedi (G.) Uno sguardo d' insieme ai miei attuali esperimenti su la glandola tiroide. Scritti med. in omaggio a A. Murri, Bologna, 1912, 157-165.— Cottell (H. A.) The thyroid gland and its parathy- roids. Am. Praet. & News, Louisville, 1900, xxix, 55-59.— THYROID GLAND. 223 THYROID GLAND. Thyroid gland. Friend (S. H.) The thyroid gland; its physiological place, diseases, compensatory organs and the therapeutic application. Tr. M. Soc. Wisconsin, Madison, 1897, xxxi, 263-290. — Gelger (C.) The thvroid and parathyroid glands. J. Missouri M. Ass., St. Louis, 1911-12, viii, 67-69.— Oilllhan (A. F.) Upon the anatomy of the thyroid and parathvroid. Calif. State J. M.. San Fran., 1908, vi, 185. [Discussion], 192-196.—Ciunz. Sur la glande thy- ro'ide. M6m. de mathemat. et de phys. . . . Acad. roy. d. sc, Par., 1750, 283. — Haskovec (L.) Poznamky ku zlaze stitne. [Observations on the thvroid gland.] Ca- sop. lek. cesk., v Praze, 1893, xxxii, 561; 583; 604.—Hen- neberg ( B.) Beitrag zur Kenntnis der lateralen Schilddriisenanlage. Anat. Hefte, Wiesb., 1905, xxviii, 86-300, 2 pl.—Hunter (J.) The thyroid gland; anatomic, physiologic, pathologic, therapeutic factors. [Abstr.] Canad. Pract. & Rev., Toronto, 1909, xxxiv, 768-770.— Juvara (E.) Contribution k I'etude des faisceaux musculaires s'inserant par une de leurs extremites sur une portion quelconque de la glande thyroide. I.de Tanat. et physiol. [etc.], Par., 1900, xxxvi, 367-375.—La- louette. Sur la glande thyroide. Mem. de niathcmut. et de phys. . . . Acad. roy. d. sc, Par., 1750,159-174, 2pl.— McKelvy (J. P.) The thyroid and parathyroids; a brief summary. Surg., Gynec Obst., Chicago, 1909, viii, 613-619.—Meroz-Tjdiuaii (Mine.) Le corps thyroide chez les nouveau-nes et specialement a Gen6ve. Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1910, xxx, 526; 617.— Morgenstern i Sophie). Ueber einige mineralisehe Bestandteile der Schilddruse. Arch. f. Physiol., Leipz., 1912, 259-282—Pease (C. A.) The thyroid gland. Ver- mont M. Month., Burlington, 1911, xvii. 141-145.—Pol- rier(P.) Note sur les muscles eievateurs de la glande thyroide. Bull. Soc. anat. de Par., 1895, lxx, 654-656.— von Rodt (\V. E.) Beitrag zur Geschichte der Schild- driise. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1912, cxvi, 628- 642. — Sciolla (S.) Sulla tiroide. Atti d. xi. Cong. med. internaz., Roma, 1894, iii, med. int., 299.—Sebileau • (P.) Un mot d'histoire sur le muscle eievateur de la glande thyro'ide de Samuel Thomas Sommering (1794) ou muscle thyro-glandulaire de Juvara (octobre 1894). Bull. Soc. anat. de Par., 1894, lxix, 911-914.—Skala (J.) Zlaza stitna a teiiska epithelWlni. [The thyroid gland and the epithelial bodies.] Ca-op. lek. 6esk.. v Praze, ' 1909, xlviii, 1352; 1390: 1429; 1157; 1502—Zoja (G.) Ri- ' cerche anatomiche sull' appendiee della glandola tiroi- dea. Atti d. r. Accad. d. Lincei, Roma, 1878-9, 3. s., iv, 317-356, 5 pl. Thyroid gland (Aberrant or accessory)- Cappon (R.) * Versprengte Schilddriisen- keime in den oberen Luftwegen. 8°. Berlin, 1911. Chemix (J.-A.) * Contribution a I'etude des restes chez l'adulte de Tebauche thyroi'dienne mediane. 8°. Bordeaux, 1895. Lenzi (L.) Le ghiandole tiroide accessorie e le ghiandole paratiroidi. (Studio anatomico, clinico e sperimentale.) 8°. Firenze, .1907. Mole (C.) Le ghiandole tiroidi accessorie, sotto il pun to di vista chirurgico. 4°. Xapoli, 1910. Saxdstrom (I.) Om en ny kortel hos men- niskan Och atskilliga diiggdjur. [On a new gland in man and some mammalia (gUv dula thyreoidea accessoria). ] 8°. Upsala, 1880. Repr.from: Upsala Liikaref. Forhandl., 1880, xv. Allen (D. P.),Ingersoll (J. M.) & Ludlow (A. I.) Supernumerary thyroid at base of tongue. Surg., Gvnec. & Obst., Chicago, 1905, i, 213-216. Also, Reprint— lliid- gerow (G. W.) Lingual thyroid. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1910-11, iv, Laryngol. Sect., 81. Also: J. Laryngol., Lond., 1912, xxvii, 55.— Barker (A. E.) Sequel of a case of cystic accessory thyroid body in which four operations for recurrence were performed in the course of six years. Tr. Path. Soe. Lond., 1895-6, xlvii, 225-231.—(ecca (R.) Sopra i eorpi tiroidei accessori. Bull. d. sc. med. di Bo- logna, 1901/8. s., i, 225-245, 1 pl. -----. Note anatomiche sopra i corpi tiroidei accessori del collo. Soe. med.-chir. di Bologna. Resoc. (1901), 1902, 9-11.—Cristianl (H.) . Des glandules thyroi'diennes accessoires chez la souris et le campagnol. Arch, de physiol. norm, et path., Par., 1893, 5. s., v, 279^-284, 1 pl — < ushway (B. C.) Aberrant thyroid; repoH of a case. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1909, xlix, ■ 66-59,2 pl.—D'A jutolo (G.) Appunti critici sulle glan- dole tiroidee accessorie. Soc. med.-chir. di Bologna. i Resoc. (1901), 1902, 12-15.—De re um (F. X.) Thyroid metastasis to the spine. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y., Thyroid gland (Aberrant or accessory). 1906, xxxiii. 153-16S.—Druiiiinond (H.) Caseof acces- sory thyroid tumour. Northumberland & Durham M. J., Newcastle-upon-Tyne, 1910, xviii, 26-28.—Edmunds (\V.) Cystic accessory thyroid. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1895, ii, 1295.—Ewald (C.) Zwei Fiille von Kropfmetastase.. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1893, vi, 459.—Fetteroll'(G.) A case of lingual thyroid. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1912, xxii, 1015-1019.—Ferguson ^r. s.) Aberrant thyreoid tissue, and its relation to intratracheal growths. N*. York M.J. [etc.l, 1904, lxxx, 2S9-292. A/so, Reprint.—Freer (O. T.) Thyroid tissue in tin- larvnx and trachea. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1901, xxxvi, 876-878.— Gaudier (P.-A.) & Chevalier. Tumeur de la base de la langue (thyroide) chez une femme de vingt ans; extirpation par la voie transhvoldienne; guerison. Presse oto-laryngol. beige, Brux., 1903, ii, 28-32.—Waynes (I. S.) Sublin- gual thyroid. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1912, lvi, 165-467,1 pl — Hoffmann (R.) Thyreoidea accessoria intratrache- alis. Ztschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Wiesb., 1909, lix, 373-379. -----. I'eher Tin reoidea accessoria intratrachealis. Mo- natschr. f. ohrenh. [etc.], Berl. u. Wien, 1910,xliv, 1350.— Kauaiuori (T.) [Pseudo-thvroid gland growing in the occipital region.] Tokyo Iji-Shinshi, 1901,1557-1561.— Kast (A.) & Rumpel (T.) Accessory thyroid gland of the base of the tongue. In their: Illust. path, anat., fol., Lond., 1893, S. pl. i, with text.—Lenzi (L.) Con- tributo alia patologia del corpo tiroide (tiroidi accessorie e paratiroidi). Arch, ed atti d. Soc. ital. di chir. 1905, Roma, 1906, xix, 175-183— Mcllraith (C. H.) Notes on a case of accessory thyroid gland projecting into the mouth. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1894, ii, 1234.—Mayo (G. H.) Lingual, sublingual and other forms of aberrant thyroids. J. Am. M. A-s, Chicago, 1911, lvii, 784-786.— Murphy (J. B.) Superior aecessorv thyroids. Ibid., 1905, xiv, 1854-1862.—OderfeId (H.) & Steinhaus (J.) Przyczynek do kazuistyki przerzutow normalnej tkanki gruczolu tarczowego. [Metastasis of normal tissue of the thyroid gland.] Medycyna, Warszawa, 1901, xxix, 49-52. Also, transl. [with additions]: Centralbl. f. allg. Path. u. path. Anat, Jena, 1901, xii, 209-212: 1903, xiv,84.— Osier (W.) Note on intra-thoracic growths developing from the thyroid gland. Med. News, Phila., 1889, lv, 257. Also, Reprint.—Paton (E. P.) A case of accessory thy- roid laterally placed in the floor of the mouth. Tr. Clin. Soc. Lond., 1904-5, xxxviii, 98-100.—Perkins (C. E.) Accessory thvroid at base of tongue. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1908, xviii, 292-296.—Poisson (L.) Goitres aber- rants multiples. Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1911, 2. s., xxix, 1029-1034.—Posthmnus-Meyjes (W.) Un cas de glan- dula thyreoidea accessoria de la base de la langue. Bull. Soc. belged'otol. [etc.], Brux., 1899, iv, 86-89. Also, transl.: Brit. M. J., Lond., 1899, ii, 1004.— Prenant (A.) Sur le de- veloppement des glandesaeeessoiresde la glande thyro'ide et celui de la glande carotidienne. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1896, xii, 242-244.—Regensburger (F.) Schilddriisenmeta- stasen im Knochen. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1912, xlix, 1560-1562.—Roorda Smit (J. A.) Accessoire schild- klieren. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1900, 2. R., xxxvi, d. 1, 54-60.—Schrager (V. L.) Lateral aber- rant thyroids. Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1906, iii, 465-475,1 pl.—Silvan (C.) Su di una speciale formazione epiteliale annessa al sistema tiro-paratiroideo. Boll. d. Soc. med. di Parma, 1912, 2. s., v, 32-41.—Smith (O. C.) Aecessorv thyreoid on the posterior third of the tongue. X. York M. J. [etc.], 1904, lxxx, 818-820. Also, Reprint.— Staelin (A.) Zur Kasuistik der accessorischen Schild- driise. Jahrb. d. Hamb. Staatskrankenanst., 1891-2, Hamb. u. Leipz., 1894, iii, pt. 2, 413-420, 1 pl.—Storrs (H. R.) Lingual goitre (accessory thvroids at the base of the tongue 1. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1904, xl, 323-346, 8 pl. Also, Reprint.— von Stubenrauch. Beziehungen zwischen Athyreosis und Knoehenveranderungen. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1911, xlviii, 1103. Also: Sitzungsb. ■ d. Gesellsch. f. Morphol. u. Physiol, in Munchen (1911), 1912, xxvii, 71.—Summers (J. E.), jr. Accessory thy- roid tumors situated at the base of the tongue. Am. Med., Phila., 1903, v, 170.—Sutton (LB.) Enlarged ac- cessory thyroid gland; fatal dyspnoea. Brit. M.J., Lond., 1896, i, 463.—Swarts (J. L.) & Thompson (R. L.) Ac- cessory thyroid tissue within the pericardium of the dog. J.Med. Research, Bost., 1911, xxiv,299-308,1 pl—Thei- sen(C.F.) Acaseof accessorythvroidtumorattheba.se of the tongue. Albany M. Ann., 1901, xxii, 537-540, 1 pl.— Wakabayashi (T.) [Operation performed in a case of thyroid tumor at the base of the tongue.] Tokyo Iji-Shinshi, 1899, 30^7-3090.—Warren (J. C.) A caseof enlarged accessory thyroid gland at the base of the tongue. Am J. M. Sc, Phila., 1X92. civ, 377-382. Also, Reprint.—Watson (A. W.) A report of two cases of accessory thvreoid gland at the base of the tongue. Tr. , Am. Laryngol. Ass. 1899, N. Y., 1900, xxi, 75-80.— Wells (W. A.) Report r.f a case of thyroid gland tumor in the . larynx; Ann. Otol., Rhinol. A Laryngol., St. Louis, 1902, . xi, 455-466. Also, Reprint. THYROID GLAND. 224 THYROID GLAND. Thyroid gland (Aberrant or accessory, Tumors of). Armeilla (G.) *Le goitre lingual. Etude clinique et traitement. 8°. Lyon, 1900. Beerholdt (Henrietta Martha). * Ueber zwei Falle von Nebenkropf. 8°. Leipzig, 1912. von Ch amisso de Boncourt (A.) * Die Stru- ma der Zungenwurzel. [Freiburg i. Br.] 8°. Tubinqen, 1897. Also, in: Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1897, xix, 281-334. Chevalier (R. H.) *Tumeurs linguales solides d'origine thyroidienne. Travail de la clinique de laryngologie. 8°. Lille, 1902. Ehrle (E.) * Ueber einen Fall von Struma- metastase am Schiidel. 8°. Freiburg i. B., 1902. Geiger (J.) *Ueber intratracheale Strumen. 8°. Munchen, 1909. Scharf ([H.] O.) *Ein Fall von Struma accessoria lateralis inferior carcinomatosa. 8°. Leipzig, 1904. Sciireiner (F.) * Zur Kenntniss der Struma accessoria. 8°. Konigsberg i. Pr., 1893. Ungermann (E.) * Ueber einen Fall von Athyreosis mit vikariierender Zungenstruma. [Konigsberg i. Pr.] 8°. Berlin, 1906. AleksIeyett"(A. P.) Ob yaziehnom zoble. [Glossal goitre.] Imp. Voyenno-Med. Akad. Trudi Hosp. Khir. Klin. Fvodorova, S.-Peterb., 1909, iii, 37-114.—Allen (D. P.), lngersoll (J. M.) & Ludlow (A.I.) Supernu- merary thyroid at base of tongue. Surg. Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1905, i, 213-216—Austonl (A.) Sui tumori linguali di natura tireoidea. Clin, chir., Milano, 1910, xviii, 1619-1646, 1 pl.—Barker (A. E.) Accessory tu- mour of the thyroid gland. Lancet, Lond., 1896, i, 102. -----. The final sequel to a case already reported of re- current cystic disease of a supposed accessory thyroid. Tr. Path. Soc. Lond., 1898-9,1, 251-255.—Harwell (H. S.) A case of goitre in an abnormal thyroid gland. Lancet, Lond., 1903, i, 1029.—Renjamlns (C. E.) Een struma op den wortel van de tong. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Ge- neesk., Amst., 1899, 2. R., xxxv, d. 2, 194-210—Berger (P.) Goitre lingual. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1906, n. s., xxxii, 1161-1172.—Brentano. Struma aber- rata linguae mit Driisenmetastasen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1911, xxxvii, 665.—Brewer (G. E.) Adenoma of an accessory thyroid, causing marked tracheal stenosis. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1904, xl, 590-593.—Brunner (F.) Eine Zungenstruma, Cor.- Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1911, xli, 72 — Carpenter (G.) A tumour at the root of the tongue for diagnosis ('? a retention cyst or a misplaced thyroid). Rep. Soc. Study Dis. Child., Lond., 1903-4, iv, 61-63.—Collins (H. D.) Retrosternal accessory thyroid tumor; report of a case requiring removal, terminating fatally. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1905, xli, 661-666.—Curtis & Gaudier. TJn cas de goitre lingual. Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1902, i, 417-432—Devic & Beriel. Les goitres metasta- tiques sans goitre; metastases thyroidienne de type ad6- nomateux sans lesions apparentes du corps thyroide. Arch. prov. de chir., Par., 1906, xv, 640-649.—Edniunds (W.) Cystic accessory thyroid body. Tr. Path. Soc. Lond., 1895-6, xlvii, 223, 1 pl.—Enderlen. Fall von Struma intratrachealis. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1906, xxxvi, 528-530.—Feldmann (I.) Struma lingualis et sublingualis. Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1907, li, 269. Also: Orvosi heti szemle, Budapest, 1907, xlii, 342. Also, transl.: Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1907, xliii, 760. — Ferguson (J. S.) Aberrant thyreoid tissue and its relations to intratracheal growths. N. York Med. J. [etc.], 1904, lxxx, 289.—Gachet (J.) Goitre de la base de la langue avec lesions congeni- tales du maxillaire inferieur et de l'oreille in- terne. Arch, de med. nav., Par., 1912, xclviii, 53-61.— Galisch(A.) Struma accessoria baseos linguae; Opera- tion; Heilung. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1894, xxxix. 560-571.—Gaudier & Chevalier deux cas de tumeurs thyro'idiennes de la base de la langue. Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1902, vi, 397-408.—Gel le (E.) Les tumeurs solides thvro'idiennes de la base de la langue. Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1911, lxxxiv, 301-304.—Gelle (E.) & Bertein (P.) Les tumeurs solides thyroidiennes de la base de la langue. Echo med. du nord, Lille. 1911, xv, 113-177—Ginzberg (S. I.) Sluchal yazichnavo zoba. [Lingual goitre.] Yezhemies. Ushn., Gorlov. i Nosov. Bollezn., S.-Peterb., 1911, vi, 527-5:-;o.—Gorls. TJn cas de tumeur thyroidienne de la base de la langue; extirpa- tion par les voies naturelles; guerison. Bull. Acad. roy. de med. de Belg., Brux., 1902, 4. s., xvi, 315-318, 1 pl. Also: Presse oto-laryngol. beige, Brux., 1902, i, 226-229. Thyroid gland (Aberrant or accessory, Tumors <>f). -----. Note sur l'extirpation d'un goitre de la pointede la langue. Ann. de l'Inst. chir. de Brux., 1907, xiv, 54- 58.—deGraag (K. S.) lets over metastaseerende stru- mae. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk.. Amst., 1903, 2. R., xxxix, d. 1, 819-S32.—Igiiatyetr i A. A.) Sluchal cys- toadenoma papillare carcinomatosuin glandular thyre- oidea accessoria'. Russk. Khirurg. Obozr., Mosk., 1903, i, 513-546.—laboulay. Goitre inetastatiqiie. Bull. Soc. dc chir. de Lyon, 1903, vi, 13-15. Also: Lyon med., 1903, c, 301-303. —-—. Goitre meXastatique avec tumeur seeon- daire de la clavicule. Gaz. d. hdp., Par., 1909, lxxxii, 1243.—Jacques. Goitre lingual. Rev. mexl. de l'est, Nancy, 1906, xxxviii, 151. Also: Soc. de mecl. de Nancy. C.-r.....1905-6, pt. 2, 31. -----. Goitres linguaux. Rev. med. de Test, Nancv, 1906, xxxviii, 182. Also: Soc. de med. de Nancy. C.-r.....1905-6, pt. 2, 36.—Jaeger (R.) Ueber Strumametastasen. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1897, xix, 493-526.—Laboure (J.) Le goitre lingual ot sub-lingual. Arch. prov. de chir., Par., 1912, xxi, 571-573.—Lanin (V.) Sluchal kisti pridatochnol shtshitovidnol zhelyozi. [Cyst of an accessory thvroid gland.] Khiruig'ia, Mosk., 1898, iii, 60-64, 1 pl.-L.enzi (L.) Due strume a sede rara; contributo alio studio del gozzo linguale. Sperimentale. Arch, di biol., Firenze, 1905, lix, 852-890, 2 pl.-L.ivi (C.) Un caso di struma tiroidea della base della lingua. Policlin., Roma, 1910, xvii, sez. prat., 395-397.—Lympius (M.) Struma acces- soria der Zungenbasis; Exstirpation; Heilung. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1896-7, xliv, 451-454.—ITIcGlan- nan (A.) Tumors of lateral aberrant thyroid tissue. Maryland M. J., Bait., 1908, li, 7-101. lUadelung. Ueber Struma accessoria vera retrovisceralis. Strassb. med. Ztg.,1904, i, 247-249.—ftlakins (G. H.) A clinical lecture on a case of lingual goitre. [Abstr.] Lancet, Lond., 1906, ii, 1569.— Ittelxner (K.) Zwei Falle von Struma baseos linguae. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1905, lxxviii, 1-19, 2 pl. Also: Jahresb. u. Arb. d. ii. chir. Klin, zu Wien 1904-5, Berl., 1906, 100-117.— Meurers. Zur Kasuistik der Zungenstruma. Ztschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Wiesb., 1909, lix, 331-333.—Neu- inan (J. M.) Nyelvgyoki mirigydaganat esete. [A case of gland tumor "of the root of the tongue.] Budapesti k. orvosegy. 1894-iki evkonyve, 1895, 82-84, rfnodi (A.) Struma accessoria a nyelv gyoken. [.. . at the rootof the tongue.] Budapestik. orvosegy. 1912-ik evierkonyve,Budapest. 1903,163. Also: Orvosi hetil..Buda- pest, 1903,xlvii, 66. Also,transl.: Ungar. med. Presse,Buda- pest, 1903, viii, 48. Also, transl.: Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1903, xxxix, 453.—Pilcher (P. M.) Lateral aberrant thyroid. Long Island M. J., Brooklyn, 1907, i, 381.—Pilliet (A. H.) Ad6nome kystique aberrant du corps thyroide. Bull. Soc. anat. de Par., 1893, lxviii, 391-395.—Pool. Carcinoma of an accessory thyroid. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1910, Iii, 711, 1 pl.—Quensel (U.) Fall af struma accessoria baseos linguae. [Ein Fall von Struma accessoria baseos linguae. Uebers., pp. xxix.] Upsala Liikaref. Fdrh., 1904-5, n. L, x, 393-399.—Rakh- maninolt'i I. M.) Adenoma embr'fonalnikh zachatkov shtshitovidnol zhelyozi. [Adenoma of embryonal rudi- ments of thyroid gland.] Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1896, xiv, 3-11, 1 pl— Kiethus (O.) Beitrag zur Casuistik und Therapie der Struma lingualis. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1904,' lxxiv, 149-162.—Sehadle (J. E.) Accessory thyroid tumors at base of tongue. J. Am. M. Ass., Chi- cago, 1899, xxxiii, 386-388. Also, Reprint.—Schilling (Hj.] Tungestruma og mediane halscyster. [Struma of the tongue and median cvsts of the neck.] Norsk. Mag. f. Lsegevidensk., Kristiania, 1912, 5. R., x, 347-357.— Schwarz(D.) Slucaj jezidne guSe. [A case of lingual struma.] Lie6. viestnik, u Zagrebu, 1905, xxvii, 311- 314—Smith (O. C.) Accessory thyreoid on the poste- rior third of the tongue. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1904, lxxx, 818-820. Also, Reprint.—Smyth (H. E.) Accessory thy- roid tumors of the tongue. Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhinol. & Otol. Soc, N. Y., 1911, xvii, 259-278. Also: Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol.,St. Louis,1911,xx,367-387.—Ssalist- schew (E. G.) Zur Casuistik der Nebenkropfe; ein neuer wahrer isolirter lateraler Nebenkropf. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1894, xlviii, 452-465. —Stirling (R. A.) Lingual goitre. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1907, xlvi, 826-828, 1 pl.—Strauss (M.) Ueber Kropfgeschwulst- bildungin der Zunge (Struma accessoria dorsalis baseos linguae). Med. Klin., Berl., 1906, ii, 1259-1261. ——. Struma baseos linguae. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1907, xxxiii, 322.—Stuart-Low (\\.) Case of thyroid tumour of the tongue (V). Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1908-9, ii, Laryngol. Sect., 109. Also: J. Laryngol., Lond., 1907, xxiv, 185. -----. A contribution to the sur- gerv of lingual thvroids. Brit. M. J , Lond., 1909, i, 1225.— Ta'vel (E.) Heterotopie thyroi'dienne. Arch.prov. de chir., Par., 1904, xiii, 267-269.—TereshenkofffN. M.) Mnogokamerniva zhaberniya kisti i adenokistomi priba- vochnikh shtshitovidnikh zhelyoz. [Multiloeular ranu- lar cysts and adenocystomata of the accessory thyroid glands 1 Russk. chir. arch., S.-Peterb., 1904, xx, 50- 90—Teweles (F.) Ein Fall von Struma der Zungen- THYROID GLAND. THYROID GLAND. 2; Thyroid gland (Aberrant or accessory, Tumors of). wurzel. Wie'n. klin. Wchnschr., 1902, xv, 201.—Theisen (C. F.) A case of accessory thyroid tumor at the base of the tongue. Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhinol., & Otol. Soc. 1901, N. Y., 1902, vii, 297-302.—Tron (G.) Contributo alio studio dei tumori da nodi tiroidei aberranti. Mor- gagni, Milano, 1908, 1, 287-292— 1/ngeriiiaiin (E.) Ueber einen Fall von Athyreosis und vikariierender Zungenstruma. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1906-7, lxxxvii, 58-80—Viannay (C.) Un cas de tumeur linguale d'origine glandulaire. Gaz. hebd. de med., Par., 1901, n. s., vi, 361-363.—Waltlier (H. E.) Zur Pathologie und Therapie der Zungenstruma. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tubing., 1912, lxxvii, 116-125.—Watson (A. W.) A report of two cases of accessory thvroid gland at the base of the tongue. N. York M. J., 1899, lxx, 579- 581.—\Vikerhauser(T.) Struma baseos linguae. Lied. viestnik. u. Zagrebu, 1900, xxii, 200.—Winslow (R.) Aecessorv thvroid tumor situated at the baseof t he tongue. Am. Med'., Phila., 1902, iv,939.—Zeldovieh (I. B.) Slu- chal strumae baseos linguae. Bolnitseh. gaz. Botkina, St. Petersb., 1897, viii, 209. Thyroid gland (Abnormities of). See, also, Thyroid gland (Aberrant or accessory). Charriere (L.) * Contribution a I'etude de l'absenee congenitale du corps thyroide et de ses consequences dans 1'arret du developpement physique et intellectuel. 8°. Paris, 1907. Aschoft. Fall von angeborenem Schilddriisenman- gel. Nachr. v. d. k. Gesellsch. d. Wissensch. Math.-phvs. Kl., Gbtting., 1899, 151. — Bergmann ( C. ) Seltene Schilddriiseiimuskeln. Areh. f. Anat., Phvsiol. u. wis- sensch. Med., Berl., 1855, 337-340.—Cohen (S. S.) A pre- liminary communication on some of the trophoneuroses associated with abnormality of the thvroid gland. [Ab- str.] Maryland M. J., Bait., 1892-3, xxviii, 507-510. Also: Times & Reg., Phila., 1893, xxvi, 221-224.—Falkenberg (A.) K anomaliyam razvitiya shtshitovidnol zhelyozi. [Anomalies of development of the thyroid gland.] Chir. Laitop., Mosk., 1895, v, 621-634.—Herrmann (G.) & Verdun (P.) Persistance des corps post-branchiaux chez l'homme. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1899,11. s., i, 853-s55. -----. Remarques sur l'anatomie comparee des corps post-branchiaux. Ibid., 855-857.—Kellner. Athvreosis congenita sporadica. Deutsche med. Wchn- schr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1912, xxxviii, 1020.—ftlaresch (R.) Congenitaler Defect der Schilddruse bei einem lljahri- gen Madchen mit vorhandenen Epithelkorperchen. Zt- schr. f. Heilk., Berl., 189\ xix, 249-270, 1 pl.—Paladlno (G.) Di un reperto rarissimo o della presenza di fibre muscolari striate nella glandola tiroide. Riforma med., Napoli, 1893, ix, pt. 1, 86^-872.—Peucker (H.) Ueber einen neuen Fall von congenitalem Defeete der Schild- driise mit vorhandenen Epithelkorperchen. Ztschr. f. Heilk., Berl., 1899, xx, 341-356, 1 pl.—Schilder (P.) Ueber Missbildungen der Schilddrtise. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1911, cciii, 246-282, 1 pl.—Van Haelst (A.) Un cas de dysthyroi'die. Ann. Soe. de med. de Gand, 1901, lxxx, 137-142. Also: Beigique med., Gand-Haarlem, 1901, i, 769-774. Thyroid gland (Abscess of). See Thyroid gland (Inflammation, etc., of). Thyroid gland (Antitoxic potencies of). Baidi (D.) Se la tiroide distrugga un veleno che si formerebbe normalmentenell' organismo. Areh. di farm. e terap., Palermo, 1898, vi, 621-538. Also: Boll. d. Soc. med.-chir. di Pavia, 1898, 239-258. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1899, xxxi, 281-286.—Blum (F.) Die Schilddruse als entgiftendes Organ. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1898, xxxv, 950-952. Also [Abstr.]: Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Be 1., 1898, xxiv, Ver.-Beil., 185. -----. Die Schilddruse als entgiftendes Organ. Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.J, Berl., 1899, clviii, 495-513.—De Luea (G.)&D'Angerio(V.) Sul potere antitossico de la glan- dola tiroide. Riv. clin. e terap., Napoli,1896, xviii,449-457.— Diez (s.) A Lerda (G.) Sul potere antitossico della ti- roide. Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1905, 4. s., xi, 429-439.—Fr&nkel (S.) Thyreoantitoxin, der physiolo- gisch wirksame Bestandtheil der Thyreoidea. Aerztl. Centr.-Anz.,Wien,1895,vii,550-552. Also: Wien.klin.Wchn- schr.,1895, viii, 842-844. Also: Wien. med. Bl., 1895, xviii, 759-761. Also.transl.: Med.Rec,N.Y.,1896,xlix,37. -----. Ueber die Wirksamkeit des Thvreoantitoxins. Wien. med. BL, 1896. xix, 804-806.—Frugoni (C.l&Grlxoni (G.) Giinstiger Einfluss der wirksamen Elemente der Schilddruse auf die experimentellen tuberculosen und pseudotuberkulosen Infectionen. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1909, xlvi, 1160-1162.—Grlint'e Id (J.) Therapeutische Versuche mit dem Thyreoantitoxin; ein Beitrag zur Ldsung der Frage fiber die wirksamen Substanzen der Schilddruse. Wien. med. Bl.,1896, xix, 771; 789.—Kopp ( K.) Ueber Wachstumsversehiedenheit einiger Spalt- pilzeauf Schilddrusennahrboden. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. VOL XVIII, 2d series----15 Thyroid gland (An titoxic potencies of). u. Parasitenk., Jena, 1895, xvii, 81-83.— ftlagnus-Levy (A.) Versuche mit Thyreoantitoxin und ThyTOjodln. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1896, xxii, 491.— IHarbe ( S. ) L'hypersensibilisation generale thyroi- dienne: exaltation et attenuation du bacille typhus mu- rium dans les milieux de culture thyro'ides. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1912, lxxii, 710-712. -----. Hyper- sensibilisation g6nerale thyroi'dienne; indice opsonique 61ev6 et hypersensibiliio generale chez les lapins k la ma- melle. icud.,802-801.—;Masini(M. U.) Sulla resistenza e sul comportamento della sostanza colloide tiroidea di fronte ai proeessi putrefattivi. Policlin., Roma, 1902, ix, sez. med., 316-323.—Keiuedi (V.) Sui poteri antitos- sici della glandula tiroide. Sperimentale. Arch, di biol., Firenze, 1902, lvi, 500-517.—Me pan oil. Le corps thy- ro'ide et les defenses naturelles de l'organisme. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1909, lxvi, 296. Thyroid gland (Atrophy of). Caluerar'a (A.) Mixedema da, atrofia della tiroide eon ipertrofia della ipofisi. Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1907, xiii, 351-365. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1908-9,1, 190-196.—Gand y (C.) In- fantilisme tardif de l'adulte; sclerose atrophique de la th\ ro'ide avec inflammation nodulaire spt>ciale. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 1907, 3. s., xxiv, 478-490.— Noel, Flessinger & Sourdel. Insufflsance diast6- mato-spermatique acquise avec atropine thyroidienne. Ibid., 1911, 3. s., xxxi, 861-865.—Stunim (T. W.) Abla- tion and atrophy of the thyroid and parathyroid glands. St. Paul M. J., St. Paul, Minn., 1906, viii, 729-733.—Voi- venel (P.) & Piqtieinal (J.) Surun cas de chStivisme (avec retreeissement mitral pur, atropine du corps thy- roide, idiotie). Toulouse med., 1911, 2. s., xiii, 147-151.— Werelius (A.) Experimental pressure atrophy of the thyroid, with brief summary of the present knowledge of the gland. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1909, liii, 172-178. Thyroid gland (Blood supply of). Alamartine (H.) Effets de la ligature' des arteres du corps thyroide sur la structure de cette glande. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1911, lxx, 614.—Bartels (P.) Ueber den Verlauf der Lymphgefasse der Schild- driise bei Saugetieren und beim Menschen. Anat. Hefte, Wiesb., 1901, xvi, 333-379, 2 pl.—Berard (L.) Sur quel- ques points de la circulation arterielle thvro'idienne. Province med., Lyon, 1896, x, 541-544.—Berard (L.) & Destot. Circulation du corps thyroide. Mem.etcompt.- rend. Soc. d. sc. m6d. de Lyon (1896), 1897, xxxvi, pt. 2, 175.—Carrel (A.) Thvroid gland and vascular surgery. Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1909, viii, 606-612.—Gley (E.) Sur quelques effets de la ligature des arteres thy- ro'idiennes chezle lapin. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1911, lxx, 770.—Goldmann. Demonstration von Ge- fassanastomosen der Schilddruse und des Kehlkopfes. Verhandl. d. Ver. siiddeutsch. Laryngol., Wiirzb., 1904, 42.—Latarjet (A.) & Alamartine (H.) Note sur la vascularisation arterielle du corps thyroide de rhomme. Lyon med., 1910, cxv, 729-739.—JWaas (O.) Ueber Ver- anderungen im Centralnervensystem nach Unterbindung der Schilddriisengefiisse. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1901, xxxviii, 836.—Major (R. H.) Studies on the vascular system of the thyroid gland. Am. J. Anat., Phila., 1909, ix, 475-492.—Pinto (C.) Sugli effetti dell' ischemia temporanea dell' apparecchio tireo-paratiroideo. Ri- forma med., Roma, 1902, xviii, pt. 4, 206. Also, transl.: Gaz. hebd. de med., Par., 1902, n. s., vii, 1107. Thyroid gland (Cancer of). See Thyroid gland (Tumors of, Cancerous, etc.). Thyroid gland (Chemistry of). See, also, Thyreoglobulin; Thyroid-extract; Thyroid gland (Secretions of). Kieselbvch (A.) * Ueber ein Vorkommen von Glykogen in der Schilddruse. [Heidel- berg.] 8°. Mainz, 1909. Moneri (A.) *Metabolisme de l'iode; re- cherches nouvelles sur la fonction iodee de la glande thyroide. 8°. Lyon, 1903. Oswald (A.) Ueber die chemische Beschaf- fenheit und die Function der Schilddruse. [Zu- rich.] 8°. Strassburg, 1900. Ramberg (Marie). * Beobachtungen iiber Glycogen in der Thyreoidea. [Bern.] 8°. Ber- lin, 1911. Also, in: Virchow's Arch.f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1911, cciii, 348-352, 1 pl. Aeschtoacher (S.) Ueber den Einfluss krankhafter Zustande auf den Jod- und Phosphorgehalt der normalen Schilddruse. Mitt. a. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir., Jena, 1905, xv, 269-296.—Aldrlch (T. B.) The iodine con- tent of the small, medium, and large thyroid glands of THYROID GLAND. 226 THYROID GLAND. Thyroid gland (Chemistry of). sheep, beef, and hogs. Am. J. Physiol., Bost., 1912-13, xxxi, 125-130.—Baldl (D.) Presenza del bromo nella glandula tiroide normale. Boll. d. Soe. med.-chir. di Pavia, Milano, 1898, 40-44. Also [Abstr.]: Gazz. med. lomb., Milano, 1*9*. lvii, 227. Also, transl.: Arch. ital. de biol.,Turin, 1898,xxix, 353-356.—Baldonl (A.) Icorpi proteiei della tiroide. Bull. d. r. Accad. med. di Roma, 1900, xxvi, 184-196. Also, transl.: Untersuch. z. Naturl. d. Mensch. u. d. Thiere, Giessen, 1900-1901, xvii, 217-228. -----. Le sostanze grasse ed anorganiche della tiroide. Bull. d. r. Accad. med. di Roma, 1900, xxvi, 218-224. Also, transl.:Untersuch. z. Naturl. d. Mensch. u. d. Thiere, Gies- sen, 1900-1901, xvii, 191-197— Baumann (E.) & Gold- mann (E.) Istdas Jodothyrin (Thyrojodin) derlebens- wlchtige Bestandtheil der Schilddruse? Miinehen. med. Wchnschr.,1896, xliii,1153-1157.—Blum(F.) DieJodsub- stanz der Schilddruse und ihre physiologische Bedeutung. Ztschr. f. phvsiol. Chem., Strassb., 1898, xxvi, 160-174. -----. Zur Chemie und Physiologie der Jodsubstanz der Schilddruse. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1899, lxxvii, 70-106.—Charriii & Bourcet. Variations de l'iode du corps thvro'ide des nouveau-nes sous diverses influences pathologlques. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc., Par., 1900, cxxx, 945-948. Also: Compt. rend. Soe. de biol., Par., 1900, 11. s., ii, 339-312.—Chenu (J.) & itlorel (A.) Recherches chimiqius sur l'appareil thyroidien. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1904, cxxxviii, 1004-1007. — Claude (H.) & Blanche tie re (A.) Sur la teneur en iode de la glande thyroide dans ses rapports avec la constitution anatomique de l'organe. J. de phvsiol. et de path. g£n., Par., 1910, xii, 663-579.—Coronedi (G.) & Barbicri (O.) Dati su la coinposizione chimica della tiroide nei suini del circondario parmense, con particolare riguardo alle applicazioni opoierupiche. Biochim. e terap. sper., Milano, 1911-12, iii, 316-323. Also, transl: Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1912-13, lvii, 263-270.—Frankel ( S. ) Beitrage zur phvsiologischen Chemie der Thyreoidea. Wien. med. Bl., 1896, xix, 195; 213; 230.—Gautier ( L i Encore l'iode et la glande thyroide; lettre au Dr P. Jannin. Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1899, xix, 618-626.—Gley (E.) Presence de l'iode dans les glan- dules parathyro'ides. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1897, exxv, 312-315.— Gilntlier (G.) Ueber ein Krys- talloid der menschlichen Schilddruse. Sitzungsb. d. k. Akad. d. Wissensch. Math.-naturw. CI., Wien, 1896, cv, 341-346.—Giirber (A.) Ein jodhaltiges Product der menschlichen Schilddruse. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1896, xliii, 545.—Gil I land ( G. L.) & Goodall (A.) A preliminary note on the presence of pigment contain- ing iron in the thyroid gland. Lancet, Lond., 1905, ii, 506.—Hunt (R.) The relation of iodine to the thyroid gland. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1907, xlix, 1323-1329. Also, Reprint.—Hunter (A.) The determination of small quantities of iodine, with special reference to the iodine content of the thvroid gland. J. Biol. Chem., Bait., 1910, vii, 321-349.—Hutchison (R.) The chem- istry of the thyroid glnnd and the nature of its active constituent. J. Physiol., Cambridge, 1896, xx, 474-496. -----. Further observations on the chemistry and action of the thyroid gland. Ibid., Lond., 1898, xxiii, 178-189. -----. The chemistry of the thyroid in its physiological and pathological aspects. Practitioner, Lond., 1901, lxvi, 402-413. —Iscovesco (H.) Les li- poi'des du corps thyro'ide; pouvoir hemolytique et agglu- tinant. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1908, lxv, 106-108. -----. Le lipo'ide exophtalmisant de la thyro'ide. ' Ibid., 1910, lxix, 391-393.—Jolin (S.) Ueber den Jodgehalt der menschlichen Schilddriisen in Schweden. Upsala Liikaref. Forh. Festskr. . . . Hammarsten, 1906, Jit. 8, 1-56. Also, Reprint.—Juschtschenko (A.) Ueber die fettspaltende und oxydierenden Fermente der Schilddruse und den Einfluss letzterer auf die lipoly- tischen und oxydierenden Prozesse im Blute. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1910, xxv, 49-78.—Kocher (A.) Ueber die Ausscheidung des Jods im menschlichen Harn und ihre Beziehung zum Jodgehalt und zur Verkleinerung der Strumen; ein Beitrag zur Physiologie der Schild- driise. Mitt. a. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u Chir., Jena, 1905, xiv, 359-424. — Kuraew. Ueber die Funktion der Schilddruse, vornehmlich vom phvsiologisch - chemi- schen Standpunkte. Med. Woche, Berl., 1900, 417; 427.— Levi (L.) & de Rothschild (H.) Intestin thvro'fdien et ion-calcium. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1907, lxii, 709-711.—Marchetti (L.) Precipitine tiroidee. Riforma med., Palermo-Napoli, 1907, xxiii, 1130.—ma- rine (D.) & Lenhart (C. H.) Further observations on the relation of iodin to the structure of the thyroid gland in the sheep, dog, hog, and ox. Arch. Int. Med., Chicago, 1909, iii, 66-77.-----------. Relation of iodin to the structure of human thyroids; relation of iodin and histologic structure to diseases in general; to exoph- thalmic goiter; to cretinism and myxedema. Ibid., iv, 440-493.—Marine (D.) & Williams (W. W.) The re- lation of iodin to the structure of the thvroid gland. Arch. Int. Med., Chicago, 1908, i, 349-384, 3 pl., 1 tab. . Thyroid gland ( Chemistry of). Also, Reprint.—Meyer (F.) Fernieiitwirkungen der Schilddruse. Verhandl. d. Kong. f. innere Med., Wiesb., 1909, 658-563.—Mlwa (S.) & Stoeltzner (W.) Ist das Jod ein nothwendiger Bestandtheil jeder normalen Schilddruse? Jahrb. f. Kinderh., Leipz., 1897, xiv, 83-88.— Mon6ry(A.) Recherches sur la fonction iod6e de la glande thvro'ide. J. de pharm. et chim., Par., 1904, 6. s., xix, 288-29*5.—Morkotun ( K. S. > O fosforistom blelkle shtshitovidnol zhelyozi, v svyazi s voprosom ob yeya ot- pravlenii. [On the phosphate of albumen in the thyroid gland, in connection with the question of its function.] Vrach, St. Peterb., 1*95, xvi, 1028-1030. — NageI (W. A.) & Ross (E.) Versuche fiber experimentelle Beeinfluss- barkeit des Jodgehaltes der Schilddruse. Arch. f.Physiol., Leipz., 1902, Suppl.-Bd., 267-277. — Nardelli (G.) Im- portanza di un nuovo metodo per la ricerea dello iodio nelle tiroidi. Arch, di farmacol. sper., Roma, 1910, x, 207- 215—Oswald (A.) Ueber den Jodgehalt der Schild- driisen. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1897, xxiii, 265-310. Also, Reprint. -----. Die Eiweisskorper der Schilddruse. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1899, xxvii, 14-49. -----. Was wissen wir fiber die Chemie und die Physiologie der Schilddruse? Arch, f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1900, lxxix, 450-460. -----. Nouvelles recherches chimiquessurlaglandethyroide. Cong, internat. demed. C.-r.,Par.,1900,sect.dephysiol.,24-26.—Pel(A.V.) Shtshi- tovidnaya zhelyoza l mishyak. [Thyroid gland and arsenic] J. med. khim. i organoterap., S.-Peterb., 1903, ix, nos. 29-30, 147.—Presence in the normal thyroid gland of a substance containing a relatively large quan- tity of iodine. Med. News, N. Y., 1896, lxviii, 328-330.— Rlggs (L. W.) & Beebe (S. P.) The iodin content of human thyroid glands. Proc. Am. Soc. Biol. Chem., Bait., 1908, 41.— Roos (E.) Zur Abwehr. [Blum: Die Jodsubstanz der Schilddruse und ihre physiologische Bedeutung.] Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1898-9, xxvi, 429-435.—von Rositzky (A.) Ueber den Jodge- halt von Schilddriisen in Steiermark. Wien. klin. Wchn- schr., 1897, x, 823.—Srhulz (H.) Ueber den Kieselsaure- gehalt der menschlichen Schilddruse, Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1912, xlvi, 376-392.—Seidell (A.) Further experi- ments upon the determination of iodine in thyroid. J. Biol. Chem., Bait.. 1911, x, 95-108. —Stookey (L. B.) & Gardner (Vera). Relation of the thyroids to autolysis. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1907-8, v, 120.— SuilFet (T.) Contribution a I'etude chimique de la glande thyro'ide de mouton. J. de pharm. et chim., Par., 1900, 6. s., xii, 50-53 —Tambach (R.) Zur Chemie des Jods in der Schilddruse. Ztschr. f. Biol., Munchen u. Leipz., 1898, n. F., xviii, 549-567. — Vassale (G.) & DI Brazzk (P.) Nuovo metodo per la dimostrazione della sostanza colloide nei vasi linfatiei della ghiandola tiroide. Riv. sper. di freniat., Reggio-Emilia, 1894, xx, 66-68.— Weiss (F.) Ueber den Jodgehalt von Schilddriisen in Schlesien. Munchen. med. Wchnschr , 1897, xliv, 6.— Wells (H. G.) & Benson (R. L.) The relation of the thyroid to autolysis, with a preliminary report on the study of autolysis by determinations of the changes in freezing point and electrical conductivity. J. Biol. Chem., N. Y., 1907-8, iii, 35-47. — Wohlmuth (J.) Ue- ber den Jodgehalt der Schilddriisen von Schafen. Cen- tralbl. f. Physiol., Leipz. u. Wien, 1901-2, xv, 587.— Woolley (P. G.) Some suggestions regarding the mech- anism of resorption of thyroid colloid. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1912, xxiii, 49. Thyroid gland (Congestion and oedema of). See, also, Thyroid gland (Inflammation, etc., of). Luthi ( A.) * CJeber venose Stauung der Hundeschilddriise. [Bern.] 8°. Jena, 1905. Berard ( L.) Congestions thyro'idiennes. [Extr.l Gaz. d. Imp., Par., 1907, lxxx, 1611-1616. —Fabre (J.) & Thevenot (L.) La congestion de la glande thyroide chezle nouveau-ne. Arch, de med. d. enf., Par., 1907, x, 257-274.—Halipre (A.) Congestion thyroi'dienne chez un jeune homme; traitement iodure suivi du traitement thyroidien. Normandie med., Rouen, 1897, xii, 517-527.— Laubie (A.) Les acces de suffocation dans la conges- tion thyroidienne; tractions rvthmees de la langue Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1903, xxiv, 269-272.— Levi (L.) & de Rotlischild (H.) (Edemes thy- ro'idiens transitoires. Compt. rend. Soc de biol.. Par., 1906, Ixi, 745-747.—Levy (A.) Congestion aigue' du corps thyro'ide dans l'exerciee dit des anneaux. Arch, de med. et pharm. mil., Par., 1902, xi, 324-328— LUtlii (A.) Le- ber experimentelle venose Stauung in der Hundeschild- driise. Mitt. a. d. Genzgeh. d. Med. u. Chir., Jena, 1905, xv, 247-268.—Thevenot I L.) Goitres et congestions de la thyroide chez le nouveau-ne. Obstetrique, Par., 1£09, n. s.,ii, 208-217. 27 THYROID (JLAND. THYROID GLAND. Thyroid gland (Degeneration of). See, also, Thyroid gland (Tumors of, Cystic). Peters (W.^ *Ein Fall von amyloider Degeneration der Schilddruse. 8°. Freiburg, 1898. Stoffel [geb. Stempel] (Edda). *Lokales Amyloid in der Schilddruse. [Heidelberg.] 8°. Berlin, 1910. Also [Abstr.], in: Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1910, cci, 245-251. Discussion sur une degen£rescence sclereuse du corps thvro'ide. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1901, n. s., xxvii, 938-913.—Murray (G. R.) The diagnosis of early thyroidal fibrosis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1898, ii, 942-944.—Ricard. Note sur une vari^te. de degene- reseenee fibreuse du corps thyroide. Bull, et mem. Soc. dechir. de Par., 1901, n. s., xxvii, 758-764. Also: Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1901, n. s., lxxiv, 733-735. Thyroid gland (Diseases and pathology of). See, also, Cretinism; Goitre; Menstrua- tion (Cessation of); Menstruation (Disorders of, Complications, etc., of); Myxoedema ((Causes, etc., of); Thyroid gland (Atrophy of); Thyroid gland (Congestion of); Thyroid gland (Degenera- tion of); Thyroid gland (Disoraers of, Func- tional); Thyroid gland (Hydatids of); Thyroid gland (Hypertrophy, etc., of); Thyroid gland (Inflammation etc., of); Thyroid gland (Insuffi- ciency of); Thyroid gland (Syphilis of); Thyroid gland (Tuberculosis of); Thyroid gland (Tumors of). Albertin (A.) *Le corps thyroide et le rhumatisme articulaire aigu. 8°. Paris, 1911. Biros (G.-A.) *Dea psychoses d'origine thyroidienne. 8°. Lyon, 1904. Blanck (T. H. H. K.) * Ueber das Vor- kommen des Facialphanomens bei Schild- driisenaffektionen. [Miinehen] 8°. Berlin, 1909. Bogroff (A. [G.]) *K voprosu o fiziolo- gicheskom znachenii shtshitovidnol zhelyozi i o roli yeya v patologii i terapii Basedow'ol bollezni. [On the physiological value of the thyroid gland and its role in the pathology and therapy of Basedow's disease.] 8°. S.-Peter- burg, 1895. Domenico (T.) * Fisio-patologia della ghian- dola tiroide. roy. 8°. Torino, 1904. von Eiselsberg (A.) Die Krankheiten der Schilddruse. 8°. Stuttgart, 1901. Ewald (C. A.) Die Erkrankungen der Schilddruse. MyxSdem und Kretinismus. 2. Aufl. 8°. Wien & Leipzig, 1909. Garnier(M.) *La glande thyroide dans les maladies infectieuses. 8°. Paris, 1899. Kloeppel (C. "W. F. C.) *Vergleichende Untersuchungen iiber Gebirgsland- und Tief- landsehilddriisen an Berliner, Gottinger und Freiburger Material. [Freiburg i. Br.] 8°. Naumburg a. S., 1911. Also, in: Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1910, xlix, 579-594. Levy (L.) & de Rothschild (H.) Etudes sur la physiopathologie du corps thyroide et de l'hypophyse. Preface de M. Ch. Achard. 8°. Paris, 1908. -----------. Endocrinologie. Nouvelles Etudes sur la physiopathologie du corps thyroide et des autres glandes endocrines. (2e serie.) 4°. Paris, 1911. Lindstadt ( C. ) Die Verrichtungen der Schilddruse (Glandula thyreoidea). Die Ur- sachen des Kropfes, der Epilepsie, etc., und ihre Heilung; die Nahrungsmittelfrage (Vegetaris- Thyroid gland (Diseases and pathology 'if). mus und Fleischnahrung); die Tuberkulose des Rindviehes als Studien auf dem Gebiete der Nervenphysiologie und Pathologie und des Blutlebens. Bearbeitet fiir Aerzte, Thieriirzte und gebildete Stiinde. 8°. Perleberg, 1902. -----. The same. Neuere Forschungen iiber die Yerrichtung der Schilddruse, ihre Be- ziehungen zum Kropf, Kretinismus, Epilepsie, etc. 2. Aufl. 8°. Berlin, 1904. Li'sen'a (G.) Fisio-patologia dell' apparec- chio tiro-paratiroideo; studio critico e speri- mentale. 8°. Firenze, 1899. Lutgert (C. A,) *De vitiis organicis glan- dulsethvroideee. [Utrecht.] 8°. Amstelodami, 1839. Minnich (W.) Das Kropfherz und die Be- ziehungen der Schilddrusenerkrankungen zu dem Kreislaufapparat. 8°. Leipzig & Wien, 1904. Ochsner (A. J.) & Thompson (R. L.) The surgery and pathology of the thyroid and para- thyroid glands. 8°. St. Loins, 1910. Odeye (J.) * Influence des modifications utero-ovariennes sur les affections du corps thy- roide. 4°. Paris, 1895. Razumovski (V. I.) Povrezhdeniya i zabo- llevaniya shtshitovidnol' zhelyozi. [Injuries and diseases of the thyroid gland.] 8°. S.-Pe- terburg, 1903. Richardson (H.) The thyroid and parathy- roid glands. 8°. Philadelphia, 1905. Riou (P.) *De l'ichthyose dans ses rapports avec les lesions du corps thyroide. 8°. Lyon, 1908. Sanderson - Damberg ( Elisabeth ). *Die Schilddruse vom 15.-25. Lebensjahr aus der norddeutschen Ebene und Kiistengegend, sowie aus Bern. [Bern.] 8°. Wiesbaden, 1911. Also, in: Frankfurt. Ztschr. f. Path., Wiesb., 1910-11,, vi, 312-334. Sarbach (J.) *Das Verhalten der Schild- driise bei Infektionen und Intoxikationen. [Bern.] 8°. Jena, 1905. Valentin (F.) *Der Einfluss letaler Ver- brennungen auf das histologische Bild der Schilddruse. [Bern.] 8°. Berlin, 1908. Also, in: Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1908, exci, 42-63. Vermorel (E.) *De 1'origine thyroidienne de certaines tachycardies ou palpitations, dites nerveuses de la puberte et de la menopause. 8°. Paris, 1907. Wanner (P. A.) * Einfluss der acuten Anaemie auf das histologische Bild der Schild- driise. [Bern.] 8°. Berlin, 1899. Also, in: Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1899, clviii, 29-63,1 pl. Zielinska (M.) * Beitrage zur Kenntniss der normalen und strumosen Schilddruse des Men- schen und des Hundes. 8°. Berlin, 1894. Also, in: Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1894, exxxvi, 170-194.) A bram (J. H.) A note on the development and the anatomy of the thyroid gland in disease. Liverpool M.- Chir. J., 1896, xvi, 373-377.—Audrain (J.) Essai sur une pathogenie commune aux lesions du corps thyro'ide et des organes k fonction antitoxique. Progres med., Par., 1912, 3. s., xxviii, 153-156.—Baracli (J. H.) The fiathological physiology of thyroid fever. N. York M. J. etc.], 1906, lxxxiii, 77-80. Also, Reprint.—Barrett (A. M.) Mental disturbance associated with disease of the thyroid gland. Physician & Surg., Detroit & Ann Arbor, 1911, xxxiii, 314.—Bayon. Demonstration von Pra- paraten der normalen und pathologischen Schilddruse. Sitzungsb. d. phys.-med. Gesellsch. zu Wurzb.s 1904, 97- THYROID GLAND. o 28 THYROID GLAND. Thyroid gland (Diseases and pathology <>.i). 102. Also [Abstr.]: Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1904, li, 1667.—Bed a (L.) Algumas nocoes da phisiopatho- logia da glandula thvroide. J. de med. de Pernambuco, 1911, vii, 41.—Beebe" (S. P.) Diseases of the thyroid and thvmus glands. Mod. Treatment (Hare), Phila. & N. Y., 1911, ii, 479-499. -----. Recent development in the phvsiology and pathology of the thyreoid gland. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1911, xciv, 73-82. Also, Reprint— Beilby ((i. E.) Affections of the thyroid gland; a clin- ical and pathological study. Stud. Bruder Hyg. Lab., Albanv. 19i>6, iii, 92-132, 3pl. Also: Ann. Surg., Phila.,1906, xliii, 80-VS53. Also: Albany M. Ann., 1907, xxviii, 92-132, 3 pl. -----. On the diagnosis and treatment of thyroid gland diseases. Albany M. Ann., 1911, xxxii, 637-645. -----. The clinical features and operative treatment of thvroid lesions. N.YorkState J.M.,N.Y.,1907, vii,363-367.— Belville (J. E.) The disorders of the thyroid gland. Hahneman. Month., Phila., 1902, xxvii, 664-676.—Ber- nard (J.) La glande thyro'ide; physiologie normale et pathologique. Gaz. med. de Picardie, Amiens, 1898. xvi, 144-152. — Blrclier (H.) Die gestorte Schilddriisen- funktion als Krankheitsursache. Ergebn. d. allg. Path. u. path. Anat. [etc.] 1902, Wiesb., 1904, viii, 521-548.— Bloodgood (J. C.) The surgical treatment of dis- eases of the thyroid and parathyroid glands. Handb. Pract. Treat. [Musser & Kelly], Phila. & Lond., 1911, i, 855-866—Blum (F.) Neues zur Physiologie und Patho- logie der Schilddruse. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1906, liii, 890. -----. Neues und Altes zur Physiologie und Pathologie der Schilddruse. Verhandl. d. Kong. f. in- nere Med., Wiesb., 1906, xxiii, 183-221, 3 pl.—Brant (Cornelia C.) The treatment of diseased [thyroid] glands by physical therapy. Woman's M. J., Cincin., 1912, xxii, 3-5.—Breitner (B.) Schilddriisenerkran- kungen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1912, xxxviii, 1955. -----. Experimentelle Untersu- chungen iiber das Wesen der Schilddriisen erkrankungen. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1912, xxv, 1590.—Broca (A.) Corps thyro'ide; lesions traumatiques du corps thyroide, congestion, inflammation (thyro'fdite), tuberculose, sy- philis, tumeurs, goitre exophtalmique. Traite de chir. (Duplay et Reclus), 2. ed., Par., 1898, v, 441-512.—Brock (G.) Experimentelle Untersuchungen fiber das histolo- gische Verhalten der Schilddruse bei Intoxicationen. Klin.-exper. Beitr. z. inn. Med. Festschr. . . . Lazarus, Berl., 1899, 101-110.—Buist (R. C.) Three cases illus- trating thyroid relations in gynaecologv.. Tr. Edinb. Obst. Soc, 1903-4, xxix, 157-161.—Burr (C. W.) Trophic diseases associated with pathological changes in the thy- roid gland. Text-book Nerv. Dis. Am. Authors (Dercum), Phila., 1895. 913-926.—Caley_(H. A.) Vascular swelling connected with the thyroid gland. Tr. M. Soc. Lond., 1900-1901, xxiv, 279-281.—Caro (L.) Zur Pathogenese der Schilddriisenerkrankungen. Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1906, xx, 361; 384.—Clerk (E.) Die Schilddruse im hohen Alter vom 50. Lebensjahr an aus der norddeut- schen Ebene und Kiistengegend sowie aus Bern. Frank- furt. Ztschr. f. Path.,Wiesb., 1912,x, 1-19,3 pl.— Cohen (S, S.) On some of the tropho-neuroses associated with abnor- mality of the thyroid gland. Proc. Phila. Co. M. Soc, Phila., 1893, xiv, 55; 206.—Coronedi (G.) Invito ai medici di contribuire con nuovo indirizzo nel campo pratico alio studio della fisiopatologia e terapia della glandola tiroide. Riv. veneta di sc. med., Venezia, 1903, xxxix, 193-201.—Courtin. Fragments d'un corps thy- ro'ide k alterations multiples. J. de m6d. de Bordeaux, 1905, xxxv, 267.—Crispino (M.) La tiroide nella infe- zione ed intossicazione sperimentale. Gior.d. Ass. napol. di med. e nat., Napoli, 1902, xii, 186-231, lpl.—l>avis (E. P.) Thyroid disease complicating pregnancy and partu- rition. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1912, cxliii, 815-830, Also: Bull. Lying-in Hosp., N. Y., 1912-13, viii, 176-193, 1 tab. — Dieballa (G.) & Illyes (G.) Anyagcsere- vizsgalatok Brightkoros betegeken pajszmirigy behatasa alatt. [The effect of the thyroid gland on metabolism in Bright's disease.] Magy. orv. Arch., Budapest, 1897, vi, 82-99.—Discussion on the pathologv of the thyroid gland. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1893, ii, 676-678.—Discus- sion e sulla communicazione del socio onorario Prof. De Dominicis intorno alia fisiopatologia della tiroide. Atti d. r. Accad. med.-chir. di Napoli, 1899, n.s., liii, 633-640.— Dock (G.) Diseases of the thvroid gland. In: Mod. Med. (Osier), 8°, Pbila. & N. Y., 1909, vi, 377-446, 1 pl.— Edmund* (W.) The Erasmus Wilson lectures on the pathology and diseases of the thyroid gland. Lancet, Lond., 1901, i, 1317; 1381; 1449. -----. Further observa- tions on the thyroid gland. J. Path. & Bacterid., Edinb. & Lond., 1902, viii, 288-293, 3 pl.—von Fiselsberg (A.) Die Krankheiten und Verletzungen der Schilddruse. Handb. d. prakt. Chir. (von Bergmann), Stuttg., 1902-3, ii, 298-370. Also, transl. in: Syst. Pract. Surg, (von Berg- mann), N. Y. & Phila., 1904, ii, 293-362.—Elterieh (T. J.) Classification of the diseases of the thyroid gland' and their etiology, with special consideration of cretin- ism and myxedema: therapeutic uses and abuses of the thyroid gland. Penn. M. J., Athens, 1906-7, x, 177-179.— Thyroid gland (Diseases and pathology of). Frdheim (J.) Zur normalen und pathologischen His- tologic der Glandula thyreoidea, parathyreoidea und Hypophysis. Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1903, xxxiii, 158-236.—Fano (G.) & Hossi (G.) Sulla viscosita del siero sanguigno nelle lesioni sperimentali dell' apparecchio tiro-paratiroideo. Arch, di fisiol., Firenze, 1904-5, ii, 589-698— Farnum (E.J.) Diseases of the thyroid body. Chicago M. Times, 1905, xxxviii, 205-212.—Fazio (E.) Fisiopatologia della glandola tiroide ed annessi paratiroidei; organo-opoterapia tiroi- diana. Riv. internaz. d' ig., Napoli, 1900, xi, 55; 205; 339; 397; 405; 475:1901, xii, 118; 201.—Fernandez Sanz (E.) Un casodudosodeafeccion tiroidea. Siglo med., Madrid, 1904, li, 66; 98; 114. Also [Abstr.]: Rev. de med. y cirug. pract., Madrid, 1903, Ixi, 459.—Firbas. Zur Klinik und Therapie der SchilddriiseiH'ik i ankungen im Kindesalter. Jahrb. f. Kinderh., Leipz., 1895-6, xli, 281-291.—Fleisch- niaiin. Die Erregbarkeit derHerznerven bei Kroprigen undSchilddriisenlosen. Verhandl.d. deutsch.Kong.f. in- nere M ed.,Wiesb.,1911,xxviii,231-237—Gallo (N.) Fisio- patologia della tiroide. Pratica d. med., Napoli, 1907-8, 297-302.—Gamier (M.) Physiologie pathologique de la glande thvro'ide au cours des infections. Cong, internat. de med. "C. r., Par., 1900, sect, de path, gen., 224-232.— Gel la t (P. P.) K patologii shtshitovidnol zhelyozi. [Pathology of the thyroid gland.] Khirurg. Arkh. Ve- lyaminova, S.-Peterb., 1910, xxvi, 581-584. —Gillillan (J. S.) The heart in disease of the thyroid gland. J. Minn. M. Ass. [etc.], Minneap., 1911, xxxi, 1-5.—Gor- don (A. H.) The nonsurgical treatment of the thyroid. Clinique, Chicago, 1910, xxxi, 587-595. — Greenlield (W. S.) The Bradshaw lecture on some diseases of the thyroid gland. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1893, ii, 1261-1267. Also: Lancet, Lond., 1893, ii, 1493; 1553.—Grossman (I. B.) K patologii shtshitovidnol i drugikh zhelyoz s vnutrennel sekretsiyel. [Pathology of the thyroid and other glands with internal secretion.] Prakt. Vrach, S.- Peterb., 1910, ix, 384; 401; 418.—Gudernatscli (J. F.) The relationship between the normal and pathological thyroid gland of fish. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1911, xxii, 152-155.—Halllon. Physiologie normale et pathologique du corps thyroide et des capsules surr<5- nales. Arch. gen. de m6d., Par., 1900, n. s., iv, 488-512.— Hecker. Zur Pathologie der Schilddruse und Neben- schilddriise. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1907, liv, 493- 495. Also: Jahresb. d. Gesellsch. f. Nat. u. Heilk. in Dresd., 1906-7, Munchen, 1908, 62-66.—Hedin. Au sujet des lesions du corps thyro'ide chez, les animaux de bou- cherie. Hyg. de la viahde [etc.], Evreux, 1911, v, 6-15 — Heiinann (L.) Thvroid affections. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 1910, ciii,308-310. [Discussion], 315.—Hertzler (A. E.) The relation of diseases of the thyroid gland to leucoplakia. Am. J. Dermat. & Genito-Urin. Dis., St. Louis, 1907, xi, 4.— Hirsclileld (M.) Die Schilddruse und ihre Krankheiten. Gesundheit, Leipz., 1908, v, 286-294.—Horand (R.), Pulllet £V.) & Morel (L.) Troubles delirants d'origine thyroi'dienne chez un predisposed Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1912, lxxxv, 1745.— Horsley (SirX.) The physiology and pathology of the thvroid gland. Tr. M. Soe. Lond., 18.95-6, xix. 290-300. Also: Brit. M. J., Lond., 1896, ii, 1623-1625, 2 pl.—Horsley [Sir\.) [et al.]. Diseases of the thyroid gland. Post Graduate, N. Y., 1909, xxiv, 1017-1019.—House (A. F.) My experience with some of the surgical diseases of the thyroid gland. Cleveland J. M., 1901, vi, 123-127.— Iliirtlilc (K.) Beitrage zur Kenntniss des Secretions- vorgangs in der Schilddruse. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1894, lvi, 1-44, 3 pl.—Hunt (R.) & Seidell (A.) Thyrotropic iodine compounds. J. Pharmacol. & Exper. Therap., Bait., 1910, ii, 15-17.—Hunter (C. A.) Noteson some thyroid diseases. Northwest. Lancet, St. Paul, 1900, xx, 121-123. [Discussion], 135.—Influence des modifi- cations utero-ovariennes sur les affections du corps thy- roide. J. de med. et chir. prat., Par., 1895, lxvi. 733-735.— Isenschinid (R.) Zur Kenntnis der menschlichen Schilddruse im Kindesalter mit besonderer Beriicksichti- gung der Herkunft aus versehiedenen Gegenden im Hin- blick auf die endemische Struma. Frankf. Ztschr. f. Path., Wiesb., 1910, v, 205-254. Also, Reprint— Teandellze. Atherome thyroidien. Mem. Soc. de med. de Nancy, 1907-8, 96-99. Also: Rev. med. de l'est, Nancy, 1908, xl, 346-349.—Kocher (E. T.) The annual oration; a con- tribution to the pathology of the thyroid gland. Tr. M. Soc. Lond., 1905-6, xxix, 370-390. Also [Abstr.]: Brit. M. J., Lond., 1906, i, 1261-1266. Also [Abstr.]: Lancet, Lond., 1906, i, 1623-1525. -----. Die Pathologie der Schilddruse. Verhandl. d. Kong. f. innere Med., Wiesb., 1906, xxiii, 59-137. -----. Diseases of the thyroid gland. In: Surgery (Keen), 8°, Phila & Lond., 1908, iii, 336-398, 1 pl. -----. Die funktionelle Diagnostik bei Schilddriisenerkrankun- gen. Ergebn. d. Chir. u. Orthop., Berl., 1911. iii, 1-23 — Kostlivy (S.) Ueber chronische Thyreotoxikosen. Mitt. a. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir., Jena, 1910, xxx, 671-718.—Kottmann (K.) & L.idsky (Anna). Ueber Schilddruse und Autolyse. Gleichzeitig ein Beitrag zur allgemeinen Physiologie und Pathologie der Schilddruse, THYROID GLAND. 229 THYROID GLAXD. Thyroid gland (Diseases and pathology oh mit spezieller Beriicksichtigung der Verhaltnisse beim Basedow und Mvxodem. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1910, lxxi, 369-389.—Kraus (F.) Die Pathologie der Schilddruse. Verhandl. d. Kong. f. innere Med., Wiesb., 1906, xxiii, 23-59. Also [Abstr.]: Deutsche med. Wchn- schr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1906, xxxii, 737-740.—Laigne I - Lavasline. Les troubles psychiques dans les syn- dromes thyro'idiens. N. icon, de la Salpetriere, Par., 1908, xxi, 204-230.—Lanz (O.) I'eber Sehilddriiseuheber und Schilddriisenintoxikation: ein Beitrag zur Basedow- Frage. Mitt. a. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir., Jena, 1901, viii, 1-10—Lavizzari (G. B.) La formula ematologica nelle aflV/ioni della tiroide. Note e riv. di psichiat., Pesaro, 1910, 3. s . iii. 373-382.—Lodoux. La lympho- cytose des thyrotoxicoses. Province med., Par., 1912, xxiii, 13-15. Also: Rev. med. de la Franche-Corate, Be- sancon, 1912, xx, 97-104— Lei::ry (T.) & KeiLiiault (F.) Presence de corps thyroi.les normaux chez les achondroplaxc-. Compt. rend. Soe. de biol., Par., 1902, 11. s., v, 567.—Leroy (L.) Pathologv of the thyroid. Memphis M. Month., 1910, xxx, 401 -408. — Lev 1 (L.) Corps thvro'ide et senilite. Clin. prat, med.-chir. de path, [etc.], Par., 1909, v, 217-220. -----. Neuro-aithri- tisme thvroitdien et son traitement. Actualites med.- chir. (Rothschild), Par., 1911, 239-274, 5 pl. -----. Neuroarthritisme thyroidien et anaphylaxie. Repert. de med. internat., Par., 1912, ii, fasc. 21, 15-21. -----. Cardiopathie cougenitale et corps thyroide. Clin. prat, med.-chir. de path, [etc.], Par., 1912. viii, 73-79. -----. Aproposdessyndromesovaro-thyroidiensetthyro- ovariens. Compt. rend. Soc de biol., Par., 1912, lxxii, 89- 91.—Levi (L.) A de Hotlischild (H.) Corps thyroide etneuro-arthritisme. Ibid., 1906, lxii, 75-77.----------. Migraine thyroi'dienne. Rev. d'hyg. et demed. inf. [etc.], Par., 1906, v. 246-262.-----------. Contribution a la pa- thologie thyroi'dienne. Ibid., 417-146.-----------.Nou- velle contribution a la physiopathologie de la glande thy- roide. Ibid., 1907, vi, 13-39.-----------. Nouvelle con- tribution a la pathologie thyroi'dienne et hypophysaire. Ibid., 140-153.-----------. Pathologiethyroidienne; rhu- matisme chronique, eczema, neuro-arthritisme thvro'f- diens. Jbfrf..l908.vii.212-276.-----------. Corps thyro'ide ro'ideetpoidscorporel;obesitethvro'idienne. Bull.etmem. Soc.med.d.h6p.dePar.,19u8,3.s.,xxv,429-449.----------. Nouvelles communications de physiopathologie thyroi- dienne. Rev. d'hyg. et de med. inf. [etc.], Par., 1909, viii, 73-92.-----------. Pathologiethyroidienne. Ibid.,14^- 178, 4pl.—Loeper (M.) & Esmonet (C.) La graisse dans les corps thyro'ides pathologiques. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1904, lxxix, 13-23.—Lubarseh. Die Bedeutung der Schilddriisenerkrankungen fiir den Or- ganismus Jahresk. f. iirztl. Fortbild., Munchen, 1912, 1. Hft., 29-56.—Liibcke (O.) Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Schilddruse. Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1902, clxvii, 490-532, 2pl.—MacCallum (W. G.) On the production of specific cytolytic sera for thyroid and parathyroid, with observations onthe physiology and pathology of the para- thyroid gland, especially in its relation to exophthalmic goitre. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, Phila., 1903, xviii, 35- 53.— Maggiore (S.) Contributo clinico ed anatomo- patologico alio studio dialeunedistrofie congenite peraf- fezione tiroidea del padre. Riv. di clin. pediat., Firenze, 1912,x,56-61.—Magnus-Levy (A.) Ueberden respira- torischen Geweehsel unter dem Einfluss der Thyreoidea sowie unter verschiedenen pathologischen Zustiinden. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1895, xxxii, 650-652. -----. Unter- suchungen zur Schilddriisen-Frage. Gas-undStoffwech- seluntersuchungen bei Schilddrusenfiitterung, My.xo- | dem, Morbus Basedowii und Fettleibigkeit. Zt.-ehr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1897, xxxiii, 269-314. Also, Re- print.— Mar be (S.) Hypersensibilisation generale thy- roi'dienne. Compt. rend.'Soe. de biol., Par., 1910, lxviii, 351; 412—Marine (D.)& Lenliart (C. H.) The patho- logical anatomy- of the human thyroid gland. Arch. Int. Med., Chicago, 1911, vii, 506-535.—Marotta (A.) Altera- zioni della tiroide in seguito alle lesioni sul gran simpa- tico. Gior. internaz. d. sc.med., Napoli, 1912, n.s., xxxiv, 337-351.—Vayo (CH.) Diseases of the thyroid. J.Mich. M. Soc, Battle Creek, 1912, xi, 1. -----. Observations on the thyroid gland and its diseases. Surg. Gvnec. A Obst., Chicago, 1912, xiv, 363-368. [Discussion], 397-400— Mey- ers (M. K.) Epilepsy in adult life in association with thyroid disease; a report of seven cases. Month. Cvel. A- M. Bull., Phila., 1912, v, 266-277.—Moncorvo filho. Das thyroidopathias esporadicas na infancia (a proposito de alguns casos observados no Rio de Janeiro). Rev. da Soe. de med. e cirurg., Rio de Jan., 1904, viii, 1-50.—MoneVy (A.) Surun nouveau cas de concretions osseuses dans la glande thyroide. J. de pharm. et chim., Par., 1904, 6. s., xix, 203-206.—Mo rone (G. ) Ricerche ematologiche nelle affe/.ioni della tiroide. Riformamed., Napoli, 1910, xxvi. M3-822.— Morris (R.T.) A case of thyreoid fever. Tr. Soc Alumni Bellevue Hosp., N. Y., 1897-8, 152-154.— Moussu (G.) Fonction thyroi'dienne; cr6tinisme expe- rimental chez le chien, le chat et les oiseaux. Compt. rend.Socdebiol.,Par., 1897,10.s.,iv,82-84.—Milllcr(L. R.) Thyroid gland (Diseases and pathology Beitrage zur Histologie der normalen und dererkrankten Schilddruse. Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1896. xix, 127-180, 1 pl. -----. Nachtrag zu der Arbeit iiber die normale und die erkrankte Schilddruse. Ibid., 232a.—Muller (G. I\) The pathology of diseasesof the thyroid gland. Penn. M. J., Athens, 1906-7, x, 171-176.— Murray (G. R.) The Goulstonian lectures on the pa- thology of the thvroid gland. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1899, i, 577; 649. Also: Lancet, Lond., 1899, i, 667; 747. Also, Re- print. Also [Abstr.]: Med. Press & Circ., Lond., 1899, n. s., lxvii, 347; 368; 393. -----. An address on the signs of early disease of the thvroid gland. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1909, i. 3M-3M.—Murray (G. R.) [etal.]. Diseasesof the thyroid gland, clin. J., Lond., 1909, xxxiv, 244; 265; 2*4.—Or«l i \Y. M.) & Mackenzie i H.) Diseases of the thyroid gland; introductory remarks. Svst. Med. (All- butt). N. V.& Lond., 1897, iv, 465-469.—Page. Specimen of thyroid disease. Northumberland & Durham M. J., Newcastle-upon-Tyne, 1897, v, 94— Perrando (G. G.) Sulla struttura della tiroide dei neonati in varie condi- zioni anatomo-patologiche. Studi sassaresi, Sassari, 1902, ii, 1-115.—Pilliet (A.) Remarques sur quelques corps thyro'ides seniles. Bull. Soc. anat. de Par., 1890, lxv, 307.—Pine les. Zur Physiologie und Pathologie der Sehilddriise und der Epithelkorperchen beim Menschen. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1904, xvii, 517.—Porter (M.F.) Diseasesof the thvroid in the female. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1911, lxiv. 781-790. Also: Tr. M. Ass. Obst. & Gynec. 1911, York. 1812, xxiv, 56-65.—Kaiiflall (H. E.) Diseases of the thyroid gland. J. Mich. M. Soc., Detroit, 1911, x, 215-219.—Bedaelli , Lond., 1897, iii, 93.—Ehrhardt 1,0.) Ueber Echinokokken der Sehilddriise. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1905. xlii, 461-163.—Eremia (D.) Un cas de chist hid a tic al corpulul tiroid. Spitalul, Bucuresci, 1901, xxi, 59-id.—Ferrer. Kvste hydatique du corps thy- roide. Presse med., Par.,']909, xvii, 642.—Guillet. Un cas de kvste hydatique du corps thyroide. Ann. de chir. et d'orthop., Par., 1909, xxii, 168-172. Also: Bull, med., Par., 1909, xxiii, 55.—Ilenle (A.) Ueber den Echino- coccus der Schilddruse. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1894-5, xlix, 852-872, 1 pl. Also, Reprint.—Holterbach (H.) Thyreoiditis echinoccosa chronica. Arch. f. wissensch. u. prakt. Tierh., Berl., 1909, xxxv, 143-147.—Jaboulay. Kyste hvdatique de l'isthme du corps thyroide. Lyon med., 1903, ci, 56.— Mancioli (T.) Cisti di echinococco del lobo destro della tiroide apertasi spontaneamente nella laringe. Atti d. clin. oto-rino-laringoiat. d. r. Univ. di Roma, 1905, iii, 109-111.—Nattrass (J. H.) Hydatid of ihe right lobe of the thyroid gland. Intercolon. M. J. Australas., Melbourne, 1900, v, 447.—Pariyski (N. V.) K kazu'istikle ekhinokokka shtshitovidnol zhelyozi. [Echinococcus of the thvroid gland.] Khirurgia, Mosk., 1911, xxx, 232.—Tikiiolt" (P.) & Leveiison (P.) K voprosu ob ekhinokokkie shtshitovidnol zhelyozi. [Echinococcus of the thvroid gland.] Ibid., xxix, 170- 173.—Ultzmann (R. R. V.) Zwei Fiille von monolo- kuliirem Echinokokkus der Schilddrtise. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1909, xxii, 716-718.—Vitrac (J.) Kystes hydatiques du corps thyro'ide. Rev. de chir., Par., 1897, xvii, 421; 757. Also: Gaz. med. de Par., 1897, 10. s.,i, 373; 385. Thyroid gland (Hypertrophy and hy- persecretion of). See, also, Goitre; Thyroid gland (Transplan- tation of); Thyroidectomy. des Lignekis (M.) * Experimentelle Unter- suchungen iiber die Wirkung des Jods auf die H undeschilddruse, so wie iiber die Hyperplasie dieser Druse. 8°. Bern, 1907. Moricet (A.) * Contribution a I'etude des hypertrophies thyroi'diennes; de la valeur des thyroidectomies. 4°. Paris, 1895. Woudenberg (N. P.) * Ueber Vergrosse- rung der Schilddruse bei Haustieren. [Bern.] 8°. Berlin, 1909. Adami (J. G.) On a case of enlargement of the mid- dle lobe of the thyroid; periodical attacks of dyspnoea mistaken for asthma, extending for over eight years; eventuallv death came from the same cause. Canada Lancet, Toronto, 1901-2, xxxv, 373-376.—d'Almeida (D.) Thyroidectomia total reclamada por hypertrophia, com degeneracao, da glandula thyroide. Rev. da Soc. de med. e cirurg., Rio de Jan., 1899, iii, 279-287.—Ar- mai^nac. Exophtalmos de l'ceil gauche avec hyper- trophie du corps thvro'ide droit et tachveardie. M6m. et bull. Soc. de med. et chir. de Bordeaux (1898), 1899, 323- 328.—Audebert & Oil les. Hypertrophie du corps thyroide et mort rapide du fcetusau cours de la periode d'expulsion. Compt. rend. Soc. d'obst., de gvnec et de psediat. de. Par.. 1904, vi, 249-252.—Ballet (G.) & En- riquez (E.) Des effets de l'hyperthyroidisation experi- mentale. Limousin mM., Limoges, 1896, xx, 69; 91; 103.— Bar (P.) Observation de glycosurie chez une femme atteinte d'hypertrophie du corps thvro'ide. Bull. Soc. d'obst. de Par., 1903, vi, 506-508.—Beck (C.) The sig- nificance of the various enlargements of the thyreoid gland with special reference to Basedow's disease. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1910, xci, 937-946—Beresowsky (S.) Ueber die compensatorische Hypertrophie der Schild- driise: experimentell-histologischeUntersuchung. Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1892, xii, 122-130.— Borsos (I.) A pajzsmirigy megnagyobbodasa epilep- tiform rohamokkal kapcsolatban. [The enlargement of the thyroid gland in connection with epileptiform at- tacks.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1907, li, 822.—Browne (L.) Congenital enlargement of he thvroid; removal; recovery. Lancet, Lond., 1890, ii, 279. — Cambre (A. L.) Thyreoid instability; with report of a case. [En- largement of thyroid gland; absence of Moebius' and Grade's signs.] J. Missouri M. Ass., St. Louis, 1909-10, vi, 733-735.—Carlson (A. J.), Rooks (J. F.) & McKie (J. F.) Attempts to produce experimental hvperthvroidism. Proc. Am. Physiol. Soc, Bost., 1911, xxvii, p. xiii. ----- ----------. Attempts to produce experimental hvper- thvroidism in mammals and birds. Am. J. Physiol., Bost., 1912-13, xxx, 129-159.— Cronk(F.Y.) Early recog- nition and treatment of hyperthyroidism. J. Mich. M. ' Thyroid gland (llyjnrtrophy and hy- ]>.—Kohm A j Studien iiber die Sehilddriise. Areh.f. mikr. Anat., Bonn,1894-5, xliv, 366:1896,xlviii, 398,lpl. -----. Berichtigung, die Sehild- driise des Frosches betreffend. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1*95-6, xi,602-605.—Lugii esse (E.) La vesiculeclo^e est une for- mation earaeteristiquedesglandesendoerinesen general. Bibliog. anat., Par. & Nancy, 1911, xxi, 311-319—Lom- bard (G. D.) Somenoteson theanatomyof the thyroid gland in Selachii. Bio). Bull., Woods Holl, Mass., 1910- 11, xviii, 39-41.—Marine (D.) The metamorphosis of the endostyle (thyroidgland) of Ammoecetesbranchialis(lar- val land-locked Petroinyzon marinus (Jordan) or Petro- myzondorsatus(Wilder)). J.Exper.M.,Lancaster,Pa.,1913, xvii, 379-395, 5 pl.—Marshall (C. F.) Variations in the form of the thyroid gland in man. J. Anat. & Physiol., Lond., 1894-5, xxix, 234-239.—Moody (R. O.) Some fea- tures of the histogenesis of the thvroid gland in the pig. Anat. Record, Phila., 1910, iv, 429-452— Piatt (Julia B.) The development of the thyroid gland and of the supra- perieardial bodies in Necturus. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1895-6, xi, 557-567.—Prenant (A.) Recherches sur le develop- pement organique et histologique des derivesbranchiaux. Compt. rend. Soc de biol., Par., 1893, 9. s., v, 677-679 — Rab 1 (H.) Die Entwicklung des th yreo-thymischen Sys- tems beim Maulwurf. Sitzungsb.d.k.Akad.d.Wisssnseh. Math.-naturw. Kl., Wien, 1909, cxviii, 3. Abt., 649-628, 9 pl.— Reese tA. M.) Structure and development of the thvroid gland in Petromyzon. Proc. Acad.Nat.Sc.Phila., 1902, liv, 85-112, 4 pl.—Regaud (C.) & Petitjean (G.) Recherches comparatives sur l'origine des vaisseaux lymphatiques dans la glande thyro'ide de quelques mam- miferes. Bibliog. anat., Par. & Nancy. 1905, xiv, 256- 261. —Schaft'er (J.) Berichtigung, die Schilddruse vori Myxine betreffend. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1906, xxviii, 65-73.—Schaft'er (J.) & Rabl (H.) Das thyreo-thymi- sche System des Maulwurfs und der Spitzraaus. Si- tzungsb. d. k. Akad. d. Wissensch. Math.-naturw. Kl., Wien, 1909, cxviii, 3. Abt., 217; 551, 2 pl.—Simon (C.) Contribution k I'etude du developpement organique de la glande thyro'ide chez les mammiferes. Rev. biol. du nord de la France, Lille, 1893-4, vi, 379-390, 1 pl. Also [Abstr.]: Compt. rend. Soc.de biol., Par., 1894,10. s., i, 202- 204.—Sou lie (A.) & Verdun (P.) Sur les premiers developpements de la glande thyro'ide, du thymus et des glandules satellites de la thyro'ide chez le lapin et chez la taupe. J. de l'anat. et physiol. [etc.], Par., 1897, xxxiii, 604-653,1 pl—Stockard (C. R.) The develop- ment of the thyroid gland in Bdellostoma stouti. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1906, xxix, 91-99—Symington (J.) Ueber Thyreoidea, Glandulse parathyreoideaund Thymus beim dreizehigen Faulthier (Ai, Bradypus tridactylus). Areh. f. Anat. u. Entwcklngsgesch., Leipz., 1897, Suppl.-Bd., 235-241.—Tenchini (L.) Sur la morphologie de la glande thyroide chez les fous. Compt. rend. Cong, inter- nat. d'anthrop. crim. 1906, Turin, 1908, vi, 165. Also: Arch, di psichiat. [etc.], Torino, 1906. xxvii, 684.— Tenchini (L.) & Cavatorti (P.) Sur la morpho- logie de la glande thyreVide normale chez l'homme; sur la structure de la glande thyreoide normale chez l'homme; le goitre en Italie. Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1909, li, 303. See, also, supra.— Thompson (F. D.) The thyroid and parathyroid glands throughout vertebrates, with observations on some other closely related structures. Phil. Tr. 1910, Lond., Ml, s. B., cci, 91-132, 5 pl.—Tourneux ( F.) & Verdun (P.) Sur les premiers developpements de la thyroide, du thymus et des glandules parathyro'idiennes chez l'homme. J. de l'anat. et physiol. [etc.], Par., 1897, xxxiii, 305-325, 3 pl. Also [Abstr.]: Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1897,10. s., iv, 63—Verdun (P.) Sur les glandules satellites de la thyro'ide du chat et les kystes qui en derivent. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1896,10. s„ iii, 899-901.—Viguier (G.) Recherches surle corps thyroide du gecko (Taren- tola mauritanica Lin.). Bibliog. anat., Par. & Nancy, 1909-10, xix. 92-97. Also [Abstr.]: Compt. rend. Soc. de biol Par., 1909, lxvi, 1064.—Zuckerkandl (E.) Die Entwiekelung der Schilddruse und der Thymus bei der Ratte. Anat. Hefte, Wiesb., 1903, xxi, 1-28, 4 pl. THYROID GLAND. 237 THYROID GLAND. Thyroid gland (Physiological functions of). See, also, Secretions (Internal); Thyroid- extract (Pharmacology of); Thyroid gland (Antitoxic potencies of); Thyroid gland (Blood- supply of); Thyroid gland (Chemistry of); Thy- roid gland (Effects of drugs, etc., upon); Thy- roid gland (Extra vital conservation, etc., of); Thyroid gland (Innervation of); Thyroid gland (Regeneration of); Thyroid gland (Secretions of); Thyroidectomy ( Experimental, Effects of); Thyro-parathyroidectomy. Comte (L.) * Contribution a I'etude de l'hy- pophyse humaine et de ses relations avec le corps thyroide. [Lausanne.] roy. 8°. Jena, 1898. Also, in: Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1898, xxiii, 90-110. Danis (C.) *De l'influence de la glande thyroide sur le developpement du squelette. 8°, Lyon, 1896. Delacnay (G.) * Etude et considerations generales sur le role fonctionnel de la glande thyroide. 8°. Paris, 1897. Dcvaldestin (R.) *Tension arterielle et corps thyroide. 8°. Paris, 1909. Engelhorn (E.) Sehilddriise und weibliche Geschlechtsorgane. 8°. Erlangen, 1912. Also, in: Sitzungsb. d. phys.-med. Soc. zu Erlang. (1911), 1912, xliii, 132-166. 4 pl. Lamari (A.) Valore clinico della funzione esagerata o difettosa della glandola tiroide. 8°. Napoli, 1897. Macss (J. [C. A. H.]) * Glandula thyreoi- dea und Hypophysis cerebri mit Hinweis auf die mit denselben in Bez ehung stehenden Krankheitserscheinungen. 8°. (ireipmald, 1895. Moussu (A.-L.) * Recherches sur les fonc- tions thyroidienne et parathyroidienne. 8°. Paris, 1897. Also [Abstr.], in: Rec. de med. vet., Par., 1897, 8. s., iv, 431-434. Nefedoff (V. [V.]) *K voprosu o funktsii shtshitovidnol zhelyozi. [Function of the thy- roid gland.] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1901. Also [Abstr.], in: Vrach, St. Petersb., 1901, xxii, 1313- 1315. Rounne (Marie). * Etude comparative sur la resistance des tissus thyroidien et parathyroi- dien. 8°. Geneve, 1905. Rousselot (G.) * Essai sur les relations de la thyroide et de l'hypophyse. 8°. .Pan's, 1909. Schonemann (A.) * Hypophysis und Thy- reoidea. [Bern.] 8°. Berlin, 1892. Also, in: Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1892, exxix, 310-336. Schulz (0.) * Beitrage zur Physiologie der Schilddruse. 8°. Erlangen, 1900. de Stina ,(Nanegda). *Des fonctions de la thyroide. Etude des faits et des theories. 8°. Lausanne, 1900. , Verstraeten (C.) & Vanderltnden (O.) Etude sur les fonctions du corps thyroide. 8°. Bruxelles, 1894. de Voogt (G. N.) * Kritisch-experimenteele beschouwingen over de schildklier. 8°. Leiden, 1896. Wiener (F.) * Ueber Veriinderungen der Schilddruse nach Anlegung einer Fistel der Gallenblase. 8°. Breslau, 1901. Wormser (E.) * Experimentelle Beitrage zur Schilddrusenfrage. [Bern.] 8°. Bonn, 1897. Also, in: Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1897, lxvii, 605-540. Thyroid gland (Physiological functions of). W urm (G.) * Ueber den heutigen Stand der Schilddrusenfrage. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1894. Almagik. Fonction thyreo'fdienne et allaitement. Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1910-11, liv, 155.—Asher (L.) Kritische Bemerkungen zur Geschichte und Methodik der Sehilddriisenphysiologie. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1911, exxxix, 562-570.—Baldi (C.) Sulla funzione della glandula tiroide; studio originale e critico-speri- mentale. Morgagni, Milano, 1899, xii, 465; 579.—Beccarl (L.) Ueber die Beziehungen von Nebenschilddriisen zu Schilddriisen. Zentralbl. f. Phvsiol., Leipz. u. Wien, 1912, xxvi, 164-166.—Bee be (S. P.) Some relations of the thyroid gland. Penn. M. J., Athens, 1908-9, xii, 201- 204. [Discussion], 205-209. Also: Therap. Gaz. [etc.], Detroit, 1908, 3. s., xxiv, 843-846. -----. Present knowl- edge of thyroid function. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1911, lvi, 658-660. -----. Thyroid phvsiologv in its relation to pregnancy. Am. J. Obst, N. Y., 1912, lxv, 1033-1036 — Bleibtreu (M.) Ueber den Einfluss der Schilddruse auf die Entwicklung des Embryos. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1907, xxxiii, 15-17.—Blum (F.) Zur Physiologie der Schilddruse. Verhandl. d. Cong. f. innere Med., Wiesb., 1899, xvii, 463-476.—Bluni- reich (L.) & Jacoby (M.) Experimentelle Untersu- chungen iiber die Bedeutung der Schilddruse und ihrer Nebendrusen fur den Organismus. Arch. f. d. ges. Phy- siol., Bonn, 1896, lxiv, 1-52. Also [Abstr.]: Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1896, xxxiii, 327. — Bozzl (E.) Untersu- chungen iiber die Schilddruse; Histologie; Secretion; Regeneration. Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1895, xviii, 125-173, 2 pl— Breisacher (L.) The clinical application of some thyroid gland experiments. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1903, xl, 566. — Buschan (G.) Der gegenwiirtige Standpunkt der Schilddriisen- therapie. Heilkunde, Wien [etc.], 1896-7, i, 418-430.— Carter (W. S.) Preliminary communication on the re- lation of the parathyroids to tne thyroid gland. Tr. Texas M. Ass., Austin, 1901, 387-398.—Chapellier (E.) Etude de la glande thyro'ide, de la thyroi'odine et de la medication thyroidienne. Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1901,lxxiv, 797-806.—Consort! (D.) L' azione della tiroide nell' uomo, ed in alcuni animali, studiata, negli effetti suoi, sulla cute. Clin, dermosifilopat. d. r. Univ. di Roma, 1900, xviii, 59-99. 1 pl.—Coronedi (G.) Studio intorno alia flsiologia della glandola tiroide edelle glandole para- tiroidi; contributo alia conoscenza della funzione bio- logica degli alogeni. Studi sassaresi, Sassari, 1907-8, v, 1-121,3 ch., 1 pl. Also, Reprint. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1908, xlix, 39-48. -----. Rap- porti fra tiroide e reni. Bull. d. sc. med. di Bologna, 1909, 8. s., ix, 121-146. -----. Un coup d'ceil d'ensemble sur mes experiences actuelles, relatives a la glande thy- n>oide. Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1912-13, lvii. 253-262.— Cristiani (H.) Remarques sur l'anatomie et la physio- logie des glandes et glandules thyroi'diennes chezle rat. Arch de physiol. norm, et path., Par., 1893, 5. s., v, 164- 168, 1 pl.—von Cyon (E.) Ueber die Beziehungen der Schilddriisen zum Herzen. Centralbl. f. Physiol., Leipz. n. Wien, 1897, xi, 357-361. -----. Les fonctions de la glande thyro'ide. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1897, exxv, 439-441. Also: Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1897, lxx, 1060. -----. Beitrage zur Physiologie der Schilddruse und des Herzens. Arch. f. d. ges Phvsiol., Bonn, 1898, lxx, 126- 280, 6 pl. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Arch, de physiol. norm. et path., Par., 1898, 5. s., x, 618-633. -----. Methodolo- gische Aufklarungen zur Physiologie der Schilddruse. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol. Bonn, 1911, exxxviii, 675-600.— Davis (C. B.) Some thyroid problems. Med. Fort- nightly, St. Louis, 1911, xl, 433-436.—Denker. Schild- driise und Gehororgan. Verhandl. d. deutsch. otol. Gesellsch., Jena, 1909, 141-144.—Dickson (C. R.) Ob- servations on the relation of the thvroid gland to the uterus. St. Louis Cour. Med., 1899, xxi, 196-200. Also: Canad. J. M. & S., Toronto, 1899, vi, 321-324. Also [Abstr.]: Phila. Month. M. J., 1899, i, 574.—de Dominicis (N.) Contributo sperimentale alia flsiologia della tiroide. Gior. d. Ass. napol. di med. e nat., Napoli, 1894-5, v, 167- 181, 1 pl. Also, transl.: Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1895, xiv, 1620; 1667.—Donald (W. M.) The thyroid up to date. Canad. Pract. & Rev., Toronto, 1907, xxxii, 449-457.— Drago (S.) Contributo alio studio dell' influenza della glandola tiroide sulla funzioni' sessuale. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1899, xx, 826.—Du Caste 1 (J.) Thyro'ide et formule leucocytaire. Compt. rend. Soe. de biol., Par., 1908, lxv, 443.—Dutto(U.) Ricerche sulla funzione della glandola tiroide. Boll. d. Soc. Lancisiana d. osp. di Roma, 1906, xxvi, 133-137.—Edmunds (W.) Experi- ments on the thyroid and parathyroid glands. Proc. Physiol. Soc, Lond. & Cambridge, 1895, pp. xxix-xxxi. -----. Further observations and experiments on the thy- roid and parathyroid. J. Path. & Bacteriol., Edinb. & Lond., 1899—1902-3, v-viii, passim. -----. Further obser- vations on the thyroidgland. J. Path. & Bacteriol., Cam- >38 THYROID GLAND. THYROID GLAND. Thyroid gland (Physiological functions of). bridge, 1907-8. xii, 101: 1909-10, xiv, 288. -----. Further observations on the thvroid gland. Ibid., 1911-12, xvi, 481-184.—von Eiselsberg (F.) Zur Lehre von der Schilddruse; mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung desgleich- namigen Artikels von H. Munk (dieses Archiv Bd. 150). Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1898, cliii, 1-21. -----. Schlussbemerkungzu H. Munk's Aufsatz in diesem Archive: " Die Schilddruse und Prof. Dr. Freih. v. Eisels- berg, Bd. 154, S. 177." Ibid., eliv, 569-572. -----. Die Be- deutung der Sehilddriise fiir den Haushalt der Natur. Allg. Wien. med. Ztg., 1902. xlvii, 439. Also: Klin.-therap. Wchnschr., Wien, 1902, ix, 1369-1373. Also: Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturfv u. Aerzte 1902, Leipz., 1903, 63-76.—Engelliorn (E.) Ueber Schilddriisen- veranderungm in der Schwangerschaft. Verhandl. d. deutsch Gesellsch. f. Gyniik., Leipz., 1911, xiv, 675-678.— Eppinger (II.), Falta(W.) & Rudinger (,K.) Ueber den Einfluss der Schilddruse auf Nerven- und Gofiisssys- tem. Verhandl. d. Kong. f. innere Med., Wiesb., 190*, xxv, 352-359.—Falta (W.), ICppinger (H.) & ltiidin- jrer (K.) Ueber den Einfluss der Schilddruse auf den Stoffwechsel. Ibid., 345-351.—Fano (G.) Sullafunzione e sui rapporti funzionali del corpo tiroide; contributo sperimentale. Arch. ital. di clin. med., Milano, 1893, xxxii, 619-535. Also, transl.: Arch. ital. de biol., Tu- rin, 1894, xxi, 31-40.—Fischer (I.) Ueber die Bezie- hungen zwischen der Schilddruse und den weiblichen Geschlechtsorganen. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1896, xlvi, 218; 259; 316; 355.—Fodor (G.) Ueber die Schilddruse. Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1893, xxix, 561-564.— Form ii nek (E.)&Haskovec (L.) Beitrag zur Lehre iiber die Function der Schilddruse. Klin. Zeit- u. Streit- fragen, Wien, 1895, ix, 65-116— Forsyth (D.) The rela- tion between the thyroid and parathvroid glands. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1907, ii, 1508-1510.—Franceschi (F.) Ri- cerche sperimentali intorno alia tiroide. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1899, xx, 3.—Fraiicois-Franch. Physiologie et pathologie du corps thyroide. [Hap.] Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1.899, 3. s., xlii, 19-27.—Freund (H. W.) Zur Beziehung zwischen der Sehilddriise und den weiblichen Geschlechtsorganen. Centralbl. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1898, xxii, 857-859.—von Filrtli (O.) Die Beziehungen der Schilddruse zum Zirkulationsapparate. Ergebn. d. Physiol., Wiesb., 1909, viii, 624-540.—Galante (P.) Gal- vanizzazione della glandola tiroide e funzione mestruale. Ann. di elett. med. [etc.], Napoli, 1909, viii, 235-247.— Gauthier (G.) Fonctions du corps thyro'ide; pathoge- nie du goitre end6mique, du goitre sporadique, du goitre exophtalmique, hypothyro'idation et hyperthyro'idation. [AbstrJ Rev. demed., Par., 1900, xx, 39; 225; 410.—Gib- son (J. L.) Notes on the function of the thyroid gland, with observations on a case of thyroid grafting. Inter- colon. M. Cong. Australas. Tr. 1892, Sydney, 1893, iii, 713- 720, 4 pl.—Gley (E.) Recherches sur le role des glan- dules thyro'ides chez le chien. Areh. de physiol. norm. et path., Par., 1893, 6. s., v, 766-773.-----. Nouvelle preuve de l'importance fonctionnelle des glandules thyro'ides. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1893, 9. s., v, 396-400. -----. Sur la suppleance supposee de la glande thyro'ide par le thymus. Ibid., 1894, 10. s., i, 528. -----. Bemer- kungen zu dem Aufsatze der Herrn L. Blumreich und M. Jacoby: Experimentelle Untersuchungen fiber die Be- deutung der Schilddruse und ihrer Nebendriisen fiir den Organismus. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1897, lxvi, 308-319. -----. Remarques a propos du travail de A. Ver Eecke: Influence de la secretion interne du corps thy- ro'ide sur des exchanges organiques. Arch, internat. de pharmacod., Gand et Par., 1897-8, iv, 347-350. ——. Glande thyroide et glandules parathyroid es. Presse med , Par., 1898, i, 17. -----. Resume des preuves des relations qui existent entre la glande thyroide et les glandules parathvroides. Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1901-2, xxxvi, 57.—Gluziiiskl (VV. A.) & Lemberger (I.) O wply- wie braku gruczolu tarczykowego w organizmie zwierze.- cymnawymiane/materyi; studyum doswiadczalne. [On the influence of the absence of the thyroid gland in the animal organism on metabolism; experimental research.] Rozpr. Akad.Umiej. wydz. matemat.-przvr., Krakow, 1899, 2. s., xiv, 93-114. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Bull, internat. Acad. d. sc. de Cracovie, 1897,194-198—G6mez Ocalia (J.) Nuevos hechos y viejas hip6tesis sobre el aparato tiroideo. Rev. Ibero-Am. de cien. med.. Madrid, 1899, i, 48-76.—Goodall (J. R.) & Conn (L. C.) The relation of the thyroid gland to the female generative organs. Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1911, xii, 457-469.—Graser (E.) Ueber den gegenwartigen Stand der Schilddrusen- frage. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1897, xliv, 357-361.— Gregoire (R.) Physiologie du corps thyroide. Presse med., Par., 1901, i, 172-174.—Grey (E. G.) & de Sautelle (W. T.) The relations of the thyroid glands to glycosuria. J. Exper. M., Lancaster, Pa., & N. Y., 1909, xi, 659-664.— Halpenny (J.) & Thompson (F*. D.) On the rela- tionship between the thvroid and parathyroids. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1909, xxxiv, 376-379. Also: Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1910, x, 476-484.—Harrelson (A. M.) Thyroid gland (Phgsiological functions of). Physiology of the thvroid. Tr. Mississippi M. Ass., [Jack- son], 1911, xliv, 104.—llirscli (Rahel). Schilddruse und Glykosurie. Ztsch. f. exper. Path. u. Therap., Berl., 1908, v, 233-240. -----. Thyreoidea und Epithelkorper- chen. Handb. d. Biochem. [etc.], Jena, 1910, iii, pt. 1, 271-307.—Hotinelster. Untersuchungen fiber die Be- deutung der Schilddruse, mit Demonstration von Priipa- raten. Miinehen.med.Wchnschr.,1892,xxxix,626. Also: Sitzungsb.d. Ver. d. Aerzte zu Halle a. S. 1891-2, Munchen, 1893, ii, 86-98.—Horsley (V.) Remarks on the function of the thyroid gland; a critical and historical review. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1892, i, 215; 265; 1113. Also, Reprint.— Hoskins (R. G.) Congenital thyroidism; an experi- mental study of the thyroids in relation to other organs of internal secretion. Am. J. Physiol., Bost., 1910, xxvi, 426-438. — Irsai (A.) Beitrag zur Rolle der Schild- driise im Organismus. Miinehen. med. Wchnschr., 1896, xliii, 1249.—Katzenstein (J.) Ueber die Ver- iinderungen in der Schilddriisse nach Exstirpation der zufiihrenden Nerven. Arch. f. Physiol., Leipz., 1897, 371-374. -----. Ueber einige experimentelle Beobach- tungen an der Schilddruse. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1899, xxv, 796-799. [Discussion], Ver.- Beil., 281.—King (J. H.) The influence of the thyroid on carbohydrate metabolism. J. Exper. M., Lancaster, Pa., AN. Y., 1909, xi, 665-672.—Kishl (K.) Beitrage zur Phvsiologie der Schilddruse. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1904, clxxvi, 260-313.—Koeher (T.) Die Schilddriisenfunction im Lichte neuerer Be- handlungsmethoden verschiedener Kropfformen. Cor.- Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1895, xxv, 3-20. Also, Re- print.—Kottniann (K.) & Lidsky (Anna). Ueber den Fibringehalt des Blutes im Zusammenhang mit der Schilddriisenfunktion; gleichzeitig ein Beitrag zum Fi- bringehalt des normalen menschlichen Blutes. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1910, lxxi, 362-368.— Kranz (P.) Schilddruse und Zahne. Deutsche Monatschr. f. Zahnh., Leipz., 1912, xxx, 1-35.—Kurayeflf(D. I.) O funktsii shtshitovidnol zhelyozi po preitmushtshestvu s tochki zrleniya fiziologo-khimicheskol. [Function of thyroid gland, chiefly from the point of view of physiological chemistry.] Ejened. jour. "Prakt. med.," St. Petersb., 1900, vii, 41; 61.—Lando (D. H.) Structure and func- tions of the thyroid and parathyroid glands. St. Paul M. J.,St.Paul,Minn.,1906, viii,724-729.—Lanz (O.) Beitriige zur Schilddrusenfrage. Samml. klin. Vortr., n. F., Leipz., 1894,No.98(Chir.,No.27,29-62).-----. Beitrage zur Schild- drusenfrage. Mitth.a. Klin. u. med.Inst.d. Schweiz,Basel u.Leipz., 1895,3.R.,481-544,3diag.—Lay(E.) Tiroidee rige- nerazione dei nervi. Ann. d. r. Ist. di clin. chir. di Roma, 1912, iv, 301-318.—Le Itteignen (H.) Physiologie de l'appareil thyroidien. Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1904, 2. s., xxii, 41-48.— Leonhardt (M.) Experimentelle Un- tersuchungen fiber die Bedeutung der Schilddruse fiir das Wachsthum im Organismus. Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1897, cxlix, 341-377—Leplne (R.) Exci- tation fonctionnelle du corps thyro'ide, au moyen des rayons X. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1904, lvi, 111-113. Also: Lyon med., 1904, cii, 202.—Levi (L.)& de Kothschild (H.) Corps thyroide et equilibre ther- mique. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1906, Ixi, 295- 297.----------. Fonction oregogene du corps thyroide. Ibid., 1907, lxii, 245-247.----------. Corps thyro'ide et intestin. Ibid., 681-683.-----------. Fonction tricho- gerie du corps thyroide; signe du sourcil. Ibid., 852-854. -----------. Corps thyroide et systeme pileux. Rev. d'hyg. et demed. inf. [etc.], Par., 1910, ix, 136-166.----- -----. Corps thyroide et vaso-motricit6. Rev. neurol., Par., 1909, xvii, 209-216.—Liclni (C.) Der Einfluss der Exstirpation des Pandreas auf die Scnilddriise. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1909. ci, 521-527.—Lidsky (Anna). Ueber die Beeinflussung der Biutgerinnung durch die Schilddruse. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1910, lxxi, 344- 361.—van Lier (E. H.) De invloed van de schild- klier op de genitaalfunctie van de vrouw. Feestb. opgedr. aan H. Treub, Leiden, 1912,656-659.—Lohmanii (A.) Zur Physiologie der Schilddruse. Sitzungsb. d. Gesell- sch. z. Befbrd. d. ges. Naturw. zuMarb. (1908), 1909, 75-77.— Lusena (G.) Sui rapporti funzionah fra la tiroide e le glandole paratiroidi. Boll. d. r. Accad. med. di Genova, 1900, xv, no. 3, 9-16. Also: Riforma med., Palermo, 1900, xvi, pt. 1, 855: 867.-----. Nuove ricerche sull' apparec- chio tiro-paratiroideo. Arch, ed atti d. Soc. ital. di chir. 1905, Roma, 1906, xix, 163. Also: Riforma med., Palermo- Napoli, 1906, xxii, 197-199.—Mabille (L.) Physiologie de la glande thvro'ide. Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1897, i, 576-583.—IWansl'eld (G.) & Jttliller (F.) Beitrage zur Phvsiologie der Schilddruse. I. Die Ursache der gestei- ger'ten Stickstoffausscheidung infolge Sauerstoffmangels. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1911, cxlhi, 157-174.— ITIarbe (S.) Influence du corps thvro'ide sur la physio- logie de l'intestin Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1911, lxx, 1028-1030.—JTIarkol (J. W.) & Wing (L. A.) The thyroid and its relation to pregnancv and the puerperal state. Bull. Lying-in Hosp., N. Y., 1912-13, viii, 153-172.— THYROID GLAND. 239 THYROID GLAND. Thyroid gland (Physiological functions ot). ftlasoin (P.) Remarques concernant I'etude de la toxi- cite urinaire pour la determination des fonctions du corps thyro'ide. Arch, de physiol. norm, et path., Par., 1895, 5. s.,vii, 368-373—xHeyer (K.) Zum thyreogenen Eiweiss- zerfall; vorlauflge Mitteilung. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1908, xiv, 2219— Jligliacci (G.) Considerazioni sulla flsiologia del corpo tiroide. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1904, xxv, 136.— Jlilitello (G.) Sull' azione della tiroide nel produrre la glucosuria; influenza della stessasul diabete. Terap. clin., Napoli, 1898, vii, 387-389.—Missiroli (A.) La tiroide negli animali a digiuno ed in quelli rialimen- tati. Path. Riv. quindicin., Genova, 1909-10, ii, 38-42.— -----. Sulla funzione tiroidea. Arch, di fisiol., Firenze, 1911-12, x, 368-372. Also: Path. Riv. quindicin., Genova, 1911-12, iv, 253.— JIoussu (G.) Sur la fonction thyroi- dienne. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1893, 9. s., v, 280; 394—JTIunk (H.) Zur Lehre von der Schilddruse. Arch. f. path. Anat, [etc.], Berl., 1897, cl, 271-305. -----. Die Schilddruse una Prof. Dr. Freih. von Eiselsberg. Ibid., 1898, cliv, 177-186.—Navratil (D.) A barzsing- varratokra tett pajzsmirigyszetetek hegkepzo hatasar61. [The effect of sections of the thyroid forming stricture on the suture of the oesophagus.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1906, 1, 589; 611.—Neehayeft (A. K.) K voprosu o roli shtshitovidnol zhelyozi v organizmle. [R61e of the thy- roid gland in the organism.] Raboti hosp. khirurg. klin. Dyakonova, Mosk., 1906, viii, 108-123.—Nicol ( VV. P.) A review of some of the work done on the thyroid. Bir- mingh. M. Rev., 1896, xl, 229-240.—Notkin (I. A.) K ucheniyu o shtshitovidnol zhelvozle. [On the thvroid gland.] Trudi Obsh. Kievsk. vrach., Kiev, 1895, i, 73-106. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1895, xiv, 824; 872.------Shtshitovidnaya zhelyoza v normalnom, patologicheskom i terapevticheskom otnoshenii. [Thy- roid gland normally, pathologically, and therapeutically considered.] Russk. arch, patol., klin. med. i bakteriol., S.-Peterb., 1896, i, 530-547. Also, transl.: Rev. de cien. med. de Barcel., 1896, xxii, 297; 326. -----. K flziologii shtshitovidnol zhelyozi. [Contribution a la physiologie du corps thyro'ide. Extr., 112-119.] Russk. arch, patol., klin. med. i bakteriol., S.-Peterb., 1896, ii, 35-62. Also [Abstr.]: Dnevnik syezda Obsh. russk. vrach. v pamyat Pirogova, Kiev, 1896, vi, no. 6, suppl., 9-12. Also, transl.: Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1896, cxliv, Suppl., 224- 252.—Oswald (A.) Physiologisch-chemische Untersu- chungen iiber die Schilddruse. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1899, Leipz., 1900, lxxi, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte.,491.-----. Ueber die Function der Schilddruse. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1899, xlvi, 1073 -1076. — Parhon (Marie). L'influence de la thyroi'desur le m6- tabolisme du calcium. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1912, lxxii, 620.—Pari (G. A.) Ueber den Einfluss der Schilddruse auf den zeitlichen Ablauf der Zersetzungen. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1908, xiii, 281-2S4.—Peiser (J.) Ueber den Einfluss des Winterschlafes auf die Schild- driise. Ztschr. f. Biol., Munchen u. Berl., 1906, xlviii, 482-4*8. — Pepere (A.) Della presenza di ghiandole salivari nel sistema tiro-paratiroideo-timico dell' uomo. Arch. ital. di anat. e di embriol., Firenze, 1909, viii, 408- 424.— Perry (J. G.) Functions of the thyroid gland. Med. Critic, N. Y., 1902, ii, 237-240.—Pessagno (R.), Itlarugo (F. M.) & Artusi (E. J.) Contribuci6n al estudio exprimental de las glandulas tiroideas y parati- roideas. Semana m&l., Buenos Aires, 1905, xii, 1314-1323.— Petrovskl (P. V.) K flziologii shtshitovidnol zhelyozi. [Physiology of the thvroid gland.] Vopr. nerv.-psikh. med., Kiev, 1904, ix, 1; 135, 7 diag.—Pick (E. P.) & Pineles (F.) Ueber die Beziehungen der Sehilddriise zum Gefiisssystem. Verhandl. d. Kong. f. innere Med., Wiesb., 1908, xxv, 360-368. — Pineles ( F.) Klinische und experimentelle Beitrage zur Physiologie der Schild- driise und der Epithelkorperchen. Mitt. a. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir., Jena, 1904-5, xiv. 120-156.—Popoir (L. V.) O znachenii shtshitovidnol.zhelyozi dlya orga- nizma, po prei'mushtshestvu s tochki zrlehiya teirapevta. [Importance of the thyroid gland to the organism, espe- cially from the point of view of the therapeutist.] Vo- yenno med. J., St. Petersb., 1899, exevi, med.-spec, pt., 608-638.—Possek (R.) Schilddruse und Auge. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh., Stuttg., 1907, xiv, Beil.-Hft., 1-51.— Putnam (J. J.) Recent observations on the functions of the thyroid gland; and the relation of its enlargement to Graves's disease; also remarks on the therapeutic use of sheep's thvroids and of other organic extracts. Boston M. & S. J., 1894, exxx, 153-159.—Key. La glande thy- ro'ide et les glandules parathyroi'des. Bull. med. de 1'Algerie, Alger, 1905, xvi, 389-394.—Bitter (C.) Ueber die Beziehungen zwischen multiplen Exostosen und Schilddruse. Med. Klin., Berl., 1908, iv, 438-440.— Ko- senthal (F.) & Schwenk (K.) Ueber die Weehsel- wirkung von Schilddruse und Gesehlechtsdriisen im Stoffwechsel. Internat. Beitr. z. Path. u. Therap. d. Er- nahrungsstor., Berl., 1910, i, 332-357.—Salemi Pace (B.) La tiroide nei suoi rapporti psichici ed emato- poletici; studj clinici. Pisani, Palermo, 1893, xiv, 295- 327.—Schein (M.) Das Schilddrusensekret in der Thyroid gland (Physiological functions of). Milch. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1895, xiv, 513; 558; 600.— Scherk (K.) Die Funktion der Glandula thyroidea. Aerztl. Rundschau, Munchen, 1895, v, 363-355. -----. Die funktionelle Beziehung der Sehilddriise zu den Ge- schlechtsorganen. Ibid., 1896, vi, 33-35.—Seliondortf (B.) Ueber den Einfluss der Schilddruse auf den Stoff- wechsel. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1896, lxiii, 423: 189/, lxvii, 395.—Schulz (O.) Beitrage zur Physiologie der Sehilddriise. Sitzungsb. d. phys.-med. Soc. zu Er- lang.(1900), 1901,xxxii,39-106.-----. Neuereundneueste Sehilddriisenforschung. Biol. Centralbl., Leipz,, 1906, xxvi, 754-768. Also: Festschr. I. Rosenthal [etc.], Leipz., 1906, pt. 1, 393-407.—Silvestri (T.) & Tosattl (C.) Di una funzione della glandola tiroide non ancora ben studiata. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1907, xxviii, 1067-1070.— Simpson (S.) & Hunter (A.) The possible vicarious relationship between the pituitary and thyroid glands. Quart. J. Exper. Physiol., Lond., 1910, iii, 121: 1911, iv, 257. ----------. Relations between the thyroid and pituitary glands. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1909-10, vii, 11.—Smith (A. J.) The thyroids and parathyroids; their relations, structure, physiology and chemistry. Penn. M. J., Athens, 1906-7, x, 743-762.—Spear (E. D.) The relation of the thyroid gland to certain diseases of the ear, with a theory of its function. Med. & Surg. Rep. Bost. City Hosp., 1896, 7. s., 54-67. Also, Reprint—Spol- verini (L.-M.) Des effets de la glande thyro'ide mater- nelle pendant la grossesse et sur les produits de la con- ception. Rev. d'hyg. et de med. inf. [etc.], Par., 1911, x, 301-340. -----. Contributo alia conoscenza dei rapporti funzionali tra la tiroide e le altre ghiandole a secrezione interna. Riv. di clin. pediat., Firenze, 1911, ix, 970-979.— Stookey (L. B.) On the phvsiology of the thyroids. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y.. 1907-8 v, 121.— Sultan (C.) Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Schilddriisen- Function. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1901, lxiii, 620-626— Taussig (A. E.) The present day status of the physi- ology of the thyroid gland. Med. Fortnightly, St. Louis, 1907 xxxi, 36.—Tomka (S.) A pajzsmirigy hasznalata a fiilgy6gyaszatban. [The utility of the thyroid gland in otology.] Ujabb gy6gvszer. es gy6gvm6d., Budapest, 1899. 6-8.—Tuholske (H.) Observations on the thyroid and the parathyroids. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1908, li, 25-28.— Turin (M.) Blutveriinderungen unter dem Einfluss der Schilddruse und Schilddriisensubstanz. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1910, cvii, 343-366.— Urso (G.) La flsiologia del corpo tiroide nell' ultimo ventennio. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1903, xxiv, 1166-1168.— Valenzi (G.) Alterazioni della ghiandola tireoide consecutive all' estirpazione delle capsule surrenali nei topi albini. Arch, per le sc. med., Torino, 1911, xxxv, 377-380.—Vassale (G.) Funzione paratiroidea e fun- zione tiroidea. Riv. sper. di freniat., Reggio-Emilia, 1901, xxvii. 1062-1097. Also [Abstr.]: Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1899, xx, 1061. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Arch. ital. de biol., Tu- rin, 1900, xxxiii, 154-156.—Ver Eecke (A.) Etude de l'influence de la secretion interne du corps thyro'ide sur les echanges organiques. Arch, internat. de pharmacod., Gand & Par., 1897-8, iv, 81-168. See, also, supra, Gley.— Verson (L.) Contributo alio studio della ghiandola tireoide e suoi annessi. Arch, per le sc. med., Torino, 1907, xxxi, 477-522, 4fold.pl. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1909, li, 284-286.—Verstraeten & Vanderlinden. Contribution a. I'etude des fonctions du corps thyroi'dien. Ann. Soc. de m&l. de Gand, 1897, lxxvi, 72-84.—Vincent (S.) & Jolly (W. A.) Some ob- servations upon the functions of the thyroid and para- thyroid glands. J. Physiol., Lond., 1905, xxxii, 65: 1906, xxxiv, 295.—deVoogi (G.N.) Zur Beziehung zwischen der Sehilddriise und den weiblichen Geschlechtstheilen. Centralbl. f. Gyniik., Leipz., 1898, xxii, 713-716.—Waller (H. E.) The relationship of the thyroid gland to den- tistry. Brit. Dent. J., Lond., 1912, xxxiii, 4-25. -----. The relationship of the thyroid gland to other internal secretions of sexual origin. Practitioner, Lond., 1912, lxxxix, 279-288.— Walter (F. K.) Ueber den Einfluss der Schilddruse auf die Regeneration der peripheren markhaltigen Nerven. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1909-10, xxxviii, 1-32, 4pl. -----. Nachtragliche Bemerkungen zu der Arbeit: Ueber den Einfluss der Schilddruse auf die Regeneration der peripheren mark- haltigen Nerven. Ibid., 1910, xxxix, 165-167. -----. Ue- ber die Bedeutung der Schilddruse fiir das Nervensystem. Ztschr. f. d. ges. Neurol, u. Psychiat., Berl. u. Leipz., 1910-11, iv, Orig., 67-90, 1 pl. -----. Schilddruse und Re- generation. Arch. f. Entwcklngsmechn. d. Organ., Leipz., 1910, xxxi, 91-130, 1 pl.—Wang (E.) Nyere un- derscigelser af glandula thyreoidea. [Recherches recentes sur la glande thvroide. Res., 360.] Norsk Mag. f. Lse- gevidensk., Kristiania, 1901, 4. R., xvi, 328-348.—War- basse (J. P.) Lanz on the thvreoid question. [Edit.] Ann. Surg., Phila., 1894, xx, 426-454.—Weeks (J. E.) The relation between the thyroid and the eye. Penn. M. J., Athens, 1906-7, x, 195-202.—Wiener (F.) Ueber Ver- iinderungen der Schilddruse naeh Anlegung einer Gal- lenblasenfistel. Centralbl. f. Physiol., Leipz. u. Wien, THYROID GLAND. 240 THYROID GLAND. Thyroid gland (Physiological functions of). 1899, xiii, 142.—Vushtshenko (A. I.) K flziologii shtshitovidnol zhelyozi; o zhirovom i okislitelnikh fer- mentakh shtshitovidnol zhelyozi i vliyaniye posllednel na lipoliticheskiye i okislitelniye protsessi v krovi. [Physiology of the thyroid gland; the lipasis and oxy- dases of the thyroid gland, and its influence upon the lypolytic and oxvdating processes taking place in the blood.] Arch. biol. nauk____, S.-Peterb., 1909-10, xv, 171- 220. Also, transl.: Arch. d. sc. biol., St.-Petersb., 1910, xv, 173-222. -----. Shtshitovidnaya zhelyoza i fermentativ- niya protsessi. [The thyroid gland and fermentative pro- cesses.] Russk.Vrach,S.-Peterb.,1911,x,1402; 1436. Also, transl.: Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1911, lxxv, 141- 168.—Zimmern & Battez. Actions des rayons X sur le corps thyroide du lapin. Arch, d'edectric. mexi., Bor- deaux, 1911, xix, 466.—JKnojeinsky (J.) Experimen- talstudie iiber die Funktion der Schilddruse und der parathyreoidealen Epithelkorperchen. Rev. de med. tcheque, Prague, 1909, ii, 48-50.—Zwaardemaker. De functie der schildklier. Literatuur-overzicht. Ne- derl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1894, 2. R., xxx, 441- 454. Thyroid gland (Regeneration of). iflotta-Coco (A.) Contributo alio studio sulla rige- nerazione della glandola tiroide. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1899, Roma, 1900, x, 536-539. -----. Rigenera- zione della glandola tiroide. Monitore zool. ital., Firenze, 1900, xi, 86-99, 1 pl. -----. Contributo al reperto del tes- suto linfo-adenoide nella glandola tiroide e sulla rigene- razione dello stesso. Rassegna internaz. d. med. mod., Catania, 1900-1901, ii, 193. Thyroid gland (Secretions of). See, also, Secretions (Internal). Asher (L.) & Flack (M.) Die innere Sekretion der Schilddruse und die Bildung des inneren Sekretes unter dem Einfluss von Nervenreizung. Ztschr. f. Biol., Miin- ehen u. Berl., 1910, lv, 83-166.----------. Nachweis der Wirkung eines inneren Sekretes der Schilddruse und die Bildung desselben unter dem Einfluss der Nerven. Zen- tralbl., f. Physiol., Leipz. u. Wien, 1910, xxiv, 211-213 — Asher (L.) & von Bodt (W. E.) Die Wirkungen von Schilddriisen und Nebennierenprodukten und die sekre- torische Innervation der Schilddruse. Ibid., 1912, xxvi, 223-228.—Bruckner (J.) Sur la secretion thvro'idienne. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1909, lxvi, 481.—Brun (V.) Einfluss derProdukte desthyreo-parathyreoidealen Apparates auf die alexinischen Eigenschaf ten des Blutes. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc],l. Abt., Jena, 1910, lvi, Orig., 533-537.—Carlson (A. J.) & Woeli'el (A.) [et al]. On the internal secretion of the thyroid gland. Am. J. Physiol., Bost., 1910, xxvi, 32-67. Also [Abstr.]: Proc. Am. Physiol., Soc, Bost., 1908-9, p. xix. Also, [Abstr.]: Proc. Am. Soc. Biol. Chem., Bait., 1908, p. xv. Casagli (F.) Sulla funzione secretiva delle cellule epiteliali della tiroide, in rapporto allasimpaticectomia cervieale. Poli- clin., Roma, 1909, xvi, sez. chir., 241-252,1 pl.—Fenger (F.) On the presence of active principles in the thyroid and suprarenal glands before and after birth. J. Biol. Chem., Bait., 1912-13, xi, 489-492.—Fordyce (A. D.) The relation of diet to thvroid activity. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1907, i, 619.—von Fiirth (O.) & Schwarz (C.) Ueber die Natur der blutdruckerniedrigenden Substanz in der Schilddruse. Arch. f. d. ges. Phvsiol., Bonn, 1908, exxiv, 361-368.—Galeotti (G.) Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Sekretiouserscheinungen in den Epithelzellen der Schild- driise. Arch. f. mikr. Anat., Bonn, 1896, xlviii, 305-328, 1 pl. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Riv. ital. di patol. gen. e anat. patol., Torino, 1896, i, 241-218.—Gamier (M.) Les secretions thyroidiennes. Presse med., Par., 1906, xiv, 801.—Hell in (D.) Ueber den wirksamen Bestandtheil der Schilddruse. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1897, xl, 121-136.—Hoskins (R. G.) Thyroid secretion as a factor in adrenal activity. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1910, lv, 1724— Hiirthle (K.) Ueber den Secre- tionsvorgang in der Schilddruse. Jahresb. d. schles. Ge- sellsch. f. vaterl. Kult. 1894, Bresl., 1895, lxxii, 1. Abth., Med. Sect., 2-12. [Discussion], 25. Also: Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1894, xx, 267-270.—Hutch- inson (R.) On the active constituent of the, thyroid gland. Brit. M. J., Lond.,1897, i, 194-197.—L£pinois(E.) Note sur les ferments oxydants indirects de la glande thyroide. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1898,10. s., v, 1177-1179—Lucien & Parisot (J.) Influence, sur la thyro'ide, des injections intraveineuses repetees d'extrait hypophysaire. Ibid., 1909, xlvi, 675-677.—Lussky (H. O.) Further studies of the aceto-nitrile test for thyroid substance in the blood. Am. J. Physiol., Bost., 1912-13, xxx, 63-73. — IHatsunaga. Die parenchymatosen LymphbahnenderThyreoideaund ihre Sekretion. Arch. f. Anat. u. Entwcklngsgesch., Leipz., 1909, 339-348,1 pl.— Oswald (A ) Die Schilddruse und ihr wirksames Princip. Biochem. Centralbl., Berl., 1902-3, i, 249-254.— Pick (E. P.) & Pineles (F.) Ueber die Beziehungen der Schilddruse zur physiologischen Wirkung des Adre- Thyroid gland (Secretions of). nalins. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1908, xii, 473-484.— Putnam (J. J.) The clinical aspects of the internal secretions; nature of the thyroidal cachexias, infantilism, acromegalv, Graves's disease. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1898, cxv, 31-49.—Koos (E.) Zur Frage nach der Anzahl der wirksamen Substanzen in der Schilddruse. Miin- ehen. med. Wchnschr., 1896, xliii, 1157. -----. Ueber die Einwirkung der Schilddruse auf den Stoffwechsel, nebst Vorversuchen iiber die Art der wirksamen Substanz in derselben. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem,, Strassb., 1896, xxi, 19-41, 1 tab.—Sajous (C. E. De M.) The thyreopara- thyreoid secretion as Wright's opsonin. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1911, xciv, 961-965. Also, Reprint—Sch mid (E.) Der Secretionsvorgang in der Schilddruse. Arch. f. mikr. Anat., Bonn, 1896, xlvii, 181-217, 1 pl.—Spoto (G.) Sul principio attivo della tiroide; contributo alia sua flsiologia. Gior. d. Ass. napol. di med. e nat., Napoli, 1896, vi, 283-329.—Tiberti (N.) Sull' attivita secretoria della ghiandola tiroide in alcune condizioni morbose. Sperimentale. Areh. di biol., Firenze, 1905, lix, 265-280, 1 pl.-VerEecke (A.) Etude de l'influence de la se- cretion interne du corps thyroide sur les 6changes orga- niques. Arch, internat. de pharmacod., Gand et Par., 1897-8, iv, 81-168.—Warren (J. W.) Ourpresent knowl- edge of the interstitial secretion of the thyroid gland. Boston M. & S. J., 1896. cxxxv, 101-104. Also: Chicago M. Recorder, 1896, xi, 94-103.—Watson (C.) The influence of a meat diet on the thyroid gland in the second gener- ation of meat fed rats. Proc. Physiol. Soc. Lond., 1906, p. xxix.—Werelius (A.) On the internal secretion of the thyroid, with brief consideration of other factors of the gland. Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1911, xx, 181-185. Thyroid gland (Surgery of). See, also, Goitre (Treatment of, Operative); Thyroidectomy; Thyroid gland (Displacement of); Thyroid gland (Inflammation, etc., of); Thy- roid gland (Transplantation of); Thyroid.gland ( Tumors of); Thyroid gland ( Tumors of, Cance- rous, etc.); Thyroid gland (Tumors of, Cystic); Thyroid gland ( Wounds, etc., of). Austin (E.) *Des troubles psychiques d'o- rigine thyroidienne, et de leur traitement chi- rurgical. 8°. Lyon, 1897. Berry (J.) Diseases of the thyroid gland and their surgical treatment. 8°. London, 1901. ------. The same. 8°. Philadelphia, 1901. Servent (G.) * Des sections traumatiques de la membrane thyro-hyoi'dienne et de leur traitement. 8°. Lyon, 1907. Allen (W. G.) Anatomy of the thyroid gland; oper- ations. Illinois M. Bull., Chicago, 1907-8, viii, 164-166.— BallinM.) Surgery of the thyroid gland. N.YorkM. J. [etc.], 1906, lxxxiii, 280-286. Also, Reprint—Bar- well (H ) Case of a man on whom thyrotomy had been ■ performed one year and nine months before for tubercu- lous laryngitis. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1907-8, i, Laryngol. Sect., 7.—Behle (A. C.) The surgery of the thyroid gland. Utah M. J., Denver, Col., 1907-8, xxvii, 146: 154.—Botey (R.) Aplicaciones quirurgicas de la intercrico-tirotomia. Arch, de rinol., laringol., otol., Barcel., 1911, xxii, 395-403— Chlarugl (M,) Contributo alia chirurgia della tiroide. Atti d. r. Accad. d. fisiocrit. in Siena, 1909, 5. s., i, 287-314.—Crile (G. W.) Observa- tion of surgery of the thyroid gland with special refer- ence tothepsvchicfaetorinGraves'sdisease. Tr. Oregon M. Soc, Portland, 1908, xxxiv, 60-73. Also: J. Indiana M. Ass., Fort Wavne, 1909, ii, 231-234. Also: Med. Progress, Louisville, 1909, xxv, 275-280. Also: Northwest Med., Se- attle, 1908, vi, 327-334.—Crockett (E. N.) Surgery of the thvroid gland. Med. Sentinel, Portland, Oreg., 1908, xv, 623-627.—Cu Iver (D. De L.) Surgery of the thyroid gland at the Rochester Hospital. Clinique, Chicago, 1910, xxxi, 576-581.— Bandois. La chirurgie du corps thyroide. Rev. med. de Louvain, 1908,122; 152.—Davis (G. G.) Removal of a sarcomatous thyroid gland without an anesthetic; with two additional cases of impending death from suffocation. Univ. M. Mag., Phila., 1897-8.X, 80-84.—Delatour ( H. B.) Surgery in thyroid disease. Brooklvn M. J., 1904, xviii, 199-202.—Delore (H.) & Chalier(A.) Contribution a la chirurgie thyroidienne (goitres et strumites). Rev. de chir., Par., 1907, xxxvi, 487-528.—Downie (w.) An account of eight consecu- tive cases of thy rotomy (erico-thyrotomy), with one death, for removal of intra-iaryngeal growths. Tr. Med.-Chir. Soc. Glasg., 1895-7, i. 149-154, 1 tab—Doyen. Thyro- tomieou larvngotomie mediane. Arch, de Doyen, Par., 1910-11, i, 245^-250—von Fiselsberg. Die Krankheiten und Verletzungen der Schilddruse. In: Handb. d. prakt. Chir . . . Bergmann [et al.], 2. Aufl., 8°, Stuttg., 1902, ii, 298-370.—Ferguson (A. H.) Surgery of the thyroid THYROID GLAND. 241 THYROID GLAND. Thyroid gland (Surgery of). gland. X. Alii. Pract., Chicago, 1896, viii, 114-119. -----. Surgervof the thyroid gland. Canada Lancet, Toronto, 1906-7, xl, 881-892. Also: Med. Herald, St. Joseph, 1907, n. s., xxvi, 213-222.—Fobes (J. H.) The operative surgery of the thyroid tdand. Internat. J. Surg., N. Y., 1910, xxiii, 265-267.— Friinkel (B.) Thyreotomie und Laryngo- fissur in Lokalanaesthesie, ohne allgemeine Narkose. Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1908, xxi, 338 — Francon. "Extirpationd'unlobedelathyro'fde. Mem. et compt.-rend. Soc d. sc. med. de Lyon (1886), 1887, xxvi, pt. 2, 52-54.—liieis (X. P.) Thyroid lesions and the relations of the parathyroids in thyroid surgery. Med. Brief, St. Louis, 1909, xxxvii, 445-447.—He in eck (A. P.) a) The thvroid theory, b) Thesurgieal treatment of the affection." West. Canada M. J., Winnipeg, 1910, iv, 193- 209—Jackson (C.) Thyrotomy vs. laryngectomy; notes on the frequently malign nature of chronic, hoarseness. Penn. M. J., Athens, 1905-6, ix, 721.—Jennings (J. E.) The surgery of the thvroid gland. Am. J. Surg., N. Y\, 1911, xxv, 130-134.-K:iot« (Van B.) Surgery of the thyroid. J. Iowa State M. Soc, Clinton, 1911-12, i, 352-364. Latitte-Dupont. Modifications au manuel operatoire de la thyrotomie. Areh. internal, de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1908, xxvi, 169.—Lata rjet. Des psychoses d'ori- gine thvro'idienne et leur traitement chirurgical. Lyon med., 1904, ciii, 472-48L—Le Conte (R. G.) Surgery of the thyroid gland. Penn. M. J., Athens, 1906-7, x, 180- 183.—Lediard. Ten consecutive cases of operation for diseases of the thyroid gland. Lancet, Lond., 1894, ii, 688. — Ledomski (V. I.) Openitivnoye llecheniye zabollevaniy shtshitovidnol zhelyozi i oslozhneniya pri nyom. [Operative treatment of diseases of the thyroid gland, and its complications.] Imp. Voyenno-Med. Akad. Trudi hosp. khir. klin., Fyodorova, S.-Peterb., 1911, v, 121-203.—Levy (E.) Ueber einen Fall von ver- schlucktem, in die Sehilddriise eingedrungenen und operativ entfernten Fremdkorper. Med. Cor.-Bl. d. wiirttemb. arztl. Ver., Stuttg., 1902, lxxii, 833-835. Alto: Ztschr. f. Wundarzteu. Geburtsh., Felltmch, 1903, liv, 195- 203.—LBwe (L.) Bemerkungen zur Thvreotomie. Mo- natschr.f. Ohrenh., Berl., 1905, xxxix.376-378.—Jl'Cown (R. M.) Surgery of the thvroid gland. J. Tenn. M. Ass., Nashville, 1909-10, ii, 46-51.— JVlalone (B.) Surgerv of the thyroid. Memphis M. Month., 1910, xxx, 409-415.— JJIario (C.) Contributo alia chirurgia della tiroide. Corriere san., Milano, 1909, xx, 306. Also: Gazz. di med. e chir., Palermo, 1909, viii, 248. Also: Med. ital., Napoli, 1909, vii, 396-398.— UIoure (E.-J.) Considerations sur la thyrotomie. Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1904, i, 673-678. -----. Considerations cliniques sur la thyroto- mie. J. de med.de Bordeaux, 1911, xli, 405-^07.—Oliver (J. C.) Report of casesof surgery of the thyroid body. Tr. Ohio M. Soc, Cleveland, 1902, 144-153. Also: Am. J. Surg. & Gynec, St. Louis. 1902-3, xvi, 65-67. Also: Cleveland M. J., 1902, i, 512-517.—Patet. Section com- plete de la membrane thyrohyo'idienne; suture de la thy- ro'ide au cartilage thyro'ide; "guerison. Lyon med. 1907, cviii, 209-211.—Portela (J.) Unapequenamodificacion en la tecnica de la tirotomia. Bol. de laringol., otol. y rinol., Madrid, 1908, viii, 129-131.—Furdum (H. D.) The present status of thvroid surgerv. J. Mich. M. S., Battle Creek, 1910, ix, 405-407.—Bailziiiiovski, O viriezivanii i peresadkle shtshitovidnol zhelyozi. [Ex- tirpation and transplantation of the thyroid gland.] Protok. zasaid. Obsh. Kievsk. vrach. (1887-8), 1889, pt. 2, 4-6.—Beclus (P.) De l'isthmectomie thyroidienne. Rev. gen. de elin. et de therap., Par., 1906, xx, 577-579.— Bicliter (H. M.) The indications for operation on the thyroid gland. Quart. Bull. Northwest. Univ. Med. Sch., Chicago, 1909-10, xi, 82-84.—Ricketts (B. M.) Surgery of the thyroid. Kansas City M. Index-Lancet, 1903, xxiv, 389; 436.—Robinson (H. B.) A clinical lecture on cases illustrating the surgerv Oi the thvroid gland. Lan- cet, Lond., 1901, i, 1384-1387.—KusselI (L. E.) Surgery of the thyroid. Eclect. M. J., Cincin., 1909, lxix, 477- 482.—Seinon (SirF.) Case of thyrotomy with restoration of exceptionally good voice. Proc. Rov. Soc. Med., Lond., 1908-9, ii, Laryngol. Sect., 78.— Shears (G. F.) The surgery of the thvroid. Tr. Am. Inst. Homceop., Phila., 1896,390-398. Also: Clinique,Chicago,1896, xvii, 449-457.— Shepherd (F. J.) Surgical diseases and wounds of the thvroid and thymus. Am. Pract. Surg. | Brvant & Buck], N. Y., 1909, vi, 353-400, 3 pl. — Stokes (W. j Operations on the thyroid gland. In his: Selected papers [etc.], 8°, Lond., 1902, 104-119, 2 pl.—Terry (W. I.) Operations on the thyroid gland. Calif. State J. M., San Fran., 1907, v. 27.—Torrini (U. L.) Plastica della cartilagine tiroide; ricerche sperimentali. Arch. ital. di otol. [etc.], Torino, 1912, xxiii, 89-110. — Velyaiiiinoir"(N. A.) Zabolleva- niye shtshitovidnol zhelyozi i ikh khirurgicheskoye lle- cheniye. [Disease of the thyroid gland and their surgi- cal treatment.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1910, ix, 1193; 1229; 1253.— Weir (R. F.) & Foote (li. M.) The sur- gery of the thyroid gland. Syst. Surg. (Dennis) Phila., I 1896, iv, 811-837. — Wilson (L. B.) [etal.]. Svmposium | upon surgery of the thyroid gland. Surg., Gvnec A Obst., Chicago, 1909, viii. 388-619. —Winslow (R.i The sur- gery of the thyroid gland. Marvland M. J., Bait.. 1909, I Iii, 391; 431; 471: 1910, liii, 1. VOL XVIII, 2D SERIES----16 Thyroid gland (Syphilis of). Hutchins (J.) On struma and syphilitic struma. 8°. [>. p., 1842.] Rosenhauer ( P. ) * Ueber Syphilis der Sehilddriise. [Leipzig.] 8°. Hamburg & Leipzig, 1909. Also, in: Jahrb. d. Hamb. Staatskrankenant.1908, Hamb. u. Leipz., 1909, xiii, 145-153. Also, in: Mitt. a. d. Hamb. Staatskrankenanst., 1909, ix, 145-153, 1 pl. Clarke (B.) A case of gumma of the isthmus of the thyroid gland; ulceration; oedema of the larynx; laryngo- tracheotomy; recoverv. Lancet, Lond., 1897, ii, 389.— Davis (B. F.) Gumma of the thyroid. [Abstr.] Tr. Chicago Path, Soc, 1906-9, vii, 273. -----. Svphilis of the thyroid. Arch. Int. Med..Chicago, 1910, v, 47-60.—Hiiltl (H.) Ueber die luctischen Erkrankungen der Schild- druse. Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1899, xxxv, 442-444. Also: Ungar. med. Presse, Budapest, 1899, iv, 735- 737.—Jour«lanet(P.) Perichondrite tertiaire du carti- lage thyroide; guerison rapide par le traitement mixte. Ann. d. mal. ven., Par., 1910, v, 361-364. —Mendel (F.) Die Syphilis der Schilddruse. Verhandl. d. Kong. f. innere Med., Wiesb., 1906, xxiii, 233-242, 3 pl. Also: Med. Klin., Berl., 1906, ii, 833-838.—Perrando (G. G.) Alte- razioni istologiche della tiroide nei feti sifilitici e non vitali. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1902, xxiii, 186-190. —Pol- ttavtseft"(A. P.) Izmleneniya shtshtsitovidnol zhelyozi u sifilitikov v techeniye vtorol inkubatsii i perioda si pel. [Alterations of the thyroid giand in syphilitics during the second incubatiori and the period of svphilides.] Russk. J. Kozhn. i Ven. Bollezn., Kharkov, 1901, i, 85: 193.—Poncet (A.) & Leriche (R.) Syphilis du corps thyroide. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1912, n. s., xxxviii, 783-789. Also: Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1912, lxxxv, 945- 947.—Xhurslield (R. M. R.) A case of gumma of the thyroid. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1908, i, 147. Thyroid gland (Topograp>hy and explo- ration of). Henneberg. [Ueber die laterale Anlage der Thy- reoidea.] Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1904, xxx, 1870.—Kallius (E.) Die mediane Thyreoideaan- lage und ihre Beziehungzum Tuberkulum impar. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1903, xxiii, Ergnzngshft., 35-40.—IWarafidn (G.) La palpaci6n profunda del tiroides normal y pato- logico. Rev. elin. de Madrid, 1911, v, 12-14.— 'lauelaire. Notes sur la situation de 1'isthmedu corps thyroide par rapport a la trochee. Bull. Soc. anat. de Par.,' 1895, lxx, 131-135.—Potter (P.) The topographic anatomy of the thyroid gland. Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Larygol., St. Louis, 1909, xviii, 669-678,3 pl—de Santi (P. R. W.) Explora- tion of the thyroid for dvspn.ea. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1899, n. s., lxvii, 248. — Woodbury (M. S.) A landmark and technique for thyroid measurement; pre- liminary note. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1912. xcvi, 798-797. -----. A method of outlining the thyroid gland. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1913, lviii, 1675. Thyroid gland (Transplantation of). Borowsky (D.) *De l'hypertrophie fonc- tionnelle des greffes thyroi'diennes. 8°. Geneve, 1906. (tougassian (W.) * De la greffe de tissu thy- roidien provenant d'animaux morts. 8°. Ge- neve, 1905. Holdener (F.) * Experimentelle Untersu- chungen iiber die Transplantation der Schild- druse. 8°. Ziirich, 1898. Otspensky (Anna). * Influence de la cocaine ?ur la reprise des greffes thvroi'diennes. 8°. Geneve, 1904. Kidxik (G.) * Teber Organotherapie bei Erkrankungen der Schilddruse und des Pan- creas mit Beriicksichtigung der Transplanta- tionsversuche. 8°. Berlin, [1906]. Serman (C.) * Ueber eine neue Methode der Transplantation des Schilddriisengewebes. [Bern.] 8°. Leipzig, 1909. Also in: Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1908, xcvi. 440-460, 2 pl. Sultan (C.) *Zur Histologie der transplan- tierten Schilddruse. roy. 8°. Konigsberg i. Pr., 1898. Also, in: Centralbl. f. allg. Path. u. path. Anat., Jena, 1898, ix, 388-390. Toreschkowitsch (A.) * Beitrag zur Trans- plantation der Schilddruse. (Experimentelle Studie.) 8°. Basel, 1909. THYROID GLAND. 242 THYROID GLAND. Thyroid gland (Transplantation of). Amadoni ( G. ) Gli innesti tiroidei nell' uomo. Clin, chir., Milano, 1904, xii, 325-329.—von Braniann. j Ueber Schilddrusenimplantation bei Myxodem und Kre- tinismus. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1909, xxxv, 1738.—Carraro (A.) Ueber Schilddriisen- verpflanzungen in verschiedene Organe. Deutsche Zt- schr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1909, xcvii, 201-223,1 pl.—Carrel (A.) & Guthrie (C.-C.) Extirpation et replantation de la glande thvroide avec reversion de la circulation. Compt. rend. Soc de biol., Par., 1905, lix, 413.—Cinotti (F.) Gli innesti tiroparatiroidei in chirurgia veterinaria. N. Ercolani, Pisa, 1909, xiv, 337; 354.— Cristiani (H.) Etude histologique de la greffe thyroidienne. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1894,10. s., i, 716-718. Also: Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1894, xiv, 610-612. -----. De la greffe thyroidienne en general et de son evolution histologique en particulier. Arch, de physiol. norm, et path., Par., 1895, 5. s., vii, 65-76, 2 pl. -----. Histologie des greffes du corps thvro'ide chez les reptiles. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1900, IL s., ii, 993-995. Also: Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1900, xx, 637-640. -----. Surmenage des greffes thyro'idiennes avec atrophie con- secutive. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1900, 11. s., ii, 1136-1138.-----. Developpement des greffes thyro'i- diennes; analogie avec le developpement embryonnaire du corps thyro'ide et avec la formation du goitre hyper- plasique. Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1900, xx, 579-581. Also: Compt. rend. Soc.debiol., Par., 1900,11. s.,ii,967-969. -----. De l'accroissement des greffes thyro'i- diennes. J. de physiol. et de path. g6n., Par., 1901, iii, 22-26.-----. Vasciiiarisation comparee des greffes thy- ro'idiennes. Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1901, xxi,5-11, lpl. -----. Nouvelles experiences de greffe thy- roidienne chez les mammiferes. J.de physiol.etdepath. gen., Par., 1901,iii, 200-215,1 pl.-----. De la greffe thyroi- dienne croisee. Areh.ital. de biol..Turin, 1901-2, xxxvi, 164. -----. Greffe thyroi'dienne etensemencement thyroidien. Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1902, xxii, 705-711. -----. La greffe thvro'idienne chez les reptiles. J. de physiol. et de path, gen., Par., 1903, v, 24-30, 1 pl. -----. Transplantation de tissu thyroi'dien dans des regions trans- parentes. Compt. rend. Soc de biol., Par., 1903, lv, 679-681. -----. Lesions inflammatoires microbiennes des greffes thyroi'diennes. Ibid., 725. -----. Injection de sub- stances bacteriennes n^crosantes et d'essence de ter6- benthine dans des greffes thyroi'diennes. Ibid., 726. -----. Hypertrophie compensatrice des greffes thy- roi'diennes. Ibid., 782-784. -----. Reimplantation de greffes thyroi'diennes reussies. Ibid., 1457. -----. De la greffe thyroidienne chez les oiseaux. Ibid., 1904, lvi, 192. -----. De la greffe thyroidienne chez les poissons et les amphibies. Ibid., 227-229. -----. [Corps thyro'ide; greffe thyroi'dienne.] [Rap. de Barrier.] Bull. Acad. de med., Par., 1904, 3. s., Iii, 433-438. -----. De la greffe hetero-thyroi'dienne. J. de physiol. et de path. g£n., Par., 1904, vi, 476-488, 1 pl. -----. La greffe thyroidienne chez l'homme. Semaine med., Par., 1904, xxiv, 81-83. Also, transl.: Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1904, n. s., lxxviii, 167-170. -----. Quelques nouvelles donnees re- gardant les greffes thyro'idiennes. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1905, xxvii, jErgnzngshft., 176-178. -----. Evolution des greffes thyroi'diennes superflues. Compt. rend. Soc de biol., Par., 1905, lviii, 361. -----. De la persistance des greffes des glandes parathyro'ides. Ibid., "ibi. -----. Evolution histologique de greffes faites avec du tissu thyro'idiej conserved J. de phvsiol. et de path, gen., Par., 1905, vii, 261-270, 1 pl—Crlstiani (H.) & Cris- tiani (Mme. A.) Evolution comparee des greffes de jeune tissu thyroidien transplanters sur des animaux d'age different. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1905, lviii, 531-533. —Cristiani ( H. ) & Kuinmer ( E.) Ueber funktionelle Hypertrophie iiberpflanzter Schild- drusenstiickchen beim Menschen. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1906, liii, 2377-2380. Also, Reprint. —Cris- tiani (H.) & Onspensky. Effets de la coca'inisation locale sur les greffes thvroidiennes. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1904, lvii," 40-42.-----------. Action de solutions de cocaine sur le tissu thyroidien vivant. Ibid., 42. — Fnderlen. Untersuchungen fiber die Transplantation der Schilddruse in die Bauchhohle von Katzen und Hunden. Mitt. a. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir., Jena, 1898, iii, 474-531, 2 pl. —Gautier & Kunnner. Note sur les bons effets de la greffe thy- roi'dienne (methode de Cristiani) chez un enfant arrier£ par defaut de developpement de la glande thyroide. Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1905, xxv, 397- 403. [Discussionl, 418-421.—Gibson (J. L.) The func- tion of the thyroid gland, with observations on a case of thyroid grafting. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1893, i, 58-62.— Godart. Recherches sur la transplantation progres- sive de la glande thyroide chez le chien. J. de med., chir. et Pharmacol., Brux., 1894, 49-64. —Jacobs (A.) Recherches sur la transplantation progressive de la glande thyroide chez le chien, par le Docteur Godart- Danhieux. Bull. Soc. de med. d'Anvers, 1894, lvi, 83- 87.—Kocher (T.) Ueber Schilddriisentransplantation. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Chir., Berl., 1908, I Thyroid gland (Transplantation of). xxxvii, pt. 2, 231-237. Also: Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1908, lxxxvii, 1-7. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Ann. Surg., Phila., 1908, xlviii, 777-779.—Leischncr (H.) & Koli- ler (R.) Ueber homoioplastische Epithelkorperehen- und Schilddrusenverpflanzung. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1910-11, xeiv, 169-185. — Lemaire (P.) Sur la methode des greffes thyroi'diennes. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. mod. de Bordeaux, 1902, xxiii, 615.—Pantaleone (C.) Contributo sperimentale all' innesto tiroideo. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1897, xviii, 65-67.—Pay r ( E.) Trans- plantation von Schilddriisengewebe in die Milz; experi- mentelle und klinische Beitrage. (Bemerkungen iiber Organtransplantationen iiberhaupt.) Verhandl. d. deut- sch. Gesellsch. f. Chir., Berl., 1906, xxxv, pt. 2, 503-599, 2 pl. [Discussion], pt. 1, 155. Also: Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1906, lxxx, 730-826. -----. Nachtrag zur Mit- theilung iiber Transplantation von Schilddriisengewebe in die Milz. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1906, lxxx, 1030, lpl. —Salzer ( H. ) Zur Frage der Schilddrii- sentransplahtation. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Chir., Berl., 1909, xxxviii, pt. 2, 104-134, 1 pl. Also: Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1909, Ixxxix, 881-911,1 pl. Also [Abstr.]: Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1909, xxii, 370.— Shuiiikotf-Trubiu (K.G.) Peresadka shtshitovid- nol i parashtshitovidnol zhelyoz v razlichniye organi i tkani; eksperimentalnoye izs'lledovaniye. [Transplan- tation of the thyroid and parathyroid glands into dif- ferent organs and tissues; experimental investigation.] Kazan. Med. J., 1911, xi, 285-298.—Smith (E. A.) Thy- roid transplantation. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1911, i, 166.— Stich (R.) & ITlakkas (M.) Zur Transplantation der Schilddruse mittels Gefiissnaht. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tubing., 1908, lx, 431-449, 5 pl.—Ughetti (G. B.) Sulla flsiologia della tiroide; appunti critiei e nota prelimi- nare sul trapiantamento di questa ghiandola. Riforma med., Napoli, 1892, viii, pt. 4, 675-680.—Vanzetti (F.) Del trapianto della tiroide embrionale. Arch. per. le sc. med., Torino, 1903, xxvii, 285-299. Also [Abstr.]: Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1903, 4. s., ix, 388-390. Thyroid gland (Tuberculosis of). Ast (P.) * Ueber einen Fall von Tuberku- lose der Schilddruse. [Erlangen.] 8°. Frank- furt a. Oder, 1906. Giracd (G.) *Le corps thyroide des tuber- culeux. 8°. Paris, 1908. Ivanoff (T.) *De la tuberculose de la glande thyroide. 8°. Lyon, 1899. Petersen (H.) *Ein neuer Fall von Schild- driisen tuberkulose. 8°. Miinehen, 1901. Arnd (C.) Beitrage zur Klinik der Schilddriisentu- berkulose. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1912, cxvi, 7-28.—Camera (U.) La tubereolosi primitiva della ghiandola tiroide. Clin, chir., Milano, 1912 xx, 1897- 1912.—Caplesco (P.) Sur la relation pathologique entre la tuberculose chirurgicale, medicale et la glande thy- roide. Spitalul, Bucuresci, 1911, xxxi, 319.—Chalier (J.) Goitre plongeantsuppure; tuberculose thyroidienne; oedeme en pelerine par compression des deux troncs veineux brachio-cephaliques. Lyon mexl., 1907, cviii, 514-516.—Chappell (W. F.) A case of tuberculosis of the thvroid gland. Manhattan Eve & Ear Hosp. Rep., N. Y., 1894, i. 91, 1 pl. Also, Reprint.—Clairmont (P.) Zur Tuberculose der Schilddruse (Struma tuberculosa). Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1902, xv, 1267-1270.—Corner (E. M.) Primary and secondary local tuberculosis of thyroid gland. Tr. Clin. Soc. Lond., 1903-4, xxxvii, 112- 114.—Halstead (A. E.) Tuberculosis of the thyroid gland, with report of a case. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1910, 20. s., i, 120-125.—Hedinger(E.) Zur Lehre der Schild- driisentuberculose. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1912, cxvi, 125-139.—Hufnagel (V.) Ueber Schilddrii- senerkrankungen auf tuberkuloser Grundlage bei Ein- stellungsuntersuchungen. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1912, lix, 1377.—Lediard (H. A.) Primary tuberculosis of the thyroid. Tr. Path. Soc. Lond., 1905-0, lvii, 153.— Lenormant (C.) La tuberculose du corps thyroide, a propos d'un cas d'abces froid thyroi'dien. Progres med., Par.. 1908, 3. s., xxiv, 445.—Lereboullet (P.) Thy- ro'iditeaigue et tuberculose. Clin. prat. . . . mal. d. yeux, du larynx [etc.], Par., 1909, v, 9-13.—Jttorin. Tubercu- lose et glande thvro'ide. Presse med., Par., 1906, xiv, 623.—Pinoy. Sur la tuberculose du corps thyroide. Cong, internat. de med. C. r., Par., 1900, sect, d'anat. path., 303-306.—Poncet (A.) & Leriche ( R.) Tuber- culose inflammatoire et corps thyro'ide. Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1909, 3. s., lxii, 615-626. Also: Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1909, lxxxii, 1867-1871. Also: Clinique, Par., 1910, v, 612-616.—Pupovac (D.) Zur Kenntnis derTuberku- lose der Schilddruse. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1903, xvi, 1012-1014.—Roger (H.) & Gamier. Des lesions de la glande thvro'ide dans la tuberculose. Arch.gen.de m6d., Par., 1900,"n. s., iii, 385-414.-Kolleston (H. D.) Case- ous tubercle in the thyroid gland; tuberculous abscesses THYROID GLAND. 243 THYROID GLAND. Thyroid gland (Tuberculosis of). rupturing into the oesophagus. Tr. Path. Soc. Lond., 1896-7, xlviii, 197-200.— Ruppamier (E.) Ueber tu- berkulose Strumen; ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Schild- driisentuberkulose. Frankf. Ztschr. f. Path., Wiesb., 1908-9, ii, 513-547.—Schwartz. Abces tuberculeux du corps thvro'ide. Areh. internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1894, vii, 320-324.—Shlmodaira (Y.) Experimentelle Untersuchungen fiber die Tuberkuloseinfektion der Schilddruse. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1911, cix, 443-479.—Stanton (W. B.) The thyroid in tuberculosis; a preliminary study. Am.Med., Phila., 1905, x,605.-----. The thvroid in tuberculosis. Nat. Ass. Study & Prevent. Tuberculosis. Trans., N. Y., 1906, i, 239-242.—Toinel- lini (L.) Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber die Tuberkulose der Schilddruse. Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1905, xxxvi, 590-624. Thyroid gland (Tumors of). See, also, Goitre; Thyroid gland, (Aberrant, etc., Tumors of); Thyroid gland (Tumors of, Cancerous and malignant); Thyroid gland (Tu- mors of, Cystic). Friedekrhs (A.) *Zur Histologie der me- tastasierenden Schilddriisengeschwulste. 8°. JViirzburg, 1897. Humbert (E.-J.) * Contribution a I'etude de l'enucleation intraglandulaire des tumeurs so- lides du corps thyroide. 8°. Xancy, 1899. Loscher ( W. ) * Ueber die in den letzten Jahren in der Krlanger chirurgischen Klinik zur Beobac'htung gelangten Fiille von Schilddriisen- geschwiilsten. 8°, Erlangen, 1898. Lurje (M.) * Ueber ein Teratom der Schild- driise. 8°. Zurich, 1908. Petit ( M. ) * Contribution ii I'etude des kystes thyroid iens medians. 8°. Paris, 1901. Schmidt ( K. ) * Ueber einen Fall von anscheinend gutartiger Struma adenomatosa mit Metastasen in der Wirbelsaule und in einer Rippe. 8°. Munchen, 1908. Zullig (J.) * Ueber Papillome der Schild- driise. 8°. Berlin, 1910. Also, in: Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1910, ccii, 18-38. Abadie & Coriveaud. Tumeur solide pediculee du corps thyroide. Bull. Soe. d'anat. et physiol. de Bor- deaux, 1>99, xx, 50; 62.—Alessandrl (R.) Adenoma della tiroide d' origine paratiroidea. Bull. d. r. Accad. med. di Roma, 1910, xxxvi, 64-68, 1 pl.—Barker (A. E.) Notes on the removal of thvroid tumours. Practitioner, Lond.,1907, lxxix, 329-344, 2pl.—Bastianelli (K.) Tu- more aereo, peritiroideo. Bull. d. Soc. Laneisiana d. osp. di Roma (1*94>. 1895, xiv, fasc. 2, 57.—von Bainniiar- ten (P.) Onkologische Mitteilungen. [Amyloidtumor der Thyreoidea mit gcneralisierter Metasta'-enbi Idling.] Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1906, lvi, 2049-2052.—Bauro- wicz(A.) Ueber .Scliilddnisengeschwiilste im Innern des Kehlkopfes und der Luftrohre. Areh. f. Larvngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1898, viii, 362-373.—Bell. Calcareous tu- mour of the thvroid producing oesophageal obstruction. Montreal M. J., 1894-5, xxiii, 297.—Bennett (Sir VV.) A case of adenoma of thyroid. Clin. J., Lond., 1902-3, xxi, 276. -----. A tumour of the thyroid. Ibid., 1906, xxviii, 131-134.—Berard. Neoplasme du corps thyroide; abla- tion; guerison. Lyon med., 1902, xcviii, 946-948. -----. Ancien goitre en transformation neoplasique; infiltration probable de la fourchette sternale par noyau demetas- tase ou par propagation directe; ancienne luxation de l'epaule droite non reduite avec impotence fnntionnelle peu marquee. Ibid., 1912, cxviii, 1275-1278.—Berard (L.) & Alamartine (H.) Contribution a I'etude de • la classification anatomique des tumeurs thvro'idiennes. Rev. de chir., Par., 1912, xiv, 5*3-028.—Berjjer. Les tu- meurs du corps thvroide. Rev. gen. de cliii. et de the- rap., Par., 1905, xix, 294.—Berry (J.) On the diagnosis and operative treatment of thvroid adenomata. Poly- clin., Lond., 1900, iii, 80-96.—Bloodtfood (.I.e.) Ade- namata of the thvroid gland; a clinical and pathological study. Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1906, ii, 121-144, 2 pl.—Bote 1 la (E.) Fibrosarcoma del istmo y lobulo de- recho de la glandula tiroides; tumor del cuello. Rev. rlemed.y eirug. prat..Madrid, 1905,lxvi, 185-188.—Brid- don (C. K.) Adenoma of thvroid gland; thvroidectomy. Med. & Surg. Rep. Presbyterian Hosp., N. Y.', 1897, ii, 131- 133.—Bristovv (A. T.) Thyroidectomy for recurrent non-malignant tumour of the thyroid. Brooklyn M. J., 1902, xvi, 421.—Bryan (G. C.) Some interesting cases of tumor of the thyroid. J. N. Mexico M. Soc, Albu- querque, 1907-8, iii, no. 3, 4-10.—Burk (W.) Ueber ei- Thyroid gland (Tumors of). nen Amyloidtumor mit Metastasen. Centralbl. f. allg. Path. u. path. Anat., Jena, 1901, xii, 673.—Bussano (G.) Sette casi di neoplasma primitivo della tiroide nel cane. Clin, vet., Milano, 1909, xxxiii, sez. prat., 385-395.—But- Hn (H. T.) A clinical lecture on two cases of thyroid tumour. Clin. .L, Lond., 1893-4, iii, 292 - 398. — Chas- tenet de p.Tation; guerison. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1912, n. s., xxxviii, 673-675.—Pozza (P.) [Degenerazione Thyroid gland (Tumors of Cystic). fibrocistica del lobodestro della tiroide.] Osp. 8. Antonio Abate in Fivizzano. Resoc. clin. d. sez. chir. 1891-3, Pontremoli, 1894, 77.-----. [Focolaio cistico ed eneon- droma del lobo sinistro della tiroide; estirpazione del lobo.] Ibid., 81.—Pyle (J. S.) An operation upon an interesting case of cystic degeneration of the thvroid glands. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1893, xliv, 581.—Reclus (P.) Sur deux observations de kystesmuqueuxthyrohyoi'diens. Bull, med., Par., 1903, xix, 58.5.—Boclier (L.) A piopos du kyste dermoide median thyro-hyoiden. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1902, xxiii, 507-509.—Koch lord (W. E.) Large fibrocystic goitre. J. Minn. M. Ass. [etc.] Minneap., 1905, xxv, 485.—Schneider (K.) Ueber ein machtig entwickeltes congenitales Cy.stadenom der Schilddruse. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1903, xxviii, 221- 223.—Smoler (F.) Ueber einen 27 Jahre lang beobach- teten Fall von Cystadenoma papillare der Schilddruse. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tubing., 1901, xxxi, 99-116, 1 pl. -----. Zur Kenntnis des papillaren Cvstadenoms der Schilddruse. Ibid., 1902, xxxiii, 460-463.—Syms (P.) A cyst of the thyroid gland. Tr. Soc. Alumni Bellevue Hosp., N. Y., 1896-7,132; 173.—Tail (D.) A rare form of cyst of the thyroid. Pacific M. J., San Fran., 1894, xxxvii, 1— Thevenot (A.) Note sur le diagnostic et le traite- ment des kystes du corps thvro'ide. Bull. Soc. demed. de Par. (1879), 1880, xiv, 183-194.—Thevenot (L.) Les kytes congenitaux de la glande thyroide. Bull, med Par., 1907, xxi, 452.—Thomas (W. T.) Cyst in the thy- roid gland; removal; cure. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1894, ii, 1231 — Tillaux. Les kvtes du corps thyroide. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap.. Par., 1903, xvii, 773— Veau (V.) Les kystes thyro-hyoidi ens. Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1901, lxxiv, 1237-1240.—Waterhouse (H. F.) An adenoma- tous tumour partly cystic and partly solid [of the thyroid gland]. Clin. J., Lond., 1903, xxii, 158-160.—Wathen (J. R.) Cystic goiter containing both lobes and parathy- roids. Kentucky M. J., Bowling Green, 1909-10. viii, 1899.—Wellman (F. C.) A simple cvst of the thyroid gland simulating goitre. J. Trop. M. [etc.], Lond., 1908, xi, 117.—Williams (J. T.) Thyroid cvst in a child eleven months old; operation; recovery. Brit. M. J.. Lond., 1896, 1, 970. Thyroid gland (Wounds and injuries of). Toussaint (H.) Des plaies par instruments tran- chants du corps thyroide. Rev. de chir., Par., 1906, xxxiii, 940-947. Thyroid gland in disease. See Thyroid gland (Diseases and pathology of). Thyroidin. See, also, Iodothyrin; Myxoedema (Treat- mentof) with thyroid-extract; Thyroid-extract. Bloch (I.) * Ueber den Einfluss von Jod, Thyrojodin, Thyraden auf den Stoffwechsel. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1896. Chapellier (E.) *De la thyroi'odine dans les retards de consolidation et dans les pseudar- throses. 8°. Lyon, 1900. Critchmarofp (N.) * De l'iodothyrine (thy- roi'odine) et son action therapeutique dans les goitres. 8°. Lyon, 1897. Geldern (M.) *Ein Fall von Dysthyreosis unter Behandlung mit Schilddriisenpraparaten. 8°. Freiburg i. B., 1902. Huegel (C.) * Die Wirkung des Thyrioidins auf den Stoflwechsel der Kaninchen. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1896. Myasoyedofp (A. N.) * Material! k voprosu o vliyanii tireoidina na obmlen i usvoyeniye azotistikh chastel pishtshi u zdorovikh lyudel. [Influence of thyreoidin on metabolism and assimilation of nitrogenous parts of food in healthy men.] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1899. Roos ( E.) * Ueber Schilddriisentherapie und Jodothyrin (friiher Thyrojodin genannt). [Freiburg.] 8°. Freiburgi. B. & Leipzig, 1896. Tikanadze (I. E.) * Material! k voprosu o vliyanii tireoidina na usvoyeniye zhirov pi- shtshi u zdorovikh lyudel. [Data on the effect of thyreoidin upon the assimilation of fats from food in healthy men.] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1897. THYROIDIN. 249 THYRO-PARATHYROIDECTOMY. Thyroidin. Uhlmanx (R.) * Ueber den Procentgehalt des Blutes an eosinophilen Zellen bei funf mit Thyreoidin behandelten Patienten. 8°. ITu/-:- burg, 1897. Adler (H.) Ueber die Verwendung von Thyreoidin bei Augenerkrankungen. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh., Stuttg., 1909, xlvii, Beil.-Hft., 36-41. — Kallmann (E.) Ueber das Thyrojodin. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1896, xliii. 309-312. -----. Ueber die Jodverbindungen der Schilddruse. Ibid., 398. -----. Ueber die Wirksamkeit des Thyrojodins. (Entgegnung an S. Friinkel.) Ibid., 476-478. -----. Der Jodgehalt der Schilddriisen von Menschen und Thieren. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1896, xxii. 1-17 — Becker. Beitrag zur Thy- roidiu-Wirkung. Deutsche med. Wchnschr.. Leipz. ii. Berl., 1895, xxi, 600— Kircher (E.) Zur Wirkung der Thvreoidintabletteu auf das normale Knoehenwachstum. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1910, xci, 554-566.—Birch - Hirschi'eld (A.) Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber die Pathogenese der Thvreoidinamblvopie. Arch. f. Ophth., Leipz., 1905, Ixi, 499-523, 2 pl.—Borman (S.) K voprosu o vliyanii tireoidina na azotistiy metamorfoz u zdorovikh sobak. [On the action of thyroidin upon the nitrogenous metamorphosis in healthvdogs.] Medi- tsina, St. Petersb., 1895, vii, 436-440. Also, transl.: Wien. med. Bl., 1896, xix, 67: 84—Bralniu (Y. M.) Sovre- mennoye polozheniye voprosa o terapevticheskom dlel- stvii tireoidina. [Present position of the question of thera- peutic action of thvroidin.] Russk. med. vestnik,S.-Peterb., 1900,ii,no. 18,l-15;'no. 19,6-22.—Cardoso(J.) Thyroidina depurada, a 10 centigr. Med. mod., Porto, 1900,vii,93-96 — Dobrowsky i A.) Beitrag zur Frage der Anwendung des Thyreoidins in der Kinderpraxis. Arch. f. Kinderh., Stuttg., 1896, xxi, 54-NX—Eitelberg (A.) Ein weiterer Beitrag zur Behandlung der Mittohrsklerose mit Thyreoi- dintabletten. Wien. med. Presse, 1899. xl, 1209-1215.— Ferrarini (C.) Psicosi tossica da tiroidina. Riforma med., Palermo. 1899, xv, pt. 4, 675-677.—Friinkel (S.) Zur Isolirung der wirklichen Substanz der Thyreoidea. Aerztl. Centr.-Anz., Wien, 1895. vii, 520.—Frenkel (S. H.)& Frenkel (M.) Jod im Hani nach Einnahme von Thyreodin-Tabletten. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1896,xxxiii, 827.—Friedheini (L.) Kasuistisehe Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Nebenwirkungen des Thyreoidin unter be- sonderer Beriicksichtigung der Glykbsurie. Festschr. . . . Benno Schmidt . . ., Leipz., 1896, 85-93.— Gley (E.) Sur Paction toxique de l'extrait thyroidien. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1894,10. s., i, 830— Gnarnaccia (E.) La tiroidina nelle scierosi auricolari. Atti d.Cong. d. Soc. ital. di laringol. Tetc] 1897, Firenze, 1899, iii, 283- 285.—Banff. Zwei Fiille von Thyreoidin-Behandlung. Festschr. . . . Heinrich Abegg . . ., Danzig, 1898, 85-91, 3 pl.—Haikovec (L.) Experimenteller Beitrag zur Wirkung des sogenannten Thyreoidin. Wien. med. Bl., 1895, xviii, 743. -----. Ueber Wirkung des Thyreoidal- extraktes. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1911, xxiv, 1117-1130.— Ha worth (F. G.) Apathv following use of thyroidin. Brit. M. J.. Lond., 1900, ii, 582.—Henniz (A.) Ueber Thyrojodin. Miinehen. med. Wchnschr., 1896, xliii, 313.— Hertoghe. Action de la thymidine sur les organes genitaux de la femme; applications gynecologiques. Ann. Soc. med.-chir. d'Anvers, 1896, 93-102. Also. Bel- gique med., Gand-Haarlem, 1896, iii, pt. 2, 97-105.—Hie- bel (T.) Ein Beitrag zur Thvroidintherapie. Wien. med. Presse, 1897, xxxviii, 1149-1153.—Hlldebrandt (H.) Zur pharmakologischen Kenntniss des Thyrojo- dins. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1896, xxxiii, 826.—Hutch- ison (R.) Preliminary note on the active substance in the thyroid. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1896, i, 722— Jaenlcke (A.) Ueber die Wirkung der Thyreoidin-Priiparate bei einigen seltenen Krankheitsfiillcii. Centralbl. f. innere Med., Leipz., 1901, xxii, 47-51.—Le pi lie (R.) Thyroio- dine. Med. Week., Par., 1896, iv. 4e9. Also: Semaine med., Par., 1896, xvi, 333. —Luna (E.) La reazione iodofila nel sangue degli animali ipertiroidizzati. Gazz. sicil. di med. e chir. [etc.], Palermo, 1908, vii, 17-20.—M. (K. E.) The effects of thyroidin. Lancet, Lond., 1901, i, 1250— Itlabille (L.) Ueber die Wirkung des Arseniks gegen die Schadlichkeiten der Thyreoidinbehandlung. Heilkunde. Wien [etc.], 1898-9, iii, 526-529.—Palleri (G.) & JMergari (A.) Contributo sperimentale alio studio dell' azione della tiroidina sulla formazione del callo osseo nelle fratture. Raccoglitore med., Forli, 1900, 6.s., vi,405-420.—Boinme (R.) La thvroiodine. Presse med., Par., 1896, 264.—Boos (E.) Leber die Wirkung des Thyrojodins. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1896, xxii, 18-61.—Saks (JA O stosowaniu tyreoidyny wginekologii. [On the application of thyreoidinein . . .] Kron. lek., Warszawa, 1>97, xviii, 731-735.—Schi0dte(N.) OmBrugen af Thyreoidin \ —Timmer (H.) Congenitaal tibia-defect. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1912, ii, 1257. Tibia (Absence of Congenital). vox Miralt (L.) *L'ei>er congenitalen De- fekt der Tibia mit anatomischer Untersuchung eines Falles von totalem congenitalem Tibiade- fekt. 4°. Cassel, 1895. Forms also 5. Hft., v. 100, of: Bibliotheca medica. fol. Cassel, 1896. Nolte (A.) *Ein Fall von congenitalem totalen Tibiadefekt. 8°. Leipzig, 1903. Vuillaume (G.) ^Contribution a I'etude de l'absenee congenitale du tibia. 8°. Lyon, 1899. Anschiltz. Ueber vermehrtes Wachstum der Fibula bei Tibiadefekt. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1912, xlix, 861. Also: Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1912, lix, 1016.—Bara- dulin (LI.) Sluchal vrozhdennavootsutstviya bolshe- bertsovol kosti. [Congenital abscence of the tibia.] Russk. chir. arch.. S.-Peterb., 1910, xxv, 829-835.— Backer (W.) Ueber Wachstumsvermehrung der Fi- bula bei Tibiadefekt. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u.Berl., 1912,xxxviii, 1738-1740. Also [Abstr.]: Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. orthop. Chir., Berl., xi. Kong., Stuttg., 1912,394.—Bo"tticIier. [Angeborener totaler De- fektderlinken Tibia.] Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1904,xxx, 1594.—Bucehori (R.) Impiantodel perone sulla tibia in caso di assenza congenito-parziale della tibia: presentazionedell'ammalato. Atti d. Cong, pe- diat. ital. 1911,Palermo, 1912,vii,536.—Busachi (T.) Un caso di mancanza congenita della tibia, con speciale rigu- ardo alia sua cura. Gior. d.r. Accad. di med. diTorino,1886, 3. s., xxxiv, 763-771.— Buteanu (LA Contribution a I'etude de l'absenee congenitale du tibia. Bull. Soc. d. m6d. etnat. de Jassy, 1908, xxii, 199-215.—€lutton (H. H.) Three specimens of absent tibiae, Tr. Clin. Soc. Lond., 1895-6, xxix, 223-226, 6 pl— Helblna: (C.) Ein Fall von totalem Defect der Tibia. Verhandl. d. Berl. Tibia (Absence of Congenital). med. Gesellsch. (1902), 1903, xxxiii, pt. 1,120.—Jaja (F.) Sopra un caso di assenza congenita parziale della tibia destra ed assenza dei due astragali; suo trattamento chi- rurgico. Arch, ed atti d. Soc. ital. di chir. 1900, Roma, 1901, xv, 83-97.—Joachims thai (G.) Ueber den an- geborenen totalen Defect des Schienbeins. Ztschr. f. orthop. Chir., Stuttg., 1893-4, iii, 140-173. Also, transl- [Abstr.]: Ann. d'orthop. et dechir. prat., Par., 1894, vii, 65-71. -----. Ueber den congenitalen Defect der Tibia; Bemerkungen zu der Mittheilung des Herrn Dr. H. Waitz in Nr. 25 dieser Wochenschrift. Deutsche med. Wchn- schr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1895, xxi, 437.—Kaehler (M.) Doppelseitiger, teilweiser, kongenitaler Tibiadefekt. Fortschr. a. d. Geb. d. Rontgenstrahlen, Hamb., 1906, ix 273-275, 1 pl. -----. Totaler und partieller Tibiadefekt. Ibid., 1908, xii, 179-181, 1 pl— Launois (P.-E.) & Kliss (G. E.) Absence congenitale double du tibia. Cong. internat. de med. C. r., Par., 1900, sect, de chir. de l'enf., 225. ----- -----. Etude sur l'absenee congenitale du tibia. Rev. d'orthop., Par., 1901, 2. s., ii, 327; 411.—Lie Fort (R.) Absence congenitale de tibia. Echo m6d. du nord, Lille, 1907, xi, 55.—Motta (M.) Sopra di un nuovo caso di mancanza congenita della tibia; con- tributo alia essenza, eziologia e terapia di tale de- formita. Arch, di ortop., Milano, 1897, xiv, 65; 152. Also [Abstr.]: Riv. di ostet. [etc.], Torino, 1897, ii, 59-79.— jHunro (H. L.) A case of congenital absence of one tibia. Lancet, Lond., 1904, ii, 526.—Myers (T. H.) Congenital absence of tibia; transplantation of head of fibula; arthrodesis at the ankle-joint. Am. J. Orthop. Surg , Bost, 1905, iii, 72-85. Also: Med. Rec, N. Y., 1905, lxviii, 93-97. -----. Further report on a case of congeni- tal absence of the tibia. Am. J. Orthop. Surg., Phila., 1910-11, viii, 398-400.— Openshaw (T. H.) Congenital absence of tibia without mal formation of toes; intra-uter- ine fracture. Tr. M. Soc. Lond., 1902-3, xxvi, 337. -----. A case of congenital absence of the lo w er part of the tibia. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1907-8, i, Clin. Sect., 8.— Ostryanski (A. M.) O vrozhdennom otsutstavii bol- shebertsovol kosti i yevo llechenii. [Congenital absence of the tibia and its treatment.] Khirurg. Arkh. Velya- minova, S.-Peterb., 1910, xxvi, 797-821.—Perrando (J.) Sostituzione di perone a tibia assente. Arch, di ortop., Milano, 1900, xvii, 1-6. Also [Abstr.]: Cong. med. region. ligure. Atti 1899, Genova, 1900, 131.—Beisz (O.) A tibia veleszuletett hianyai. [Congenital defect of the tibia.] Gy6gyaszat, Budapest. 1897, xxxvii, 462-467.—de Sousa (S.) Um caso de ausencia congenita da tibia. J. Soc. d. sc. med. de Lisb., 1908, lxxii, 82.—Spaiiiiaiis. [Fall von congenitalem Tibiadefekt.] Allg. med. Centr.- Ztg., Berl., 1908, lxxvii, 138.—Steele (A J.) Congenital absence of the tibia. Tr. Am. Orthop. Ass., Phila., 1902, xv, 74-76.—Steinhaus (F.) Beitrag zur Casuistik und Aetiologie des congenitalen Tibia-Defectes im Verein mit einigen anderen Missbildungen. Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.] Berl., 1901, clxiii, 227-244.—Sutton (J. B.) Con- genital absence of the tibia. Tr. Path. Soc. Lond., 1891-2, xliii, 124-126.—Tissier (L.) Absence congenitale du tibia. Bull. Soc. d'obst. de Par., 1908, xi, 9-11.—Veil - glovski (R. I.) Po povodu vrozhdennavo otsutstviya bolshebertsovol kosti. [Congenital absence of the tibia.] Raboti hosp. khirurg. klin. Dyakonova, Mosk., 1905-6, 205- 215.—Waitz (H.) Ueber einen Fall von congenitalem Defect beider Tibien. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1895, xxi, 405.—Young (J. K.) Theetiology of congenital absence of the tibia. Univ. Penn. M. Bull., Phila., 1904-5, xvii, 274-2x7. Tibia (Anterior apophysis of Avulsion and fracture of). Bouret (A.-O.) *Des arrachements de la tuberosity anterieure du tibia. 8°. IM', 1904. Rokeach (M.) * Contribution a. I'etude des fractures de la tuberosite anterieure du tibia. 8°. Paris, 1910. Sonntag (O.) * Ueber die Frakturen am oberen Ende der Tibia. 8°. Tiibinen, 1906. Alessandrl (R.) Fratturabilaterale delle tuberosity tibiali dastrappamento (malattia di Schlatter o apoflsite?). Arch, di ortop., Milano, 1911, xxviii, 526-537, 4 pl.—Cas- sidy (H. F.) Fracture of beak-shaped process of upper epiphysis of the tibia; report of two cases. Maryland M. J., Bait.. 1905, xlviii, 303-307.—Cazamian. Un cas d'arrachement de la tuberosite anterieure du tibia. Arch. de m6d. nav., Par., 1909, xci, 35-42—Oh evassu. Frac- ture de la tuberosite externe du tibia. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1906, n. s., xxxii, 270-272.—Donoghue (F D ) Avulsion of the tibial tubercule occurring in a girl of thirteen. Boston M. & S. J., 1903, cxlviii, 640. Also, Reprint.—Faucon (V.) Note sur un cas d'ar- rachement complet de la tuberosite anterieure du tibia. J. d. sc. med. de Lille, 1910, i, 265-273.—Fran ke. Eine Absprengungsfractur des unteren vorderen Tibiarandes TIBIA. 252 TIBIA. Tibia (Anterior apophysis of A nulsion and fracture of). in frontaler Ebene. Areh. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1903-4, lxxii, 79-82,1 pl.—Friis (I.) Fractura tuberositatis ti- biae (pararrachement i. Hosp.-Tid., Kj0benh., 1898, 4. R., vi 485-492.— Gaudier & Bouret. De l'arrachement de la tuberosite anterieure du tibia. Rev. de chir., Par 1905, xxxii, 305-331.—Gibson (C. L.) Avulsion of the tubercle of the tibia. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1911, liii 431.—Jacoulet (F.) Les fractures de la tuberosite anterieure du tibia. Progres med., Par., 1910, 3. s., xxvi, 531-536. -----. Les fractures partielles par arrache- ment de la tuberosite anterieure du tibia (maladie de Osgood-Schlatter). Paris med., 1911-12, ii, 273-280.— Jensen(J.) Fracturatuberositatis. Arch.f. klin.Chir., Berl 1907, lxxxiii, 30-57, 2 pl. Also, transl.: Hosp.-Tid., Kjibenh., 1907, 4. R., xv, 589; 613, 2 pl—Key. Singu- lar injury near to the knee-joint, fracture of the tubercle of the tibia, with complete laceration of the li.uamentum patellae. Lancet, Lond., 1827, ii, 32.—Kuh (R.) Ueber juvenile Verletzungen der Tuberositas tibiae. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1910, xxxv, 107.—Lanz. Abrissfraktur des schnabelformigen Fortsatzes der oberen Tibiaepiphyse. Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1905, xix, 5*7-579.—Linken- lield i.F.) Doppelseitige Rissfraktur der Tuberositas tibiae. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1907, Ixxxviii, 226-253.—Lotheissen (G.) Die Rissfrakturen der Tu- berositas tibiae. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1899, xxiv, 694-702.—lUakins (G. H.) Three cases of separation of the descending process of the upper tibial epiphysis in adolescents. Lancet, Lond., 1905, ii, 213-216. — Jflohr (H.) Die unvollstandigen Abrissbriiche der Tuberositas tibiae. Monatschr. f. Unfallh., Leipz., 1904, xi, 237-239 — .lloreau (J.) Les fractures de la tuberosite anterieure du tibia. Clinique, Brux., 1909, xxiii, 201-209.— UIou- cliet(A.) Fracture isolee de la tuberosite externe du tibia. Paris med., 1910-11, i, 160. —Overlock (S. B.) Avulsion of the tubercle of tibia. Proc. Connect. M. Soc, Hartford, 1907, 288-290, 2 pl.— Potherat (E.) Fracture isoiee de la tuberosite externe du tibia de cause indi- recte. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1906, n. s., xxxii, 140.—Potherat (E) & Sourdat. Fracture iso- iee de la tuberosite externe du tibia. Rev. d'orthop., Par., 1906,2. s., vii, 359-362,1 pl.—Pringle (J. H.) Avul- sion of the spine of the tibia. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1907, xlvi, 169-178.—Bebland (T.) De l'arrachement incom- plet de l'apophyse anterieure du tibia chez les adoles- cents. Paris chirurg., 1909, i. 401-403, 1 pl.—Sinibaldi (G.) Frattura da causa diretta della tuberosity anteriore della tibia. Clin, chir., Milano, 1909, xvii, 8-16, 1 pl.— Tschudi ( E.) Abrissfraktur der Tuberositas tibiae. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1911, xli,408.—Vulliet (H.) La fracture de la tuberosite anterieure du tibia. Rev. m6d. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1904, xxiv, 342-350, 1 pl.—Ware (M. W.) Fracture of the tibial tubercle. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1904, xl, 739-741, 1 pl.—Weber (E.) A propos de la decouverte de la vraie nature d'une lesion du genou (fissure osseuse) meconnue jusqu'a pre- sent. Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1903, xxiii, 733-735.—Williams ((',.) Arrachement dc la tuberosite anterieure du tibia. Ann. Soe. beige de chir., Brux., 1897-8. v, 222-225.—Wollenberg (G. A.) Abrissfraktur der Tuberositas tibiae. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1904, xxx, 1566-1568. Tibia (Anterior apophysis of Thicken- ing of) [Osgood-Schlatter disease, 1903]. See, also, Tibia (Anterior apophysis of, Avulsion and fracture of). Aboulker(S. ) *De 1'osteite apophysaire du tibia pendant la croissance. 8°. Lyon, 1900. Hardiviller (A.) *L'osteiteapophysaire de la croissance. (Localisations peu frequentes.) 8°. Paris, 1907. Avlsberg (A.) Beitrag und kritische Bemerkungen zur Apophysitis tibialis adolescentium. Ztschr. f. orthop. Chir., Stuttg., 1908, xx, 302-314.— Bergemami (W.) Ueber die Entwiekelung der Tuberositas tibiae und ihre typische Erkrankung in der Adolescenz. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1909, lxxxix, 477 494.—Blakeway (H.) Schlatter's disease of tubercle of tibia. St. Barth. Hosp. Rep. 1910, Lond.,1911, xlvi, 191.—Bowser (J. E.) Schlat- ter's disease. Edinb. M. J., 1909, n. s., ii, 218-250. 2 pl.— Decref. Diagnostic dela maladie de Schlatter. Cong, in- ternat. de radiol. et d'eiectr. 1910, Brux., 1911, ii, 333-338.— Dun lop (J.) The adolescent tibial tubercle; an ana- tomical and pathological studv. Am. J. Orthop. Surg., Phila., 1911-12, ix, 313-345. — Hluislle (R. C.) Three cases of enlargement of the tubercle of the tibia. (Schlat- ter's disease.) Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1909-10, iii, Clin. Sect, 189-192. -----. Enlargement of the tubercle of the tibia. Brit. J. Child. Dis., Lond., 1911, viii, 9-15.— Fry (W.) A case of enlarged tibial tubercles. West Lond. M. J., Lond., 1910, xv, 50.—Haglund (P.) Om utveckhngen af tuberositas tibiae och en typisk skada a Tibia (Anterior apophysis of, Thicken- ing of) [Osgood-Schlatter disease, 1903]. densamma i uppviixtaren (Schlatter's sjukdom). [The development of tuberositas tibiae and a typical lesion of it in adult.] Allm. sven. Liikartidn., Stockholm, 1905, ii, 497-508.-----. Concerning some rare but important su r- gic dinjuriesbroughton by violent exercise. [Schlatter's disease.] Lancet, Lond., 1908, ii, 12-15. -----. Zur Frage der Schlatterschen Krankheit (Fraktur, Wachstumsano- malie oder Apophysitis). Ztschr. f. orthop. Chir., Stuttg., 1910, xxvii, 475-492.— Heilporn (A.) Un casde maladie d'Osgood-Schlatter. Ann. Soc. de med. d'Anvers, 1912, lxxiv, 119-121.—Hohmann(G.) Zur Verdickungder Tu- berositas tibiae. Ztschr.f. orthop. Chir.,Stuttg.,1909, xxiv, 153-160.—Jacobsthal(IL) [Rontgenaufnahmenzweier Falle von VerdickungderTuberositas tibiae.] Kor.-Bl. d. allg.arztl. Ver. v.Thuringen,Weimar,1906, xxxv,317.-----. Ueber die in der Adolescenz auftretende Verdickung der Tuberositas tibiae. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1907, lxxxvi, 493-507. — KienbOck (R.) Ueber Osteochon- dritis an derTuberositas tibiae und die sogenannte Osgood- Schlattersche Erkrankung. Fortschr. a. d. Geb, d. Ront- genstrahlen, Hamb., 1910, xv, 135-139.—Le C'lerc (R.) Des apophysites du tibia pendant la croissance. Rev. mens. d. mal. de l'enf., Par., 1901, xix, 109-124.— Licini (C.) Untersuchungen fiber die Verknocherung der Tu- berositas anterior tibiae mittelst Rontgenstrahlen, in Bezug auf einige Krankheiten der Jugend. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tubing, 1912, lxxviii, 394-402.—McKenzie (B. E.) Affections of the tubercle of the tibia; Schlat- ter's disease. Canada Lancet, Toronto, 1910-11, xliv, 339- 346.—Orito (E.) UebereinetypischeErkrankungderTu- berositas tibiae in der Adoleszenz. Mitt. a. d. med. Fakult. d.k.Univ. zu Tokyo, 1911, x, 87-111, 3pl.—Osgood (R. B.j Lesions of the tibial tubercle occurring during adoles- cence. Boston M.&S. J., 1903, cxlviii, 113-117, 2 pl. [Dis- cussion], 127. Also, Reprint.—Osten-Saken (E. Yu. ) O povrezhdeniyakh bugristosti bolshebertsevoi kosti (tuberositas tibiae) i t. n." bollezni Schlatter'a." [In- juries to the tuberosity of the tibia and the so-called Schlatter's disease.] Voyenno-med. J., St. Petersb., 1911, ccxxx, med.-spec, pt., 28-57.—Pieri (G.) Sulla malattia di Osgood-Schlatter. Riv.ospedal.,Roma,1912,ii,267-272.— Poulsen (K.) Et Tilfaelde af Periostitis tuberositatis tibiae. [A case of periostitis tuberositatis tibiae.] Hosp.- Tid., Kj0benh., 1896, 4. R., iv, 236-239.—Saraceni (F.) La malattia di Osgood-Schlatter. Gior. di elett. med., Napoli,1912,xiii,190-193.—Schlatter (C.) Verletzungen des schnabelformigen Fortsatzes der oberen Tibiaepi- physe. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing.,1903, xxxviii, 874-887, lpl. -----. Duplikzum Artikel [vonC.Sehuler]. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1904, xxxiv, 194-197.-----. Un- vollstandige Abrissfrakturen der Tuberositas tibiae oder Wachstumsanomalien? Beitr. z. klin. Chir.,Tiibing.,1908, lix, 518-546, 2 pl.—Sehuler (C.) Die obereTibiaepiphyse im Schatten der Rontgenstrahlen. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1904, xxxiv, 189-194. See, also, supra, Schlat- ter (C).— Segre (M.) Sopra una rara affezione della tuberosity anteriore della tibia nell' adolescenza. Gazz, internaz. di med. Napoli, 1911, xiv, 634-645.—Taylor (G.) Case of Schlatter's disease. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1909-10, iii, Clin. Sect., 20.—Taylor (H. L.) Enlarge- ment of tibial tubercles; two cases. Tr. Am. Orthop. Ass., Phila., 1899, xii, 138-140. Also: Pediatrics, N. Y. & Lond., 1899, viii, 106-108.—Thomson (A.) A marked example of Schlatter's disease. Edinb. M. J., 1909, n. s., ii, 250-252, 1 pl.—Tubby (A. A.) Orthopaedic surgery; the Osgood- Schlatter disease. Practitioner, Lond,, 1912, lxxxix, 56- 60.—Van den Bergh. Un cas de maladie de Schlat- ter. Ann. Soc. de med. d'Anvers, 1912, lxxiv, 115-117, 2pl.-Vander Ulinne (A.) Beleedigingvandesnavel- vormige voortzetting van de bovenste tibia-epiphyse. Mil.-geneesk. Tijdschr., Haarlem, 1910, xiv, 213-220.— Winslow (K.) Symmetrical inflammation of the epi- physeal beak of the tibia. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1905, xli, 278-282, 4 pl.—fcesas (D.) L'apophysite tibiale. Arch. g6n. de chir., Par., 1904, iv, 1230-1236. Tibia (Diseases of). See, also, Syphilis (Complications of); Syph- ilis (Congenital); Tibia (Anterior apophyses of, Thickening of); Tibia (Exostoses of); Tibia (Hydatids of); Tibia (Inflammation, etc., of); Tibia (Necrosis of); Tibia (Osteomyelitis of); Tibia (SporeAricKosis of); Tibia (Syphilis of); Tibia (Tuberculosis of); Tibia (Tumors of). Bennekc. Enostose der Tibia. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1904, xxx, 941.— Devic. Lesions svmetriques des deux tibias. Lyon m6d., 1909, cxii, 1156.—Dor (L.) & Pollosson (A.) L6sion du tibia avec deplacement de la rotule determinee par une injection de streptocoques puerperaux. Mem. et compt.-rend. Soc. d. sc. med. de Lyon (1892), 1893, xxxii, pt. 2, 19-21. —Katholicky. Ueber Osteoma- lacia chronica deformans hypertrophiea des Sehien- beins. Verhandl. d. deutsch. R6ntg.-Ge-ellsch., Hamb., TIBIA. 253 TIBIA. Tibia (Diseases of). 1905, i, 109. — Ketch'(S.) Hypertrophy of the tibia. Am. Pract. & News, Louisville, 1899, xxvii, 311— IMcOosh (A. J.) Case of hypertrophy of the tibia. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1894, xix, 615.—Martinez Angel (A.) Conges- ti6n aguda del tejido esponjoso y estuche medular de la tibia derecha. Rev. Ibero Am. de cien. med., Madrid, 1900, iii, 7-18.—Wloullin (C. M.) A case of impaired growth of lower end of tibia (right) after sprain. Tr. Clin. Soe. Lond., 1895-6, xxix, 235.—Schade (K.) Osteo- phvten am unteren Ende der Tibia. Deutsche tierarztl. Wchnschr.,.Hannov.. 1911, xix, 327. Tibia (Exostoses of). Back (M. R.) * Exostosis cartilaginea tibipe, ein in der konigl. chirurg. Universitats-Klinik zu Kiel operierter und geheilter Fall. 8°. Berlin, 1902. Winters (W. ) * Ueber einen Fall von Exostosis tibhe. 8°. Kiel, 1903. Baudouin (M.) Un cas d'exostose du tibia, chez un suiet de l'epoque neolithique inhume dans Pallee cou- ve'rte de la planche a Puare, a Pile d'Yeu (Vendee). Arch. prov. de chir., Par., 1908, xvii, 93-101.—von Berg- niaiin. Exostosis cartilaginea der Tibia. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1905, xxxi, Ver.-Beil., 1129.—t'liil'oliau. Exostose de croissance en crochet de la tuberosite interne du tibia; luxation intermittente du tendon du droit interne; ablation de l'exostose; gue- rison. Rev. d'orthop., Par., 1899, x, 101-103.—Coin by (J.) Exostoses des tibias chez une flllette de 27 mois, raehitique. Med. inf., Par., 1895, ii, 573. — Falsant. Exostose de la face externe du tibia. Lyon med., 1905, cv, 10*7-10*9.—Froelleh. Exostosis bursata detachee du tibia chez un enfant de 12 ans. Rev. med. de Pest, Nancy, 1907, xxxix, 733.—Gaillard (L.) Hvperostose diaphvsaire du tibia et du p6rone. Bull, et mem. Soe. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1900, 3. s., xvii, 1214-1217.—Mar- chant (G.) Exostose de developpement au niveau de la face interne du tibia; epanchement sanguin dans la bourse sereuse de la patte d'oie; resection de l'exostose; guerison. Rev. d'orthop.. Par., 1895, vi, 106-108.—Mar- tin (W.) Notes and skiagram of a case of cancellous exostosis of the right tibia of over 25 vears' duration. Med. Electrol. & Radiol., Lond., 1905, vi, 20.—Mohr (H.) Exostosis tibiae mit Spontanfraktur der Exostose. Arch. f. Orthop. [etc.], Wiesb., 1911-12, xi, 353-356. — Bivet. Exostose de la partie postero-superieure du tibia. Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1903, xxii, 558.—Bocher. Exostose de croissance developp6e au niveau de la tuberosite interne du tibia droit. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1908, xxxviii, 74.—Sourdat. Ulceration de l'artere peroniere parune exostose osteogenique du tibia. [Rap. de Broca ] Bull. et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1912, n. s., xxxviii, 181- 1 >»3.—Van Lennep. Exostosis of the tibia. Hahne- man. Inst. Phila., 1896-7, iv, no. 5, 11-13. Tibia (Fracture of). See, also, Leg (Fractures of); Malleoli (Frac- tures of); Tibia (Anterior apophyses of, Avulsion, etc., of). Bailliez (A.-A.) ^Contribution a I'etude d'une variete rare de fracture de l'extremite superieure du tibia. 4°. Lille, 1894. Barberousse (F.) Les fractures sus-malleo- laires. 8°. Lyon & Paris, 1904. Damiot (G.) ^Contribution a I'etude des fractures de l'extremite superieure du tibia. 8°. Paris, 1906. j Debusschere (F.) *De la fracture transver- sale sus-malleolaire du tibia. 8°. Paris, 1902. Fassbexder (A.) *Ein Fall von Compres- sionsfraktur des oberen Tibiaendes mit Subluxa- tion der Tibia nach aussen. 8°. Kiel, 1901. Maillard (J.-M.) * Observation sur une fracture du tibia avec perte de substance et con- siderations sur la nature de la matiere qui s'est developpee pour conserver la forme primitive du membre. 4°. Strasbourg, 1817. Ortiz (J.) * Contribution a I'etude des frac- tures du corps du tibia. 4°. Paris, 1896. Sasaki (I.) * Ueber Briiche des Tibia-Kopfes. 8°. Munchen, 1911. Scherpe (F. A. A.) * Ueber Frakturen der Tibia am oberen Ende. 8°. Leipzig, 1903. j Schutte (J.) * Ueber Com pressionsfrakturen J am obern Ende der Tibia. 8°. Greifsoiald, 1X9.8. ' Tibia (Fracture of). Schutze (C) *lsolierte Spiralbruche und Fissuren der Tibia im kindlichen Alter. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1906. Albers (E.) Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Compressions- fracturen des oberen Endes der Tibia. Berl. klin. Wchn- schr., 1894, xxxi, 1153-1157. —d'Antona (A.) CalJo fibroso della tibia e del perone destro, consecutivo a fra t- tura con notevolissima composizione dei frammenti. Atti d. r. Accad. med.-chir. di Napoli, 1906, n. s., lx, 286- 288.—Anzoietti (A.) La frattura indirettadei condili tibiali ed il suo meccanismo. Arch, internat. de chir., Gand, 1906, iii, 267-304, 5 pl—Barnard (H. L.) Spiral fracture of the tibia; failure of splints to maintain a good position; treatment by screw; recovery. Abstr. Tr. Hunterian Soc. 1900-1901, Lond., 1902,117-119.—Baudet. Fracture incomplete du tibia. Toulouse m6d., 1906, 2. s., viii, 193-195.—Beck (C.) On a grave possible error in skiagraphy. N. York M. J., 1900, lxxi, 5-7.—Bennet (E. H.) Fracture of the tibia. Tr. Rov. Aead. M. Ire- land, Dubl., 1904-5, xxiii, 160-162. Also: Dublin J. M. Sc., 1905, cxxi, 180.—Bertin-Sans (H.) & Jean bran (E.) Fracture du condyle interne du tibia avec fissures epi- physo-diaphvsaires et subluxation du genou en dehors. Arch, d'eiectric. m6d., Bordeaux, 1900, viii, 461-465, 1 pl. Also: N. Montpel. med., 1900, xi, 624-631,1 pl.—Bid well (C. H.) Notes on two unusual cases of fracture of the tibia. Transvaal M. J., Johannesburg, 1908-9, iv, 27-29.— Bircher (E.) Abrissfraktur am Malleolus lateralis tibiae posterior. Zentralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1912, xxxix, 171-173.—Boyd (R.) Unusual etiology of fracture of the tibia. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1893, xliii, 203.—Boyd (S.) United fracture of the til>i,t in a child. Clin. J., Lond., 1897-8, xi, 446.—Braun A Cross (G.) Un cas de frac- ture du tibia. Soc. de med. de Nancy. C.-r., 1899-1900, pp. xlii-xliii.—Briese. Ein seltener Fall von Fraktur der Tibia. Centralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1897, xxiv, 633.— Briggs (C. S.) Compound fracture of tibia. Nashville J. M. & S., 1897, lxxxi, 34-36.—Brodie (G.) A case of defective development of the lower end of tibia after transverse fracture. Tr. Clin. Soe. Lond., 1895-6, xxix, 252.—Bull (P.) Fracture tuberositatis tibiae. Norsk Mag. f. Laegevidensk., Kristiania, 1912, 5. R., x, 1025- 1038, 1 pl. — Carling (E. R.) A note on two cases of vertical or cuneiform fracture of the tibia. West- minst. Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1905, xiv, 133-136. — Claeys (C.) Les fractures uni-eondyliennes du tibia. Areh. prov. de chir., Par., 1911, xx, 223^-233.—Da in br in (C.) Sur trois cas de fractures condvliennes du tibia. Arch. med. de Toulouse, 1905, xi, 469; 493; 531; 541 — Deiiioulin. Fracture, arrachement de la malieole tibiale avec fracture du perone haut, a 20 centimetres environ au-dessus du sommet de la malieole. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1912, n. s., xxxviii, 676.—Den- nis (C. E.) Two cases of unusual fracture of the tibia. Austral. M. J., Melbourne, 1912-13, n. s., i, 688.—Desguin (L.) De la fracture unieondylienne du tibia a trait verti- cal. Bull. Acad. rov. de med. de Belg., Brux., 1909, 4. s., xxiii, 385-403, 1 pl. 'Also [Abstr.]: J. med. de Brux., 1909, xiv, 582. Also [Abstr.l: Presse med. beige, Brux., 1909, Ixi, 812.—Destot. De la fracture sus-malieolaire. Bull. Soc. de chir. de Lvon, 1903, vi, 188-122. Also: Lvon med., 1903, c, 718-722.—Destot & Chatelus. Fracture du tibia. Bull. Soc. dechir. de Lyon, 1904, vii, 34. Also: Lyon med., 1904, cii, 425—Douiner (E.) Apparence parado- xale d' une fracture classique du tibia consolidee. Bull, et mem. Soc. med.-chir. du Nord, Lille, 1907, iii, 42-46, lpl.— Bowling (J. F.) Ununited fracture of the tibia. Proc. Connect. M. Soc, Bridgeport, 1902, 406-409.—Duplay. Fracture directedel'extreniitesuperieuredutibiagauche, fissure penetrant dans l'articulation du genou, hemar- throse. Arch. g6n. de med., Par., 1894, ii, 737-744.—Du- rand. Fracture de l'extremite inferieure du tibia; co- existence de deux fragments anterieur et posterieur I'lirmes aux depens des bords correspondants de cet os. Bull. Soe. de chir. de Lyon, 1900-1901, iv, 260-262. -----. Fracture tres oblique dii tibia et du perone au tiers in- ferieur de la jambe, consolidee avec retour complet et rapide de toutes les fonctions du membre. Lyon med., 1907, cix, 146.-----. Fracture de la levre anterieure du plateau articulaire inferieurde deux tibias. Ibid., 1001- 1004.—Erfurth(P.) Uebereinen Fall von Kompressions- fraktur der Tibia. Monatschr. f. Unfallheilk., Leipz., 1912. xix, 19-21.—Esquerdo(A.) Doblefracturaespon- tanea de la tibia, consolidacion rapida y perfecta. Rev. de med., ciruj. y farm., Barcel., 1896, x, 161-166.—Frac- ture of tibia. Montreal M. J., 1895-6, xxiv, 229.— Gallet. Fractures spontanees et incurvation du tibia. J. de chir. et ami. Soc. beige de chir., Brux., 1901, i, 7-14, 1 pl.—Godlee (R. J.) A ease of longitudinal fracture of thetibia. Lancet, Lond., 1904,i,504.—Grinnell (W. H.) Fracture of the lower third of the tibia. Vermont M. Month., Burlington, 1912, xviii, 164.—Gross (G.) & Sencert. Fracture unieondylienne du plateau du tibia. Rev. med. de Pest, Nancv, 1905, xxxvii, 310-313. Also: Soe. de med. de Nancy. C.-r.....1904-5, 61-63.—Gttm- bel (T.) Die Briiche des Schienbeinkopfes. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1909-10, ciii, 107-136. -----. Iso- lierter Bruch des Condylus internus tibiae. Ibid., 1910, TIBIA. 254 TIBIA. Tibia (Fracture of). cvii,617-619.—Gurau. Ein Fall von Compressionsfractur des Condvlus externus tibiae. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz. 1895.xli. isi-188.—Hannecart(A.) Fracturedu condyle externe et fissures de la tuberosite externe du tibia. J. de chir. et ann. Soc. beige de chir., Brux., 1902, ii, 251- 253.—llendrix. Deformation de la jambe consecutive a une fracture du tibia. Ibid., 1907, vii, 120.-----. Ramollissement du cal d'une fracture du tibia; rachi- tisme tardif. Policlin.. Brux., 1908, xvii, 49-52.— Hlggins (T. J.) A fracture of the tibia due to direct violence. Calif. M. J., San Fran., 1907, xxviii, 21.—Hue (F.) Fracture multiple latente du tibia. Normandie m6d., Rouen, 1906, xxi, 172— Huzel (G.) Mitteilungen nber eine complicierte Fractur des 1. Unterschenkels. zt-chr. f. Wundarzte u. Geburtsh., Fellbach, 1899, 1, 310- :;13.—Jeanne. Fracture du condyle interne du tibia droit. Normandie med., Rouen, 1905, xx, 15.—Klrcli- ner ( A.) Zur Frage der juvenilen Fracturen der Tube- rositas tibiae, Tuberositas navicularis und des Tuber cal- canei. Areh. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1907, lxxxiv, 898-915.— Knaggs (R. L.) A case of fracture of the upper end of the tibia from indirect violence. Lancet, Lond., 1906, ii, 88.—Koniii (S.) Ueber Absprengungsfracturen am vor- deren und hinteren Abschnitt des distalen Endes der Ti- bia, mit Beriicksichtigung der Rissfracturen. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., xcix, 1912, 656-680.—Koinmel (L. M.) Reportof acaseof a fractured tibia and fibula; delayed union and its treatment. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1905, lxviii, 980.—Iiauenstein iC.) Eine typische Absprengungs- fractur der Tibia. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1899, liii, 477-4M.—Lavista. Injerto huesoso por perdida de substancia de la tibia, consecutiva a una fractura com- minuta. TAbstr.] Rev.quincen.de anat. patol. [etc.], Mexico, 1896, i,374.—Leslie (M.) Fractureof theantero- external portion of the lower condyle of the tibia, com- plicating Potts' fracture. N. York M.J. [etc.], 1911, xciv, 178. Also, Reprint.—Lobry. Fracturedu tibia sans de- placement des fragments ni deformation osseuse. J. med. de Brux., 1908, xiii, 320.—Lolson. Fracture incomplete du tibia par coup de pied de cheval. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1901, n. s., xxvii, 875-878—JLowry (W. J.) Compound comminuted fractureof the tibia. Penn. M. J., Athens, 1908-9, xii,715-718.—L.ucas-€liampion- nifere. Fracture spontanee de la jambe droite (tibia seul); radiographie, art6reatheromateuse. Bull, etmem. Soc.dechir. de Par., 1903,n.s., xxix, 1040.—Ludloti". Die Tibiafissuren der kleinen Kinder. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1910, lxx, 478-493.—McCreery (R. L.) Com- pound fracture of tibia. Colorado M. J., Denver, 1897, iii, 277.—Mahot & Allaire. Fissure spiroide diaphysaire du tibia. Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1901-2, xx, 394.—Tlan- hold(E.) Ein Fall von keilformigem Liingsbruch am oberen Tibiaende. Monatsh. f. Unfallheilk., Leipz., 1909, xvi, 107-110.—Jlauclaire. A propos des fractures mar- ginales posterieures du tibia. Bull, et m6m. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1912, n. s., xxxviii, 1070; 1103; 1141.—Meerweln (H.) DieFrakturdesCondylusexternustibise. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1909, cii, 522-531.—illelssner. Eine typische Fraktur der Tibia im Talocruralgelenk. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tubing., 1908-9, Ixi, 136-149, 2 pl.— ^lelis (E.) Diagnostic d'une fracture oblique du tibia gauche avec integriie du perone au moyen des ravons X. Arch. med. beiges, Brux., 1896,4. s., viii, 383, 1 pl.—JTIol- loy (L.) A rare, if not unique, fracture of the tibia. Lancet. Lond., 1898, ii, 1198.—IHoreau (I.) Fractures de l'extremite superieure du tibia. J. de chir. et ann. Soc. beige dechir., Brux., 1912, xii, 63-80, lpl.—IUorer. Frac- ture incomplete du tibia par eclat de bombe. Dauphine med., Grenoble, 1902, xxvi, 246.—Moro (G.) Sulle frat- ture indirette dell' estremosuperiore della tibia. Boll. d. r. Accad. med.di Genova, 1907, xxii,210-219.— 'lotta (M.) Frattura intercondiloidea verticale a tutto spessore dell' estremita superiore della tibia. Riv. di ortop. e terap. lis., Napoli, 1902, ii, 1-14.—llouchet (A.) Fractures du tibia, sansdeplacement, chezlespetitsenfants. Medecin, prat., Par., 1906, 451.—Murphy (J. B.) Impacted fracture of the head of the tibia with posterior luxation. Surg. Clinics, Chicago, 1912, i, no. 3, 395-404,4pl.—Muschlitz (C. H.) Intrauterine fracture of the tibia. Am. Med., Phila. & York, 1907, n. s., ii, 512-514.—Noble (R. J.) A case of a compound comminuted fracture of the tibia with disarticulation of the head of the fibula. Inter- nat J. Surg., N. Y., 1907, xx, 83.— Jinevo (Un) signo de fractura de la tibia en ninos y una nueva pieza de aposito. Med. de los ninos, Barcel., 1910, xi, 321- 326.—Paget (S.) Case of spiral impacted fracture of the tibia. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1903, i, 731— Parker (R ) Fracture of tibia without separation. Ibid., 1911, ii, 111. —Patel. Fracture de l'extremite inferieure du tibia (fracture juxta-epiphysaire; eclatement de la moi- tie posterieure). Lyon med., 1903, ci, 90.—Perassi (A.) Considerazioni sulla frattura tibiale (obliqua-esposta) da calcio di cavallo. Gior. med. d. r. esercito, Roma, 1905, lni, 113-116.— Plcque ( L.) Deviation anguiaire du tibia, consecutive a une fracture. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par. 1905, n. s., xxxi, 82. -----. Fracture com- pliquee de plaie du tibia. Chir. d. alien. 1907, Par 1909, vn, 431.—Potherat (E.) Fracture tibio-malieo- Tibia (Fracture of). laire. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1902, n. s., xxviii, 1262-1264. -----. Fracture oblique du tibia par torsion, fracture du perone k la partie superieure, pro- bablement par arrachement; lesion du nerf sciatique poplite externe. Ibid., 1909, n. s., xxxv, 312-314.—Pou- lain (J.) Sur la pathogenie d'une fracture du plateau tibial. J.d.sc.med.deLille,1909,ii,298-30L—atiiii>' periosteal sarcoma of tibia. Descr. Cat. . . . Mus. Roy. Coll. Surg. Edinb., 1893, i, 372.—Gan- golphe. Considerations sur la resection du tibia pour osteosarcomes et sur l'utilisation du perone. Lyon med., 1909, cxiii, 749-751. Also: Lyon chirurg., 1909-10, ii, 401. -----. Osteosarcome du tibia. Lyon med., 1911, cxvi, 816.—Gcntil (F.) Resec^ao da tibia por sarcoma cen- tral. J. Soe. d. sc med.de Lisb.,1908, lxxii, 17-30. -----. Sarcoma da tibia; resec^ao da tibia; autoplastia ossea. Med. contemp., Lisb., 1907, xxv, 409.—Gray (G. M.) Report of case of giant celled medullary sarcoma of head of tibia; amputation; exhibition of specimen; remarks on symptoms, diagnosis and treatment. Kansas City M. Index-Lancet, 1908, xxxi, 195-199.—Guibe & Lecene (P.) Chondro-myxo sarcome du tibia; thrombose n6o- plasique d'une veine au voisinage de la tumeur. Bull. et m6m. Soc. anat. de Par., 1900, lxxv, 703-705.— Hallas (E. A.) Et tilfadde af chondrosarcoma tibiae med ind- vsxt i knadeddet. Hosp.-Tid., Kj0benh., 1911, 5. R., iv, 712-719, 1 pl.—Hasbrouck (E. M.) Case of sarcoma of tibia. Wash. M. Ann., 1905-6, iv, 350.—Hotmokl i.T.) Sarcoma tibiae dext.; fruchtlose Behandlung mit Injectionen von sterilisirtem Methylviolett; Amputatio femoris; Heilung. Ber. d. k. k. Krankenanst. Rudolph- Stiftung in Wien (1891), 1892, 382.—Hotchkiss (L. W.) Giant-celled sarcoma of the tibia; enucleation. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1911, liv, 272, 2 pl.—Jaboulay. Osteo- sarcome de l'extremite superieure du tibia gauche. Bull. med., Par., 1907, xxi, 733-735. -----. Osteosarcome de l'extremite superieure du tibia. Clinique, Par., 1909, iv, 599. Also: Rev. internat. de med. et de chir., Par., 1910, xxi, 307-310. -----. Osteo-sarcome kystique du tibia gauche a evolution lente; echec du traitement conserva- teur. Lyon med., 1908, cxi, 599.—Jacquemin & Louste. Sarcome osteo'ide du tibia. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1904, lxxix, 157.—Karewski. Ueber einen durch Resection geheilten Fall von Knochensar- kom der Tibia. Berl. kliu. Wchnschr., 1898, xxxv, 749- 751. Also: Verhandl. d. Berl. med. Gesellsch. (1898), 1899, xxix, pt. 2,315-319.—Kast (A.) & Bunipel (T.) Mark- Sarcom des Schienbeins. In their: Path.-anat. Tafeln , . . Hamb.Staatskrankenh.,fol.,Wandsbek-Hamb.,1893,6. Hft., 1 pl. (K. pl. III). Also, transl. in their: Illust. path. anat., fol., Lond., 1903, K.pl. Ill, with text. Kaufman (L.R.) Osteosarcoma of tibia. Tr. Homceop. M.Soc,N.Y., 1909, liii, 213.—Lambret Osteosarcome de l'extremite inferieure du tibia. Bull. Soc. centr. de med. du nord, Lille, 1902, 277.—Le Dentu (A.) Sarcome hematique de l'extremite inferieure du tibia avec fracture spontanee; desarticulation du genou par le precede de Gritti; r6ci- dive dans, le poumon sept mois apres. In his: H6p. Necker. Etudes de clin. chir. 1890-91, 8°, Par., 1892, 233- 235.—Maksinion"(V. V.) K simtomatologii, diagnozu i terapii kostno-mozgovol sarkomi gblovki tibiae. [Symp- tomatology, diagnosis, and treatment of myelosarkoma of the head of the tibia.] Russk. chir. arch., S.-Peterb., 1907, xxiii, 721-734;—Matthews (A. A.) Report of a case of sarcoma of tibia. Hosp. Bull. Univ. Marvland, Bait., 1911-12, vii, 30.—Miwa (T.) & Nagano (S.j [On sarcoma of the tibia.] Chiugai Iji Shinpo, Tokyo, 1897, xviii, ... no. 407, 3-8; no. 408, 29-32; no. 409, 25-28.— Monnier (L.) Sarcome meianique du tibia. J. de med. de Par., 1904, 2. s., xvi, 143.—Monod (C.) Sar- com a myeloplaxes de l'extremite superieure du tibia. Bull, et m6m. Soc de chir. de Par., 1903, n. s., xxix, 5-8.— Monod (C.) talite. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat de Par., 1910, lxxxv, 894.— Molina (L. R.) Musculo tibial an- terior accesorio. Arch, de la Soe. estud. elin. de la Ha- bana, 1907, xiv, 82-84, 1 pl. —Nicoladoni (C.) Ueber die Bedeutung des Musculus tibialis posticus und der Sohlenmuskeln fiir den Plattfuss. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1902. lxvii, 348-353. Ateo, Reprint.—Smith (A.) Hernia of tibialis anticus muscle. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1908-9, ii, Clin. Sect., 239. Tibio-fibnlar articulations. (oronado (T. V.) Cuerpo extrafio, permaneciendo once anos en la articulacion peroneo-tibial superior, de la pierna izquierda. Rev. de cien. med., Habana, 1888, no. 35, 7.—©wen (S. A.) Note on the superior tibio- fibular joint. J. Anat. A Physiol., Lond., 1900-1901, xxxv, 489-491. Tibio - fibular articulations (Disloca- tions of). Ldpez Arrojo (L.) Luxacion completa de la articu- laci6n tibio-peroneo-tarsiana derecha, con fractura bi- maleolar, tambien completa; curacidn. Corresp. med., Madrid, 18%, xxxi, 354. Tibone (Domenico) [1833-1903]. L' ostetricia nel secolo decimonono. Prolusione al corso ostetrico. 1866. 26 pp. S°. Torino, tipog. Boltero Luigi, 1866. -----. Sulla placenta previa. Tavole omolo- grafiche preparate sopra il cadavere congelato di donna morta in travaglio di parto per me- trorragia e considerazioni. 46 pp. 8° [with atlas, 5 pl. eleph. fol.]. Torino, Rosenberg & Seller, 1894. For Biejriraphy, see Atti Soc. ital. di ostet. e ginec. 1904, Roma, 1905, x, lxxv-cxix, port. (G. Calderini). Also: Arc. ital. di ginec, Napoli, 1903, vi, 371-374. Also: Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1904, 4. s., x, 106-115 (G. Vicarelli). Also: Lucina, Bologna, 1903, viii, 161-166 (Calderini). Also: Monatschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynaek., Berl., 1904, xix, 194 (A. Matin). Tiburtiu* ([Alexander] Paul) [1871- ]. * Ueber die Combination von Carcinoma ovarii et ventriculi. 34 pp., 11. 8°. Konigsberg, 1899- Tiburtius (Franz). *Klammern oder Liga- turen bei vaginalen Totalexstirpationen des Uterus? [Tubingen.] 32 pp., 11. 8°. Kiel, 1899. Tic [Habit-spasms]. See, also, Chorea; Spasm (Facial); Tic (Cou- rulsire). Cruchet (R.) La tiquose. 12°. Pans, 1910. Tic [Habit-spasms]. Domdey (H.) * Zur Lehre vom Tic general. 8°. Kiel, 1909. Meige (H.) Tics. 8°. Paris, 1905. Noir (J.) * Etude sur les tics. 4°. Paris, 1893. Wiemann (C) *Ueber einen Fall von Tic de Guinow. 8°. Gottingen, 1900. A Id rich (C. J.) Tic. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1904, lxv, 169-174. — Andre - Thomas. Qu'est-ce que le tic? Clinique, Par., 1907, ii, 22-24.—Austregiisllo (A.) Tiques: sobre um caso de chorea variavel de Brissaud; os tiques symptomatieos na demencia precoee. Arch. brasil. de psychiat. [etc.], Rio de Jan., 1905, i, 139-169.— Berend(N.) Choreiforme Erkrankungen. Pest, med.- chir. Presse, Budapest, 1904, xl, 1213.—Boncour (G. P.) Les tics chez l'ecolier et leur interpretation. Progres med., Par., 1910, 3. s., xxvi, 445. — Boulenger. Tic clonique et tonique. J. de neurol., Par., 1904, ix, 132- 135— Bourneville & Poulard. Un casde maladie des tics; guerison. Arch, de neurol., Par., 1903, xvi, 208- 216.—Brissaud & Salin. Ties a debut tardif et mouvements choretiques nevropathiques. Rev. neurol., Par., 1909, xvii, 946-948.—Brunon. Ties et tiqueurs. Normandie med., Rouen, 1892, vii, 169-174.—Bychow- wkl. [Chlopiec dotkniety choroba. tik6w (maladie des ties).] [A boy affected with tics.] Neurol, polska, War- szawa, 1910,1, no. 2,101-103.—Caretto (R.) & Barbano (C.) Sopra un caso di malattia dei ticsdi natura epilet- tica. Pediatria, Napoli, 1909, 2. s., vii, 121-128.—Chab- bert (L.) De la maladie des tics (tics choree, hysterie; diagnostic). Areh. de neurol., Par., 1893, xxv, 10-41. Also: Echo med., Toulouse, 1893, 2. s., vii, 265; 277; 289; 301.—Charcot. Ueber sonderbare Tic-Anfalle. Wien. med. Bl., 1889, xii, 327.—Chavigny. Tics toniques. Rev. neurol., Par., 1910, xviii, 122-124.—Cruchet (R.) Des tics en general. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1902, xxiii, 422-426. -----. Tics et sommeil. Presse med., Par., 1905, i, 33-35.-----. La tiquose. J. med. franc.. Par., 1909, iii, suppl.: Consultations med. franc., fasc. viii, 121- 134.—Dana (C. L.) Case of choreic tic, with remarks on the classification of myospasms. Boston M. & S. J., 1903, cxlviii, 449.—De Buck (D.) Notes sur un cas de tic. Belgique med., Gand-Haarlem, 1903, x,211-216. Also: J. de neurol.,Par.,1903,viii, 154-159.—Decroly. Presentation d'un tiqueur. J. med.de Brux.,1904,ix,158. Also: J. de neu- rol., Par ,1904,ix,119.—DeBenzi(E.) La malattia del tic- chio. Gazz. d. clin., Napoli, 1892, iii, 177-183.—Dereure (M.) Tic du sommeil. J. de clin. med. et chir., Par., 1906, i, 99.—Discussion (A) on "tics." Proc.Roy.Soc.Med., Lond., 1907-8, i, Neurol. Sect, 41-48.—Fleming (R. A.) A case of tic, or possibly an occupation neurosis. Edinb. M. J., 1910, n. s., iv, 441.—Froliner (E.) Choreaahn- liche Zuckungen (Tic) des Longissimus bei einer Stute. Monatsh. f. prakt. Tierh., Stuttg., 1910-11, xxii, 159. — Fuchs (A.) Zur Kasuistik der tonischen Krampfedes Rumpfes. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1906, xix, 1440.—Gor- don (A.) An unusual case of tic. Am. Med., Phila., 1906, n. s., i, 342. Also: Jeffersonian, Phila., 1906-7, viii, 74.—Graves (W. W.) The differential diagnosis be- tween chorea minor and tic. J. Missouri M. Ass., St. Louis, 1907-8, iv, 258-261. Also: Med. Rec, N. Y., 1907, lxxii, 315.—Hunter (W. K.) A case of "maladie des tics." Tr. Med.-Chir. Soc. Glasg., 1898-9, ii, 196-199. Also: Glasgow M. J., 1898,1, 435-438.—Hutchison (R.) A case of habit spasm. Rep. Soc. Study Dis. Child., Lond., 1904-5, v, 2. -----. Two cases of habit spasm. Polvclin., Lond., 1904, viii, 152.—Jack (W. R.) Case of "maladie des tics." Tr. Med.-Chir. Soc. Glasg., 1897-8, ii, 45-51. Also: Glasgow M. J., 1898, xlix, 266-272.— Kodym (O.) Maladie des tics a nektere, pfibuzne ehoroby. [. . . and some allied diseases.] Casop. lek. ccsk., v Praze, 1891, xxx, 117; 139; 163. — Lgpinay & Grollet. Les tics chez les animaux. Rev. de l'hypnot. et psychol. phvsiol., Par., 1906-7, xxi, 212-218.—Littig (L. W.) Tics. 'Iowa M. J., Des Moines, 1904, x, 226-229.— Luzzatto (A. M.) Sui rapporti tra mioclonie e tics. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1905, Roma, 1906, xv, 253- 256.—McCarthy (D. J.) Habit chorea, habit spasm, convulsive tie. In: Modern Med. (Osier), 8°, Phila. & N. Y., 1910. vii, 610-613.—Macnamara (E. D.) Habit spasm. Westminst. Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1907, xv, 48-58.— Malattia dei tics e corea di Sydenham. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1899, xx, 1321-1323.—Martin (C.) Tic congeni- tal associe ii du b6gaiement. Bull. Soc d'anat. et phy- siol. . . . de Bordeaux, 1900, xxi, 37.— Meige (H.) His- toire d'un tiqueur; (tics variables, tics d'attitude). J. de m6d. et chir. prat., Par., 1901, lxxii, 609-635. -----. Sur les tics. Cong, franc, de m6d. C.-r., Par., 1902, ii, 283- 287. -----. Tic et fonction. Rev. neurol., Par., 1902, x, 383-389. -----. La genese des tics. J. de neurol., Par., 1902, vii, 201-206. -----. Documents figures sur les tics et les chorees. Bull. Soe. franc, d'hist. de m6d., Par., 1903, ii, 505-512. Also: France med., Par., 1904, li, 12-14. -----, TIC. 262 TIC. Tic [Habit-spasms], Les ties. Rev. g6n. d. sc. pures et appliq., Par., 1904, 2. s., xxxvi 448-461. Also: J. m6d. de Brux., 1904, ix, 157. '.____' Ties des sphincters. Arch, de neurol., Par., 1905, 2 < xx 229. Also: Rev. neurol., Par., 1905, xiii, 858.— .Hci-M' (H.) & Feiudel (F.) L'etat mental des ti- queurs Cons. d. mod. alienistes et neurol. de France . .. Proc-verb, [etc.], Par., 1901, xi, 424-132. Also: Progres m6d Par., 1901, 3. s., xiv, 146-119— itlcirowltz (P.) A ease of habit-spasm. Post-Graduate, N. Y., 1900, xv, 643- 646 —Jlignard. Apparition de tics et de phenomenes convulsifs lies a un deltre melancolique chez une d6g6n6- ree hereditaire. Rev. de psvchiat., Par., 1909,xiii, 97-102 — INageotte- Wllboucliewitch (Mme.) Scapulum valgum passager du a un tic du muscle rhomboide. Bull. Soc. de pediat, de Par., 1907, ix, 294-297.-Nogues (E.) Des tics en general. Rev. neurol., Par., 1902, x, 766-787. Also [Kap.]: Cong. d. med. alienistes et neurol. de France Rap, Par., 1902, i, 87-243. [Discussionl, ii, 65-144. A ho [Abstr.]: Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1902, lxxv, 874-876. Aho [Abstr.]: Arch. med. de Toulouse, 1903, ix, 145-152 — (hldulC.) Le diagnostic differentiel de la maladie des tics et de la choree de Sydenham. Presse med., Par., 1899, ii, 189-191. -----. Tic de genuflexion. Marseille med., 1902, xxxix, 166-174.—Osier (W.) On the classification of the tics or habit movements. Arch. Pediat., N. Y, 1897, xiv, 1-5. Also, Reprint.—Patrick (H. T.) Re- marks on tic and chorea. J. Am. M Ass., Chicago, 1909, Iii, 1373-1375.—Peli (G.) Lo stato mentale dei pazienti di tic Riv. sper. di freniat., Reggio-Emilia, 1903, xxix, 377-380.—Peyri (1.) Un caso de tic en el curso de una sifilis cerebrospinal. Rev. de med. y cirug., Barcel., 1907, xxi, 129-135.—Raymond. Association de la ma- ladie des ties et de la choree. J. de med. int., Par., 1902, vi, 167. -----. Tic d'une femme qui s'epile. Ibid., 195. -----. Contracture et tic des jambes chez une psychas- thenique. Rev. de l'hypnot. et psychol. physiol., Par., 1902-3, xvii, 121. -----. Le tic de l'epilation. Rev. gen. de elin. et de therap., Par., 1905, xix, 583. -----. Tic d'ha- bitude chez un etliylique. Rev. de l'hypnot. et psychol. physiol., Par., 1905-6, xx, 190. -----. Maladies des tics. Med. mod., Par., 1910, xxi, 393.—Rhein (J. H. W.) A ease of habit tic in a child two years and three months of age. Ann. Gynec. & Pediat., Bost., 1902, xv, 200-204.— Rodriguez ITIendez. Los tics y el espejo. Arch.de psiquiat. y criminol., Buenos Aires, 1903, ii, 437-441. Also: Arch, de terap. de 1. enferm. nerv. y ment., Barcel., 1903, i,4-9.—Roehrich. Ticducou; ticdespaupieres. Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve. 1910, xxx, 274-280.— Roubinovitch (J.) Iconographie de l'evolution d'un casde maladie des ties. N.iconog. dela Salpetriere, Par., 1906, xix, 289-292, 2 pl.—Rudler (F.) Tic tonique du membre supi'rieur droit. N. iconog. de la Salpetriere, Par., 1903, xvi, 218-231, 1 pl.—Rudler (F.) & Chomel (C.) Tics et stereotypies de lechage chez l'homme et chez le cheval. Cong. d. med. alienistes et neurol. de France . . . C.-r., Par. & Brux., 1903, xiii, v. 2, 434-454. Also: N. iconog. de la Salpetriere, Par., 1903, xvi, 369-390. ----------. Une observation de tic du chiqueur; ana- logies entre les tics et les stereotypies chez l'homme et chez le cheval. Rev. neurol., Par., 1904, xii, 111.— Rudolf (R. D.) A case of tic. Canad. Pract. & Rev., Toronto, 1901, xxvi, lsi-185.—Ruiz (D.) Lineas funda- mentales para un coneepto unitario del tic, la idea fija y la fobia. Rev. frenopat. espafi., Barcel., 1909, vii. 104- 108. Aho: Rev. espec. med., Madrid, 1910, xiii, 204- 206— Ku«sell(J. S. R.) The tics. Svst. Med. (Allbutt), Lond., 1S99. vii, 868-887.—Sciamaniia (E.) Sulla ma- lattia del tie. Rev. quindicin. di psicol. [etc.], Roma, 1897, i, 241; 257.—Sgobbo (G.) Sui tic e sulla malattia dei tic. Gazz. internaz. di med. prat., Napoli, 1902, v, 217-221.—Siccardi (P. D.) II tic nella sua fisiopatologia e nelle sue affinita morbose. Riv. veneta di sc. med., Venezia, 1906, xliv, 29-40.—Sinkler (W.) Choreiform affections. Text-book Nerv. Dis. Am. authors (Dercum), Phila., 1895, 227-269.—Stawell (R. R.) Habit spasm in children. Austral. M. J., Melbourne, 1895, n. s., xvii, 153-158.—Still (G. F.) On habit spasm in children. Lancet, Lond., 1905, ii, 1754-1757.—Sutherland KL A.) A case of habit-spasm. Rep. Nor. Studv Dis. Child., Lond., 1906-7, vii, 23.—Tauibiiriiii (A.) Fisiopatologia e cura dei tic. Rev. sper. di freniat., Reggio-Emilia, 190;'., xxix, 870-881—Taylor ( E. W.) Types of habit neuro- psychoses. Med. Communicat. Mass. M. Soc, Bost., 1898, xvii, 679-688. —Taylor (H. M.) Nervous mimicrv. Virginia M. Month.. Richmond, 1886-7, xiii, 593-605. Also, Reprint.—Thomas. Contribution a l'6tude de la maladie des tics chez l'enfant. Gaz. d. mal. infant. [etc.], Par., 1901, iii, 337.—Turner (\V. A.) Case of long standing clonic tic improving under treatment. Proc Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1911-12, v, Neurol. Sect., 149 — Van Gehuchten. Un curieux cas de tic. J. de neu- rol.. Par., 1899. iv,4s-51.—Vanysek (R.) Tic respiraini. ('axip. lek. 6esk., v Praze, 1906, xiv, 505.—Voisin (J.) lie 1 influence de Peducation du sens musculaire sur le developpement intellectuel et la disparition des tics. Internat. Kong. f. Irrenpfl. Off. Ber. 1908, Halle a. S., Tic [Habit-spasms]. 1909, 554. —Williams (L.) Two cases of tic or habit spasm. Polyclin., Lond., 1904, viii, 54.—William* (T. A.) The differential diagnosis and treatment of occupa- tion and other parakinetisms of organic and psychic origin. South. M. J., Nashville, 1909, ii, 908-912. -----. Remarks upon tic in children. Old Dominion J. M. & 8., Richmond, 1910-11, xi, 210-222. Also: Pediatries, N. Y., 1910, xxii, 681-690. -----. Interpretation of "professional cramp-neurosis" as a tic. J. Abnorm. Psvchol., Bost., 1912-13, vii, 161-166. Tic (Convulsive) [Oilles de la Tourette's disease]. See, also, Miryachit; Spasm; Tic (Saltatory). Boheimer ( \V. ) * Ueber zwei Fiille von ausgehiirtetem Tic conyulsif. 8°. Bonn, 1893. Cruchet (J.-R.) * Etude critique sur le tic convulsif et son traitement gymnastique (me- thode de Brissaud et methode de Pitres). 8°. Bordeaux, 1902. Di Luzenberger (A.) Tic muscolari sem- plici, tic emottivi e malattia di Gilles de laTou- rette. Note e considerazioni. 8°. Napoli, [1897]. Hirschfeld (H.) * Ueber Maladie des ties convulsifs. 8°. Berlin, [1WI1]. Klemm (R.) * Beitrag zur Maladie des tics impulsifs. 8°. Leipzig, 1901. Battistelli (L.) Contributo alio studio dei tic con- vulsivi. Riforma med., Napoli, 1896, xii, pt. 1, 746; 759; 770. — Beer (B.) Zur Behandlung des Tic convulsif. Wien. med. Bl., 1898, xxi, 423; 440: 455; 473; 489— Beril- loii. Maladie des tics convulsifs, traitee avec succes par la suggestion hypnotique. Rev. de l'hvpnot. et psvchol. physiol., Par., 1903-4, xviii, 277. — Boekhoudt (H. B.) & van der Weyde (A. J.) Maladie des tics convulsifs. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1893, 2. R., xxix, pt. 2, 369-378. — Bresler. Beitrag zur Lehre von der Maladie des tics convulsifs (mimische Krampfneurose). Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1896, xv, 965-972.—Burot. Un cas de la maladie des tics convul- sifs traite et ameiiorfi par la persuasion. Rev. de l'hyp- not. et psychol. physiol., Par., 18*7-8, ii, 141-144.—Cainer (A.) Un caso di tic convulsivo eon coprolalia. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1889, x, 74. — Cawadlas & Vincent (C.) Tic des paupieres et fausse contraction poradoxale. Rev. neurol., Par., 1908, xvi, 440-442.—Corning (J. L.) Con- siderations of facial spasm; tic convulsif; mimetic facial spasm. J. Med. Soc. N. Jersey, Newark, 1904-5, i, 306- 308.—Cruchet (R.) Sur un cas de maladie des tics con- vulsifs. Areh. gen. de med., Par., 1906, i, 1180-1196. ——. Sur deux cas de tics convulsifs persistant dans le som- meil. Rev. neurol., Par., 1906, xiv, 293-299. — Dana (C. L.) & Wilkin (W. P.) On convulsive tic with ex- plosive disturbances of speech (so-called Gilles de la Tou- rette's disease). J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1886, n. s., xi, 407-412.—Deyl (J.) Tic convulsif. Casop.lek. 6esk., v Praze. 1883, xxii, 225; 243. — Bromard. Psychologie eomparee de quelques manifestations motriees commune- ment designes sous le nom de ties. J. de psychol. norm. et path., Par., 1905, ii, 16-36. — £tude critique sur le tic convulsif et son traitement gymnastique. [jtap. de Ray- mond.] Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 404.—Fillassier. Obsessions, impulsions et tics chez un degener6. Rev. de psychiat., Par.. 1909, xiii, 365-369. — Finley (F. G.) A peculiar form of family "tic convulsif" with nocturnal exacerbations and epileptic attacks. Montreal M. J., 1896-7, xxv, 718-721. Also, Reprint. — Froste (C. C.) ■ Maladie des tics convulsifs. Hygiea, Stockholm, 1894, 201-214.—Gan (A.) Bollezn sudorozhnikh podergivaniy (maladie des ties convulsifs). Obozr. psichiat., nevrol. [etc.],S.-Peterb.,1903,viii,38-49— Gilles delaTourette (G.) Etude sur une affection nerveuse caracterisee par de l'incoordinationmotriceaecompagneed'echolalieetdeco- prolalie (jumping, latah, mvriachit). Arch, de neurol., Par., 1885,ix, 158-200. A?so,Reprint.—Gil y Casares. Tic impulsivo y simulaci6n en una nina. Cong, internat. de med. C.-r. 1903, Madrid, 1904, xiv, sect, de pediat., 972- 977.—Gray (L. C.) Palmus. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1895, n.s..cix, 53.5-545. Also, Reprint— Grimaldl (A.) Iper- cinesia e psicosi; contributo clinico allamalattia di Gilles de la Tourette otic convulsivo. N. riv. di psichiat. {etc.], Napoli, 1892, i, 9-13.—Guinon (G.) Sur la maladie des ties convulsifs. Rev. de med., Par., 1886, vi, 50-80. -----. Tics convulsifs et hvsterie Ibid., 1887. vii, 509-519. -----. Tic convulsif. Diet, encvcl. d. sc med., Par., 188,, 3. s., xvii 555-588— Hammond Hi. Mi Convulsive tie; its nature and treatment. Med. Rec. N. Y., 1892. xli, 236- '»39 —Johnson i.l.) A ease of maladie des ties convul- sifs. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1905, ii, 810.—Jolly ( V.) Ueber TIC. 263 TIC. Tic (Convulsive) [Gilles dela Tourette s j disease]. diesogenannte Maladie des tics convulsifs. Charite-Ann., Berl., 1892, xvii.740-753.—Kirillln (A.I.) Sluchalsudo- rozhnavo tika u dlevoehki 5-ti llet. [Convulsive tie in a 5-year-old girl.] Dietsk. med., Mosk., 1899, iv, 411-116.— Lercli (O.) Convulsive tics. Am. Med., Phila., 1901, ii, 694.—Lorenzetti (E.) A proposito di alcuni casi di tic convulsivo. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1903, xxiv, 1478-1481.— IHatheson (A. R.) A case of Gilles de la Tourette's disease. Methodist Episcop. Hosp. Rep. 1887-97, N. Y., 1898, i, 381-383.— ftlangerl (F. T.) Malattia di Gilles de la Tourette. Policlin., Roma, 1911, xviii, sez. prat., 1040.— JJIorell ( H.) General convulsive tic with coprolalia. Med. News, N. Y.. 1903, lxxxiii, 1082.— Mover (H.N.) Tic convulsif replacing supraorbital neuralgia. Alienist & Neurol., St. Louis, 1897, xviii, 397. -----. A case of tic convulsif. Chicago M. Recorder, 1897, xiii, 27.—Negro (C.) Un caso di "malattia di Gilles de la Tourette.'' Riv. neuropat., Torino, 1909-10, iii, 346-352.—New mark (L.) Ein Fall von Maladie des tics convulsifs. Fest- schr. z. Jubil. d. Ver. deutsch. Aerzte zu San Fran., Calif., 1894, 29-32.—\'oisze\vski (K.) Przyczynek do powsta- wania i leczenia tic convulsif. [Origin and treatment of . . .] Now. lek., Poznah, 1904, xvi, 493.—Oettin»er (B.) The disease of convulsive tic (Gilles de la Tourette's dis- ease), with special reference to a hvpothesis as to etiol- ogv. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1899, n. s., cxviii, 303-312. Also, Reprint.—Oliver (T.) Note on spasm o* the facial nerve, or tic convulsif. Med. Times & Gaz., Lond., 1882, ii, 604.—Osier (\V.) On the form of convulsive tic asso- ciated with coprolalia, etc. Med. News, Phila., 1890, lvii, 645-647. — Pastena (A.) Contributo clinico alia ma- lattia di Gilles de la Tourette ed alia sua applicazione in medicina legale. Incurabili, Napoli, 1901, xvi, 15-44.— Patrick (H. T.) Convulsive tic. J. Am. M. Ass., Chi- cago, 1905, xliv, 437-442. [Discussion], 444-446.—Peritz. [Zwei an Tic leidende Kranke.] Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1908, xiv, 524.—Pitres (A.) Tics convulsifs generalises (choree eiectrique de Bergeron-Henoch, electrolepsie de Tordeus ou nevrose convulsive rythmee de Guerlin) traites et gueris par la gymnastique respiratoire. Mem. et bull. Soc. de med. et chir. de Bordeaux (1900), 1901, 431-436. Also: J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1901, xxxi, 106-108.—Plavec (V.) Ticconvulsif. Casop.lek. 6esk., v Praze, 1900, xxxix, 898; 923; 946; 974. Also, transl.: Wien med. Presse, 1904, xiv, 1621; 1667; 1706; 1754.— Princeteau. Mouvements convulsifs desordonnes du membre superieur droit. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1905, xxxv, 352.—Raymond. Maladie des tics avec copro- lalie. Rev. de l'hypnot. et psychol. physiol., Par., 1901-2, xvi, 126. -----. Spasmes psychiques. J. de med. int., Par., 1904, viii, 259. — Remouehamps ( E. ) Sur les troubles mentaux dans la maladie des tics convulsifs. Bull. Soc. de med. ment. de Belg., Gand et Leipz., 1895, 24-32.-----. Bijdrage tot de kennis der neurose, bekend onder den naam van maladie des tics convulsifs. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1895, 2. R., xxxi, pt. 1, 539- 543.—Ross (T. W. E.) A case of convulsive tic. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1909, ii, 135.—von Sarbo (A.) Maladie des tics und die damit in Verbindung stehenden Sprach- storungen. Med.-piidagog. Monatschr. [etc.], Berl., 1909, xix, 205-210.—Savlll (T. D.) Two cases of convulsive tic affecting the respiratory muscles, and the upper ex- tremities, in both of which the condition had existed more or less for ten years. Brain, Lond., 1907, xxx, 150.— Shkarin (A. N.) K kazuistikle tic convulsif v dlet- skom vozrastle. [. . . in childhood.] Vrach. Gaz., S.- Peterb., 1903, x, 535; 560.—Siebert (C.) Ein Fall von Maladie des tics convulsifs mit Athetosebewegungen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1896, xxii, 808.— Stem bo (L.) Ein Fall von Gilles de la Tourette'scher Krankheit. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1891, xxviii, 697-699.— Takehashl (G.) Maladie des tics convulsifs. [Jap- anese text.] Chiugai Iji Shinpo, Tokio, 1901, xxii, 365- 368.—Viziolt (R.) Un caso di tic convulsivo con eco- lalia e coprolalia. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1892, Mi- lano [1893], v, 479-482. -----. Un caso di tic convulsivo. Boll. d. clin., Milano, 1897, xiv, 193-197.—Vlavianos. Tic convulsif du cou et de la tete gueri par la suggestion hvpnotique. Rev. de l'hvpnot. et psvchol. phvsiol., Par., 1889-1900, xiv, pt. 2, 72-75.—Wrllle (H.) Ueber einen Fall von Maladie des tics impulsifs (Gilles de la Tou- rette'sche Krankheit). Monatschr. f. Psvchiat. u. Neu- rol., Berl., 1898, iv, 210-226.—Wilson (J. C.) A case of tic convulsif (maladie des tics). Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1897, xiv, 881-887. Also: Tr. Am. Pediat. Soc, N. Y., 1897, ix, 165-168C Tic (Coordinated or complex). See, also, Spasm (Nodding, etc.). Chatjvreau (J.-U.-J.) * Les tics coordonnes avec emission brusque et involontaire de cris et de mots articul£s. [Bordeaux.] 4°. Roche- fort-sur-Mer, 1888. Tic (Coordinated or complex). Duis ([F.] E.) * Zur Lehre vom Tic general. 8°. Kiel, 1910. Aiialson (S. A.) Case of salaam convulsions. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1910, Ixi, 845.—Ascenzi (O.) Sur le tic dit de salaam. Rev. neurol., Par., 1911, xix, 725-733.— Bohn (G.) Mouvements rotatoires d'origine oculaire. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1905, lviii, 714-716.— Chouicl (C.) & Budler (F.) Le tic de Pours chez le cheval et les ties d'imitation chez l'homme; etude de pathologie comparee. Bull. Soc. centr. de med. vet., Par., 1903, n. s., xxi, 449-466. Also: Rev. neurol., Par., 1903, xi, 541-550.—Cruchet (R.) Sur un cas de tic de la tete et du tronc n'existant que pendant le som- meil. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1904, xxv, 319-323.—Fisher (J. T.) Certain types of association and habit neurosis. Calif. M. & S. Reporter, Los Angeles, 1905, i, 383-386. Also: Toledo M. & S. Reporter, 1906, xxxii, 23-25.—Grasset (J.) & Rauzier (G.) Lecons sur un cas de maladie des tics et un cas de tremblement singulier de la tete et des membres gauches. Areh. de neurol., Par., 1890, xx, 27; ls7.—Hill (H. K.) Spasmus nutans, with the report of 4 cases. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1911, xxviii, 974-982.—Nicoladoni (C.) Tic rotatoire; Dehnung des linksseitigen N. accessorius vor seinem Eintritte in den Sternocleidomastoideus. Wien. med. Presse, 1882, xxiii, 921.—Prince (M.) Case of multi- form tic, including automatic speech and purposive movements. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1906, xxxiii, 29-34. — Raudnitz (R. W.) Versuche fiber experi- mentellen Spasmus nutans und fiber die Einwirkung von Harnzersetzunglprodukten auf junge Hunde. Jahrb. f. Kinderh., Berl., 1911, n. F., Ixxiii, 259-265.—Roubi- novitch. Sur un cas de malad ie des ties convulsifs avec mouvements par obsession. Ann. med.-psych., Par., 1892, 7. s., xvi, 467-478. Also, Reprint.—Sabrazes (J.)&Cal- inette. Tic d'attitude chez unaveugle. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. deBordeaux,1905,xx?i,270.—de la Serna(M.) Un caso de tic de salaam. Siglomed., Madrid, 1911, lviii, 408.— Smith (E. B.) Case of spasmus nutans. Proc. Rov. Soc. Med., Lond., 1910-11, iv, Sect. Stud. Dis. Child., 75.— Thomson (H.C.) Case of peculiar gait. [Coordinated tic] Practitioner, Lond., 1906, lxxvii, 471-473, 1 pl.— Wallin (C. C.) General tic; with report of a case. J. Mich. M. Soc, Detroit, 1904, iii, 479-486. Tic (Facial). See, also, Chorea; Spasm (Facial). Pastcraud (C.-G.) * Contribution a I'etude des tics de la face et des attitudes vicieuses d'origine ametropique. 8°. Bordeaux, 1910. Babinskl. L'hemispasme facial et le tic de la face. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1907, xxi, 455.— Bekhtereff (V. M.) O dvukh riedkikh formakh lich- novo tika. [Two rare cases of facial tic] Obozr. psi- chiat., nevrol. [etc.], S.-Peterb., 1900, v, 895-897.—Cadiot, Gilbert & Roger. Note sur l'origine bulbaire du tic de la face. Rev. de med., Par., 1890, x, 431-437. ----- -----------. Contribution a I'etude experimentale et clinique du tic de la face. Rec de med. vet.. Par., 1890, 7. s., vii, 533-540.—Colin (T.) Facialis-Tic als Beschaf- tigungsneurose (Uhrmacher-Tic). Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1897, xvi, 21-24. — Cruchet (R.) Formes cli- niques des tics unilateraux de la faee. Cong. d. med. alienistes et neurol. de France 1904, Par., 1905, ii, 217-236. Also: Gaz. hebd. d. sc. m6d. de Bordeaux, 1904, xxv, 498-503. Also: Rev. neurol., Par., 1904, xii, 909-912 — B^jerine. Tic simple de la face; discussion pathoge- nique, traitement. J. de m6d. int., Par., 1902, vi, 187.— Galippe (V.) & li€vy (F.) Tic des muscles mastica- teurs apparu a l'occasion d'une periostite alveolo-den- taire chez un ancien tiqueur. Rev. de stomatol., Par., 1907, xiv, 123-125.—Glorieux. Tic temporo-maxillaire. J. de neurol., Par., 1906, xi, 198.—loteyko (Mile. I.) Un cas de tics de la face gueri par suggestion. Ibid., 1-7—Iia- sek(F.) Diffusni,komplikovanyobli6ejovytic. [Diffuse complicated facial tic] Casop. 16k. 6esk., v Praze, 1903, xlii, 1243-1245.—JIartin (G.) Tic de la tete et astigmie. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1905, xxvi, 414^16.— Itleijse (H.) Les tics desyeux. Ann. d'ocul., Par., 1903, exxix, 167-185. -----. Tics des levres, cheilophagie, cheilophobie. Cong. d. m6d. alienistes et neurol. de France . . . C.-r., Par. & Brux., 1903, xiii, v. 2, 478-489. Also: J. de neurol., Par.. 1903, viii, 481-492. Also [Abstr]: Bull, med., Par., 1903, xvii, 706. -----. Convulsions de la face; une forme clinique faciale bilateriale et mediane. J. de neurol., Par., 1910, xv, 401-409.—IHelge (H.) & Fclndel (E.) Les causes provocatricesetlapathogenie des tics de la face et du cou. Rev. neurol., Par., 1901, ix, 378-385.—Pedrazzini (F.) Sulla genesi dei tic a pro- posito di un caso di emiplegia sinistra da emorragia cer'e- brale con tic facciale omonimo persistente e di altro caso di tic brachiale. Gazz. med. lomb., Milano, 1899, lviii, 121; 131.—Raymond (F.) & Rose (F.) Tic localise a la paupiere inferieure sans participation de la superieure, TIC. 264 TIC. Tic (Facial). accompagne d'autres tics banaux. Rev. neurol., Par., 1907, xv, 525.—Stevens (G. T.) A series of studies of nervous affections in relation to the adjustment of the eves. Chronic spasms of the neck and face. N. York M. J." [etc.], 1911, xciii, 157-161.—Tissie. Tic oculaire et facial droit accompagne de toux spasmodique, traite et gueri par la gvmnastique medicale respiratoire. Mem. et bull. Soc.de med. et chir. de Bordeaux (1899), 1900, 189-207. Also: J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1899, xxix, 326; 339._Williams (T. A.) Facial spasm and tic torticol- lis; diagnosis and treatment. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1910, n, s., lxxxix, 84-86. Tic (Hysterical and aerophagic). Chomel (C.) *Les tics aerophagiques (en pathologie comparee). [Nancy.] 8°. Besancon, 1907. Dobrovici (A.) * Des tensions intra-gastrique et intra-intestinale et de l'aerophagie; etude | physiologique, experimentale et clinique. 8°. I Paris, 1906. Lange ([H. K.] AV.) *Zur Kenntnis des Luftschluckens. 8°. Kiel, 1896. Mauban (H.) L'aerophagie. S°. Paris, 1910. Perrody (A.) *De l'aerophagie et de aes rapports avec les dvypepsies flatulentes. 8°. Paris, 1902. Reynaud (V.) * Mecanisme de l'aerophagie essentielle; diagnostic radioscopique de ses va- riety's cliniques. 8°. Lyon, 1910. Tramulay (L.) * Contribution de I'etude de l'aerophagie normale et pathologique. Physio- logie du phenomene. 8°. Lyon, 1903. Vincens (F.) *De l'aerophagie et des trou- bles gastriques qui l'accompagnent. 8°. Lyon, 1900. Aerophagie (Del') et des troubles gastriques qu'elle entraine. Gaz. d. hop. de Lyon, 1901, 93-106.—Armand (C.) & Sarvonat(F.) L'aerophagie. Arch. gen. de med., Par., 1904, i, 913-927.—Baccelli (M.) Tic aero- fagico e demenzaprecoee. Riv. ital. di neuropat. [etc.], Catania, 1908-9, ii, 299-306.—Binet (M. E.) L'aerophagie tardive. Tribune med., Par., 1906, n. s., xxxviii, 103; 118.—Bodson. L'aerophagie. Arch.med.belges.Brux., 1911, 4. s., xxxviii, 145-170.—Bouveret (L.) Formes severes de l'aerophagie nerveuse. Lyon med., 1901, xcvi, 349-353.—Ca\vadias(A.) L'aerophagie. Clinique,Par., 1910, v, 689-693.—Claude. Neurasthenie et aerophagic Rev. gen. de clin. etde therap., Par., 1910, xxiv,773-775.— Comby(J) Aerophagie chez un nourrisson. Arch.de med. d. enf., Par., 1911, xiv, 527.—Cruchet (R.) Diffi- eultes du diagnostic entre les crises epileptiques frustes et certains tics convulsifs hysteriques. Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1910, lxxxiii, 725-730.—Deguy. De l'aerophagie. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1901, xv, 392; 404.— Fnriquez & Binet (M.-E.) Le pronostic de l'aero- phagie chez les dyspeptiques. Arch. d. mal. de l'ap- par. digest, [etc.], Par., 1908, ii, 573-581.—Fischler. Ein Fall von generalisiertem hysterischen Reflextic Miin- ehen. med. Wchnschr., 1905, Iii, 2540— Giannuli (F.) Tic isterici nella funzionalita del centre di Broca; tic e malattie mentali. Policlin., Roma. 1906, xiii, sez. med., 493-506—Gilbride. (J. J.) Aerophagia. Penn. M. J., Athens, 1908-9, xii, 987-989.—Glorleux. Tic hysterique avec hypertrophie musculaire. Policlin., Brux., 1906, xv, 120.—Gonzalez Canipo. Eructaci6n por aereofagia inconsciente. Rev. de med. y cirug. pract., Madrid, 1906, lxxi, 58-62.—Graziani (G.) Un caso di aerofagia. N. progr. internaz. med.-chir., Napoli, 1904, i, 129-132.—Ma- bel. Aerophagic Rev. med. dela Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1904, xxiv, 167-169.—Hayem (G.) Sur deux cas d'aero- phagie. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1898, xii, 497-503. -----. De l'aerophagie. Ibid., 1902, xvi, 321-328. Also, transl.: Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1902, xxiii, 677-679.— Herrero (S.) Los aer6fagos de Saint-Antoine. Clin. mod., Zaragoza. 190s, vii, 11-13. — Laldlaw (G. F.) A point in diagnosis; an air shallower mistaken for a flatulent dyspeptic N. Am. J. Homceop., N. Y 1905, liii, 105-108— Lamothe (F. E.) Aerophagy: re- port of cases. N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1910-11, lxiii, 333- 342.—Lebeaupiu (A.) L'aerophagie, tic nerveux; ses consequences, son traitement. Rev. d. mal. de la nutri- tion, Par., 1905, 2. s., iii, 524-528.—Lesaae (A.)& Leven (G.) Les vomissements du nourrLson aerophage- patho- genie et therapeutique. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc ], Par 1909, clvii, 25-27.—Leven (G.) L'aerophagie meeonnue! ses formes rares etgraves. itod.,clviii,19-29."-----. Cequ'il faut savoir sur l'aerophagie pour eviter de graves erreurs de Tic (Hysterical and aerophagic). diagnostic Clinique, Par., 1909, iv, 310-313.-----. L'aero- phagie; etude clinique et therapeutique. J. de med. int Par., 1911, xv, 127-129.—Leven (G.) & Barret (G.) L'es- tomac des aerophages. Arch, de mal. de l'appar. digest. [etc.], Par., 1907, i, 619-622.-----■-----. Le diagnostic ra- dioscopique de l'aerophagie meeonnue; son importance en clinique. Bull.et mem.Soc.radiol.med.de Par.,1909,i,172- 176.—Lincoln (H.W.) Aerophagia. N.York M.J. [etc.], 1904, lxxix, 426.—Mathieu (A.) Apropos d'un cas de tympanisme abdominal cause par l'aerophagie. Rev. in- ternat.dem6d.etdechir.,Par.,1903,xiv,169. -----. L'aero- phagie inconsciente chez les dyspeptiques. Gaz. d. hdp., Par., 1904, lxxvii, 23-28. Also, transl.: Arch. f. Verdau- ungskr.,Berl.,1904,x,29-47. -----. Formes de l'aerophagie. Arch.de mal.de l'appar. digest, [etc.].,Par.,1907,i,335-338.— IVIauban (H.) Sur quelques formes rares de l'aeropha- gie. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par., 1910, clix, 495- 503.—Pecus. Pathologie comparee des diverses varietes d'aerophagie et de leur bruit eructant chez l'homme et chez le cheval. [Rap. de Hayem.] Bull. Acad, de med. Par., 1912, 3. s., lxvii, 137-143. -----. Etude de patholo- gie comparee sur la pathogenie des tics a6rophagiques. Bull. Soc. centr. de med. v6t., Par., 1911, lxv, 477-489.— Plckardt ( M.) Leber Aerophagie (Eructatio nervosa) und deren Behandlung. Aerztl. Prax., Berl. u. Leipz., 1904, xvii, 217.—Pitres & Cruchet. Le tic hysterique. Cong. d. m6d. alienistes et neurol. de France. ... C. r., Par., 1905, xv, v. 2, 117-132. Also: J. de neurol., Par., 1905, x, 541-553. Also [Abstr.]: Arch, de neurol., Par., 1905,2. s., xx, 185.—Puga Colmenares (M.) Unas cuantas pala- bras sobre la aero-terapia. Cr6n. med. mexicana, Me- xico, 1897-8, i, 181-1S5.—Puritz. Dell' aerofagia. Clin. mod., Pisa, 1904, x, 323.—Raymond. Exemple de spasmes hysteriques et exemple de tics; pronostics diffe- rents. J. de med. int., Par., 1902, vi, 169.—Regnault (F.) De l'aerophagie. Corresp. med., Par., 1902, viii, no. 187, 6.—Roux (J.-C.) L'aerophagie, ses symptdmes, son m6canisme et son traitement. Clinique, Par., 1906, i, 309.— Schott (M.) Aerophagia, causes and treatment. Cleve- land M. J.,1910,ix,544-548.—Schreiber(G.) L'aeropha- gie. Presse med., Par., 1910, xviii, 722.—Sicard (J.-A.) Traitement m6canique de l'aerophagie par la "pincena- sale." Arch. d. mal. del'appar. digest, [etc.], Par., 1911, v, 390. Also: J.demed.de Par., 1911,xxxi,499.—Spivak (C. D.) Aerophagia and flatulence. Med. Rec, N. Y.,1905, lxvii,649-655. Also. Reprint.—Stern (H.) The clinical im- portance of aerophagia. N. York M. J. [etc.].,1904,lxxix, 337-340.— Thooris (A.) & Leven (G.) Les palpitants aerophages dans l'armee. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.]., Par., 1910, clix, 411-420.—Tr^guier. L'aerophagie. J. de med. et chir. prat., Par., 1909, lxxx, 289-296.—UtiII (V.) Di un caso di aerofagia. N. raccoglitore med., Imola, 1903, ii, 413-418.—Vanderhoof (D.) The clini- cal significance of aerophagia. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1910, liv, 679-681—Vojjelius ( F. ) Om aerophagi. Hosp.-Tid., Kabenh., 1909, 6. R., ii, 1393-1407. Also: Ver- handl. d. 6. nord. Kong. f. inn. Med., Skagen 1909, Stock- holm, 1910, 404-412.—Whipham (T. R.) A case of air- swallowing. Proc. Rov. Soc. Med., Lond., 1909-10, iii, Sect. Stud. Dis. Child., 151.—Zweig (W.) Ueber Aero- phagie. Wien. Med. Wchnschr., 1904, liv, 1045-1050. Tic (Psychical). See, also, Insanity (Delusional); Insanity (Moral); Phobias. Henault (A.-(t.-L.-M. ) * Contribution a, I'etude des tics obsedants. 8°. Bordeaux, 1903. Ballet (G.) & Taguet. Tic inhibitoire du langage articuie datant de l'enfance. Rev. neurol., Par., 1905, xiii, 4101. — Foveau de Courmelles. Psychologie morbide; les tics mentaux. Medecin, Brux., 1905, xv, 306.—Sepilli (G.) Idee flsse; ansia; ipnotismo; sonnam- bulismo. Tratt. ital. di patol. e terap. med., Milano, [n. d.],ii, pt.v, 507-658—Serr (G.) Tic de negation etd'af- firmation traite par la reeducation. Toulouse m6d., 1905, 2. s., vii, 200-202 —Taylor (E. W.) Types of habit neuro- psychoses. Boston M. & S. J., 1898, exxxix, 62-64. Tic (Rotatory). See Spasm (Nodding, etc.); Tic (Coordinated, etc.). Tic (Saltatory). See, also, Miryachit. Tokarski (A. A.) Meryacheniye i bollezn sudorozhnikh podergivaniy. [Miryachit and convulsive tic] 2. ed. 8°. Moskva, 1893. Brissaud (E.) Le spasme saltatoire dans ses rap- ports avec l'hysterie. Arch. gen. de med., Par., 1890, ii, 385; 547.— Coulonjou (E.) Spasme saltatoire et epilep- sie. Languedoc med.-chir., Toulouse, 1910, xviii, 1-7.— Erben (S.) Ein Fall von hysterischem Tanzerkrampf. Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1911, xxv, 9. — Gajklevticz TIC. 265 TICHY. Tic (Saltatory). (W.) O spazmie skaczacyin (spasmus saltatonus). Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1892, 2. s., xii, 1023-1029.—Ger- rard (P. N.) Hvpnotismandlatah. Dublin J. M. Sc, 1904, cxviii, 13-17.—Gilles de la Tourette. Etude sur une affection nerveuse caracterisee par del'incoordi- nation motrice accompagnee de l'eeholalie et de coprola- lio (jumping, latah, myriachit). Arch, de neurol., Par., 1885, ix, 19; 158. Also, Reprint.—Gimlette (J. D.) Re- marks on the etiology, symptoms, and treatment of la- tah, with a report of two' cases. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1897, ii,455-457.—Ilelilr (P.) The vagaries of neuromymesis, illustrated bv three cases. Indian M. Rec, Calcutta, 1895, ix, 1-3."— Hohenthal. Ein Fall von saltatori- schem Krampf. Deutsche mil.-arztl. Zwhr., Berl., 1900, xxxi, 86-89.—Kauffhiaim (O. J.) [Saltatory spasm.] Lancet, Lond., 1907. i, 8S9.—Klyaehkin (G. A.) Slu- chal nasilstvennikh dvizheniy pri khodie. [Forced movements in walking] Dnevnik obsh. pri imp. Kazan. univ., 1894, iii. 83-SS.—Kollmann (O.) Ein Fall von erhohter Reflexerregbarkeit in Form von saltatorisehen Krampfen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl., 1883, ix, 581:1884, x, 53; 84. — [JTIali - mali.] Med. News, N. Y 189s, Ixxiii, 142. — JIausoii t P. ) Latah. Svst. Med (Allbutt), Lond., 1907, ii, pt. 2, 767-771. —Plarr (V. G.) Ritual diseases. [Latah.] .I anus, Haarlem, 1911, xvi, 732-737.—Pradal, Vabre A t'avalle. Un cas d'hvstero-traumatisme a forme de spasme saltatoire. Montpel. med., 1907, xxiv, 205-2-0—Rho (F.) Latah (mimicismo dei Malesii. Saggi di chir. . . . giubileo di L. Bruno. Torino, 1894, 177-lSs. — Russell ( J. S. R. ) Saltatory spasm. Syst. Med. (Allbutt). Lond., 1899, vii, 900-902. — Sanchez- Herrero (A.) El myriachit. Rev. Ibero-Am. de cien. med., Madrid, 1907, xviii, 168- 170. — Schultze. [ Fall von saltatorischem Reflex- krampf.l Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1906, xxxii, 166.—Stettler ( Cornelia S. ) Traumatic neuro-mimesK Clinique, Chicago, 1895, xvi, 550-554.— Yasusaburo Sakakl. Ueber das Imbubacco; eine dem Jumping, Latah und Meriachenje sehr verwandte Neurose des Ainovolkes. sei-i-Kwai M. J., Tdkyo. 1902, xxi, 8ii-88. Tic (Treatment of). Bruel (A.) * Traitement des chorees et des tics de 1'enfance. . Alitement et isolement. Discipline psycho-mo trice. 8°. Paris, 1906. Gebbiek (J.) *Le traitement des tics par la reeducation. 8°. Lyon, 1905. Meige (H.) . i,347-351, 3 pl.—Nuttall (G. H. F.) A Strickland (C.) On the presence of an anticoagulin in the salivarv glands and intestines of Argas persicus. Ibid., 302-310— Poeoek (R. I.) Ticks. Syst. Med. (Allbutt). Lond.. 1907, ii, pt. 2,187-203.—Rob- inson (L. E.) New species of ticks (Htemaphysalis, Amblyomma). Parasitology, Cambridge, 1911, iv, 478- 484.—Stockman t,S.) The habits of British ticks found on sheep and cattle. J. Comp. Path. & Therap., Edinb. & Lond.,1911, xxiv,229-237.—UrlbeBotero (A.) El Argas reflexus, parasito del hombre. Rev. m6d. de Bogota, 1906-7, 200.—Warburton (C.) On two collections of Indian ticks. Parasitology, Cambridge, 1910, iii, 395-407.— -----. Notes on the genus Khipicephalus, with the descrip- tion of new species, and the consideration of some species hitherto described. Ibid., 1912, v, 1-20.—Warburton (C.) & Nuttall i'G. H. F.) On new species of Ixodidse, with a note on abnormalities observed in ticks. Ibid., 1909, ii, 57-76.—Wellman (F. C] A note on the habits of Ornithodoros moubata (observation of two gravid females). J. Trop. M., Lond.. 1906, ix, 215—Vakiinolf (V. L.) & Kol-Aakimova (Nina). Sur la question des ixodides de Russie. Bull. Soc. path, exot.. Par., 1912, v, 194— Yakiiiiotr (V. L.), VinogradotT ( A. A.) & Kol-Y akimova (Nina). K voprosu o kleshtshakh v Rossii; Argas persicus persicus Fisch.-Wald. v Yevropel- skol Rossii. [Russian ticks; Argas persicus in European Russia.] Arch. vet. nauk, St. Petersb., 1912, xlii, 551-560. Also, transl.: Bull. Soc. .path, exot., Par., 1912, v, 39-41. See, also, supra, Nuttall. Ticks (Eradication of). Klein (L. A.) Methods of eradicating cattle ticks. 8°. Washington, 1907. United States. Department of Agriculture. Bureau of Animal Industry. Circular No. 97. How to get rid of cattle ticks. 8°. [Washing- ton], 1906. -----. Circular No. 110. Methods of eradi- cating cattle ticks. By Louis A. Klein. 8°. Washington, 1907. Curtice (c.) Progress and prospects of tick eradica- tion. U. S. Dep. Agric. Bureau Animallndust. Rep. 1910, Wash., 1912, 255-265.—Howard (C. W.) An experi- ment in fumigation of ticks. Parasitology, Cambridge, 1911, iv, 164-167.—Lounsbury (C. P.) The plague of ticks; their destruction bv oil spraving. Vet. J., Lond., 1902, n. s., vi, 361-367.—.TlacKellar (W. M.) & Hart (G. H.) Eradicating cattle ticks in California. U. S. Dep. Agric. Bureau of animal indust. Rep. 1909. Wash., . 1911, 283-300, 1 pl—Ransom (B. H.) & Oraybill (II. W.) The use of arsenical dips in tick eradication. Ibid., 1910, Wash., 1912, 267-284, 7 pl. Ticks as vectors of disease. See, edso, Cattle (Southern fever of); Piro- plasmosis (Bovine); Sheep (Diseasesof); Spi- rillosis; Spotted fever; Tick-bites, etc. Graybill (H. VV.) Studies on the biology of the Texas-fever tick. 8°. Washington, 1911. Forms Bull. No. 130 of: U. S. Dep. Agric. Bureau ani- mal indust., Wash., 1911. Borthwick. Tick paralysis affecting sheep and lambs. [Abstr.] Vet. J., Lond., 1905, Ixi, 33-35.—Carter (R. M.) The rdle played by ticks and biting flies in the transmission of variousdiseases to mammalia. Tr. Bom- bay M. Cong., Bombay, 1909, 231-237.—Oonitz (W.) Die Zecken unsererHaustiere alsKrankheitsubertrager. Ver- Ticks as vectors of disease. handl. d. deutsch. Kolonialkong. 1905, Berl., 1906, 275- 284.—Hlndle (E.) Attempts to transmit "fowl pest" by Argas persicus. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1912, v, 165-167.—Lounsbury (C. P.) Ticks and malignani jaundice of the dog. J. comp. Path. A Therap., Edinb. & Lond., 1904, xvii, 113-139—Meuleinan. Le role des ixodes dans la propagation des maladies contagieuses. Ann. demed. vet., Brux., 1908, lvii, 460; 540.—Newstead (R.) On the pathogenic ticks concerned in the distribu- tion of disease in man, with special reference to the dif- ferential characters in Ornithodoros moubata. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1905, ii, 1605-1607. -----. Insects and ticks in relation to animal diseases. Vet. J., Lond., 1906, n. s., xiii, 128-130.—Stephens (J. W. W.) Ticks as transmit- ters of disease. Nature, Lond., 1906-7, lxxv, 523.—Tbei- ler(A.) Transmission des spirilles et des piroplasmes par difltfrontcs especesde tiques. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1909, ii, 293.—Wellnian (F. C.) On Ornithodoros moubata, Murray, a disease-bearing African tick. Medi- cine, Detroit, 1906, xii, 493-499. Tidd (A. L.) A brief course in scientific tem- perance. 99 pp. 12°. Chicago, A. Flanagan, [1896]. Tidemand (A[ugust]) [1816-83]. El metodo ortopedico como se practica en el instituto del . . . Traduction por Gamborg Andresen. 4-f- pp. 8°. Cadiz, J. M. Galvez, 1880. Imperfect. Tidcmaiin (Ernst) [1880- ]. *Ein Beitrag zur Casuistik der Neuritis multiplex alcoholica mit Korsakow'scher Psychose. 38 pp., 11. 8°. Kiel, II. Frese, 1906. Tidinan (Edward). [Biography.] San. Rec, Lond., 1891-2, n. s., xiii, 374, port. Tidskrift i militar Helsovard. 1876-1913. [Journal of Military Hygiene.] 8°. Stockholm. Continuation of: Xidskril't i Hiilsovard. Tidsskrif! for Jordem0dre. [Journal for Mid- wives.] v. 14-22, 1903-12. 8°. KJ0benhavu. Tidsskrift for Jordmefdre. [Journal for Mid- wives.] v. 10-18, 1904-12. 8°. Kristiania. Tidsskrift for nordisk retsmedicin og psy- kiatri. [Journal for Scandinavian Medical Ju- risprudence and Psychiatry.] v. 1-4, 1901-4. 8°. Kristiania. Tidsskrift for den norske Lsegeforening. [Jour- nal of the Scandinavian Medical Association.] v. 10-33, 1890-1913. 8°. Kristiania. Continuation of: Tidsskrift for praktisk Medicin. Tidsskrift for Sygepleje. [Journal of Nursing. ] v. 1-7, 1901-7. 8°. K0benhavn. Tidy (Charles Meymott) [1843-92]. "Develop- ment." An introductory lecture delivered at the London Hospital at the opening of the eightv-fifth medical ses ion, October 1, 1869. 23 pp". 12°. London, M'Gownn & Danks, 1869. Repr. from: Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1869, viii. -----. A story of parish dusting. 22 pp. 24°. London, Spottiswoode & Co., 1876. -----. Report of the sanitary committee on the small-pox epidemicof 1876-7; together with the report, tables, and diagram presented by the medical officer of health to the committee upon the same subject. 23 pp., 1 diag. 8°. London, R. Folkard & Sons, 1877. [P., v. 2034.] ------. The treatment of sewage, pp. 1127- 1189. 8°. [London, 1886.] [P., v. 2027.] Ciittivufrom: J. Soc. Arts, Lond., 1886, xxxiv. See, also, Clarke (Percy) & Tidy (CharlesMeymott). Medical law for medical men [etc.1. 16°. London, 1890. ------ & Dewar (James). Report on the ABC sewage process. To the directors of the Native Guano Company. 7 pp., 3 1., 3 diag. fol. [Aylesbury, 1885.] ------ & itlacnamara (Rawdon). The May- brick trial; a toxicological study. 30 pp. 8°. London, Baillilre, Tindall & Cox, 1890. TIEBE. 268 TIKX. Tiebc (A.) Was muss jedermann von der Ernahrung wissen? Mit 8 nach der Natur auf- genommenen Farbendrucktafeln mit 18 Abbil- dungen der wichtigsten Fleischteile unserer Schlachttiere. 8 pp., 1 pl. 8°. Stettin, P. Niekammer, 1900. Ticbel (H. [C.]) * Praktische Beitriige zur Verhiitung der Tuberkulose. [Wurtzburg.] 32 pp. 8°. Mollini. L., L. Alirarf, 1892. ----- & Pliiipols (Edward P.) Dr. Tiebel's official handbook of spas, watering places, and health resorts. 87 pp. 8°. London, C. Letts & Co., 1896. Tieche (Max). * Ueber benigne Melanome (Chromatophorome) der Haut; blaue Naevi. [Bern.] 20 pp., 1 pl. 8°. Berlin, G. Reimer, 1906. Tiede (Theodor) [1875- ]. * Wann lassen sich die Erreger des Rotlaufs und der Gefliigel- cholera nach einer Hautimpfung in den inneren Organen von Mtiusen nachweisen? [Giessen.] 29 pp., 1 1. 8°. Jena, G. Fischer, 1902. Tiedeinaiin (Arthur) [1882- ]. * Unter- suchungen iiber das absolute Refraktarstadium und die Hemmungsvorgiinge im Ruokenmark des Strychninfrosches. pp. 183-215, 2 pl. 8°. Bonn, 1911. . Repr.from: Ztschr. f. allg. Physiol., Jena, 1910, x. Tiedemann (Arthur Heinrich Friedrich Kar ) [1882- ]. * Untersuchungen iiber das absolute Refraktarstadium und die Hemmungs- vorgange im Riickenmark des Strychninfrosches. [Bonn.] 33 pp., 2 pl. 8°. Jena, G. Fischer, 1911. Repr.from: Zeitschr. f.allgem. Physiol., Jena, 1910. x. Tiedeinanii (Ernst) [1879- ]. * Ueber die Haufigheit und das Wesen der Fussgeschwulst. 30 pp., 1 1. 8°. Berlin, 0. Francke, 1904. Tiedeinaiin (E[rnst] F[red]). A simple stain for many purposes, pp. 72-75. 8°. St. Louis, [1905]. Cutting [cover with printed title] from: Med. Bull. Wash. Univ., St. Louis, 1905, iv. Tiedemann (Friedrich) [1781-1861]. Spe- cielle Physiologie. MS. notes by Moritz Leo- Wolf. 321 pp. 4°. Heidelberg, 1826. -----. Plates of the arteries of the human body; after Frederic Tiedemann, . . .; engraved by E. Mitchell, under the superintendence of Thomas Wharton Jones, surgeon; the explanatory refer- ences translated from the original Latin, with additional notes, by Dr. Knox, lecturer on anat- amy. 3. ed. 38 pl. with text. 4°. Edin- burgh, A. ({• C. Black [et al.], 1835. ----- On the brain of the negro, compared with that of the European and the orang-outang. pp. 497-527, 6 pl. 4°. London. R. Taylor, 1836. Cutting [cover with printed title] from: Phil. Tr., Lond., 1836, pt. 2. -----. Trattato completo di flsiologia generale e coinparata, tradotto la prima volta sulla edizione francese del Jourdan ed annotate dal dottore Giovanni Terrona. Volume unico. lxxvii, 242 pp. 8°. Firenze, 1841. See, also, Barkow (Hans Carl Leopold). Ueber Pseudacormus [etc.]. fol. Breslau, 1854. — Fohmann (Vincenz). Anatomische Untersuchungen. 8°. Heidel- furii. 1821.—Gall (Franz Joseph), Vlmont (Joseph) & Broussais (Franeois-.Ioseph-Victor). On the functions i >f the cerebellum [etc.]. 8°. Edinburgh, 1838. — ITIole- soliott (Jacob). Die Physiologie der Nahrungsmittel, [etc.]. x°. Darmstadt.Wft. For Iiiograjthii, so Free. Roy. Soc. Lond., 1862-3, xii, pp. xxvii-xxxii. For Portrait, sec Collection of Portr. (Libr.). Tiedemann (Heinrich). Mensch und Affe. Eine Vorlesung, welche am 3. Februar 1876 in der Halle der Teutschen Gesellschaft zu Phila- delphia, gehalten wurde. 22 pp. 8°. Phila- delphia, B. G. Stephen, 1876. Tiedemann (Hugo) [1873- ]. *Ein Bei- trag zur Lehre von Delirien bei Pyiimie. 12 pp., 1 1. S°. Kiel, Schmidt & Klaunig, 1903. Tiedemann (Wilhelm). * Ueber Darmwand- brtiche. 71 pp. 8°. Jurjew, C. Mattiesen, 1894. Tiedemann (Wilhelm). * Ueber einen Fall von akuter hiimorrhagischer nicht eitriger Encephalitis. 30 pp. 8°. Gottingen, W. F. Kaextner, 1900. Tieffenthal (Georg) [1880- ]. * Gastro- enterostomie mittelst elastischer Ligatur; eine Experimentalstudie. [Heidelberg.] 20 pp., 11. 8°. Tubingen, H. Lauppjr., 1904. Tiegel (Ernst). Yeisei hanron yaku Kenjizoku Ishigawa oyobi Gento Oi. [Lectures on hy- giene. Transl. by Kenjizoku Ishigawa and Gento Oi.] 3. ed. 2 v. 2, 2, 4, 164 pp., 2 pl.; 2, 314 pp., 1 map., 1 plan, 3 tab. 8°. Tokio, 1879. Tiegel ([Joseph Alfred] Max) [1877- ]. * Ueber die Vorteile des suprasymphysaren Fascienquerschnittes nach Pfannenstiel. 22 pp., 2 1. 8°. Breslau, GenossenscJiaftsdr., 1901. -----. Sollen die Operationen in der Brusthohle unter Anwendung des Sauerbruchschen Ueber- druck- oder Unterdruck-Verfahrens ausgefuhrt werden? 43 pp. 8°. Berlin, H. Kornfeld, 1905. Forms 209. Hft., v. 27, of: Berl. Klinik. Tiegel (Konrad) [1879- ]. * Ueber das Hii- matom der Sehnervenscheiden bei Schadelver- letzungen. 29 pp., 1 1. 8°. Breslau, Genos- senschaftsdr., 1905. Tieleke (Ludovicus Pytzow) [ -1808]. ■8'a'Phillpsson (Laurent M.) & Tieleke (Ludovicus B.) Diss. med. de cholera. 4°. Lundse, [1791]. Tiele (P. A.) Nederlandsch bibliographie van land- en volkenkunde. vii, 288 pp. 8°. Am- sterdam, F. Muller & Co., 1884. Additional title-page reads: Bijdragen tot eene neder- landsche bibliographie, uitgegeven door het Frederik Muller-Fonds. Tieleman (Johannes Wennemarus). *Disp. inaug. med. de morborum transmutatione. 36 pp. sm. 4°. Duisburgi ad Rhenum, J. Sas, 1699. [P., v. 2121.] Tiemann (Carl) [1875- ]. *Beitrag zur Pathologie und Statistik des Krebses. 19 pp. 8°. Kiel, H. Fiencke, 1900. Tiemann (George) & Co. Tiemann's reprints. Nos. 1-9, 10, 11, 12-13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20. 8°. New York, 1882-1900. -----. Soft rubber goods with patent velvet eyes. Patent "velvet eye" catheters. 4 1. 12°. New York, [1893?]. -----. Tiemann's general operating table. 2 1. 8°. New York, [n.d.]. Tiemann (Hermann). * Ueber die Bildung der primitiven Choane bei Stiugethieren. 19 pp., 1 pl. 8°. Wiirzburg. Stahel, 1896. Forms, also, No. 5, v. 30, n. F., of: Verhandl. d. phys.- med. Gesellsch. zu Wiirzb. Tiemann [Joh. Karl Ferdinand] [1848-99]. See Deutsche Gesellschaft fiir offentliche Gesund- heitspflege zu Berlin. Die Verhandlungen der . . . *'-. Berlin, 1883.—Kufoel (Wilhelm). Anleitung zur Unter- suchung von Wasser [etc.]. 8°. Braunschweig, 1874. For Biography, see J. Chem. Soc, Lond., 1900, lxxvn, 600-603. Tiemann (Paul E.) The albuminuria of ado- lescence, pp. 163-180. 12°. New York, I). Appleton & Co., 1894. Repr.from: N. York M. J., 1894, lix. Tiemer (John). Neue Befunde im Blut und im Pflanzensaft. 37 pp. 8°. Riga, W. Mellm & Co., 1911. Tien (Na) jaren; het Groene Kruis in 1910. < >e- denkboek, bijeengebracht onder de redactie van F. C. Fleischer. 2 p. 1., 176 pp., 1 1. roy. 4°. Winter swijk, 1910. TIENES. 269 TIGER. Tienes (Georg Alfred) [1870- ]. * Das Ver- halten der Milz bei Rhachitis. 20 pp. 8°. Leipzig, J. Klinkhardt, 1903. Tien-tsin. Sec Hospitals (Description, etc., of), by locali- ties. Tierarzt (Der). v. 1-51, 1862-1912. 8°. Weizlar & Leipzig. Current. Tiercelet. A. (P.) [et al.\. Inauguration de la plaque commemo- rative du Tiercelet. Lyon m6d., 1906, cvii, 641-650. Tiesing (Berthold). *Ein Beitrag zur Kennt- nis der Augen-, Kiefer und Kiemenmuskeln der Haie und Rochen. 50 pp. 8°. Jena, G. Fischer, 1S95. Tiesler (Gerhart) [187M- ]. * Tuberkulose und Schwangerschaft. 7Spp.,ll. 8°. Konigs- berg i. Pr., O. Kiimmel, 1905. Tiessen (Harry Eduard) [1890- ]. * Ueber die im Pflanzengewebe nach Verletzungen auf- tretende Wundwarme. [Konigsberg.] 53 pp., 2 ch. 8°. Breslau, R. Nischkousky, 1912. Tietjen (Johann) [1SS0- ]. * Beitrag zur Casuistik des mechanischen Ileus nach Appen- dicitis. 31 pp. 8°. Kiel, H. Fiencke, 1906. Tietnieyer (Julius) [1878- ]. *Zur Kasu- istik der Adenomyome. 25 pp., 2 1. 8°. Greifswald, J. Abel, 1903. Tietz (August) [1872- ]. * Ueber die Ope- rationen bei Struma suprarenalis accessoria maligna Grawitz. 32 pp., 11,1 tab. 8°. Konigsberg, O. Kiimmel, 1901. Tietz'( Gustav Adolf Alfred) [1884- ]. *Ueber Polyglobulie, insbesondere bei congenitalen Herzfehlern. [Leipzig.] 30 pp. 8°. Berlin, W. Pdz, 1909. Tietz (Gustav August) [1873- ]. * Ein Bei- trag zur Feststellung des gunstigSten Zeitpunktes fur die Einleitung der kunstlichen Frtihgeburt. [Rostock.] 59pp. 8°. Berlin, R. Frenkel, 1907. Tietz (Hermann Julius August Emil) [1874- ]. * Beitrag zur Therapie des Galen. 31pp. 8°. Berlin, O. Francke, 1899. Tietz (Salo) [1874- ]. * Ueber Rticken- marksaniisthesie. 35pp. 8°. Leipzig, B. Georgi, 1909. Tietze (Alexander) [1864- ]. Beobachtun- gen an einem Falle von multiplem Melanosar- com mit Melanurie. 18 pp., 2 pl. 4°. Cassel, T. G. Fischer & Co., 1893. In: Bibliot. med., hrsg. von Gustav Born, Karl Flugge [etc.]. E. Hft. 1. -----. Klinische und experimentelle Beitrage zur Lehre von der Darmincarceration. 1 p. 1., 68 pp., 1 1. 8°. Breslau, 1894. —----. Ein Beitrag zur Lehre von der symme- trischen Erkrankung der Thriinen- und Mund- speicheldriisen. pp. 816-832, 2 pl. 8°. Tu- bingen, 1896. Cutting [cover with printed title] from: Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tubing., 1896, xvi. Tietze (Emil). .See <;ou lion (Heinrich). Scrofulous affections [etc.]. 8°. New York [1872, vel subseq.). Tietze (Paul Hermann Georg) [1878- ]. *Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Wirkung der Lobelia inflata. 32 pp., i 1. 8°. Greifswald, J. Abel, 1903. Tiffany (Flavel B.) [1846- ]. Skin grafting for malignancy of the orbit. 8 pp. 8°. [St. Louis, 1882.] ■-----. Ontometry. 24 pp. 8°. [St. Louis, 1893.] Repr.from: St. Louis M. & S. J., 1893, lxiv. Tiffany (Flavel B.)—continued. -----. Anomalies of refraction and of the mus- cles of the eye. Author's 2. ed. viii, 307 pp., 12 pl. 8°. Kansas City, Mo., Hudson-Kimberly Pub. Co., 1896. ------. Sojourn among the oculists of Europe. 125 pp. 8°. Kansas Citg, Mo., Hudson-Kimberly Pub. Co., 1896. ------. Prosthetic surgery, with report of a case, illustrative. 15 pp. sm. 4°. Kansas City, 1905. Repr.from: Kansas City M. Index-Lancet, 1906, xxvi. -----. Vacation memoirs, 1907. 23 pp. 12°. [Kansas Citg, Mo., 1907.] Tiffany (Francis). Philippe Pinel [1745-1826], of France. [Preface by J. M. B.] 29 pp. 12°. [n. p., 1898.] Tiffany (Louis McLane) [1844- ]. Report of additional cases of intracranial neurectomy. 9 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, 1895. Repr.from: Ann. Surg., Phila., 1895, xxii. ------. Surgical diseases of the jaws and teeth. In: Syst. Surg. (Dennis), Phila., 1895, iii, 365-390. ------. Cranial surgery. In: Intern at. Text-Bk. Surg. (Warren & Gould), Phila., 1899, i, 773-811. Tiffany (Russell H.) [1812-92]. Shepherd (G. R.) Obituary. Proc. Connect. M. Soc, Bridgeport, 1892, 843. Till ami (Jean-Marie) [1875- ]. *L'exer- cice illegal de la medecine dans le Bas-Poitou; les toucneurs et les guerisseurs. 72 pp. 8°. Paris, 1899, No. 274. Tiffeneau [M.] *Sur quelques alcaloides syn- thetiques, voisins de l'hordenine et de l'adrena- line. Etude chimique et pharmacodynamique. 60 pp. 8°. Paris, 1910, No. 225. Tiflis (Government of). See, also, Cholera (History and statistics of), Dispensaries (Descriptions, etc., of), Fever (Typhoid, History of), Hospitals (Description, etc., of), Hospitals (Gynecological, etc.), Hos- pitals (Military), Insane (Asylumsfor, Descrip- tion, etc., of), Leprosy (History and statistics of), Waters (Mineral), by localities. Stepanoff (G. N.) Organizatsiya sanitarno- vrachebnavo stroya i blizhalshiya zadachi ob- shtshestvennavo zdravo-khraneniya vg. Tiflisle. [Medico-sanitary organization and immediate problems of the preservation of the public health of Tiflis.] 8°. [Tiflis, 190^.] Arteinyeflf (A. P. ) Tiflis kak klimaticheskaya stantsiya. [Tiflis as a climatic station.] Protok. zasaid. Kavkazsk. med. Obsh., Tiflis, 1900-1901, xxxvii, 293; 413, 1 map, 1 tab. [Diseussionl, 539; 574; 590.—li—11 (V. A.) Siinitariiove sostovanive g. Titiisa. [Sanitary condition of 1'iflis.]" Obsh.-sail, "obozr., S.-Peterb., 1896, i, 93-96.— .VI i like vie li (LI.) Tsitsianovskava skala s meditsin- skol tochki zrleniya. [Tsitsian Cliff from a medical point of view. (Affecting water supply of Titlis and its health.)] Protok. zasaid. Kavkazsk. med. Obsh., Tiflis, 1897-8, xxxiv, 300-304. Tiger. Fayrer (J.) The royal tiger of Bengal, his life and death. 8°. London, 1875. ITlitra (S. C.) On the Indian folk-beliefs about the tiger. J. Anthrop. Soc. Bombay, 1895-9, iv, 80-89. -----. The tiger in Malay folklore, proverbial philosophy, and folk-medicine. Ibid., 1908-12, ix, 369-377.—Williams IE. McK.) A sixty days' shooting trip, and my first tiger. J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond., 1906, vi, 703-708. Tiger (Injuries by). fflaslovskl ( M. S.) Sluchal raneniya tigrom. [Wound by a tiger.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1905, iv, 267-269. —O'Halloran ( M.) Severely mauled and clawed bv a wounded tigress; recovery. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1897, ii, 653. TIGERSTEDT. Tigerstedt (Robert) [1853- ]. Cellen och protoplasmat. pp. 139-154. 8°. Helsingfors, J. Simelii arfirngar, 1877. Cutting [cover with printed title] from: Finsk Tidskrift, 1877. -----. Om lymfkiirlens upptiickt. [On the dis- covery of the lymphatic vessels.] 27 pp. 8°. Helsingfors, 1885. Skr. utg. af Finska Liik.-sallsk. [etc.], Helsingfors, pt. 2, no. 9. -----. Undersokning om muskelryckningens latenstid. [Researches on the time of latency in muscular spasms.] 30 pp. 8°. Stockholm, Kongl. Boktryckeriet, 1885. -----. Lehrbuch der Physiologie des Kreis- laufes. Achtzehn Vorlesungen fiir Studirende und Aerzte. xvi, 568 pp. 8°. Leipzig, Veit & Co., 1893. -----. Foreliisningar i halsoliira hallna i peda- gogiska larokursen i Stockholm. [Lectures on hygiene, held at the Pedagogical School in Stockholm.] 378 pp., 1 1. 8°. Stockholm, W. Bille, 1895. -----. Lehrbuch der Physiologie des Menschen. 2 v. xi, 400 pp.; vii, 440 pp. 8°. Leipzig, S. Hirzel, 1898. -----. The same. 2. Aufl. 2 v. xi, 461 pp.; viii, 481 pp. 8°. Leipzig, S. Hirzel, 1902. -----. The same. 2 v. 3. umgearbeitete Aufl. xii, 493 pp.; viii, 488 pp. roy. 8°. Leipzig, S. Hirzel, 1905. -----. The same. 4. Aufl. 2 v. xii, 531 pp.; viii, 508 pp. 8°. Leipzig, S. Hirzel, 1907. -----. The same. 5. Aufl. 2 v. xii, 540 pp.; viii. 519 pp. 8°. Leipzig, S. Hirzel, 1909-10. -----. The same. A text-book of human phys- iology. Transl. from the 3. German ed., and edited by John M. Murlin. With an introduc- duction to the English ed. by Graham Lusk. xxxi, 751 pp. 8°. New York & London, D. Ap- pleton & Co., 1906. -----. Anatomi och fysiologi. 118 pp. 8°. Stockholm, P. A. Norstedt & Soners, [1901]. In: Fdrelasningar for Sophiahemmets sjukskoterskee- lever. -----. En enkel metod for registering medelst lufttransport. [A simple method for registra- tion by pneumatic transmission.] 10 pp. 8°. Stockholm, 1908. In: Hygiea. Festband, Stockholm, 1908, i. See, also, Wahlberg (C. F.) & Tigerstedt (Robert) [in 1.8.]. Studier om bindvafven. 12°. Helsingfors, 1876. Also, Editor of: Biologlska foreningens forhand- linger, Stockholm, 1888-92. Tigges (Otto) [1882- ]. *Zwei Falle von Karzinomthrombose der oberen Hohlvene. 38 pp. 8°. Berlin, E. Ebering. 1911. Tigges (William) [1871- ]. * Die Zwillings- geburten der Marburger Klinik von 1885-96. 35 pp., 11. 8°. Marburg, R. Friedrich, 1896. Tight lacing. See Corsets. Tignel (J.) * Des cancers primitifs multiples et en particulier de la coexistence sur le tube di- gestif de deux cancers primitifs. 88 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1903, No. 174. Tigri (Atto). Della funzione della milza. Ar- gomenti anatomico-fisiologici. 28 pp. 8°. Pisa M. Cecchi, 1849. [P., v. 2228.] Repr.from: II Progresso, nos. 11-13. -----. Intorno agli effetti del pus e dell' icore gangrenoso sul sangue circolante. 16 pp. 8°. Pisa, M. Cecchi, 1849. [P., v. 2228.] Repr.from: II Progresso, no. 19. TIKHOFF. Tigroid hodies. See Nerve-cells (Histology, etc, of). Tigrolysis. Kohnstamm. Tigrolysen des Nucleus paralemnis- calis inferior. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1912, xlix, 1299. Tilianyi (Mor). Klaudios Galenos, az okori gorog orvosi tudomany legkivalobb kepviseloje. [Claudius Galen, the most distinguished repre- sentative of ancient Greek medical science.] 8 pp. fol. [Budapest, A. Miiller, 1899.] -----. Az emberi nem elkoresosulasiit hangoz- tato panaszok jogosulatlansagarol. [The queru- lous degenerate male.] 12 pp. fol. [Buda- pest, A. Miiller, 1902.] Tijdselirift voor inlandsche geneeskundigen. y. 8, Noa. 1-5, 1900. 8°. Batavia. Tijdschrift voor physische therapie en hy- giene, v. 1-4, 1903-6. 8°. Amsterdam. Tijdselirift over plantenziekten. v. 8, 1902, No. 1-2; v. 9, 1903, No. 1. 8°. Gent. Tijdselirift voor praktische verloskunde, hoofd- zakelijk ten dienste van vroedvrouwen, voort- zetting van het Maandblad voor praktische ver- loskunde. v. 3-17, 1899-1900 to 1913. 8°. Haarlem. Current. Tijdsehrift voor sociale hygiene en hvgienische bladen. \. 5-15, 1903-13. 8°. Zwolle. Tijdselirift van sociale hygiene en openbare gesondheidsregeling. v. 1-4, 1899-1902. 8°. Zuolle. Tijdsclirifi voor veeartsenijkunde. Maand- blad. v. 10-40, 1879-1913. 8°. Utrecht. Current. Tijken (P. C). See Wunderlich (C. A.) Geschiedenis der genees- kunde [etc.]. 8°. Tiel, 1861. Tlkanadze (I[van] E[lishukhovich]) [1867- ]. * Material! k voprosu o vliyanii tireoi- dina na usvoyeniye zhirov pishtshi u zdorovikh lyudel. [Data on the effect of thyroidine upon the assimilation of fats from food in healthy men.] 67 pp. 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1897. TikhanofT(M[ikhai'l] T[erentyevich]). *Ob energii rosta konechnostel i pozvonochnavo stolba do 14 lletnyavo vozrasta. [Energy of growth at the extremities and vertebral column up to the age of 14 years.] 80 pp., 2 1. 8°. S.-Peterburg, Mendelevich, 1894. -----. Kurs plasticheskoi anatomii chelovTeka. [Human plastic anatomy.] xiii, 385, v pp., 11., 2 pl. 8°. S.-Peterburg, T-vo R. Golike & A. Yil- borg, [1906]. -----. Kratkiy kurs normalnoi anatomii chelo- vleka. [Brief Tjourse of normal anatomy.] Pt. 1. 264 pp. 8°. Varshava, 1909. Tiklianoff(V. N). See Krelil (Ludolf). Patologicheskaya fiziologiya [etc.]. 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1900. TikliofT(P[latonIvanovich]) [1866- ]. O hospitalnikh klinikakh Imperatorskavo Tom- skavo Universiteta. [Hospital clinics of the Imperial University of Tomsk.] 29 pp., 4 pl. 8°. Tomsk, P. I. Makushin, 1906. Bound with: Izvlest. Imp. Tomsk. Univ., 1908, xxx. -----. Tuberkuloz sustavov i kostel. [Tuber- culosis of joints and bones.] 1 p. 1., ii (1 1.), 514 pp., 2 1. 8°. Tomsk, 1909. -----. ZabolTevaniya golenostopnavo sustava; povrezhdeniya i zabollevaniya stopi i paltsev; omertvleniye stopi i goleni. [Diseases of the ankle joint; injuries and diseases of the foot T1KH0FF. 27 1 von TILING. Tiklioff (P[laton Ivanovich])—continued. and toes; gangrene of the foot and leg.] 2 p. 1., 164 pp. 8°. S.-Peterburg, V. S. Ettinger, 1909. Forms pt. 54 of: Russkaya Khirurgiya. See, also, Obshtshvo Vraehel pri Imperatorskom Kazanskom Universitetle. Ukazatel statel [etc.]. 8°. Kazan, 1897. Tiklioiniroff (V [ladimir ] A [ ndreyevich ] ) [1841- ]. Uchebnik farmakognozii. [Text- book of pharmacognosy. ] 2 pts. in 1 v. xii, 589 pp., 1 1., 2 pl.; viii, 275 pp., 2 1., 2 pl. 8°. Moskva, A. A. Kartseff, 1900. For Biography, see Med. mod., Par., 1895, vi, suppl., 513. Tiklionoff (V[ ladimir] A[leksandrovich ]) [1859- ]. *K voprosu opishtshevaritelnom lelkotsitozie i yevo klinicheskom znachenii. [Digestion leucocytosis and its clinical impor- tance.] 62, 68 pp., 1 1., 4 diag. 8°. S.-Peter- burg, A. V. Orloff, 1902. Tikhonovich (A[leksandr] V[ladimirovich]) [1876- ]. Obzor dieyatelnosti khirurgiche- skol liechebnitsi i bolnitsi imeni P. D. Khlu- dovol v g. Kislovodskle za vremya ot 15 iyunya po 1 sent. 1906. Pod redaktsiyel P. I. Dyako- nova. [Review of the activity of the surgical hospital named after P. D. Khludina in Kislo- vodsk, from June 1 to Sept. 1,1906. Edited by Dyakonoff.] 68 pp. 8°. Moskva, A. A. Leven- son, 1907. Tikhvin. ISIeliy (I.) Pervlyeshagiobshtshestvennol meditsini v g. Tikhvinle, Novgor. gub. [First steps of public medi- cine in the city of Tikhvin, Novgorod Government.] Obsh.-san. obozr., S.-Peterb., 1896, i, 437-442. de Tikomiroff (Alexandra Vladimirovna]) [1859- ]. * Contribution a I'etude des formes cliniques de l'angine de poitrine et en particu- lier de la forme mixte. 61 pp., 11. 8°. Paris, 1895, No. 278. -----. The same. 62 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, G. Steinheil, 1895. Tilanus (C. B.) Yoordracht over de behande- ling der scoliose, gehouden op de algemeene ver- gadering van het derde Natuur- en Genees- kundig Congres te Utrecht, 4 April 1891. 13 pp. 8°. [n. p.], 1891. -----. Ueber einen Fall von Cubitus valgus. 5 pp. 8°. Stuttgart, [1892]. Repr.from: Ztschr. f. orthop. Chir., Stuttg., 1892, i. -----. Over cubitus valgus en varus traumaticus en de behandeling der fracturen van het on- dereine van den humerus. 1 p. 1., pp. 295-300. 8°. Amsterdam, 1893. Cutting [cover with printed title] from: Nederl. Tijd- schr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1893, xxix. Tilanus (Christiaan Bernhard) [1796-1883]. *De fungoso durse meningis excrescente. viii, 71 pp., 2 pl. 8°. Traj. ad Rhenum, 0. I. van Paddenburg, 1818. [P., v. 2076.] Tilanus (Janus Willem Regnerus) [1823- ]. De voorbereiding tot de studie der geneeskunde en de nationaliteit in de chirurgie. pp. 61-69. 8°. Amsterdam, 1888. Cutting [cover with printed title] from: Nederl. Tijd- schr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1888, xxiv. Tilden (John JVewell) [1842-1902]. Obituary. Am. Physician, Rahwav, N. J., 1902, xxviii, 249. Also: Boston M. & S. J., 1902, cxlvii, 88. Tilden (William P.) The charity lecture de- livered at the Hollis-Street-Church, Boston, on the evening of the first Sunday in December, 1880; with a poem. 28 pp. 8°. Cambridge, J. Wilson (Sc Son, 1881. Tilden & Co. Formula? for making tinctures, infusions, syrups, wines, mixtures, pills, etc., simple and compound, from the fluid and solid extracts prepared at the laboratory of Tilden & Co., New Lebanon, N. Y. Established in 1848. xxiii, 162, 32 np. 8°. New Lebanon, N. Y., Tilden & Co., 1868. -----. The same. 230 pp. 8°. New Lebanon, N. Y., 1874. Tile (V[ladjmir Avgustovich]) [1860- ]. *Kriticheskiy obzor ucheniya o mekhaniches- kom dlelstvii sovremennikh pul na tkani zhi- votnavo tlela. [Critical survey of the theory of mechanical action of modern bullets on the tis- sues of the animal body.] 1 p. 1., 167 pp., 11., 3 pl., 1 tab. 8°. S.-Peterburg, P. P. Soikin, 1894. Tileinann (Joh.) Lapis ignis Basilii, das ist: Guldiner Apffel, von dem Goldbaum dess irrdi- schen Lebens decerpiret, durch welches Ana- tomi die geheime und verborgene Universal- Medicin, sambt andern hierzu nothigen Wissen- schafften, geoffenbaret wird. 19 1. sm. 4°. Augsburg, J. Schultes, 1666. Tilers and tiling. Berger (H.) Die Gesundheitsverhaltnisse der Ziegel- arbeiter. Deutsche Vrtljschr. f. off. Gsndhtspflg., Brn- schwg., 1895, xxvii, 183-192.—Fox (C. J.) Germ proof qualities of tiling. Virginia M. Semi-Month., Richmond, 1907-8, xii, 474-476. Tilesius von Tilenau (Wilhelm Gottlieb) [1769-1857]. Historia pathologica singularis cutis turpitudinis Jo. Godofredi Rheinhardi viri L. annorum; prsefatus est Christianus Fridericus Ludwig. Von Johann Gottfried Rheinhardts Hautkrankheit, mit einer Vorrede von Christian Friedrich Ludwig. 17 pp., 3 col. pl. fol. Leipzig, S. L. Crusius, 1793. Latin and German text. See, also, Hedwig (Romanus Adolph) & Tilesius (GuilielmusTheophilus). Disquisitioampullularum Lie- berkiihniiphysico-microscopica [etc.]. 4°. Lipsise, [1797]. Tileston (Wilder) [1875- ]. The blood in measles, pp. 551-589. 8°. Chicago, 1904. Cutting [cover with printed title] from; J. Infect. Dis., Chicago, 1904, i. -----. Peptic ulcer of the oesophagus. 27 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, 1906. Repr.from: Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1906, cxxxii. -----. The occurrence of occult hemorrhages in typhoid fever. 6 pp. 8° Boston, 1906. Repr.from: Boston M. & S. J., 1906, civ. ----- & Locke (Edwin A.) The blood in scarlet fever, pp. 375-411. 8°. Chicago, 1905. Cutting [cover with printed title] from: J. Infect. Dis., Chicago, 1905, ii. Tilger (A.) On the citrate and the lactate of silver (Cred£), and their employment in private practice. 7 pp. 8°. Munchen, 1897. Tilia. Carles (P.) A propos de la fleur de tilleul. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1903, xxxiii, 734-737. Tiling (Joh.) *De materia mundi subtilissima ejusqueeffectibus. 36pp. sm. 4°. Bremse,tgpis II. Braueri, 1650. [P., v. 2129.] See, also, Scultetus (Joannes). Armamentarium chirurgicum, [etc.]. 8°. Lugd. Bat., 1693.—Verduin (Petrus Hadrianus F.) Auctarium ii [etc.]. 8°. Lugd. Bat, 1692. j von Tiling (Johannes [H. M. A.]) [1875- ]. * Ueber die mit Hilfe der Marchifarbung nach- weisbaren Veriinderungen im Riickenmark von Siiuglingen. [Bonn.] 28pp. 8°. Leipzig, A. Pries, 1901. vox TILING. 272 TILLISS. von Tiling (Johannes [H. M. A.])—continued. -----. Some recent ideas on local inflammation and its treatment. 11pp. 8°. New York, 1907. Repr from: N. York M. J., 1907, lxxxvi. Tiling (Kurt [Paul]) [1883- ]. *Zur Ka- suistik der Thymus-Stenose und der Thymus- Operation. 41 pp., 11. 8°. • Konigsbergi. Pr., 0. Kiimmel, 1908. Tiling (Matthias) [1634-85]. De febribus petechialibus tractatus curiosus, duabus sectioni- bus comprehensus, universam periculosissimi et truculentissimi hujus morbi historiam ratione et experientia conflrmatam accurati, dilucide ac breviter exhibens. Frontispiece, 19 p. 1., 362 pp., 3 1. 16°. Francofurti, ti/pis J. G. Seyleri, 1676. For Biography, seeAbblld.. . . d. Arznk. verd. Gelehr- ten [etc.]. 4°. Augsbm-g, 1805, 45, port. Tiling (Th.) Ueber alkoholische Paralyse und infektiose Neuritis multiplex. 21 pp. 8°. Halle a. S., C. Marhold, 1897. Samml. zwangl. Abhandl. a. d. Geb. d. Nerv.- u. Geisteskr., Halle a.S., 1897, ii, 2. Hft. ------. The same. Alcoholic paresis and in- fectious multiple neuritis. Transl. by W. A. Mc.Corn. pp. 301-312. 8°. Utica, N. Y., 1898. Cidtiiio [cover with printed title] from: Am. J. Insan., Utica, N. Y., 1898, lv. ------. Das Verbrecherthum vom anthropologi- schen Standpunkte. 23 pp. 8°. Riga, L. Hoerschelmann, 1899. Individuelle Geistesentartung und Gei- stesstorung. 58 pp. 8°. Wiesbaden, J. F. Berg- mann, 1904. Forms20. Hft.of: Grenzfr.d.Nerv.-u. Seelenleb.,Wiesb. Tflinski (V[sevolod] M[ikhallovich]) [1876- ]. *Eksperimentalniyadanniya k voprosu o bugorchatkle yaichka. [Experimental data on tuberculosis of the testicle.] 129 pp., il., 3 pl. 8°. S.-Peterburg, F. Vaisberg & P. Gershunin, 1910. Tiliston (Wilder). See Tileston (Wilder). The blood in measles. 8°. Chicago, [1904]. Tilkowsky (Adalbert) [1840-1907]. Der Ein- fluss des Alkoholmissbraucb.es auf psychische Storungen. In: Wien. Klinik, 1883, ix, 273-291. ------. The same. Della influenza dell' abuso dell' alcool sui disturbi psichici. In: Clix. di Vienna, Napoli, 1885, ii, 129-147. Die Trinkerheilanstalten der Schweiz und Deutschlands. Ihre Stellung zur projec- tirten Trinkerheilanstalt in Nieder-Oesterreich. 33 pp. 8°. Leipzig & Wien, F. Deuticke, 1893. Das offentliche Irrenwesen in Oester- reich. Die Privatirrenanstalten, von H. Ober- steiner. 27 pp. 8°. Wien, M. Perles, 1900. For Biography, see Psychiat.-neurol. Wchnschr., Halle a. S., 1906-7, viii, 469 (Starlinger). Tillaeg og Rettelser til Pharmacopoea danica 1893. [Appendix and corrections to the Phar- macopoea danica, 1893.] 8°. Kj0benhavn, H. Hagerup, 1898. Tillaux (Paul-Jules) [1834-1904]. *Des affec- tions chirurgicales des nerfs. 148 pp. 8°. Paris, P. Asselin, 1866. [P., v. 2060.] Concours (sect, de chir. et d'accouch.). ------. Traite d'anatomie topographique, avec applications a la chirurgie. 3. ed. revue, cor- rigee et augmentee. xix, 1086 pp. 8°. Paris, Asselin 5 pp. 8°. Milano, F. Vallardi, [1897, rel subseq.]. -----. The same. Traduzione sulla 7. ed. origi- nale riveduta ed aument.tta per L. Ottaviano. v. 3. xi, 844 pp. 8°. Milano, F. Vallardi, [1897, rel subset].). -----. Die Verletzungen und chirurgischen Krankheiten des Beckens. cxxxii, 838 pp. 8°. Leipzig, 1905. Forms Lfg. 62a of: Deutsche Chirurgie. Tillmetz (Oskar) [1875- ]. * Ueber die Wirkung fluoreszierender Stoffe auf den Inver- tierungsprozess. 20 pp., 11. 8°. Munchen, C. Wolf & Sohu, 1903. Tillot (Emile[-Auguste]) [1829- ]. De Pac- tion des eaux ferrocuivreuses de Saint-Christau (Basses-Pvrenees) dans quelques affections cu- tanea. 40 pp. 8°. Paris. A. Coccoz, 1864. ------. Du traitement des affections cutanees par les eaux minerales et principalement par les eaux de Saint-Christau. 51pp. 8°. Paris, A. Coccoz, 1867. Repr.from: Ann. Soc. d'hydrol. med. de Par., 1867, xiii. ------. Les eaux ferro-cuivreuses de Saint-Chris- tau (Basses-Pyrenees), envisages au point de vue therapeutique, affections de la peau, de la langue, des fosses nasales et des yeux; public'e et annotee avecavant-propos; apercu historique et documents bibliographiques par le Dr. Paul Benard. 110pp. 8°. Paris, A. Delahaye & E. Lecrosnier, 1884. Tilloy (Georges). Contribution a. I'etude de la surdi-mutit£; Etiologie, anatomie patholo- gique, therapeutique (methode orale), troubles du langage. 68 pp. 8°. Paris, 1908, No. 108. Tilman (L[eon-Eugene]) [1870- ]. *De la mort d'un foetus dans la grossesse gemellaire. 39 pp. 4°. Paris, 1895, No. 91. Tilney (Frederick). Contribution to the study of the hypophysis cerebri with especial refer- ence to its comparative histology. 78 pp. 1 1., 12 pl., 1 fold. tab. 4°. Philadelphia, 1911. Wistar Institute of Anatomy and Biology, Philadelphia. Memoirs, no. 2. Tilp (A.) Ueber die Regenerationsvorgiinge in den Nieren des Menschen. 2 p. 1., 69 pp., 1 pl. roy. 8°. Jena, G. Fischer, 1912. TilMeh (Emanuel). Ueber Verschulden des Be- schiidigten bei Unzurechnungsfahigkeit des- selben. Eine Studie zum Eisenbahnhaftpflicht- gesetze. 20 pp. 8°. Wien, E. Tilsch, 1900. Tilse ([Karl]George [Christoph Heinrich Ben- jamin Hans]) [1886- ]. *Zur Frage der Bastardnatur von Psamma baltica. 54 pp. 8°. Kiel, Liidtke & Martens, 1910. Tilsit. See, also, Cholera (History and statistics of), hg localities. ' Pritzkow (A.) Gutachten der kgl. Priifungsanstalt fur Wasserversorgung und Abwasserbeseitigung iiber den Einfluss einer oberhalb Tilsit bei Ragnit zur errichtenden Zellstofrabrik auf die Wasserbeschaffenheit des Memel- stromes, insbesondere unter Beriicksichtigung des Was- serwerkes der Stadt Tilsit. Mitt. a. d. k. Priifungsanst. f. Wasserversorg____zu Berl., 1911,14. Hft., 119-144. T1LSLEY. 274 TIME. Tilsley (John) [1869-1900]. [Obituary.] Lancet, Lond., 1900, ii, 1372; 1375. Tilt (Edward John) [1815-93]. The change of life in woman in health and disease; a clinical treatise on the diseases of the ganglionic nervous system incidental to women at the decline of life. 4. ed. 98 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, P. Blakiston, Son & Co., 1883. For Biography, see Brit. M. J., Lond., 1893, ii, 4111. Also: Diet. Nat. Biog., Lond., 1898, lvi, 401 (C. F. Smith). Also: Lancet, Lond., 1893, ii, 1603. Also: Med.-Chir. Tr., Lond., ]894, lxxvii, 36 (W. S. Church). Tilton (Benjamin T.) [1868- ]. * Ueber Pancreascysten. 27 pp. 8°. Freiburg i. B., C. Lehmann, 1893. See, also, Tlllmanns (Hermann). Principles of sur- gery and surgical pathology. 8°. New York, 1895. -----. A text-book of surgery, v. 2. 8°. New York, 1897. Tilton (Henry Bemsen) [1836-1906]. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1906, xlvii, 133. Tilton (James) [1745-1822]. Pilcher (J. E.) James Tilton, Physician and Sur- geon-General of the United States Army, 1813-15. J. Ass. Mil. Surg. U. S., Carlisle, 1904, xiv, 270-275, port. Also, Reprint. Timaeus von Guldenklee (Baldassar) [1601-67]- Opera medico-practica. I. Casus et observa- tiones practical triginta sex annorum. II. Des- criptiones medicamentorum singularium. III. Epistolfe et consilia. IV. Consilium de peste. V. Responsa. VI. Consilium diseteticorum. Quibus accessit Egidi van der Myle Hortolini Timseani topographia et inscriptiones. 14 p. 1., 1157 pp. sm. 4°. Lipsise, imp. Herebordi Klosii, 1691. Tinial (Paul) [1884- ]. *La consolidation de la blessure dans les accidents du travail. 77 pp. 8°. Paris, 1911, No. 167. Tiniann [Fritz]. Der Sanitiitsdienst auf dem Schlachtfelde, mit einer historischen Darstel- lung des Sanitatsdienstes beim Gardekorps in der Schlacht bei St. Privat. Eine Studie. 83 pp., 1 map. 8°. Berlin, R. Eisenschmidt, 1901. Timbal (Louis). * Essai de coprologie clinique; les dyspepsiesintestinalesdestuberculeux. 218 pp. 8°. Toulouse, 1911, No. 936. Timberg (Richard). Home exercises for spinal curvatures, adopted from Ling's Swedish system of gymnastics, vi, 63 pp. 12°. London, Simp- kin, Marshall [et al.], 1901. Timbs (John) [1801-75]. Doctors and patients, or anectodes of the medical world, and curiosi- ties of medicine. 2 v. vii, 288 pp.; vi, 287 pp. 8°. London, R. Bentley & Son, 1873. Timby (Theodore R.). See National (The) Heating and Ventilating Com- pany [etc.]. 8°. Washington, D. C, 1889. Time. Boodin (J. E.) Time and reality. 8°. New York, 1904. Boodin (J. E.) The concept of time. J. Philos., Psychol, [etc.], Lancaster, Pa., n Resorption im Darmkanal. 8°. j Wiirzburg, 1897. \ Brandexberger (E.) * Ueber das weisse, ammoncarbonatloslicheZinnoxysulfid. [Bern.] 8°. Munchen, 1894. ' Muller (F.) * Ueber die Loslichkeit des Zinns durch Weinsiiure unter verschiedenen Bedingungen des praktischen Lebens. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1905. Cohen (K.) Phvsikalisch-chemischeStudienamZinn. Ztschr.f. phvs. Chemie, Leipz., 1899, xxx,601: 1900, xxxiii, 67; xxxv, 5,sx: 1901, xxxvi, 513: 1904, xlviii, 243: 1904-5, 1, 225:1908, lxiii,625.—Cohen (E.) & Morgan (G.T.) The gravimetric estimation of antimony and tin. Analyst. Loud., 1909, xxxiv, 3-10.—Gimel (G.) Influence de quelques sels mineraux et en particulier du chlorure stanneux sur la fermentation. Compt. rend. Acad, d.sc, Par., 1908, cxlvii, 1324-1326.—Lehmann (K. B.) Unter- suchungen iiber die hygienische Bedeutung des Zinns, insbesondere in Konserven. Arch. f. Hvg., Munchen u. Berl., 1902, xiv, 88-115.—Noyes (A. A.) Bemerkung iiber das Gesetz der Geschwindigkeit der Reaktion zwischen Eisenchlorid und Zinnchloriir. Ztschr, f. phvs. Chemie, Leipz., 1896-7, xxi, 16—Saekur (O.) Zuir Kenntnis der Bleilegierungen. 1. Mitteilung. Das chemische Gleichgewicht zwischen Blei und Zinn bei Gegenwart ihrer Salzlosungen. Arb. a. d. k. Gsndhtsamte, Berl., 1903-4, xx, 512-544. Tin [and compounds'] (Toxicology of). See, also, Canned food; Preserves. Gasthauer (J.-M.-A.) * Contribution a I'etude de la toxicologie de l'etain. 8°. Nancy, 1910. Schwab (0.) * Beitrage zur Frage der Zinn- vergiftung durch Nahrungsmittel. 8°. Wiirz- burg, 1901. Campbell (W. A.) Tin-poisoning. Therap. Gaz., Detroit, 1893, 3. s., ix, 152-154.—Eber. Ein Fall von Zinnvergiftung beim Hunde, nebst Bcmerkumren zur Frage der Zinnvergiftung beim Menschen. Deutsche tierarztl. Wchnschr., Hannov., 1910, xviii. 653-fiAV Also: Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1910, lvii, 7t'>7.— Kckardt (A.) Beitrag zur Frage der Zinnvergiftungen. Ztschr. f. Untersuch. d. Nahrungs- u. Genussmittel, Berl., 1909, xviii, 193-202.— CUutlier (T.) Ueber Zinnvergiftung. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1911, xxxvii, 700.— Jolles(A.) Ueber einen Fall von aeuter Zinnver- giftung durch Tragen von mit Zinnsalzen stark be- schwerten Seidenstrumpfen. Wien. med. Presse, 1901 xlii, 496-MiO. Also: Allg. Wien. med. Ztg., 1901, xlvi, 106.— Kaelin-Beiizi«;er. Zinntriathyljodidintoxikation. • Paracelsus. N. Privatkrankenh. u. Augenheilanst. I. Ber. 1896-x, Einsiedeln; 1899, 50.—Lewis (T. K.) On poi- soning by tinned beef. Chem. News, Lond., 1893, lxvii, x!.— Pepler (W.H.) Acute glossitis in tin poisoning. Tin [and compounds] (To.ricolo2. Also: Liverpool M.-Chir. J., 1899, xix, 101-114—Guelmen (F.) Micro- sporon depauratum, nouveau parasite cutane; conside- ration sur la svstematique des champignons des teignes. Arch, de parasitol., Par., 1910-11, xiv, 426-416. -----. Sur la non-speciflcite botanique des champignons des teignes. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1910, lxix, 495-497.— T1NKA. 278 TINEA. Tinea (Causes and pathology of), includ- ing fang 1. ttsie'iiiscii. Zwei wegen Mikrosporie durch Rontgeni- sierung vollstiindig deeapillierte Knaben. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1911, xlviii, 2273.— Heath (A.D.) An epi- demic of groin ring-worm in a large public school, with remarks on varieties of cultures of fungi obtained. Bir- mingh. M. Rev., 1911, lxx, 168-170.—Heller. Drei Falle vc m Mikrosporie. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1910, xlvi, 860.— His. An epidemic of microsporidia in Basel. Am. J. Dermat. & Genito-Urin. Dis., St. Louis, 1907, xi, 131.— Horta(P.) Contribucoes para o estudo das dermato- micozes no Brazil. 1. "Microsporon flavescens," n. sp., ajente duma nova tinha microsporia. Mem. do Inst. OswaldoCruz, Rio de Jan., 1911, iii, 301-308,1 pl.—Huber (O.) Ueber die Mikrosporidieepidemie in Schoneberg. Med. Klin., Berl., 1909, v, 762-766. -----. Ueber das Erld- sehen der Mikrosporidieepidemie in Schoneberg. Ibid., 1910, vi, 665.— Mactadyen (A.) A contribution to the biologvof the ringworm organism. J. Path. & Bacteriol., Edinb! & Lond., 1894-5, iii, 176-183. Also: Brit. M. J., Lond., 1894, ii, 643.—TlacLeod (J. M. H.) Two cultures of ringworm from cases of microsporon ringworm in a mother and child. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med.. Lond., 1908-9, Dermat. Sect., 95.—Itlatruchot & Dassonville. Sur un nouveau Trichophyton produisantl'herp6s chezleche- val. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1898, exxvii,279-281. Also: Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1898, lxxi, 841.----------. Pro- blememycologiquerelatifauxteignes. Bull. Soc centr. de med. veL, Par., 1901, n. s., xix, 349-362—Itlibelli (Vi Di un caso di tigna del Gruby (Sabouraud) (Microsporum Audouini, var. canis Bodin-Almy) osservato in Parma. Gior. ital. d. mal. ven., Milano, 1897, xxxii, 463-478.— Winne. Vn nouveau microsporum (Microsporum villosum Minne 1907). Verhandl. d. deutsch. der- mat. Gesellsch., Berl., 1908, x, 447-454, 5 pl— Morris (M.) An easy method of staining the fungus of ring- worm. Practitioner, Lond., 1895, lv, 135-137,«1 pl. -----. Ringworm and the trichophytons. Med. Press A tire., Lond., 1896, n. s., lxii, 157— INieuwenhuis (A. W.) Tinea albigena tegenover de andere parasitaire huid- ziekten in Nederlandsch Oost-Indie. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1903, 2. R., xxxix, d. 1, 1038-1040. -----. Tinea albigena und die Ziichtung ihres Pilzes. Arch. f. Dermat. u. Syph., Wien u. Leipz., 1908, lxxxix, 1-29, 4 pl. Also [Abstr.]: Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deut- sch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1907, Leipz., 1908, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 549-551. — Paparozzi ( E. ) Tigna acorion del cuoio capelluto e del resto del corpo. Clin, dermosifilo- pat. d. r. Univ. di Roma, 1907, xxv, 96-100.—Pasini (A.) DI una epidemia di tigna microsporica osservata in Italia. Gior. ital. d. mal. ven., Milano, 1908, xliii, 361- 402. 2 pl. -----. Tigna microsporica da microsporon ins. Ibid., 1911, xlvi, 613-636, 6 pl. -----. Due casi di tigna microsporica da microsporon equinum. Ibid., 1912, xlvi, 25-33, 1 pl. -----. Rapporto della frangia di Adamson con la guaina di sporo esterna nella tigna microsporica. Ibid., 1912, xlvi, 692-696, 1 pl.—Pelagatti. Di una va- rieta di microsporum non ancora descritta. Ibid., 1910, xiv, 254-255.—Perez Ortiz. Analisis micrograflco de las tifias (p&ginas del libro diario de trabajos de micro- grafia), afios de 1886 a 1895. Med. mil. espafi., Madrid, 1900-1903, vii-ix, passim.—Fernet (G.) [Megalosporon endothrix from a case of ringworm of the scalp and nails in a girl aged 15 years.] Brit. J. Dermat., Lond., 1906, xviii, 252.—Blehl (G.) Leber Mikrosporie in Wien. Wien.med. Wchnschr.,1912,lxii, 1177-1483.—Sabouraud (R.) Sur l'histologie des teignes. Ann.de dermat. etsyph., Par.,1902,4. s.,iii, 1139-1141. Also: Bull.Soc.frang, de der- mat. etsyph., Par., 1902, xiii, 515-517. -----. Nouvellesre- cherchessurlesmicrosporums. Ann. dedermat. etsyph., Par., 1907, 4. s., viii, 161; 225; 326; 369, 2 pl. -----. Identi- fication du microsporum lanosum (Sabouraud, 1907) au microsporum caninum (Bodin et Almv, 1897). Ibid., 1908, 4. s.,ix, 153-156— Sabouraud (R.),Siils(A.)&Suffraii (F.) Frequence du microsporum caninum ou lanosum chez le chien et chez l'homme. Ann. de dermat. et syph.. Par., 1908,4. s. ix, 321-348.—Schamberg. Deep- seated tinea trichophytina. J. Cutan. Dis. inel. Syph., N. Y., 1912, xxx, 35s —Scliramek (M.) Ueber Mikro- -porie. Wien. klin. Wehnsehr., 1910, xxiii, 1712-1715.— Schuberg (A.) Leber Mierosporidien aus dem Hoden der Barbe und durch sie verursaehte Hvpertrophie der Kerne. Arb. a. d. k. Gsndhtsamte, Berl.* 1909-10, xxxiii, 401-434,4 pl.—Stein (R.O.) Zur Epidemiologic der Mi- krosporie in Wien. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1911, xxiv 308-310.—Sterutlial (A.) Eine Epidemie von Mikro- sporie unter BmunsehweitferSchulkindern. Arch.f. Der- mat. n. syph.. Wien u. Leipz., 1912, cxiii, Orig., 1103-1112.— Snis <" A.) A- Sa ti'ra u (F.) Notepre4iminaire sur le miscro- sporumlanosuinduehien. Ann. de dermat. etsvph Par 1908, 4. s., ix, 151.—Taylor (F.) Note on the'mierospo- ron of ringworm. Brit. J. Dermat., Lond., 1896, viii, 129- 133.— Truffi (M.) Ricerche sperimentali sulle tigne. Gior. ital. d. mal. ven., Milano, 1901, xxxvi, 338; 352; 463- 627; r,85: 1902, xxxvii. 67.—Whitfield (A.) A series of ringworm cultures, il'u-trating the eczematoid ringworm of the hands and feet. Proc. Rov. Soc. Med., Lond., 1911 iv, Dermat Sect., 111.—Zollikofer (R.) Note sur une epidemie mierosporique a Saint-Gall (Suisse). Clinique Par., 1908, iii, 621. Tinea (Prevention of). Gal.us (D.) *Des teignes1 a Alger chez l'en- fant: mesures prophylactiques. 8°. Montpellier, 11)07. Abraham (P. S.) The ringworm question in ele- mentary schools. Brit. M. J.. Lond., 1907, ii, 387.— Bayet. Les teignes et les ecoles-dispensaires pour en- fants teigneux. Soc. roy. d. sc. m&l. et nat. de Brux. Bull., 1902, lx, 103-114.—Beadles (F. H.) Prevention of the spread of ringworm. Tr. M. Soc. Virg. 1903, Rich- mond, 1904,162-165. Also: Med. News, N. Y., 1904, lxxxiv, 147-149. Also: Virginia M. Semi-Month., Richmond, 1903-4, viii, 434^36.—Bertarelli (A.) Scuole primarie pei ragazzi affetti da tigna; quali altre misure profilattiche converrebbe adottare per combattere il continuo diffon- dersi di tale malattia. Atti d. Cong. naz. d' ig. 1899, Pavia, 1900, 175-180. Also: Gior. d. r. Soc. ital. d* ig., Milano, 1899, xxi, 471-477. — Butte (L.) Les teignes envisagees surtout au point de vue scolaire. Med. sco- laire, Par., 1909, ii, 189-199. Also: Ann. de la Policlin. de Par., 1910, xx, 73-81.—Cates (J.) The administrative control of ringworm. Pub. Health, Lond., 1910-11, xxiv, 226-233—Decio (F. C.) Appunti storici sulla ospitalita e sulla cura dei tignosi in Milano dal xv al xix seeolo. Gior. ital. d. mal. ven., Milano, 1901, xxxvi, 103; 234; 510.— Deshayes. De la teigne dans les ecoles. Bull. Soe. de med. pub., Par., 1894, xvii, 150-156. Also: Rev. d'hyg. Par., 1894, xvi, 448-452.—Dubrisay. L'ecole des tei- gneux & l'hopital Saint-Louis. Bull. Soc. de med. pub. Par., 1887, x, 97-99.—Ferminl (G.) Contributo alia pro- filassi e cura delle tigne. Boll. clin.-seient. d. Poliambul di Milano, 1899, xii, 299-314. Also [Abstr.j: Atti d. Cong' naz.d' ig. 1899, Pavia,1900,180-182.— Gonzalez Iriicua. Necesidad de fundar en Mexico un dispensario-eseuela para ninos tiiiosos. Gac. med., Mexico, 1905, 2. s., v, 235- 237.—Lefebvre (A.) La teigne dans l'agglomeration bruxelloise; essai d'hvgiene scolaire et de mycologie cli- nique. J. med. de Brux., 1903, viii. 145-150.—Malherbe (H.) Teignes et teigneux; necessite de mesures prophy- lactiques. Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1895-6, xiv, 33-35.— Pelagatti (M.) Sulla profilassi pubbliea delle tigne. Rendic d. Ass. med.-chir. di Parma, Roma, 1900, i, 87-94.— Perrin (L.) Les enfants teigneux des ecoles de Mar- seille; necessity de la creation d'une ecole de teigneux. Marseille med., 1903, xl, 97-111.— Baynaud (L.) & Verlte (H.) Les teignes dans les ecoles et la population infantile d'AIger. J. d. mal. cutan. et syph., Par., 1908, xix, 81-93.—Saucassanl (A.) La scuola-sanatorio per i tignosi ed i granulosi alia Poliambulanza di Milano. Atti d. Cong. naz. "Pro inf." 1902, Torino, 1903, 157- 165. Also: Cong, internat. de med. C.-r. 1903, Madrid, 1904, xiv, sect, d'hvg. [etc.], 178-187. Also: Boll, d'ocul., Firenze, 1902, xxi, 327: 1903, xxii, 8. — Simonelli (F.) L' acqua ossigenata nella cura della tigna fa- vosa. Atti d. r. Accad. d. fisiocrit. in Siena, 1900, 4. s., xii, 179-187.—Torelli (Valentina). Relazione pedago- gico-didattica della scuola sanatorio-educatorio pei fan- ciulli tignosi e granulosi. Boll, clin.-scient. d. Poliam- bul. di Milano, 1902, xv, 189-192. — Walker (J. P.) Should ringworm be notifiable? Pub. Health, Lond., 1910-11, xxiv, 234-238.—Wile (U. J.) The segregation and education of children affected with ringworm of the scalp. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1911, lxxix, 910-912. Tinea (Transmission of). Couillebaclt ( L. ) *Quelques considera- tions sur 1'herpes parasitaire dans les pays chauds et sur son traitement par le cassia alata. 4°. Paris, 1886. Adamson (H. G.) Case of pustular ringworm of the horse ("conglomerate folliculitis") in a child. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1907-8, i, Dermat.Sect., 63— Fitz- gerald (Mabel P.) Three cases of the ringworm of the calf transmitted to man. J. Path. & Bacteriol., Edinb. & Lond., 1908, xii, 232-241, 4 pl—Hutching (M. B.) Ring- worm contracted from a, cat. Charlotte [N. C] M. J., 1896, ix, 446.—Jlcwborn (A. D.) A case of ringworm of the face and two of the scalp contracted from a microsporon of the cat; with some observations on the identification of the source of infection in ringworm cases by means of cultures. N. York M. J., 1902, lxxvi, 843-849. -----. Epidemic of ringworm contracted from cats. J. Cutan. Dis. inch Syph., N. Y., 1903, xxi, 327.—Suis (A.) Un cas de contagion du microsporum lanosum du chien il l'en- fant. Ann. dedermat. et syph., Par.. 1909, 4. s., x, 114.— Sutton (G.) Acaseof ringworm infection in a child, taken fromakitten. Vet. J., Lond., 1912, lxviii, 641. Tinea (Treatment of). Duckworth (D.) On a new method of de- termining the presence of, and recovery from, true ringworm. 12°. [London, 1875.] Mahon OI.) jeune. Considerations sur le traitement des teignes, 8°. Paris, 1868. Martin (H.-A.) *Les diflicultes du traite- ment des teignes tondantes. 4°. Paris, 1894. ------. The same. 8°. Paris, 1894. TINEA. 279 TINEA. Tinea (Treatment of). Steiner (R.) Storia sulla cura della tigna. 8°. Roma, 1906. Abraham (P. S.) The treatment of ringworm. Prac- titioner, Lond., 1910, lxxxv, 563-567. — Adam (J.) The control of ringworm in school. Pub. Health, Lond., 1912- 13, xxvi, 3-8.—Alder smith (H.) The treatment of the ringworm of the head. Treatment, Lond., 1898-9, ii, 485- 492. -----. The treatment of ringworm. Brit. J. Dermat., Lond., 1905, xvii, 269. —Balzer (F.) Note rectificative sur la guerison de la teigne a la suite de la fievre typhoi'de. Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph.. Par., 1900, xi, 55.— Barbe. Traitement de la tondante par le monochloro- phenol. Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1898, 3. s., ix, 1031.—Bar wise (S.) Ringworm and its treatment in Derbyshire. School Hyg., Lond.,1612,iii,166-169.—Bayet & Haucliamps. Traitement de la teigne et du favus par les rayons X. Policlin., Brux., 1905, xiv, 232.—Bel- lini (A.) Studio sulla profilassi e la cura delle tigne; proposta di un nuovo metodo di cura collaeorrente discon- tinua. Gior. ital. d. mal. ven.. Milano, 1899, xxxiv, 70- 104.—Bielousott*(A.) Sluchal strigushtshavo lishaya, izllechennavo perekisyu vodoroda. [Herpes tonsurans cured by hydrogen peroxide.] Dietsk. med., Mosk., 1902, vii, 201-203.—Bodin (E.) Le traitement actuel des teignes du cuir chevelu. Paris med., 1910-11, 338-341. Also,transl.: Arch.deginecop. [etc.],Barcel.,1912,xxv,92- 97.—Bulkley (L. D.) Chronic ringworm of the scalp. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1897, xxviii, 71.—Bunch (J. L.) Theeleetricaltreatmentofringworm. Arch. Roentg.Ray, Lond., 1905-6, x, 34-38.-----. Sabouraud'smethod in ring- worm treatment. Lancet, Lond., 1905, i, 414-416.—Butte (L.) Du collodion iode dans le traitement des teignes. Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1893, iv, 24«-250. Also: Ann. de dermat. et syph.. Par., 1893,3. s., iv,434-436. -----. Du collodion iod6 dans le traitement des teignes. Ann. de therap. dermat. et syph., Par., 1901, i, 459-461.— Calderone (C.) Antisepsi meccanica e antisepsi chi- mica nella cura della tigna tonsurante. Gior. ital. d. mal. ven., Milano, 1899, xxxiv, 306-322— Campbell (G. G.) An epidemic of tinea tonsurans successfully treated by turpentine and iodine. Montreal M. J., 1898, xxvii, 176-178.—Chapelle. De la teigne faveuse et de son traitement par l'emploi topique de l'huile de naphte. [Abstr.] Compt. rend. Acad.d.sc, Par., 1867, xliv, 1338.— Davis (W. B.) [A remedy for ringworm.] Med. Rec, N. Y., 1897, Iii, 576.—Oemidott (V. A.) Llecheniye parshi formaliuom. [Treatment of tinea by formaline.] Voyenno-med. J.. St. Petersb., 1900, lxxviii, med.-spec. pt., 839-842.—Betre (L.) Vaccinationstherapie bei Sy- cosis. Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1909, xiv, 8; 20.—Donif nguez (F.) Tratamiento de la tina por un proceder rapido. Aetas y trab. d. 1« Cong. med. nac, Habana, 1905, i, 350-352.—Duhring (L. A.) Experi- ence in the treatment of chronic ringworm in an institu- tion. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1892, n. s., ciii, 109-116. Also, Reprint. — Eddowes (A.) Treatment of ringworm. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1893, i, 785. -----. The treatment of ringworm. Atti d. xi. Cong. med. internaz. 1894, Roma, 1895, v, dermat., 119.—Kisenstaedt (J. S.) Ringworm infections and their management. Illinois M. J., Spring- field, 1912, xxii, 497-503.—Feu lard llj Le traitement des teigneux a Paris. Bull. Soc. de med. pub., Par., 1894, xvii, 210-222. Also: Rev. d'hyg., Par., 1894, xvi, 510- 522.—Gaucher. Traitement de la teigne tondante. Med. inf., Par., 1901, iii, 5-8.—Guejjuen (F.) Affinites botaniques des champignons des teignes; traitement actuel de ces affections. Rev. seient., Par., 1911, ii, 353, 358.—Hebert (A.) Sycosis lupoide; traitement radio- therapique; guerison en deux mois. Normandie med., Rouen, 1909, xxv, 23-25.—Jackson (G. T.) Ringworm, a note on its treatment. Tr. M. Soc. N. Y., Albany, 1902; 2%5.-----. The treatmentof ringworm. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1903, lxiii, 575.—Jeanselme (E.) Les teignes et leur traitement. Tribune med., Par., 1905, n. s., xxxvii, 85. Also: Rev. internat. de med. et de chir., Par., 1905, xvi, 19-21.—Junkermann (K.) Zur Behandlung der Sy- kosis staphylogenes s. vulgaris. Monatsh. f. prakt. Der- mat., Hamb., 1911, liii, 486-489.—Ladreit de Lachar- riere. Note sur le traitement de la teigne tondante. Bull. Soc. de med. de Par. (1883), 1884, xviii, 155-162.— Iiespinne. Une revolution dans le traitement des teignes de l'enfant. Progres med. beige, Brux., 1905, vii, 28-31.—I*yle(H.) The treatmentof ringworm of thescalp. Lancet, Lond., 1898, ii, 934.—MacDonald (A. P.) An obstinate case of tinea tonsurans successfully treated with benzoyl-acetvl-peroxide (acetozone). Med. Bull., Phila., 1902, xxiv, 291.— MacLeod (J. M. H.) The treatment of ringworm. Clin. J., Lond., 1905-6, xxvii, 374-379.— Massazza (G.) A proposito del nuovo metodo Peroni per la cura della tigna. Gior. ital. d. mal. ven., Milano, 1893, xxviii, 112-114.—Meier (G. C. H.) Practical points on the treatment of ringworm. Gaillard's M. J., N. Y., 1902, lxxvii, 49-51.—JWunro (W. J.) Ringworm and its treatment. Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1907, xxvi, 509. [Discussion], 524.—Murphy (C. E.) The chloride of sodium treatment of tinea tonsurans and tinea circinata. Tinea (Treatment of). Brit. M. L, Lond., 1897, ii, 810.—Perkins (G. S.) The treatment of ringworm of the scalp. Lancet, Lond., 1898, ii, 1058.—Pulslord (H. A.) Experience in the treat- ment of ringworm of the scalp in the New York Skin and Cancer Hospital J, Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1897, xxviii, 72- 77.—Baebiger (A.) Ueber Nikotianaseife als Heilmit- tel gegen Ringwurm. Arch. f. Schiffs- u. Tropen-Hyg., Leipz., 1910, xiv, 642-644—Bo berts (L.) The treatment of scalp ringworm by formic aldehyde. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1897, i, 972.—Boynard. D'un traitement facile de la teigne k microsporum- Audouinii [varietyequinum (Dela- croix et Bodin)]. Trav. seient. Univ. de Rennes, 1905, iv, 284-286.—Salter (A.) Formic aldehyde in the treatment of ringworm of the scalp. Brit. M. J., Lond.,1896, ii, 650.— Sequeira (J. H.) The varieties of ringworm and their treatment. Brit. M.J.,Lond., 1906,ii, 193-196. -----. The treatmentof ringworm. School Hyg., Lond., 1912,iii, 155- 161.—Sheffield (11. B.) Experience in the treatment of tinea tonsurans, with especial reference to acidum aceti- cum glaciale. Am. Med.-Surg. Bull., N. Y., 1896, x, 268. -----. An easy and effective method of treatment of tinea tonsurans. N. YorkM. J.,1898,lxvii,680. Also, Reprint— Sinionelli (F.) L' acqua ossigenata nella cura della tigna favosa. (Risposta al Dottor Angelo Bellini.) Gior. ital. d. mal. ven., Milano, 1901, xxxvi, 99-102.—Sutton (R. L.) The treatment of tinea tonsurans. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1909, n. s., exxxvii, 421-426.— Thomas (E.) Note sur le traitement de la teigne tondante. Rev. mexl. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1898, xviii, 376-379.— Tborens& Dubrlsay. Rapportdela commission du traitement de la teigne par l'huile de croton. Bull. Soc. de med. de Par. (1884), 1885, xix, 160-163.—Tomkinson (J. G.) Ring worm and its present treatment. Tr. Med.-Chir. Soc. Glasg., 1905-7, vi, 296-303. Also: Glasgow M. J., 1907, lxvii, 225-231.— Van Harlingen (A.) & Dillard (H. K.), jr. Notes on the employment of epiearin in tinea tonsurans and tinea circinata, Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1903, n. s., exxv, 1012-1017.—Victorlo (N. F.) El mejor tratamiento de la tina pelada. Med. mil. espana, Madrid, 1901-2, viii, 373-375.—Walsh (D.) Scalp isolation as a new treat- ment for school ringworm. Brit. J. Child. Dis., Lond., 1905, ii, 358-363. Also: Med. Brief, St. Louis, 1905, xxxiii, 767-771. Also: Med. Times & Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1905, xxxiii, 463. Also: Pediatrics, N. Y., 1906, xviii, 597-601.— Williams (A. W.) Ringworm and its treatment. Med. Brief, St. Louis, 1907, xxxv, 92; 174. -----. Clinical note on a useful formula for the treatmentof wide-spread tinea tonsurans. Brit. J. Dermat., Lond., 1912, xxiv, 216.—"Vamada. [New prescriptions for ringworm.] Rinsho Yakuseki Shimpo, Tokyo, 1906-7, ii, 385-400. Tinea (Treatment of) with X-rays. Adamson (H. G.) On the treatmentof ringworm of the scalp by means of the X-rays. Lancet, Lond., 1905, i, 1715-1717. Also: Brit. J. Dermat., Lond., 1906, xviii, 183. -----. A simplified method of X-ray application for the cure of ringworm of the scalp; Kienbock's method. Lancet, Lond., 1909, i, 1378.—Auche (B.) Traitement des teignes tondantes par la radiotherapie. Ann d'elec- trobiol. [etc.], Par., 1904, vii, 572-575. Also: Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1904, xxv, 354-356. Also: Pe- diatrie prat., Lille, 1904, ii, 271.—Batten (G. B.) The treatment of ringworm of the scalp bv X-rays. Arch. Rcentg. Ray, Lond., 1905-6, x, 65-67, 2"pl. -----. Some practical points regarding the X-ray treatment of ring- worm of thescalp. Ibid., 1907-8, xii, 42-46, lpl.—Berger (F. R. M.) Die Behandlung der Mikrosporie und des Favus mit Rontgenstrahlen. Arch. f. Dermat. u. Svph., Wien u. Leipz., 1907, lxxxviii, 179-202,1 pl—Bodin (E.) Sur un point de pratique dans la radiotherapie des teignes de l'enfant. Clinique, Par., 1910. v, 331.—Bo- din (E.) &t!astex (E.) Note sur la radiotherapie des teignes. Bull. Soc. frang. de dermat. etsyph., Par., 1904, xv, 371-373. Also: Ann. de dermat. et syph,, Par., 1904, 4. s., v, 1109-1111.----------. Traitement radiothera- pique des teignes. Arch, d'electric. med., Bordeaux, 1905, xiii, 376-382. Also: Bull. Soc. seient. et med. de l'ouest, Rennes, 1904, xiii, 584-594. Also: Trav. seient. Univ. de Rennes, 1905, iv, 82-91.—Bulkley (L. D.) The X-ray treatment of ringworm of the scalp. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1911, liv, 1706-1709.— Bunch (J. L.) Sa- bouraud's treatment of ringworm by X-rays, Brit. J. Dermat., Lond., 1904, xvi, 265-269.—Bureau (G.) En- fants teigneux traites par la radiotherapie. Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1907, 2. s., xxv, 157. -----. La radiotherapie des teignes a 1'Hospice General de Nantes. Ibid., 381-391.— Castex (E.) Technique du traitement radiotherapique des teignes a l'H6tel-Dieu de Rennes. Arch. d"electric med., Bordeaux, 1905, xiii, 483-490.—Chulion. Traite- ment des teignes par la radiotherapie. Ibid., 1907, xv, 43-48.—Ciarrocchl. La radioterapia nelle tigne. Gior. ital. d. mal. ven., Milano, 1906, xli, 36-38. -----. Iprimi 250 casi di tigna, tricoritica e favosa, curati coi raggi Roent- gen nell'OspedalediS. Gallicano. Ibid., 1909,xliv,56-63.— Cicero (R. E.) Tecnica del tratamiento de las tifias por los ravos X. Gac. med. de Mexico, 1909, 3. s., iv, 359; 499; TINEA. 280 TINEA. Tinea (Treatment of) with X-rays. 51;; —lie Nobele (J.) Le traitement des teignes par les ravons X Br'.L'ique med., Gand-Haarlem, 1905, xn, 363-365— Diaz i.i. R.) Tratamiento de las Unas por los ravos X. B..1 de san. mil., Buenos Aires, 1909, vm, 289- 2'.is.— Dore (S. E.) The present position of the X ray treatment of ringworm. Lancet, Lond., 1911, i, 432^136.— Iluueyrac. La radiotherapie dans le traitement des teignes. Marseille med., 1905, xlii, 173-177.-Fox (H.) Treatment of sveosis by the X-ray. Med. Rev. of Rev., N. Y., 1908, xiv,'l 11-114. Also, Reprint— Francois (P.) Les teignes et leur traitement radiotherapique. Ann. Soc. de med. d'An vers, 1905, lxvii, 114.—Gardiner (F.) X-ray treatment of ringworm. Pediatrics, N. Y., 1906, xviii, 602-607. — Gascard (A.) & Devalniont (L.) La radiotherapie des teignes a l'Hospice-General. Pedia- tric prat., Lille, 1906, iv, 160-162. Also: Rev. med. de Normandie, Rouen, 1906,145-150.—Gastou. Deux cas de teigne a petites spores traites et gueris par la radio- therapie; faits relatifs a l'emploi de cette methode et a ses variations d'action selon la source generatnee et l'etat des ampoules. Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1904, xv, 5-8. Also: Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1904, 4. s.,v, 50-53.—Graham (J. G.) The X-ray treat- ment of ringworm of the scalp. Glasgow M. J., 1911, lxxv, 401-411.—Greco (E.) I raggi X nella cura della tigna favosa. Ann. di elett. med. [etc.], Napoli, 1909, viii, 311-320. -----. Rontgenterapia, cura medicamen- tosa e profilassi della tigna favosa. Med. ital., Napoli, 1909, vii, 679-699.—Hall-Edwards f.T.) The X-ray treatment of ringworm. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1911, n. s., xcii, 221. -----. Discussion on the X-ray treat- ment of ringworm. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1911, ii, 890-893.— Harris (L. H.) Ringworm and its treatment; tech- nique of X-rav treatment. Australas. M.Gaz., Sydney, 1907, xxvi, 510-514. [Discussion], 524.—Hauchamps (L.) De Tepilation par les ravons X chez les teigneux. Presse med. beige, Brux., 1906, lviii, 341-344.—Hebert (A.) Premiers resultats de la radiotherapie des teignes a l'Hospice-General de Rouen. Normandie med., Rouen, 1905, xx, 507-511. Also: Rev. med. de Normandie, Rouen, 1905, 417-422.—Jeanselme (E.) Les teignes et leur traitement. Tribune med., Par., 1905, n.s.. xxxvii, 85; 117; 149. Also: Union med. du Canada, Montreal, 1905, xxxiv, 512-519.—Lel'ebvre. Notes sur le traitement radiotherapique des teignes; resultats. J. med. de Brux., 1907, xii, 9-11.—Macleod (J. M. H.) Ringworm of the scalp under X-ray treatment. Clin. J., Lond., 1904-5, xxv, 250. -----. The treatment of ringworm of the scalp by the X-rays. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1905, ii, 13-15. -----. The X-ray treatment of ringworm of the scalp; singular coincidence of measles with defluvium of the hair. Ibid., 1907, i, 1298. -----. The X-ray treatment of ringworm of the scalp, with special reference to the risks of dermatitis and the suggested injury to the brain. Lancet, Lond.; 1909, i, 1373-1377. — Marie (T.) Traitement des teignes cryptogamiques par les rayons X. Arch. med. de Toulouse, 1905, xi, 325-332.— Murray (L. L.) Curaci6n de la tina favosa por el trata- miento moderno con los rayos X. Bol. mens. d. Col. de med. de Gerona, 1909, xiv, 3-9, 1 pl.—Neumann (G.) Ringworm in domestic animals. J. Comp. Path. & The- rap., Edinb. & Lond., 1905, xviii, 193; 289— Oram (W. C.) The treatment of ringworm of the scalp bv the X-rays. Dublin J. M. Sc, 1905, exx, 89-94—Palmer (Agiies). The X-ray treatment of ringworm. J. Rov. Sau. Inst, Lond., 1911-12, xxxii, 161-16(1.—Fernet (G.) The X-ray treatment of ringworm. Brit M. J., Lond., 1906, i, 1080. -----. Case of ringworm cured by the ex- posure of X-rays. Tr. Clin. Soc. Lond., 1905-6, xxxix, 247. -----. Two cases of ringworm of the scalp treated by the one application of the X-rays. Re p. Soc. Study Dis.Child., Lond., 1905-6, vi, 45.—Pissln. Animale Lymphe und Herpes tonsurans. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1889, xv, 305; 327. Also, Reprint.—Prior (J. R.) X-ray treatment of ringworm. Pub. Health, Lond., 1910- 11, xxiv, 153.—Sabouraud (R.) Sur la radiotherapie des teignes. Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1904, 4. s., v, 577-587. -----. Teignes tondantes traitees par la radio- therapie. Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1904, xv, 69. Also: Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1904, 4. s., v, 159. -----. The radio-therapeutics of ringworm. Brit. J. Dermat., Lond., 1906, xviii, 199-214, 7pl. -----. De la radiotherapie des teignes; des critiques qu'on lui a faites; des accidents qu'elle peut causer et des moyens de les prevenir. Ann. de dermat. et svph., Par., 1909, 4. s., x, 452-461.—Sabouraud (R.) & Noir^ (H.) Les teignes cryptogamiques et les rayons X. Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur. Par , 1904, xviii, 7-25. Also: Rev. prat. d. mal. cutan! [etc.] Par., 1904, iii, 35-47. ----r. Traitement des teignes tondantes par les rayons X a l'Ecole Lailler (Hopital St.- Louis). Presse med., Par., 1904, ii, 825-827. -----. X-ray treatment of tinea tonsurans. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1905, 15. s., ii, 41-49— Sabouraud (R.), pignot & Noire (H.) La radiotherapie dos teignes a l'Ecole Lail- Tinea (Treatment of) with Arrays. ler en 1904. Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1905, xvi, 19-22. Also: Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1905, 4. s., vi, 80-X3.—Sale-Barker (M. D.) The treat- ment of ringworm of the scalp by the application of X-ravs. J. Prevent. M., Lond., 1906, xiv, 6i;i-5;i:;.—Sa- vin (Agnes F.) Some observations on the treatment of ringworm by X-rays. Arch. Rcentg. Ray, Lond., 1906-7, xi, 336-341. Also, transl.: Rev. prat. d. mal. cutan. [etc.], Par., 1908, vii, 213-226. -----. A compact X-ray shield specially adapted for the treatment of ringworm. Lan- cet, Lond.. 1906, ii, 1670.—Sichcl (G.) The X-ray treat- ment of ringworm. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1906, i, 250. Also: Pediatries, N. Y., 1906, xviii, 608-611.—Taylor (S.) & Oram (W. C.) X-ray treatment of ringworm of the scalp. Liverpool M.-Chir. J., 1906, xxvi,272-275.—Whll- lield (A.) A new substance for shielding those parts of the scalp which it is not wished to expose in the treat- ment of ringworm bv means of the X-rays. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1907-8, i, Dermat. Sect., 61. Tinea in animals. See, also, Microsporon; Tinea (Causes, etc., of); Tricophyton. Fourie & Le Calve. Guerison rapide de la teigne tonsurante du cheval. Rec. de med. vet., Par., 1894, 8. s., i, 5-7.—Koranyi(M.) Lovakjarvanyos somore. [Epi- demic ringworm in horses.] Allatorvosi lapok, Buda- pest, 1907, xxx, 471-473.— Mallam (E.) Calf ringworm. Rep. Soc. Study Dis. Child., Lond., 1905-6, vi, 287—Ma- this. Herpes trichophytique chez rane. J. de m6d. vet. et zootech., Lyon, 1892, 3. s., xvii, 681-684.—Matru- chot& Dassonville. Sur les teignes du chien. Bull. Soc. centr. de med. vet., Par., 1902, n. s., xx, 50-71.— Pavlott'(A.) Herpes tonsurans ponv. Arch. vet. nauk, St. Petersb., 1876, vi, 3. sect., 141-146.—Pinoy (E.) Sur une teigne cutanee du singe. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1912, lxxii, 59.—Pusch. Klinische Erfahrungen iiber Herpes tonsurans. Ztschr. f. Thiermed., Jena, 1899, iii, 94-105.—Beuter (M.) Zur Frage der veterinar-poli- zeilichen Bekampfung des Teiggrindes (Herpes tonsu- rans). Monatsh. f. prakt. Thierh., Stuttg., 1890-91,ii,289- 313.—Boberts (L.) Note on a specimen of tinea micro- sporon of the cat. Brit. J. Dermat., Loud., 1902, xiv, 327- 332, 1 pl.—Vindlsch (A ) J&rv&nyos tarl6somqr lova- kon. [Epidemic stubble ringworm in horses.] Allator- vosi lapok, Budapest, 1907, xxx, 339-341. Tinea barbae. See Tinea tonsurans. Tinea circinata. Abraham (P. S.) Extensive tinea circinata. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1904, n. s., lxxviii, 360— Cantrell (J. A.) Tinea circinata presenting two rings. J. Cutan. & Genito-Urin. Dis., N. Yr., 1895, xiii, 343. Also, Reprint. -----. Unusual appearance of a circinate ringworm. Med. News, Phila., 1895, lxvii, 321. -----. Tinea circinata, Med. Summary, Phila., 1896, xviii, 115. -----. Tinea cir- cinata and its varied forms; tinea tonsurans and tinea kerion. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1897, 7. s., i, 344-352 — Descroizilles. Eruption confluented'herpes circine. France med., Par., 1884, ii, 1805-1808.—Fox (T. C.) & Blaxall (F. R.) Notes on two cases of tinea circinata. Brit. J. Dermat., Lond., 1898, x, 37-45,lpl. Ateo, Reprint — Freeman (G. F.) Tinea tropica circinata. U. States Nav. M. Bull., Wash., 1907, i, 27-30.—Hallopeau (H.) & Boudet. Sur un cas de trichophytie disseminee du tronc. Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1906, xvii, 497-499. Also: Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1906, 4. s., vii, 1062-1064.—Little (G.) Acaseof tinea circinata. Brit. J. Dermat., Lond., 1905, xvii, 21. —Loth (W. P.) Three cases of tinea circinata in adults. Interstate M. J., St. Louis, 1902, ix, 491-493.— Oliinann -Ilumesnil (A. H.) A case of disseminated tinea circinata cor- poris. St. Louis M. & S. J., 1906, xc, 171-174.—Rons- sell (J. N.) Ringworm of the bodv considered in a gen- eral way. N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1903-4, lvi, 510-517.—Sa- bouraud. Trichophytie cutanee. Syn.: Herpes cir- cine. Mus. del'Hop.St.-Louis. Iconog. d. mal. cutan. et syph., Par., 1896, 159-162, 1 pl. Also, transl: Pict. Atlas Skin Dis. & Svph. ... St. Louis Hosp., Lond.; Phila., 1895-7,143-147,1 pl.—Sequelra (.1. H.) Extensive ring- worm with ulceration of the umbilicus. Brit. J. Dermat., Lond., 1906, xviii, 269-274, 2 pl. -----. Case of extensive ringworm of the body and limbs. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1908-9, ii, Dermat. Sect., 98. — Stucky (T. H.) Tinea circinata. Internat. Clin., Phila., ix\)i. 6. s., iv. 104- 106.—Weiie (VV. E.) Tinea circinata. Kansas M. J., Topeka. 1895, vii, 605-607.—Whittle Id (A.) Some notes on tinea circinata. Brit. J. Dermat., Lond., 1911, xxiii, 35-39.—Wlckham (L.) Herpes circinatus of the face around the mouth, simulating a very superficial syphilide Ibid., 1888-9, i, 477. TINEA. 281 TINEA. Tinea cruris. Fouirein (A.-L.) *Sur une epidemie de tri- cophytie inguinale. 4°. Bordeaux, 1894. Cantrell (J. A.) An extensive case of tinea cruris. J. Cutan. & Genito-Urin. Dis., N. Y., 1896, xiv, 104.— Farmer (A. G.) Crural and axillary ringworm in the Canal Zone. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1909, liii, 945.— Fox (S. C.) Note on a small outbreak of tinea tricho- phytina cruris. Brit. J. Dermat., Lond., 1904, xvi, 171.— Freche (D.) Trichophytie inguinale. Ann. dela Poli- clin. de Bordeaux, 18v>7, v, 453-459.—Symes (J. O.) An epidemie of tinea cruris. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1909, i, 1109. Tineafavosa. See Favus. Tinea imbricata. Caramuru Paes Leme. *Contribuieao ao estudodotokelau. 4°. [Rio de Janeiro, 1903?] Leon (J. J.) Extracto de la memoria que sobre la tina endemica de Tabasco, Chiapas el sur de Mexico escribio el.. . 8°. Mexico,,1862. Aokl (T.) [Tinea imbricata (Manson).] Hifubvog. kin Hiniokibyog. Zasshi, Tokyo, 1904, iv,379; 445.—Bar- tels. Bericht iiber das Vorkommen der Framboesie und des Ringwurms auf den Marschall Inseln und auf Nauru. Arb. a. d. k. Gsndhtsamte, Berl., 1901, xviii, 164-168 — Bassett-Smith (P. W.) The fungus of tinea imbri- cata. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1904, ii, 663. Also: J. Trop. M., Lond., 1904, vii, 265.—de Boissiere (R.) Some obser- vations on tinea imbricata, yaws, and the treatment of dysentery. J. Pop. M., Lond., 1903, vi, 371.—Broers. Praeparaat van tinea imbricata. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1906, i, 755.—Castellani (A.) Note on tinea imbricata and its treatment. Internat. Dermat. Cong. Tr. 1907, N. Y., 1908, ii, 667-671, 1 pl. Also: J. Cu- tan. Dis. inch Syph., N.Y., 1908, xxvi, 400-404,1 pl. -----. Tinea intersects. Internat. Dermat. Cong. Tr. 1907, N. Y., 1908, ii, 665-667,1 pl. Also: J. Cutan. Dis.,inch Svph., N. Y., 1908, xxvi, 405-407,1 pl. -----. The growth of the fungus of tinea imbricata [Endodermophyton concentri- cum] on artificial media. J. Trop. M. [etc.], Loud., 1910, xiii, 370-372. -----. Further researches on the hyphomy- cetes of tinea imbricata. Ibid., 1911, xiv, 81-83, 2 pl.— Dubrenilh (W.) Note sur le parasite du tokelau. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et phvsiol. . . . de Bordeaux, 1902, xxiii, 29-32. Also: J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1902, xxxii, 312.— Fox (T.) & Farquhar (T.) Tokelau ringworm. In their: On certain endemic skin and other diseases of In- dia [etc], 8°, Lond., 1876, 58-62.—Henggeler (O.) Ueber einige Tropenkrankbeiten der Haut. 2. Tinea im- bricata. Monatsh. f. prakt. Dermat., Hamb., 1906, xliii, 325-341, 2 pl.—Hutchinson (J.) Indian ringworm on thighs: subsequently pruriginous dermatitis; temporary cure; relapse and slow development, during ten years of incurable and almost universal dermatitis: finally, after fifteen years, the condition of mycosis fungoides; note on the importance and peculiarity of the gland disease at- tending that malady. Arch. Surg., Lond , 1892-3, iv, 366- 368.—Koch (R.) Framboesia tropica und Tinea imbri- cata. Areh. f. Dermat. u. Syph., Wien u. Leipz., 1902, lix, 3-8, 5 pl.—Manson (P.) Dhobie itch. In his: Trop. Dis., 12°, Lond., 1903, 691-694.-----. Tinea imbricata. Ibid., 695-698, 1 pl.—Mason (C. F.) Dhobie itch. N. York M. J., [etc.], 1903, lxxviii, 221.—Nieuwenhuis (A. VV.) Tinea imbricata (Manson). Arch f. Dermat. u. Syph., Wien u. Leipz., 1898, xiv, 163-176, 1 pl.—Para- nhos(U.) Tinea imbricata in Brazil. J.Trop. M.,Lond., 1904, vii, 153. -----. A new process for the microscopic diagnosis of the tinea imbricata. Ibid., 1905, viii, 341.— Paranhos (U.) & Leme (C. P.) Note on the tinea imbricata in Brazil. Ibid., 1906, ix, 129.—Purdon (H. S.) Burmese ring-worm. Dublin J. M. Sc, 1894, xcviii, 21.—Sabouraud (R.) L'enquete du journal "La Voix meclicale israe4ite" d" Odessa sur la question des teignes et leurs consequences encequi concerne les emigrants. Clinique, Par., 1908, iii, 653.—Tinea imbricata. J. Trop. M., Lond., 1898-9, i, [no. 7], 1,1 pl.—Tribondeau. Le tokelau dans les possessions francaises du Pacifique ori- ental. Arch, de med. nav., Par., 1899, lxxii, 5-52.—Weh- mer (C.) Der Aspergillus des Tokelau. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1903, xxxv, 140-146. Tinea in schools. See, Tinea (Prevention of). Tinea tonsurans. See, also, Tinea ( Treatment of). Aldersmith (H.) Ringworm and alopecia areata, their pathology, diagnosis and treat- ment. 4. ed. 8°. London, 1897. jVlthavken (M. J.) Ueber Verbreitung und Behandlung des Herpes tonsurans. 8°'. Bonn, [1893]. Tinea tonsurans. Bavay (R.-H.-P.) * Contribution a I'etude de la teigne tondante et en particulier des traite- ments. 4°. Bordeaux, 1892. Bodin (E.) Les teignes tondantes du cheval et leurs inoculations humaines. 4°. Paris, 1896. Breitbach (I.) * Herpes tonsurans und Syko- sis parasitaria. [Bonn.] 8°. Siegburg, 1888. Dubois (C.) * Pathogenie et histologie de la squame dans les teignes tondantes. 8°. Geneve, 1902. Halgand (F.) * Etude sur les trichophvtie.s delabarbe. 8°. Paris, 1904. Pignot(M.) * Etude clinique des teignes; hygiene publique et prophylaxie des teignes tondantes en 1900 a Paris et dans sa banlieue. 8°. Paris, 1900. -----. The same. 8°. Paris, 1900. Regensburger (A. E.) Apuntes sobre el herpes tonsurans. 8e. Mexico, 1892. See, also, infra. A brahani. A case of tinea tonsurans of the scalp in an adult man. Tr. Dermat. Soc. Gr. Brit.....Lond., 1898-9, v, 71— Adamson (H. G.) Cultures of violet endothrix trichophyton from a case of "eczematoid" ringworm of the fingers associated with tinea barbae. Brit. J. Dermat., Lond., 1911, xxiii, 224.—Allen (C. W.) Treatment of ringworm of the scalp in institutions. Pe- diatrics, N. Y, & Lond., 1896, ii, 169-176.—Altli (E.) Tri- chophytia profunda barbse esete. [Case.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1907, li, 665.—Andriani (P.) Studio clinico sopra un caso di erpete tonsurante diffuso a quasi tutta la superficie cutanea. Gior. internaz. d. sc, med., Napoli, 1894, n. s., xvi, 815-818.—Balzer (F.) Guerison spon- tanee de la teigne tondante pendant la ftevre typhoi'de. Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et svph., Par., 1899, x, 447. Also: Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1899, 3. s., x, 1069.— -----. La teigne tondante. Independ. mecl., Par., 1901, vii, 964-967. Also, transl.: Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1901, n. s., lxxii, 377.—Bauer (A.) Neunundzwanzig Fiille von Herpes tonsurans. Deutsche mil.-arztl. Ztschr., Berl. 1908, xxxvii, 296-300.—Bauer (E.) Ueber Herpes, tondens und dessen Behandlung. Ztschr. f. Wundiirzte, u. Geburtsh., Winnenden, 1880, xxxi, 61-66.—Beclere. Les teignes tondantes a l'ecole des teigneux de l'Hopital Saint-Louis (Ecole Lailler) en 1894. Ann. de dermat. et svph., Par., 1894, 3. s., v, 685-694. Also: Bull. Soc. frang. dedermat. etsyph., Par., 1894, v, 235-244.—Behrend (G.) Ueber Herpes tonsurans und Favus. Cong. p6riod. inter- nat. d. sc. med. Compt.-rend. 1884, Copenh., 1886, iii, sect, de dermat. et syph., 91-98. Also: Vrtljschr. f. Dermat., Wien, 1884, xi, 353-358.—Berger. Beitrag zur Pathologie des Herpes tonsurans. Dermat. Centralbl., Berl., 1900, iii, 194.—Bldenkap (J. H.) Trikofytien i nordreGudbrandsdalen. [Trichophyton tonsurans . . .] Tidsskr. f. d. norske LKgefor. Kristiania, 1911, xxxi, 425- 431.—Brocq (L.) De la teigne tondante. Rev.g6n.de clin. et de therap., Par., 1893, vii, 66-68.—Broers. Herpes tonsurans. Med. Rev., Haarlem, 1902, ii, 249-253.— Bundt (G.) Ueber eine Epidemie von Herpes tonsu- rans. Ztschr. f. Med.-Beamte, Berl., 1903, xvi, 685-690.— Butte (L.) Traitement de la teigne tondante. Ann. de la Policlin. de Par., 1893, iii, 138-143.—('ampana (R.) Ueber Herpes tonsurans. Tagebl. d. Versamml. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1888, K61n, 1889, Ixi, 266. -----. Trico- phiton tonsurans delle mani. Bull. d. r. Accad. med. di Roma, 1906, xxxii, 484-487. Also: Clin, dermosifilopat. d. r. Univ. di Roma, 1907, xxv, 25-4 bis.—< aiitrell (J. A.) Tinea tonsurans in an adult. Phila. Polyclin., 1896, v, 335.—Charon (E.) & dlcvaert (G.) D'un nouveau traitement de l'herpes tonsurant. J. de med., chir. et Pharmacol., Brux., 1887, lxxxiv, 673-679.—Cliumakolf (N. M.) DIelstviye khrisarobina na gribok trichophyton tonsurans. [Action of ehrysarobin upon the fungus of trichophyton tonsurans.] Russk. J.Kozhn.i Ven.Bollezn., Kharkov, 1908, xv, 14l» — llally (H.) Case of trichophy- ton endothrix on the scalp of an adult. West Lond. M. J., 1909, xiv, 189.—Danlos. Teigne tondante a petites spores avec efflorescences cutanees. Bull. Soc. frang. de dermat. et svph., Par., 1902, xiii, 306. Also: Ann. de der- mat. et syph., Par., 1902, 4. s., iii, 623.—Davis (H.) Trichophyton rosaceum from two cases of tinea barbae. Brit. J. Dermat., Lond., 1909, xxi, 325.—Du Bois (C.) Les teignes pyogenes du cuir chevelu de l'enfant. Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom.,,Geneve, 1904, xxiv, 647-656.— Dubois-Haveiiith. A propos d'une epidemie sco- laire de teigne tondante. Presse med. beige, Brux., 1904, lvi, 445-448. -----. Trichophytie et pelade. Policlin., Brux., 1908, xvii, 58 — Dubreuilh (W.) Bald ring- worm. Brit. J. Dermat., Lond., 18%. viii, 411-126.—Du Castel. Traitement de la trichophytie du cuir chevelu TINEA. 282 TINEI1NA. Tinea tonsurans. par la chrvsarobine. Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1894 3. s., v, 998-1002.—Duclaux (E.) Sur le tncophy- ton 'tonsurans. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1886, 8. s iii 14-16 —Elliot (G. T.) Herpes tonsurans maculo- sus 'N York M. J., 1885, xlii, 10. -----. Herpes tonsu- rans maculosus, or the macular form of ringworm. J. Cutan. & Genito-Urin. Dis., N. Y., 1888, vi, 14-16.-Fox (T C ) The treatment of scalp ringworm; some general rules of procedure. Pediatrics, N. Y., 1906, xvii, 469-478.— Freeman (W. T.) Notes on ringworm of the scalp. Lancet, Lond., 1896, ii, 1219-1221.-Garihaldl (G.) Unita etiologiea del tricophiton del cuoio capelluto, stu- diata nella morfologia del parassita nei suoi effetti sulla cute e nella cura. Clin, dermosifilopat. d. r. Univ. di Roma, 1907, xxv, 71-74.—Gaucher (P.) La teigne ton- dante Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1907, xxi, 291-293 —€i laser (F.) Die Mikrosporie und Makrosporie der Kinderkopfe (Kopftrichophytie der Kinder). Berl. klin Wchnschr., 1908, xiv, 2013-2016—Gurovick (S. A 1 Sluchal herpes tonsurans exfoliativa. [Case of . . .] Yuzhno-russk. med.gaz.,Odessa, 1893, ii, 451,1 pl.—Haan (P ) Transmission de la teigne tricophytique des ani- maux bovins a l'homme. Normandie med., Rouen, 1896, xi, 309-311.—Hager. Animale Lymphe und Herpes tonsurans. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1888, xxv, 197- 200— Halgand (F.) Etude sur les trichophyties de la barbe. Arch, de parasitol., Par., 1904, viii, 690-622 — HavasfA.) Herpes tonsurans maculosus esete. [A case of.. ] Budapesti orvosegy. 1892-iki evkonyve, 1893,143.— Heidingsl'eld (M. L.) Case of herpes tonsurans vesi- culosa. Cincin. Lancet-Clinic, 1900, n. s., xiv, 124 — Hodara (M.) Die Behandlung der Trichophytiasis ca- pitis mit Chrysarobin. Monatsh. f. prakt. Dermat., Hamb., 1903, xxxvii, 118.—Howe. Tinea trichophytina of the beard. J. Cutan. Dis. inch Syph., N. Y., 1911, xxix, 35 — Hutchinson (J.) Herpes tonsurans which had trav- elled from the scalp to the skin of the hand (two cases.). Arch. Surg., Lond., 1889-90, i, 367. -----. Tinea tonsurans the antecedent and cause of alopecia areata. Polyclin., Lond., 1904, viii, 23.—Kaposi (M.) Ueber Herpes tonsu- rans maculosus. Aerztl. Rundschau, Munchen, 1893, iii, 1-4— Karshin(A.) Tineatonsuranssquamosa. Russk. J. Kozhn. i Ven. Bollezn., Kharkov, 1901,ii, 35-37.—King (J. M.) Ring-worm of the scalp and beard. Am. J. Der- mat. & Genito-Urin. Dis., St. Louis, 1906, x, 107-109.— Korleweg (P. C.) Eene epidemie van herpes tonsu- rans capillitii. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1890, 2. R., xxvi, 226-236. —l.e Calvfi & Malherbe (H.) Nouvelles observations de tondante causee par le Tricho- phyton minimum. Arch, de parasitol., Par., 1900, iii, 108- 110.—Lesser(E.) Eineaugenblicklichherrschende Epi- demie von Herpes tonsurans. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl., 1886, xii, 89-91.—liUtembacher. Tricophyties de la barbe et tricophyties folliculaires. Monde med., Par., 1910, xx, 417-423.—Maas (J. F.) Rontgen-epilatie bij trichophytia capitis. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1911, i, 1088.—MacLeod (J. M. H.) Small-spored ringworm of the scalp in a woman aged 23. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1910-11, iv, Dermat. Sect., 67— Maria- nelli (A.) Ricerche sperimentali sull' achorion Schon- leinii e sul trichophyton tonsurans. Atti Cong. gen. d. Ass. med. ital. 1891, Siena, 1893, xiv, 452-454. -----. Sul trichophyton tonsurans. Sperimentale. Mem. orig., Fi- renze, 1893,440-486.—fflatiegka (J.) Zprava o soucasne epidemii oparu lysivfiho (herpes tonsurans) u lidi a do- bytka. [Report on periodic epidemics of herpes tonsu- rans in man and domestic animals.] Casop. 16k. cesk., v Praze, 1892, xxxi, 497.—May rand (R.) Teigne ton- dante a petites spores (Microsporon Audouini). Bull. med. de Quebec, 1902-3, iv, 537-542.—Meachen (Y. N.) Tinea tonsurans, with artificiallv produced kerion. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1903, n. s., lxxv, 10.—Milian (G.) Examen d'un enfant suspect de teigne tondante. Presse med., Par., 1898, i, 321.—Moore (R. C.) Tinea trichophyton. Med. Herald, St. Joseph, 1905, n. s.,xxiv, 12-14. —Morris (M.) Ringworm and the trichophy- tons. Internat. Dermat. Cong. Tr., Lond., 1896, 522-542. Also, transl.: Monatsh. f. prakt. Dermat., Hamb., 1896, xxiii, 389-402. —Nicolas (J.) & Lacomme (M.) Teigne tondante reproduite experimentalement sur le chien par l'inoculation de cultures de microsporon canis venant de l'homme et du chien. Bull. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Lyon, 1906, v,,132. Also: Lyon med., 1906, evi, 586.—Nicolau (S.) Etude sur la trichophytie du cuir chevelu en Roumanie(trichophyton violaceum.) Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1909, 4. s., x, 609-638.—Pellier. Sur un sycosis trichophytique de la moustache. Prov. med., Par., 1910, xxi, 313.—Poenaru. Recherches sur le trichophyton tonsurans du bceuf. Bull. Soc. centr. de med. vet., Par., 1904, lviii. 328-332.—Pollltzer (I.) Ueber eine Endemie von Herpes tonsurans. Festschr. . .. Moriz. Kaposi z. Prof.-Jubil., Wien u. Leipz., 1900, 695-703—Povarnln (G.) Strigushtshiylishal (herpes tonsurans). Akusherka, Odessa, 1893, iv, 161; 171.— Powell (H. H.) Tinea tonsurans. Internat. Clin., Tinea tonsurans. Phila., 1897, 6 S., iv, 46. -----. Tinea tonsurans and in- guinal hernia. Ibid.,47.—Quincke (H.) Ueber Herpes tonsurans. Monatsh. f. prakt. Dermat., Hamb., 1887, vi, 987.—B. Nuevo tratamiento de la tina tonsurante por aldehido formico en el Hospital de ninos pobres de Barce- lona. Arch.de ginecop., Barcel., 1897, x, 417.—Begens- bnrger (A. E.) Note on herpes tonsurans. Am. Pub. Health Ass. Rep. 1892, Concord, 1893, xviii, 374-377. See, also, supra.—BIchard (P.) Les formes cliniques et l'herpes tonsurans. France med., Par., 1886, i, 697.— Boberts (H. L.) Untersuchungen fiber Reinkulturen des Herpes tonsurans-Pilzes. Monatsh. f. prakt. Dermat., Hamb., 1889, ix, 339-345, 3 pl.—Bossi (G.) Della tricofi- tiasi (erpete tonsurante) e sue variety. Clin, dermosifilo- pat. d. r. Univ. di Roma, 1895, 1-15. Also: Morgagni, Mi- lano, 1895, xxxvii, 433-447.—Sabouraud (R.) Sur une mycose innomin^e de l'homme, la teigne tondante sp6- ciale de Gruby, microsporum Audouini. Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1894, viii, 83-107. -----. Les trichophyties et la teigne tondante de Gruby. Internat. Cong. Der- mat. Off. Trans. 1896, Lond., 1898, iii, 493-615. Also, transl.: Monatsh. f. prakt. Dermat., Hamb., 1896, xxiii, 576-689.-----. Surle diagnostic k l'ceil nu de la teigne tondante. Clinique, Par., 1907, ii, 10. — Sabraz.es " :■ nstruktur und die Hiil- senbildung. Ibid., 1909, xv."n. Vj-i-189, 2 pl. Tintrelin (Leon) [,871- ]. * Essai d'ana- tomie comparee sur les ligaments uterine. 55 pp. 8°. ; \ris, 1898, No. 120. Tinz (Josef) [1873- ]. * Ueber Castration bei Osteomalacic 43 pp., 1 1. 8°. Breslau, Bresl. Gsnossenschaftsdr., 1903. Tin a I (Anton). Die Curpfuscher und die Cur- pfuscherei im Volksmunde. Eine naturphiloso- phische Studie oder Quintessenz alles Pfuscher- thums und der gesammten Curpfuscherei. xii, 190 pp., 1 1. 12°. Wen, Selbstverlag des Verfas- sers, 1901. Tiodine. See Thiodine. Tiogliitin. Sadikoft (W. S.) Ueber das Tioglutin. Ztschr. f. Chemie u. Indust. d. Kolloide, Dresd., 1906-7, i, 193-200. Tiol; russkaya i inostrannaya novielshava lite- ratura. [Thiol; Russian and foreign recent lit- erature.] 48 pp. 8°. Moskva, I.N. Kushnereff i Ko., 1900. Issued by I. D. Ridel in Berlin. Tioli ( Luigi ). Le acque minerali e termali del regno d' Italia. Bibliografia; topografia; analisi; elenchi; denominazione delle acque. Malattie per le quali si preset ivano. Comuni in cui scaturiscono; stabilimenti e loro proprietari. Acque per bagni. Acque e fanghi in commercio. Negozianti d' acque minerali xxii (1 1.), 552 pp. 16°. Milano, U. Hoepli, 1894. Tiollier (Andre) [1867- ]. * De la creation d'un uretre contre nature sus-pubien apres fer- meture de la vulve dans les fistules vaginales in- curables. 44 pp., 2 1. 4°. Lyon, 1894, No.930. ------. The same. 44 pp., 2 1. 8°. Lyon, A. Rey, 1894. Tioneti mountains. Fikson (E. V.) Tioneti i ikh okrestnosti. [. . . and their neighborhoods.] Med. Sbornik, Tiflis, 1902, no. 64, 1-68. Tipliaigne [de la Roelie] (Charles-Fran- cois) . * De fibra patiente, sive de animi affec- tuum mechanismo et usu. Natali-Sebastiano Blot, preeside. 7 pp. 8°. Cadomi, J. C. Pyron, v 1748. Tipliine (Leon-Jules). *Le traitement de la syphilis par les injections intra-tracheales de mercure. 38 pp., 11. 8°. Paris, 1902, No. 69. Tippel (Max). Leitfaden zum Unterricht in der Behandlung und Pflege der Geisteskranken fiir das Pflegepersonal. iv (11.), 60 pp. 12°. Berlin, G. Reirner, 1897. Tipyakoff* ( Vladimir Vasilyevich) [1855-99]. Solovyoff (G.) [In memoriam.] Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1899, li, 500. Tiraba§si (G.) Le sostanze amare nella medi- cina. 128 pp. 12°. Milano, R. Mangoni, [1897]. Tirabosclii (Girolamo) [1731-94]. See Oianooni (<;iovanni Ludovico). Sendschreiben fiber [etc.]. 8°. Leipzig, 1781. Tirabosco (Antonio). See Fracastorius ( Hyeronymus ). Della sifilide [etc.]. 4°. Verona, 1739. Tirado (Esteban). * Breves apuntes sobre elec- troterapia. 50 pp. 8°. Mexico, E. Dublan <£• Co., 1887. Tirant (G[ilbert]). See Kebatel (Fleury) & Tirant (G.) Notes medi- cales [etc.], 8°. Lyon, 1874. Tirard (Nestor [Isidore Charles]). Hyoscine in kidney disease. 4 pp. 8°. London, 1887. Repr. from: Practitioner, Lond., 1887, xxxviii. ------. Lecture on the pathology of dropsy, de- livered at King's College Hospital. 8 pp. 8°. London, J. Bale & Sons, 1890. Repr.from: Lancet, Lond., 1890, i. TIRARD. Tirard (Nestor [Isidore Charles])—continued. ------. Some cases of renal colic. 4 pp. 8°. London, J. Bale & Sons, 1892. Repr.from: Lancet, Lond., 1892, i. ------. Diphtheria and antitoxin, vi, 141 pp. 8°. London, Longmans, Green & Co., 1897. ------. Albuminuria and Bright's disease. 2 p. 1., 362 pp., 15 pl. 8°. London, Smith, Elder & Co., 1899. ------. A text-book of medical treatment, dis- eases and svmptoms. x, 692 pp. 8°. London, J. & A. Churchill, 1900. ------. The same. Adapted to the United States Pharmacopoeia by E. Quin Thornton, viii, 17- 632 pp. 8° Philadelphia & New York, Lea Broth- ers & Co., 1900. -----. The treatment of some forms of anaemia. 8 pp. 12°. London, Eyre & Spottisivoode, 1904. Repr.from: Practitioner, Lond., 1904, Ixxiii. Also, Co-Editor of: King's College Hospital reports, v. 1-2, 1893-5. See, also, Garrod (Sir Alfred Baring). The essentials of materia medica [etc.]. 12°. London, 1885. Tiraspol. See Cholera (History and statistics of), by lo- calities. Tire I (Edmond). * Considerations sur le traite- ment chirurgical du prolapsus uterin en general et sur le proeede de Wertheim en particulier. 64 pp. 8°. Paris, 1905, No. 91. Tire Hi (Vitige). L' ipoclorurazione nella cura dell' epilessia. Nota critica. 8 pp. roy. 8°. Torino, S. G. Artigianelli, 1902. ------. Studi ematologici sulla morte per fame e sul digiuno seguito da rialimentazione. Nota riassuntiva preliminare. 21 pp. roy. 8°. To- rino, S. G. Artif/ianelli, 1902. ------. Sulla disvulnerabilita degli epilettici. Nota riassuntiva preliminare. 8 pp. roy. 8°. Torino, S. G. Antigianelli, 1902. Tirez (Alph.) & Tirez (Art.) Gezondheids- leer der lagere scholen, naar het officieel pro- gramma verwerkt. 72 pp. 12°. Gent, A. Siffer, 1903. Tirez (Art.). See Tirez (Alph.) & Tirez (Art.). Gezondheidsleer [etc.]. 12°. Gent, 1903. Tirifahy (Sebastien) [1830-93]. Rorlee. [Biographv.] Mem. Acad. roy. de med. de Belg., Brux., 1869-96, v, 290-292. Tirmann (Johannes). * Ueber Eisenablage- rung. 65 pp. 8°. Jurjew, C. Mattiesen, 1896. Tirone (Carlo). * La polizia sanitaria del latte. [Ginevra.] 87 pp. 8°. Torino, 1897. Tirone (Domenico). See t'uzzi (Alessandro). Guida della levatrice [etcl. 24°. Torino, 1892. Tisehler (A.). See Playlair (William Smoult). Die systematische Behandlung der Nervositat [etc.]. 8°. Berlin, 1883. Tisehler (GeorgFriedrich Leopold) [1878- ]. * Ueber die Verwandlung der Plasmastriinge in Cellulose im Embryosack bei Pedicularis. 1 p. 1., 18 pp., 1 1., 2 pl. 4°. Bonn, 1899. Tisehler (Hugo) [1879- ]. * Ueber die Technik der kochsalzarmen Erniihrung. 32 pp., 11. 8°. Leipzig, B. Georgi, 1906. Tisehler (Max) [1876- ]. * Ueber die Aetiologie der multiplen symmetrischen Li- pome. 26 pp. S°. Leipzig, B. Georgi, 1906. Tisehmeyer (Karl Wilhelm) [1870- ]. * Ein Fall von Haematometra mit Haemato- salpinx bei Atresia vaginalis. 29 pp., 1 pl. s°. Halle a. S., C. A. Kaemmerer & Co., 1900. TISSIER. Tishutkin (N[ikolaI] P[avlovich]) [1868- ]. *Gribi roda achorion; morfologo-biologitshe- skoye izsledovaniye. [Fungi of the class of Achorion; morphologico - biological investiga- tion.] 1 ]>. 1., 141 pp., 1 pl. 8°. S.-Peterburg, 0. P. SoiLin, 1894. Tison (Edouard). Le pain de froment. 26 pp. 8°. Paris, A. Maloine, 1898. _ ------. Contribution to the clinical therapeutics of cascarine. 16 pp. 16°. Paris, M. Leprince, 1896. Tison (Francois-Jean-Baptiste-Joseph) [1857- ]. * Etude critique sur les accidents dus ii l'emploi medical et chirurgical de Facide phe- nique. 88pp., 11. 4°. Lille, 1894, 4.s.,No.(i9. Tison (Jacques) [1881- ]. * Recherches sur l'anesthesie pari'ether avec l'appareil d'Ombre- danne. 77 pp. 8°. Paris, 1908, No. 26. Tison (Marcel) [1883- ]. * Traitement du lupus tuberculeux par les scarifications systema- tiques et la radiotherapie. 60 pp. 8°. Paris, 1910, No. 44. Tissandier (Gaston) [1843-99]. de Parvllle (H.) [Biography.] Nature, Par., 1898-9, xxvii, pt. 2, 225-227. Tisserand (Andre) [1865- ]. *Duvomis- sement nerveux. 84 pp., 11. 4°. Paris, 1894, No. 517. Tisserand (Gaston) [1880- ]. *Les gas- trectomies partielles non orificielles. 93 pp., 9 pl., 1 1. 8°. Lyon, 1906, No. 154. Tisserant [Eugene] [1816-88]. Histoire abre- gee de la medecine veterinaire depuis les temps anciens jusqu'a la creation des ecoles. Discoura de reception lu a 1 Academie imperial e des sciences, belles-lettres et arts de Lyon, dans la seance publique du 3 juillet 1855. 48 pp. 8°. Lyon, F. Dumoulin, 1855. See, also, Dictionnaire general de medecine et de chirurgie veterinaires [etc.]. 8°. Paris, 1850. Tisseron. M. le Baron Larrey. pp. 61-6S. 8°. [Paris, 1864.] Cutting from: Ann. histor., 1864, xxxviii. Tissie (Philippe[-Auguste]) [1852- ]. La fatigue et l'entrainement physique. Lettre- preface de M. le professeur Ch. Bouchard, xvi, 339 pp. 12°. Pans, F. Alcan, 1897. ------. The same. 2. ed., revue et augmentee. ix, 343 pp. _ 8°. Paris, F. A lean, 1903. ------. Precis de gymnastique rationnelle de plain pied a mains libres. 48 pp., 1 diag. 12°. Pan, Caret, 1903. ------. Thesame. iv, 128 pp., 1 ch. 12°. Pa- ris, C. Gaulon & fils, 1909. Tissier (Henri). * Recherches sur la flore in- testinale des nourrissons (etat normal et patho- logique). 253 pp. 8°. Paris, 1900, No. 529. Tissier (Henri) [1882- ]. *L'appareil di- gestif dans la scarlatine. 84 pp. 8°. Paris, 1911, No. 154. Tissier (Paul) [1869- ]. *De l'influence de 1'accouchement anormal sur le developpement des troubles cerebraux de l'enfant. 100 pp. 8°. Paris, 1899, No. 666. -----. The same. 99 pp. 8°. Paris, G. Stein- heil, 1899. Tissier (Paul[-Louis-Alexander]) [1863- ]. Co-Editor of: Annales de medecine scientinque et pratique, Paris, 1893-4. See, also, Kick horn (Hermann Ludwig). Traite de pathologie interne [etc.]. roy. 8°. Paris, 1889—Gou- »iienheim (A.) & Tissier (Paul). Phtisie laryngee. 8°. Paris, 1889. ------ & Blondin (P.) Traitement de la sy- philis, mercuriaux, iode et iodures, arsenicaux, hectine, enesol, salvarsan (606). (Methodes TISSIER. 285 TISSOT. Tissier (Paul[-Louis-Alexander])—continued. ancienne:?; methodes modernes.) Avec figures. 2 p. 1., iv, 396 pp. roy. 8°. Paris, A. Maloine, 1912. Tissier (Rene). *La Croix-Rouge francaise et les navires-hopitaux pendant la campagne de Chine, 1900-1901. 2 p. 1., 144 pp., 1 pl., 3 diag. S°. Paris, 1903, No. 347. -----. La cure aux eaux de Vichv. 44 pp. 12°. Paris, A. Coccoz, 1906. ------. Les paludeens a Vichv. 8 pp. 8°. Paris, Yigotfrhes, 1906. Tissoni (Marcus). *De duplici corporis, dia- thesi, et Brounianatheoria. 9 pp. 4°. Genu;r, A. Frugoni, 1809. [P., v. 2148.] Tissot (Charles), dit Sanfiii [1891- ]. * Ueber Nebenplacenten. 34? pp., 1 1. 8°. Berlin, E. Ebering, [1893]. Tissot [Clement-Joseph] [1750-1826]. Medi- cinsk och chirurgisk gymnastik, eller forsok om nyttan af rorelse och stillhet vid spikdomars botande. [Medical and surgical gymnastics, or an attempt to demonstrate the advantages of exercise in amelioration of disease.] 1 p. 1., 260 pp. 16°. Stockholm, J. Dahl, 1797. Tissot (Fernand). *Du cytodiagnostic des pus chirurgicaux. 45 pp., 1 1. 8°. Geneve, 1902. Tissot (Francois). *Les eliminations urinaires chez les paralytiques generaux (recherches par Pepreuve du bleu de methylene). 82 pp. 8°. Paris, 1902, No. 330. Tissot (Georges) [1862- ]. *Des teintures pour les cheveux, de leurs dangers. (Etude historique, clinique et medico-iegale.) 108 pp. 8°. Paris, 1898, No. 460. Tissot (Henri-Andre). * Des abaissements inso- lites et brusques qui surviennent dans la course thermique normale de la fievre tvphoide. 38 pp., 1 1. 8b. Paris, 1905, No. 217". Tissot (Joseph) [1780-1864]. Adresse a tous les amis de l'humanite en faveur des pauvres alienes. 4 pp. 16°. Paris, Dnbuisson, [n.d.]. For Biography, see Ann. med.-psvchol., Par., 1909, 9. s., x, 5-14 (E. Cornu). Tissot (Jules). *Les lois du mouvement energe- tique dans les muscles en contraction volontaire statique. Nouvelle methode pour I'etude des phenomenes physico-chimiques de la respira- tion. 34 pp. 8°. Paris, 1897, No. 438. Tissot (Leon) [1871- ]. *Etude sur lapleu- resie des femmes enceintes. 80 pp. 8°. Lyon, L. Bourgeon, 1898. ------. the same. 80 pp. 8°. Lgon, L. Bour- geon, 1898. Tissot (Simon-Andre-D.) [1728-97]. L'inocu- lation justifiee, ou dissertation pratique et apologetique sur cette methode. Avec un essai sur la mue de la voix. xviii, 179 pp. 16°. Lausanne, M.-M. Bonsepief, 1754. ------. Dissertatio de febribus biliosis; seu his- toria epidemic biliosse Lausannensis, an. 1755. Accedit tentamen de morbis ex manustupra- tione. xvi, 189 pp. 16°. Venetiis, Bertella & Perlini, 1769. [P., v. 2149.] ------. Es-ai sur les maladies des gens du monde. 2. eel. xvi, 239 pp. 16°. Lausanne, F. Grnsset, 1770. ------. Traite de Pepilepsie, faisant le tome troisieme du Traite des nerfs et de leurs mala- dies. 3 p. 1., 419 pp. 16°. Lausanne, A. Ch li- pids; Paris, P.-F. Didot le jeune, 1770. ------. The same, viii, 419 pp. 12°. Paris, P.-F. Didot; Lausanne, F. Grnsset & Cie., 1785. ------. Lettere mediche scritte a varj amici. Troduzione dal francese. 2. ed. 236 pp. 16°. Napoli, G. Castellano, 1771. Tissot (Simon-Andre-D.)—continued. ------. L'onanisme. Dissertation sur les mala- dies produites par la masturbation. 5. ed. xx, 2(53 pp. 12°. Laussanne, F. Grasset & Cie., 1772. ------. The same, xxi, 214 pp. 16°. Paris, Bossange & Besson, 1805. ------. The same. El onanismo. Ensayo sobre las enfermedades que produce la masturbacion. Traducida de la ultima edition francesa por Manuel M. Carreras Sanchis. xiii, 1-2, 17-136, 145-190 pp., 1 1. 8°. Madrid, F. Garcia & D. Caravera, 1876. Imperfect; pp. 3-16,137-144, wanting. ------. De la sante des gens de lettres. 3. 6d. x, 218 pp. 12°. Lausanne, J. Dessain, 1775. ------. The same. 4. ed. xiv (1 1.), 242 pp. 12°. Lausanne, F. Grasset & Cie., 1784. ------. The same. Anleitung fiir Gelehrte und Personen von einer sitzenden Lebensart, in Ab- sicht auf ihre Gesundheit. Nebst Gottlieb Suchers Anleitung zur Gesundheit des Geistes oderVersuch der Naturgeschichte eines Weisen. 166 pp., 1 1. 16°. Hamburg, Typogr. Gesell- schaft, 176S. ------. Avis au peuple sur sa sante. 6. ed. 2 v. xxxii, 350 pp.; 380 pp. 8°. Rouen, Vve. P. Dumesnil, an III [1795]. ------. The same. Goda Rad och Underrattel- ser, angaende Halsar, for dem, som bo pa Lan- det och som ej latteligen kunna hafwa nagen forfaren Lakare at radfraga. Och nu, efter nadiget Bef alining, Sweriges Land boar til nodig hjelp och undsattning, utaf Fransoskan ofwer- satt af Herrn. Schutzer. 7 p. 1., 568 pp., 8 1. 16°. Stockholm, P. Hesselberg, 1764. ------. The same. Advice to people in general with respect to their health, translated from the French edition of Dr. Tissot's Avis au peu- ple, etc., printed at Lyons; with all his notes; also a few of his medical editor's at Lyons; and several occasional notes adapted to that English translation. By a physician. With a table of the most cheap, yet effectual, remedies, and the plainest directions for preparing them readily. In two volumes, v. 1. xxi, 271 pp. 16°. Edinburgh, A. Donaldson, 1766. ------. The same. Aviso al pueblo acerca de su salud, o tratado de las enfermedades mas frecuentes de las gentes del campo. 7. ed., co- rregida y aumentada . . . por Mr. Gardanne, publicado de orden del Gobierno de Francia y traducido por Don Juan Calisteo v Xiorro. 2 p. 1., 570 pp., 2 pl. 12°. Madrid, j. del Collado, 1855. See,also, Bilguer (Joh. Ulrich). Dissertation surl'inu- tilit6 de l'amputation des membres. lti°. Paris, 1773. -----. The same. 12°. Paris, 1778. -----. The same. 12°. Lausanne, 1789.-----. The same. Sopra 1' inutilita rlell' amputuzione de' membri. 16°. Napoli, 1775.—de Haen ( Anton ). Refutation de l'inoculation [etc]. 8°. Vknne. 1759.— von Haller (Albrecht). Disserta- tion sur les parties irritables [etc.]. 12°. Lausanne, 1755. -----. The same. Dissertazione intorno la natura sen- sible [etc]. 12°. Venezia, 1778. -----. The same. 16°. Napoli, 1785. For Biographi/, see Coeliet (E.) *Etude sur S.-A. Tissot, 1728-97. 8°. Pan's, 1902, no. 573.' ------. See, also: Holier (B.) Lettres inedites des celebres medecins TN-i't et Zimmermann. France med., Par., 1912, lix, 281-285. Tissot (Wilhelm) [pseud.]. Die Gesundheit der Menschen, und von der Oeconomie des Leibes beyderley Geschlechts. 144 pp. 16°. Stras- burg, 1777. ------. Sammlung von verschiedenen raren sym- pathetischen, magnetischen und andern Curen, wie auch. von andern wunderbaren und in der TISSOT. 286 TISSl'E. Tissot (Wilhelm)—contiuued. Haushaltung niitzlichen Kunststiicken und Experimenten. 304 pp., 1 pl. 16°. Neuscha- dell, 1785. Tissue (Connective) [including elastic tissue]. See, also, Tissue (Retiadar). Hansen (F. C. C.) Unders0gelser over Bin- devaevsgruppen. I. Deel. Den hyaline Brusk- grundsubstans. [Researches on the groups of connective tissue. Part I. The hyoline sub- stance of cartilaginous base.] 8°. Kobenhavn, 1900. Lewinsberg (P.) * Beitrage zur Kenntnis des elastischen Gewebes. 8°. Zurich, 1898. Livini (F.) Le tissu elastique dans les organes du corps humain. ler memoire. Sa distribution dans l'appareil digestif. 4°. Turin, 1900. Totjssaint (M.) *Las celdillas granulosas del tejido conjuntivo. 8°. Mexico, 1893. Zenthoeper (L.) *Topographie des elasti- schen Gewebes innerhalb der Haut des Er- wachsenen. [Wurtzburg.] 8°. Hamburg, 1892. Acquisto (V.) Genesi e sviluppo della sostanza elastica. Atti d. r. Accad. d. sc. med. in Palermo (1901), 1902, 11,5-149, 1 pl— Albrecht. Zur Struk- tur des jugendiichen Bindegewebes. Verhandl. d. deutsch. path. Gesellsch. 1907, Jena, 1908, xi, 4-9.— Anderson (W.) & Makin* (G. H.) The planes of subperitoneal and subpleural connective tissue, with their extensions. J. Anat. & Physiol., Lond 1890-91, xxv, 78-86. Also, Reprint—Anglade & Latrcille. Sur un nouveau proeede de coloration du tissu elastique. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1908, xxxviii, 681.—d'Antona (S.) Contributo alio stu- dio del connettivo lamellare. Internat. Monatschr. f. Anat. u. Physiol., Leipz., 1911, xxviii, 268-294, 2 pl — Baumstark (R.) & Cohnheim (O.) Ueber Binde- gewebsverdauung. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1910, lxv, 477-482.— Blochniann (F.) Epithel und Bindegewebe. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1905, xxvi, 269- 271.—Bruni (A. C.) Stato attuale della dottrina del- P istogenesi delle fibre connettive ed elastiche. Oph- thalmologica, Torino, 1909, i, 169-216— Carrel (A ) Variations artiricielles de l'activite du tissu conjonctif a l'etat de vie autonome. .Mouvement med Par 1913, i, 219-222.— Cesaris Bemel (A.) Del'l' ori- gine e del significato della neoproduzione elastica nei tessuti sclerotici. Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino 1904, 4. s.t x, 133-136.— Curtis (F.) Nos methodes de coloration elective du tissu conjonctif. Arch, de med exper. et d'anat. path., Par., 1905, xvii, 603-636. Also [Abstr.]: Compt. rend. Soc de biol.. Par., 1905, lviii, 1038- 1040. Also [Abstr.]: Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1905 ix 453.—Curtis (F.) & Lemon It (P.) Sur l'affinite'des matieres colorantes artiricielles pour le tissu conjonctif Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1905, cxl, 1606-1608.— Be Napoli (A.) Sulla formazione dellefibrille connetti- vaii. Gazz. internaz. di med., Napoli, 1906, ix, 803-805 — Bisse (J.) Das retikulare Bindegewebe, Ergebn d Anat. u. Entwcklngsgesch. 1897, Wiesb., 1898, vii, 9-28.— Dllrck (H.) Ueber eine neue Art von Fasern im Binde- gewebe und in der Blutgefasswand. Sitzungsb. d. ™«.; f" MorPhol. u. Physiol, in Munchen, I907,xxiii ■J™, ,Aiso:. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etcl, Berl 1907, clxxxix, 62-69.-Ehrlich (S.) Eisen- und Kalkl impragnation in menschlichen Geweben, insbesondere den elastischen Fasern. Vorlauflge Mitteilung. Cen- ££ ,L f' ,£llg: Path- u- Path- Anat-> Jena, 1906, xvii, 177-180.—Felice (M. F.) Modificazioni di tecnica nella ncerca delle hbre elastiche. Gazz. d. osp., Milano 1908 xxix 1036. - Ferguson (J. S. ) a preliminary note on the relation of normal living cells to the exist- p&i » vTes5rf ^e Th7istogenesis of connective tissue. w^J^wVrT0??8 Ho11' Mass- ]911. xxi. 372-379.- *;e"arl £T-) Nuove ricerche sul tessuto elastico nel S*f Jw?,™,', Arch-itaL di ginec, Napoli, 1902, v, 21-24.—Flint (J. M.) Das Bindegewebe der Speichel- p wi?,iUnd uS Pan,kreas und seine Entwiekelung in der Glandula .submaxillary. Arch. f. Anat. u. Entwcklngs- gesch. Leipz. 1908.61-106, 3 pl.-Fusarl (R.) Sualcune par icolanta di forma e di rapporto delle cellule del ™t0^C0nnT?tt-1V0interstiziale- Ricerche n. lab. di anat norm. d. r. Univ. di Roma, 1894, iv, 37-11 Also transl Arch ital. de biol Turin, 1894, xxii lll-i 3.-FusMS j Die Bildung der elastischen Faser Virchow's Areh f SehnUdt' PA1' f'«to". 1-29,1 pl-Goia- sciimidt (R.) Das Bindegewebe des Amphioxus etaHS* xxtv8^- VMarph0L U' Physiol iPn K enen, 1908, xxiv, 53-78— GrOnroos (H.) Bindegewebe ohne Bmdegewebszellen. Anat. Hefte, Wiesbf im, Tissue (Connective) [including clastic tissue]. 68. Hft., 137-151,2 pl— Hamburger (H.J.) Ueber den Einfluss des Druckes auf die Resorption im Unterhaut- bindegewebe. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1907, iii, 359-388.— Hansen (F.) Leber Bildung und Riickbildung elasti- scher Fasern. Areh. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1894, exxxvii, 25-50. — Harris (H. F.) A new method of staining elastic tissue. Proc. Path. Soc. Phila., 1900-1901, n. s., iv, 167.—Hay craft (J. B.) The elasticity of ani- mal tissues. J. Physiol., Lond., 1904, xxxi, 392-409.— Herzog (M.) Weigert's new stain for elastic fibers. J. Applied Micr., Rochester, 1900, iii, 958.—Hoefer (E.) Over het onstaan der elastieke vezels. Onderzoek. ged. in h. physiol. Lab. d. Utrecht. Hoogesch., 1902, iv, 80- 146.—Hoi man n (F. B.) Ueber die Farbung des elasti- schen Bindegewebes durch protrahirte vitale Methylen- blaubehandlung. Arch. f. Anat. u. Entwcklngsgesch., Leipz. 1902, 115, 1 pl.— Honkamp. Ist es unwissen- schaftlich, die Bezeichnungen elastisches Bindegewebe und Elastin beizubehalten? Monatsh. f. prakt. Dermat Hamb., 1899, xxix, 501-509.— Jores (L.) Ueber die Re- generation des elastischen Gewebes. Verhandl d deutsch. path. Gesellsch. 1900, Berl., 1901, 1-10. _____. Ueber die feineren Vorgange beider Bildung und Wie- derbelebung des elastischen Bindegewebes. Beitr. ■/. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1907, xli, 167-180,1 pl — Klrifuchi (K.) [The normal and pathological corre- spondence of the reticulated tissues.] Chiugai Iji Shin- po, Tokio, 1901, xxii, 5-16.—von K.ortT(K.) Zur His- tologie und Histogenese des Bindegewebes, besonders der Knochen- und Dentingrundsubstanz. Ergebn. d. Anat u. Entwcklngsgesch., Wiesb., 1909, xvii, 247-299, 1 pl — Krausse (R.) & Virchow (R.) Bindegewebs-Haute und Lymphspalten. Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl. 1900, clxii, 541-544.—Laguesse (E.) Sur la substance amorphe du tissu conjonctif lache. Compt. rend. Soc de biol., Par., 1903, lv, 1239-1242. -----. A propos de l'his- togenese de la fibre conjonctive. (Reponse a M. Zacha- riades.) Ibid., 1904, lvi, 180. -----. Developpement des lamelles du tissu conjonctif lache sous-cutane chez le rat. Ibid., lvii, 329-331. Also: £cho med. du nord, Lille 1904, viii, 373. -----. Substance amorphe et lamelles du tissu conjonctif lache. Compt. rend, de l'Ass. d. anat Nancy, 1904, vi,. 123-132, -----. Un exemple bien net d'architecture lamellaire du tissu conjonctif lache. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1911, lxxi, 328.—Lav- clovski (M. D.) Tkan soyedinitelnavo veshtshestva. [Connective tissue.] Osnov. k izuch. mi kr. anat. chelov. l zhivotn., S.-Peterb., 1887-3, 183-274.—Levi (G.) Delia eolorazione elettiva del connettivo col metodo Bielsehow- sky. Monitore zool. ital., Firenze, 1907, xviii, 290-294 — iievy (O.) Ueber Versuche zur Frage von der func- tionellen Anpassung des Bindegewebes. Verhandl d anat. Gesellsch., Jena, 1902, xvi, 58-63. Also: Anat. Anz Jena, 1902, xxi, Ergnzngshft., 58-65. Also, Reprint.— Liv in i (F.) Sulla distribuzione del tessuto elastico in varii organi del corpo umano. Sperimentale. Arch di biol., Firenze, 1896, 1, 342-353. Also: Monitore zool. ital., Firenze, 1899, x, 267-276. — Loewen- thal (N.) Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Struktur und der Teilung von Bindegewebszellen. Arch. f. mikr. Anat., Bonn, 1903-4, lxii, 389-416, 1 pl.—Lolsel (G.) Formation et evolution des elements du tissu elastique. J. de l'anat. et physiol. [etc.], Par., 1897, xxxiii, 129-197, 3 pl.—de Madrid (S.) Las nuevas ideas sobre la es- tructura de la sangre y de los tejidos conjuntivos. An. d. Circ. med. argent., Buenos Aires, 1903, xxvi, 301; 427, 54 pl.—Mall (F. P.) Reticulated tissue, and its relation to the connective tissue fibrils. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Rep., Bait., 1896, i, 171-208, 9 pl. -----. On the development of the connective tissues from the connective-tissue syn- cytium. Am. J. Anat., Bait, 1901-2, i, 329-365.— Itlal- lory (F. B.) A hitherto undescribed fibrillar substance produced by connective-tissue cells. J. Med. Research, Bost., 1903, x, 334-341, 1 pl.—Maximow (A.) Ueber die Zellformen deslockeren Bindegewebes. Anat. Anz., Jena., 1905, xxvii, Ergnzngshft., 64-71. -----. Ueber die Zellformen des lockeren Bindegewebes. Arch. f. mikr. Anat, Bonn, 1906, lxvii, 680-757, 3 pl.—Melnikotl- RazvedenkotT (N. F.) Histologicheskoye izslledo- vaniye uprugol tkani v normalnikh i patologicheski- izmlenennikh organakh. [Histological examination of elastic tissue of normal organs, and those which have un- dergone pathological changes.] Med. Obozr.,Mosk., 1899, Iii, 685-715. Also, transl.: Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1899, xxvi, 546-588.—Michaelis (L.) Ueber Mastzellen. Miinehen. med. Wchnschr.. 1902, xlix, 225.— ITlironesco (T.) Le rapport existantentre le tissu mus- culaire lisse et le tissu elastique. Compt. rend. Soc de biol., Par., 1910, lxviii, 78.—Pitini (A.) Poteri di ridu- zione del connettivo sottocutaneo prima e dopo la morte. Arch, di farm, e terap., Palermo, 1901, ix, 336-350.—Pni- neau. De l'intolerance du tissu conjonctif pour le se- rum physiologique. Bull. Soc. centr. de med. vet, Par., 1907, Ixi, 592-595.—Rabl(H.) Ueberorce'inophiles Binde- gewebe. Sitzungsb. d. k. Akad. d. Wissensch. Math.- naturw. CI., Wien., 1901,ex, 313-322,1 pl.—Ravenna IE.) TISSUE. 287 TISSUE. Tissue (Connective) [including elastic tissue]. 11 tessuto elastico negli organi cirrotici. Sperimentale. Arch, di biol., Firenze, 1909, lxiii, 163-198.—Redd In- gius (R. A.) Die Zellen des Bindegewebes. Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1901, xxix, 405-413,1 pl.—Renaut (J.) Sur la tramule du tissu conjonctif. Arch, d'anat. micr., Par., 1903, vi, L-42,1 pl.-----. Sur les fibrilles conjonctives (reponse k M. P. Zachariades). Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1904, lvi, 178-180. -----. Sur une espece nouvelle de cellules fixes du tissu con- jonctif: les cellules connectives rhagiocrines. Ibid.,916- 919. -----. Caracteres hist dogiques et Evolution des cel- lules connectives rhagiocrines. Compt. rend, de l'Ass. d. anat., Nancy, 1905, vii, 179-186. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Anat. Anz., Jena, 1905, xxvii, Ergnzngshft, 63. -----. Sur une nouvelle fonction glandulaire des cellules fixes du tissu conjonctif: la fonction rhagiocrine. Bull. Acad. de med., Par., 1906, 3. s., lv, 396-401. -----. R61e general et fonction perivasculaire des cellules connectives rha- giocrines clasmatocytiformes. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1907, lxii, 1206-1208. -----. La lignee des cellules connectives et leur caractere specifique majeur: l'activite secretaire rhagiocrine. Bull. Soc. med. d. hop. de Lyon, 1909, viii, 278-292,1 pl. Also: Lyon med., 1909, cxiii, 98- 110,1 fold, pl.—Retterer (E.) Recherches experimen- tales sur les rapports genetiques entre l'epithelium et le tissu conjonctif. Compt. rend, de l'Ass. d. anat, Nancy, 1904, vi, 96-104.—Retterer (E.) & Lelievre (A.) De la nature et de l'histoire du leucocyte de Stohr (reponse k Franz Weidenreich). Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1912, Ixxiii, 163-166.—Ribbert. Leberdie Betheiligung der Leukocyten an der Neubildung des Bindegewebes. Centralbl. f. allg. Path. u. path. Anat, Jena, 1890, i, 667- 671.—Ricker (G.) Die Verflussigung der Bindegewebs- fasern; zugleich ein Beitrag zur Kenntniss der fibrinoiden Degeneration. Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1901, clxiii, 44-75.—Romiti (G.) Per la storia del tessuto con- nettivo reticolare. Gior. ital. d. sc. med., PiBa, 1903, i, 6.— Schade (H.) Untersuchungen zur Organfunction des Bindegewebes. I. Die Elasticitatsfunction des Bindege- webes und die intravitale Messung ihrer Storungen. Zt- schr. f. exper. Path. u. Therap., Berl., 1912, xi, 369-399.— Schrakamp (G.) Ueber active Fonctionen des Binde- gewebes. Verhandl.d.Gesellsch.deutsch.Naturf.u. Aerzte, Leipz., 1895, lxvii, pt 2, 1. Hlfte., 120-126. -----. Warum giebt es keine Physiologie des Bindegewebes? Deutsche I Aerzte-Ztg., Berl., 1900, 201-203.—Sniirnow (A.E.) Ue- ber die Beziehungen zwischen dem Muskel- und elasti- schen Gewebe bei den Wirbeltieren. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1898-9, xv, 484-488.—Snessarew (P.) Ueber die Modi- fizierung der Bielschowskyschen Silbermethode zwecks Darstellung von Bindegewebsfibrillennetzen; zur Frage des Stroma verschiedener Organe. Ibid., 1910, xxxvi, 401-411. Also, transl: Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1911, xviii, 935-938. -----. Demonstration der bindegewebsfi- brillareu Gebilde. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1912, xl, 522-530.— Solukh (N. P.) O histiogenezle rikhlol soyedinitelnol tkani v normalnom yeya sostoyanii i pri vospalenii. [His- togenesis of the connective tissue, normally and in inflam- mation.] Med.pribav.kmorsk.sborniku.St Petersb.,1908, pt. 2,67; 133; 199,1 pl.—Spalteholz (W.) Ueber die Be- ziehungen zwischen Bindegewebsfasern und -zellen. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1906, xxix, 209-218. Also [Abstr.]: Zen- tralbl. f. norm. Anat u. Mikrotechn.,Berl. u. Wien, 1906, iii, 165.—Sperino (G.) Sulla disposizione del tessuto elastico nel letto ungueale. Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1893, 3. s., xli, 639-652, 2 pl.—Studnicka (F. K.) Ueber kollagene Bindegewebsfibrillen in der Grundsub- stanz des Hyalinknorpels im Dentin und im Knochenge- webe. Anat. Am., Jena, 1906, xxix, 334-344.—Taddei (D.) Le fibre elastiche nei tessuti di cicatrice; contributo alio studio della genesi e dello sviluppo delle fibre elas- tiche. Atti Accad. d. sc. med. e nat. in Ferrara, 1902-3, lxxvii, 165-183.—Taltavail (W. A.) & tiles (W. J.) Preliminary observations on the effects and elimination of connective tissue mucoid after subcutaneous or intra- venous injection. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1907, lxxxvi, 728- 730.—Thin (G.) A contribution to the anatomy of con- nective tissue nerve and muscle with special reference to their connexion with the lymphatic system. Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond., 1874, xxii, 515-531, 4 pl. Also, Reprint- Thompson (G. H.) The hyperplasia of connective tissueanditstreatment RegularM.Visitor,St.Louis,1900, i, 1-4.—Traina (R.) Di un metodo semplice per la colora- zione del tessuto connettivo. Path. Riv. quindicin. Ge- nova, 1908-9, i, 626-630. Also, transl.: Centralbl. f. allg. Path. u. path. Anat, Jena, 1909, xx, 1057-1062. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1911, liv, 445.—Trie- pel (H.) Elastisches Gewebe und gelbes Bindegewebe. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1898-9, xv, 488-492. -----. Noch einmal das Wort elastisch in der Bezeichnung eines Gewebes. Ibid., 1900, xvii,457-462. -----. Die Elastizitiit des gelben Bindegewebes und der quergestreiften Muskulatur. Anat. Hefte. Wiesb., 1900, xiv, 315-378.—Vandegril't (G. W.) & Oies (W. J.) The composition of yellow fibrous connective tissue. Am. J. Physiol., Bost., 1901-2, v, 287- Tissue (Connective) [including elastic tissue], ■191.—Verhoeff(F. H.) An improved differential elas- tic tissue stain. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1911, lvi, 1326.— Welgert (C.) Ueber eine Methode zur Farbung elasti- scher Fasern. 1898. In his: Gesamm. Abhand., 8°, Berl., 1906, ii, 520-522.—Wright (J.) The contractile elements in the connective tissue. N. York M. J.[etc.], 1910, xci, 313; 729; 887; 990. Also: Manhattan Eye, Ear & Throat Hosp. Rep., N. Y., 1911,xii, 134-169.—Zacharlades(P.- A.) Sur la structure du faisceau conjonctif. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1899,10. s., vi, 115; 158.-----. Re- cherche sur la structure du tissu conjonctif; sensibilite du tendon aux acides. Ecole prat. d. hautes etudes. Lab. d'histol. du Coll. de France. Trav. 1900, Par., 1902, xviii, 151-153. -----. Des actions diverses des acides sur la sub- stance conjonctive. Ibid., 157-159. -----. Sur les cretes et les cannelures des cellules conjonctives. Ibid., 1901, Par., 1903, 90-92.-----. Sur la structure dela fibrille ten- dineuse adulte et sur 1'origine de la substance collagene. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1904, lvi, 102. See, also, supra, Laguesse (E.), and Renaut (J.)—Zlegler (E.) Ueber das elastische Gewebe verschiedener normaler una pathologisch veranderter Organe, nach Untersuchungen von Melnikow-Raswedenkow. Verhandl. d. deutsch. path. Gesellsch. 1899, Berl., 1900, 235-238. Also: Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1899, Leipz., 1900, lxxi, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 17. Tissue (Connective, Diseases of). Lakios (C.) *Abscesos frios del tejido con- juntivo. 8°. Mexico, 1884. Le Miere (P.) * De la dystrophie congeni- tale du tissu fibro-elastique (maladie evolutive). 8°. Paris, 1906. Schneider (E.) * Beitrag zur fibrinosen Ex- sudation und fibrinoiden Degeneration des Bin- degewebes. 8°. Zurich, 1900. AfanasyeflE"(S. M.) O khronicheskom zastoye limfi v podkozhnol klietchatkle. [De l'accumulation chro- nique de la lymphe dans le tissu conjonctif sous-cutan6. Extr., 67.] Russk. arch, patol., klin. med. i bakteriol., S.-Peterb., 1899, viii, 1-21.—Cazin (M.) Note sur un mode de degenerescence hyaline des cellules du tissu conjonctif. Bull. Soc. anat. de Par., 1891, lxvi, 305.— Ghisleni (P.) Metaplasie ossee del connettivo sotto- cutaneo nei solipedi. Clin, vet., Milano, 1912, xxxv, 49; 122.—lieredde (E.) & Bezancon (F.) Principales formes cellulaires des tissus conjonctifs et du sang. Presse med., Par., 1898, ii, 305-308.—IiCtulle (M.) Dege- nerescence hyaline de certaines cellules du tissu con- jonctif. Bull. Soc. anat. de Par., 1891, lxvi, 303-305.— Sata (M.) & Tanaka (Y.) [Diseases of the fibrous tissues.] Iji Shinbun, Tokio, 1901, 1026; 1267.—Stud- nicka (F. K.) Ueber verknorpelte Fasern im Binde- gewebe einiger Thiere. Sitzungsb. d. k.-bohm. Gesell- sch. d. Wissensch. 1897, Prag. 1898, No. lxv, 1-7.—Vogel (K.) Zur Pathologie des Bindegewebes. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1905, Iii, 1433-1436.—Wetterwald. La presclerose organique et son traitement manuel. J. de physiotherap., Par., 1909, vii, 285-289. — Zleler (K.) Ueber die bei der aseptischen Entziindung des Bindege- webes auftretenden Zellformen. Arch. f. Dermat. u. Syph., Wien u. Leipz., 1907, lxxxv, 323-360, 2 pl. Tissue (Connective, Embryology of). Manunza (E.) La genesi dele fibre elas- tiche. 8°. Cagliari, [1897]. Ask (F.) Studien iiber die Entwiekelung des Driisen- apparates der Bindehaut beim Menschen. Anat. Hefte, Wiesb., 1910, xl, 491-528, 7 pl.—Falcone (C.) Contri- buto alio studio del tessuto connettivo embrionale. Mo- nitore zool. ital., Firenze, 1901, xii, 155-164, lpl.—Geipel (P.) Ueber elastisches Gewebe beim Embryo und in Geschwulsten. Centralbl. f. allg. Path. u. path. Anat., Jena, 1906, xvii, 561-565,2pl.—Hansen (F. C. C.) Ueber die Genese einiger Bindegewebsgrundsubstanzen. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1899, xvi, 417-438.—von Korff (K.) Zur Histogenese der bindegewebigen Stiitzsubstanzen nie- derer Wirbelticre. Ibid., 1910, xxxvii, Ergnzngshft., 128-136, 2 pl.—Livini (F.) Istogenesi del tessuto con- nettivo. Boll. d. Soc. med. di Parma, 1908,2. s., i, 122-124. Also: Monitore zool. ital., Firenze, 1909, xx, 225-227. -----. Genesi delle fibre collagene ed elastiche. Arch. ital. di anat. e di embriol., Firenze, 1909, viii, 425-440,1 pl. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1911, liv, 450.— Merkel (F.) Betrachtungen fiber die Entwiekelung des Bindegewebes. Anat. Hefte, Wiesb., 1909, xxxviii, 321-392, 5 pl.—Nakai (M.) Ueber die Entwicklung der elastischen Fasern im Organismus und ihre Beziehungen zu der Gewebsfunktion. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1905, clxxxii, 153-166, 1 pl. Also, transl.: Tokyo Iji-Shinshi, 1906, 1857-1865.—Retterer (E.) Du developpement et de la structure des organes 61astiques. TISSUE. 288 TISSUES. Tissue (Connective, Embryology of). Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1907, lxii, 56-58. — Riithig \V.) Entwicklung der elastischen Fasern. Ergebn. d. Anat. u. Entwcklngsgesch., Wiesb., 1909, xvii, 300-336.—Triepcl (H.) Das Bindegewebe im Schwanz von Anurenlarven. Arch. f. Entwcklngsmechn. d. Or- gan., Leipz., 1911, xxxii, 477-499, 2 pl. Tissue (Erectile). See, also, Erectile tissues and organs. Caldwell (J.J.) The erectile tissues; their physiol- ogy, pathology, and treatment. Charlotte M. J., 1893. no. 9, 21-28. Also, Reprint—Ott (I.) & Scott (J. C.) Pre- liminary note on the action of some internal secretions upon erectile tissue. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1910-11, viii, 92. Tissue (Lymphoid). Audrain (J.) Le tissu lymphoide devant les grandes diatheses et l'intoxication. Progres med., Par., 1912, 3. s., xxviii, 413-417.—Auten (F. E.) The lymphoid masses; the part thev play in infections gainingentrance into the bodv. Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1910, xvii, 727-732. Also: Internat. J. Surg., N. Y., 1910, xxiii,_ 75-78.—Jolly (J.) Sur le tissu Ivmphoide des oiseaux. Ecole prat.d. hautes 6tudes. Lab. d'histol. du Coll. de France. Trav. 1908-9, Par., 1910, 24-32.—Van Kirk (F. J.) Lymphoid tissue. Northwest. Med., Seattle, 1909, vii, 140-144. Tissue (Reticular). Siegfried (SI.) * Ueber die chemischen Ei- gensehaften des reticulirten Gewebes. 8°. Leip- zig, 1892. Deuioor (L.) Recherches stir la structure du tissu reticule. Areh. de biol., Gand, 1893, xiii, 1-40, 2 pl.— Ferguson (J. S.) The application of the silver im- pregnation method of Bielschowsky to reticular and other connective tissues. I. The mature tissues. Am. J. Anat., Phila., 1911-12, xii, 277-296.—Jolmstoiie (A. W.) The function and pathology of the reticular tissue. Am. Gynnc. & Ob-t. J., N. Y., 1896, ix, 166-187. Also, Re- print.—Tebb (M. C.) Chemistry of reticular tissue. Proc. Physiol. Soc Lond., 1899, p. x.— Young (R. A.) The lihrcs of retiform tissue. J. Physiol., Lond. & Cam- bridge, 1S92, xiii, 332-334. Tissues. See, also, Membranes. David (SI.) *La biopsie; son utilite* en cli- nique. 8°. Paris, 1907. Paulus (G.) *De fibra debili et laxa. 4°. Lugd. Bat., 1710. Stressner (P. E. W.) *Die reduzierenden Wirkungen des Gewebes. 8°. Berlin, 1910. Askanazy (M.) Staubverschleppung und Staubrei- nigungin den Geweben. Centralbl. f. allg. Path, u.path. Anat., Jena, 1906, xvii, 642-651.—Ballowitz (E.) Eine Bemerkung zu dem von Golgi und seinen Schulern be- schriebenen Apparato reticolare interno der Ganglien- und Driisenzellen. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1900, xviii, 177- 181.—Bauer (J.) Studien fiber Quellung von Nervenge- webe. 1. Mitteilung. Der Einfluss von Siiure und Alkali auf die Wasserbindung des Nervengewebes. Arb. a. d. neurol. Inst. a. d. Wien. Univ., Leipz. u. Wien, 1911, xix, 87-132.—Bjorling (E.) Ueber mukoides Bindegewebe. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etcl, Bert, 1911, ccv, 71- 88.—Bordier (H.) Sur la mesure comparative de la eonduetibilite calorifique des tissus de l'organisme. Arch, de physiol. norm, et path., Par., 1898, 5. s., x, 17- 27.—Bulla (E.) Sur une combinaison sulftiree des tis- sue animaux. J. de physiol. et de path, gen., Par., 1904, vi, 645-654.—(arbone (D.) Sul rieonoscimento delle fibre tessili vegetaii nei tessuti. Boll, de Soc. med.-chir. di Pavia, 1910,xxiv,725-728.—Ciaccio(C.) Sull'esistenzadi un tessuto mieloide differenziato negli animali inferiori. Anat.Anz.,Jena, 1905, xxvi,222-224.-----. Sullafinastrut- tura del tessuto adenoide della milza,glandolelinfatiche edintestino. Ibid., 1907, xxxi, 594-601.—Cocci (G.) SuUa sorte deilembi e frammenti di cute inclusi in mezzo ai tes- suti. Cesalpino, Arezzo, 1912, viii, 352-371.— Craster (C. V.) Conditions governing the growth of displaced normal tissue. J. Exper. M., Lancaster, Pa., 1912 xvi 493-.>i>l. r, tab.—von Bungern (K.) Leber Nachweis und \ cnrbuns biochemischer Strukturen und ihre fo- rensiM-he Bedeutung. Munchen. med. Wchnschr. 1910 lvii, 293-295.—Ferrier (P.) Densite humaine; causes des variations; leur interpretation. Arch. gen. de med Par., 1904, ii, 3009-3022.-Fiessinger (N.) & Rou- dowska (L.) La reaction microchimique des oxyda- ses dans les tissus humains. Arch, de med exper et r,^na^upath'' Par-' 1912> xxiv. 585-608, 1 pl.—Ford. (W \\.) The bacteriology of healthy orems, Tr Ass m' Physicians, Phila., 1900, xv, 389-415 -I'redericq (L ) Mote sur la concentration moleculaire des tissus solides chez les animaux aquatiques. Arch, internat. de phy- Tissues. : Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1909, n. s., lxxxviii, 526.—Koa! (H. E.) & Vernon (H. M.) Discussion on ti-sue respi- ration. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1912, ii, 788-790.—Robin i C. > & Marehal de Calvi. Memoire sur les elements ca- racteristiques du tissu fibro-plastique et sur la presence de ce tissu dans une nouvelle espeee de tumeur. [Abstr.] Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1846, xxiii, 857.—Soli a I- l"er(J.) Ueber das Verhaltnis des Chordagewebes zum Knorpelgewebe. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1910, xxxvii, 231- 239.—Sehuberg (A. j Ueber den Zusammenhang ver- sehiedenartigerGewebozelleuim thierischenOrganismus. Sitzungsb. d. phys.-med. Gesell>ch. zuWiirzb., 1893, 44; 49.—Sclmltz (E.) Ueber das Ueberleben von Teilen Beitrage zur Individualitiitsfrage. Arch. f. Entwcklngs- mechn. d. Organ., Leipz., 1912, xxxv, 210-222.—Shaw (H. B.) A contribution to the study of the morphology of adipose tissue. J. Anat. & Physiol., Lond., 1901-2, xxxvi, 1-13.—Studnicka (F. K.) Die Analogien der Protoplasma-Faserungen der Epithel- und Chordazellen mit Bindegewebefasern. Sitzungsb. d. k. bohm. Ge- sellsch. d. Wissensch., Prag, 1902, xlviii, 1-9. Also, Re- print. -----. Ueber einige Crundsubstanzgewebe. Anat, TISSUES. Tissues. Anz., Jena, 1907, xxxi, 497-522. -----. Ueber Bausub- stanzen und die Bestandteile des Tierkorpers uberhaupt Ibid., 1911, xxxviii, 225-237. -----. Das Gewebe der Chorda dorsalis und die Klassifikation der sogenannten Sttitzgewebe. Ibid., 497-513.—Stllbel (H.) Die Flu- oreszenz tierischer |Gewebe in ultraviolettem Licht Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1911, cxlii, 1-14.—Testa (A. J.) [De cellulosae telae affectibus.] In: Diss. med. ital. decas . . . prsefatus J. J. Roemer, 16°, Norimb., 1797, 165-176.—Tomellini (L.) Intorno agli scambi fra i tessuti viventi, morti e putrefatti ed i liquidi incui ven- gono immersi. Arch, di farmacol. sper., Roma, 1911, xii, 217-229.—Tonta (I.) Le reazioni del radium sui tessuti. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1909, Roma, 1910, xix, 777- 782.—Tullier. Sur une maladie generale caracterisee par une inferiorite phvsiologique des tissus. Semaine med., Par., 1894, xiv, 285.— Vastarinl-Cresi (G.) Re- cherches ulterieures sur une nouvelle methode de colo- ration du glycogene dans les tissus. Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1911, liv, 446.—von den Velden (R.) Untersu- chungen zum Stoffaustausch zwischen Blut und Gewebe. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Kong. f. innere Med., Wiesb., 1911, xxviii, 263-268.—Vernon (H. M.) Therelation between oxidase and tissue respiration. J. Physiol., Lond., 1912- 13, xliv, 150-168.—Verzar (F.) The influence of lack of oxygen on tissue respiration. Ibid., xiv, 39-52.—Wake- field (H.) The tissue density factor in general physiol- ogy, general pathology, psychogenesis, physical psychol- ogy, and neurology. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1912,xcvi, 157; 227.—Warren (J. W.) Notes on the digestion of living tissues. Boston M. & S. J., 1887, cxvi, 219-252. Also, Reprint. Tissues (Calcification of). Lexa (M.) *Sur une variete speciale de cal- cification dans les tissus. 8°. Lyon, 1899. Chlari (H.) Zur Kenntniss der pathologischen Ver- kalkung. Cong, internat. de med. C.-r. 1903, Madrid, 1904, xiv, path, gen., 353.—Ellascheft'(Olga). Gibt es einen intravitalen Eisengehalt verkalkter Gewebe? Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1911,1,143-160, 2 pl.—Fraenkel (E.) Ueber pathologische Verkal- kungen und ihren Nachweis durch Rontgenstrahlen. Fortschr. a. d. Geb. d. Rontgenstrahlen, Hamb., 1909, xiv, 87-100,1 pl.—Hneek (W.) Ueber den angeblichen Eisengehalt verkalkter Gewebe. Centralbl. f. allg. Path. n. Path. Anat., Jena, 1908, xix, 774-780— Pauli (W.) Zur phvsikalischen Chemie der Gewebsverkalkung. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1910, lx, 2288-2292.—Stoeltzner (W.) Ueber Metallfarbungen verkalkter Gewebeteile. Virchow's Arch, f. path. Anat. [etc.], 1905, clxxx, 362- 365. Tissues (Chromaffin). See, also, Suprarenal bodies (Morphology and histology of). DeGaetani (L.) Elements chromafflns dans la re- gion cardio-cervicale de quelques sauriens. Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1912-13, lviii, 28-32.—Ehrmann (R.) Bemerkungen zu der Arbeit von R. H. Kahn: Zur Frage nach der inneren Sekretion des chromafflnen Gewebes. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1909, cxxix, 402-406.— Hornowskl (J.) O zachowaniu sie. ukladu chromo- chlonnego (chromafinowego) w przypadkach gmierci z oparzenia, oraz o wplywie czynnik6w termicznych na tenze uklad i praktycznych stad wnioskach. [Preserva- tion of the chromaffin structure in cases of death from burning, also on the influence of thermic factors on that structure, and on the practical results therefrom.] Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1909, 2. s., xxix, 785; 812; 836; 869. Also, transl.: Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1909, cxcviii, 93-105,1 pl.—Kahn i R. II.) Zur Frage nach der inneren Sekretion des chromafflnen Gewebes. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1909, cxxviii, 519-554. See, also, supra, Ehrmann. — Holm (A.) Das chromaffine Ge- webe. Allg. Wien. med. Ztg., 1903, xlviii, 503; 515.— Lubarsch. Das chromaffine Gewebe. Jahresk. f. arztl. Fortbild., Munchen, 1911,1. Hft., 53-57.—Massone (M.) II sistema cromaffine addominale in casi di "encephalo- schisis." Path. Riv. quindicin., Genova, 1908-9, i. 572- 575.—Schur (H.) & Wiesel (J.) Beitrage zur Physio- logie und Pathologie des chromafflnen Gewebes. Ver- handl. d. deutsch. path. Gesellsch. 1907, Jena, 1908, xi, 175-182. Tissues (Culture of Extra-vital). Loeb (L.) Ueber die Entstehung von Binde- gewebe, Leucocyten und roten Blutkorperchen aus Epithel und iiber eine Methode, isolierte Gewebsteile zu zuchten. 8°. Chicago, 1897. vol xvin, 2d series---19 TISSUES. Tissues (Culture of Extra-vital). Sundwall (J.) Tissue proliferation in plasma medium. 8°. Washington, 1912. Battelll(F) & Stern {MHe.h.) Influence de la temperature sur la conservation de l'activit6 respiratoire dans les tissus animaux isoles. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1907, lxii,531-533.—Braus (H.) Mikro-Kino- Projektionen von in vitro geziichteten Organanlagen. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1911, Ixi, 2809-2812.— Burrows (M. T.) The cultivation of tissues of the chick-embrvo outside the body. J. Am. M. Ass:, Chicago, 1910, fv, 2057. Also, Reprint. -----. The growth of tissues of the chick embryo outside the animal body, with special reference to the nervous system. J. Exper. Zool., Phila., 1911, x, 61-83, 6 pl. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1910, lxix, 291. -----. A method of furnishing a continuous supply of new medium to a tissue culture in vitro. Anat. Record, Phila., 1912, vi, 141-144.—Carrel (A.) Latent life of arteries. J. Exper. M., Lancaster, Pa., & N. Y., 1910, xii, 460-486, 4 pi. -----. Life of tissues outside of the body. [Abstr.] Proc. Path. Soc. Phila., 1911, n. s., xiv, 98. -----. Die Kultur der Gewebe ausserhalb des Organismus. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1911, xlviii, 1364-1367. -----. Rejuvination of cultures of tissues. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1911, lvii, 1611. Also, transl.: Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1911, lxxi, 401. -----. Technique for cultivating a large quantity of tissue. J. Exper. M., Lancaster, Pa., 1912, xv, 393-396. -----. On the permanent life of tissues out- side of the organism. Ibid., 516-528, 2 pl. -----. Pure cultures of cells. Ibid., xvi, 165-168. -----. La vie manifested des tissus "in vitro;" techniques nouvelles et leurs resultats. Presse med., Par., 1912, xx, 693. -----. The preservation of tissues and its applica- tions in surgery. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1912, lix, 523-527. -----. Visceral organisms. Ibid., 2105. -----. Neue Fortschritte in der Kultivierung der Gewebe ausserhalb des Organismus. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1912, xlix, 533-536. -----. Artificial activation of the growth in vitro of connective tissue. J. Exper. M., Lancaster, Pa., 1913, xvii, 14-19. -----. Concerning visceral organisms. Ibid., N. Y., 1913, xviii, 155- 161.—Carrel (A.) & Burrows (M. T.) La culture des tissus adultes en dehors de l'organisme. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1910, lxix, 293.----------. Cul- ture de substance retiale en dehors de l'organisme. 2. note. Ibid., 298. ----- -----. Culture de moelle osseuse et de rate. 3. note. Ibid., 299-301.-----------. A propos des cultures in vitro des tissus de mammiferes. Ibid., 1911, lxx, 3.----------. Cultivation of tissues in vitro and its technique. J. Exper. M., Lancaster, Pa., & N. Y., 1911, xiii, 387-396. Also, Reprint. Also, transl.: Pressem&L, Par., 1911, xix, 209-216.----------. Cultiva- tion in vitro of the thvroid gland. J. Exper. M., Lancas- ter^.,.^. Y.,1911,x'iii,415-421, 3pl.----------. Onthe physiochemical regulation of the growth of tissues; the effects of the dilution of the medium on the grow th of the spleen. Ibid., 562-570, 2 pl. Also, Reprint.----------. An addition to the technique of the culiivationof tissues in vitro. J. Exper. M., Lancaster. Pa., 1911. xiv, 244-247, 3 pl.—Carrel (A.) & Ingebrlgtsen (R.) The pro- duction of antibodies by tissues living outside of the or- ganism. Ibid., 1912, xv, 287-291, 1 pl.—Champy (C.) Sur les phgnomtmes cytologiques qui s'observent dans les tissus cultives en dehors de l'organisme; tissus epithg- liaux et glandulaires; note preiiminaire. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1912, lxxii, 987— Ciaceio (C.) Ricer- che sulla coltura dei tessuti in vitro. Path. Riv. quin- dicin,, Genova, 1911-12, iv, 223— Cristiani (H.) Vita- lite des tissus separes de l'organisme. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1903, lv, 828-830.—Flels (C.) Sur la sur- vie d'elements et de systemes cellulaires, en particulier des vaisseaux, apres conservation prolongee hors de l'or- ganisme. Ibid., 1910, lxix, 604-506. Also: Bull. mens, de l'Acad. d. sc. . . . de Montpellier, 1911, 83-87.—Flelsher (M. S.) & lioefo (L.) The relative importance of stroma and parenchyma in the growth of certain organs in cul- ture media. Proc. Soc Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1910- 11, viii, 133-138.—Foot fN. C.) Ueber das Verhalten des Huhnerknochenmarks gegen Immunplasma in den Zell- kulturen nach Carrel. Centralbl. f. allg. Path. u. path. Anat., Jena, 1912, xxiii, 578-581. -----. The growth of chicken bone marrow in vitro and its bearing on hema- togenesis in adult life. J. Exper. M., Lancaster, Pa., 1913, xvii, 43-60,2 pl.—Golyanltskl(I A.) Opltl s tkanevimi kulturami. [Experiments with tissue cultures.] Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1912,lxxvii, 1084-1096,1 pl.—Orandcourt (Genevieve). The "immortality" of tissues; its bearing on the study of old age. Seient. Am., N. Y., 1912, cvii, 844.—Hadda (S.) Die Kultur lebender Korperzellen. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1912, xlix, 11-13.—Harrison (R. G.) Observations on the living developing nerve fiber. Proc. Soc Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1907, iii, 140.----- TlSSl'KS. 290 TISSUES. Tissues (Culture of EAra-vital). Experiments upon ernbrvbnic tissue isolated in clotted lymph. J. Exper. Zool., Phila., 1910, ix 799-S46. -----. The development of peripheral nerve fibers in altered surroundings. Areh. f. Entwcklngsmech. d. Organ., Leipz., 1910, xxx, pt. 2,15-34,1 pl. -----. The cultivation of tissues in extraneous media as a method of morpho- tri'iietic study. Anat. Record, Phila., 1912, vi, 181-193.— llenneguy. Survie des ganglions spinaux des mam- miferes conserves in vitro hors de l'organisme (a propos de la communication de MM. Marinesco et Minea). Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1912, lxviii, 119-121.— Herlitzka (A.) Sui liquidi atti a conservare la funzione dei tessuti sopravviventi; sulle modifica- zioni chimico-fisiche del liquido Ringer-Locke circo- lante nel cuore. Arch, di flsiol., Firenze, 1911-12, x, 221; 261.—Ingebrigtsen (R.) The influence of heat on different sera as culture media for growing tissues. J. Exper. M., Lancaster, Pa., 1912, xv, 397-403, 3 pl. — de Intinis (G.) Essai de conservation in vivo d'or- ganes separes de leurs attaches normales. Comp. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1911, Jxxi, 273.—Jolly (JJ Sur la survie des cellules en dehors de l'organisme. Ibid., 1910, lxix, 86-88. -----. A propos de communications de A. Carrel et M. T. Burrows sur la culture des tissus. Ibid., 470-473.—Lambert (R. A.) Variations in the character of growth in tissue cultures. Anat. Record, Phila., 1912, vi, 91-108. -----. The production of foreign body giant cells in vitro. J. Exper. M., Lancaster, Pa., 1912, xv, 510- 515, 4 pl.—Lambert (R. A.) & Hanes (F. M.) The cultivation of tissue in plasma from alien species. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1910-11, viii, 123-125. Also, Reprint.-----------. The cultivation of tissues in vitro as a method for the study of cvtotoxins. J. Exper. M., Lancaster, Pa., & N. Y., 1911, xiv, 129-138, 2 pl. Also, Reprint.—Legendre (R.) Les recherches recentes sur la survie des cellules, des tissus et des organes isol6s de l'organisme. Biologica, Par., 1911, i, 357-365.—Lewis (Margaret R.) & Lewis (W. H.) The cultivation of tissues in salt solutions. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1911, lvi, 1795.-----------. The cultivation of tissues from chick embrvos in solutions of NaCl, CaCl2, KC1 and NaHCOs. Anat. Record, Bait., 1911, v, 277-293. ----- -----. The cultivation of sympathetic nerves from the intestine of chick embryos in saline solutions. Ibid., . 1912, vi, 7-17, 7 pl.-----------. Membrane formations from tissues transplanted into artilicial media. Ibid., 195-197, 4 pl.—Lewis ( W. H.) & Lewis (Margaret R.) The cultivation of chick tissues in media of known chem- ical constitution. Ibid., 207-211.—Loeb (L.) Ueber das Wachsthum des Epithels. Areh. f. Entwcklngsmech. d. Organ., Leipz., 1902, xiii, 487-506, 1 pl. -----. On the growth of epithelium in agar and blood serum in the living body. J. Med. Research, Bost., 1902, viii, 109-115, 3 pl. -----. On some conditions of tissue growth, espe- cially in culture media. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1911, n. s., xxxiv, 414. -----. Growth of tissues in culture media and its significance for the analysis of growth phenomena. Anat. Record, Phila., 1912, vi, 109-120.— ftlagitot (A.) Sur la survie possible de la cornee trans- parente de l'ceil apres conservation prolongee en dehors de l'organisme. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1911, lxx, 322-325. -----. Possibility de maintenir a l'e-tat de vie ralentie certaines parties de l'ceil conserves en de- hors de l'organisme. Bull, et mem. Soc. franc, d'opht., Par., 1911, xxviii, 428-436.—Marinesco (G.) Croissance des fibres nerveuses dans le milieu de culture, in vitro, des ganglions spinaux. Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1912, lxviii, 384-389.—Marinesco (G.) & Minea (J.) Cul- ture des ganglions spinaux des mammiferes (in vitro), suivant le proced6 de M. Carrel. Ibid., 37-40. Also: Tribune med., Par., 1912, n. s., xlvi, 341-344. Also: Anat. Anz., Jena, 1912, xlii, 161-176.-----------. Culture des ganglions spinaux des mammiferes "in vitro" suivant la methode de Harrison et Montrose T. Burrows. Compt rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1912, Ixxiii, 346-348.-----------. Les phe.nomenes de croissance et de degenerescence des nerfs in vitro. Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1912, lxviii, 78-81.------------. La culture des ganglions spinaux de mammiferes in vitro; contribution a I'etude de la neurogenese. Rev. neurol., Par., 1912, xxii, 469-482. ——— —----■• Croissance des fibres nerveuses dans le milieu de culture "in vitro" des ganglions spinaux. Compt rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1912, Ixxiii, 668-670.— Oppel (A.) Ueber die Kultur von Saugetiergeweben au-^-rhalb des Organismus. Anat Anz., Jena, 1912, xl 4t)4-4(.s lpl.—Pellacani ( P.) Contribuzioni alio studio della vita postuma dei tessuti. Bull. d. r. Accad. med di Roma 1900, xxvi, 528-546. - Pozzi (S.) La vie alter- nante des tissus en dehors de l'organisme d'apres les nou- velles experiences de M. Alexis Carrel. Bull. Acad, de ^fo" Pa=i1912'3> s" lxvi- 2&~^- Also: Presse med., Par., L ' f xi, ~~-—' La vie alternante des tissus en de- hors de 1 orgamsme d'apres les nouvelles experiences de M. Alexis Carrel. (Notecomplementaire.) Bull. Aead pLmioib Par"oi9.12' £ *" lxvii- 21°- Also: Presse med., P,a,r''1912'xx' 216.-Pnngsheim (H.) Die KultW rung \on Geweben Organen und Tumoren ausserhalb des Korpers. Med.Klin.,Berl„1911,vii,233.-Schouten Tissues (Culture of Extra-vital). (S. L.) Pure cultures from a single cell, isolated under the microscope. K. Akad. v. Wetensch. te Amst. Proc. sect, sc, 1910-11, xiii, 810-850,1 pl— Shorey ( Marian L.) Indications regarding differentiation from tissue culture experiments. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1912, n.s., xxxv,936.—Weil (<;. C.) Some observations on the cul- tivation of tissues in vitro. .1. Med. Research, Bost., 1912- 13, xxvi, 159-180, 3pl.—Weiseh (H.) &Lecha-Marzo (A.) Sobre la pseudo germinaci6n de la sangre. Rev. de med. y cirug. pract, Madrid, 1912, xcvi, 41-45. Tissues (Embryology of). See, also, Cell; Embryology [and subili- visions]; Histology; Tissue (Connective, Fin- bryology of); and under names of different organs , of the body. Ludwig (C. F.) *Epistola gratulatoria de membranarum ortu. In: Weiz(F. A.) Neue Ausz. [etc.]. 12°. Frankfurt & Leipzig, 1779, ix, 1-3. Rohde (E.) Histogenetische Untersuchun- gen. I. Syncytien, Plasmodien, Zellbildung und histologische Differenzierung. 8°. Bres- lau, 1908. Branca (A.) Le diamant du poulet; developpement morphologique. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1907, lxiii, 154-156. -----. Recherches sur la keratinisation; le diamant du poulet. J. de l'anat. et physiol. [etc.], Par., 1907, xliii, 341-386, 3 pl. -----. Le diamant du canard. Ibid., 433-446. -----. Le diamant, histoire et critique. Ibid., 447-501.—Browicz. W sprawie pochodzenia substancyi skrobiowatej. [Origin of amvloid tissue.] Przegl. lek., Krak6w, 1901, xl, 565; 580.—Ciaceio (C.) Contributo alia morfologia ed istogenesi del tessuto mieloide. Monitore zool. ital., Firenze, 1907, xviii. 127- 132. — Haeehel (E.) Ursprung und Entwicklung der tierischen Gewebe. Jenaische Ztschr. f. Naturw., Jena, 1884-5, xviii, 206-275. See, also, infra, Koliiker.— Illing (G.) Ueber Vorkommen und Formation des cytoblastischen Gewebes im Verdauungstractusder Haus- saugetiere. Morphol. Jahrb., Leipz., 1910, xl, 621-655, 1 pl.—Koliiker (A.) Bemerkungen zu E. Hackel's Auf- satz fiber Ursprung und Entwicklung der thierischen Gewebe. Sitzungsb. d. phvs.-med. Gesellsch. zu Wiirzb., 1885, 49-52. Also. Reprint— Mandl (L.) Recherches sur le developpement des tissus ribrillaires. [Abstr.] Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1857, xliv, 826-828. — Maximow (A.) Experimentelle Untersuchungen zur postfotalen Histogenese des myeloiden Gewebes. Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1907, xli, 122-166.— Meyer (R.) Zur Kenntnis embryonaler Gewebsanoma- lien und Gewebseinschlusse, sowie ihrer pathologischen Bedeutung. Verhandl. d. deutsch. path. Gesellsch., Jena, 1912, xv, 268-272. — Querton (L.) Du mode de formation des membranes celluaires. Misc. biol. dediees au prof.,Alfred Giard [etc.], Par., 1899, 529-538.—Ret- terer (E.) Histogenese des tissues fibreux et fibro-car- tilagineux. Compt rend. Soc de biol., Par., 1905, lviii, 240-243. -----. Origine et structure primitive des folli- cules clos solitaires. Ibid., 1909, lxvi, 77-80. —Samuel (S.) Die histogenetische Energie und Symmetrie des Gewebswachsthums. Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1885, ci, 389-429.—Slmos (A.) Un cas de cacoplasie em- bryonnaire. Grece mod., Syra, 1900, ii, 35. Tissues (Epithelial and endothelial). See, also, Endothelium; Epithelium. Eichholz (P. L.) * Experimentelle Unter- suchungen iiber Epithelmetaplasie. [Konigs- berg i. Pr.] 8°. Berlin, 1902. Harte (H.) * Versuche iiber die Durchlas- sigkeit des Keimepithels. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1907. Mever (A.. W.) * Experimentelle Epithel- wucherungen. 8°. Heidelberg, 1909. Polowzow (Wera). * Ueber kontraktile Fa- sern in einer Flimmerepithelart und ihre funk- tionelle Bedeutung. 8°. Bern, 1904. Also, in: Arch. f. mikr. Anat, Bonn, 1903-4, lxiii, 364- 388, 1 pl. Schridde (H.) Die ortsfremden Epithelge- webe des Menschen. Untersuchungen und Betrachtungen. 8°. Jena, 1909. Thesing (Rose). * Beitrage zur Reizleitung im Flimmerepithel. 8°. Leipzig, 1910. A< hard (C.) & Aynaud (M.) Recherches sur l'impregnation histologique de Pendothelium. Arch, de med. expe>. et d'anat. path., Par., 1907, xix, 437-458 — Bizzozero (G.) Ueber den Bau der geschichteten TISSUES. 291 TISSUES. Tissues (Epithelial and endothelial). Plattenepithelien. [Transl. from his: Opere seient. 1862- 79, 8°, Milano, 1905, i, 237-241, 1 tab.] Untersuch. z. Naturl. d. Mensch. u. d. Thiere, Giessen, 1876, xi, 30-35. -----. Sulla struttura degli epiteli pavimentosi stratifi- cati. Arch, per le sc. med., Torino, 1886, ix, 373-378. Also, in his: Opere seient. 1879-96, 8°, Milano, 1905, ii, 795-799.— Boehenek (A.) Tkankanablonkowa. [Epithelium.] Podrecz. histol. ciala ludzk., Warszawa, 1901, 72-86.— Bottazzl (F.) Un mezzo assai semplice per ottenere grandi masse di cellule epiteliali. Boll. d. r. Accad. med. di Genova, Siena, 1903, xviii,182-186. Also, transl.: Compt rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1903, lv, 575-577. -----. Sur la separation des cellules epitheliales de divers organes. Compt rend. Soc. de biol., Par.; 1903, lv, 577— Itouln (P.) & Limon. Fonction secretaire de l'epithelium tubaire chezle cobaye. Ibid., 1900, 11. s., ii, 920— Castaigne (J.) & Bathery (F.) Lesions experimentales de l'epi- theliurn des tubes contournea. Ibid., 1902. 11. s., iv, 565- 567.—von Bavidoflf"(M.) Untersuchungen iiber die Beziehungen des Darmepithels zum lymphoiden Gewebe. Arch, f.mikr. Anat, Bonn, 1887, xxix,496-525 — Il'Evant (T.) L'epitelio sensitivo dei raggi digitali delle trygle; morfologia ed istologia. Gior. d. Ass. napol. di med. e nat, Napoli, 1903, xiv,3-29, lpl.—Dieulafe. Les cellules endothelials. Arch. med. de Toulouse, 1907, xiv, 86; 110.—Ditlevsen (C.) Leber Kernknospung in ver- horntem Plattenepithel beim Meerschweinehen. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1911, xxxviii, 208-217.—Dixon (R. L.) Pro- liferations of the epithelium induced by Sudan III, Schar- lach Roth, and paraffin; and the effects of Roentgen irradiation upon the same. J. Infect. Dis., Chicago, 1909, vi, 205-216. Also: Univ. Mich. Contrib. Path. Lab., Ann Arbor, 1908-9, iv, no. 18,1-11.—Drasch (O.) Zur Frage der Regenerationen und der Aus- und Riickbildung der Epithelzellen. Sitzungsb. d. k. Akad. d. Wissensch. Math.- naturw. CI., Wien, 1886, xciii, 200-213. Also, Reprint.—E. (G. H.) The presence of connective tissue cellular elements (glia?) in epithelium. Glasgow, M. J., 1905, lxiii, 177-181.—Ehrlich (R.) Die physiologische Degeneration der Epithelzellen des Ascarisdarmes; ein Beitrag zur Zellpathologie. Arch. f. Zellforsch., Leipz., 1909, iii, 81-123, 2 pl.—Fiorito (G.) Sulla produzione sperimentale di proliferazioni epiteliali atipiche. Boll. d. Soc. med.-chir. di Pavia, Milano, 1909, 405-410. Also, transl.: Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1910, liii, 81-85.—Fi- seliel (R.) Zur Technik der Kromayerschen Epithelfa- serfarbuug. Centralbl. f. allg. Path. u. path. Anat., Jena, 1905, xvi, 593-596.—Fok (C.) Sur la fine structure des epitheliums pavimenteux stratifies* Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1899-1900, xxxii, 261-270, 1 pl. Also, transl.: Arch. f. mikr. Anat, Bonn 1900, lv,431^41,1 pl.—Oainna (C.) Contributo alio studio delle atipie epiteliali secondo le recenti esperienze sull'epitelio. Path. Riv. quindicin., Genova, 1910-11, iii, 508-511.—Oeorgl (W.) Zur Genese des Chordaepithels. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1911, xxxviii, 176- 187.—Golgi (C.) Di una minuta particolarita di strut- tura dell' epitelio della mucosa gastrica e intestinale di alcuni vertebrati. Boll. d. Soc. med.-chir. di Pavia, 1909, xxiii, 1-22, 1 pl. Also [Abstr.]: Path. Riv. quindicin., Genova, 1908-9,i, 229-233.—Guieysse-Pellissler (A.) Etude sur la structure du noyau des cellules epitheliales de l'intestin de Scyllium catulus. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1911, lxxi, 553-555.—Hamburger (H. J.) Arbeitslahmung durch Stoffwechselprodukte, nach- gewiesen am Flimmerepithel. Ztschr. f. allg. Physiol., Jena, 1910, xl, 18-22.— Hermann (A.) Zur Frage der Epithelmetaplasie. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1911, xxiv, 168.—Hertzler (A. E.) The morphogenesis of the stigmata and stomata occurring in peritoneal and vascu- lar endothelium. Tr. Am. Micr. Soc. 1901, Lincoln, Neb., 1902, xxiii, 63-82, 2 pl.—His (W.) Ueber Syncytien, Epithelien und Endothelien. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1900, Leipz., 1901, lxxii, pt 2, 2. Hlfte., 273-276.—Holmgren (E.) Zur Kenntnis der zylindrischen Epithelzellen. Arch. r. mikr. Anat., Bonn, 1904, lxv, 280-297, 2 pl.— Jacobson (R.) Ueber die Wirkung fluoreseierender Stoffe auf Flimmerepithel. Ztschr. f Biol., Munchen u. Leipz., 1901, n. F., xxiii, 444- 466.—Kawamura (R.) Beitrage zur Frage der Epi- thelmetaplasie. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1911, cciii,420-434, 1 pl.—Kromayer (E.) Neue biologische Beziehungen zwischen Epithel und Binde- gewebe; Desmoplasie. Arch. f. Dermat. u. Syph., Wien, 1902, lxii, 299-328. Also, Reprint—Lelievre (A.) & Betterer (E.) Origine, structure et evolution des cellules epitheliales, dites muqueuses. Compt rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1910, lxviii, 596-599.—Lillie(R. S.) The relation of ions to contractile processes. I. The action of salt solutions on the ciliated epithelium of Mylilus edulis. Am. J. Physiol., Bost., 1906-7, xvii, 89-141.—Loeb (L.) Ueber das Wachsthum des Epithels. Arch, f. Entwcklngs- mechn. d. Organ., Leipz., 1901-2, xiii, 487-506,1 pl. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: J. Am. M. Ass.,Chicago, 1901,xxxvii, 1024.— Loisel (G.) Formation et fonctionnement de l'epitlie- lium seminifere chez le moineau. Bibliog. anat, Par. & Nancy, 1902, 71-82.—Loycz (Mile. Marie). Sur la pre- sence des formations ergastopbtsraiques dans l'epitlie- lium folliculaire des oiseaux. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Tissues (Epithelial and endothelial). Par., 1903, exxxvi, 312-314.—Luna (E.) Ricerche isto- logiche sugli epiteli di rivestimento. Anat. Anz., lena, xxxviii, 17-25.—Malzel (V.) O regeneratsii epiteliya. [On the regeneration of the epithelium.] Raboti v lab. Med. Fak. Imp. Varshav. Univ., 1878, pt. 4, 1-127.— Marchl ( P.) Beobachtungen iiber Wimper-Epithel. Areh. f. mikr. Anat, Bonn, 1866, ii, 467-471.—MerkeI iF.) Epithelium. Ergebn. d. Anat. u. Entwcklngsgesch. 1908, Wiesb., 1910, xviii, 1-70.—Motta-Coco (A.) Con- tributo alio studio del movimento vibratile nelle cellule epiteliali ciliate. Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1901-2, xxxvi, 130.—Mlinter. Ueber Epithelheterotopie und -metaplasie. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1909, xlvi, 1764-1767.— Nagal (H.) Erstickung und Narcose des Flimmerepi- thels. Ztschr. f. allg. Physiol., Jena, 1905-6, v, 34-42.— Oppel (A.) Ueber aktive Epithelbewegung. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1912, xli,, 398-409.—Papin (L.) Sur le reve- tement corne. de l'epithelium pharyngo-cesophagien chez le cobaye. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1906, Ixi, 157- 159.—Prremezliko (P. I.) Tkan epiteliya. [Epithe- lial tissue.] Osnov. k izuch. mikr. anat. chelov. i zhi- votn., S.-Peterb., 1887-8, 160-183.—Prochownik (S.) Ueber Widerstands- und Lebensfahigkeit epithelialer Zellen. Ztschr. f. allg. Physiol., Jena, 1903, iii, 33- 56. — Pursche. Lymph- und Gefassendothel. Aerztl. Rundschau, Munchen, 1911, xxi, 25. — Beid ( E. W. ) Transport of fluid by certain epithelia. J. Physiol., Lond., 1900-1901, xxvi, 436-444. — Beiss ( W. ) O ro- zwoju nask6rka w pierwszych miesiacach zycia plo- dowego, ze szczeg61nem uwzKlednieniem warstwy Mal- pighiego. [ Development of epithelium in the first months of fcetal life, especially of the Malpighian layer.] Rozpr. Akad. Umiej. wvdz. matemat.-przyr., Krak6w, 1901, 2. s., xviii, 137-159, 1 pl.—Betterer (E.) L'epi- thelium qu'on pretend infiltre de leucocytes est du tissu Epithelial hyperplasia. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1900,11. s., ii, 489-491.-----. Recherches experimentales sur l'hyperplasie epitheliale et sur la transformation de l'epithelium en tissu conjonctif. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1903, exxxvi, 511-514. -----. L'influence du mi- lieu sur 1'evolution de la cellule epitheliale. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1904, lvi, 1000-1003.—Beyinond (C.) Ricerche microscopiche fatte dal professore Thomas Reid di Glasgow sulla presenza fra gli epiteli di elementi cellulari connettivali. Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di To- rino, 1904, 4. s., x, 278-284, 14 pl.—Boberts (L.) Some comparative observations on epithelium. Brit. J. Dermat., Lond., 1900, xii, 123-130.—Buchinshi ( B. P.) Nle- skolko dannikh k voprosuob etiologii eksperimentalnavo razrostaniya epiteiialnol tkani. [On the etiology of ex- perimental hypertrophy of epithelial tissue.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1910, ix, 2081-2083.—Sabussow (H.) Ueber Kristalloide in den Kernen von Epithelzellen bei Planarien. Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1908, xxxiii, 637-547.— von Schumacher (S.) Zur Biologie des Flimmerepi- thels. Sitzungsb. d. k. Akad. d. Wissensch. Math.-na- turw. CI., Wien, 1901, ex, 195-224, 1 pl.—Smith (W. R.) On the structure and mods of growth of epithelial cell- nests. J. Path. & Bacteriol., Edinb. & Lond., 1903^, lx, 338-346, 2 pl.—Speronl. De la nature et de I'origine des cellules epithelio'ides. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1907, lxii, 189-191.—Studnicka (F. K.) Ueber einige Modificationen des Epithelgewebes (Schmelzpulpa der Wirbelthier-Zahnanlage, die Hornzahne der Cyclos- tomen, die Epidermis von Ophidium barbatum, etc.). Sitzungsb. d. k.-bohm. Gesellsch. d. Wissensch. 1899, Prag, 1900, No. 14, 1-22. -----. Ueber Stachelzellen und stern- formige Zellen in Epithelien. Ibid., 1902. Prag, 1903, xlii, 1-9, 2 pl. Also, Reprint—Sussmann (Paula). Ueber das Vorkommen histiogener Mastzellen im Epithel. Folia haematol., Leipz., 1911, xii, pt. 1, 337-346.—Clnna. Ueber Epithelfaserung. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1903, 1, 668.—Vignon (P.) Recherches de cytologic generale sur les epitheliums. Arch, de zool. exper. et gen. Hist. nat. [etc.], Par., 1901, 3. s., ix, 371-715,11 pl.—Waldeyer (W.) Kittsubstanz und Grundsubstanz Epithel und Endothel. Cinquanten. de la Soc. de biol., Par., 1899, 531-513. Also: Arch. f. mikr. Anat., Bonn, 1900, lvii, 1- 8.—Werner (R.) Experimentelle Epithelstudien, fiber Wachsthum, Regeneration, Amitosen- und Riesenzellen- Bildung des Epithels. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1902, xxxiv, 1-84.— Zilliacus (VV.) Die Ausbreitung der verschiedenen Epithelarten im menschlichen Kehlkopfe und eine neue Methode, dieselbe festzustellen. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1905, xxvi, 25-30— Ziinmerinaiin (K. W.) Zur Morphologie der Epithelzellen der Saugetierniere. Arch. f. mikr. Anat, Bonn, 1911, lxxviii, 1. Abt., 199- 231, 3 pl. Tissues (Irritability of). See, also, Irritability. Brim■■ (J.) Untersuchungen fiber Stossreizbarkeit Beitr. z. Biol. d. Pflanz., Brest, 1909, ix, 307-358.—De- wltz (J.) Richtigstellung bezuglieh der Kontaktreiz- barkeit im Tierreiclj. Zool Anz., Leipz., 1906, xxx, 141.— von Haller (A.) De partibus corporis humani sensi- libus etirritabilibus. Comment. Soc. reg. seient. Gotting. (1/52), 1753, ii, 114-214.—von llanseiiiann (D.) For- TISSUES. 292 TISSUES. Tissues (Irritability of). mative Reize und Reizbarkeit Ztschr. f. Krebsforsch., Berl., 1908, vii, 69-79.—Hedon (E.) & Fleig (C.) Sur l'entretien de l'irritabilite de certains organes separesdu corps, par immersion dans un liquide nutritif artificiel. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1903, cxxxvii, 217; 1105.— Kinoshita (T.) Ueber den Einfluss mehrerer aufei- nanderfolgender wirksamer Reize auf den Ablauf der Reaktionsbewegungen bei Wirbellosen. II. Versuche an Colenteration. III. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1911, cxi. 167-208.—Llllie (R.S.) The relation of stimulation and conduction in irritable tissues to changes in the per- meabiltty of the limiting membranes. Am. J. Physiol., Bost, 1911, xxviii, 197-222.—Loeb (J.) On an apparently new form of abnormal irritability (contact irritability?) produced by solutions of salts (preferably sodium salts) whose unions are liable to form insoluble calcium com- pounds. Ibid., 1901, v, 362.—Maxwell (S. S.) & Hill (J. C.) Note upon the effect of calcium and of free oxy- gen upon rhythmic contraction. Am. J. Physiol., Bost., 1902-3, vii, 409-411 —Bohdenburg (G. L.) & Bullock (F. D.) The effects of certain chemicals on the type of tissue resulting from chronic irritation. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1911, xciii, 1176-1183. Also, Reprint.—Bouget (C.) Recherches sur les elements des tissus contractiles. [Abstr.] Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1856, xliii, 1117. -----. M6moire sur les tissus contractiles et la contrac- tilite. [Abstr.] Ibid., 1861, liii, 752-756. Tissues (Metabolism and respiration of). See, also, Tissues (Oxidizing and reducing properties of). Menini (G.) Intorno all' azione flogistica dei prodotti esogeni ed endogeni nei tessuti. 8°. Firenze, 1909. von Noordex (C.) Beitrage zur Lehre vom Stoffwechsel des gesunden und kranken Men- schen. Hft. 1-3. 8°. Berlin, 1896. Winterstein (H.) Ueber den Mechanismus der Gewebsatmung. Habilitationschrift. [Ros- tock.] 8°. Jena, 1906. Barcroft (J.) Metabolism of the tissues. Rep. Brit. Ass. Adv. Sc. 1905, Lond., 1906, lxxv, 223-226.—Battel li (F.) & Stern (Mile. L.) Activation de la respiration par l'extrait des differents organes et par les liquid es de l'organisme. Arch, internat. de physiol., Liege & Par., 1907, v, 275-296.----------. Recherches sur la respira- tion eiementaire des tissus. J. de physiol. et de path. gin., Par., 1907, ix, 1-16.-----------. Recherches sur l'activit6 respiratoire des tissus. Ibid., 34-49. ----- -----. Action de quelques substances sur l'activite' respi- i ratoire des tissus isol63. Ibid., 228-240.----------.Die akzessorische Atmung in den Tiergeweben. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1909, xxi, 487-509.----------. Recherches sur la respiration principale et la respiration accessoire > des tissus animaux. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol,, Par., 1909, lxvi, 372.-----------. Methoden zur Bestim- mung der Atmung tierischer Gewebe. In: Handbuch der biochemischen Arbeitsmethoden (Abderhalden), 8°, Berl., 1910, iii, 1, 444-478.—Bernstein (J.) Ueber die Sauerstoffzehrung der Gewebe. Abhandl. a. naturf. Ge- sellsch zu Halle, 1888-92, xvii, 215-244.—du Bois-Bey- mond (R.) Ueber den Zustand des Wassers in den Ge- weben. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1903, Leipz., 1904, ii, 2. Hlfte., 437-440,—Cohn (R.) Ueber einen in den thierischen Geweben sich vollziehen- denReductionsprocess. Ztschr.f.phvsiol.Chem.,Strassb., 1893-4, xviii, 133-136.—Fernandez (G.) Influenza di alcuni metalli pesanti sulla respirazione elementare dei i tessuti. Arch, di farm, e terap., Palermo, 1909, xv, 219- 229. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1910-11, liv. 287— Frankel (S.) & IMmitz (L.) Ge- webeatmung durch Intermediarkorper. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1909, xxii, 1777-1780. — Guthrie (F. V.) Modification of tissue oxidations in vitro. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1909-10, vii, 152.— Iscoveseo (H.) Sur le pouvoir reducteur des tissus. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1905, lix, 253-255.— Lojacono (M.) Ricerche comparative sulla conserva- zione dell' attivita respiratoria nei tessuti delle diverse classi di animali. Ztschr. f. allg. Physiol., Jena, 1910, x, 341-350.— Lussana (F.) Ricerche sopra la respirazione dei tessuti; azione dell' urea, degli urati, degli amino- acidi e dei polipeptidi. Arch, difisiol., Firenze, 1908-9, vi, 269-283. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1909-10, Iii, 465-168.-----. Effetti del sangue e del siero so- pra la respirazione dei tessuti. Nota 1. Sangue e siero omo- geneo, siero eterogeneo. Arch, di fisiol., Firenze, 1909-10, viii, 239-248.—Lussana (F.)& Schlassi(F.) Effetti del sangue e del siero sopra larespirazione dei tessuti. Nota 2. Sangue di animali nefrectomizzatti. Ibid., 1910-11, ix, 575- 587.—Paulson (D.) Dietetic meansof influencing tissue oxidation. Mod. Med., Battle Creek, Mich., 1907, xvi, 1- 4 — Pltlnl (A.) Ossidazioni e riduzioni nei tessuti, nelle asnssie e per azione di veleni. Arch, di farm, e terap. Tissues (Metabolism and respiration of). Palermo, 1901, ix, 419-425.—Pltlnl (A.) & Fernandez (G.) Influenza di alcuni prodotti di autointossicazione sulla respirazione elementare dei tessuti. Ibid., 1909, xv, 5-11. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1910-11, liv, 299.—Bossi (F.) La respirazione interna dei tessuti in rapporto al digiuno ed all' intossicazione acida. Bull. d. sc. med. di Bologna, 1910,8. s., x, 149-154.— Senta (S.) Action des antipyretiques et des alcaloides sur la respiration des tissus "in vitro." Trav. du lab. de physiol. Univ. de Geneve, 1908-9, viii, 1-19. — Spitzer (W.) Weitere Beobachtungen fiber die oxydativen Lei- stungen thierischer Gewebe. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1898, lxxi, 596-603.—Strassner (W.) Die redu- zierenden Wirkungen des Gewebes. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1910, xxix, 295-310.—"Vernon (H. M.) The condi- tions of tissue respiration. J. Physiol., Lond., 1906-7, xxxv, 53-87. -----. The conditions of maintenance of maximal tissue respiration in artificial perfusion experi- ments. Ibid., 1907-8, xxxvi, 81-92. -----. The condi- tions of tissue respiration; the action of poisons. Ibid., 1909, xxxix, 149-183.------. The mechanism of tissue res- piration. Science Progr. 20. cent., Lond., 1907-8, ii, 160- 174.—Winterstein (H.) Ueber den Mechanismus der Gewebsatmung; Versuche am isolierten Froschriicken- mark. Ztschr. f. allg. Physiol., Jena, 1907, vi, 315-392. Tissues (Oxidizing and reducing prop- erties of). See, also, Oxidation (Physiological). Helier (H.-R.) * Recherches sur le pouvoir reducteur des tissus. 8°. Lyon, 1899. Bulalinl (G.) Nuovo metodo per la determinazione del potere di riduzione dei tessuti. Arch, di farm, e terap., Palermo, 1901, ix, 397-409. Also: Ricerche di biol. . . . xxv anniv. di Pietro Albertoni, Bologna, 1901,137-149. Also [Abstr.]: Attid. Accad. med.-fis. fiorent 1901, Firenze, 1902, 81-83.—Gautier (A.) Le fonctionnement anaero- bie des tissus animaux. Arch, de physiol. norm, et path., Par., 1893, 5. s., v, 1-16.—Giacco (A.) Sul potere ridu- cente dei tessuti animali. Arch, di farm, e terap., Paler- mo, 1899, vii, 449-470.—Harden (A.) & Maclean (H.) The oxidation of isolated animal tissues. J. Physiol., Lond., 1911, xliii, 34-45.—Harris (D. F.) Note on the reducing-power of the tissues. J. Anat. &Physiol., Lond., 1896-7, xxxi, 381.—Jaquet (A.) Ueber die Bedingungen der Oxydationsvorgange in den Geweben. Arch. f. ex- per. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1891-2, xxix, 386-396.— Medwedew (A,) Ueber die oxydativen Leistungen der thierischen Gewebe. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1900, xxxi, 540-573: 1904, ciii, 403-428.—de Bey-Pail- hade ( J.) Demonstration du pouvoir reducteur des tissus au moyen des tissus dessech6s. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par.. 1898,10.s., v,372.—Bodet (A.) cptique. Biologiea, Par., 1911, i, 309-312.— l.iulleu (C.) Algo sobre el tabaco. Juventud med Guatemala, 1902, iv, 235-244.—Hawkins (J.) The cere- monial use of tobacco. Pop. Se. Month., N. Y., 1893 xliii 173-183.-Kissling (R.) The chemistry of tobacco! Seient, Am. Suppl., N. Y„ 1905, lx, no. 1560, 24999.-L.eh- liiann (K. B^) Vorliiurige Mitteilungen fiber Tabakstu- dien. Hyg. Rundschau. Berl., 1907, xvii, 1100.—Leh- niann (M.) Der Tabak, sein Bau und seine weitere Behandlung in Japan. Mitth. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Nat.- u \ olkerk. Ostasiens, Tokyo, 1902, ix, 57-78.—L,o- dewijks (J. A.) jr. Erblichkeitsversuche mit Tabak. ztschr. t. indukt. AbstammuiiM- u. Vererbunesl Rerl 1910-11, iv 139: 1911, v, 286.-Massal«na«IMR) Uta- b&vH°- ,£alute Pubb-> Perugia, 1899, xii, 321-326 —OToii- cada(M.) Apuntes sobre et tabaco. Mem. Soc. cient, Tobacco. "Antonio Alznte," Mexico, 1905-6, xxiii, 241-249.— ITIoiireii (C.) Lis recents travaux sur les alcaloides du tabac. J. de pharm. et chim., Par., 1906, 6. s., xxiv, 302- 310.—Mulder (E.M.) Het gebruik van tabak uit het oogpunt der volksgezondiieid. Tijdschr. v. sociale hyg. [etc.], Zwolle, 1911, xiii, 157-167.—Old beliefs concerning tabacco. [Edit.] Lancet, Lond., 1902. i, 1266.—Pietet (A.) Untersuchungen iiber die Alkaloide des Tabaks. Arch. d. Pharm., BerL, 1906, ccxliv, 375-389.—Pontag (I.) Khimiko-sanitarnoye izslledovaniye russkavo ta- baka. [Chemico-sanitarv investigation of Russian to- bacco.] Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1902, ix, 317.—Selilu- sing fils (T.) Sur la production de la nicotine par la culture du tabac. Compt. rend. Aead. d. sc, Par., 1910, cli, 23-26.—Senator (H.) Sur le tabae. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.l, Par., 1907, cliv, 55-59.—Sharp (G.) To- bacco studied historically. Med. Mag., Lond., 1910, xix, 718-739.—Slinms (S. C.) Cultivation of medicine to- bacco by the Crows. Am. Anthrop., Wash., 1904, vi, 331- 335. Also, Reprint.—Squire (J. E.) The action of to- bacco. Practitioner,Lond., 1896, lvi, 150-160.—Tobacco, its history, growth, and manufacture. Health News Lond., 1897, xi, 146-150.—T8th (J.) Methodes permet- tant de doses separement les acides organiques dans le tabac. Rev. internat. d. falsiflc, Par., 1907, xx, 165. Tobacco (Abuse of). See, also, Nerve (Optic, Atrophy of, Causes of); Nicotine (Toxicology of); Tobacco (Substitutes for); Tobacco (Toxicology, etc., of); Tobacco- smoking. Aubert (A.) Contribution de l'ecole pri- maire a la lutte contre Tabus du tabac. 8°. Tamines, 1908. Bresler (J.) Tabakologia medizinalis. Heft 1: (ieistes- Nerven-, Augen-, Ohren-, Herz-, und GefiisserkrankungensowieVerdauungsstorungen infolge Tabakmissbrauchs. 8°. Halle, 1911. Budgett (J. B.) The tobacco question, mor- ally, socially and physically considered. 8°. London, 1857. Carvajal (E. L.) Tabaco, tabacomania, ta- baquismo. 8°. Mexico, 1907. Clarke (A.) A dissertation on the use and abuse of tobacco, wheroin the advantages and disadvantages attending the consumption of that entertaining herb are particularly consid- ered. Humbly addressed to all the tobacco- consumers in Great Britain and Ireland, but es- pecially to those among religious people. 4. ed. 8°. London, 1814. ------. The same. 1. Am. ed. 16°. Bur- lington, N. J., 1812. Coles (L. B.) The beauties and deformities of tobacco-using; or its ludicrous and its solemn realities. 10. thousand, revised. 8°. Boston, 1854. Coustan (A.) De l'abus du tabac dans les ecoles considere dans ses rapports avec l'apti- tude au travail. 8°. Chamber;/, 1880. Decroix (E.) Le tabac devant l'hygiene et la morale. 8°. Paris, 1875. Dubois. Du tabac; troubles physiologiquea et maladies de ceux qui en abusent; hygiene et therapeutique. 12°. Namur, 1885. English Anti-Tobacco Society and Anti-Nar- cotic League. Annual report of the committee to the members. 26., 1893. 8°. Manchester, 1894. Gleich. Der Tabakgenuss eine der Gesund- heit hochst schadliche Gewohnheit. Vortrag in der 65ten Versammlung des Vereins zur Forderung des Naturheilverfahrens ohne Arznei, .Munchen, am 13. Oktoberl851. 8°. Munchen, 1851. Hernandez (J.) * El abuso del tabaco. S°. Mexico, 1889. de Labonnefan (G.) *Tabagisnie et deni- cotinisation. [Lyon.] 8°. Valence, 1909. TOBACCO. 299 TOBACCO. Tobacco (Abuse of). Montain (G. Quelques considerations sur le tabac, de son abus, de son influence sur la sante et les fonctions de la vie, specialement sur les facultes intellectuelles, surtout chez les jeunes gens. 8°. Lyon, 1840. Murray (J. C) Smoking; when injurious, when innocuous, when beneficial; with a com- pendium of the temperaments, shewing how thev are influenced by tobacco. 12°. London, 1871. Schaefer. In wie weit schaden mir Alkohol und Nikotin und wie befreie ich mich von deren Folgen? Eine Abhandlung und Belehrung iiber die VVirkung und Folgen des Trinkens und Rauchens auf den menschlichen Korper. 12°. Erfurt [n. d.]. United States. [Pub. Doc, No. 65.] An act to prohibit the sale of tobacco to minors under 16 vears of age.in the District of Columbia. Ap- proved Feb. 7, 1S91. S°. [Washington, 1891.] Abogado (E. L. > El tabaquismo y su tratamiento. Cr6n. med. mexicana, Mexico. 1904. vii, 45-47.— Acosta (E.) Ensayo de un suero antinieotinico. Cr6n. m&L- quir. de la Habana, 1908, xxxiv, 151-154.—Aragon (E. 0.) El tabaquismo. Rev. balear de cien. m&L, Palma de Mallorca, 1906, xxviii, 153; 166.—Beauvois (A.) La croisade de J. H. Cohausen contre le tabac (1716-20). N. iconog. de la Salpetriere, Par., 1900, xiii, 448-469, 1 pl.— Carbonell Soles (F.) Contra el tabaco. Rev. balear de cien. med., Palma de Mallorca, 1910, xxvi, 145-149.— Castellan. De l'influence de Tabus du tabac sur Tac- tion des medicaments internes et sur la cicatrisation des plaies externes. Rev. prat. d. trav. de med., Par., 1897, liv, 249.—Cocke (J. H.) Treatise on tobacco. i»: Tem- perance essays [etc.], 12°, Albany, 1865, 67-101.—Com- position (The) of certain secret remedies; a cure for tobacco habit. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1912, i, 791.—Cough- lin (R. E.) The use and abuse of tobacco. N. Eng. M. Month., Danbury, Conn., 1902, xxi, 323-326.—Courrent (F.) Tabac et tabagisme. Actuality med., Par., 1897, ix, 121; 136; 169: 1898, x, 10; 24; 41; 56; 90; 106; 125.—Covert (G.) Tobacco for the young. Tr. Nat. Eclect. M. Ass., Cincin., 1895-6, xxiii, 237-240.—Cure (A) for the tobacco habit. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1907, i, 462.—Decroix (E.) Tobacomanie; suggestion hvpnotique; guerison. Rev. prat. d. trav. de med., Par., 1896, liii, 289.—Delobei. Les effets de Tabus du tabac. Province med., Lyon, 1895, ix, 50S-512. -----. Les dangers de Tabus du tabac. Tri- bune med., Par., 1900, 2. s., xxxii, 206; 228; 247.—Dennis (L.) Tobacco and its effects on youth. Rep. Bd. Health N. Jersey, Trenton, 1892, xvi, 107-122. — Foveau de Conrmelles. Le tabagisme et ses remedes. Medecin, Brux., 1904, xiv, 397. — Filrst (L.) Zur Prophylaxis des Coffe'inismus und Nicotinismus. Aerztl. Prax., Berl. u. Leipz., 1901, xiv, 335; 351. — Glglioll (G. Y.) La questione del tabagismo professionale. [Abstr.] Riv. crit. di clin. med., Firenze, 1902, iii, 157-160.—Henle (C.) Om bruk och missbruk af tobak. [The use and abuse of tobacco.] Halsovannen, Stockholm, 1899, xiv; 283-288.— Heward (E. V.) Tobacco in relation to health and character. Nineteenth Century, Lond., 1897, xli, 808- 823.—Hirscliberg. De la prophylaxie du nicotinisme. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par., 1902, cxliii, 376-382.— Huber (J. B.) The use of tobacco by the immature. Month. Cycl. & M. Bull., Phila., 1909, ii, 10-13.—Kohos. De Taccumulation de la nicotine dans l'organisme et de son elimination. Bull, med., Par., 1897, xi, 384.— Ku- born. [Rapport relatif a l'usage du tabac chez les jeunes gens au-dessous de seize ans.] Bull. Acad. roy. demed. de Belg., Brux., 1899, 4. s., xiii, 402. [Discussion], 549; 663; 757: 1900, 4. s., xiv, 239; 277; 587; 659.—Lav a lie Carvajal (E.) Tabaquismo y tabacomania. Cr6n. med. mexicana, Mexico, 1907, x, 233; 260; 281.—Le Grix. La suppression de l'usage du tabac s'impose comme un devoir aux hygienistes et aux medecins; ou deductions hygieniques et m^dicales sur Involution et le traitement d'un cancroide labial des fumeurs. Assoc, franc, pour Tavance. d. sc. C.-r. 1899,0 Par., 1900, xxviii. pt. 2, 890- 893.—Lindhagen (C.) Atgiirder mot tobaksbruk och kaffemissbruk. [Advice concerning the use of tobacco and the abuse of coffee] Halsovannen, Stockholm, 1911, xxvi, 97; 114.— JIarable (T. H.) Are the uses of tobacco detri- mental to mankind? Tr. M. Soc. Tennessee, Nashville, 1899,25-35. Also: Quart. J. Inebr., Hartford, 1900, xxii, 139- 119.—.tlarvin(D.) Tobacco, its use and abuse. Vermont M. Month..Burlington, 1912, xviii, 157-164, lch.—JUassa- longo(R.) II tabagismo moderno. Gior. d. r. Soc. ital. d' ig., Milano, 1899, xxi. 533-543.—Newton (R. C.) The use of tobacco by schoolboys. Boston M. & S. J., 1909, clxi, 237.—Pellegrini (R.) Contro T uso del tabaeeo nei manicomi. Manicomio, Nocera, 1909, xxv 265-282.— Tobacco (Abuse of). Petit (G.) Le tabagisme et son traitement par la sugges- tion hypnotique. Rev. de l'hvpnot. et psychol. physiol., Par., 1908-9, xxiii, 267-272.— Pieraecini (G.) Contri- buto alio studio del tabagismo professionale nella donna, in rapporto alia funzione riprodutrice. Clin, mod., Pisa, 1905, xi, 2-4.—Reynolds (D. S.) The tobacco addic- tion. Quart. J. Inebr., Hartford, 1902, xxiv, 270-274.— Stolper (J.) The tobacco habit of women; its effects and consequences. Nashville J. M. & S., 1900, lxxxvii, 55-66.—Tobacco. J. Inebriety, Bost., 1910, xxxii, 91- 97.—Tobacco and the higher education. Med. Pio- neer, Lond., 1895-6, iv, 167. —Tobacco (The) habit among the young. [Edit.] Pediatrics, N. Y. & Lond., 1897, iv, 408.—Tracy (J. L.) The psychology of the to- bacco habit. Am. Med., Burlington, Vt., & N. Y., 1909, iv, 359-372.—Voisin (A.) Nicotinisme gueri par suggestion. Rev. de l'hypnot. et psychol. physiol., Par., 1894-5, ix, 245.—Woods (M.) Some of the minor immoralities of the tobacco habit. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1899, xxxii, 683-687. -----. On certain aspects of the tobacco ques- tion. J. Inebr., Bost., 1908, xxx, 114-118. Also: Month. Cycl. Pract. Med., Phila., 1907, xxi, 105-108.—X. De la denicotinisation, cessation brusque ou doses d6eroissantes. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.J, Par., 1901, cxlii, 706-713.— Zalachas(C) Du tabagisme et de son antidote. Med. et hyg., Brux., 1905, iii, 217-222. Tobacco (Effect of) on vision. See, also, Amaurosis from alcohol, etc. Hoffmann (A.) * Beitrag zur Lehre von der Tabaksamblyopie. 8°. Strassburg i. E., 1898. Silvestri (1.) * Contribution a I'etude de l'amblyopiealcoolo-nicotique. 8°. GenZve,1891. Voigt (W.) *Der gegenwiirtige Stand der Lehre von der Tabak- und Alkoholamblyopie mit Benutzung des Materials der Giessener Uni- versitiits-Augenklinik. 8°. Giessen, 1906. Bar (K.) Untersuchungen bei Tabak-Alkohol-Am- blyopic Arch. f. Augenh., Wiesb., 1906, liv, 391-399, 2 pl. Also [Abstr.]: Heilkunde, Berl., 1907, 253. Also [Abstr.]: Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1905, Leipz., 1906, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 281-283.—Barrett (J. W.) Tobacco amblyopia in horses. Intercolon. M. J. Aus- tralas., Melbourne, 1897, ii, 172-177,1 pl.—Belt (E. O.) A case of alcohol-tobacco amblyopia with retinal hemor- rhage associated with peripheral multiple neuritis. Ann. Ophth. & Otol., St. Louis, 1896, v, 948. Also, Reprint — Besio (E.) L' ambliopia da intossicazione alcoolica- nicotinica nella statistica dello spedale di Pammatone in Genova nel decennio 1890-1900. Pammatone, Genova, 1905, ix, 173-179.—Bijlsma. Tabaks-amblyopie? Ge- neesk. Courant, Amst., 1908, lxii, 279. — Boeehi (A.) Ambliopia nicotinica ed alcoolica. Ann. di ottal., Pavia, 1900, xxix, 162-169. Also [Abstr.]: Cong. d. Ass. oftal. ital. Rendic, Pavia, 1898, xv, 62— Brims (H. D.) Time required for recoverv in severe tobacco amblvopia. Am. J. Ophth., St. Louis, 1898, xv, 309. — Brunton (Sir T. L.) The effect of tobacco in health and dis- ease. Med. Exam. & Pract., N. Y., 1906, xvi, 14«- 150.—Cortezo ( F. J.) Ambliopia aleoholico-nicoti- nica. Siglo med., Madrid, 1909, lvi, 180-182.—Dalen(A.) Ueber die anatomische Grundlage der Alkohol-Tabak- amblyopie. Mitt. a. d. Ausenkl. d. Carolin. med.-chir. Inst, zu Stockholm, Jena, 1906, 8. Hft., 1-42, 2 pl.—Danis (M.) Traitement de Tamblyopie nicotinique par la leci- thine. Progresmecl.beige,Brux., 1912,xiv, 11. Also: C\m. opht., Par., 1912, xviii, 124-127.—De Waele (H.) Sur la medication de Tamblyopie nicotinique par la lecithine. [Rap. de De Waele, p. 31.] Bull. Acad. roy. de m6cl. de Belg., Brux., 1911, 4. s., xxv, 65-69.-----. Sur la medica- tion de Tamblyopie nicotinique par la lecithine, (2« communication.) Arch, d'opht., Par., 1912, xxxii, 356-361, Also: Belgique med., Gand, 1912, xix, 459^61.—Deyl (I.) O tupozrakosti alkoholove a tabakove. [Dimness of eye- sight from alcohol and tobacco.] Sbirka pfedn&sek a rozpr. z oboru lekafsk., v Praze, [1899], no. 21, 1-26, 1 pl.— DoddfH. W.) Acaseof tobacco amblyopia. Polyclin., Lond., 1902, vi, 197.—Dor (L.) De Tamblyopie par l'al- eool et le tabac dans la region lyonnaise. Assoc, franc. pour Tavance. d. sc. C.-r. 1897, Par., 1898, xxvi, pt. 1, 348; 749.—Howling (F.) Tobacco amblyopia; some re- cent examinations made to determine the influence of tobacco on vision among the employees of the tobacco factories of Cincinnati. J. Am. M." Ass., Chicago, 1900, xxxiv, 462-464. -----. Tobacco and the eyes. Lan- cet-Clinic, Cincin., 1908, lx, 699-702. Also, Reprint- Dunn (P.) Post-graduatelectureontobaccoamblyopia. Lancet, Lond., 1906, ii, 1491-1493. -----. Tobacco amblvo- pia. Hospital, Lond., 1910, xlviii, 105-107.—Ellett (E. C.) Some severe cases of tobacco and quinin amblyopia. J. Am.M. Ass., Chicago, 1898, xxxi, 767-770.—Ellis (A. N.) Tobacco and tobacco amaurosis. Cincin. Lancet-Clinic, 1901,n.s.,xlvi,337-310.—Ellis (R.) Tobacco amblyopia. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1897, Iii, 453.—Fage. Clinique ophtal- mologique; amplyopie alcoolique et nicotinique. Gaz. TOBACCO. 300 TOBACCO. Tobacco (Efect of) on vision. med. de Picardie, Amiens, 1896, xiv, 161-168.—Ferdi- nands (G.) Four cases of unsymmetrieal tobacco am- blyopia. Brit. M.J., Lond., 1896, ii, 653— Finlay (CE.) Ambliopia alcoh61ica y tabaquica en Cuba. Arch, de oftal. hispano-am., Madrid, 1902, ii, 401-416. Also, transl.: Arch. Ophth., N. Y., 1901, xxx, 241-257.—Fisher (J. H.) The influence of nicotin on ganglion cells; its bearing on the pathology of tobaeco-amblyopia. Ophth. Rev., Lond., 1901, xx, 161-159.—Franklin (VV. S.) Tobacco ambly- opia (from cigars) in a woman. Calif. State J. M., San Fran., 1909, vii, 85-87. — Galezowski. Des troubles visuels consecutifs a Tabus du tabac. Rec. d'ophth., Par., 1883, 3. s., v, 677-68:!.—Gal lo (N.) L' ambliopia tossica da tabacco; dottrina e nosografia con alcune osservazione cliniche. Suppl. al Policlin., Roma, 18y8-9, v, 1089; 1123; 11*5.—(ialtier. Amblyopic nicotinique. Ann. d'ocul., Tar., 1902, cxxviii, 371-373.—Gazepes (G.) Uepi to£i- icijs a^/3Aua)7ria« e/c viKOTivqs Kai oivonvevnaTOS. Ta^-qvos, 'AOyvai, 1896, 66-86.—Grinlth (J.) Tobacco amblyopia. Med.Times&Hosp.Gaz., Lond., 1899, xxvii,605.—Haight (A.T.) The effects of tobacco on the eye. Chicago Clinic, 1899, xii, 85-89.—Hale (A. B.) Irritaci6n ocular por el tabaco en los obreros de las fabricas de cigarros y sus manifestaciones locales. An. de oftal., Mexico, 1901-2, iv, 68-72.—Hall ( G. P.) Some of the toxic effects of to- bacco on the general organism, with especial reference to its effects on the eve. Internat. M. Mag., Phila., 1894-5, iii, 178-181.—Harnian (N. B.) The visual fields in to- bacco amblyopia. Lancet, Lond., 1904, ii.821. -----. To- bacco amblyopia; a substitute for smoking. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond., 1908-9, xxix, 129.—Heilen- bower (R. C.) Toxic amblvopia caused by alcohol and tobacco. Elect. M. J., Cincin., 1912, lxxii, 167-175—Hig- gins(F. W.) Tobacco amblyopia. J. Am. M. Ass., Chi- cago, 1897, xxviii, 64-66.— Hutchinson (J.), jr. Un- symmetrieal tobacco-amaurosis; relapsing optic neuritis, with development of new vessels in front of the papilla: and peripheral choroido-retinitis, associated with peculiar pigmentation of mucous membranes. Roy. Lond. Ophth. Hosp. Rep., 1886-7, xi, 188-190, 1 pl. Also, Reprint. — Jackson (E.) Tobacco amblyopia. Denver M. Times, 1895-6, xv, 444-446.—Kerr (J.) Tobacco amblyopia in daily practice, with analysis of fifty consecutive cases seen" in 1900. Quart. M. J., Sheffield, 1900-1901, ix, 231- 243.—Laqueiir (L.) Ueber die Wirkung des Alkohols, des Tabaks und einiger Medikamente auf das Auge. strassb. med. Ztg., 1907, iv, 57-6].—Lautenbarh (L. J.) Some results in cases of tobacco amblyopia. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1898, xxxi, 770. Also, Reprint.— Lewis (F. P.) Preliminary note on that form of toxic amblyopia produced by tobacco. J. Ophth., Otol., & Laryngol., N. Y., 1901, xiii, 399-402. [Discussion], 421. -----. The effect of tobacco on the eyes. Tr. Homceop. M. Soc, N. Y., 1901, xxxvi, 131-134.—Lyle (H. W.) The effect of tobacco on the eyes. Practitioner, Lond., 1905, lxxv, 68-71.—McBeynolds (G. S.) Reportof a case of tobacco amblyopia. Memphis M. Month., 1900, xx, 584.— Meany (W. B.) A few paragraphs about tobacco am- blyopia. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1898, xxx, 721-723. -----. Tobacco amblyopia. Med. Rec, N. Y.. 1908, Ixxiii, 532.—Morettl (E.) L'ambliopia tossica alcoolico- nicotinica. Osp. magg. Riv. seient.-prat. d. . . . di Mi- lano, 1910, v, 2; 71; 188; 230; 371; 429. Also: Ann. di ottal., Pavia, 1911, xl, 396-457.—Motolese (F.) La bromeliana nell' ambliopia alcoolico-nicotinica. Ann. di ottal., Pavia, 1910, xxxix, 852-865.—O'Connor (J. T.) Tobacco-alcohol amblyopia; with peculiarities of color vision; are the latter cerebral or retinal in origin? Homceop. Eye. Ear & Throat J., N. Y., 1900, vi, 50-55, lpl.— O'Kinealy (F.) An anomalous case of tobacco am- blyopia. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond., 1903-4, xxiv, 108-116. -----. A case of tobacco amblyopia presenting unusual defects in the visual fields and a case of optic atrophy complicating beri-beri. Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1901, xxxvi, 251-253, 1 pl— Parisotti (O.) Ambliopia nicotinica. Riv. ital. di ottal., Roma, 1911, vii, 247-254.— Parker (W. F.) Report of a case of pure tobacco am- blyopia. Phys. & Surg., Detroit M4. — Valentine ( L. O. ) Substitutes for tobacco. Merck's Rep., N. Y., 1903, xii, 13. Tobacco ( Substitutes for). [Patent specifications.] Douglass (E.) Improved compositions to destroy the appetite for tobacco. No. 91,218; June 15, 1869.— Ellis (C.) Masticable tobacco substitute. No. 904,521: Nov. 24. 1908.—Goshon (J. G.) & Eby (S. M.) Prepa- ration of maize-leaf as a substitute for tobacco. No. 12,417: Feb. 20, 1855—Groff (W. D.) Manufacture of the leaves of the sunflower and rhubarb plants as a sub- stitute for smoking-tobacco and for the formation of cigars. No. 1,066; Jan. 8, 1839.—James (J. P. R.) Im- provement in substitutes for tobacco. No. 210,538; Dec. 3,1878 —Lange (J. C.) Improved substitute fortobacco. No.87,572; March 9, 1869.—Mi Her (L. H.) Tobacco sub- stitute. No. 448,925; March 24, l.syi.—Raniel (P. V.) Improved process of preparing plants to be used in cigars, snuff, etc. No. 97,962; Dec 14,1869.—Rose (W. P.) To- bacco substitute. No. 440,506; Nov. 11,1890.—"Webster (J. B.) Improved compositions for tobacco substitutes. No. 92,497; July 13, 1869. Tobacco (Therapeutic use of). See, also, Intestines (Obstruction of, Treat- ment of) by insufflation, etc.; Intussusception ( Treatment of) by insufflation. TOBACCO. 301 TOBACCO. Tobacco (Therapeutic use of). Finot (R. J.) *An asthmati humido nico- tiana? M. Dominico de Farcv, praeside. 8°. Parisiis, 1700. Dun lap (W.) Tobacco as an irritant in cancerous affections. Tr. Alabama Dent. Ass., Montgomery, 1883, 26-28. — Fullerton (W. D.) Oral sepsis with special reference to the antiseptic properties of tobacco. Cleve- land M. J., 1912, xi, 5S5-597.—Lenialre (L.) Inven- tions bizarres et brevets singuliers; les lavements de fu- me* de tabac. Chron. med., Par., 1911, xviii, 185; 249; 409; 505: 1912, xix, i_s —Petit (G.) De l'emploi du tabac en medecine. Med.orient.,Par.,1907,xi,97-105.—Prydz(0.) Om tobaksolje som teraplutisk middel. [Tobacco oil as a remedy] Tidskr. f. d. norske Lsegefor., Kristiania, 1903, xxiii. 885-887. Tobacco (To.ricology and ill effects of). See, also, Heart (Effect of drugs on); Lead ( Poisoning by) from snuff, etc. ; Nicotine; Strychnine (Toxicology of); Tobacco (Abuse of) ; Tobacco (Effects of) on vision; Tobacco ( Workers in ); Tobacco-juice ( Toxicology of); Tobacco-smoke (Effects of); Tobacco-smok- ing. Amocroux (R.) * Etude experimentale de l'atherome tabagique. 8°. Toulouse, 1906. Boussiron (B.) De Taction du tabac sur la sante et de son influence sur le moral et 1'intel- ligence de l'homme. 3. ed. sm. 8°. Paris, 1844. Brodersex (C. P.) *Zur Kenntnis der chro- nisehen Tabak vergiftung und der Lavulosurie. 8°. Kiel, 1903. Depierris (H.-A.) Le tabac, qui contient le plus violent des poisons, la nicotine: Abrege-t-il 1'existence? est-il cause de la degenerescence physique et morale des societes modernes. 8°. Paris, 1898. Grimpret (Marie-Berthe). * L'influence du tabac sur la grossesse, et la sante des nourris- sons, des ouvrieres de la manufacture de Lille. (Etude d'hygiene sociale.) 8°. Lille, 1906. Gy (A.) *Le tabagisme; etude experimen- tale et clinique. 8°. Paris, 1909. Hagedorn (M. ) Die schiidlichen Einwir- kungen des Tabaks und Alkohols einerseits und verkehrten Schneuzens und Xiesens, sowie der Nasen- und Luftdusche andererseits auf das Ohr bezw. auf die Nase. 8°. Halle a. S,. 1897. Jankau (L.) Der Tabak und seine Einwir- kung auf den menschlichen Organismus. Eine chemische, physiologische, pathologische und therapeutische "Studie. 8°. Munchen, 1894. KohosC.-M.) *De la dyspepsie tabagique. 4°. Paris, 1894. Le Carre (F.) * Contribution a I'etude des accidents du tabagisme; Societe contre l'abus du tabac; consommation du tabac en France. 4°. Paris, 1895. Lohde (R. F. W. M.) * Ueber chronische Tabakvergiftung. 8°. Leipzig, 1902. Prieur (G.) *Le tabac et l'appareil vascu- lare. 8°. Paris, 1905. Silva (C.) Del tabacco e dei dannosi effetti che esso produce all' organismo. 8°. Firenzuola D>Arda, 1893. Adler (I.) Preliminary note on some effects of to- bacco on the tissues of rabbits. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, Phila., 1902, xvii, 25-31. Also: J. Med. Research, Bost., 1902. viii, 309-315. — Albertotti (G.) II tabacco in rap- porto alia sua azione sul sistema cerebro-spinale, ossia le psicopatie osservate nei lavoranti nelle fabbriche di ta- bacco. Ann. di freniat. [etc.], Torino, 1897, vii, 69-81.— Aldricb (C. J.) The deleterious effect of tobacco upon the undeveloped nervous system. Dietet. & Hyg. Gaz., N. Y., 1904, xx, 199-202.—Ap^ry (P.) Moyen de se pre- server contre les effets nocifs du tabac. Cong, internat. d'hyg. et de demog. C.-r. 1894, Budapest, 1896, viii, pt. 5, 508.—Aynierich (G.j Ricerche sperimentali sulla in- tossicazione tabagica in gravidanza. Ann. di ostet., Mi- lano, 1912, ii, 209-211.—Bagolan (A.) Contributo clinico Tobacco (Toxicology and ill effects of). alio studio delle psiconeurosi da tabacco. Morgagni, Milano, 1909, li, pt. 1,459-464.—Bailey (S.) Tobacco; its effects. J. Iowa State M. Soc, Clinton, 1911-12, i, 55-65.— Ballet (G.) & Faure (M.) Attaques epileptiformes produites par l'intoxication tabagique experimentale. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1899, 10. s., vi, 116-118. Also: MM. mod., Par., 1899, x, 97. — Baueres (J.) El tabaco y sus peligros. Bol. med., Lerida, 1903, ii, 139- 142.—Bangs (L. B.) Some observations on the effects of tobacco in surgical practice. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1908, Ixxiii, 421-423. [Discussion] .421-423.—Barazzoni (C.) L' intossicazione tabagica e la sua importanza nell' etio- logia della ipertensione arteriosa. Gazz. med. ital., To- rino, 1905, lvi, 335; 345; 365— Baylae (J.) Atherome ex- perimental de l'aorte consecutif a Taction du tabac. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1906, lx, 935-937. Also: Arch. med. de Toulouse, 1906, xiii, 205-216. — Beale (A.) Tobacco idiosyncrasy. Indian M. Rec, Calcutta, 1896, x, 180. — Benignl (P. ) Le modificazhmi del sangue nell' avvelenamento cronico sperimentale da tobacco. Ann. d. manic prov. di Perugia (1910), 1911, iv, 105-125. -----. Sulle alterazioni anatomiche indotte dall' intossicazione cronica sperimentale da tabacco. Riv. di patol. nerv., Firenze, 1911, xvi, 80-100. -----. Altre ricerche sull' avvelenamento sperimentale cro- nico da tabacco negli animali castrati. Ibid., 161-170.— Bentley (J. R.) The influence of the tobacco habit on the induction and maintenance of anaesthesia. Middle- sex Hosp. J., Lond., 1903-4, vii,271-278.—Bleasdale (R.) Tobacco poisoning in a child. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1906, i, 1155.—Bottstein. Drei Fa lie von Pruritus nach Tabak- genuss. Monatsh. f. prakt. Dermat., Hamb., 1904, xxxix, 577.—Boveri (P.) Ateroma aortico sperimentale da ta- bacco. Clin. med. ital., Milano, 1905, xliv, 359. Also: Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1905, xxvi, 670. -----. Tabacco e lavoro muscolare; intossicazioni nicotiniche. Gazz med. lomb., Milano, 1906, lxv, 491-496.—Brownson (W. C.) The tobacco habit as a cause of disease. Tr. M. Soc. N. Car., Winston, 1898, 24-29— Brunton (Sirl.L.) The effect of tobacco on the heart and circulation. Practi- tioner,Lond.,1905,lxxv,54-57.—Buecelli (N.) Lapazzia da tabacco. Boll. d. r. Accad. med. di Genova, 18%, xi, 281.-----. Turbe nervose per astinenza da tabacco in soggetti nevro-psicopatici. Riv. di patol. nerv., Firenze, 1897, ii, 299-305. -----. Un caso di psicosi poiinevritica per tabacco. Riv. di patol. nerv., Firenze, 1898, iii, 249- 265. Also: Riformamed., Napoli, 1898, xiv, pt. 3,257; 270.— Bureau (M.) Etude clinique des accidents cardiaques dus d, l'intoxication tabagique chronique, et en particu- lier des accidents tardifs. Gaz. m6d. de Nantes, 1907, 2. s., xxv, 421-429.—Calcaterra (G.) Azione del fumo e del succo di tabacco sulla saliva e sul succo gastrico. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1908, Roma, 1909, xviii, 416.— Cannata(S) Tabagismoefunzionigenitalinell'uomo. Gazz.d.osp.,Milano, 1907,xxviii,910.—CarboneII Soles (F.) Contra el tabaco. Bol. d. cons. sup. de salub., M6- xico, 1910, ix, 361-365.—Castellino (P. F.) Cardiacal- gia tabaica. Tommasi, Napoli, 1905-6, i, 397.—Chlericl (L.l Tabacco e funzione uditiva. Gazz. med. di Roma, 1906, xxxii, 309-319.— Chilcott (W. L.) Effects of to- bacco. J. Kansas M. Soc, Columbus, 1908, viii, 117-124.— Chmelaf (B.) Nervov6 jevy z chronick6 nikotinove' intoxikace. [Sympt6mes nerveux causes par l'intoxica- tion chronique de nicotine.] Rev. neurol., psvchiat., fys., adiaetet. therap., v Praze, 1907, iv, 392-395.—Claparede (E.) & Isal'lovitcli (D.) Influence du tabac sur l'as- sociation des idees. Compt. rend. Soe. de biol., Par., 1902, 11. s., iv, 758-760.—Clark (L. P.) The experimental ef- fects of tobacco upon the nervous svstem. J. Inebriety, Bost., 1908, xxx, 33-38. Also [Abstr.]: Med. Rec. N. Y., 1907, lxxi, 1072— Clere (A.) & Pezzi (('.) Action de la nicotine sur le cceur isol6 de quelques mam- miferes. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1912, lxxii, 316-318.— Crock ( G. W.) The toxic effects of to- bacco. Hahneman. Month., Phila., 1896, xxxi, 236-241. -----. The toxic effects of tobacco. Quart. J. Inebr., Hartford, 1899, xxi, 150-155.—Crook (J. K ) Considera- tions regarding the tobacco habit with special reference to its effects on the heart. Post-Graduate, N. Y., 1894, ix, 464-470. Also: Dietet. & Hyg. Gaz., N. Y., 1894, x. 594-598.— Dalton (N.) The effect of tobacco on the gastro-intes- tinal tract. Practitioner, Lond., 1905, lxxv, 57-59.—Del- lino (V.) Los venenos sociales; el tabaco y el eter. Semana med., Buenos Aires, 1912, xix, pt. 2, 307-318.— Belie. Tabac et audition. Bull, de laryngol., otol. et rhinol., Par., 1904, vii, 202; 292. Also: Presse Oto- laryngol, beige, Brux., 1904, iii, 449-457. Also: Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1905, i, 97-106.— Delobel. De l'influence de l'abus du tabac sur Taction des medicaments internes et sur la cicatrisation des plaies. J. Soc. contre l'abus du tabac, Par, 1897, xxi, 189; 211; 239.—De Bidder (L.) Effets du tabac. Bull. Soc. demed. de Gand, 1«98. lxv, 115-121.—Doltoey (R. V.) Tobacco toxemia. Northwest. Med., Seattle, 1909-10,n.s., i, 99-102.—Donatli (J.) Talmkvergiftungen. Med. f. Alle, Wien u. Leipz., 1906. i, 185-187.—Eastman (E. H.) Chronic tobacco poisoning. Texas M. News, Austin, 1905-6, xv, 615-620.—Effect (The) of tobacco in health TOBACCO. 302 TOBACCO. Tobacco (To.ricology and ill effects of). and di>ea-e. [Symposium.] Practitioner. Lond., 1905, lxxv, 51-71.—Fa'varger (H.) Zur Frage der chroni- sehen Tabakvergiftung. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1906, xix, 635-637.—Fere (C.) L'influence de l'aleool et du tabac sur le travail. Arch, de neurol., Par., 1901, 2. s.,xii, 36(.i- 462.—Ferran. De Taction du tabac sur Taudition. Rev. i11«'. 1. de Normandie, Rouen, 1911, 363-369.—Fisio- patolouia (Su la) del tabacco. Studium, Napoli, 1912, v, l"is-ii;o.—Foiiclier. Quelques remarques sur l'usage du tabac en rapport avec la muqueuse de la bouche et des voies respiratoires. Union med. du Canada, Mont- real, 1897, xxvi, 193-198.—Frencli (J. M.) Cigarette ine- briety. Quart. J. Inebr., Hartford, 1902, xxiv, 53: 1903, xxv, 164.—Friediuann (A. C. H. ) Tobacco poison- ing. Interstate M. J., St. Louis, 1903, x, 145-148. Also: Quart. J. Inebr., Hartford, 1903, xxv, 164-168.—Gafecki (S.) I'rzewlelkle zatrucie tytoniem. [Chronic tobacco pi>ining.] Zdrowie, Warszawa, 1903,2. s.,iii, 1197-1213.— l.ou/.iilez (C.) El tabaco y las dispepsias. Rev. m6d. de Sevilla, 1909, Iii, 65-69.—Gouget (A.) Sur quelques 16sionsde l'intoxication tabagique experimentale. Presse med., Par., 1906, xiv, 533.—Guillain (G.) & Gy (A.) Etude comparative de differentes methodes permettant d'experimenter la toxicity du tabac. Compt. rend. Soc de biol., Par., 1907, lxiii, 407-409. Also: Arch, de med. exper. et d'anat. path., Par., 1908, xx, 63-77.----------. Contribution &, I'etude des lesions aortiques experimen- tales determinees par l'intoxication tabagique. Bull, et mem. Soc med. d. h6p. de Par., 1908, 3. s., xxv, 960-969. ----------. Recherches experimentales sur la toxicite. des tabacs dits denicotinises. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par , 1907, lxiii, 0x4-686.-----------. Les lesions hepa- tiques dans l'intoxication tabagique experimentale. Ibid., 1908, lxv, 482-484.-----------. Les lesions des cel- lules nerveuses corticales dans l'intoxication tabagique experimentale. Ibid., 614-616.—Hale (A. B.) Tobacco intoxication, locally and systematically considered; re- port of a case of tobacco amblvopia. Med. News, N. Y., 1898, Ixxiii, 299-301.— Hamniond (W. A.) The physio- logical effects of alcohol and tobacco upon the human system. In his: Physiol, mem., 8°, Phila., 1863, 43-65.— Hartman (J. C. M.) Tabakvergiftiging. Tijdschr. v. phys. therap. en hyg., Amst., 1906, 50-56.—Hawkes (J.) A ease of tobacco-poisoning in a child. Lancet, Lond., 1901, ii, 1121.—Heffter. Einiges fiber Tabakvergiftung. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1900, xxx, 507-509.— Hirschberg. De la prophylaxie du nicotinisme. Nouv. remedes, Par., 1902, xviii, 113-118.—Hoeh ling (A. A.) Tobacco and diabetes; the record of a personal experience. Am. J. Clin. M., Chicago, 1911, xviii, 35.—J. (L.) Les effets du tabac & l'etat normal et pathologique. Med. mod., Par., 1905, xvi, 299.—Jacoby (G. W.) Die chronischeTabaks-Intoxication, speciell in aetiologischer und neurologischer Hinsicht. Berl. Klinik, 1898,126. Hft., 1-32. Also: N. Yorker med. Monatschr., 1897, ix, 65-87.— Knepper. Ueber die Beziehungen zwischen chro- nischer Tabakvergiftung und Invalidenversicherung. Aerztl. Sachverst.-Ztg., Berl., 1906, xii, 4-6.—Lack (H.L.) The effect of tobacco on the upper air passages. Practi- tioner, Lond., 1905, lxxv, 64-68—Landa (G. M.) Efectos nocivos del tabaco en el aparato auditive Actas y trab. d. ]»Cong. m6d. nac, Habana, 1905, i, 352. Also: Rev. de med. y cirug. de la Habana, 1905, x, 185— Langinaid (S. W.) The effects of tobacco upon the throat. Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass., N. Y., 1904, xxvi, 116-122. Also: Boston M. & S. J., 1905, clii, 693-695.—Lehmann (K. B.) & Gundermann (K.) Neue Untersuchungen iiber die Bedeutung der Blausaure fiir die Giftigkeit des Tabak- rauchs. Arch. f. Hyg., Munchen u. Berl., 1912, lxxvi, 98-115.—Le June de Segrais. De Timpuissance pro- voquee par Tabus de tabac. Arch. gen. de med. Par 1902, n. s., vii, 385-394.—Leinaire (J.) Intoxication ta- bagique, aigue, legere, accidentelle, par ingestion chez un enfant de un an. Bull. Soc. de pediat. de Par , 1909, xi, 14-16. Also: Ann. de med. et chir. inf., Par., 1909 xiii 167.—Lenimialiu (F.) Fyrafallaf arsenik-forlamning, bervende pa bruk af arsenikhaltig tobak. [Four cases of arsenical paralysis, caused by tobaccocontaining arsenic 1 Svens. Lak.-Sallsk. Forhandling, 1909, 393-397.—Lesleur (C.) Tabagismeexperimentaletdenicotinisation. Compt rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1907, lxii. 430. -----. Sur la toxi- cite experimentale de quelques tabacs (tabacs complets tabacs plus ou moins denicotinises). Ibid., 1908, lxiv 9- 11— Lesieu r (C.) & de Labonnefon (G.) Tabagisme experimental et atherome aortique. Bull. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Lyon, 190\ vii, 410-412. Also: Lvon med. 1908 cxi, 562-564 —Had erna (C.) Intossicazione nicotinica sperimentale; alterazioni del sangue e di alcuni organi (fegato, milza e rene). Gior. internaz. d. sc. med Na- poli, 1911, n. s., xxxiii, 721-739.—Elaine (F. D )'' To- bacco heart; what is it and what its treatment? Med News. N Y., 1902, lxxxi, 150-Mallory (Mary B ) Poi- soning from tobaccc Tr. Nat. Eclect. M. Ass., Cincin., flR" XXZ' ^.-IWancioli (T.) II tabacco; lesion! dell orecchio, del naso e della gola nelle operaie delli Tobacco (Toxicoloe/t/ and ill effects of). Phila. M. J., ixy.), iv, 672-676. Also: South. Pract., Nash- ville, 1899, xxi, 327-337.—iTIocelil ( D.) Intorno all' in- fluenza del tabagismo su la gravidanza. Ann. di ostet., Milano, 1906, ii, 287-294— IH out no ro (F.) Intorno alia pretesa influenza del tabagismo sulla gravidanza (Ri- sultati di un' inchiesta nella r. manifattura dei tabacchi). Ramazzini, Firenze, 1908, ii, 152-167. Also [Abstr.j: Gine- col. mod., Genova, 1908, i, 48.— Morrow (W. S.) A re- spiratory symptom of tobacco poisoning and its experi- mental investigation. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1897, i, 1406- 1409.—ItIouriqiiand(G.)&Boueliut(L.) Anginede poitrine et tabae. Arch. d. mal. du coeur [etc], Par., 1912, v, 657-667.—Naeke (P.) Der Tabak in der Aetiologie der Psychosen. Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1909, xxiii, 805; 821 ■ 840—Nicola! (G. F.) & Staehelin (R.) Ueber die Einwirkung des Tabakgenusses auf die Circulationsor- gane. Ztschr. f. exper. Path. u. Therap.. Berl., 1910-11, viii, 323-336.— Orvafianos (D.) [etal.]. Dictamen sobre la memoria a concurso: "Accidentes causados por el uso del tabaco." Gac. med. de Mexico, 1910, 3 s., v, 355-366.— Osier (VV.) Tobacco angina. Montreal M. J., 1895-6, xxiv, 877-879.—Otto (C.) Zmiany anatomiczne w sercu pod wplywem nikotyny. [Anatomical changes in the heart under the influence of nieotin.] Medveyna i Kron. lek., Warszawa, 1910, xiv, 1151-1164.—Pain & Schwartz. Hallucinations avec impulsions sous Tin- fluence du tabac. Eneephale, Par., 1908, ii, 198-200.— Palmer (A. W.) Tobacco deafness. J. Ophth., Otol. & Laryngol., N. Y., 1904, xvi, 28-31.—Panigazzl (A.) & Capece (N. C.) El tabaco y sus efectos. Semana med., Buenos Aires, 1905, xii, 265-279.— Pedraza (E.) Ac- ceso estenoeardico provoeado por el abuso del tabaco. Rev. de cien. med., Habana, 1894, ix, 37.—Pel (P.-K.) Un cas de psychose tabagique. Ann. med.-chir., Dour, 1911, xix, 171. Also, transl.: Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1911, xlviii, 241.—Peri (A.) II pensiero di Angiolo Filippi suT esistenza di forme morbose dovute a tabagismo pro- fessionale. Gazz. med. d. Marche, Ancona, 1908, xvi, nos. 1-4.—Petit (G.) Contribution a I'etude physiolo- gique du tabac et k son action sur l'organisme. Progres med., Par., 1903, 3. s., xviii, 441-443. Alxn, transl.: Atlanta J.- Rec, Med., 1903-4, v,649-656.—Pick ( F.) Ueber chroni- sche Tabakvergiftung. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Kong. f. innere Med., Wiesb., 1910, xxvii, 559-56">.—Pla. Intoxi- cation professionnelle par le tabac Languedoc med - chir., Toulouse. 1906, xiv, 87: 107; 131; 141; 155; 173: 1907 xv, 34.—Keckitt (J. D.) Tobacco dyspnoea. Lancet, Lond., 1911, i, 1499.—Beik (H. O.) The effectof tobacco on the ear and upper respiratory tract. Tr. Am. Laryn- gol., Rhinol. & Otol. Soc, New Bedford, Mass., lino. 160- 171. Also: Boston M. & S. J., 1910, clxii, 856-K60.—Benon (L.) Le tabac et l'appareil vasculaire. Rev. gen. de elin. et de therap., Par., 1905, xix, 321-323.—Benon (L.), Loedericli & JHazouz. Claudication intermittente et thrombose de l'aorte abdominale chez un tabagique. Bull, etmem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1905, 3. s., xxii, 79-85.—Kiclion (L.) & Perrin. Retards de deve- loppement par intoxication tabagique experimentale, possibility de la reprise de croissance apres cessation de l'intoxication. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1908, lxiv, 563-565.-----------. Etat du squelette chez les lapins ayant subi un retard de developpement par intoxi- cation tabagique experimentale. Ibid., 1909, lxvi, 30.— -----•-----. Etat des organes genitaux et de quelques organes chez les lapins ayant subi un retard de developpe- ment par intoxication tabagique experimentale. Ibid., 62.—Bobinson (R.) De la pretendue action abortive du tabac. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1908, cxlvii, 538.—Sclioltz (K.) Adatok a dohany- es alcohol-neuri- tis elofordul&sanak ismeretehez. [On tobacco and alco- hol neuritis.] Szemeszet, Budapest, 1908, xiv, 45-52.— Scott (J.W.) A rare effect of tobacco. Toledo M. & S. Reporter, 1896, ix, 532-534. Also [Abstr.]: Southwest. M. Rec, Houston, 1896, i, 170.—Seaver (J. W.) Tobacco stunting; the effects of nicotine on growth. Sanitarian, N. Y., 1898, xl, 414-421.- Shoemaker (J. V.) Tobacco poisoning. Med. Bull., Phila., 1903, xxv, 295.—Somers (L. S.) The effect of tobacco on the nose, throat, and ear. Penn. M. J., Athens, 1905-6, ix, 722-725.—Spencer (W. G.) The effect of tobacco on the mouth and tongue. Practitioner, Lond., 1905, lxxv, 62-64, 1 pl.—Stern (H.) The toxicity of tobacco and a method of eradicating it. Med. Rev. t>f Rev., N. Y., 1899, vii, 298-303. Also: Quart. J. Inebr., Hartford, 1899, xxi, 373-381. Also: St. Louis M. & S. J., 1899, lxxvi, 234-240. -----. Tobacco as a factor in glycosuria. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1901. lix, 646-649.— Stevens (D. D.) Scrap tobacco as a menace to public health. Med.-Leg. J., N. Y., 1906, xxiii, 612-618.—Slu ver (E.) The influence of tobacco on the development of the child. Quart. J. Inebr., Hartford, 1898, xx. 273-278.— Symposium on tobacco. Lancet-Clinic, cincin., 1908, lx, 699-706.—Taylor (J.) The effect of tobacco on the nervous system. Practitioner, Lond., 1905, lxxv, 69-61.— Tedeschl (E.) & < ampora (G.) Ricerche sperimen- tali sopra alcuni fenomeni anafilattici che accompagnano T intossicazione da tabacco. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1910, Roma, 1911, xx, 470.—Toiuaselli(C) Azione del tabacco sul polso irregolare respiratorio. Gazz. med. TOBACCO. 303 TOBACCO-SMOKE. Tobacco (loxicology and ill effects of). ital.,Torino, 1909, lx, 281;291. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1910, liii, 471.—Toporkolf (N.) Khronicheskoye otravleniye tabakom. [Chronic tobacco poisoning.] Obozr. psichiat.,nevrol.[etc.], S.-Peterb., 1903, viii, 262-270.—Townsend (C. W.) The evils of tobacco. Boston M. & S. J., 1910, clxii, 913—Toxic (The) factor in tobacco. Lancet, Lond., 1912, i, 944-947.—Vaceari (A.) A proposito delT influenza del tabagismo sulla gra- vidanza. Ginecologia, Firenze, 1908, v, 289-305. Also: Ramazzini, Firenze, 1908, ii, 428-444.—Viana (G.) Sopra un caso di tabagismo. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1902, xxiii, 510.—Watkins (G.) Poisoning by tobacco in the horse. Vet. J., Lond., 1905, Ixi, 15— Waucoiiiont (R.) L'in- toxication tabagique. Scalpel, Liege, 1912-13,lxv, 89-91.— White (J. A. H.) Some effects of tobacco. Birmingh. M. Rev., 1903, n. s., ii, 581-588— Winirrave (W.) To- bacco nerve deafness. Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1903, xii, 460-467. Also: J. Laryngol., Lond., 1903, xviii, 172-177. Also [Abstr.]: Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1903, n. s., lxxv, 127-129.—Wurtz (R.) L'intoxi- cation chronique par le tabac. Scalpel, Liege, 1896-7, xlix, 278.—Wybauxi Un cas d'aeeeleration du coeur par suite d'intoxication tabagique. Policlin., Brux., 1912, xxi, 1/0.—Zasiedatel (V.) Tabachnoye otravleniye v svyazi s ucheniyem ob angionevrozakh i bolleznyu Ray- naud. [Tobacco poisoning in connection with the study of angioneurosis and Raynaud's disease.] Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1911, xviii, 681; 609; 643. Tobacco (IVorkei's in). Celli (A.) Sulle condizioni igieniche e sani- tarie dell' industria del tabacco in Italia. 4°. Roma, 1908. Bell re ns (J.) Die Beziehungen der Mikroorganis- men zum Tabakbau und zur Tabakfabrikaticn; Sammel- referat. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1896, ii, 514; 540. — Bulova. Pfi>p6vek k poznani nemoci tab&kov6 pri delnieich v tovarnach na tab&k. [Contri- bution to the knowledge of tobacco diseases in -working- women in tobacco factories.] Casop. lek. Cesk., v Praze, 1869, viii, 1; 9; 17. -----. O vlivu tabaku na lid, pracujici vtov&michtabakovych. [Theinfluenceof tobacco on the workmen in tobacco factories.] Ibid., 1871, x, 2x9: 297.— Butler (Elizabeth B.) The stogy industry in Pittsburgh. Charities [etc.], N. Y., 1908, xx, 433-449.—Capparelli (A.) Modificazioni della pressione sanguigna del polso arterioso nei lavoranti addetti alia fermentazione del tabacco. Lavoro, Milano, 1912, v, 1-3—Bowling (F.) The French Government tobacco faetory at Issv, near Paris. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1909, liii, 1171-1173.— Entstaubung und Ventilation in Tabakfabriken. Ztschr. f. Gewerbe-Hyg. [etc.], Wien, 1909, xvi, 9; 42.— Etienne (G.) La mortality infantile dans les families des ouvrieres k la manufacture de tabacs de Nancy. Ann. d'hyg., Par., 1897, 3. s., xxxvii, 526-536.— Jehle (L.) Hygiene der Tabakarbeiter. Arch. f. Unfallheilk., Stuttg., 1899-1901, iii. 364-370.—Lavagna (S.) Modifica- zioni della pressione sanguigna e del polso arterioso nei lavoranti addetti alia fermentazione del tabacco. Tom- masi, Napoli. 1901, vi. 821-828. — Livon (J.) fils. Gros- sesses et avortements chez des femmes employees a la manufacture des tabacs. Marseille med., 1906, xiii, 132- 145. — ITIaneioli (T.) II tabacco; lesioni dell" orecchio, del naso e della gola nelle operaie della r. manifattura di Roma. Boll. d. mal. d. orecchio, d. gola e d. naso, Firenze, 1904, xxii, 11; 25. Also, transl.: Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1904, xvii, 421-134. — Perl (A.) La mestruazione nelle lavoratrici del tabacco. Rama- zini, Firenze, 1909, iii, 657-660.—Pineiro (C, M.) Estig- mas profesionales de los tabaqueros. Arch, de la Soc. esturL clin. de la Habana, 1907-8, xv, 36-42. Also: Rev. de med. y cirug. de la Habana, 1907, xii, 571-576. Also, transl: J. de med. de Par., 1908, 2. s., xx, 153. Also, transl.: Rec. de med. leg., Par., 1908, xv, 73-77.—Bosenfeld ( S.) Hygienische Verhiilt- nisse der osterreichischen Tabakfabrikarbeiter. Cen- tralbl. f. allg. Gsndhtspflg., Bonn, 1899, xviii, H9-12'.i.--- Schellenberg (E. ) Hygiene der Tabakarbeiter. Handb. d. Hyg., Jena; 1896, viii, 614-626. —Sch rim pl (F.) Ueber die Organisation des Sanitatsdienstes bei den k. k. Tabakfabriken; aus amtliehen Quellen zusammen- gestellt. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1899, xxiv, 362; 396; 406; 419; 431.—Simoninl (R.) Sulle cause della morbilitae mortalita nei bambini delle lavoratrici del tabacco. Pediatria, Napoli, 1909, 2. s., vii, 161-194.—Tavcrnari (L.) Saggio d' igiene industriale sulla r. manifattura dei tabacchi di Modena. Ann. d'ig. sper., Roma, 1900, n. s., x, 351-398, 1 pl. Also: Rassegna di sc, med., Mo- dena, 1900-1901, xv, 1-59. — W'insbaek. Etude sur la sant<5 des ouvriers de la manufacture imperiale des tabacs de Metz. Expose d. trav. de la Soc. d. sc. med. de la Mo- selle, 1869, Metz, 1870, 1-28. Also, Reprint. Tobacco-ash. See Serpents (Poisonous, Bites of, Treatment of). Tobacco-habit. See Tobacco (Abuse of). Tobacco-j uice. Herzog (J.) Untersuchung einer Fliissigkeit zum Tranken des Kautabaks. Arb. a. d. pharmazeut. Inst. d. Univ. Berl. (1908), 1909, vi, 238.— Uses oi tobacco juice in France. J. Soc. Arts, Lond., 1898-9, xlvii, 901. Tobacco-juice (Toxicology of). Arnoldt(M.) * Ueber eine Vergiftung mit Kautabaksaft. 8°. Konigsberg i. Pr., 1908. Fan berg (A.) Kronisk nikotinforgiftning; skraato- bak. [Chronic nicotinepoisoningfromchewingtobacco.J Norsk Mag. f. Lsegevidensk., Kristiania, 1910, 5. R., viii, 569-581.—Peueh (F.) Empoisonnement dedeuxg6nis- ses par le jus de tabac. J. de med. vet. et Zoetech., Lyon, 1906,5. s., x, 78. Tobacco-plant (Diseases of). See, also, Sclerotinia. Heintzel (K. G. E.) *Contagiose Pflanzen- krankheiten ohne Microben unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Mosaikkrankheit der Ta- baksbliitter. 8°. Erlangen, 1900. Howard (L. O.) The principal insects af- fecting the tobacco plant. 8°. Washington, 1900. United States. Department of Agriculture. Farmers' bulletin No. 120. The principal in- sects affecting the tobacco plant. By L. O. Howard. 8°. Washington, 1900. United States. Department of Agriculture. Bureau of Entomology. Bulletin No. 65. The tobacco thrips, a new and destructive enemy of shade-grown tobacco. By W. A. Hooker. 8°. Washington, 1907. -----. Circular No. 66. The tobacco thrips and remedies to prevent ' 'white veins'' in wrap- per tobacco. By W. A. Hooker. 8°. [ Wash- ington, 1906.] United States. Department of Agriculture. Bureau of Plant Industry. Bulletin No. 51. Miscellaneous papers. I. The wilt disease of to- bacco and its control. By R. E. B. McKenney. 8°. Washington, 1905. Becquerei (P.) Sur un cas remarquable d'autoto- mie du pedoncule floral du tabac, provoquee par le trau- matisme de la corolle. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1907, cxiv, 936.—Beijerinck [M. W.] Over een conta- gium vivum fluidum als oorzaak van de vlekziekte der tabaksbladen. K. Akad. v. Wetensch. te Amst. Versl., 1899, vii, 229-235. Also, transl.: K. Akad. v. Wetensch. te Amst. Proc. sect, sc.,,1899, i, 170-176. Also, transl.: Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1899, v, 27-33. Also, Reprint.—Bouyirues (H.) Sur la nielle des feuilles de tabac. Compt. rend. Aead. d. sc, Par., 1903, cxxxvii, 1303-1305.—Bouygues (H.) & Perreau. Contribution a I'etude de la nielle des feuilles de tabae. Ibid., 1904, cxxxix, 309.—Delacroix (G.) La rouille blanche du tabac et la nielle ou maladie de la mosa'ique. Ibid., 1905, cxl, 678-6*0.— Hinds (W. E.) A new tobacco thrips. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 1905, xviii, 197-200.—Hunger (F. W. T.) Die Verbreitung der Mosaikkrankheit infolge der Behandlung des Ta- baks. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1904, xi, 405-408. Also, transl.: Handel, v. h. vlaamsch nat.- en geneesk. Cong. 1903, Gent & Antwerpen, 1904, vii, 18- 21. -----. Untersuchungen und Betrachtungen iiber die Mosaik-Krankheit der Tabakspflanze. Ztschr. f. Pflan- zenkr.,Stuttg.,1905,xv,257-311.—Iwanowski (D.) Die Mosaik- und die Pockenkrankheit der Tabakspflanze. Ztschr. f. Pflanzenkr., Stuttg., 1902, xii, 202. -----. Ueber die Mosaikrankheit der Tabakspflanze. Ibid., 1903, xiii, 1-41,. 3 pl.—Jensen (H.) Ueber die Bekampfung der Mosaikkrankheit der Tabakpfianze. Centralbl. f. Bakte- riol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1905, xv, 440-445.— Kenney (R. E. B.) The wilt disease of tobacco and its control. U. S. Dep. AKTic. Bur. animal indust., Bull.no. 51, Wash., 1905, 6-8.—I > eda (Y.) On the tobacco wilt disease caused by a bacteria. Preliminary notice. Centralbl. f. Bakte- riol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1904-5, xiii, 327-329. Tobacco-smoke. See, also, Tobacco (Therapeutic use of). von Frank l-JB och wart (L.) Die nervosen Erkrankungen der Tabakraucher. roy. 8°. Wien & Leipzig, 1912. TOBACCO-SMOKE. 304 TOBACCO-SMOKING. Tobacco-smoke. Kuhles (J.) * Untersuchungen; iiber den Uebergang von Nikotin aus Zigarren und Ziga- retten in den Kauch. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1907. Marcelet (H.) *Sur le dosage de l'oxyde de carbone, en particulier dans les fumees de tabac. 8°. Montpellier, 1907. Pantaga (I. I.) *Izslledovaniye russkavo tabaka i papirosnavo dima. [Investigation of Russian tobacco and cigarette smoke.] 8°. Yuryev, 1902. Warburg (H.) * Studien iiber den Nikotin- und Pyridingehalt des Tabakrauchs bei Ver- wendung schwerer und leichter, sowie nikotin- freier und nikotinunschiLdlicher Zigarren. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1906. Biuz it'.) Ueber das Kohlenoxyd im Tabakrauche. Deutsche At-rzte Ztg., Berl., 1900,1-3.—Bosi (A.) Sui di- versi metodi per studiare 1' azione del fumo del tabacco. Atti d. Accad. med.-ris. fiorent. 1909, Firenze, 1910, 80-83.— Oesprez(G.) La fumee de tabac en bacteriologie. Rev. med. du Canada, Montreal, 1901-2, v,617.—Habermann (J.) Beitrage zur Kenntniss des Cigarrenrauches. Zt- schr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1901, xxxiii, 65-125, 1 pl. -----. Ueber den Blausauregehalt des Cigarrenrauches. Ibid., 1902, xxxvii, 1-17. -----. Beitrage zur Kennt- nis des Zigaretten- und des Pleifenrauches. Ibid., 1903-4, xl, 148-161. —Habermann (J.) & Eliren- feld (R.) Zur Kenntnis des Zigarrenrauches. Ibid., 1908, lvi, 363-372—Kissllng (R.) Beitrage zur Kennt- nis des Tabakrauches. Arch. f. Hyg., Miinehen u. Leipz., 1894, xx, 211-213.—Poisonous (The) constit- uent of tobacco smoke. [Edit.] Lancet, Lond., 1904, i, 43.—Pontag (J.J.) UntersuchungdesRauchtabaksund desCigarettenrauches. Ztschr. f. Untersuch. d.Nahrungs- u. Genussmittel, Berl., 1903, vi, 673-691.—Sej bold (W.) Nikotin und Kohlenoxyd im Tabakrauch. Zentralbl. f. d. Kneipp. Heilverf., Worishofen, 1906, xiii, 118-120.— Thorns (H.) Ueber die chemische Untersuchung der Rauchproducte des Tabaks. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1899, Leipz., 1900, lxxi, pt. 2, 2. Hefte., 664-667. -----. Ueber die Rauchprodukte des Ta- baks. Ber. d. deutsch. pharm. Gesellsch., Berl., 1900, x, 19-31. -----. Versuche zur Entgiftung des Tabakrauches. Arb. a. d. pharmazeut. Inst. d. Univ. Berl. (1903), 1904, i, 174-182. Also [Abstr.]: Apoth.-Ztg., Berl., 1904, xix, 13. -----. Ueber den Blausauregehalt des Cigarrenrauches. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1903, xxxvii, 250.— Trillat (A.) Sur la formation de l'ald6hyde formique dans la combustion du tabac. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1904, exxxix, 742-744. -----. Contribution a I'etude sur la fumee du tabac. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1904, lvii, 469. Tobacco-smoke (Effects of). See, also, Tobacco-smoking. Arena (R.) *Pesquizas physiologicas expe- rimentaes sobre a accao do fumo de tabaco rela- tivamente a digestao. 4°. Rio de Janeiro, 1900. Bitter (L.) * Untersuchungen iiber die Be- deutung des Nikotins fiir die Starke der Rauch- wirkung. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1907. Vladichko (S. D.) Vliyaniye tabachnavo dima na nervnuyu sistemu i organizm voob- shtshe, s obrashtsheniyem vnimaniya na profi- laktiku i terapiyu ostravo i khronicheskavo otravleniya. [Influence of tobacco smoke upon the nervous system, and the organism in gen- eral, with special attention to the prophylaxis and therapy of acute and chronic poisoning. 1 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1909. Wahl (F.) * Ueber den Gehalt des Tabak- rauches an Kohlenoxyd. [Bonn.l 8°. Al- tenburg, 1899. 262^285 iT>"' ArCh' f' d' gGS' PhysioL- Bonn- 1899> lxxviii, Arnold (M. B.) On the effect of the exposure to tobacco smoke on the growth of pathogenic micro-organ- isms. Lancet, Lond., 1907, i, 1220,-Biffls (P.) Alcune ricerche tonometriche sotto 1' azione del fumo di tabacco Gazz cL osp., Milano, 1912, xxxiii, 1017-1019.—Bosi (A ) «SitH newntl m^.dl per l0 studi0 sperimentale degl IIItt^?,3!-frim?,dl1iabacco- R«orma med., Napoli, 1909, fmnk*'™iii~ 18^6' Jxx- M0- [Discussion], 348-350.- neig (L.) L oxyde de carbone intervient-fl dans l'in- Tobacco-smoke (Efects of). toxication par la fum6e du tabac. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1908, cxlvi, 776-779. -----. Influence de la fumee de tabac et de la nicotine sur le developpement de l'or- ganisme. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1908, lxiv, 683- 685.—Fleig (C.) & de Vlsuie (P.) Action de la fumee de tabac sur les ph6nomenes respiratoires et vasomoteurs. Ibid., 1907, lxiii, 578; 628.-----------. Mecanisme des effets cardiaques de la fumee de tabac. Ibid., 1908, lxiv, 173-175.----------. Mecanisme des effets respiratoires de la fumee de tabac. Ibid., 206-208.—dterm-destroy- Ing (The) properties of tobacco smoke. Lancet, Lond., 1906, i, 984.-l.ee (W. E.) The action of tobacco smoke, with special reference to arterial pressure and degenera- tion. Quart. J. Exper. Physiol., Lond , 1908, i, 335-358, 1 pl.—Nice (L. B.) Comparative studies on the effects of alcohol, nicotine, tobacco smoke and caffeine on white mice. I. Effects on reproduction and growth. J. Exper Zool., Phila., 1911-12, xii, 133-152. - Ollendorl' (A.) Beitrag zur Frage der Tabakrauch wirkung auf die Aorta. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1909, xxiii, 309.—Paelion (V.) Quelques remarques sur 1'interpretation de traces pletbys- mographiques et les effets cardio-vasculaires de la fumee de tabac. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1907, lxiii, 630.—Pliarmaeology (The) of tobacco smoke. [Edit.] J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1909, Iii, 386.—Pussep (L. M.) Vliyaniye tabachnavo dima i nikotina na mozgovoye kro- voobrashtsheniye. [Influence of tobacco smoke and nico- tin upon the blood circulation in the brain.] Obozr. psi- chiat.,nevrol. [etc],S.-Peterb., 1906, xi, 123; 241.—Katner. Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber die physiologische Wirkung des Tabakrauches auf den Organismus. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1906, cxiii, 198-212, 2 diag.— Itavicini (S.) Contributo alio studio dell' azione tossica e bactericida del fumo di tabacco. Corriere san "Milano, 1903, xiv, 78; 109; 123. — Severson (Selena), Effects of cigarette smoke upon children and vouth. Tr M. Soc. Wisconsin, Madison, 1896, xxx, 344-347.—Sharp (Mila, B.) Bad effects of tobacco smoke on infants and young children. Ibid., 342.—Wright (J. W.) Inflam- mation of the eyes due to infection from hay fever con- veyed by tobacco smoke, with report of cases. Ophthal- mol., Milwaukee, 1906-7, iii, 51.—Zliebrovski (E. A.) K voprosu o vliyanii tabachnavo dima na krovenosnlye sosudi u zhivotnikh. [Influence of tobacco smoke upon the blood-vessels in animals.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1907, vi, 789. Also, transl.: Centralbl. f. allg. Path. u. path. Anat., Jena, 1907, xviii, 337-340. -----. K voprosu o vliyanii vdikhaniya tabachnavo dima na zhivotnikh. [Influence of tobacco-smoke inhalation upon animals.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1908, vii, 429-431. Also, transl.: Przegl. lek., Krak6w, 1908, xlvii, 381; 394. Also, transl.: Centralbl. f. allg. Path, u, path. Anat., Jena, 1908, xix. 609-617. Tobacco-smoking. Callige. Tabacainesie, ou eloge du tabac a fumer. 8°. Annecy, 1858. Druhen aine. Du tabac; son influence sur la sante et sur les facultes intellectuelles et mo- rales; hygiene des fumeurs. 16°. Besancon, 1866. Grabowsky (N.) Wider den Tabak! Das Tabakrauchen und sein Einfluss auf die korper- liche und geistige Entartung der modernen Menschheit, zugleich mit positiven Vorschla- gen, wie man es anfangen soil, sich der Tabaks- leidenschaft zu entreissen. 8°. Leipzig, 1900. —. The same. 2. Aufl. 8°. Leipzig, 1909. Hesse (E.) den Kreislauf. S., 1907. LeBon (G.) * Der Einfluss des Rauchens auf [Leipzig.] 8°. Naumburg a. La fumee du tabac. Recher- ches sur la nature et la quantite des principes de la fumee du tabac absorbee par les fumeurs et sur les effets qu'ils produisent. 8°. Paris, 1872. Mendelson (A. L. ) K voprosu o vliyanii kureniya na zdorovye. [On the effect of smok- ing upon health.] 8°. [St. Petersburg, 1897.] Repr.from: J. russk. Obsh. okhran. narod. zdrav., St. Petersb., 1897, vii. Michaelis (A. A.) Hygiene des Rauchens und der Tabak (Nicotiana tabacum) nach seinen botanischen, chemischen und medicinischen Eigenschaften und Wirkungen. Eine physiolo- gisch-medicinische Abhandlung. 12°. Leipzig, 1894. TOBACCO-SMOKING. 305 TOBACCO-SMOKING. Tobacco-smoking. Nikolski (D. P.) O tabakle i vredle yevo kureniya. [Tobacco and injury from smoking it.] 12°. S.-Peterburg, 1894. Noda (S.) *Beitnige zur Erkliirung der Wir- kung des Rauchens. (Starke und schwache Zigarren von gleichen Nikotingehalt; Nikotin- gehalt beim Rauchen aus einer neuen und alten Pfeife.) 8°. Wiirzburg, 1908. Poenaru - Caplescu. Tutunul si efectele asupra fumatorilor. [Smoking and its effect on smokers.] 8°. Bucuresci, 1903. Poulain de la Fontaine (H. ) Contre la cigarette. Preface de J. Burnet. 12°. Paris, 1904. Pritchett (R. T.) Ye smokiana, historical, ethnographical. 8°. [London], 1890. Truth (The) about cigarettes. Papers read and discussed by the Medico-Legal Society of New York. 12°. New York, 1897-8. Repr.from: Med.-Leg. J., X. Y., 1897-8. Venner (T.) A brief and accurate treatise concerning the taking of the fume of tobacco, which very many in these days doe too licentiously use; in which, the immoderate, irregular and unseasonable use thereof is repre- hended, and the true nature and best manner of using it, perspicuously demonstrated. 12°. London, 1621. W. (E. [A.]) Why do we smoke? 12°. Lon- don, 1903. Weger (G. A.) *Wie liisst sich die verschie- dene Wirkung von Zigarren mit gleichem Niko- tingehalt erklaren? 8°. Wiirzburg, 1909. Willson (R. N. 1 Can a gentleman smoke? 8°. Philadelphia, 1912. Amalti(G.) Tabacco-da-fumo e stomaeo. Stomaco, 1896, ii, 33.—A in er son (S. S.) The poison in cigarettes. Kentucky M. J., Louisville, 1907-8, v, 25.—Bamberger (J.) Zur Hvgiene des Rauchens. Munchen. med. Wchn- schr., 1904, li, 1344.—Bell (C.) The cigarette; does it contain any ingredient other than tobacco and paper? Does it cause insanity? Med.-Leg. J., N. Y., 1897-8, xv, 443: 1898-9, xvi, 203.—Bey (L.) Das Rauchen der Ziga- retten in Aegypten. Aerztl. Rundschau, Munchen, 1908, xviii, 347.—Bramwell (B.) Pain in the chest due to a strain; suspected aneurism; stightly thickened arteries in a man of twenty-five; excessive tobacco smoking; inju- rious effects of tobacco: tobacco deafness. Clin. Stud., Edinb., 1905-6, iv, 68-73.—BreBa (J.) Remarks concern- ing the vice of smoking among youths, and suggestions as to the means of overcoming it. Am. Pub. Health Ass. Rep. 1900, Columbus, O., 1901. xxvi, 135-139.—Bruee (J. W.), Miller (J. R.) & Hooker (D. R.) The effect of smoking upon the blood pressures and upon the volume of the hand. Am. J. Physiol.,Bost, 1909. xxiv, 104-116.— Bruliat (J.) & Binet ( M.) Denicotinisation par voie chimique de la fumee de tabac, et son application a l'hy- giene des fumeurs. J. d'hyg., Par., 1907, xxxii, 44.—Cur- ry er (W. F.) Cigars and cigarettes. Tr. Nat. Eclect. M. Ass., Cincin., 1895-6, xxiii, 225-237.—Cusack (M. F.) Pipe, cigar or cigarette? Lancet, Lond., 1912, i, 1019.— Oavidovics (J.) Ueber schnelles und langsames Ta- bakrauchen. Hyg. Rundschau, Berl., 1908, xviii, 189- 192.—Eftects of exhaling tobacco smoke through the nose. Lancet, Lond., 1906, ii, 1085.—Feitsman (O. B.) Sluchal epilepticheskikh pripadkov (ekvivalenta), vizi- vayemikh kureniyem tabaku. [Epileptic fits (equival- ent) caused bv tobacco-smoking.] J. Nevropat. i psi- khiat. . . . Korsakova, Mosk., 1910,x,583-592.—Fleig (C.) & de Vlsme. Etude experimentale de l'intoxication par la fumee du tabac; action sur la pression sanguine. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1907, lxiii, 435-437. -----------. Sur les conditions d'etude de l'intoxica- tion par la fumee du tabac; parallelisme des effets clini- ues et exp^rimentaux, aigus et chroniques; persistance es reactions physiologiques chez les sujets accoutumes Ibid., 1908, lxiv, 114-116.—Fletcher (W. B.) The ciga- rette; its relation to mental arid nervous diseases. Indi- ana M.J..Indianap.,1905-6, xxiv,255-258.—von Frankl- Hochwart ( L.) Die nervosen Erkrankungen der Tabakraucher. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1911, xxxvii, 2273; 2321. Also: Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1911-12, xliii, 360-392.—Frifhlich (A.) Die Toxikologie des Tabakrauches und des Nikotins. I vol xviii, 2d series---20 Tobacco-smoking. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1911, xxxvii, 2268-2273.-----. Die Toxikologie des Nikotins und des Tabakrauches. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1911-12, xliii, 359— FrBlieli (H.) Gesund- heitspflege fiir Tabakraucher. Centralbl. f. allg. Gsnd- htspflg., Bonn, 1897, xvi, 459-497.—Garcia JTlon. En- fermedades observadas en los fumadores. Cr6n. med.- quir. de la Habana, 1901, xxvii, 369-375. Also: Escuela de med., Mexico, 1901, xvi, 483-487. —Garrison (W. H.) A brief for the cigarette. Med.-Leg. J., N. Y., 1897-8, xv, 280-291. Also, Reprint.—Gil HI Ian (J. S.) Some remarks on the effect of tobacco smoking on the cardio-vascular svsteni. St. Paul M. J., St. Paul, Minn., 1912, xiv, 338-340.—Hesse (E.) Der Einfluss des Rauchens auf den Kreislauf. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1907, lxxxix, 565-575.— Hirshberg (L. K.) Physiology, so called, and the cigarette. Maryland M. J., Bait, 1906, xlix, 90-92.—Hugensclimidt. Suppres- sion de l'habitude de fumer par la suggestion. Rev. de l'hypnot. psychol. physiol., Par., 1894-6, ix, 217-219.— Jankau (L.) Des Tabakrauchen von Kranken und Reconvaleseenten. Ztschr. f. Krankenpfl., Berl., 1894, xvi, 253-260. Also [Abstr.]: Med.-chir. Centralbl., Wien, 1895, xxx, 285.—Jean (F.) Action des matieres cataly- santes sur les fumees du tabac et application a l'hygiene des fumeurs. J. d'hyg.. Par., 1907, xxxii, 14-16.—Klev- tsoff(L) Otravleniye nikotinom kuritelel tabaka. [Nico- tine poisoning of tobacco smokers.] Russk. med. vestnik, S.-Peterb., 1902, iv, no. 23, 28: 1903, v, no. 8, 27.—K.0I0- moitseff* (S. V.) Lyapis, kak sredstvo, pomogayu- shtsheye ostavit kureniye. [Silver nitrate as a remedy against smoking.] Terapiya, S.-Peterb., 1906, iii, 363.— Kornfeld (H.) Cigaretten; pro et contra. Memorabi- lien, Heilbr., 1897-8,n. F.,xvi,385-388— Kryuger(F. K.) O soderzhanii rodanistavo kaliya v slyunle kuryashtshikh i nekuryashtshikh. [On the presence of sulphocyanide of potassium in the saliva of those who do and those who do not smoke] Izvlest. Imp. Tomsk. Univ., 1898, xiv, no. 4, 1-12—Leliuiann (K. B.) Chemische und toxikolo- gische Studien fiber Tabak, Tabakrauch und das Tabak- rauchen. Arch. f. Hyg., Munchen u. Berl., 1908-9, lxviii, 319-465. -----. Untersuchungen fiber das Tabakrauchen. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1908, lv, 723-725. ^teo[Abstr.]: Sitzungsb.d. phys.-med. Gesellsch. zu Wiirzb., 1908,42-45.— Mann (J. D.) Someof the effects of excessive smoking. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1908, ii, 1673-1675.—Meylan (G. L.) The effects of smoking on college students. Pop. Sc. Month., N. Y., 1910, xxxvii, 170-177.— Mulhall (J. C.) The cigarette habit. Tr Am. Laryngol. Ass., 1895, N. Y., 1896, xvii, 192-200—Nikolski (D.) O kurenii tabaka sredi uchashtshikhsya. [Tobacco-smoking among stu- dents.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1902, i, 1453; 1532.— Pack (F. J.) Smoking and football men. Pop. Sc. Month., N. Y., 1912, lxxxi, 336-344. — Paction (V.) A propos de l'intoxication tabagique, considered dans les conditions du fumeur. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1908, lxiv, 116. — Palmen (E.) Ueber die Ein- wirkung des Tabakrauchens auf die korperliche Lei- stungsfahigkeit. Skandin. Arch. f. Physiol., Leipz., 1910, xxiv, 187-196.—Pagchkis (H.) Zur Hygiene des Rau- chens. Monatschr. f. Gsndhtspflg., Wien, 1904, xxii, 1-6. Also: Wien. med. Presse, 1904, xiv, 165-175.—Pomme- rol. L'oxydede carbone et les fumeurs. Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1900, Ixxiii, 1335.—Keport (The) of the Lancet Analytical Sanitary Commission on American cigarettes. Lancet, Lond., 1899, ii, 1607-1609.—Reynolds (D. S.) Cigarette smoking. Quart. J.Inebr., Hartford, 1901, xxiii. 454-457.—Rlus y JHatas (J.) Nicotinomania. Arch, de psiquiat y criminol., Buenos Aires, 1906, v, 344-348. Also: Rev. frenopat. expafi., Barcel., 1905, iii, 342-346 — Bobinson (A. A. ) Toxicology of tobacco smoke. Med. Fortnightly, St. Louis, 1909, xxxvi, 283-286. — Schmidt (W.) & Varges (J.i Ein Beitrag zur Hy- giene des Rauchens. Med. Klin., Berl., 1905, i, 543.— Seasoned (The) tobacco pipe. Lancet, Lond., 1911, i, 1523.—Severson (Selena). Effects of cigarette smoke upon children. Pediatrics, N. Y. & Lond., 1897, iii, 156- 158.—Skaller (M.) Die Entstehung und Behandlung desMagensaftflussesderGewohnheitsraucher. Verhandl. d. Berl. med. Gesellsch. 1909, Berl., 1910, xl, pt. 2, 393^04. Also: Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1909, xlvi, 2189-2193.—Skul- skl (M.) Lyapis, kak sredstvo dlya tovo, chtobi otuchit ot kureniya. [Silver nitrate as a remedy against smok- ing.] Terapiya, S.-Peterb., 1906, iir, 290.—Smoking and growth. Health Mag., Wash., 1897-8, v, 298—Snijders (A. J. C.) lets over het rooken. Hyg. BL, Amst., 1899, ii, 305-311—Stranch. The nicotine question in smok- ing; Habermann's recent analytical researches and ex- periments. Quart. J. Inebr., Bost, 1906, xxviii, 21-26.— StriJszner (E.) Einiges iiber den Tabak, namentlich mit Bezug auf das Rauchen der SchuljiiRend. Ztschr. f. Schulgsndhtspfig., Hamb., 1902, xv, 419-127.—Thomp- son (J. H.) Carbon monoxide poisoning by the inhala- tion of cigarette smoke. Lancet, Lond., 1904, i, 395.— Tobacco from the viewpoint of a reformed smoker. Boston M. & S. J., 1909, clxi, 271.— Trapeznikott (A V.) Hipnoz, kak Hechebnoye sredstvo protiv kureniva. [Hypnotism as a remedy against smoking.] Vrach, St TOBACCO-SMOKING. 306 TOCCI. Tobacco-smoking. Petersb., 1898, xix, 846.—Inzer (J. A.) Vom Rauchta- bake. Arzt, Hamb., 1769, ii, 306-316.—Vladfchko (S. D.) Patologo-anatomicheskiya izmleneniya v tsentralnol i perifericheskol nervnol sistemle pri otravlenii tabach- nim dimom. [Pathological alterations in the central and peripheral nervous svstem in tobacco-smoke poisoning.] Vrach.Gaz.,S.-Peterb..l908,xv.904-906. Aho.transl.: Neu- rol. Centralbl.,Leipz., 1909,xxviii,910-913.—Volfson (V.) O vredle i bezvrednosti kureniya. [Harm and harmless- ness of smoking.] Sputnik zdorov., S.-Peterb., 1898-9, i, 828; 849; 890; 952.—Vollert. Nikotinfreie Zigarren. Therap. Neuheiten, Leipz., 1907, ii, 1-3.—Weyl (H.) Hygiene des Rauchens. Arch. f. Phvs.-diatet Therap., Berl., 1902, iv, 162.—Wikulill (F.) Eine besondere Art von Rauchervergiftung. Wien. med. Presse. 1906, xlvii, 2619.—Wood hull (A. A.) Cigarette smoking by the young. Am. Health, N. Haven & N. Y., 1908, i, 37-40. Tobago. Scheerer (O.) Ein ethnographischer Bericht fiber die Insel Botel Tobago. Mitt. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Nat.- u. Volkerk. Ostasiens, Tokyo, 1908, xi, 145-212. To bar y Borgono (C. M.) L'asile interne devant le droit international. 366 pp., 11. 8°. Barcelone, Carbonell y Estera, 1911. Tobeitz (A[dolf]). Differential-Diagnose der Anfangsstadien der akuten Exantheme fiir Aerzte, besonders Amtsarzte. 104 pp. 8°. Stuttqart, F. Enke, 1908. Tobey(E[dward] N[elson]) [1871- ]. The methods for testing the indol reaction, pp. 301-304. 8°. Boston, 1901. Cutting [cover with printed title] from: J. Med. Re- search, Bost, 1900, xv. -----. The cholera-red reaction and indol reac- tion, pp. 305-307. 8°. Boston, 1906. Cutting [cover with printed title] from: J. Med. Re- search, Bost., 1906, xv. ----. Non-virulent diphtheria bacilli from in- fected middle ear. pp. 319-320. 8°. Boston, 1906. Cutting [cover with printed title] from: J. Med. Re- search, Bost., 1906, xv. -----. I. A new para-dimethyl-amido-benzalde- hyde test for indol. II. Cholera-red reaction as affected by mixed cultures, pp. 449-505. 8° Boston, 1908. Cutting [cover with printed title] from: J. Med. Re- search, Bost, 1908, xix. -----. The cytology and life-history of trypano- somes. pp. 379-387. 8°. Boston, 1910. Repr.from: Med. Research, Bost., 1910, n. s., xvii. Tobey (Samuel Boyd). See [Mau ran (Joseph), Webb (Thomas H.)&Tobey (Samuel Boyd)]. Tobi Islands. Seldel(H.) Ueber Religion und Sprache der Tobi- msulaner. Globus, Brnschwg., 1905, lxxxviii, 14-17. -----. Die Bewohner der Tobi-Inseln (Deutsch-West- mikronesien). Ibid., lxxxvii, 113-117. Tobiansky d'Altholf (Leopold). Assainis- sement des villes par 1'incineration des immon- dices ou ordures menageres. 50 pp., 1 tab., 1 diag. 8°. Bruxelles, Van Campenhout frlres & seeur, 1911. Tobias (Ernst). * Ueber Porencephalic 25 pp. 8°. Freiburg i. B., Speyer & Kaerner, 1897. —-—. Anwendungsformen und Wirkungsweise der Hydrotherapie bei den Verdauungs- und Stoffwechsel-Krankheiten. 53 pp. 8°. Halle a. S., C. Marhold, 1910. nJL0^™5-*™-' v' 2' of: Samml. zwangl. Abhandl. a. d. Geb. d. Verdauungs- u. Stoffwechs.-Krankh. Tobias (Georg) [1878- ]. * Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Thranendriisentumoren und ihrer Operation nach der Kronleinschen Methode. 1902P' 8°' Freibur9LK>SPeyerTi?8 (Siegfried, gen. Fritz) [1887- ] Leber Riesenzellensarkome der Sehnenschei- den mit einem kasuistischen Beitrag. 17 pp 8 . Heidelberg, J. Horning, 1910. Tobiesen (Frits). Bidrag til Laeren om Blo- dets Rolle ved vsevenes respiratoriske Stofskifte. [Contribution to the knowledge of the role of the blood and the respiratory metabolism of the tissues.] 2 p. 1., 98 pp., 1 pl. 8°. K0benhavn, G. C. Gr0n, 1895. Tobin (R[ichard] F[rancis]). An address de- livered at St. Vincent's Hospital, Dublin, intro- ductory to the medical session, 1887-8. 15 pp. 8°. Dublin, J. Falconer, 1887. ------. The culture of observation. 14 pp. 8°. Dublin, J. Falconer, 1895. -----. A synopsis of surgery, xx, 3-277 pp. 12°. London, J. & A. Churchill; Dublin, Fan- nin & Co. & W. McGee, 1898. -----. The same. 2. ed. 3 p. 1., 278 pp. 16°. London, J. & A. Churchill, 1902. Tobin (W[illiam]). Some proposed changes in the militia medical service. 8 pp. 8°. [n. p., 1885, vel subseq.] Tobler (Josephine). * Ueber die Radikalope- rationen der Hernien im Kindesalter und ihre Resultate. [Zurich.] 34 pp., 4 tab. 8°. Lu- zern, J. Schill's Erben, 1908. Tobler (Ludwig). * Der Achselbogen des Men- schen, ein Rudiment des Panniculus carnosus der Mammalier. [Zurich.] 57 pp. 8°. Leip- zig, W. Engelmann, 1902. -----. * Ueber die Eiweissverdauung im Magen. Habilitationsschrift. [Heidelberg.] 31 pp. 8°. Strassburg, K. J. Triibner, 1905. Tobler (Maria). * Beitrag zur Frage des Vor- kommens von Tuberkelbacillen und anderen siiurefesten Bacillen in der Marktbutter. [Zu- rich.] 35 pp., 2 pl. 8°. Leipzig, Veit & Co., 1901. Repr.from: Ztschr. f. Hyg., Leipz., 1901, xxxvi. Tobler (Theodor). * Experimentelle Unter- suchungen iiber die Wirkung der hinteren Sclerotomie. [Basel.] 26pp.,2pl. 8°. Wies- baden, 1898. Tobold [Adelbert August Oskar] [1827-1907]. See Maladie (La) de l'Empereur Frederic III, [etc. I. 12°. Paris, 1888. For Biography, see Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1905, xliii, 311 (E. Franck). Also: Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1908, xxxiv, 159 (von Eicken). Also: Internat. Centralbl. f. Laryngol., Rhinol. [etc.], Berl., 1908, xxiv, 5 (F. Semon). Also: Med. Klin., Berl., 1907, iii, 1441 (E. Franck). Also: Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1908, lv, 289- 291 (E. Franck). Tobold [Bernhard] [1863- ]. Erste Hilfe bei Unglucksfiillen und Erkrankungen in Fra- gen und Antworten. 33 pp. 8°. Berlin, H. Paetel, 1905. Toboldt (A[lbert] L. A.) A paper on im- ported Carlsbad mineral waters and sprudel Bait. 8 pp. 8°. New York, Eisner & Mendel- son & Co., [n. d.]. See, also, Jawonki (Walery). The action, thera- peutic value and use of the Carlsbad sprudel salt [etc.]. 8°. Philadelphia, 1891. Tobolowgka (Justine). *Etude sur les illu- sions du temps dans les reves du sommeil normal. 108 pp. 8°. Paris, 1900, No. 612. Tobolsk (Governm.ent of). Krivopolyanskl (A.) Selskaya meditsina v To- bolskol gubernii. [Village medicine in Tobolsk Govern- ment.] Sibirsk. Vrach. Gaz., Irkutsk, 1909, ii, 327; 339; 352; 365; 376. de Toca (Melchior Sanchez) [1804-80]. de Cortejarena (F.) Algunos escritos y casos pr&c- ticos de cirugia del Dr. Sanchez de Toca (curso clinico de 1855 a 1856). An. r. Acad, de med., Madrid, 1907, xxvii, 197-233. For Biography, see Ciencia mod., Madrid, 1895, ii, 195- 197 (P. Gallardo). Tocci brothers. See Monsters (Double). TOCH& 307 TODD. Toelie (Pierre-Xavier-Marie-Pie) [1879- ]. *Du pseudo-mal de Pott hydatique; kystes hydatiques paravertebraux sans symptomes medullaires. 77 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1911, No. 123. Toclieff ( Nicolas D. ) *Memoires. 1°. De l'influence des preparations de cascara eagrada sur le peristaltisme intestinal (etude experi- mentale). 2°. Documents pour servir a I'etude experimentale des effets des preparations or- ganiques du poumon sur la tuberculose pro- voquee des rongeurs. 56 pp. 8°. Geneve, 1899. Toeheport (Jean-Baptiste-Jules) [1871- ]. * Description et emploi d'un nouveau tube anastomotique dans la chirurgie de l'intestin (tubede Dubourg). 44 pp., 21. 8°. Bordeaux, 1897, No. 73. Toclier (J. F.) Anthropometric survey of the inmates of asylums in Scotland. 96 pp., 1 map. roy. 8°. Cambridge, University Press, 1906. Suppl. to: Biometrika, Cambridge, 1906-7, v. -----. Pigmentation survey of school children in Scotland. 67 pp. roy. 8°. Cambridge, 1908. Suppl. to: Biometrika, Cambridge, 1908, vi. Tochil. Null (M. M.) Tochil, or endemic hemoptysis. North- west Med., Seattle, 1910, n. s., ii, 364-366. Tockel (Joseph) [1884- ]. *Ueber subku- tane Leberrupturen. 40 pp. 8°. Leipzig, W. Graeb, 1910. Tocology. See Labor; Obstetrics. Tocophyra. Flllpjev (J.) Zur Organisation von Tocophyra qua- dripartia Cl.-L. Arch. L Protistenk., Jena, 1910, xxi, 117- 142, 1 pl. Tocotrema. Jagersklold (L. A.) Tocotrema expansum (Crept) (=Monostomum expansum CrepL), eine genitalnapftra- gende Distomide. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1901, xxx, 979-983. de Tocqueville (Alexis-Charles-Henri-Clerel) [1805-59]. See de Beaumont (Gustave) & de Tocqueville (Alexis). Svsteme p^nitentiaire aux Etats-Unis, [etc.J. 12°. Paris, i845. Tod (Hunter [Finlay]). Diseases of the ear. xiv, 317 pp., 18 pl. 12°. London, H. Frowde, 1907. Todaro (Francesco). Ricerche fatte nel labora- torio di anatomia normale della r. Universita di Roma ed in altri laboratori biologici, pubbli- cate dal . . . v. 3, fasc. 1-2. 204 pp., 8 pl. 8°. Roma, tipog. fratelli Pallotta, 1893. See, also, Versarl (R.) Guida practica per gli esercizi di anatomia topograflca fete]. 16°. Roma, [1898?]. Todaro's tendon. Argaud (R.) Sur le tendon de Todaro et la structure de la valvule d'Eustache chez l'homme. Compt. rend. Soc. de bio!., Par., 1911, lxx, 950-962. Todarus (F.). Supino(F i II Todarus brevirostris Gr. e Cal. Ri- cerche n. lab. di anat. norm. d. r. Univ. di Roma, 1905-6, xi, 255-259. Todas. Rivers (W. H. R.) Toda kinship and marriage, Rep. Brit. Ass. Adv. Sc. 1903, Lond., 1904, Ixxiii, 810. -----. Observations on the senses of the Todas. Brit. J. Psychol.. Cambridge, 1904-5, i, 321-396. -----. Report on the psychology and sociology of the Todas ana other Indian tribes. Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond., 1905-6, s. B., lxxvii, 239-241. Also [Abstr.]: Rep. Brit Ass. Adv. Se. 1904, Lond., 1905, 749. -----. Toda prayer. Folk-Lore, Lond., 1904, xv, 166-181.—Shams-ul-TTlma Jlvanjl Jam- shedji iHodi. A few notes on the Todas of the Nil- giris. J. Anthrop. Soc. Bombay, 1904-5, vii, 68-82, 1 pl.— Thurston (E.) Toda petition. Madras Gov. Mus. Bull., 1901, iv, 123. Todd (C[harles] H.) [1838- ]. Anesthetics. 1 1. roy. 8°. [Louisville], 1903. Repr.from: Bull. Kentucky M. Ass., Louisville, 1903-4, i. Todd (Christopher) [1763-1849]. Todd (W.J.) Dr. Christopher Todd. Maryland M. J., Bait, 1899, xli, 193-195. Todd (Francis Walton) [1816-98]. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1898, xxxi, 551. Todd (Frank C.) [1869- ]. The implanta- tion of an artificial vitreous as a substitute for enucleation of the eyeball. 10 pp. 8°. New York, 1898. Repr.from: N. York M. J., 1898, lxviii. Todd (James Campbell) [1874- ]. A manual of clinical diagnosis. 319 pp., 8 pl. 8°. Phila- delphia & London, W. B. Saunders Co., 1908. -----. Clinical diagnosis; a manual of labora- tory methods. 2. ed., revised and enlarged. 2 p. 1., 9-469 pp., 13 pl. 8°. Philadelphia & London, W. B. Saunders Co., 1912. Todd (J[ames] S[cott]) [1847- ]. Dysen- tery (so called), entero-colitis. 4 pp. 8°. At- lanta, [1888]. Repr.from: Atlanta M. Reprint -Vafdfes (J. A.) anciano. TJn nuevo easo de clonus circun- Mofix 4G5 49dedosdelPie' R*v. med.cubana'Habana, Toes (Dislocation of). Bonnet (A.) * Des luxations metatarso-pha- langiennes du gros orteil. 8°. Montpellier, 1902. Denoix (P.-F.-H.) * Contribution a I'etude des luxations des quatre derniers orteils. 8°. Paris, 1905. Garnier (L.) * Des luxations metatarso-pha- langiennes du gros orteil et en particulier des luxations irreductibles,. 4°. Paris, 1893. Joly (P.-J.-H.) * Etude clinique et experi- mental sur les luxations dorsales internes du gros orteil. 8°. Bordeaux, 1900. Morisot (H.) * Contribution a I'etude des luxations metatarso-phalangiennes irreductibles du gros orteil. 8°. Lyon, 1903. Perie (J.-A.) *Des luxations de la phalan- gette du gros orteil. 8°. Bordeaux, 1911. Ainat(C.) Luxationmetatarso-phalangiennedugros orteil compliquee de plaie avec issue de la tete du meta- tarsien. Gaz. med. de Par., 1896,9. s., iii, 71-73. Also [Rap deDelorme]: Bull, etmem. Soc. dechir.de Par., 1895,n.s., xxi, 122-125.—Bugnion(E.) Luxation de l'ossesamoide externedugrosorteil. Rev.med.delaSuisseRom.,Geneve, 1894, xiv, 582.— Clioux. Dela luxation metatarso-phalan- gienne en haut du gros orteil (sept observations). Arch. de med. et pharm. mil., Par., 1895, xxv, 378-390.—Davis (G. G.) Dislocations of the toes. Tr. Acad. Surg., Phila. 1901, iii, 69-71. Also: Ann. Surg., Phila., 1901, xxxiii, 643-645.— Ginestous. Luxation metatarso-phalan- gienne du gros orteil; radiographie. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. de Bordeaux, 1899, xx, 96-98. Also: J. de med de Bordeaux, 1899, xxix, 237.—Gold (E.) Ein Fall von vollkommener complicirter Luxation der grossen Zehe im Metatarsophalangealgelenke nach innen. Wien klin. Wchnschr., 1894, vii, 771-773. — Klaussner (F ) Ueber Luxation der Zehen. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir Leipz., 1906, lxxxv, 326-334.—Marcuse (J.) Luxation der grossen und 2. Zehe des rechten Fusses. Centralbl. f Chir., Leipz., 1898, xxv, 1301.—Morestln (H.) Luxa- tion du gros orteil, sans deplacement des sesamoides. Bull. Soc. anat. de Par., 1894, lxix, 154-156.—Scholl (A.) Ein Fall von Plantarluxation des Nagelgliedes der rech- ten grossen Zehe. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1900, xxvi, 214.— Senechal. A propos d'un cas de luxations des gros orteils en dedans. Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1907, lxxx, 567-569.—Solo vyeff (N. I.) Sluchal luxationis hallucis sinistri knaruzhi. [. . . outwards I Russk.chir.arch.,S.-Peterb., 1905, xxi, 514-548.—Taran- tino (S.) Un caso di lussazione dorsale della 1" falange del piccolo dito del piede. Policlin., Roma, 1906, xiii, sez. prat., 1619-1621.—Thorburn (W.) A case of luxa- tion of a sesamoid bone of the great toe. Med. Chron., Manchester, 1896-7, n. s., vi, 91-93.—Verger. Luxation de la phalange ungueale du gros orteil droit. Limousin med., Limoges, 1903, xxvii, 3.—Vidal (A.) Reduction des luxations complexes du gros orteil. Bull. Soc. m6d.- chir. de la Dr6me [etc.], Valence, 1912, xiii, 83-86. Toes (Exostoses of). Broca. Exostoses sous-ungueales des orteils. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1906, xx, 657.—Mau- clalre. Exostose sous-ungueale du gros orteil. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1904, lxxix, 561. —Ruther- f urd. Specimen of exostosis of ungual phalanx of the great toe (Dupuytren's exostosis). Glasgow M. J., 1895, xliii, 452-454.—Savariaud. Exostose sous-ungueale du gros orteil. Presse med., Par., 1904, i, 225.—Villar (F.) Exostose sous-ungueale du deuxieme orteil. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. de Bordeaux, 1894, xv, 122. Toes (Fracture of). Caste x & Jo u bai're. Fracture par ecrasement d'un orteil. Bull. Soc. seient. et med. de l'ouest, Rennes, 1908, xvii, 46.— lnglessis. Sur un cas de fracture simple et sans deplacement de la premiere phalange du gros orteil par cause indirecte. Assoc, franc, de chir. Proc.-verb. [etc.], Par., 1896, x, 728-732.—Schunke. Ein Fall von Brucn eines Sesambeines an der grossen Zehe. Monat- schr. f. Unfallheilk., Leipz., 1901, viii, 241.—Scott (D. W.) Compound fracture of great toe, and contusion of foot followed by phlegmonous erysipelas. Virginia M. Semi- Month., Richmond, 1906-7, xi, 216— Vaughan (C. E.) Fracture of the first phalanx of the little toe. Boston M. & S. J., 1896, cxxxv, 583.—Williams (II.) Fracture of the first phalanx of little toe. Ibid., 441.—Wolf (W.) Zur Frage der Grosszehen-Sesambeinfrakturen. Deutsche mil.-a.rztl. Ztschr., Berl., 1912, xli, 189-195. Toes (Gangrene of). See, also, Fingers and toes (Gangrene of). Fox (H.) A case of gangrene of the toes due to syphi- litic endarteritis, simulating Ravnaud's disease. In- ternat. Dermat. Cong. Tr. 1907, N. Y., 1908, i, 440.— TOES. 313 TOGNETTL Toes (Gangrene of). Gildersleeve (N.) & Carpenter (H. C.) A case of multiple abscesses and superficial gangrene of toes, treated bv bacterial inoculations. Arch. Pediat,, N. Y., 1907, xxiv, 689-692.—Ginestous. Gangrene de deux orteils du pied droit par endarterite obliterante. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. de Bordeaux, 1897, xviii, 353-355.— Hamilton (J. B.) Gangrene of the great toe from osteomyelitis. Med. News, Phila., 1893, lxii, 457-459.— Reder (F.) Gangrenous toe. Med. Fortnightly, St. Louis, 1906, xxix, 235-237.—Sainz de Aja. Arteritis obliterante, con gangrena en los dedos en ambos pies; operaci6n de Noesske; curaci6n. Rev. clin. de Madrid, 1910, iv, 333-335.—Wallls (F. C.) [Case of gangrene of great toe in a woman set. 65.] Clin. J., Lond., 1909-10, xxxv, 129. Toes (Hammer). See Toes (Abnormities, etc., of). Toes (Hypertrophy of). Caubet (H.) & Mercade (S.) Hypertrophie con- genitale des orteils (hallomegalie). Rev. dechir., Par., 1904, xxix, 86; 493: 613.—Duclaux. Hypertrophie bi- laterale du deuxieme orteil; amputation; guerison. [Rap. de L. Monnier.] Paris chirurg., 1911, iii, 945-947.— Dun (R. C.) A case of hypertrophy of the great toe. Rep. Soe. Study Dis. Child., Lond., 1901-2, ii, 286-290, 1 pl. —Giribaldo. Hypertrophie congenitale du 2« orteil droit. [Rap. d'A. Broca.] Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1907, n. s., xxxiii, 817-820.— Grigoryan (A.I.) Sluchal atipicheskol plasticheskol operatsii pri gigantskom rostle paltsev stopi. [Atypical plastic opera- tion for gigantism of the toes.] Trudi i Protok. Imp. Kavkazsk. Med. Obsh. Tiflis, 1909-10, xlvi, 275-278.— Maitland (J.) A case of hypertrophy of the toes. Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1899, xxxiv, 151.—Rendu (A.) & Loaec. Hypertrophie congenitale du premier et du deuxieme orteil. Lyon med., 1912, cxviii, 1319-1323.— Springer (M.) Dactylite hypertrophique symetrique du gros orteil. Union m6d., Par., 1889, 3. s., xlviii, 39-41. Toes (Supernumerary). Bilhaut (M.) pere. Gros orteil surnumeraire au pied gauche chez un enfant de dix ans; premier metatarsien double; operation; restauration de la forme; guerison. Ann. de chir. et d'orthop., Par., 1911, xxiv, 353-358.— Patten (C.J.) A case of six toes on the left foot. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1909, xxxiv, 478-480.—Piollet & Mally. Orteils surnumeraires. Centre mecl. et pharm., Gannat, 1906-7, xii, 201-208. Toes (Surgery of). See, also, Toes (Abnormities, etc., of); Toes (Hypertrophy of); Toes (Tumors of); Toes (Tumors of, Malignant); Toes ( Wounds of). Aucouturier (L.) * Contribution a I'etude des resections des metatarsiens et des phalanges des orteils; resultats fonctionnels. 8°. Lyon, 1899. Allis (O. H.) Anchylosis of the metatarso-phalangeal articulations, suggested as preferable to amputation for the relief of deformed toes. Tr. Am. Surg. Ass., Phila., 1896, xiv, 479-481.—Berry (J. B.) Removal of a bristle from the metatarso-phalangeal joint of great toe. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1894, i, 911.—Delorme. Quelques remar- ques sur la resection metatarso-phalangienne du gros orteil dans les cas d'ankylose. Cong, franc, de chir. Proc.-verb. [etc.], Par., 1892, vi, 294—Flemery. Section incomplete d'un orteil par un cheveu avec arthrite sup- puree de l'articulation phalango-phalangienne et spina- ventosa consecutif ayant necessite la desarticulation. Rev. gen. de clin. et de th6rap., Par., 1909, xxiii, 23.— J am in (R.) Section des orteils avec arrachement des tendons extenseurs et fl£chisseurs et ruptures musculaires a distance. Bull. Soc. anat. de Par., 1881, lvi, 461-463. Also: Progres med., Par., 1882, x, 111.—Krause (F.) Ersatz des Daumens aus der grossen Zehe. Verhandl. d. Berl. med. Gesellsch. (1906), 1907, xxxvii, pt. 2, 358-361.— Souligoux. Deux corps etrangers articulaires situ£s dans l'articulation metatarso-phalangienne du 2* orteil; fragment osseux situe sur la face superieure du 2» meta- tarsien; traumatisme ancien. Bull, et mem. Soc. dechir. de Par., 1912, n. s., xxxviii, 1166.—Trelat. Section des orteils avec arrachement des tendons extenseurs et fle- chisseurs. Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1881, liv, 586.—Wolff(H.) Auswechselung von Finger- und Zehenknochen. Miin- ehen. med. Wchnschr., 1911, lviii, 578. Toes (Tumorsof'). Ban by. Aneiome d'un orteil. Toulouse med., 1902, 2. s., iv, 86.—Bonnet (P.) Tumeur meianique du gros orteil. Lyon med., 1911, cxvii, 366-370.—Dartigues (L.) & Bender (X.) Tumeur du gros orteil pr6sentant les Toes (Tumors of). caracteres du botrvdmycome. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1903, lxxviii, 886.—Meier. Ein Ueberbein an der Zahe eines Taubeneves gross. N. Mag. f. Aerzte, Leipz., 1782, iv, 484-487.—Morestln (H.) Lipome con- genital d'un orteil. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1899, lxxiv, 901-904. -----. Enchondrome du gros orteil. Ibid., 1905, lxxx, 517.—Polaillon. Osteome sous-cu- tan6 a la face plantaire du gros orteil; ablation; guerison. Bull. Soc. de m6d. de Par. (1889), 1890, xxiv, 74-76. Also: Union med., Par., 1889, 3. s., xlviii, 242-244.—Wharton (H. R.) Fibroma of the great toe. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1907, xlvi, 324, 1 pl. Toes (Tumors of Cancerous and ma- lignant). Riemann (H.) *Ein Fall von Zehencarci- nom. 8°. Munchen, 1902. Bloom (I.N.) Osteo-sarcoma of the great toe. Medi- cine, Detroit, 1897, iii, 36.—Debrie. Sarcome fuso-cel- lulaire du gros orteil opere depuis 3 ans £; absence de re- cidive. Bull. Soc. de chir. de Lvon, 1903, ,vi, 72-74. Also: Lyon med., 1903, c, 530-532.—Doyen. Epithelioma du grosorteil; amputationeiectrique. Arch, de Doyen, Par., 1910, i, 81.—Durand. Osteo-sarcome du gros orteil. Lyon med., 1911, cxvii, 1368.— Kilgarrilt* (M. J.) Epi- thelioma of toe. Tr. Acad. M. Ireland, Dubl., 1885, iii, 362.—Killbs. Ein Fall von Aktinomykose der grossen Zehe. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1907, xx, 49.—Lei'ebvre (L.) Sarcome des 2*°e et 3me orteils gauches, pro page aux ganglions, inguinaux, iliaques, jambier anterieur, et po- plites; ablations successives. J. d. sc. med. de Lille, 1901, l, 605-608.—Morestin (H.) Sarcome meianique dugros orteil. Bull, et m6m. Soc. anat. de Par., 1900, lxxv, 415- 418— Parise. Tumeur a medullocelesde l'orteil. Bull. med. du nord, Lille, 1863, 99.—Troiimoff. Sluchal rledkol lokalizatsii raka na kozhle mizintsa nogi. [Un- usual occurrence of carcinoma on the skin of the little toe.] Russk. Med., St. Petersb., 1890, xvi, 293.—Wight- wick. Recurrent papillary sarcoma of the toe. Lan- cet, Lond., 1892, i, 26.—Wurmbrand (G. Gf.) Beitrag zur Kasuistik der subungualen Zehensarkome. Deut- sche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1910, cvii, 445-455. Toes (~]Younds of). Allln (C. M.) Lacerated wound of toes; amputation; angeioleucitis. Med. Gaz., N. Y., 1881, viii, 240.—Fos- sataro (E.) Ferita da schiacciamento e strappamento delle dita del piede. Ann. di med. nav., Roma, 1911, ii, 50-52.— Gtfrtz. Bedingt der Verlust der Grosszehe eine dauernde Erwerbsbeschrankung? Monatschr. f. Unfall- heilk., Leipz., 1900, vii, 233-235.—Woodbury (F. T.) Report shotgun wound of toe. Mil. Surgeon, Wash., 1910, xxvi, 336. Toffart (Auguste) [1847- > ]. * Etude sur les plaies de 1'arcade palmaire profonde. 75 pp. 8°. Lille, 1897, No. 27. Toffln (Henri) [1885- ]. * Contribution a I'etude des anomalies de la dilatation du col uterin au cours de 1'accouchement a terme; apres rupture pr£maturee ou precoee des mem- branes. 73 pp. 8°. Paris, 1912, No. 198. Toflfoli (Luigi). See Cappello (Agostino). Ragionamento sopra la memoria [etc.]. 8°. Roma, 1839. Toft (L[ars Fabricius]) [1834- ]. Om Udt0mmelsen af ser0st Betsendelsesexsudat i pleura. 42 pp. 12°. Kj0benhavn, I. Cohen, 1869. Repr.from: Hosp.-Tid., Kjabenh., 1869, xii. Toft, or Tofts (Mary) [1701 ?-63]. Mary Tofts, the rabbit breeder. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1896, ii, 209.— Rabbit-breeding (The) woman of Godalming. [Mary Tofts.] Practitioner, Lond., 1902, lxviii, 660-570. — Neccombe (T.) [Biography.] Diet. Nat. Biog., Lond.. l.vjs, lvi, 435.—"Wallace (A.J.) Mary Toft and her delivery of "rabbits;" an obstetrical impos- ture. Liverpool M.-Chir. J., 1912, no. 62, 254-271, 1 pl. Tofu. Tsuzuki (M.) [The first of researches on the pro- tozoa and amoeba in tofu (bean-cheese).] Tokyo Iji- Shinshi, 1902, 1241; 1325. Tojjnctti (Francesco). See Nuova collezione d' opuscoli scientiflci. 4°. Bo- logna, 1824. Tognetti (Raffaele). See Nuova collezione d'opuscoli scientiflci. 4°. Bo- logna, 1824, TOGNI. 314 TOLCKSDORFF. Tojjni (Michiel). Raccolta, delle singolari qua- lita del caffe. 48 pp. 24°. Venetia, G. F. Valuasense, 1675. Tognio (Ludovicus) [1798-1854]. *De neu- ralgia faciali. viii, 44 pp. 12°. Vindobonse, J. E. Akkermann, 1820. [P., V. 2239.] Togoland. See, also, Leprosy (History and statistics of), by localities. Bernegau. Ueber wirtscbaftlich wertvolle Nutz- pflanzen aus Togo und Kamerun. Apoth.-Ztg., Berl., 1908, xxiii, 719-721.—Klima und Gesundheitsverhalt- nisse in Togo im Jahre 1899-1900. Arb. a. d. k. Gsndhts- amte, Berl., 1902, xix, 398-400. — Klose (H.) Musik, Taiiz und Spiel in Togo. Globus, Brnsch wg., 1906, lxxxix, 9; 69. Togus (Theodore 31.) [1854-1911]. Obituary. Tr. N. Hampshire M. Soc, Concord, 1911, 214, port. Toigne (Fredenc) [1853- ]. Du vertige epileptique, de son diagnostic et de son traite- ment. 71 pp. 8°. Paris, V.-A. Delahaye & Cie., 1877. Toilet. See, also, Hygiene (Personal). Degoix. Hygiene dela toilette. 12°. Paris, 1891. LawrejsXE (H.) The toilet. 12°. Melbourne, Sydney & Adelaide, 1892. Piradoff (R.) *De la disinfection des ins- truments de coiffure. 8°. Geneve, 1905. Kapp (J. F.) Ueber Toilette und Schminkpuder. Dermat. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Hamb., 1912, liv, 458-464.— Langlois (J. P.) La desinfection des objetsde toilette. Clinique, Par., 1906, i. 686.—Toilet preparations; analy- ses of Ayer's Hair Vigor, Pond's Extract, Danderine, Herpicide and others. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1907, xlviii, 2131. Toilet (The); containing hints and advice on health, beauty, and dress, with innumerable recipes for the toilet table. 90 pp. 12°. Lon- don, Ward, Lock & Co., 1897. Toilet (Public). *See Lavatories (Public). Toilet preparations (Patent specif ca- tions for). Rorden (MaryS.) Toilet cream. No. 853,436; May 14, 1907— Rurkbardt(G.J.) Toilet. No. 933,619; Sept. 7,1909.—llalton (R. C.) Hair dressing and shampooing device. No. 835,814; Nov. 13,1906.—Hill (J. L.) Lotion and toilet wash. No. 8*5,154; April 21, 1908.—Mcln- nerny(M.) Toilet article. No. 900,872; Oct. 13, 1908.— Sell mid t (G. A.) Toilet soap dispensing attachment for washstands. No. 923,447; June 1, 1909— Sherman (J. C.) Toilet composition. No. 933,395; Sept. 7 1909 — Wanous (Josie A.) Toilet article. No. 893,117; July 14, Toinon (Leon) [1883- ]. *Des complica- tions infectieuses des cancers gastriques; perfo- rations et fistules. 67 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1906, No. 11. Toison (J.). onSeeUHasen (Ernst Richard). Manuel pratique retcl. 8°. Pans, 1890. J Tojbin(Rachmel) [1884- ]. *Diemoderne Behandlung des Fluor albus. [Berlin.] 42 pp 8°. Naumburg a. d. S., Lippert & Co., 1911. Tokar (Esther). * Versuche iiber den zeit- hchen Verlauf der Viscositatsanderungen bei Colloidgemischen. 39 pp. 8°. Ziirich-Selnau, G. Leomann & Co., 1909. Tokareff (Nikolai Nikolayevich) [1862- ] Material! k farmakologii emetina. [Materials tor the pharmacology of emetine.] 54 pp 11 8 S.-Peterburg, M. M Stasynlevich, 1895. ' Tokarenko (V[ladimir Vaklyevich]) [1860- J. Mnozhestvenniy ekhinokokk bryush- nol polosti i yevo razvitiye. [Multiple echi- Tokarenko (V[ladimir Vasilyevich])—con. nococcus of the abdominal cavitv and its devel- opment.] 131pp., 3 1., lpl., l'map. 8°. S.- Peterburg, S. Dobrodeyeff, 1895. ------. Ekhinokokk v Rossii i ucheniye o mno- zhestvennom yevo razvitii. [Echinococcus in Russia, and a study of its multiple develop- ment.] 131 pp., 1 1., 1 pl., 1 map. 8°. S.-Pe- terburg, S. E. Dobrodeyeff, 1895. Tokarski (A[rdalionj A[rdalionovich]) [1859- 1901]. Meryacheniye i bollezn sudorozhnikh podergivaniy. [Miryachit and convulsive tic] 2. ed. 2 p. 1., 180 pp., 11. 8°. Moskra, V. Richter, 1893. ------. Psikhicheskiya epidemii. [Psychical epidemics.] 23 pp. 8°. Moskva, I. N. Kush- nereff & Ko., 1893. ------. Otchitivaniye bolnikh v nastoyashtsheye vremya. [Healing by prayers at the present time.] 30 pp. 8°. [Moskva, 1904.] Bound with: J. nevropat. i psikhiat. . . . Korsakova. Mosk., 1904, iv. See, also, Imperatorskiy Moskovskiy Universitet. Zapiski psikhologitcheskol laboratorii retcl. 8°. Moskva. 1896. " ' For Biography, see Bolnitseh. gaz. Botkina, St. Petersb., 1901, xii. 1368. Also: J. nevropat. i psikhiat. . . . Korsa- kova, Mosk., 1901, i, 1113-1123 [port, in text] (A. Yako- vleff). Also: Vopr. fllos. i psichol., Mosk., 1901, xii, no.4 pp. v-xx. Tokay wine. Gallik (G.) A tokaji bor mint gy6gyszer. [Tokay wine as a remedy.] Cong, internat. d'hvg. et de demog. C. r. 1894, Budapest, 1896, viii, pt. 6, 419-423. Tokelau. See Tinea imbricata. Toki (Yorinori). See Bernard (Claude) & Huette (Ch.) Besi hosi tosei gekkwa shijitsu zufu. 12°. Tokio, 1878.—Gross (Samuel David). Guni yakuron. 12°, Tokio, 1875. Tokio Igakkio. Juto kukan. [Method of vac- cination.] 11 1. 8°. [Tokio, 1871.] Tokolyen. [Eastern Medical College.] Shiken roku. [Diagnosis and therapeutics.] liv. 8°. [Tokyo, 1862?] Tokophrya. Collin (B.) Quelques remarques sur Tokophrya cy- clopum CI. et C. Arch, de zool. exper. et gen. retcl, 1907-8, 4. s., viii, not. et rev., 33-39. Tokyo. See, also, Cholera (History and statistics of), Fever (Typhoid, History of), Hospitals (De- scription, etc., of), Hospitals (Military), Hos- pitals (Ophthalmic and aural), Hygiene (Pub- lic, Laws, etc., of), Insane (Asylums for, Descrip- tion, etc., of), Meningitis (Cerebrospinal, His- tory and statistics of), Plague (History, etc., of), Statistics (Vital), by localities. Ansal(S.) [The examination of the water in the canals of Tokyo from a sanitary standpoint.] Tokvo Iji- Shinshi, 1902, 1775; 1823; 1853. —Kofuji (S.) [Drainage of Tokyo.] Dai Nippon Shiritsu Eisei Kwai Zasshi, To- kyo, 1897,137-140.— Mishima. [The hygiene of Tokyo.] Ibid., 1906, 529-550.—Nakagawa & Ansai. Hygieni- sche Untersuchungen iiber Plusswasser von Tokyo. [Japanese text.] Mitt. d. med. Gesellsch. zu Tokvo, 1902, xvi, 361-397,1 map.—Takaki (K.) Tokyo Charity Hos- pital. Hosp., dispens. & nursing. Internat. Cong. Char. [etc] 1898, Bait. & Lond., 1894,379-381.—Weekly return of mortality in the city of Tokvo; November 3-30, 1895. Sei-i-KwaiM. J.,T6ky6,1896, xv,*14L—Yasunishl(M.) [Researches on the hvgiene of the drinking water in Tokyo.] Chiugai Iji Shinpu, Tokio, 1902, xxiii, 1166-1175. Tokyo Ijishinshi Kyoku. Eiseigaku taii. [General principles of public hygiene.] 1 p. 1., 112 pp. 8°. Tokyo, 1879. To I and (Hugh Tlughes) [1806-80]. For Portrait, see Collection of Portr. (Libr.). Tolcksdorff (.7.) * Beitrag zur Kenntnis der ungesattigten Ketone. [Bern.] 39 pp. 8°. Karlsruhe, F. Thiergarten, 1905. TOLDT. 315 TOLINO. Toldt (Carl) [1840- ]. Ueber die massge- benden Gesichtspunkte in der Anatomie des Bauchfelles und der Gekrose. 28 pp., 2 pl. 4°. Wien, F. Tempsky, 1893. Repr. from: Denkschr. d, math.-naturw. CI. d. k. Akad. d. Wissensch., Wien, 1893, lx. ■-----. Die Formbildung des menschlichen Blinddarmes und die Valvula coli. 31 pp., 3 pl. 8°. Wien, 1894. Repr.from: Sitzungsb. d. k. Akad. d. Wissench. Math.- naturw. CI., Wien, 1894, Ixi. -----. Anatomischer Atlas fiir Studirende und Aerzte unter Mitwirkung von Alois Dalla Rosa. vi, 718 pp.; 230 pp. roy. 8°. Wien & Leipzig, Urban & Schivarzenberg, 1896-1900. -----. The same. 2. Aufl. 536 pp. roy. 8°. Berlin & Wien, Urban & Schivarzenberg, 1900- 1903. -----. The same. 4. Aufl. vii, pp. 1-974. rov. 8°. Berlin & Wien, Urban & Schwarzen- berg, 1906. -----. The same. 6. vermehrte und verbes- serte Aufl. 974 pp., vi, 1 1. roy. 8°. Berlin & Wien, N. Friedrich; L. Maxmilian, 1908. -----. Thesame. 7. vermehrte und verbesserte Aufl. vi, 973 pp., 16 pl. roy. 8°. Berlin & Wien, Urban & Schivarzenberg, 1911. -----. The same. An atlas of human anatomy for students and physicians. Assisted by Alois Dalla Rosa. Transl. from the 3. German ed. and adapted to English and American and in- ternational terminology by M. Eden Paul. 985 pp. 4°. London, Rebman, 1903-4. See, also, von Langer (Carl). Lehrbuch der syste- matischen und topographischen Anatomie [etc.]. 8°. Wien, 1890. -----. The same. 8°. Wien & Leipzig, 1893. -----. The same. rov. 8°. Wien & Leipzig, 1897. -----. The same. 8°. Wien, 1902. -----. The same. 8°. Wien & Leipzig, 1907. -----. The same. 8°. Wien, 1911. Toldy (Franz). Schuschny (H.) Franz Toldy als arztlicher Schrift- steller. Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1909, xiv, 114; 126. Toledo. See Hospitals (Description, etc., of), Insane (Asylums, Description, etc., of), by localities. . Toledo, Ohio. Annual reports of the trustees of the Toledo water works, together with the reports of the superintendent and secretary. 20., 1892; 22.-29., 1894-5 to 1901-2. 8°. Toledo, 1893-1903. -----. Toledo water works. Report of Moses Lane, C. E., [on a plan and estimate of cost]. 14 pp. 8°. [Toledo, 1873.] [P., v. 2134; 2135.] Toledo. Board of Health. Annual reports to the board of health. 1.-30., 1867-96; 34.-39., 1904-9. 8°. Toledo, 1868-1910. Toledo. Department of Hecdth. Statements of mortality. (Monthly.) February, May, Sep- tember, December, 1877; February to March, May to July, October to November, 1878; May, July, 1881, to April, 1882; July to September, November, 1882, to February, 1883; January, 1884, to September, 1891; November, 1891, to July, 1893; September, October, Decem- ber, 1893, to July, 1903. v. s. Toledo, 1877- 1903. Toledo Asylum for the Insane. See Toledo State Hospital. Toledo College of Pharmacy. See Toledo Uni- versity, Toledo, Ohio. College of Medicine. College of Pharmacy. Toledo Hospital Association. Annual reports of the board of trustees and officers to the asso- ciation. 8., 1882-3; 17., 1891; 21., 1895. 8°. Toledo, 1883-96. Chartered Dec. 12,1876, under the title of: Protestant Hospital Association of the City of Toledo. Adopted the present name July 3, 1893. Toledo Medical College. Annual announce- ments for the sessions of 1892-3 to 1897-8 (12.- 17.); 1900-1901 to 1902-3 (20.-22.); 1904-5 (24.); 1906-7 to 1907-8 (26.-27.). 8°. Toledo & Attica, 1892-1907. Toledo Medical and Surgical Reporter, v. 1- 36, 1888-1910. 8°. Toledo, Ohio. Combined with: American Medical Compend in 1911. Toledo State Hospital. Annual reports of the board of trustees and officers to the governor of the State. 1883-4 to 1906-7 (1.-24.). 8°. Co- lumbus & Norwalk, 1885-1909. Toledo University, Toledo, Ohio. College of Medicine. College of Pharmacy. Annual an- nouncements for the year 1909-10. 8°. Toledo, 1909. de Toledo (Mario Floriano). *Contribuicao ao estudo da cryoscopia. 1 p. 1., iv, 92 pp., 1 1., 2 pl. 4°. Rio de Janeiro, 1902. de Toledo Burros (Sebastiao). *Q veetuario nos climas quentes. 65 pp. roy. 8°. Rio de Janeiro, Carvalhaes, 1905. Toledo y Cueva (Federico). See Brown-Sequard. Lecciones sobre los nervios vasomotores [etc.]. 12°. Madrid, 1878. Toledo y Herrarte(Luis) [1871- ]. *De la melanose hepatique; etude clinique et anato- mo-pathologique. 156 pp., 1 1. 4°. Paris, 1894, No. 402. -----. The same. 156 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, G. Steinheil, 1894. Toles (Justin Kay). Forcible straightening of tubercular kyphosis. 19 pp. 8°. Los Angeles, Cal., 1899. Repr. from: South. Calif. Pract., Los Angeles, 1898-9, xiii-xiv. Tolet (Francois) [1647-1724]. Traite de la lithotomie, ou de l'extraction de la pierre hors de la vessie. 5. ed., revue, corrigee et aug- mentee. 9 p. ]., 351 pp., port., 12 pl. 12°. Paris, F. Muguet, 1708. Toletus (Petrus). See Oddo degli Oddi. De ccense etprandiiportione libri duo, etc. In: Toletus (P.) Opusculum recens na- tumfetc.]. 12°. Lugduni, 1538, 119-203— Panlus ^Egi- neta [in 1. s.]. La chirurgie [etc.]. 16°. Paris, 1540. See, also, Apert (E.) Un livre sur les maladies des nouveau-nes 6crit vers 1472. Arch, de med. d. enf., Par., 1912, xv, 26-37. Tolhausen (Alexandre). Dictionnaire techno- logique dans les langues francaise, allemande et anglaise, renfermant les termes techniques usites dans les arts et metiers et dans l'industrie en general . . ., revu par Louis Tolhausen. 3 v. 8°. Leipzig, 1905-8. CONTENTS. I. Francais-allemand-anglais. 5. ed. xii, 809+197 pp. 1905. II. English-German-French. 6. ed. xiv, 837+189 pp. 1904. III. Deutsch-english-franz6sisch. 5. ed. xii, 948+77 pp. 1908. Tolhausen (Louis). See Tolhausen (Alexandre). Dictionnaire techno- logique [etc.]. 8°. Leipzig, 1905-8. Toliiio (Gaetano). Diagnosi e cura delle febbri da auto-intossicazione. 29 pp. 8°. Napoli, A. E. S. Festa, 1904. TOLKIKMIT. 316 TOLOCHINOFF. Tolkiemit (Alfred). * Ueber Anwendung des Kolpeurynter auf Grund von Beobachtungen an der Strassburger Universitats-Frauenklinik. 47 pp., 1 1. 8°. Strassburg, C. & J. Goeller, 1898. Toll (Adrianus). See Galen (Claudius). In aphorismos Hippocratis commentaria [etc.]. 24°. Lugd. Eat, 1633. Toll (Hugo) [1858- ]. Xagra af sjukvardens principled foreliisningar hallna for diakonissan- staltens sjukvardselever. [Principles of nurs- ing; lectures held for students of nursing schools.] 268 pp. 8°. Stockholm, Nordin & Josephson, 1906. For Biography, see Halsovannen, Stockholm, 1897, xii, 168-171. Toll (John Tressilian) [1850-1900]. Obituary. Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1900, xix, 304. Also: Brit. M. J., Lond., 1900, ii, 700. Also: Lancet, Lond., 1900, ii, 782. Toll (R. M.) An improved toothbrush. 2 1. 8°. New York, 1912. Repr.from: N. York M. J. [etc.], 1912, xcvi. Tollemer (Louis) [1865- ]. Contribution a I'etude des polioencephalites superieures (ophtalmoplegies nucleaires ou paralysies bul- baires superieures). 62 pp. 4°. Paris, 1894, No. 191. -----. The same. 62 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, G. Steinheil, 1894. See, also, Variot (G.) La diphterie [etc.]. 8°. Paris, 1898. Tollens (Carl). *Bildungs-Anomalien (Hydro- myelie) im Centralnervensystem eines Paralyti- kers. 36 pp. 8°. Gottingen, W. F. Kaestner, 1900. Toller (Ebenezer) [ -1906]. Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1907, i, 177. Also: Lan- cet, Lond., 1907, i, 622. Toller (Seymour Graves) [1867-1902]. Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1902, i, 564. Also: Lan- cet, Loud., 1902, i, 636. Tolles (Robert B.) [1823-83]. Bolme (W.) The late Robert B. Tolles. Optic J., N. Y., 1895-6, i, 234; 251; 276; 353, port. Toilet (C[asiniir]). Les hopitaux modernes au xixe siecle. Description des principaux hopi- taux francais et Strangers les plus recemment e/lifies, divis£s en dix sections par contrees. Etudes comparatives sur leurs principales con- ditions d'etablissement. Memoires divers se rapportant a l'hygiene et a l'ecomomie des constructions hospitalieres. Hopitaux perma- nent^, demi-permanents, baraques; ambulances sous toiles. Situation de I'assistance publique en Europe, son extension en France et a Paris a diverses epoques, causes principales du pau- perisme, valeur sanitaire des materiaux de construction, leur emploi. xi, 334 pp., 33 pl., 1 tab. 4°. Paris, 1894. Toll iii (Henri) [1833- ]. Matteo Kealdo Colombo; ein Beitrag zu seinem Leben aus seinen Libri xv de re anatomica. pp. 262-290. S°. Bonn, E. Strauss, 1880. Cutting [cover with printed title] from: Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1880, xxii. ------. William Harvey; eine Quellenstudie. pp. 114-157. 8°. [Berlin, G. Reimer, 1880.] Cutting [cover with printed title] from: Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1880, lxxxi. ------. Kritische Bemerkungen iiber Harvey und seine Vorganger. pp. 581-630. 8°. Bonn, E. Strauss, 1882. Cutting [cover with printed title] from: Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1882, xxviii. Tollin (Henri)—continued. ------. Die Engliinder und die Entdeekung des Blutkreislaufs. pp. 4.S1-482; 193-230. 8°. Berlin, 18S4. Cutting [cover with printed title] from: Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1884, xcvii-xcviii. -------. Ein italienisches Urtheil iiber den ersten Entdecker des Blutkreislaufs. pp. 482- 493. 8°. Bonn, 1884. Cidting [cover with printedtttle] from: Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, xxxiii. ------. Andreas Caesalpin. pp. 295-390. 8°. Bonn, 1884. Cidtiin/ [cover with printed title] from: Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol.. Bonn. 18xi, xxxv. see. «/.«(, siol. de Bordeaux, 1X95, xvi, 7— JWourek (H.) Ueber die griine Haarzunge. Arch. f. Dermat. u. Svph., Wien u. Leipz., 1X94, xxix, 369-382, 1 pl—Muiioz (J. M.), Bus- tamente & Tejada (A.) Lengua negra. Cr6n. med.- quir. de la Habana, 1897, xxiii, 305-308.—Nakamura (J.) [On the pathogenesis of the so-called hairy tongue.] Dai Nippon Ji-Bi-In-Ko-Kwa-Kwai Kwai Ho, Tokvo, 1906, xii, 362-377. Also: Tokyo Iji-Shinshi, 1906, 2321- 2329.— Okunett* (V. N.) K voprosu o chornom, volo- satom vazikie. [Black, hairy tongue.] Yezhemles. Ushn., Gorlov. i Nosov. Bollezn., S.-Peterb., 1907-8, ii, 51; 97.—Papon. Un cas de langue villeuse rapidement gufiriepar lean oxygenee. Arch, demed. etpharm. mil., Par., 1903, xlii, 511-544— Parmentier. La langue noire. Progres med. beige, Brux., 1900, ii, 186-188.— Perrin (M.) A Blum (P.) Uq cas de langue noire. Soc. de med. de Nancy. C.-r.....1905-6, pt. 2, 101-103. Also: Rev. med. de Test, Nancy, 1906, xxxviii, 343-350.— PhllaretopillOS (G. L.) Mehauva y\wf the tongue. Practitioner, Lond., 1903, lxx, 604; 729. — Jacoulet (F.) Les inoculations operatives du cancer (en particulier du cancer de la langue). Arch. gen. de chir., Par , 1909, iv, 1024-1034.—Jadassohn. Fall von Carcinom derZunge, dassiehinunmiitelbaremAnschlussaneinZungengumma entwickelt hat. Jahresb. d. schles. Gesellsch. f. vaterl. Cult. 1896, Bresl., 1897, lxxiv, 1. Abt., med. Sect., 9-12.— Johnson < A. B.) Extirpation of the tongue for epi- thelioma bv Kocher's method. Tr. Soc Alumni Bel- levue Hosp., N, Y., 1896-7, 20. [Discussion], 22-24.—Jon- nesco (T.) Epithelioma de la langue opere par le pro- cede de Poirier. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Bucarest, 190">-6,viii,40. -----. Extirpation totale de la langue avec evidement des ganglions du cou pour one recidive d'epi- thelionie. Ibid., 73.— de Keating-Hart. Cancer in- operable de la langue et du voile du palais, traite par sa methode. Marseille med., 1907, xliv, 306. -----. Presen- tation d'un malade atteint de cancer de la langue et traite par lafulguration. Bull. d. 1'Assoc franc, p. I'etude du cancer, Par., 1910, iii, 39-41.— King (E. E.) Cancer of tongue; radium treatment. Canad. Pract. & Rev., To- ronto, 1909, xxxiv, 747.—Kiimmel. [Exstirpation der ganzen Zunge wegen Zuugenkarzinom.]. Jahrb. f. d. Hamb. Staatskrankenanst. 1903^1, Hamb. v. Leipz., 1905, ix, 157.—Klister. Zur Behandlung des Zungenkrebses und die Unterbindung der Carotis externa. .<\rch. f. klin. Chir.. Berl., 1906, lxxxi, 292-305 — Ladet. Epithelioma papillaire de la langue au debut; operation; guerison. J. d. sc.med.de Lille, 1906, i, 370-374.—Leaf(C. H.) A case of cancer of the tongue; operation. West Lond. M. J., Lond., 1910. xv. 47. -----. A case of cancer of thetongue. Pbid., 223— Lel'ebvre. Cancer de la langue; ablation. J. d. sc. med. de Lille, 1901, ii, 138-140.—Legg (T. P.) Carcinoma of the tongue. Polyclinic, Lond., 1906, x, 158. -----. Operation for epithelioma of the tongue. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1909, n. s., lxxxviii, 661.—Lind- strom (E.) Cancer linguae et glandul. region, sub- maxill.: reseetio linguae. Hygiea, Stockholm, 1896, lviii, pt. 2, 323.—.Tie Williams (C. A.) Excision of the tongue for epithelioma. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1906, xliii, 436.-----. Epithelioma of the tongue; four years after operation. Ibid., 1907, xiv, 615. —Martin (A. M.) Epithelioma of tongue, with extensive gland infection, treated by operation. Northumberland iV Durham M. J., Newcastle- upon-Tyne, 1903, xi, 168. —Massabuau & fficono- mos (S. N. ) Cancer de la langue chez une jeune fille de 19 ans. Montpel. med., 1912, xxxv, 210-212.— Massey (G. B.) Treatment of the early stages of cancer of the tongue and neck, Med. Council, Phila., 1911, xvii, 46-48.—Mathews (F. S.) Ligation of external carotid as a preliminarv to excision of carcinoma of tongue. Ann. Surg . Phila., 1909, xlix, 862.—Matsuniwa (K.) Shitabin setsuseisitsu siken. [Removal of carcinoma of the tongue.] Ogata Byoyen Ijikwai, Tokio, 1893, no. 53, 38-42.—Miles. A patient after excision of tongue for malignant disease. Tr. Med.-Chir. Soc Edinb., 1896-7, n. s., xvi, 78.—Moiltagar Osservazioni cliniche ed anatomiche sull' emiatrofia della lingua. Arch. ital. di otol. [etc.], Torino, 1896, iv, 74; 182-?lin<>azziiii imifr^T^V-0'* c°ntributoclinicoallostudiouella r^™ S q el'f !lnSu,a dl onffine sopranucleare. Atti d. W',8*" xtf}- dl laringol. [etc.], 1905, Siena. 1906, ix, H3-335, 1 pl. Also, transl.: Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh.! Tongue (Hemiatrophy of). Leipz., 1906, xxx, 436-449.—Illoreno (F.) Considera- ciones sobre un caso de hemiatrotia lingual de origen extracraneano. Andalucia med., C6rdoba, 1891, xvi, 97; 121.—.Jloyer (H. N.) Hemiatrophy of the tongue. N, York M.J., 1897, lxvi, 173.—Obersteiner (II.) Ueber interflbrillare F ttdegeiieration der Muskcl fasern an einer hemiatrophisehen Zunge bei Tabes. Arb. a. d. Inst. f. Anat. u. Phvsiol. d. Centralnervensvst. an d. Wien. Univ., Leipz. u. Wien, 1895, 3. Hft., 182-191.—Parry (L. A.) Hemiatrophy of the tongue. Lancet, Lond., 1900, i, 537.—Piazza (A.) Contributo clinicoallo studio dell' emiatrotta della lingua. Atti d. clin. oto-rino- laringoiat. d. r. Univ. di Roma, 1905, iii, 171-190.—Bau- tenberg. [Halbseitige Zungenatrophie.J Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1903, xxix, 245.— Sainton (T.) & Tremolleres (F.) Un cas d'hemia- trophie de la langue due probablement k une 16sion can- cereuse consecutive k un cancer du sein. Bull, et mem. Soe. m6d. d. hdp. de Par., 1908, 3. s., xxv, 790-793.— Scripture (E. W.) Hemiatrophy of the tongue with defective speech. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1912, lviii, 103. Also: J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1911, xxxviii, 745.—Vulpius (O.) Halbseitige Zungen- atrophie als Symptom des Malum occipitale. Beitr. z. klin Chir., Tubing, 1895, xiv, 137-145.—Wiersma (E.) Fiille von Hemiatrophia linguae. Neurol. Centralbl.. Leipz 1899, xviii, 818-829.—Witmer (A. F.) A contribution to hemiatrophy of the tongue; report of a case. Phila Polyclin., 1896, v, 193.—Woods (Alice M.) A case of progressive unilateral atrophv of the face and tongue Occidental M. Times, San Fran., 1901, xv, 437-439. Also- Woman's M. J., Toledo, 1902, xii, 54. Tongue (Histology of). See Tongue (Morphology, etc., of); Taste (Or- gans of). Tongue (Hypertrophy of) [Microglos- sia]. Eras (P. G.) * Ueber angeborene Makro- glossie. 8°. Leipzig, 1902. Kahn (M.) * Ueber Makroglossie (Lymph- angiom der Zunge). 8°. Wiirzburg, 1896. Legennb (P.-H.-J. ) * Maeroglossie. 8°. Lille, 1909. Parsat (J.-L.-G.) * Contribution a I'etude de la macroglossite aigue. 8°. Bordeaux, 1906. Simon (G.fVV. F.]) * Ueber Makroglossie. 8°. Bonn, 1902. Abbe (R. W.) Extreme hypertrophv of the left half of the tongue treated with radium. Aim. Surg., Phila., 1911, liv, 238.—Abbot (F. C.) & Shattock (S. G.) Fi- bromatosis of the nerves of the tongue (macroglossia fibromatosa) and of certain of the nerves of the head and neck; de macroglossia neurofibromatosa. Tr. Path. Soc Lond., 1902-3, liv, 231-253, 2 pl.—Aleksandroflf(L. P.) Makroglossia. Otchet. . . Dietsk. boln. Sv. Olgi v Mosk. (1888), 1889, ii, 4S—Aiiffier (D.) & Legenne. Etude sur la maeroglossie. J. d. sc. med. de Lille, 1910, ii, 121; 145.—Bajardi (D.) Contributo alio studio clinico e anatomico della macroglossia muscolare. Arch, per le sc. med., Torino, 1901, xxv, 445-458, 1 pl.—Barclay (H. C.) A case of macroglossia in a native. N. Zealand M. J., Wellington, 1901-2, ii, 250.—Bassetta (A.) L'hyper- trophie musculaire de la langue. Rev. d'orthop., Par., 1908, 2. s., ix, 421-458.— Bereznegovski (N.) K vo- prosu o makroglossii. Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1909, lxxii, 826-833.—Berruti (C.) La macroglossia congenita con speciale riguardo alia sua cura median te 1'allacciatura delle arterie linguali. Med. ital., Napoli, 1906, iv, 101- 103.—Bilhaut. Maeroglossie. Ann. d'orthop. et de chir. prat., Par., 1894. xii. 321-327.—Bind 1 (F.) & Faldi (F.) La macroglossia. Clin, chir., Miiano, 1905, xiii, 994-1006, 1 pl—Bloch (0.) & Dahl (F.) Et Tilfslde af Makroglossi. Kj0benh. med. Selsk. Forh., 1892-3, 26- 30.—Botescu (H.) Macroglosie; ipertrofie cu intermi- ten^a. Spitalul, Bucuresci, 1894, xiv, 60-64.—Brault (J.) Maeroglossie; lymphangiectasies du plancher de la bouche et des regionseervico-faciales,amputation conoide de la langue; ponctions des lymphangiomes; presence du pneumocoque; guerison. Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.], Par., 1897, xxiii, pt. 2,417: xxiv, 481. -----. Deux cas de maeroglossie. Ibid., 1908, xxxiv, 35- 38.— C'arvallo. Sobre la macroglosia. Rev. med. de Chile, Sant. de Chile, 1896, xxiv, 379.—Caso (Un) di ipertrofia in lunghezza della lingua. Gazz. d. osp., Mi- lano, 1900, xxi, 392.—f'happell (W. F.) Two cases of congenital hypertrophy ofthe tongue. Manhattan Eye & Ear Hosp. Rep., N. Y., 1894, i, 89, 1 pl— foinroe (J. H.) Macroglossia, report of a case. Cleveland M. J., 1911, x, 743-748.— von Czyhlarz (E.) Ueber einen Fall von Hypertrophic der Zunge bei Osteohypertrophic pneu- mique. Wien. klin, Ruadschau, 1903, xvii, 148.—De- TONGUE. 333 TONGUE. Tongue (Hypertrophy of) [Macroglos- sia]. bersaques. De la macroglos-ie. Ann. Soc de med. de Gand, 1893, lxxii, 424-427.—lie 1 lino (E.) Macroglos- sia congenita neurofibromatosa. Areh. per le sc med., Torino, 1905, xxix, 34-48, 1 pl.—IlementyelfiV. G.) Sluchal uvelicheniya yazika (macrogh»Ma) u dievochki, 5 llet. [Macroglossia in a girl 5 years old ] Sborn trud. vrach. dietsk, klin. Imp. Voyenno-Med. Akad., S. Peterb., 1908, 38—18.—Derocque & Nicollc. Un cas d'hyper- trophie epitheliale piliforme dela langue. Normandie med., Rouen, 1902, xvii, 202. Als,,: Rev, med. de Normandie, Rouen, 1902, 194.—Downie (XV.) Case of macroglossia. Glasgow M. J., 1908. lxix. 202-201 — Eickenbusch ( K. ) Ueber muskulare Makroglos- sie. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1894, xi, 273-280.— Eisendrath (1>. N.) Macroglossia. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1906, xliii, 638!— Gabszewfcz (A.) PrzyroSniecie jezyka do blony sluzowej policzka obustronne, nabyte. [Acquired hypertrophied tongue, extending to the mu- cous membrane of both cheeks.) Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1899, 2. s.. xix, 973-975. —lie lie (E.) Etude anatomo- pathologi'ine dela maeroglossie; a propos dedeux cas de maerogio-sie. Echo med du nord, Lille, 1904, viii, 493- 502.—Gcrhardi. Ein ±-;111 von Makroglossie. Miin- ehen. med. Wchnschr., 1S97, xliv, 1233.—(.irod (C.) Un cas d'hypertrophie en longueur de la langue. Gaz. d. h6p.. Par., 1900. Ixxiii. 253.—Hassler. Maeroglossie ou langue serotale. Gaz. hebd. d. se. med. de Bordeaux, 1903, xxiv. 3y2.—Hayasbi(A.) Makroglo-sia eongenita neurofibromatosa. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir.. Leipz.. 1912, cxviii, 456-462.—Howlett (E. H ) Macroglossia: treat- ment by electrolysis. Quart. M. J., sheilield. 1896-7. v, 42-45.—Hurry (J. B.) Macroglossia due to lymphan- geioma. Tr. Reading Path. Soe.. 1896-7. ii. 13 —Jarecky (H.) Hypertrophy of the lymphoid tissue at the base of tongue as a cause of cough. Am. J.M. Sc. Phila.& N. Y., I 1902. n.s.,exxiv,76-80.—Jay i M.R.) Macroglossia. Aus- tralas. M. Gaz.. Svdnev. 1903, xxii, 354.—Kravtsehen- ko (I. I.) O makroglos-ii. Chir. Laitop., Mosk., 1894, iv. 762-774.—von La Mich (N.) Ein Fall von Makro- glossie. Wien.med. Pre-se. 1903,x'liv,311-313.—Lane (A.) Operation for congenital hvpertrophy of the tongue. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1899, n. s., lxvii, 301.—Lenire- niann (P.) Ein Fall von muskularer Makroglossie. Beitr. z. klin.Chir.. Tubing., 1903, xxxix, 519-525.—Little (G.) Hemi-macroglossia. Brit. J. Dermat.. Lond.. 1906. xviii, M.-Marangoiii (G.) Contributo alio studio della macroglossia. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1907, xxviii, 85-89.—.TIarchal. Elephantiasis de la langue; amputa- tion partielle: guerison. Gaz. med. de Picardie, Amiens, 1898. xvi, 82. — ITIaynard. Un cas de maeroglossie. Languedoc med.-chir.. Toulouse, 1905, xiii, 55-60.— monod. Hypertrophie aigue enorme de la langue. Mem. et bull. Soc. de med. et chir. de Bordeaux (1901), 1902, 140.—Odenius (M. V.) Bemerkungen und Bei- trage zur pathologischen Anatomie der lymphatischen Makroglossie. Nord. med. Ark., Stockholm, 1896, n. F., vi, hft. 3, no. 14, 1-17. — Paelmer (A.) Pfipad makroglossie. [A case of maeroglos-ia. ] Lek. ro- zhledy, Praha, 1905, xiii, 81-83.—Pratt i.I. J.) A case of macroglossia. Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1899, xxxiv, 7.— Rosenak (M.) & Feldmann (I.) Makroglossia. lingua lobata cum eystulis mucosis muliilocularibus. Centralbl. i. allg. Path", u. path. Anat., Jena, l.«t5. xvi, 57- 64. — Busakorf i I. V.) K kazuistikle makroglossii. Dietsk. med.. Mo-k., 1903, viii, 178-186.—Kusea. Con- | tribuci6n al estudio de la macroglosia: ouu de neuro- fibromatosis en el tronco y terminaciones del hipogloso. Rev. Ibero-Am.de cien. med., Madrid, 1903. ix, 107-114. Also, transl.: An. de med. Butll. mens de i'Acad. . . . de Catalunya, Barcel., 1909, iii, 757-761.—da S. II.) Um caso de macroglossia. Gaz. clin.. S. Paulo, 1907, v. 43.— Sabrazes (J.) & Bousquet (P.) Macroglossite aigue streptococcique. Ann. de dermat. et syph.. Par., 1897, 3. b.. viii, 513-516. Also: Bull. Soc. franc de dermat. et syph., Par., 1897,viii, 200-203. Also: Presse med., Par.,1897, 2yy-:;o2.—Sea lone (I.) Sulla presenza di fibre muscolari Usee nt-lla. mucosa della lingua associata ad ipertrofia pa- pillare erettile. *.ior. interna/, d. se. med., Napoli, 1911. n. s., xxxiii, 1071-1077.—ScheiMlcl i F.) Ueber Wachs- tumsvorgange am Unterkiefer bei Makroglossie. Deut- sche Monatschr. f. Zahnh., Leipz., 1903, xxi, 237-246.— Sileoek (A.) A case of macroglossia. Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1896, xxxi, 137.—Simounet. Elephantiasis de la langue. Gaz. d. hop. de Toulouse, 1899, xiii, 195.— Spencer (W. G.) & Shattock (S. G.) A case of ma- croglossia neurofibromatosa. Proc Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1907-8, i, Path. Sect., * 11 — Stall r (H.) Ueber die Aus- dehnung der Papilla foliata und die Frage einer einseiti- gen kompensatorischen Hypertrophie im Bereiche des Geschmackorgans. Areh. f. Entwcklungsmechn. d. Or- gan., Leipz., 1903, xvi, 179-199.—Stuart-Low (W.) Case showing an unusually large and long tongue. J. Larvn- gol., Lond., 1909, xxiv, 1*6.— Yitto-Massci (R.) Kin Fall von Hypertrophie der Zuekerkandl'schen Driisc Ztschr. f. Laryngol., Rhinol. [etc.], Wiirzb., 1908-9, i, 727- I Tongue (Hypertrophy of) [Microglos- sia j. 729, 2pl.—Vreden (R. R.) Sluchal makroglossise. [Case of . . .] Trudi Obsli. russk. vrach., S.-Peterb., 1892 (7-8), 17-24.—Wagner (H. L.) Hvperplasia lateralis linguae. Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass., N. Y.. 1908. xxx, 176.—Wallace (D.) [Congenital hypertrophv of thetongue.] Tr. Med.- Chir. Soc. Edinb., 1903-4, n. s., xxiii, 5.—Weiser (R.) Offener Biss infolge Makroglossie. Oesterr.-ungar. Vrtlj- schr. f. Zahnh., Wien, 1911, xxvii, 162-164. Tongue (Ichthyosis of). See Tongue (Leucoplakia of). Tongue (Inflammation of). See, also, Tongue (Abscess of); Tongue (Ac- tinomycosis of); Tongue (Hypertrophy of); Tongue (Syph ills of); Tongue ("Tuberculosis of). Ajcakdi (A. M.) *De glossitide. fol. Ge- nua*, 1810. Croly (H. G.) Surgical reports. Part I. Acute inflammation of the tongue, illustrated by numerous cases successfully treated. Part II. Scalds of the wind pipe from attempts to swallow boiling water, successfully treated. Read before the surgical societv of Ireland. 12°. Dublin, 1868. Dcperier (H.-M.) *De la glossite profonde aigue. 8°. Paris, 1907. Saenz (G.) * Contribution a I'etude de la glossite profonde aigue. 8°. Montpellier, 1906. Thebaud (F.) * Etude sur la glossite paren- chymateuse aigue. 4°. Paris, 1894. Atkinson (J. M.) Acute glossitis following tonsil- litis. Select. Colon. M. Rep., Lond., 1905,88.—Baldwin (W. H.) Interstitial glossitis. Cincin. M. J., 1896, xi, 143.—Belassa (B.) Die Behandlung der Glossitis mit- telst Prothesen. Verhandl. d. Budapest, k. Gesellsch. d. Aerzte 1907, Budapest, 1908, 95.— Bennett (A. B.), jr. Glossitis; a study of the literature from 1816 to 1906, and report of a case. Wash. M. Ann., 1906-7, v, 267-278.— Bottome (F. A.) Congestion at the base of the tongue. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1898, iv, 31-33.—Brault (J ) Glossite basique laterale droite k marche insolite. Areh. prov.de chir., Par., 1893, ii, 516-520—Breda (A.) In- fiammazione acuta del tessuto adenoide della radice della lingua. Atti d. xi. Cong. med. internaz. 1894, Roma, 1895, v, dermat., 84-86.—Calderone (C.) Glossite areata cronica. Gior. ital. d. mal. ven., Milano, 1906, xli, 167-182, lpl. -----. Glossite areata cronica, complicata asifilide costituzionale recente. Ibid., 1911, xlvi, 129.— Choin- pret. Glossites superficielles et, en particulier, glossite epitheliale ambulatoire circinee pyogene. Cong, inter- nat. de med. C.-r. 1903, Madrid, 1904, xiv, sect, d'odont. et stomatol., 232-24t\—Be Forest (H. P.) Acute papu- lar glossitis. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1910. Ixi, 148-150.— Bubois-Havenith. Glossite supertieielle et ledeme angionevrotique. Policlin., Brux., lyOti, xv, 193.—Ou Castel. Glossite chronique. Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1NH5, 3. s., vi, 533. Also: Bull. Soc franc de dermat. et syph., Par,, 1895, vi, 237.—Buliot. Glossite sciero- parenchymateuse avec leucoplasie et degen6rescence cancereuse. Presse med. beige, Brux., 1906, lviii, 683- 690.—Buplaix iJ.-B.) Papillite linguale. J. d. mal. cutan. etsyph., Par., 1393, v, 652-657. Also: Gaz. d. h6p., Par., ]x;i3, lvii. 1157.—Durante i D.) Glossite difteroide stafilococcica primitiva nell' infanzia. Pediatria, Napoli, 1908, 2. s., Vi, 186-291.—ICseat. Un cas de glossite ba- sique phlegmoneuse. Arch. med. de Toulouse, 1905, xi, 237-241.—Fournier (A.) Glossite depapillante de mo- dalite sceondnire, entrant en scene dans la vingt-hui- tieme annee d'une syphilis. Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1901, xii, 290-292.—Garcia (V.) Glositis folicular aguda infectiva; consideraciones clinicas e in- vestigations bacterioldgicas. Rev. de laringol., otol. y rinol., Barcel., 1894-5, x, 69-72. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Rev. interuat. de rhinol., otol. et laryngol., Par., 1894, iv, 193.—Gerhard (S. P.) Acute parenchvmatousglossitis. Codex med. Phila., 1896-7, iii, 42.— Harrington (A. J.) Clinical notes on a case of membranous glossitis. Do- minion M. Month., Toronto, 1902, xix, 15-17. Also [Abstr.]: Canad. Pract. & Rev., Toronto, 1902, xxvii, 332.—Joseph (M.) Glossitis saturnina. Dermat. Centralbl., Leipz., 1906-7, x. 133-135. -----. Nachtrag zu meiner Beobach- tung iiber Glossitis saturnina. Ibid., 1908, xi, 104.— Le tulle (M.) La glossite mercurielle. Bull, et mem. Soe. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1907, 3. s., xxiv, 423-429.— .Ilacleod (J. M. H.) Case of glossitis in a girl, aged 3f Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1907-8, i, Dermat. Sect.. 51.— Jlarcet. Sur un casde glossite papillaire. Bull. Soc. TOMJUE. 334 TONGUE. Tongue (Inflammation of). de med. de Par. 1187.".j, 1876, x, 95-99.—Massei (F.) Su di una nuova forma di glossite. Areh. ital. di laringol., Napoli, 1894, xiv, 1-8.—Mirolyuboll" (K.) Sluchal pe- remezhnol likhoradki, virazivshelsya glossitom. [Case of malarial fever finding expression as glossitis.] Russk. Med., St. Petersb., 18yu, xvi, 552.—Mode. Eine eigen- artige Angina infolge von Glossitis. Allg. med, Centr.- Ztg., Berl., 18'.)s, lxvii, 141.—Nord man & Wies. Glos- site aigue parenchymateuse survenue au cours d'une searlatinea, la periode de desquamation. Loire med., St.- Etienne, 1908, xxvii, 366-370.—Pachoriski (A.) Guz- kowe ostre zapalenie jezyka (glossitis papulosa acuta). Przegl. lek., Krak6w, 1910, xlix, 199-201.—Pavlovski (A. D.) K voprosu ob ostrom vospalenii yazika stafilo- kokkovavo pro'iskhozhdeniya (glossitis acuta staphylo- coccica). Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1907, vi, 1513. Also, transl.: Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1908, xxxiv, 917.—Bavlteh (M. L.) Action of silver nitrate and chromic acid on chronic glossitis, under the in- fluence of the electric current. J. Am. M. Ass., Chi- cago, 1902, xxxviii, 1427.—Rendu. Erysipele a debut insolite caraeteris6 par une glossite intense; gu6rison. France med. Par., 1892, xxxix, 33. —Bose. Ein Fall von Glossitis mit tddtlichem Ausgang. Wien. med. BL, 1893, xvi, 617-620.—Sab razes (J.), Bonnes (J.) & Parsat. Macroglossiteceiemateuseaigue. Pressemed. Par., 1906, xiv, 303.—Shtshokin (K. P.) Glossitis in! terstitialis. Russk. J. Kozhn. i Ven. Bollezn., Kharkov, 1905, x, 301.— Sidlo (T.) O zinetu jazyka duzninovem! [On hypertrophic inflammation of the tongue.] Casop. lek. cesk., v Praze, 1877, xvi, 121; 133; 181; 204.—Sou- beyran (P.) Glossite aigue parenchymateuse. Mont- pel. med., 1902, 2. s.,xv, 687-691.—Staviski (E.) Un cas de glossite causee par la premiere grosse molaire infe- rieure droite. Odontologie, Par., 1901, 2. s., xiii, 83-85.— Wagner (C.) A case of acute idiopathic glossitis. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1893, xliv, 523.—Washburn (W.) A case of glossitis. Ibid., 1896, 1,172.—Wharton (H. R.) A case of glossitis in which the membrane covering the tongue contained Klebs-Loeffler bacilli. Med. News, Phila., 1895, lxvi, 406.—Vevdokimoff (V. N.) Chas- tichniy interstitsialniy glossir. [Partial interstitial glos- sitis] Russk. J. Kozhn. i Ven. Bollezn., Kharkov, 1907, xiii, 68. Tongue (Inflammation of Exfoliative or superp'cial) [JIoiler's glossitis]. See, also, Tongue (Geographical). Wex (H. H. A.) *Zur Casuistik der Papil- litis lingualin (Duplaix) und der Glossitis ex- foliativa chronica (Mollersche Glossitis). 8°. Greifswald, 1904. Arnoll (D.) Desquamation linguale en aires chez les adultes. Clinique, Par., 1907, ii, 636.—Beaudouin (G.) Glossite exfoliatrice. Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1898, ix, 262. Also: Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1898, 3. s., ix, 554.—de Beurinanii & Ba- inoud. Glossite exfoliatrice margin6e ambulante. Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1902, xiii, 372- 377. Also: \nn. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1902, 4. s., iii, 733-743.—Bonnet (L.-M.) Desquamation linguale en aires chez des adultes. Lyon med., 1907, cix, 7-12. -----. Desquamation linguale enaires. Ibid., 1911, cxvi, 1176.— Oe-Simoni (A.) Contributo all' etiogenesiparassitaria dell' esfoliazione areata della lingua. Osp. magg. Riv seient.-pint. d. ... di Milano, 1908, iii, 210-223. Also, transl.: Areh. internat. de larvngol. Tete], Par., 1909, xxvii, 431- 447.—Ebergardt(A. K.) K kazuistikie linguae disse- catse. Voyenno-med. J., St. Petersb., 1898, exeii, med.- spec pt., 115-125.—Gallois (P.) Traitement de la glos- site exfoliatrice marginee par la liqueur de van Swieten employee en bain local. Bull. g6n. de therap. [etc.l. Par. 1903, cxiv, 380-385. Also [Abstr.]: Rev. internat. de med et de chir., Par., 1903, xiv, 130.—Gaston (P.) Deux cas de glossite exfoliatrice marginee. Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1891, v, 17-22. Also: Ann. de der- mat. et syph., Par., 1894, 3. s.. v. 62-67.—Gaucher. Trois casde glossite exfoliatrice marginee. Syphilis, Par. 1905 iii, 822-824.—Goodale (J. L.) On the identity of the conditions commonly known as wandering rash of the tongue and Moeller's superficial glossitis. Am J M Sc Phila., 1896, n. s., cxii, 545-561. Also, Reprint.—Gutt- maim. Ein Fall von Glossitis superficialis. Ztschr f arztl. Landpraxis, Frankf. a. M., 1893, ii, 182-184 —Mewes (W.) Moller'sche Glossitis superficialis. Odont.Bl.,Berl 1899, iv, 193-198— Parounaglan (M. B.) Exfoliatio areata lingure. J. Cutan. Dis. incl. Syph., N.Y. 1907 xxv 3A?"—£?ly&k (^-) ,A MoUer-feie glossitis superficialis- r61. [The superficial glossitis of Moller.l Orvosi hetil Budapest, 1896, xl, 609; 622. Also [Abstr.]: Orvosi heti szemle, Budapest, 1896, xx, 670. Also, transl.: Pest med - chir. Presse, Budapest, 1896, xxxii, 1113-1118.-Beich- man(M) Glossitis superficialis chronica (Moeller). J. ^•A:1'"1!-"1""' Diii- N- Y-'1902. xx- 461-Symp- son (L. M. i Notes on a case of chronic superficial dis- secting glossitis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1897, ii, 651. Tongue (Inflammation of Hemor- rhagic). Ga'ldi (F.) Glossorragia ricorrente. Tommasi, Na- poli, 1911, vi, 518-522.—Kancsugi (E.) [Two cases of haemorrhage from disease at base of the tongue.] Ztschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Tokio, 1896, ii, 209-219.—.Hygind (IL) Et Tilfaelde af Glossitis acuta haemorrhagiea. \A ease of ... ] Kj0benh. med. Selsk. Forh., 1889-90, 25.—Stirling (R. A.) A case of haemorrhagic glossitis. Austral. M. J., Melbourne, 1910, xv, 603. Tongue (Inflammation of Unilateral) [Hemigloss itis\. Brault (J.) Glossite basique laterale droite a marche insolite. 8°. [Paris, n. d.} Beve (F.) (Edeme aigu unilateral de la langue (hemi- glossite interstitielle aigue). Normandie med., Rouen, 1906, xxi, 375-379.—Buck worth (D.) On hemiglossitis. Liverpool M.-Chir. J., 18s:j, iii, 195-202. Also, Reprint.— Funkhouser ( R. M. ) Hemiglossitis. St. Louis M. Rev., 1903, xlvii, 215—Gueneau de Mussy (N.) Deux observations d'hemiglossite sui vies de reflexions sur la pathogenie de cette affection. Arch. gen. de med., Par., 1879, iii, 385-396. Also, Reprint. —MansurofT (A. N.) Sluchal llevostoronnyavo hemiglossita. [Left-sided he- miglossitis.] Prakt. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1904, iii, 846.— Polyanskl(N.S.) K kazuistikie hemiglossita. [Hemi- glossitis.] Ibid.,653.—Shepherd (F.J.) Hemiglossitis. Proc Med.-Chir. Soc. Montreal, 1887-9,iv, 126.—Thomas ( M. ) Un cas d'hemiglossite parenchymateuse aigue. Marseille med., 1905, xlii, 512-516.— Tsatskin (A. B.) Hemiglossitis dextra. Voyenno-med. J., St. Petersb., 1908, ccxxiii, med.-spec, pt., 43. — Wetmore (F. H.) A case of acute circumscribed hemiglossitis, with suppuration. Montreal M. J., 1892-3, xxi, 823. — Yazvltski (Z. I.) Sluchal hemiglossitis dimidiata. Kazan. Med. J., 1904, iv, 166-168. Tongue (Innervation and movements of). Sje, also, Nerve (Glossopharyngeal); Nerve (Hypejglassal); Nerve (Lingual); Taste (Or- gans of). Jacques (P.) *Terminaisons nerveuses dans 1'organe de la gustation. [Nancv.] 4°. Paris, 1894. Rautenberg (E.) * Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Empfindungs- und Geschmacksnerven der Zunge. 8°. Konigsberg, 1898. Roeske (H.) * Ueber die Norvenendigungen in den Papillae fungiformes der Kaninchen- zunge. 8°. Berlin, 1897. Also, in: Internat. Monatschr. f. Anat. u. Phvsiol., Leipz., 1897, xiv, 247-259, 1 pl. Auerbach (S.) Zur Lehre von der zentralen Zungen- innervation. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1910, xxxix, 109-114.—Biffi (S.) & JTIorganti (G.) Sui nervi della lingua; ricerche anatomico-fisiologiche. In: Biffi (S.) Op. compl.,8°, Milano, 1902, i, 21-78.—Ceccherelll (G.) Sulle piastre motrici e sulle fibrille ultraterminali nei muscoli della lingua di Rana esculenta. Monitore zool. ital., Firenze, 1902, xiii, 246. -----. Sulle espansioni nervose di senso nella mucosa della lingua dell' uomo. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1904, xxv, 56-69.—Courten (H. C.) Involuntary movements of the tongue. Stud. Yale Psy- chol. Lab., N. Haven, 1902, x, 93-95.—Fasola (G.) Con- tributo clinico alia conoscenza dell' innervazione gusta- toria. Riv. di patol. nerv., Firenze, 1902, vii, 49-57.— Finocchiaro (G.) Contributo alio studio delle termi- nazioni nervose nelle papille circumvallate. Arch. ital. di anat. e di embriol., Firenze, 1904, iii, 288-297, 2 pl.— Flesch (J.) Zur Neurologie der Zunge. Miinehen. med. Wchnschr., 1908, lv, 109-112.— Fusarl (R.) & Pa- nasi (A.) Sulla terminazione dei nervi nella mucosa della lingua dei mammiferi. Boll. d. Soc. med.-chir. di Pavia, Milano, 1890, 56-59—Gotch (F.) & Simpson (S.) The electrical changes due to secretory effects in the frog's tongue as determined by capillary electrometer records. Proc. Physiol. Soc. Lond., 1905, pp. lii-lv.—Halban (J.) Zur Physiologie der Zungennerven. Wien. klin. Rund- schau, 1896, x, 51-53. — Izergln (P.) Innervatsiya sosudov yazika. [Innervation of the blood - vessels of the tongue.] Nevrol. Vestnik, Kazan, 1894, ii, no. 4, 55-170. Also: Arch. f. Physiol., Leipz., 1894, 441-450.— Kidd (L. J.) Note on lateral tongue-movements. Rev. Neurol. & Psychiat., Edinb., 1903, i, 580.—Kiesow (F.) Zur Kenntnis der Nervenendigungen in den Pa- pillen der Zungenspitze. Ztschr. f. Psvchol. u. Physiol. d. Sinnesorg., Leipz., 1904, xxxv, 252-259.—Lange (F.) Ueber Zungenbewegungen. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1893, xlvi, 634-654. — Lesshalt (P.) Mekhanizm dvi- zheniya yazika. (Sur le mecanisme des mouvements de la langue.) Izviest. S.-Peterb. biol. lab., 1896, i, 64- 74.—OTery. Observations sur les mouvemens de la lan- gue du piver. Hist. Acad. roy. d. sc. 1709, Par., 1733 TONGUE. 335 TONGUE. Tongue (Inner vat ion ana'movements of). Mem., 85-91, 1 pl. Also: Hist. Acad. roy. d. sc. [de Par.] 1709, Amst., 1711, mem., 107-113. Also, transl.: K. Akad. d. Wissensch. in Par. . . . Abhandl. 1709, Bressl., 1751, iii, 477- 483, lpl.— Classen (A. T.) Note on the movements of the tongue from stimulation of the twelfth nucleus, root, and nerve. Brain. Lond., 1909, xxxii, 206-208.—OehI (E.) L' esperienza di Bidder. Atti. . . r. Ist. Lomb. di sc. e lett., Milano, 1895, 2. s., xxviii, 804-812. Also: Gazz. med. lomb., Milano, 1895, liv, 297-300. Also, transl.: Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1896, xxv, 126-134— Philipeaux (.l.-M.) & Vulpian (A.) Note sur une modification physiologique qui se produit dans le nerf lingual par suite de l'abolition temporaire de la motricite dans le nerf hvpoglosse du meme cote. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par.,1863, lvi, 1009-1011.—Betzius (G.) Zur Kennt- nis der Nervenendigungen in den Papillen der Zunge der Amphibien. Biol. Untersuch., Stockholm, 1905, n. F., xii, 61-64,1 pl.—Butlini (A.) Sulle espansioni ner- vose di senso nella mucosa linguale dell' uomo. Atti d. r. Accad. d. fisiocrit. in Siena, 1904, 4. s., xvi, 33.— Turner ( W. A.) Note on the course of the fibers of taste. Edinb. M. J., 1897, n. s., ii, 261— Zander (R.) Ueber das Verbreitungsgebiet der Gefiihls- und Ge- schmacksnerven in der Zungenschleimhaut. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1897, xiv, 131-145. Tongue (Keratoses of). Avierinos. Traitement de la leucokeratose bucco- linguale par la solution de sulfate de cuivre. Marseille med., 1912, xlix, 412.—Craig ( R. H.) Hyperkeratosis linguae. Tr. Am. Larvngol., Rhinol. & Otol. Soc, St. Louis, 1908, 362-364. Als»: Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1909, xix, 49-51.—Bubois-Haveiiith. Leucokeratose lin- guale. J. de med., chir. et Pharmacol., Brux., 1894, 34.— Bubreuilh (W.) Leucokeratose de la langue; son traitement chirurgical. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1907, xxxvii, 117-119. — Buhot. Leucokeratose linguale. Presse med. beige, Brux., 1907, lix, 393-398. — Fried- land (F.) Ueber drei Fiille von Hyperkeratosis lacu- naris (Siebenmann) des Zungengrundes. Ztschr. f. Heilk., Berl., 1896, xvii, 275-282, 1 pl.—Goodale (J. L.) The histology of hyperkeratosis lingualis. J. Bost. Soc M. Sc, 1897-8, ii, 204-209. -----. A contribution to the pathologic histology of hyperkeratosis lingualis (hairy- tongue). Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1900, ix, 1-9.—Murdoch (B.) Hyperkeratosis of the filiform papillae of the tongue. Tr. Med.-Chir. Soc. Edinb., 1893-4, n. s., xiii. 221-223. Also: Edinb. M. J., 1894-5, xl, 250-252.—Shaw (F. W.) Hyperkeratosis lin- gualis. J. Kansas M. Soc, Kansas City, Kan., 1910, x, 122. Tongue (Leucoplakia of). See, also, LeucoplaMa; Mouth (Leucopla- kia of). Bonniger (M. ) *TJeber Leukoplakia lin- gualis, buccalis et labialis. 8°. Berlin, 1896. Dillmaxx ( H. ) * Ueber Leukoplakia lin- guae mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung ihrer Histologie und Aetiologie. [Giessen.] 8°. * Berlin, 1902. Artault (S.) La teinture de myrtille dans la leuco- plasie linguale et les stomatites. Bull. med. d. Vosges, Epinal, 1902-3, xvi, nos. 67-68, :$7-48.—Ccstan. Leuco- plasielinguale; extirpation. Toulouse m6d., Iy03,2.s.,v» 277.—Bu Castel. Plaques leucoplasiques de la langue chez une malade atteinte autrefois de lupus. Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1897, 3. s., viii, 480-482. Also: Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1897, viii, 161-163.— Fernandas & Van Swieten. Leucoplasie linguale dont on fit l'excision profonde et large chez un homme de 62 ans. Ann. de l'Inst. chir. de Brux., 1904, xi, 38.— Gaucher. La leucoplasie linguale. Presse med., Par., 1903,ii,49:3-495. Also.transl.: Boll. d. mal. ven. ,sif.ed.pelle, Roma, 1904, v, 57-64.— Gaucher & Barbe. Leucoplasie linguale d'origine syphilitique conceptionnelle. Bull. Soc franc de dermat. et syph., Par., 1901, xii, 122-124. Also: Ann. de dermat. et syph,, Par., 1901, 4. s., ii, 268- 270.—Goldberg (S. V.) O lelkoplakii yazika. [Leuco- plakia of the tongue.] Khirurg. Arkh. Velyaminova, S.-Peterb., 1910, xxvi, 606-616.—Hebert (A.) Leucopla- &ielinguale; traitement mercuriel; guerison rapide. Nor- mandie med., Rouen, 1907, xxii, 288.—Jullien (L.) Un cas de leucoplasie linguale. Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1896, vii, 95-98. Also: Ann. dedermat. et syph., Par., 1896, 3. s., vii, 201-20L— Landouzy (L.) Valeur semiologique des leucoplasies jugales et commis- suralesdites "plaques des fumeurs." Presse m6d., Par., 1908, xvi, 409-411.—Leland (G. A.) Leucoplakia of tongue. Boston M. & S. J., 1904, cli, 295.—Lockliart (V. D.) Leucoplakia; ichthyosis of the tongue; report of case. ^Med. World, Phila., 1906, xxiv, 20.—Morel-La- val lee (A.) Glossite leucoplasique parcheminee, chez une femme, indemne de syphilis et de tabagisme. Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1899, x, 408-410. Tongue (Leucoplakia of). Also: Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1899, 3.S., x, 957-959. -----. Sur un cas de guerison foudroyante de glossite leucoplasique sclereuse nicotino-syphilitique. Bull, et m6m. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1910, 3. s., xxx, 676.— fflorestin (H.) Le traitement operatoire des leucopla- sies linguales etendues. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1908, n. s., xxxiv, 1279-1293. -----. Leucoplasie lin- guale tr6s etendue; extirpation de presque toute la mu- queuse de la face dorsale au devant du V lingual, suivie de reunion immediate. Ibid., 1910, n. s., xxxvi, 910- 914.— Oberndorfer (I. P.) Leukoplakia linguae. J. Cutan. Dis. incl. Syph., N. Y., 1907, xxv, 329. Tongue (Lupus of). Spire (C.J.) *Du lupus lingual. 8°. Bor- deaux, 1895. Also, in: Arch. clin. de Bordeaux, 1895, iv, 557-571. Carrlere. Lupus ulcere de la langue. Bull. Soc. d'anat. ei physiol. de Bordeaux, 1897, xviii, 127-129.— Baricr (J.) Lupus de la langue, avec examen histolo- gique (lupus papillomateux, avec degenerescence hya- line). Ecole prat. d. hautes etudes. Lab. d'histol. du Coll. de France. Travs 1894-5, Par., 1898, 61-67. Also: Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1895, vi, 306- 311. Also: Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par, 1895, 3. s., vi, 631-636.—Hutchinson (J.) Infective lymphangeioma of the tongue; lupus lymphaticus, Arch. Surg., Lond., 1895, vi, 11., pl. lxxxvi.—Leloir. Le lupus dela langue. Assoc, franc, pour Tavance. d. sc C.-r., Par., 1889, xviii, pt. 2, 746-754. -----. Lupus demi-sclereux de la langue. Internat. Atlas selt. Hautkr., Hamb. u. Leipz., 1889, Pl. iii, with text.—L.iaras. Lesions lupoi'des de la base de la langue et de l'epiglotte. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. de Bordeaux, 1897, xviii, 108-112. Also: Rev. odont., Par., 1897, xvi, 359-363.—Pelagatti (M.) Sopra un caso di lupus della lingua. Boll. d. mal. ven., sif. e d. pelle, Roma, 1904, v, 7-16. Also: Stomatol., Milano, 1903-4, ii, 329; 400.—Strandberg (O.) Tre Tilfasldeaf Lupus vul- garis linguae. Hosp.-Tid,, K0benh., 1912, 5. R., v, 330-339, 3 pl. Also, transl.: Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1912, xlix, 1078- 1081. -----. Lupus vulgaris linguae. Hosp.-Tid., K0benh., 1912, 5. R., v, 756-760. Tongue (Lymphangiectasia of). See Tongue ( Varix, etc., of). Tongue (Lymphangioma of). See Tongue (Tumors of, Vascular). Tongue (Melanosis of). See Tongue (Black). Tongue (Mobility of Excessive). See, also, Tongue-swallowing. Bourdette. Motilite exageree de la langue. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. de Bordeaux, 1897, xviii, 47. Also: Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.]. Par., 1897, xxiii, 474. Also: Gaz. d. hop. de Toulouse, 1897, xi, 235.—Belsaux (V.) Deux cas de mobilite anormale de la langue. Presse oto-laryngol. beige, Brux., 1905, iv, 19- 21.—Ferrer! (G.) Un nuovo casodi straordinaria mo- bility della lingua. Atti d. Cong. d. Soc. ital. di laringol. [etc.] 1897, Firenze, 1899, iii, 234-236; 1 pl.—Johnston (R. H.) Excessive mobility of the tongue. Month. Cycl. & M. Bull., Phila., 1909, ii, 229.—Norliect (L. E.) Re- markable flexibility of the tongue. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1906, lxx, 961.—Piuder (F.) Zwei Fiille von Ueberbe- weglichkeit der Zunge. Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1900, x, 265-270.—Tapia (A. G.) Un caso de acro- batismo lingual. Rev. Ibero-Am. de cien. med., Madrid, 1906, xv, 338-341. Also: Rev. de med. y cirug. pract., Madrid, 1906, lxxi, 339-341. Also, transl.: Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1906, ii, 1-5. Tongue (Morphology and histology of). See, also, Taste (Organs of). Kathariner (L.) * Anatomie und Mechanis- mus der Zunge der Vermilinguier. [Wurtz- burg.] 8°. Jena, 1894. Also, in: Jenaische Ztschr. f. Naturw., Jena, 1894, n. F., xxii, 247-270, 1 pl. Krause (G.) * Ueber die Papillae filiformes des Menschen. 8°. Konigsberg i. Pr., 1908. Lange (E.) * Untersuchungen iiber Zungen- randdriisen und Unterzunge bei Mensch und Ungulaten. [Giessen.] 8°. Berlin, 1900. Also, in: Arch. f. wissensch. u. prakt. Thierh., Berl., 1900, xxvi, 266-300, 3 pl. Moehring (G. F.) *Tentamen disquisitionis de linguae integumentis. 8°. Lipsix, 1865. TONGUE. 336 TON (UK. Tongue (Morphology and histology of). Musterle (F.) *Zur Anatomie der umwall- ten Zungenpapillen der Katze und des Hundes. [Bern.] 8°. Berlin, 1903. Also, in: Arch. f. wissensch. u. prakt. Thierh., Berl., 1904, xxx, 141-161,1 pl. Schacht (E. C.) *Zur Kenntnis des Baues der secern ierenden Zellen in den von Ebner'- schen Drusen. 8°. Kiel, 1896. Arnold (J.) Die Demonstration der Nervenendaus- breitung in den Papillae f ungif ormes der lebenden Frosch- zunge. Anat.Anz.,Jena, 1900,xvii,517-519.—Beau. Note sur les papilles de la langue. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1858, xlvii, 612-614.—Biederinann (W.) Ueber morphologische Veranderungen der Zungendriisen des Frosches bei Reizung der Drtisennerven. Sitzungsb. d. k. Akad. d. Wissensch. Math.-naturw. CI., Wien, 1882, lxxxvi, 67-88.—Brian (O.) Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Hornzahne auf der Zunge von Hystrix cristata. Mor- phol. Jahrb., Leipz., 1907,xxxvii, 155-158,1 pl.—Cecehe- relli (G.) Sulle piastremotriciesullefibrilleultratermi- nali nei muscoli della lingua di Rana esculenta. Arch. ital. di anat. e di embriol., Firenze, 1903, ii, 80-86, 1 pl.— < liaine (J.) Sur les muscles de la langue du fou de Hassan (Sula bassana, Briss). Proc.-verb. Soc. d. sc. phys. et nat. de Bordeaux, 1903-4, 92. -----. Sur une disposi- tion speciale des muscles de la langue des pics. Ibid., 109. -----. Remarques sur la musculature de la langue des oiseaux. Compt. rend. Soc de biol., Par., 1904, lvi, 991. -----. Sur la gaine de la langue des pics, ibid., lvii, 109. -----. Nouvelles recherches sur la musculature de la langue des oiseaux. Ibid., 110. -----. La langue des oiseaux; etude de myologie comparative. Bull. seient. de la France et de la Belg., Par., 1905, xxxix, 487- 504,1 pl. -----. Recherches sur la langue des teieosteens. Compt. rend. Soc.de biol., Par., 1907, lxii, 924.—Bieu- lale (L.) La membrane glosso-hyo'idienne. Bibliog. anat., Far. & Nancy, 1901, ix, 124-132.—Brasch (O.) Untersuchungen fiber die Papillae foliatae et circumval- latae der Kaninchen und Feldhasen. Abhandl. d. math.- phys. CI. d. k. siichs. Gesellsch. d. Wissensch., Leipz., 1887-8, xiv, 229-268, 8 pl.—Bucceschi (V.) Ueber die Anwesenheit der Rufflnischen Korperchen in der Zunge der Vogel; fiber die Funktion der Rufflnischen Korper- chen. Folia neuro-biol., Leipz., 1912, vi, 579-590,1 pl.— Gandolli(H.) Die Zunge der Agamidae und Iguanidse. Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1908, xxxii, 569-580.—Gaupp (E.) Ueber den Muskel mechanismus bei den Bewegungen der Froschzunge. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1901, xix, 385-396. ----—. Bemerkung, betreffend das Epithel auf den Papillen der Froschzunge. Ibid., xx, 269.—Gegenbaur (C.) Ueber die Unterzunge des Menschen und der Siiugethiere. Mor- phol. Jahrb., Leipz., 1883-4, ix, 428-456. -----. Beitrage zur Morphologie der Zunge. Ibid., 1885-6, xi, 566-606. -----. Zur Phylogenese der Zunge. Ibid., 1894, xxi, 1- 18.—Gbppert (E.) Die Bedeutung der Zunge fiir den sekundaren Gaumen und den Ductus naso-pharyngeus; Beobachtungen an Reptilien und Vogeln. Ibid., 1903, xxxi, 311-359, 4 pl.—Graberg (J.) Zur Kenntnis des cellularen Baues der Gesehmacksknospen beim Men- schen. Anat. Hefte, Wiesb., 1899, xii, 337-368, 4 pl.—Gu- dernatscli (J. F.) Zur Anatomie und Histologie des Verdauungstraktes der Sirenia. 2. Die Zunge von Mo- natus latirostris Harl. Morphol. Jahrb., Leipz., 1909, xl, 184-194, 1 pl.—Hartog (M.) Sur le mecanisme de la propulsion de la langue chez les amphibiens anoures. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1901, cxxxii, 588.—Hei- derieh (F.) Ueber das Vorkommen von Flimmer- epithel an menschlichen Papillae vallatae. Anat. Anz.. Jena, 1906, xxviii, 315.—Ho I lis (W. A.) The joint in a fowl's tongue and its vocal function. J. Anat. & Physiol., Lond., 1900-1901, xxxv, 413-415.—Hopf (K.) & Edzard (D.) Beobachtungen fiber die Verteilung der Zungen- papillen bei verschiedenen Menschenrassen. Ztschr. f. Morphol. u. Anthrop., Stuttg., 1909-10, xii, 545-558.—Im- misch. Die mechanisch wirkenden Papillen der Zunge der Haussaugetiere. Deutsche tieriirztl. Wchnschr., Karlsruhe, 1909, xliii, 639.—von Lenhossek (M.) Der feinere Bau und die Nervenendigungen der Gesehmacks- knospen. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1892-3, viii, 121-127. -----. Die Gesehmacksknospen in den blattformigen Papillen der Kaninchenzunge; eine histologische Studie. Ver- handl. d. phys.-med. Gesellsch. zu Wurzb., 1893-4, n. F., xxvii, 1-76, 2 pl. Also, Reprint.—Loveland (A. E.) A study of the organs of taste. Tr. Am. Micr. Soc, Buffalo, 1897, xix, 129-174, 3 pl.—Lucas (F. L.) The tongues of birds. Rep. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1894-5, Wash., 1897, 1003-1020, 2 pl.— Tlauis (S.) Contributo alia conoscenza morfo- logica, anatomiea ed istologica della lingua del fenicot- tero. Biologica, Torino, 1906, i, 147-156, 1 pl.—.Tliineh (F.) Die Topographie der Papillen der Zunge des Men- schen und der Siiugethiere. Morohol. Arb., Jena, 1896, vi, 605-690, 2 pl. Also, Reprint.— Niemaek (J.) Der nervose Apparat in den Endscheiben der Froschzunge. Anat. Hefte, Wiesb., 1892-3, ii, 235-247, 2 pl.— Nusbaum (J.) Badania por6wnawcze nad podjezvkiem, przegroda, jezykowa. i lyssa. zwierzat ssacych. [Comparative resear- Tongue (Morphology and histology of). ches on the frenum, septum of the tongue and lyssaof mam- mals.] Rozpr. Akad. Umiej. wydz. maternat.-pr/.\ r , Kra- k6w, 1900,2. s., xvii, 81-111, 3 pl. Also, transl.: Hull, inter- nat. del' Aead. d.scdeCracovie,1898,434-439.—Musbau in (J.)&l¥larko\vski (Z.) Zur vergleichenden Anatomie derStiitzorganein der Zunge der Siiugetiere. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1896, xii, 651-561.--------'■—. Weitere Studien fiber die vergleichende Anatomie und Phylogenie der Zungen- stiitzorgane der Siiugetiere, zugleich ein Beitrag zur Mor- phologie der Stiitzgebilde in der menschlichen Zunge, Ibid., 1897, xiii, 345-358.—Oppel (A.) Zur Topographie der Zungendriisen des Menschen und einiger Siiugetiere. Festschr. z. ... v. Carl v. Kupffer, Jena, 1899,11-32, lpl.— Stahr (H.) Ueber die Papillae fungiformes der Kinder- zunge und ihre Bedeutung alsGeschmaeksorgan. Ztschr. f. Morphol. u. Anthrop., Stuttg., 1901-2, iv, 199-260, 4 pl. -----. Ueber die Papilla foliata beim wilden und beim domesticirten Kaninchen. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1902, xxi, 354-361. -----. Ueber die Zungenpapille des Breslauer Gorillaweibchens. Jenaische Ztschr. f. Naturw., Jena, 1906, xli, 618-631. -----. Vergleichende Untersuchungen an den Geschmackspapillen der Orang-Utan-Zunge. Ztschr. f. Morphol. u. Anthrop., Stuttg., 1906, ix, 344-360. -----. Ueber gewebliche Umwandlungen an der Zunge des Menschen im Bereiehe der Papilla foliata. Arch. f. mikr. Anat., Bonn, 1910, lxxv, 375-413, 2 pl.—Tokarskl (J.) Neue Tatsachen zur vergleichenden Anatomie der Zungenstutzorgane der Siiugetiere. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1904, xxv, 121-131.—Varaldi (L.) Su alcune partico- larita del muscolo io-glosso e di altri muscoli estrinseci della lingua del cavallo. Clin, vet., Milano,1908,xxxi, sec. sc. ls.6-203.—Kaks. O histologicheskom stroyenii mle- shetchatikh zhelyoz yazika u doma shnikh zhivotnikh. [Histology of the saccular glands of thetongue of domes- tic animals.] Arch. vet. nauk, St. Petersb., 1874, iv, 2. sect.,128-141.—Zieler(K) Zur Anatomie der umwallten Zungenpapillen des Menschen, Anat. Hefte., Wiesb., 1901, xvi,761-782,1 pl.—Zuekermann (N.) Beobach- tungen iiber den Ventriculus laryngis und die Zungen- papillen einiger " Melanesier." Ztschr. f. Morphol. u. Anthrop., Stuttg., 1912, xv, 207-212. Tongue (Movements of). See Tongue (Innerration, etc., of). Tongue (Neuroses of). See, also, Neuralgia (Lingual); Paralysis (Lingual); Tongue (Mobility of, Excessive); Tongue (Spasm of). Brlsto w (A. T.) A case of lingual neuralgia, treated by stretching the lingual nerve. Brooklyn M. J., 1897, xi, 201-204.—Chauveau (C.) Des varietes de glossodynie. Arch. gen. de med., Par., 1900, n. s., iii, 66-83. -----. Glossodynie laterale papillaire de la region foliee. Rev^ g6n. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1899, xiii, 712.—Beve (C.) Un cas d'hemiparalvsie de la langue chez un nou- veau-ne. Bull. Soc d'obst. de Par., 1908, xi, 177.—Etro (U.) Un caso diemianestesia linguale ed emiagenesia di origine otitica. Atti d. Cong. d. Soc ital. di laringol. [etc.] 1906, Siena, 1907, 318-321.—Hoeflmayr (L.) Drei Fiille von Zungenneuralgie. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1906, liii, 2530.—Butehinson (J.) Gouty neuralgia of thetongue. Arch. Surg., Lond., 1899, x, 131.—Kron (H.) Einige seltenere Storungen der Zungennerven. Monat- schr. f. Psychiat. u. Neurol., Berl., 1909, xxvi, 510-518.— Lewis(R.) A remarkable angeioneurosis of the tongue, due to the application of chromic acid to granulations on the upper and posterior portions of the tympanic membrane; a contribution to the physiology of the chorda tvmpani nerve. N. York M. J., 1897, lxvi, 494- 496. Also, Reprint.—Piotrowski (G.) Sur la nevrose de la langue. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1893, 9. s., v, 340-343. — Vysin (V.) Poruehy innervace jazyka [Disordered innervation of the tongue.] Sborn. poliklin. 1897, v. Praze, 1898,69-102. Tongue ((Edema of). Gaillard (L.) L'cedeme aigu de la langue. Bull.et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1906, 3. s., xxiii, 291-296.— Graham (O.) Acute oedema of the tongue. J. Comp. M. & Vet. Areh., Phila., 1902, xxiii, 172-174.—Balloek (F. K.) Angioneurotic edema of thetongue. Proc Con- nect. M. Soc, Bridgeport, 1898, cvi, 153-159. Also: At- lantic M. Weekly, Providence, 1898, x, 33-36. Tongue (Paralysis of). See Paralysis (Bulbar); Paralysis (Lingual). Tongue (Parasites of). See Tongue (Diseases of, Mycotic, etc.). Tongue (Pruritus of Senile). Baumgarten (E.) Pruritus senilis lingua?. Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1901, xiv, 675-677. Also, transl.: Ungar. med Presse, Budapest, 1901, vi, 713-715. Also, transl.: Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1901, xlviii, 1522-1524. TONGUE. 337 TONGUE. Tongue (Psoriasis of). Beek. Psoriasis linguae bei einem Kinde. Pest, med.- chir. Presse, Budapest, 1905, xli, 207; 1142.—Betagh (G.) La psoriasi della lingua e 1' epitelioma. Suppl. al Poli- clin., Roma, 1899-1900, vi, 609-614.—Hareiuaker (G. A.) Een geval van psoriasis linguae behandeld met Ront- genstralen. Tijdschr. v. phys. therap. en hyg., Amst., 1904, v, 62-64.—Petit (G.) Considerations sur le psoriasis lingual (resultat de 10 observations). Independ. med., Par., 1898, iv, 298. Also: Odontologie, Par., 1898, 3. s., vii, 323.—Pilliet & Biehe. Psoriasis lingual reeidivant non epitheiiomateux. Bull. Soc. anat. de Par., 1896, lxxi, 176-180.—BansohoII' (H.) Decortication of the tongue in the treatment of lingual psoriasis. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1899, xxix, 577-583. Tongue (Scrotal). See, also, Syphilis (Congenital, Manifestations of). Payenxeville (J.) *La langue plicaturee symetrique congenitale dite langue scrotale. 8°. Paris, 1905. Bussieres. Langue ravineecongenitale. J.demed. deBordeaux, 1905, xxxiv,432.—Comby (J.) La langue scrotale chez les enfants. Areh. de med. d. enf., Par., 1912, xv, 161-168. —Bubreuil-Chainbardel ( L.) Quelques considerations sur la langue scrotale. Areh. gen. de med., Par., 1906, ii, 2753-2760. Also: Gaz. med. du centre, Tours, 1906, xi, 371-374.—newborn (A. D.) A case of scrotal tongue with wandering rash. J. Cutan. Dis. incl. Syph., N. Y., 1903, xxi, 324.—31 outgo me ry (D.W.) Lingua plicata. Pacific Rec. M. & S., San Fran., 1898-9, xiii, 47.—Parounagian. Scrotal tongue. J. Cutan. Dis. incl. Syph., N. Y., 1911, xxix, 237.— Payen- nevllle (J.) Langue scrotale en serie familiale. Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1905, 4. s., vi, 141-144. Tongue (Semeiology of). See, also, Tongue (Black); Tongue (Coated). de Arruda Cardoso (J. C.) *Semiologia da lingua, roy. 8°. Rio de Janeiro, 1905. Coffinas (M ) * Recherches cliniques et mi- croscopiques sur la semeiologie de la langue dans les maladies infectieuses ou toxiques. 8°. Paris, 1898. Flores (S.) *Ligeros apuntes sobre la se- meiotica de la lengua, 8°. Mexico, 1885. Froriep (R.) Recherches anatomiques et semeiotiques sur la langue, ou etats divers de cet organe dans les affections morbides, avec le texte explicatif, traduit de l'allemand par Meis- ser. obi. 4°. Bruxelles, 1835. Gunther (D. E.) *Signa ex lingua. 4°. Duisburgi, 1772. Negrete ( T. ) * Algunas consideraciones sobre semeiotica de la lengua. 8°. Mexico, 1886. Rosenthal (C.) Die Zunge und ihre Beglei- ter^cheinungen bei Krankheiten, fiir Aerzte und Studirende. 8°. Berlin, 1903. Soriano (M.) De la semiotica de la lengua. 8°. Mexico, 1866. Williams (E.) An e=say on the tongue, in functional derangement of the stomach and bowels, and on the appropriate treatment; also the tongue's aspect in organic disease of the lungs and heart, etc. 2. ed. 8°. London, 1846. Apostoiico (E.) Semiologia e patogenesi delle alte- razioni della lingua nelle diverse affezioni dell' orga- nismo. N. riv. clin.-terap., Napoli, 1904, vii, 236-245.— Bellantoni (R.) La lingua in rapporto alia diagnosi ed alia cura. Pratica d. med., Napoli, 1908-9, ix, 101-109.— Choinpret. Elements de semeiologie linguale. Rev. de stomatol., Par., 1907, xiv, 25; 495; 595. Also: Dauphine med., Grenoble, 1907, xxxi, 33; 54.—Christenbery (H. E.) The significance of the tongue in diagnosis. J. Tenn. M. Ass., Nashville, 1911-12, iv, 225.—Coffinas CM.) Etat de la langue dans les principales maladies. Inde- pend. med.. Par., 1898, iv, 385. —Bavidson (A. A.) Clinical significance of the aspect of the tongue. Tr. M. Ass. Georgia, Atlanta, 1905, lvi, 160-167. Also: Virginia M. Semi-Month., Richmond, 1905-6, x, 135-138.—Bavis (J. F.) The tongue as an index in disease. Penn. M. J., Pittsburg, 1900-1901, iv, 128-135— Biekinson (W. H.) On the tongue in disease. Lancet, Lond., 1903, i, 1428- 1431.—Earp (S. E.) Clinical significance of the tongue. vol xviii, 2d series---22 Tongue (Semeiology of). Med. & Surg. Monitor, Indiana^., 1902, v, 108-110. Also, Reprint.—<>illot. Des dilatations ampullaires des petits vaisseaux de la langue et de leur valeur s6meiologique. Union med., Par., 1888, xiv, 801-806. Also \Abstr.]: As- soc, franc, pour Tavance. d. sc. C.-r., Par., 1888, xvii, pt. 1, 234.—Hardin (C. B.) The tongue, and what it teaches in disease. Langsdale's Lancet, Kansas City. 1898, iii, 153-158.—Herrero (S.) Valor semiologico del estado de la lengua en las enfermedades del aparato di- gestivo. Clin, mod., Zaragoza, 1908, vii, 272-277.— Huyghe (L.) La dysarthrie linguale intermittente; indice de thrombose arterielle cerebrale, symptdme pre- monitoire a distance des accidents graves du ramollisse- ment cerebral. Nord med., Lille, 1905, xi, 29-31.—Laub (M.) Ueber eine eigentiimliche Veranderung der Zunge bei Insufflzienz des Herzens. Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f. inn. Med. u. Kinderh. in Wien, 1906, v, Beil. 3,1-6.—lie Bent' (L. G.) The tongue as a diagnostic factor in disease. N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1902-3, lv, 9-18— Luzzatto (A. M.) Sui rapporti tra lo stato della lingua ed i segni della putre- fazione intestinale (contributo alia semeiotica medica della lingua). Riv. veneta di sc. med., Venezia, 1903, xxxviii, 481-497.—Mathieu (A.) & Boux (J. C.) Va- leur semeiologique de l'etat de la langue dans les mala- dies du tube digestif. Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1903, lxxvi, 1061-1063.—Partsch(C) Zunge und Gebiss. Deutsche Monatschr. f. Zahnh., Berl., 1909, xxvii, 321-333.— Schossberger (F.) [Erkrankung des chromafflnen Systems mit Pigmentation der Zungenschleimhaut.] Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f. inn. Med. u. Kinderh. in Wien, 1907, vi, 25.—Thomson (J.) Note on the peculiarities of the tongue in Mongolism and on tongue-sucking in their causation. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1907, i, 1051.—Vessle (P. R.) A clinical study of the tongue. Cleveland M. & S. Reporter, 1911, xix, 54-58. — Wladimlroff (G. E.) Ueber die Himbeerzunge der Kinder. Arch. f. Kinderh., Stuttg., 1912, lvii, 127-129. Tongue (Spasm of). Sirol (J.) *Des spasmes cloniques idiopathi- ques de la langue, ou choree de la langue. 4°. Toulouse, 1896. Harris (W.) Myoclonus with spasm of the tongue. Proc. Roy.Soc Med., Lond., 1909-10,iii, Neurol. Sect., 104.— Personali (S.) Ein Fall von idiopathischem Zungen- krampf. Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1896, x, 659. -----. II crampo idiopatico della lingua. Clin. med. ital., Milano, 1899, xxxviii, 1-15. Tongue (Surgery of). See, also, Artery (Lingual, Ligation of); Jaw (Lower, Excision of); Jaws (Excisionof); Phar- ynx (Surgery of); Tongue (Cancer of', Treatment of, Operaiiee); Tongue (Excision of); Tongue (Frenum of, Section, etc., of); Tongue (Tumors of) [and subdivisions}. Bishop (E. S.) Tongue suture guard. Brft. M. J., Lond., 1911, ii, 834. Also: Lancet, Lond., 1911, ii, 895.— Ohevrler (L.) L'analgesie regionale, son application a la langue. Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1909, lxxxii, 455.—Ba Costa (J. C.) Surgery of the tongue. In: Surgery (Keen), 8°, Phila. & Lond., 1908, iii, 655-701.—Bavis (G. G.) Removal of the lingual and mandibular nerves by the twisting method of Thiersch. Tr. Phila. Acad. Surg., 1909, xi, 111-115, 2 pl.—Funke (E.) Eine chirur- fisch wichtige Anomalie der Arteria lingualis. Arch. f. lin. Chir., Berl., 1897, liv, 323-327.—Lelas&Buclaux. Rupture de la langue au cours de tractions rvthm6es. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1902, lxxvii, 149.— Lucas (R. C.) On a method of stretching, dividing, or exercising a portion of the lingual nerve, with cases. Guy's Hosp. Rep , Lond., 1901-2, 3. s., xli, 1-9.—illoure (E.-.I.) Considerations cliniques sur l'operationditetrans- hvoidienne. Rev. hebd de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1910,ii, 308.—Newbolt (G. P.) Preliminary laryngotomy in operations upon the tongue. Liverpool M.-Chir. J., 1912, xxxii, 121-129. Also [Abstr.]: Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1912. n. s., xciv, 306-308.—Poirier(P.) Leslymphatiques et l'epithelioma de la langue; manuel operatoire de 1'operationlogique; resultats. Arch, intejnat.delarvngol. |etc.]. Par., 1904, xvii, 713-727, 1 pl.—Bansohoff (J.) Decortication of the tongue in the treatment of lingual psoriasis. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1899, xxix, 677-583. Also, Ueprint.—Sans (J. R.) Algunos puntos de tecnica en las operaciones de la lengua y maxilares. Siglo-med., Madrid, 1908, lv, 339-344. Tongue (Syphilis of). See, also, Nerve (Hypoglossal, Diseases of). Cariveno (R.) *Chancre syphilitique dela langue. Statistique et pourcentage. 8°. Pan's, 1905. TONGUE. 338 TONGUE. Tongue (Syjihilis of). Hikschfeld (B.) * Ueber Zungengummata, 8°. Berlin, 1897. Oulmaxn (L.) * Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Glossitis luetica. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1897. Piton (H.-M.-A.) * Traitement local de la glossite tertiaire par le sublime. 8°. Paris, 1901. Saison (C.) Diagnostic des manifestations secondaires de la syphilis de la langue. 8°. Paris, 1871. Salterini (G.) La lingua nella sifilide ter- ziaria. roy. 8°. Ancona, 1892. Skladny (R.) * Ueber das Auftreten von glatter Atrophie des Zungengrundes in Folge hereditiirer Lues. 8°. Berlin, 1896. Touret (L.) *De l'heredo-syphilis de la langue. 8°. Paris, 1910. Al 1 port (A.) Local application of sal varsan in chronic superficial glossitis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1912, ii, 349.— Audebert. Ulcerations syphilititjuesde la langue chez une femme enceinte. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. de Bordeaux, 1896, xvii, 113.—Audry (C.) La syphilis se- condare de la langue. Midi med., Toulouse, 1893, ii, 241- 245. -----. Sur une syphilide polypiforme de la langue; lymphangieetasie syphilitique. Arch. med. de Toulouse, 1895. 534.—Balzer (F.) & Gauehery (P.) Glossite sclereuse syphilitique chez une femme de 33 ans. Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1899, x, 257-260. Also: Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1899, 3. s., x, 529-532. Also: Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1899, xii, 307-312.—Baudouin (G.) Chancres syphilitiques de la langue. Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1899, x, 418—Bid well (L. A.) A case of congenital syphilis of the tongue. West London M. J., Lond., 1906, xi, 22.— Brouardel (G.) Glossite syphilitique d6veloppee mal- gr6 le traitement par les injections de calomel. Bull. Soc, franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1896, vii, 455.—du Castel. Gommes de la langue ulcerees ou epithelioma. Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1894, 3. s., v, 430-438.— Clark. Syphilis of the tongue. J. Cutan. Dis. incl. Syph., N. Y., 1909, xxvii, 175.—Comby (J.) & Schrelber (G.) Syphilome lingual chez une fillettede 6 ans. Bull. Soc. de pediat. de Par., 1910, xii, 533-536.—Ban los. Or- thoforme et calomel en injections dans un cas de glossite tertiaire. Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1899, x, 13. Also: Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1899, 3. s., x, 51. -----. Forme rare de chancre lingual. Bull. Soc. franc de dermat. et syph., Par., 1902, xiii, 48. Also: Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1902, 4. s., iii, 154.—Bekeyser (L.) Chancre de la langue. Soc. beige de dermat. et de syph. Bull., Brux., 1902-3, iii, 55.—Eiehberg (J.) Post- syphilitic leucomaof tongue. Cincin. Lancet-Clinic 1897, n. s., xxxviii, 439.—Emery & Sabouraud. Chancre mou de la langue. Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1896, vii, 92-95.—Fournier (A.) Le chancre sy- philitique de la langue; son diagnostic avec l'ulcere tu- berculeux. Gaz. med. de Par., 1894,9. s., i, 601-603. -----. Tertiary syphilitic ulceration of the tongue. Pict. Atlas Skin Dis. & Syph. ... St. Louis Hosp., Lond.; Phila., 1895-7, 55-64,1 pl. -----. Glossitessyphilitiques tertiaires. Mus. de l'hop. St.-Louis. Iconog. d. mal. cutan. et syph., Par., [1896], 61-73, lpl. -----. Glossite syphilo-epitheiio- mateuse. Bull. Soc franc de dermat. et syph., Par., 1898, ix, 432-434. Also: Ann. de dermat. et svph., Par., 1898,3. s., ix, 1140-1142.—Fournier (A.) & Gastou (P.) Glossite syphilo-epitheliomateuse phaged6nique, ulce- reuse; mort par hemorrhagic de la linguale gauche; can- cer et gommes de la langue, integrite des ganglions, hy- pertrophie des glandes sous-maxillaires; lesions vic6rales; congestions et deg6nerescences parenehymateuses. Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1899, 3. s., x, 152-157. Also: Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1899, x, 75-80.— Gastou (P.) Modifications 6pithelo'ides de la mu- queuse linguale dans un cas de glossite gommeuse et mercurielle. Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1899, 3. s., x, 685-689. Also: Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1899, x, 356-360.—Gastou (P.) & Tremolieres. Leucoplasie linguale svphilitique; transformation epith6- liomateuse sans signes typiques de cancer. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1903, lxxviii, 49-51. — Gaucher. Chancre de la langue. J. de med. de Par., 1909, 2. s., xxi, 323.—Gaucher & Bory. Tuberculose ou syphilis linguale? Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et svph., Par., 1908, xix, 105— Gaucher & Malloizel. Ulceration linguale chez une enfant dell ans: svphilis acquise, da- tant de deux ans. Ibid., 1906, xvii, 296. Also: Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1906. 4. s., vii, 484.—Gaueher & Bostaine. Gomme syphilitique de la langue. Bull. Soc. franc de dermat. et syph., Par.. P.iOi, xv, 94. Also: Ann. dedermat. et syph., Par., 1904, 4. s., v, 249.—Gott- heil(W. s.) Gumma of the tongue. Internat. M. Mag., Phila., 1898, vii, 835-838.—Heath (C.) On syphilitic Tongue (Syphilis of). diseases of the tongue. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1900, ii, 1761- 1763. — Heldingsleld (M. L.) Transitory benign plaques of the tongue. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 1906, n. s., lvi, 54s— Hitcheock (U. G.) Gummatous infiltration of the tongue. Tr. Am. Laryngol Ass. I8s(i, N. Y., 1887, viii, 147-150.—Hoehsinger. [Kail von Glossitis diffusa heredo-syphilitica.] Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f. inn. Med. u. Kinderh. in Wien, 1905, iv, 260.— lliitehiuson (J.) Gumma in the substance of the tongue; doubt as to in- herited or acquired syphilis. Arch. Surg., Lond., 1896, vii, 376.—Jocqs (R.) Guerison d'une plaque lisse de la langue chez un syphilitique par le bleu de methyle. J. de med. de Par., 1896, 2. a., viii, 275— Jullien (L.) Le- sions syphilitiques secondaires tardives de la langue. Rev. med. d. soc. savantes, Par., 1894, xii, 49-57.—JuUlen (L.) & Stassano. Gommes de la langue traitees par le levurargyre. Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1906, xvii, 190-195. Also: Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1906, 4. s., vii, 310-315.—Keber (J. B.) Initial lesion of the tongue. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1897, ii, 302. — Kenny (A. L.) Combination of syphilis and epithe- lioma of the tongue; microscopic specimens. Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1898, xvii, 531.—Lelebvre (C.) Gom- me syphilitique de la langue guerie par une injection d'ars6nobenzol. Toulouse med., 1911, 2. s., xiii, 256-258.— Legg (T. P.) Multiple gummata of the tongue. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1906, n.s., lxxxii, 442.—Lenart (Z.) A nyelv ritk&bb syphilitikus elv<ozisa. [Re- moval of a curious syphilitic tongue.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1900, xliv, 551.—Letulle (M.) Glossite syphi- litique avec leucoplasie; atrophie insulaire du squelette elastique de la muqueuse linguale. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1907, lxxxii, 580.—Lewin (G.) & Heller (J.) Die glatte Atrophie der Zungenwurzel und ihr Ver- haltnis zur Syphilis. (Demonstration von Priiparaten und Abbildungen von J. Heller.) Verhandl. d. deutsch. dermat. Gesellsch., Wien u. Leipz., 1894, iv, 612-620.— Lofton (L.) A chancre of the tongue. .N. York M. J., 1897, lxv, 219.—l>6pez Arrojo (L.) TJlcera extensa especifica en la lengua; curaci6n. Correcp. med., Madrid, 1896, xxxi, 275.—Lunn (J. R.) A case of chronic glossi- tis (syphilitic). West Lond. M. J., Lond., 1905, x, 211.— JMcGavin (L.) Acaseof congenital syphilitic ulcera- tion of the tongue. Tr. Clin. Soc. Lond., 1902-3, xxxvi, 239.—Ulatagne. Syphilis tertiaire de la langue. Presse med. beige, Brux., 1902, liv, 390.—lUendel. Glossite syphilitique a leucoplasie lenticulaire. Bull. Soc. franc. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1894, v, 513. Also: Ann.de der- mat. et syph., Par., 1894, 3. s., v, 1272.— Tlerklen (P.) Sclerose et leucoplasie heredo-syphilitiques de la langue chez deux freres. Bull. Soc. de pediat. de Par., 1911, xiii, 13-20. Also: Ann. de med. et chir. inf. Par., 1911, xv, 199-205. Also: Gaz. d. mal. infant, [etc.] Par., 1911, xiiii, 132-135. Also: J. de m6d. de Par., 1911, xxiii, 215-217. Also: Med. inf., Par., 1911, viii, 105-111.— ITIery (H.) & Armand-Belille (P.) Glossite sciero- gommeuse d'origine heredo-svphilitique chez un garcon de 9 ans. Bull. Soc. dep6diat. de Par., 1906, viii, 405-407.— Blew born (A. D.) Gumma of the tongue, developing forty-three years after specific infection, strongly resem- bling an epithelioma. J. Cutan. Dis. incl. Syph.,N. Y., 1907, xxv, 266.—Michel. Ulceration syphilitique de la langue. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. de Bordeaux, 1897, xviii, 452-455.—JHicheleau (E.) Hectine et leucoplasie linguale syphilitique. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bor- deaux, 1911, xxxii, 584.— Blonlu'omery (D. W.) Leu- coplasia of the tongue during secondary syphilis. Occi- dental M. Times, San Fran., 1903, xvii, 40.—Paton (E. P.) Chronic superficial glossitis. Polyclin., Lond., 1904, viii, 36. -----. Syphilitic glossitis. Ibid., 36.—Petges & Chaminade. Chancre indur6 de la langue. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1912, xlii, 203.—Phillppson (L.) Ein Fall von multiplen syphilitischen Gummata der Zunge. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1893, xxx, 772-774. Also: Arb. a. Unna's K in. f. Hautkr. in Hamb. 1892-3, Berl., 1894, 75-82.—Pini (J.) Sur la syphilose de la langue (glossite nodulaire et glossite diffuse). Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1898, 3. s., ix, 833-848,1 pl.—PoltavtseH (A. P.) Sifiliticheskoye parazheniye yazika (glossitis sclerosa). Russk. J. Kozhn. i Ven. Boliezn., Kharkov, 1904, vii, 107-110.—Badtsikh (P.) K kazuistikie ogra- nichennavo sifilitieheskavo skleroznavo glossita. [Or- ganic syphilitic sclerous glossitis.] Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1903, lix, 334-345.—Bavaut (P.) & Verdun (M.) Les difncultesdu diagnostic bacteriologique de certaines le- sions spirillaires k propos d'une 16sion chancriforme de la langue. Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1910,lxxxiii,853-855— lt6na (S.) Szetesett gummat utAnz6 lymphangioma caverno- sum linguae muliplex. [Left gumma simulating . . .] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1902, xlvi, 15.—Byall (C.) Syph- ilis of the tongue and cancer. Clin. J., Lond., 1907, xxx, 139-144.—Searenzio (A.) Tre casi di glossite gommosa sifilitica guariti mediante le injezioni intra-muscolari di calomelano. R. Ist. Lomb. disc, elett. Rendic, Milano, 1894, 2. s., xxvii, 743-748. — Seiruinot (G.) La syjihilis linguale. Gaz. d. h6p.. Par , 1911, lxxxiv, 697; 701; 745.— Shober (J. B.) Chancre of the tongue, with a report of TONGUE. 339 TONGUE. Tongue (Syphilis of). four cases. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1895, xxii, 353-357,1 pl.— Smith (A.) A case of syphilitic tongue with commenc- ing malignancy. West Lond. M. J., Lond., 1910, xv, 45.— Smith (F.J.) Case of syphilitic ulceration of tongue and palate. Abstr. Tr. Hunterian Soc, Lond.. 1898-9, 147.—Symonds (C. J.) A case of gumma of the tongue in congenital syphilis. Tr. Clin. Soc Lond., 1898-9, xxxii, 227.—Towne's (W. C.) Chancre of the tongue. Univ. M. Mag., Phila., 1892-3, v, 449.—Vansant (E. L.) A case of syphilitic cicatricial adhesion of the tongue to the palate and pharyngeal walls, with notes of operation. Med. News, Phila., 1894, lxv, 606-608. Also, Reprint- Williams (C.) A caseof lingual chancre from indi- rect contagion. Tr. Clin. Soc. Lond., 1898-9, xxxii, 57. -----. Syphilitic affections of the tongue. Clin. J., Lond., 1899-1900, xv, 119-125. Tongue (Telangiectasis of). See Tongue ( Varix, etc., of). Tongue (Traction of Rythmic). See Asphyxia (Treatment of); Drowning. Tongue (Tuberculosis of). See, also, Tongue (Lupus of). Auguy (P.) *De la tuberculose linguale. 4°. Paris, 1895. Gross ([F. J.] A.) * Ueber das tuberkulose Geschwur der Zunge. 8°. Giessen, 1904. Hopstein. (0. H. J.) * Ueber Zungen- tuberkulose. 8°. Bonn, 1901. Le Nadan (L.-J.) * Contribution a I'etude des gommes tuberculeuses de la langue. 4°. Bordeaux, 1896. Milbradt (A.) *Ein Fall von Zungen- tuberkulose. 8°. Wurzburg, [1896]. Nelson (S.) *Ueber zwei Fiille von Zungen- tuberculose. 8°. Freiburg i. B., 1902. Pauling (A.) *Zur Kenntnis der Zungen- tuberculose. 8°. Jena, 1899. Rolland (V.) *De la tuberculose intra- linguale. 8°. Lyon, 1895. Senge (P.) * Ueber die Tuberkulose der Zunge. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1891. Whitman (C. C.) ^Contributions a I'etude de la tuberculose linguale; des abces froids de la langue. 4°. Paris, 1893. -----. The same. 8°. Paris, 1893. Wolf (F.) * Ueber das tuberculose Ge- schwiir der Zunge. [Bonn.] 8°. Dortmund, 1898. Anzllottl (G.) Sulla tubercolosi della lingua. Clin. hir., Milano, 1906, xiv, 592-607.—Auehe & Carriere. tude histologique de l'ulcere tuberculeux de la langue. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. de Bordeaux, 1897, xviii, 203-207. Also: J. d. mal. cutan. et syph., Par., 1898, x, 169- 172. Also: Rev. internat. de rhinol., otol. et laryngol., Par., 1898, ix, 247-249. Also: Gaz. d. h6p. de Toulouse, 1898, xii, 84.—Beadles (C. F.) A case of early tubercle of tongue. Tr. Path. Soc. Lond., 1896-7, xlviii, 61.— Berger (P.) Ulcerations tuberculeuses de la langue. M6d. mod., Par., 1898, ix, 465.— Bonzani (G.) Sulla cura iodica nella tubercolosi della lingua. Pensiero med., Milano, 1912, ii, 41-43.—Borman (V. L.) K voprosu o tuberkulozle yazika i yevo liecheniye. [Tuberculosis of the tongue and its treatment.] Kazan. Med. J., 1902, ii, 464-476. Also [Abstr.]: Dnevnik Obsh. vrach. pri imp. Kazansk, univ. (1902), 1903, no. 3, 15-18.—Campbell (J. T.) A case of tuberculous ulceration of the tongue. La- ryngoscope, St. Louis, 1907, xvii. 233.—d u Caste I. Tuber- culose linguale et palatine. Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph.,Par., 1894, v,91-93. Also: Ann. dedermat. etsyph., Par., 1894,3.8.,v,313-315.—Caussade (G.) Ulceration tu- berculeusede lalangue cnez un tabetique. Bull, et mem. Socmed.d.hop.dePar.,1904,3.8.,xxi,1256-1261. AIso [Ab- str.] : Syphilis, Par., 1905, iii, 275 — Chauftard (A.) Tu- berculosegommeuseprofondedelalangue. Bull.et mem. Soc. med. d. hdp. de Par., 1893, 3. s., x, 141-144.— Chu- dovszky (M.) A nyelv gumobajanak ket esete. [Two casesof tuberculosis of the tongue.l Orvosi hetil., Bu- dapest, 1898, xlii, 174-176. Also, transl.: Ungar. med. Presse, Budapest, 1898, iii, 733-735. —Dabney (S. G.) Tuberculosis of the tongue. Am. Therapist, N. Y., 1896-7, v, 31.—O'Aiutolo (G.) Di una grave glossite tubercolare guarita completamente. Atti d. Cong. d. Soc. ital. di laringol. [etc.] 1899, Empoli, 1900, iv, 266-270.—Dalla Vedova (R.) Per la diagnosi della tubercolosi della lingua. Arch, ed atti d. Soc. Tongue (Tuberculosis of). ital. di chir. 1906, Roma, 1907, xx, 101-137, 3 pi. Also: Policlin., Roma, 1907, xiv, sez. chir., 89-113.— Dally (J. F. H.) A case of tuberculosis of the tongue. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1903, ii, 1463.—Danlos. Gommes tu- berculeuses de la langue. Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1903, xiv, 138. Also: Ann. dedermat. etsyph., Par., 1903, 4. s., iv, 299. -----. Nouveau cas de gomme tubereuleuse de la langue. Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1903, 4. s., iv, 495. Also: Bull. Soc. franc dedermat. et syph., Par., 1903, xiv, 232. -----. Deux cas d'ulcera- tiOns tuberculeuses de la langue. Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1904, xv, 70-72. Also: Ann. de der- mat. et syph., Par., 1904, 4. s., v, 160-162.—Danlos & Levy-Frankel. Tuberculose papillomateuse de la langue. Bull. Soc franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1909, xx, 134-136.—Davis (H. J.) Large tuberculous ulcer on the right side of the tongue in-a man aged forty-two. Proc Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1909-10, iii, Laryngol. Sect., 81.—Delbanco (E.) Zur Zungentuberkulose der Papa- geien. Dermat. Ztschr., Berl., 1905, xii, 221-237, 2 pl — von Eberts (E. M.) Tuberculoma of the tongue. Montreal M. J., 1908, xxxvii, 183.—Fernandas & Van Swieten. Un cas de tuberculose de la langue. Ann. de l'Inst. chir. de Brux., 1902, ix, 107-110.—Finder. De- monstration von Fallen secundilrer Zungentuberkulo'-e. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1904, xli, 716.—Franeois-Dain- ville. Tuberculose verruqueuse de la langue. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1904, lxxix.224-226.—Gaucher (E.), Gougerot & Croissant. Gommes ulcereesde la langue et de la 16vre superieure de nature sans doute tubereuleuse. Bull. Soc franc de dermat. et syph., Par., 1911, xxii, 230. — Gaucher (E.) & Merle (P.) Tuber- culose de la langue. Ibid., 1909, xx, 37-39.— Ghedini (G.) Tuberculoma ulcerato della lingua. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1905, xxvi, 700.—Ginestous. Ulceration tuber- euleuse de la langue. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. de Bordeaux, 1897, xviii, 18-20.—Hajek (M.) Infiltrazione tubercolare della porzione follicolare, e formazione di noduli multipli nella porzione anteriore della lingua. Riv. di patol. e terap. d. mal. d. gola [etc.], Firenze, 1894, i, 126-129. —Harsha (W. M.) Tuberculosis of the tongue, with report of a case. Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1908, vi, 287-289. Also [Discussion]: Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1908, xiv, 270.—Haslain (W. F.) & McDonald (S.) Case of tubercular ulcer of tongue. Birmingh. M. Rev., 1899, xlvi, 166-168. — Hebb (R. G.) Case of tuberculosis of the tongue. Tr Path. Soc. Lond., 1896-7, xlviii, 62.—Ingals (E. F.) Tubercu- lar or specific ulceration of the tongue; specific growth on the soft palate; follicular tonsillitis; spasm of the glottis. Chicago Clin. Rev., 1893, ii, 287-294.—Isaja (A.) Della tubercolosi parenchimale della lingua. Arch, ed atti d. Soc. ital. di chir. 1907, Roma, 1908, x.xi, 687-708. Also: Ann. d. r. Ist. di clin. chir. di Roma, 1908, i, 289- 310.—Jolly (J.) Ulcerations tuberculeuses dela langue. Bull. Soc. anat. de Par., 1898, Ixxiii, 780-784. Also: Ecole prat. d. hautes etudes. Lab. d'histol. du Coll. de France. Trav. 1898-9, Par., 1900, 72-76.— Krecke [A.] Zungen- tuberkulose. Zwei Jahre chir. Tiitigk. . . . Privatklin. v. . . ., Munchen, [1905], 39.—Kyuzel (G. A.) Ulcus tu- berculosum linguae. Protok. Mosk. ven. i dermat. Obsh., 1898-9, viii, 37. — Lafarelle & Soubourou. Ulcera- tion tubereuleuse de la langue. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et phy- siol. de Bordeaux, 1898, xix, 259.—Lagomarsino (A*.) Sobre un caso de tuberculosis primitiva nodular disemi- nada de la lengua. Semana med., Buenos Aires, 1912, xix, 1216. -----. Caso interesante de tuberculosis pri- mitiva, nodular, diseminada de la lengua, tratada con la tuberculina Denys-Dessy. Ibid., pt. 2, 992-994.— Lambert (A.V.S.) Tuberculosis of thetongue; chronic pulmonary tuberculosis; hemiglossectomy; intratracheal anaesthesia. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1912, lvi, 361.—Latham (V. A.) Tuberculosis of the tongue; primary and secon- dary. Cong, internat. de m6d., Lisbonne, 1906-7, xv, sect. 12,330-340.—Lattes (C.) Sopra un caso di tuberco- losi della lingua. Atti d. Cong. d. Soc. ital. di laringol. [etc.] 1900, Empoli, 1901, v, 169-171. Also, transl.: Ann. di laryngol. [etc.], Genova, 1900, i, 281.—Llpscher (S.) Tuberculotikus tumor a nyelvgyokon. [Tuberculous tu- mor at the root of the tongue.] Orr-, gege- es fulgy6gy., Budapest, 1903,13.—Lusena (G.) Contributo alia cono- scenza della tubercolosi linguale. Clin, chir., Milano, 1904, xii, 1093-1100, 1 pl.—Malxner (E.) PoCasny tu- berkulosni vfed jazyka. [The chronic tuberculous ulcer of the tongue.] Casop. lek. desk., v Praze, 1877, xvi, 289; 297; 305; 313: 321; 329. —Malherbe (H.) Tuberculides linguales. Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1898-9, xvii, 284.—Ma- rotta (R. A.) Tuberculosis primitiva dela lengua. An. d. Circ. med. argent., Buenos Aires, 1906, xxix, 223-227.— Mendel. Tuberculose linguale et glossite dehtaire. Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1894, v, 540. Also: Ann. de dermat. etsyph., Par., 1894, 3. s., v, 1363 — Mlnich (K.) Ulcus tuberculosum linguse. Orvosi he- til., Budapest, 1898, xlii, 270.—Morestin(H.) L'ulcera- tion tubereuleuse de la langue. Rev. g6n. de clin. et de therap.. Par., 1900. xiv, 225-230. -----. Glossite tubereu- leuse. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1906, lxxxi, 451- TONGUE. 340 TONGUE. Tongue (Tuberculosis of). 453.—ITIorton (C. A.) Two cas'es of tubercular ulcer of the tongue. Tr. Path. Soc. Lond., 1891-2, xliii, 53-56.— Mouisset, Gate & La 11ait. Deux cas de tuberculose linguale. Lvon m6d., 1912, cxviii, 969-973.—Okamoto (N.) [Tuberculosis of the tonguej Gun Igaku Kwai Zasshi.Tokyo, 1904,211-220.—Orta(F.)&Gualdriiii(G.) Contributo alio studio della tubercolosi della lingua. Gazz. d.osp.,Milano,1904,xxv,584-586. Also: Stomatol., Milano, 1904-6, iii, 10-15.—Polyak (L.) Nyelvtuberculosis esete. [A case of tuberculosis of the tongue.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest. 1898, xlii, 124. Also, transl.: Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1899, xxxv, 64.—Provera (C.) Un casodi ulcera tubercolare primitiva della lingua. Mor- gagni, Milano, 1906, xlviii, 27-31.—Babe. Tuberculose caseeuse massive de la langue a evolution galopante. Bull, de laryngol., otol. et rhinol., Par., 1907, x, 246-253 — Beuter. [Tuberkulose des Zungengrundes,desweichen Gaumens, des Pharvnx und Larynx.] Militiirarzt, Wien, 1906, xl, 110.— von Buck ( S.) Tuberculosis of the tongue. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1912, xxii, 1190-1200.— Sabouraud (R.) Pronostic de l'ulceration linguale tubereuleuse. Clinique, Par., 1908, iii, 5.—Shiota. [Tu- berculosis of the tongue.] Nippon Igaku, Tokyo, 1905, no. 13,23-28.—Silbermark(M.) Fremdkorpertubercu- lose der Zunge in Tumorform. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir.. Leipz., 1902, lxiv, 561-569.—Silva (G.) L' ulcera tuberco- lare della lingua. Riv. veneta di sc med., Venezia, 1898, xxix, 154-164.—Sinibaldi (G.) L' ascesso tubercolare della lingua. Tommasi, Napoli, 1908, iii, 232-238.—Smith (W. G.) Tubercular ulcer of tip of the tongue. Brit. J. Dermat., Lond., 1892, iv, 385. —Stetter. Beitrag zur Glossitis papillaris und tuberculosa. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1898, lvi, 324-331, 1 pl.—Tanturrl (D.) Sulla tu- bercolosi della lingua; contributo clinico con ricerche istologiche. Atti d. Cong. d. Soc. ital. di laringol. [etc.] 1899, Empoli, 1900, iv, 258-266. Also: Arch. ital. di larin- gol., Napoli, 1900, xx, 23-32.— Thomayer (J.) O tuber- kulose jazvka. [Tuberculosis of the tongue.] Casop. lek. cesk., v Praze, 1882, xxi, 433-436.—Toison (J.) Tu- berculose linguale par inoculation secondaire. Bull. Soc. anat.-clin. de Lille, 1890, v, 411-417.—Turner (G. G.) Three cases of tubercle of the tongue. Northumberland & Durham M. J., Newcastle-upon-Tyne, 1905, xiii, 215- 222. — Vvedenskl ( A. A.) O bugorchatkle yazika. [Tuberculosis of the tongue.] Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1895, xliii, 219-238.—Wylie (A.) & Wingrave (W.) Tuber- cular ulceration of the tongue. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1906, n. s., lxxxii, 639. Tongue (Tumors of). See, also, Tongue (Cancer of). Deregnaucourt (E.) *Lipomes de la langue. 4°. Paris, 1896. Dubourdien (J.-E.) *Des tumeurs benign es de la base de la langue et de quelques autres affections a allure benigne de la meme region (syphilome, hypertrophie de l'amygdale lin- guale, mycosis). 8°. Bordeaux, 1897. Durbeck (R.) * Ueber Lipome der Zunge. 8°. Freiburg i. B., 1894. Ferrero ( G.) Diagnosi e cura dei neo- plasnii della lingua, roy. 8°. Pecanati, 1912. Jahr (K.) *Ein Fall von Papillomata lin- guae auf dem Boden einer Leukoplakia 8°. Allenstein, 1910. von Kryger (M.) *Eine seltenere Ge- echwulstbildung in der Zunge. (Endothe- liom.) 8°. Erlangen & Leijizig, 1901. Mueller (W.) *Die gutartigen Tumoren der Zungenbasis. Ein Beitrag zur Pathologie und Therapie der Zungenbasis. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1895. Richter (A.) *Beitrag zur Lehre von den gutartigen (ieschwiilsten der Zunge, insbeson- dere den Adenomen. 8°. Bonn, 1903. Rosenow (K.) * Ueber congenitale Ge- sch wulst der Zunge (Epiglossus). 8°. Kiel, 1901. Scholle (A.) *Eine Mischgeschwulst der Zungenbasis. 8°. Leipzig, 1904. de Almeida (D.) Neoplasma da lingua. Brazil- med., Rio de Jan., 1902, xvi 372.—Andrew (G.) Pa- pilloma of the tongue, with features suggesting carcino- matous change; subsequent recurrence in submaxillary lymphatic glands. Edinb. M. J., 1900, n. s., vii, 157-161.— Areoleo (E.) Su di un caso di fibroma nella lingua. Riforma med., Palermo, 1900, xvi, pt. 4, 772-775. Also: Boll. d. clin., Milano, 1901, xviii, 496-500.—Audry (C.) Tongue (Tumors of). & lverslnc. Papillome juxta-lupique dela pointe de la langue; tuberculose cerebelleuse. Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1897, 3. s., viii, 305-310. Also: Bull. Soc franc de dermat. et syph., Par., 1897, viii, 141-145.----------. Also: Arch. mid. de Toulouse, 1899, v, 513-519.—Hulas (D.) A nyelv j6indulatti daganatia. [Benign tumors of the tongue.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1902, xlvi, 640;-4$58; 675.—Baumgarten (E.) Leiomyoadenoma am Zan- gengrunde. Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 14)07, xx, 156-158. Also, transl.: Orvosi hetil., Budapest, £907, li, 558.—Belet. Tumeur de la langue che/. un cbaen. Rec. de med. vet., Par., 1906, lxxxiii, 368-370.—Berard. Ablation subtotale de la langue par voie buccale pour un enorme neoplasme ulcero-bourgeonnant de la moitie gauche; evidement des loges carotidiennes et sousana- xillaires. Lyon med., 1912, cxviii, 33.— Berger. Eespa- pillomes de la langue. Rev. g6n. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1905, xix, 5.—Bid we II (L. A.) A case of congen- ital papilloma of the tongue. West Lond. M. J., Lond., 1906, xi, 23.—Broeq, Monier & Civatte. Neoplasie de la face dorsale de la langue. Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et svph., Par., 1901, xii, 463^168. Also: Ann. de dermat. et sypti., Par., 1901, 4. s., ii, 1066-1071.—Broeek- aert. Une tumeur rare dela langue. J. de chir. et ann. Soc. beige de chir.,Brux., 1912,xii,35,2pl.—Brose (L.D.) Tumors of the tongue. J .Indiana M. Ass., Fort Wayne, 1910, iii, 13-16.—Camus (M.), KrtzbischolT (P.) .—Downie (VV.) Two cases of primary sarcoma of the tongue; one pedunculated, the other in- terstitial. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1899, ii, 1065-1067. -----. Case of primary pedunculated sarcoma of the tongue. Glasgow M. J., 1900, liv, 48-53. -----. Case of primary sarcoma of the tongue. Tr. Med.-Chir. Soc Glasg., 1902, iii, 34-37.—Drago (F.) Un caso di sarcoma primitivo della lingua. Boll. d. r. Accad. med. di Genova, 1906, xxi, 134-110.—Dunham (E. K.) Sarcoma of the tongue. Proc. N. York Path. Soc. (1894), 1895,12. -----. A case of large, round-celled sarcoma of the tongue. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1895, n. s., ex, 259-261.—Eve (F.) Three rare tumors of the base of the tongue (two of them endothe- lioma), with remarkson the surgery of malignant disease of the tongue. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1909-10, iii, Clin. Sect., 173-188. Also: Clin. J., Lond., 1910, xxxvi, 113-118.— Ferlito. Un caso di sarcoma peduncolato della lingua. Ras.-tegna, internaz. d. med. mod., Catania, 1900-1901, ii, 313-31*.—Fisk (A. L.) Excision of the tongue for sarcoma. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1903, xxxvii, 273.—Foote (E. M.) Sarcoma of the tongue and condi- tions which simulate-it. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1912, cxliii, 198-217.—Fripp (A. D.) & Swan (R. H.J.) A case of sarcoma of the tongue, with an analysis of forty- three previously recorded cases. Guy's Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1902, lvii, 89-131, 1 pl., 1 tab.-----------. Notes upon sarcoma of the tongue, based on an analysis of forty-four recorded cases. Practitioner, Lond., 1903, lxx, 673-687, 1 tab. — Goris. Sur deux cas de tumeurs malignes de la langue. J. de chir. et ann. Soc. beige de chir., Brux., 1909, ix, 73, 1 pl.—Gregolre. Sarcome de la base de la langue. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1902, lxxvii, 366. — He I in nth (W. T.) Sarcoma of tongue, amputation by Kocher's method. N. Am. J. Homceop., N. Y., 1899, 3. s., xiv, 92-94.—Johnston (R. H.) Ma- lignant growths at the base of the tongue. Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1904, xiii, 201-204.— Keenan (C. B.) Sarcoma of the tongue; report of a recent case, with analysis of previously recorded cases. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1904, xxxix, 956-967.—Lazarus- Barlow (W. S. i Four cases of endothelioma of the tongue. Arch. Middlesex Hosp., Lond., 1904, iii, 74-83, 1 pl.—Leleux (E.) Svmpt6mes et diagnostic du sarcome de_ la langue. Pratique jour., Lille, 1903, viii, 145-159 — Lie lit witz. Un cas de sarcome pedieuie de la langue; ablation avec I'anseclectro-thermique; guerison. Arch. internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1898, xi, 134-136. Also: Gaz. hebd. d. sc. m6d. de Bordeaux, 1898, xix, 199. Also, in his: De l'extirpation rapide des pseudo-polypes naso- pharyngiens, 8°, Par., 1898, 12-14. Also, transl.: Allg. Wien. med. Ztg., 1899, xliv, 49.—Littlewood (H.) A case of sarcoma of the tongue. Tr. Path. Soc. Lond., 1897-8, xlix, 60-63.— Marion (G.) Du sarcome de la langue. Rev. de chir., Par., 1897, xvii, 193; 574; 668. -----. Un nouveau cas de sarcome de la langue. Arch. gen. de med., Par., 1902, n. s., vii, 331-334.— Marullaz (M.) Ein Sarkom der Zunge. Centralbl. f. allg. Path. u. path. Anat., Jena, 1905, xvi, 991.—Mastrosimone (F.) Mixo-sarcoma primitivo della lingua. Policlin., Roma, 1903, x, sez. chir.. 513-519.—Maute (A.) & Daniel (C.) sarcome de langue. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1904, lxxix, 5*1-5*4.— Mclchior-Robert (P.) Contri- Tongue (Tumors of Malignant). bution ii I'etude du sarcome pedieuie de la langue; rela- tion et etude d'une nouvelle observation (la cinquieme connue) de eette variete de tumeur. Rev. de chir., Par., 1899, xix, 545-555.— Morelli (K.) Angiosarcoma lin- guae et epiglottidis. Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1899, xxxv, 1107, 1 pl.—Murray (F. W.) Late result of removal of the tongue for sarcoma. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1895, xxii, 271.—Officer (D. McM.) Difficulties in micro- diagnosis of malignancy, with an illustrative ease (tu- mour of tongue). Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1898, 532.— Onodl (A.) Fibrosarcom am Zungengrunde. Monat- schr. f. Ohrenh., Berl., 1895, xxix, 75.—Perkins (G. W.) A case of sarcoma of the tongue. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1896, xxiii, 585-590.—Prota (G.) Fibrosarcoma della base della lingua. Arch. ital. di otol. [etc.], Torino, 1902-3, xiii, 31-41,1 pl.—Robinson (H. B.) A case of (?) sar- coma of tongue and fauces. J. Laryngol., Lond., 1901, xvi, 235.—Scliambaugh (G. E.) On sarcoma of the radix linguae, with report of a case. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1902, n. s., exxiii, 115-123.—Schleinzer (J.) Lympho- sarkom der Zunge, ein Beitrag zur Dauerheilung der Lymphosarkome. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1911, cix, 283-294.—Seralini (G.) Sarcoma fuso cellulare della lingua. Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1909, 4. s., xv, 101. -----. Sul sarcoma della lingua. Riforma med., Napoli, 1910, xxvi, 404-408. -----. Sprulll (St. C.) Report of a case of round cell sarcoma of tongue, tonsil and part of soft palate; extirpation; no recurrence in three years and three months. Carolina M. J., Charlotte, 1905, liii, 489-491. -----. Report of a case of round cell sarcoma of tongue, tonsil and part of soft palate; extirpa- tion; no recurrence in four years. Hosp. Bull. Univ. Maryland, Bait., 1906, ii, 17.—Summers (J. E.), jr. Endothelioma (adenoma) of the base of the tongue simu- lating a struma of the tongue. West. M. Rev., Lincoln, Neb., 1901, vi, 121-124. 1 pl. Also, Reprint.— Wiggin (F. H.) Case of multiple fibrosarcoma of the tongue, with remarks on the use of trypsin and amylopsin in the treatment of malignant disease. J. Am. M. Ass., Chi- cago, 1906, xlvii, 2003-2008.—Winslow (J. R.) [Sar- coma at the base of the tongue.] J. Eye, Ear & Throat Dis., Bait., 1902, vii, 42. Tongue (Tumors of Thyroidal). See Thyroid gland (Aberrant, etc., Tumors of). Tongue (Tumors of Vascular). See, also, Tongue ( Varix, etc., of). Camus (L.-S.-A.) * Contribution a I'etude du lymphangiome circonscrit de la langue. 8°. Lille, 1903. Lefebvre (A.-E.) Contribution a I'etude de«s angiomes de la langue. 4°. Paris, 1892. Baggio (G.) Un caso di emangio-endotelioma peri- vasculare della lingua. Arch, per la se. med., Torino, 1911, xxxv,*l-68.— Balzer (F.) & Gauchery. Lym- phangiome ou hemangiome kvstique de la langue. Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1899, 3. s., x, 240. Also: Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1899, x, 91. — Barker (A. E.) A case of microglossia due to lym- phangioma. Tr. Clin. Soc. Lond., 1899-1900, xxxiii, 239.— Brocq (L.) & Bernard (L.) Hemato-lymphangiome de la langue et du voile du palais. Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1897, 3. s., viii, 1113-1116. Also: Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1897, viii, 395-397.— Car- ling (E.R.) Lymphangioma of the tongue. Proc Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1909-10, iii, Clin. Sect., 111.—Chudov- szky (M.) A nyelv vivoeres erdaganatdnak esete. [A case of vein tumor of the vein cf the tongue.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1900, xliv, 799— Collonib (B.) Obser- vation sur un an6urisme k la langue. In his: CEuvres med.-chir., 8°, Lyon & Par., 1798, 451-153—Cosentino (A.) Sul linfangioma circoscritto papillare della lingua. Policlin., Roma, 1907, xiv, sez. chir., 2S; 78.—Danlos. Lymphangiome circonscrit de la langue. Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1904, xv. 325. Also: Ann. de dermat. et svph., Par., 1904, 4. s., v, 1013.—Desplats (R.) & Faldherbe (A.) Angiome grave de la langue gueri en deux seances d'eiectropuncture bipolaire. J. d. sc. med. de Lille, 1905, i, 289-294.—Dyachenko (I. P.) RIedkiy sluchal angioma cavernosum linguae. [Rare case of . . .] Ejened. jour. " Prakt. med.," St. Petersb., 1899, vi, 264.—Fortln(F.) Angiome de la langue. Gaz. d. Imp. de Toulouse, 1895, ix, 235.—Francis (A. G.) Two cases of lymphangioma of the tongue, with some remarks on macroglossia. St. Barth. Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1893, xxix, 143-156.—Gaudier (H.) Note sur une tu- meur vasculaire de la langue. Bull. Soe. centr. de med. du nord, Lille, 1897, 2. s , i, 95-97. Also: Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1897, i, 99— Gaudier (H.) & Camus. Le lymphangiome circonscrit de la langue. Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.], Par., 1903, xxix, pt. 2, 299- 313 — Gentil (F.) Lymphangioma circunscrito da lingua. J. Soc. d. sc. med. de Lisb., 1908, lxxii, 175-185.— Gibson (C. L.) Cavernous angioma of the tongue and TONGUE. 343 TONGUE. Tongue (Tumors of Vascular). mouth. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1900, xxxii. 129— Hassler. Angiome veineux congenital de la langue. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et phvsiol. . . . de Bordeaux, 1900, xxi, 51-64. Also: J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1900, xxx, 212.—lleaton (G.) Large venous naevus of the tongue, causing sudden death from asphyxia. Birmingh. M. Rev., 1896, xxxvii, 22*.—Ilulen (V. H.) Report of a case of cavernous angeioma of the tongue. Med. Repr., Lond., 1896, vii, 38. Also: N. York M. J., 1895, lxii, 531.— Jaboulaj. Angiome de la langue avec anevrysme eirsoide des vaisseaux linguaux. Clinique, Par., 1908, iii, 234.— Landerer. Faustgrosses Angiom der Zunge; Opera- tion; Heilung. Festschr. z. Feier . . . Fr. von Esmarch, Kiel u. Leipz., 1893, 117-123.—Lett (H.) Nievus of the tongue. Clin. J., Lond., 1912-13, xl, 30.—Lublin or (L.) Przypadek chloniaka jozvka (lymphangioma lingua?). [Caseof . . .] Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1894, 2. s., xiv, 1119- 1122.—Mantelli (C.) Linfangioma eireoscritto della lingua a forma papillare. Arch. ital. di otol. [etc.], To- rino, 1910, xxi. 133-144.—Miller (L. H.) Angioma of the base of thetongue. Brooklyn M. J., 1*96, xii,41.—Mlner- vlni(R.) Nodulo linfangiomatosorecidivante dell' apice nella lingua. Boll. d. r. Accad. med. di Genova, 1901, xvi, 351-371.—MorelIi( K.) Angioma multiplex lingua? esete. [A case of . . .] Orvosi hetil.. Budapest, 1899, xliii, 365. Also, transl.: Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1899, xxxv, 1105-1107,1 pl.—Morestin (H.) Angiome de la langue. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1905, lxxx, 903. -----. Angiomes de la langue. de la levre inferieure et du menton. Ibid., 1907, lxxxii, 354-359.—Morton (C. A.) Lymphatic naevus of the tongue. Tr. Path. Soc. Lond., 1892-3, xliv, 58. — Moure (E.-J.) Angiome kystique de la base de la langue. Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc], Par., 1912, i, 401-410.—Mummery i P. L.) Lymphatic naevus of the tongue. Rep. Soc. Study Dis. Child., Lond., 1906-7, vii, 111.—Richardson (C. H.) Reportof acaseof lym- phangiome of the tongue. Albany M. Ann., 1899, xx, 204.—Rlehl (G.) Tumor der Zunge. Wien. klin. Wchn- schr., 1893, vi, 146. Also, transl.: Rev. de laryngol. [etc], Par., 1893, xiii, 405.—Rigby (H. M.) Cavernous naevus of the tongue. Tr. Clin. Soc. Lond., 1905-6, xxxix, 230.— Kocher (L.) Angiome median de la langue en avant du V lingual. Rev. mens, de gynec. [etc.], Bordeaux, 1903, v, 489-492.—Royo. Un caso de angioma de lengua. Rev. de med. y cirug. pract., Madrid, 1907, lxxv, 28-34.— Schwimmer (E. ) Lvmphangioma circumscriptum linguae. Orvosihetil., Budapest, 18%, xl,560.—Sebileau (P.) Gros angiome de la langue. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1905, n. s., xxxi, 385. -----. Angiome de la langue. Ibid., 1907, n. s., xxxiii, 1190. — Simard (A.) Observation d'un angiome degenere de la langue. Bull. med. de Quebec, 1904-5, vi, 217-221. —Sorrentino (G.) Ueberdas umschriebeneLymphangiom der Zunge. Arch. f. Dermat. u. Syph., Wien u. Leipz., 1905, lxxii, 261-286,2 pl. _ Spannaus. [Lymphangioma der Zunge.] Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1908, lxxvii, 137.—Stone (W. G.) Lymphangioma of tongue in a boy set. five years. Tr. Clin. Soc. Lond., 1907, 1907, xl, 280. — Suzanne. An- giome caverneux de la face dorsale de la langue; opera- tion; guprison; examen histologique. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol____de Bordeaux, 1886, vii, 117-131.—Tenne- son. Lymphangiome diffus congenital de la langue. Arch, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1898, 3. s., ix, 984. Also: Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1898, ix, 359.— Voituriez. Lvmphangiome superficiel, a forme papil- laire de la langue. J. d. sc. med. de Lille, 1898, ii, 49-55. Tongue (Ulcers of). Atyas-Maraty (M.) Ln cas de ulceratiunl imagi- nare ale limbel. [. . . at the tongue.] Spitalul, Bucu- resci, 1895,xv,67.—Banyai (A.) Decubitus lingua?. Pest. med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1908, xliv, 1013; 1189. Also, transl. [Abstr]: Gy6gyaszat, Budapest, 1908, xlviii, 564.— Ba rie (E.) Ulcerations de la langue. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d.hop. de Par., 1893, 3. s.,x, 873-875.—Bertels (A.) Ueber am vloide Geschwure der Zunge und der Lippen. St. Petersb. med. Wchnschr., 1911, xxxvi, 446-447.—Bu- gnot. Ulcerations linguales d'origine dentaire. Bull. Soc. de med. de Rouen (1892), 1893, 2. s., vi, 26-28.—Caus- sade & Blond in. Ulceration de la langue a determi- ner. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1904, 3.s., xxi, 147-150.—('harrier. Tumeur de la langue ulceree. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1908, xxxviii, 72-74.—< Hi vostek (F.) Tuberkulosni vfed jazykovtf. [Tuberculous ulcer of the tongue. ] Casop. 16k. 6esk., v Praze, 1884, xxiii, 148; 162; 180; 195.—Courchet (P.) Traitement proth6- tique de certaines ulcerations de la langue. Rev. de sto- matol., Par., 1906, xiii, 419-422.—Duplay. Diagnostic des ulcerations de la langue. Bull, med., Par., 1898, xii, 1097-1100.— Evans ( J. H. ) Ulcerous lesions of the tongue. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1912, i, 1283-1286,1 pl.—Fitz- \villiams(D. C. L.) An ulcer of the tongue. Polyclin., Lond., 1912, xvi, 9.—Gonzalez Castro (J.) Ulcera- ciones de la lengua. Siglo med., Madrid, 1904, li, 70.— Hutchinson (J.) Case of pre-cancerous ulceration of tongue. Med. Press & Circ, Lond.. 1893, n. s., lv, 197.— Ito (H.) [Ulcer of the tongue.l Tokyo Iji-Shinshi, 1903, no. 1329.—Kelson (W. H.) Ulceration at the base of Tongue (Ulcers of). the tongue. J. Laryngol., Lond., 1912, xxvii, 50.—L6 (■land (A.) Tumeur ulc6ree de la langue chez une jeune femme; cancer ou syphilis? J. d. sc. med.de Lille, 1907, ii, 57-64. Also: Clinique, Brux., 1907, xxi, 681-687.— Lucas (R.C.) Some cases of ulcer of the tongue. Guv's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1903, xvii, 505-511.—de Miranda (B.) Ulceracoes da lingua e seu diagnostico differencial. Hrazil-med., Rio de Jan., 1896, x, 353.—Mouchet (A.) Maladie de Riga. Gaz. d. h6p.. Par., 1905, lxxviii, 3.— Paton (E. P.) Some ulcers of the tongue. Hospital, Lond., 1899, xxvi, 345. -----. Two cases of ulceration of the tongue. Polyclin., Lond., 1906, x, 36-38.—Pothe- rat. Ulcerations linguales. Clinique, Par., 1912, vii, 417-120.—Keynes Font (G.) Glositis ulcerosa de ori- gen fuso-spiri'lar, sin angina de Vincent; contagio; cura- ci6n. M6d. de los ninos, Barcel., 1907, viii, 208.—Rob- ertson (_W.) Ulcer of the tongue. Lancet, Lond., 1893, i, 1514.—Rodier (H.) Apropos du traitement de cer- taines ulcerations de la langue par l'application d'un appareil de prothese. Rev. de stomatol., Par., 1906, xiii, 546-655.—Sebileau (P.) Diagnostic des ulcerations de la langue. Odontologie, Par., 1897, 2. s., v, 121-125.— Shield (A. M.) Ulcers of the tongue. Clin. J., Lond., 1902, xx, 353-361.—Shu Its (K. A.) Bollezn Riga (pro- duzzione sottolinguale). Novoye v Med., S.-Peterb., 1908, ii, 385-394.—Th bby (A. H.) A case of ulcer of the tongue, and destruction of the palate of uncertain origin. Tr. Clin. Soc. Lond., 1904-6, xxxviii, 204-206. Also [Abstr.]: Tr. Hunterian Soc, Lond., 1904-5, 49.—Tuber- cular ulceration of tongue. North Lond. or Univ. Coll. Hosp. Rep. 1889, Lond., 1891,58-60.—Lrufiuela. Ulceras de la lengua. Rev. Ibero-Am. de cien. med., Madrid, 1907, xvii, 321-329.—Walther. Ulceration de la langue. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1906, n. s., xxxii, 700.— Zabolotski (A. N.) Ulcus tuberculosum lingua?. Protok. Mosk. ven. i dermat. Obsh., 1891-2, i, 16-28. Tongue (Varix and telangiectasis of). Browne (L.) A note on lingual varix. Lancet, Lond., 1896, ii, 1791.—Ouneo (B.) & Delamare (G.) Granulome teiangiectasique de la langue. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1907, lxxxii, 336. Also: Tribune med., Par., 1907,n.s., xxxix,261.—Gevaert. Les varices de la base de la langue. Belgique med., Gand-Haarlem, 1897, ii, 609-611.—Johnston (R. H.) Varicose veins of the tongue. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 1907, n. s., lviii, 432.— Meerwein (H.) Teleangiektasie der Zunge. Deut- sche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1910, civ, 577-583.—Robin (A.) & Leredde. Des varices lymphatiques de la langue. Arch, de med. exper. et d'anat. path., Par., 1896, viii, 459-467.—Robinson (H. B.) Lymphangiectasis of the tongue. Rep. Soc. Study Dis. Child., Lond., 1900-1901, i, 62.—Van Wagenen (C. D.) Multiple hereditary telangiectasis of the tongue, turbinates, and septum with recurring hemorrhages. Med. Record, N. Y., 1912, lxxxi, 109-111.—Voron. Angiome diffus du cou avec langue teiangiectasique. Lyon m6d., 1912, cxviii, 1271.—Wil- kinson (G.) A case of lymphangiectasis of the tongue. Quart. M. J., Sheffield, 1896-7, v, 45,1 pl. Tongue ( Wounds and injuries of). See, also, Tongue (Avulsion of); Tongue (Electrolysis of); Tongue (Foreign bodies in); Tongue-swallowing. Pi'rtscher (G.) *Die Ueberhiiutung einer Schusswunde der Zunge. 8°. Zurich, 1902. Cadeac. Plaies et d6chirures de la langue. J. de m6d. v6t. et zootech., Lyon, 1908, 5. s., xii, 585-590.— Clnotti (F.) Autoamputazione della lingua in una vacca. N. Ercolani, Pisa, 1909, xiv, 40L-104.—Colley ( F.) Ueber Zungenverletzungen in gerichtlich-medieiniseher Beziehung. Vrtljschr. f. gerichtl. Med., Berl., 1897, 3. F., xiv, Supplhft., 107-116.—Evans (A.) A case of lacera- tion of the tongue. Lancet, Lond., 1897, ii, 310.—de Marehettis (P.) Lingua ex vulnere sclopeti curato, partibus subjectis arete coalescens, cum impedita locu- tione, perita sectione separata, ac restituta. In his: Obs. med.-chir. [etc.], Bononia?, 1692,76.—Mayr(J.) Seltene Kbrperverletzung. Friedreich's Bl. f. gerichtl. Med., Niirnb., 1897, xlviii, 457.—Muller (R.) Lesions de la langue par explosion d'une etoupille tenue entre les dents. Areh. de m6d. et pharm. mil., Par., 1906, xlvi, 224.—Nott (H. W.) Wasp sting of the tongue. Brit M. J., Lond., 1900, ii, 1311.—Prins (E. G. A.) Strange course of a pipe stem accidentally driven into the tongue; difficulty or detection; extraction; reeovery. Indian M. Rec, Calcutta, 1894, vii, 168— Rfdnik (A. A.) [Pulya v kornie yazika.] [A bullet at the root of the tongue.] Yezhemles. Ushn., Gorlov. i Nosov. Bollezn., S.-Peterb., 1908 iii, 37.—Ross (S. J.) Two cases of laceration of the tongue. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1897, ii, 1000.—de Saint- Sardos. Coupure transversale de la langue par chute de bieyclette. Bull. med. de Toulouse, 1905, iii, no. 5,10.— Y'elinioft" (A. I.) Sluchal otkushenno-rvanol rani yazika. [Tearing bite of tongue.] Vrach.-san. list. Sim- birsk, gub., 1900, v, 176. TOXGUE-DEPRESSOKS. 344 TONKIN. Tongue-depressors. Andrews a. Hi New tongue-depressor. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1899, xxxiii, 1242.—Axmann. Selbst- leuchtender Zungenspatel. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1904, xxx, 921— Brandt (F. H.) A new combination mouth-gag and tongue-depressor. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1910, lv, 127.—Braun (A.) A tongue- deprcssor. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1912, xxii, 129.— Brtinjiemann (R.) Praktische Zungenspatel und Kaeheutupfer. Dermat. Centralbl., Berl., 1900, iv, 34- :;ti.—Bryant(AliceG.) Anew tongue-depressor. Laryn- goscope, St. Louis,1905, xv, 116. Also, Reprint.—Bulette (W. W.) A practical tongue depressor. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1906, xvi, 819.—Fddy (J. W.) A new tongue depressor. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1902, lxii, 503.—Geissler. Ein neuer, zerlegbarer Zungenspatel. Deutsche mil.- arztl. Ztschr., Berl., 1903, xxxii, 287.—Herzig (A. J.) Anew self-retaining tongue depressor. N. York M.J. [etc.], 1907,lxxxv,667. Also,Reprint.—Kirstein. Der Zungenspatel. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1898, xxxv, 255- 257.—Lamann (W.) Noch ein Zungenspatel; ein Bei- trag zur Physiologie des Schutzvorrichtungssystems. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh., Berl., 1900, xxxiv, 386-395.— Lautenbaeh i L. J.) A new tongue depressor. Med. News, Phila., 1894, lxiv, 101. Also, Reprint.—Mosher (H. P.) A self-retaining tongue depressor. Boston M. &S. J., 1902, cxlvii, l'.l.lpl. Also, Reprint—Murray (D.) Envelope for tongue depressors. Lancet, Lond., 1912, i, 658.—N8I1. Ein neuer Zungenhalter. Med. Rundschau. Berl.,1897-8,384.—Sehwartz (E.) Abaisse- langue de Mahu. Bull, et mem. Soe. de chir. de Par., 1908, n. s., xxxiv, 438-440.—XV audi ess (H. W.) A new folding tongue depressor. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1902, xii, 684. Tongue-depressors (Patent specif ca- tions for). Benson (C.B.) Tongue-depressor. No. 922,078; May 18, 1909.— Mill (G. H.) Tongue-depressor. No. 856,257; June 11,1907.—Hubbell (E.) Tongue-depressor. No. 914,415; March 9,1909.—Nitliack (G.) Tongue-depres- sor and throat-illuminator. No. 510,516; Dec. 12, 1893.— Osborne (J. D.) Tongue-depressing insufflator. No. 412,409; Oct. 8, 1889.—Pilling (C. J.) Folding tongue- depressor. No. 668,823; Feb. 26, 1901. Tongue-protectors (Patent specifica- tions for). Nieliolls (J. S. C.) Tongue-protector. No. 725,354; April 11, 1903. Tongues (Potted). Berry (W.) Report on ptomaine poisoning arising from potted tongues. Pub. Health, Lond., 1908-9, xxii, 51-53. Tongue-scrapers (Patent specifica- tions for). Buchinann(B) Tongue-scraper. No. 619,466; Feb. 14,1899.—Magerty (Ida). Tongue-scraper. No. 697,336; Apr. 8, 1902.—Lees (Fanny D.) Tongue-scraper. No. 856,711; June 11, 1907. Tongue-swallowing. Barker (D. W.) An inter-dental splint for the pre- vention of tongue biting, etc., during sleep. Brooklyn M. J., 1894, viii, 233-235.—Bauer (L.) Aspiratio lingua? im Sauglingsalter. Ungar. med. Presse, Budapest, 1899, iv, 400-402. Also, transl.: Gyermekgy6gyaszat, Budapest, 1899, 3-6— Hubbard (T.) Congenital absence of fre- num linguae and velum palati (tongue swallowing). Univ. M. Mag., Phila., 1894-5, vii, 602.—Pollosson (A.) & Fabre. Surun cas d'ectopiepharyngee dela langue. Bull. Soc. d'obst. de Par., 1901, iv, 26-37. Tongue-tie. See Tongue (Frenum of, Section, etc., of). Tongue-worm infection. See Linguatula; Porocephalus; Syngamus trachealis. de Toni (Giovanni Battista). I placiti di Luca Ghini (primo lettore dei semplici in Bologna) intorno a piante descritti nei Commentarii al Dioscoride di P. A. Mattioli. 49 pp. fol. Venezia, C. Ferrari, 1907. Forms No. 8, v. 27, of: Mem. d. r. Ist. Ven. di sc. lett. ed arti, Venezia, 1907, xxvii. Tonicity. Gay (F. P.) The function of tonicity in human iso- hemagglutuiation. J. Med. Research, Bost.. 1907-8. n. s xii, 321-339. Also, Reprint. ' Tonics. See, also, Bitters; Cinchona; Iron; .Quassia. Germond de Lavigne (L.-A.-G.) Etude sur le vin de Saint-Raphael. 8°. Paris, [n. d.]. Kersch (8.) Eigenschaften und Wirkung desChinin-Eisenchlorid, nachfunfzehnjahrigen Versuchen und Beobachtungen am Xranken- bette. 2. Aufl. Mit einem Vorworte. 8°. Wien, [1891]. Lere (F.) *Les amers, de leur influence sur la secretion gastrique et sur l'appetit. (Etude experimentale par le proeede de Pawlow.) 8°. Lyon, 1902. Morales (J. J.) *Estudio sobre la medica- tion tonica. 8°. Mexico, 1876. Otto (C. W. X.) *De limitandis laudibus essentiarum et elixiriorum stomachicorum. 4°. Gryphiswcddiie, 1766. Sciieffel (0. S ) [Pr.] de fatis medicamen- torum roborantium. sm. 4°. Gruphiswaldise, [1745]. Bellot (P.) Le phosphergot; son emploi en thera- peutique comme tonique et nervin. Anjou mecl., Angers, 1908, xv, 182-186.—Brok (A.) Ueber tonischen Wein. Krankenpflege, Berl., 1902-3, ii, 707-710.—Carter (W.) A note on digestants. Liverpool M.-Chir. J., 1904, xxiv, 345-352.—Chapman (C. W.) The judicious use of tonics. Clin. J., Lond., 1903, xxii, 214-218.—Clemm (W. N.) Tonica. Med. Klin., Berl., 1908, iv, 1720.—Wuvall (A. W.) Common sense tonic medication, with illustra- tive cases. Med. Exam. & Pract., N. Y., 1902, xii, 781. Also, Reprint.—Flint (A.) A tonic formula. N. York M. J., 1889, xlix, 553. Also, Reprint. AIso, in his: Collect. essays, 8°, N. Y., 1903, ii, 170-174.—Hogner (R.) Giftiga liiskedrycker i Amerika. [Poisonous tonics in the United States.] Halsovannen, Stockholm, 1911, xxvi, 177-179.— Liebreleh (O.) Ueber tonisierende Weinpriiparate. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1905, xix, 6.—Liermberger (0.) Terapeutica ferro-arsenical; accion reeiproca del hierro y del arsenico en su administraci6n combinada. Cong, internat. de med. C.-r. 1903, Madrid, 1904,xiv, sect. de therap., 445-453.—Lil'sliits (M.) O vliyanii gorechel na zheludochnoye pishtshevareniye pri razlichnlkh za- bollevaniyakli zheludka. [Influence of bitters on gastric digestion in various diseases of the stomach.] Prakt. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1904, iii, 491; 518; 549; 575.—Marin Perujo. Los tdnicos amargos en las enfermedades del aparato digestivo. Gaz. med. de Granada, 1896, xiv, 315- 317.— JHatthaei. Az alkohol mint erosito. [Alcohol as a tonic] Honvedorvos, Budapest, 1901, xiv, 45-47.—Pe- ter (R.) Restorative and tonic medication. Toledo M. & S. Reporter, 1897, x. 184-176. Also, Reprint.—Pollock (R.) The clinical application of the tonics. Cleveland M. J., 1910, ix, 166-170.—Bosewater (N.) Atony and tonics. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 1910, ciii, 115-121.—Sied- ler (P.) Roboratif Riedel. N. medic, Brux., 1903, iii, no. 23, 3.—Sticker (G.) Aphorismen fiber Belebungs- mittel und Starkungsmittel. Ztschr. f. prakt. Aerzte, Frankf. a. M., 1899, viii, 17; 49; 106; 141.—Street (J. P.) Beef, wine and iron. Am. J. Pharm., Phila., 1908, lxxx, 355-361.—Waugh (W. F.) When sedatives are tonic. N. York M.J. [etc.], 1911, xciii, 172. Also, Reprint.— Zernik (F.) Pastor Felkes Pflanzentonikum. Apoth.- Ztg., Berl., 1905, xx, 546. Tonics (Hai?-). See Hair (Hygiene of). Tonietti (Francesco). Si i Sib rzi (Francesco). Narrazione nosologica [etc.]. 8°. Firenze, 1858. Tonjola (Nicolaus). *De ictero flavo. 9 1. sm. 4°. Basilese, typ. J. R. Genathii, 1592. [P., v. 2129.] Tonkawas. Ulooney (J.) Die Tonkawas, der letzte Kannibalen- stamm in den Vereinigten Staaten. Globus, Brnschwg., 1902, lxxxii, 76-79. Tonkin. See, also, Cholera (History and statistics), Fe- ver (Malarial, History of), Leprosy (History and statistics of), Plague (History, etc., of), by localities. TONKIN. 345 TONOMETER. Tonkin. Girard (H.) Les tribus sauvages du Haut- Tonkin, Mans et Meos. Notes anthropometri- ques et ethnographiques. 8°. Paris, 1904. Billet (A.) Deux ans dans le Haut-Tonkin (region de Cao-Bang). Bull, seient. de la France et de la Belg., Par., 1896, xxviii, 1-136, pp. i-xii, 6 pl., 4 maps. -----, Deux ans dans le Haut-Tonkin; climatologie; meteorolo- gie. Ibid., 174. -----. Deux ans dans le Haut-Tonkin; pathologie. Ibid., 230-254. — Bonilacy. Les metis franco-tonkinois. Rev.anthrop., Par.,1911. xxi,259-266.— D. (P.) Le costume d'un medecin tonkinois. Presse med., Par., 1906, xiv, annexes, 715. — Demmler (A.) Le Tonkin et le regime des sanatoriums. Progres med., Par., 1904, 3. s., xix, 35-38.—Hirard (H.) Le Haut-Ton- kin; essai de climatologie medicale. Arch. gen. de med., Par., 1902, n. s., viii, 513; 649. -----. Notes meteorolo- giques et medicales sur le Haut-Tonkin. Cong, internat. de med. C. r., Par., 1900, sect, de med. nav., 35-37.—Le .Tiare'Hadour. L'enfant dans le Haut-Tonkin. J.de elin. et de therap. inf., Par., 1896, iv, 792-796.—Le Boy des Barres. La lutte contre les maladies contagieuses au Tonkin. Presse mecl.. Par., 1904, ii, annexes, 745-747.— Roux (P.) Note ethuographique sur les peuplades du Haut-Tonkin (iveterritoiremilitaire). Bull, etmem. Soc d'anthrop. de Par.. 1905, 5. s., vi, 155-166.—Serez. Mor- bidity et mortalite en Annam-Tonkin pendant l'annee 1897. [Abstr.] Ann. d'hyg. et de med. colon., Par., 1899, ii, 182-213, 1 map.—Touin. Considerations sur l'6tab- lissement d'un sanatorium a Do-Son (Tonkin). Ibid., 1903, vi, 636-644. TonkofT (V [ladimir] N[ikolayevich]) [1872- ]• *Arterii, pitayushtshiya mezhpozvoch- niye uzli i spinno-mozgoviye nervi chelovleka. [The arteries supplying the intervertebral gan- glia and the smnal nerves of man.] Ill pp., 2 pl. 8D. S.-Peterburg, M. M. Slazyulevich, 1898. -----. Experimentelle Erzeugung von Doppel- bildungen bei Triton. 4 pp. 4°. Berlin, 1900. Repr.from: Sitzungsb. d. k. preuss. Akad. d. Wissensch., Berl., 1900, xxxvi. -----. Kurs normalnoi anatomii chelovleka. [Course of normal human anatomy.] Pt. 1. 191, iii pp. 8°. Kazan, 1908. Tonnel (Eugene-Stanislas-Leon) [1872- ]. * Contribution a I'etude du cceur chez le vieil- lard. 68 pp., 1 pl., 1 tab. roy. 8°. Lille, 1896, No. 159. Tonnellier (Georges) [1870- ]. *Les gan- grenes cutanees d'origine hysterique. 184 pp. 4°. Paris, 1896, No. 305. Tonnini (S[ilvio]). SeeTamburini (Augusto) & Tonnini (3.) [etal.]. Iterismo Tete]. In: Tratt. ital. di patol. [etc.]. 8°. Mi- lano, [n. a.]. Tonnot (Louis) [1883- ]. *Du degre d'ex- actitude de la loi de Fochier pour fixer la date de l'accouchement. 50 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1912, No. 78. Tonocain. Fischer (A.) Die Anwendung des Tonocain supra- renale Richter in der chirurgischen Praxis. Pest, med.- chir. Presse, Budapest, 1907, xliii, 373-378. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1906, 1, 712. Tonogamy. Oiard (A.) Tonogamie; la chose etle mot. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1904, lvi, 479-482. Tonogen. Baumgarten CE.) Therapeutische Erfahrungen; Adrenalin und Tonogen. Berl. klin.-therap. Wchnschr., 1905, 792-794. — Cziriusz ( D.) Tonogen alkalmazasa arameyers verze^s 6s aranyeres csom6k ellen. [The em- ploymentof tonogen against haemorrhoidal haemorrhages and nodules.] Gyogyaszat, Budapest, 1904, xliv, 391.— Porosz ( M.) Das Tonogen suprarenale secundum Richter; Adstringens und Anestheticum in der Urologie und Dermatologie. Monatsh. f. prakt. Dermat., Hamb., 1904, xxxix, 647-651. Tonograph. Frank (O.) Die Theorie des Lufttonographen. Zt- schr. f. Biol., Munchen u. Berl., 1911, lvi, 176-178.—von Frey(M.) Der Tonograph mit Luftfiillung. Centralbl. f. Physiol., Leipz. u. Wien, 1893-4, vii,453-455.— Hiirthle (K.) Vergleichende Priifung der Tonographen von Frey's und Hiirthle's. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, Tonograph. 1893, lv, 319-338, lpl. -----. Ueber die Leistungen der Tonographen. Ibid., 1900, lxxxii, 515-520.—Isliihara (M.) Ueber einen fiir Unterrichtszwecke vereinfachten Gummitonographen. Ibid., 1903, xcvii, 429^137.—Kro- necker (H.) Ueber die Leistungen von Hiirthle's Tonographen. Centralbl. f. Physiol., Leipz. u. Wien, 1901, xv, 401-405. Also, Reprint.—Silbennann. Der Tonograph, ein neuer Apparat zur graphischen Blut- druckbestimmung. Illust. Monatschr. f. d. arztl. Poli- tech., Berl., 1908, xxx, 145-147. Also: Med. Klin., Berl., 1908, iv, 1346-1348. -----. Neue Untersuchungsergebnisse bei der Blutdruckmessung mittels des Tonographen. Deutsche Aerzte-Ztg., Berl., 1909, 217: 245. Tonoli (Stefano). Intorno ad un caso di morbo di Addison curato colla polvere di capsule sur- renali. 12 pp. 8°. Milano, A. Rancati, 1896. Tonolysis. AchaVd (C.) & Paisseau (G.) Tonolyse cellulaire par injections massives de solutions diversement con- centrees. Arch, de med. exper. et d'anat. path., Par., 1905, xvii, 423-438. Tonometer. Bouloumie (P.) Sphygmotonometrie clini- que; etude sur les pressions arterielle et arterio- capillaire. 8°. Paris, 1905. Doleschal (M.) * Vergleichende Untersu- chungen des Gartner'schen Tonometers mit dem von Basch'schen Sphygmomanometer. 8°. Basel, 1900. Dresler (W.) * Blutdruckuntersuchungen mit dem Gartner'schen Tonometer. 8°. Got- tingen, 1904. Fas )lis (C.) Sul valore clinico del metodo di Gaertner. 8°. Torino, 1904. Kolossova (Anna). * Pression san guine chez les enfants dans les conditions physiologiques et pathologiques avec le tonometre de Gaertner. 8°. Lausanne, 1902. von Basch (R.) Mein Sphygmomanometer und Gartner's Tonometer. Wien. med. Presse, 1899, xl, 1169- 1171.—Bohr (C.) Zur Theorie der Blutgastonometer. Skandin. Areh. f. Physiol., Leipz., 1905, xvii, 205-210.— Bruhn-Fahroeus (M.) Ein leicht transportabler Tonometer zur Messung des systolischen und diastoli- schen Blutdrucks. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1910, xlvii, 1577.—Bruining (J.) De klinische waarde van den tonometer van Gartner. Herinneringsb. Prof. S. S. Ro- senstein, Leiden, 1902, 43-58.—Crummer (LeR.) On the use of Gartner's tonometer. Am. Med., Phila., 1901, ii, 912. Also: Med. Herald, St. Joseph, 1902, n. s., xxi, 46- 53.—Doering (K.) Ueber Blutdruckmessungen mitdem Gaertner'schen Tonometer. Deutsche Aerzte-Ztg., Berl., 1900,333-337.—Enriquez (E.) & Hallion(L) Nouvel appareil pourdeterminer la pression arterielle en clinique. Cong, internat. de med. C.-r., Madrid, 1904, xiv, sect, de physiol. [etc.], 66.—Gartner (G.) Ueber einen neuen Blutdruckmesser(Tonometer). Klin.-therap. Wchnschr., Wien,1899,vi,825-832. Also: Wien.med. Presse,1899,xl,1094- 1100. Also: Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1899, xlix, 1412-1418. -----. DemonstrationdesTonometers. Wien. klin. Rund- schau,1899,xiii,499-602.-----. UeberdasTonometer. Miin- ehen. med. Wchnschr., 1900, xlvii, 1195:1904, li, 605; 567.— Gautrelet(E.) Documentstonometriques. Rev.d.mal. de la nutrit., Par., 1906, 2. s., iv, 317-336.—Kapsamcr. Blutdruckmessungen mit dem Gartner'schen Tonometer. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1900, xxxvii, 16; 726. Also: Ver- handl. d. Berl. med. Gesellsch. (1899), 1900, xxx.pl. 1,293- 300. Also: Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1899, xii, 1279-1282.— Krogh (A.) Some new methods for the tonometric de- termination of gas tensions in fluids. Skandin. Arch f. Physiol., Leipz., 1908, xx, 259-278. -----. Demonstra- tion on tonometric determination of dissolved gases. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1910, ii, 1341.— Harmorsteln (M.) Messungen des Blutdrucks mit dem Gaertnerschen Tono- meter bei Asystolie. Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1904, lxxiv, 648-651. — Perry (A. W.) Early diagnosis of Bright's disease by increased arterial tension by Gaert- ner's tonometer. Pacific M. J., San Fran., 1900, xliii, 269-263.—Kaab (L.) Was messen wir mit dem Tono- meter von Gartner? Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1905, Hi, 2421-2423.—Searbrough (M. M.) A demonstra- tion of Krogh's micro-tonometer for the determina- tion of gas tensions in fluids. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1909-10, vii, 178. —Schott (T.) Tono- metric examination in chronic diseases of the heart. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1901, lix, 1028-1032—SchUle. Ueber Blutdruckmessungen mit dem Tonometer von Gaertner. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1900, xxxvii, 726-730.—Shaw (H. L. K.) The tonometer, a new instrument to determine TONOMKTEU. 346 TONSILS. Tonometer. the amount of blood pressure. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1900, lvii, 181-184.-----. The tonometer and its value in deter- mining arterial tension. Tr. M. Soc N. Y., 1901, 211-217. Also: Med. News, N. Y., 1901, lxxviii, 372-375.—Som- merfclri ( L.) Blutdruckmessungen mit dem Gart- ner'schen Tonometer. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1901, xv, 72-75.—Tauber (S.) Ein leicht transportabler Blut- druckmesser. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1905, xviii, 806.— Wei** (H.) Blutdruckmessungen mit Gartner's Tono- meter. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1900, xlvii, 69; 118.— Wolf (H.) Experimentelle Untersuchungen fiber die Blutdruckmessungen mit dem Gartner'schen Tonometer. Wien. med. Presse, 1902, xliii, 1349; 1395. Tonometer (Ocular). Merxes (J.-V.) * Essais de tonometrie ocu- laiiv. [Lyon.] 8°. Trevoux, 1911. Allicri (A.) Appunticlinicicoltonometrodi Schiotz. Arch, di ottal., Napoli, 1909-10, xvii, 298-304.—< rid land (B.) The tonometer of Schiotz. Ophthalmoscope, Lond., 1910, viii, 640-643.—Gradenigo ( P.) Un nuovo tonome- trooculare. Ann.diottal.,Pavia,1900,xxix,3-10. Also: Atti r. Ist. Venetodisc.lett.edarti, 1899-1900,8.s.,ii, 203-210 — ti radio (H. S.) Tonometry; with description of a tono- meter. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1912, xxi, 468-471.—Gur- vich (B.) Klinicheskoye primieneniye novavo tonome- tra. [( linicalapplicationof a new tonometer.] Obshtshe- stvo Kussk. Vrach. v pam. Pirogova. Trudi . . . Svezda 19ul, S.-1'eterb., 1905, iii, 95-101. Also: Vestnik oftalmol., Mosk., 1904, xxi, 772-792. [Discussion], 139.—Ileil- bruu (K.) Ueber bisher mit dem Schiotzschen Tono- meter erzielte Resultate (nach eigenen und fremden Un- tersuchungen). Arch. f. Ophth., Leipz., 1911, lxxix, 256- 284.-----. Ueber bisher mit dem Schiotzschen Tonome- ter erzielte Resultate (nach eigenen und fremden Unter- suchungen). Nachtrag. Ibid., 552.—Livshits i S. Ya.) Noviy oftalmotonometr (izmlenenniy tonometr Fick'a). [A new . . .; modified Fick's tonometer.] Vestnik oftal- mol., Mosk., 1904, xxi, 769-771. [Discussion], 139. Also, transl.: Russ. med. Rundschau, Berl., 1904, ii, 713- 724. — Lucdde (W. H.) Usefulness of the Schiotz to- nometer. Am. J. Ophth., St. Louis, 1912, xxix, £89- 309.—.Ilarple (W. B.) Some observations on the use of the Schiotz tonometer. Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, Phila., 1910, xii, 552-565. Also: Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1910, xix, 467- 477.—Parker (W.) Some obscrvationson the use of the tonometer. [Discission]. Ann. Ophth., St. Louis, 1911 xx,453.—Polak-van I.elder ( R. E. S.) Untersuchun- fen mit dem Tonometer von Schiotz. Klin. Monatsbl Augenh., Stuttg., 1911, xlix, pt. 2, 592-605.—Bo llet & ''). 1898—Stohliiiami (F. A.) & Pl'arre (L. G.) Tonsil- No. 650,486; May 29, 1900. — Slratmann (E.) ~• ^T^nn™^ Na 6l?'334; July'9' 1901--Patt- trU iv'xr Tonsilotome. No. 606,078: June 21, ]v.w _ Riehter^P ?Tt?!,T; N°-907,090; Dec. 15,1908.- Kicnter (G. F.) Tonsilotome. No. 614,760; Nov. 22, lotome. Tonsilotome. No. 676.283; June 11, P.iOL—Straw (E.E.) Tonsillotome. No. 856,927; June 11, 1907—Taylor (R.j Tonsillotome and like instruments. No. 889,150; July 2, 1907. Tonsillotomy. See Tonsils (Excision of) [Partial or complete]; Tonsils (Surgery of'). Tonsillotomy rash. See Tonsils (Excision of, Complications, etc., of). Tonsils. See, also, Tonsils (Abnormities of); Tonsils (Diseases of); Tonsils (Histology of); Tonsils (Lingual); Tonsils (Morphology, etc., of); Ton- sils (Pharyngeal). Komane (A.) * Etude physiologique et bacte- riologique de l'amygdale. 4°. Pam, 1892. Schermann (R.) * Ueber Herabsetzung der Hautsensibilitiit bei Kindern mit Tonsilla tertia. 8°. Bern, 1907. Schweitzer (B.G.J.) * Ueber Knorpel- und Knochenbildung in den Gaunienmandeln. 8°. Freiburg i. Br., 1905. Alleii (H.) The tonsils in health and disease. Am J. M. Sc, Phila., 1892, ciii, 1-17. Also, Reprint.—Ani- berg (E.) A few remarks on the tonsil question. De- troit M. J., 1910, x, 376-380.—Ashhurst (\V. W.) The tonsils as eliminative organs. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. 1909 n. s., exxxviii, 108-112.—Baker (C. H.) The four ton- sils. Tr. Mich. M. Soc, Grand Rapids, 1896, xx, 204-207 — Ballenger (W. L.) The clinical anatomy of the tonsil Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass., N. Y., 1906, 121-138. Also, Iransl.: Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc], Par., 1906, xxii, 831- 839: 1907, xxiii, 154, 1 pl.—Bardes (A.) Of what use are the tonsils? Dietet. & Hvg. Gaz., N. Y., 1907, xxiii 321-325.—Barnes (H. A.) Some points in the applied anatomy of the tonsil. Boston M. & S. J., 1908, clix, 402 1 PL -----• The tonsil of the infant, the child and the adult. Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass., N. Y., 1909, 156-165 — Bosworth (F. H.) Are the tonsils to be regarded as normal physiological organs of the bodv? Med. Rec. N. Y., 1902, Ixi, 60-52.— < alamida (U.) Sulla fine dis- tribuzione dei nervi nelle tonsille. Arch. ital. di otol [etc.], Torino, 1899-1900, ix, 91-94. Also: Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1899, 4. s., xlvii, 525-528.—Caldera (C.) Die Physiologie der Gaumenmandel. Internat. Zentralbl. f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1912, x, 417-122.—Cooney (J. P.) Adenoids and the tonsils in the adult. Tr. Rhode Island M. Soc, Providence, 1906, vii, 380-384.—Corwin (A.M.) The tonsil; what about it? Gen. Practitioner East St. Louis, 1912, xxv, 151-163.—Crosslield (F. S. i The faucial tonsil. Proc Connect. M. Soc, Bridgeport, 1905, 439-452.—Oeseomps & Josset-JTloure. Note sur les lymphatiques amvgdaliens. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1909, lxxxiv, 120-125.—Digby (K. H.) The functions of the tonsils and the appendix. Lancet, Lond., 1912, i, 160— Fallow (J. W.) Is not too much importance attached to the condition of the tonsil'' Bos- ton M. & S. J., 1893, exxviii, 568.— Faulkner (R. B.) Tonsil research. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1910, lxxviii, 56-59. Also, Reprint,—Glover (J.) Fonction amygdalienue; troubles vaso-trophiques nasaux et pharvngiens; opo- therapie. Ann.d. mal. de l'oreille, du larvrix [etc.], Par., 1909, xxxv, pt. 2, 105-111.—Good (R. H.') Early immu- nization, the function of the tonsil. Illinois M. J.. Spring- field, 1909, xvi, 186-191. Also: Larvmroscope, St. Louis, 1909, xix, 439-445.—Goodale (J.L.) The endothelial phagocytes of the tonsillar ring. Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol.. St. Louis, 1902, xi, 693-703. Also: J. Med. Re- search, Bost., 1902, vii, 394-404. Also, Reprint— l.rlln- wald (L.) Ein Beitrag zur Entstehung und Bedeutung der Gaunienmandeln. Anat. Anz., Jena. 1910, xxxvii, 150-153.—Gse II (J. F.) The faucial tonsils, their anat- omy, physiology and removal. J. Kansas M. Soc, Kan- sas City, Kan., 1908, viii, 301-307.—Gu I land (G. L.) On the function of the tonsils. Tr. Med.-Chir. Soc. Edinb., 1890-91, n. s„ x, 215-229.—Mendelsohn (M.) Ueber das Verhalten des Mandelgewebes gegen aufgeblasene pulverfdrmigeSubstanzen. Arch. f. Larvngol.u. Rhinol., Berl., 1898, viii, 476-492, 1 pl.—Hetriek < L. E.) The tonsils N.Am. J. Homceop., N. Y., 1911, lix, 95-100.— Hett (G. S.) The anatomy of the capsule and its clini- cal significance. Brit. M. J., Lond, 1910, ii, 1621-1623.— Iliiiiiins (S. G.) Some recent views concerning the tonsils. J. Ophth. & Oto-Laryngol., Chicago, 1909, iii, 351-365.—Jervey (J. W.) The truth about tonsils and TONSILS. 347 TONSILS. Tonsils. adenoids. Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhinol. & Otol. Soc, New Bedford, Mass., 1910,321-332—Jones (C. B.) Thetonsils. J. Teim. M. Ass., Nashville, 1912-13, v, 104-110— Killian. Mandelbucht und Gaumenmandel. Verhandl. d. Ver. suddeutsch. Laryngol. 1894-1903, Wiirzb., 1904, 124-127. Also: Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1897, xliv, 366.—Kyle (J. J.) Observations on the faucial tonsils. Indianap- olis M. J., 1909, xii, 330-334.—Large (S. H.) The fau- cial tonsils. Ohio M. J., Columbus, 1908, iv, 475-477.— von Lenart (Z.) Experimentelle Studie fiber den Zusammenhangdes Lymphgefiisssystems der Nasenhohle und der Tonsillen. Arch. f. Larvngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1908-9, xxi, 463-480, 1 pl—Levinstein (O.) Leber Fos- sulaetonsillares, Nodulilvmphatiei und Tonsillen. Ibid., 1909, xxii, 209-241, lpl. -----. Kritisehes zur Frage der Funktion der Mandeln. Ibid., 1910, xxiii, 75-117.—Levy (R.) Thetonsils. N. York M. J., 1901, lxxiv, 675.—Ma- knen(G.H.) The faucial tonsils and the teeth. J.Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1909, Iii, 1988. Also, Reprint.—JNasini (G.) Les amygdales ont-elles une secretion interne? Ann. d. mal.de l'oreille, du larynx |etc]. Par . 1899, xxv, pt. 2,115-118.— Mouehet (A.) Lymphatiquesde l'amyg- dalepharyngienne. Compt. rend. Sue. de biol., 1'ar., 1911, lxx, 331-333.— Noll" (P.) Le r61e des amygdales. Seal- pel, Liege, 1911-12, lxiii, 777-779 —North t.l.) The fau- cial tonsils; their use and abuse. Fort Wayne M. Jour.- Mag., 1904, xxiv, 284-293. Also: Phvsician & Surg., De- troit & Ann Arbor, 1904, xxvi, 433-440.—Or ml oil (B. H.) Prophylaxis, the essential function of the tonsil. J. Indiana M.Ass., Fort Wayne, 1908, i, 93-95.—Pa rrish (H.) The "third tonsil." N. York M. J. [etc.], 1909, lxxxix, 683-686. Also, Reprint.—Plnder (F.) Ueber die Bedeutung der Mandeln im Organismus. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh., Berl.. 1S9\ xxxii, 164-177.—Poppi (A.) Ton- silla faringea ed ipotisi. Bull. d. se. med. di Bologna, 1908, 8. s., viii, 202-204.—Robertson (C. M.) Certain facts concerning faucial tonsils. J. Am. M. Ass., Chi- cago, 1906, xlvii, 1725-1732. -----. Anatomy and physi- ology of the tonsil. Ibid., 1909, liii, 684-689.—Rosen- berg (A.) Muskel und Knorpel in Tonsillen. Ver- handl. d. laryngol. Gesellsch. zu Berl. (1900), 1901, xi, 24.—Seheppegrell (W.) The tonsils and the general health. N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1912-13, lxv, 17-24.—Sere- brjakoff(C.) Ueber die Involution der normalen und hvperplastischen Raehenmandel. Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1906, xviii, 502-516.-.Spieer (S.) The tonsils (faucial, lingual, pharyngeal, and discrete), their functions and relation to affections of the throat and nose. Lancet, Lond., 188*, ii, 805-807. Also, Reprint—Stohr (P.) Zur Phvsiologie der Tonsillen. Biol. Centralbl., Erlangen, 18*2-3. ii, 368-370— Straiigeways (W. F.) The four tonsil-: -ome things experience has taught me. Tr. Michigan M. Soc. Grand Rapids, 1898, 140-145.— Sylvester (C. P.) The tonsils and their relation to the general health. Boston M. & S. J., 1908, clix, 171-175.— Symington (J.) The pharyngeal tonsil. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1910, ii, 1147.— Topter (H.) Ueber Muskeln und Knorpel in den Tonsillen. Arch.f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1900, xi, 1-20, 1 pl.—Vail (D. T.) The tonsillar ring. Cincin. Lancet-Clinic, 1900, n. s., xliv, 1-7. [Dis- cussion], 9-13.—Weber. Pulsirende Tonsillen. Jah- resb. d. schles. Gesellsch. f. vaterl. Cult. 1901, Bresl., 1902, lxxix, med. Sect., 163.—White (J. A.) The tonsil; has it a function? Is it a menace to the organism as a focus of infection? Is the present holocaust of tonsil necessary? What is the best method of removal when operation is clearly indicated? Charlotte [N. C. ] M. J., 1911, lxiii, 1-5.—Wilson (J. G.) Some anatomic and phvsiologie considerations of the faucial tonsil. J. Am.' M. Ass., Chicago, 1906, xlvi, 1591-1595 — Winckler. Beitrage zur Tonsillarfrage. Verhandl. d. Ver. deutsch.Lanngolog., Wiirzb.. 1910,407-417 [159-169].— Wood (G. B ) The functions of the tonsils. Tr. Am. Larvngol., Rhinol. &. Otol. Soc. 1904, N Y., 1905, x, 305-325. Also: Univ. Penn. M. Bull., Phila., 1904-5, xvii, 246-256. -----. The lvmphatic drainage of the faucial tonsils. Tr. Am. Larvngol. Ass., N. Y., 1905, xxvii, 269-28L Also: Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. cV N. Y., 1905, n. s„ exxx, 216-227. Also, Reprint.—W riuht (G. H.) A functional relation of the tonsil to the teeth Boston M. & S. J., 1909, clx, 635-641.— Wright (J.i The fat contents ot the tonsils and its relation to the processes of metabolism and infection. N. York M. J. [etc], 1906, lxxxiv, 1161-1165. Also, Reprint. -----. The tonsil from an evolutionary point of view. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1908, Ixxxviii, 241-245. Also, Reprint. Tonsils (Abnormities of). fhauveau (C.) Absence dti pilier anterieur droit et de l'amygdale droite. Arch, internat. delaryngol. [etc], Par., 1904, xviii, 232. -----. Amygdale aberrante en arriere du pilier posterieur droit. Ibid., 1906, xxii, 889- 891 — Daw barn (R. H. M.) False tonsils. Internat. Dent. J.. Phila.. 1899, xx, 345-355. Also: Phila. M. J., 1899, iv. 91-9.V—DeRoaldes (A. W.) A case of pe- dunculated tonsil. Tr. Louisiana M. Soc, N. Orl., 1893, 65-69.—Hasslauer. Mandelanhang bzw. Nebenton- sille. Deutsche mil.-iirztl. Ztschr., Berl., 1905, xxxiv, 269.—Logueki (A.) Przyczynek do etyologii ropnia Tonsils (Abnormities of). okolo-migdatkawego. TOn the etiology of acute purulent peritonsillitis.] Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1895, 2. s., xv, 1084- 1088. Also, transl.: Areh. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1896, iv, 244-248.-Patterson (N.) Abnormality in right tonsillar region. Proc. Rov. Soc. Med., Lond., 1908-9, ii, Laryngol. Sect., 147. Also: Lancet, Lond., 1909, ii, 1668.—Kiehards (G. L.) An unusual anomaly of the faucial tonsil. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1901, xxxvii, 212— Walb. Leber hufeisenformige Tonsillen. Si- tzungsb. d. nicd.-rbein. Gesellsch. f. Nat.- u. Heilk. zu Bonn (1905), 1906. Med. Abt., 41-43. Tonsils (Abscess of) [including periton- sillar abscess]. See, also, Tonsil (Pharyngeal, Diseases of); Tonsils (Diseases of) in children; Tonsils (Lin- gual, Diseases of). A rsimoles (L.) * Des abces peri-amygdaliens; recherches sur leur siege anatomique. 8°. Tou- louse, 1902. ------. La fossette sus-amygdalienne et les abces peri-amygdaliens; recherches sur leur siege anatomique. 8°. Paris, 1902. Babuel-Peyrissac (J.-E.) * Etude sur les abces chroniques de l'amygdale. 4°. Bordeaux, 1893. Brunel (M.-J.) *Des abces de l'amygdale palatine. 8°. Bordeaux, 1899. Ferry (A.) * L'amygdalite phlegmoneuse et son traitement par la levure debiere. 8°. Paris, 1903. Guillon (E.) *Contribution ii I'etude des abces chroniques et enkystes amygdaliens et periamygdaliens. 8°. Lyon, 1898. Herve (V.-G.-M.) *Signes, diagnostic et traitement des abces amygdaliens. Valeur des signes anciens. 8°. Bordeaux, 1905. Lagarrigue (H.) * Amygdalite phlegmo- neuse chez le nourrisson. 8°. Paris, 1908. Renevey (P.) * Traitement des abces peri- amygdaliens. 8°. Paris, 1910. Zarfdjian (Y. K.) *Les complications des abces amygdaliens. 8°. Bordeaux, 1903. Alkalaj (B.) Li6na iskustva o atipifinim lokalizaci- jama peritonzilarnog apscesa, njegov recidivitet i radi- kalna terapija. [Personal experience with atypical lo- calization of peritonsillar abscess, its relapse, and radical treatment] Srpski arh. za celok. lek., Beograd, 1911, xvii,229-234.—Amblard (L.-A.) Mort subite par cedeme pulmonaire suraigu au cours d'uneperi-amygdalite phleg- moneuse. Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1906, lxxix, 1119-1122.— Anders (H. S. ) Suppurative tonsilitis in infancy. Univ. M. Mag., Phila.. 1892-3, v, 330-333.—Avellis. Die Behandlung der Angina phlegmonosa. Aerztl. Prakt., Hamb., 1893, vi, 369-374.—Bane (W. C.) Peritonsillar abscess, cause and treatment. Colorado Med., Denver, '910, vii, 289-294.—Beansoleil. Les complications des abecsamygdaliens. Med.orient., Par., 1904, viii,217-219.— Kerinl (F.) Amigdalitis y peri-amigdalitis flemonosas, su tratamiento. Rev.de med. y cirug., Barcel., 1908, xxii, 337-316—Bobone (T.) Un caso di inquietante emorra- gia secondaria dopo 1' apertura di un' ascesso peritonsil- lare. Boll. d. mal. d. orecchio, d. gola e d. naso, Firenze, 1905, xviii, 217-222.—Botey (R.) De l'importance du p61e superieurde l'amygdale etde la fossette supratonsil- laire comme cause des periamygdalites phlegmoneuses; extirpation complete de la moi tie su perieure de cet organe comme unique traitement preventif erhcace. Cong, in- ternat. de med. C. r., Par., 1900, sect, de laryngol., 306- 315. Also: Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.], Par., 1900, xxvi, pt. 2, 600-512. Also, transl.: Arch. lat. de rinol., laringol. [etc.], Barcel., 1901, xii, 105-119. — Brindel. Sur deux cas d'abees periamygdaliens posterieurs; com- plications des absces de l'amygdale en general; prophy- laxie de ces complications. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1903, xxiv. 331. -----. Complications des abeds del'amygdale; leur prophylaxie. J. demed. de Bordeaux, 1903, xxxiii, 509: 525. Also: Rev. hebd. delaryngol. [etc.], Par., 1903, ii, 241-257.— Can tie ri (A.) Tonsillite flem- mono-gangrenosa e tonsillotomia. Boll. d. mal. d. orec- chio, d. gola e d. naso, Firenze, 1908, xxvi, 219-221—Cas- selberry ( W. E. ) Peritonsillar abscess. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1895, 5. s., ii, 301-307.—Chanveaii (C.) Abces amygdaliens indolents. Areh. internat. de laryn- gol. [etc.], Par., 1904, xviii, 928. -----. Abces froid strep- tococcique de l'amygdale droite, chez un tuberculeux. Ibid., 1906, xxi, 904. -----. Abces amygdalien indolent. TONSILS. 348 TONSILS Tonsils (Abscess of) [including periton- sillar abscess]. Ibid., xxii, 544— < havasse. Abces peri-amygdaliens. Bull, med.,Par., 1904,xviii.525-529.—fobb (F. C.) Peri- tonsillar abscess. Boston M. & S. J., Is99, exli, 81-83, 1 pl. Also, Reprint. -----. Peritonsillar abscesses. Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhinol. & Otol. Soc. 1902, N. Y., 1903, viii, 418-428. Also: Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1903, xii, 1-11.— Coffin ( L. A. ) A fatal case of hemorrhage following a peritonsillar abscess; bleeding from the throat, nose and ear. Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1911, xx, 482-485.— Colin (F.) Metastatische eitrige Herdpneumonie nach Tonsillarabscess. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1911,xlviii, 986.— Comby (J.) Abces amygdalien et retro-pharyngien; ouverture avec la sonde cannelee. Bull. Soc. de pediat. de Par., 1911, xiii, 265. Also: Paris med., 1911-12, v, 22.— Constaiitin (P.-M.) Resultats du traitement de l'abces periamygdalien par la dilatation de la fossette sus-amyg- dalienne suivant le proeede de Killian. Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1910, ii, 129-138.—Cornet (P.) Un cas de phlegmon peri-amygdalien survenu chez un enfant de 9 mois. Bull, de laryngol., otol. et rhinol., Par., 1903, vi, 35. — Bavezac. Phlegmon amvgdalien. Mern. et bull. Soc. de med. etchir. de Bordeaux (1898), 1899, 42-44.— Oe Angelis 11a. Tonsillite flemmonosa e suo modo di formazione. Arch. ital. di laringol., Napoli, 1906, xxvi, 97-106, 2 pl. —Delsaux. Amygdalite linguale droite phlegmoneuse; peri-amygdalite purulente; phlegmon ligneux du cou. J. med. de Brux., 1906, xi, 795.—Dieu. Diagnosticettraitementdesabcesperiamygdaliens. Ann. med.-chir. du centre, Tours, 1904, iv, 239-245.—Dodin tM.G.) Ollecheniiperitonzillyarnikhabstsessov. [Treat- ment of peritonsillar abscesses.] Yezhemles. Ushn., Gorlov. i Nosov. Bollezn., S.-Peterb., 1911, vi, 163- 179— DOlger (R.) Ein bemerkenswerther Fall von acuter Entziindung der Rachenmandel (Rachenman- delabscess). Monatschr. f. Ohrenh., Berl., 1904, xxxviii, 395-400. — Gann ( T. ) Rupture of tonsillar abscess into larynx, causing suffocation. Lancet, Lond., 1898, i, 1515. — Glbert (A. ) L'abces periostique juxta- amygdalien odontogenic Odontologie, Par., 1909, xli, 79- 89.—Gleason (E. B.) Peritonsillar abscess. Internat. M. Mag., N. Y., 1903, xii, 722-727.—Goldstein (M. A.) Acute suppuration of the faucial tonsil and peritonsillar tissue. Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhinol. & Otol. Soc. 1901, N. Y., 1902, vii, 107-110. Also: Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1901, xi, 298-301.—Goodale (J. L.) Acute suppurative processes in the faucial tonsils. Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass. 1899, N.Y., 1900, xxi, 43-52. Also: N. York M. J., 1899, lxx, 509-512. Also,Reprint.—Gouguenheim(A.) Amygda- lite phlegmoneuse suppuree. Gaz. m6d. de Par., 1894, 9. s., i, 61-63.—Gouguenheim (A.) & Bipault (H.) Des abces peri-amvgdaliens. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1894, 3. s., xi, 533-539. Also: Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.], Par., 1894, xx, 883-890. Also, Reprint.—Griinwald (L.) Zur Behandlung der An- gina phlegmonosa s. Peritonsillitisabscedens. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1896, xliii, 890.—Guedes de Mello. O pengawar e o seu emprego nas hemorragias consecu- tivas & ineisao dos abcessos periamygdalianos. Rev. da Soc. de med. e cirurg., Rio de Jan., 1904, viii, 83-87.— Hamilton (R. K.) Acute suppurative tonsillitis with convulsions. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1899, i, 16.—Hartz (H. J.) Peritonsillar suppuration. Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhinol. & Otol. Soc. 1901, N. Y., 1902, vii, 111-116, 1 pl. Also: Detroit M. J., 1901, i, 133-139. Also: Am. Med., Phila., 1902, iii, 646-649. -----. Chronic or recur- rent peritonsilar abscess. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1901, xi, 303. — Hang. Fremdkorper in der Tubargegend nach friiherer Radicaloperation; peritonsillarer Abscess. Arch. f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1902-3, lvii, 45.—Hays (H.) Peritonsillar abscess, with description of a new in- strument for opening and irrigating the abscess cav- ity. Am. Med., Burlington, Vt., & N. Y., 1910, v, 650- 653— lleerinann. Zur Behandlung des Peritonsillar- abszesses. Samml. zwangl. Abhandl. a. d.Geb. d.Nasen-, Ohren-, Mund- u. Halskr., Halle a. S., 1900, iv, 158-174.— Hewelke (O.) Przypadek ropnia migdalka gardzielo- wego (tonsilla Luschka's). [Abscess of.. .] Kron. lek., Warszawa, 1899, xx, 1085-1091.—Ilolinger (J.) Case of extensive abscess involving the faucial tonsil and mas- toid; nasal tumor (tuberculoma) for diagnosis. Illinois M. J.,Springfield, 1909, xv, 107.— Hubbard (T.) Report of cases of peritonsillar abscess associated with diph- theria. Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass. 1899, N. Y., 1900, xxi, 69- 75. Also: N. York M. J„ 1899, lxx, 639. [Discussion], 571. Also, Reprint.—Hugues (P.) Des abces chroniques des amygdales. Rev. hebd. de larvngol. [etc.], Par., 1897, xvii, 1303-1310. Also: Rev. internat. de rhinol., otol. et laryngol., Par., 1898, viii, 609-614.—Isaia (G.) Tonsilliti acute ed ascessi follicolari e peritonsillari. Arch, inter- naz. d. spec, med.-chir., Napoli, 1893, ix, 383.—Jacques. Phlegmon peri-amygdalien mortel par thrombophiebite du sinus caverneux. Arch, internat. de larvngol [etc.], Par.. 1908, xxv, 1058. — Jollye (F. W.) The opening of peritonsillar abscesses. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1905, i, 715.— Kaplan (Y. B.) Dva sluchaya smertelnavo krovote- Tonsils (Abscess of) [including periton- sillar abscess]. cheniya pri flegmonoznol zhable (peritonsilitis). [Two casesof fatal haemorrhage in phlegmonous peritonsillitis.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1906, v, 1616-1618. — Kaul. maim. De l'amygdalite phlegmoneuse. Anjou m&L, Angers, 1906, xiii, 124-127.—Kenerson (V.) Deathfrom suppurating tonsil. N. York M. J. [etc], 1906, lxxxiv, 67.—Killian (J.) Zur Behandlung der Angina phleg- monosa s. Peritonsillitis abseedens. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1896, xliii, 696.—Knott (J.) Tonsillarab- scess; a historical note. Med. Press & Circ., Lond., 1910, n. s , ex, 651.—Koehler. Zur Aetiolojrie der Abscesse in den Gaumenmandeln und dem sie umgebenden Bin- degewebe. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1896, xxii, 107.—Kohan (L. N.) K tekhnikle vskritiya peritonzillyarnavo abstsessa. [Technique of lancing a peritonsillar abscess.] Prakt. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1911, x, 235. — Kohn (S.) Acute infectious phlegmon of the pharvnx, following follicular tonsillitis; death in twenty- two hours. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1893, xliii. 264.—Lange (V.) Fragmentarische klinische Betraehtungen iiber die Tonsillar- und Peritonsillar-Abszesse. Ztschr. f. Larvn- gol..Rhinol. [etc.],Wiirzb., 1908-9,i,707-715—L,ange(W.) Lebensgefahrliche Blutung aus dem Ohre infolge Zersto- rung der Carotis externa und der Vena jugularis interna durch einen peritonsillaren Abszess. Charite-Ann., Berl., 1908, xxxii, 457-462. — Laurens (G.) Comment faut-il ouvrir un abces de l'amygdale? Clinique, Par., 1906, i, 120.—Lebrani (P.) Ueber Arrosion der Carotis bei peri- tonsilliiren Abszessen. Ztschr. f. Ohrenh., Wiesb., 1905-6, li, 1-30.—Iceland (G. A.) Tonsillar and circumtonsillar abscess. Tr. Am. Larvngol. Ass. 1899, N. Y., 1900, xxi, 53- 60. Also: N. York M. J., 1899, lxx, 512-515. Also, Re- print.— Lunghini(O.) Contributoallaeuradell'ascesso peri-tonsillare recidivante. Atti d. Cong. d. Soc. ital. di laringol. [etc.] 1902, Napoli, 1903, vi, 87-94— Lyons (A.) Death from the bursting of a tonsillar abscess. Lancet, Lond.,1902,ii,812.—MeElwee(L.C) An absolutely safe method of lancing tonsillar or peritonsillar abscesses. Clin. Reporter, St. Louis,1905,xviii, 9. Also: Med. Brief, St. Louis, 1905, xxxiii, 622—McClelland (R.) The opening oi peritonsillar abscess. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1905, ii, 810.— Marian. Abies de l'amygdale; diagnostic et traite- ment; nepasl'ouvrir. Gaz. d. mal.infant, [etc.], Par., 1900, ii, 141.—Martin (L.) Phlegmon de l'amygdale et diph- terie; leurs relations. Bull, med., Par., 1905, xix, 1100.— Melzi (U.) Contributo all' impiego del lievito di birra contro la tonsillite flemmonosa. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1906, xxvii, 122-124.—Menzel (K. M.) Zur Behandlung des Peritonsillarabszesses (Drainage). Arch, f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1912, xxvi, 436-444.—M ettler (E.j Zur Oeffnung des peritonsillaren Abszesses. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1911, xli, 299.—Meyer (A.) Die Eroffnung des peritonsillaren Abscesses. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1907, xliv, 1307-1309.—Moll (A. C. H.) Over de behandeling vanperitonsillaireabscessen. Med. Weekbb.Amst.l 906-7, xiii, 377; 389.— Monari (c.) Gli ascessi endo e periton- sillari. Boll. d. mal. d. orecchio, d. gola ed. naso, Firenze, 1897, xv, 49-56.—Moty <£ J&elporte. Abces latero-pha- ryngien gauche, suite d'amygdalite; hemorragies repe- tees; ligature de la carotide primitive gauche; guerison. Arch.de med.et pharm.mil.,Par.,1907,1,220-222.—Moure. (E.-J.) Abc£s amygdaliens et peri-amygdaliens; diag- nostic et traitement. Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1901, ii, 273-287. Also [Abstr.]: Presse med., Par., 1901, ii, 96. -----. De l'ouverture des abces amvgdaliens. Mem. et Bull. Soc. de med. et chir. de Bordeaux (1898), 1899,36- 42. Also: J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1898, xxviii, 76-78. Also: Rev. internat. de rhinol., otol. et laryngol., Par., 1898, ix, 281-284. -----. Bacteriologie des abces amygda- liens et periamygdaliens. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1908, xxxviii, 553.—O'Conor (J.) Acute suppurative amyg- dalitis; larvngotomy; recovery. N. York M. J., 1897, lxv, 458.—PagS (J.-D.) P£ritonsillite suppuree, abces peri- am vgdalien: sa pathogenie et son traitement chirurgical. Bull. med. deQuebee, 1904-5, vi, 189-198.—Parmentier. Existe-t-il une amvgdalite pharvngee phlegmoneuse? Progres med. beige, Brux., 1907, ix, 105-108.—Perez (F.) Periamygdalite phlegmoneuse; traitement par le serum de Marinorek; guerison. Rev. Soc. med. argent., Buenos Aires, 1902, x, 719-722.—Proctor (D. E.) Peritonsillar abscess, with a case and a few remarks relating to diag- nosis and treatment. Cincin. M. J., 1896, xi, 561-563. Also: Med. Progress, Louisville, 1896, xii, 1-3.—Puehkovskl (A.) Flegmonoznoye vospaieniye yazikovavo minda- lika, vizvannoye vertenoobraznol palochkol Vincenti. [Phlegmonous inflammation of the lingual tonsil pro- duced by Vincent's spindle-shaped bacillus.] Prakt. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1909, viii, 3.—Kieard (G.) Du traite- ment chirurgical de la peri-amygdalite palatine phlegmo- neuse. Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1904, xviii, 903-907.—Bobertson (0. M.) Peritonsillar ab- scess. Larvngoscope.St. Louis, 1907. xvii,733-737.— Both (W.) Ueber protrahierte Eiterungen nach peritonsilla- ren Abszessen. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1908, lviii. 891- 894.—Boy (D.) Peritonsillar abscess. AtlantaM.&S.J., 1898-9, n. s., xv, 296-305.—Buault (A). Sur un nouveau TONSILS. 349 TONSILS. Tonsils (Abscess of) [including periton- sillar abscess]. proeede operatoire applicable & l'ouverture des abces periamvgdaliens. Mercredi med., Par., 1893, iv, 25.— Sargnon. Un eas d abces enkyste chronique de l'amygdale droit sans listule; ouverture et destruction au galvano-eautere: guerison sans recidive. Lyon med., 1898, Ixxxviii, 327-334.— Seller!. Sur l'amygdalite pre- epiglottique phlegmoneuse. Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1911, xxxii, 1-7.—Seltel (X.) Peritonsillar suppuration. Merck's Arch., N. Y., 1911. xiii, 307. Also: N. York M. J. [etc.], 1912, xcv, 76. Also, Reprint.— Shattuck (W. S.) An unusual case of peritonsillar ab- scess. Brooklvn M. J.. 1903, xvii, 233— Soiners (L. S.) The use of suprarenal gland in peritonsillar abscess. Merck's Arch., N. Y., 1901, iii, 169-172.—Sommer (G.) Kritisches und Neues zur Therapie des Tonsillen-Abszes- ses. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1906, liii, 606.—Sou- beyran & Sassy. Les abces amygdaliens et peri- amvgdaliens. Gaz. d. hop., Par.,1911, lxxxiv, 1243; 1279.— Stalkartt (W. H. S.) The opening supratonsillar and peritonsillar abscesses. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1905, i, 882.— StoupjT (E.) Amygdalite phlegmoneuse; hemorragies arterielles et veine'uses consecutives; fistule tracheale; ligature de la carotide externe; guerison. Arch, de med. et pharm. mil., Par., 1896, xxviii, 177-189.—Stucky i J. A.) Peritonsillitis or quinsv; cause and treatment. Memphis Lancet, 1899, ii, 7-11.—Thiemann (H.) Ueber den Tousillarabszess und seine Eroffnung. Kor.- Bl. d. allg. iirztl. Ver. v. Thiiringen, Jena, 1912, xli, 289- 291.—Thomson (St. C.) The opening of peritonsillar abscesses. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1905, i, 645. Also: Polyclin., Lond., 1905, ix, 107-1 J — Tishkoff (I. P.) Sluchal nariva mindalevidnol zhelyozi, oslozhnivshavosya ostrim otyokom gortani. [Abscess of the tonsil compli- cated by acute oedema of the larynx.] Protok. zasaid. Obsh. morsk. vrach. v Kronstadte, 1896-7, xxxv, 72-82.— Treitel. Ueber das Wesen und die Bedeutung chroni- scher Tonsillarabscesse. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1898, xxiv, 761-763.—Vaquier (L.) Amvgdalite linguale phlegmoneuse; elimination tardive du corps Stranger provocateur. Arch, internat. de laryn- gol. [etc.], Par., 1909, xxviii, 193.—Voorhees (I. W.) The galvano-cautery as a factor in peritonsillar abscess. N. York State J. M., N. Y., 1909, ix, 166.—Ward (M. R.) Septic thrombo-phlebitis as a complication of peritonsil- lar abscess; reportof two cases. Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass. 1899, N. Y., 1900, xxi, 60-69. Also: N. York M. J., 1899, lxx, 546-549. [Discussion], 571.— Warfleld (M.) Peri- tonsillar abscess. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1911, xxii, 60.—"West (J. P.) A plea for the early operative treatment of quinsy (peritonsillar abscess). Cleveland M. J., 1903, ii, 27-29.—White (J. V.) An unusual case of peritonsillar abscess. Harper Hosp. Bull., Detroit, 1905-6, xvi, 27-29.—Wieart. Abces de l'amygdale. Medecin prat., Par., 1907, iii, 118-121.—Wood (F. L.) & Kussell (W. B.) Severe constitutional disturbance accompanving tonsillar abscess. Lancet, Lond., 1896, ii, 1754.—Wultt"(P.) Ein Fall von einem Aneurysmader Carotis interna nach Tonsillarabscess; Heilung durch Unterbindung der Carotis communis. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1900, xlvii, 687.—Ziegner (H.) Instrumen- teller Beitrag zur chirurgi-chen Behandlung der Tonsil- larabszesse. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1904, li, 841. Tonsils (Actinomycosis of). Clerc (L.) *Actinomycose de l'amygdale. 8°. Lyon, 1904. Ellis (J. W.) Actinomyces-like bodies in the tonsils. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1897, xxviii, 1241.—Gappiseh. Zur Kenntnis der aktinomvcoseahnlichen Kdrner in den Tonsillen. Verhandl. d. deutsch. path. Gesellsch. 1905, Jena, 1906,130-139,1 pl.-Grosvenor (L. N.) Actino- mvces in tonsillar crvpts. Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1911, xix, 513-515.—Miodowski (F.) Ueber das Vor- kommen aktinomycoseahnlicher Kornchen in den Gau- nienmandeln. Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1906- 7,xix,277-284,lpl.—Poncet. Actinomycosede l'amyg- dale; phlegmon cervical consecutif. Lyon med., 1904, ch, 1166.—Buge (H.) Ueber aetinomyces-ahnliche Ge- bilde in den Tonsillen. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1896, xxx 529-537.—Thevenot (L.) L'actinomycose de l'amvgdale. Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1904, lxxvii, 1070-1072.— Wright (J.) Actinomycosis of the tonsils, with some remarks on the portals of infection. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1904, n. s., cxxviii, 74-90. Tonsils (Bacteriology of). See, also, Tonsils (Abscess of); Tonsils (Dis- eases of, Causes, etc., of); Tonsils (Hypertrophy of); Tonsils (Inflammation of); Tonsils (Ul- ceration of, Membranous). Koch (W.) * Bakteriologiscbe Untersuchun- gen der Tonsillen bei Scharlach und Nephritis Tonsils (Bacteriology of). mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Strepto- kokken. 8°. Leipzig, 1911. Bezancon (F.) &Griitbii (V.) Presence constante du pneumocoque k la surface de l'amvgdale. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1898, 3. s., xv, 320-323. Also: Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1898, lxxi, 414—Cornet (P.) Sur la bacteriologie d'exsudat qui tapisse la plaie conse- cutive & l'amygdalotomie; bacille pseudo-diphterique et bacille fusiforme. Bull, de laryngol., otol. et rhinol., Par., 1903, vi, 254-260. — Davis (D. J.) Experimental study of bacteria isolated from tonsils. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1910, lv, 26. — Dwyer (J. G.J & Gignoux (Miss). Bacteriological examination of the tonsillar crypts at the Manhattan Eye, Ear and Throat Hospital, New York, during winter, 1909-10. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1910, xx, 1042-1045. Also: Manhattan Eye & Ear Hosp. Rep., N. Y., 1912, xiii, 213-21S—Eijkman (C.) Angina tonsillaris phlegmonosa. [Bacteriology of...] Ge- neesk. Tijdschr. v. Nederl. Indie, Batav., 1890, xxx, 269- 275.—Hilbert (P.) Ueber das constante Vorkommen langer Streptokokken auf gesunden Tonsillen und ihre Be- deutung fiir die Aetiologie der Anginen. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infectionskrankh., Leipz., 1899, xxxi, 38L415.—Mart- sinovski (E. I.) O nlekotorikh mikrodrganizmakh, naldennikh v kriptakh mindalin. [Various microorgan- isms found in the crypts of the tonsils.] Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1900, liii, 896-905. Also, transl.: Centralbl. f. Bakte- riol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1900, xxviii, 39-45.—Tunni- clitT (R. M.) The presence of streptococci on normal tonsils. Tr. Chicago Path. Soc, 1903-4, vi, 175-179.— Wright (J.) The difference in the behavior of dust from that of bacteria in the tonsillar crypts. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1906, lxxxiii, 17-21. Also, Reprint. Tonsils (Bone or cartilage in). See Tonsils (Concretion, etc., in). Tonsils (Calculus in). See Tonsils (Concretions in). Tonsils (Cancer of). See Tonsils (Tumors of, Cancerous, etc. ,of). Tonsils (Concretions and bony growths in). Costet (A.) * Etude sur les calculs de l'amyg- dale. 4°. Paris, 1896. Roux (J.-C.-E.) * Contribution a I'etude des calculs amygdaliens. 4°. Bordeaux, 1895. Anders (J. M.) Caseof tonsillolith. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1908, 1, 1191.—Beausoleil (R.) Calcul de l'amygdale. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1895, xvi, 77.—Butler (W. K.) Tonsillolith: an unusual case and specimen. Med. News, Phila., 1894, lxv, 580.—Cam- penni (F. A.) & Arena (F.) Su di un calcolo tonsil- lare. Arch. ital. di laringol., Napoli, 1894, xiv, 108-110.— Carter (W. W.) Growth of bone in the tonsil. Med. Rec N. Y., 1905, lxvii, 174. Also: Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1906, xv. 114-116.—CIine (L. C.) Some observations on sore throat due to concretions in the tonsils. Hot Springs M. J., 1894, iii, 368-370. Also: Med. Rev., St. Louis, 1894, xxx, 484. Also: N. York M. Reporter, Rochester, 1894-5, i, 405-407.—Combe (A.) & DuDOiisqiiet-Laborderie. Calcultres volumineux de l'amygdale gauche. Tribune med., Par., 1896, 2. s., xxxiii, 46-50.—Conipaired (C.) Calcul de l'amygdale palatine gauche; abces purulent intra-amygdalien con- Becutif decouvert pendant l'operation; guerison. Arch. internat. delarvngol. [etc.], Par.,1904, xviii, 155-159. Also, transl.: Siglo rn'ed., Madrid, 1904, li, 507-509.—Courtade (A.) Les calculs de l'amygdale. Rev. gen. de clin. etde therap., Par., 1898, xii, 843.—Deiehert (H.) Ueber Knorpel- und Knochenbildung an den Tonsillen. Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc], Berl., 1895, cxii, 435-445.—Oelobel (P ) Volumineux calcul de l'amygdale. Rev. hebd. de larvngol. [etc.J, Par., 1911, ii, 641-643.—De Simoni (A.) Calculs tonsillaires. [Transl.] Arch, internat. de la- ryngol. [etc.], Par., 1906, xxii, 483-493.—Dubousquet- taborderle. Tres gros calcul de l'amygdale rendu Bpontanement. J. de med. de Par., 1900, 2. s., xii, 502.— Dupond (G.) Calcul de l'amygdale. Bull, et mem. Soc. de med. et chir. de Bordeaux (1910), 1914, 137.— Feigin (F. I.) Probkimindalevidnikh zhelyoz. [Con- cretions in the tonsils.] Voyenno-med. J., St. Petersb., 1903, i, med. pt., 822-827.—Garcia e Ilurre (J.) Calcu: los de la amigdala izquierda con perforaciones del velo y pilar anterior. Clin, mod., Zaragoza, 1910, ix. 374-378.— Genter (I. A.) K voprosu o nakhozhdenii khrya- shtshevol tkani v mindalinakh. [Presence of cartila- ginous tissue in the tonsils.] Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1904, xi, 789-791.—Gilletde Grandmont. Amygda- lite calculeuse, enucleation des concretions, atrophie con. TONSILS. 350 TONSILS. Tonsils (Concreticms and bony growths in). secutivedes tonsilles. Bull. Soc. de med. prat, de Par., 1873,166-169.—Girou (E.) Ln casde concretion cal caire volumineuse de l'amygdale. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1905, lxxx, 871.—Gray (A. A.) Tonsillar calculi occurring in both tonsils. Tr. Med.-Chir. Soc. Glasg., 1902, iii, 398-401. Also: Glasgow M. J., 1901, lvi, 122-125.— Guarnaccla (E.) Calcolo della tonsilla palatina sinistra. Rassegna internaz. d. med. mod., Catania, 1900- 1901, ii, 261.—Halkin (H.) Contribution a I'etude de l'ossification dans les amygdales. Bull. Acad. roy. de med. de Belg., Brux., 1905, 4. s., xix, 383-397, 2 pl. [Rap. de R. Boddaert], 288. Also: Presse oto-laryngol. beige, Brux., 1905, iv, 4;;:i-119.—llirigoyen. Calcul de l'amyg- dale. Bull. Soc.d'anat. et physiol. de Bordeaux, 1899, xx, 66-68. Also: J. de nied. de Bordeaux, 1899, xxix, 211.— Jackson (C.) Report of a case of tonsillolith and exhibition of specimen. Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhinol. & Otol. Soc 1904, N. Y., 1905. x, 10.—Jacques. Calcul de l'amygdale. Soc de med. de Nancy. C.-r.? 1900-1901, Proc.-v., 72.—Johnson (W. B.) Tonsilloliths. Ann. Ophth. & Otol., St. Louis, 1894, iii, 75. Also, Reprint.— Kampf ( N. ) Obizvestvlennaya mindalina. [Tonsil infiltrated with bone.J Vrach, St. Petersb., 1884, v, 204.— Landa (G. M.) Calculo amigdaliano. Rev. de med. y cirug. de la Habana, 1907, xii, 495. —Lange (B.) Ueber Mandelsteine. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1894, xxxix, .87-96,1 pl.—Lecocq (J.) Quelques considera- tions sur les calculs de l'amygdale. Rev. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1893, xiii, 611-613. Also: Soc. beige d'otol. et de laryngol. C.-r., Brux., 1893, iv, 83-85. —Luljarsch (O.) Ueber Knochenbildung in Lymphknoten und Gau- nienmandeln. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1904, cxxvii, 371-387.—Mabon (J. S.) Report of a case of tonsillolith. Tr. Am. Larvngol., Rhinol. & Otol. Soe. 1904, N. Y., 1905, x, 333. Also: Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol.,St. Lonis,1904, xiii, 146.— McCarthy (J. McC.) A case of tonsillar calculus. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1911, ii, 1062. — Mignon. Calculs volumineux de l'amygdale. Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1908, xxv, 1058.— Morroway (J. H.) Concretion in Luschka's tonsil. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1907, xlix, 1116.—Newcomb (J. E.) Bcme and cartilagein the tonsil. Tr. Am. Laryn- gol. Ass., N. Y., 1904, xxvi,75-82. Also: Med. News, N. Y., 1904, lxxxv, 581-583.—Ntfsske (H.) Ueber Knorpel-und Knochenbildung in den Tonsillen. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1902-3, lxvi, 559-571—Noquet. Un cas de calcul de l'amygdale. Bull. Soc. beige d'otol. [etc.], Brux., 1900, v, 140-143. — Pyotroff(N. V.) Ob obrazo- vanii khryashtshevol i kostnol tkani v mindalevidnol zhelyozle. [Formation of cartilaginous and osseous tis- sue in the tonsil.] Bolnitseh. gaz. Botkina, St. Petersb., 1902, xiii, 1721; 1775.—Beitmann (K.) Ueber das Vor- kommen von Knorpel und Knochen in den Gaumenton- sillen. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh., Berl., 1903, xxxiv, 321- 327.—Blesman. Calcareous excretion from the tonsil. Tr. Path. Soc. Phila. (1893-5), 1896, xvii, 59.—Bobert- son (W. G. A.) Large tonsillar calculus. Tr. Med.- Chir. Soc. Edinb., 1898-9, n. s., xviii, 3-8. -----. On tonsillar calculi. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1899, i, 14-16.— Bosenberg (A.) Ein Mandelstein von ungewohn- licher Grosse. Areh. f .Laryneol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1894-5, ii,405.—Buckert (A.) Ueber Knochen-und Knorpelbe- funde in den Tonsillen. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1904, cxxvii, 387^100. —Scheven (O.) Zur Pathologie der Mandelsteine. Arch. f. Larvngol. u. Rhi- nol., Berl., 1907, xx, 20-2L—Solters (C. M.) Calculo de la amigdala. Notas med., Valladolid, 1909, ii, 8.—Stir- ling (A. W.) On bony growths invading the tonsils. Atlanta M. & S. J., 1896-7, n. s., xiii, 328-330. Also: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1896, xxvii, 734.—Terrilion (O.) Des accidents causes par les calculs de l'amvgdale. Arch. gen.demed.,Par.,1886,7,s„xviii,129-148. Also.inhis: OEu- vres, 8°, Par., 1898, i, 368-385.—Theodore (E.) Ueber Knorpel und Knochen in den Gaunienmandeln. Arch. f.Ohrenh., Leipz., 1912,xc,34-44, 2 pl.— Turskiy (A. A.) Sluchal kamnyamindalikaneobichnolvelichini. [Calcu- lus of the tonsil of unusual size.] Yezhemles. Ushn., Gor- lov. i Nosov. Bollezn., S.-Peterb., 1912, vii, 299.—Vargas (A.R.) Calculo de la amigdala. Bol. de laringol., otol. y rinol., Madrid, 1909, ix, 6-7.—Verdelet. Calcul de l'amygdale. J. de med.de Bordeaux, 1899, xxix, 333.— Vinogradov (K. N.) Po povodu kamnya mindale- vidnol zhelyozi. [Calculus of the tonsil.] Vrach, St Petersb., 1884, v, 347— Walsham (H.) On the occur- rence of cartilaginous and long nodules in the tonsil. Lancet, Lond., 1898, ii, 394.-----. Epithelial pearls in the tonsil. Tr. Path. Soc. Lond., 1898-9,1, 65. Also: Lan- cet, Loud 1899. i, 1154.-White (W. C.) Ossification of capsule of tonsil in an adult. Kentucky M. J., Bowling Green, 1911-12, ix, 870.-Wingrave (W.") A note on the occurrence of cartilaginous and bony nodules of the ton- sils. Lancet, Lond., 1898, ii, 750 Tonsils (Diseases of). See, also, Mouth. (Diseases of, Manuals, etc., of); Pharynx (Diseases of); Throat (Diseases of, Manuals, etc., of); Tonsils (Abseess of); Tonsils (Actinomycosis of); Tonsils (Concre- tions in); Tonsils (Diseasesof) in animals; Ton- Bils (Diseases of) in children; Tonsils (Gangrene of); Tonsils (Hypertrophy of); Tonsils (Inflam- mation of); Tonsils (Lingual, Diseases, etc.,of); Tonsils (Mycosis of); Tonsils (Pharyngeal, Hypertrophy of); Tonsils (Syphilis of); Tonsils (Tuberculosis of); Tonsils (Tumors of); Ton- sils ( Ulceration of). Archibald (F. M.) The tonsils and some of their diseases. Northwest. Lancet, St. Paul, 1900, xx, 81-84.— Ball (J. B.) A case of tonsillar disease. West Lond. M. J., Lond., 1905, x, 126-128.—Beck (J. C.) Some points in anatomy, pathology, and surgical treatment of the faucial tonsil. Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1909, xviii, 38-53.—Beekmann (H.) Zur Pathologie und Therapie der Rachenmandel. Monatschr. f. Oh- renh., Berl., 1897, xxxi, 389-401.— Block (E.) Die Krankheiten der Gaunienmandeln. Handb. d. Laryn- gol. u. Rhinol., Wien, 1896-7, ii, 548-576.—Bosworth (F. H.) The tonsils from a purely clinical point of view. Tr. Am. Laryngol, Ass., N. Y., 1901, 85-89.—Con key (C. D.) The tonsils; their anatomy, physiology, pathol- ogy and treatment. Tr. M. Soc. Wisconsin, Madison, 1902, 263-278.—Dabney (S. G.) Chronic disease of the faucial tonsils. Kentucky M. J., Bowling Green, 1908-9, vii, 1035-1013.—Dougherty (D. S.) The severer types of tonsillar Infection. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1911, xxi, 707-714.—Dudley (W. H.) The chronically diseased tonsil. Calif. M. & S. Reporter, Los Angeles, 1908, iv, 63. -----. The chronically diseased tonsil. Ibid., 1911, vii, 11-13.—Dupuy (H.) Acute affections of the pharyngeal tonsil in early life. N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1905-6, lviii, 716- 721.—Faulkner (R. B.) Some tonsil affections. N. York M. J., 1893, lxxvii, 59.—Geronzl (G.) Linfoadenia tonsillare. Arch. ital. di otol. [etc.] .Torino,1897, v,87-108.— Gottstein (J.) & Kayser (R.) Die Krankheiten der Rachentonsille. Handb. d. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Wien, 1896-7, ii, 496-547.—Grimmer (C. L.) The three tonsils. Mass. M. J., Bost., 1906, xxvi, 133-143—Hall (G. C.) Some important features in the pathology and treatment of diseased tonsils and adenoids. Kentucky M. J., Bow- ling Green, 1908, vi, 330-333.—Harris (C. M.) Modern views concerning diseased tonsils. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1910, lxxvii, 12-14.—Hasslauer. Eine seltene Erkrankung der Rachenmandel. Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1906, xix, 127-131.—Higguet (G.) Fonctions et utilite de l'amygdale palatine; etude de physio-pathologie de cet organe. Ann. de la Policlin. de Par.. 1911, xxi, 131.— Jervey (J. W.) The diseased tonsil. J. South. Car. M. Ass., Charleston, 1910, vi, 386-389.— Klotz (J. E.) Diseased faucial tonsils. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1903, lxxviii, 1109.—Knight (C. H.) Chronic diseases of the tonsils. Syst. Dis. Ear, Nose, & Throat (Burnett), Phila., 1893, ii, 571-621.— Leflterts (G. M.) Acute diseases of the tonsils. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1893, 3. s., i, 332-335.—McKimmie (O. A. M.) Some dis- eases of the tonsil; chronic lacunar tonsillitis; painful tonsillar adhesions; recurrent peri-tonsillitis. Vir- ginia M. Semi-Month., Richmond, 1896-7, i, 197-199.— Marti (F.) Zur Aetiologie der Mandelpfriipfe. Schweiz. iirztl. Mitt. a. Univ.-Inst., Zurich, 1912, 455-165.—Miller (C. M.) Diseased tonsils. Old Dominion J. M. & S., Richmond, 1907-8, vi, 396-400. Also: Richmond J. Pract., 1907, xxi, 194-199. Also: South. M. & S., Chattanooga, 1907, viii, 115-117.—Munger (C. E.) Diseases of thetonsils. Proc. Connect. M. Soc, Bridgeport, 1898, cvi, 160-172.— Oehler (R.) Ueber Mandelpfropfe und Paruliskorner. Allg.med.Centr.-Ztg.,Berl.,1901,lxx,339.—Paterson(D. R.) Thesupratonsiliar fossa and its affections. J.Laryn- gol., Lond., 1898, xiii, 165-177.—Peterman (H.E.) A re- view of the tonsil question, with some personal experien- ces. Maryland M. J., Bait., 1911, liv, 177-185.—Pynchon (E.) The degenerate tonsil. J.Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1903, xl, 764-768. Also, Reprint.—Sargnon. Faits cliniques amygdalienset aderio'idiens. Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1912, xxxiii, 506.—Schoeneinann. Zur Physiologie und Pathologie der Tonsillen. Arch. f. La- ryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1909, xxii, 251-259.—Selfrldge (G.) A contribution to the study of the third tonsil, with cases. Pacific Coast J. Homceop., San Fran., 1894, n. s., ii, 173-176.—Sibley (B. D.) Etiology, pathology and treatment of diseased tonsils and adenoids. Alabama M. J., Birmingh., 1907-8, xx, 205-210. Also: Charlotte IN. C. ] M. J., 1908, xxxii, 332-334. —Townsend (I.) Symptoms and treatment of enlarged tonsillar crypts. Tr. Homceop. M. Soc. N. Y., 1898, xxxiii, 295-298. TONSILS. 351 TONSILS. Tonsils (Diseases of). Also:.!. Ophth., Otol. & Laryngol., N. Y., 1898, x, 295- 298.— Whitaker (H. W.) Chronically diseased tonsils. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1897, iii, 299-306.—Wilson (X. L.) Chronic diseases of the tonsils. N. York M. J., 1896, lxiii, 509-511. Also, Reprint.—Wishart(l>. J. O.) The lymphoid tonsillar circle; observations on the faucial and lingual tonsils. Canad. Lancet, Toronto, 1905-6, xxxix, 19-23.—Wright (J.) Autoclasis of thetonsils, an aux- iliary process of their retrogression. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1904, xiv, 257-262, 1 pl. Tonsils (Diseases of Causes and path- ology of). See, also, Influenza (Complications, etc., La- ryngeal, etc.); Tonsils (Bacteriology of). Duval (L.) Contribution a I'etude des in- fections auiygdaliennes et de leur contagion. 8°. Paris, 1900: Gtressk (F.-C.) ^Contribution a I'etude de la diphterie primitive de l'amygdale pharyngee. 8°. Bordeaux, 1907. Maltese (F.) Patologia, anatomia e flsiolo- gia della tonsilla faringea. 8°. Torino, 1911. Ajello(L.) Sullo spezzettamento delle tonsille. Atti d. Cong. d. Soc. ital. di laringol. [etc.] 1897, Firenze, 1899, iii, 170-175.—Babbitt (J. A.) Pathology of the faucial tonsil. Tr. Am. Larvngol.. Rhinol. & Otol. Soc, St. Louis, 1907, 189-200. Also: Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Larvngol., St. Louis, 1907, xvi, 802-813.—Ballenger (W. L.) Reflex affections of the tonsil. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1911, xciv, 905.—Barnes (H. A.) The relation of age to tonsillar infection. Ann. Otol.. Rhinol. & Laryngol.,St.Louis, 1911, xx, 789-792,7 pl—Beck (J. C.) A histologic pathology of tonsils requiring removal. Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1912, xxi, 465-474.—Bertarelli (E.) & Calamida (U.) Sul significato eziologiro delle forme blastomicetiche nelle tonsille. Arch. ital. di otol. [etc.], Torino, 1901-2, xii, 15-28. AUo: Gi< >r. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1901, 4. s., vii, 343-356.—Browne (L.) Case of keratosis of the tonsils. J. Laryngol., Lond., 1902, xvii, 633.—Davis (D.J.) Plasma cells in tonsils. Tr. Chicago Path. Soc, 1911-12, viii, 243-245.—Faulkner (R. B.) Reflex affec- tions of the tonsil. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1911, xciv, 270- 272. Also, Reprint.—Federici (F.) Sur le mecanisme et la signification probable de Immigration des leucocytes & travers l'epithelium des amygdales palatines. Arch, in- ternat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1905, xix, 463-468.—Fin- der (G.) Zur pathologischen Anatomie der Tonsille. Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1898, viii, 354-361.— Gaucher & liacapere. Lichen plan de l'amygdale. Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1904, xv, 210-212. Also: Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1904, 4. s., v, 563-565.—Goerke (M.) Beitrage zur Patholo- gie der Rachenmandel. Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1904, xvi, 144-167. -----. Beitrage zur Patholo- gie der Tonsillen. Ibid., 1906-7, xix, 244-276.—Goodale (J. L.) Retrograde metamorphosis in the faucial tonsils. Tr. Am. Larvngol. Ass., N. Y., 1901, 90-101. Also: J. Bost. Soc. M. Sc, 1900-1901, v, 515-522, lpl. Also, transl: Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1901-2, xii, 399-105, 1 pl. Also, Reprint —Grant (J. D.) Case of lupus of the larynx and tonsil. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1907-8, i, Larvngol. Sect., 78.—Hastings (H.) The pathological histology of the tonsil. Calif. State J. M., San Fran., 1910, viii, 390-399. Also: Calif. M. & S. Reporter, Los Angeles, 1911, vii, 13-15 —Henke (F.) 6 TONSILS. 357 TONSILS. Tonsils (Excision of Methods and in- struments in). Erbrich (F.) O zupelnem wyluszczeniu migdalk6w podniebiennych (enucleatis tonsillarum); opis wiasnej metody operacyjnej. [Tonsillectomy by a new method.] Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1911, 2. s., xxxi, 63-67. Also, transl.: Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1910-11, xxiv, 329 — Escat(E.) De l'ablation de l'amygdale deLuschka; in- dications et contre-indications. Arch. med. de Toulouse, 1895,48-56.— Eves (C.C.) A simple tonsil snare. J.Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1910, liv,1442.—FarlowfJ. \V.) The use of the ecraseur and punch in the removal of tonsils. Med. & Surg. Rep. Bost. City Hosp., 1896, 7. s., 167-170.— Fein (J.) Die Abtragung der Rachenmandel mit dem bajonettformigen Adenotom. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1905, lv, 2150; 2205. Also, transl.: Ann. d. mal. de l'o- reille, du larynx [etc.], Par., 1905, xxxi, 430-447. -----. Die Abtragung der Rachenmandel mit dem bajonettfor- migen Adenotom. Verhandl. d. Internat. Laryngo- Rhinol.-Kong. 1908, Wien u. Leipz., 1909, i, 611-615. Also: Med. Klin., Berl., 1908, iv, 1489-1491. -----. Die Abtra- gung von unvollstandig abgetrennten Stucken der Ra- chenmandel. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1912, lix, 225.— Fetterolf (G.) The anatomy and relations of the t n- sils in the hardened body, with special reference to the proper conception of the plica triangularis; the principles and practice of tonsil enucleation as based thereon. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1912, cxliv, 37-64.—Ficano (G.) Sulla tonsillotomia e sul nuovo tonsillotomo serranodo. Atti d. r. Accad. d. sc. med. in Palermo (1896), 1897,18-23. Also, transl.: Cong, internat. de med. C. r., Par., 1900, sect, de laryngol., 335-337. Also, transl: Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1900, ii, 721-724.—Fitzpatrick (T. V.) Tonsillotomy and its after-treatment. Lancet- Clin., Cincin., 1891, xxvii, 167-169. Also, Reprint- Foster (H. A.) Surgical removal of tonsils; finger enu- cleation. Am. J. Surg., N. Y., 1912, xxvi, 150. Also: J. Ophth., Otol. & Laryngol., N. Y., 1912, xviii, 143-152.— Fotiadl (F.) Un proeede d'ablation radicale de l'amygdale. Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larvnx [etc.], Par., 1906, xxxii, 173-176.—Fox (H. C.) & Allen (R. H.) The best way to remove tonsils. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1907, i, 231.—Francis (A. B.) Tonsillotomy in private prac- tice and a new tonsil sector. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1903, cxxvi, 272.—Freedman (L. M. The extirpation of the tonsil by enucleation; partly instrumental, partiy by the use of the fiuger. Boston M. & S. J., 1911, clxiv, 535-537.—Freer (O. T.) Tbe faucial tonsil, a pro- cedure for their complete excision. J. Am. M. Ass., Chi- cago, 1909, Iii, 547-552.—Fry (R. D.) Bloodless enuclea- tion of the tonsils under local anesthesia. Cleveland J. M., 1900, v, 64-70. [Discussion], 1899, iv, 552-555.— Gar- tb.waite-Fiscb.er (G.) Anesthesia in tonsil enuclea- tion. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1912, xcv, 386.—Gault. De la vc*e buccalecomme voie d'accis sur laregion pSriamygda- lienne et l'espace maxillo-pharyngien. Ann. d. mal. de L'oreille, du larynx [etc.], Par., 1911, xxxvii, 770-774.— Glbb (J. S.) The galvano-cautery in the surgery of the toasil. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1897, xxvi, 103-106. [Discus- sion] , 130-135. -----. Excision of the tonsils by means of the galvano-cautery snare. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1897, iii, 19-23. -----. Some observations upon the com- plete extirpation of the diseased faucial tonsil. Tr. Am. Larvngol. Ass., N. Y., 1909, 191-209. Also [Abstr.]: Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1909, xviii, 578-583.— Gilpatrick (R. H.) Suture of the faucial pillars for hemorrhage following tonsillectomy. Boston M. & S. J., 1910, clxiii, 97. — Gleason (J. E.) Technique of re- moval of the tonsil in capsule. Detroit M. J., 1909, ix, 335-337.—von Gordon (L.) Gaumenbogenschiitzer am Tonsillotom. Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1911, xxv, 486-488.—Gradle (H.) A handy form of hot snare for tonsillotomy. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1896. xxvii, 708. -----. The painless removal of adenoids and tonsils. Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1907, xii, 617-621.— Greene (J. B.) New tonsil dissector. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1911, lvi, 953.—Ground (W. E.) A new tonsil- lotome. Ibid., 1910, liv, 705.—Groves (E. W. H.) On the advantages of enucleation of the tonsils over their removal by the guillotine. Bristol Med.-Chir. J., 1905, xxiii, 32-40. -----. The best way to remove tonsils. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1906, ii, 1890.—Guthrie (T.) Guil- lotine for enucleation of tonsils by Sluder's method. Proc Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1911-12, v, Larvngol. Sect, 156. Also: Brit. M. J., Lond., 1912, ii, 236. Also: Lancet, Lond., 1912, i, 1206.—Guyot (F.) Des indications et contre-indications de l'anesthesie generale dans les ope- , rations sur les amygdales et les vegetations adenoides. Rev. med de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1910, xxx, 608-617.— Hager (D. S. A tonsil pillar separator. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1907, xlix, 41. -----. A new style tonsil forceps. J. Ophth. & Oto-Laryngol., Chicago, 1908, ii, 183.—Harris (C. M.) Two well-known tonsil-dissectors mounted in convenient form upon a single handle. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1911, xxi, 177.— Hartmann (A.) Ton- sillotom zur Entfernung von kleinen Tonsillen und zur partiellen Abtragung von Tonsillen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1894, xx, 571. Also, I Tonsils (Excision of Methods and in- struments in). Reprint. -----. Der Mandelquetscher. Med. Klin., Berl., 1904-5, i, 38.—He Herman (D. A.) Removal of the tonsil in capsule. Boston M. &. S. J., 1908, clviii, 531.— Heiss (A.) Surgical instrument. [Pat. spec] No. 671,067; April 2,1901.—Henkes (J. G.) Een nieuw ins- trument voor verwijdering van vergroote amandelen door middel van de koude lis. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst, 1906, d. 1, 321. Also, transl.: Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1906, xliii, 91.—Hill (A. J.) A new tonsilsnare. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1909, liii, 1560.— Hobbs (A. G.) Some remarks on tonsil excisions, with presentation and description of a new instru- ment. Tr. M. Ass. Georgia, Atlanta, 1892, 219-221.— Hope (C. W. M.) A method of enucleation of the ton- sils. Brit. M.J., Lond., 1912, i, 542—Hubbard (E. V.) Tonsil removal; a new method with instruments. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1909, xc, 1018-1020.—Hubrich (C.) Ein Rachentonsillotom. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1910, lvii, 644.—Hunt (H. E.) Diseased tonsils and their removal with scissors. St. Paul M. J., St. Paul, Minn., 1907, ix, 449-455.— Hurd (L. M.) Tonsil dis- sector, tonsil-grasping forceps, tonsil hemorrhage clamp. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1912, lix, 1146. —Ilyish (A. P.) O narkozle pri udalenii tretyel mindalini. [Anaes- thesia in the removal of the third tonsil.] Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1902, ix, 344. — Ingals (E. F.) Ton- sillectomy, thorough, painless and safe. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1905, xliv, 386-389.—Ingersoll (J. M.) The care of children after an operation upon the tonsils and adenoid tissue. Cleveland M. J., 1910, ix, 256-261. -----. The technic of tonsillectomy. Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass., N. Y., 1911, 237-239. Also: Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryn- gol., St. Louis, 1911, xx, 562-564.—Is tonsilectomy pref- erable to tonsilotomy? When, whv, and how do you operate? J. Ophth., Otol. & Laryngol., N. Y., 1902, xiv, 254-258.—Jacques (P.) Considerations pratiques sur l'ablation des amygdales. Presse oto-laryngol. beige, Brux., 1910, ix, 433-442. Also: Rev. med. de l'est, Nancy, 1910, xlii, 449-458.—Jones (H. E.) An improved and simplified aseptic Mackenzie guillotine. Brit M. J., Lond., 1911, i, 208.— Julllen (S.) Tonsillometre. Atti d. xi. Cong. med. internaz. 1894, Roma, 1895, v, dermat., 93.—Jutte (M. E.) A practical method of anesthesia for the removal of enlarged tonsils and adenoids, and for other operations on the head. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1910, lxxvii, 795. — Kahn (H.) Quinine and urea hydro- chloride solution as a local anesthetic for tonsillectomy. Therap. Gaz. [etc.], Detroit, 1912, 3. s., xxviii, 465.—Katz (L.) Ein moaifiziertes Ringmesser (knieformiges Ade- notom) mit einigen Bemerkungen. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1903, xvii, 350.—Kellogg (F. B.) An operation for the painless and bloodless removal of submerged and adult tonsils. Tr. Am. Larvngol., Rhinol. & Otol. Soc. 1906, St. Louis, 1907, 652-655. Also: Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Larvngol., St. Louis, 1906, xv, 249-252. Also: South. Calif. Pract,, Los Angeles, 1906, xxi, 112-114.—King (G. L.) An improved tonsil-knife. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1911, lvi, 346.—Klein (V.) Om nogle smaa Forandringer ved Mackenzie's Tonsillotom. [Some slight changes in the tonsillotome of Mackenzie.] Ugeskr. f. Laeger, K0benh., 1899.5. R., vi, 1136-1139. Also: Monatschr. f. Ohrenh., Berl., 1900, xxxiv, 200-203.—Koplik (H ) Infections follow- ing tonsillotomy, with a consideration of the forms of such infections. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N.Y., 1912,cxliv,30-36.— Kretschmann. Ein Instrument zur Behandlung ge- wisser Formen hypertrophischer Tonsillen. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1895, xlii, 194— Laboure (L.) Indi- cations et technique de l'amygdalectomie totale. Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1909, lxxxvi, 275.—Lagarde. Un nouvel amygdalotome. Bull, de laryngol., otol. et rhinol., Par., 1908, xi, 195-198. Also [Abstr.]: Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1908, n. s., xxxiv, 617.—Lance. Quand et comment faut-il enlever les amygdales. Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1910, lxxxiii, 638-540.—Lautenbach (L. J.) The easiest, quickest, safest and most thorough method of re- moving the third tonsil. Penn. M. J., Pittsburg, 1900- 1901, iv, 573-575. Also, Reprint—Layman (D. W.) A new tonsil knife, with guard and retractor attachment. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1909, liii, 1820.—Le Marc'Ha- dour. Morcellement des amygdales. Ann. demed.et chir.inf.,Par.,1912,xvi,268-274—Leroux(R.) Evidement de laloge amygdalienne; nouveau morceleur a erigne. Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.], Par.,1908, xxxiv, 751-754.—Lester (J. C.) A modified Mackenzie tonsil- lotome. Am. J. Surg., N. Y., 1908, xxii, 377.—Leuwer (C.) Ueber Tonsillotomie. Reichs-Med.-Anz., Leipz., 1911, xxxvi, 264.—Litwinowiez (O.) Ein Zungentonsillo- tom. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh., Berl., 1904, xxxviii, 119.— Lokey(H.M.) Tonsillectomy versus tonsillotomy. At- lanta Jour.-Rec. Med., 1909-10, xii, 180-185. -----. Tonsil- lectomy, i&ML.643-649.—Lothrop (O.A.) Tonsillectomy with special reference to recent points in technic. Boston M. & S. J., 1910, clxii, 737-739. -----. A new tonsil knife. Ibid.. 1911, clxiv, 153.—Low (W. S.) The anatomical tonsillotome. Lancet, Lond., 1901, i, 1836: 1902, ii, 27.— McKinney (R.) A new tonsil forceps. Memphis M. TONSILS. 358 TONSILS. Tonsils (Excision of, Methods and in- struments in). Month., 1903, xxiii, 593. — MacLachlan (A. A.) A method for removing the faucial tonsil, using a soft silver- wire snare. Penn. M. J., Athens, 1910-11, xiv, 349-351.— .TIcBcynolds(J.O.) A new pharyngeal needle holder; rlesitMird especially for suturing the tonsillar wound after tonsillectomy. Tr. Am. Aead. Ophth. [etc.]. Oto-Laryn- gol. Sect., St. Louis, L»u9. 325. Also: J. Am. M. Ass., Chi- cago, 1909, liii, 1821— MacWhinnie (A. M.) Spoon enucleation of the tonsil. Am. J. Surg., N. Y., 1909, xxiii, 363. Also: Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1909, xviii, 817-819. -----. Digital enucleation of the fau- cial tonsils. [Abstr.] N. York M. J. [etc.], 1909, lxxxix, 1087-1089. Also, Reprint. -----. Tonsil grasping forceps. N. York M.J. [etc.], 1910, xcii, 1022.—Mahu (G.) Du morcellement des amygdales palatines chez les enfants. Ann. de med. et chir. inf., Par., 1902, vi, 688-693. Also: Presse med., Par.,1902,i,582.—Makuen(G. H.) Some in- dications for the removal of the faucial tonsil and sugges- tions as to its technique. N.York M.J. [etc.], 1909, lxxxix, 1253-1257. Also, Reprint.—Mann (M. G.) Die Technik der Mandelexstirpation. Jahresb. d. Gesellsch. f. Nat- u. Heilk. in Dresd., 1910-11, Miinehen, 1911,163. Also: Klin.- therap. Wchnschr., Berl., 1911, xviii, 1049-1051. Also: Miin- ehen. med. Wchnschr., 1911, lviii, 1423—Marquis (G. P.) Another tonsil-forceps; one of the operative difficul- ties removed. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1912, lviii, 1683.— Marshall (G. M.) The total extirpation of diseased tonsils; importance and method. Penn. M. J., Athens, 1908, xi, 721-726.—Martin (H. H.) A new tonsil-snare. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1909, Iii, 1101.—Mathews (F. S.) Finger enucleation of the tonsil; a method for tne removal of whole tonsils in children. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1908, xlviii, 883-888, 3 pl.—Mermod. Tonsil- lectomie ou galvano-cautere. Arch, internat. de larvn- gol. [etc.], Par., 1911, xxxii, 366-375. -----. Est-il bon de supprimer les amygdales, et quel est le meilleur moyen d'y arriver? Rev. med. de la-Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1911, xxxi, 777-791. — Middleton (A. B.) Diseased tonsils, and adenoids, with an improved operative method. Am. J. Clin. M., Chicago, 1912, xix, 896-904. —Minu- tilla (S.) Forbice tonsillotomo. Atti d. r. Accad. d. sc. med. in Palermo (1894), 1895,125-128, 1 pl.— Mlthoe- ler (W.) Finger enucleation of the tonsils. Lancet- Clinic, Cincin., 1911, cv, 280-285.— Monaco (G.) Ton- sillotomia galvano-caustica. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1895, xvi, 1446-1451. Also [Abstr.]: An. d. Circ. med. argent., Buenos Aires, 1895, xviii, 353.— Mongardi (R.) Un nuovo tonsillotomo. Atti d. Cong. d. Soc ital. di larin- gol. [etc] 1908, Pavia, 1910, xii, pt. 2, 46^470.—Mora- week (E.) A new style tonsil forceps. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1908, li, 1696.—Morrison (J. H.) Lin- gual tonsil scissors. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1900, lviii, 118.— Moseley (H. P.) New tonsil snare and specimens of tonsils removed. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1906, xvi, 971-976. -----. The use of the cold wire snare in the removal of faucial tonsils; a new tonsil snare. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1906, lxxxiv, 883. Also, Reprint—Mou- nier. De l'electro-amygdalotomie comme moyen d'a- blation des amygdales sans hemorragie. France med , Par., 1895, xlii, 161-164. —Myers (H. L.) The cold snare in tonsillotomy, with exhibition of instrument. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1903, xiii, 217.—Mylvaganam (H. B.) An operation for the total excision of tonsils. Lancet, Lond., 1909, ii, 491.—Neumann (H.) Demons- tration eines Instrumentes zur Totalexstirpation von Gaumentonsillen. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Na- turf. u. Aerzte 1909, Leipz., 1910, lxxxi, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 249.—Noyes (J. R.) A modified tonsil snare. Laryn- goscope, St. Louis, 1909, xix, 239.—Orr (C. J.) Removal of tonsils with special reference to the use of the Farlow punch. St. Louis Cour. Med., 1901, xxiv, 29-33. [Dis- cussion], 52-56.—Packard (F. R.) The faucial ton- sils; the indications for their removal and the best methods by which to accomplish it. Internat. Clin Phila., 1902, 12. s., iii, 240-246.—Parker (E. F.) Re- marks on the best operation for removal of the faucial tonsils and adenoid vegetations in the vault of the pharynx. Carolina M. J., Charlotte, 1900, xiv, 54-56 — Pegler (L. H.) Morcellement of the tonsils. Brit. M. J Lond., 1901, ii, 887. —Peters (E. A.) Tonsils enucleated by means of a 16 mm. Mackenzie guillotine £i"i)<^,R,iy^S<"'- Med-' Lond- 19H-12, v, Larvngol. Sect.] 126-129.-Peters (W. H.) The tonsil snare. Tr. Am ASSd-ioV,',1'.th- [/,'U'-^ Oto-Laryngol. Sect, St. Louis, ^Ti-, ii' Al"": Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1903, xiii, 871-8/5.—Pratt (J. A.) A tonsil snare. J. Am. M Ass Chicago, 1906, xlvi, 1613. -----. The ideal tonsillectomy: N. York M. J. [etcJ, 1910, xci, 689-691. —Proctor (A H J An improved method of using the tonsil guil- krtine Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1912, xlvii 19- Proebsting. Eine Tonsillenklemme. Arch. f. Larvn- gol. u. Rhinol. Berl., 1906, xvi, 386.-Pynchon (E ) Instruments used in tonsillotomy bv electro-cautery dis- section Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1897, ii, 105-108 Also Keprint ------,A0new tonsillotome. Ann. Otol., Rhi- nol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1906, xv, 259. _____. fonsil- Tonsils (Excision of Methods and in- struments in). lectomy by electro-cautery dissection. Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1906, x, 243-262. Also: Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1907, xvi, 165-179. -----. Sheet of directions given the patient after a tonsil operation, including the treatment of postoperative hemorrhage. Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1909, xvi, 179-186. Also: Laryn- goscope, St. Louis, 1909, xix, 431-438. Also: Virginia M. Semi-Month., Richmond, 1909, 80-84.— Kaon It (A.) Instruments pour la liberation et le morcellement des amygdales palatines. Soc. de med. de Nancy. C.-r., 1901-2,65. Also: Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1902, xxiii, 278-281. -----. Du choix du procede pour l'ablation des amygdales. Rev. med. de l'est, Nancy, 1911, xliii, 193-203. — Rauge (P.) Procedes anciens et nouveaux d'amvgdalotomie. Assoc, franc, de chir. Proc.-verb., Par., 1909, xxii, 483-492. — Kejtd (S.) A beteg torokonandulak sebeszi eltavolitasanak javalatai es m6djai. [Indications and methods of excision of dis- eased pharyngeal tonsils.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1910,liv, 81-84.—Rice (C.C.) The surgical treatmentof both en- larged and diseased tonsils in children and adults. Post- Graduate, N. Y., 1900, xv, 810-820.— Richards (G. D.) The technique of tonsillotomy. Charlotte [N. C] M. J„ 1898, xiv, 40^411.—Richards (G. L.) A new instrument forgrasping the tonsil preliminary to complete enuclea- tion. J.Am.M.Ass.,Chicago,1907,l,2136. -----. Dr.Rich- ard's tonsil forceps. Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhinol. & Otol. Soc, St. Louis, 1908,270.—Roberts (J.G.) A new instru- ment for excision of the tonsils. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1906, xvi, 208.—Roberts (W. H.) A plea for thoroughness in the removal of diseased tonsils. Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhinol. & Otol. Soc. 1904, N. Y., 1906, x, 397.—Robertson (C. M.) New instruments for the removal of the faucial tonsils. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1902, xxxix, 1115. -----. Removal of the faucial tonsil; some observations and a new method of operation. Ibid., 1903, xli, 1334-1338.—R»hr. Ein Tonsillotom. IIlust. Monatschr. d. arztl, Polytech., Berl., 1900, xxii, 162.—Rood (L. C.) A modification of Sluder's method of tonsillectomy. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1911, lvii, 393.—Rosenfeld (F.) Ein verbessertes Tonsillotom. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1904, xxx, 704.—Rosenheim (S.) A forceps for the control of tonsillar hemorrhage. Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhinol. & Otol. Soc, New Bedford, Mass., 1910, 405. Also: Laryn- goscope, St. Louis, 1910, xx, 758.—Ruault (A.) Note sur la technique du morcellement des amygdales. Rev. hebd de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1902, ii, 241-248—Rup- pert (F. C.) A new tonsillotome. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1907, xvii, 245.—Rupreeht (M.) Teehnische Bemerkung fiber die Spritze und die Kantden zur Injek- tionsanasthesie der Mandeln. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Berl. u. Wien, 1910, xliv, 386-388.—Sauer (W. E.) Tonsil guillotine with a dull blade. J. Am. M. Ass., Chica- go, 1912, lviii, 1355.—Sa wins (A. H.) Tonsillectomy and a new tonsil and nasal septum knife. Ibid., lix, 274.— Scherenberg. Die Exstirpation der Gaumenmandeln mit der Messerschere. Med. Klin., Berl., 1907, iii, 837.— Sewall (E. C.) Combined mouth gag and tongue fixer and suction apparatus for tonsil operation. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1910, liv, 1136—Sheedy (B. D.) Tonsil removal, opsonic index, and immunity. Med. Rec, N. Y.. 1909, lxxvi, 520. Also, Reprint. -----. Tonsil removal with special reference to quinine anesthesia. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1911, lxxx, 813-816—von Shteln (S. F.) Noviy provolochniy tonzillozhom. [A new tonsillotome.] Ye- zhemies. Ushn., Gorlov. i Nosov. Bollezn., S.-Peterb., 1907-8, ii, 143.—Simpson (W. L.) A new tonsil-snare. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1912, lix, 2313. Also, transl: Mo- natschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Berl. u. Wien, 1912, xlvi, 441- 443.—Sluder (G.) A method of tonsillectomy by means of a guillotine and the alveolar eminence of the mandi- ble. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1911, lvi, 867-871. Also, transl: Monatschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc], Berl. u. Wien, 1911, xiv, 903-915. -----. Tonsillectomy; with presentation of specimens removed bv the author's method. J. Missouri M. Ass., St. Louis, 1911-12, viii, 337-340.—Smith (A. T.) & Harwell (H. S.) Suture of the faucial pillars for haemorrhage following tonsillectomy. Lancet, Lond., 1910, ii, 1083.—Spicer (R. H. S.) & Groves (E. W. H.) The best way to remove tonsils. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1907, i, 173.—Spratt (C.N.) An improved snare for the re- moval of the faucial tonsil. Am. Med., Phila., 1904, vii, 171.—Springer (K.) Instrument zur Massage der Ton- sillen und zur Kompression derselben nach Tonsilloto- mie. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1905, xxx, 305.—Steers (W. H.) An operation for removing the tonsils. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1903, lxiv, 535.—Stein (O. J.) The indications for the surgical removal of tonsils, and the best methods for doing so. Illinois M. Bull., Chicago, 1905-6, vi, 708-713. -----. The simplified faucial tonsil operation: a descrip- tion of the technique of an operation for the complete re- moval of the faucial tonsil with simple instrumentarium. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 1909, cii, 627-631.—Stevenson (M. D.) One methbd of removing the faucial tonsil with new instruments. Ohio M.J.,Columbus, 1909,v,516-523.— TONSILS. 359 TONSILS. Tonsils (Excision of Methods and in- struments in). Stuart-Low (W.) Tonsil enucleator. Lancet, Lond., 1912, ii, 1089.—Stubbs (F. G.) The technic of tonsillec- tomy and adenoidectomy. J. Ophth. & Oto-Laryngol., Chicago, 1908, ii, 309-315. -----. A simple tonsillectomy technique. Med. Standard,Chicago, 1908, xxxii, 594-597.— Sumner (P.) A simple tonsil dissector. Calif. State J. M., San Fran., 1911, ix, 200.-----. A new tonsil knife, with a description of its use. Ibid., 344— Swarta (L. J.D.) Ein neues Instrument zur Tonsillektomie. Mo- natschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Berl. u. Wien, 1912, xlvi, 353- 365.—Tenger (S.) Ueber eine neue Methode der Radi- kaloperation der Tonsille. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1912, xxv, 122.—Thomasson (W. J.) The finger as an aid in the complete enucleation of the tonsil. Kentucky M. J., Bowling Green, 1911, ix, 142-144.—Thomsen-von Coldltz (G.) A new instrument for tonsillotomy. Illi- nois M. Bull., Chicago, 1904-5, v, 158-161.—Tilley (H.) A new tonsil forceps. Lancet, Lond., 1900, i,1291.-----. A vulsellum-catch forceps for firmly securing submerged tonsils in the operation for their more efficient removal. Proc Rov. Soc. Med., Lond., 1909-10, iii, Laryngol. Sect., 124-126. Also: Lancet, Lond., 1910, ii, 1563. — Tivnen (R.J.) Tonsil instruments. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1911, lvii, 722.—Todd (F. C.) Extirpation of the faucial tonsil, technique of the operation: a discus- sion upou the removal of the entire tonsil, in place of tonsillotomy. St. Paul M. J., St. Paul, Minn., 1905, vii, 877-885. Also: J. Minn. M. Ass., [etc.], Minneap., 1906, xxvi, 208-212. —Toison (J.) Note sur un proeede d'amygdalectomie rapide eteA'itantl'h&norrhagie. Bull. Soc. anat-clin. de Lille, 1890, v, 305-307.—Tydings (O.) Painless and bloodless tonsillectomy, with descriptive technique. Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth. [etc.]. Oto-Laryngol. Sect, St. Louis, 1909, 191-202. Also: J. Ophth. & Oto- Laryngol., Chicago, 1909, iii, 481-487.—Upcott (H.) Ex- cision of the tonsil; its operative technique. Lancet, Lond., 1908, ii, 449-452.—Vail (D. T.) New needles for painless, bloodless tonsil dissection in adults. Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth. [etc.]. Oto-Laryngol. Sect., St. Louis, 1907, 193.—Vallack (A. S.) A no"te on enucleation of tonsils. Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1906, xxv, 235.—Ward (N. G.) Some new instruments for removing the tonsils. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1912, xcvi, 50.—Waugh (G. E.) A simple operation for the complete removal of tonsils, with notes ou 900 cases. Lancet, Lond., 1909, i, 1314. Also: Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1909, viii, 409-411.-----. An operation for the total excision of tonsils. Lancet, Lond., 1909, ii, 572.— Weil ( A. L.) A new method of local anesthesia in tonsilectomy. N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1910-11, lxiii, 636-640.—Welty (C. F.) A new tonsillar scissors. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1907,xlix, 1283. -----. A combined forceps and tonsillar separator; a new tonsil snare. Ibid., 1910, lv. 1338.—Werner. Ueber Zufalle im Gefolge der Amygdalotomie und fiber Behandlung der Mandelhypertrophiemittelst des Thermocautery, von Ricordeau aus Poitiers. Ztschr. f. Wundarzte u. Ge- burtsh Fell bach, 1894, xiv, 3; 99.—'West (J. A.) A method, for complete enucleation of the tonsil. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait, 1908, x, 328-330, 1 pl. Also, transl: Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1909, xxii, 10- 17—Whillis (S. S.) & Pybus (F. C.) The enuclea- tion of tonsils with the guillotine. Lancet, Lond., 1910, ii,875-878. Also: Brit. M. J., Lond., 1911, ii, 1402-1404.— Wilkinson (O.) A new tonsil forceps. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1912, lix,,369. Also, Reprint—Wilson (A.) Anaesthetics in tonsillectomy. Med. Chron., Manchester, 1910, Iii, 102-107.—W indie (W. S.) New tonsil scissors. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1911, lvii, 1131.—Wolff (A.) Ein sterilisierbaresTonsillotom. Med. Rundschau, Berl., 1897-8, 59.—Wood (C. G. R.) On evisceration of the tonsils. J. Larvngol., Lond., 1911, xxvi, 452^54.—Wood (H.) The removal of the third and faucial tonsils. South. M. J., Nashville, 1908, i, 96-98.—Worthington (T. C.) A simple method of excision of the faucial tonsil. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1907, xlviii, 1761.—Vankaucr (Grace P.) The technic of tonsillectomy and adenectomy. Wom- an's M. J., Cincin., 1909, xix, 239.—Yearsley (M.) A note on the best method of removing tonsils. Med. Times & Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1901, xxix, 545. Tonsils (Extract of). Masini (G.) Effetti dell' estratto di tonsille sul sis- - tema cardio-vascolare. Clin. med. ital., Milano, 1898, xxxvii, 319-322. — Rossi-Marcelll (A.) Contributo alio studio degli estratti acquosi tonsillari. Arch. ital. di laringol., Napoli, 1906, xxvi, 145-159, 2 pl. Tonsils (Foreign bodies in). See, also, Throat (Foreign bodies in). Grizzard (J. A.) Safety pin in tonsil; report of a case. Virginia M. Semi-Month., Richmond, 1909-10, xiv, 360. Tonsils (Gangrene of). Fullerton (R.) Primary gangrene of the tonsils. Lancet, Lond., 1902, i, 1599-1601.—Howe (A. C.) A case . of gangrene of the tonsil. Am. J. Surg. & Gynec, St. Tonsils (Gangrene of). Louis, 1899-1900, xiii, 201. Also: Phila. M. J., 1900, V, 643.—Richardson (C. W.) Gangrene of the tonsil. Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass., N. Y., 1903, xxv, 119-121. Also: Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1903, xiii, 835-837. -----. Gan- grene of the tonsil. Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass., N. Y., 1905, xxvii, 106-112. Also: Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1905, n. s., exxx, 611-616. Also, Reprint. Tonsils (Haemorrhage from). See, also, Tonsils (Excision of, Accidents, etc., in); Tonsils (Lingual, Diseases of). Anderson (A. R.) The treatment of arterial haemorrhage from wounds in the neighborhood of the tonsil. 8°. Nottingham, 1892. Constantin (P.-M.) * Des hemorrhagica ton- sillaires et de leur traitement. 8°. Toulouse, 1905. Rutts (H. H.) A new instrument for controlling ton- sillar hemorrhage. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1893, xliv, 11-13.— Cocks (G. H.) Tonsillar hemorrhage; causes, preven- tion, and treatment. Ibid.,,1912, lxxxi, 1032-1037.—Co- hen (L.) Routine use of ligature in tonsillar bleeding, with description of technic. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1910, xx, 893-902.—Cor win (A. M.) A new tonsil hemo- stat. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1911, lvii, 1533.—Daw- barn (R. H. M.) Tonsillar hemorrhage. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1893, xliv, 159. -----. A surgical suggestion; the purse-string method for tonsillar hemorrhage. Med. News, N. Y., 1899, lxxiv, 619.—Franklin (W. S.) Op- erative and post-operative tonsillar hemorrhage. Calif. State J. M., San Fran., 1912, x, 460-462.— Gomez (V.) Hemorragia de la amigdala lingual. Rev. med. cubana, Habana, 1910, xvi, 14-16.—Hammond (W.) & Lord (C. C.) Case of tonsillar haemorrhage; ligature of common carotid artery; recovery. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1901, i, 1143. Also: Indian M. Rec, Calcutta, 1901, xx, 601.—Jackson (C.) Tonsillar hemorrhage and its surgical treatment. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1907, xlvi, 821-825.—Keiper (G. F.) Spontaneous hemorrhage from an inflamed tonsil. Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhinol. & Otol. Soc. 1905, St. Louis, 1906, xi, 385-387.—Lefferts (G. M.) The purse-string method for tonsillar hemorrhage. Med. News, N. Y., 1899, lxxiv, 665.—Somers ( L. S.) Spontaneous tonsillar hemor- rhage. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1904, xliii, 1143.— Wunseh (M.) Ueber periodisch wiederkehrende Blu- tungen aus einer Rachentonsille unmittelbar vor Eintritt der Menstruation. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1905, xxxi, 1510. Tonsils (Histology of). Alagna (G.) Contributo alio studio del reticolo ade- nideo e dei vasi della tonsilla palatina. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1908, xxxii, 178-189. -----. Osservazioni sulla struttura della tonsilla palatina. Ibid., xxxiii, 206-216. -----. Ueber einige eigenartige Zellen in der Gaumentonsille eines Hundes und iiber ihre wahrscheinliche Bedeutung. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1908, exciv, 46-51. -----. Sulla presenza di formazioni mitocondriali negli elementi costitutivi delle tonsille palatine nor- mali, ipertrofiche e delle vegetazioni adenoidi. Arch. f. Zellforsch., Leipz., 1911, vii, 27-40. — Oavis (D.J.) On plasma cells in the tonsils. J. Infect. Dis., Chi- cago, 1912, x, 142-147.—Labbe & Levl-Sirugue (C.) Recherches sur la structure des amygdales. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1899, lxxiv, 685-699.—Menge (F.) Comparative histology of tonsillar tissues. Quart. Bull. Northwest. Univ. Med. Sch., Chicago, 1909-10, xi, 42-44.—Miodowski (F.) Zur Histologie der Mandel- anhange. Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1904, xv, 572-577.—Papin (L.) Note sur la structure de l'amyg- dale pharyngienne des crocodiliens (Crocodilus croco- dilus Linn, et Crocodilus palustris Less.). Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1909, cxlix, 62-64.—Retterer (E.) Epithelium et tissu reticule (sabot, amygdales). J. de l'anat. et physiol. [etc.], Par., 1897, xxxiii, 461-522, 2 pl. -----. A propos des follicules clos de l'amygdale. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1900,11. s., ii, 346-349.-----. Note technique sur les follicules clos de l'amygdale. Ibid., 486-488.-----. Structure et evolution de la cellule epi- theliale de l'amygdale. Ibid., 1908, lxv, 322-325. -----. Des corps concentriques ou perles epitheliales de l'amyg- dale palatine. Ibid., 367-369.—Sappey. Recherches sur la structure des amygdales et des glandes situces sur la base de la langue. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1855, xli, 957-961.—Spuler (A.) Zur Histologie der Ton- sillen. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1911, xxxix, 506-510. Tonsils (Hypertrophy of). See, also, Nasopharynx (Adenoid vegetations of, Complications, etc., of); Tonsils (Diseases of) in children; Tonsils (Lingual, Diseases, etc., of); Tonsils (Pharyngeal, Hypertrophy of'); Tonsils (Tuberculosis of). TONSILS. 360 TONSILS. Tonsils (Hypertrophy of). (jenter (I. H.) * O patologo-anatomicheskoi kartinle hiperplazirovannikh glotochnikh i nyobnikh mindalin. [Pathological picture of the hypertrophied tonsils.] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1904. Kohl (0.) * Beitrage zu der Lehre von den adenoiden Vegetationen und der Hypertrophie der Gaumentonsillen. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1910. Sallard (A.) Hypertrophie des amygdales. 12°. Paris, [1893]. Rarnbill (J. F.) Regarding hvpertrophied faucial tonsils. Columbus M. J., 1897, xix, 561-568.-----. Report of a case of grave cyanosis caused by an enlarged and diseased faucial tonsil. Med. & Surg. Monit, Indianap., 1904, vii, 124.—Blake (F. W.) Tonsils and their chronic enlargement. Columbus M. J., 1892-3, xi, 349-357.— Boulay. Crises epileptiformes et hypertrophie des amygdales. Rev. internat. de rhinol., otol. et laryngol., Par., 1896, vi, 381.—Brose (L. D.) Chronic enlargement of the tonsils. Tr. Indiana M. Soc, Indianap., 1899, 322- 329. Also: Med. Progress, Louisville, 1899, xv, 1-3. -----. Hypertrophy of the faucial tonsil. Indiana M. J., In- dianap., 1907-8, xxvi, 138-141.—Brown (R. H.) The tonsil question. Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1909, xvi, 698- 704. — Chauveau (C.) Hypertrophie polypo'ide de l'amygdale tubaire droite. Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1904, xviii, 570. — Cheval (V.) Hyper- trophie des amygdales. J. med. de Brux., 1912, xvii, 481-488.—Compaired (C.) Perturbaciones y trastor- nos que la hipertrofia tonsilar y los adenomas naso-farin- geos determinan en la organizaci6n infantil. Rev. de laringol., otol. y rinol., Barcel., 1892-3, viii, 83; 101.— Cooper (G. H.) Hypertrophied tonsils and adenoids an etiological factor in backward children. Atlanta Jour.-Rec Med., 1910-11, lvi, 292-298.— Cou rtade (A.) Anatomie topographique des cryptes des amygdales hy- pertrophiees. Ann. de la Policlin. de Par., 1903, xiii, 169- 180. Also: Arch, internat. de larvngol. [etc.], Par., 1903, xvi, 129-139. Also: J. de med. de Par., 1904, 2. s., xvi, 110- 112, —Cuvllller (H.) Hypertrophie des amygdales et vegetations adenoides; statistique des cas traites a la clinique des enfants-malades. Cong, internat. de med. C. r., Par., 1900, sect, de laryngol., 339-348. Also: Ann. de med. et chir. inf., Par., 1900, iv, 930: 1900, v, 11.—Dabney ( S. G.) Hypertrophied tonsils and adenoid growths. Pediatrics, N. Y. & Lond., 1898, vi, 396-399. — Bansac (A.-M.) L'hypertrophie des amygdales et les amygda- lites chroniques dans leurs rapports anatomo-patholo- giques et therapeutiques. Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.], Par., 1894,_xx, 1009-1023— Belladezimas (C. D.) "Yireprpapeia Ttov afj.vy8a\£>v e* yeverrj^ laBeitra fit' evej irpdoSos, 'Ev 2iipu>, 1911, xvi, 369.—Be Simoni (A.) Delia presenza dei bacilli del Frisch in un caso d' ipertrofia delle tonsille palatine. Riforma med., Palermo, 1899, xv, pt. 4, 305; 316.—Biscussion on hypertrophy of the tonsils. Tr. N. York Acad. M. (1992), 1893,2. s., ix, 73-78.—Evans (T. C.) Tonsillar hypertrophy. Tr. Kentucky M. Soc, Louis- ville, 1894, n. s., hi, 161-167.— Fallas & Steinhaus. Hypertrophic polypo'ide de l'amygdale linguale. Cli- nique, Brux., 1911, xxv, 110.—Francis (A. W.) Tonsil- lar obstruction in the fauces and pharynx. Tr. Ohio M Soc., Cleveland, 1900,278-282. [Discussion], 288-290. Also: Ann. Gynec & Pediat., Bost., 1899-1900, xiii, 769-772.— Gardner (H. B.) Secondary effects upon the system which may be produced by chronic enlargement of the tonsils. Lancet Lond., 1905, ii, 963.—Gavriioff (T. Ye.) Vliyaniye uvelicheniya glotochnol mindalini na zabo- llevaniya ukha. [Influence of hypertrophy of the ton- sils upon diseasesof the ear.] Yezhemles. Ushn., Gorlov. i Nosov. Bollezn., S.-Peterb., 1909, iv, 388-397. -----. Vzaimootnosheniye mezhdu uvelicheniyem glotochnol mindalini i razvitiyem organizma v shkolnom voz- rastle. [Relationship between hypertrophy of the tonsil and development of the organism in school age.] Ibid., 1910, v, 16-29. —Getchell (A. C.) The relation of en- larged tonsils to endocarditis. Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass N. Y., 1911, 206-215. Also: Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Larvn- gol., St. Louis, 1911, xx, 555-574.—Gibson (C. R.) Den- tal caries as a cause of enlarged tonsils. Med. Officer Lond., 1911, vi, 87-90.— Gomez de la Mata (F.) La hipertrofia cr6nica de las amigdalas. Corresp. med. Madrid, 1894, xxix, 131; 220; 267; 322; 330; 339; 346: 1895 xxx, 33; 41; 76. — llardenbergh (D. B.) Hypertro- phies in the tonsillar ring. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1899 lvi 787-789 -Hardie (T. M.) Hypertrophy of the faucial and pharyngeal tonsils in children; importance of, and necessity for, early diagnosis and treatment. Chicago M Recorder, 1905, xxvii, 119-126. — Hayes (R. B.) An un- usual case of disturbance of equilibrium occurring as a reflex manifestation of hypertrophied tonsils and ade- noids. Charlotte [N.C.] M.J.,1911,fxiii,153.-Hinitzsch (J.) Anatomical investigations on the hypertrophy of the pharyngeal tonsil. Arch. Otol., N. Y., 1900, xxix,356- 365,1 pl. - Hobson (Sarah M.) Tonsillar and adenoid Tonsils (Hypertrophy of). hypertrophy; the preadenoid stage. Clinique, Chicago, 1910, xxxi, 654-656.—Hoch (W. R.) Hypertrophy of the tonsils. Internat Clin., Phila., 1897, 6. s., iv, 811-317.— Ingals(E. F.) Hypertrophy of the tonsils with frequent recurrent tonsillitis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1897,xxviii, 303.—Ivanoff(A.) Atipicheskiya hipertrofii mindalin. [Atypical tonsillarhypertrophies.T Vestnik Ushn..Gorlov. l Nosov. Bollezn., S.-Peterb., 1909, i, 27-31. Also, transU Ztschr.f.Laryngol., Rhinol. [etc.],Wiirzb., 1909,ii,29-32.— Jenness (B. F.) Tonsilar hypertrophy; a menace to the service. U. States Nav. M. Bull., Wash., 1909, iii, 120- 122.—Jervey (J. W.) The truth about tonsils and ade- noids. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1910, liv, 1599.—Jones (H. B.) A case of swelling of the wnsil. Proc. Roy. Soc Med., Lond., 1907-8, i, Laryngol. Sect., 143.—Kanesugi (E.) [Remarks on hypertrophy of the tonsils.] Kosei- kwan Iji Kenkyu Kwai Zasshi, Tokyo, 1895, ii, no. 6, 1-9. Also: Ztschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Tokio, 1895, i, 343-346.— Kershaw (J. M.) Tonsils and adenoids. Clin. Re- porter, St. Louis, 1910, xxiii, 9; 47.—Lab be (M.) s<».—< ullen (G. I.) Treatment of hypertrophied tonsils by means of igni- puncture. Addr. . .". sect. otol. & laryngol. 42. meet. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1896, 73-78—Belap (S. C.) Treatment of hypertrophied tonsils. J. Ophth., Otol. & Laryngol., N. Y., 1894, vi,55-59.—Fernandez (F. M.) Tratamiento de la hipertrofia amigdaliana. Cron. med.-quir. de la Habana, 1909, xxxv, 425-428. Also, Reprint.—Fiset (L. N. J.) De l'hypertrophie des amygdales et de son traite- ment. Rev. med., Quebec, 1897,1, 161; 169.—Garrison (J. B.) The best methods for treating faucial tonsil hy- pertrophies. J. Ophth., Otol. & Larvngol., Lancaster, Pa., 1911, xvii, 51-54.—Glasgow (W. C.) The medical treat- ment of adenoids and enlarged tonsils. Tr. Am. Larvn- gol. Ass., N. Y., 1903, xxv, 13.—Gdodale (J. L.) The treatment of inoperable tonsillar hypertrophy by inter- stitialinjections of silver nitrate. Ibid., 1908, xxx, 43-45.— Herron (J. T.) Treatment of hypertrophied tonsils. Tr.M. Soc.Tennessee,Nashville,1905, lxxii. 114-123.—Hill (J. F.) Treatment of hypertrophied tonsils. Ibid., 110- 113. [Discussion], 121-123.—Holmes (G.) Treatment of enlarged tonsils. Am. M. J.. St. Louis,1896, xxiv, 484-488.— Kanesugi (E.) [The late simple treatmentof hyper- trophy of the tonsil.] Ztschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Tokio, 1895, "i, 424-434— Kantorowlcz. Behandlung der Tonsillenhvpertrophie mit innerer Massage. Deutsche Med.-Ztg., "Berl., 1898, xix, 632— Kendall (H. W.) A safe and sure method of reducing enlarged tonsils. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 18%, xxvi, 27.—Knight (C. H.) The treatmentof hypertrophied tonsils. Addr. . . . sect. otol. & larvngol. 42. meet. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1891, 87- 98.—MeGavin (L, H.) A note on tonsillar enlarge- ments and their treatment. Lancet, Lond., 1903, ii, 876- 878— McKinney (R,) The treatment of chronic hy- pertrophy of the faucial tonsils. Mississippi M. Rec, Vicksburg, 1900, iv, 247-251.—Matvieyeff (A. F.) K voprosu o ilechenii hipertrofirovannikh mindalevidnikh zhelyoz. [Treatment of hypertrophied tonsils.] Russk. Med., St. Petersb., 1891, xvi, 616.—Moure. Traitement de l'hypertrophie des amygdales. M6m. et bull. Soc. de med. et ehir. de Bordeaux (1892), 1893, 91-114.—New- berry (F.J.) Significance and treatment of enlarged tonsils. Tr. Am. Inst Homceop. 1900, N. Y., 1901,511-517.— North (J.) Enlarged tonsils and their treatment. To- ledo M. & S. Reporter, 1895, viii, 451-457.—Palmer (A. W.) Some conclusions from clinical experience in treat- ment of hypertrophied tonsils. J. Ophth., Otol. & Laryn- gol., N. Y., 1901, xiii, 172-179.—Rabe (R. F.) The treat- ment of hypertrofied tonsils and of adenoid vegetations from the standpoint of the rational Hahnemannian the- rapist. Homceop. Eye, Ear & Throat J., Lancaster, Pa., 1909, xv, 5-9.—Raffegeau. De l'existence frequente de l'hypertrophie des amygdales dans l'hyst£rie; la cau- terisation de cet organe parait produire une revulsion des pins utiles sur les organes genitaux. Cong, internat. de neurol., de psychiat. [etc.] 1897, Brux., 1898, i, fasc. 2, 43-45.—Ruauit (A.) Contribution au traitement de l'hvpertrophie tonsillaire. Cong, internat. de med. C. r., Par.. 1900, sect, de laryngol., 333-335.—Shurly (B. R.) The treatment of the hypertrophies of the lym- phoid ring. J. Mich. M. Soc, Detroit, 1903, ii, 489-493.— Stanley (H. B.) Treatment of hypertrophied tonsils. St Louis M. Era, 1898-9, viii, 397-405.—Tommasi (I.) Cura delle tonsilliti ipertrofiche. Ann. di laringol. [etc.], Genova, 1903, iv, 17-19.—"Vincent (J.) Le traitement thermal des hypertrophies du tissu lymphoide, vegeta- tions adeno'ides et hypertrophic des amygdales. Clinique, Par., 1912, vii, 408-411. Tonsils (Hypertrophy of Treatment of Operative). See, also, Tonsils (Excision of). Canaby (J.-H.) *De l'ablation des amyg- dales hypertrophiees avec l'anse electrother- mique. 4°. Bordeaux, 1895. Tonsils (Hypertrophy of Treatment of Operative). Hofmann (C.) * Ueber Tonsillenhypertro- phie und die nach der Tonsillotomie auftre- tenden Blutungen. 8°. Bonn, 1892. Lallemaxt (H.-L.-B.) Contribution a I'etude de l'hypertrophie des amygdales, et de son traitement par la cauterisation ignee. 4°. Bordeaux, 1892. Malley (L.) *Sur une nouvelle methode de traitement chirurgical de l'hypertrophie tonsillaire (methode de Ruauit). 4°. Paris, 1893. Alvarez y Aleiiar (J.) Curaci6n radical de las amigdalitis cr6nicas hipertr6ficas por las sajas termo- galvanicas. Rev. balear de cien. med., Palma de Ma- llorca, 1902. xxiii, 337-344.—Bryant (Alice G.) The use of the cold wire snare in the removal of hypertrophied tonsils. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1906, ii. 1390-1393. Also: J. Laryngol., Lond., 1906, xxi, 556-563. Also, Reprint.— Fnlarged tonsils and adenoids; death under anaes- thetic St. Thomas's Hosp. Rep. 1903, Lond., 1904, n. s., xxxii, 207.—Goldsmith (P. G.) Tonsillar hypertro- phy; its operative treatment, and the comparative value of the different methods. Canada Lancet, Toronto, 1902-3, xxxvi, 379-386.—Ingals (E. F.) Should hyper- trophied tonsils be removed? Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1901-2, n. s., iii, 533.— Kantorowicz. Behandlung der Tonsillenhypertrophie mit innerer Massage. Arch. f. phys.-diatet. Therap., Berl., 1903, v, 73.—learned (E. R.) Excision of the tonsils for hypertrophy with recur- ring tonsillitis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1897, xxix, 1272.—Levy (G.) Technique et indications du traite- ment de l'hypertrophie des amygdales chez les enfants (par les instruments tranchants et l'ignipuncture). Med. inf., Par., 1897, 48; 80; 204— Llchtwltz (L.) Ueber die Abtragung der hypertrophischen Tonsillen mitt 1st der elektrischen Gliihschlinge. Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhi- nol., Berl., 1894-5, ii, 318-328. Also, transl: J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1894, xxiv, 571; 581. Also, transl: Med. mod., Par., 1895, vi, 66; 73.—Maclaren (R.) The removal of enlarged tonsils. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1906, i, 680.— Mahu (G.) Traitement de l'hypertrophie des amygdales pala- tines (amvgdalectomie). Presse med., Par., 1911, xix, 277-2*6.— Malherbe (A.) & Jouet (R.) Traitement chirurgical des vegetations adenoides et de l'hypertro- phie des amygdales. Bull. m£d., Par., 1911, xxv, 537- 539.—Moffat (J. L.) Surgical vs. medical treatment of enlarged tonsils. Homceop. Eye, Ear & Throat J., N. Y., 1905, xi, 481-486.—Moore (G. A.) A plea for a more radical treatmentof enlarged tonsils, viz., free excision, with rational after treatment. J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond., 1907, viii, 518-524.— Nouveau (Un) proeede de traitement de l'hypertrophie des amvgdales. Semaine med., Par., 1901, xxi, 155.—Richardson (J. J.) Clin- ical aspect of enlarged tonsils; resume of eight hundred and fifty operations. Virginia M. Semi-Month., Rich- mond, 1909-10, xiv, 423-428.—Roquer y Casadesus (J.) Sobre un nuevo metodo de extirpaci6n de las amig- dalas hipertrofiadas; procedimiento del Dr. Ruauit. En- ciclopedia, Barcel., 1893, vi, 387-393.—Roy (L.-G.) De l'hypertrophie des amygdales et des differents precedes op^ratoires dont elle est justiciable. Rev. med., Par., 1903, xii, 245; 259; 292; 324; 420; 453.—Ruauit (A.) Sur une nouvelle methode de traitement chirurgical de l'hy- pertrophie tonsillaire (ablations partielles successives par morcellement, suivies d'applications iodiques immedi- ates). Courrier med., Par., 1893, xliii, 71. Also: Union med., Par., 1893, 3. s., lv, 74-76.—Sendziak (J.) Quel- ques remarques sur l'emploi de l'anse galvanocaustique dans l'hypertrophie des amygdales. Rev. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1893, xiii, 129-132.—Yerwant (A.) Cura chirurgica delle ipertrofie tonsillari; spezzettamento. Arch. ital. di otol. [etc.], Torino-Palermo, 1894, ii, 147-157. Tonsils (Infection through). See, also, Rheumatic fever (Tonsillar relations of); Tonsils (Excision of, Accidents, etc., in); Tonsils (Inflammation of, Complications, etc., of); Tonsils (Tuberculosis of). Baup (F.) *Les amygdales, porte d'entree de la tuberculose. 8°. Paris, 1900. Debains (Mile. G.) Contribution a I'etude des infections veineuses d'origine amygdalienne. 8°. Paris, 1903. Engelke (K. L.) * Ueber die Tonsillen als Eintrittspforten fiir pathogene Mikroorganis- men. 8°. Munchen, 1901. Friedmann (F. F.) * Untersuchungen iiber die Bedeutung der Gaumentonsillen von jungen Kindern als Eingangspforte fiir die tuberkulose Infection. [Freiburg.] 8°. Jena, 1900. TONSILS. 362 TONSILS. Tonsils (Infection through). Heilmaier"(A.) *Die entziindete Gaumen- mandel als Ausgangspunkt von Infektionen. Mit casuistischen Beitriigen. 8°. Miinehen, 1903. Adler (I.) Remarks on some general infections through the tonsil. N.York M. J. [etc.], 1906, lxxxiii, 641-645. Also, Reprint—Anderson (\\. S.) Infection through the tonsils. Ibid., 1905, lxxxi, 852-854. Also, Reprint.—Angwin (W. A.) A caseof pyaemia follow- ing tonsilitis. T. StatesNav. M. Bull., Wash., 1907,i, 162.— Aue (G.) Mindalini kak oblast proniknoveniya zaraz- nikh nachal v organizm. [Tonsilsas portals of infection.] Bolnitseh. gaz. Botkina, St. Petersb., 1900, xi, 41; 101.— Aynesworth (H.T.) The r61e of the.tonsils in sys- temic disease. Virginia M. Semi-Month., Richmond, 1911-12, xvi, 265-268.—Rauin (H.) Die Lymphgefiisse der Mandeln des Rindes, zugleieh ein Beitrag zur Beur- teilung der Mandeln als Eingangspforten fiir Infektions- erreger. Ztschr. f. Infektionskr. . . . d. Haustiere, Berl., 1911, ix, 157-160.—Beileld (A. H.) The relation of the tonsils to heart disease. Interstate M. J., St. Louis, 1911, xviii, 642-647.—Belak (S.) Mandola-garatlobb61 kiin- dulo sepsis. [Sepsis growing out of inflammation of the tonsils and the oesophagus.] Gydgyaszat, Budapest, 1900, xl, 164.—Bordley (L.) The tonsil as a factor in the cause of disease. John Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1909, xx, nv—Briggs (H. H.) The tonsils as portals of entry of systemic infections, especially tuberculosis, and their surgical treatment. Carolina M. J., Charlotte, 1907, xxix, 798-802.—Brown (P. K.) Remote effects of tonsillarin- fection. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1907, xlviii, 2024-2027. Also, Reprint—Brown (R. C.) The relation of the ton- sil to infection and infectious diseases. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1907, lxxi, 311-345.—Burke(T. A.) The tonsils as sources of general infection. Cleveland M. J., 1910, ix, 534-537.— Buschke. Die Tonsillen als Eingangspforte fiir eiterer- regende Mikroorganismen. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1893-4, xxxviii, 441-461.—Bussey (W. J.) The pharyngeal tonsil as a causative factor in systemic dis- turbances. Med. Herald, St. Joseph, 1905, n. s., xxiv, 425- 428.— Cazamian. L'amygdale, voie de penetration du coccobacille pesteux; l'angine pesteuse, particulierement dans les formes de l'affection, dites pulmonaires primi- tives. Arch, de med. nav., Par., 1906, lxxxvi, 161; 241.— Cerna (D.) La infecci6n sistemdtica al traves de las amigdalas. Escuela de med., Mexico, 1909, xxiv, 205- 209.—Chauveau (C.) L'anneau de Waldeyer, porte d'entree de differentes infections. Arch, internat. de la- ryngol. [etc.], Par., 1903, xvi, 36-41.—nd., 1909, xiii, 510-531.—Smith (F. N.) The recent sore throat epidemic in Ann Arbor. Physician & Surg., De- troit & Ann Arbor, 1912, xxxiv, 260-264. [Discussion], 264-266.—Smock (S. J.) Tonsillitis. Kentucky M. J., Bowling Green, 1910, viii, 1577.—Somers (L. S.) The diagnosis and treatment of membranous tonsillitis. In- ternat. Clin., Phila., 1906,16. s., i, 41-56, 2 pl.—Steward (F.J.) Tonsillitis. Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1908, xxii, 71.—Stone (S. N.) Acute peritonsillitis. Internat. M. Mag., N. Y., 1903, xii, 399.—Straight (H. S.) Unre- solved amygdalitis. N. York M. J., 1896, lxiv, 414-416. Also, Reprint.—Swain (H. L.) Acute inflammation of the third or pharvnx tonsil. Yale M. J., N. Haven, 1902-3, ix, 35-44. — Tanturri (V.) Tonsillite folli- colare. Boll. d. ord. d. san. d. prov. di Teramo, 1901, i, no. 2, 8.—Taylor (P. R.) Follicular or croupous ton- sillitis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1897, xxviii, 261. — Tldey (S.) The white throat of the Lake. Med. Rec, N.Y., 1896, xlix,532.—Tonsilitis. [Edit] Med. Coun- cil, Phila., 1897, ii, 331.— Veis (J.) Ueber fossulare (lacunare) Erkrankungen des Tonsillengewebes. Arch. i. klin. Chir., Berl., 1897, liv, 178-206.—Ward (M. R.) Acute lacunar inflammation of the tonsils. Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhinol. & Otol. Soc. 1901, N. Y., 1902, vii, 116- 120. Also: Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1901, x, 258-262.—Waugh (W. F.) Tonsillitis. Pedia- trics, N.Y., 1911, xxiii, 614-617.—Weaver (H.S.) Acute follicular tonsillitis. Tr. Homceop. M. Soc. Penn. 1897, Phila., 1898, 324-331.—Zugg (C. L.) Tonsilitis. Okla- homa M. News-Jour., 1904, xii, 212-214. Tonsils (Inflammation of Causes and pathology of). See, also, Throat (Diseases of, Epidemic, etc.); Tonsils (Bacteriology of). Maurel (P.) *De l'infectiosite ef de la con- tagiosity da l'amygdalite aigue. 4°. Paris, 1895. Pepin (O.-L.) * De la contagiosity de l'amyg- dalite aigue. 4°. Paris, 1894. Abrahams (B.) Rheumatic tonsilitis. Med. Press &Circ, Lond., 1899, n.s., lxvii, 113.—Bell (W. B.) Clini- cal notes on epidemic tonsillitis. Med. Chron., Man- chester, 1911, liv, 185-189.—Bunce (M. A.) Contagious tonsillitis. Phila.Polyclin., 1895, iv, 366.—Buys. Une cause frequented'amygdalite lacuna ire. Policlin., Brux., 1898, vii, 17-21.—Capps (J. A.) & Miller (J. L.) The Chicago epidemic of streptococcus sore throat and its re- lation to the milk-supply. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1912, lviii, 1848-1852.—Capps (J. A.), Miller (J. L.) & Davis. Sore throat and milk supply. Ibid., [Abstr. of Discus- sion], 1933.—Class (W. J.) The etiology of acute tonsil- itis. Interstate M. J., St. Louis, 1900, vii, 121-124.—Cline (L. C.) Quinsy; its causes and prevention. Tr. Indiana M. Soc, Indianap., 1895, xlvi, 271-279. Also: Fort Wayne M. Mag.. 1896, iv, 45L454.—Cornet (P.) Note surun cas d'amygdalite Apneumobacilles de Friedlander. Bull, de laryngol., otol. et rhinol., Par., 1903, vi,37.—Dansac (A. M.) Lesions nerveuses dans les amygdalites chroniques; description anatomique des plexus nerveux folliculaires et sous-epitheliaux de l'amvgdale. Bull. Soc. anat. de Par., 1893, lxviii, 616-624.—Davis (D.J.) Bacteriological study of streptococci in milk in relation to epidemic sore throat. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1912, lviii, 1852-1854.— Dubousquet-Laborderie. Des amygdalites infec- tieuses. Assoc, franc pour Tavance. d. sc. C.-r. 1886, Par., 1887, xv, pt. 2, 706.—Epstein (A.) Ueber Tonsilli- tis chronica leptothricia bei Kindern. Internat. contrib. med. lit. Festschr. . , . Abraham Jaeobi, N. Y., 1890,187- 195.—Fox (R. EL) Tonsilitis and its relations to scarla- tina and diphtheria. Proc. M. Soc. Lond., 1885-6, ix, 254- 264. Also, Reprint.—Frankel (B.) Die infektiose Na- tur der Tonsillitis lacunaris. Arch.f. Laryngol.u. Rhinol., Berl., 1896, iv, 130-135.— Frankowskl (W.) Ostre epidemiezne torebkowate zapalenie gardla (angina folli- cularis v. tonsillitis lacunaris epidemica acuta) i jego stosunek do blonicy epidemicznej. [. . . and its relation to epidemic diphtheria.] Medycyna, Warszawa, 1895, xxiii, 149-152.—Gellat(P. P.) Tonsillitisstreptothricia. Ejened. jour. "Prakt. med.," St. Petersb., 1901. viii, 313; 329.— Goodale (J. L.) A contribution to the pathologi- cal histology of acute tonsillitis. J. Bost. Soc. M. Sc, 1898-9, iii, 63-70, 3 pl. Also, Reprint.—Grant (J. D.) Explanation of appearances in some cases ot acute lacunar tonsillitis which simulate excavating ulcers. Brit. M. J., R?n(k\1901, "• 891-Grey-Edwardi (C.) & Severn (W. D.) Cases of follicular tonsillitis due to milk infec- tion. IbuL, 1897, ii, 339. Also: Lancet,Lond., 1897,i, 1606.- Tonsils (Infanimation of, Causes and pathology of). Gwynn (W. C.) Tonsillitis; a contagious disease. Vir- ginia M. Semi-Month., Richmond, 1904-5, ix, 537.—Ham- burger (L. P.) An epidemic of septic sore throat in Baltimore and its relation to a milk-supply; a preliminary report J. Am. M. As-"., Chicago, 1912, lviii, 1109-1111.— Hamilton (J. R.) Notes on an epidemic of herpetic tonsillitis. Canad. M. Rev., Toronto, 1896, iii, 119-122.— Heddaeus (A.) Tonsillitis acuta durch Staphylococ- cus pyogenes aureus, Pleuritis exsudativa metastatica, Diplococcenpneumonie, Thoracotomie, Sepsis, Exitus. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1897, xliv, 467-472— Hellat. Tonsillitis streptothricia. Cong, internat. de m£d. C. r., Par., 1900, sect.de laryngol., 317-325.—Hirshberg (L. K.) Malignant pneumococcus tonsillitis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1912, lviii, 1189.—Hope Mi. B.) Is acute amygdalitis in any way dependent on the rheumatic dia- thesis? Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass. 1895, X. Y., 1896, xvii, 68- 60. Also: N. York M. J., 1895, lxii, 210.—Hough (C. A.) The infectiousness of follicular tonsillitis. Tr. Ohio M. Soc, Cleveland, 1900, 282-290.— Jeancon (J. A.) Cata- menial tonsillitis. Ecleet M. J.,Cincin., 1894, liv, 362-364.- Johns (H. C.) Is tonsillitis contagious? Mass. M. J., Bost, 1900, xx, 337-342.—Kelly (F. J.) To what extent is tonsillitis contagious? Phila. Polyclin., 1896, v, 113.— Koplik (H.) Acute lacunar diphtheria of the tonsils. J. Am. Ass., Chicago, 1885, xxv, 558-560.—Laurens (H.) Amygdalite lacunaire caseeuse ou amygdalite eryptique. Clinique, Par., 1909, iv, 277.—Lermoyez, Helnie & Barbier. Un cas d'amygdalite chronique coli- bacillaire. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1884, 3. s., xi, 449-456.— Leutscber (J. A.) Bacteriology of epidemic sore throat. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1912, Ixi, 869-871.—Miller (J. L.) & Capps (.1. A.) Epidemic of sore throat due to milk; a preliminary note. Ibid., lviii, 1111.—Mills (W. S.) Tonsillitis classified as an infectious disease. Med. News, N. Y., 1903, lxxxii, 159-160.—Munn (W. P.) Acute follicular tonsillitis complicating the course of true diphtheria. Am. Med., Phila., 1901, ii, 360.—Nardl (J.) Contributo clinico alia etiologia delle tonsilliti follicolari e degli essudati post-operativi nelle tonsillotomie. Boll. d. mal. d. orecchio, d. golae. d. naso, Firenze, 1901, xix, 97-103.—Porosz (M.) Tonsillitisutan diphtheritis. [Tonsillitisfollowing diphtheria.] Gyogya- szat, Budapest, 1908, xlviii, 769.— Raoult (A.) & Thiry (G.) Amygdalite ulcero-membraneuse chancriforme. Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1899, xix, pt. 2,97-913.— Richardson (M. W.) An epidemic of tonsillitis due to infected milk. Boston M. & S. J., 1911, clxv, 907.— Rosenow (E. C.) Streptococci in air of hospital operat- ing rooms and wards during an epidemic of tonsillitis. Am. J. Obs., N. Y., 1904, 1, 762-767. [Discussion], 838.— Rust (J.) Epidemic tonsillitis. Med. Chron., Man- chester, 1911, liv, 190.—Sedziak (J.) Kilka uwag w kwestyi t. zw. torebkowatego zapalenia gardzieli (angina follicularis) oraz jegostosunkudo blonicy. [On so-called original angina follicularis, as well as its relation to diph- theria.] Kron. lek., Warszawa, 1894, xv, 417^32,1 pl. Also, transl: J. Laryngol., Lond., 1895, ix, 263; 347. -----. Przy- czynek do etiologiit.zw. "anginafollicularis." [Contribu- tion to etiology of so-called ... ] Gaz.lek., Warszawa, 1894, 2.s.,xiv,813-817. Also,transl: Arch.f.Laryngol.u.Rhinol., Berl.,1894,ii,180-193.—Tashlro (T.) Ueber die durch den Diplococcuspneumoni8e(Fraenkel)hervorgerufene Tonsil- litis lacunaris. Beitr. z. Hyg., Bakt.u.Infektionskr. (Ogata- Festschr.),Tokyo, 1910,13.—Tidey (S. A.) Septic tonsil- litis an acute specific disease. Lancet, Lond..1895,ii,1493.— Walker (D. H.) The recent epidemic of tonsillitis. Boston M. & S. J., 1911, clxvi, 857.—Wlnslow(C. E. A.) An outbreak of tonsillitis or septic sore throat in eastern Massachusetts and its relation to an infected milk supply. Ibid., 899-904. Also: J. Infect. Dis., Chicago, 1912, x, 73-112.—Wood (G. B.) A contribution to the pathology of acute tonsillitis. Tr. Am. Laryngol. & Otol. Soc [New Bedford, Mass.], 1909. 324-330. Also: Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1909, xviii, 1-6, 11 pl— Zamazal (J.) O epidemiich primarni anginy tonsillarni. [Epi- demics of ... ] Lek. rozhledy, Praha, 1900, viii, 42-44. Tonsils (Infammatioi of Complica- tions and sequelae of). See, also, Rheumatic fever (Tonsillar relations of); Tonsils (Abscess of); Tonsils (Infection through); Tonsils ( Ulcer of). Balhadere (A.) * Etude sur les troubles digestifs dans l'amygdalite chronique. 4°. Paris, 1895. Brtjmauld des Houlieres (J.) * Contribu- tion a I'etude de l'amygdalite aigue. Analogie des orchites amygdaliennes et des orchites ourliennes dans quelques cas particuliers. 4°. Paris, 1894. TONSILS. 365 TONSILS. Tonsils (Inflammation of Complica- tions and sequelae of). Collixet (M.-P.) * Complications resales dans les amygdalites aigues. 4°. Bordeaux, 1894. Dufilh (E.) * Complications articulaires des amygdalites aigues. Bordeaux, 1893. Guerin (R.) *Sur quelques complications eloignees des amygdalites aigues; amygdalites et streptocoque dans ces amygdalites. 8°. Paris, 1906. Michelsen (M.) * Ueber die iitiologischen Beziehungen der akuten Entziindungen der Tonsillen zu anderen Erkrankungen mit be- sonderer Beriicksichtigung der Angina ton- sillaris retronasalis. 8°. Berlin, 1901. Tevsseyre (A.) * Contribution a I'etude des manifestations testiculaires dans les amygdalites aigues. 8°. Paris, 1900. Abrahams (B.) On rheumatic tonsillitis. Tr. Clin. Soc. Lond., 1898-9, xxxii, 87-95.—Angwin (W. A.) A case of metastatic pneumonia complicating tonsilitis. U. States Nav. M. Bull., Wash., 1910, iv, 521.—Auche (B.) Etude de quelques complications des amygdalites aigues. Ann. de la Policlin. de Bordeaux, 1891-3, ii, 129-136, 1 diag.—Bach hammer (H.) Einiges iiber Tonsillitis una ihre Beziehungen zu anderen Erkrankungen. Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Bull., 1910, xxiii, 322-341.— Baduel (C.) Nefriti diplococciche e diplococcemie secondarie alle angine tonsillari. Policlin., Roma, 1897, iv, 209-227. Also [Abstr.]: Settimana med. d. Speri- mentale, Firenze, 1896, 1, 407.—Banti (G.) Trombosi dei seni della dura madre consecutiva a tonsillite. Clin. mod., Pisa, 1903, ix, 14-is._Boyd (R.) A ease of tonsil- litis, with erythema. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1895, xlvii, 143.— Brown (P. K.) Remote effects of tonsillar infection. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1907, xlviii, 2024-2027.—Caiger (H.) Note on a case of pya?mia following acute tonsilli- tis; recovery. Transvaal M. J., Johannesburg, 1910, v, 238.—Chambers (T. R.) Glandular complications of tonsillitisand peritonsillitis. Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhinol. &Otol. Soc. 1901, N. Y., 1902, vii, 123. Also: Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1901, xi, 302.—da Cunha (P.) Amygdalite aguda complicada de arthrite. Tribuna med., Rio de Jan., 1911, xvii, 195-197.—Curschmann. Beziehungen entziindlieher Mandelaffektionen zu Infektionskrank- heiter, Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1910, lvii, 284.— Davis (D. J.) & Rosenow (E. C.) An epidemicof sore throat due to a peculiar streptococcus. Tr. Chicago Path. Soc. 1909-12, viii, 288-291.—Doktor (S.) Hallalos fertdzes a mandul&n keresztiil terhesseg alatt. [Death in infective tonsillitis during pregnancy.] Budapesti orv. ujsag, 1911, ix, 614.—Donovan (J. A.) Recurring ton- sillitis. Detroit M. J., 1902-3, ii, 690-695.—Dunn (J.) Quinsy and its sequela?. Old Dominion (J. M. & S., Rich- mond, 1905-6, iv, 341-345. Also: Richmond J. Pract., 1905, xix, 271-276. Also: Virginia M. Semi-Month., Richmond, 1905-6, x, 441-443. Also: Gaillard's South. Med., Savan- nah, 1906, lxxxiv, 103-107.—Fedell (C.) Intorno alle setticemie consecutive a tonsilliti. Boll. d. mal. d. orecchio, d. gola e d. naso. Firenze, 1911, xxix, 25-35.— Fraenkel. Lacunar tonsillitis, and some of its sequela. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1899, 9. s., ii, 282-288.— von Frisch (H.) Tonsillitis diphtherh a gangrenosa; Nephritis acuta; Tod durch Verblutung. Jahrb. d. Wien. k. k. Krankenanst 1897, Wien u. Leipz., 1899, vi, pt. 2, 326.— Fro miner (I.) Streptococcus-nephritis tiiszos mandolalob kapcsAn. [ . . after follicular tonsillitis.] Gydgyaszat, Budapest, 1906, xlvi, 170-172.—Ghosh (A. P.) Case of acute tonsillitis followed bv subacute rheu- matism. Indian M. Rec, Calcutta, 1902, xxii, 260.— Gruet(E.) De l'albuminurie dans l'amygdalite chro- nique. Anjou med., Angers, 1911, xviii, 235-241. Also: Rev. gen. de clin.,et de therap., Par., 1911, xxv, 293-296.— Hallopeau. Eruption due 4 une amygdalite. J. de med. int., Par., 1903, vii, 115 —llammerschmidt. Ueber den Zusammenhang der Mandelentzundung mit anderen Krankheiten. Deutsche mil.-arztl. Ztschr., Berl., 1903, xxxii, 257-269.—Harner (R. C.) Acute ne- phritis, a sequela of tonsillitis. J. Kansas M. Soc, Kansas City, Kan., 1910, x,345-349.—Hickey (P. M.) Infectious arthritis of tonsillar origin. Detroit M. J., 1907, vii, 389- 391.—Hilton (D. C.) Some surgical sequelae of tonsil- litis. Med. Brief, St. Louis, 1910, xxxviii, 709-712.—Hun- ner (G. L.) Chronic urethritis and chronic ureteritis caused by tonsillitis. Tr. South. Surg. & Gvnec. Ass. 1910, Nashville, 1911, xxiii, 44-63.—Ingals (E.*F.) The rela- tion of tonsillitis to rheumatism. Illinois M. J., Spring- field, 1907, xi, 634-640.—Kapp (Julia S.j A second case of recurring quinsy. Woman'sM. J.,Toledo, 1900, x, 10.— Keiper(G. F.) Albuminuric tonsillitis; report of a case of spontaneous haemorrhage from the left tonsil. Laryn- goscope, St. Louis, 1898, v, 275.—Kretz (R.) Phlegmone Tonsils (Inflammation of Complica- tions and sequelae of). des Processus vermiformis im Gefolge einer Angina ton- sillaris. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1900, xiii, 1137. _____. Angina tonsillaris, Tod unter den Symptomen von Hirn- druck. Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f. inn. Med. u. Kinderh. in Wien 1906, v, 105-109.—Kuhn (C. F.) Tonsillitis and its complications. Physician & Surg., Detroit & Ann Arbor 1906, xxviii, 164-167.—Levy (R.) Alarming hemorrhage in quinsy. Denver M. Times [etc.], 1907-8, xxvii, 3-5.— Lewis (R.), jr. A case of cavernous sinus thrombosis following an acute tonsillitis; report of autopsy findings Aon. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1909, xviii, 921-923.—Lie bl (L.) Ueber eine Endemie von Tonsil- litis mit Sepsis. Med. Klin., Berl., 1910, vi, 62.—Lindsey (J. P.) Clinical notes on tonsillitis and pneumonia. Al- kaloid. Clin., Chicago, 1896, iii, 88.—Loeb (H. W.) Acute nephritis following acute tonsillitis. Tr. Am. Laryngol Rhinol. & Otol. Soc, New Bedford, Mass., 1910, 146-169 Also [Abstr.]: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1910, lv, 1705-1708.— ITlcIntosh (J. R.) The relations of tonsillitis. Mari- time M. News, Halifax, 1898, x, 1-6.—Meitus (J.) Ton- sillitis and its relation to rheumatism. Cincin. Lancet- Clinic, 1896, n. s., xxxvi, 359-365.—Merrill (W. H.) A report of some atypical cases of tonsillar and peritonsillar inflammations with one unusual complication. Boston M. & S. J., 1908, clviii, 859-863. [Discussion], 872-875. Also, Reprint.—Mitchell (E. W.) Amygdalitis followed by appendicitis, nephritis and endocarditis. Arch. Pe- diat, N. Y., 1903, xx, 182-184.—Morse (J. L.) Tonsil- litis a cause of acute nephritis. Ibid., 1904, xxi, 337-341. Also, Reprint.—Mosber (H. P.) A reportof some atypi- cal casesof tonsillar and peritonsillar inflammations with one unusual complication; discussion. Boston M. & S. J , 1908, clviii, 872-874. Also, Reprint—Newcomb (J. E.) Hemorrhage following quinsy; ligation of the common carotid artery; recovery; with a study of 51 cases of hem- orrhage in connection with pharyngeal suppuration. Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass., N. Y., 1908, xxx, 321-339. Also: Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1908, xviii, 454 - 468.— Peak (J. H.) An epidemic of tonsilitis complicated with severe upper deep cervical lymphadenitis. Louis- ville M. Month., 1894-5, i, 434.—Pearson (J. S.) Strep- tococcal pericarditis and colitis following tonsillitis. Lancet, Lond., 1909, i, 1248.—Piekenbach. Mandel- entzundung und Rheumatismus. Miinehen. med. Wchn- schr., 1910, lvii, 748.—Porosz (M.) Tonsillitis, arthritis, peritonitis. Gyogyaszat, Budapest, 1908, Iii, 733. — Prowse (S. W.) "Fatal case of quinsy in an adult." Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1911, xxi, 105. — Renou. L'amygdalite fistuleuse. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1896, x, 213.—Richardiere (H.) Les complica- tions pleuro-pulmonairesde l'amvgdahte aigue. Union med., Par., 1893, 3. s., lv, 121-125.—Ruhrah (J.) A brief report on an epidemic of sore throat, with involve- ment of the cervical lymph nodes. Am. J. Obst, N. Y., 1912, lxvi, 138-141.—Schumann. Akute halluzi- natorische Verwirrtheit nach Mandelentzundung. Deut- sche mil.-arztl. Ztschr., Berl., 1908, xxxvii, 789-791.— Shawkey (A. A.) Pericarditis complicating ton- sillitis; report of a case. J. Alumni Ass. Coll. Phys. & Surg., Bait, 1900-1901, iii, 118.—de Silva (G. F.) Hemi- plegia of left side following an attack of acute tonsillitis. Indian M. Rec, Calcutta, 1896, x, 182.—Spengler (A. E.) Ob otnoshenii ostrikh tonzilitov k mishechnomu revma- tizmu. [Relation of acute tonsillitis to muscular rheu- matism.] Vestnik Ushn., Gorlov. i Nosov. Bollezn., S.- Peterb., 1912, iv, 447-452.—Taylor (W. J.) General in- fection following acute tonsillitis. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1912, lv, 785-788. [Discussion], 914-916.—Thomson (J. J.) Report of a fatal case of quinsy in an adult. Laryn- goscope, St. Louis, 1910, xx, 1124.—Thouvenet (A.) Amygdalite catarrhale, compliquee de nephrite, avec accidents ur6miques. Limousin med., Limoges, 1893, xvii,66-68.—Tommasi (I.) Ascesso profondodel collo in seguito a tonsillite cronica riacutizzata. Atti. d. Cong. d. Soc. ital. di laringol. [etc.] 1908, Pavia, 1910, xii, pt. 2, 231-236.—Tracy (E. A.) Acute inflammation of ten- don sheaths sequential to acute tonsillitis. Boston M. & S. J., 1907, clvii, 114. —Vergely. Amygdalite aigue; menace de phlegmon oculaire. Mem. et bull. Soc de med. et chir. de Bordeaux (1896), 1897, 337-340.—Vitello (G.) Miocardite acuta da angina tonsillare. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1912, xxxiii, 1233.—Wagner (H. L.) Con- tribution to the study of the aetiology of rheumatic affec- tions of the body due to tonsillar diseases. N. York M. J., 1894, lx, 532.—Walnwright (W. L.) Tonsillitis accompanied by rapidly fatal pyaemia. Brit. M.J., Lond., 1897, ii, 651.—Waldmann (F.) A hevenyes es iddsult mandulagyuladdsok kapcsan feltepo vesemegbetegedese- krol. [Kidney diseases following acute and chronic ton- sillitis.] Gegdszet, Budapest, 1911,14-17.—Wallace(W.) Septic (?) pneumonia following sore-throat (quinsy). Lancet, Lond., 1896, i, 416.—Weber (H.) Zur Kritik der Beziehungen der Angina tonsillaris zur Entziindung des Wurmfortsatzes. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1902, xlix, 2171.—Wilbur (R. L.) Report of cases of acute lacunar tonsillitis with skin eruptions. Occidental M. TONSILS. 366 TONSILS. Tonsils (Inflammation of Complica- tions and sequelae of). Times, San Fran., 1903, xvii, 41-44. [Discussion], 74.— Wlnckler (E.) Einige Stimm- und Sprachstorungen bei chronischer Tonsillitis. Med.-padagog. Monatschr., Berl., 1907, xvii, 356-363.—Wollenden (N.) The na- ture of so-called follicular tonsillitis and its relation to infectious disorders. Tr. Brit. Laryngol. & Rhinol. Ass. 1894, Lond., 1*95, 34-54. Also: J. Laryngol., Lond., 1894, viii, 475-488.— Woodcock (G. A.) Pyaemia and phle- bitis complicating tonsilitis, with report of case. Iowa M. J., Des Moines, 1904, x, 256-259. Tonsils (Inflammation of, Treatment of). Frizac (R.) *De l'amygdalite chronique; les traitements de choix; leurs indications dans les di verses formes decette affection. 8°. Paris, 1903. Bates (Mary E.) A case of recurring quinsy: treated by anti-rheumatics and thvroid extract. Woman's M. J., Toledo, 1900, x, 7-9.—Caiiipani (A.) & Formigginl (G.) Profilassi delle tonsilliti recidivanticolladetersione meccanica della cavitd, oraleainezzo dello spazzolino e del bicarbonate di soda in polvere. Gaz. d. osp., Milano, 1909, xxx, 593.—Candler (G. H.) The rapid relief and cure of tonsillitis. South. Clinic, Richmond, 1905, xxviii, 193-196.—Casselberry (W. E.) The treatment of ton- sillitis. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1896, 5. s., iv, 23.-29 — de Castro (A. B.) Formamint in the treatment of ton- silitis. Med. Times, Lond., 1910, xxxviii, 685.—Oaisse (P.) Traitement des amygdalites aigues. Clinique, Par., 1907, ii, 83.— Creel (M. P.) The treatmentof tonsillitis. St. Louis M. & S. J., 1900, lxxix, 80.—Dandois. Le traitement, esquissfi k grandes lignes, des infections amygdaliennes. Rev. med. de Louvain, 1909, 186-192.— De Blois (T. A.) Reducing the tonsils. Boston M. & S. J., 1893, cxxix, 375.—Dulles (C. W.) Note on the treatment of follicular tonsillitis. Phila. M. J., 1902, ix, 71.—ICIlegood (J. A.) The treatment of chronic in- flammation of the tonsils. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1898, xxx, 593.—Farnliam (A. B.) The local treatment of acute follicular tonsillitis. Tr. M. Soc. Wisconsin, Madi- son, 1894, xxviii, 175.— Fernandez (F. M.) Trata- miento de la amigdalitis aguda. Cron. med.-quir. de la Habana, 1909, xxxv, 94. -----. Del uso local 6 interno de la aspirina en la amigdalitis aguda. Ibid., 343.—Fette- rolf (G.) The local use of acetyl-salicylic acid (aspirin) in the treatment of follicular tonsillitis. Therap. Gaz., Detroit, 1908, 3. s., xxiv, 761-763.—Floerslieim (S.) Acute amygdalitis; its treatment by the local application of iodine. N. York M. J., 1901, lxxiv, 640.—Fox (R. H.) The abortive treatment of quinsy. Lancet, Lond., lsyii, i, 353.—Gerson (K.) Zur Behandlung der Angina lacu- naris. Med. Klin., Berl., 1905, i, 909: 1906, ii, 1021 — Goldmann (R.) Die chronische cholesteatomatose (caseeuse der Franzosen) Entzundung der Tonsillen und ihre Behandlung. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1911, xxxvi, 645-647.—Griffith (F.) A completed treatment for ton- sillitis. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1912, xcvi, 480—Guthrie (D. J.) Notes on the treatment of quinsv, with an illus- trative case. Glasgow M. J., 1909, lxxii, i88-190.—Gutt- mann (V.) Die Therapie der Tonsillitis lacunaris acuta mit Pyocyanase. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1909, lix, 1427. Also, transl: Casop. 16k. 6esk., v Praze, 1910, xlix, 103-108.—Halm (R.) Nuovo metodo di cura della tonsillite lacunare acuta. Atti d. Cong. d. Soc. ital. di laringol. [etc.] 1908, Pavia, 1910, xii, pt. 2, 237- 246. Also: Boll. d. mal. d. orecchio, d. gola e d. naso, Firenze, 1908, xxvi, 237-246.—Hays (H.) Acute tonsil- litis and its treatment. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1911, lxxix, 852-854.—Hemenway (H. B.) Local treatment of follicular tonsillitis. Am. Lancet, Detroit, 1893, n. s., xvii, 205.—Higgins (S. G.) Some recent views concern- ing the tondils. Milwaukee M. J., 1909, xvii, 243-249.— Hoag (J. C.) A successful method of treating follicular tonsillitis. Chicago M. Recorder, 1893, iv, 254-256. Also, Reprint—Hilfer (W.) Ueber die Behandlung der aku- ten Tonsillitiden mittels parenchymatoser Carbol-Injec- tionen. Ann.d.stadtallg. Krankenh.zu Miinehen (1894), 1896,viii,35-46. Also: Deutsches Arch.f.klin.Med.,Leipz., 1896, lvii, 579-596. Also: Arb. a. d. med.-klin. Inst. d. k. Ludwig-Maximilians-Univ. zu Munchen, Leipz., 1899, iv, 487-504.— Imhofer (R.) Zur Behandlung der Tonsillitis chronica. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1905, xxx, 303-305.— Lamann (W.) Zur Behandlung der Tonsillitis lacu- naris. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.] 1909, xliii, 881-884.— Lenart (Z.) A chronikus mandulagvuladas es gy6gv- kezel6se. [Chronic tonsillitis and its treatment.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1911, lv, 441-445.—Levinstein (0.) Zur Behandluug der Tonsilitis chronica und Angina ha- bitualis; mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Galvano- kaustik der Tonsillen. Arch. f. Larvngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1910-11, xxiv, 290-311.—Li pes (H. J.) The treat- ment of follicular and suppurative amygdalitis and the angina of scarlet fever by the injection of a solution of Tonsils (Inilamma'ion of, Treatment of)- carbolic acid. N. York M. J., 1899, lxx,694.—Meyer (J.) Treatment (abortive) of follicular tonsillitis and periton- sillitis by syringing. Brooklyn M. J., 1901, xv, 565-568.— .Molime. Traitement de l'amygdalite aigui'. Rev. hebd. delaryngol. [etc.], Par., 1905, ii, 161-165.—Ncilson (W. II.; The internal treatment of acute follicular ton- sillitis. Tr. M. Soe. Wisconsin, Madison, 1894, xxviii, 177- lso— Norbury (F. P.) Sulphide of calcium, or calx sulphurateintonsilitis. Therap.Gaz., 1892,xvi,294. Also, Reprint.—Ovazza (V.) Della cura delle tonsilliti non specitiehe. Progresso med., Torino, 1902, i, 67.—PI III (() ) Ueber chronische Entzundung der Gaunienmandeln und ihre Behandlung. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1912, xxxvii, 397-100.—Prj'in (O.) Ueber die Behandlung der ent- ziindlichen Erkrankungen der Tonsillen mittels Saug- apparaten. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1905, Iii, 2318.— Raymond (J. H.) Guaiacolas a topical application in the treatment of acute tonsillitis. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1894, xiv, 364.—Boetlilisberger (P.) Neues fiber Untersu- chung und Behandlung gewisser mit Polyarthritis causal verkniipfter Tonsillitiden. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1912, lix, 4U8— Sbrocchi (A.) La cura della tonsillite catarrale, altrimenti detta tonsillite lacunare o follico- lare. Clin, mod., Firenze, 1905, xi, 386-391.—Schone- mann (A.) Die rationelle Therapie und Prophylaxie der Angina (Tonsillitis acuta). Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1910, xl, 241-249.—Shivdas (S. P.) Vaccine treat- ment of acute tonsillitis. Lancet, Lond., 1812, ii, 1149.— Somers (L. S. ) The treatment of tonsilitis. Med. Progress, Louisville, 1896, xii, 106-108.—SzentgyOr- gyi (F. J.) A tonsillitisek abortivgy6gyita.sa.rol. [The abortive treatment of . . . ] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1899, xliii, 643. -----. Utdlagos megjegyzesek a tonsilli- tisek abortiv gy6gyit&sar61. [Additional observations on the abortive treatment of tonsilitis.] Ibid., 1903, xlvii, 772-774. Also, transl: Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Buda- pest, 1904, xl, 85-88.—Toilet (The) of the nose in the treatmentof tonsilitis and for the prevention of recurring attacks of sore throat. Med. Mirror, St. Louis, 1897, viii, 350-352.—Tsitovich (M. F.) K llecheniyu tonzillitov. [Treatment of tonsillitis.] Novoye v Med., S.-1'eterb., 1911, v, 181-187.—Wood (G. B.) Treatment of acute ton- sillitis. Therap. Rev., Phila., 1904,i,81-85.—Woodbu ry (F.) A note on the treatment of tonsillitis. Med. News, Phila., 1895, lxvi, 353-355.—Zaun (G. F.) Tonsillitis; acute articular rheumatism; treatment. Milwaukee M. J., 1907, xv, 275-277. Tonsils (Inflammation of, Treatment of Operative). Black (J. A.) The surgical treatment of chronic tonsillitis. Calif. State J. M., San Fran., 1905, iii, 78.— Brannan (J. W.) Quinsy, and its treatment by early incision. Tr. Am. Climat Ass. 1893-4, Phila., 1895, x, 151-168. Also: Med. Rec, N. Y., 1893, xliv, 549-552. Also, Reprint.—Goldstein (M. A.) The radical treatment of follicular tonsillitis. Lanngoscope, St. Louis, 1900, viii, 215. Also, Reprint—Miller (F. E.) A contribu. tion to the study of quinsy with complications, with seven cases illustrating operation and treatment. Inter- nat. J. Surg., N. Y., 1903, xvi, 65-69.—Murray (W. R.) The diseased faucial tonsil and its operative treatment. J. Minn. M. Ass. [etc.], Minneap., 1906, xxvi, 301-303.— Nikitin (W.) Zur Frage fiber die operative Behand- lung chronischer Amvgdalitiden. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh., Berl., 1900, xxxiv, 281-284. Also, transl: Terap. vestnik, S.-Peterb., 1900, iii, 513-516.—Pynchon (E.) The abso- lute and permanent cure of tonsillitis. Alkaloid. Clinic, Chicago, 1897, iv, 575-578. Also, Reprint,—Stark (A.C.) A quinsy lancet. Lancet, Lond., 1911, ii, 165.—Straight (H. S.) Remarks on electro-puncture of the tonsils, with report of a case. West. Reserve M. J., Cleveland, 1894-5, iii, 20-24.—Vacher (L.) Dangers des amygdalites a repetitions; avantages de l'ablation totale des amygdales k l'anse droite. Assoc franc, de chir. Proc.-verb. [etc], Par., 1906, xix, 782-788. Tonsils (Inflammation of) in children. Dorion (R.-G.-A.) * L'amygdalite pharvn- gee aigue primitive chez les enfants. 8°. Lille, 1901. Herzberg (H.) *Ein Beitrag zur Angina tonsillaris follicularis im Kindesalter. 8°. Dorpat, 1893. Ausset (E.) & Dorion. L'amygdalite pharyngee aigue primitive chez les enfants. Arch, de med. d. enf., Par., 1901, iv, 449-466. Also: Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1901, v. 353-361. Al*o: Gaz. d. mal. infant, [etc]. Par., 1901, iii, 281-286.—Brownsoii (T. G.) Acute tonsillitis in an infant of five months; a second attack, eleven months later. Arch. Pediat, N. Y., 1899, xvi, 608.— Fr5ss (J ) Ueber Tonsillitis follicularis der Neugebo- renen. Ungar. med. Presse, Budapest, 1898, iii, 181-183.— TONSILS. 367 TONSILS. Tonsils (Inflammation of) in children. Koplik (H.) Acute catarrhal lacunar amygdalitis in the nursing infant. Internat. contrib. med. lit. Fest- schr. . . . Abraham Jaeobi, N. Y., 1890,161-169.—Renn (P.) Zur klinischen Bedeutung der Tonsillitis follicu- laris seu fossularis mit Bezug auf die Gaumenmandel- funktion, unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung des Kin- desalters. N. Yorker med. Wchnschr., 1912, xxii, 283- 295.—Stewart (J.) Rheumatic tonsillitis in children. Med. News, N. Y., 1903, lxxxii, 965.—Takenaini (M.) [Remarks on tonsillitis in sucklings.] Ztschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Tokio, 1895, i, 434-441.—Taylor (L. H.) A severe case of quinsy in a child eight months old. Univ. M. Mag., Phila., 1889-90, ii, 598. Tonsils (Lingual). Browne (L.) The lingual tonsil. Med. Mag., Lond., 1896, v, 35-43. -----. Some anatomical points in the structure of the lingual tonsil of practical bearing on its pathology. Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhinol. & Otol. Soc. 1898, N. Y., 1899, iv, 161-167.—Davidson (J. P.) The lingual tonsil. Old Dominion J. M. & S., Richmond, 1906-7, v, 4144. Also: Richmond J. Pract., 1906, xx, 159-162. Also: Virginia M. Semi-Month., Richmond, 1906-7, xi, 279.- Duchesne. L'amygdale linguale. Ann. Soc med.- chir. de Liege, 1905", xliv, 15-24— Dupuy (H.) The lingual tonsil. N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1911, lxiv, 193-196,1 pl — Johnson (J. H.) The lingual tonsils in health and disease. J. Ophth. & Oto-Laryngol., Chicago, 1912, vi, 362-376.—Lemere (H. B.) The lingual tonsil. Med. Herald, St. Joseph, 1902, n. s., xxi, 183-187. Also: Medi- cine, Detroit, 1902, viii, 478-480.—Leonard (Z. L.) The lingual tonsil. South. Clinic, Richmond, 1902, xxv, 289- 293.—Levinstein (O.) Die Appendix ventriculi Mor- gagni (Tonsilla larvngis). Arch. f. Larvngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1909, xxii, 447-480.—Levy (R.) The lingual tonsil. Denver M. Times, 1900-1901, xx, 165-170. Also: N. York M. J., 1900, lxxii, 454-456.—Lewis (E. R.) Lingual tonsils. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1896, i, 29-32.—Moure. Amygdale linguale; examen histologique. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. de Bordeaux, 1896, xvii, 82-84.—Paine (CE.) Thelingual tonsil asacauseof cough. J. Ophth., Otol. & Laryngol., Lancaster, Pa., 1911, xvii, 212-215 — Quintan (F. J.) Some reflections on thelingual tonsil. Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhinol. & Otol. Soc. 1897, N. Y., 1898, iii, 105-113.—Raynor (F. C.) The lingual tonsil. Am. J. Surg., N. Y., 1909, xxiii, 125-128.—Shearer (T. L.) The lingual tonsil. Homceop. Eye, Ear & Throat J., N.Y., 1905, xi, 123-131.—Somers (L. S.) A study of the lingual tonsil. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1897, ii, 160-170. Also, Reprint.—Wingrave (V. H. W.) Some points concern- ing the lingual tonsil, bearing upon a regional nomen- clature of the tongue. Tr. Brit. Laryngol. & Rhinol. Ass. 1892, Lond. & Phila., 1893, ii, 15-17. Tonsils (Lingual. Diseases and tumors of). See, also. Tonsils (Diseases of) in children; Tonsils (Surgery of, Instruments for). Ayme (M.[-E.-R.]) * Contribution a I'etude de l'hypertrophie de l'amygdale linguale. 4°. Paris, 1896. Graf (J.) * Ueber Tumoren der Zungen- tonsille. 8°. Bonn, 1908. Labeque (J.-B.-A.) ^Contribution a I'etude des inflammations aigues de l'amygdale linguale. 4°. Bordeaux, 1894. Marion (A.-L.-V.) Contribution a I'etude des affections de l'amygdale linguale et plus specialement de l'amygdalite linguale aigue. 4°. Paris, 1894. Rosenthal (M.) *De l'hypertrophie de l'amygdale linguale (quatrieme amygdale). 8°. Lyon, 1902. Adams(W.E.) Hypertrophy of the lingual tonsil. At- lanta M.&S. J., 1897-8,n.s.,xiv,237-239.—Rar(L.) Inflam- mations de l'amygdale linguale. Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1897, xvii, 1057-1076. Also: Rev. internat. de rhinol.,otol.etlaryngol.,Par.,1898,viii,347-360. Also [Ab- str.]: Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.], Par., 1897, xxiii, 636.—Beausoleil(R.) L'inflammation aigue de l'amygdale linguale. Cong, franc, demed. 1895, Par., 1896, ii, 657-660.—Berlni (F.) Breves consideraciones acerca dos casos de hipertrofia de la amigdala lingual. Rev. de med., cirug. y farm., Barcel., 1900, xiv, 257; 289. -----. A prop6sito de un caso de notable hipertrofia de la amigdala lingual. Rev. de med. y cirug., Barcel., 1904, xviii, 260-265— Blumenleld (F.) Cautere pour l'amygdale linguale et la region de la base de la langue. Arch, internat de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1907, xxiii, 189.— Boulengier. Trois exemples cliniquesd'aflections de l'amygdale linguale. Presse med. beige, Brux., 1893, xiv, 2-4.—Bowen (J. J.) Hypertrophy of the lingual tonsil. Tonsils (Lingual, Diseases and tumors of). N. York M. J., 1897, lxvi, 872.—Boyd (F. D.) Enlarged lingual tonsil, with report of a case. N. Albanv M. Her- ald, 1901-2, xxi, 888.—Brady (A.J.) Hypertrophy of the lingual tonsil, and its removal by the use of the ton- sillotome. J. Laryngol., Lond., 1897, xii, 235-239.— Brooks (E. D.) Inflammation of the lingual tonsil. Homceop. Eye, Ear & Throat J., N. Y., 1900, vi. 372-376.— Browne (L.) Chronic hypertrophy and varix of the lingual tonsils. Liverpool M.-Chir. J., 1896, xvi, 13-26. -----. Some anatomical points in the structure of the lingual tonsil of practical bearing on its pathology. Laryngoscope,,St. Louis, 1899. vi, 43^9. -----. Sur quel- ques particularity anatomiques ayant trait a la patho- logie de l'amygdale linguale. Rev. hebd. de larvngol. [etc.], Par., 1898, xviii, 673-685.— Cbamberlin (F. T.) Hypertrophy of the lingual tonsil. Virginia M. Month., Richmond, 1894-5, xxi, 415-418. Also, Reprint—Chau- veau. Hypertrophie exceptionnellement volumineuse de l'amygdale linguale. France med., Par., 1898, xiv, 258— Citelli (S.) Nuovo strumento per lo spezzetta- mento della tonsilla linguale ipertrofica. Ann. di la- ringol. [etc.], Genova, 1903, iv, 1-4.-----. Sulla cosidetta tonsilla laryngea nell' uomo in condizioni normali e pa- tologiche. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1906, xxix,511-525.—Clark (B. F. R.) Hypertrophy of the lingual tonsil, with re- port of seven cases. Phila. Polyclin., 1896, v, 123-126.— Colin (A.) Sur un cas de peri-amygdalite linguale phlegmoneuse. Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1893, vi, 269-271.—Crouzillac. Amygdalite linguale phlegmoneuse. Rev. hebd. delaryngol. [etc.], Par., 1898, xviii, 369-372.—Dickinson (Mary E.) Hypertrophy of the lingual tonsil. Buffalo M. J., 1895-6, xxxv, 878-880.— Didsbury (G.) Hypertrophie chronique de l'amygdale linguale; revue de clinique et de physiologie patholo- gique. Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1897, x, 538-554. -----. Hypertrophie chronique de l'amygdale linguale avec troubles reflexes. Bull. d. soc. med. . . . du dep. de la Seine, Par., 1898, i, no. 3, 10-13. Also: France med., Par., 1898, xiv, 194-196.—Diogo de Valladares (M.) Hypertrophia da amygdala lingual. Rev. portu- gueza de med. e cirurg. prat., Lisb., 1896-7, i, 138-140.— Duchesne. L'amygdale linguale. J. de med. de Par., 1905, 2. s., xvii, 181-183.-Dudley (W. H.) The lingual tonsil and some of itsdiseases. Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhinol. & Otol. Soc, N. Y., 1911, xvii, 517-523.—Ellett (E. C.) A review of the pathological conditions affecting the lin- gual tonsil. Tr. West. Ophth., Otol. [etc.] A»s. Otol., Laryngol.&Rhinol.Div..St.Louis,1898,iii,42-50. Also:Ann. OtOl., Rhinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1898, vii, 449-460 — Escat (E.) Amygdalite linguale phlegmoneuse. Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1896, xvi, 129-133. -----. Rapport sur la pathologie de l'amygdale linguale. Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.], Par., 1898, xxiv, 602- 609. Also: Arch, internat. delaryngol. [etc.], Par., 1898, xi, 281-291. Also: Med. mod., Par., 1898, ix, 284. Also: Presse med., Par., 1898, i, 234-237. -----. Traitement des affectionsdel'amygdalelingualeet dela base dela lan- gue. Presse med., Par., 1898, ii, 250.—Faure. , Un cas d'amvgdalitelingualecatarrhale. Loirem6d.,St.-Etienne' 1903, xxii, 1-3.—Fellows (C. G.) Hypertrophy of the lingual tonsil. Homceop. Eve, Earand Throat J.,N.Y.,1899, v,22-27.—Ferran (C.) & Rosenthal. Contribution a I'etude de l'hypertrophie de l'amygdale linguale. Lyon med., 1902,xcix,245-258.—Foster(H.) Reportofacaseof bleeding from the lingual tonsils. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1896, i, 215, 1 pl. —Garrison (J. B.) The lingual tonsil as a cause of cough. N. Am. J. Homceop., N. Y., 1901, 3. s., xvi, 267-270. -tirant (J. D.) Hypertrophy of the lingual tonsil, with impairment of singing voice, im- proved by a snaring operation. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1909-10, iii, Laryngol. Sect., 155.— Gurovich. K patologii yazlchnol zhelyozi v svyazi s vospaleniyem yazika i s angina epiglottica. [Pathology of the lingual tonsil in connection with glossitis and . . .] Voyenno- med. J., St. Petersb., 1892, clxxv, unoffic pt., 1. sect. 216- 224.—Hamilton (T. K.) Hypertrophy of the lingual tonsil. Intercolon. M.Cong. Australas. Tr. 1892,Sydney, 1893, iii, 484-487. — Hanszel. [Eine eigenthiimliche Form von Angina der Zungentonsille.] Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1903, xvi, 939.—Haywood (G. M.) Hyper- trophy of the lingual tonsil. Tr. Homoeop. M. Soc. N. Y., 1898, xxxiii, 286-289—Heller (J.) Beitrage zur Sy- philis der Zungentonsille. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1900, xxxvii, 188-192. [Discussion], 1899, xxxvi, 1133.— Jan- kelevltch. Des troubles nerveux determines par l'hypertrophie de l'amygdale linguale. Ann. med.-chir du centre, Tours, 1903, iii, 18.— Joal. Hemorragies de l'amvgdale linguale et hemoptysies. Rev. internat. de rhinol., otol. et larvngol., Par., 1893, iii, 135-138. Also: Rev. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1893, xiii, 397-404.—John- ston (R. H.) Papilloma of the lingual tonsil. Laryn- goscope, St. Louis, 1905, xv, 564.—Joncheray. Amyg- dalite linguale phlegmoneuse. Arch. med. d' Angers, 1901, v, 80-84.—Jousset (A.) Pathologie de l'amvgdale lin- guale. Nord. med., Lille. 1902. viii. 61-64. Also: Rev. in- ternat. de med. et de chir., Par., 1902, xiii, 131-133. Also, TONSILS. 368 TONSILS. Tonsils (Lingual, Diseases and tumors of)- transl: Med. Weekbl., Amst., 1902-3, ix, 602-606.—Ka- nasugi (E.) Ueber die Hypertrophie der Zungenton- sille. [Japanese text] Ztschr. d. med. Gesellsch. zu Tokyo, 1895, ix, 15; 387,1 pl.—Kansui (M.) [Obstinate reflex vomiting after hypertrophy of the lingual tonsil.] Chiugai Iji Shinpo, Tokio, 1904, xxv, 868-878.—Katz (L.) Die Erkrankungen der Zungenmandel (mit Ausnahme der Tumoren). Wiirzb. Abhandl. a. d. Geb. d. prakt. Med., 1905, v, 12. Hft, 307-333. — Kronenberg (E.) Zur Pa- thologie und Therapie der Zungentonsille. Berl. Klinik, 1894, 77. Hft., 1-36.—Lake (R.) Hypertrophy of the lin- gual tonsil. Polyclin., Lond., 1902, vi, 528 —Levinstein (O.) Ueber eine pathologische Tonsille des menschlichen Schlundes, die Tonsilla linguse lateralis und ihre Erkran- kung an Angina. Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol.. Berl., 1912, xxvi, 687-694.—Lubllnski (W.) Die Syphilis der Zungentonsille, nebst Bemerkungen fiber ihr Verbaltniss zur glatten Atrophie der Zungeubalgdriisen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr. Leipz. u. Berl., 1900, xxvi, 227; 248.— McShane (A.) Enormous hypertrophy of the lingual tonsil, with chronic interstitial epiglottitis. Tr. Louisiana M. Soc. 1892, N. Orl., 1893, 131-136. Also: N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1892-3, n. s., xx, 194-198—-Hartin (W.) Hypertro- phy of the lingual tonsil. Med. & Surg. Reporter, Phila., 1897, lxxvii, 610. — JUasini (G.) Disfagia da infiam- mazione flemmonosa ed ascesso della tonsilla linguale. Ann. di laringol. [etc.], Genova, 1903, iv, 168-170.—Mau- rice. Troubles dus a l'hvpertrophie de l'amygdale lin- guale. Med. inf., Par., 1909, vi, 158-160.— JWongardi (R.) Sur deux cas de lymphadenie de l'amygdale lin- guale. Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1901, i, 401- 405.—Ulusson (Emma E.) Hypertrophy of the lingual tonsil. Rep. Proc. Alumnae Ass. Woman's M. Coll. Penn., Phila., 1891, 64-69.—Niidng (F. G.) Hypertrophic lin- gual tonsil in a child. St. Louis Cour. Med., Iy03, xxviii, 265-269.— Oppenhelmer (S.) A general consideration of hyperplasia of the lingual tonsil. Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhinol. & Otol. Soc. 1902, N. Y., 1903, viii, 388-408. Also: Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Larvngol., St. Louis, 1902, xi, no. 2, 231-253. Also: Med. Critic, N. Y., 1902, ii, 225; 334. Also, Reprint.—Percepied. L'hypertrophie de l'amygdale linguale. Normandie med., Rouen, 1903, xviii, 345-351.— Prota (G.) & JTlartuscelll (G.) Sarcoma della ton- silla linguale. Arch. ital. di laringol., Napoli, 1898, xviii, 107-121, 1 pl. — Raoult (A.) Des inflammations de l'amygdale linguale d'origine dentaire et buccale. Rev. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1895, xv, 465-470. —Ricei (C. A. ) Contributo alia patologia della tonsilla linguale; sull' ipertrofia della tonsilla linauale. Arch. ital. di otol. [etc.], Torino, 1897, v, 342-352. -----. Contributo alio studio delle manifestazioni sifllitiche sulla ton- silla linguale. Ibid., vi, 19-48. Also [Abstr.]: Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1897, 3. s., xiv, 83. Also [Ab1 str.]: Riv. veneta di sc. med., Venezia, 1897, xxvi,88-91.— Richardson (J. J.) Hypertrophy of the lingual ton- sil. Am. Med. Phila., 1904, viii, 421. Also, Reprint— Robinson (B.) Enlargement of the lingual tonsil as a cause of cough. Tr. Am. Larvngol. Ass. 1898, N. Y., 1899, xx, 41-53. Also [Abstr.]: N. York M. J., 1898, lxviii, 476- 478. [Discussion], 494.—Roquer Casadesus (J.) La hipertrofia de la amigdala de la lengua como causa de ataques de asma. Rev. balear de cien. med., Palma de Mallorca, 1893, ix, 8-11. Also: Rev. de laringol., otol. y rinol., Barcel., 1892-3, viii, 49-52.—Roy (L.-G.) Quel- ques considerations sur les abces de l'amygdale linguale. Rev. med., Par., 1904, xiii, 546.—Rueda (F.) Volumi- noso quiste en la zona de la amigdala lingual. Arch. lat. de rinol.,laringol. [etc.], Barcel.,1902, xiii, 76-79.—Sedziak ( J.) Przyczynek do rozpoznawania, oraz leczenia ropnego zapalenia migdalka podniebiennego, oraz j^zykowego, ze szczeg61nemuwzglednieniemropniaokolomigdalkowego. {Contribution to the diagnosis and treatment of purulent inflammation of the subpalatine and lingual tonsil, with special reference to quinsy.] Kron. lek., Warszawa, 1898, xix,143; 221—Seilert (O.) Die Pathologie der Zungen- tonsille. Arch. f. Laringol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1893, 48-80. -----. Ueber Svphilis der Zungentonsille. Miinehen. med. Wchnschr., 1893, xl, 101-103. -----. Die Syphilis der Zungentonsille. Arch, f. Dermat. u. Syph., Wien u. Leipz., 1898, xliv, 213-245.-Shearer (T. L.) Acute inflamma- tion and hypertrophy of the lingual tonsil as a cause of cough. Homceop. Eye, Ear & Throat J., N. Y., 1899, v, 106-113.—SikkeI (A.) De hypertrophie van de tonsil der tongbasis. Med. Weekbl., Amst, 1894, i, 179-182.— Slmanovskl iN. P.) O vospalitelnikh zabollevani- yakh limfaticheskol zhelyozistol tkani, zalozhennol na kornle yazika (chetvyortavo iii yazikovavo mindalika). [Inflammations of the lymphatic glandular tissue, at the base of the tongue (fourth or lingual tonsil).] Vrach, St. Petersb., 1893, xiv, 1187; 1243; 1276; 1301; 1330; 1355; 1389. Also [Abstr.]: Trudi Obsh. russk. vrach. v S.- Peterb., 1893-4, lx, no. 2, 3-9.—Straight (H. S.) Hyper- trophy of the lingual tonsil, with report of a case. Cleve- land J. M., 1896, i, 59.—Strong (T. M.) Diseases of the lingual tonsil. N. Eng. M. Gaz., Bost., 1902, xxxvii, 485- 490.—Swain (H. L.) Some remarks on acute disease of Tonsils (Lingual, Diseases and tumors of). the lingual tonsil. Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass., N Y., 1896, 24-37. Also: N. York M. J., 1896, lxiv, 111-116. Also, Re- print.—Tompkins (E.) Hypertrophy of the lingual tonsil, with report of cases. Virginia M. Month., Rich- mond, 1895-6, xxii, 906-913.—Villeeourt(R.) Des desor- dres produits par l'hypertrophie de la quatrieme amyg- dale (amygdale de la langue) chez une hysterique. Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1894, lxvii, 29.—VolkotT(V.) K patologii yazichnol zhelyozi v svyazi s derevyanistimi opukhol- yaml she'i. [On the pathology of the lingual tonsil in connection with ligneous tumors of the neck.] Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1895, xliv, 33-37.—Vymoia (K.) Ueber Erkrankungen der Mandel der Zungenwurzel (Tonsilla quarta). Med. Bl., Wien, 1910, xxxii, 183. Also: Rev. de med. tcheque, Prague, 1909, ii, 87.— Winekler (E.) Einiges fiber die Hyperplasie der Zungentonsille una deren operative Beseitigung. Verhandl. d. Ver. siid- deutseh. Laryngol. 1894-1903, Wiirzb., 1904,135-138. Also: Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1897, xliv 925-927. -----. Zur operativen Behandlung der hyperplastischen Zun- gentonsille. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1898, xlviii, 1497- 1500.—Wingrave (V. H. W.) Hypertrophy of the lin- gual tonsil. Tr. Brit. Laryngol. & Rhinol. Ass. 1892, Lond. & Phila., 1893, ii, 17.—Wroblewski (L.) Bei- trag zur Pathologie und Therapie der Zungentonsille. Wien. med. Presse, 1893, xxxiv, 211; 250; 286; 330; 370; 413; 451; 632; 674. Tonsils (Lymphoid ring of). See Tonsils (Infection through). Tonsils (Morphology and embryology of)- Wohlert (H.) *Zur Anatomie der Papilla foliata und der Tonsille des Pferdes. [Bern.] 8°. Leipzig, 1909. Cresl (G. V.) Noduli di cartilagine in tonsilla di feto umano, messi in evidenza con la muci-emateina del Mayer. Atti d. r. Accad. med.-chir. di Napoli, 1906, n. s., lx, 253-257, 1 pl.—Foianiui (P.) La tonsilla laringea studiata nell' uomo e mammiferi piii comuni. Arch. ital. di otol. [etc.], Torino, 1903-4, xv, 1-13,1 pl.—Ham- mar (J. A.) Das Schicksal der zweiten Scnlundspalte beim Menschen; zur vergleichenden Embryologie und Morphologie der Gaumentonsille. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1902, xxii, 221-224.—Illing (G.) Ueber die Mandeln und das Gaumensegel des Schweines. Arch. f. wissensch. u. prakt. Thierh., Berl., 1903, xxix. 411-426.—Kilian (J.) Entwicklungsgeschichtliche, anatomische und klinische Untersuchungen iiber Mandelbucht und Gaumenmandel. Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1898, vii, 167-203, 3 pl—Majeivski (W.) Ueber die Tonsillen der Feli- den. Bull, internat. Acad. d. sc. de Cracovie, 1911, 179- 186.—JWinot (C. S.) The development of the tonsils. Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass., N. Y., 1902, 226-228.—JMoslier (H. P.) The tonsil at birth. Tr. Am. Larvngol., Rhinol. & Otol. Soc, N. Y., 1903, ix, 148-160. Also: Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1903, xiii, 817-828. Also, Reprint—Retterer (E.) Evolution de l'amygdale du chien. Cong, internat. demed. C.r., Par., 1900, sect, d'hist, 96-112. Ateo[Abstr.]: Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1900, 11. s., ii, 513-616. -----. Histogenese et structure comparees des amyg- dales et des ganglions lymphatiques. Compt. rend. Soc de biol., Par., 1900, 11. s., ii, 349-351.—Zurria (G.) Sulla presenza di ghiandole mucose pluricellulari intraepite- liali nella tonsilla faringea di gatto. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1905, xxvii, 551-558. Tonsils (Mycosis of). See, also, Tonsils (Actinomycosis of). BeanfC.E.) Mycosis tonsillaris. Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass. 1894, N. Y., 1895, xvi, 43-46. Also: N. York M. J., 1894, lx, 208.—Bertarelli (E.) & Calamida (U.) Ueber die atiologische Bedeutung der Blastomyceten in den Tonsillen. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt, Jena, 1901, xxx, 60-65.—Blchaton. Trois cas de my- cose des amvgdales. Union med. du nord-est, Reims, 1907, xxxi, 61-64.— Calamida (U.) Sulla presenza di corpi fuxinotili o forme blastomicetiche nella tonsilla faringea. Arch. ital. di otol. [etc.], Torino, 1899-1900, ix, 95. Also: Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1899, 4. s., xlvii, 623.—Carpenter (Julia W.) Two cases of my- cosis tonsillaris. Cincin. Lancet-Clinic, 1896, xxxvi, 115- 117. [Discussion], 121-123. Also: Woman's M.J., Toledo, 1896, v, 97-99. Also, Reprint.—Do wnle (W.) A case of mycosis tonsillaris benigna. Glasgow M. J., 1894, xlii, 362. -----. Tonsils from a case of so-called mycosis tonsil- laris benigna. Ibid., 1897, xlvii, 370-372.—Dunn (J.) A case of mycosis of the pharyngeal tonsil. N. York M. J., 1894 lx, 112-114.—Griffln (E. H ) Mycosis of the tonsil and base of the tongue. Ibid., 1901, lxxiv, 1099.—Hard- castle (H.) Mycosis tonsillaris. Maryland M. J., Bait, 1901, xliv, 152-154.—lngals (E. F.) Mycosis of the ton- sil Chicago Clin. Rev,, 1896-7, vi, 250-253. Also: Inter- TONSILS. 369 TONSILS. Tonsils (Mycosis of). nat. Clin., Phila., 1897, iii, 331.—Irsai (A.) Mycosis ton- sillaris benigna. Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1904, xlviii, 90.— Lewis (F.D.J Mycosis tonsillaris. Homceop. Eye, Ear & Throat J., N. Y., 1899, v, 271-275, 1 pl. -----. Mycosis tonsillaris. Ibid., 1901, vii, 302-305.—Me Kinney (R.) A case of mvcosis tonsillaris affecting both tonsils; com- pletely cured by removal of the tonsils by electro-cautery dissection. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1903, xl, 991.—Jlil- bury (F. S.) Mycosis of the tonsils and adjacent parts. Med. News, N. Y., 1897, lxx, 240.—de Simoni (A.) Ue- ber das Vorkommen von Blastomyceten in der hyper- trophischen Tonsille. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt, Jena, 1897, xxii, 120-122.—Velllard. Examen his- tologique de quelques cas de keratomve6se de l'amyg- dale. Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1901, ii, 376- 379.—Vymola (K.) Ueber die mykotische Erkrankung der Mandeln und des Rachens. Rev. de med. tcheque, Prague, 1909, ii, 24-26. Tonsils (Palatine). See Tonsils. Tonsils (Pendulous). Bezdek(H.) Ein Fall von Tonsilla pendula. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1904, xvii, 504—Reinhard (P ) Ein Fall von Tonsilla pendula. Ibid., 1899, xii, 373.—Rethi (L.) Eine Tonsilla pendula combinirt mit Perforation des hinteren Gaumenbogens. Wien. med. Bl., 1893, xvi, 193. Also, transl: Arch. lat. de rinol., laringol. [etc.], Barcel., 1903, xiv, 226-2:30. Tonsils (Pharyngeal) [Lusehka's tonsil]. See, aho, Pharyngeal bursa, etc.; Tonsils (Infection through). Alagna (G.) La tonsilla faringea studiata in alcuni mammiferi. Arch. ital. di laringol., Napoli, 1902, xxii, 157-165, 1 pl. — Rarth (A.) Rachenmandel und Ohr. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh., Berl., 1897, xxxi, 473-479.—Cala- mida (U.) Sulla tina distribuzione dei nervi nella ton- silla faringea. Atti d. Cong.d.Socital.di laringol. [etc.] 1899, Empoli, 1900, iv, 239. -----. Sulla presenza di corpi fuxinofili o forme blastomicetiche nella tonsilla faringea. Gior. d. r. Accad.di med. di Torino, 1899,4. s., xlvii, 523.— Oell6. Bourse deLuschka.examenhistologiqueparRet- terer. Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.], Par., 1890, xvi, 302-304.—Holer (I.) Die Rachenmandel und deren Bedeutung beim Soldaten. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1905, Leipz., 1906, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 435.—Liddle(H. S.) The pharyngeal tonsil. Minneap. Homceop. Mag., 1899, viii, 9-13.—Parrisb (H.) The "third tonsil." N. York M. J. [etc.], 1909, lxxxix, 683- 686.—Poppi (A.) Tonsilla di Luscnka; canale cranio- faringeo e ipoflsi. Atti d. Cong. d. Soc. ital. di laringol. [etc.] 1908, Pavia, 1910, xii, pt. 2, 49-62. Also, Reprint— Price-Brown (J.) The pharyngeal tonsil. Domi- nion M. Month., Toronto, 1905, xxv, 262-267.—Wood (G. B.) The lymphatic drainage of the pharyngeal tonsil. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1906, n. s., cxxxi, 620-623.— Zuckerkandl (E.) Ueber Knorpel in der Pharynx- tonsille. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh., Berl., 1904, xxxviii, 51. Tonsils (Pharyngeal, Diseases of). See Tonsils (Diseases of) in children; Tonsils (Mycosis of). Tonsils (Pharyngeal, Hypertrophy of). See, also, Nasopharynx ( Vegetations of, Ade- noid ). Hufschmid (C.) Die krankhafte Wucherung der dritten Mandel und ihr schiidigender Ein- fluss auf die geistige und korperliche Entwick- lung beim Kinde. 8°. St. Qallen, 1892. Hynitzsch (J.) * Anatomische Untersuch lin- en iiber die Hypertrophie der Pharvnxtonsille. Strassburg.] 8°. Wiesbaden, 1899". Also, in: Ztschr. f. Ohrenh., Wiesb., 1898, xxiv, 184- 206,1 pl. Serebrjakopf (C.) * Ueber Involution der normalen und hyperplastischen Rachenmandel. 8°. Bern, 1906. Also, in: Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1906, xviii, 502-516. Zilla (I.) *Die Beziehungen der Rachen- mandel vergrosserung zur Gaumen,- Schadel,- Obergesichts- und Nasenbildung. 8°. Breslau, 1901. Abeles (G.) Ueber Hyperplasie der Rachenmandel und adenoide Vegetationen. Aerztl. Centr.-Anz., Wien, 1897, ix, 413; 432; 447; 464. Also, Reprint.—Alway (B. vol xviii, 2d series---24 Tonsils (Pharyngeal, Hypertrophy of). D.) Hypertrophy of the faucial and pharyngeal ton- sils. Med. Age, Detroit, 1905, xxiii, 541-544.—Bark.au (A.) The enlargement of the pharyngeal tonsil, and the necessity of early recognition by the general practitioner. Tr. M. Soc. Calif., San Fran., 1893, xxiii, 211-222.—Battle (J.T.J.) Hypertrophy of the pharyngeal tonsil and its treat- ment. Tr. M. Soc. N. Car., Charlotte, 1900, 61-64.—Bloch (F.) Hypertrophie der Rachenmandel und ihre Folgeer- scheinungen. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1908, xxxiii, 344- 349.—Bogoslavskl (D.) Sluchal hipertrofii tonsillse pharyngeal posterioris. Yezhemles. Ushn., Gorlov. i No- sov. Bollezn., S.-Peterb., 1910, v, 607.—Brieger (O.) Zur Genese der Rachenmandelhyperplasie. Arch. f. La- ryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1901, xii, 254-277.—Calamida (U.) Sull' istologia della tonsilla faringea ipertrofica. Atti d. Cong. d. Soc. ital. di laryngol. [etc.] 1899, Empoli, 1900, iv, 237.—Duldur (C. R.) Hypertrophied pharyn- geal, faucial and lingual tonsils; their significance and treatment. Wash. M. Ann., 1904-5, iii. 221-237.—Ellis (H. B.) Hypertrophy of the pharyngeal tonsil, and its relation to ear troubles. Tr. M. Soc. Calif. Monterey, 1899, xxix, 107-118.—Fisher (H. F.) Pseudo-chorea due to hypertrophy of Lusehka's tonsil. Homceop. Eye, Ear & Throat J., N. Y., 1895, i, 371-373.—Fleming (E. W.) Adenoid hypertrophy of the pharyngeal tonsil. South. Calif. Pract, Los Angeles, 1893, viii, 447-454.—Flo- derns (B.) Om betydelsen af hyperplastiska och tuber- kulosa processer i farynxtonsillen. [The significance of hy- perplasticand tuberculous processes inpharyngeal tonsils.] Hygiea, Stockholm, 1902, n. f., ii, 269; 389; 593.—Frank (P. G.) Hypertrophische Rachenmandeln bei Greisen. Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1906, xvi, 285-289.— Oarbinl (G.) Sulla denominazione, ipertrofia della tonsilla faringea; a proposito di una critiea del Prof. Massei. Arch. ital. di otol. [etc.], Torino, 1899-1900, ix, 445-418.—f teratoma of the tonsil. Laryngoscope, St. Louis 1909, xix. 366.—Kelsey (A. L.) Osteofibroma occupying the tonsillar fossa (probably of styloid process). Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1911, xx, 463-466 — Kutviri (O.j O nadorech mandli. [Tumors of the tonsils] Ca-op. lek. cesk., v Praze, 1902, xli, 1163; 1189- 1213;—Lange (F.) Ein Fall von multiplen Papillomen an Tonsille, Zunge und Epiglottis; ein Beitrag zum Wachsthum der entziindlichen Papillome. Arb. a. d med.-khn.Jnst. d. k. Ludwig-Maximilians-Univ. zu Munchen, Leipz., 1893, iii, 521-540, 2 pl— Lavrand (H ) Tumeur lymphoide de l'amygdale gauche; morcelle- ment; guerison. J. d. sc. med. de Lille, 1903, ii, 529-532. Also: Rev. hebd.^de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1904, i, 113- 116.—von Lenart (Z.) Gestielte Geschwulst der rechten Tonsil le. Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1908, xhv 928.-Liiicoln (R. P.) Supplementary report on a recurrent tonsillar tumor. Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass. 1900, NY.,i9oi, U2-119. Also: N. York M. J., 1900, lxxii, 705^ liiio d1 r'h*.r' auwelaers. [Biography.] Clinique, Brux., 1901, xv, 497. Tordo (Louis) [1886- ]. * Contribution a I'etude de la dyspnee hysterique, tachypnoe ou polypnee. 64 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1911. Torek (Franz) [1861- ]. Fibroma of the sheath of a tendon. 3 pp. 12°. New York, A. R. Elliott, 1905. Repr.from: N. YorkM. J. [etc.], 1905, lxxxii. ------. Modern methods in the surgical treat- ment of gastric diseases. 31pp. 8°. NemYork. 1908. Repr.from: N. York M. J. [etc.], 1908, lxxvii. Torek (Franz)—continued. -----. Peritonitis due to appendicitis, with spe- cial reference to diffuse suppurative peritonitis. 7 pp. 8°. New York, 1908. Repr.from: N. York M. J. [etc.], 1908, Ixxxviii, Torell (Heinrich Richard) [1884- ]. *Ein Fall von akuter halluzinatorischer Verwirrtheit nach Pneumonie. 23 pp. 8°. Kiel, H. Fiencke, 1910. Torrella (Gaspar). , De morbo Gallico cum aliis. a2: Ad Illustrissimu dum Cesarem de Bor- gia ducem Va/lentinen. Tractatus incipit de pu- dendagra seu morbo Galli/co editus a Gaspare Torrella Episcopo sancte Juste natio/ne Valen- tino. [Ad finem:~\ -hnpressum Rome. 22 1. [a8, b8, 66.] [Rome, n. d.~\ Hain, 15557. Voullieme, p. 363: xvi. century. Torelli (Ruggero). La testa di un feto rinve- nuta nel ventre d' una settuagenaria. Breve cenno anatomo patologico. 41 pp. 12°. Peru- gia, Vagnini, 1851. Torelli (Umberto). Sulla cromatoscopia reti- nica nelle atrofie papillari. 4 pp., 2 diag. fol. Firenze, 1888. Repr.from: Boll, d' ocul., Firenze, 1888, x. ------. Neurastenia e neurastenici. 27 pp. 8°. Castano Prima, G. Tadini, 1892. -----. Note di casistica clinica e terapia. 23 pp. 8°. Cagliari, P. Valdes, 1899. ------. Contributo alio studio delle discroma- topsie. 10 pp. 8°. Napoli, G. Salvati, 1900. Repr.from: Gazz.internaz.d. med. prat.,Napoli, 1900,iii ------. Appunti di medicina legale. 11 pp. 8°. Cagliari, 1908. -----. Contributo all' epidemiologia, terapia e profilassi della malaria. 7 pp. 8°. Cagliari, 1908. Torgensen (Nils) & von Hanno (Albert). De norske militer-lpegers uniformer fra 1805 til 1905. [The unforms of the Norwegian military surgeons.] Upp., 8col.pl. fol. Christiania, Gr0ndahl & Soner, 1905. Text by N. Torgensen, designs by A. von Hanno. Torggler (Franz). Zur Prognose neuerlicher Schwangerschaft nach conservativem Kaiser- schnitte. 31pp. 8°. [Wien, 1890.] Forms 1. Hft, v. 16, of: Wien. Klinik. ------. Das gespaltene Doppel-Speculum, dessen Anwendung und Werth. 17 pp. 8°. Halle a. S.,1901. Forms 2. Hft., v. 4, of: Samml. zwangl. Abhandl. a. d. Geb. d. Frauenh. u. Geburtsh. Torhorst (Hermann Rudolph Otto) [1876- ]. *Die histologischen Veranderungen beiderSkle- rose der Pulmonalarterien. [Naumburg a. S.] 2 p. 1., 32 pp., 11. 8°. Marburg, 1904. Toric lenses. See Astigmatism. Toriinaru (Toshihiko) [1881- ]. *Ueber Stieltorsion von Myom. 37 pp., 1 pl. 8°. Munchen, Kastner & Callwey, 1911. Torinus (Albanus) [1489-1550]. In librum Joannis Damasceni principis Arabum medici, De exquisita febrium curatione compendiosum diegema, sive metaphrasis. 172 pp. 24°. In Basilea, [1542]. Bound with: Alexander Aphrodiseus. De febrium et causis et diflerentiis. 24°. In Basilea, 1542. See, also, Alexander TraUianus. Paraphrases in libros omneis . .. fol. BasUese, 1541.—Faulus JEgl- neta. De medica materia libri septem [etc.]. fol. Ve- netiis, 1532.—Vesalius (Andreas) [in 1. s.J. Von des Menschen Corpers Anatomey [etc.]. fol. Basel, 1543. Torkel (Kurt Ernst Fedor) [1878- ]. *Be- steht eine gesetzmassige Yerschiedenheit in Ver- I laufsart und Dauer der progressiven Paralyse je TORKEL. 381 TOROSSI. Torkel (Kurt Ernst Fedor)—continued. nach dem Charakter der beeleitenden Riicken- marksaffection? 88 pp., 1 I 8°. Marburg, J. Hamel, 1903. Torkrit. Wetlierlll (H. E.) The blood color scale and the torkrit. Med Council, Phila., 1910, xv, 241-244. Tormay (Bela) [1838-1906]. A tuberculosis a haziallatok kozot es a tejkerdes. [Tuberculosis of domestic animals and the milk question.] 10pp. fol. Budapest, Orvosihetil., 1904. Bound with: Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1904, xlviii. For Biography, see Allatorvosi lapok, Budapest, 1907, xxx, 1-3 (Ratz). Tornadoes. Downey (J. H.) & Rudolph (H. L.) Victims of New Holland tornado, with report of six special cases. Tr. M. Ass.Georgia, Atlanta, 1904, 402-413.—Physician's experience with a tornado. Boston M. & S. J., 1896, cxxxiv, 602. Tornaglii (Ernesto). *Contribuicaodiagnostico dos exsudatos e transudatos. "1pp. 4°. Rio de Janeiro, 1906. Tornaria. Tlasterinan (A. T.) On the Diplochorda. Cer- tain points in the structure of Tornaria. Quart. J. Micr. Sc, Lond., 1908, 481-485,1 pl.—Perrier (E.) His- toire du Balanoglossus et de la tornaria de A. Agassiz. analyse et extrait par . .. Arch, de zool. exper. et gen. Hist. nat. [etc.], Par., 1873, ii, 395-403, 1 pl. Tornatola (S[ebastiano]). L' oculistica nella questione sociale. Prolusione al corso di oftal- mologia e clinica oculistica letta nella r. Uni- versita di Messina il 7 dicembre 1899. 16 pp. 8°. Messina, Nicotra, 1899. Tornau (Ernst) [1866- ]. * Beitrag zur Casuistik der Nervennaht mit Beriicksichtigung der Secundar-Nervennaht. 52 pp., 2 1. 8°. Konigsberg, 1898. Tome (Lucien). *Etude sur 1'ulcere simple de l'estomac d'origine traumatique; pathogenie. iii, 5-61 pp. 4°. Toulouse, 1894, No. 42. Tome (Raymond). *Essai de diagnostic clinique et traitement des avortements criminels. 62 pp. S°. Paris, 1909, No. 40. de Tornery (Michel) [1888- ]. *Essai sur 1' histoire de la rage avant le xixe siecle. 266 pp. 4°. Paris, 1893, No. 216. -----. The same. 266 pp. 8°. Paris, H. Jouve, 1893. Torney (George Henry) [1S50- ]. [Baketel (H. S.)] Brig.-Gen. George H. Torney, IT. S. A. Med. Times, N. Y., 1912, xl, 121.—Pilcher (J. E.) Brigadier General George H. Torney, Surgeon General of the United States Army. Mil. Surgeon, Rich- mond, Va., 1909, xxiv, 145-147, port. Tornier (Max [Friedrich Wilhelm Theodor]) [1868- ]. * Beitrag zur Kenntnis schwerer Phlegmonen. Zusammenstellung von 46 Fallen schwerer Phlegmonen der oberen Extremitat, welche in den Jahren Ende 1885 bis Anfang 1891 an der konigl. chirurgischen Klinik zu Greifswald beobachtet wurden. 66 pp. 8°. Greifswald, J. Abel, 1891. Tornier (Os'ar). Das Knochenmark. 31pp., 1 1., 1 pl. 8°. Breslau, F. W. Jungfers, 1890. Tor now (Friedrich [Karl]) [1872- ]. *Blutveranderungen durch Marsche. 66 pp., 1 1. 8°. Berlin, C. Vogt, [1895]. Tornow (Hana Wilhelm Otto) [1870- ]. *Statistik des Magencarcinoms. (Gesammelt aus den Fallen der Jahrgange 1873-99 des Kieler pathologischen Institute.) 22 pp., 1 1. 8°. Kiel, P. Peters, 1900. Tornow ([Julius] Emil) [1869- ]. * Zur Diagnostik der Syringomyelic. 36 pp. 8°. Berlin, G. Schade, [1893]. Tornu (Alessandro). Lezioni di patologia chi- rurgica raccolte dallo studente ... 3 v. 16°. Roma, 1898. Tornu (Henri) [1865- ]. *Des operations qui se pratiquent par la voie sacree. 114 pp., 1 1., 2 pl. 4°. Bordeaux, 1893, No. 59. Tornwaldt's [Thornwaldt's] dis- ease. See Pharyngeal bursx (Diseases of). Toro ( Alberto Enriquez ). * Contribution a I'etude de la prostatectomie, ses indications et procedes operatoires. 148pp., 8pl. 8°. Paris, 1908, No. 175. Toro (J. Fernandez). La neurosis generalizada. 49 pp. 8°. Madrid, 1892. Suppl to: Rev. de san. mil., Madrid, 1892, vi. del Toro y Calatrigo (Jose) [ -1899]. Ramon de Torres (J.) Necrologia. An. med. gaditanos, Cadiz, 1899-1900, xviii, 26. del Toro [y Quartiellers] (Cayetano). Impoitancia y adelantos de la oftalmologfa. Resumen estadfstico de la clinica oftalmologica. 35 pp. 8°. Cadiz, 1872. -----. Tratado teorico-practico de las enfer- mades de los ojos y de sus accesorios. 2 t. 3. ed. viii, 905 pp., 1 1.; 642 pp., 3 pl. 8°. Cadiz, F. R. de Silva, 1903. Toronto. See, also, Children (Hospitals and asylums for), Hospitals (Description, etc., of), Hospitals (Gynecological, etc.), Hospitals (Management, etc., of), Hospitals (Ophthalmic and aural), In- sane (Asylums, Description of, etc.), by localities; Universities. Toronto. Annual reports of the city engi- neer to the mayor and members of the council, for the years 1888; 1889; 1891-1901; 1903. 8°. Toronto, 1890-1904. Cassidy (J. J.) On the disposal of the sewage of the city of Toronto. Rep. Ass. Health Off. Ontario, Toronto, 1892, 73-87.—Geikie (W. B.) Reminiscences of two of Toronto's principal medical men in the early years of the city's history. Canad. Pract & Rev., Toronto, 1909. xxxiv, 25-37. Toronto Free Hospital for Consumptives, Toronto. Medical report of the physician-in- chief, for the year ending Sept. 30th, 1906. 16 pp. 8°. Toronto, [1906]. Toronto General Hospital. Training School for Nurses. Rules and regulations. 8 pp. 12°. [Toronto, n. d.~\ Toronto Home for Incurables. Annual re- ports of the officers to the members and subscribers. 16.-20., 1889-90 to 1893-4; 23.- 26., 1896-7 to 1899-1900. 16°. Toronto, 1890- 1900. Toropoff(N[ikoM] K[senofontovich]) [1879- ]. * Uslovniye refleksi s glaza pri udalenii zattlochnikh dolel bolshikh polushariy u sobaki. [Conditional reflexes of the eye upon the removal of the occipital lobes of the large hemispheres in the dog.] 87 pp., 2 1. 8°. S.- Peterburg. tip. Shtaba Old. Korp. Zhandarm., 1908. Torossi (Giovanni Battista). L' embrione del boa constrictor. Memoria. 11 pp., 1 pl. 8°. Vicenza, S. Giuseppe, 1893. ------. La vita e la metamorfosi dell' anguilla. Conferenza tenuta il 21 gennaio 1898 nell' Ac- cademia Olimpica in Vicenza. 29 pp., 1 1. 8° Vicenza, 1898. TORPEDO. 382 TORQUAY. Torpedo. Bernstein (J.) & Tschermak (A.) Ueber das thermische Verhalten des elektrischen Organs von Torpedo. 8°. Berlin, 1904. Repr. from: Sitzungsb. d. k.-preuss. Akad. d. Wissen- sch., Berl., 1904. d' irsonval. Recherches sur la decharge electrique dela torpille. Rev. d'hyg. therap., Par., 1896, viii, 54- 60 — Babuehln. Zur Begrfindung des Satzes von der Preformation der elektrischen Elemente im Organ der Zitterfische. Arch. f. Physiol., Leipz., 1883, 239-254.— Baglioni (S.) Vergleichende chemische Untersu- chungen an den Muskeln, den elektrischen Organen und dem Blutserum von Torpedo ocellata. Beitr. z. chem. Phys. u. Path., Brnschwg., 1906, viii, 456-471.—Bee- querel. Rapport surun memoire de Ch. Matteucci, ayant pour titre; Recherches physiques, chimiques et physiolo- giques sur la torpille; et sur diverses notes relatives aux contractions de la grenouille. Compt. rend. Aead. d. sc, Par., 1837, v, 788-797.—Bernstein (J. ) & Tsclier- inak (A ) Untersuchungen der Thermodynamik der bioelektrischen Strome. 2. Teil. Ueber die Natur der Kette des elektrischen Organs bei Torpedo. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1906, cxii, 439-521.—Calamai (L.) Sull' anatomia della torpedine e sopra un gabinetto di anatomia comparata. Gazz. tosc. d. sc. med.-fis., Firenze, 1845, iii, 310-315. Also, Reprint.—Carazzi (D.) Effetti dello seoppio delle torpedini sopra gli animali marini. Monitore zool. ital., Firenze, 1897, viii, 254-256.—Cavalie (M.) Les ramifications nerveuses dans l'organeelectrique de la torpille (Torpedogalvani); dispositif fibrillaire dans lesgaines des fibres nerveuses et autour d'elles. Bibliog. anat., Par. & Nancy, 1904, xiii, 214-220. -----. Les chro- moblastes du tegument externe dorsal de Torpedo gal- vani. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1904, lvi, 46.-----. Recherches sur les ramifications nerveuses dans les lames de l'organe electrique de Torpedo galvani. Ibid., 653. -----. Sur quelques points de la structure de l'organe electrique (Torpedo galvani). Ibid., 1905, lviii, 158-160.— Chiarugi (G.) Di unorganoepitelialesituatoal dinanzi della ipofisi e di altri punti relativi alio sviluppo della re- gione iporisaria in embrionidiTorpedo ocellata. Monitore zool. ital., Firenze, 1898, ix, 37-56.—Ciaceio (G. V.) Os: servazioni microscopiche intorno agli organi elettrici delle torpedini. Mem. r. Accad. d. sc. d. Ist. di Bologna, 1897-8,5. s., vii, 587-619, 4 pl. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1900, xxxiii, 51-72, 2 pl. -----. Sugli organi elettrici delle torpedini. Bull. d. sc. med. di Bologna, 1897, 7. s., viii, 340-342. Also: Rendic. r. Accad. d. sc. d. Ist. di Bologna, 1896-7, n. s., i, 123-126.— Coggl (A.) Nouvelles recherches sur le developpement des ampoules de Lorenzini. Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1902-3, xxxviii, 321-333. -----. Sviluppo degli organi di senso laterale, delle ampolle di Lorenzini e loro nervi rispettivi in torpedo. Arch, zool., Napoli, 1902, i, 59-107, 2 pl.-----. Su lo sviluppo e la morfologia delle ampolle di Lorenzini e loro nervi. Ibid., 1904-5, ii, 309-383, 3 pl.— Crevatin. Ueber das sogenannte Stabchennetz im elektrischen Organ der Zitterrochen. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1898, xiv, 243-250.—Crisafulli (E.) Ricerche di elettro- biologia; il potere elettrico delle torpedini dietro l'influ- enza del bromuro di potassio. Gior. di elett. med., No- cera infer., 1899-1900, i, 199-249.—Drzewina (Anna). Sur l'organe lympho'ide et la muqueuse de l'cesophage de la torpille (Torpedo marmorata Risso). Arch, d'anat. micr. Par., 1910-11, xii, 1-18.—Du Bois-Reymond (E.) Living torpedos in Berlin. Biol. Mem., Oxford, 1887, 417-547.—Faure-Fremiet (E.) & Mironesco (T.) Sur le condriome des lames eiectriques de la torpille. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1911, lxxi, 517.—Fuchs (S.) Einige Beobachtungen an den elektrischen Nerven von Torpedo ocellata. Centralbl. f. Phvsiol., Leipz. u. Wien, 1894, viii, 529.—Garten (S.) Beitrage zur Physi- ologie des elektrischen Organes der Zitterrochen. Ibid., 1899, xiii, 1-4.— Gentes (L.) Developpement compare de la glande infundibulaire et des plexus choroides dor- saux chez la torpille. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1908, lxiv, 687-689.—Gley (E.) Recherches sur le sang des selaciens; action toxique du serum de torpille (Tor- pedo marmorata). Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1904, exxxviii, 1547-1549.—Guthke(E.) Embryologisehe Stu- dien iiber die Ganglien und Nerven des Kopfes von Tor- pedo ocellata. Jenaische Ztschr. f. Naturw., Jena, 1906-7, xlii, 1-57, 3 pl.—Hellmann. Die Entwicklung des Labyrinthes bei Torpedo ocellata. Verhandl. d. deutsch. otol. Gesellsch., Jena, 1898, vii, 65-76, 1 pl.—Helly (K.) Acidophil gekornte Becherzellen bei Torpedo marmo- rata. Arch. f. mikr. Anat., Bonn, 1905, lxvi, 434-439, 1 pl.—Holm (J. F.) Some notes on the early develop- ment of the olfactory organ of Torpedo. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1894. x, 201-207.—Iwanzoflf ( N.) Der mikro- skopische Bau des elektrischen Organs von Torpedo. Bull. Soc. imp. d. nat. de Moscou, 1894, n. s., viii, 358; 407, 3 pl.—Jobert de Lamballe. Considerations sur les ap- pareils electriques de la torpille, du gymnote, etc. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1851, xxxiii, 41— Koliiker. Sur la terminaison des nerfs dans l'onrane electrique de la torpille. Ibid., 1856, xliii, 792-79L —Jlaginl (G.) Torpedo. L'orientation des nucleoles des cellules nerveuses mo. trices dans le lobe Electrique de la torpille, a l'etat de re- pos et a l'etat d'excitation. Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1894-5, xxii, 212-217.— Hatteut < i (C.) Nouvelles expe- riencessurlatorpille. [Abstr.] Compt.rend.Acad.d.sc, Par., 1837, v,501-504. -----. Sur le pouvoir clcotromoteur del'organe de la torpille. Ibid., 1860,1,918: li, 193.—ille- nel (E.) Pfispeyky khistologiielektrikehocentrauTor- pedo marmorata. [Histology of the e lectric centre of ...] Sitzungsb. d. k.-bohm. Gesellsch. d. Wissensch. 1901, Prag, 1902, No. xx, 1-15,1 pl. Also, transl: Arch. f. mikr. Anat., Bonn, 1902, lx, 181-189, 1 pl.—Moreau (A.) L'electri- cit6 de ladechargede la torpille pent etre reeueillie et conservee dans un appareil de physique. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1861, liii, 512-515. Also [Rap. de Bec- querel]: Ibid., 1862, liv, 963-966.—Ognefr (J.) Ueber die Entwiekelung des elektrischen Organes bei Torpedo. Arch. f. Physiol., Leipz.,1897,270-306, 2 pl.—Polumord- vinolt'. Ob okonchaniyakh nervov v elektricheskom organle skatov (torpedo). • [Nerve endings in the electri- cal organ of ... ] Dnevnik Syezda Obsh. Russk. Vrach. v pamyat Pirogova, Kazan, 1899, vii, 236.—Reach (F.) & Widako wicli (V.) Untersuchungen iiber das Verhal- ten der Fette bei Torpedo wahrend der Graviditiit. Bio- chem. Ztschr., Berl., 1912, xl, 128-137.—de Reaumur. Des effets que produit le poisson appell6 torpille, ou trem- ble, sur ceux qui le touchent, et de la cause dont ils de- pendent. Hist. Aead. roy. d. sc, 1714. Par., 1741. M6m., 344-360, 1 pl. Also, transl: K. Akad. d. Wisensch. in Par. . . . Abhandl. 1714, Bresl., 1753, iv, 337-351, 2 pl.— Reichenheini (M.) Sopra il midollo spinale ed il lobo elettrico della torpedine. Atti. d. r. Accad. d. Lin- cei, Roma, 1876-7,3. s.,i, 1142-1163, 6 pl.—ROhmann (F.) Ueber den Stoffumsatz in dem thiitigen elektrischen Or- gan des Zitterrochen nach Versuchen an der zoologischen Station zu Neapel. Arch. f. Physiol., Leipz., 1893, 423- 482.—Romano (A.) I condensatori elettrici naturali delle torpedini, i loro fenomeni di scarica e di scintilla- mento e le loro analogie con gli apparati muscolari striati e lisci. Ann. di elett. med. [etc.], Napoli, 1912, xi, 271; 321. — Sabrazes (J.) & Muratet (L.) Observations sur le sang de la torpille (Torpedo marmorata Risso). Folia haematol., Leipz., 1908, vi, 167-170. —Schonlein ( K.) Beobachtungen und Untersuchungen iiber den Schlag von Torpedo. Ztschr. f. Biol., Miinehen u. Leipz., 1894, n. F., xiii, 449: 1896, n. F., xv, 408, 6 diag.—Sewer- tzolt (A. N.) Die Metamerie des Kopfes von Torpedo. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1898, xiv, 278-282.—Solger (B.) Ue- ber die intracelluliiren Fiiden der Ganglienzellen des elektrischen Lappens von Torpedo. Morphol. Jahrb., Leipz., 1902, xxxi, 104-115, lpl.—Tremble (Surle) ou la torpille. Hist. Acad. roy. d. sc, 1714, Par., 1741,19-22. Also, transl: K. Akad. d. Wissensch. in Par. . . . Abhandl. 1714, Bresl., 1753, iv, 334-336. — Trinchese (S.) Ri- cerche sulla formazione delle piastre motrici. Mem. r. Accad. d. sc. d. Ist. di Bologna, 1891-2, 5. s., ii, 279-286.— Vialleton (L.) Les lymphatiques du tube digestif de la torpille (Torpedo marmorata, Risso). Arch, d'anat. micr. Par., 1902, v, 378-176, 2 pl.-----. Sur le developpe- ment des fentes branchiales de la torpille. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1906, Ixi, 11-13.—Weyl (T.) Die Sau- lenzahl im elektrischen Organ von Torpedo ocellata. Centralbl. f. d. med. Wissensch., Berl., 1882, xx, 273-277. Also, Reprint. -----. Physiologische und chemische Stu- dien an Torpedo. Zur Analyse des electrischen Organs von Torpedo. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1883, vii, 541-552.— Widakowich (V.) Ueber einen Museums sphincter uterorum bei Torpedo ocellata und fiber das Hymen der Plagiostomen. Arch. f. Anat. u. Entwcklngs- gesch., Leipz., 1908, 352-370. Torpedo-boat destroyers. Belli (C. M.) & Trocello (E.) Alterazioni e ricam- bio dell' aria sulle caccia-torpediniere. Ann. di med. nav., Roma, 1097, ii, 461-481.—Duval. Les contre-tor- pilleurs de l'escadre de la M6diterranee en 1904. Arch. de med. nav., Par., 1905, lxxxiii, 38-46.—Munson (F. M.) Hygiene of torpedo boat destroyers in the Philippines. Mil. Surgeon, Richmond, 1909, xxiv, 268-272. Torpedo-boats. Bernard (N.) Minniy transport -'Amur." [Torpedo . . .] Med. pribav. k morsk. sborniku, St. Petersb., 1903, pt. 1, 290-293. — Simanovicn (N. P.) Minniya stida I otryada Baltiyskavo morya v sanitarno-higienicheskom otnoshenii i sanitarnoye sostovaniye otryada za rezerv 1906-1907 g. g. [The torpedo boats of the First Baltic Di- vision from a sanitary point of view, also the sanitary condition of the reserve for 1906-7.] Ibid., 1908, pt. 2, 183; 225. Torquay. Karkeek (P. Q.) Notes on Torquay as a health resort. 12°. Torquay, [n. d.]. Dunlop (T.) The climatic condition of Torquay. J. Roy. San. Inst., Lond., 1910-11, xxxi,217-320. —Garrett (H. A.) Torquay sewerage. San. Rec, Lond., 1893-4, n- s., xv, 785. — Karkeek (P. Q.) Torquay. Bristol M.. TORQUAY. 383 TORREY. Torquay. Chir. J., 1893, xi, 93-100, 1 map. -----. Health resorts; Torquay. Quart. M. J., Sheffield, 1897-S, vi, 57-65, 2 pl.— Metcalfe (G.) Torquay. Northumberland & Durham M. J., Newcastle-upon-Tyne, 1897, v, 163-169. Torquay. Annual reports of the medical offi- cer of health, reports on the sanatorium, and the sanitary inspector's reports. 1.—4., 1878-81; 6.-16., 1883-93; 18.-24., 1895-1901. 12° & 8°. Torquay, 1879-1902. Torraca (Gaetano). See Epldemica (Dell') costituzione di Civitavecchia Tete.]. Torralbas (Frederico). Contribution al es- tudio de las anginas piocianicas. 4 pp. 8°. Habana, 1905. Repr.from: Rev. de med. y ciruj. de la Habana, 1905, x, -----. Proceso de la alimentation. 16 pp. 8°. Habana, 1906. Repr.from: Arch, de la Policlin, Habana, 1906, xiv. -----. Ulcera simple del estomago. 10 pp. 8°. Habana, A. Perez, 1908. -----. Bibliografia del Dr. Jose I. Tarralbas. 63 pp. 8°. Habana, 1910. Torralbas (Jose I.) [ -1903]. Torralbas (F.) Bibliografia del Dr. Jose I. Torralbas. 8°. Habana, 1910. Mestre (A. j Elogio. Rev. de med. y cirug. de la Habana, 1904, ix, 636-650, port. Torrance (Gaston) [1868- ]. A case of acute gastric and duodenal dilatation treated by gastrojejunostomy with recovery. 3 pp. 8°. New York, A. P. Elliott Co., 1909. Repr.from: N. York M. J. [etc.], 1909, lxxxix. -----. Foramitti's " tubulization" method of nerve suture; with report of a case. 2 1. 8°. New York, 1911. Repr.from: N. York M. J. [etc.], 1911, xciii. Torrance (Robert) [ -1899]. Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1899, ii, 1234. Torre (Federico). See Italy. Ministero de la guerra. Direzione generale delle leve e della truppa [etc.]. fol. Roma, 1883. della Torre (Giacomo). See Jacobus Forli- viensis. de la Torre (Luis G.) * Contribution al estu- dio de las complicaciones del tifo. 25 pp., 2 tab. 8°. Mexico, I. Cumplido, 1886. de la Torre y Kalcarcel (Juan). Espejo de la philosophia y compendio de toda la medicina theorica y practica. 5 p. 1., 190 pp., 14 1. fol. En Amberes, B. Moreto, 1668. Torre Annnnziata. See Waters (Mineral), by localities. Torreggiani (G.) Polizia sanitaria. II servi- zio di vigilanza ed assistenza zooiatrica nei piccoli comuni rurali. 235 pp., 2 pl. 16°. Cas- trocaro, A. Barboni, 1897. Torrella (Hieronymus) Valentinus. Opus prse- clarum de imaginibus astrologicis non solum medicis verum etiam litteratis viris utile ac amoenissimum. 92 1. sm. 4°. [Valentine, A. d'Orta, 1496.] de Torres (A.) Essai sur la cure radicale du cancer, tumeurs malignes et de la syphilis par un nouveau proeede (m£taux a l'etat colloidal). 357 pp., 11. 8°. Paris, 1904. Torres (Ezequiel). * Estudio medico-legal sobre la zona de escoriaci6n producida en las heridas hechas por arma de fuego. 32 pp. 8°. Mexico, G. Horcasitas, 1882. Torres (Ignacio). * Estudio tisiologico sobre la constriction aplicada en el recto. 50 pp., 1 pl., 1 diag. 8°. Mexico, I. Escalante, 1880. Torres (Jos6 T.) * Ensayo experimental sobre el cafe. 23 pp. 8°. Mexico, Jens y Zapiain, 1876. Torres-Caicedo (J[ose] M.) De la peine de mort. 31 pp. 8°. Paris, E. Dentu, 1864. Torres-llouicm (Joao Vicente). Licoes de clinica sobre a febbre amarella feitas na Fa- cultade de medicina do Rio de Janeiro. 168 pp. 8°. Rio de Janeiro, 1873. ------. Pernicious fever; a clinical study of the fevers of Rio de Janeiro. Transl. by Surgeon George P. Bradley, U. IS. Navy, viii, 137 pp. 12°. Detroit, Mich., G. S. Davis, 1894. Physician's Leisure Library. de Torres y Martinez (Jose Ramon). SeeOloeli(Adolphe). Elaguafria [etc.]. 8°. Madrid, 1881. —tiuibout (Eugene). Lecciones clinicas, [etc.]. 8°. Madrid, 1878-81. Torres Straits. See, also, Murray Islands. Reports of the Cambridge Anthropological Expedition to Torres Straits, v. 5 (pts. 1 & 2), 3, 5, and 6. 4°. Cambridge, 1901-8. Douglas (J.) The islands and inhabitants of Torres Strait. Queensland Geog. J., Brisbane, 1899-1900, n. s., xv, 25-40.—Haddon (A. C.) The secular and cere- monial dances of Torres Straits. Internat. Arch. f. Eth- nog., Leiden, 1893, vi, 131-162, 4 pl.—Haddon (A. C), Turner ^W.) [et al). The anthropology and natural history of Torres Straits. Rep. Brit. Ass. Adv. Sc. 1899, Lond., 1900, 581-591. Torresse (Jean) [1882- ]. * Les insectes et la transmission des agents pathogenes anopheles et culex dans la region lyonnaise. 92 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1906, No. 64. Torretta (A.) Les lesions du labyrinthe non acoustiqne, demontrees par des recherches ex- perimentales et cliniques. 8°. Paris, J.-B. Bailltire & fils., 1910. Torrey (Harry Beal). The Hydroida of the Pacific coast of North America, with especial reference to the species in the collection of the University of California. Univ. of Cal. Pubs. Zoology. Vol. 1, No. 1, 1902. 104 pp., 11 pl. 8°. Berkeley, The University Press, 1902. Torrey (Henry Augustus) [1871-1910]. Jackson (C. L.) Obituary. Am. Chem. J., Bait., 1910, xliv, 472-474. Torrey (John) [1796-1873]. JBritton (N. L.) Pioneers of science in America; John Torrey. Pop. Sc. Month., N. Y., 1907, lxx, 297, port. Torrey (John C.) [ -1908]. A comparative study of dysentery and dysentery-like organisms. Pt. I. Bacilli producing a typical reaction in lit- mus milk. 20pp. 8°. [New York], 1905. Repr.from: J. Exper. M., N. Y., 1905, vii. In: Pub. Cornell Univ. M. Coll. Stud. Dep. Path., N. Y., 1905, v. ------. A comparative study of dysentery and study of dysentery and dysentery-like organ- isms. Pt. II. Dysentery-like organisms which produce an atypical reaction in litmus milk and which should probably be included within the group of pseudo-dysentery bacilli. 16 pp. 8°. [New York], 1905. Repr.from: J. Exper. M., N. Y., 1905, vii. In: Pub. Cornell Univ. M. Coll. Stud. Dept. Path., N. Y., 1905, v. -----. An antigonococcus serum effective in the treatment of gonorrheal rheumatism. 19 pp. 8°. [Chicago], 1906. Repr.from: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1906, xlvi. In: Pub. Cornell Univ. M. Coll. Stud. Dep. Path., N. Y., 1905, v. -----. Agglutinins and precipitins in anti-gono- coccic serum, pp. 329-358. 8°. Boston, 1907. Repr.from: J. Med. Research, Bost., 1907, xvi. In: Pub. Cornell Univ. M. Coll. Stud. Dep. Path., [N. Y.], 1907, vii. TORREY. 384 TORUP. Torrey (John C.)—continued. ------. Bacteriolysis of the gonococcus and of the meningococcus with normal and specific immune rabbit serums, pp. 471-498. 8°. New York, 1908. Repr.from: J. Med. Research, Bost., 1908, xix. In: Pub. Cornell Univ. Med. Coll. Stud. Dep. Path., N. Y., 1908, viii. ------. A study of natural and acquired im- munity in guinea-pigs to gonococcus. pp. 347- 498. 8°. New York, 1908. Repr.from: J. Med. Research, Bost., 1908, xix. In: Pub. Cornell Univ. Med. Coll. Stud. Dep. Path., 1908, viii. ------. The prevention of infectious diseases. pp. 536-544. 8°. New York, 1909. Cutting from: Harper's Mag., N. Y., 1909, cxviii. See, also, Rogers (John) & Torrey (John C.) The treatment of gonorrheal infections [etc.]. 8°. Chicago, 1907.— Teague (Oscar) & Torrey (John C.) A study of gonococcus [etc.]. 8°. Boston, 1907. For Biography, see Brit. M. J., Lond., 1908, i, 1336. Torri (Francesco). Osservazioni sulla cura del tinea. 6 pp. 8°. Fano, G. Lana, 1840. [P., v. 2234.] Repr.from: Raccoglitore, Fano, 1840, vi. Torri (0[doacre]). L' ipofisi nelle infezioni. Ricerche istologiche. 29 pp. 8°. Pisa, Orso- lini-Prosperi, 1903. ------. Sopra un caso di miosarcoma del timo. Osservazione anatomo-patologica. 18pp., lpl., 1 1. 8°. Pisa, Orsolini-Prosperi, 1903. ------. Intorno ad alcuni casi di febbre medi- terranea a Pisa. 25 pp. 4°. Pisa, F. Mariotti, 1910. Torriano (Orazio). Relazione del contagio sofferto da' Messinesi. Estratto dalla coppia d' una lettera di ragguaglio estesa per ordine del Principe Corsini, Vicere di Sicilia. 4 1. sm. 4°. [Modena 7. Toseanelli (Carlo Maria). Si i- Flores (Joseph) Del maraviglioso speciflco delle lucertole [etc.]. 12°. Torino, 1784. Toseano (Anton). Sic Postolka (August) & Toscano (Anton). Die animalischen Nahrungs- und Gennssmittel des Menschen [etc.]. 8°. Wien, 1893. Toscano (Nicolas Vazquez). Una epidemia de •difteria en el pueblo deMalaguilla(Guadalajara). Memoria premiada por la real Academia de medicina v cirujia de Barcelona. 76 pp. Sc. Madrid, G. Juste, 1897. Toschi (Giacomo). For Portrait, see Collection of Portr. (Libr.). Toscolano. See Influenza (History, etc., of), by localities. Tosi (Federico) [1837-96]. [Bioiirapny.] Gior. med. d. r. esercito Letc], Roma. 1896, xliv, 857-xriO, port.—H. Necrologia. Ann. di med. nav., Roma, 1896, ii. 938. Tosi (Ugo). Variazoni del bilancio emileucoci- tario sotto 1' azione della tubercolina. 30 pp., 11. sc. Jesi, stabilimento tipog. coop., 1905. Tosmae. Antes, en el lecho conyugal y despues. Higiene de las relaciones sexuales. 80 pp. 12°. Madrid, 1S91. Tostes tie Alvarenga (Jose). * Valor semio- tico de dente de Hutchinson na primeira den- ticao. 83 pp., 1 1. roy. 8°. Rio de Janeiro, Carvalhaes, 1905. Toslivint (Jean) [1867- ]. * Etude com- parative de Penterotomie et de l'enterorrhaphie primitives et de l'anus contre nature dans la cure des hernies gangrenees. 90 pp., 11., 1 tab. 4°. Lyon, 1891. Toslivint (Louis) [1882- ]. * Contribution a I'etude de l'osteomyeiite du tibia et du perone au niveau de leur extremite inferieure. 82 pp. 8°. Paris, 1907, No. 319. Tostivint (Paul). * Contribution a I'etude den abets sous-phreniques d'origine appendiculaire. 70 pp. 8°. Paris, 1908, No. 107. Tostivint (Victor). ^Contributiona I'etude de la pathogenie des luxations con enitales de la hanche d'apres 80 radiographics. 44 pp., 5 pl. 8°. Paris, 1902, Xo. 31. Tot. Ajello (S.) La cura delle auto-intossica/.ioni eon il tot. Gazz. med. sicil., Catania, 1904, vii, 125; 418.—Dalla Vecehia (G.) Sull' azione terapeutica del tot. Cor- rierre san., Milano, 1903, xiv, 252-254.—Fasano (A.) II tot nella terapia delle malattie gastro-intestinali. Arch. internaz. di med. e cbir., Napoli, 1913, xix, 376-384.— Gavina. Su 1' azione del tot su alcuni microorganismi della flora intestinale. Boll. d. Soc. med.-chir, di Pavia, 1903, no. 4, p. i. Totanns. Die Ohrenkrankheiten, mit kurzen Angaben iiber ihre Behandlung unter Beriick- sichtigung der Massage-Methode des Dr. Marage vol xviii, 2d series---25 Totanns. und einem Anhang: Die Xasen- und Rachen- krankheiten. 64 pp. 8°. Leipzig, E. Demnu, 1904. Totems and totemism. Frazer (J. G.) Totemism and exogamy; a treatise on certain early forms of superstition and society. 4 v. 8°. London, 1910. Bantu totemism. Folk-Lore, Lond., 1904, xv, 203- 205.—Brim (J.) Le toternisme chez quelques peuples du Soudan occidental. Anthropos, Wien, 1910, v, 843- 809.—Dussaud (R.) Totemisme et exogamie. Anthro- pologic, rar.. 1911, xxii, 295-305.—Knthoven (R. E.) Totem theories. J. Auihrop. Soc. Bombay, 1912, 63-66.— Fletcher (Alice C.) A study from the Omaha tribe; the import of the totem. Rep. Smithson. Inst., Wash., 1896-7, 577-586, 3 pl.—van Geunep (A.) Qu'est-ce que le totemisme? Folk-Lore, Lond., 1911, xxii, 93-104 — Goldenwelser (A. A.) Exogamy and totemism de- fined; a rejoinder. Am. Antlimp.. Wash., 1911, n. s., xiii, 589-597.—Gomme (L.) 5]. [Obituary.] Buffalo M. J., 1895-6. xxxv, 424-426.— Vander Veer (A.) In memoriam. Tr. Am. Ass. Obst. & Gynec. 1895, Phila., l.v.»6, 383-3*7, port. Townsend (George Alfred) [1841- ]. Campaigns of a non-combatant, and his ro- maunt abroad during the war. 368 pp. 8°. New York, Blelock dc Co., 1866. Townsend (George H.) The manual of dates; a dictionary of reference to all the most impor- tant events in the history of mankind to be found in authentic records, viii, 959 pp. 8°. London, Routledge, Warne dc Routledge, 1862. -----. The same. 2. ed. 1113 pp. 8°. Lon- don, F. Warne & Co., 1867. -----. The same. 5. ed., entirely remodelled and edited by Frederick Martin, vi, 1082 pp. 8°. London, F. Warne dc Co., 1877. Townsend (George H.) The relation of food to health and premature death. With collabo- ration of F. J. Levy, H. G. Nicks, and G. C. Crandall. 427 pp., 3 pl. 8°. ,87. Louis, Witt Pub. Co., 1898. Townsend (Howard) [1823-67]. Portrait in: Collection of Portr. (Libr.). Townsend [Richard]. Chart of the physical signs of diseases of the lungs. 1 tab. 12°. Dublin, J. Taylor, [n. d.]. See, also, Andral (Gabriel). A treatise on patho- logical anatomv. 2 v. 8°. Dublin, 1829-31. -----. The same. 8°. New York, 1832. Townsend (Terry M.) [1876- ]. Pro- static gonococcal auto-reinfections of the urethra. 12 pp. 8°. New York, W. Wood dc Co., 1902. Repr.fror.n: Med. Rec, X. Y., 1902, lxii. See, also, Valentine (Ferdinand C.) -23K. — Pitini (A.) & Fernan- dez ( G.) Influenza di alcuni prodotti di autoin- tossicazione sulla respirazione elementare dei tes- suti. Arch, di farm, e terap., Palermo, 1909, xv, 5-11.— von Poehl (A.) Die Nerveniiberreizungen als Ur- sache von Autointoxicationen. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1901, Leipz., 1902, Ixxiii, pt. 2, med. Abth., 67. -----. Samootravleniya, obuslovlivayu- shtshiyasya anomaliyami tkanevovo dikhaniya i osmoti- cheskavo napryazheniya. [Autointoxications condi- tioned by anomalies of tissue respiration and osmotic tension.] J. med. khim. i organoterap., S.-Peterb., 1903, ix, 75-86. Also, transl.: Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1902, Leipz., 1903, lxxiv, 2, Hlfte., 56-60.—Pratt (G. N.) A peculiar case of toxe- mia. Med. Era, Chicago, 1912, xx, 103-105.—Proven- dier. Mort rapide par toxhemie. Bull, med.. Par., 1912, xxvi, 780.—Rachlord (B. K.) Comparative toxi- city of ammonium compounds; a study in autointoxi- cation. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, Phila,1902,xvii, 8-24.— Randell (A. E.) An unusual and unique case of tox- aemia; death. Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1906, xxv, 456.— Reed (('. B.) Toxemia as a stimulus in literature. Forum, N. Y., 1912, xlviii, 102-119.—Roberts (J. G.) Autointoxication in relation to mental and nervous dis- eases. Am. Med., Phila., 1902, iv, 664-666.—Rued! (C.) Autointoxication. Colorado M. J., Denver, 1896, ii, 144- 147.—Riither. Zur Toxiimiefrage. Deutsche tierarztl. Wchnschr., Hannov., 1909, xvii, 757.—Sato (S.) [Au- tointoxication.] Juntendo Iji Kenkiu Kwai Zasshi, Tokyo, 1901, 495-498— Schamberg (J. F.) The der- matologic aspect of auto-intoxication. Internat. M. Mag., Phila., 1898, vii, 316—Schirmer (G.) Noch- mals H. Boeker und seine Mixtura salina composita anti- autotoxica. N. Yorkermed. Wchnschr., 1906,xviii,8-17.— Schneider. Das Interesse des Arztes als Versicherter in BlutverKiftungsfiillen. Kor.-Bl. d. arztl. Kreis- u. Be- zirks-Ver. im Konigr. Sachs., Leipz., 1898, lxv, 141-145.— Senise (T.) Sulle autoinfezioni. Gior. internaz. d. sc. med., Napoli, 1907, n. s., xxix, 743-750.—Shaw (H. B.) TheGoulstonian 1 ectureson auto-intoxication; i tsrelation tocertaincardio-vasculardisorders. Brit.M.J.,Lond.,1906, i, 1081; 1153; 1277. Also: Lancet, Lond., 1906, i, 1295; 1375; 1455.—Sherometsinskaya (Mine. M. A.) K ucheniyu otoksinfektsivakh. TOn toxi-infections.] Russk. Vrach. S.-Peterb., 1908, vii, 1671-1674. Also, transl.: Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1910, iv, Orig.,241-247.— Smith (E.E.) Theauto-intoxieations. Am.Med., Bur- lington, Vt.,&N.Y., 1908, n.s., iii, 303-310.—Sosnowska (H.) Autointoxication par defaut d'assimilationetd'eli- mination; ph^nomenes neurasth6niques et arthritiques; guerison par le regime vegetarien absolu suivi pendant 16 mois. Rev. theor. et prat. d. mal. de la nutrition, Par., 1897, v,193-203.—Stannard(F. S.) "Acute iodo-thyroid toxaemia." N.York State J.M. ,N.Y.,1909.ix, 517.—Stem (H.) Autointoxication in its medico-legal aspects. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1907, lxxi, 973-976.—Taylor (A. E.) Auto- intoxications. In: Mod. Med. (Osier), 8°, Phila. & N. Y., 1907, i, 266-325.—Tire Hi (V.) Autointossicazioni secon- darie all' azione dei caustici e del calore. Riforma med., Napoli, 1897, xiii, pt. 3, 749; 758.—Toxemia and tem- perament. [Edit] N.York M.J. [etc.], 1902, xcvi, 1684.— Toyama (I.) [Auto-intoxication ervthema.] Hifu- hyo.tr. kiu Hiniokihyog. Zasshi, Tokyo, 1906, vi,43L—Vla- iliiiiirotrfV. V.) K voprosu o samozarazhenii. [On autoinfection.] Russk. areh. patol., Klin. med. i bakte- riol, S.-Peterb., 1902, xiii, 498-512. Also, transl.: Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infektionskrankh., Leipz., 1904, xlvi, 270-285 — Walker(J.E.) Autointoxication and its relation to sur- gical work. Med. Council, Phila., 1907,xii,310-314.—War- brick |LC.) Autotoxemia. Am.Med.,Phila.&York,Pa., 1907,n.s., ii, 154-159.—Watanabe. [Exudation of the bloodincellpoisoning.] Igaku Chuwo Zasshi,Tokvo,1905- 6,1102; 1236:1906-7,37.-Watts(C.W.) Auto-infection, au- tophagism and auto-intoxication. Tr. M. Ass. Missouri, St. Louis, 1902, xiv, 87-91.—Waugh (W. F.) Sapraemia. St. Louis M. Rev.. 1906, liii, 4— Wendhardt (J.) A bacte- neemia es toxinaemia. Magy. orv. Arch., Budapest, 1897, vi, 461-499.—Williams (L.) On a case of toxaemia of obscure origin. Lancet, Lond., 1903, i, 1228. Toxaemia (Acid) [Acidosis]. See, also, Acetonsemia; Diabetes (Coma in); Urine (Acetonein); Vomiting (Acetonemic). Adler (H. M.)& Blake (G.) The retention of alkali py the kidney with special reference to acidosis. Areh. Int. Med., Chicago, 1911, vii, 479-480.—Alcina (B.) Acetonhemia. Clin, mod., Zaragoza, 1902, i, 205-210.— Ascoll (G.) & Preti (L.) Ueber alimentiire Gesetz- Toxsemia (Acid) [Acidosis]. miissigkeiten der Acetonurie. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1910, xxvi, 55-65.—Austin (A. E.) Some uncommon forms of acid intoxication. Texas State J. M., Fort Worth, 1910-11, vi, 300-303.—Badeock (V. K.) Post-anaesthetic acetonuria. Northumberland & Durham M. J., New- castle-upon-Tyne, 1909, xvii, 128-110—Baer (J.) Unter- suchungen iiber A cidose. Arch.f. exper. Path. u. Pharma- kol., Lei, z., 1904, li, 271-289. -----. UeberdieEinwirkung der Glvkoronsiiureausscheidung auf die Acidose. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl.,1905, lvi, 198-208.—Baer (J.) & Blum (L.) Ueberdie Einwirkung chemischer Substanzen auf dieZuckerausscheidungunddie Acidose. Beitr. z. chem. Phys. u. Path., Brnschwg., 1907, x, 80-104: 1907-8, xi, 101- 108.—Bain bridge (F. A.) Anis and Gale lecture on the pathology of acid intoxication. Lancet, Lond., 1908, i, 911-915. -----. Someformsofacid-intoxication. Lavori e riv. di chim. e micr. clin., Salsomaggiore, 1908-9, i, 70- 74.—Barbour (P. F.) Acidosis. Am. Pract. & News, Louisville, 1910, xliv, 393-398.—Barnes (A. E.) The clinical estimation of "acidosis." Brit. M. J., Lond., 1910, i, 258-260.—Beall (H. H.) Acidosis. Texas State J. M., Fort Worth, 1908-9, iv, 95-97.—Beddard (A. P.) A lecture onacidosis. Clin. J., Lond., 1912-13, xl, 65-71.— Bontor (S.) Primary acidosis; recovery. Lancet, Lond., 1910, ii, 1339.—Bousquet (L.) & Berrien (E.) Aceton6mie et acelone dans le liquidecephalo-rachidien. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1910, lxviii, 1002-1004 — Brackett (E. G.), Stone (J. S.) & Low (H. C.) Aciduria (acetonuria) associated with death after anes- thesia. Boston M. & S. J., 1904, cli, 2-17. Also, Reprint.— Brown (W. L.) On some acid intoxications. Clin. J., Lond., 1906,xxviii, 135-141. -----. Acetonuria; its clinical significance and treatment. Practitioner, Lond., 1907, lxxix, 107-122.—Campbell (R.) Acid intoxication fol- lowing general anaesthesia. Tr. Ulster M. Soc, Belfast, 1906-7, 34-44.—Cates (B. B.) Acidosis. Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1911, xiii, 517-520.—Coluccini (C.) Sull acidosi; studi e ricerche. Clin. med. ital., Milano, 1911,1, 27-44.—Edsall (D. L.), Spriggs (E. I.) [et al.]. Dis- cussion on acidosis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1910, ii, 1033-1038. Also [Abstr.]: Lancet, Lond.,1910, ii, 34t;.—Fmbdeii(G.) Beitrag zur Lehre von der Acetonurie. Verhandl. d. Kong. f.innereMed., Wiesb., 1907,xxiv, 252-255.—Ewing (J.) Acidosis and associated conditions. Arch. Int. Med., Chicago, 1908, ii, 330; lis. Also, Reprint. -----. A classification of acidoses. Tr. Ass. Am. I'hvsieians, Phila., 1908, xxiii, 31-41 — Fitz (K.), Alsberg (C. L.) & Henderson (L. J.) Concerning the excretion of phosphoric acid during experimental acidosis in rabbits. Am. J. Physiol., Bost., 1907, xviii, 113-122.— Folin(0.) The acid intoxication theorv. Tr.Ass.Am. Physicians, Phila., 1907, xxii, 256-267. Also: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1907, xlix, 128-131. Also, Reprint.—For- syth (N. C.) A case of post-anaesthetic acetonuria, with delayed excretion of acetone, after child labcur. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1908, ii, 1431.—Froment (J.) Acetonemic et injection intra-veineuse de bicarbonate de soude. Bull. Soc. med. d. hdp. de Lyon, 1907, vi, 410. Alsr; Lyon med., 1908, ex, 212-214.—Oautrelet (E.) Essai urose- meiologique sur l'auto-intoxication oxalique. Rev. d. mal. de la nutrition, Par., 1906, 2. s., iv, 436-443.—tieel- muyden ( H. C.) Lauren om acetonuri og acidose. Norsk Mag-, f. Laegevidensk., Christiania, 1908, 5. R., v, 737-759.—Gregor (K.) Untersuchungen fiber den Am- moniakgehalt des Blutes bei der experimenteller Saure- vergiftung. Centralbl. f. allg. Path. u. path. Anat., Jena, 1899, x, 24-27.—ftundruin (F. F.) Post-anaesthetic aci- dosis. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1909, xx, 181- ]83.—Hale (H. E.) A case of acute acidosis with death. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1909, lix, 910. -----. Acidosis in girl of nineteen months; death. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1909, xxvi, 292-296.—Harris (A.) The occurrence of aceto- nuria in cases of infectious diseases. Lancet, Lond., 1910, i, 1346.—Hart (T. S.) The acidosis index; a clinical measure of the degree of acidosis. Areh. Int. Med., Chi- cago, 1911, vii, 367-375. Also [ Abstr. 1: Interstate M. J., St. Louis, 1912, xix, 470-472.—IIehir (P.) Remarks on acetonemia (so-called) illustrated by a case of chronic diabetic coma, followed by recovery. Indian M. Rec, Calcutta, 1896, x, 135-138.—Heiberg (K. A.) Der mi- krochemische Nachweis der Azidose. Zentralbl. f.d. ges. Phvsiol. u. Path. d. Stoffwechs., Berl. u. Wien, 1907, n. F., ii, '721-723.—Herter (C. A.) & Wakeman (A. J.) Notes on acid intoxications. Proc. N. York Path. Soc. (1899-1900), 1901, 226-232.— Honda (E. O.) A case of acetonemia. Northwest Med., Seattle, 1912, n. s, iv, 60.— Inman ( F. W.) Post - anaesthetic acid intoxication. Brit. M.J., Lond., 1911, i, 809.—Jagerroas (B. H.) Om act tonamnena i urinen hos fodande och barnsangskvin- nor. [Acetone bodies in the urine of pregnant women and women in childbed.] Finska lak.-siillsk. handl., Helsingfors, 1910, Iii, pt. 2. 363-370.—.loslin (E. P.) Aci- dosis. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, Phila., 1907, xxn, 246- 255. Also: Boston M. & S. J., 1907, elvii, 40-13. Also, Re- print.—Kennedy (T.) A few cases of acidosis en- countered in general practice, with a few remarks on acidosis, Austral. M. J-, Melbourne, 1911-12, n. 8., l, 467.— Kraus (F.) Beitrage zur Lehre von der Saurevergi* TOXAEMIA. 395 TOXEMIA. Toxaemia (Acid) [Acidosis], tung. Beitr. z. inneren Med. Festschr. d. Cong, f... . in Karlsbad 1899, Wien, 1900, 42-57.-^Kruszka (T.) Dwa przypadki smierci wskutek zakazenia krwi acetonem (acetonaemia). [Two cases of death from . . .] Przegl. lek., Krak6w, 1873, xii, 197.— Lab be (M.) Coma par acidose et abces du foie. Presse med., Par., 1910, xviii, 90-92.—Labbe (M.) & Bitli (G.) Les acidoses graves en dehors du diabete. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1912, 3. s., xxxiii, 631-640.—Gambling (E.) L'acetonurie a l'etat normal et chez le diabetique. Arch. d. mal. de l'appar. digest, [etc.], Par., 1909, iii, 189-208.— Landau (A.) Badania nad alkalicznoSeitj, krwi i za- truciem kwasnem. [Alcalinity of the blood and acid intoxication.] Medycyna, Warszawa, 1907, xxxv, 455; 474. -----. Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber Blut- alkaleseenz und Acidose. 2. Mitteilung. Ueber den Ein- fluss von Alkalien auf die Alkalescenz des normalen Blutes und desjenigen bei endogener Acidose. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1908, lviii, 207-220.— Landers (J. R.) Auto-toxicosis. Med. Bull., Phila., 1906, xxviii, 406-410.—Landi (L.) Acetonemia; coma acetonico. Clin, mod., Pisa, 1899, v, 289; 297. — Leech (H. B.) Acetonaemia. Dublin J. M. Sc, 1908, cxxv, 80- 91.—Lenhart (C. H.) Acidosis. Cleveland M. J., 1911. x, 1017-1025.—Lepine (R.) Sur le traitement de l'ae6- tonemie par les injections alcalines intraveineuses. Bull. et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1911, 3. s., xxxi, 854- 856.—Levison (L. A.) The clinical significance of non- diabetic acidosis. Ohio M. J., Columbus, 1910, vi, 477-479. Also, Reprint.—Lichtwitz (L.) Ein Beitrag zur The- rapie der Acidose. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1911, xxv, 81-83.—Lindenberg (H.) Zum histologischen Nach- weis der Acidose. Centralbl. f. allg. Path. u. path. Anat., Jena, 1911, xxii, 337.—Longo (L.) Ricerche cliniche sull' acetonuria postoperatoria. Riforma med., Palermo- Napoli, 1907, xxiii. 1013-1017.— M. (H. M.) Treatmentof acidosis; casoid flour. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1910, lv, 2170— Me Arthur (A. N.) Acidosis (delayed chloroform poisoning). Intercolon. M.J. Australas., Melbourne, 1907, xii, 434-438.—Maggiorani (C.) Sulla origine dell' aci- ditA in alcuni prodotti morbosi. Atti d. Aeead. Pontif. de' X. Lincei, Roma, 1859-60, xiii, 412-416.—Maignon (F.) & Morand (L.) Relations entre l'hyperacidite urinaire et l'acetonurie chez les sujets sains soumis a l'inanition ou k une alimentation privee d'hydrates de carbone. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1911, lxxi, 639- 641.-----------. Etude comparative du pouvoir ceto- g6ne de la viande et de la graisse chez le chien. Ibid., 705-707 —Mart-hand (F.) Kasuistischer Beitrag zur Therapie der Saurevergiftung. Munchen. med. Wchn- schr., 1912, lix, 178-180.—Martin Gil (R.) Enfermeda- des en que se presenta la acetonuria. Siglo med., Madrid, 1910, lvii, 484. — Mauran (H.) Pathogenie de l'aceto- nurie. Bull, med., Par., 1909, xxiii, 357-359.—Melli (A.) La resistenza globularenegli stati diacidosi sperimentale prodotta dall' acido cloridrico. Bull, di sc. med. di Bo- logna, 1910, 8. 8., x, 537-561.—Mohr (L.) Ueber diabe- tische und nicht-diabetische Autointoxicationen mit Sauren (Acidosis). Samml. klin. Abhandl. ii. Path. u. Therap. d. Stoffwechs. u. Ernahr.-Stoning., Berl., 1904, 4. Hft., 1-48.—Moore (F. C.) Acid auto intoxication sui generis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1903, ii, 1335— Moorhead (T. G.) Two cases of acid intoxication. Practitioner, Lond., 1909, lxxxiii, 377-382.—Morel (L.) Parathyroides et acidose. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1911, lxx, 871-873.— Morse (J. L.) Acid autointoxication in in- fancy and childhood. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1905, xxii, 561-575—Mosse (M.) Ueber Leberzellenveranderungen nephrektoniierter und hungernder Tiere, ein Beitrag zur Lehre von der Azidose. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1906, lx, 373-376, lpl.—Mouriquand (G.) L'acidose. Pro- gres med., Par., 1911, 3. s., xxvii, 278-283.—Nichols (J. B.) Acid intoxication. Wash. M. Ann., 1908, vii, 133- 147. Also, Reprint.—Paleani (O.) Sul valore della ricercadell' acetone nelle orine in chirurgia ginecologica. Policlin., Roma, 1911, xviii, sez. prat., 681-683.—Parsons (A. R.) Uncontrollable retching; acid intoxication; operation; recovery. Tr. Rov. Acad. M. Ireland, Dubl., 1910, xxviii, 93-98.—Patterson (J. F.) Acidosis follow- ing chloroform narcosis; report of a fatal case. Charlotte [N. C] M. J., 1909, lx, 235-237.—Petersen (O. H.) Ueber den histologischen Nachweis der Azidose. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1910, cci, 96-106.— PiySuSer (A.) Un caso de acetonemia infantil. Rev.de med. y cirug., Barcel., 1902, xvi, 195-198.—Rhamy(B.W.) Acetonuria and the relation of acetone to "acid intoxica- tion." J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1912, lviii, 628-632.—Rit- chie (H.J.) Some clinical aspects of acetonuria. Aus- tralas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1909, xxviii, 648-651.—Rosen- thal (F.) Ueber den Einfluss des Eiweissstoffwechsels auf die Azetonurie im normalen Organismus. Zentralbl. f. innere Med., Leipz., 1908, xxix, 185-204.—Rothera (A. C. H.) Acetonuriaandacidosis. Austral.M. J.,Melbourne, 1910. xv, 565-569.—Samuely(F) Die Acidosis. Med.-na- turw.Arch.,Berl.u. Wien, 1909,ii,303-334.—Schaeffer(G.) L'acidose et le mecanisme de formation des corps acetoni- ques dans l'organisme. Arch, de m6d. exper. et d'anat. path. Par., 1910, xxii, 600-622.—Singer (D. A.> A case of Toxsemia (Acid) [Acidosis], severe autointoxication with acetonuria and extreme bradycardia. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1909, lxxxix, 1303- 1307.—Spriggs (E. I.) Acidosis. Quart. J. Med., Ox- ford, 1908-9, ii, 325-345.—Swart (S. P.) Acidosis en coma diabeticum. (Literatuur-overzicht.) Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1909, i, 1262-1276.—Syme (G. A.) Cause of acidosis and acute fatty degeneration after lapa- rotomy. Intercolon. M. J. Australas., Melbourne, 1907, xii, 578-580.—Szili (A.) Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber Saureintoxikation. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1906, cxv, 82-105.—Talbot (E. S.) Acid intoxication or acidosis; a factor in disease. Illinois M. Bull., Chicago, 1906-7, vii, 301-305. Also: Med. Rec, N. Y., 1907, lxxi, 895-900. -----. Acid auto-intoxication and systemic dis- ease the cause of erosion and abrasion. Dental Cosmos, Phila., 1907, xlix, 1225-1233. [Discussion], 1291-1300. -----. Acidosis and other toxic conditions. Ibid., 1908, 1, 947-954. Also: Am. J. Clin. M. Chicago, 1908, xv, 1415- 1422.—Vander Hoof (D.) Acid intoxications and their therapeutic indications. Charlotte [N. C] M. J., 1910, lxii, 257-259.—Van Meter (B. F.) Acetonuria, with coma, apparently cured by in travenous transfusion of bicarbonateot soda solution. Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chi- cago, 1909, viii, 408.—Voegtlin (C.) & King (J.) The antagonistic action of ammonium and calcium salts; a contribution to the subject of acidosis. Proc. Am. Soc. Biol. Chem., Bait., 1908, p. xxviii.—Wallace (F. H.) & Gillespie (E.) Acidosis in relation to anaesthesia. Practitioner, Lond., 1910, lxxxiv, 249-256.—Weatherbe (P.) A few notes collected from the literature on the sub- ject of acetonuria in relation to anaesthetics. Maritime Med. News, Halifax, 1908, xx, 216-219.—Williams (E. J.) Hepatic toxaemia; "hepatic acetonaemia." Montreal M. J., 1908, xxxvii, 407-409.—Winterberg (H.) Zur Theorie der Saurevergiftung. Ztschr. f. phvsiol. Chem., Strassb., 1898, xxv, 202-235.—Wolf (C. G. L.) Acid in- toxication. N. York M. J. [etc.J, 1907, lxxxv, 407-409.— Wright (D.) On states ot acid auto-intoxication. N. Am. J. Homcep., N. Y., 1905, liii, 353-357.—Voung (E. B.) & Williams (J. T.) Thesignificance of post-opera- tive acetonuria. Boston M. & S. J., 1908, clviii, 109-112. Toxaemia (Acid) in children. See, also, Infection (Autogenous); Vomiting (Acetonemic, etc.) in children. Andrich (P.) Sull' acetonuria nelle malattie gastro-intestinali dei bambini. 8°. Belluno, [1901]. Hecker. Ueber periodische Azetonurie beigrosseren Kindern. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1908, lv, 1485-1488. -----. Blutbefunde beioeriodischer Azetonamiegrosserer Kinder. Ibid., 1828.—f*iissy(A.) Weitere Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Azidosis im Kindesalter. Zentralbl. f. d. ges. Physiol, u. Path. d. Stoffwechs., Berl. u. Wien., 1906, n. F., i, 5; 36.— McCaw (J.) Acetonaemia; an account of an acute attack in a young child. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1910, ii, 1137-1139— Meyer (L. F.) & Langstein (L.) Die Acidose des Siiuglings. Verhandl. d. Versamml. d. Gesellsch. f. Kinderh. . . . deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1905, Wiesb., 1906, 182-189.—Mori (A.) Le crisi aceto- niche nell' etfl, infantile. Morgagni, Milano, 1909, li, 377- 380.—Romme (R.) Encore l'auto-intoxjcation acide. Rev. mens. d. mal. de l'enf.. Par., 1904, xxii, 559-563.— Rott (F.) Die Farbreaktion des Gewebes bei der Siiuglingsazidose. Monatschr. f. Kinderh., Leipz. u. Wien, 1908, vii, 73-75.—Sharp (G.) Idiopathic acidosis in children. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1910, ii, 18. Also: Brit. J. Child. Dis., Lond., 1910, vii, 440-44h.— Steinitz (F.) L'acidose chez le nourrisson. Rev. d'hvg. et de med. inf. [etc.], Par., 1905, iv, 678-690.—Tuueridreich (G.) Histologischer Nachweis der Acidose des Siiuglings. Verhandl. d. Berl. med. Gesellsch. (1908), 1909, xxxix, pt. 2,132-135. [Discussion], pt. 1, 103. Also: Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1908, xiv, 886.—White (E. R.) Acidosis and acid intoxication in children. Austral. M. J., Melbourne, 1910, xv, 653-565. Toxsemia (Digestive or metabolic [Gas- trointestinal auto-intoxication ]. Chapman (W. L.) Auto-intoxication as a cause and complication of disease. 8°. Provi- dence, 1903. Combe (A.) L'auto-intoxication intestinale. 8°. Paris, 1907. ------. The same. 2. ed. 8°. Paris, 1909. ------. The same. Intestinal auto-intoxi- cation; together with an appendix on the lactic ferments with particular reference to their ap- plication in intestinal therapeutics, by Albert Fournier; only authorized English adaptation, by William Gaynor States. 8°. New York, [1908]. TOXEMIA. 396 TO X. EMI A. Toxaemia (Digestive or metabolic [Gas tro- intest in al a uto- in toxi cation]. Cornillon (A.) * Les auto-intoxications di- gestives; 6tude clinique et experimentale sur les effets pathologiques des poisons gastro-intes- tinaux. 8°. Paris, 1903. Dogel (S. M.) Organi zashtshiti organizma ot samootravleniya. [Organs of protection of the organism from autointoxication.] 8°. />'.- Peterburg dc Moskva, [n. d.]. Korenchevski (V.) K ucheniyu o zhelu- dochno-kishechnom samootravlenii. [Gastro- intestinal auto-intqxication.] 8°. Moskva, 1909. Paczowski. Die Autointoxication (Selbst- vergiftung des Korpers) als Grundlage der Er- krankungen. Ein Beitrag zur Lehre von Dis- positionen und Krankheitsbedingungen. 8°. Leipzig, 1903. Achard (H. J.) The importance of relieving intes- tinal autointoxication. Med. Standard, Chicago, 1912, xxxv, 123.—Anders (J.M.) The diagnosis of intestinal autointoxication. Arch. Diagn., N. Y., 1909, ii, 117-126.— Banister (J. M.) How can auto-intoxication, that rarely recognized disease, which has directly, or indi- rectly, caused more invalidism and mortality in modern armies than all other pathogenic causes combined, be prevented? J. Mil. Serv. Inst. U. S., Governor's Island, N. Y. H., 1912, 351-368.—Batten (J. M.) Acute intes- tinal auto-infection. South. M. J., La Grange, N. C, 1901, vi, 97-102. — Beaucliant. Le regime lacto-farineux dans les auto-intoxications intestinales. Poitou med., Poitiers, 1905, xix, 4-11— Beveridge (W. W.) Auto- intoxication resulting from restricted diet. J._Med. Soc. N. Jersey, Orange, 1909-10, vi, 604-606.—Blelousoff(A.) Tri sluchaya samootravleniya iz kishechnika u dletel. [Three cases of auto-intoxication from the intestinal canal in children.] Dietsk. med., Mosk., 1903, viii, 187- 192.—Binnie (J. F.) Symptoms of colonic intoxica- tion. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1912, lviii, 2011-2013.— Boeker (H.) Ueber gastro-intestinale Autointoxika- tionen und deren Kausalnexus zu anderen Krankheiten. Deutsche Prax., Munchen, 1905, xiv, 517; 549. Also: N. Yorker med. Monatschr., 1905, xvii, 289-311.—Bolchesi (F.) Contributo alio studio delle intossicazioni gastro- intestinali. Boll. clin.-seient. d. Poliambul. di Milano, 1904, xvii, 17; 33.—Briggs (W. A.) Gastroenteric auto- intoxication; its recognition and significance, and its re- lation to arterial hvpertension. Calif. State J. M., San Fran., 1906, iv, 181;*207.— Oandee (J. W.) An experi- ence. Tr. Homceop. M. Soc. N. Y., 1909, liii, 64-67.— Carter (P. B.) Auto-intoxication from the alimentary canal. J. Indiana M. Ass., Fort Wayne, 1911, iv, 112-115.— Chernyavski (Z. V.) Sluchal kishechnavo samo- otravleniya. [Case of intestinal auto-intoxication.] Si- birsk. Vrach. Vledom., Krasnoyarsk, 1902-3, i, 304.—Coon (C. E.) Autointoxication the direct result of mechanical defects which produce stasis in the colon. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1912, lxxxi, 984-987—Ccrbus (B. R.) Chronic toxae- mias arising from the intestinal tract. J. Mich. M. Soc, Battle Creek, 1910, ix, 278-283.—Cornet (P.) Du r61e possible des auto-intoxications, en particulier de l'auto- intoxication gastro-intestinale, dans l'etiologie de cer- taines affections des oreilles, du nez, du larynx. Bull, de laryngol., otol. et rhinol., Par., 1908, xi, 78-84.—Corn- wall (E. E.) Clinical notes on chronic putrefaction toxemia of intestinal origin. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1911, lxxx, 1269-1274.—Cristiani (A.) Le fine alterazioni del sis- tema nervoso centrale nelle autointossicazioni acute sperimentali d' oritdne intestinale. Clin, mod., Pisa, 1897, iii, 12— Crothers (T. D.) Toxaemias from spirit drinking. Albany M. Ann., 1903, xxiv, 13-18.—Dauber (K.) Zur Casuistik der Autointoxicationen vom Darme aus. N. Yorker med. Monatschr., 1898, x, 292-301.—De- lamater (N. B.) Mental and nervous symptoms result- ing from gastro-intestinal toxemia. Clinique, Chicago, 1908, xxix, 158-160.—Delassus. Intoxication aigue d'origine gastrique ou intestinale post-operatoire. J. d. sc. med. de Lille, 1907, ii, 10.—I>e Vries (J. C.) The psychic phenomena of intestinal toxemias and their treatment. N.York M. J. LetcJ, 1908, lxxxvii, 826-829. Also, Reprint—Dickinson (W. L.) Intestinal auto- intoxication; its treatment by irrigation. Proctologist, St. Louis, 1909, iii, 148-150.—Distaso (A.) Contribution a I'etude surl'intoxication intestinale. Centralbl. f. Bak- teriol. [etc.], Jena, 1912, lxii, Orig., 433-468, 1 pl.—Du Pasquier(E.) L'intoxication digestive. Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1904, lxxvii, 713-722. Also: Bull. Soc. de med. d'An- vers, 1904, lxvi, 60; 76; 99.—Du prey (A.B.) Brief notes on three casesof auto-intoxication; one fatal. Lancet, Lond., 1902, i, 1832 -Kmuieit (M.) The dietetics and therapeutics of autointoxication. Iowa M. J. [etc ] Des Moines, 1910-11, xvii, 62-72.—Fngelen. Ueber die vom Verdauungstraktus ausgehenden Autointoxikationen. Toxaemia (Digestive or metabolic [ tias- tro-intestinal auto-intoxication ]. Aerztl. Rundschau, Munchen, 1905, xv, 241-213— l<'ieltt (D. L.) Autointoxication. Atlanta Jour.-Rec. Med., 1905-6, vii,433-442.—Fievez (R.) Contributiou a I'etude des auto-intoxications d'origine gastrique. Scalpel, hiejrc, 1910-11, lxiii, 500.—Finkelstein (H.) Ueber aliincn- tilre Intoxikation. Jahrb. f. Kinderh., Berl., 1907, lxv, 1; 263: lxvi, 1; 1908, lxviii, 692.—Forcheimer (F.) Chronic intestinal auto-intoxication. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. &N. Y., 1907, n. s., cxxxiv, 70-80.—Fowler (C. E. P.) Auto-intoxication and liver inadequacy. J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond., 1907, viii, 255-263.— Frazier (B. C.) Intestinal autointoxication. Louis- ville Month. J. M. & S., 1904-5, xi, 247.—Gaines (L. M.) Some aspects of intestinal autointoxication, with re- port of two cases showing unusual skin manifesta- tions. Atlanta Jour.-Rcc. Med., 1908-9, x, 299-304.— Gibby (H. B.) Autointoxication. Tr. Luzerne Co. M. Soc, Wilkes-Barre, 1906, xiv,. 27-31.—Glaessner (K.) Zur Frage der Autointoxication bei Stuhlverstopfung. Ztschr. f. exper. Path. u. Therap., Berl., 1905, i, 132-140.— Grawltz (E.) Ueber todtlich verlauf ende Kachexien ohne anatomisch nachweisbareLrsaehe; ein Beitrag der intestinalen Intoxication. Verhandl. d. Berl. med. Ge- sellsch. 1903, Berl., 1904, xxxiv, pt. 2, 251-267. [Discus- sion], pt.l, 186-197.—Harnsberger (S.) A word about diagnosis, with illustrative cases, especially the reportof a case of metastatic abscess from intestinal intoxication. Charlotte [N. C] M. J., 1907, xxx, 62-65.— Hemmeter (J. C.) Gastro-intestinal autointoxication. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1902,12. s., i 107: ii, 155. -----. Auto-intoxi- cation from the gastro-intestinal tract; historical views concerning this subject; truth and error concerning the theories of auto-intoxications. Ohio State M. J., Colum- bns, 1906, ii, 1-24.—Houghton (H. A.) Enterotoxis- mus as a substitute for auto-intoxication. Am. Med., Phila., 1905, x, 325. -----. Toxemia of intestinal origin as a condition predisposing to minor infections. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1905. lxvii, 813-816.—Ide (M.) L'auto-intoxi- cation intestinale. Rev. m6d. de Louvain, 1907,289-297.— Jacobson (N.) & Post (C. D.) Gastric or intestinal hemorrhage as an early manifestation of a general toxe- mia. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1912, cxliii, 339- 347.—Junghans. Ein Beitragzur purgo-antiseptischen Behandlung. Deutsche med. Presse, Berl., 1911, xv, 141.—Kaufmann J.) Gastro-intestinal auto-intoxica- tion. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1909, exxxviii, 17-24. Also, Reprint.—Keller (C.) Ueber intestinale Auto- intoxikation nach Laparotomie. Ztschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynak.,Stuttg.,1905,lv,455-471.—Kellogg (J. H.) Intes- tinal autointoxication in relation to diseases of the biliary tract. Mod.Med..BattleCreek,Mich.,1908,xvii,112; 139.— King(A.E.) Autointoxication. Med.Herald,St.Joseph, 1909, n. s., xxviii, 276-280. — Klecki (C.) Badania nad ztuczna. czasowa. odpornoscia. jamy brzusznej na zakazenie mikrobami jelitowymi. [Artificial and passing resistance of the abdominal cavity to fecal infection.] Rozpr. wydz. matemat.-przyr, Akad. Umiej., Krak6w, 1906,3. s.,vi, B.379- 432. Also,transl. [Abstr.]: Bull, internat. Acad. d. sc de Cracovie, 1906,329-359.—Korczynski (L.) Kilka uwag i spostrzezen o samozatrueiu z przewodu pokarmowego. [Autointoxicationthrough thealimentarycanal.] Przegl. lek., Krak6w, 1908, xlii, 259; 273; 285; 300; 315.—Ko- renchevski (V. G.) G yadovitosti soderzhimavo i stlenki pishtshevaritelnavo kanala. [Toxicity of the contents and wall of the gastro-intestinal canal.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1908, vii, 1572-1574. -----. Experimen- telle Beitrage zur Lehre von der gastro-intestinalen Au- tointoxikation. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1911, lix, Orig., 526-549, lpl.—Rrasnolfi A. Y.) Iz- mleneniyesastava krovi u zhivotnikh pri samootravleni- yakh iz kishechnika. [Changes of the composition of the blood in animalsin auto-intoxication from the intestines.] Vrach, St. Petersb., 1901,xxii, 533.—Lacey (E. P.) Auto- intoxication or biliousness. Alabama M. J., Birmingh., 1907-8, xx, 588-593.—Lewis (R. C. M.) Autotoxis. Vir- ginia M. Semi-Month., Richmond, 1910-11, xv, 365-368.— Lhotak (K.) Rezprava o autointoxikaci. vnitfni se- kreci a funkci antitoxicke. [Review of auto-intoxica- tion, internal secretion, and antitoxic functions.] Casop. 16k. 6esk., v Praze, 1903, xlii, 663; 686.—Longo (A.) L' autointossicazione intestinale (?) in rapporto alia ali- mentazione nell' eta infantile. Riv. di clin. pediat, Firenze, 1907. v, 681-747.—L.y6n (G.) Prorilaxis y trata- miento de las auto-intoxicaciones de origen intestinal. Rev. balear de cien. med., Palma de Mallorca, 1904, xxvi, 438-446. Also.transl: Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1904, lxxvii, 537- 543 —JTlacladyen (A.) On auto-intoxicatiou. Poly- clin., Lond., 1902, vi, 561-564.—Mariani (J. M.) La infeccion intestinal. Rev. de med. y cirug. pract., Ma- drid, 1903, Ixi, 281-285.—iHartelli (C. D.) Tossiemra intestinale pseudotifoide. (Contributo clinico alia cosi detta febbre da auto-intossicazione intestinale.) Tom- masi, Napoli, 1910, v, 409; 439; 465: 488; 511; 533; 557.— ITIartin (S.) On a case of intestinal intoxication due to appendicitis, without local symptoms. Med -Chir. Tr., Lond., 1900-1901, lxxxiv, 197-204. - Mayneld TOXEMIA. 397 TOX.EMIA. Toxaemia (Digestive or metabolic [Gas- tro-intestinal a a to-intoxication]. (C.) Autointoxication of gastro-intestinal origin. Med. News, N. Y., 1904, lxxxv, 353-357. Also, Reprint.— Maylard (A. E.) "Two late" cases; peritoneal and in- testinal toxaemia. Lancet, Lond., 1909, i, 274.— Itlery(H.) & Genevrier (J.) Phtinomenes toxi-infectieux surai- gus d'origine intestinale. Gaz. d. mal. infant, [etc.], Par., 1910, xii, 65-67.—Moreehan-Beauchant (R.) Lacto-farinaeeous diet in the intestinal auto-intoxica- tions. Canada Lancet, Toronto, 1904-5, xxxviii, 7.SO-784.— Morse (J. L.) Acid autointoxication in infancy and childhood. Tr. Am. Pediat. Soc. 1905, N. Y., 1906, xvii, 63-77. Also: Arch Pediat., N. Y„. 1905, xxii, 561-571. Also, Reprint.—Monnier (U.) Etude sur quelques formes d'infeetions et intoxications alimentaires envi- sages dans leurs rapports avec la pathologie generale, l'hygiene et la medecine legale. Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1903, 2. s., xxi, 625-635.—Miiller (M.) Ueber die Toxa- mie des Fleisches und ihre Beziehung zu den Fleischver- giftungen. Deutsche tieriirztl. Wchnschr., Hannov., 1909, xvii, 377-383.—Mil lot (O. L.) Is gastrointestinal autointoxication a disease or only a svmptom? Med. Rec. N. Y., 1909, lxxv, 565.—Murri" (A.) * Degenerazione cerebellare da intossicazione enterogena. In his: Seritti med., 8°, Bologna, 1902, iii, 1483-1504.—Myers (V. C.) Toxemias of intestinal origin. Albany M. Ann., 1910, xxxi, 5-12.—Natale (N.) Un caso di tossiemia gastro- intestinale adinamica. Pratica d. med., Napoli, 1906-7, vii. 321-326.—von Noorden (C.) Intoxication pro- ceeding from the intestine, especially polvneuritis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1913, lx, 101-104.—Norman (J. B.) Intestinal autointoxication. J. Missouri M. Ass., St. Louis, 1906-7, iii, 156-159.—Ohlmachor (A. P.) Upon an extensive outbreak of food intoxication and infection of unique origin. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1902, n. s., cxxiv, 68-71. Also: J. Med. Research, Bost., 1902, vii. 411- 420.—Pfeitt'er (C. W.) Auto-intoxication. Med. Fort- nightly, St. Louis, 1904, xxvi. 634.—Pleitter (H.) Expe- rimentelle Studien.. zur Lehre von den Autointoxika- tionen. Ztschr. L.'Hyg. u. Infectionskrankh., Leipz., 1906, liv, 419-4SS.—Pron. La theorie de l'auto-intoxica- tion gastro-intestinale devant les recherches reeentes et l'observation clinique. Bull. med. de l'Algerie, Alger, 1908, xix, 692; 732.— Quiniby (C. E.) The relation of intestinal toxemia to arteriorenal disease. N. York State J. M., N. Y., 1902, ii, 109-113. Also, Reprint.—Quintard (E.) Hepato-intestiiial-toxemia. Contrib. Sc. Med. & Surg. ... 25. anniv. founding of N. Y. Post-Grad. M. Sch. & Hosp., N. Y., 1908, 8-19. -----. Hepato-intestinal toxemia. Post-Graduate, N. Y., 1912, xxvii, 79-103.— Rachford (B. K.) Gastrointestinal toxemia. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1904, xxi, 666-677. Also: Boston M. & S. J., 1904, cli, 517.—Beale (E.) L' autointossieazione intes- tinale e la sua cura. N. riv. clin.-terap., Napoli, 1911. xiv, 178-196.—Biesman (D.) Internal secretions; metabolic toxem.a. Phila. M. J., 1899, iii, 270-273.—Biley (G. W.) Intestinal auto-intoxication. J. Am. Osteop. Ass., N. Y., 1910-11, x, 535-541.—Robin (A.) Autointoxication as a causative factor in disease and its rational treatment. Med. Age, Detroit, 1906, xxiv, 841-853.— Roux (J.-C.) L'intoxication intestinale, ses causes et ses formes cli- niques. J. de med. de Par., 1910, 2. s., xxii, 545-548.— Roy (P. S.) The circulatory system in gastro-intestinal autointoxication. Wash. M. Ann., 1907-8, vi, 132-138.— Russell (W.) Intestinal auto-intoxication and its ef- fects. Caledon. M. J., Glasg., 1904-5, vi, 158-166.—Sassoli (E.) Ricerche sperimentali sulle alterazioni del sangue, della milza e del fegato nelle intossicazioni croniche d' ori- gine intestinale. Pediatria, Napoli, 1908,2.s.,vi,328-336.— Schmidt (A.) Die Wiederbelebung der intestinalcn Autointoxikationslehre in Frankreich und der"Combis- mus." Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1909, xxxv,2159-2161.—de SChweinitz (G. E.) & Fife (C. A.) Antointoxication. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1908, 1, 2040-204'.).—Simpson (F. C.) Intestinal auto-intoxica- tion. Louisville Month. J.M. &S., 1902-3,ix, 241. [Discus- sion], 262-266.—Snively (I. N.) Autointoxication; eti- ology and diagnosis. Penn. M. J., Pittsburg, 1904-5, viii, 441-443.—Solari (E. F.) Delirios producidos por auto- intoxicacion intestinal primitiva. Arch, de psiquiat. y eriminol., Buenos Aires, 1906, v, 660-672. Also: Semana med., Buenos Aires, 1906, xiii, 567-574. Also: Rev. freno- pat.espan..Barcel., 1907,v,180-19L—de Sousa (S.) Toxi- infeceoesgastro-intestinaes nascreaneas. Med.eontemp., Lisb., 1911, xxix, 137-143— Staehelin (R.) Beitrag zur Lehre von den gastrointestinalen Autointoxikationen: Oedema cutis dyspeptieum und Asthma bronchiale dys- pepticum. Charite-Ann., Berl., 1910, xxxiv, 184-196.— Stenhonse (J.) Purin toxaemia and its treatment. Canada Lancet, Toronto, 1908-9, xlii,506-51 l.—Stilo (A.) Un caso di meningismo da autointossieazione intestinale. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1903, xxiv, 17.—Strickland (C. R.) Intestinal intoxication from microbic putrefaction of proteids. IndianapolisM.J.. 1911,xiv,467-474— Stucky (J. A.) Intestinal autointoxication as a factor in the causation of pathologic conditions of the ear, nose and throat. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1909, liii, 1184-1186 — Toxaemia (Digestive or metabolic [Gas- tro-intestinal auto- in toxical ion]. Studebaker (J. E.) Toxemia and metabolism. N. Am. J. Homoep., N. Y., 1905, liii, 304-310.—Stuertz. Ein Fall von schwerer inte«tinaler Autointoxication. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1903, xl, 517.—Sutter (C. C.) Relation of intestinal toxemia to chronic arthritis; treatment. N. Nork M. J. [etc.], 1912, xcv, 365-372.—SvoyekhotofF(A. S.) Yeshtsho dva sluchaya zheludochno-kishechnavo samootravleniya. [Two more cases of gastro-intestinal intoxication.] Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1911, 775-777.— Sztahovszlcy (A.) Ein Fall von enterogener Autoin- toxication. Ungar. med. Presse, Budapest, 1902, vii, 677- 6/9.—Taylor (A. E.) The toxic agent in gastro-intes- tinal auto-intoxication. Calif. State J. M., San Fran., 1905, iii, 344-348.—Terrell (E. H.) Colonic intoxication; its relation to rectal diseases. Virginia M. Semi-Month., Richmond, 1912-13, xvii, 506-509. — Thomas. Refle- xions sur l'auto-intoxication digestive et son traitement. Bull. Soc.de pediat.de Par., 1905, vii, 154-159. Also: Ann. de med. et chir. inf., Par., 1905, ix, 488-492.—Vialard CF.) Troubles cerebraux par auto-intoxication d'origine intes- tinale. J. de med. et chir. prat., Par., 1908, lxxix, 59-67.— Vincent (R.) On acute intestinal toxaemia in infants; an experimental investigation of the etiology and pathol- ogy of epidemic or summer diarrhoea. Tr. Glasgow Obst. & Gynaec. Soc. (1910-11), 1912, viii, 18-21.—Voet. Nou- velle methode de disintoxication intestinale par une ali- mentation phosphatidee. Belgique med., Gand, 1911, xviii, 435-437.—Waugh (W. F.) Acute autointoxication from fecal stasis. Louisville Month. J. M. & S., 1906-7, xiii, 123-125. Also: St. Louis M. Rev., 1906, liv, 311-314. Also: Med. Rec, N. Y.. 1907, lxxii, 354.—Webster (R. W.) Toxemia from the standpoint of perverted meta- bolism. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1908, cxxxv, 688-696. Also: Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 1908, c, 301-309. Also, Re- print— Whitehead (A. L.) Notes of a case of tempo- rary deafness and blindness due to intestinal toxaemia. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1911, iv, Otol. Sect., 121-123.— Wintsch (C. H.) Intestinal autointoxication. N. Am. J. Homceop., N. Y., 1909,lvii, 440-444. Toxaemia (Treatment of). See, also, Toxaemia (Digestirc, etc.). Guelpa (G.) Autointoxication et disintoxi- cation. 8°. Paris, 1910. Alexander (H.C.B.) Antointoxication; it3 factors, results, and treatment. Medicine, Detroit, 1906, xii, 191- 198.—Briggs (L. V.) A consideration of the treatment of auto-intoxication or auto-infection where they are cause of mental disturbance. Boston M. & S. J., 1906, cliv, 481; 464; 493. Also, Reprint.—Comba (D.) Letossiemie e la non specifieita di un sistema curative Lavori d. med. int. 1905, Roma, 1906, xv, 184-188. Also, Reprint.— Combe (A.) Traitement de l'auto-intoxication intes- tinale; introduction de microbes antagonistes pour com- battre la putrefaction azotee de l'intestin. Rev. de the- rap. med.-chir., Par., 1906, Ixxiii, 653; 685. — Dixon (W. E.) & Harvey (H. W.) The treatment of acute toxae- mias. Proc. Rov. Soc. Med., Lond., 1908-9, ii, Therap. & Pharmacol. Sect., 13-20. — Filing wood (F.) Lobelia hypodermically in toxemias of all kinds; in asphyxia, syncope, heat stroke, cerebral concussion and apoplexy. Eclect. M. J., Cincin., 1911, lxxi, 531-535.—Figueras (J. E.) Contribuci6n a el estudio de las intoxieaciones gastro-intestinaies tratadas por los fermentos lacticos. Rev. med. cubana. Habana, 1909, xv, 130-135.—Fleig (C.) L'auto-transfusion de globules laves comme proeede de lavage du sang dans les toxhemies; l'hetero-transfusion deglobuleslavesdanslesan6mies. Bull.mens.del'Acad. d. sc____de Montpellier, 1909, no. 1, 4-9.—Hare (H. A.) Auto-intoxication producing epileptiform convulsions; hysterical spasm in the male; intestinal obstruction, ap- pendicitis; peritonitis; operation; recovery; relapse in typhoid. Medicine, Detroit, 1896, ii, 529-533. -----. Four cases of intravenons injection for toxaemia. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1898,7. s., iv, 114-116.— ll»egh(K.) A case of severe toxemia; recovery after treatment with cold baths. Med. News, N. Y., 1898, lxxii, 42. —Jennings (Q.) The Guelpa treatment of diabetes, gout, rheuma- tism, and other auto-intoxications, and its importance from an insurance point of view. Lancet, Lond., 1911, i, 1033.—Johnston-Lavis (H. J.) Further examples illustrating cases of chronic toxaemias at Vittel. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1912, i, 231-233.— Labusquiere (R.) Toxemie ou bacteriemie, therapie active ou expectation. Ann. de gynec. et d'obst., Par., 1912, 2. s., ix, 357-365.—Lavis (H. J. J.) Physiological disequilibrium or chronic toxe- mias and the principles of their treatment. Am. J. Phy- siol. Therap., Chicago, 1911-12, ii, 84-91. — MeKeown (W.) Application of the principle of osmosis to the treat- ment of toxaemia. Canad. Pract.. Toronto. 1898, xxiii, 1-9.—Maclean (I.C.) & Harston (L. deC.) Acaseof toxaemiaof uncertain origin, and its treatment by sea-wa- ter injection. Lancet, Lond., 1911, ii, 361.—Morse (F.H.) The mechano-therapy of autointoxication. J. Advanc. Therap.,N.Y., 1908,xxvi, 79-82.—dePoehl (A.) Points TOXEMIA. 398 TOXICITY Toxaemia (Treatment of). de vue nouveaux concernant la therapeutique des auto- intoxications provoquees par surmenage ou parsurexci- tation des nerfs (neurasthenie, hysterie, etc.). Cong, in- ternat. de med. C.-r. 1903, Madrid, 1904, xiv, sect, de therap., 50-52.-----. Autointoksikatsii vslledstviye pe- reutomieniva nervnol i mishechnol tkani i organo- terapiya. "[Auto-intoxications in consequence of ex- haustion of the nerve and muscle tissue and organo- therapy.] J. med. khim. i organoterap., S.-Peterb., 1909, vii, 29-34.—Shepard (C. H.) Auto-intoxication and its treatment. Tr. Mississippi Valley M. Ass. 1901, Kansas City, 1903, iii, 169-177. Also: Therap. Month., Phila., 1902, ii, 55-58. Also, Reprint. — Skelton (L. L.) The general toxaemias and their treatment. Clin. Rev., Chicago, 1901-2, xv, 1-10.—Stern (H.) Autointoxication and its treatment. Med. Standard, Chicago, 1904, xxvii, 109: 167; 225; 286; 341; 410; 472; 516; 587; 649: 1905, xxviii, 16.—V'andeiliool (D.) Acid-intoxications and their therapeutic indication. Old Dominion J. M. & S., Rich- mond, 1910, x, 261-269.—Wood (J. C.) Gastro-intestinal auto-intoxication and mucous enterocolitis from the view- point of surgery; with illustrative cases. Surg.,Gynec.& Obst., Chicago, 1910, xi, 225-240, 1 pl.—Zimmer (A.) Zur Therapie enterogener Erkrankungen. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1912, lxii, 1350-1355. Toxaemia in animals. Baumgarten (A.) & Popper (H.) Experimen- telle Untersuchungen iiber Azetonurie beim Hunde. Zentralbl. f. Physiol., Leipz. u. Wien, 1906, xx, 377-381.— Fish (P. A.), Backus (L. S.) & Giltner (W.) An unusual case of canine toxemia. Am. Vet. Rev., N. Y., 1906-7, xxx, 966-968.—John It (M.) Acetonamie beim Rinde. Munchen. tierarztl. Wchnschr., 1911, lv, 301; 321.— Sacquepee&Loiseleur. Sur les infections sanguines autogenesou heterogSnes chez les animaux a l'etat nor- mal. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1907, lxii, 946-948.— Smythe (E. R.) Mammary toxaemia or pseudo milk fever. Vet. Rec, Lond., 1907-8, xx, 174. Toxaemia in children. See, also, Toxaemia (Acid) in children. Crisafi (D.) Sulla iraportanza del fegato e sugli effetti che in esso si determinano nelle tossi-infezioni gastro-intestinali dei bambini. 8°. Messina, 1905. Bokenham (T. J.) The serumtherapy of blood poi- soning; a plea for exactitude in the use of antistrepto- coccus serum. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1897, i, 1277.—Bon- jour. Reponse k M. Combe sur son travail: L'auto- intoxication intestinale. Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1903, xxiii, 104-116. [Discussion], 117-120.— Combe. L'auto-intoxication intestinale. Arch.demed. d. enf., Par., 1904, vii, 1; 65. Also [Abstr.]: Bull. Soc. de pediat. de Par., 1903, v, 223-237.—Concetti (L.) Sulla eura delle tossi-infezioni gastro-intestinali acute nei bam- bini. Riv. di clin. pediat., Firenze, 1903, i, 688-697 — Davis (Effa V.) Toxemia and eclampsia in the new- born babe. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1912, lviii, 1676-1678.— Downey (J. M.) Toxemia in the new-born simulating cerebral hemorrhage. i&id.,1908, li,1232—Fischer (L.) A case of intestinal toxemia with somnolence and head- ache. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1904, xxi, 926-928.—Geohe- gan (W. A.) The auto-toxaemias of childhood. Med. Century, N. Y. & Chicago, 1906, xiv, 353-355.— Hainill (S. M'C.) Auto-intoxication, with the report of a case in an infant of fifteen months. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1898, xv, 321-329.—Hattield (M. P.) The significance and trertment of high temperature in the toxemias of young children. Chicago Clinic, 1902, xv, 49; 89.—Jennings (C. G.) A case of autointoxication with neutral magne- sium phosphate in the urine. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1903, xx, 170-175.—King (G.) The fatality at Chefoo school. China ,M. Miss. J., Shanghai, 1902, xvi, 179-187.—Londe (P.) Evolution, formes et traitement de l'auto-infection broncho-intestinale chez le nouveau-n6. Presse med., Par., 1908, xvi, 147-149.—Marian. L'auto-intoxication intestinale; rapport sur un travail de M. le Dr. Combe. Ann. de med. et chir. inf., Par., 1903, vii, 620-631.—Morse (J. L.) Intestinal toxemia in the new-born. Am. J. Dis. Child., Chicago, 1912, iv, 229-233.—Pinto (J.) O regi- men dietetico no tratamen.to da toxi-infeccao intestinal das creaneas. Brazil-med., Rio de Jan., 1905, xix, 124.— Rachibrd (B. K.) Gastrointestinal toxemia.' Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1904-5, xxi, 666; 681. Also: Tr. Am. Pe- diat. Soc. 1904, N. Y., 1905, xvi, 91-102.—Thomas. Re- flexions sur l'auto-intoxication digestive et son traite- ment. Rev. mens. d. mal. de l'enf., Par., 1905, xxiii, 2s9; 353.—Tossinfezione acuta. Osp. d. bambini in Milano. Rendic, 1899-1901, 155-165.—Tossinfezione cronica. Ibid., 165-186. Toxalbumins. See, also, Gonorrhoea (Causes of). Benecli (E.) Toxalbumine retiree'de la chair d'an- guille de riviere. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1899, cxxviii, 833-*3i;.—Boix (E.) & Noe (J.) Essai de neu- tralisation de quelques toxalbumines par l'hvposulfite de soude dans l'organisme animal. Arch, gen." de med., Toxalbumins. Par., 1902, n.s., vii, 43-57. Also [Abstr.]: Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1902, 11. s., iv, 2'.'.— Flexner (S.) The pathologic changes caused by certain so-called tox- albumins; an experimental study. Tr. Path. Soc. Phila. (1893-5), 1896, xvii, 212-231. Also: Med. News, Phila., 1894, lxv, 116-124. Also, Reprint. -----. The lesions caused by certain so-called toxalbumins. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1894, v, 83. -----. The pathology of toxalbumin intoxication. Ibid., 1897, vi, 259-409, 4 pl.— Rehns (J.) Contribution a I'etude des toxalbumines vcgetalcs. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1902, 11. s., iv, 89-91.—Shick (Mary McD.) Intoxication from tox- albumins and other toxins. Penn. M. J., Pittsburg, 1899-1900, iii, 190-193.—SjOqvist (J.) Om nagra giftiga iigghvitekroppar. [On some poisonous albuminous bodies (toxalbumin) .1 Hygiea, Stockholm, 1890, Hi, 435- 441.—Tichomirolt (T.) Ueber die Fallung von Toxal- buminen durch Nucle'insaure. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1895, xxi, 90-96.—Tissier. (P.) Les albumines toxiques. Ann. de med. seient. etprat., Par., 1891, i, 27; 42. Toxicity. Boruttau (H.) Zur Kenntnis der Herabsetzung von Giftwirkungen durch Eiweiss. Biochem. Ztschr. Berl., 1912, xliii, 418-423.—Cameron (F. K.) & Brea- zeale (J. F.) The toxic action of acids and salts on seedlings. J. Phys. Chem., Ithaca, 1904, viii, 1; 131.— Cesa Bianchi (D.) Ricerche sull' azione tossica di alcuni organi; la tossicita degli estratti di organi lin- fatici. Path. Riv. quindicin., Genova. 1910-11, iii, 223- 228.—Clark (J. F.) Electrolytic dissociation and toxic effect. J. Phys. Chem., Ithaca, 1899, iii, 263-316.—Dan- deno (J. B.) The relation of mass action and physical affinity to toxicity, with incidental discussion as to how far electrolytic dissociation may be involved. Am. J. Sc, N. Haven, 1904, xvii, 437-458.—Davis (O. C. M.) The relationship between toxicity and chemical reac- tivity in certain benzene derivatives. Bristol M.-Chir. J., 1912, xxx, 237-247.—Desgrez (A.) Influence de la constitution chimique sur la toxicite des nitrites et des amides. Compt rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1911, cliii, 895- 898.—Griitzner (P.) Ueber die Bestimmung der Gif- tigkeit verschiedener Stoffe. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1893, xix, 1369.— Hebert (A.) Toxicite des sels de chrome, d'aluminium et de magnesium; leur action sur diverses fermentations; comparaison avec les proprietes analogues des terres rares. J. de physiol. et de path, gen., Par., 1907, ix, 751-758.—Heymans (J. F.) Ueber die relative Giftigkeit der Oxal-, Malon-, Bern- stein- und Brenzweinsiiure, sowie ihrer Natriumsalze. Arch. f. Physiol., Leipz., 1889, 168-170.—Investiga- ciones (Las) quimico-legales en la Isla de Cuba. Cr6n. med.-quir. de la Habana, 1903, xxix, 12; 39; 64; 78.— Jotf'roy (A.) eVisscher.— Burg (G.) Zur Kasuistik der Vergiftungen. Fried- reich's Bl. f. gerichtl. Med., Nurnb., 1902, liii, 438-449.— Burnett (S. G.) & Royer (J. E.) Unrecognized clini- cal forms of common drug poisoning. [Atropia; ab- sinthe; veronal; bromo-delirium.] Oklahoma M. News- Jour., 1912, xx, 73-84. — Casos curiosos de envenena- mento. Rev. portugueza de med. e cirurg. prat., Lisb., 1896-7, i, 155.— Cliampeaux (M.) Une affaire des poisons en milieu regimentaire. Caducee, Par., 1910, x, 89.—Ctaarpentier (A. E. L.) Murder by morphine and chloroform; suicide by illuminating gas. Lancet, Lond., 1910, ii, 885.—Claxton (G. E.) An obscure case of poisoning. Indian M. Rec, Calcutta, 1901, xx, 35.— (illusion (C. G.) The medico-legal aspect and criminal procedure in the poison cases of the XVI. eenturv. Med.- Leg. J., N. Y., 1905-6, xxiii, 173-183.—Dcmuth. An- klage gegen einen homoopatischen Arzt wegen fahrlas- siger todtlicher Vergiftung eines Kindes durch Arznei- mittel. Vereinsbl. d. pfalz. Aerzte, Frankenthal, 1894, x, 161-164—Dervaux. Deux cas d'intoxication medica- menteuse. J. d. sc. med. de Lille, lsv»9, i, 259-262.— I»e Vissciier, Van Vyve & Dcbaisicux. Affaire ,I[oniauxl; triple empoisonnemeiit; rapports medico- legaux: documents. Ann. s»-. de raed. leg. de Belg., Charleroi, 1895-6, vii, 13; 71. See, also, supra, Bruy- lants— Domiiierliold (E. J.) Eenige vergiftigingsge- vallenuitdepraktijk. Tijdschr. v. veeartsenijk. Maand- bl., Utrecht. 1906-7, xxxiv, 727-731.-Doremus (R.-O.) Changes in the manner of conducting cases of crim- inal poisoning. Tr. Pan-Am. M. Cong. 1893, Wash., lxy5. pt. 2,2146-2149.—Duke (J.) Acaseof atropine poisoning j and a doubtful one of stramonium poisoning. Lancet, I Vxicology (Cases in) [including medicolegal on. Sur quelques cas d'intoxication. Centre med. et pharm., Gannet, 1909-10, xv, 264-267.—[Harris (The) murder trial.] Iowa M. J., Des Moines, 1896-7, ii, 323- 325— Hellwig (A.) Volkskundliches und Kriminal- psychologisches aus dem Prozess der Giftmorderin Ge- sche Margarete Gottfried, hingerichtet im Jahre 1831 in Bremen. Arch. f. Krim.-Anthrop. u. Kriminalist., Leipz., 1911, xli, 54-66—Hendrix. Tentative d'empoisonne- ment; un cas de tentative non punissable. Ann. Soc. de med. leg. de Belg., Charleroi, 1894-5, vi, 204-213.—Hicks (J.) A ease of poisoning; recovery. Practice, Richmond, 1896,x, 89. — Jlildebrandt ( H. ) Ueber Fehlerquel- lenbeimgerichtlich-medizinischen Nachweis von Giften. Klin.-therap. Wchnschr., Berl., 1912, xix, 1277-1281. — Homicide by carbolic acid. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1900, xxxv, 1029.—Is Jane Toppan responsible? Boston M. & S. J., 1902, cxlvii, 27.—Johnson (J. B.) Poisoned by a mixture of bromide of potassium and tincture of opium. South. Clinic, Richmond, 1890, xiii, 74.—Kava- lier (K.) Vykop&ni mrtvoly ctyfi nedele po pohfbu: domnele otraveni. [Digging up of body 4 weexs after interment; suspicion of poisoning.] Casop. lek. 6esk., v Praze, 1869, viii, 147-149.—Kob. Ein forensischer Fall von todtlicher Vergiftung, weleher nur durch Zufall zur Aufklarung und Suhne kam. Vrtljschr. f. gerichtl. Med., Berl., 1899, 3. F., xvii, 304-311.—Lande. Les empoison- nementsd'Andernos; rapport m^dieo-legal. J.de med.de Bordeaux, 1904, xxxiv, 801-806.—LatrulFe-Colonib. Quel etait le principe le plus actif des poisons qu'em- ployait la Brinvilliers? Chron. med., Par., 1908, xv, 641- 645.—Leonpaeher (J.) Chloroform- und Carbolsaure- vergiftung. Friedreich's Bl. f.gerichtl. Med., Numb., 1900, li, 122-127.—Lesser (A.) Ueber die Vertheilung einiger Gifte im menschlichen Korper. Vrtljschr.f.gerichtl. Med., Berl., 1897, 3. F., xiv, 287: xv, 27; 261: xvi, 60.—Little (W. T.) A curious case of potash and arsenic poisoning. Colorado M. J., Denver, 1898, iv, 326.—Littlejolin (H.) Poisoningorstrangulation? Edinb. M. J., 1*99, n. s, v,480- 484.—Littre (M.-T.-E.) De la toxicologie dans l'histoire et de la mort d' Alexandre. In his: Medecine et medecins, 8°, Par., 1872,393-428.-----. Henrietted'Angleterre, belle- soeur de Louis XIV, est-elle morte empoisonnee? Ibid., 429-474.—L.ttfol(V.) Mergezesi esetek. [Casesof poison- ing.] Budapesti orv. ujsag, 1904, ii, 433; 456. -----. Toxi: kologiai iegvzetek a budapesti mentoegyesiilet 1908. evi mergezesi adatainak ismertetese kapesan. [Toxicolog- ical note apropos of the poisoning cases treated in 1908 by the Budapest Free Aid Society.] Ibid., 1909, vii, 699- 704.—Loeweiitl»al(.T.L.) Arznei-Intoxicationen. The- rap. Wchnschr., Wien, 1897, iv, 727; 748; 775; 806; 830; 860.— JHaratfliano (E.) Tre casi d' intossicazione. Pensiero med., Milano, 1912, ii, 121-123.—^lareelll (L.) Avvele- namento o isterismo? Pratica d. med., Napoli, 1910-11, xi, 97-109.—Max well (J. P.) Some poisoning cases. China M. J., Shanghai, 1908, xxii,290-292.—Mead (R.M.) The cases of acute (non-alcoholic) poisoning. Methodist TOXICOLOGY. 401 TOXICOLOGY. Toxicology (Cases in) [including medico-hgal aspects]. Episcop. Hosp. Rep. 1887-97, N. Y., 1898, i, 414-431.—Meu- rer (F.) Ein Beitrag zur Toxikologie. Mag. f. d. Staats- arznk., Leipz., 1846, v, 157-161.—Mo I itoris. Toxikolo- gische Mitteilungen. Vrtljschr. f. gerichtl. Med., Berl., 1907, xxxiii, Suppl.-Hft., 218-222.—Mott(H. A.) Somatic death by poison. Bull. Med.-Leg. Cong. 1895, N. Y., 1898, 38- 45. Also: Med.-Leg. J., N. Y., 1895-6, xiii, 149-156.— Nacke (P.) Toxikologisches. Arch.f. Krim.-Anthrop. u. Krimi- nalist., Leipz., 1906, xxv, 373-375. —Neseniann. Die Massenvergiftungen in Berlin zu Ende des Jahres 1911. Ztschr. f. Med.-Beamte, Berl., 1912, xxv, 42-46.—O. Der Giftmordprozess Danval. Pharm. Ztg., Berl., 1902, xlvii, 339.—O'Connor (B. F.) Exhibition of stomach and its contents from a case of supposed poisoning. Kentucky M. J., Bowling Green, 1910, viii, 1786.—Ozanne (G.) Three years' experience in toxicology in British Guiana. Brit. Guiana M. Ann., Demerara, 1893, 6-1-68.—Paul (G.) Natiirlicher Tod? Opiumvergiftung? Strichninvergif- tung? Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1893, xviii, 197-200.— Pause. Ein Vergiftungsfall aus eigenartigem Anlass. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1903, xxix, 354.—Physician not liable for injury resulting from druggist's mistake in compounding a solution. Med.-Leg. Bull., Fort Wayne, 1907-8, v, 82-86— Poisoninii cases and inquests. Pharm. J., Lond., 1901, 4. s., xiii, 55.— Prentiss (D. W.) Report of cases of poisoning from exalgine, cannabis indica, arsenic and camphor. Therap. Gaz., Detroit, 1892, xvi, 103-106. Also, Reprint.—Pas- cual (J.) Por mal camino. Bol. mens. d. Col. dem6d.de Gerona, 1906, xi, 105-110.—R. Gerechtelijk-geneeskun- dige opmerkingen over vergiftiginyen. Tijdschr. v. in- land. Geneesk., Batavia, 18;i7, v, 5; 67: 1898, vi, 20.— RaflPaele (A.) Giudizio sulla causa del decesso di sig- nora morta con sospetto di avvelenamento, nei cui visceri l'analisi chimica rinvenne la presenza del mercurio. In his: Clin, de med. leg., 8°, Napoli, 1900, 1-16. -----. Giu- dizio sulla causa del decesso di individuo morto con sospetto di avvelenamento, nei cui visceri 1' analisi chi- mica rinvenne la presenza dell' arsenico. Ibid., 17-30. -----. Giudizio sulla causa della morte di donna cui venne amministrato un farmaco invece di un altro. Ibid., 2. s., 136-lts.—Rawlings (J. D.) Cases of acute poisoning by atropine, carbolic acid, potassium bichro- mate, and aconite. St. Barth. Hosp. J., Lond., 1896-7, iv, 102-104.—Robertson-Milne (C. J.) The frequency of poisoning in Calcutta, with some illustrative cases. Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1902, xxxvii, 207-211.—Roger (H.) Les intoxications. Presse med., Par., 1910, xviii, 857-859.—Rokblin (L. L.) Smieshannoye otravleniye bornol kislotol, lavrovishnevimi kaplyami i iodnol na- stolkol. [Combined poisoning by boric acid, poison- laurel drops, and tincture of iodine.] Ejened. jour. "Prakt. med.," St. Petersb., 1899, vi, 887-889.—de Ryckere (R.) Affaire Joniaux. Arch, d'anthrop. crim., Lyon & Par., 1895, x, 641-747.—Salomonson (H. W.) Perizia in un processo di tentativo di avvelena- mento per arsenico. Gazz. med. lomb., Milano, 1907, lxvi, 81-84.—Sainesreuther. Eine angebliche Vergiftung. Mag. f. d. staatsarznk., Leipz., 1845, iv, 87-129.—Sarci- nelli ( F.) Oservazioni cliniche sulle intossicazioni. Riv. internaz. di clin. e terap., Napoli, 1909, iv, 271- 275._Sartori(L.) Caso stranodi avvelenamento. Boll. d. Ass. med. tridentina, Trento, 1887, vi, 135-137.—Sau- vage & Loremus (R.O.) Can chemical analysis convict poisoners? Forum, N. Y., 1893, xvi, 229-239.—England (J. W.) Coffee and tea as precipitants for poisons. Sanitarian, N. Y., 1902, xlix, 218-221. — Faust (E. S.) Darstellung und Nach- weis tierischer Gifte. In: Handbuch der biochemischen Arbeitsmethoden (Abderhalden),8°,Berl.,1910,ii,pt.2,815- 903.—Flrgau (F.) DieAnwendungdes §224desStrafge- setzbuches bei der Beurtheilung der durch Gifte verur- sachten Gesundheitsbeschiidigungen. Aerztl. Saohverst.- Ztg., Berl., 1899, v, 486-489.—Grlgoryeff (A. V.> O raz- rushenii organicheskikh veshtshestv pri sudebno-khi, micheskikh analizakh. [Destruction of organic sub- stances in medico-forensic analyses.] Vestnik obsh- hig., sudeb. i prakt. med., St. Petersb,, 1904, 517-528. Also [Abstr.]: Obshtshestvo Russk. Vrach. v pam. Piro- gova. Trudi . . . Syezda, St.-Peterb., 1904, i, 319.-----. O luchshikh sposobakh konservirovaniya organov i so- derzhimavo ikh dlya poslleduyushtshavo mikroskopi- cheskavo i khimich'eskavo analiza. [The best methods of preserving the organs and their contents to perform microscopic and chemical analysis.] Ibid., 320-322.— tiurrlerl (R.) Sull' uso degli infusori per la comprova di piceolissime quantity di veleni. Riv. di med. leg., Milano, 1898-9, ii, 310— Harnack (E.) Ueber die all- gemeine Behandlung von Vergiftungen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1910, xxxvi, 105-110.—He r- ber (C.) Zwei Fiille von Vergiftungserscheinungen. Deutsche zahniirztl. Wchnschr., Berl., 1904, vii, 61.— Kionka (H. ) Zur Kritik toxikologischer Unter- suchungen; pathologische Befunde an scheinbar nor- malen Hunden. Aerztl. Sachverst.-Ztg., Berl., 1910, xvi, 45-60.—Robert (R.) Ueber die Bedeutung des biologischen Giftnachweises fiir die gerichtliche Me- dizin. Ber. d. deutsch. pharm. Gesellsch., Berl., 1903, xiii, 325-336. — Kohn (C. A.) The application of electrolysis to the detection of mineral poisons. J. San. Inst., Lond., 1894-5, xv, 691-69L—Kratter (J.) Ueber Giftwanderung in Leichen und die Moglich- keit des Giftnachweises bei spiiter Enterdigung. Vrtlj- schr. f. gerichtl. Med., Berl., 1907, xxxiii, Suppl.-Hft., 119-135.—Lander (G. D.) & Winter (H. W.) The de- tection of poisonous metals. Analyst, Lond., 1908, xxxiii, 450-457.—Lecha-Marzo (A.) La prueba mi- croquimica en el diagn6stico medico-legal de los en- venenamentos. Gac. med. d. Sur de Espafia, Granada, 1909, xxvii, 100; 135; 162; 184. -----. Microehimie toxi- cologique; nouvelles recherches sur la germination des cristaux. Belgique med., Gand, 1910, xvii, 231-233.— Lictt'iiianii (H.) What druggists can do to assist in detecting cases of poisoning. Am. J. Pharm., Phila., 1903, lxxv, 51-56. — Lentz. Des ivresses anormales et pathologiques; etiologie, diagnostic et medecine legale. Bull. Acad. roy. de niexi. de Belg., Brux., 1898, 4. s., xii, 630-640.—Iieprinee (M.) Action du persulfate d'am- moniaque dissous dans l'acide sulfurique concentr.6 et etendu sur certains corps et speeialement sur ceux sus- ceptibles d'etre rencontres dans les recherches toxi- cologiques. Cong, internat. de med. C. r., Par., 1900, sect, de med. leg., 76-84.—Le win (L.) Die Toxikologie vor Gericht, ein Beitrag zur Sachverstandigenfrage. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1896, xxii, 257. -----. Comment se produisent les empoisonnements par les produits chimiques et comment on les combat. Rev. seient., Par., 1911, i, 33-40.— McCarthy (D. J.) The changes in peripheral nerves produced by toxic substances applied to the skin; a medico-legal study. Univ. Penn. M. Bull., Phila., 1903-4, xvi, 39-42.—Madia (E.) Le reazioni microchimiche; contributo al nuovo metodo per la ricerca chimico-legale dei veleni. Gior. internaz. d. sc. med., Napoli, 1906, n. s., xxviii, 839; 890.— Magnin (G.) Nouvelle methode de destruction le la matiere organique par le brome, applicable specialement en toxicologie. J. de pharm. et de chim., Par., 1911, 7. s., iv, 302-306.—Magnus (R.) Kann man den Angriffs- punkt eines Giftes durch antagonistische Giftversuche bestimmen? Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1908, exxiii, 99-112.—Malvoz (E.) Les lesions anatomiques chez les empoisonn6s. Ann. Soc. de med. leg. de Belg., Charleroi, 1895-6, vii, 221-231.—Mariscal (N.) Sur la localisation des poisons. [Rap.] Cong, internat. de med. C.-r. 1903, Madrid, 1904, xiv, sect, demed. leg. ettoxicol., 34-45.—Martin (O.) Methode generale de traitement des empoisonnements aisrus. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par., 1904, cxlviii, 772-775.—Maru bi. [A case of change of form of the fundus of the eye by internal poison- ing.] Igaku Chuwo Zasshi, Tokyo, 1905-6, 661-670. ----- Utilites de la fixation des doses minima mortelles. Ibid., 955-957.—Ottolengtoi(S.) Alterazioni del sangue in alcuni avvelenamenti; contributo di semeiotica fo- rense. Gazz. med. di Torino, 1893, xliv, 995-1001.— Pagel. Nouveau proeede de destruction des matieres organiques applicable en toxicologie. Union pharm., Par., 1900, xli, 296-298.—Panzer (T.) Ueber den foren- sischen Nachweis neuerer Arzneimittel. Apoth.-Ztg., Berl 1906 xxi, 388.—Pohl (I.) Ueber Allantoinaus- TOXICOLOGY. 405 TOXINS. Toxicology (Methods in). scheidung bei lntoxieationen. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1902, Leipz., 1903, ii, 2. Hlfte., 78.—Keese (J.J.) The post-mortem imbibition of poi- sons in its medico-legal bearings. Med. News, Phila., 1890, lvi, 34-39.—Boncoronl (S.) Moditicazioni del modo di cristallizzare di una soluzione, dovute a traccie di alcune sostanze organiche ed inorganiche. Atti d. xi. Cong. med. internaz. 1894, Roma, 1895, v, med. leg., 37- 48. — Russwiirm. Quantitative Bestimmung von ChloralhvdratundMorphin beiLeichenuntersuehungen. Pharm. Centralhalle, Dresd., 1899, n. F., xx, 543. — Saccone (G.) Studio ematologieo e serologico negli avvelenamenti croniei da ossido di earbonio, idrogeno sol- forato, piombo, solfuro di earbonio, cromo ed antimonio, Ann. di med. nav., Roma, 1909, ii, 361-413, 1 pl.—Sehae- ler (A.) Eine dunm die Anstrichfarbedes Abzuges ver- ursachte Verunreinigung des Untersuchungsgegenstan- des bei einer toxikologischen Analyse. Ztschr. f. Unter- such. d. Nahrungs- u. Genussmittel, Berl., 1912, xxiv, 403.—Schreier (C. F.) Sind chemische Untersuchun- gen, welche in Vergiftungsfallen zur Constatirung des Giftmordes nothig werden, bei besetzter Gerichtsbank vorzunehmen? Mag. f. d. Staatsarznk., Leipz., 1845, iv, 46-59.—Sitsen (A. E.) Welche Fliissigkeit soil man ftir die Konservierung von Organen bei Vergiftung ge- brauehen? Janus, Harlem, 1912, xvii, 610-614.—Soil- man i T.) Coffee and tea as precipitants for poisons. J. M. Research, Bost., 1902, n. s., ii, 43-5:;.—Speranski (A.) Ob otnoshenii nlekotorikh produktov zhiznedle- yatelnosti patogennikh i nepatogennikh bakteriy k reak- tivam, upotreblyayemim dlyaotkritiyarastitelnikh alka- lo'idov pri otravleniyakh. [On the relation of certain products of pathogenic and nonpathogenic bacteria to reagents used to discover vegetable alkaloids in poison- ing cases.] Izvlest. Imp. Tomsk. Univ., 1896, ix, no. 8, 1-15.—Sticker (G.) Vergiftungen vom Mastdarm und von der Scheide aus. Arch. f. Krim.-Anthrop. u. Krimi- nalist., Leipz., 1898-9, i, 290-305.—Strassmann (F.) Ueber den anatomischen Nachweis forensiseher Ver- giftungen. Veroffentl. d. Hufeland. Gesellsch. in Berl. Vortr. (1894), 1895, 55-70. Also: Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1895, xxxii, 425-430.—%'amossy (Z.) A toxicologiai chemia nehany fontosabb fejezeterol. [Some weighty points in toxicological chemistry.] Orvosi hetil., Buda- pest, 1906,1, 336.—Varshavski (E. S.) K voprosu o razrushenii organicheskikh veshtshestv smlesyu siernol i azotnol kislot pri sudebno-khimicheskikh analizakh. [Destruction of organic substances by a mixture of sul- phuric and nitric acids in forensic chemical analyses.] Vestnik obsh. hig., sudeb. i prakt. med., St. Petersb., 1905,664-683.—Vital! (D.) De la investigaci6n del acido nitrico libre en el caso de envenenamiento. Monitor de la farm, y de la terap., Madrid, 1898, iv, 707-709. -----. Su di alcune riforme da introdursi negli studi di medi- cina legale ed in specie di chimica tossologica, e sui me- todi di scelta dei periti giudiziari. Riv. di med. leg., Milano, 1898-9, ii, 377.—Wall€. Weshalb ist der Lei- chenbefund nach Tod in Folge von akuten Vergiftungen wie durch Morphium, Opium, Chloral, selbst Chloroform, ein negativer? Aerztl. Sachverst.-Ztg., Berl., 1897, iii, 51.—von Wyss (H.) Ueber den gerichtlichen Nach- weis der Vergiftungen an der Leiche. Verhandl. d. Ge- sellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1899, Leipz., 1900, lxxi, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 555-559. Toxicology (Veterinary). See, also, Poisons ( Vegetable). FrShner (E.) Lehrbuch der Toxikologie fiir Thieriirzte. 8°. Stuttgart, 1K94. ------. The same. 2. Aufl. 8°. Stuttgart, 1901. ------. The same. 3. umgearbeitete Aufl. 4°. Stuttgart, 1910. Mosselman (G.) & Kebrant (G.) Precis de toxicologie veterinaire. 8°. Bruxelles dc Paris, 1895. Nunx (J. A.) Veterinary toxicology. 8°. London, 1907. Bermbach. Vergiftungen. Veroffentl. a. d. J.- Vet.-Ber. d. beamt. Tierarzte Preuss. 1902, Berl., 1904, iii, pt. 2, 24-30.—Devay. Contribution a I'etude des locali- sations convulsives chez les animaux intoxiqu6s. Cong. d. med. alienistes et neurol. de France . . . Proc.-verb. [etc.] 1894, Par., 1895, v, 341-345.—IChrenhard (J.) Ueber Vergiftungen bei Pferden. Wchnschr. f. Thierh. u. Viehzucht, Munchen, 1898, xlii, 429-433—Friedburg (L. H.) The action of poisons upon animals. Am. Vet Rev., N.Y., 1895-6, xix, 397-100—Ciohler. Giftnaehweis imTierkorper. Berl.tierarztl.Wchnschr., 1905,47.—.) & Weil (E.) Untersehiede zwischen aggressiven Exsudaten und Bakterienextrakten. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. Jetc], 1. Abt., Jena, 1905-6, xl, 371-37*.—Baldwin (E. R.) & Levene (P. A.) The action of proteolytic enzymes on bacterial toxines. J. Med. Research, Bost., 1901, n.s., i, 120-134. — Basliford (E. F.) The quantitative and qualitative relations of toxin and antitoxin. Lancet, Lond., 1903, ii, 1076-1081.— Hand ran (G.) Preparation chimique des antidotes des alcaloides et des toxines. Bull. gen. de therap. (etc.], Par., 1907, cliii, 913-922 — Bauer (K.) Ueber die Rolle der sogenannten lokalen Toxine bei der Sepsis. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1902, xxviii, Ver.-Beil., 99— Beeliliold (H.) Die elektrische Ladung von Toxin und Antitoxin. Miin- ehen. med. Wchnschr., 1907, liv, 1921.—Bellanti (S.) & Carbone (T.) Produzionedisostanze tossiche nei siero di animali inoculati con sangne eterogeneo. Gior. d. r. Accad.di med. diTorino,1898,4.s., xlvi. 321-324.—Benecli (E.) Delaformationdestoxinesstomacales. ('ong.frane. demed. 1895, Par., 1896, ii,441-445.—Berger (E.) Action des toxines sur la secretion lacrymale; pathogenie de la keratomalacie survenant dans les maladies infectieuses. Compt. rend. Soe. debiol., Par., 1894, 10. s., i, 279— Ber- lolini (A.) Comportamento della tensione superriciale nella unione di tossina con antitossina. Ann. d. 1st. Maragliano p. la cura d. tuberc. [etc.], Genova, 1910, iv, 122-132.—Bessau (G.) Ueber die Differenzierung bak- terieller Gifte. Miinehen. mecl. Wchnschr., 1912, lix, 802-804.—Bielonovski i G.) K voprosu o vliyanii tok- sinov na klletoehniye element! organizma. [Influence of toxins upon the cellular elements of the organism.] Kharkov. M. J., 1907, iv, 435-466. Also, transl.: Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1907, v, 65-98.—Bierry (H.) Recherches sur les injections de sang et de serum cytotoxiques au chien. Compt. rend. Soe. de biol., Par., 1901, U.S., iii, 839.—Bierry (H.), Pettit (A.) & Selia-tler (G.) Nephro- et hepatotoxines; sur l'aetion des serums nephro- et hepatotoxiques. Ibid., 1907, lxiii, 5C6-569.—Billz (W.) Ueber Chemie und Kolloidchemie der Toxin-Anti- toxinreaktionen. Med.-naturw. Arch., Berl. u. Wien. 1907, i, 345-366.-Biltz (\\\), Mueli (H.) & Siebert (C.) Experimentelle Beitrage zu einer Adsorptions- theorie der Toxinneutralisirung und verwandter Vor- giinge. Beitr. z. exper. Therap., Berl., 1906, 10. Hft.. 30- 54— BjiJrksten (M.) Die Einwirkung einiger Bakte- TOXINS. 407 TOXINS. Toxins [and Antitoxins], rien und ihrer Toxine auf den Herzmuskel. Arb. a. d. path. Inst. d. Univ. Helsingfors, Berl., 1905, i, 345-378.— Boeri (G.) Sulla immunita acquisita pei veleni non batterici. N. riv. clin.-terap., Napoli, 1905, viii, 169; 249.— Boliland (KA Ueber die chemotaktische Wirkung der Toxine des Bact. typhi und des Baet. coli commune auf die Leukoevteu. Centralbl. f. innere Med., Leipz., 1899, xx, 409-414.—Hordet (J.) Sur le mode d'action des antitoxines sur les toxines. Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1903, xvii. 161-186.—Bouchard (C.) Sur le role des poisons d'origine microbienne dans les maladies infec- tieuses. Gaz.hebd.de med., Par., 1889,2.s.,xxvi, 120-122.— Brieger ( L.) Baeterien und Krankheitsgifte. Allg. Wien. med. Ztg., 1889, xxxiv, 464; 475. Also, transl.: Fi- ziol. sbornik (Danilevski), Kharkov, 1891, ii, 537-562.— Brown (J. J.G.) On the toxins which act on the nerv- ous svstem, and on the means of counter-acting and eliminating them. Scot. M. & S. J., Edinb* 1899, iv, 490- 509.—Brow n (W. M.) Toxins and the liver. Buffalo M. J., 1909-10, lxv, 690-5%.—Brink (C.) Ueber die Bin- dungsverhaltnisse von Toxin und Antitoxin im homolo- gen Organismus; ein Beitrag zur Frage der antitoxischen Therapie mit homologem Tetanus-Antitoxin. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infectionskrankh., Leipz., 1906, xlix, 282-286.— Brunner (.1.) Badania nad dzialaniem toksyn bakte- ryjnyeh i roSlinnych. [Researches on the action of toxins from bacteria and plants.] Medycyna, Warszawa, 1897,xxv, 621; 644; 668. -----. O stosunku toksyny do antytoksyny. [Relationship between toxin and antitoxin.] Kron. lek., Warszawa, 1905, xxvi,549; 581; 613; 654; 706. Also, transl: Arch, internat. de Pharmacol., Brux. et Par., 1908, xviii, 15- 28.—Burke (J.) Cognate principles to neutralize specific toxins in the treatment of disease. Dietet. & Hyg. Gaz., N. Y., 1908, xxiv, 533. -----. Elimination of toxins. Med. Fortnightly, St. Louis, 1908, xxxiv, 392.—Busson (B.) Studien iiber die Gift wirkung der Extrakte aus Organen normaler, vorbehandelter und hungernder Tiere. Cen- tralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.],l. Abt., Jena, 1912. lxv, Orig., 142-146.—Calmette (A.) Contribution a I'etude des toxines et des serums antitoxiques. Arch, de med. nav., Par., 1895, lxiii, 425-455. -----. Toxines et antitoxines. Bull, med., Par., 1895, ix, 1061-1064. -----. Du r61e des toxines dans les infections. Ibid., 1897, xi, 881-883. -----. Manifestations toxiques et antitoxiques de Teconomie. Ibid., 1900, xiv, 57-59— Cappellani (S.) Dell' azione protetti va dei leucociti contro i veleni batterici. Riforma med., Roma, 1903, xix, 1345-1348.—Carpi (W.) Con- tributo all' analisi delle tossine per mezzo degli enzimi digestivi. Osp. magg. Riv. seient.-prat. d. . . . di Milano, 1907, ii, 535-543—< arriere (G.) Etude experimentale sur le sort des toxines et des antitoxines introduites dans le tube digestif des animaux. Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1899, xiii, 435-443.—Caruso (F.) Sugli effetti delle infezioni di tossine nella vagina e nell' utero a mucosa integra negli animali da esperimento. Cong, period, de gynec. et d'obst. C.-r 1902, Florence.Rome, 1904, iv, 902- 913. Also, Reprint.— Casagrandi (O. Sulla ricerca delle tossine baeteriehe negli organi. Bull. d. Soc. Lan- cisiana d. osp. di Roma, 1902-3, xxii, fasc. 2, 56-65.—Ce- coni (A.) Le citotossine. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1901, xxii, 209-214 — Centaiini (K.) & Ravenna (F.) Sul siero cardio-tossico. Atti Accad. d. sc. med. e nat. in Ferrara, 1900-1901, lxxv, 211.—Clianteniesse (A.) & Lamy (H.) Contribution a 1'et.ude des effets des toxines microbiennes sur le cceurisol^ (toxine typhique, toxine dipht6rique). Cong, internat. de med. C. r., Par., 1900, sect, de path, gen., 137-162.—Cliarrin (A.) Secretions cellulaires; influence des toxines sur Involution des mi- crobes. Arch, de physiol. norm, et path., Par., 1891, 5. s., iii, 796-804. -----. La decoloration attenue la toxicite des toxines pyoevaniques. Assoc, franc, pour Tavance. d. sc. C.-r. 1893, Par., 1894, xxii, pt. 2, 805-807. -----. Formes hemorragiques de l'infection experimentale; formes dif- fuses; formes locali.sees; reproduction des types cliniques. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1893, 9. s., v, 762-764. -----. Les proprietes physiologiques des toxines; altera- tions humorales; desordres fonctionnels dans l'infection experimentale. Semaine med., Par., 1894, xiv, 206-209. -----. Influence des toxines sur la descendance. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1895, exxi, 266-268. -----. Porte d'entree et toxines; defense de l'organisme; diarrhee d'origine centrale. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1*95, 10. s., ii, 545. -----. Les toxines; meca- nisme de leur action. Rev. gen. de l'antiseps. med. et chir., Par., 1895, viii, 8; 42; 68. -----. Les toxines et le cceur. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1896, 10. s., iii, 867. -----. De Paction des poisons cellulaires et des toxines bacteriennes. Independ. med., Par., 1897. iii, 97. -----. Ueber die Multiplizitat der krankheitserren- genden Sekrete ein und derselben Bakterie. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1902, xxviii, 281-283.— j liarrin (A.) & Bardier. Sur Tantagonisme des toxines et des antitoxines. Compt. rend. Soe. de biol., Par., 1898, 10. s., v, 316.—Charrin (A.) & dioupil. Repartition des s6cr6tions microbiennes (dans une cul- ture) entre le liquide de cette culture et les mi- crobes (toxines libres et toxines adherentes; corps extra- cellulaires et corps intra-cellulaires). Compt. rend. Toxins [and Antitoxins]. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1907, cxliv, 452-454. — Cliarrin (A.) & Iieffevre (A.) Action des sues digestifs sur les toxines. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1898,10. s., v, 8is.—Cliarrin (A.) & Levaditi. Modifications des toxines introduites dans le tube digestif. Compt. rend. Aead. d. sc, Par., 1899, exxviii, 120-122. Also: Gaz.d. hop., Par., 1899, lxxii, 179.-----------. Influence du titre isotonique ou anisotonique des solutions minerales sur l'uetivite des toxines dissoutes dans ces solutions. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1899,11. s., i, 586-590.-----------. Le sort des toxines introduites dans le tube digestif. J. de physiol. et de path, gen.. Par., 1899, i, 226-235.—Cliarrin (A.) & iMaiigin. Sur l'innocuite des toxines pour cer- tains veuetaux. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1897,10. s., v, 545-517.—Cliarrin (A.) & Pompilian (Mile.) Influence des toxines microbiennes sur la contraction musculaire. Ibid., 1896,10. s., iii, 902.—Cliassevant (A.) Les toxines et les antitoxines. Rev. de therap. med .-chir., Par., 1898, lxv, 361; 397. -----. Ferments solubles; to- xines; toxalbumines anticorps; antitoxines; alexines; cytases. Rev. de med., Par., 1904, xxiv, 86-1-875.—< Iiiaie (S.D.) Sudi una citotossina che produce la degenerazione grassa, delle ovaie. Arch. ital. di. ginec, Napoli, 1908, i, 201.—Cliodounsky (K.) Vyznam productu pathogen- nieh mikrubu- [Significance of the products of patho- genic microbes. ] Casop. lek. desk., v Praze, 1886, xxv, 670-672. — Claude (IL) Des lesions medullaires dans les intoxications par les toxines microbiennes. Cong. d. med. alienistes et neurol. de France . . . C. r. 1896, Par., 1897, ii, 77-83. -----. Recherches sur les lesions du foie et des reins determiners par les toxines microbiennes. Presse med., Par., 1897, 215-220. — Conradi (H.) Ueber losliche durch asep- tische Autolyse erhaltene Giftstoffe von Ruhr- und Tvphusbazillen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1903, xxix, 26-2*.— Consiglio (M.) Azione di alcune tossine microbiche ed animali nel regno vegetale. Arch, di farm, e terap., Palermo, 1898, vi, 105-133.— Coppez (H.) Wirkung verschiedener Toxine auf die Cornea. Ztschr. f. Augenh., Berl., 1899, ii, Ergnzngshft., 72.—Courmoiit (J.) & Doyon (M.) De l'influence du fractionnement et de la dissemination des doses injectees dans l'intoxication par les toxines microbiennes et les venins (mode d'action de la toxine tetanique). J. de physiol. etde path, gen., Par., 1899, i, 531-545.—Courmont (J.) & Nogier (T.) Sur Taction sterilisante dela lampe en quartz a vapeurs de mercure (eaux potables, etc.); action sur les toxines microbiennes. Lyon med., 1909, cxii, 619-621.—Craw (J. A.) On the physical chemistry of the toxin-antitoxin reaction; with special reference to the neutralisation of lysin by antilvsin. Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond., 1905, lxxvi, B., 179-193. Also [Abstr.]: Brit. M. J. [Suppl.], Lond., 1906, ii, 6. -----. On the Danysz effect with reference to the toxin-antitoxin reaction. J. Hvg., Cambridge, 1907, vii, 501: 1909, ix, 46. Also [Abstr.]: J. Path. & Bacteriol., Cambridge, 1907-8, xii, 135— D'Anna (E.) Comportamento degli organi lesi in rapporto ai veleni batterici. Gior. internaz. d. sc. med., Napoli, 1902, n. s., xxiv, 769-786.—Danysz (J.) Contribution a I'etude de Timmunite; proprietes des melanges des toxines avec leursantitoxines;constitutiondestoxines. Ann.deTInst. Pasteur, Par., 1899, xiii, 581-595. ■-----. Contribution a I'etude des proprietes et de la nature des melanges des toxines avec leurs antitoxines. Ibid., 1902, xvi, 331-345.— Dasso (B. F.) Trabajo de las glAndulas digestivas y mecanismo defensivo del aparato gastro-intestinal con- tra las toxinas. Semana m6d., Buenos Aires, 1903, x, 791; sis.—Debray. Effets compares de Tantipyrine et des toxines sur les elements nerveux. J. de neurol. et hyp- nol., Par., 1897, ii, 46— Decroly (O.) Etude de Taction des toxines et antitoxines sur la nutrition generale. Arch, internat. de pharmacod., Gand et Par., 1897-8, iv, 385-489.—Decroly (O.) & Bonsse (I.) Pouvoirs toxi- que et antitoxique du sang apres injection intraveineuse de venin, toxine ou antitoxine. Ibid., 1899-1900, vi, 211- 272.—Demoor. Sur les cvtotoxines. Soc roy. d. sc. med. et nat. de Brux. Bull., 1901, lix, 53-57— De Waele (II.) Recherches sur Tanaphylaxie contre les toxines et sur le mode d'absorption des toxines. Ztschr. f. Immu- nitiitsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1908-9, Orig., iii, 478- 503.-----. Intoxication immediate et intoxication differed aveclesextraitsd'organesetavec lestoxines. Ibid.,1912, Orig., xv, 200-220.—Discussion on the possibilities as to thelatencyof parasitie^erms or specificpoisons in animal tissues, as in hydrophobia, erysipelas, syphilis, leprosy, ringworm, tnbciculosis, etc. Lancet, Lond., 1895, ii, 1360; 1433; 1600; 157b.—Dmitriyevski (K. F.) Raspad veshtshestv pri povtornikh vpriskivaniyakh bakteriy- nikh yadov. [Influence des injections repetees des to- xines sur les echanges nutritifs. Extr., 633.] Russk. arch, patol., klin. med. i bakteriol., S.-Peterb., 1900, ix, 375; 600. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Arch, internat. de phar- macod., Brux. et Par., 1901, viii, 151-166. -----. Elimina tion de Tazote et du phosphore apres Tinjection de toxines soumises prealablement a Taction de courants a haute tension et a haute frequence. Arch, d'electric. med., Bordeaux, 1901, ix, 422-128.—Doerr (R.) Ueber die Reversibilitat bakterieller Toxine. Biochem. Ztschr., TOXINS. 408 TOXINS. Toxins [and Antitoxins]. Berl., 1907, vii, 128-141.-----. Ueber ungiftige dissoziier- bare Verbinduneren der Toxine. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1907,xx,5-8.—Dold iH.) &l ngermann (E.) DieBe- ziehungenzwisehen Toxinen und Lipoiden. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [ete.J.l. Abt., Jena, 1911, 1, Ref., Beiheft, 179- 181.----------. Beitrage zum Mechanismus der Toxin- wirkung. Ztschr.f.Immunitiitsforsch.u.exper. Therap., Jena, 1911, Orig., xi, 86-102— Dujardln-Beaumetz. Des empoisonnements de l'organisme par les toxines; regies d'hygiene alimentaire pour les combattre. Ann. de med. seient. et prat., Par., 1893, iii, 313-315.—von Duugern. Erwiderung auf eine Bemerkung von Ar- rhenius und Madsen in ihrer Abhandlung: Toxines et antitoxines. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1904, xxxvii, 706-708.—Elirlicli (P.) Toxines et anti- toxines. Cong, internat. de med. C. r., Par., 1900, sect. de bacteriol. et parasitol.,28-33. Also, transl.: Wien. med. Presse, 1900, xli, 1513-1516. Also, transl.: Therap. d. Ge- genw., Berl.-Wien, 1901, n. F., iii, 193-200. Also, Reprint. -----. Toxin und Antitoxin; Entgegnung auf den neu- esten Angriff Grubers. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1903, 1,1428; 1465; 2295. Also: Ges. Arb. z. Immunitiitsforsch., Berl., 1904, 727-776. -----. The mutual relations between toxin and antitoxin. Boston M. & S. J., 1904, cl, 443-445. Also: Med. News, N. Y., 1904, lxxxiv, 760-762. Also, Reprint. -----. Vorlauflge Bemerkungen zur Mitthei- lung von Arrhenius: Zur Theorie der Absattigung von Toxin und Antitoxin. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1904, xli, 221-223. — Eisenberg (F.) O prawach laczenia sie, toksyn z antytoksynami. [Connections between toxins and antitoxins.] Rozpr. wydz. matemat.-przyr. Akad. Umiej., Krak6w, 1903, 3. s., iii, B., 186-193. Also, transl.: Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1903, xxxiv, 269-283.— von Eisler (M.) Ueber den Einfluss von Salzen und Nicht-Elektrolyten auf die Wirkung von lytischen Giften. Ztschr. f. Immunitats- forsch., Jena, 1909, ii, Orig., 159-204. — l.niiqiiez & Halllon. Sur les alterations des centres ner- veux engendr^es par les toxines microbiennes. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1898, 10. s., v, 35-39.— Fabre & Ostrowsky. Action du radium sur les toxines. Cong, internat.de radiol. et d'flectr. 1910,Brux., 1911, ii, 33. Also: Arch, d'eleetric med., Bordeaux, 1911, xix, 274-276.—Falloise (A.) Etude des poisons nor- maux de l'intestin chez l'homme et des moyens de de- fense contre ces poisons. Mem. Couron. Acad. roy. de med. de Belg., Brux., 1906-7, xix, fasc. 4-5, pt. 2, 1-89, 1 ch.—Famulener (L. W.) A reportof immunization curves derived from goats treated with certain haemolytic bacterial toxins (vibriolysin and staphvlolysin). Cen- tralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1907, xliv, Orig., 58-70.—Fenyvessy (B.) Ueberdie Wirkung des Diph- therietoxins und Antitoxins auf das Froschherz. Jahrb. f. Kinderh., Leipz., 1896, n. F., xliii, 216-232.—Fere (C.) Note sur les degenerescences d'origine toxique ou infee- tieuse. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1896,10. s., ii, 568.—Ferrannini (L.) Ueber ein ftir das Herz giftiges Serum. Zentralbl. f. innere Med., Leipz., 1903, xxiv, 369- 374 — Field (C. W.) On the absorption of toxins bvthe nerves. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y.,1906-7, iv^l49- 151.—Field (O. W.)&Teague (O.) Theelectrieal charge of toxin and antitoxin. Collect. Stud. Research. Lab. Dep. Health, N. Y.,1906,ii, 60-55. Also: Science, N. Y. & Lancas- ter, Pa., 1906,n.s.,xxiv,767. Also:J.Exper.M.,Lancaster, Pa., 1907, ix, 86-92. Also, Reprint.—Figari (F.) Sulla formazione di sostanze altamente bactericide ed antitos- siche negli animali trattati con estrattoaequosodi bacilli vivietossinebaeillari. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1905, Roma,1906,xv,175—Figari (F.)&Hepctto (G.) Azione deifermentisuivelenibaeterici. Ann.d.Ist.Maraglianop. lacurad.tuberc. [etc.], Genova, 1904-5,i, 305-320.—Fisclier (K. H.) Diecharakteristischen Serumkorper in ihren Be- ziehungen zu den Toxinen. Aerztl. Rundschau, Munchen, 1904,xiv,373-376.—Flexner (S.) The pathology of lym- photoxic and myelotoxic intoxication. Univ. Penn. M. Bull., Phila., 1902-3, xv, 287-295.—Fok (P.) & Cesaris- Demel (A.) SulT azione dei veleni bacterid sul midollo delle ossa. Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1899,4. s., xlvii, 305-3<\—Forns& Mayoral. Toxinas. Rev. espec. med., Madrid. 1910, xiii, 130-137.—Forssman (J.) & Hintze (A.) Die heterologe Toxizitat der Antisera. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1912, xliv, 336-348.—Frei (W.) Toxine und Antitoxine; ein Sammelreferat. Naturw. Wchnschr., Jena, 1905, n. F., iv, 305-309.—Friedberger (E.) & Bettac (E.) Ueber den Einfluss des Fieber- stiehs auf normale Ambozeptoren und das Komplement beim Kaninchen. Ztschr. f. Immunitiitsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1911-12, Orig., xii, 29-64.—Friedberger (E.) & Kumagai (T.) Demonstration von Giftwir- kungen mittels graphischer Methoden. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1912, liv, Ref., Beilage, 39- ■1 '■—Frisco (B.) Sulle polinevriti periferiche primitive e sulle uistrofiemuscolan nelle intossicazioni per veleni batterici, e nelle auto-intossicazioni per disturbo del ri- cambio materiale. Areh. di farm, e terap., Palermo, 1898 vi, 53-76— Fukuhara. Ueber die globuliciden Wir- kungen des thierischen Serums und des Bacteriengiftes [Japanese text with German abstract.] Mitt. d. med. Toxins [and Antitoxins], Gesellsch. zu Tokyo, 1903, xvii, 32; 70.-----. Ueber die toxischen und haemolytischen Wirkungen der Organ- safte. [Japanese text. Ausz.,Hfte. 12, suppl., 2.] Ibid., 1907, xxi, 500-518.—Gabba (L.), Golgi & Jrlaggi (L) Tossine ed antitossine; applicazioni pratiche; illustrare con ricerche personali un punto controverso sulla genesi e sul meccanismo d' azione di alcune o di una di esse. R. Ist. Lomb. di sc. e lett. Rendic, Milano, 1901, 2. s., xxxiv, 742-745.—Gardenglii (G. F.) Sulla termosta- bilita. di alcune tossine microbiche. Folia clin. chim. et micros., Salsomaggiore, 1910-11, iii, 375.—Garnler (M.) &Sabareanu (G.) Action des microbes sur les toxines provenant d'autres especes microbiennes. Arch, de med. exper. et d'anat. path., Par., 1904, xvi. 557-570.—Gau- tier (A.) Les toxines microbiennes et animales. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1896, x, 577. Also, transl.: Riv. internaz. d' ig., Napoli, 1897, viii, 19-22.— Gellliorn (W.) Ueber den Nachweis eines absiittig- baren Toxins im Harn und Stuhl von Siiuglingen. Miin- ehen. med. Wchnschr., 1908, lv, 845-847. — Gessard (C.) & Loiseau (G.) Contribution a la technique de Tex- traction des toxines precipices. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1910, lxviii, 991-993—Gibier (P.) Des effets produits sur certains animaux par les toxines et les anti- toxines de la dipht£rie et du tetanos inject^es dans le rectum. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1896, exxii, 1076- 1077. Also, transl.: N. York Therap. Rev., lo96, iv, 27-29.— Goggia (C. P.) Tossine e antitossine. Cron. d. clin. med. di Genova, 1906, xii, 369-375.—Gottstein & JVIat- tlies. Ueber die Wirkung von Verdauungsprodukten aus Bakterienleibern auf den gesunden und infizierten Organismus. Verhandl. d. Kong. f. innere Med., Wiesb., 1907, xxiv, 195-203. —Grassberger (R.) & Schattcn- iroli (A.) Toxin und Antitoxin. Wien. klin. Wchn- schr., 1905, xviii, 369-373. — Grossmann ( E.) Zur Kenntnis der fermentativen Funktion der Tiergewebe bei Vergiftung mit verschiedenen Toxinen. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1912, xli, 181-214. —Gruber (M.) Toxin und Antitoxin. Sitzungsb. d. Gesellsch. f. Morphol. u. Physiol, in Munchen (1903), 1904, xix, 20-46. -----. Neue Friichte der Ehrlichen Toxinlehre. Wien. klin. Wchn- schr., 1903, xvi, 791-793.-----. Toxin und Antitoxin; eine Replik auf Herrn Ehrlich's Entgegnung. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1903,1,1825-1828. -----. Toxin und An. titoxin; Bemerkungen zu Ehrlich's Entgegnung auf Grubers Replik. Ibid., 2297. —Gruber (M.) & von Plrquet(C) Toxin und Antitoxin. / bid., 1193; 1259.— Guignard &< liarrin. Action destoxines sur un mi- crobe. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par.,1891,9. s.,iii,5i>5.-. Guinard & Artaud. De la reriode latente des em. oisonnements par injections veineuses de toxines micro iennes. Mem. et compt. rend. Soc. d. sc. med. de Lvoq (1895), 1896, xxxv, pt. 2, 68-71.—Guinard (L.) & Te'is* sier. Foies infectieux par injections veineuses de to. xines microbiennes. Ibid., 159.—H. (W. D.) The na. ture of the antagonism between toxins and antitox. ins. Nature, Lond., 1898, lviii, 323.—Halm (M.) Uebei Cholera- und Typhusendotoxine. Munchen. med. Wchn. schr., 1906, liii, 1097-1102. Also: Sitzungsb. d. Gesellsch f. Morphol. u. Physiol, in Munchen (1906), 1907, xxii, 1-. 19.—Hailer (E.) Die Anwendung physikalisch-chemi. scher Methoden fur die Aufkliirung der Natur der Toxine. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1903, xxxiv 97-104.—Harden (A.) Physical chemistry applied to toxins and antitoxins. Nature, Lond., 1902, lxvii, 114- 116.—Hausiiiann (W.) & Pribram (E.) Uebei die zerstorende Wirkung der Galle auf Toxine und Antito- xine bei Belichtung. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1909, xvii, 13-20.—Henri (V.) Theoretische und experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber die Wirkungen der Enzyme, der Toxine und Antitoxine und der Agglutinine. I. Kritik der Arbeit von Barendrecht, Vissen und Herzog. II. Vorliiufige theoretische Betraehtungen iiber die Wirkung der Enzyme. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1905, li, 19- 32.—Henri (V.) & Kayalof (Mile.) Etude destoxines contenues dans les p6dicellaires chez les oursins. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1906, lx, 884-886. —Hess (L.) & Saxl (P.) Einfluss der Toxine auf den Eiweissabbau der Zelle. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1908, xxi, 248.— Heyrovsky (J.) Durch Bakteriengifte erzeugteHaut- und Schleimhautblutungen. Ibid., 1907, xx, 247. —Hill ( H. W.) A device for filtering toxins, etc., by the use of water pressure. Am. Pub. Health Ass. Rep. 1905, Columbus, Ohio, 1906, xxxi, pt. 2, 226-228. Also: J. Infect. Dis., Chicago, 1906, Suppl., no. 2, 226-228.— Hirsclifelder (J. O.) The treatment of tuberculo- sis and other infectious diseases with oxytoxines. Oc- cidental M. Times, Sacramento, 1896, x, 682-685.-----. Additional note upon the preparation of oxytoxines. Ibid., 731.—Hoeline (O.) Ueber Toxinresorption aus der Bauchhohle und iiber intraperitoneale Narkose. Zentralbl. f. Gvnsik., Leipz., 1912, xxxvi, 258-268.—Hol- niaiiiKF.) Ueber Ptomaine und Toxine. Pharm. Ztg., Berl., 1897,xlii.580; 588.—Howard (C. P.) Therelation of the eosinophilic cells of the blood, peritoneum, and tissues to various toxins. J. Med. Research, Bost., 1907-8, xvii, 237-269.—HUne. Die begunstigende Reizwirkung kleinster Mengen von Bakteriengiften auf die Baktenen- TOXINS. 409 TOXINS. Toxins [and Antitoxins]. vermehrung. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1908, xlviii. Orig., 135-140.—Hueppe (F.) Anti- toxinforsehung und Hvgiene. Festschr. z. 60. Geburtst. v. Robert Koch, lena, 1903, 463-500.—Hntcliinson (W.) The liver as a toxin filter. Practitioner, Lond., 1906, lxxvii, 683-596.—Ipsen (C.) Zur Differentialdiagnose von Pflanzenalkaloiden und Bacteriengiften. Vrtljschr. f. gerichtl. Med., Berl., 1895, 3. F., x, 1-9— Jacoby (M.) Ueber Phytotoxine. Biochem. Centralbl., Berl., 1902-3, i, 289-293. -----. Ueber die Reaktionen zwischen Toxinen und Antitoxinen. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1912, xxxix, 73.—Jacqu6 (L.) & Znnz (E.) Sur l'adsorption des toxines et des antitoxines. Bull. Soc. d. sc. m6d. et nat. de Brux., 1909, lxvii, 127-130. Also: J. med. de Brux., 1909, xiv, 40-43.-----------. Recherches sur l'adsorption des toxines, des lysines et de leurs anticorps. Arch. internat. de physiol., Liege & Par., 1909. viii, 227-270.— J ex-Blake (A. J.) Toxins and antitoxic sera. Nurs- ing Times, Lond.,1906, ii, 403; 443; 488.—Jodlbauer (A. y Weitere Untersuchungen, ob eine Dunkelwirkung der fluorescierenden Stoffe statthaft, Deutsches Arch, f .klin. Med., Leipz., 1905, lxxx, 395-398.—Jodlbauer (A.) & von Tappelner. Ueber die Wirkung fluorescierender Stoffe auf Toxine. Ibid., 399-415.— Jousset (P.) De l'emploi destoxinesmicrobiennesen therapeutique. Art med., Par., 1897, lxxxv, 81-104.—Jungano (M.) Le moderne teorie dell' immunita; emotossine. Tommasi, Napoli, 1905-6, i, 689; 713.— Karfunkel. Schwankun- gen des Blutalkalescenz-Gehaltes nach Einverleibung von Toxinen und Antitoxinen bei normaler und bei kiinstlich gesteigerter Temperatur. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infectionskrankh., Leipz., 1899, xxxii, 149-186.—Kaspa- rek (T.) Ueber Resorption von Bakterientoxinen und anderen Giften durch Pflanzen aus dem Erdboden. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1907, Leipz., 1908, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 580-584.—Koeppe (H.) Zur Anwendung der physikalischen Chemie auf das Studium der Toxine und Antitoxine und das Lackfarbenwerden roter Blutscheiben. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1905, ciii, 140-148.—Koida. [The relation of peptone to the formation of toxins.] Saikingaku Zasshi, Tokyo, 1907, 201-218.—Kratter (J.) Erfahrungen iiber einige wich- tige Gifte und deren Nachweis. Arch, f. Krim.-Anthrop U. Kriminalist., Leipz., 1903, xiii, 122; 214: 1904, xvi, 1. Also: Mitt d. Ver. d. Aerzte in Steiermark, Graz, 1904, xli, 281; 316.—Kraus (R.) Ueber ein akut wirkendes Bakterientoxin. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1903, xxxiv, 488-496. -----. Ueber Empfindlichkeit der Organe und Gewebe fiir Bakterien und Toxine. Centralbl. f. d. ges. Therap., Wien, 1903, xxi, 13-21. -----. Ueber die Beziehungen der sogenannten Endo- toxine zu den Toxinen. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.LI. Abt., Jena, 1908, xlii, Beil., 13-27. Also: Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1908, xxi, 931-938.—Kretz (R.) Ueber die Beziehungen zwischen Toxin und Antitoxin. Verhandl. d. deutsch. path. Gesellsch. 1900, Berl., 1901. 143-147. Also: Ztschr. f. Heilk., Wien u. Leipz., 1901, xxii, Abth. f. path. Anat. [etc.], 137-144. -----. Ueber die Beziehungen zwischen Toxin und Antitoxin. II. Die paradoxe Reaction. Ibid., 1902, xxiii, 400-406.— Kucnarzewski (H.) De l'influence des toxines diphterique et tetanique sur Themoglobine, la morpho- logie et le poids specifique du sang. Centralbl. f. Bakt. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1903, xxxiv, 381-384.—Kudo (T.) & Jodlbauer (A.) Ueber die Dunkelwirkung fluores- cierender Stoffe auf Eiweiss, Toxine und Fermente und ihre Reversibilitat. Biochem. Ztschr., Berh, 1908, xiii, 24-43.—liaroche (G.) & Grigaut (A.) Etude biolo- gique et chimique de l'adsorption des toxines diph- terique et tetanique par la substance nerveuse et des phenomenes correlatifs. Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1911, xxv, 892-913.—Lazzari (G.) Azione di alcuni cardiocinetici su cuori isolati di mammifero intossicati da tossine bacteriche. Arch, di farmacol. sper., Roma, 1910, x, 358-366.—Ledur (S.) Action du eourant con- tinu sur les toxines et les antitoxines. Arch, d'eleetric. med., Bordeaux, 1904, xii, 383-385.—Iiegrain (E.) M. Trolard et la bactexioblagologie. Rev. med. de T Afrique du nord, Alger, 1904, vii, 181-185.—Lesne (E.) & Drey- fus (L.) Action de la toxine tetanique, de la toxine diphterique et de leurs serums immunisants chez les animaux chauffes. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1908, lxiv, 489.—Levaditl (C.) Sur le mecanisme du phenomene de Taction fraotionnee des toxines (pheno- mene de Danysz). Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1905, xix, 516-528. -----. Relations entre les toxines, et les antitoxines; revue generale. Folia haematol., Berl., 1905, ii, 1-20. — Llebennann (L.) A toxinokr61. [Toxins.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1905, xlix, 403. Also: Budapesti k orvosegy. evkonyve, 1905, 101-104. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Ungar. med. Presse, Budapest, 1905, x, 368. -----. Sind Toxine Fermente? Deutsche med. Wchnschr.. Leipz. u. Berl., 1905, xxxi, 1301-1305.—L.lei- tnaiin (H.) Leber Komplemente und den Horror anti- toxicus. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1910, xlvii, Ref., Beihft., 87.—Liefniann (H.) & Conn (M.) Die Wirkung des Komplementes auf die ambozep- torbeladenen Blutzellen. Ztschr. f. Immunitiitsforsch. Toxins [and Antitoxins]. ii. exper. Therap., Jena, 1910, Orig., vii, 669: viii, 58.— van liogliem (J. J.) De samenstelling van toxinen en hun binding met antitoxinen. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1905, 2. r., xli, d. 1, 85-92.—Liidke (H.) Ueber Partialgifte im Bakterienprotoplasma. Deutsches Areh. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1912, cvi, 411-432.—McCabe (W. F.) Toxins of the body. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1899, xxxii, 1301-1303.—McCannon (G. H.) Toxines and anti-toxines. Tr. Luzerne Co. M. Soc. 1909, Wilkes- barre, 1910, xvii, 118-126.—Maciadyen (A.) Ueber das Vorkommen und den Nachweis von intracellularen Toxinen. Ztschr. f. allg. Physiol., Jena, 1903, iii, 303-312. Also [Abstr.j: Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1903, xxix, Ver.-Beil., 310. -----. The study of bacterial toxins. Nature, Lond., 1903, lxviii, 152. -----. Toxins and antitoxins. In his: The cell as the unit of life, 8°, Lond., 1908, 277-347.—Macladyen (A.) & Rowland (S.) Ueber die intracellularen Toxine gewisser Mikro- organismen. Centralbl. u. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1903-4, xxxv, 415.—Mackenzie (J. J.) Toxins and anti-toxins. Rep. Prov. Bd. Health Ontario 1894, Toronto, 1896, pp. xv-xxii.—ITIcKowen (J. C.) Aro- matic toxins. N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1897-8, 1, 685: 1898-9, li, 23; 87; 142.—Madsen (T.) Om Toxiner og Toxin- modiflkationer. [Toxines and toxine modifications.] Hosp.-Tid., K0benh., 1899, 4. R., vii, 42; 70. -----. Toxins and antitoxins. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1904, ii, 567- 574. -----. Allgemeines iiber bakterielle Antigene- Toxine deren Antikorper antitoxische Eigenschaften aufweisen. Handb. d. Techn. u. Methodik d. Immuni- tatsforsch., Jena, 1907, i, 35-70.—Madsen (T.) & No- guclii (H.) Toxines et antitoxines; saponine-choles- terine. Overs, o. d. k. Danske Vidensk. Selsk. Forh., Kribenh., 1904, 457-464.-----------. Toxines et anti- toxines; venins; antivenins (Crotalus adamanteus, Naja tripudians, Ancistrodon piscivorus). Ibid., 1906, 233-280. Also, transl.: J. Exper. M., Lancaster, Pa., 1907, ix, 18-50.— Madsen (T.) & Walbum (L.) Toxines et an- titoxines; Tinnuence de la temperature sur la Vitesse de reaction. Overs, o. d. k. Danske Vidensk. Selsk. Forh., K0benh., 1904, 425-456. Also, Reprint. Also [Abstr.]: Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1905, xxxvii, 356.—Maggi (L.) Tossine ed antitossine, applicazioni pratiche, illustrare con ricerche personali un punto controverso sulla genesi e sul meccanismo d' azione di alcune o di una di esse. Atti . . . r. Ist. Lomb. di sc. e lett., Milano, 1903, xviii, pp. vii-xii.— Maksutoft'(A. M.) Usloviya usileniya virulentnosti i virabotki toksinov patogennimi mikrobami ynle orga- nizma na iskusstvennikh pitatelnikh sredakh. [Condi- tions of increase of virulence and manufacture of toxines by microbes outside the body on artificial nutritive media.] Vestnik obsh. hig., sudeb. i prakt. med., St. Petersb., 1902, pt. 2. 351-363. Also [Abstr.]: Vestnik obsh. vet., St. Petersb., 1902, xiv, 235.— Malvoz (E.) Le con- trole des seruins et des toxines microbiennes. J. d. sc. med. de Lille, 1902, i, 443; 468; 514.—Mankovski (A. F.) K voprosu o klletochnikh yadakh (tsitotoksinakh); tireo- toksini. [Cytotoxines; thyreotoxins.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1902, i, 215.—Marie (A.) & Tiflfeneau (M.) Etude de quelques modes de neutralisation des toxines bacteriennes. Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1908, xxii, 289-299. — Mariscliler (J.) Ueber den Einfluss der Producte (Toxine) der Faecal-Bacterien des Menschen und der Faecal-Extracte auf die Kreislaufs-Organe. Pol- nisch. Arch. f. biol. u. med. Wissensch., Lemberg, 1901-2, i, 253-291—Martin (C. J.) & Clierry (T.) The nature of the antagonisms between toxins and antitoxins. Proc. Roy. Soc Lond., 1898, lxiii, 420-432. Also: Brit. M. J., Lond., 1898, ii, 1120-1124. Also: Intercolon. M. J. Aus- tralas., Melbourne, 1898, iii, 699-712.—Martin (L.) Sur les proprietes des melanges de toxine et .— Shumova-Simanovskaya (Yekate- rinaO.) ctZiber (N. O.) Vliyaniye bakterialnikh toksi- nov i virus fixe bleshenst va na bkislitelnuyu f unktsiyu zhi- votnavoorganizma. [Influenceof bacterialtoxinsand ... of rabies on the acidifying function of the animal organ- ism.] Areh. biol. nauk. . ., S.-Peterb., 1904, xi, suppl., 68-78.— Slatineano. De Tendotoxine du cocco- bacille de Pfeiffer. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1905, lix, 339.—Sogawa (G.) [The neutralization of toxins.] Saisei Gakusha Iji Shimpo. Tokyo, 1902, 477-490.—Soll- mann (T.) The modern theories of the nature and ac- tion of toxins. Am. J. Pharm., Phila., 1903, lxxv, 101- 108.— von Stejskal (K.) Ueber Aenderungen der Empfindlichkeit des Organismus fiir Toxine durch scha- digende Momente. Ztschr. f. Heilk.,Wien u. Leipz., 1904, xxv, 68-88.—Stinelli ( F. ) Azione simultanea delle sostanze proteiche del bacillo tifogeno e della tos- sina difterica. Riforma med., Roma, 1903, xix, 368.— Studenski (A.) K voprosu o tsitotoksinakh. [On cy- totoxins.] Izviest. Imp. Voyenno-Med. Akad., S.-Peterb., 1902, v, 44-46.—Suyama(K.) A study of secreting toxin of frogs (Hvla arboreal. Sei-i-Kwai M. J., Tokyo, 1912, xxxi, no. 7. — Sverzlievski (L.) Vliyaniye tetani- cheskavo i difteritieheskavo toksinov na obmlen ve- shtshestv. [L'influence des toxines tetaniques et diphte- riques sur Techange des matures. Extr.,591.] Russk. arch, patol., klin. med. i bakteriol., S.-Peterb., 1899, viii, 552-560.—Szczawinska (Mile. Wanda). Contribution a I'etude des cvtotoxines chez les invertebres. Areh. de parasitol., Par.," 1905, ix, 546-563.—von Tappelner (H.) & Jodlbauer (A.) Ueberdie Wirkung fluoreszierender Stoffe auf Diphtherietoxin und Tetanustoxin. Miinehen. med. Wchnschr., 1904, li, 737-730— Tcliitchkine (A.) De l'influence de Tingestion des bacteries et des produits bacttiriens sur les proprietes du serum sanguin. Ann.de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par.,1904,xviii, 576-586.—Tecliouey res. Toxine et antitoxine. Union med. du nord-est, Reims, 1909, xxxiii, 147-153.—Teissier (J.) & Guinard (L.) Aggravation des effets de certaines toxines microbiennes par leur passage dans le foie. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1895, exxi, 223-226.-----------. A propos des acci- dents cons^cutifs il Tinjection des toxines dans la veine porte. Compt. rend. Soc de biol., Par., 1896, 10. s., iii, 333-335.-----------. A propos des congestions et des hemorragies intestinales produites par injections intra- veineuses de toxines microbiennes. Lyon med., 1897, lxxxvi, 457-463. Also: M6m. et compt.-rend. Soc. d. sc. med. de Lyon (1897), 1898, xxxvii, 169-176.-----------. Recherches experimentales sur les effets des toxines mi- crobiennes et sur quelques influences capables de les modifier. Arch, de med. exper. et d'anat. path., Par., 1897, ix, 994; 1049.— Theoliari (A.) & Babes (A.) Note sur une gastrotoxine. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., Toxins [and Antitoxins]. 1903, lv, 459-461. Also, transl.: Centralbl. f. allg. Path. u. path. Anat., Jena, 1903, xiv, 420-422.— Tiffeneau & Marie (A.) Etudede quelques modes de neutralisation des toxines bacteriennes, Ann. de TInst. Pasteur, Par., 1908, xxii, 644-657.—Todd (C.) Experimental hsemo- glotinuria caused by a bacterial toxin. Lancet, Lond., 1901, ii, 1663-1665.—Torri (O.) Le intossicazioni bat- teriche e la degenerazione grassa degli organi; ricerche anatomo-patologiche e sperimentali. Policlin., Roma, 1902, ix, sez. med., 533-554.—Tracy (Martha). A study of the toxins of bacillus prodigiosus. J. Med. Research, Bost., 1907-8, xvi, 307-327. Also, Reprint.—Traube (J.) Zur Spezifitatsfrage. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1908, x, 396-403.—Tschirkowsky (W.) Beitrage zur Frage fiber die Wirkung von Toxinen auf die Conjunktiva des Auges. Arch. f. Ophth., Leipz., 1908, lxviii, 77-113.— Tttrkel(R.) Toxin und Antitoxin. Heilkunde, Berl., 1905, 59-62. — Tumiiaiiii (o.) Ueber den Nachweis und die Lokalisation des Andromedotoxin in Ericaceen. Apoth. Ztg., Berl., 1911, xxvi, 555.—von Udranszky (L.) Ueber Bacteriengifte. (Referat ) Cong, internat. d'hyg. et de demog. C. r. 1894, Budapest, 1896, viii, pt. 2, 22-26. [Discussion], 54-57— Vakulenko (A. V.) Ob izmlenenii gpetsificheskikh svolstv krovi pri kormlenii zhivotnikh ubitimi kulturami mikrobov. [.Modification of the specific properties of the blood of animals fed by dead bacterial cultures.] Arch. biol. nauk , . ., S.-Peterb., 1905-6, xii, 1-5,1 diag. Also, tronsl.: Arch. d. sc. biol..... St. Petersb., 1906, xii, 1-5,1 diag.—Van Cott(J.M.) The effect of the toxins of pathogenic micro-organisms upon the parenchymatous tissues. Brooklyn M. J., 1899, xiii, 279-304.—Vaughan (V. C.) Ptomains, toxins and leu- coma'ins. Twentieth Cent. Pract., N. Y., 1898, xiii, 1-131. -----. The bacterial toxins. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, Phila., 1901, xvi, 217-228. Also, Reprint. -----. Bacte- rial toxins. J. Mich. M. Soc, Detroit, 1902-3, i, 50-54. -----. Further studies of the intracellular bacterial toxins. Physician & Surg., Detroit & Ann Arbor, 1904, xxvi, 440-448. -----. The intracellular toxins. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1905, n. s., xxi, 490. -----. A brief report on research in the writer's laboratory on bacterial toxins and immunity. Am. Med., Phila., 1905, x, 145-148. Also, Reprint. -----. The protein poi- son. Proc. Am. Phil. Soc, Phila., 1912, li, 206-213.— Vaughan (V. C), Munson (J. F.) & Spencer (F. R.) The extraction of a toxin from liver cells. J.Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1904, xlii, 1075.—Verderau (L.) La toxine du Bacillus virgula. Compt. rend. Soc. debiol., Par., 1908, lxiv, 803-805.—Verney (L.) Sulle reazioni incomplete in biologia. Med. ital., Napoli, 1908, vi, 49; 73.—Vierliutt"(VV.) Ueber den Einfluss von Bakteri- entoxinen auf das tierische Gewebe. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.J, Berl., 1910, cci, 419-427, 1 pl.—Viga- no (L.) Azione comune delle endotossine di alcuni batteri sulla cavia. Biochim. e terap. sper., Milano, 1912-13, iv, 62-65— Viktoroff (K. R.) K kazuistikie dielstviya bakterialnikh toksinov nazhivotniy organism. [Action of bacterial toxins upon the animal organism.] Uchen. zapiski Kazan. Vet. Inst., 1906, xxiii, 1-17.—Vi- querat. Toxin und Isomerie. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1902, xxxi, 581-585.—Waddington B. A.) Address; toxins and antitoxins. J. Med. Soe. N. Jersey, Orange, 1907-8, iv, 255-259.— Walbum (L. E.) Studien uberToxinbildung. Ztschr. f.Immunitatsforseh. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1909,iii, 70-97. Also,transl.: Bio- chim. e terap. sper., Milano, 1909, i, 247-264.—Wasser- mann (M.) &Seitz(A.) Ueberdie Verwertbarkeit des Lecithins zur Toxingevvinnung. Deutsche med. Wchn- schr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1908,xxxiv, 2175-2177.—Weichardt (W.) Ueber Ermiidungstoxine und deren Antitoxine. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1904,li, 12; 2121. -----. Ueber Toxineaus Eiweisskorpern; Referat uber einen in der Si- tzung vom 16. November 1905 gehaltenen Vortrag. Si- zungsb.d.phys.-med.Soc.z.Erlang. (1905), 1906,xxxvii.462. -----. Ueber Ermiidungstoxine und deren Hemmungs- korper. Med. Klin., Berl., 1906, ii, 1151-1155. -----. Toxische und antitoxische Eiweissabspaltungsprodukte. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1906, liii, 1135. -----. Weitere Studien mit dem Eiweissabspaltungsantigen von Er- mfidungstoxincharakter, Kenotoxin und seinem Anti- korper; AktivierungprotoplasmatischerSubstanz. Miin- ehen. med. Wchnschr., 1907, liv, 1914-1916.—Wells (J. T.) Food toxins. Bull. Bavlor Univ. Coll. M., Dallas, 1903-4, i, no. 3, 8-8.—Wolff-Eisner (A.) Ueber Er- mudungs- und Reduktioustoxine. Centralbl. f. Bakte- riol. [etc], 1. Abt , Jena, 1905-6, xl, 634-644. -----. Die Bindungsverhaltnisse der Organgewebe gegenuber Toxi- nen und ihre klinische Bedeutung fur Inkubation und naturliche Immunitat. Ibid., 1908, xlvii, Orig., 70; 213. -----. Bemerkung zu meiner Arbeit: Die Bindungsver- haltnisse der Organgewebe gegenuber Toxinen und ihre klinische Bedeutung fiir Inkubation und naturliche Im- munitat. Ibid., xlviii, Orig., 191-193. — Woltmann H.) A study of the changes in the blood and blood ormingorgans produced by cyto-toxic sera, with special reference to hsemolvmphotoxin. J. Exper. M., N. Y,, 1905, vii, 119-162, 2 pl.—Yates (J. L.) An experimental TOXINS. 412 TOZZI. Toxins [and Antitoxins]. study of intraperitoneal diffusion, with reference to toxin absorption. Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1908, vii, 495- 509 —Zenoni (C.) Di una nuova formadi anemia speri- mentale da sieri tossici. Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1899, 4. s., xlvii, 515-518.—Ziber (N.) Razru- shenive toksinov pri pomoshtshi perekisel, a takzhe zhi- votnikh i rastitelnikh oksidaz. [Destruction of toxins by the aid of oxides, and likewise animal and vegetable oxvdasis.l Arch. biol. nauk . . ., S.-Peterb., 1901-2, ix, 147-166. Also, transl.: Arch. d. sc.biol., St.-Petersb., 1902- 3 ix,151-170. Alsojransl.: Ztschr.f.physiol.Chem.Strasb., 1901, xx xii,573-591.—Ziber (N.O.)& Shumova-Sima- novskaya (YekaterinaO.) Dlestviyeerepsinaikishech- navo soka na toksini i abrin. [Action of erepsin and intestinal juice on toxins and abrin.] Arch. biol. nauk . . ., S.-Peterb., 1903-4, x, 1-11. Also, transl.: Arch. d. sc. biol.,St.-Petersb.,1903-4,x,l-ll.—Zinno(A.) Beitragzum Studium der Entstehung der Toxine mit besonderer Be- rucksichtigungneuerKulturbodenmitstarkerErzeugung von Toxinen. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.],1. Abt., Jena, 1902,xxxi,42-56.-----.Letossine; studiiericerche. Gior. d. Ass. napol. di med. e nat., Napoli, 1904, xiv, 3-53.—Zunz (E.) R61e dela tension superflcielledans l'adsorption des toxinesetdes ferments. Arch, di flsiol., Firenze, 1909, vii, 137-14H. Also [Abstr.]: Bull.Soc.d.sc.med.etnat.deBrux., 1909, lxvii, 78. Toxites (Michael). See l«ully (Raimund). Libelli aliquot chemici. 16°. BasUese, 1600.—Paracelsus (Aureolus Philippus Theo- phrastus). De morbo gallico. 16°. Strassburg,lr,~s. Toxogenins. Rlehet (C.) De la substance anaphylactisante ou toxogenine. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1908, lxiv, 846-848. Toxolecithides. Minz(A.) * Ueber Toxolecithide. 8°. Ber- lin, 1908. Also, in: Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1908, ix, 357-361. Carpi (U.) Ricerche sul tossolecitide del veleno delle api. Arch, di fisiol., Firenze, 1908-9, vi, 111-127.— Morgenrotli (JA & Carpi (U.) Ueber Toxolecithide. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1907, iv, 248-267—Morgenroth (J.) & Relcher (K.) Zur Kenntnis der durch Toxo- lecithide erzeugten Anamie und deren medikamentdser Beeinflussung. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1907, xliv, 1200- 1203. ----- -----. Weiterer Beitrag zur Kenntnis der durch Toxolecithide erzeugten Anamie und deren medi- kamentoser Beeinflussung. Charite-Ann., Berl., 1909, xxxiii, 393-397. Toxones. Dreyer (G.) & Madsen (T.) Sur Timmunisation a l'aide des toxones. Overs.o. d.k. Danske Vidensk. Selsk. Forh., K0benh., 1901, 51-64,1 ch.—Madsen (T.) Sur les toxones. Cong, internat. de med. C. r., Par., 1900, sect. de bacteriol. et parasitol., 40-45.—Swellengrebel (N.) Ueber Toxone. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1903, xxxv, 42-45. Toxopeptides. Zadik (P.) * Experimentelle Studien iiber Toxopeptide. [Berlin, 1912.] 8°. Leipzig, 1911. Keysser (F.) & Wassermann (M.) Ueber Toxo- peptide. II. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infektionskrankh., Leipz., 1911, lxviii, 535-550.—Pokschischewsky (N.) Ueber vergleichende Immunisierungsversuehe mittels Toxopeptiden (Anaphylatoxin) und kiinstlichen Ag- gressinen. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. The- rap., Jena, 1912, xv, 186-192— Wassermann (M.) & Keysser (F.) Ueber Toxopeptide. Folia serolog. [etc.], Leipz., 1911, vii, 243-251.-----------. Ueber Toxo- peptide. Ibid., 593-605. Toxoplasmosis. Bourret (G.) La toxoplasmose du lapin a St.-Louis du Senegal. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1911, iv, 373- 376.—Carinl (A.) Reproduction experimentale de la toxoplasmose du lapin. Ibid., 1909, ii, 465; 524.—Mass - naghl (L.) Osservazioni sul "Toxoplasma cuniculi." Boll. d. Soc. med -chir. di Pavia, Milano, 1912, xxvi, 141- 160, 1 pl. Also: Gazz. med. ital., Torino, 1912, lxiii, 351; 361.—Mello (U.) Toxoplasmiasi o kal-azar? Gior. d. r. Soc. naz. ed Accad. vet. ital., Torino, 1910, lix, 7. -----. Un cas de toxoplasmose du chien, observe a Turin. Bull. Soc path, exot., Par., 1910, iii, 359-363.— Vakiinolf (W. L.) & Kolil-Vakimova (Nina). Un casde toxo- plasme canine en Allemagne. Ibid., 1911, iv, 617-619. —.--------• Toxoplasma canis. Kharkov. M. J., 1912, xm, 1-14. Also, transl.: Arch. f. Protistenk., Jena., 1912, xxvii, 195-206, 2 pl. Toxopneustes. Heffner (Barbara). A study of chromosomes of Toxopneustes variegatus which show individual peculi- arities of form. Biol. Bull., Woods Hole, Mass., 1910, xix, 195-203.—Morgulis (S.) The effect of alkaloids on the early development of Toxopneustes variegatus. Proc. Am. Acad. Arts & Sc, Cambridge, 1908-9, xliv, 133-146.— Wilson (E. B.) Archoplasm, centrosome, and chroma- tin in the sea-urchin egg. J. Morphol., Bost., 1895, xi, 443-478, 3 pl. Toxotes. Zolotnitsky (N.) Le poisson orcher (Toxotes jaeu- lator) en aquarium. Arch, de zool. exp6r. et gen. Hist. nat. [etc.], Par., 1902, 3. s., x, pp. lxxix-lxxxiv. Toy (Jean-Antoine-Marie) [1869- ]. *(ily- cosurie et psychoses; contribution a I'etude de la glycosurie transitoire chez les aliened. 68 pp. 4°. Lyon, 1895, No. 1054. -----. The same. 68 pp. 8°. Lyon, A. Rey, 1895. -----. La reglementation de la defense sani- taire contre la peste, le cholera et la fievre jaune d'apres la convention de Paris, 1903. Avec une preface d'A. Merignhac. xvi, 474 pp., 1 pl., 2 maps. 8°. Paris, J.-B. Bailliere dc fils, 1905. Toyabe (Massando). SeeAgnew (David Hayes). Kwaika sinron. [The principles and practice of surgery [etc.].] 12°. Tokio, 1889.—Bartholow (Roberts). Korera shin ron [etc.]. 8°. Tokio, 1886.-----. Naikasinron, [etc.]. 12°. Tokio, 1888. Toynbee (Joseph) [1815-66]. Researches, tending to prove the non-vascularity and the peculiar uniform mode of organization and nu- trition of certain animal tissues, viz., articular cartilage and the cartilage of the different classes of fibro-cartilage; the cornea, the crys- talline lens and the vitreous humour; and the epidermoid appendages, pp. 159-192. 4°. Loudon, R. ii plastikou z fascia la ta femoris. [New method of closing tracheal defects with the fascia lata of the femur.] Casop. lek. cesk., v Praze, 1911,1,1297-1302,1 pl.—Oertel. Klinische und pathologische Beitrage zu den Erkran- kungen der oberen Luftwege. III. Ueber Missbildungen des Larynx und der Trachea mit einem Fall von ange- borener Spaltbildung derStimmbander. Ztschr. f. Laryn- gol., Rhinol. [etc.].Wiirzb., 1911,iv, 125-136,1 pl.—Payne (W. A.) Congenital absence of the trachea, specimen (illustrated). Brooklyn M. J., 1900, xiv, 568.— Sim- monds (M.) Ueber die Verwendung von Gipsaus- giissen zum Nachweis von Tracheadeformitaten. Ver- handl. d. deutsch. path. Gesellsch., Jena, 1904, vii, 170- 174.-----. Ueber Alterssabelscheidentrachea. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1905, clxxix, 15-28.— Zannini (P.) Di una nuova anomalia tracheale nei colombi. Areh. seient. d. r. Soc. ed Accad. vet. ital. Torino, 1904, ii, 33-38. Trachea (Cartilaginous growths of). See Trachea (Tumors of, Cartilaginous). Trachea (Compression and obstruction of). See, also, Aneurisms (Aortic, Complications, etc., of); Goitre (Complications, etc., of); Thy- mus gland (Hypertrophy of, Sudden death in); Trachea (Foreign bodies in); Trachea (Steno- sis of). Brindel. Uncasd'atresie dela trachee et des grosses bronches par n6oformation seleremateuse d'origine trau- matique. Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1905, i, 2M-2S9.—Brindel & Luiiiotlic. Un cas d'ozene tra- cheal asphyxiant. Bull, et mem. Soc. de med. et chir de Bordeaux (1910), 1911, 135-137. —Dorendorl'. Aor- teninsufheienz und Korn pressionsstenose der Trachea und des linken Hauptbronchus. Deutsche mil.-;ir7tl. Ztschr Berl.,1901,xxx,633.—Hall (F.deH.) Acaseofpressureon the trachea. Lancet, Lond., 1907, i, 1079.—Longbotham (G.F.) Pluggingoftracheabyacaseousgland. Jb/rt.,1898, i,784.— Kuggiero (R.) Alterazionidellatracheadacom- pressione. Boll, de mal. d. orecchio, d. gola e d. naso, Firenze, 1911, xxix, 117-126. — Slradiotti (G.) Di un nuovo segno fisico di compressione tracheale ricavato dalla percussione delle vertebre. Policlin., Roma, 1911 xvm, sez. med., 310-321.—Terrien (E.) & Bodoleci Un cas de compression tracheale. chez le nourrisson par une tumeur d'apparence angiomateuse. Bull. Soc. de pediat.de Par., 1904, vi, 346-31*. — Voyaehek (X I ) Poperechnaya pereponka (diafragma) v dikhatelnom gorlle, llechonnaya endoskopicheski. [Tracheal dia- phragm treated endoscopically.] Russk. Vrach, S - Peterb., 1910, ix, 1959-1961. Trachea (Diseases of). See, also, Croup (Causes, etc., of); Trachea (Iniiammation. etc., of); Trachea (Injections Trachea (Diseases of). into); Trachea (Medica)ion of); Trachea (Per- foration of); Trachea (S'-leroina of); Trachea (Stenosis of); Trachea (Syphilis of); Trachea (Tuberculosis of); Trachea (Tumors of); Tra- chea ( Ulceration of); Tracheo-bronchial glands (Diseases of). Weidlich (G. R.) * Ueber akute nekroti- sierende Tracheolaryngitis mit abscedierender Lobularpneumonie. 8°. Leipzig, 1912. Beyer (W.) Ueber einen Fall von chronischer fibri- noser Entziindung der Trachea, verursacht durch aviru- lente Diphtheriebacillen. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1912, xlix, 2090.—Cott (G. F.) Erythema nodosum trachealis. Med. & Surg. Reporter, Phila., 1896, lxxv, 196.—Uerbcr. Zur Pathologie der Trachea. Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhi- nol., Berl., 1913, xxvii, 155-161, 1 pl.—HaIIpre (A.) Mort subite chez un enfant (caverne ganglionnaire dans la trachee); influence d'un pneumothorax artifieiel sur revolution des lesions pulmonaires. Normandie med., Rouen, 1912, xxviii, 14-16. — Heller (R.) & von Sclirbtter (H.) Die Carina tracheae; ein Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Bifurcation der Luftrohre und ihre klini- sche Wichtigkeit. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1897, xxxii, Supplhft., 211-222—Home (W.J.) Preparations illustrating diseases of the trachea. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1907-8, i, Laryngol. Sect., 37.—von Jilrgen- sen (T.) Behandlung der Luftrohren-Erkrankungen. Handb. d. spec Therap. inner. Krankh., Jena, 1895, iii, 239-285. Also: Handb.d.Therap.innererKrankh.,Jena,2. Aufl., 1898, iii, 216-299.—Laureati (F.) II sofflo venoso di Smith. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1908, xxix, 1262-1267.— Law (E.) A case of papillomatous excrescences, or ozaenic incrustations, or chalky deposits, or other lesion low down in the trachea. J. Laryngol., Lond., 1902, xvii, 510-514. — JTIeyer (E.) Klinische Beitrage zur Unter- suchung und Behandlung der Trachea. Charite-Ann., Berl., 1905, xxix, 763-770.—Newcomb (J. E.) Sympo- sium on diseases of the trachea; abnormalities, hemor- rhages, inflammations, and infections. Tr. Am. Larvn- gol. Ass., N. Y., 1906, 251-264.—Kudolf (R. D.) A case of primary diphtheria of the trachea. Tr. Ass. Am. Phy- sicians, Phila., 1902, xvii, 378-381. — Schrotter (L.) Krankheiten der Trachea. Jahresb. d. Klin. f. Laryn- gosk. a. d. Wien. Univ. (1870), 1871, 79-97, lpl.—Sporer. Luftrohrenaktinomykose. Wchnschr. f. Tierh. u. Vieh- zucht, Munchen, 1906, 1, 345.—I in ber. [Demonstra- tion von plastischen Ausgiissen der Trachea und des rechten Hauptbronchus.] Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1904, xxx, 902. Trachea (Displacement or dislocation of). See, also, Tracheocele. °gia (A.) Osservazioni emometriche e globuli me- triche sugli affetti da stenosi tracheale nei bambini. Gazz. med. di Torino, 1896, xlvii, 421-425.—Nageli. Die Verwendung des Leberdrucks zur Beseitigung von Tra- chealstenosen. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1912, lxxvii, 237-241.—von Navratil (I.) Trachealstenose. Pest. med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1902, xxxviii, 870. -----. Fall von Trachealstenose, geheilt mittelst Transplan- tation eines Hautperiostknochenlappens. Ibid., 1903, xxxix, 452. -----. Legcsoszukulet-csontkSplSs. [Bone plastic stricture of the trachea.] Orr-, gSge- Ss fiilgySgy., Budapest, 1903, 9. -----. A korkoros trachearesectiokrol: ujabb korkoros tracheavarrat. [Circular tracheal resec- tion; a new circular tracheal suture.] Orvosi hetil., Bu- dapest, 1908, Iii, 856-858.—Nowotny (F.) Leczenie zwezeh tchawicy i oskrzeli przy tracheo- i bronchoskopii gSrnej idolnej. [Treatment of stricture of the trachea and bronchi by superior and inferior bronchoscopy.] Przegl. lek. Krak6w, 1905, xliv, 757; 772; 791; 808; 825. Also, transl.: Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl , 1905, xvii, 287-342.—Ovize (H.) RStrScissement syphilitique de la trachSe; traitement spSciflque; guSrison. Loire mSd., St.-Etienne, 1900, xix, 17-26.—Pieniazek. Ba- danie i leczenie zwezeh tchawicy i oskrzeli "glownych. [Diagnosis and treatment of stenosis of the trachea and principal bronchia.] Przegl. lek., Krak6w, 1893, xxxii, 93; 108; 120; 135; 147; 162; 178; 190; 201; 216. -----. Be- merkungen iiber die Behandlung d er Luftrohrenverenge- rungen die durch membranoide Bildungen bedingt sind. Cong, internat. de mSd. C. r., Par., 1900, sect, de laryn- gol., 51-53. -----. Traitement local sous le controle de la vue des retreeissements de la trachSe et des branches. Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1905, xx, 681-705. -----. Zweienie tchawicy przez ropnie zaprzelykowe (abscessus retrocesophageales). [Stricture of the trachea caused by . . .] Przegl. lek., Krakow, 1906, xiv, 103; 133. Pollaei (G.) & Pirrone (D.) L' asma bronchiale e P eniisema pulmonale in un caso di stenosi tracheale da compressione. Arch. ital. di med. int., Palermo, 1901, iv, 339-351.—Polyak (L.) Fall von Trachealstenose unbe- kannten Ursprungs. Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1904, xl, 50. Also, transl.: Orr-, gSge- Ss fulgy6gy., Buda- pest, 1904,138.—Keede (E. H.) Svphilitic tracheal ste- nosis. Wash. M. Ann., 1912-13, xi, 217-227.—Roe (J. O.) Stricture of the upper portion of the trachea successfully treated by divulsion through the larynx. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1396, xxvii, 727.—Roussel. Stricture of the trachea. Transl. by George Foy. Dublin J. M. Sc, 1900, cix, 381-383. Also, Reprint. — Schatt'ner. Trauma- tische Stenose der Trachea, Ruptur der Aorta ascendens mit Bildung eines Aneurysma dissecans mit Durchbruch in den Herzbeuiel bei schwerem Vitium cordis. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1907, xxxvii, 417.—Sehmiege- low (E.) Die chirurgische Behandlung der Laryngo- trachealstenosen, besonders die translarvngeale Drain- rohrflxationsmethode. Arch. f. Larvngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1911, xxv, 512-523.—von Selirotter (H.) Zur Aetiologie und Therapie tiefsitzender Stenosen der Luft- rohre. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1901, xxvii, 459-462.—Sehrtttter (L.) Stenosen der Trachea. Jahresb. d. Klin. f. Laryngosk. a. d. Wien. Univ. (1870), 1871, 86-97, lpl— Sc-hulz. Zur Behandlung der Trache- alsteno-eii. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1899, xxxvi, 640-644.— Simon & Horn, Ueber eine bemerkenswerthe und seltene Irsache von Trachealstenose. Aerztl. Prax., Wiirzb., 1898, xi, 97-99.—Simpson (W. K.) Stenoses of Trachea (Stenosis of). the trachea. Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass., X. V., 1906, 292-301.— Spengler (A. E.) Po povodu llecheniva trakhealnikh suzheniy elektrolizom. [Apropos of the treatment of tracheal strictures by electrolysis.] Trudi Obsh. russk. vrach. v S.-Peterb., 1895-6, no. i, 36-46. Also: Bolnitseh. gaz. Botkina, St. Petersb., 1895, vi, 969; 993.—Stott (H.) A case of acute tracheal obstruction. Guy's Hosp. Gaz. Lond., 1909, xxiii, 116,1 pl.—Strazza (G.) Contributo clinico e anatomo-patologico alle stenosi tracheali in- trinseche. Boll. d. r. Accad. med. di Genova, 1893, viii, 199-205, 1 pl. Also: Arch. ital. di laringol., Napoli, 1893 xiii, 153-158, lpl.—Strubell( A.) Ein Beitragzur Patho- logie und Therapie der syphilitischen Trachealstenosen. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1902, xlix, 1835-183'.).—Tex ie i (V.) Sur uncasderStrecissement brusque dela trachee, Ann.d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx fete], Par., LS9\ xxiv, pt. 2, 18-22. Also [Abstr.]: Arch, internat. de larvn>;ol. [etc.], Par., 1898, xi, 311.—Tilley (H.) A case of i'ibroii- constriction of the trachea. Proc. Rov. Soc Med., Lond., 1907-8,i,Laryngol.Sect.,35.—Trachea Islenose; 2 Falle: 1 mal Tracheotomienarbe und akute Laryngitis, Bronchi- tis; 1 mal StrumaalsUrsache;letztererFallgestorben. Kin- dersp. in Basel. Jahresb. (1900), 1902, xxxviii, 10.—Tra- clieostenose wegen Kompression durch Struma, 2 Falle. Jahresb. ii. d. chir. Abt. d. Spit, zu Basel (1894), 1895, 42. —Tsehudy (E.) Ueber Behandlung acuter Trachealstenose durch Trachealintubation. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1901, lxiv, 200-263.—Turner (G. G.) A case after operation for stenosis of the trachea following a self- inflicted wound. Northumberland & Durham M. J., New- castle-upon-Tyne, 1910, xviii, 38-40.— Aankauer (S.) Stenose der Trachea nach Diphtherie. Ztschr. f. Laryn- gol., Rhinol. [etc.], Wiirzb., 1911, iv, 400. Trachea (Struma in). See Thyroid gland (Aberrant, etc., Tumors of). Trachea (Surgery of). See, also, Pharynx (Surgery of); Trache- otomy. Lazarraga (J.) *Beitrag zur Tracheoplaa- tik. 8°. Greifswald, 1911. Rouzoul (F.-G.) *Canulards et tracheoplas- tie. (A propos d'un nouveau proeede.) 8°. Bordeaux, 1908. Annandale ( T.) Administration of anaesthetics through a tracheal wound. Lancet,Lond.,1897,ii,1184. Also, Reprint.—Aue (G. K.) Plasticheskoyezakritiyedefektov trakhei. [Plastic closures of the defect of the trachea.] Lai- top. russk. chir., S.-Peterb., 1899, iv, 385-390.—Baracz (R.) Przyczynek do plastykiubytkow tchawicy (traeheo- plastyki). [Plastic surgery of the trachea.] Przegl. lek., Krak6w,1901, xl, 553-556. Also, transl: Wien. klin. Wchn- schr., 1901, xiv, 1054-1056.—Bosio. Uncasoditracheofis- sura operato nell' anno 1896. Atti d. Cong. d. Soc. ital. di laringol. [etc.] 1899, Empoli, 1900, iv, 227-230—Botella. Intervenciones traqueales por traqueoscopia con una ob- servaci6n. Rev. clin. de Madrid, 1910, iv, 327-330.— Bo- te y (R.) Mi mStodo de implantaciSn de la tr&quea & la piel en la laringectomia. Gac. mSd. catal., Barcel., 1912, xli, 361-364.—Brewer (G. E.) Surgery of the larynx and trachea. In: Surgery (Keen), 8°, Phila. & Lond., 1908 iii, 460-511. Bristow (A. T.) Laryngectomy and excision of part of the trachea. Brooklyn M. J., 1900, xiv, 772-782.—Canepele ( A.) La tracheo-laringostomia. Atti d. Cong. d. Soc. ital. di laringol. [etc.] 1907, Pavia, 1908, 94-97.—Colley(F.) Die Resection der Trachea; eineex- perimentelle Studie. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1894, xl, 150-162.—von Eiselsberg (A.) Zur Resection undNahtder Trachea. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1896, xxii, 343.—Ferreri (G.) The technic of tracheo-larvngostomy. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1910, xx, 434-436.—Fiiderl (O.) Zur Resection undNaht der Tra- chea. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1896, ix, 1258-1260.—Fran- kenberger (O.) Resekce trachey. [Resection of the trachea.] Rozpr. ceske Akad. eis. FrantiskaJesefa [etc.], v Praze, 1900-1902, 2. t, x, no. 15,1-10. Also, transl.: Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.], Par., 1901, xxvii, 424-436.—Gluek (T.) Der gegenwartige Stand der Chi- rurgie des Kehlkopfes, Pharynx-Oesophagus und der Trachea. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh., Berl., 1904, xxxviii, 89- 106.—Gradenigo (G.) Sullalaringostomiaelaringofes- surae sulla tracheostomia. Attid. Cong.d. Soc.ital. dila- ringol. [etc.] 1908, Pavia, 1910, xii, pt. 2, 342-347.—von Hacker. Resektion der Luftrohre mit primarer cirku- liirer Naht wegen hochgradiger ringformiger Narben- striktur; Idee einer halbseitigen Laryngoplastik. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tubing., 1901-2, xxxii, 709-724.—Hob- meier. Leber ein neues Verfahren zur Deckung von Traehealdefckten. Miinehen. med. Wchnschr., 1911, lviii 94s — Jauquet. La laryngo-tracheostomie. Cli- nique, Brux., 1907, xxi, 901-905—Jones (W. S.) & Keen (W W.) Two unusual cases of surgery of the trachea. Phila. M. J., 1899, iii, 1295-1298. Also, Reprint.—Koni- (F ) Zur Deckung von Defecten in der vorderen Tra- TRACHEA. 421 TRACHEA. Trachea (Surgery of). chealwand. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1896, xxxiii, 1129- 1131.—Levit (H.) Deckung von Trachealdefection durch eine freie Plastik aus der Fascia lata femoris. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1912, xcvii, 686-699.—Melzi (W.) & Caunola (A.) Nouvelles contributions a la la- ryngotraehSostomie. Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1909, xxvii,484.—Mesnard (A.) Suturesdesections completesdelatraehSechezdesehiens. Bull.etmSm.Soc. anat. de Par., 1900, lxxv, 1070.—von Navratil(D.) Ueber die Birkulare Trachearesektion; eine neue Tracheanaht. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1908, xciv, 450-460.— Neweomb (J. E.) Surgical diseases and wounds of the larynx and trachea. Am. Pract. Surg. [ Brvant & Buck], N. Y0 1908, v, 863-913.— Nowakowski (K.) Beitrag zur-Tracheoplastik. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1909. xe, 847-S6L—von Saar(G.) Leber Tracheoplastik. Fest- schr... .. Hans Chiari. .. seines2.>iahr. Prof.-Jubil. [etcl, Wienu. Leipz., 1908, 238-252.—Santini (('.) Gli innesti liberi tracheo-traeheali; ricerche sperimentali. Bull. d. sc. med. di Bologna, 1912, 8. s., xiii, 305-327.—Sargnon. Moyens de maintenir ouvert un oritiee tracheal desQretS. Lyon mSd., 1908, cxi, 20'.'.—Seliiiiiinelbuseh. Zur Deckung von Trachealdefecten, mit Krankenvorstellung. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Chir., Berl., 1893, xxii, 78-82.—Torretta (A.) Contribution a la plastique de la trachSe. Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etcl, Par., 1912, xxxiv, 429.—TreArSp. Contribution a l'Stude de la rS- section et de la suture de la trachSe. Rev. hebd. de la- ryngol. [etc.], Par., 1903, xxiv, 273-284. -----. La chirur- gie de la trachSe. [Rap.] Soc.beige d'otol. [etc.], Brux., 1903, i, 1-63.—Turner (G. G.) Resection of the trachea for cicatricial stenosis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1909, i, 1355.— Van Stockuin. Reseetie van de luchtpijp. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1910,xiv, 2. pt., 2292-2295. Trachea (Syphilis of). Boyer (J.) Etude sur quelques cas d'adeno- pathie tracheo-bronchique dans la svphilis. 8°. Paris, 1897. Goetsch (E.) *Ein Fall von Syphilis der Trachea und der Bronchien. 8°. Greifswald, 1910. Hock (V.) * Teber syphilitische Tracheal- stenose. [Erlangen.] 8°. Wiirzburg, 1895. Parrain (P.-P.-A.) * Sur les gommes syphi- litiques de la trachee. 4°. Bordeaux, 1894. Conner (L. A.) Syphilis of the trachea and bronchi; an analysis of 128 recorded cases and report of a case of syphilitic stenosis of the bronchi. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1903, n. s., cxxv, 57-95. —Denker (A.) Ueber bronchoskopisch diagnostizierte Tracheobronchial- und Lungensvphilis. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1912. xxxviii, 11-13.—Downie (W.) Syphilitic ul- cerations of the trachea. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1899, ii, 1006- 1008.— Galliard (L.) Syphilis trachSo-bronchique. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1908, 3. s., xxv, 676-678.—Gantz (M.) Przypadek samoistnej przetoki tchawicy pochodzenia przvmiotavego (fistula tracheae svphilitica). Now. lek., Poznan, 1907, xix, 229-231.— Garcia Tapia (A.) Un cas de syphilis trachSale; trachSoscopie; myosite consScutive des muscles massS- ters; guSrison. Cong, internat. de mSd., Lisbonne, 1906-7, xv, sect. 12, 239-241. Also, transl.: Arch, internat. de la- ryngol. [etc.], Par., 1906, xxii, 540-542. -----. Un caso de estenosis traqueal sifilitica diagnosticada por traqueo- scopia indirecta, segun el mStodo de Semeleder-stork- Killian. Rev. clin. de Madrid. 1911, iii, 92-94.—Gau- cher, Gastou & Bostaine. Gomme perforante trachSale; mort fondrovante par hc'moptysie. Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et svph., Par., 1903, xiv, 280-282. Also: Ann. de dermat. et s\ph., Par., 1903, 4. s., iv, 612-614 — Griffin (E. H.) Condylomata of the trachea. N.York M. J., 1895, lxii, 627.—Gruzdeflf (S.) Sifiliticheskoye suzheniye gortani i trakhei. [Syphilitic stricture of the larynx and trachea.] Protok. zasaid. Obsh. morsk. vrach. v Kronstadte, 1903-4, xli, 60-52.—Haenel (W.j Demonstration eines Falles von Syphilis der Trachea. Verhandl. d. Ver. deutsch. Laryngolog., Wiirzb., 1910,345 — Halle. Fall von gummoser Syphilis der Luftrohre. Verhandl. d. larvngol. Gesellsch. zu Berl., 1911, xxi, pt. 1, 69-72. Also: Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1911, xlviii, 37.— Hamburger (Y. E.) Sluchal gummae tracheae. Pro- tok. zasaid. Kavkazsk. med. Obsh., Tiflis, 1903-4, xl, 263.— Hanszel (F.) (ireumseriptes Gumma der Trachea. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1898, xi, 955— Kidd (P.) On syphilitic disease of the trachea. Clin. J., Lond., 1896-7, ix, 153-158.—Metz la r (C.) Syphilitische trachenalste- nose. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 190.'., 2. It., xxxix, d. 2, 669-671.—Meyjes (\\. P.) Syphilis dor tra- chea. Ibid., 1904, 2. r. xl, d. 2, 321 —Milian. Svphilis de la trachee. Syphilis, Par., 1905, iii, 721-742.—Neu- mann. Ein Beitrag zur Syphilis der Trachea und der Bronchien. Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1904, xviii, 1-4.— Prels (N. P.) Sifilis trakhei. [Syphilis of the trachea.] Trachea (Syphilis of). Med. besleda, Voronezh, 1899, xiii, 185; 224.—Ramos & Uel<>atlo. Adenopatia traqueo-bronquica sifilitica. Aotas y trab. d. 1« Cong. mSd. nac, Habana, 1905, i, 112- 116.—von Selirotter (H.) Ueber Syphilis an der Thei- lungsstelle der Luftrohre. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh., Berl., 1906,xl,11-16.—Sehiltze(A.) [Demonstration eines Pra- parates von primarer syphilitischer Exulzeration der Trachea mit sekundiirer Perforation in den Oesophagus.] Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz., u. Berl., 1903, xxix, Ver.-Beil., 3lJ8—Sikes (A. W.) Syphilitic stenosis of trachea and bronchi; septic broncho-pneumonia. St. Thomas's Hosp. Rep. 1900, Lond., 1902, n. s., xxix, 55.— Mumpf (R.) Zur Kenntnis der Tracheitis gummosa. berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1912, xlix, 1272-1274.—Tlievenet. RStreeissement syphilitique de la trachSe. Bull. Soc. mSd. d. hop. de Lyon, 1906, v, 141. Also: Lyon mSd., 1906, cvi, 642.—Thomson (St. C.) A case of tracheal syph- ilis. Polyclin, Lond., 1902, vi, 145.—Tillgren (J.) Om svfilitisk tracheobronchialstenos. Hygiea, Stockholm, 1909, 2. f., ix, 101; 1193. Trachea (Tuberculosis of). See, also, Tracheobronchial glands (Diseases of). , Caille (A.) Perforation of a tuberculous bronchial lymph node into the trachea; sudden death. Arch. Pe- diat., N. Y., 1900, xvii,5*2-586. Also: Tr. Am. Pediat. Soc, N. Y., 1900, xii, 94-97.—Cli re tien (A.) Lesions tubercu- leuses particulieres de la^trachee dans l'espece bovine. Hyg.de laviande [etc.], Evreux, 1909, iii, 97-102.—Fer- nandez (J. G.) Tuberculosis de la tr&quea. Semana mSd., Buenos Aires, 1906, xiii, 957.—Gidionsen. Ein bemerkenswerther Fall von Tuberkulose der Trachea und gleichzeitiger Varixbildung daselbst mit letalem Ausgange. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1901, xlviii, 1651- 1653.—Guthrie (T.) Tuberculousdisease of the trachea leading to cartilage necrosis and involving the thvroid gland. J. Laryngol.,Lond., 1910,xxv,240-242.—Kelson (W. H.) Case of tuberculous ulceration of the trachea almost healed. /bid.,1902,xvii,631.—Koch (H.) Durch- bruch einer verkiisten tuberkulosen Lymphdriise in die Trachea. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1911, Ixi, 1046.—Ni- kolski (A.) Sluchal tuberkulyoza trakhei i krupnikh bronkhov sosmertelnimiskhodom. [Tuberculosisof the tracheaand large bronchi ending in death. Russk. Med., St. Petersb., 1891, xvi, 433.—Ogle (C.) Ulceration of tu- bercular gland into trachea, with rapidly fatal result. Tr. Path. Soc Lond., 1897-8, xlix, 26.—Kesser (M. M.) Sluchal tuberkulyoznavo laryingotrakhe'ita. [Tubercu- lar larvngotracheitis.] Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1909, lxxi, 821-826. Trachea (Tumors of). See, also, Trachea (Scleroma of). Heinzmaxn (K.) * Ueber die auf Bifurka- tionshohe und der hinteren Wand der Trachea lokalisierten Geschwulstbildungen. 8°. Miin- ehen, 1904. Krieg ([E.] 0.) * Ueber die primiiren Tu- moren der Trachea. 8°. Tubingen, 1908. Also, in: Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing.,1908, lviii, 162-190. Lampadius (K. W. J.) Ueber einen Fall von einer Mischgeschwulst in der Trachea. 8°. Leipzig, 1909. Lemoine (ISI.-J.) * Etude sur les tumeurs de la trachee. 8°. Paris, 1900. Vogler (0.) * Ueber das Vorkommen, die Symptomatologie, Diagnose und Therapie der primiiren Trachealtumoren. 8°. Zurich, 1896. Bellissen (V.) AdSnome de la trachee chez un ma- lade atteint d'adSno-lipomatose gSnSralisSe. Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1907, ii, 70-75.—Boschi (E.) Osservazioni intorno ad un caso di tumore epiteliale pri- mitivo della trachea. Bull. d. sc. med. di Bologna, 1900, 7. s., xi, 314-332, 2 pl. Also [Abstr.]: Gazz. d. osp , Milano, 1900, xxi, 63.—Botella. Tumor traqueal extraido por traqueoscopia en un hemilaringuectomizado antiquo por cancer. Rev. de med. y cirug. pract., Madrid, 1910, lxxxvi, 264. — Botey ( R.) Neoplasia epitelial de la cuerda y banda ventricular izquierdas con infiltract6n y estenosis de la regi6n subgl6tica; traqueotomia; tiroto- mia; reprodueei6n de la neoplasia a los siete meses. Arch. lat. de rinol., laringol. [etc.], Barcel., 1901, xii, 31- 52. — Boriard (D.),jr. Tracheal obstruction from a tumor in a three-year-old boy. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1904, xxi, 774-777.— Brauer (L.) Gestielter intratrachealer Tumor, ein inspiratorisches, klappendes Gerausch fiber den Lungen verursachend. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1898-9, lxii, 403-407. —Brewer (G. E.) Papilloma of trachea. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1904, xl, 1012.—Cohen (J. S.) Multiple papillomata in a child; TRACHEA. 422 TRACHEA. Trachea (Tumors of). tracheotomy at four years of age; retention of canula thirteen years; evulsion of multiple laryngeal and pha- ryngeal neoplasms; closure of the tracheal fistula by a cutaneous flap; recurrent or repullulant growth at the anterior commissure of the glottis. Med. News, Phila., 1893, lxiii, 664. Also, Reprint.—Darbois. Sur le traite- ment radiothSrapique des tumeurs de la trachSe. Bull. et mSm. Soc. radiol. mSd. de Par., 1909, i, 140-142. — Bb- derlein (W.) Zur Kenntnis der Neubildungen der Trachea. Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1912, xxvi, 345-350.—Foster (H.) Granuloma of the trachea, with report of a case. Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth. [etc.]. Oto- Laryngol. Sect., St. Louis, 1908, xiii, 324-326. — Gold- soli in id t (O.) Sur un cas de papillomes bassituSs dans la trachSe opSrSs par la mSthode de Killian. Arch, in- ternat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1904, xviii, 569.—Guisez (M.) Large crico-tracheal polypus; removed by direct tracheoscopy; cure. J. Laryngol., Lond., 1908, xxiii, 338. -----. Quelques cas de tumeurs de la trachSe et des branches. Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etcl, Par., 1911, ii, 449-470.—Harmsen. Eine retrotracheale Schleimcyste. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1902, xlix, 899. —Henrici. Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Trachealtumoren. Arch. f. Laryngol., Berl., 1905, xvii, 283-286.—Heyninx. Polype trachSalmyxo-sarcomateux: coupe microscopique. Arch. internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1905, xx, 872, 1 pl.— Jaugeas. Tumeur de la trachSe guSrie par la rodiothS- rapie. Bull, et mSm. Soc. radiol. mSd. de Par., 1909, i, 125-127.—Jurasz. Vorstellung eines Falles von gutar- tigem Trachealpolvpen. Verhandl. d. Ver. siiddeutsch. Laryngol. 1894-1903, Wiirzb., 1904,100.—Kelson (W. H.) Growth from the trachea in a woman, aged 24. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1911-12, v, Laryngol. Sect., 106.— Koschier (H.) Zur Kenntniss der Trachealtumoren. Wien.klin.Wchnschr.,1896,ix,511-518.-----. Beitragzur Kenntnis? der Trachealtumoren. Ibid., 1897, x, 1006-1008. -----. Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Trachealtumoren. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1898, xlviii, 1673-1678.—Krogius (A.) Svulst i trachea. [Tumor in . . .] Finska liik.- sallsk. handl., Helsingfors, 1902, xliv, 503. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Ibid., p. lxxxiii.—Law (E.) A case of pa- pillomatous excrescences, or ozaenic incrustations, or chalky deposits, or other lesion low down, in the trachea. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1902, ii, 571.—Lenart (Z.) Ein ope- rirter Fall eines Amyloid-Tumors des Kehlkopfs und der Trachea. Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1908, xliv, 1048.—Navratil (I.) Papilloma multiplex esete, el6- zetes tracheotomia ut&n laryngofissio, Thiersch-lebeny AtiiltetSse. [A case of.. . preliminary tracheotomy after laryngofixation, transplantation of Thiersch flap.] Orr-, gSge- Ss fiilgyogy., Budapest, 1904,145. -----. Fibromata laryngiset tracheae; tracheotomia; laringofissio; gyogyu- las. [. . .; recovery.] Ibid., 1905,21; 74.—Belch (A.) Ueber die Amyloidtumoren der Trachea. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1909, xci, 577-598.—Rosenheim (S.) & Warneld (M.) A case of fibroadenoma of the trachea; with remarks on tumors of the trachea in general. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1904, cxxvii, 1045-1054.—Sauer (W. E.) Fibroma of the trachea. Interstate M. J., St. Louis, 1908, xv, 519-527. Also: Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1908, xviii, 252-262.—Schoonmaker (P.) Tumor in the lower part of the trachea demonstrated with the bronchoscope. Post-Graduate, N. Y., 1911, xxvi, 543.— Selirotter (L.) Neubildungen [der Trachea]. Jah- resb. d. Klin. f. Laryngosk. a. d. Wien. Univ. (1870), 1871, 80-86.—Schulth ess (W.) [Ein in der Wand der Tra- chea entstandener Tumor, der zu Tracheostenose und Erstickung gefuhrt hat.] Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1898. xxviii, 183.—Theisen (C. F.) Tumors of the trachea. Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass., N. Y., 1906, 264- 291. Also: Albany M. Ann., 1906, xxvii, 686-710.—Van den Wildenberg (L.) Du traitement appliquS a 4 enfants atteintsde papillomes du larynx etde la trachSe. Ann. Soc. de mSd. d'Anvers, 1908, lxx, 407-416,1 pl. Also: Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1909, xxvii, 485- 492.—Vitrac. Tumeur de la trachSe d'origine cesopha- gienne; ulcSration de la carotide primitive et de la jugu- laire interne; hemorragie foudroyante. Arch. clin. de Bordeaux, 1896, v, 572-578.—Vankauer (S.) A case of tumor in the lower trachea; removal by upper bron- choscopy. Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1911, xx, 418-420.—Zondek (M.) Beitrag zur Lehre von den Trachealtumoren; ein Tumor der Glandula carotica. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1908, xiv, 217-222. Trachea (Tumors of, Cancerous and malignant). Bargum ([J.] K.) *Ein Fall von primarem Krebse der Trachea und des rechten Bronchus. 8°. Kiel, 1897. Eidesheim (G.) * Ein Beitrag zum Vorkom- men primarer, bosartiger Neubildungen in der Trachea (Cylindrom). 8°. Leipzig, 1909. Berens (T. P.) A case of primary carcinoma of the trachea. Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass., N. Y., 1909, 70- 72. Also: Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, Trachea (Tumors of, Canceroust and malignant). 1909, xviii, 870. Also: Manhattan Eye, Ear & Throat Hosp. Rep., N.Y., 1910, xi, 140-143. -----. A case of primary carcinoma of the trachea. Manhattan Eye, Ear & Throat Hosp. Rep., N. Y., 1911, xii, 176-178.— Bircher (E.) Primares Carcinom einer intratrachealen Struma. Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1908, xx, 443-450.—von Bruns (P.) Resektion der Trachea bei primarem Trachealkrebs. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1898, xxi, 284-288.— Citelli. Su un caso molto raro di fibro-sarcoma gigante-tracheale guarito colla cordecto- mia esterna; sull' utility della cordectomia nelle stenosi laringeedovuteaposizionemedianapermanentedelledue cordevocali. Boll.d.mal.d.orecchio,d.golaed.naso, Fi- renze, 1912,xxx,206-211—»aland (J.) & JTlcFarland (J.) Primary malignant endotracheal tumor. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1904, xliii, 647-649. Also, Reprint.—Ehlicb (K.) Primares Carcinom an der Bifurcation der Trachea. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh., Berl., 1896, xxx, 121-131.— Gleits- mann (J. W.) Ein Fall von Sarcom der Trachea. N. Yorker med. Monatschr., 1902, xiv, 172.—Hoffmann (R.) Ein Fall von isoliertem primiiren Carcinom der Tra- chea. Verhandl. d. Ver. siiddeutsch. Laryngol., Wiirzb., 1905, 125-128. Also: Monatschr. f. Ohrenh., Berl., 1905, xxxix, 361-367. Also, transl.: Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1905, xx, 360-367.—Kara bach. Ueber ei- nen Fall von Kehlkopfpfeifen infolge eines primiiren Trachealsarkoms. Monatsh. f. prakt. Tierh., Stuttg., 1910, xxi, 490-496.—Kaliler (O.) Zur Kenntnis des Tra- chealsarkoms. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1908, lviii, 906- 912. -----. Zur Kasuistik der primiiren Tracheal-Karzi- nome. Verhandl. d. Ver. deutsch. Laryngolog., Wiirzb., 1909, 117-122.—Kaunitz (P.) Zur Kasuistik des pri- maren Trachealkarzinoms. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1912, xxv, 1413-1416.—Killian (G.) Ein Trachealsarcom. Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1901-2, xii, 423-429, 2 pl.—Kiibr (F.) Primarni tracheobronchogenni kar- cinom. Casop. lSk. desk., v Praze, 1906, xiv, 519; 585.— Levi (C.) Tumeur sarcomateuse de la trachSe; dSgS- nSrescence sarcomateuse de l'amvgdale. Bull. Soc anat. de Par., 1897, lxxii, 360-363.—Nager (F. R.) Ueber das primare Trachealcarcinom. Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhi- nol., Berl., 1907, xx, 276-286.—Oestreich (R.) Ein pri- mares Carcinom der Trachea. Deutsche med. Wchn- schr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1895, xxi, Ver.-Beil., 34. -----. Der primare Trachealkrebs. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1895, xxviii, 383-401. —Pogrebinski (M. G.) K patologii pervichavo raka trakhei. [Pathology of primary cancer of the trachea.] Yuzhno-russk. med. gaz., Odessa, 1894, iii, 61; 78. Also, transl.: Rev. de larvngol. [etc.], Par., 1894, xiv, 441-462, I pl.—Pollatschek (E.) Carcinoma tracheae. Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1901, xiv, 497.—Prota (G.) Sarcoma primario della trachea. Arch. ital. di laringol., Napoli, 1899, xix, 64-70.—Heiche (F.) Primares Tracheacarcinom; Metastase in der lin ken Nebenniere; Melasma suprarenale. Centralbl. f. allg. Path.'U. path. Anat.. Jena, 1893, iv, 1-8.—Kopke. Ein Fall von Tumor der Trachea (Sarkom?). Munchen.med. Wchnschr., 1907, liv, 187.—Holland. Sarcome de la trachSe opSrS par la voie externe. Rev. hebd. de laryn- gol. [etc.], Par., 1911, i, 325-330.—Saltykow (S.) Kar- zinom der Trachea mit Perforation in den Oesopha- gus. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1911, xli, 673.— Schmiegelow (E.) Primarer Cancer tracheae, nebst Mitteilung eines durch Resectio tracheae geheilten Falles. Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1909, xxii, 18-30.— Sim in el (E.) Zur Kasuistik des primiiren Carcinoms der Trachea. Ibid., 1910-11, xxiv, 449-453.—Zlba (S.) Ueber die Kombination von Larynx- bzw. Trachealcar- cinom mit Oesophaguscarcinom. Ibid., 1911, xxv, 40H09. Trachea (Tumors of, Cartilaginous). Bruckmann (E.) * Ueber Tracheopathia os- teoplastica (multiple Osteome in der Schleim- haut der Trachea). [ Freiburg i. Br. ] 8°. Berlin, 1910. Also, in: Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1910, CC, 433-452. Kass (A.) * Ueber Chondro-Osteome der Trachea. 8°. Greifswald, 1910. Mischaikoff (G.) * Ueber Knochenbildung in der Trachealschleimhaut des Menschen. 8°. Zurich, 1894. Reinhart (A.) * Beitrag zur Ossifikation der Trachealschleimhaut. 8°. Erlangen, 1903. Shene (K. I.) *0 razmyakhchenii khrya- shtshel dikhatelnavo gorla vdletskom vozrastle. [Softening of the cartilages of the trachea in childhood.] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1900. A schorl' (L.) Ueber Tracheopathia osteoplastica. Verhandl. d. deutsch. path. Gesellsch., Jena, 1910, 125- 127—Diamond (LB.) Multiple ossified ecchondrosis and exostosis of the trachea and larger bronchi. Tr. TRACHEA. 423 TRACHEOBRONCHIAL. Trachea (Tumors, of, Cartilaginous). Chicago Path. Soc, 1899-1901, iv, 83-96. Also: Medicine, Detroit, 1900, vi, 887-895,2 pl. Also, Reprint.—Haga(I.) Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Tracheopathia osteoplastica; Knorpel- und Knochenbildung in der Schleimhaut der Trachea. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1911, xlviii, 1384-1387.— -----. Weiterer Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Tracheopathia osteoplastica; Knorpel- und Knochenbildung in der Schleimhaut der Trachea. Ibid. ,1912, xlix, 600— Has- linger. UeberTracheopathiaosteoplastica. Frankfurt. Ztschr. f. Path., Wiesb., 1912, x, 284-289.—Jaekson (Leila de E.) Solitary chondroma of the trachea. Tr. Chicago Path. Soc, 1907-9, vii, 234-236.—Levinger. Multiple Osteome der Luftrohre (klinisch durch direkte Tracheoskopie festgestellt). Miinehen. med. Wchnschr., 1910, lvii, 2422.—Moltrecht (M.) Die multiplen Ecchondrosen der Trachea. Fortschr. a. d. Geb. d. Rontgenstrahlen, Hamb., 1902-3, vi, 169-177, 1 pl.— ftliiekleston (H. S.) On so-called "multiple osteo- mata" of thetracheal mucous membrane. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1909,xix,881-893.—Popova (SofiyaN.) K ka- zuistikie obrazovauiya kostnol tkani v stlenkle trakhei (Tracheopathia osteoplastica). Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1911, lxxvi, 952-961, 1 pl.—von Beeklinghausen (R.) Ein Fall von Ecchondrosis multiplex trachealis. Ver- handl. d.Gesellsch.deutsch.Naturf.u. Aerzte 1898.Leipz., 1899, lxx, pt.2, 2. Hlfte., 21.—von Sch rotter (H.) Zur Kenntniss der Knochenneubildung in der Luftrohre. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1899, xii, 414-416. Trachea (Ulceration of). See, also, Trachea (Perforation of); Trachea (Tuberculosis of). Dal ton (N.) * Case of ulcer of the trachea, involving the left recurrent laryngeal nerve, and perforating into the aorta. Tr. Path. Soc. Lond., 1898-9,1, 30.— SchrSt- ter (L.) Geschwiire (der Trachea). Jahresb. d. Klin. f. Laryngosk. a. d. Wien. Univ. (1870), 1871, 79.—Taylor (J. G.) Report of a case of subcutaneous emphysema due to tracheal ulceration; probablv diphtheritic. Ann. Gynec. & Pediat., Bost., 1902, xv, 257-259. Trachea ( Wounds and injuries of). See, also, Emphysema (Traumatic); Trachea (Displacement, etc., of); Trachea (Fracture of); Trachea (Perforation of); Trachea (Rupture of)- Alcoek (J.) A case of rupture of the trachea; nec- ropsy. Lancet, Lond., 1897, ii, 793.—Bertrand (G.-L.) Coupde couteau de la nuque, ayant perforS la trachSe; guSrison. Arch, de mSd. et pharm. mil., Par., 1907, xlix, 359-364.—Cacioppo (C.) Una ferita d' arma da fuoeo al terzo medio del collo con rottura di due anelli carti- laginei della trachea; osservazioni; cura; guarigione. Gior. d. r. Soc. ed Accad. vet. ital., Torino, 1906, lv, 277 — Crick (L.) Plaie transverse du cou intSressant la tra- chSe dans sa totalitS; suture de la trachee; guSrison. Rev. de laryngol. [etc.],Par., 1893,xiii, 1066-1069.—Dalla Rosa (C.) Un caso di ferita della trachea. Riv. ve- neta di sc med., Venezia, ls'.i7, xxvii, 529-539.—Gas- ton (J. McF.) Tracheotomy for gunshot wounds of the trachea. Tr. South. Surg. & Gvnec. Ass. 1904, Birmingh., 1904, xvii, 370-380. Also: Alabama M. J., Birmingh., 1905, xvii, 53-59. Also: Charlotte [N. C] M. J., 1905, xxvi, 73-75.—Goodhue (E. S.) Wound of the trachea, with suture and union by first intention. Phila. M. J., 1901, vii, 74. Also, Reprint.—Grande (E.) Recisione com- oleta della trachea per ferita d' arma da taglio. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1900, xxi, 1608.—Jones (W.S.) & Keen (W. W.) Attempted suicide by cut throat followed by complete closure of the trachea by a diaphragm above the canula and persisting for 13 months; breathing through the larynx and speech entirely impossible; oper- ation; dissection of the diaphragm; suture of the trachea; restoration of normal breathing and voice. Phila. M. J., 1899, iii, 1295-1297. Also: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1899, xxxii, 1294-1296.—Livraga (L.) Sul processo di gua- rigione delle ferite della trachea. Clin, chir., Milano, 1907, xv, 734-744, 1 pl.—Lylord (C. C.) Tracheal col- lapse [in a borse]. Am. Vet. Rev., N. Y., 1906-7, xxx, 1201-1204.— Montgomery (W. P.) A case of subcu- taneous laceration of the trachea. Med. Chron., Man- chester, 1893, xviii, 115.—von Navratil (I.) Durch Trauma verursachte Zerreissung der Luftrohre. Pest. med.-chir. Presse, Budapest. 1903, xxxix, 1040. Also, transl.: Orr-, gSge- Ss fiilgyogy., Budapest, 1904, 131.— Osgood (A. T.) A case of subcutaneous rupture of the trachea, with remarks on forty three similar injuries. Med. & Surg. Rep. Presbyterian Hosp., N. Y., 1902, v, 260-268.—Kiezanoff (S.) Sluchal trakhealnol rani. Wound of the trachea.] Feldscher.St. Petersb., 1896, vi, 91.— SchUnberg (S.) Ein Fall von subcutaner querer Durchtrennung der Trachea und Abreissurg des Her- zens. Berl klin. Wchnschr., 1908, xiv, 2057.—Tol (K.) [A contribution to the question of suturing tracheal wounds.] Iji Shinbun, Tokio, 1903, 1543; 1641.—Van- verts (J.) Plaie de la portion thoracique de la trachSe Trachea ( Wounds and injuries of). consScutive a une plaie du cou par uri instrument piquant et tranchant. Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etcl, Par., 1898, xxiv 230-233.—Vorontsott* (V.) O zazhiv- lenii rani dikhatelnavo gorla poslle trakheotomii u zhivotnikh; eksperimentalnoyeizslledovaniye. [Closure of the wound of the trachea after tracheotomy in ani- mals; experimental research.] Arch. vet. nauk, St. Petersb., 1874, iv, 3. sect., 65-85,1 pl.—Wallace (W. L.) & Brust (H. O.) A case of laceration of the trachea; recovery without the usual tracheotomy. Buffalo M. J., 1911-12, lxvii, 130.—Yenmoff (A. I.) Sluchal riezanol rani dikhatelnavo gojUa (pokusheniye na samdubiystvo). [Cut wound of the trachea (attempt at suicide).! Vrach.- san. list. Simbirsk, gub., 1900, v, 166-171. Tracheata. IIaller (B.) Ueber den allgemeinen Bauplan des Tracheatensyncerebrums. Arch. f. mikr. Anat., Bonn, 1904, lxv, 181-279, 5 pl.—Leger (L.) Les schizogrSga- rines des trachSates. 2. Le genre Schizocystis. Arch. f. Protistenk., Jena, 1909-10, xviii, 83-110, 2 pl. —Saint Remy (G.) Contribution a l'Stude du cerveau chez les arthropodes trachSates. Arch, de zool. exper. et gSn. Hist. nat. [etc.], Par., 1887-90, 2. s., vbis, 1-274, 14 pl.— Verhoefr(K. W.) Zur vergleichenden Morphologie der Coxalorgane und Genitalanhiinge der Tracheaten. Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1902, xxvi, 60-77. Trachelitis ovum. Hamburger (Clara). Beitriige zur Kenntnis von Trachelius ovum. Arch. f. Protistenk., Jena, 1903, ii, 445- 474, 2 pl. Trachelocerca. Lebedew (W.) * Ueber Trachelocerca phe- nicopterus Cohn. Ein marines Infusor. [Miin- ehen.] 8°. Jena, 1908. Also, in: Arch. f. Protistenk., Jena, 1908-9, xiii, 70-111, 2pl. Trachelomonas. Palmer (T. C.) Delaware Valley forms of Trachelo- monas. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Phila. (1905), 1906, lvii, 665- 675, 1 pl. Trachelorrhaphy. See TJterus-cervix (Laceration of, Treatment of). Tracheobronchial glands (Diseases of). See, also, Bronchial glands. Audy (P.) * Etude critique sur un signe pre- coee d'adenopathie bronchique (signe d'Eustace Smith). 8°. Paris, 1900. Billard (A.) * Contribution a l'Stude des ganglions trach£o-bronchiques au point de vue de l'anatomie et de la pathologie. 8°. Mont- pellier, 1908. Boisseau (R.-G.) Etude clinique des formes asthmatique, cardiaque et congestive de l'ade- nopathie tracheo-bronchique chez Padulte. 8°. Bordeaux, *1908. Bougarel ( L. ) *L'ad6nopathie tracheo- bronchique des nourrissons. Son diagnostic par le cornage bronchitique expiratoire et la radioscopie. 8°. Paris, 1906. Breton (P.) * Signes physiques de l'adeiio- pathie tracheo-bronchique. 8°. Paris, 1906. Duprat (H.) *L'adenopathie tracheo-bron- chique tubereuleuse chez les enfants; sa fre- quence, son expression clinique; son origine, son influence sur le poumon. 8°. Geri&ve, 1906. Ebert (0. G. H. E. ) *Ueber den Durch- bruch kasiger Bronchialdriisen in benachbarte Organe. [Halle-Wittenberg.] 8°. Hamburg dc Leipzig, 1908. Also, in: Jahrb. d. Hamb. Staatskrankenanst. 1907, Hamb. u. Leipz., 1908, xii, pt. 2, 213-248. Also, in: Mitt. a. d. Hamb. Staatskrankenanst., 1908, viii, 213-248. Eternod (A.-C.-F.) * Recherche sur les af- fections chroniques des ganglions tracheo-bron- chiqueset les suitesde ces affections. [Geneve.] 8°. Lausanne, 1879. TRACHEOBRONCHIAL. 424 TRACIIKOBRONCHI AL. Ti'acheobronchial glands (Diseases of). F.urise (C.-J.-A.) *Etude sur les tubercu- loses latentes et particulierement celle des gan- glions tracheo-bronchiques chez les enfants. 8°. Nancy, 1911. Friedrich (K. A.) *Sarkomatose der Bron- chialdriisen im Kindesalter. 8°. Munchen, 1905. Joly (L.) *Des accidents larynges et par- ticulierement de la stenose glottique dans l'ade- nopathie tracheo-bronchique. 4°. Paris, 1896. Medan (C.) *Des crises de cyanose dans l'adenopathie tracheo-bronchique. 8°. Lyon, 1906. Reye (E. [B.]) * Ueber akute diffuse ne- krotis'erende Tracheo-Bronchitis. [Rostock.] 8°. Hamburg dc Leipzig, 1909. Also, in: Jahrb. d. Hamb. Staatskrankenanst. 1909, Hamb. u. Leipz., 1910, xiv, pt. 2, 279-290. Salomon (J.) * Ueber die Folgen der chroni- sehen Bronchialdrusenaffectionen. [Leipzig.] 8°. Berlin 1903. Sievers (H. C.) * Ueber 3 Falle von Durch- bruch tuberkuloser Bronchialdrusen in die Luftwege. 8°. Marburg, 1903. Teuliere (A.) *Des complications mortelles de l'adenopathie tracheo-bronchique. 4°. Paris, 1888. Vosy (J.) * Contribution a I'etude des re- actions broncho-pulmonaires au cours de l'ade- nopathie tracheo-bronchique tubereuleuse. 8°. Paris, 1911. Ager (L. C.) The diagnosis of thoracic gland tuber- culosis during childhood. Arch. Diagn., N. Y., 1912, v, 48-52.—Aguilar Jordan (J.) Dos casos de adeno- patia traqueo-bronquial. Arch, de giriecop., Barcel., 1905, xviii, 457-460. Also: Rev. valenc. de cien. med., Valencia, 1905, vii, 17-21.— Albrecht(H.) & Arnstein (A.) Histologische Untersuchungen iiber die Haufigkeit der Tuberkulose der tracheo-bronchialen Lymphdriisen bei Kindern im Alter von 6-16 Jahren. Verhandl. d. deutsch. path. Gesellsch., Jena, 1912, xv, 124-129.—Alek- sieyeff(N. N.) K patologii bronkhialnikh zhelyz u dietel. [Pathology of bronchial glands in children.] Dietsk. med., Mosk., 1899, iv, 397-411.—Ambler (C. P.) A few remarks upon diseased bronchial glands, associ- ated with mediastinal abscess. Charlotte [N. C.j M. J., 1898, xiii, 401-405.—Arthaud (G.) Sur l'importance pathogSnique des adSnopathies bronchiques. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1906, cxlii, 1231.—Aubertln (C.) BradypnSe et compression du phrSnique dans 1'adSno- pathie trachSo-brouchique. Bull, et mem. Soc. mSd. d. h6p. de Par., 1911, 3. s., xxxii, 166-168.-----. Ralentisse- ment de la respiration dans l'adSnopathie trachSo-bron- ehique. Rev. d'hyg. et de mSd. inf. [etc.], Par., 1911, x, 419-421.—Ausset. AdSnopathie trachSo-bronchique tu- bereuleuse; mort subite au dSclin d'une coqueluche in- tercurrente. Rev. mens. d. mal. de l'enf., Par., 1897, xv, 305-312.—Barbier (H.) AdSnopathie tracheo-bronchi- que. Bull. Soc. de pediat. de Par., 1911, xiii, 221-226.— Barthelemy (F.) AdSnopathie trachSo-bronchique avec tirage et cornage, chez un enfant de 15 mois. Gaz. mSd. de Nantes, 1905, 2. s., xxiii, 71-74.—Battino (G.) Sopra un caso di morte improvvisa per compressione del vago da parte dei gangli tracheo-bronchiali. Atti d. Cong, pediat. ital. 1911, Palermo, 1912, vii, 589-592.—Ban- mel. AdSnopathie trachSo-bronchique. Ann. de mSd. et chir. inf., Par., 1904, viii, 521-523. Also: Montpel. mSd., 1904, xviii, 637-640—Bayeux & Audion. AdSnopa- thie trachSo-bronchique; perforation de la bronchedroite par un ganglion casSeux. Bull. Soe. anat. de Par., 1897, lxxii, 150-152.—Bing (H. J.) Om diagnose af bronkial- glandelsvulst. [The diagnosis of tumor of the bronchial glands.] Ugesk. f. Lseger, Kj0benh., 1910, lxxii, 1069- 1075.—Brelel. Trois formes cliniques de l'adenopathie trachSo-bronchique chez l'adulte. Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1909, lxxxii, 865.—Bret & Dreyfus. Perforation de l'artere pulmonaire et de la bronche droite par un gan- gh'in suppurS. ,Province mSd., Lyon, 1897, xi, 181-184.— Brial (A.) Etude d'un cas d'adSnopathie trachSo- hruiiehique. J. de mSd. de Bordeaux, 1897, xxvi, 469- 471.—Brudziriski (J.) Przyczynek do rozpoznawania przerostu gruczolbw chlonnych okolooskrzelowvch u dzieci; o objawie Smith'a. [Hypertrophy of the peri- bronchial lymphatic glands in children; on Smith's sign.] Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1900, 2. s., xx, 564-570. Also, transl: Bull. mSd., Par., 1900, xiv, 687-689.—Calmette (A.). Tracheobronchial glands (Diseases <;ueriii (C.) & Delearde (A.) Origine intestinale des adSnopathiestrachSo-bronchiquestuberculeuses. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par.. LM>6, cxlii, 1136-1139. Also: Echo mSd. du nord, Lille. 19oii, x, 203-205. Also: Presse med., Par., 1906, xiv, 335.—de la Camp (O.) Die klinische Diagnose der Bronrhiahlrusentuberkulose. Ergebn. d. inn. Med. u. Kinderh., Berl., 1908, i, 556-574.—Cany (G.) Circulation collatSrale thoracique et adSnopathie tracheo- bronchique. Presse mSd., Par., 1911, xix, 1050-1052.— Cassaet (E.) AdSnopathie trachSo-bronchique avec mSdiastinite supSrieure unilatSrale. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. mSd. de Bordeaux, 1907, xxviii, 308; 316.—Clemens (J. R.) Enlarged bronchial glands. Med. News, N. Y., 1903, lxxxiii, 1121.—Couret (M.) A case of fibrinous tracheo- broncho-pneumonia due to the pneumococcus. N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1908-9, Ixi, 594.—Cozzolino (O.) Beitrag zu den gegenwartigen Gesichtspunkten betreffs der Diag- nosestellung der Bronchialdriisentuberkulose im Kindes- alter. Arch. f. Kinderh., Stuttg., 1909, 1, 337-342.—De- roge & La ITIouehe. Sur un cas d'adSnopathie trachSo- bronchique tubereuleuse latente; pSricardite hemorrha- giquesecondaire. Tubercul.inf., Par., 1905, viii, 163-165.— Derscheid. De l'adenopathie trachSo-bronchique tu- bereuleuse. Policlin., Brux., 1910, xix, 193; 209.—Drey. [Intrathorakaler Tumor, wahrscheinlich Bronchialdrii- senschwellung.] Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f. inn. Med. u. Kin- derh. in Wien,1904, iii, 82.—Duriau (G.) & Dubiis (J.) AdSnopathie trachSo-bronchique, compression de la veine cave superieure par une masse de ganglions tuberculeux ramollis; cedSine en pelerine; mort parasphyxie. Bull. et mSm. Soc. anat. de Par., 1912, lxxxvii, 124-127.— Eckert. Zur Frage der exspiratorischen Dyspnoe bei Bronchialdriisentuberkulose der ersten Lebensjahre. CharitS-Ann., Berl., 1910, xxxiv, 266-272. — d'Espine (A.) Note sur le diagnostic de l'adenopathie bronchique simple dans les affections thoraciques aigues et subaigues de l'enfance. Bull. Acad, de mSd., Par., 1907, 3. s., lviii, 142-146. -----. Le diagnostic prScoce de la tuberculose des ganglions bronchiques chez les enfants. PSdiatrie prat., Lille, 1907, v, 44-47. Also: Tuberculosis, Leipz., 1907, vi, 229-235. Also, transl.: Brit.M. J., Lond., 1910,ii, 1136.— Favuse (C.) Etude sur les tuberculoses latentes et par- ticulierement celle des ganglions tracheo-bronchiques chez les enfants. Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1912, xxi, 169-185. — Ferrari (E.) Zur Kenntniss der Bron- chialdrusen-Erkrankungen; ein Fall von kryptogeneti- scher Septicopyiimie. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1899, xii, 888-891.—Friedjling (J.K.) Bronchialdriisentuberku- lose und Tumor cerebri (tuberc?) bei einem 5monatigen Kinde. Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f. inn. Med. u. Kinderh. in Wien, 1912, xi, 73.—Garrett (A.) As adenopathias tra- cheo-bronchieas prS-tisicas. Med. mod., Porto, 1912, xix, 93-96.—Gobbi (G.) L' adenopatia tracheo-bronehiale e i raggi Rontgen. Policlin., Roma, 1901-2, viii, sez. prat., 1281-1286.—Gouguenhelm. Del'adSnopathietrachSo- laryngienne. Gaz. hebd. demSd., Par., 1881, xviii, 578.— Gray (E. A.) Vertebral auscultation in the diagnosis of bronchial adenopathy. Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1908, xiv. 54-58.—Grenet (H.) L'adSnopathie trachSo-bron- chique chez l'enfant. Ann. de mSd. et chir. inf., Par., 1911, xv, 497-511. Also: Paris mSd., 1910-11, 267-274.— Guerra-Estape (J.) Adenopatia tr&queo-bronquial infantil y susrelaciones con la tuberculosis; trascendencia de su diagn6stico. Rev. de cien. mSd. de Barcel., 1910, xxxvi, 482; 529.—Guinon (L.) Dyspnee chronique mor- telle par adSnopathie trachSo-bronchique tubereuleuse, avant debuts' a l'age de trois semaines. Bull, et mSm. Soc. mSd. d. h6p. de Par., 1903, 3. s., xx, 627-632. -----. Sur l'adSnopathie trachSo-bronchique tubereuleuse des jeunes nourrissons. Bull. Soc. de pSdiat. de Par., 1904, vi, 322-333. Also: Compt. rend. Soc d'obst., de gynSc. et de paediat. de Par., 1904, vi, 263-269. Also: Rev. mens. d. mal. de l'enf., Par., 1904, xxii, 529-539.—Guy ot. AdSno- pathie tracheo-bronchique avec irruption brusque du eontenu d'un ganglion caseeux dans les bronches; tra- cheotomie; nScropsie. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. . . . de Bordeaux, 1900, xxi, 4-6.—Halipre (A.) & Carpen- tier. Cornage permanent chez un jeune enfant par adSnopathie trachSo-bronchique simple. Rev. mSd. de Normandie, Rouen, 1912, 53-58. —Hall (J. N.) The dis- eases of the bronchial glands. Phila. M. J., 1900, vi, 1059- 1067. A'so, Reprint. -----. An unusual form of tubercu- lous disease of the chest. Am. Med., Phila., 1904.vii, 109.— Haushalter (P.) Tuberculose ganglionnaire pSri-tra- chSo bronchique. Gaz. d. h6p. de Toulouse, 1897, xi, 354— Haushalter (P.) & Fruhinsholz (A.) FrS quenceet valeur de l'adSnopathie tubereuleuse trachSo- bronchique dans la tuberculose miliaire des enfants et dans la meningite tubereuleuse. Tr. Brit. Cong. Tuberc. 1901, Lond., 1902, iii, 389. Also, transl.: Ibid., :;ss — llcdinger (E.) Primare Tuberkulose der Tra- chea und Bronchien. Verhandl. d. deutsch. path. Ge- sellsch., Jena, 1904, vii, 83-88. Also [Abstr.]: Centralbl. f. allg. Path. u. path. Anat., Jena, 1904, xv, 538.—Heisler (A ) & Schall (H.) Ein Fall hochgradiger Bronchial- TRACHEOBRONCHIAL. 425 TRACHEOBRONCHOSCOPY. Tracheobronchial glands (Diseases of). driisentuberkulose ohne klinische Symptome. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1909, xiv, 159-165, 1 pl.— Hu- guenin. Bronchialdriisentuberkulose und Lungener- krankungen. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1910, xl, 89: 113; 145.—Hutinel. Les rSactions broncho-pulmo- naires au cours de l'adSnopathie trachSo bronchique. Rev. gSn. de elin. et de tliSrap., Par.. 1908, xxii, 369-373.— Jacknine. Ob-ervationsd'adenopathie; trachSo-bron- chique simple sruerie par le tubage. J. de clin. et de thSrap. inf., Par., 1897, v, 1004-1006.— Jonsset (P.) Ori- gine intestinale d'adenopathies traehSo-bronehiques tu- berculeuses. Art mSd., Par., 1906, ciii, 10-14.—Jundell (I.) Spontane Perforation einer tuberkulosenBronchial- druse in die Luftwege, spontane Expektoration derselben; Genesung. Jahrb. f. Kinderh., Berl., 1904, lx, 76-83.— Kardaniates (I. P.) Xoipa.6o-0ufiaTi.Wia-; Tpaxeio- fipoyxiKi} aScvoiraSeia fJ.€r' atptoyia; ix.6vr\s Kai Ta^VKapSia?. 'IaTpnc^ npooSos, 'Ev Supu, 1903, viii, 129-132. — Klebs (E.) Bronchialdriisen-Tuberkulose und ihre Folgen. Kausale Therap., Hannov., 1904, i, 216-220.—Kiihnel (A.) Ein Fall von Perforation einer verkiisten Bron- chialdriise in den Oesophagus und in den rechten Haupt- bronchus. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1905, xviii, 486-4S8 — Laureati (F.) Ricerche rdntgenologiche nell'adeno- patia tracheo-bronchiale. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1908, xxix, 1374-1379.—Lavergne (F.) AdSnopathie tracheo- bronchique et traitement thermal. Cong, franc, de med. 1895, Par., 1896, ii, 919-923.—Leroux (C.) L'adSnopathie trachSo-bronchique dans ses rapports avec la tuberculose pulmonaire chronique chez les enfants. Ann. de med. etchir. inf., Par., 1907, xi. 829-835—Luzzatti (T.) Con- siderazioni semeiologiche sul segno di Smith nell' adeno- patia tracheo-bronchiale dei bambini. Riv. ospedal., Roma, 1912, ii. 397-399.—JlcCaskey (G. W.) Tubercu- losis of bronchial glands: tuberculin; chest pain. Am. Med., Phila., 1903, v, 259-261. Also, Reprint.—IHaillet (F.) Quelques accidents dus & l'adenopathie trachSo- bronchique. Ann. demSd. etchir.inf., Par., 1911, xv, 511- 514. Also: Montpel. mSd., 1911, xxxiii, 87-90. -----. Les accidents de l'adSnopathie trachSo-bronchique. Arch. de mSd d. enf., Par., 1912, xv, 193-205. Also: Rev. prat. d'obst. et de paediat., Par., 1912, xxv, 161-182.—llann (M.) Ueber einige Falle von Erkrankungen der Luft- rohre und der Bronchien, diagnc-tiziert mit Hilfe der Killianschen Tracheo-Bronchoscopie. Miinehen. med. Wchnschr., 1907, liv, 1120-1124. -----. Sehadigung des Tracheobronchialbaumes durch Lymphdrusenanthra- kose. Verhandl. d. Ver. deutsch. Larvnyoloir., Wiirzb., 1912,146-156.—Tlartan. AdSnopathie traehSo-hronchi- que et cSphalSe. PSdiatrie prat.. Lille, 1909. vii, 3os.— iTIaurel (P.) De l'adSnopathie tracheobronehique. Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1912, lxxxv, S81-&M). Alsn: Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1912, n. s., xciv, 233—Jlerklen. Ade- nopathies tracheo-bronchiques. Clinique, Par., 1911, vi, 323-326.—.Tlery (E.) Le diagnostic de l'adSnopathie trachSo-bronchique et la tuberculose a son debut. Rev. gSn. de clin. et de thSrap., Par., 1904, xviii, 725.-----. Les complications de l'adSnopathie trachSo-bronchique. Ibid., 1910, xxiv, 182-184.—Mesnard (A.) PiSces de suture de la trachSe du chien. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1900, lxxv, 1037.—Jlichalovvicz (M.) Opuki- wanie kregoslupa n dzieci w gruzlicy gruczolovv tcha- wiczno-oskrzelowych. [Percussion of the spine in chil- dren in tuberculosis of the tracheo-bronehial glands.] Przegl. pedyat., Krak6w, 1908-9, i, 510-568.—.florain W.) Des adSnopathies trachSo-bronchiques dans l'en- ance; diagnostic et traitement. Rev. internat. de mSd. et de chir., Par., 1898, ix, 258-260.—MO Her (0.) Leber Bronchialdriisentuberkulose. Med. Cor.-Bl. d. wiirt- temb. arztl. Landesver., Stuttg., 1909, lxxix, 925-928.— fIya(G.) Penetrazione e rottura di ghiandole linfati- che bronchiali caseiflcate nelle vie respiratorie. Clin. mod., Pisa, 1*'.)8, iv, 305-308.—Nachod (F.) Bronchial- stenosein Folge von Durchbrueh peribronchialer Lymph- driisen in die Luftwege. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1897, xxii, 393.—Nanu (I.) Ueber einen tddlich verlaufenen Fall von Perforation der Pulmonalarterie infolge Nekro- tisierung einer intertracheobronchialen Lymphdruse mit gleichzeitiger Oeffnungin den linken Bronchus und in die Speiserohre. Berl. klin.-therap. Wchnschr., 1905, 741- 745. Also: Wien. klin.-therap. Wchnschr., 1905, 7-11-745.— Nawclmento Gurgel. Pathogenia da adenopathia traeheo-bronchica. Tribuna med., Rio de Jan., 1910, xvi, 224-226.—Neumann (H.) Irrtiimliche Deutung eines physikalischen Brustbefundes bei Kindern. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1907, xliv, 243-246. [Discussion], 261.— d'CEIsnitz ( L.) La recherche de la transsonance sterno-vertSbrale chez les enfants; sa valeur pour le diagnostic de l'adSnopathie trachSo-bronchique. Bull. Soc. de pSdiat. de Par., 1912, xiv, 317-323. Also: PSdiatrie prat., Lille, 1912, x, 498-500. Also: Rev. in- ternat. de mSd. et de chir., Par., 1912, xxiii, 297-299. -----. CaractSresdes troubles respiratoires et des images radioscopiques dans l'adenopathie tracheo-bronchique de la premiere enfance. Rev. mens, de gvnec, d'obstSt. et de pediat., Par., 1912, vii, 21-31.—Officer i D. McM.) Enlarged bronchial glands in children. Intercolon. Tracheobronchial glands (Diseases of). M. Cong. Australas. Tr. 1902, Hobart, 1903, 145-151.— Oppenheim (R.) & Laubry (0.) Traitement de l'adenopathie trachSo-bnuu hiphagus by Bruning's instrument. Lancet, Lond., L90S, ii, 1359-1364.—Winternitz (A.) & Paunz (M.) Ujabb adatok a laryngo-tracheoskopiaSs bronchoskopia directa gyakorlati SrtSkShez. [On the practical value of direct laryngo-tracheoscopy.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1910, liv, 412-416. Tracheo tomes (Patent specifications for). Lyman (L. J.) Tracheotomes. Xo. 241,036; May 3, 1881.—Bussell(D.L.) Tracheotome. No. 300,285; June 10, 1884. Tracheotomy. See, also, Air-passages (Foreign bodies in); Bronchia (Foreign bodies in); Chloroform (Ac- cidents from, Treatment of); Croup (Lntubation in, Complications, etc., of); Croup (Tracheotomy in); Diphtheria (Tracheotomy in); Glottis ((Edema of, Treatment of, Operative); Glottis (Scalds of); Goitre (Complications, etc., of); Goitre (Treatmentof, Operative); Hydrophobia (Treatment of); Infants (New-born, Asphyxia, etc., of, Treatmentof); Larynx (Cancer of, Treat- ment of, Operative); Larynx (Foreign bodies in); Larynx (Liflammation of, Treatment of, Opera- tive); Larynx (Surgery of); Measles (Compli- cations of, Buccal, etc.); Measles (Treatment of); Morphine (Poisoning by, Treatment of); (Eso- phagus (Foreign bodies in, Treatment of, Oper- ative); (Esophagus (Strieture of, Treatment of, Operative); Opium (Poisoning by, Treatmentof); Trachea (Foreign bodies in, Treatment of, Opera- tire). Delmas (P.-H.-J.) *De la tracheotomie et du calibrage de la trachee dans les operations sur la glande thyroide. 4°. Lyon, 1894. Garcia (J. M. ) *Ligeras consideraciones sobre la operacion de la traqueotomia. Casos en que el cirujano debe practicarla, circunstan- cias en que debe abstenerse de hacerlo. 8°. Pachuca, 1884. Giudice (J.-L.-M.) * Tracheotomie et thy- rotomie. 8°. Bordeaux, 1906. Hirigoyen (P.-M.-G.) *Valeur comparee de la tracheotomie' et de l'intercrico-thyrotomie. 4°. Bordeaux, 1896. Trelat (U.) De la tracheotomie dans les le- sions syphilitiques des voies respiratoires. 8°. Paris, 1869. Bayer (C.) Die Tracheotomie mit besonderer Be- riicksichtigung der Verhaltnisse auf dem Lande. Ztschr. f. arztl. Landpraxis, Frankf. a. M., 1894, iii, 161; 202.— Berry (J.) Tracheotomy. Clin. J., Lond., 1906, xxviii, 390-394.—Biedert. Satze fiber Tracheotomie. Ver- handl. d. Versamml. d. Gesellsch. f. Kinderh. . . . deut- sch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1889, Dresd., 1890, vii, 32-37.—Car- riere (G.) La trachSotomie. Nord mSd., Lille, 1901, vii, 181-187.—Caste lain. Pronostic raisonnS de la tra- chSotomie Bull. mSd. du nord, Lille, 1893, xxxii, 295; 312- 345; 385: 415; 430; 460; 483.—Cnopf. Die Indication Tracheotomy. zur Tracheotomie. Munchen. med Wchnschr., 1894, xli, 373-376. Also, Reprint.—Dabney (J. D.) A paper on tracheotomy. Railway Surg., Chicago, 1894, i, 128.— Delageniere (P.) TrachSotomie dans les interven- tions bucco-pharyngiennes. Assoc, franr;. de chir. Proc.- verb. [etc.], Par., 1899, xiii, 307-312.—Delaup (S. P.) Tracheotomy as a resource in collapse during general anaesthesia. Proc Orleans Parish M. Soc. 1896, N. Orl., 1898, 55-60.—Faguet (C.) La trachSotomie. Rev. in- ternat. de mSd. et de chir., Par., 1898, ix, 326-332.— Gamgee (L.) Some remarks concerning tracheotomy on children. Birmingh. M. Rev., 1895, xxxvii, 163-171.— Golden (W.W.) Tracheotomy. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1901, lx, 109.— Holden (G. H. R.) Concerning tracheotomy. St. Barth. Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1892, xxviii, 157-166.— Jackson (C.) Tracheotomy. Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhi- nol. & Otol. Soc, [New Bedford, Mass.], 1909, 337-344. Also: Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1909, xix, 285-290.—Rei- ner. Tracheotomia transversa bei Kindern. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1912, xxxviii, 1812.— Leeeh ( T. F. ) Tracheotomy. Tr. Indiana M. Soc, Indianap., 1893, xliv, 151-162. Also: Indiana M. J., Indianap., 1893-4, xii, 380-384. — Mlkhallon" ( N. N. ) Teoriya i praktika trakheotomii. [Theory and practice of tracheotomy.] Voyenno - med. J., St. Pe- tersb., 1897, clxxxviii, med.-spec, pt., 1-59.—Morgan (J.H.) A clinical lecture on tracheotomy. Clin. J., Lond., 1892-3, i, 289-294.—OToure (E.-J.) TrachSotomie et thy- rotomie. Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1907, i, 33- 40.—von Navratil (E.) Tracheotomie. Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1904, xl, 122.—Neureutter (B.) NSco o fezu priidusnice (tracheotomii). Casop. lSk. Sesk., v Praze, 1876, xv, 171.—Olorlz Ortega (F.) Dos traque- otomias de urgencia extrema. Gac mSd. d. Sur de Es- pana, Granada, 1911, xxix, 272-276.—Sindelar. Trache- otomovati Si intubovati? [Tracheotomy or intubation?] Casop. lSk. cesk., v Praze, 1907, xlvi, 1394-1399.—Spal- ding (A. E.) Tracheotomv. Tr. Minnesota M. Soc, St. Paul, 1387, 55.—Spear (R.) Tracheotomv. Rep. Surg. Gen. Navy, Wash., 1903, 282.—Stout (A. B.) Tracheot- omy. Tr. M. Soc. Calif., Sacramento, 1858, ii, 91-103, 1 pl.—Trible (G. B.) Indications for intubation and tra- cheotomy. U. States Nav. M. Bull., Wash., 1912, vi, 219- 221.—Trumpp (T.) Die Tracheotomie des praktischen Arztes. Kinder-Arzt, Leipz., 1893, iv, 177-180. —Tur- ner (F. M.) On tracheotomy. Practitioner, Lond., 1909, lxxxii, 120-126.—Van KAeel". Discussion sur la trachS- otomie. Ann. Soc. mSd.-chir. de LiSge, 1895, xxxiv, 12- 18.—Van Schaick (G.G.) Tracheotomv. Internat. J. Surg., N. Y., 1900, xiii, 75-77.—Wharton' (H. R.) Tra- cheotomy. Am. Text-Bk. Dis. Child. ( Starr ). 2. ed., Phila., 1898, 870-890, 1 pl.—Wicart. La trachSotomie. Rev. mens, du mSd. prat., Par., 1912, ii, 53-56. Also, transl.: Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1912, n. s., xciv, 78-80.— Voung(H.H.) Tracheotomy in emergencies. N.York M. J., 1895, Ixi, 530. Tracheotomy (Cases and statistics of). See, also, Trachea (Foreign bodies in). Baer (G.) * Tracheotomie und Intubation im Kinderspital Zurich. Beobachtungen aus den Jahren 1874-91. [Zurich. ] 8°. Leipzig, 1892. Borgoni (R.) Una mia prima statistica di 6 tracheotomie. 8°. [Napoli, 1899.] Galignani (A.) Duecento tracheotomie e malattie attinenti con speciale rilievo della siero- terapia antidifterica. Statistica locale. 12°. Piacenza, 1900. Gonzalez Vazquez (J.) *aEs grave por si misma la traqueotomfa? Estudio hecho sobre algunas observaciones recogidas en Mexico re- latives a esta operacion. 8°. Mexico, 1873. Lailheugue (J.-B.-R.-A.) *De la tracheoto- mie dans les accidents graves de l'anesthesie. 8°. Bordeaux, 1904. Williams (C. J. B.) Authentic narrative of the case of the late Earl of St. Maur, with the short-hand notes of the retractation and apology. 2. ed. 8°. London, 1870. Agostinelll (R.) Una tracheotomia a mia figlia. Per il xxv anno d. insegn. chir. di F. Durante n. Univ. di Roma, 8°, Roma, 1898, ii, 351-359.—Andrew (F.) Tra- cheotomy of an infant. Intercolon. M. J. Australas., Melbourne, 1905, x, 570.—Berwald. Bericht iiber 50 Tracheotomien. Zentralbl. f. Kinderh., Leipz., 1908, xiii, 133-138.—Bisson (A. O.) Tracheotomy in slight respi- ratory obstruction associated with febrile toxaemia. Lan- cet, Lond., 1907.i,218-221.—Boeekel (J.) TrachSotomie. Gaz. mSd. de Strasb., 1893, Iii, 37.—Booth (T. S.) Tra- TRACHEOTOMY. 428 TRACHEOTOMY. Tracheotomy (Cases and statistics of). cheotomy, with recoverv. Oklahoma M. J., Guthrie, 1895, iii, 319-321.—Brelteil. Goitre; trachSotomie. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. de Bordeaux, 1896, xvii, 220.— Cantwell (F. V.) A clinical study of tracheotomy; ten cases, one death. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1896, xlix, 228.— Chubb (W. L.) Successful tracheotomy in infants. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1901, i, 395.—Cott (G. F.) A series of tracheotomies. BuffaloM. J., 1905-6, Ixi, 640-647.— Couch (J K.) Some experiences in intubation and tracheotomy. Am. Physician, N. Y., 1907, xxxiii. 220-222. Also: Aus- tralas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1907, xxvi, 2(8-280.—Culling- wortli. A case of tracheotomy in an infant three days old. Lancet, Lond., 1893, i, 195.—Czarnik (S.) Intu- bacyai tracheotomianapodstawie spostrzczeh, zebranych w szpitalu dla dzieci pod nazwa^sw. Zofii we Lwowie w lataeh 1894-1903. [Intubation and tracheotomy based upon observations in the St. Sophia Children's Hospital of Lemberg in 1894-1903.] Gaz. lek., Warszawa. 1905, 2. s., xxv, 891; 911; 942; 974; 992.—Davezae. Tracheotomie d'urgence. MSm. et Bull. Soc. de mSd. et chir. de Bor- deaux (1896), 1897, 402-405.—Davis (B. B.) Three cases of tracheotomv. Proc. Nebraska M. Soc, [Omaha], 1892, 71-77.—Day i K. W.) & Jackson (C.) Laryngeal steno- sis from post typhoid perichondritis; tracheotomy, thy- rotomy, intubation; exhibition of two patients. Ann. Otol., Rhinol. A Laryngol., St. Louis, 1904, xiii, 24-35. Also, Reprint.—Diiriier (A.) Ein Fall von Tracheal- stenose durch ein Aortenaneurysma; Tracheotomie; Exi- tus ein Jahr spiiter. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1899, xii, 627. Dubrovo (V. I.) Po povodu desyati trakheoto- miy. [Apropos of 10 tracheotomies.] Khirurgia, Mosk., 1899, vi, 11-19.—Duiilop (M.) & Mackenzie (T. C.) Case of tracheotomy in a child of four months; recovery; note on difficulties in re-establishing nat- ural respiration. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1900, ii, 1188 — Keinnn. A propos d'un cas de trachSotomie. Bull. Soc. beige d'otol. et de laryngol., Brux., 1896, i, 7.— Uvans (T. C.) Tracheotomy for edema. Louisville Month. J. M. & S., 1903-4, x, 427.—Forns (R.) Un buen caso de traqueotomia; curacion. Oto-rino-laryngol. es- pafi., Madrid, 1898-9, i, 133-136.—Fortin. Note sur un cas de tracheotomie chez l'adulte. Bull. Soc. de med. de Rouen (1893), 1894, 2. s., vii, 90-92.—Fraenkel (A.) Graphische Darstellungen der Tracheotomiestatistik des Karolinen-Kinderspitals. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1898, xi, 594-597.—Gayton (W.) Tracheotomies in the North- western Hospital, Haverstock-Hill. Lancet, Lond., 1894, ii, 319.—Gorbenko (M. D.) Trakheotomiya i intuba- tsiya ii dletel po povodu ostravo laryngostenoza v Nagar- tavaskol bolnitsie Khersonskavo Zemstva. [Trache- otomy and intubation in children for acute laryngoste- nosis in the Nagartav hospital of the Kherson zemstvo.] Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1906, xiii, 371-373.—Goris. [Neuf cas de trachSotomie.] Ann. de l'Inst. chir. de Brux., 1903, x, 24.—Gouguenheim (A.) La trachSotomie dans le service laryngologique de l'h6pital Laraboisiere. Bull, et mSm. Soe. de chir. de Par., 1894, n. s., xx, 263- 266.—von Graele (A.) Mededeeling van een geval van tracheotomie, met gunstigen uitslag wegens oedema glot- tidis ondernomen. Nederl. Lancet, Gravenh., 1854-5, 3. s., iv, 479-488. Also, Reprint.—Guisey. Trois cas de laryngostomies pour stSnoses cicatricielles cricotra- chSales ayant nScessite la trachSotomie. Ann. de mSd. et chir. inf., Par., 1910, xiv, 242-249.—Hankins (G. T.) Case of neoplasm (?) in the neighborhood of the larynx; suffocation; tracheotomy; subsequent external opera- tion; recoverv; patient shown. Australas. M. Gaz., Syd- ney, 1900, xix, 316-318.— Heasley (J. A.) Tracheotomv. J. Mich. M.Soc, Detroit, 1905, iv, 114-116.—Heiueinann (M.) Tracheotomie infolge schwerster Rhinitis bei ei- nem 4wochentliehen Kinde; Heilung. Areh. f. Kin- derh., Stuttg., 1904, xxxix, 364-368.—Jones (C. P.) Re- port of two tracheotomv cases. Virginia M. Semi-Month., Richmond, 1903-4, viii, 455-457.—Law (W. F.) Two cases of tracheotomy. Brit. Guiana M. Ann., Demerara, 1898, x, 37-39.—Lemanski. Une tracheotomie et un tu- bage chez des Musulmans. Bull. mSd., Par., 1898, xii, 10- 13. Also: MSd. inf.. Par., 1898, ii, 45-53.—Lipscher. Fall von Kehlkopf- und Trachealstenose; Tracheotomie; In- tubation. Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1906, xlii, 310.—Longo (A.) Considerazioni cliniche ed anatomo- patologiche sulle intubazioni e tracheotomie eseguite durante un biennionel reparto difterici dell' Ospedale d. S. Spirito. Atti d. clin. oto-rino-laringoidat. d. r. Univ. di Roma, 1905, iii, 53-79. Also: Rassegna internaz. d. med. mod., Catania, 1906, vii, 1; 10; 17.—Lovett (R. W.) & lUiuiro (J. C.) A consideration of the results in 327 cases of tracheotomy, performed at the Boston City Hos- pital from 1864 to 1887. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1887, n. s., xciv, 160-170. Also, Reprint.—MacKenzie (W.) Caseof retropharyngeal inflammation; abscess; intubation; tra- cheotomy; recovery. Intercolon. M. J. Australas. Mel- bourne, 1901, vi, 230-233 — M< Kiiumie (O. A M i Tra- cheotomy; report of cases. Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhinol. & Otol. Soc, N. Y. 1911, xvii, 446-452. Also: Virginia M Semi-Month., Richmond, 1911-12, xvi, 162-165.—Tl asse i (F.) Statistica di tracheotomie. Policlin., Roma, 1893-4 I 'racheotomy (Cases and statistics of). i, 216-223. Also: Atti d. r. Accad. med.-chir. di Napoli, 1894, xlviii, 487-501.—.Hassier (H.) (Edeme aigu a fri- irore des ventricules latSraux et des aryteno'ides et diph- tcrie sous-glottique typique; trachSotomie; guSrison. Rev. hebd., de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1899, xix, pt. 2, 27:i-2s5.—MatSjovsky (F.) Pfispevky k traeheotomii pri zaskrtu. [Contributions to tracheotomy for cervical tumor. Casop. lSk. desk., v Praze, 1866, v, 124. —Mat- thews (J. P.) A case of tracheotomy. Tr. Illinois M. Soe. 1885, Chicago, 1886, xxxv, 137-142.—Matueei (G. G.) Su venti tracheotomie eseguite nella clinica pe- diatrica di Firenze nell'-anno scolastico 1892. Spe- rimentale. Comunicaz. eariv., Firenze, 1892, 345-352.— von Navratil (E.) LaryngotrachSotomies (185s- 1908). Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1909, xxviii, 385; 793.—Oehlsehlaeger. Beitrage zur Tra- cheotomie. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1869, xi, 839- 857.—"Partridge (C. E.>. Three successful cases of tracheotomy of four operated on from November, 1898, to March, 1899. Am. J. -Surg. & Gynec, St. Louis, 1899-1900, xiii, 133-135.—Pezza (F.) Di un' opportuna aggiunta alia cannula tracheale di Liier. Morgagni, Mi- lano, 1908, 1, 449-452.—Pietri. RStrScissement cicatri- ciel du pharynx inl'Srieur d'origine syphilitique; tracheo- tomie et, plus taid, traeheoplastie. J. de mSd. de Bor- deaux, 1909, xxxix, 604.—Prescott (W. H.) & Goldth- wait (J. E.) Report of 392 cases of intubation and 139 cases of tracheotomy done at the Boston City Hospital. Boston M. & S. J., 1891, exxv, 694; 710. Also, Reprint.— Bainer (Mine.) TrachSotomie pour une laryngite sy- philitique avec cedSme de la glotte. Bull, et mSm. Soc. de chir. de Bucarest, 1906-7, ix, 181.—Ranke. Tracheo- tomie-Resultate bei systematisch durehgefiihrter Venti- lation. Verhandl. d. Versamml. d. Gesellsch. f. Kinderh. . . . deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1885, Dresd.,1886, iii, 19-51.— Belph (H.) & Bood (F.) Tracheotomy during the administration of nitrous oxide gas. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1910, i, 1287.—Bielielot (L.-G.) La trachSotomie dans le service laryngologique de l'h6pital LariboisiSre, par M. Gouguenheim. [Rap.] Bull, et mSm. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1896, n. s., xxii, 348-356.—Boberts (W.) Two eases of tracheotomy. Phila. Hosp. Rep., 1905, vi, 184-]87.— Rogers (J.), jr. Experiences with tracheotomv. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1901, lix, 641-615.—Schaldemose (V.) Et Tilfoeldeaf Bronchialglandeltuberkulosemed Perforation til Bronchus, helbredet ved Tracheotome [A case of tu- berculosis of the bronchial gland with perforation of the bronchus, cured by tracheotomy.] Hosp.-Tid., K0benh., 1902, 4. R., x, 561-568.— Sehippers (J. C.) Ervaringen bij 676 traeheotomieii verricht gedurende de jaren 1899 tot 1908. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1909, xliv, pt. 2,1969-1976. Also: Jahrb. f. Kinderh., Berl., 1910, lxxii, 636-641.-Sch in id. Bericht iiber 20 Tracheotomien in landlichen Verbaltnissen. Med. Cor.-Bl. d. wiirttemb. arztl. Ver., Stuttg., 1894, lxiv, 73; 81.—Scholield (G.) Asphyxia due to rapid enlargement of thyroid gland;. tracheotomy; partial thyroidectomy; recovery. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1901, ii, 1528.—Setien (F.) Traqueotomia de urgencia en un nifio en estado de apnea persistente, a consecuencia de una laringitis intensa. Rev. mSd. de Se- villa, 1910, liv, 301-305.—Stevenson (D. A.) Trache- otomy under difficulties; report of a ease complicated with carcinoma of the mouth and throat. Indiana M. J., In- dianap., 1904-5, xxiii, 464.— Szeparowicz (J.) Przy- czynek do kazuistyki rozciecia tchawicy. [Tracheotomy cases.] Przegl. lek., Krakdw, 1875, xiv, 201; 213; 233; 247; 257.—Tapia (A. G ) Dos casos interesantes de traqueo- tomia. Rev. Ibero-Am. de cien. mSd., Madrid, 1904, xi, 252-258. Also: Rev. espec.mSd. Laotorino-laringol.espan., Madrid. 1904, vii, 162-164. Also, transl.: Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1904, ii, 97-102.—Templeton (J. M.) Two cases of tracheotomy. North Car. M. J., Wilmington, 1894, xxxiii, 196-199.—Thomson (St. C.) Tracheotomy under local antesthesia. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1905, ii, 922.—Tracheotomie. Ist. di clin. chir. d. r. Univ. di Pisa. Rendic. d. operaz., 1898-1901, 30.—Hide (C. W. F.) ZusammenstellungderimHerzogthumBraun- schweig vom 23. November 1720 bis zum 8. April 1869 ausge- fiihrten Luftrohrenschnitte. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1869, xi, 743-761.—Vallin. Un pointdepratiqueapropos de la trachSotomie des trSs jeunes enfants. Bull. Soc. d. sc. mSd. de Lille (1893), 1894,175.—AVa Iker (P. C.) Notes on three cases of tracheotomy. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1901, ii, 1467.—Wright (H. E.) A case of tracheotomy in a child under thirteen months, with remarks on the opera- tion in general. South African M. J., Cape Town, 1896-7, iv, 227-230. Tracheotomy (Complications and se- quel ;e of). See, also, Glottis (CEdema of); Mediastinum (Abscess of). Eske (K. ) * Ueber Arrosionsblutungen grosser Gefasse nach Tracheotomie. 8°. Leip- zig, 1906. TRACHEOTOMY. 429 TRACHEOTOMY. Tracheotomy (Complications and s<- quehe of). Ctrossk-Schoxepauck (H.) * Ueber die De- ckung von Defekten in der vorderen Tracheal- wand nach Tracheotomie und die operative Beseitigung von narbigen Luftrohrenwren- gerungen. 8°. Greifswald, 1901. Krexzer (E.) * Ueber Arrosion grosser Ge- fasse nach Tracheotomie. 8°. Bonn, [1898], Lahr (F.) * Ueber den Blutsturz nach der Tracheotomie. 8°. Giessen, 1894. Rabot, Sargnon & Barlatier. Kctrecisse- ments du larynx et de la trachee consecutifs au tubasje et a la tracheotomie. 8° Paris <.(• Lyon, 1908." Sforza (X.) La pratica della intubazione e della tracheotomia nelle laringostenosi difte- riche e morbillose. 8°. Roma, 1909. Taute (M.) * Ueber todliche Blutungen im Gefolge der Tracheotomie. 8°. Tubingen, 1903. Also, in: Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1903-4, xli, 17-35. Wiesemes (A.) *Ein Fall von Yerblutung nach Tracheotomie infolge Arrosion der Arteria anonyma. [Miinehen.] 8°. Bonn, 1900. Abrahams (E. J.) Over de verwijderde gevolgen der tracheotomie. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk.. Amst., 1902. 2. R., xxviii, d. 2,113-147.—Abranii I P t L'avenir des traeheotomisOs. J. d'hyg.. Par., 1902. xxvii, 5'.i.— Aleksinski (A.) Dvie trakheotomii s interesnimioso- bennostyami. [Two tracheotomies with interesting pecu- liarities.] Khirurgia, Mosk., 1905, xviii, 510-514.—Bar- rier (G.) Deformation et ISsionstraehealescicatricielles consScutivesa la trachSotomieprovisoire. Bull.Soc.centr. de med. vSt., Par., 1906, lx, 222-225— Ba vie ra (V.) Em- piema necessitate al giugulo. Riv. ospedal., Roma, 1912, ii, 315.—Bayer. Cas d'owelusion tracheale (occlusion membraneiise de la trachee) presque complete par un neoplasme nS d'une ancienne cicatrice de tracheotomie; intervention par les voies naturelles; ynSri-on. Bull.Soc. beige d'otol. [etc.], Brux., 1899, iv, 57-61. —Billot (C.) Contribution a l'Stude des canules a trachSotomie tom- bees dans les voies aSriennes. Ann. d. mal.de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.], Par., 1896, xxii, 245-261.—Botella tS. i & Cortes (D.) ContribuciSnal estudio de las complica- ciones de la traqueotomia. Rev. espec. med. La otorino- laringol. espan., Madrid, 1901, iv, 51-53.—Braga (A.) II trattamento delle laringostenosi consecutive a tracheo- tomia mediante 1' intubazione. Boll. d. Soc. med. di Parma 1909, 2. s., ii, 59-63.—Cassaet. PSnetration de Pair dans les veines pendant la trachSotomie; mort au bout de trois heures. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. ... de Bordeaux, 1889, x, 66-80—Chatin & Pehu. Lupus de la face, lupus consecutif du larynx; trachSotomie d'ur- gence; pleurede gauche; stSnose cicatricielle glottique; port permanent de la canule. Lyon mSd., 1907, cix, 951- 953— Citelli (S.) Ueber die Vernarbung der Tracheal- wunden nach Tracheotomie; makroskopische und mi- kroskopische Beobachtungen. Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhi- nol., Berl., 1907, xx, 125-149. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Atti d. Conff. d. Soc. ital. di laringol. (etc ] 1906, Siena, 1907, 200- 204— Comba(C) Presentazione di un caso di stenosi tracheale secondaria alia tracheotomia, guarito colla in- tubazione. Atti d. Accad. med.-fis. fiorent. 1900, Firenze, 1901, 28-30. -----. Stenosi delle prime vie respiratorie se- condarie alia tracheotomia ed alia intubazione. Riv. di chir. pediat., Firenze, 1906, iv, 561-602. Also, transl.: Allg. Wien. med. Ztg., 1907, Iii, 200; 210; 222; 235; 247; 257.—Cox (C.N.) Report of an accident with a tracheotomy tube. Tr. Am.Larvngol.,Rhinol. &Otol.Soe.l902,N.Y.. 1903,viii.330- 332. Also: Ann.Otol.,Rhinol.&Laryngol.,St.Louis,l902,xi, 467-469.—Ba vide (G.) Sopra un caso di rimozione tar- diva della cannula tracheale dopo tracheotomia. Riv. venetadiscmed., Venezia,1897,xxvii,424-427.—Deleourt (A ) UlcSrationslaryngeesettrachSalesconsecutivesala trachSotomie. Presse mSd. beige, Brux., 1903, lv, [dis- cussion], 559-566.—Dhomont (P.) L'avenir des operes de trachSotomie. Progres mSd.. Par., 1907, 3. s., xxm, 107—Boyer (J.) Eene moeilijkheid na tracheotomie. Geneesk.'('onrant, Amst, 1904, lviii, 413-415.—Kgidi (F.) Caduta dei tubi nella trachea e nei bronchi. Atti d. Cong. d. Soc. ital. di laringol. [etc.] 1906, Siena, 1907,181.— FJlett (E. C.) General emphvsema following trache- otomv. Memphis Lancet, 189K-9, i, 180-182. -----. An unusual, and probably unique, complication (general emphysema) of tracheotomv. Georgia J. M. & S., Savan- nah 1901, ix, 72. Also: Atlanta J. Rec. Med., 1901-2, iii, 322.—ICim'elliardt (A.) Pathologischanatomischeund klinische~Beitni,ge zur Frage der Blutungen nach der Tracheotomie wegen Diphtherie im Kindesalter. Mitt. a. d Gn-uz^eb. d. Med. u. Chir., Jena, 1900, vi, 398-433.— Ferre ri ' G.) Di talune conseguenzedella tracheotomia. Tracheotomy (Complications and se- quel iv of). Arch. ital. di otol. [etc.], Torino-Palermo, 1894, ii, 173- 179.—Finder. Asphyxie; Tracheotomie; Section zeigte ein vom rechten Sinus pyriformis und der rechten Plica ary-epiglottica ausgehender taubeneisrosser Tumor. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1903, xl, 508.—Forbes (D.) & Courtauld (R. M.) A note on tracheotomy cases in the course of which there were long periods of inability to dispense with the tube. Lancet, Lond., 1909, i, 1525.— Forchhamiuer (G.) Trakeotomi og Fonetik (iAn- ledning af Hr. Dr. med. Langgaard's og Hr. Dr. M011er's Artikler). [Tracheotomy and phonetics (in reference to Dr. Langgaard's and Dr. M011er's articles.] Hosp.-Tid., Kj0benh.. 1896, 4. R., iv, 1230-1234.— Foy (G.) A unique caseof general emphvsema followingtracheotomy. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1901, n. s., lxxii, 333.—Franek (O.) Ueber die Intubationsstenose des Kehlkopfes nacn sekundarer Tracheotomie. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl.,1906, xxxii, 2061— Fuehs (W. H.) Report of case of tracheotomy, with retention of the tube for seven months. Med. Fortnightly, St. Louis, 1894, v, 71- 73.—Fullerton (R.) Removal of a tracheotomy tube which had become infectedin the left bronchus. Practi- tioner, Lond., 1906, lxxvi, 829-xxi. -Fyshe (J. C.) & Hunter (A. W.) A case of " retained tube." Montreal M. J., 1907, xxxvi, 180.—Galalti (D.) La rottura delle cannule per tracheotomia. Atti d. Cong, pediat. ital. 1901, Firenze, 1902, iv, 289-296. Also: Arch. ital. di otol. [etc], Torino, 1901-2, xii, 213-220. Also, transl.: Ann. de mSd. et chir. inf., Par., 1901, v, 793-799. Also, transl.: Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1901, li, 2385-2389.—Galebski (A. Ya.) K llecheniyu laringo-trakhealnikh suzheniy u dletel poslle trakheotomii pri pomoshtshi verkhnel bronkhoskopii. [Treatmentof laryngotracheal strictures in children after tracheotomv by superior bronchoscopy.] Vestnik Ushn., Gorlov. i Nosov. Bollezn., S.-Peterb., 1912, iv, 17-20.—Gentile (G.) L' influenza el' organorespira- torio; una tracheotomia risparmiata con guarigione del- 1' inferma. Boll. d. clin., Milano, 1893, x, 8-12.—Gold- man (A. J.) Przyczynek do nauki osmiertelnych krwo- tokach po cieciu"tchawicy. [Fatal haemorrhages after tracheotomy.] Czasopismolek., L6dz, 1902, iv, 147; 193.— Hanenbaeli-Burckhardt (E.) Ueber Retention der Secrete bei Tracheotomirten und Intubirten. Cor.- Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1893, xxiii, 385-391.— Meeker (R.) Ueber Verblutung nach Tracheotomie durch Arrosion der Arteria anonyma. Miinehen. med. Wchnschr., 1897, xliv, 531-534.—Hedon (E.) Suppres- sion d'une canule trachSale quinze ans aprSs la trachSo- tomie. Arch, internat. de larvngol. [etc], Par., 1908, xxvi, 865-869. Also: Montpel. mSd., 1908, xxvii, 88-92 — Hotmail (M. S.) Sluchal prodolzhitelnavo prebivaniya trakheotomicheskoi trubki v bronkhialnol sistemie. [Continued presence of the tracheotomy tube in the bronchial system.] Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1903, x, 470; 493.—Horeasitas (J.) Algunas complicaciones en los traqueotomizados y su traiamiento. Rev. ibero-am. de cien. mSd., Madrid 1908, xix, 163-166.— Jaboulay. Canule a trachSotomie tombee dans la bronche droite. Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.], Par., 1906, xxxii, pt. 2, 421-429.—Jacques (P.) Ankylose crico- arytenoidienne bilatSrale par trachSotomie; haute laryngotomie intercricothvro'idienne). Rev. hebd, de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1904, i, 756-759.—Justi ( K.) Diaphragma der Trachea nach Tracheotomie. Miin- ehen. med. Wchnschr., 1912, lix, 195l.t.—Killian. Die Intubationsbehandlung bei laryngeal en und trachealen Stenosen nach Tracheotomie. Verhandl. d. Ver. siiddeutsch. Laryngol. 1894-1903, Wiirzb., 1904, 64- 71.—Klauber (O.) Ueber todtliche Blutungen im Ge- folge der Tracheotomie. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1904, xxix, 69-71.—Klihl (E.) Zur Frage der Retention der Secrete bei Tracheotomirten. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1894, xxiv, 33-35—Koroleff(N. D.) O kormlenii trakheotomirovannikh bolnikh pri razstrolstvle glota- niya. [Feeding of tracheotomized patients in disturbed deglutition.] Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1892, xxxvii, 527-531.— Korteweji (.1. A.) Verhinderd decanulement na tra- cheotomie. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1903, 2. K., xxxix, d. 2, 1090-1093.— Lack (L.) La cura dei tracheotomizzati. [Abstr.] Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1806, xvii, 291. — Laiiirgaard (C.) Trakeotomi og Fonetik. [Tracheotomy and phonetics.] Hosp.-Tid., Kj0benh., 1896, 1. it., iv, 1029-1036. See, also, supra, Forchham- mer, and, infra, M0ller.—Leech (P.) Stenosis of the trachea after tracheotomy. Lancet, Lond., 1893, i, 1314.— Lehnerdt(F.) Ueber die Endresultate der Tracheo- tomie. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1908, xxxiv, 1193. — lieiner (C.) Mediastinales Emphysem bei tracheotomierten Kindern. Jahrb. f. Kinderh., Berl., 1903, lviii, 448-45X— Leslie (J. M.) &Thoinpson(,I. A.) Tracheotomv tube retained three years and four months. Cincin. Lancet-Clinic, 1903,n. s., 1,59.— L.eto (L.) Morte improvvisa in bambini tracheotomizzati. Atti d. Cong. pediat. ital. 1911, Palermo, 1912, vii, 350-353. — Levrey. Spasme de la glotte consecutif a la trachSotomie guSri par le tubage. J. de clin. et de thSrap. inf., Par., 1895, iii, TRACHEOTOMY. 430 TRACHEOTOMY. Tracheotomy (Complications and se- quelae, of). 901.—Lony (A.) Ueber Granulome des Kehlkopfs und der Luftrohre nach geheilter Tracheotomiewunde bei acutem Larynxoedem. Arch. f. Laryngol. n. Rhinol., Berl., 1900-1901, xi, 407-414. —Marcovich. Emorragia polmonale dopo la tracheotomia. Riv. veneta di sc. med., Venezia, 1899, xxxi, 138-141.—Martina (A.) Die Arro- sion sblutun gen nach der Tracheotomie durch Caniilen- decubitus. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1903, lxix, 567-592— Alartuseelli (G.) & Ciociola (F.) Le con- seguenze tardive della tracheotomia. Atti d. Cong. d. Soc. ital. di laringol. [etc.] 1908, Siena, 1909, 214-226,1 pl. Also: Boll. d. mal. d. orecchio, d. gola e d. naso, Firenze, 1907, xxv,93-108.— Massei (F.) Intorno ad un possibile, non lieveincidente nella tracheotomia. Gazz. internaz. di med., Napoli, 1906, ix, 25-27. —JUasslni (M.) Er- schwertesDekaniilement infolge von Verbiegungdervor- dern Trachealwand nach Tracheotomia superior und Einfluss des Diphtherieserums auf die Zeit der Vornahme des Dekanulements. Jahrb. f. Kinderh., Berl., 1912, n. F., lxxvi, 402-416. — Ulenetrier & Clunet (J.) Laryngite aigue phlegmoneuse a entSrocoques chez une femme enceinte de huit mois et demi; trachSotomie; guSrison; accouchement prSmaturS spontanS; septicSmie a entSro- coques chez l'enfant. Bull. etmSm. Soc. mSd. d. h6p.de Par., 1907, 3. s., xxiv, 313-317.—JW011er (J.) Et Par Be- mserkninger e AnledniDg af Dr. med. Chr. Langgaard's Artikel; Trakeotomi og Fonetik. [A few remarks in re- gard to Dr. Chr. Langgaard's article: Tracheotomy and phonetics.] Hosp.-Tid., Kj0benh., 1896, 4. R., iv, 1134- 1136.—Jtlons (L.) Mort subite aprSs la trachSotomie. Arch, de mSd. et pharm. mil., Par., 1898, xxxi, 138-144.— Moure (E.-J.) La difficultS d'ablation de la canule apres la trachSotomie. [Rap. de Grancher.] Bull. Acad. de mSd., Par., 1900, 3. s., xliv, 269-273. -----. Sur une des principales causes empSchant la dScanulation aprSs la trachSotomie chez l'enfant et l'adolescent. Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1900, ii, 753-762.— Nast-Kolb (A.) Spongioser Knochen in einer Tra- cheotomienarbe. Arb. a. d. path. Inst, zu Berl. Feier . . . Johannes Orth, Berl., 1906, 256-259. —Navratil (I.) Tizennyolc Sv elott tracheotomia, granulatio a lSgcsoben. [Tracheotomy 18 years previous, granulation in windpipe.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1900, xliv, 551.— Pieniazek. Beitrag zur Behandlung der Luftrohren- stenosen nach der Tracheotomie. Verhandl. d. Gesell- sch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1894, Leipz., 1895, lxvi, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 294-299.—Pipping (W.) Spatstorungen nach der Tracheotomie. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1903, xlix, 138-145. — Poncet & Sargnon. Diagnostic clinique: trachSotomie datant de 2 ans, pour tuberculose; port permanent dela canule; Stat cachectique; chute des liquides et des solides dans la trachSe; extraction d'un sSquestre mobile dans la trachSe; extraction d'un sSques- tre mobile par trachSoscopie infSrieure; mort de broncho- pneumonie; autopsie; syphilis trSs probable; sSquestre crico'idien tombS dans la trachSe et fistule laryngo- trachSale consScutive; mort par broncho-pneumonie; examen histologique; tuberculose. Lyon mSd., 1907, cviii, 724-729.—Portela (D. J.) Una traqueotomia con' diflcultades. Bol. de laringol., otol. y rinol., Madrid, 1908, viii, 1-6.—von Ranke. Zur Verhutung der nach Intubation und sekundiirer Tracheotomie zuweilen sich einstellenden Kehlkopfstenosen. Verhandl. d. Ver- samml. d. Gesellsch. f. Kinderh. . . . deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1905, Wiesb., 1906, 264-272.—Reinhard (P.) Zur Kenntniss des Auftretens von Trachealstenose nach Tracheotomie. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh.,Berl., 1899,xxxiii, 241-243.— Reynier. Canule-trocart a trachSotomie. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1905, n. s., xxxi, 800.— Riehardiere (H.) Le tubage dans le spasme de la glotte persistant apres la trachSotomie. Bull. mSd., Par., 1897, xi, 405.—Ross (J. M.) Sequelae of tracheotomy occurring after closure of tracheal wound. Edinb. M. J., 1882-3, xxviii, 786-796.—Sfdlo (T.) DulezitS posorovani na zuzujicich svazech hlasivky po fezu prudusnice, jich vysvetleni a praktickS oceneni. [Interesting observation of contracted vocal chords after section of windpipe, its explanation and practical value] Casop. lSk. cesk., v Praze, 1874, xiii, 221; 229.—Sommer (H. O.) A case of Duchenne's disease; temporary tracheotomy; death. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1901,lx, 545.—Sonimers (O.) Vomit- ing with tracheotomy tube in situ. Ann. Otol.. Rhinol. . Tractatus de cibis, e libro de medicina ad Cons- tantium Pogonatum. [Incerti auctoris.] Tie pi. rpogo&v. In: Ekmerixs (P. Z.) Anecdota med. Gra;ca. 8°. Lugd. Bat., 1840, 223-275. Tractatus de pestilentia. la C Incipit putilis: tractatus de pe/stilentia, 12b, in quantitate vnius fab 2C. 12 1. sm. 4°. [s. L, a. et typ.] Initial capitals on 1» supplied in red. Another copy without initial capitals in red. [Tractatus quarundam medicinarum cirugica- lium.] MS. 94 1. sm. 4°. [n. p., n. d.] An early Italian MS. with invocation only at beginning. At end: Explicit tractatus, etc., as above. On leaf 14 is an obscure reference to Guido da Villanova. Tractatus schedius de peste [etc.]. See Iatro- technus [pseud.']. Tractatus de temporibus et modis, recte pur- gandi in morbis. Nobilis socii Salodiensis me- dici. 141pp. 16°. 1 'enetiis, B. Ciesanus, 1550. Traction. See, edso, Hip-joint (Diseases of, Treatment of); Joints (Diseases ejf, Treatment of). Cod i vii la. Sulla trazione dell' arto inferiore appli- cata direttamente alio scheletro. Arch, ed atti d. Soc. ital. di chir., Roma, 1904, xviii, 69-72.—Kossi (B.) Le trazioni applicate direttamente alio scheletro degli arti inferiori col metodo Codivilla; esperienza propria di 16 casi. Ibid., 1906, Roma, 1907, xx, 237.-Taylor (R. T.) Some new traction apparatus for hip disease; Pott's dis- ease, etc. Tr. Am. Orthop. Ass., Phila., 1899, xii, 355-358. Traction (Rhythmic) of tongue. See Asphyxia (Treedment of); Infants (New- born, Asphyxia, etc., Treatment of). Tractors (Metallic). Heil (K.) Historische Bemerkung zum "Vakuum- helm" des Dr. Kuntzsch. Zentralbl. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1912, xxxvi, 1221.—Lamb (D.S.) Perkins' metallic trac- tors. Wash. M.Ann., 1908-9,vii, 167-174. Also,Reprint- Smith (J. T.) Historical sketch of Elisha T. Perkins, inventor of the metallic tractors. Maryland M. J., Bait., 1910, liii, 166-173. Also, Reprint.—Waterson (Davina). Mesmer and Perkins' tractors. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1909, 19. s., iii, 16-23. Tracy (Edward A.) [1863- ]. A new ma- terial for surgical splints and jackets, with a method for applying it. 7 pp. 12°. Chicago, 1893. Repr.from: 3. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1893, xxi. ------. A brief splint-technology for surgeons. 12 pp. 12°. [Philadelphia, 1894.] Repr.from: Med. News, Phila., 1894, lxiv. ------. List of surgical splints exhibited at the Columbian Exposition, Chicago, 1893. 4 1. 8°. Boston, 1894. ------. The control of the spine bv a new method. 5 pp., lpl. 12°. Boston, 1896. Repr.from: Boston M. & S. J., 18%, cxxxv. ------. Treatment of Colles' fracture. 4 pp. 16°. Chicago, 1897. Repr.from: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1897, xxviii. ------. The passing of plaster. 7 pp. 16°. Chi- cago, 1897. Ripr. from: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1897, xxix. —----. The fallacies of X-ray pictures. 7 pp. 12°. Chicago, 1897. Repr.from: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1897, xxix. ------. Modern treatment of fractures. 4 pp. 12°. Chicago, 1899. Repr.from: 3. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1899, xxxiii. ------. A safe and quick method of joint and bone fixation. 12 pp. 12°. Boston, 1899. Repr.from: Boston M. & S. J., 1899, cxii. TRACY. 433 TRAGOPOGON. Tracy (Edward A.)—continued. ■-----. A new spinal jacket. 4 pp. 12°. Bos- ton, 1900. Repr.from: Boston M. & S. J., 1900, cxliii. -----. A neglected case of Potts' disease of the spine under treatment with a new spinal brace. 4 pp. 8°. New York, 1900. Repr.from: Pediatrics, N. Y.,1900, x. >-----. Tubercular disease of the knee-joint and hip-joint in children. Diagnosis and treatment. 10 pp. 8°. Chicago, 1901. Repr.from: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1901, xxvi. -----. Treatment of broken collar bone. 3 1. 8°. Chicago, 1902. Repr.from: Surg. Clin., Chicago, 1902, i. -----. The cure of tuberculosis of the joints, with report of cases. 10 pp. 8°. [New York], 1906. Repr.from: N. York M. J. [etc.], 1906, lxxxiv. -----. A note of surgical splinting. 7 pp. 8°. New York, 1907. Repr.from: N. York M. J. [etc.], 1907, lxxxvi. Tracy (Evert E.) [1870- ]. Ligation of the dorsal vein of the penis for impotency. 3 1. 16°. Chicago, 1897. Repr.from: Med. Standard, Chicago, 1897, xix. Tracy (James Joseph) [ -1901]. Obituary. Lancet, Lond., 1902, i, 63. Tracy (Martha). Some micro-chemical reac- tions and their value in the study of cancer cells. Pt. I. Iron. llpp.,2pl. 8°. [Boston], 1905. Repr.from: 3. Med. Research, Bost., 1905, xiv. In: Pub. Cornell Univ. M. Coll. Stud. Dep. Path., N. Y., 1905, v. -----. Some micro-chemical reactions. Pt. II. Notes on methods employed for the localisation of potassium and phosphorus, pp. 447^154. 8°. [Boston], 1905. Repr.from: 3. Med. Research, Bost., 1905, xiv. In: Pub. Cornell Lniv. M. Coll. Stud. Dep. Path., N. Y., 1905, v. ■-----. A study of the toxins of bacillus prodi- giosus. pp. 307-327. 8°. Boston, 1907. Repr.from: 3. M. Research, Bost., 1907, xvi. In: Pub. Cornell Univ. M. Coll. Stud. Dep. Path., [N. Y.], 1907, vii. Tracy (Roger S[herman]) [1841- ]. [Com- parative statement of the death rate between New York and London.] In: City Record, N. Y., 1888, xvi, 1214. -----. The outlines of anatomy, physiology, and hygiene. Being an edition of the Essen- tials of anatomy, physiology and hygiene, xii, 383 pp., 1 pl. 12°. New York, Cincinnati dc Chicago [1889]. -----. Hand-book of sanitary information for householders, containing facts and suggestions about ventilation, drainage, care of contagious diseases, disinfection, food, and water. With appendices on disinfectants and plumbers' ma- terials. 114 pp. 16°. New York, D. Appleton dc Co., 1895. Tracy (Samuel Gfately]) [1867- ]. Radium in medicine. 11 pp. 8°. New York, 1903. Repr.from: N. York M. J. [etc.], 1903, lxxvii. ------. High frequency, high potential currents, and X radiations in the treatment of epilepsy. 11 pp. 12°. New York, A. R. Elliott, 1905. Ripr.from: N. York M. J. [etc.], 1905, lxxxi. Tracy (Stephen E.) A study of the urinary analysis of operative cases and the treatment of complications arising from kidney insufficiency. 8 pp. 8°. [New York], 1907. Repr.from: N. York M. J. [etc.], 1907, lxxxv. vol xviii, 2d series---28 Tracy (Stephen E.)— continued. ------. Report of a case operated on for ad- vanced ectopic gestation associated with fibro- myomata. 4 pp. 8°. New York, 1908. Repr.from: N. York M. J. [etc.], 1908, lxxxvii. Trademarks. Bacon (C. S.) Report of the Committee on Patents and Trademarks. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1909, Iii, 2063.— Stewart (F. E.) The relation of the patent and trade- mark laws to materia medica nomenclature. Ibid., 1912, lix, 836-839.—AVilbert (M. I.) Present status of the laws relating to patents and trade-marks. Ibid., 834. Trader (John Wesley) [ -1907]. Obituary. J. Missouri M. Ass., St. Louis, 1908, iv, 748. Trades (Offensive). Bygott (A. H.) Offensive trades; some considera- tions in reference to the Local Government Board; mem- orandum of October, 1910. Pub. Health, Lond., 1910-11, xxiv, 356-359.—Sen (R.) Offensive trades. San. Rec, Lond., 1907, n. s., xxxix, 50; 91; 113; 154. Tradescantia. Farmer (J. B.) & Shove (Dorothy). On the struc- ture and development of the somatic and heterotype chromosomes of Tradescantia virginica. Quart. J. Micr. Sc, Lond., 1904-5, xlviii, 559-569, 2 pl—Simonin. La Tradescantia erecta; ses proprietes hgmostatiques. Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1903, xxiv, 309-311. Also, transl.: Allg. Wien. med. Ztg., 1903, xlviii, 425. Tradition, Maccnioro (V.) Die anthropologischen Grundla- gen der Tradition. Polit.-anthrop. Rev., Leipz., 1908-9, vii, 1-10.—Rouge (J.) Traditions populaires de la Tou- raine meridionale (arrondissement de Loches). Gaz. med. du centre, Tours, 1906, xi, 295; 310; 345; 363; 375: 1907, xii, 10. Traeger (Albert). *Zur Casuistik der Pleu- ritis im Greisenalter. 35 pp. 8°. Jena, A. Kampfe, 1894. c. Traffic. Gilbert. Sonderkatalog der Gruppe Hy- giene des Verkehrs zu Lande der wissenschaft- lichen Abteilung der Internationalen Hygiene- Ausstellung, Dresden, 1911. 8°. Dresden, 1911. McLaughlin (A. J.) The prevention of water- borne disease in lake and river traffic. Boston M. &S. J., 1912, clxvii, 831-834.—Kubner (M.) Der Verkehr und Verkehrsschaden. Hyg. Rundschau, Berl., 1907, xvii, 1080-1089. Tragacanth. Fuller (H. C.) Tragacanth; its sophistication with another gum. Am. J. Pharm., Phila., 1912, lxxxiv, 155-158. —Runne (H.) Zur Priifung des Traganths. Apoth.-Ztg., Berl., 1909, xxiv, 389-391. Tragan (Louis) [1874- ]. *De Interven- tion chirurgicale dans les affections du madias- tin posterieur et en particulier dans eel les de l'cesophage. 50 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1903, No. 130. Tragedy. Kaplan (L.) Zur Psychologie des Tragischen. Imago, Leipz. u. Wien, 1912, i, 132-167.—Warstat (W.) Das Tragische, eine psyehologisch-kritische Untersu- chung. Arch. f. d. ges. Psychol., Leipz., 1908, xiii, 1-70. Tragedy (The) and comedy of war hospitals. By Sister X. xiv, 185 pp., 8 pl. 8°. London, J. Murray, 1906. Tragelaphus. Lydekker (R.) On the mountain nyala, Tragela- phus buxtoni. Proc. gen. meet. . . . Zool. Soc. Lond., 1911, pt. 2, 348-353,1 pl. Tragopan. Gblgi (A.) Studi sul genere Tragopan Cuvier. Me- moria. Mem. Accad. d. sc. med. d. Ist. di Bologna, 1890- 3, 6. s., x, 393-405. Tragopogon. Smith (F. J.) A case of poisoning by Tragopogon pratense, or goat's beard. Lancet, Lond., 1911, i, 794. TRAGULUS. 434 TRAINING. Tragulus. Edwards (A. -M.) * Recherches anatomi- ques, zoologiques et paleontologiques sur la famille des chevrotains. 4°. Paris, 1854. Alessandrlni (G.) Prime notizie anatomiche di un Tragulus morto in Roma. Spallanzani, Roma, 1893, xxxi, [3. s., i], 63-71. -----. Notizie anatomiche del Tra- gulus meminna Erxl. Boll. d. Soc. rom. per gli stud. zool., Roma, 1893, ii, 141; 269: 1894, iii, 175, 1 pl.— OTc- Clure (F. W.) The postcava of an adult Indian chevro- tain (Tragulus meminna Erxleben). Anat. Anz., Jena, 1906, xxix, 375-377. Also, Reprint. Tragus (Illeronynius) [1498-1554]. For Bioqraphn. see Afohild. . . . d. Arznk. verd. Ge- lehrten [etc.J. 4°. Augsburg, 1805, 110, port. Traheron (Bartholomew). The interpreta- tion of straunge words. 15 1. fol. [London, 1543.] Bound with: de Vigo (Joannes). The most excellent workes [etc.]. fol. London, 1543. Traicte de la dissolution du mariage [etc.]. See Hotman [Antoine]. Traicte de la peste, avec les remedes certains et approuvez pour s'en preserver et garantir. Nouvellement faict par le College des maistres chirurgiens jurez de Paris. 2. ed., reveue et augmentee. 48 pp. 12°. Pan's, N. Buon, 1606. Traictc (Le) des urines, le quel traicte de leurs couleurs et ce qu'elles peussent signifier, par les quelles urines on peult ognoistre facillement toutes les maladies que peussent estre au corps de l'homme et de la femme et d'ou ilz prece- dent approuve par plusieurs medecins comme Avicene, Rasis, ac Ypocras et Gilles, et plusieurs aultres assez expers en l'art de medecine. [A la fin:] Cy finist le traicte des urines nouvelle- ment imprime a Paris par Alain Totrian et Denis Janot, imprimeurs et libraires demourants en la rue neufve Nostre Dame a l'enseigne de l'escude France, lviii, 2 1. 24°. Paris, [n. d.]. Traill (Thomas Stewart) [1781-1862L Outlines of a course of lectures on medical jurisprudence. 3. ed. xi, 224 pp. 8°. Edinburgh, A. dc C. Black, 1857. For Biography, see Diet. Nat. Biog., Lond., 1899, lvii, 151 (B. B. Woodward). Train (Arthur). The Patrick case, complete, in which an ingenious conspiracy crumbled and a famous murder was exposed, pp. 97-107. Cutting from: American Mag., N. Y., 1907, lxiv. Train (George Francis). (Biography.] Med.-Leg. J., N. Y., 1902-3, xx, 243- 246, port. Traina (Rosario). Un caso raro di lipomi mul- tipli. 10 pp. 8°. Pavia, fratelli Fusi, 1899. -----. Sulla rigenerazione della fibro-cellula cardiaca, ricerche sperimentali. 11 pp. 8°. Pavia, frat. Fusi, 1899. Trained Nurse and Hospital Review, v. 12- 48, 1894-1912. 8°. New York. Trained nurses. See Nurses [and subdivisions]. Trained (The) nurses' directory [etc.]. See Longeway (M. Louise). Training (Military). See, also, Marching; Medicine (Military, Organization, etc., of). Beyer (H.G.) The principles of training. Mil. Sur- geon, Wash., 1910, xxvi, 1-14.—Cane (L. B.) Drill and development; a plea for universal militarv training. Lan- cet, Lond., 1911, ii, 1269. -----. Universal military train- ing. Practitioner, Lond., 1911, lxxxvii, 724-735.—Caus- sedebat. El adicstramiento; sus efectos en el soldado deinfanteria. [Transl] Aii.san.mil., Buenos Aires, 1902, iv, 531; 657, 4 tab.—von Hanno. Vinter0velser i Fin- marken. [Training in winter in Finmark.] Norsk Tids- skr. f. Mil.-Med., Kristiania. 1911, xv, 1-9. Training (Physical). See, also, Education (Physical); Exercise; Fatigue; Foot-ball; Gymnastics; Heart (Overworkof); Nitrogen (Excretionof); Row- ing; Sport and sports. Anderson (W. G.) Making a Yale athlete. Cutting from: Everybody's Mag., N. Y., 1905, xiii, 41-b0. -----. Physical training at Yale. Cutting from: Munsey's Mag., N. Y., 1905, xxxiii, 481- Training and work. 8C 487. Brunton (Sir L.) London, 1909. Diamond. Why I am the oldest living athlete in the world. 8°. New York, [n. d.]. Repr.from: New York American and Journal. Great Britain. Royal commission on physi- cal training (Scotland). Report of . . . 2 v. fol. London, 1903. Haig (A.) Diet and food considered in rela- tion to strength and power of endurance, train- ing and athletics. 12°. London, 1902. Hancock (H. I.) Physical training for chil- dren by Japanese methods. A manual for use in schools and at home. 8°. New York, 1904. Harlow (C.) Die Erniihrung beim Sport. 12°. Berlin, 1902. Jaerschky ( P. ) Training vom iirztlichen Stand punkte. 8°. Leipzig, 1903. Laisne (N.) Notions pratiques sur les exer- cices du corps appliques aux diffe>ents ages. Observations succinctes concernant Part de forti- fier, d'entretenir ou de retablir la sante par les exercices. 2. eel. 12°. Pan's, 1888. McCurdy (J. H.) A bibliography of physi- cal training. 8°. Springfield, Mass., 1905. Physical training without arms made easy. 24°. London, [1899]. Pouchot de Champtassin (P.-L.-M.) Con- siderations sur l'entrainement athletique. 8°. Bordeaux, 1904. Schmidt (F. A.) & Miles (E. H.) The train- ing of the body for games, athletics, gymnastics, and other forms of exercise, and for health, growth and development. 8°. New York, 1901. Scott (W.) Physical training in New Eng- land schools. 8°. Cambridge, Mass., 1899. Thornton (J. P. ) Training for health, strength, speed and agility; for the instruction of amateurs and others. 12°. New York, [1890]. Tissie ( P. ) La fatigue et l'entrainement physique. Lettre-preface de C. Bouchard. 2. £d., revue et augmentee. 8°. Paris, 1903. Alexander (B.) Ueber Nasenatmung und Training. Ztschr. f. diatet. u. physik. Therap., Leipz., 1904, viii, 80- 93.—Anderson (R. J.) Animal activities in relation to training. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1912, ii, 792.—Atwater (W. O.) & Benedlet (F. G.) A study of the food consumed and digested by four members of the Harvard University boat crew in June, 1900. Boston M. & S. J., 1901, cxliv, 601; 629.—Bancroft (JessieH.) Physicaltraininginthepub- lic schools of the city of New York. Am. Phys.Educat. Rev., Brook! vn, 1903, viii, 16-36. -----. Some educational aspects of physical training. [Abstr.] Ibid., Springfield, 1910, xv, 233-240.—Bardet(G.) La ration sportive. Bull. gen.detherap. [etc.],Par., 1910,clix,657-661.— Burnliani (W.H.) The hvgiene of physical training. Am.Phys.Edu- cat. Rev., Springfield, Mass., 1909, xiv, 468; 521— Chan- ning (\V.) Physical training of girls in the Brookhne High School. BostonM.&S.J..1906,clv,705.—Cranipton (C. W.) A test of condition; preliminary report. Med. News, N. Y., 1905, lxxxvii, 529-535.—Curtis (H. S.) The relation of the playgrounds to a system of physical training. Am. Phvs. Educat. Rev., Springfield, Mass., 1908, xm, 245- 249.—Darling (E. A.) Theeffectsof training; a study of the Harvard University crews. Boston M. & S. J., 1899, cxii, 205; 229. Also, Reprint. -----. The effects of training; second paper. Boston M. & S. J., 1901, cxliv, 656-559.— ICIiler (G. W.) Principles underlying physical training. Am. Phvs. Educat. Rev., Brooklyn, 1902, vii 66-79.— Felkiri (R W ) The physical training of children and TRAINING. Training (Physical). young people. Treatment, Lond., 1906-7, x, 721-724.— Flint (A.) What shall the public schools teach? In his: Collect, essays, 8°, N. Y., 1903, ii, 365-374.—Geb- liardt (F.) A hazai testi neveles es testgyakorlas ugyerbl. [Training the body at home and bodily ex- ercise.] Gv6gyaszat. Budapest, 1907, xlvii, 631; 648; 665.— tiota* (A.) Fisio-psicologia del entrenamiento. Rev. de med. y cirug. pract., Madrid, 1909, lxxxiii, 289- 30;;.—<;u lick ( L. H.) The biological aspects of ath- letic specialization. Am. Phvs. hMucat. Rev., Brook- lyn, 1903, viii, 70-81— Hartwell (E. M.) On physi- cal training. Rep. Com. Educat. 1903, Wash., 1904, i, 721-757.—Hellsten (A. F.) Lihaksien harjoituksesta (training). Duodecim, Helsinki, 1906, xii, 49-58. -----. Ueber die Einwirkung des Trainierens auf die Leistungs- fiihigkeit des Muskels bei isometrischer Arbeit. Skan- din. Arch. f. Physiol., Leipz., 1907, xix, 218-230. -----. Der Einfluss des Trainierens auf die COrAbgabe bei iso- metrischer Muskelarbeit. Ibid., 1909, xxii, 1-22.—Her- rlngbam (W. P.) On physical training in schools. Lancet, Lond., 1906, i, 468-470.—Hill (L.), Flaek (M.) Juki (T. H.) The influence of oxvgen inhalations on athletes. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1908, ii, 499.—Howard (\X. L.) The phvsiology of strength and endurance. Pop. Sc. Month.. N. Y., 1898, liii, 187-191.— Jundell (I.) & Fries (K. A. F.) Die Anstrengungsalbuminurie; eine Studie iiber die Einwirkung maximaler Korperanstren- gungen (des Sports und des Trainings) auf die Nieren. Nord. med. Ark., Stockholm, 1911, 3. f., xi, afd. 2, no. 2, 1; 69.—liagrange (F.) La psychologie de l'entraine- ment. Rev. de l'hypnot. et psychol. physiol., Par., 1906-7, xxi, 243; 272.—Le IJIarlnel (F.) L'enseignement de la gymnastique et des sports au point de vue de l'hygiene et comme agents therapeutiques. Mouvement hyg., Brux., 1905, xxi, 357-366.—Leonard(F. E.) An outline of the development of physical training in Germany in modern times. Am. Phys. Educat. Rev., Bost., 1899, iv, 1: 1900, v,18.-----. Physical training in the schools of Stock- holm. Ibid., 1901, vi, 1-13. -----. A select bibliography of the history of physical training. Ibid., Brooklyn, 1902, vii, 39^18. -----. The beginnings of modern physical training in Europe. Ibid., Bost., 1904, ix, 89-110. -----. The transition from medieval to modern times; chapters in the history of physical training. Ibid., 1905, x, 189; 281. -----. Chapters from the history of physical training in ancient and medieval Europe. Ibid., Springfield, Mass., 1907, xii, 289-302.—Lielitenlelt (H.) Ueber den Niihr- stoffbedarf beim Training. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, lnoi, lxxxvi, 177-184.—Lydston (G. F.) Briefs on physical training. Am. Med., Phila., 1903, v, 300; 312; 383; 419; 46:?.— .llcDonell (VV. N.) Report on physical training at the Lnited States Naval Academy. U. States Nav. M. Bull., Wash., 1910, iv, 287-289, 2 pl.—McKenzie (B. E.) Physical training; its range of usefulness in therapeutics. Canad. J. M. & S., Toronto, 1900, viii, 299- 314— AIoKenzieiR.T.) The place of physical training in a school system. Montreal M. J., 1900, xxix, 30-36.— Nichols (E."H.) The professional trainer's theory of training. Boston M. & S. J., 1907, clvi, 104-106.—Pachon (V.) Education physique et criteres fonctionnels; les variations de la pression arterielle, critere d'entraine- ment. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1910, lxviii, 869- 871. -----. Sur Pinsuffisance de 1'eLude isolee du pouls pour juger de l'etat d'entrainement; valeur comparee de la sphygmomanometrie. Ibid., 927-930. — Peinbrey (M. S.) The phvsiology of training. Charing Cross Hosp. Gaz., Blandford, 1900-1901, ii, 23-27.-----. The physiological principles of physical training. J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond., 1908, x, 339-350.—Petersen (J.) Enthaltsamkeit als Trainingsregel. Internat. Mo- natschr. z. Erforsch. d. Alkoholismus, Basel, 1910, xx, 313-322.—Pettlt (H. S.) Physical training in school and home. N. York M. J., 1900, lxxi, 772; 817— Bouhet (G.) Considerations sur 1'entrainement athletique. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1904, xxxiv, 503.—Sargent (D. A.) The place for physical training in the school and college cur- riculum. Am. Phys. Educat. Rev., Bost., 1900, v, 1-17. -----. Physical training in school and college; shall it be compulsory? Ibid., Springfield, 1908, xiii, 1-19.—Saxe (G. A.) Rational physical training for women. N.York M. J., 1900, lxxii, 837; 881.—Simpson (F. T.) The need of physical training in our public schools. Am. Phys. Educat. Rev., Brooklyn, 1901, vi, 135-142.— Sponagle (J. A.) Should physical training and especially military drill be compulsory in our schools. Maritime M. News, Halifax, 1903, xv, 439-443.—Toepel (T.) Physical train- ing in the public schools of Atlanta. Atlanta Jour.-Rec. Med., 1902-3, iv, 793-797.—Tyler (J.M.) Physical train- ing for girls of high-school age; the biological point of view. Am. Phvs. Educat. Rev., Springfield, Mass., 1909, xiv, 271-276.—Weiehardt (VV.) Training im Lichte der Immunitatslchre. Festschr. J. Rosenthal [etc.], Leipz., 1906, pt. 2, 271-286.—Whittler (F. N.) Physical training for the mass of students. Am. Phys. Educat. Rev., Bost., 1904, ix, 23-27. TRAINING. Training School of the Buffalo State Asylum for the Insane. See New York (State). Buffalo State Asylum for the Insane. Training School of the . . . Training School for Nursery Maids, New York City. Report of the first practical training school for nursery maids. 16 pp., 1 pl. 16°. [New York], 1893. Opened in November, 1889, in connection with the Babies' Hospital in the City of New York. Training School for Nurses, Brooklyn. See Church Charity Foundation of Long Island, Brooklyn. Training School for Nurses at the Children's Hospital, Boston, Mass. Prospectuses of the training school for the years 1897-9. 8°. Bos- . ton, 1896-8. Training School for Nurses, connected with the Cortland Hospital, Cortland, N. Y. Regula- tions. 2 1. 8°. [Cortland, n. d.] Training School for Nurses, connected with the Royal Victoria Hospital, Montreal. See Royal Victoria Hospital, Montreal. Training School for Nurses, in connection with the Buffalo General Hospital. See Buffalo General Hospital Training School for Nurses. Training School for Nurses, in connection with the Kansas City Homoeopathic Hospital. See Kansas City Homoeopathic Hospital. Training School for Nurses, in connection with the Memorial Hospital, Worcester, Mass. See Memorial Hospital, Worcester, Mass. Training School for Nurses of Danbury Hos- pital. See Danbury Hospital. Training School for Nurses, Elizabeth, N. J. See Elizabeth General Hospital and Dispen- sary. Training School for Nurses. Training School for Nurses, Erie. See Hamot Hospital Association: Training School for Nurses, Erie. Training School for Nurses of the Evansville Sanitarium. Rules of the . . . Information for candidates. 16 pp. 16°. Evansville, Keller Print. Co., 1894. Training School for Nurses. Fabiola Hospital, Oakland, Cal. [Circular of information.] 11. fol. [Oakland, 1896?] Training School for Nurses of the Hospital of the University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia. Senior course of lectures, 1893-4. 2 1. 8°. [Philadelphia, 1893.] ------. Annual reports of the officers. 8., 1894; 10., 1896. 8°. Philadelphia, 1895-7. Training School for Nurses, Iowa Hospital for the Insane, at Clarinda. See Iowa. Iowa Hos- pital for the Insane, at Clarinda. Training School tor Nurses. Training School for Nurses of the Iowa State University Hospital. See Iowa. State Univer- sity of Iowa. University Hospital. Training School for Nurses. Training School for Nurses, Lackawanna Hos- pital, Scranton, Pa. Circular of information. 9 1. 8°. Scranton, The Scranton Truth, 1894. Established in April, 1893. Training School for Nurses, Lawrence, Mass. See Ladies' Union Charitable Society, Law- rence, Mass. Training School for Nurses of the Philadel- phia Polyclinic and College for Graduates in Medicine. Annual report of the training school committee to the corporators, for the year 1896. 18 pp. 8°. [Philadelphia, 1897.] TRAINING. 436 TRAITE. Training School for Nurses, Riverside Hospital, Buffalo, N. Y. Schedule of lectures. Season 1897-8. 2 1. 8°. [Buffalo, 1897.] Training School for Nurses, San Francisco. See Hospital for Children and Training School for Nurses, San Francisco. Training School for Nurses, Toronto General Hospital. [Rules; and questions to be an- swered.] 2 1. 4°. [Toronto, n. d.] Training School for Nurses of the Wilkes- Barre City Hospital. Reports of the annual commencements. 2.-4., 1891-3; 6.-9., 1895-8. 8°. Wilkes-Barre, 1891-8. Training School for Nurses of the Williams- port Hospital, Williamsport, Pa. Annual re- portof the superintendent. 4., 1896-7. 18 pp. 8°. IVdliamsport, Sun Print. Co., 1897. Training School for Nurses of the Woman's Hospital of Philadelphia. Rules of the ... 16 pp. 8°. [Philadelphia, n. d.] Training School for Nurses of the Women's and Children's Hospital, Syracuse, N. Y. Regulations as to admission of pupils. 7 pp. 16°. Syracuse, I). Mason dc Co., 1893. Training School, W. C. A. Hospital, Jamestown, N. Y. Prospectus. 1 sheet. 8°. [Jamestown, n. d.] Train signals. Neweomb (J. R.) The influence of electric, acety- lene and oil headlights upon night operation of trains and train signals. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1912, xxi, 113-127. Trai§nel (Ludovicus Dominicus Josephus). *De variis inguinali in enterocele strangula- tionum speciebus. [Prses. Petrus Sue.] 19 pp. sm. 4°. Paris, M. Lambert, 1776. Trais§ae (Sulpice-Henri-Jean-Louis) [1870- ]. * Contribution a I'etude du traitement des me- trites du col avec entropion. (Le permanga- nate de potasse.) 60 pp., 2 1. 8°. Bordeaux, 1899, No. 30. Traile d'anatomie humaine publie sous la di- rection de Paul Poirier par A. Charpy, A. Nico- las [et al.]. 5 v. roy. 8°. Paris, L. Battaille & Cie., [1892-1902]. Traile de l'apoplexie, paralysie, et autres affec- tions soporeuses developpees par l'experience. Auquel on a joint deux discours latins sur le pre- mier aphorisme d'Hypocrate, et sur le vingt- troisieme de la seconde section du meme au- teur. Par feu M. Marquet. 3 p. 1., 215 pp. 16°; Paris, J.-P. Costard, 1770. Traite du cassis, contenant ses vertus et quali- tes, sa culture, sa composition, son usage, et les effets merveilieux qu'il produit, dans une infi- nite de maladies et de maux, tant pour les hom- ines que pour les animaux. Les vertus et pro- prietes de l'eau de goudron, et la maniere de la faire, et autres remedes tres utiles au public. 24 pp., 2 1. 16°. Nancy, Prault phe, 1749. Bound with: Secrets utiles et eprouv^s dans la pratique de la medecine, etc. 16°. Paris, 1743. Traile des causes physiques et morales du rire, [etc.]. sre Poinslnet de Slvry (Louis.) Traite des causes physiques et morales du rire, [etc.]. 16°. Amsterdam, lTiis. Traite de la cephalatomie [etc.]. See Bon- homme Jean. Traile de chirurgie clinique et operatoire publie sous la direction de MM. A. Le Dentu et Pierre Del bet. 3 v. 8°. Paris, J.-B. Bailliere dc fils, ls9b\ CONTENTS. v. 1. Pathologie generale, maladies de l'appareil tegu- mentaire. v. 2. Maladies des os. v. 3. Articulations, muscles, tendons, gaines et bourses se reuses. Traite de chirurgie, publie sous la direction de MM. Simon Duplay, Paul Reclus, par MM. Berger, Broca, Delbet [etal.]. 8 v. 8°. Paris, G. Masson, 1890-92. ------. The same. 8 v. 2. ed. 8°. Paris, Mas- son dc Cie., 1897-9. Traite sur le climat de 1'Italic See [Thouve- nel (Pierre)]. Traite pour connoitre et guerir la peste [etc.]. See Aanleiding om de thans woedende pest- ziekten [etc.]. Traite de la dissolution du mariage [etc.]. See [Bouhier (Jean)]. Traite des eunuques, [etc.]. See [ Ancillon (Charles)]. Traite des fifivres, [etc.]. See Bontekoe (Cor- nells). Traite d'hygiene et de pathologie du nourrisson et des enfants du premier age. Publie sous la direction de Henri de Rothschild. Preface de Paul Strauss. 3 v. roy. 8°. Paris, 0. Doin, 1904. Traite d'hygiene, publie en fascicules sous la direction de P. Brouardel, A. Chantemesse et E. Ivlosny. 20 fascicules. 8°. Paris, J.-B. Baillib-e, 1905-11. CONTENTS. Fasc. 1. Atmosphere et climat, par J. Courmont & C. Lesieur. Fasc. 2. Le sol et Teau, par J. de Launay, E.-A. Maurel [et al.]. Fasc. 3. Anthropologic hygiene individuelle, Educa- tion physique, par R. Anthony, E. Dupre [et al.L Fasc. 4. Hygiene alimentaire, par J. RougetetC.Dopter. Fasc. 7. Hygiene industrielle, par Leclerc de Pulligny, Boulin [et al.]. Fasc. 8. Hygiene hospitaliere, par L. Martin. Fasc. 9. Hygiene militaire, par J. Rouget et C. Dopter. Fasc. 10. Hygiene navale.parDuchateau, Janet Plante. Fasc. 11. Hygiene coloniale, par Alliot, Clarac [et al.]. Fasc. 12. Hygiene generale des villes et des agglomera- tions communales, par E. Mace\ A. Bluzet [et al.]. Fasc. 13. Hygiene rurale, par Imbeaux et Rolants. Fasc. 14. Approvisionnement communal; eaux pota- bles; abattoirs, marches, par F. Putzeys, E. Putzeys et Piettre. Fasc. 15. Egouts et vidanges; orduresmenageres; cime- tieres, par A. Calmette, Imbeaux et Pottevin. Fasc. 17. Etiologie et prophylaxie des maladies trans- missibles par la peau, etc., par Achalme [et al.]. Fascicules 6,16,18-20 have not yet been published. Traite international de psychologie patholo- gique. Directeur: A. Marie. 3 v. rov. 8°. Pari.% F. Alcan, 1910-11. Traite sur la magie, le sortilege, etc. See [Dau- gis or Daugy]. Traite des maladies de 1'enfance publie sous la direction de J. Grancher, J. Comby, A. B. Marfan. 5 v. rov. 8°. Pan's, Masson dc Cie., 1897. The same. 2. ed. 5 v. 8°. Paris, Masson dc Cie., 1904-5. Traite des maladies des voies urinaires. 2 v. ix, 596 pp.; x, 804 pp. S3. Paris, Masson, 1868-81. v. 1. Maladies de l'urethre, par M. Voillemier. v. 2. Maladies de la prostate et de la vessie, par L. Voil- lemier et A. Le Dentu. Traite de medecine. 4 v. 8°. Paris, 0. Doin dc fils, 1909. CONTENTS. v. 1. Maladies infectieuses et parasitaires; maladies du tube digestif: Bouche, cesophage, estomac, intestin, ap- pendice, par E. Enriquez. . . ,.,.., v 2 Foie, reins, rate, pancreas, pentoine; maladies des glandes a secretion interne; maladies de la nutrition; in- toxications, par A. Laffitte. _ v 3 Maladies du cceur, du pencarde, des arteres, des veines du sang, maladies du nez, du larynx, des bran- ches, du poumon et des plevres, par A. Berge v 4 Maladies du systeme nerveux, par H. Lamy. TRAITE. 437 TRAITEMENT. Traite de medecine operatoire et de therapeu- tique chirurgicale. Publie sous la direction de Paul Berger et Henri Hartmann. roy. 8°. Paris, G. Steinheil, 1902. CONTENTS. Chirurgie de l'ceil, par F. Terrien. Chirurgie orthopedique, par P. Berger et S. Banzet. Chirurgie oto-rhino-laryngologique, [etcl, par Geo. Laurens. Traile de medecine, publie sous la direction de MM. Charcot, Bouchard, Brissaud, par MM. Babinski, Brallet, Brault, [etal.]. v. 1-6. 8°. Paris, G. Masson, 1891-4. -----. The same. 2. ed. v. 9-10. 8°. Paris, Massim d Cie., 1904-5. Traile de medecine et de therapeutique publie sous la direction de MM. P. Brouardel, A. Gil- bert, J. Girode. 10 v. 8°. Paris, J.-B. Bail- Here oi- fils, 1895. Traite de pathologie exotique, clinique et therapeutique. Public sous la direction de Ch. Grail et A. Clarac. roy. 8°. Paris, J.-B. Bailliere dc fils, 1910. CONTENTS. v. 1. Grail (Ch.) & Marchoux (E.) Paludisme. rov. 8°. 1910. v. 2. Gouzien (P.) [et al.]. Parapaludisme et flevres des pays chauds. roy. 8°. 1911. v. 3. Reboul [et al.]. Dengue, fievre jaune, cholera, maladie du sommeil. roy. 8°. 1912. v. 5. Hebrard [et ed.]. Intoxications et empoisonne- ments; beriberi, roy. 8°. 1911. Traite de pathologie generale publie par Ch. Bouchard. Collaborateurs: MM. Arnozan, d' Arson val, [ et al. ]. Secretaire de la redac- tion: G.-H. Roger. 6 v. in 7. 8°. Paris, G. Masson, 1895-6. Traite de pathologie mentale. Publie sous la direction de Gilbert Ballet par D. Anglade, F. S. Arnaud, [et al.]. xiv, 1600 pp., 6 pl. roy. 8°. Paris, 0. Doin, 1903. Traite de physique biologique. Publie sous la direction de D'Arson val, Chauveau, Gariel et Marey. Secretaire de la redaction, Weiss. 2 v. vii, 1150 pp.; 1144 pp. 8°. Paris, Masson dc Cie., 1901-3. Traite pratique d'hydrologie medicale, par P. Jardet et G. Niviere, F. Lavergne, M. Doit- Lambron, T. Heulz, A. Boursier. vii, 471 pp. s°. Paris, 0. Doin, 1896. ------. The same. Prakticheskoye rukovod- stvo po meditsinskoi hidrologii, sostavlennoye P. Jardet, G. Niviere, F. Lavergne, M. Doit- Lambron, L. Heulz i A. Boursier. Perevod s frantsuzskavo pod redaktsiyel A. Zhandra. [Transl. from the French under the editorship of A. Zandr.] 362 pp. 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1901. Traite pratique de medecine clinique et thera- peutique, publie sous la direction de MM. Samuel Bernheim et Emile Laurent. 6 v. 8°. Paris, A. Maloine, 1895. Traite des principales maladies aigues, [etc.]. See R[ichard de Hautesierck (Francois- Marie-Claude), baron]. Traite de radiologic medicale. Public sous la direction de Ch. Bouchard, iii, 1100 pp. roy. 8°. Paris, G. Steinheil, 1904. Traite du seigle ergote. See [Read (Al.- Phil.)]. Traite de stomatologic, publie par Gaillard et Nogue\ 8°. Paris, J.-B. Bailliere dc fils, 1909. CONTENTS. v. 1. Dieulafe & Herpin. Anatomie de la bouche et des dents, xii, 184 pp. 8°. 1909. v. 2. Guibaud [et al.]. Physiologie et baeteriologie, malformations et anomalies de la bouche et des dents, accidents de dentition. 322 pp. 8°. 1910. Traile—continued. contents—continued. v. 5. Nogue [et al.]. Maladies paradentaires; hygiene et prophylaxie de la bouche et des dents. 430 pp. 8°. v. 6. Nogue. Anesthesie. 410 pp. 8°. 1911. v. 8. Dieulafd [et al.]. Maladies chirurgicales de la bouche et des maxillaires. 444 pp. 8°. 1911. Traite theorique et pratique du haschich et autres substances psychiques; cannabis, plantes narcotiques, anesthesiques, herbes magiques, opium, morphine, ether, cocaine, formules et recettes diverses, bols, pilules, pastilles elec- tuaires, opiats. 177 pp. 12°. Paris, Chamuel, 1895 v Traite de therapeutique appiiquee, publie sous la direction de Albert Robin. Fasc. 1-15. 8° Paris, Rueffdc Cie., 1895-7. CONTENTS. Fasc. 1. Traitement des maladies de la nutrition. Fasc. 2. Traitement des maladies des reins. Fasc 3. Traitement des maladies des organes lym- pho'ides. Traitement des intoxications. Fasc. 4, 5. Traitement des maladies infectieuses. Fasc. 6. Traitement des maladies veneriennes. Traite- ment des maladies causees par les agents physiques. Frsc. 7, 8, 9. Traitement des maladies de l'appareil res- piratoire. Fasc. 10. Traitement des maladies de l'appareil eircu- latoire. ------. The same. Specialites. 8°. Paris, 1897. CONTENTS. Fasc. 11. Traitement des maladies de la peau. Pt. 1. Fasc. 12. Traitement des maladies de la peau. Pt. 2. Fasc. 13. Traitement des maladies des oreilles. Fasc. 14. Traitement des maladies des yeux. Fasc. 15. Traitement des maladies mentales. ------. The same. Rukovodstvo k chastnoi terapii. Perevod s frantsuzskavo M. A. Ras- kinoL [Transl. from the French by Raskina.] 10 pts. 8°. S.-Peterburg, [M. Y. Minkoff], 1896-1902. CONTENTS. Pt. 1. Llecheniye bolleznel pitaniya. [Treatment of diseases of nutrition.] Signature 2 (pp. 17-32) wanting. Pt. 2. Llecheniye bolleznel pochek. [Treatment of diseases of the kidneys.] Pt. 3. Llecheniye bolleznel limfoidnikh organov. Llecheniye intoksikatsiy. [Treatment of diseases of lymphoid organs. Treatment of intoxications.] Pts. 4-5. Llecheniye zaraznikh bolleznel. [Treatment of infectious diseases.] Pts. 6-7. Llecheniye bolleznel dikhatelnavo apparata. [Treatment of diseases of the respiratory apparatus.] Pt. 8. Llecheniye bolleznel pecheni i bryushini. [Treatment of diseases of the liver and peritoneum.] Pt. 9. [Treatment of diseases of the intestines.] Pt. 10. Llecheniye bolleznel krovi; llecheniye bollez- nel plevri; llecheniye bolleznel sredstleniya. [Treat- ment of diseases of the blood; treatment of diseases of the pleura; treatment of diseases of the mediastinum.] Traite de therapeutique pratique. Publie' sous la direction de, Albert Robin. Secretaire de la redaction: P.-Emile Weil. v. 1. 961pp. roy. 8°. Paris, Yigotfrlres, 1912. Traitement des alienes. Principes essentiels d'une loi sur cette matiere. Certificats de mede- cins, commission de surveillance. Par E. T. Esquire. 16 pp. 16°. Paris, Vve. Agasse, 1837. Traitement de la dyspepsie, de l'an£mie et de la scrofule par les eaux de Montrond-Geyser. 8 pp. 12°. Saint-Etienne, Theolier d- Cie., 1893. Traitement rationnel de l'epilepsie. 7 pp. 12°. [Paris, J. Lessier, 1888.] Boundwith: Rolland(E.) De l'epilepsie jacksonienne. 8°. Paris, 1888. Traitement de la tuberculose par les injections combiners de tuberculine et dc phosote. 11 pp., 4 1. 8°. Paris dc Bruxelles, Lambiotte frires, [1905]. TRAKHTENBERG. 438 TRAMPS. Traklilenberg (M Lolsellsrailevich or Mikhail] A[leksandrovicli] ) [1862- ]. *Oniekoto- rikh obshtshikh voprosakh stroyeniya tsentral- nolnervnoi sistemi. [Certain general questions as to the structure of the central nervous system]. ii, 92 pp., 1 1., 1 pl. 8°. Kharkov, I. M. Var- sharchik, 1893. ------. Lektsiipobolieznyam serdtsa. [Lectures on diseases of the heart.] 2 pts. x, 197 pp.; vii, 228 pp. 8°. Kharkov, P. A. Breitigam, 1896. CONTENTS. Pt. I. Idiopaticheskiya uvelicheniya serdtsa. [Idio- pathic hypertrophies of the heart.] Pt. II. Bollezni endokardiya. Llecheniye bolleznel serdtsa. [Diseases of the endocardium. Treatment of diseases of the heart.J Trail (Russell Thatcher) [1812-77]. The hydro- pathic encyclopedia; a system of hydropathy and hygiene in eight parts. Designed as a guide to families and students, and a text-book for physicians, v. 1. "viii, 9-504 pp., 5 pl. 12°. New York, Fowler dc Wells, [1851]. ------. The illustrated family gymnasium; con- taining the most improved methods of applying gymnastic, calisthenic, kinesipathic, and vocal exercises to the development of the bodily organs, the invigoration of their functions, the preservation of health, and the cure of diseases and deformities. With numerous illustrations. xv, 17-215 pp., 6 pl. 12°. New York, Fowler dc Wells, [1857]. ------. The true healing art; or hygienic vs. drug medication. An address delivered in the Smithsonian Institute, Washington, D. C, February 12, 1862. 83 pp., 1 pl. 12°. New York, P. T. Trail dc Co., [1862]. ■-----. The true temperance platform; or an exposition of the fallacy of alcoholic medication; being the substance of addresses delivered in the Queen's Concert Rooms, Hannover Square, and in Exeter Hall, London, during the session of the International Temperance Convention, September 2, 3 and 4, 1862. To which is added a discussion between Dr. Trail and Rev. J. C. Hurd, on the modus operandi of alcohol, iv, 162 pp. 12°. New York, P. T. Trail dc Co., 1864. ------. Uterine diseases and displacements; a practical treatise on the various diseases mal- positions and structural derangements of the uterus and its appendages, xv, 53 pl., 167 pp. 12°. New York, Fowler dc Wells, 1881. -----. Popular physiology; a familiar exposition of the structures, functions, and relations of the human system. 223 pp. 8°. New York, Fow- ler d- Wells, 1884. ------. Digestion and dyspepsia; a complete explanation of the physiology of the digestive processes, with the symptoms and treatment of dyspepsia and other disorders of the digestive organs. 160 pp. 8°. New York, Fowler & Wells Co., 1884. ------. The scientific basis of vegetarianism. An address delivered at the eleventh annual meet- i njr of the American Vegetarian Society. 16 pp. s°. [Dunfermline, W. Clark dc Son, n. d.] Si e, also, Graham (Sylvester). Chastity, in a course of lectures [etc.]. 8°. Neu- York, 1857. Tralles (Balthasar Ludovicus) [1708-97]. De methodo medendi variolis hactenus cognita siepe insufficiente, magno pro inoculatione argu- mento. Dissertatio epistolaris. 135 pp. 8°. Vratislaviae, sum j it, J. E. Meyeri, 1761. ------. Vexatissimum nostra aetate de insitione variolarum, vel admittenda, vel repudianda, argumentum, occasionequsestionum ab Antonio Tralles (Balthasar Ludovicus)—continued. de Haensibipropositaruin,abjectooinni partium studio, curatiusevolutum, etexpensum. 240pp. 12°. Neapoli, typ. J. M. Porcelli, 1778. Bound with: deHaen (Antonius). Quaestiones ssepius mot*, etc. 12°. JS'eapoli, 1778. ------. Ueber die Heilkraft des Opiums. Im Auszuge nach dem Lateinischen des Tralles mit Anmerkungen von H. Walther. 1. Theil. Mit einer Einleitung iiber die Wirkungsart iiusseror Einflusse auf thierische Organismen. xii, 216 pp. 8°. Leipzig W. Rein, 1803. For Biography, see Clraetze r (I.) Lebensbilder her- vorrag. schles. Aerzte. 8°. Breslau, 1889,82-85. Also: Ibid., 213. Tralles (Joh. Christian) [ -1698]. [Biography.] In: Graetzer (J.) Lebensbilder hervorrag. schles. Aerzte. 8°. Breslau, 1889, 208. de Tramar, Comtesse. L'amour obligatoire. Les etapes de la vie d'une femme; la carriere de l'homme. 1 p. 1., 585 pp., 1 1. 12°. Paris, P. Dupont, 1909. Trainblay (Louis) [1876- ]. * Contribu- tion a. I'etude de l'aerophagie normale et patho- logique. Physiologie du phenomene. 63 pp., 1 1. 8°. Lyon, 1903, No. 181. Tramblin ( Eugene - Gabriel - Celestin) [1883 ]. * Contribution a I'etude anatomo-topo- graphique du m^diastin anterieur; la loge thy- mique; le fascia endothoracique, leur importance au point de vue de la chirurgie du cceur. 134 pp., 1 1., 7 pl. 8°. Lille, Bigot freres, 1908, No. 39. Trambusti (A[rnaldo]). Ricerche citologiche sul midollo delle ossa nella difterite. 19 pp., 2 1., 1 pl. 8°. Firenze, T. G. Carnesecchi d-figli, 1896.• ------. Leucociti, leucocitosi e leucocitemie. 64 pp. 8°. Milano dc Napoli, F. Vallardi, 1899. Confer, clin. ital., Milano, 1899, 1.-2. s. ------. La febbre mediterranea (setticemia del Bruce). 98 pp. 12°. Palermo, A. Reber, 1908. ------. La lotta contro la malaria in Sicilia. 124 cclxxix pp., maps, diag. roy. 4°. Palermo, stabilimento tipogr. Virzi, 1910. Tramezaigues. See Waters (Mineral), by localities. Tramitz (Eugen Ottomar Ferdinand) [1869- ]. * Einige Arthropathien bei der Behand- lung der Diphtherie mit Behrings Heilserum. 28 pp. 8°. Greifswald, J. Abel, 1896. Tramm (Kurt Hermann Hugo Georg) [1872- ]. * Ueber Enteroanastomose mit beson- derer Beriicksichtigung eines selbst beobachte- ten Falles. 35 pp., 11. 8°. Greifswald, G. Sell, 1897. Tramond. Catalogue d'anatomie comparee et de zoologie. Histoire naturelle complete. 35 pp. 8°. Paris, Arnous de Riviere, 1879. ------. Anatomie, osteologie, accouchements, pathologie, anthropologic. [Catalogue.] 56pp. 12°. Paris, [1889, eel subseq.]. ------. Sciences naturelles, zoologie, anatomie comparee, musces scolaires. [Catalogue.] 44 pp. 12°. Paris, [1891]. Tramonti (Ernesto). Guida alia diagnosi delle affezioni del sistema nervoso. 375 pp. 16°. Roma, Dona, 1909. Trampont (Jules - Victorien - Pierre - Xavier) [1873- ]. *De la fievre typhoid e dans ses relations avec l'etat puerperal. 128 pp., 1 ch. 8°. Lille, 1903, No. 151. Tramps. See Contagion, etc. (Causes of); Vagabonds. TRAMWAYS. Tramways. See Street-railroads. Trance. See, also, Catalepsy; Death. (Apparent); Hypnotism; Lethargy. Latron (C.) Des etats cataleptiques dans les infections et les intoxications. 8°. Paris, 1901. B. (Jeanne), ipouse R. Un cas de transfiguration. Ann. d. sc. psych., Par., 1906, xvi, 34-37.—Baker (S.) A case of recurrent trance posturally induced. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1896, xxiii, 690-692. Also: Louisville M. Month., 1896-7, iii, 315. — Brown (A. M.) Some comments on lethargic stupor or trance as illustrated in the case recentlv reported. Lancet, Lond., 1884, i, 655- 657. Also, Reprint.—Charcot (J.-M.) & Richer (P.) La "transfiguration" du Sacro Monte di Varallo (Val- sesie). N. iconog. de la Salpetriere, Par., 1890, iii, 247, 3pl.—Crothers (T. D.) Trance cases in inebriety. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis.,N. Y., 1886, n.s.,xi, 565-571.—Gaird- ner (W. T.) Case of lethargic stupor, or trance, extend- ing continuously over more than twenty-three weeks, during which life was preserved mainly by feeding with the stomach-tube. Lancet, Lond., 1883, ii, 1078: 1884, i, 5; 56. Also, Reprint.—Garbe (R.) On the voluntary trance of Indian fakirs. Monist, Chicago, 1899-1900, x", 181-500.—Hodgson (R.) A further record of observa- tions of certain phenomena of trance. Proc. Soc. l'sveli. Research, Lond., 1897-8, xiii, 284-582.—Kinney (C. S.) Trance, double consciousness, etc. Quart. J. Inebr , Hartford, 1896, xviii, 56-66.—Moxey (L. L.) Criticism of "experiments with trance phenomena." J. Am. Soc. Psych. Research, N. Y., 1910, iv, 220-226.—Page (C. I.) Recurrent trance. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1900, lviii, 236.— Thwing (E. P.) A clinical and forensic study of trance. Prize essavs contrib. Med.-Leg. Soc, N. Y., 1890, 77-94. Trancon (Henri) [1883- ]. *De l'extirpa- tion trans-anale du rectum cancereux. 54 pp. 8°. Paris, 1909, No. 65. Traniello (V.) L' ospedale militare del Celio a Roma in relazione ai moderni concetti d'igiene ospitalieri. 89 pp., 1 map, 10 plans, 4 pl. 8°. Roma, E. Voghra, 1901. Trail niiih. Spire. Notes sur le Tranninh. Ann. d'hyg. et de med. colon., Par., 1904, vii, 311-326. Trannoy (Albert). *La mythomanie. Etude psychologique et medico-iegale du mensonge et de la tabulation morbides. 81 pp. 8°. Paris, No. 244. Tranquil lit ill in. Linke. Tranquillitium. Therap. Neuheiten, Leipz., 1908, iii, 373. Transactions of the Academy of Medicine of Cincinnati. 1877-86; 1897. 8°. Cincinnati, 1877-98. Transactions of the Academy of Stomatology. 1898. 8°. Philadelphia, 1899. Repr.from: Internat. Dent. J., N. Y. & Phila., 1899, xx. Transactions of the Academy of Surgerv of Philadelphia, v. 1-13, 1899-1911. 8°. Phila- delphia, 1900-1912. Transactions of the Alabama Dental Associa- tion. 1883; 1895. 8°. Montgomery, 1884-95, Transactions of the Alumna? Association of the Woman's Medical College of Pennsylvania. 1.-26., 1876-1901. 8°. Philadelphia, 1877-1901. Transactions of the American Academy of Dental Science. 1893-7. 8°. Philadelphia. Transactions of the American Academy of Ophthalmology and Oto-Laryngology (Oto- Laryngologic Section). 1903; 1906-11. 8°. St. Louis. Transactions of the American Association of Genito-Urinary Surgeons, v. 1-5, 1906-10. 8°. New York. Transactions of [the] American Association of Obstetricians and Gynecologists, v. 1-24, 1888- 1911. 8°. [v. p.], 1888-1912. Transactions of the American Climatological Association, v. 1-27, 1884-1911. 8°. [v. p.] 439 TRANSACTIONS. Transactions of the American Dental Associa- tion. 1860-97. 8°. [v. p.], 1860-98. Continued as: Transactions of the National Dental Association. Transactions of the American Dermatological Association. 1877-98, 1901-9. 8°. [n. p.], 1878-1909. Transactions of the American Electro-Thera- peutic Association. 1892-6; 1898-1900. 8°. [v. p.], 1892-1901. Transactions of the American Gastroentero- logical Association. 1904-10. 8°. [n. p.] Reprints. Transactions of the American Gynecological Society, v. 1-36,1876-1911. 8°. [v. p.], 1877- 1911. Transactions of the American Hospital Asso- ciation, v.7-12,1905-10. 8°. [v. p.], 1905-11. Transactions of the American Institute of Ho- moeopathy. 1865-1906. 8°. [v. p.] Transactions of the American Laryngological Association, v. 1-33, 1879-1912. 8°. [v. p.] Transactions of the American Laryngological, Rhinological and Otological Society. 1896 - 1911. 8°. [v. p.] Transactions of the American Microscopical Society. 1878-1912. 8°. [v. p.] Transactions of the American Ophthalmolog- ic^ Society. 1865-1912. 8°. [v. p.] Transactions of the American Orthopedic As- sociation, v. 1-15, 1887-1902. 8°. [v. p.] Transactions of the American Otological Soci- ety, v. 2.-12, 1869-1912. 8°. [v. p.] Transactions of the American Pediatric Soci- ety, v. 1-23, 1888-1911. 8°. [v. p.] Transactions of the American Proctologic So- ciety. 1908-11. 8°. [v. p.] Transactions of the American Roentgen Ray Society. 1903-4; 1907. 8°. [v. p.] Transactions of the American Society of Civil Engineers, v. 1-34, 1868-95. 8°. New York. Transactions of the American Surgical Asso- ciation, v. 1-30, 1883-1912. 8°. Philadelphia. Transactions of the American Therapeutic Society. 1900-1906; 1910. 8°. [v. p.] Transactions of the American Urological Asso- ciation 1907-8. v. 1-6,1907-12. 8°. Brookline, Mass. Transactions of the Antiseptic Club. Re- ported by Albert Abrams, a member of the San Francisco medical profession. 206 pp., 16 pl. 8°. New York, E. B. Treat, 1895. Transactions of the Arizona Medical Associa- tion. 1898; 1902-4. 8°. [v. p.] Transactions of the Associated Physicians of Long Island. See Transactions of the Asso- ciation of Physicians of Long Island. Transactions of the Association of American Medical Colleges. 1897. 8°. [Philadelphia.] Transactions of the Association of American Physicians, v. 1-26, 1886-1911. 8°. Phila- delphia. Transactions of the Association of Hospital Superintendents, v. 6, 1904. 8°. [n. p.] Transactions (The) of the Association of Mili- tary Surgeons of the National Guard of the United States, v. 1-18,1891-1906. 8°. [v. p.] Continued as: Military Surgeon. Transactions of the Association of Physicians of Long Island, v. 1-3, 1898-1902; v. 7,1905-6. 8°. [v. p.] Transactions of the Berks County Medical Society. 1896-1900. 8°. Reading, 1897-1901. Transactions of the Bombay Medical Congress, 1909. Bombay, 1909. 4°. Bombay, [1910]. TRANSACTIONS. Transactions of the British Congress on Tuber- culosis for the Prevention of Consumption. 4 v., 1901. 8°. London, 1902. Transactions of the British Institute of Pre- ventive Medicine. 8°. London, 1897. Transactions of the British Laryngological, Rhinological and Otological Association, v. 1-5, 1891-5. 8°. London, 1892-5. Transactions o the British Orthopaedic So- ciety. 1894-8. 8°. Birmingham. Transactions of the California State Dental Association. 1902^1. 8°. San Francisco. Transactions of the Canadian Institute, v. 1- 7, 1889-90 to 1901-4. 8°. Toronto, 1891-1904. Transactions of the Chicago Gynecological So- ciety. 1892-3 to 1895-6. 8°. New York. Transactions of the Chicago Pathological So- ciety, from October, 1894, to June, 1912. v. 1-8, 1896-1912. 8°. Chicago. Transactions of the Clinical Society of Lon- don, v. 1-10, 1868-1807. 8°. London. Transactions of the Clinical Society, Univer- sity of Michigan, v. 1, 1909. 8°. Ann Arbor, 1910. Transactions of the College of Physicians of Philadelphia. 3. s., v. 1-31, 1875-1909. 8°. Philadelphia. Transactions of the Colorado State Medical Society. 1894-1902; 1906. 8°. Denver, 1894- 1907. Transactions of the Conference of Domestic Sanitation in Urban and Rural Districts. In- dustrial diseases. The spread of infectious dis- eases. Disposal of the dead and cremation. 309 pp. 8°. London, W. Cloives dc Sons, 1884. [P., v. 2125.] Transactions of the Congress of American Physicians and Surgeons, v. 1-8,1888-1910. 8°. New Haven, Conn., 1889-1910. Transactions of the Connecticut Academy of Arts and Sciences, v. 5-11, 1880-1902. 8°. New Haven. Transactions of the Cremation Society of En- gland. Nos. 23-24, 1910-11. 8°. London. Transactions of the Dental Society of the State of New York. 1869-1901; 1909. h°. [v. p.] Transactions of the Dermatological Society of Great Britain and Ireland, v. 1, 5, 7-10, 1894-5 to 1903-4. 8°. London, 1895-1904. Transactions of the Detroit Medical and Li- brary Association. 1890-91. 8°. Detroit. Repr. from: Physician & Surg., Detroit i?k6w i przesiek6w. [Cryoscopy of exudates and transudates.] Medycyna, Warszawa, 1906, xxxiv, 822; 845.—Meninil (G.) Contributo alia diagnosi differenziale tra essudati e trasudati, con particolare riguardo alle lipasi. Clin. med. ital., Milano, 1905, xliv, 129-146. Also, Reprint.— Merklen (P.), Regnard (M.) & Bonvalent (M.) Recherches sur la reaction de Rivalta. Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1912, lxxxv, 1077-1082.—Miller (J. L.) Exudates and transudates. Tr. Chicago Path. Soc, 1903-4, vi, 116- 120. -----. Transudates and exudates, with report on 75 fluids. Am. Med., Phila., 1904, viii, 835-843. Also. Reprint.—Wloro (G.) La scissione idrolitica della monobutirrina come metodo di differenziazione fra es- sudati e trasudati. Boll. d. r. Accad. med. di Genova, 1905, xx, 203-231. Also: Clin, chir., Milano, 1905, xiii, 817-841.—Neuenkirchen (E.) Ueber die Verwerth- barkeit des spec. Gewichts und des Eiweissgehalts pathologischer Trans- und Exsudate zur klinischen Beurtheilung derselben. St. Petersb. med. Wchnschr., 1889, n. F., vi, 103.—Quincke (R.) Ueber die geform- ten Bestandtheile von Transsudaten. Deutsches Areh. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1881-2, xxx, 580-588. —Ran bi- tschek (H.) Die Cvtologie der Ex- und Transsudate. Centralbl. f. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir., Jena, 1906, ix, 49; 81; 129; 172; 220; 251; 297; 337. —Ravenna ( F.) Sul potere riducente degli essudati e trasudati nei ver- samenti delle sierose. Folia clin. chim. et micros., Salo- maggiore, 1911-12, iv, 74-90.—Rivalta (F.) Sulla diag- nosi differenziale fra essudati e trasudati mediante la prova dell' acido acetico diluitissimo. Policlin., Roma. 1905. xii, sez. med., 437; 494— Runeberg (J. W.) Klinische Studien fiber Transsudationsproces.se im Or- ganismus. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1883-4, xxxiv, 1: 1884, xxxv, 266.—Santini (A.) & Romam (D ) Ricerche comparative sul potere agglutinante ed TRANSUDATES. 447 TRAPP. Transudates and transudation. emolitico degli essudati e trasudati; loro valore diag- nostico differenziale. Policlin., Roma, 1905, xii, sez. med., 1-12.—Savonuzzi (E.) Ricerche cliniche sulla colorazione vitale degli elementi morfologici negli essu- dati e trasudati. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1908, xxviii, 1348- 1350. Also: Riv. crit. di clin. med., Firenze, 1908, ix, 677; 693.—Schrader ( G.) Experimentelle Beitrage zur Kenntnis des Transsudationsvorganges am Bauchfell, sowie zur Kenntnis einiger klinisch wichtigen Eigen- schaften des Glvcerinum officinale. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1903, lxx, 421-452.—Silvestrini. Per la diagnosi differenziale ira essudati e trasudati. Tom- masi, Napoli, 1905-6, i, 97-103.—Tcdesclii \T..) Per la diagnosi differenziale tra essudati e trasudati. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1905, xxvi, 915-919— Trevisan (IT.) Die Oberflachenspannung der Exsudate und Transsudate. Ztschr. f. exper. Path. u. Therap., Berl., 1912, x, 141-149.— Vincenzo (G.) Ricerche sulla diagnosi differenziale fra essudati e trasudati. Policlin., Roma, 190s, xv, sez. med., 326: 366; 422.—Wall). Ueber reine Transsudate. im Mittelohr. Arch. f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1907, Ixxiii, 317- 321— Wilczynskl (T.) Badania cytologiczne wgsie- k6w i przesiekow oplucnej i otrzewnej, oraz plynu m6zgowo-rdzeniowego. [Cytological investigations of exudates and transudates of the pleura and peritoneum, also of the cerebrospinal fluid.] Gaz. lek.. Warszawa, 1906, 2. s., xxvi, 77; 103.—Yamamoto (M.) Unter- suchungen fiber Transsudat und Exsudat. (Erster Be- richt.) Ztschr. f. Mil.-Aerzte, Tokyo, 1911, No. 23, 9-11.— Zeri (A.) Sulla diagnosi differenziale fra essudati e transudate Policlin., Roma. 1903, x, sez. med., 433; 485. -----. Un nuovo carattere differenziale fra essudati e trassudati. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1905, Roma, 1906, xv, 445-447. Also: Policlin., Roma, 1905, xii, sez. prat., 1373. Transvaal. See, also, Fever (Malarial, History, etc., of), Leprosy ( History and statistics of), Plague (History, etc., of), by localities. Fournier die Flaix (E.) Les premiers Boers. Rev. seient.. Par.. 1900, 4. s., xiii, 299-306. — Liengme (G.) Diseases among natives. [Transvaal.] Rep. Brit. Ass. Adv. Sc. 1905, Lond., 1906, lxxv, 556. Transvaal Medical Journal, v. 1-7, 1905-6 to 1911-12. 4°. Johannesburg. Transylvania. See, also, Plague (History, etc.,of), by localities. T. (A.) Az erdelyi balneologiai kirfndulAs. [The Transvlvania balneological excursion.] Budapesti orv. ujsag,'1903, i, 279; 296; 315. Tranzi (Sebastiano). Trattato di peste. Nel quale brevemente se insegna come ciascuno possa preservarsi per non incorrere nella peste, e il modo di curarla. 7 p. 1., 44 pp. sm. 4°. Roma, G. Gigliotto, 1587. Traonouez (Francis-Marie) [1867- ]. * Con- tribution a. I'etude du traitement des varices des membres inferieurs et de leurs complications par la compression; superiorite de la compres- sion par une bande elastique. 88 pp. 4°. Bordeaux, 1893, No. 44. Trapani. See Hospitals (Description, etc., of, by locali- ties; Hygiene (Periodicals relating to). Trape(Emile-Jean-Marie) [1865- ]. *Con- tribution a. I'etude des malformations costales et de la hernie congenitale du poumon. 36 pp., 4 pl. 4°. Bordeaux, 1893, No. 86. Trapenard (Antoine). * Considerations sur l'epithelioma primitif du vagin. 84 pp. 8°. Paris, 1907, No. 210. Trapenard (Gilbert-Claude) [1846-85.] JVIallat (A.) Notice n6crologique. Soc. d. sc. med. de Gannat. C. r., Far., 1886, xl, 11-15. Trapenard (Rene). * Rapports de la leuco- plasie buccale avec la syphilis. 72 pp. 8°. Paris, 1905, No. 298. Trapesontzian (Catherine). * Etude sur le pterygion, pathogenie, anatomie pathologique. [Lausanne.] 52 pp., 5 pl. 8°. Geneve, C. Ev;ige chirurgical de M.Paul Se- gondauxEtats-Unisenls'.iti. Med.mod.,Par., 1897,viii,257. Also,Reprint.—Beamish(J.M.) Alpinetravel; aretro- spect. J. Roy.Army Med.Corps,Lond., 1909,xiii,315-323.— Beck (C.) Eine Ferienreisefiber denatlantischenOzean. Miinehen. med. Wchnschr., 1905, Iii, 1735-1737. — Biffi (S.) Reminiscenze di un viaggio in Germania. Gazz. med. ital. lomb., Milano, 1857-8, 4. s., ii, 35-44. Also, in his: Op. compl., 8°, Milano, 1902, iii, 147-277. —Bose. Eine Reise nach Sumatra und Britisch-lndien. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1906, xxxii, 1420; 1463: 1494.—Bon w ill (W. G. A.) Reminiscences of a Euro- pean trip to the International Medical Congress at Mos- cow, Rn^ia, Aug. 19 to 26, 1897, as a delegate from the American Medical Association and the Odontological So- ciety of Pennsylvania, and of clinics and lectures given in Leipsic, Berlin, St. Petersburg, Copenhagen, Stock- holm, Hamburg, Bremen, Amsterdam, Paris, and Lon- don. Internat. Dent. J., N. Y. & Phila., 1898, xix, 646; 707; 794. Also, Reprint.-Clarkc (A. P.) Notes on my trip to attend the second Pan-American Medical Congress in Mexico City, Nov. 16-19, 1896. J. Am. M. Ass , Chicago 1*97. xxviii, 586-590. Also, Reprint. — < lemm. Line Reise auf der " Amerika" nach Amerika. Med. Woche. Halle a. S., 1907, viii, 2; 14; 26; 38; 50; 62; 74; 86; 98.—Cuur- Travels (Medical and scientific). tault. Un voyage medical en hiver a travers l'Europe. Gaz. med. de Par., 1903, 12. s., iii, 13; 19: 29; 58; 72; 79; 89; 95; 104; 112; 120; 128; 135; 145— Dalil ( R.) An- teckningar fran en studieresa. [Notes from a journey for study.] Allm.sven.Lakartidn..Stockholm,1905,ii,417- 426.— DefoeyreCA.) Voyage universitaireaLondres(aout 190.V). [Extr.] Echo med.du nord,Lille,1905,ix,577-58L— Ilojace (L.) Voyages d'etudes medicales aux stations du Mid-est do la France. Scalpel, Liege, 1903-4, lvi, 136; 165; 166; 173; 188; 196; 203; 211.—Bella Cella (P.) Viag- gio da Tripoli di Barberia alle frontiere occidentali del- 1' Egitto. Ann. di med. nav., Roma, 1912, xviii, suppl., 147, port., 2 ch.-Doberauer (G.) Bericht iiber meine auf Grund der Verleihung der von Krombholzschen Reisestiftung unternommene Studienreise. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1907, xxxii, 276-279.—von Eiselsberg i A.) Aerztliche Reiseeindriicke aus Nordamerika. Wien klin. Wchnschr., 1910, xxiii, 1038-1042.—Fagerlund (L. VV.) Reseberiittelse. [Report of travels.] Finska liik.- sallsk. handl., Helsingfors, 1903, xiv, pt. 2, 357-442.— Faure (J.-L.) Impressions d'Amerique. Presse med., Par., 1904, ii. 476-47X.— Fraenkel (C.) Medizinische Reiseerinnerungen aus Japan u«d China. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1909, lvi, 400-404.—Frouczak (F. E.) Several glimpses, mostly medical, of lands across the seas. Buffalo M. J., 1900-1901, xl, 255-259. Also, Reprint.— FUUeborn & Mayer (M.) Aus den Berichten iiber eine tropenmedizinische Studienreise nach Aegypten, Ceylon, Vorderindien und Ostafrika. Arch. f. Schiffs- u. Tropen-Hyg., Leipz., 1907, xi, 411; 475.—Garrison (F. H.) Richard Bright's travels in lower Hungary; a phy- sician's holiday. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1912, xxiii, 173-182, lpl—Girard (A. C.) Five letters from Europe to Prof. N. Senn. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1894, xxii, 319; 361; 397; 435: 636. Also, Reprint.—Gloaguen. La canonniere le "Capricorne" dans l'Ocean Indien en 1904-5. Arch, de med. nav., Par., 1906, lxxxv, 198-233.— (■reliant. Conference sur l'hvgiene des voyageurs. Rev. seient., Par., 1893, Iii, 97-103.—van Hassel(V.) Par les chemins des Pyr6n6es Atlantiques; voyage d'etudes medicales. Ann. nied.-ehir., Dour, 1906, xiv, 29-44.— Ilengge (A.) Reiseeindriicke aus England und den Vereinigten Staaten. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1911, lviii, 1197-1200.—Hen rot (H.) Voyage d'etudes medi- cales. Union med. du nord-est, Reims, 1900, xxiv, 273- 279.—Herve (H.) Le journal de voyage de Relian. Rev. de l'Ecole d'anthrop. de Par., 1904, xiv, 415-422.— Hesse (W.) Erlebnisse wahrend einer Studienreise in Deutschland, den Vereinigten Staaten von Nord-Ame- rika und England im Jahre 1899. Hyg. Rundschau, Berl., 1903, xiii, 809-829. — Hirsciifoerg (J.) Meine dritte Amerika-Fahrt. Med. Klin., Berl., 1905, i, 1056; 1084; 1191.—Hoffa (A.) Reisebrief aus Amerika. Deut- sche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1904, xxx, 1141.— James (W. P. N.) Notes of interest from across the waters. Am. M. J., St. Louis, 1909, xxxvii, 317-321.— Jones (H. E.) Toronto, New York, Boston. Liverpool M.-Chir. J., 1907, xxvii, 51-57.—Le Meliaute. Notes medicales sur les localites visitees pendant la campagne du "Duguay-Trouin," specialement la Ha vane et Copen- hague (1904-5). Arch, de med. nav., Par., 1906, lxxxv, 133; 161.—Lydston (S. F.) Vacation notes; Honolulu. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1903, xl, 173; 245; 310; 380; 448.— Lynch (R. C.) Some notes from mv visit to foreign clinics. Proc. Orleans Parish M. Soc, N. Orl., 1907,163-168. Also: N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1907, lx, 321-326.—MaoGIIla- vry. Particuliere correspondentie. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1887, xxiii, d. 2, 5S7-592. Also, Reprint— MaeKenna (R. W.) Notes from the diary of a pil- grimage. Liverpool M.-Chir. J., 1908, xxix, 48-60.— Martin ( A. ) Amerikanische Reiseeindriicke. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1908, xiv, 1998-2000.—M^deeins (Les) catholiquesaRome; impressionsdevoyage. J.d.sc.med. de Lille, 1904, i, 441; 465; 491; 511; 532.—Menager (E.) SouvenirsdemonvoyageenCalifornie. Gaz. med.deNan- tes, 1909, 2. s., xxvii, 697; 717; 737— .Hey (E.) Ueber die erste arztliche Studien reise in die deutsch en Nordseebader. St. Petersb. med. Wchnschr., 1902,n.F.,xix, 149-152.—Mol- lison (W. M.) Report of the Arthur Durham travelling student. Guv's Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1910, lxiv, 379-392.— Jniiller (F.) Medizinische Reiseeindriicke [in Ame- rika]. Sitzungsb. d. arztl. Ver. Miinehen (1907), 1908, xvii, 109-132.—Nasi* ( F. S.) Reminiscences, medical and hygienic, of the Arctic. Virginia M. Semi-Month., Richmond, 1897-8, ii, 250-253. Also, Reprint. — Neu- burger. Aerztliche Reiseerinnerungen an Paris und London. Deutsche Vrtljschr. f. off. Gsndhtspflg., Brn- schwg , 1903, xxxv. 321-343.—Nikolski (D. P.) O vra- chebno-sanitarnikh usloviyakh razvledochnikh rabot. [ Medico -sanitarv conditions of exploration works.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Petersb., 1903, ii, 1470-1472.—NystrOin (G.) Fran en studieresa i Amerika. [From a trip in America for study.] Allm.sven. Lakartidn., Stockholm, 1905, ii, 545; 561 -Plelin (F.) Bericht iiber eine Infor- mationsreise nach Ceylon und Indien. Arch, f Schiffs- u.Tropen-Hyg., Leipz., 1899, iii, 273-311.-Proust. I/hy- giene des expeditions coloniales. Progres med., Par., 1895 3. s., i 321-326.— Puuton (J.) Reminiscences of a TRAVELS. 453 TREATISE. Travels (Medical and scientific). recent trip abroad, including visits to the London hospi- tals, museums, libraries, etc. West. M. J., Fort Scott, 1895, vi, 235: 18%, vii, 1— BossDacli (J. R.) Medizinische Reiseeindriicke aus Paris. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1909, lvi, 2272-2274.—Roxburgh (R.) Round the world; a medical traveller's notes. Bristol M.-Chir. J., 1903, xxi, 202-210. — Schilling (C.) Bericht iiber eine Studien- reise nach West-Atrika. Klin. Jahrb., Jena, 1908, xix, 1- 40.—Senn (N.) Travel notes; travel as a moans of post- graduate medical education. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1904, xliii, 261-263. -----. New Zealand; the ocean voy- age; climate; natives: Auckland; Auckland Hospital; medical profession. Ibid., 1082-1084. -----. Australia; its climate, diseases, people, natives; Sydney, hospitals, medical profession. Ibid., 1163-1168. -----. Travel notes; Ceylon. Ibid., 1494; 1573.-----. Around Africa via Lisbon: a medical tour; diseases and hospitals of the East Coast of Africa. Ibid.. 1906,xlvii, 141; 225; 297; 531: 611; 709. Alsn. Reprint.—Suattuok (G. C.) Random medical notes of travel. Boston M.&S. J.,1909, clx.573-581.—Singer iE.) Der Besuch der franzosischen Aerzte in Berlin. Med. Woche,Hallea.S.,1906,vii,364-366.-----. Sechstearztliche Studienreise [durch Wurtternberg]. Ibid.,-13Q.—Sven- son^F.) NigraintryckfranenvistelseiParisochHeidel- berg. [Some impressions of a visit to Paris and Heidel- berg.] Hygiea, Stockholm, 1902, n.f.,ii,455-471.—Talbot (E. S.) A trip to the Pacific coast and Alaska in Julv, 1905. Illinois M. Bull., Chicago, 1905-6, vi, 444; 469; 495.—Telle. Notes medicales sur la mission hvdrographique du "Vaucluse." Arch.demed.nav.,Par., 1910,xeiii, 321-336 — Thoinsen-von Colditz (G.) A motorcycle trip to Paris and a visit to London. Illinois M. Bull., Chicago, 1905-6, vi, 474-477.—Tobin (J.) Notes made during a tour at D'thalla in the Aden hinterland. J. Rov. Army Med. Corps, Lond., 1907, viii, 540-543.—Travel notes. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1904, xliii, 261; 328; 403; 462: 547. — Treutlein (A.). Ostafrikanische Reisebriefe. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1905, Iii, 1459; 1510.— Tselierning (E. A.) Rejsebrew fra Ceylon. [Itine- rant letter from . . . ] Ugesk. f. Lseger, Kjobenh., 1911, Ixxiii. 1955: 1912, lxxiv, 72; 260; 293.—Visit of French phvsieians and surgeons to London, October, 1904. Lan- cet, Lond., 1904, ii, 1111-1116. Also: Brit, M. J., Lond., 1904, ii, 1032-103*.—Wei**mann (R.) Randglossen zur sechsten arztlichen Studienreise. Aerztl. Rundschau, Munchen, iy06. xvi, 553-555.—Wide (O.) Strodda re- seintryck och reflexioner. [Miscellaneous travel impres- sions "and reflexions] Lira. Stockholm, I9u2, xxvi, 70; 95.—Williams (L.) Voyages d'etudes medicales. J. Balneol. & Climat., Lond., 1W4, viii, 2/6-282.—von Winekel (F. i Eine Studienreise in der neuen Welt. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1894, xli, 7; 31; 53; 71; 92. Also: Sitzungsb. d. arztl. Ver. Munchen (1893), 1894, iii, 177-212 (incl. 2 1. tab.).—Wood (C. A.) A few observations of some eastern European towns and hospitals. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1897, xxix, 692-695. -----. A winter cruise to the Orient; extracts from a private log-book. Montreal M. J., 1908, xxxvii, 549-586. Also, Reprint. Tra ver (Lorenzo) [1*34-1903]. In memoriam. Albany M. Ann., 1903, xxiv, 672. Travers (Benjamin) [1783-1858]. Notes to a synopsis of the diseases of the eye. 30 pp. 8°. London, G. Woodfatt, 1821. Bound with his: A synopsis of the diseases of the eye [etc.]. 8°. London, 1820. -----. An inquiry concerning that disturhed state of the vital functions usually denominated constitutional irritation. 2. ed. xv, 438 pp. 8°. London, Longman [et al.], 1827. ------. Observations in surgery, viii, 230 pp. 8°. London, Longman [et al.], 1852. See, also, Cooper (Sir Astley Paston) & Travers (Benjamin). GSuvres chirurgicales [etc.]. 8°. Paris, 1823. For Biography, see Diet. Nat. Biog., Lond., 1899, lvii, 158 (D'A. Power). Travers (Morris W.), Gwyer (A. G. C.) & Usher (F. L.) Researches on the attainment of very low temperatures. Part II. Further notes on the self-intensive process for liquefying gases. 14 pp. 8°. Washington, 1906. Travers (William) [1813-1906]. Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1907, i, 115. Also: Lan- cet, Lond., 1907, i, 61. Also: Univ. Durham Coll. Med. Gaz., Newcastle, 1906-7, vii, 66, port. Traverse (Paul) [1871- ]. * Etude sur les dispensaires pour enfants malade.s ii Paris. S3 pp. 8°. Paris, 1899, No. 178. Traverse City. See Insane (Asylums for, Description, etc., of), by localities. Traversier (Jacques) [1876- J. *Traite- ment de la choree par les injections de cere- brine. [Lyon.] 70 pp., 11. 8°. Saint-Eti- enne, 1902, No. 165. Tra verso (Ant inio). Tesi. [Della digestione; della carie; dei segni della gravidanza.] 2 1. 4°. Genova, 1820. [P. v. 2-145.] Travis (Thomas). The young malefactor; a study in juvenile delinquency, its causes and treatment. With an introduction by the Hon- ' orable Ben B. Lindsev. xxviii. 243 pp., 1 1., 13 pl. 8°. New York, T. Y. Crowell dc Co., i [1908]. Travisia. I>u Ileau (L.) Sur la structure del'epiderme de Tra- visia forbesii Johnston. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1908, cxlvi, 840-842. Travois. Reno (W.) A new travois; a plea for its addition to the equipment of ambulance companies. Mil. Surgeon, Wash, 1912, xxxi, 694-705. Trawick (A[ndrew] M.) Hippocratic oath. 1 1. 8°. Memphis, 1899. Repr. from: Memphis M. Month., 1899, xix. Trajanoff (Spiridon). * Recherches cliniques sur la diplacousie. [Geneve.] 64 pp. 8°. Sophia, 1893. Trazit (Eugene). * Contribution a I'etude de l'ectopierenale. [Toulouse.] 62 pp. 4°. Saint- Flour, 1895, No. 69. Tre consulti, o disamine fatte in difesa dell' in- nesto del vaiuolo da tre dottissimi teologi toscani viventi, e rivedute da essoloro. Edizione se- conda. [Disaminadel . . . Padre Giovanni Lo- renzo Berti; disamina del . . . Padre Francesco Raimondo et dami; disamina del . . . Signor Gaetano Veraci.] xxi, 114 pp. 8°. Pisa, G. P. Giovanelli dc Co., 1763. Treacle. Colwell (H. A.) An old-world remedv [treacle]. Middlesex Hosp. J., Lond., 1910, xiv, 44-49. Treacy (Michael) [ -1899]. Necrology. J. Comp. M. & Vet. Arch., Phila., 1899, xx, 516. Treadwell (Aaron L.) Polycha;tous annelids of the Hawaiian Islands. Collected by the steamer Albatross in 1902. pp. 1147-1181, ii. 8°. Washington, 1906. Treadwell (Frederick] P[earson]) [1857- ]. Analytical chemistry. Transl. (withthe author's permission) from the 2. German ed. by William T. Hall. 2 v. xiv, 466 pp.; 1 pl.; xii, 654 pp. 8°. New York, J. Wiley dc Sons, 1903-4. Treasury Department. Public Health and Ma- rine-Hospital Hen ice of the TJn iled States. Hygienic Laboratory. Bulletins Nos. 1-85. 8°. Wash- ington, Gov. Print. Office, 1900-12. Treasury (The) of human inheritance. Pts. 1 & 2. 38 pp., 13 pl. 4°. London, Dulau dc Co., 1909. University of London. Francis Galton laboratory for national eugenics. Eugenics laboratory memoirs, 6. -----. The same. Pt. 3. iv, 37-79 pp., 11 pl. 4°. London, Dulau dc Co., 1909. University of London. Francis Galton laboratory for national eugenics. Eugenics laboratory memoirs, 9. Treat ( Mary). Some microscopic housebuilders. pp. 535-537. 8°. New York, 1898. Cidting from: Godey's Mag., N. Y., 1898, exxxvi. Treatise (A) of the asthma, Tete.]. See [Floyer (John)]. TREATISE. 454 TREDEGAR. Treatise (A) on diseases of the eye, nose, throat, and ear. For students and practitioners by va- rious authors. Ed. William Campbell Posey and Jonathan Wright, xiv, 19-1238 pp., 35 pl. 8°. PhiladeP.diia, Lea Bros, dc Co., 1902. -----. Thesame. xiv, 18-1238 pp., 35 pl. 8°. Philadelphia, Lea Bros, dc Co., 1903. Treatise (A) of feavers, [etc.]. See [Calmette (Francois)]. Treatise on gonorrhoea and syphilis. See [Cooper (Sir Astley Paston)]. Treatise (A) on the Greenbrier White Sulphur Springs and its waters. 48 pp. 16°. Baltimore, 1882. -----. Thesame. 30pp. 16°. Richmond, Va., Everett, Waddey dc Co., 1886. -----. The same. 34 pp., 1 plan. 16°. Rich- mond, A. Hoenx Co., 1893. Treatise (A) on the hair. 24 pp. 12° Nashua, N. H, R. P. Hall dc Co., [1876]. Treatise (A) on human anatomy by various authors. Edited by Henry Morris, xxxii, 1310 pp. 8°. London, J. dc A. Churchill, 1893. -----. The same. 3. ed. xxxiv, 1328 pp. 8°. London, J. dc A. Churchill, 1902. -----. The same. Human anatomy. A com- plete systematic treatise by various authors, including a special section ou surgical and topo- graphical anatomy. Edited by Henry Morris. xxxii, 1286 pp. S°. Pliiladelphia, P. Blakiston, Sie. 14 pp. 8°. Bougie, Stamel dc Albano, [n. d.]. Treille (Georges). Principes d'hvgiene colo- niale. iv, 272 pp. 8°. Paris, G~. Carre dc C. Naud, 1899. Treille (Roger) [1881- ]. *De la cachexie paludeenne. 132 pp. 8°. Paris, 1908, No. 2. ------. The same. 132 pp. 8°. Paris, A. Ma- loine, 1908. Treille's law. Koziell (L.) Verification de la loi de Treille en pays palustre. Rev. med. de l'Afrique du nord, Alger, 1905, viii, 200-204. Trelman (I. I.) * Material! k izucheniyu poch- vennavo vozdukha pod zhilimi pomieshshe- niyami. [Ground air under dwellings.] 44 pp., 2 1., 4 tab. 8°. Yuryev, Shnakenburg, 1901. Pharmacy. Treitel (Franz) [1874- ]. * Beitrage zur Aetiologie der akuten gelben Leberatrophie. 28 pp., 1 1. 8°. Munchen, C. Wolf dc Sohn, 1902. Treitel (Leopold). Ueber Aphasie im Kindes- alter. In: Samml. klin. Vortr., n. F., Leipz., 1893, No. 64 (In- nere Med., No. 22, 629-654). ------. Grundriss der Sprachstorungen, deren Ursache, Verlauf und Behandlung. iv (11.), 100 pp. 8°. Berlin, A. Hirschwald, 1894. ------. Ueber das Wesen und den Wert der Horiibungen bei Taubstummen und hochgradig Schwerhorigen. 28 pp. 8°. Jena, G. Fischer, 1898. Forms 11. Hft., v. 2, of: Klin. Vortr. a. d. Geb. d. Otol. u. Pharyngo-Rhinol., Jena. -----. Ohr und Sprache oder iiber Horpriifung mittelst Sprache. 16 pp. 8°. Jena, G. Fischer, 1902. Forms 7. Hft., v. 5, of: Klin. Vortr. a. d. Geb. d. Otol. u. Pharyngo-Rhinol. See, also, Jacobson (Julius). Mittheilungen aus der Konigsberger Universitats-Augenklinik, 1877-9. 8°. Ber- lin, 1880. Treitz (W[enceslaus]) [1819-72]. Hernia re- troperitonealis. Ein Beitrag zur Geschichte innerer Hernien. 1 p. 1., 150 pp., 4 pl. 8°. Prag, F. A. Credner, 1857. Treitz's hernia. See Hernia. (Retroperitoneal). Treitz's muscle. (rymble (P. T.) The muscle of Treitz and the plica duodeno-jejunalis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1910,ii, 1156-1159.— Low (A.) A note on the crura of the diaphragm and the muscle of Treitz. J. Anat. & Physiol., Lond., 1907-8, xln, 93-96. TREKAKI. 457 TREMATODA. Trekaki ( Pandia ) [ 1863- ]. *Du meat ureteral artificiel (greffe de l'uretere ii la paroi laterale ou posterieure de l'abdomen); etude j clinique et experimentale. 86 pp., 1 1. 4°. I Paris, G. Steinheil. 1892, No. 157. -----. Les greffes ureterales. iv, 138 pp. 12°. Paris, A. Maloine, 1899. -----. De la bilharziose urinaire; etude cli- nique. 50 pp. s°. Alexandrie, J. Angelo, 1903. Trelaiin (Paul). *Des paranoias avec halluci- nations. 66 pp. 8°. Toulouse, 1905, No. 635. Trelat (Emile) [ -1907]. Questions de sa- lubrity, vii, 434 pp. 8°. Paris, Plon-Noun-d d- Cie., 1905. For Biography, see Rev. d'hyg., Par.,1907. xxix, 961; 1074. Trelat (G.) A mon pere Emile Trelat, a ma mere; inauguration de leur monument fune- bre, 30 octobre lii08. 10 pp. 8°. Paris, La- hure, [190S]. Trelat (Ulysse) [1828-90]. M6moire sur les fractures de l'extremite inferieure du femur. 62 pp. 8°. Pari.*, Rignoux, 1S54. Repr.from: Arch. gen. de med., Par., 1854, ii. ------. Rapport sur la fracture d'un seul condyle du femur. 11 pp. 8°. [Paris, Moquet, 1863.] Repr.from: Bull. Soc. anat., Par., 1863, xxxviii. -----. Discussion sur l'urethrotomie interne; resultats: mortality; nouvel urethrotome agis- sant dans les deux sens. 19 pp. 8°. [Paris, H. Plon, 1864.] Repr.from: Bull. Soc de chir.de Par.(lS63 ,1864, 2.5., iv. ------. Expose destitres et travaux scientifiques du Dr. Ulysse Trelat. 34 pp. 8°. Paris, E. Martinet. 1S68. ------. De la tracheotomie dans les lesions syphi- litiques des voies respiratoires. 32 pp. 8°. Paris, V. Masson dc fils, 1869. -----. Eloge de Vel peau prononce" a la seance solennelle de la Societe de chirurgie le 20 Janvier 1869. 19pp. SD. Paris, V. Masson dfils, 1869. See. also, Emmet (Thomas Addis). La pratique des maladies [etc.]. s°. Paris, 1n>7. — katteux (Paul). Manuel de technique [etc.]. bz. Paris. 1^7. For Biography, see Bull, et mem. Soc de chir. de Par., 1893, n.s.. xix, 20-35 (C. Monod). Also: Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1893, lxvi, 65-70. For Portrait, see Corlieu (A.) Centenaire Fac. de med. de Par. 4°. Paris, ltyo. ------. See, also: Trelat (G.) A mon pere Emile Trelat, a ma mere, inauguration de leur monument funebre, 30 octobre 1908. 8°. Paris, [1908]. Trelat's sign. de Boucaud (J.-L.) Contribution a I'etude des naevi considered comme un signe de mali- gnity dans les tumeurs (signe de Trelat), no- tamment dans les tumeurs malignes profondes de l'abdomen. 8°. Bordeaux, 1904. Benuee (M.) Ln symptome de malignite (signe des nsevi de Trelat) applicable aux tumeurs profondes de l'abdomen et du bassin. Rev. de mal. cancer., Par., 1899, iv, 146-156. -----. Un sympt6me de malignite (signe des nsevi de Trelat) applicable aux tumeurs intra-pelviennes. Cong. nat. period, de gvnec., d'obsteL et de peediat., Rouen, 1904, iv, 234-236. Trelawney (George). Da a cottage hospital; a novel, viii, 241 pp. 12°. London, T. Werner Ixiurie, [1911]. Trelease (William). An unusual phyto-bezoar. pp. 493-497, 1 pl. 8°. St. Louis, 1897. Cutting [cover with printed title] from: Tr. Acad. Sc, St. Louis, 1897, vii. Trella (J.) Praktische Schonheitspflege. Aerztlicher Ratgeber bei alien kosmetischen Krankheiten und praktische Anleitung zur hy- gienischen Kosmetik der Haut, Haare und Nagel fiir gebildete Laien. vi.i, 168 pp. 12°. Leipzig, F. Bierey, 1911. Treiiiaine (Annie M.) The treatment of status epilepticus, with reportof two cases. 6pp. 8°. New York, 1904. Repr.from: N. York M. J. [etc.], 1904, lxxx. Tremaine (William Scott) [1S3S-08]. In memoriam. Buffalo M. J., 1897-8, xxxvii. 523. Tremant (A.) [1867- ]. *Dessignesde Vac- couchement recent et ancien au point de vue medico-legal. 65 pp., 1 1. 4°. Paris, 1893, Xo. 352. Tremataspitla?. Patten (W.) On the structure and classification of the Tremataspidse. Am. Naturalist, Bost., 1902, xxxvi, 379-393. Treniatoda. See, also, Distoma; Fasciola; Gastrodiscus; Opistorchis; Paragonimus; Schistosoma; Schistosomidae. Feuvrier-Laforet (C.) *Les fasciolidte, parasites de l'homme. Contribution a I'etude des maladies a trematodes. 8°. Paris, 1907. Pagexstecher (H. A.) Trematodenlarven und Trematoden. Helminthologischer Beitrag. 4°. Heidelberg, 1857. Sixitsix (D. F.) Distomi rib i lyagushek okrestnostel Varshavi; material! dlya yestes- tvennol istorii trematod. [Distomata of fishes and frogs of the Warsaw neighborhood; data on the natural history of trematoda.] S°. [Warsaw, 1905-6.] Stiles (C. W.) Frogs, toads, and carp (Cy- prinus carpio) as eradicators of fluke disease. 8°. Washington, 1902. Cutting [cover with printed title] from: Rep. Bureau Animal Indust., Wash., 1901, xviii, 220-222. -----. Illustrated key to the trematode parasites of man. 8°. Washington, 1904. de la Valette St. George (A. J. H.) * Symbolse ad trematodum evolutionis historiam. 4°. Berolini, 1854. Walter (E.) * Untersuchungen fiber den Bau der Trematoden. Monostomum trigono- cephalum Rud., Reticulare van Ben., Proteus Brandes. 8°. Halle a. S., 1893. Ariola (V.) Due nuovi trematodi parassiti dell' uomo. Clin. nud. ital., Milano, 1905, xliv, 607-609.—Barker (F. P. i & Lautrhlin (J. W.) A new species of trema- tode from the muskrat. Fiber zibethicus. Tr. Am. Micr. Soc, Decatur, 111., 1911, xxxi, 261-273, 1 pl.—Bloch- niann (F.) & Bettendorf (H.) Ueber Muskulatur und Sinneszellen der Trematoden. Biol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1*95, xv, 216-220.—Brandes (G.) Zur Frage des Beirattuntr^aktex bei den entoparasitischen Trematoden. (Vntralbl. f. Bakteriol. u. Parasitenk., Jena, 1891, ix, 264- 267.—Bra tin (M.) Die Wohnsitze der endoparasitischen Trematoden. Had., 1*93, xiii, 465-468. -----. Tremato- den der Dahl'schen Sammlung aus Neu-Guinea, nebst Bemerkungen iiber endoparasitische Trematoden der Cheloniden. Ibid., 1899, xxv, 714-725. -----. Weitere Mitteilungen iiber endoparasitische Trematoden der Che- lonier. Ibid., xxvi, 627-632. -----. Einige Bemerkungen iiber die Fascioliden der Chiroptera. Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1900, xxiii, 3s7-391. -----. Trematoden der Bursa Fa- bricii, des Eileiters und der Eier der Vogel. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1901, xxix, 12-19.-----. Zur Revision der Trematoden der Vogel. Ibid., 560; 895; 941. -----. ZurVerstandiLruntruberdieGultigkeiteiniger Namen von Fasoioliden-Gatttingen. Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1901, xxiv. ,i.5-."is. — Itriot (A.) Nouvelle espece de tre- matode, Mieroeotyle draeonis n. sp. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par.. 1904, lvi, 120.—Catto (.1.) A new trema- tode. Brit. M. ,T., Lond . 1904. ii, 663.—02, xxv. 712-718. -----. Zur Kenntnis einiger Trematoden. Central!)], f. Bakteriol. [etc], 1. Abt., Jena, 1903, xxxiv, 35-42.— t'ole (.L^ J.) A trematode epidemic among Eng- lish sparrows. Science. X. Y. A: Lancaster. Pa., 1911, n. s., xxxiii, 853. — Conyiiiiliam ( H. F.) A new trematode of man i AinphiMmna WatMinil. Brit. M. J., Lond.. 1904, ii,663. Also: J. Trop. M.. Lond., 1901, vii, 252.—Fiebljjer (J.) Ueberdurch Trematoden verursachte Hantwuche- rungen bei Zeus faber und das subkutuue Vorkommen von Trematodencysten. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt, Jena, 1908, xlvii, 62-69.—Fulirmann (0.) On the anatomy of Prosthecocotyle torulosa (Linstow) and TREMATODA. 458 TREMATODA. Trematoda. Prosthecocotyle heteroclita (Dies.). Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb. (1897-9), 1900, xxii, 641-651,1 pl. -----. Neue Tre- matoden. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. fete], 1. Abt., Jena, 1904, xxxvii, 58-64.—Garrison (P. E.) A new intestinal trematode of man (Faseioletta ilocan a,gen. no v., sp. no v.). Philippine J. Sc, Manila, 1908, iii, 385-393, 2 pl.—Giard (A.) Sur un distome (Brachyccelium sp.) parasite des pelecypodes. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1897,10. s., fV) 956. -----. Sur les trematodes margaritigenes du Pas- de-Calais (Gymnophallus somaterise Levinsen etG. bursi- colaOdhner). Ibid.. 1907,lxiii,416-420.—Gilbert(N.C.) Occurrence of Echinostomum spinulosum, Rud. Am. Naturalist, Bost., 1905, xxxix, 925-927.—Goldberger (J.) A new trematode (Styphlodora bascaniensis) with a blind Laurer's canal. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Wash., 1911, xl, 233-239. Also, Reprint. Also [Abstr.]: J. Trop. M. [etc.], Lond., 1911, xiv, 152.—Gold berger (J.) & Crane (C. G.) 1. Some known and three new endoparasitic trematodes from American fresh-water fish. 2. On some new para- sitic trematode worms of the genus Telorchis. 3. A new species of Athesmia (A. Foxi) from a monkey. Treas. Dep. Pub. Health & Mar.-Hosp. Serv. U. S. Hyg. Lab. Bull. No. 71, Wash., 1911, 7-57, 8 pl— Goldsehmidt (R.) Eischale.SchalendriiseundDotterzellen der Trematoden. Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1909, xxxiv, 481-498.—Gonder (R.) Ityogonimus lorum (Dujardin). Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1910, liii, Orig., 169-174,1 pl.—Greefi'. Trematoden im Auge. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1906, xliii, 25.—von Gronkowski (C.) Zum feineren Bau der Trematoden. Polnisch. Arch. f. biol. u. med. Wissensch., Lemberg, 1902, i, 510-536,1 pl.-Hausniaiin (L.) Leber Trematoden der Susswasserfische. Centralbl. f. Bakte- riol. [etc.], 1. Abt, Jena, 1896, xix, 389-392. -----. Zur Faunistik der Vogeltrematoden. Ibid., 1899, xxvi, 447- 453.—Heider (C.) Ueber einen merkwiirdigen Para- siten aus derGruppe der Trematoden. Ber. d. naturw.- med. Ver. in Innsbruck, 1897-9, xxiv, p. xii.—Hein (W.) Zur Epithelfrage der Trematoden. Ztschr. f. wissensch. Zool., Leipz., 1904, lxxvii, 546-585, 3 pl.—Hollaek (Jo- hanna). Die Hiiuftekeit der Trematoden bei Rana escu- lenta Lin. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1905, xxxviii, 199.—JUgerskiold (L. A.) Kleine Bei- trage zur Kenntnis der Vogeltrematoden. Ibid., 1908, xlviii, Orig.,302-317.—Katsurada (F.) On an endemic disease in the Yamanashi Prefecture (an investigation on a special parasite previously unknown in this Empire). Sei-i-Kwai M. J., Tokyo, 1904, xxiii, 126; 135; 149:1905, xxiv, 1—Linton (E.) The process of egg-making in a trema- tode. Biol. Bull., Lancaster, Pa., 1908, xv, 19-26.—Looss (A.) Ueber einige Distomen der Labriden des Triester Hafens. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1901, xxix, 398; 437. -----. Ueber Trematoden aus Seeschild- krotenderegyptischenKiisten. iML,xxx,555;618.-----. Zur Kenntnis der Trematodenfauna des Triester Hafens. Ibid., 1902, xxxi, 637: xxxii, 115. -----. Ueber einige neue Trematoden der iigyptischen Fauna. Ibid., 1907, xliii, Orig., 478-490.—Hi lie (M.) Ueber Hemiuriden (ein Bei- trag zur Svstematik der digenetischen Trematoden). Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1901, xxiv, 394; 488.—McAlpine (D.) Remarks on a fluke parasitic in the copper-head snake. Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria 1890, Melbourne, 1891, n. s., iii, 40- 43—MacCallum (W. G.) Heronimus chelydrae, nov. gen. nov. sp.; a new monostome parasite of the American snapping-turtle. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1902, xxxii, 632-636.—JWaclaren (N.) Beitrage zur Kenntnis einiger Trematoden (Diplectanumsequans Wa- gener und Nemathobothrium molae n. sp.). Jenaische Ztschr. f. Naturw., Jena, 1903-4, xxxi, 573-618,3 pl. -----. Ueber die Haut der Trematoden. Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1903, xxvi, 516-524.—1Wegnin (P.) Sur l'Holostomum platy- cephalum, parasite de la mouette rieuse (Larus ridibun- dus). Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1891, 9. s., iii, 323.— Monticelli (S.) II genere Acanthocotvle. Arch, de parasitol.,Par., 1899, ii, 76-120, 3pl.—fflttliling (P.) Bei- triige zur Kenntnis einiger Trematoden. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1896, xx, 588-590.— Nick- erson (W. S.) On the occurrence of Distomum ovocau- datum Vulpian in American frogs. Zool. Bull., Bost., 1897-8, i, 261-264.—Nlcoll (W.) Parorchis acanthus, the type of a new genus of trematodes. Quart. J. Micr. Sc, Lond., 1907-8, li, 345-355, lpl. -----. Studies on the struc- ture and classification of the digenetic trematodes. Ibid., 1908-9, liii, 391-487, 2 pl. -----. On three new trematodes from reptiles. Proc. gen. meet. . .. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1911, pt. 3, 677-686,1 pl. -----. On two new trematode para- sites from British food-fishes. Parasitology, Cambridge, 1912, v, 197-202, 1 pl— Odhner (T.) Aporocotyle sim- plex n. g. n. sp., ein neuer Typus von ektoparasitischen Trematoden. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. A bt., Jena, 1900, xxvii, 62-66. -----. Zum naturlichen System der digenen Trematoden. Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1911, xxxvii, 181: xxxviii, 97.-----. Ssinitzins: Studien iiber die Phy- logenie der Trematoden. Ibid., xxxvii, 215-217. -----. Zum naturlichen System der digenen Trematoden. Ibid., 237-253. -----. Pronopharynx nematoides L. Cohn; der umgekehrte Hinterkorper einer Holostomide! Ibid., xxxviii, 391. -----. Zum naturlichen System der digenen Trematoden. Ibid., 97; 513. -----. Die Homologien der Trematoda. weiblichen Genitalwege bei den Trematoden und Cesto- den; nebst Bemerkungen zum naturlichen Svstem der monogenen Trematoden. Ibid., 1912, xxxix, 337-351.— Osborn (H. L.) Development of the gill in fasciolaria. Johns Hopkins Univ. Stud. biol. lab., Bait., 1884-7, iii, 217-225, 1 pl. -----. Observations on the parasitism of Anodonta plana Lea by a distomid trematode, at Chau- tauqua, New York. Zool. Bull., Bost., 1897-8, i, 301-310. -----. Notes on the trematodes of Lake Chautauqua, N. # Y. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1902, n. s., xv, 673. -----. Bunodera cornuta sp. nov., a new parasite from the crayfish and certain fishes of Lake Chautauqua, N. Y. Biol. Bull, Lancaster, Pa., 1903-4, v, 63-73. -----. On the distribution and mode of occurrence in the United States and Canada of Clinostomum marginatum, a trematode parasitic in fish, frogs, and birds. Biol. Bull. Woods Hole, Mass., 1910-11, xx, 350-366, 1 pl. -----. On the structure of Clinostomum marginatum, a trematode parasite of the frog, bass and heron. J. Morphol., Phila., 1912, xxiii, 189- 223, 3 pl. -----. On some points in the organization of specimensof Loxogenesarcanum Nickerson, from Minne- sota, U. S. A. Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1912, xxxix, 550-556.— Pelseneer (P.) Un trematode produisant la castration parasitaire chez Donax trunculus. Bull, seient. de la France et de la Belg., Par., 1895, 4. s., vi, 367-363", 1 pl.— Poclie (F.) Einige Bemerkungen zur Nomenclatur der Trematoda. Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1906-7, xxxi, 124-126 — Poirier (J.) Contribution a l'histoire des trematodes. Arch, de zool. exper. et gen. Hist. nat. [etc.], Par., 1885, 2. s., iii, 465-624, 8 pl. —Pratt (H. S.) The trematodes. Am. Naturalist, Bost., 1900, xxxiv, 645-662.-----. Parallel development in trematodes. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1908, n. s., xxvii, 489. -----. The cuticula and sub- cuticula of trematodes and cestodes. Am. Naturalist, Lancaster, Pa., 1909, xliii, 705-729.— Bailliet (A.) Tre- matodes hepatiques des oiseaux. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1900,11. s., ii, 239-242.—Railliet (A.), Henry (A.) & Joyeux (C.) Sur deux trematodes de primates. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1912, v, 833-837.—Roden- vvaldt (E.) Ein neuer Trematode Fasciolopsis Fiille- bornii n. sp. Beihfte. z. Arch. f. Schiffs- u. Tropenhyg., Leipz., 1909, xiii, 75. — Rossbaeli (E.) Beitrage zur Anatomie und Entwicklungsgeschichte der Redien. Ztschr. f. wissensch. Zool., Leipz., 1906, lxxxiv, 361-445, 4 pl.—Saint-Remy (G.) Complement du synopsis des trematodes monogeneses. Arch, de parasitol., Par., 1898, i, 521-671.—Sander (C. H.) The anatomy of Hennurus crenatus (Rud.), Liihe, an appendiculate trematode. Bull. Mus.'Comp. Zool., Harv., Cambridge, 1904, xiv, 1-28, 4pl.—Schuberg (A.) Zur Histologie der Trematoden. Arb. a. d. zool.-zootom. Inst, in Wiirzb., Wiesb., 1895, x, 165-188, 1 pl.—Spencer (W. B.) On the presence of a fluke in the egg of a fowl. Proc. Rov. Soc. Victoria 1888, Melbourne, 1889, n. s., i, 109.—Ssinitzin (D. T.) Ueber einige neue und wenig bekannte Organe der digeneti- schen Trematoden. Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1904, xxviii, 767- 770. -----. Observations sur les metamorphoses des tre- matodes. Arch, de zool. exper. et g£n. Notes et rev., Par., 1907, 4. s., vii, pp. xxi-xxxvii. -----. Studien iiber die Phvlogenie der Trematoden. Biol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1909, xxix, 664-682, 1 pl. -----. Studien fiber die Phylo- genie der Trematoden. 2. Bucephalus v. Baer und Cer- caria ocellata De la Vail. Ztschr. f. wissensch. Zool., Leipz., 1909-10, xciv, 299-325,3 pl. -----. Studien iiber die Phylogenie der Trematoden; Cercaria plicata mihi und TetracotyleBrandesalsdimorpheLarvenderDistomiden, nebst einer Hypothese fiber die Entstehung des Wirts- wechsels bei den Trematoden. (Etyudi po filogenii tre- matod; o Cercaria plicata mihi i Tetracotyle Brandes, kak dimorfnikh lichinkakh distomid, v soyazi s vopro- som o pro'iskhozhdenii smleni khozvayev u trematod. Res., pp. 191-193.) Biol. J., Mosk., 1910, i, 106; 169, 2 pl.— Stafford (J.) Two distomes from Canadian Urodela. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt, Jena, 1903, xxxiv, 822-830, 1 pl. -----. Trematodes from Canadian fishes. Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1904, xxvii,481-510. -----. Trematodes from Canadian vertebrates. Ibid., 1904-5, xxviii, 681- 694.— Stiles (C. W.) Trematode generic names pro- posed for the "official list of zoological names." Sci- ence, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1912, n. s., xxxv, 146.— Stiles (C. W.) & Goldberger (J.) Observations on two new parasitic trematode worms: Homolgaster philip- pinensis n. sp., Agmodistomum nanus n. sp. Treas. Dep. Pub. Health & Mar.-Hosp. Serv. U. S. Hyg. Lab. Bull. No. 40, Wash., 1908, 23-33.-----------. A study of the anatomy of Watsonius (n. g.) watsoni of man, and of nineteen allied species of mammalian trematode worms of the superfamily Paramphistomoidea. Ibid., Bull. No. 60, Wash., 1910,1-264—Stiles (C. W.) & Hassall (A.) An inventory of the genera and subgenera of the trema- tode family Fasciolidee. Arch, de parasitol., Par., 1898, i, 81-99.----------. Levinseniella, new name for the tre- matode genus Levinsenia Stossich, 1899 (not Mesnil, 1897). U. S. Dep. Agric. Bureau animal indust., Wash., 1902, Bull. No. 35, 19.-----------. Haematolcechus similige- nus, new name for the trematode H. similis Looss, 1899. Ibid., Bull. No. 35, 20.—Taglianl ((}.) Enoplocotyle minima nov. gen. nov. sp. trematode monogenetico TREMATODA. 459 TREMOR. Trematoda. parassita sulla cute di Muraena helena L. Arch, zool., Na- poli, 1911-12, v, 281-319,1 pl.—Vogt (C.) Quelques trema- todes marins ectoparasites. Arch, de zool. exper. et gen. Hist. nat. [etc.], Par., 1877, vi, 363-376.— Wal I in (I. E.) A new species of the trematode genus Allocreadium; with a revision of the genus and a key to the sub-family Allo- creadiinae. Tr. Am. Micr. Soc, Chicago, 1909, xxix, 50- 66, 2 pl.—Walter (G.) Ueber das Gefass- und Nerven- system der Trematoden. Verhandl. d. naturh. Ver. d. preuss. Rheinl. u. WestphaL, Bonn, 1858, 15. Jahrg., pp. xcii-xciv.—Warren (E.) A preliminary attempt to ascertain the relationship between the size of cell and the size of body in Daphnia magna Straus. Biometrika, Cambridge, 1903, ii, 255-259.—Willach (P.) Distomen- brut im Muskelfleische eines Bullen. Arch. f. wissensch. u. prakt. Thierh., Berl., 1892, xviii, 239-242.—Willem (V.) Deux trematodes nouveaux pour la faune beige; Acanthoeotyle branchialis nov. spec et Distomum turgi- dum Brandes. Acad. roy. de Belg. Bull, de la cl. d. sc, Brux., 1906, 599-612, 1 pl.—Wright (S.) Notes on the anatomy of the trematode. Microphallus opacus. Tr. Am. Micr. Soc, Decatur, 111., 1912, xxxi, 167-175, 2 pl. Tremblay (Lucas). See Placer Floridus. Les fleurs du livre [etc.]. 12°. Rouen, 1588. Trembles. See Milk-sickness. [Trembley (Jean).] Memoire pour servir a l'histoire de la vie et des ouvrages de Charles Bonnet. 128 pp. 8°. Berne, Soe. typog., 1794. Tremblin (Louis-Alphonse). Contribution a I'etude de l'ouverture spontanee des kystes hy- datiques du foie dans le peritoine. 62 pp. 8°. Paris, 1906, No. 283. Trembur ([Clemens Adolf] Heinrich) [1871- ]. *Casuistische Beitrage zur Dystrophia muscularis progressiva. 1 p. 1., 33 pp. 8°. Berlin, C. Vogt [1893]. Trembur (Franz August) [1878- ]. *Ueber den Nachweis von Blut in Ausscheidungen und iiherdie Resorbirbarkeit des Blutrotes im Darm. 32 pp., 11. 8°. Berlin, A. Wernicke dc Co., 1903. Trenieau (Gustave-Charles-Emile) [1866- ]. * Recherches sur le developpement du fruit et 1'origine de la pulpe de la casse et du tamarin. 2 p. 1., 30 pp., 1 1., 9 pl. 4°. Lons-le-Saunier, L.Declume, 1892. Ecole de pharmacie de Paris, no. 4. Tremel (Hans) [1868- ]. *Das diaphore- tische Verfahren bei Nierenerkrankungen und Eklampsie in der Schwangerschaft. 27 pp., 2 1. 8°. Marburg, 1895. Tremolifcres (Etienne). ^Contribution a I'e- tude de la granulie a forme hemorrhagique. 65 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, 1903, No. 256. Tremolifcres ( Fernand ). *L'ente>o-colite muco-membraneuse; etude critique, experimen- tale et clinique. 237 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, 1906, No. 330. Tremoliere§ (Joseph). * Fractures du nez et leur traitement. 99 pp. 8°. Toulouse, 1910, No. 872. Tremolieres (Robert). *Les colloiidaux en therapeutique. 139 pp. 8°. Geneve, Ilinder- bergerfrlres, 1910, No. 150. Tremolieres (Roger) [1873- ]. *Au point de vue therapeutique des coagulants du sang (chlorure de calcium, gelatine). 88 pp. 8°. Paris, 1898, No. 423. ------. Biotherapie; les eaux minerales en injec- tions hypodermiques, premieres experimenta- tions. 23 pp. 8°. Paris, A. Maloine, 1909. Tremolo-terapia (La) Boschetti; relazione della giunta del r. Istituto Veneto di scienze pel conferimento del premio Balbi-Valier. 6 pp. 8°. Torino, G. U. Cassone, 1898. Repr.from: Atti... r. Ist. Venetodisc.elett, Venezia, 1897-8, 7. s., ix. Tremophobia. meige (H.) Tremophobie. J. de psychol. norm, et path., Par., 1909, vi, 143.-----. Tremophobie, un nouveau cas; consequences medico-legales. J. de neurol., Par., 1910, xv, 361-364. Also: Rev. neurol., Par., 1910, ii, 247- 250. Tremor. See, also, Chorea (Diagnosis, etc., of); Epi- lepsy (Complications, etc., of); Goitre (Ex- ophthalmic, Diagnosis, etc., of); Influenza (Com- plications of, Cerebrospinal, etc.); Paralysis (General, Diagnosis, etc., of); Paralysis (Local and peripheral); Paralysis (Pseudospastic); Pa- ralysis (Unilateral); Paralysis agitans. Pieracci (A.) II tremore. Studio di pato- logia e di semeiotica. 8°. Milano, [1894]. Schneider (F. X.) *Akuter cerebraler Tre- mor des friihen Kindesalters. 8°. Munchen, 1911. Vieira Romeiro. *Tremores. 4°. Rio de Janeiro, 1903. Aeliard (C.) Tremblement. In: Traits de med. (Brouardel & Gilbert), 8°, Par., 1901, viii, 583-602.—A dam- kiewicz. Vom Zittern. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1897, xlvii, 2081-2084.—Angela (C.) A proposito della mielite cronica e del tremore intenzionale. Riv. di patol. nerv., Firenze, 1912, xvii, 466-482.—Bartlett (C.) Tremor. Hahneman. Month., Phila., 1893, xxviii, 409-416. Also, Reprint.—Boinet. Quatre observations de tremble- ment. Rev. neurol., Par., 1899, vii, 443-146.—Briscoe (J. C.) Acaseof tremor. Rep. Soc. Study Dis. Child., Lond., 1904-5, v, 188-190.—Buzzard (E. F.) Case of tremor. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1909-10, iii, Neurol. Sect., 18-20.—Cardoso Fonte. Nevrite localisada com tremor. Tribuna med., Rio de Jan., 1912, xviii, 87- 94.—Crocq fils. Les tremblements. Belgique med., Gand-Haarlem, 1897, iv, 417-425.—Garofalo (A.) In- torno ad un caso di tremore. Bull. d. Soc. Lancisiana d. osp. di Roma (1895), 1896, xv, fasc. 1, 26-30, 1 ch—Gitt- ings. A case of tremor. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1904, xxxi, 602.—Hertz (A. F.) Case of hereditary in- tention tremor. Guy's Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1912, lxvi, 133— Kollarits (J.) A reszketesrol. [On tremor.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1910, liv, 520; 641; 564; 582; 597.— Kurrer. Ueber die Zitterkrankheit Med. Cor.-Bl. d. wurttemb. arztl. Ver., Stuttg., 1907, lxxvii, 821-823.— Lab be (M.) D6bilit6 mentale et tremblement. Presse med., Par., 1897, 185.—von Lena it (Z.) Zitterbewe- gungen des Kehlkopfes und der Zunge. Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1910, xlvi, 133.—Levy-Born. Beitrag zur Lehre vom Zittern. Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.],Berl., 1899, civ, 591-599. Also [Abstr.]: Deutsche Med.-Ztg., Berl., 1898, xix, 415.—Marcuse (H.) Benediktsches Syndrom und selteneTumoren des Hirnstammes. Ztschr. f. d. ges. Neurol. u. Psychiat., Berl. u. Leipz., 1912, xii, Orig., 281-309, 4pl.—JHariani(F.) Sul tremore. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1900,xxi, 1130.—JMills(O.K.) &I?Ic€oiinell (J.W.) A case of coarse tremor of the upper extremity with slight atrophy and fascicular tremor of the upper and lower extremities of opposite sides. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis.. Lan- caster, Pa., 1911, xxxviii, 177.—Mott (F. W.) Tremors. Practitioner, Lond.,1904; Ixxiii, 293-304.— Neustaedter (M.) A contribution to the study of tremors. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1909, lxxvi, 91-94. Also: N. YorkState J. M., N. Y., 1910, x, 437—441.—Paniflii (L.) Osservazioni sui tremori. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1908, xxix, 1097. Also, transl.: Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1908, xiv, 1723. -----. Osservazioni sui tremori. Riv. di. patol. nerv., Firenze, 1910, xv, 54-56.— Rivas (H.) & Zanolll (C.) La tembladera; enferme- dad propia de los animales herbivoros de las regiones andinas. Semana med., Buenos Aires, 1909, xvi, 608- 618.—Werthelm-Salomonson (J. K. A.) Bijdrage tot de kennis van het beven. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst, 1894, 2. r., xxx, pt. 1, 2-35. Also, transl.: Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1896-7, x, 243-272.— Williams (T. A.) A case of crossed hemi-dyserKiaand tremor, with asynergia of binocular movements. Lancet- Clinic, Cincin., 1912, cvii, 418. Tremor (Causes and pathology of). See, also, Tremor (Congenital, etc.); Tremor (Hysterical); Tremor (Mercurial, etc.). Busquet. *Le tremblement physiologique. 8°. Paris, 1904. Kostetski (I. A.) Material! dlya patologii mishechnavo drozhaniya. [On the pathology of muscular trembling.] 8°. [Kiev, 1899.] Pirera (A.) La patologia del tremore; studio critico-clinico sperimentale. 4°. Napoli, [1909]. TREMOR. 460 TREMOR. Tremor (Causes and pathology of). Weitzenmiller (W. F. A.) * Ueber einen Fall von Tremor bei einem Meter. 8°. Borna- Leipzig, 1910, Alurralde editaire. 4°. Toulouse, 1895. A chard (C.) Tremblement et heredity Med. mod., Par., 1894, v. sui-SOL—A more-Bonelli (G.) Tremble- mentessentiel hereditaire. Cong.d.med.alienistesetneu- Tremor ( Congenital and hereditary). rol. de France ... C. r. 1896, Par., 1897, ii, 391-395. -----. Contributo alia conoscenza del tremore essenziale eredi- tario. Riv. sper. di freniat, Reggio-Emilia, 1897, xxiii, 58-88, 3 ch.—Brasch (M.) Ueber das erbliche Zittern. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1895, vii, 444-464.— Calcaterra (E.) Sopra due casidi tremore essenziale ereditario. Clin. med. ital., Milano, 1907, xlvi. 442-454, 1 ch— Dargein (P.) Tremblement essentiel heredi- taire et signes physiques de degenerescence. Toulouse med., 1901, 2. s., iii, 103-105.—Eshner (A. A.) A case of congenital tremor. Medicine, Detroit, 1897, iii, 390-397. Also, Reprint—Flatau(G.) Ueber hereditaren essentiel- len Tremor. Arch. f. Psychiat., Berl., 1908, xliv, 306-340.— Graupner. Ueber hereditaren Tremor. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1899, lxiv, 466-177.—Ivanotf (I.I.) O t naz. naslledstvennom drozhanii. [So-called hereditary trembling.] Vrach, St. Petersb., 1900, xxi, 642-645.— Kreiss (P.) Ueber hereditaren Tremor. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1912,xliv, 111-123.— de Langenhagen. Un cas de tremblement essentiel hereditaire chez un degenere. Rev. med. de l'est, Nancy, 1893, xxv,747-753.—Le Clerc (R.) Du tremblement essen- tiel hereditaire. Clinique,Par.,1907,ii,123-125. Also [Rap. deRaymond]: Bull. Aead.de med.,Par., 1908,3. s., lix,44- 47.—Lemoinc (G.) Tremblement congenital des mem- bres superieurs. Mem. et compt.-rend. Soc. d. sc. med. de Lyon (1893), 1894, xxxiii, pt. 2, 23-25.—ITIeirowltz (P.) A case of congenital tremor. Post-Graduate, N. Y., 1896, xi, 391.—Mi telle 11 (J. K.) Report of a case of familial tremor of thehead. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1903, xxx, 168.—JTIorrls (M.) Hereditary tremor. Indiana M. J., Indianap.,1897-8,xvi,4.—Neisser(E.) ErblichesZittern. Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1906, xx, 765.— Raymond. Tremblement essentiel hereditaire. J.de med. int., Par., 1905, ix, 301. -----. Le tremblement essentiel hereditaire. Bull, med.. Par., 1908, xxii, 487-490.—Raymond (F.) & Thaon (P.) Tremblement congenital, heredite, patho- logie comparee. Rev. neurol.. Par., 1905, xiii, 551-553.— Regnault (F.) Une observation de tremblement here- ditaire. Assoc, franc, pour l'avance. d. sc. C.-r. 1893, Par., 1894, xxii, pt. 2, 812-814.—Schmaltz. Ueber fa- miliiiren Tremor. Jahresb. d. Gesellsch. f. Nat-u. Heilk. in Dresd., Munchen, 1904-5, 44-55. Also: Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1905, Iii, 633-636.—Spiller. Zur Rasuistik des erblichen Tremor essentialis. Deutsche mil.-arztl. Ztschr., Berl., 1905, xxxv, 205-208.-Ughetti(G. B.) Sul tremore essenziale ereditario. Riv. sper. di freniat, Reggio-Emilia, 1893, xix, 266-285, 2 ch.—Unterberg (J.) A tremor congenitus neurasthenias alapon 4116 egy eseterol. [Acaseof . . .] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1900, xliv, 431-433.—Wegge (W. F.) Hereditary tremor. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1897, xxviii, 209. Tremor (Diagnosis and semeiology of). Grenier (J.) * Le tremblement et les spasmea mn£moniques. 8°. Lyon, 1903. Jentsch (E.) * Ueber Zitterbewegungen und deren Simulation. 8°. Bonn, 1893. Le Filliatre (G.) * Nouvelle methode graphique permettant d'enregistrer tous les tremblements (prix Barbier, 1895). Applica- tion de cette methode dans un essai sur les troubles moteurs de l'alcoolisme. 4°. Paris, 1895. Meyer (M.) *Zur Kenntnis des essentiellen Intentionstremors. 8°. Heidelberg, 1908. ------. * Die diagnostische Bedeutung dea Zitterns bei der multiplen Sklerose. 8°. Berlin, 1909. Also, in: Monatschr. f. Psychiat. u. Neurol., Berl., 1909, xxv, 70-135. Oberwinter (H.) * Ueber einen seltenen Fall von Tremor. 8°. Kiel, 1900. Rossi (G.) II tremore nelle malattie. 8°. Napoli, 1894. Schenck (E.) *Ueber das Zittern, insbeson- dere das Intentionszittern. [Freiburg i. Br.] 8°. Ettlingen, 1903. Azoulay & Regnault (F.) Surun moyen pratique d'exagerer le tremblement. Assoc, franc, pour l'avance. d. sc. C.-r. 1894, Par., 1895, xxiii, pt. 2,874-878.—Berga- inasco (I.) Intorno ad un caso di tremore essenziale simulante in parte il quadro della sclerosi multipla. Riv. di patol. nerv., Firenze, 1907, xii, 4-9.—Bloch (A.-M.) & Busquet(H.) Etude sur letremblementphysiologique. Compt rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1904, lvi, 151-153.— Bondenari (E. F.) Notas clinicas sobre los temblores. Arch, de psiquiat v criminol., Buenos Aires, 1904, iii, 457- 478. -----. Diez tipos de temblores. Semana med., Buenos Aires, 1904, xi, 1036-1042.—Borishpolski (E. S.) O vliyanii drozhaniya na vozbudimost mozgovol kort l nervnikh stvolov. [On the effect of trembling upon irritability of the cortex of the brain and nerve trunks.] TREMOR. 461 TREMOR. Tremor (Diagnosis and semeiology of). Obozr. psichiat, nevrol. [etc.], S.-Peterb., 1899, iv, 208- 216.—Boveri (P.) Un caso di tremore post-emiplegico simulante il morbo di Parkinson. Corriere san., Milano, 1908, xix, 81.—Brissaud <&Grenet(H.) Tremblement a type de sclerose en plaques lie a une osteo-arthropathie ducoude. Rev. neurol., Par., 1904, xii,495.-----------. Tremblement cloniforme et clonus vrai. Ibid., 632-634.— ChigayeflE" (N. F.) O vliyanii drozhaniya na nervno- bolnikh. [On the influence of trembling upon the mentally diseased.] Obozr. psichiat., nevrol. [etc.], S.- Peterb., 18%, i, 121-124.— Curcio (E.) Del tremito; classificazione dei tremori da 1 punto di vista della diagnosi di alcune malattie nervose. Ann. di med. nav., Roma, 1898, iv, 688-605.—Ba Costa (J. M.) A case of so-called essential tremor. Coll. & Clin. Rec, Phila., 1899, xx, 1.— Dercuiu (F. X.) Tremor simulating multiple cerebro- spinal sclerosis, but without coarse central lesion. Phila. Hosp. Rep., 1890, i,280-282.—Biller (T.) Thenatureand diagnostic value of tremors. Pittsburgh M. Rev., 1894, viii, 134-136.—Eshner (A. A.) A graphic studv of tremor. Tr. Coll. Phvs. Phila., 1896, xviii, 215-227. Also: J. Exper. M., N. Y., 1897, 301-312, 8 pl. Also, Reprint—Fuchs (F.) Leber einen Fall von scheinbar vorgetauschtemZit- tern. Monatschr. f. Unfallheilk., Leipz., 1896, iii, 33-36.— Glorieux. Sclerose en plaques fruste; tremblement parkinsonien. J. de neurol., Par., 1905, x, 248-250.— Gorshkofl? (I. P.) K kazuistikie drozhaniy pri zabo- llevaniyakh nervnol sistemi. [Trembling in diseases of the nervous system.] Vovenno-med. J., St. Petersb., 1899, cxcvi, med.-spec. pt., ^9•V,s99.— Gray (L. C.) Func- tional tremors. Text-bonk Nerv. Dis. Am. authors (Der- cum), Phila., 1895, 280-2*7.—Hand (A.), jr. Essential tremor. Ann. Gynec. & Pediat., Bost., 1897-8, xi, 855.— Hervouet. De quelques tremblements. Gaz.m6d.de Nantes, l89*-9, xvii, 41.— Hopkins (S. D.) Clinical sig- nificance of tremor. Denver M. Times, 1900-1901, xx, 298-303. — Kulcke. Ueber den essentiellen Tremor. Deutsche mil.-arztl. Ztschr., Berl., 1904, xxxiii, 412-420.— Lamacq (L.) Semeiologie des tremblements. Arch. de neurol.. Par., 1896, 2. s., ii, 226-228. -----. La semeio- logie des tremblements. Cong. d. med. alienistes et neu- rol. de France. . . Rap. 1896, Par., 1897, i, 3-25. -----. Semeiologie des tremblements. Gaz. hebd. de med., Par., 1896, xliii, 387; 746.—Le Filliatre. Nouvelle methode graphique permettant d'enregistrer tous les tremble- ments; en particulier le tremblement de la langue et de certains muscles, comme l'orbiculaire des levres. Arch. de neurol.. Par., 1*94, xxviii, 161-167. Also, transl.: Bol. d. manic, de San Baudilio de Llobregat, Barcel., 1894, iii, 317-322.— i.evi (E.) Nouvelles recherches graphiques sur le phenomene de la trepidation du pied. Encephale, Par., 1908, ii, 261; 453, 3 pl.-Lewandowsky (M.) Es- sentieller Tremor der Arme, lokale Krampfe der Fuss- muskeln, Fehlen aller Sehnenreflexe. Med. Klin., Berl., 1906, ii, 482.— Liniger. Leber Zittersimulation. Ver- handl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1895. Leipz., 1896, lxvii, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 324-326.—Lugiato (L.) Un nuovo tromografo analizzatore degli elementi costitutivi e delle varie direzioni dei movimenti nel tremore. Riv. di patol. nerv., Firenze, 1909, xiv, 204-216.—OTary. Se- meiologie du tremblement. Arch. med. beiges, Brux., 1912, 4. s., xxxix, 235-246—.TIeyer (E.) & Parisot (P.) Etude graphique sur le tremblement senile. Cong, franc. de med., Par. & Nancy, 1*96-7, iii, fasc. 2,386.—Moutier (F.) Tremblement4formeparkinsonienne; h6michoree avec ophtalmoplegie: lesion pedoneulo-protuberantielle. Rev. neurol., Par., 1905, xiii, 648-650.—Moyer (H. N.) Intention-tremor of the arms and hands. Phila. M. J., 1898, ii, 6s7.—Peterson (F.) Notes upon some kymo- graphy tracings of tremor. Med. Repr., Lond., 1894, v, 99-102. Also: N. York M. J., 1894, lix, 294-297.—Pl'ahl (J.) Die genauere Untersuchung feinster Zitterbewegungen sowie der sogenannten ruhigen Haltung, Stellung und Lage mittels Spiegelvergrosserung. Ztschr. f. d. ges. Neurol, u. P-ychiat, Berl. u. Leipz., 1910-11, iv, Orig , 717-729.—Pic (A.) Sur un tremblement combine au rythme respiratoire de Cheyne-Stokes. Cong, franc, de m6d., Par. & Nancy, 1896-7, iii, fasc. 2, 515-524.— Pick. Falle von essentiellem Zittern. Militaerarzt, Wien, 1903, xxxvii, 100— Raymond ( F.) & Janet (P.) Spasmes et tremblement chez des psychasth6niques. N. iconog de la Salpetriere, Par., 1903, xvi, 209-217,1 pl.—Riggs (C. E.) Two cases of functional tremor. Northwest. Lancet, St. Paul, 1898, xviii, 338. — Rudnelf (V. I.) Sluchal drozhaniya ruk v soyedinenii s dikhatelnol su- dorogol. [Trembling of the hands combined with respi- ratory spasm.] Protok. Kiev. Psichiat. Obsh., 1898-9, i, 50-55. -----. O drozhanii pri nervnikh i dushevnikh bolleznyakh. [Tremors in nervous and mental dis- eases.] Vopr. nerv.-psikh. med., Kiev, 1903, x, 219; 317.— Sinkler(W.) A case of functional tremor simulating disseminated sclerosis. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis.. N. Y., 1898, xxv, 620-622. Also: Univ. M. Mag., Phila., 1897-8, x, 575- 579._Sommer. Un appareil nouveau pour I'etude du tremblement; le psychographe. Intermed. d. biol.. Par., 1897-8, i, 176-178.—Spiller (W. G.) A case of atypical tremor. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1900, xxvii, 290.— Taylor (F.) On tremors and other morbid movements. Guv's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1891, n. s., v, 298-300.— I pson Tremor (Diagnosis and semeiology of). (H. S.) On certain "forms of tremor. Med. News, Phila., 1891, lviii, 435-439. Also, Reprint—del Valle y Alda- balde (R.) Temblor eseneial. Rev. frenopat espafi., Barcel., 1911, ix, 266-271. Also: Rev. de med. y cirug. pract., Madrid, 1911, xci, 361-366— Williamson (R. T.) Forms of tremor and their clinical characters. Med. Chron., Manchester, 1900-1901,3. s., iv, 1-25. Tremor (Hysterical). Becker (E.) * Die Differentialdiagnose zwi- schen dem Tremor der Hysterie und dem Tre- mor bei Paralysis agitans. 8°. Berlin, 1911. Diekmann (C. G. F.) * Zur Symptomatologie einiger hvsterischer Bewegungsstorungen (He- miplegie, Hemichorei, pseudospastische Parese mit Tremor.) [Breslau.] 8°. Leipzig, 1909. Meyer (R.) * Ueber einen Fall von Hyste- ria gravis mit universellem Schuttel-Tremor. [Kiel.] 8°. Wilhelmshaven, 1911. Weil (J.) * Ueber zwei Fiille von hyste- risch - traumatischem Tremor. 8°. Erlangen, 1895. Antony & Rouvillois. Tremblement essentiel hereditaire ayant debute a Page de 7 ans chez un hyste- rique. Gaz. d. mal. infant, [etc.], Par., 1899, i, 81. Also: Bull, et m6m. Soc. m6d. d. hdp. de Par., 1899, 3. s., xvi, 265-269.—Babinski. Tremblement hysterique genera- lise. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1907, xxi, 600. — Bastianelli (G.) Tremore isterico. Bull. d. Soc. Lancisiana d. osp. di Roma, 1892, xii, 13-18.—Bis- cons. Tremblement hysterique etendu a tout le corps et accompagne de troubles de la parole. Arch, de m6d. et pharm. mil., Par., 1898, xxxii, 353-359.—Booth (J. A.) A case of hysterical tremor of the head. J. Nerv. & Ment Dis., Lancaster, Pa., 1910, xxxix, 250.—Boucarut (C.) Observation de tremblement hysterique. Rev. de med., Par., 1904, xxiv, 601-613. — Brecher (G.) Ein Fall von Hysterie mit tetanieahnlichen Erscheinungen. Med.-chir. Centralbl., Wien, 1902, xxxvii, 316.— Burr (C. W.) A case of hvsterical tremor. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1899, xxvi, 607.—Belmas. Tremblements hysteriques. M6m. et bull. Soc. de med. et chir. de Bor- deaux (1895), 1896, 427-433.—Be Renzi (E.) Tremore isterico simulante il tremore del morbo di Parkinson. Riv. clin. e terap., Napoli, 1895, xvii, 115-117.—Fernan- dez Sanz (E.) Un caso de pseudopar&lisis agitante histerica. Rev. de med. y cirug. pract., Madrid, 1910, lxxxvii, 5-12. — Gajkievvicz (W.) O drzeniu histe- rycznem (tremor hystericus). [Six cases of . . .] Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1892, 2. s., xii, 640-650.—Glorieux. Un cas de tremblement hysterique de la main droite, chez une jeune fllledel6ans. J. de neurol., Par., 1903,viii, 221.— von Krafft-E bing (R.) Ueber eine typische, an Para- lysis agitans erinnernde Form von hvsterischem Schiit- teltremor. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1898, xi, 1113-1117.— JWader (J.) Pseudo-Intermittens hysterica; heftige Anfalle von typischen Schiittelfrosten durch mehrere Minuten ohne Spur von Temperatursteigerung; un- geheilt Jahrb. d. Wien. k. k. Krankenanst. 1895, Wien u. Leipz., 1897, iv, pt. 2, 246.— OTlserocchi (L.) So- pra un caso di tremore isterico simulante quello della sclerosi a placche. Pratica d. med., Napoli, 1902-3, iii, 193-198.—ITIukhin (N. 1.) Ob istericheskoi drozhi. [Hysterical tremor.] J. nevropat. i psikhiat . . . Kor- sakova, Mosk., 1910, x, 1345-1366.—Oddo. Caracteres g6neraux des tremblements hysteriques. Assoc, franc. pour l'avance. d. sc. C.-r. 1891, Par., 1892, xx, pt. 2, 672- 676.—Raymond. Tremblement hvsterique. J. de med. int., Par., 1902, vi, 197; 218. -----. Apoplexie hys- terique avec tremblement et polyurie consecutifs, chez un homme de 31 ans. Bull, med., Par., 1902, xvi, 679. Also, transl.: Med. Bull., Phila., 1902, xxiv, 340. -----. Apoplexie et tremblement hysterique. Rev. g6n. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1903, xvii, 372. -----. Crises elassiques de grande hysterie et tremblement hysterique monosymptomatique. Rev. de l'hvpnot et psychol. physiol., Par., 1904-5, xix, 157-159.—Shaw (J. C ) Hys- terical trembling, stammering, and mutism. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1893, 3. s.,iii, 118-123.—Sollier (P.) Trem- blements hysteriques de formes variees et combinees avec de la contracture chez le mSme sujet. France m6d. etParismed.,Par.,1892, xxxix, 49-51. Tremor (Mercurial and alcoholic). Eshner (A. A.) A case of mercurial tremor. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., Lancaster, Pa., 1910, xxxvii, 310-312.— Guillain (G.) & I^aroche. Sur la pathogenie du tremblement mercuriel. Rev. neurol., Par., 1907, xv, 137-141. [Discussion], 175— Lereboullet (P.) & La- gane (L.) Sur la nature du tremblement mercuriel. Progres med., Par., 1909, 3. s., xxv, 641-645. —Ray- mond. Tremblement mercuriel; tremblement alco- olique. J. de med. int., Par., 1902, vi, 214.—Rigler (O.) Zur Kasuistik de« Tremor mercurialis. Deutsche Med.- Ztg., Berl., 1907, xxviii, 1047. TREMOR. 462 TRENGA. Tremor (Senile). Raynaid ( L.-A.) * Rapport du tremble- ment senile et du tremblement hereditaire. 4°. Pan's, 1894. A chard (C.) & Soupanlt. Tremblement heredi- taire et tremblement senile. Gaz. hebd. de med., Par., 1897, n. s., ii, 373-375.—Gallavarden (L.) & Rhenter. Tremblement generalise, probablement senile, avec par- ticipation des cordes vocales et du diaphragme; troubles de la parole d'origine diaphragmatique. Bull. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Lyon, 1907, vi, 412-416. Also: Lyon med., 1908, ex, 214-218. — Kennedy ( F.) A case for diagnosis. [Senile tremor.] J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., Lancaster, Pa., 1911, xxxviii, 358.—Iiiber. Tremblement senile precoee chez plusieurs membres d'une famille. Bull. Soc. anat- clin. de Lille, 1890, v, 205.—JUeyer (E.) & Parisot (P.) Note sur les caracteres graphiques du tremblement du vieillard. Cong, franc, de m6d. Rap., Par., 1899, v, 1008.—Rossi (G.) Sul tremore dei vecchi, e sulla genesi del tremore. Riv. clin. e terap., Napoli, 1894, xvi, 619-623. Also, Reprint. Tremor (Treatment of). Berret (H.) *Pe Taction de l'acide for- mique sur les maladies a tremblements. 8°. Lyon, 1905. Berillon. Tremblement a forme parkinsonienne traite avec succes par la suggestion hypnotique. Rev. de l'hypnot. et psychol. physiol., Par., 1899-1900, xv, pt. 2, 328.—Bernheim. Traitement des tremblements par la suggestion. Cong. d. med. alienistes et neurol. de France ... C. r. 1896, Par., 1897, ii, 118-120. —Clement (E.) Action de l'acide formique sur les maladies a trem- blements et action antithermique. Gaz. d. h6p. de Lyon, 1905, vi, 497-502. Also [Abstr.]: Compt. rend, Acad. d. sc, Par., 1905, cxl, 1198. — Farez (P.) Nevrose tremulante guerie par la suggestion hypnotique; application peda- gogiquedu traitement psycho-mecanique. Rev. del'hyp- not, et psychol. physiol., Par., 1897-8, xii, 117-125.—Laid- law (G. F.) A suggestion in the treatmentof tremor. N. Am. J. Homceop., N. Y., 1899,3. s., xiv, 484-486.—Mas- saglia (A.) La parotiroidina Vassale contro il tremore senile. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1908, xxix, 1599-1603.— Parisot (J.) Action de la scopolamine sur les differents tremblements. Mem. Soc. de med. de Nancy, 1907-8,106- ' 111. Also: Rev. med. de l'est, Nancy, 1908, xl, 376; 396.— Pauly. Tremblement de sclerose en plaques suspendu par l'aleool. Lyon med., 1904, ciii, 817.—Robin (A.) De l'emploi du bromhydrate d'hyoscine dans le traite- ment des tremblements. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par., 1902, cxliii, 257-259.— Woods (J. F.) Spasmodic tremors successfully treated by suggestion. Tr. Hunterian Soc, Lond., 1896-7,262,8facsimiles. Tremor (Unilateral). Batten (F. E.) Case of tremor of right arm associated with epilepsy. Brain, Lond., 1905, xxviii, 359. Also: Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond.,1907-8, i, Neurol. Sect., 54.—Bona- t'onte(M.) El sindrome de Benedikt. Rev. de med. y cirug. pract., Madrid, 1900, xlvii, 130-133.—Bouchaud. Tremblement intentionnel limite du membre superieur gauche. J. de neurol., Par., 1905, x, 147-154. — Collier (J. S.) A case of unilateral tremor. Brain, Lond., 1906, xxix, 810.—Griffith (J. P. C.) Two cases of unilateral tremor occurring in children. Arch. Pediat, N. Y., 1897, xiv, 809-815. Also: Tr. Am. Pediat. Soc, N. Y., 1897, ix, 158-164.—Heldenbergh (C.) Un cas de tremblement fonctionnel de la main droite. Belgique m6d., Gand- Haarlem, 1901, ii, 769-778. Also: J. de neurol., Par., 1901, vi, 641-647.—Hervouet. Sur un cas de tremblement unilateral. Gaz. m6d. de Nantes, 1898-9, xvii, 82.—Her- vouet & Jalaber. Hemitremblement. Ibid., 1905, 2. s., xxiii, 157-159. — Hotbauer. Zittern der rechten Hand. Deutsche mil.-arztl. Ztschr., Berl., 1902, xxxi, 645. — Holmes ( G.) Case of midbrain lesion with unilateral tremor. Brain, Lond., 1905, xxviii, 93.— Knapp (P. C.) Tremor of right arm; loss of muscular sense and ataxia. Boston M. & S. J., 1904, cl, 539.—Illi- nois & Perretire. Hemitremblement a forme de sclerose en plaques. Bull. Soc. m6d. d. h6p. de Lyon, 1905, iv, 410-412. Also: Lyon med., 1905, cv, 1127-1129.— ."Ueirowitz (P.) Tremor of the upper extremities and persistent insomnia of long duration without neurasthe- nia. Post-Graduate, N. Y., 1900, xv, 67-71.—Monro (T. K.) Case of persistent unilateral tremor. Tr. M.- Chir. Soc. Glasg. (1903-4), 1906, v, 4-6. Also: Glasgow M. J., 1904, Ixi, 204-206.—Sindrome (La) di Benedikt Riforma med., Palermo, 1900, xvi, pt. 2, 289-291.—Ster- ling. Przypadek drzenia polowiczego. [Lnilateral tremor.] Neurol, polska, Warszawa, 1910-11, i, no. 4,86.— Stewart (G.) A case of tremor of the right hand on sustained voluntary movement. WestLond. M. J., Lond., 1912, xvii, 117.—Weber (F. P.) Tremorof the left lower extremity of ten years' duration. Tr. M. Soc. Lond., 1906, xxviii, 293-295.] Tremor in children. Banniel (L.) Un cas de tremblement chez l'enfant. Cong, period, de gynec, d'obst. et de paediat. Mem. et disc. 1895, Par., 1896, 859-865. Also: N. Montpel. med., 1895, iv, 765-773.—Bidoli (C.) Dei tremori con speciale riguardo alle forme infantili. Riv. veneta di sc. med., Venezia, 1896, xxv, 3-22.— Olopatt (A.) Om ett fall af tremor has ett barn. [Ueber emen Fall von Tremor bei einem Kinde. Ref., p. 335] Finska lak.-siillsk. handl., Helsingfors, 1908, 1, 140-160.—Clutterbuck (L. A.) A case of intention tremor in a child of five and a half years. Rep. Soc. Study Dis. Child., Lond., 1907-8, viii, 41.— Cotta-Ramusino (C.) Sul tremore dell' infanzia. Pediatria, Napoli, 1911, 2. s., xix, 218-222.—Bu ran te (D.) 11 tremore nei bambini. Tommasi, Napoli, 1905-6, i, 224.— Fede (F.) Sul tremore idiopaticonei bambini. Riv. di clin. pediat., Firenze, 1906, iv, 384-387—Hussy (A.) Ueber Tremor bei Kindern. Monatschr. f. Kinderh., Leipz. u. Wien, 1904, iii, 405-415.—de Lange (C.) Acute cerebrale tremor bij jonge kinderen. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst, 1909, ii, 1000-1003.—Middleton (G. S.) Child with a nervous affection chiefly character- ised by tremors. Glasgow M. J., 1902, lviii, 293.—Miller (R.) On certain cases of acute tremor occurring in children. Brain, Lond., 1909, xxxii, 54-56.— iVIoussous (A.) Tremblement intentionnel unilateral chez une en- fant Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. . . . de Bordeaux, 1890, xi, 169.—Parsons (L.) Polioencephalitis of the cerebello-rubro-spinal system; a cause of " acute tremor" in children. Birmingh. M. Rev., 1910, lxvii, 148-158. Also: Brit J. Child. Dis., Lond., 1910, vii, 248-256.— Raffaelli (G.) Del tremore nei lattanti. Rendic. d. Ass. med.-chir. cu Parma, 1905, vi, 33-36. Also: Pediatria, Napoli, 1905,2. s., iii, 366-380.—Rombach (K. A.) Acute cerebrale tremor bij jonge kinderen. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst, 1910, xiv, pt. 1, 595-598.—Urbach (E.) Zur Kasuistik des Intentionstremors bei Kindern. Deut- sche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1905, xxxi, 1679- 1681.—Xappert (J.) Ueber den akuten zerebralen Tre- mor im friihen Kindesalter. Monatschr. f. Kinderh., Leipz. u. Wien, 1909, viii, 133-149. Trenaunay (Paul) [1875- ]. * Recherches pathogeniques et cliniques sur le reve prolonge. (Delire consecutif a un r6ve prolonge a, l'etat de veille.) 85 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, 1901, No. 388. Trendel (Eduard). * Ueber Brechdurchfall im Kindesalter. 28 pp., 1 1. 8°. Tubingen, F. Pietzcker, 1896. Trendelenburg (Friedrich) [1844- ]. Ver- letzungen und chirurgische Krankheiten des Gesichts. 310 pp., 5 pl. roy. 8°. Stuttgart, 1886-1908. Forms pt. 33, v. 1-2, of: Deutsche Chirurgie. Trendelenburg (Friedrich Adolf) [1802-72]. Hoffmann ( [ E. ] E. ) * Die Psychologie Friedrich Adolph Trendelenburgs. 8°. Greifs- wald, [1892]. Trendelenburg (Paul). * Vergleichende Un- tersuchung iiber den Wirkungsmechanismus und die Wirkungsintensitat glykosidischer Herzgifte. [Freiburg i. B.] 22 pp. 8°. Leip- zig, F. C. W. Vogel, 1909. Trendelenburg's position. See, also, Gynecology (Posture, etc., in). Zweilel (P.) Beckenhochlagerungund Lungenem- bolien. Prakt. Ergebn. d. Geburtsh. u. Gynak., Wiesb., 1911-12, iv, 273-292. Trend (Louis) [1879- ]. *Du traitement non sanglant de la luxation congenitale de la hanche et de ses resultats eloignes d'apres 100 observations. 210 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1903, No. 112. Trenel (Marc) [1866- ]. * Symptomes spas- modiques et contractures permanentes dans la paralysie generale. 131 pp. 4°. Paris, 1894, No. 272. -----. The same. 135 pp. 8°. Paris, G. Stein- heil, 1894. Trenga ( Victor) [1878- ]. * Sur les psycho- ses chez les juifs d'Algerie. 64 pp. 8°. Mont- pellier, 1902, No. 14. TRENITfi. 463 TREPHINING. Trenite (A. N. Nolst). Handboek der zieken- verpleging, met een voorwoord van J. van De- venter, vi, 227 pp. 8°. Amsterdam, J. H. dc G. van Heteren, 1894. ------. Verpleegsters zakwoordenboekje. 138 pp. 24°. Amsterdam, J. II. <.(• G. van Heteren, 1899. S<(, oho, Saalfeld (Edmund). Cosmetica [etc.]. 8°. Amsterdam, [n. d.]. Trenkner (Emil). * Beitrag zur Histologie und Aetiologie des blutenden Septumpolypen. 28 pp. 8°i Erlangen, E. T. Jacob, 1900. Trent. See, also, Fever (Typhus, History of), Hos- pitals (Gynecological, etc.), by localities. Bresclani(T.) Condizioniclimaticheeigieniche di Arco, quale stazione climatica invernale nel Trentino. Atti d. Cong. naz. d' idrol. e climat. 1906, Perugia, 1907, 160-174. Trenthain (W. H.) & Saunders (James). Modern methods of sewage disposal; a practical handbook for the use of members of local au- thorities and their officials, viii, 60 pp., 14 pl. 12°. London, Sanitary Pub. Co., 1909. Trenton. See Hospitals (Description, etc., of), Hospitals (Ophthalmic and auric), Insane (Asylums, De- scription, etc., of), by localities. Trenton Eye and Ear Infirmary. Annual re- ports of the trustees and surgeons to the public. 1889-90 to 1892-3 (1.-4.). 8°. Trenton, 1890-93. Trentschin. See Waters (Mineral), by localities. Trephines. See Trephining (Instruments for). Trephining. See, also, Abscess (Intracranial); Aphonia (Traumatic); Brain (Abscess of, Traumatic); Brain (Localization of functions in); Brain (Sur- gery of); Brain ( Wounds, etc., of); Convulsions (Treatment of); Craniectomy; Dura mater (Tumors, etc., of); Epilepsy (Jacksonian, Treat- ment of , Operative); Epilepsy (Traumatic); Epi- lepsy ( Treatment of, Operative) by trephining; Fe- mur (Surgery of); Frontal bone (Fracture of); Frontal bone (Surgery of); Head (Injuries of, Jurisprudence of); Head (Surgery of); Hemi- crania (Treatment of); Hydrocele (Treatment of, Operative); Insanity (Treatment of, Opera- tive); Orbit ( Wounds, etc., of); Paralysis (Gen- eral, Treatmentof, Operative). Gallez (L.) La trepanation du crane. His- toire, technique operatoire, indications et con- tre-indications, resultats. 8°. Bruxelles, 1893. Kochiyama (M.) * Histologische Untersu- chungen iiber die Heilung von Trepanations- wunden an Kaninchenschadeln. 8 . Wiirz- burg, 1908. MacDougall (J. A.) Trephining as a pre- ventative and curative measure. 12°. Edin- burgh, 1883. Terrier (F.) & Peraire. L'operation du trepan. 12°. Paris, 1895. Vrolik ((r.) Over de wijze waarop de opene ruimte in den schedel, na panboring, of ander beenverlies wordt aangevuld. 4°. Amsterdam, 1837. .Vrpal. Un caso de trepanacion craneal. Siglom&L, Madrid, 1895, xlii, 770-773.—Ash hurst (J.) Remarks upon trephining the cranium. Phila. Polyclin., 1895, iv, 266. Also: Internat. M. Mag., Phila., 1895-6, iv, 409-412. Also: Kansas City M. Index, 1895, xvi, 279-281.—Bablns- ki.' Resultats heureux de la trepanation. J. de m6d. int., Par., 1907, xi, 259— Baldwin (A. E.) A case of trephining. Pacific M. J... San Fran., 1893, xxxvi, 552.— Trephining. Bardesco. Regeneration des os du crane 4 la suite de la trepanation. Bull, etmem. Soc. de chir. de Bucarest, 1902-3, v, 180.—Beale (P.) Trephining. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1900, n. s., lxx, 166.—Biddle (J. C.) Tre- phining. Kansas M. J., Topeka, 1898, x, 631-636.—Blair (H. W.) Report of a case of trephining of an infant's skull. Tr. M. Ass. Alabama, Montgomery, 1907, 424-426.— Borst. Histologische Untersuchungen iiber die Heilung von Trepanationsvvunden an Kaninchenschadeln. Si- tzungsb. d. phys. med. Gesellsch. zu Wiirzb., 1908, 67.— Brandt. Trepanation wegen Fissur im Os parietale (mit Krankenvorstellung). Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1897, xxiii, Ver.-Beil.,200.—Burns (J. F.) Trephining; a report and study of ten cases. N. York M. J.,1894,lx, 801-806.—van (ampen (J.) Trepanaties onder plaatselijke gevoelloosheid. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1912, ii, 1582-1589.—Carcaleteanu, [Un casde tre panat,ie.] Rev. san. mil., Bucuresci,'1898-9, n, 129-132.—Cassaet (E.) Du point de trepanation, dans les cas od les sympt6mes ne sont pas superpo- sables a la contusion du crane. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1893, 9. s., v, 1009-1011. —Cunningham (S.) Report of a case of trephining. Texas M. News, Austin, 1896-7, vi, 236-239. —David ( M.) Ueber die histologischen Befunde nach Replantation trepanirter Knochenstucke des Schiidels. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1896, liii, 740-748, 2 pl. -----. Zur Frage des Verhaltens austrepanirter und wieder eingeheilter Schadelstiicke. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1897, xxiii, 751, Ver.-Beil., 181.—Delvoie (P.) Histoire, indications et contre-indications, technique et resultats de la trepa- nation cranienne. Mem. couron. Acad. roy. de m6d. de Belg., Brux., 1893, xii, fasc. 1, 1-320.—Dulresne (E.) La trepanation. Bull. med. de Quebec, 1908-9, x, 120- 133.—Eve (D.) Report of a case of trephining. South. Pract., Nashville, 1894, xvi, 98-100.—Fischer (H.) Tre- panationen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1898, xxiv, 821-823.—Freeman (L.) Trephining. Tr. Colorado M. Soc, Denver, 1897, 113—Gayet. Trepana- tion exploratrice pour accidents cerebraux d'origine otique. Lyon med., 1912, cxix, 394-396.—Hime (H. C. R.) Simple trephining for increase of intraocular tension. J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond., 1912, xix, 640-550.— Kuznetsoflf* (M. M.) K voprosu o trepanatsii pri traumaticheskikh povrezhdeniyakh cherepnovo svoda. [Trephining for traumatic injuries of the skull.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1905, iv, 1241; 1273; 1307. Also, transl.: Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1909,. xc, 1025-1072. — Lu- cas -Chainpionniere (J.) Etude clinique sur 64 cas de trepanation du crane. J. de m6d. et chir. prat., Par., 1894, lxv, 401-409. Also: Atti d. xi. Cong. med. inter- naz. 1894, Roma, 1895, iv, chirurg. [etc.], 9-12. -----. Les indications dela trepanation du crane. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1903, xvii, 373.—McDonnell (JE.) Case of trephining. Australas M. Gaz., Sydney, 189S, xii, 360.—flfalbot (H.) La trepanation du crane chez lesChaouiiis. Trav. de neurol. chir., Par., 1898, iii, 10-24.— Tlanzoni (A.) Contributo alia trapanazione del cranio. Clin.chir.,Milano,1899,vii,925-932.—deOTarchettis (P.) Douleur de tete tres intense, de nature venerienne, maia sans tumeur gommeuse, chez un septuagenaire, calmee plusieursfoispar la trepanation, maisrevenant a delongs intervalles,etsouventaccompagneede symptomes graves; guerie en fin par le meme moyen. In his: Rec. d'obs. rares [etc.]. Trad., 8°, Par., 1858,68. Also, in: Marchetti'sPhi- losophiamedici, [etc.],8°,Lond., 1728,51-54.—ITlelo (A.S.) I,a trepanacion. Abejamed., Habana, 1895, iv, 61-65.— JlolseyeflnV. A.) Sluchai trepanatsii pri subduralnom krovotechenii. [Trephining for subdural haemorrhage.] Bolnitseh. gaz. Botkina, St. Petersb., 1900, x, 2360-2362.— jTlorini ( v.) Sei casi di trapanazione del cranio. Atti Cong. gen. d. Ass. med. ital. 1891, Siena, 1893, xiv, 212- 214 —Moullln (C. M.) The fate of bone reimplanted after trephining. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1898, i, 427.—von Navratil (E.) Zur Indication der Trepanation im Kriege. Cong, internat. d'hyg. et de demog. C. r. 1894, Budapest, 1*94, viii, pt. 5, 185-189. Also: Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1895, xxxi, 641-645—Neely (E. A.) In- dications for trephining. Tr. M. Soc. Tennessee, Chatta- nooga, 1896, 268-274.—Northrop (H. L.) Moral degen- eracy and trephining. Hahneman. Month., Phila,, 1909, xliv, 250-255.—Nunez (T.) Breveseonsideracionessobre laoperaci6n del trepano, bajo el punto de vista desus resultados, y sobre una complieacidn que suele hacer necesaria la repetiei6n de esta oi>eruci6n. Gac. med. de Mexico, 1909, 3. s., iv, 238-249.—Pol ya (E.) Trepana- tion wegen einer arachnoidealen Hirncyste. Pest, med.- chir. Presse, Budapest, 1912, xlviii, 297.—Rdna (D.) Adat a koponya-lckelesek indicati6jahoz. [Contribution on the indications for trephining.] Sebeszet, Budapest, 1901-2, i, 34.—Sanchez (M.) Una trepanacion de urgencia. Protoe. med.-forense, Teruel, 1911, xiii, 106- 108— Seydel. Bericht iiber 14 Trepanationen des Schiidels. Sitzungsb. d. arztl. Ver. Munchen (1899), 1900, ix, 1-25.—Shevelen"(P. P.) Rikhanotrepan v oto-rino- logii. [Rirlmnotrephine in oto-laryngology.] Vestnik Ushn., Gorlov. i Nosov. Bollezn.. S.- Peterb., 1912, iv,467- 473, 1 dL—Thomas (D.) Trephining under adverse TREPHINING. 464 TREPHINING. Trephining*. surroundings. Louisville J. S. & M., 1898-9, v, 317 — Trolimort" (N. P.) Kratkiy obzor trepanatsiy, proi'z- vedyonnikh zatri goda. [Brief review of thetrephinings performed during three years.] Obshtshestvo Russk. Vrach. v pam. Pirogova. Trudi . . . Syezda. 1904, S.- Peterb., 1905, ii, 219-225.—Tscherning. On trepana- tion. Hosp.-Tid., K0benh., 1909, 5. R., ii, 1011-1016.— Vasiliu (C.) Doua casurl de trepanatie; vindecare. Spitalul, Bucuresci, 1900, xx, 496-499.—Veronesi (G.) Di un caso felice di trapanazione del cranio. Gazz. med. d. Puglie, Bari, 1891, xi, 198-202. Trephining (Decompress ire and pallia- tive). Goldixg-Bird (C. H.) Selected cases. I. Trephining for compression; recovery. 8°. [n. p., n. d.] Laugier (J.) *De la trepanation preventive systematique dans les fractures de la base du crane. [1910.] 8°. Lyon, 1909. Allen (E. S.) Indications and technique of cerebral decompression. Am. Pract. & News, Louisville, 1911, xiv, 659-566.—Anton. Ueber die operative Druckentlastung desGehirnsbei Tumoren undanderenGehirnkrankhei ten. Internat Kong. z. Fiirsorge f. Geisteskr. Off. Ber. 1910, Halle a. S., 1911, iv, 923-929.—Auvray. Trepanation cranienne decompressive pour tumeur de la base. Bull. etm6m. !-oc. de chir. de Par., 1911, n. s., xxxvii, 300-317.— Babiiiski (J.) O zmniejszaniu eisnienia wewnatrzeza- szkowego za pomoca. kraniektomji. [Reducing intra- cranial pressure bv craniectomy.] Neurol, polska, War- szawa, 1910, i, no. 1, 3-9.—Baker (A. R.) Treatment of " choked disc " with special reference to decompressing trephining. Ohio M. J., Columbus, 1910, vi, 241-243.— Balas (D.) Teljes amnesia,analgesiaesaphasia trepana- tioutjAngy6gyult esete. [A caseof total amnesia, analge- sia, and aphasia cured by trephining.] Orvosi hetiszemle, Budapest, 1904, xxxvii, 636; 1905, xxxix, 13. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1905, xli, 411.— Beale (P. T. B.) Case ' f trephining for symptoms of cerebral compression. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1904, n. s., lxxvii, 506. -----. Trephining for depressed frac- ' ture. Ibid., 1906, n. s.. lxxxii, 89.— Boeckel (J.) Dela trepanation preventive dans les fractures eompliquees du crane. Gaz. med. de Strasb., 1904, lxiii, 73; 81; 89: 1905, lxiv, 1; 9. — Bouche (G.) La craniectomie decompres- sive. J. m6d.deBrux., 1912, xvii,551, 663.—Bourgeois. Compression cerebrale par hematome intra-cranien; tre- panation; ligature de la meningee moyenne; guerison. Union med. du Canada, Montreal, 1909, xxxviii, 497-501.— Bride (J. W.) Depressed fracture of the skull in an infant one day old; trephining; recovery. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1910, i, 261.—Broca ( A.) Trepanation pour trou- bles consecutifs & une fracture ancienne du crane. Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1902, lxxv, 1169-1172. -----. Trepanation chez les enfants pour fracture du cr&ne avec contusion cerebrale. Compt. rend. Soc. d'obst. de gynec et de padiat. de Par., 1903, v, 118-126. Also: Rev. prat d'obst. et de paediat., Par., 1903, xvi, 225-242. -----. A propos de la trepanation decompressive. Bull. Soc. de pediat. de Par., 1911, xiii, 277-380.—Canestrini (S.) & von Saar (G.),Frhr. Zur Frage der sellaren Palliativ-Trepanation. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1911, lxxvi, 217-226. Also: Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1912, lxii, 273-275.— Ches- nean (M.) Stase papillaire d'origine traumatique; tre- panation suivie de guerison. Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1900- 1901, xix, 193. Also: Clin, opht, Par., 1901, vii, 257. Also, transl: Ophth. Klin., Stuttg., 1901, v, 308. — (oddon Ortiz (R.) La trepanaci6n preventiva del crdneo. Rev. med. de Chile, Sant de Chile, 1904, xxxii, 340-347.—Col- lineau. La trepanation dans la therapeutique des ne- vroses au point de vue clinique. Ann. de psychiat. et d'hypnol., Par., 1891, n. s., 193; 233-241.—Cudinore (A. M.) Decompression in the treatment of fracture of the base of the skull. Australas. M. Gaz., Svdnev, 1908, xxviii, 651- 653. [Discussion], 669. — Lushing (H.) Subtemporal decompressive operations for the intracranial complica- tions associated with bursting fractures of the skull. Tr. South. Surg. & Gynec. Ass. 1907, Phila., 1908, xx, 324-330. Also: Ann. Surg., Phila., 1908, xlvii, 641-644, 1 pl. -----. Technical methods of performing certain cranial opera- tions. Interstate M. J., St. Louis, 1908, xv, 171-187. Also: Surg. Gynec. & Obst, Chicago, 1908, vi, 227-246. Also, Reprint. -----. [Fractureof the base of the skull; sub- temporal decompressive operation.] Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait, 1908, xix, 48.—Delbet (P.) A propos de 1^ trepanation decompressive. Bull, etmem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1911, n. s., xxxvii, 408-418. — Delhomel. Enfoncement de la votite du crane avec monoplegie bra- chiale; trepanation; guerison. Gaz. med. de Picardie, Amiens, 1901, xix, 307-312. — Doyen. Enfoncement du frontal par l'extremite d'un brancard; trepanation par le proeede de Doyen; guerison. Arch.deDoyen,Par.,1910-ll, 1,352.—Iluvergey. Fracturedu crane par enfoncement; trepanation; guerison. J.demed.de Bordeaux,1905,xxxv, Trephining (Decompressive and pallia- tive). 79 — Fagleton (W. P.) Decompression for the relief of disturbances of the auditory apparatus of intra-cranial origin; report of three cases with a previously undescribed aural condition. Tr. Am. Otol. Soc, New Bedford, Mass., 1912, xii, pt. 3, 564-574. — Frazier (OH.) The surgical aspects of cerebral decompression, with remarks on the etiology and certain manifestations of papilledema. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1909, liii, 854-861. -----. Cerebral decompression. Univ. Penn. M. Bull., Phila., 1910-11, xxiii, 637-655. — Frog«S ( L.) Fracture ouverte du crane avec enfoncement; hemipl6gie; trepanation; guerison; epilepsia post-op6ratoire; deuxieme interven- tion; guerison complete. [Rap. de Rochard.] Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1901, n. s., xxvii, 927-932.— Gabbett (P. C.) Two cases of cerebral compression; trephining. Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1898, xxxiii, 175.— Gluck (T.) Schiideltrepanation und Otoehirurgie. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1896, xxxiii, 577; 610; 654. [Dis- cussion] , 617.—Gould (A. P.) A case in which trephin- ing was performed with relief for symptoms of cerebral tumour. Tr. Clin. Soc. Lond., 1897-8, xxxi, 286.—Gull- baud (G.) La trepanation du cr&ne. Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1905, 2. s., xxiii, 1-9.—Hahn (E.) Vorstellung eines Falles von fortsehreitender Erblindung, mit Erfolg behandelt durch temporiire Schiideltrepanation. Ver- handl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Chir., Berl., 1893, xxii, 46-48. Also: Wien. med. Presse, 1893, xxxiv, 821.—Ha- jek (M.) Meine Erfahrungen mit der Trepanation und mit den Radikaloperationen der Stirnhohle. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1908, lviii, 864-891.—Harbin (R. M.) Some unusual features in trephining operations. Charlotte [N. C] M. J., 1911, lxiv, 334.—Hatch (W. K.) Case of supposed cerebral tumour, trephining. Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1898, xxxiii, 213.—Heintze. Ein durch Tre- panation geheilter Fall von subduralem Bluterguss ohne Schadelbruch. Jahresb. d. schles. Gesellsch. f. vaterl. Cult. 1899, Brest, 1900, lxxvii, 1. Abt, med. Sect, 147-149.— Hcndon (G. A.) Relief of intracranial pressure. Kentucky M. J., Bowling Green, 1909-10, viii, 1470.— Hensgen. Eine Schadeltrepanation. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Ltipz. u. Berl., 1901, xxvii, 416.—von Hip- pel (E.) Die Palliativtrepanation bei Stauungspapille. Ber. ii. d. Versamml. d. ophth. Gesellsch. 1908, Wiesb., 1909, xxxv, 80-99. Also: Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1908, xiv, 1916-1918. Also, Reprint. -----. Weitere Gesichts- punkte zur Frage der Palliativtrepanation bei Stau- ungspapille. Klin. Monatsbl. .f. Augenh., Stuttg., 1910, xlix, 83-87.—Holmstroin. Ar palliativtrepanationen vid staspapill att anhefalla. [A palliative trepanation for choked disk.] Hygiea, Stockholm, 1912, lxxiv, 1046- 1048. — Hoyos ITIarlori (F. J.) Una trepanaci6n. Rev. med. de Sevilla, 1894, xxii, 323-327 —Hudson (W. H.) A new decompression operation for the brain. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1912, lv, 744-749, 2 pl.—Jaboulay. La trepanation decompressive (la mobilisation de la voute du crane). Lyon med., 1896, lxxxiii, 73-75.—Jardlne (R.) Deep depression of frontal bone in new-born re- lieved by operation. Tr. Glasgow Obst. & Gynsec. Soc. (1902-4), 1905, iv, 41-43.—Johnston (J. W.) Trephin- ing; a report and study of four cases. Tr. M. Soc. W. Virg., Wheeling, 1895, 1211. — Kozlovski (B. S.) K kazuistikie trepanatsii cherepa. [Cases of . . .] Dnev- nik syezda Obsh. russk. vrach. v pamyat Pirogova, Kiev, 1896, vi, no. 10, suppl., 20-22. — Kiittner (H.) Ueber Hirnpunktion und Trepanation. Deutsche med. Wchn- schr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1909, xxxv, 465-469. -----. Kom- pression des Atmungscentrums; Trepanation; Heilung. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1911, xlviii, 1664— Lafarelle. Trepanation. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. de Bordeaux, 1897, xviii, 569.—Lapeyre (L.) Trois observations de tre- panation crftnienne decompressive. [Rap. de A. Broca.] Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1911, n.s., xxxvii, 1349-1351.—Laurent (O.) Arrieration et trepanation. Clinique, Brux., 1910, xxv, 521-524.—Leriche. Trepana- tion sous-temporale decompressive bilaterale pour frac- ture de la base du crane (methode de Cushing); guerison. Lyon med., 1910, cxiv, 508-510.—liewandowsky (M.) Zwei erfolgreiche Trepanationen ohne Befund. Dent sche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1911, xxxvii, 617.— van liii (J.) Waarneeming over de nuttigheid der herhaalde panbooringen, alsmede eenige aanmerkingen aangaande de kwetzingen van't bekkeneel, of buiten- vatig bloed onder't zelve. Verhandel. uitgeg. d. de Holland. Maatsch. d. Weetensch. te Haarlem, 1760, v, 537-564.—Lindh (A.) Polydipsi och polyuri; depres- sion af hjarnskalsben; trepanation. [ . . . depression of cranium; . . . ] Goteborgs Liik.-siillsk. Forh., 1895, 34-36.- liiicas-Championniere (J.) Faits pour demontrer l'innocuite de l'ouverture du crane et les ressourees qu'elle offre pour la therapeutique. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1888, cvi, 1693-1695. -----. Sur la trepanation preventive. Bull, et m6m. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1909, n s , xxxv, 319-322. -----. Sur la trepanation decom- pressive. Ibid., 1911, xxxvii, 462-474— OTcGlannaii (A ) Advantages of decompression in the treatment of head injuries. Maryland M. J.: Bait, 1911, liv, 49-54.— TREPHINING. 465 TREPHINING. Trephining (Decompressive and pallia- tive). Marin (F.) De la trepanation de la fosse occipitale inferieure pour enlever la pression sur le bulbe, dans les cas de compression grave de l'enc6phale. Atti d. xi. Cong. med. internaz. 1894, Roma, 1895. iv, chirurg. [etc.], 75-81.—Marx. Enfoncement du parietal chez un nouveau-ne; trepanation: guerison. Bull. Soc. d'obst. de Par., 1900, iii, 294— Mills-Roberts (R. H.) A case of congenital depression of the left frontal bone with symptoms simulating chorea; trephining; recoverv. Lancet, Lond., 1896, ii, 1079.—Montini (A.) Sulla tra- panazione del cranio nelle fratture, a frammenti de- pressi ed a tegumenti esterni integri. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1899, xx, 1344-1347.—IHumlord (J. G.) The principle of cerebral decompression. St. Paul M. J., St. Paul, Minn., 1908, x, 485-493.—Newton (I.) A case of depression of parietal bone in a newly-born infant; trephining on the twelfth dav; recovery. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1907, ii, 318.—Northrop (H. L.) Inebriety and moral degeneracy cured by trephining. J. Inebriety, Bost., 1909, xxxi, 112-116.—Payne (R. L.) Decompres- sion operations for fractures of the base of the skull. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1912, lviii. 472.—Proust & Terrillon (O.) Enfoncement du crane, hemiplegie etaphasie; trepanation; guerison. Bull.etmem.Soc.de chir. de Par., 1877, iii, 783-787. Also, in Terrillon (0.). C3uvres,8°, Par., 1898,i,306-310.—Purdy (J. S.) Trephin- ing for depressed frontal fracture of four years'standing. N.Zealand M.J., Wellington, 1900-1901, i, 165.—Row- lands (G. H.) Case of compression of the brain from clot; trephining; recovery. Australas. M. Gaz., Syd- ney, 1894, xiii, 144.—Ro yet. Observation de trepana- tion chez une jeune tille presentant des impulsions. Mem. et compt.-rend. Soc. d. sc. med. de Lyon (1891), 1892, xxxi, 207-214.— Saenger (A.) Ueber Palliativ- trepanation bei inoperablen Hirntumoren. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1906, Leipz., 1907, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 193.—Sawtelle ( H. W.) Cepha- lalgia; trepanning; recoverv. Rep. Superv. Surg.-Gen. Mar. Hosp. 1891-2, Wash., 1893, 113. — Schtlller (A.) Sellare Palliativtrepanation und Punktion des dritten Hirnventrikels. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1911, Ixi, 182- 190. -----. Bemerkungen fiber die sellare Trepanation. Ibid, 3002-3005. — Sehwalbaeh. Trepanation bei Erblindung. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1910, xxxvi, 638.—Schwartz (E.) De la suture des veines et en particulier d'un cas de suture du sinus lateral deehire pendant une trepanation pour un en- foncement du crane. Assoc, franc, de chir. Proc.-verb. [etc.]. Par., 1896, x, 263-268.—Seydel. Ueber den Ver- schluss von Schadeldefecten bei 16 Trepanationen des Bchadels. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1899, Leipz., 1900, lxxi, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte.. 523-526 — Siegel (E.) Schadeltrepanation wegen Kopfschmer- zen. Mitt. a. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir., Jena, 1902, x, 501-516.—Souques & de OTartel. Mort rapide a la suite de la craniectomie decompressive. Rev. neurol., Par., 1911, xix, 413-415.—Terry ( W. I.) The indica- tions, technic and results in decompressive operations on the brain. Calif. State J. M., San Fran., 1911, ix, 278-280 —Tuffier. Sur la trepanation decompressive. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1911, n. s.. xxxvii, 336-342. [Discussion], 377-390.—Vincent ( E.) Du traitement des fractures de la base du crane par la tre- panation preventive accompagnee de l'ouverture de la dure-mere et du drainage de la cavite arachno'idienne. Ibid., 1912, n. s, xxxviii, 801-811.—Weekers (L.) La trepanation decompressive, traitement palliatif de l'hypertension intracranienne et plus specialement de la stase papillaire. Scalpel, Liege, 1911-12, lxiv, 141- 143.—William* (C. L.) Trephining for supposed cerebral abscess. Tr. South Indian Branch Brit. M. Ass.. Madras, 1901-2, ix, 38. Trephining (History of). See, also, Trephining (Prehistoric and primi- tive). Fronmuller (H.) *Ueber die Wandlungen der Trepanation. 8°. Erlangen, 1892. Horne (J. F.) Trephining in its ancient and modern aspect. 12°. London, 1894. Chlpault (A.) & Dalelne (E.) Notes iconogra- phiques sur l'histoire de la trepanation. N. iconog. de la Salpetriere, Par., 1893, vi, 292-304, 3 pl— Lakhtln (M. Yu.) Istoricheskiyocherk ucheniya o trepanatsii s drev- nlelshikh vremyon i do xix vieka. [Historical sketch of trephining from ancient times to the nineteenth century.] Laitop. russk. chir., S.-Peterb., 1900, v, 925-943.—l«e Fort (R.) La trepanation a travers les ages. Echo med. du nord, Lille,1906,x,409-417.—Iiucas-Champlonniere. La trepanation autrefois et aujourd'hui. M6d. mod., Par., 1904, xv, 353. VOL XVIII, 2d series----30 Trephining (Instruments for). A rend t. Demonstration einer Trepanationssage. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Chir., Berl., 1893, xxii, 136-139.—Bassi (R.) Di un semplice apparecchio tasca- bile per la trapanazione. Gior. di med. vet, Torino, 1893, xlii, 62-68.—Bercut. Sur un appareil mecanique per- mettant la trepanation et le massage vibratoire. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1904, cxxxviii, 1068.—Blanch! (A.) Siringa trapano esplorativa. Gazz. med. lomb., Milano, 1895, liv, 340— Borchardt. Instrumentarium zur Trepanation. Med. Klin., Berl., 1906, ii, 980.—Botey (R.) La trepanaci6n del oido y del craneo con el torno eiectrico. Arch, de rinol., laringol., otol., Barcel., 1907, xviii, 145-163. Also, transl.: Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.], Par., xxxiii, pt. 2, 20-38. Also, transl.: An. de med. Butll. mens, dell' Acad. . . . de Catalunya, Bar- cel., 1907, i, 721-734.—Da Costa (J. C.) Osteoplastic re- section of the skull by means of a new trephine. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1902, xxxvi, 76-81, 2 pl. [Discussion], 152.— Dahlgren (K.) Ein neues Trepanationsinstrument. Centralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1896, xxiii, 217-220.—Delbet (P.) Un nouveau trepan. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1910, n. s., xxxvi, 651; 726— Delitsin (S.N.) 0 rikhanotrepanle A. A. Shtollya i nlekotorikh v nyom izmlenenivakh. [Shtoll's trephine and certain changes in it] Vrach. Gaz., S -Peterb., 1907, xiv, 477: 513; 526; 545. Also, transl.: Areh. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1907, lxxxii, 1201- 1208.— Elliot (R. H.) Some technical details of the operation of simple trephining. Ophth. Rev., Lond., 1911, xxx, 221-223.—Gourdet (J.) Trephine demontante a trepied guide. Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1900-1901, xix, 269- 271— Heidenhain (L.) Notiz iiber Sudeck's Trepana- tionsfraise. Centralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1900, xxvii, 1065- 1067.—Hoey (M. J.) A new modification of trephine [modification by A. H. White]. Pacific M. J., San Fran., 1909, Iii, 334—Hopkins (W. B.) A new osteoplastic trephine. Tr. Coll. Phys. Phila., 1903, 3. s., xxv, 21-23. Also: Ann. Surg., Phila., 1903, xxxvii, 772, 1 pl.—Lan- phear (E.) A new aseptic trephine. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1894, xlvi, 313. — l 1912' v- 265-289.—KIrscliiier (M.) Die Technik der modernen Schadel-Trepanation. Ergebn. d. Chir. u. Orthop., Berl., 1912, iv, 202-264,-Ko- cner. Ueber eine neue Trepanationsmethode. Cor -Bl f. schweiz. Aerzte Basel, 1899, xxix, 367,-Kronlein ( K. U. ) Die Technik der Trepanation, Schudelresec- Leber Hirnpunktion und -trepanation. Vortr. ii. prakt Therap., Leipz., 1909, 3. s., 87-102.-Laurent (0) La Trephining (Methods and technique in). trepanation rolandique et la ponction ventriculaire dans 1 arneration. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1905, cxii 356-359. Also: Clinique, Brux., 1906, xx, 156-158.—lie Dentu. Sur un travail de M. le professeur Mosse, de Toulouse, intitule: Nouvelles recherches sur la produc- tion d'une greffe osseuse heteroplastiqueapreslatrepana- tion. Bull. Acad, de med., Par.. 1894, 3. s., xxxi, 97-103.— JUakkas (M.) Zur provisorischen Blutstillung bei Sehadeltrepanationen. Zentralbl. f. Chir., Leipz. 1910 xxxvii, 1545-1547.—de JTlartel (T.) Technique de la trepanation du crane. J. de chir., Par., 1910, iv, 357-367.— Obaliiiski (A.) Wsprawietechnikitrepanacyiczaszki. [On the technique of trephining the skull.] Przegl. lek Krak6w, 1X97, xxxvi, 421. Also, transl: Centralbl. f. Chir ' Leipz., 1897, xxiv, 857-859—Pauchet (V.) Comment fait-on une trepanation? Clinique, Par., 1907, ii, 3-5.— Riegner (O.) Ein Fall von Trepanation wegen subdu- ralen Blutererussesmit spaterem osteoplastischen Ersatz des Schadeldefects nach Konig. Jahresb. d. schles. Ge- sellsch. f. vaterl. Cult. 1893, Brest, 1894, lxxi, 1. Abth med. Sect., 15-18.— Rozhdestvenski (I. S.) O za- mieshtshenii trepanatsionnikh otverstiy v chereple de- kaltsiniravannol kostyu. [Closure of trephined openings in the skull by decalcified bone.] Dnevnik Svezda Obsh. Russk. Vrach. v pamyat Pirogova, Kazan, 1899, vii, 331- 335.—Sebileau (P.) Vaste br6che cranienne de trepa- nation restauree par la prothese metallique. Bull et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1905, n. s., xxxi, 831-834.— Seydel. Ueber den Verschluss von Schadeldefekten bei 16 Trepanationen des Schadels. Deutsche mil.-arztl. Ztschr., Berl., 1899, xxviii, 657-662. Also: Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1900, xiii, 289. Also [Abstr.]: Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1899, xlvi, 1692.—Tauber (A. S.) Dva slu- chaya tometreflnatsii cherepa s blagopriyatnim iskho- dom. [Two cases of tometrephining of the skull with happy result.] Med. Sbornik Varshav. Uyaz. voyenn hosp., Varshava, 1895, viii, nos. 1-2, 11-19.—Toison (J.) Note sur un precede nouveau de trepanation par resec- tion temporaire d'un lambeau osteoplastique. Bull. Soc anat-clin. de Lille, 1890, v, 429-438. -----. Note compie- mentaire sur un nouveau precede de trepanation par re- section temporaire d'un lambeau osteoplastique. Ibid 1891, vi, 239-242.— Trnka. Beitrag zur Technik der Tre- panation des Schadels. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1898 xxiii, 97.— Urrutia (A.) Cirugia conservadora; tr6- pano, operaci6n Mikulicz. Cr6n. med. mexicana, Me- xico, 1899-1900, iii, 185: 261.—Vorschtttz. Zur Technik der Blutstillung bei Trepanationen des Schadels. Zen- tralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1910, xxxvii, 274-280.—Webster (J. P.) The technique of trephining and its after-treat- ment. Internat. J. Surg., N. Y., 1899, xii, 63-67.—Weir (R. F.) Reimplantation of bone after trephining. In- ternat. Clin., Phila., 1892, n.s., iii, 202-204.—Woolsey(G.) Gold foil in trephine opening in the skull. Ann. Sure.. Phila., 1897, xxv, 630-632. Trephining (Prehistoric and primi- tive). Canu (G.) * Trepanation prehistorique et rondelles craniennes. 8°. Paris, 1908. Lehmann-Nitsche (R.) Trois cranes, un tr£- pan£, un le\sionne, un perform, conserves au musee de La Plata et au Musee national de Buenos-Aires. 8°. La Plata, 1899. Repr.from.: Rev. d. Mus. de La Plata. Saletes (P.) *La trepanation neolithique et le crane trepane de la Drome. 8°. Lyon, 1904. y Bandelier (A. F.) Aboriginal trephining in Bo- livia. Am. Anthrop., Wash., 1904, n. s., vi, 440-446.— Baud on in (M.) Etude d'un crane neolithique a double trepanation. Homme prehist, Par., 1907, v, 207-215.— -----. Etude d'un crane prehistorique a triple trepana- tion, executee sur le vivant Arch. prov. de chir., Par., 1908, xvii, 362-376. -----. Une trepanation prehistorique sur un crane consider a tort comme celui d'un homme. moderne. Ibid., 1911, xx, 81-89.—Boigey (M.) Une operation chirurgicale a. Page de pierre; la trepanation. Rev. seient, Par., 1903, 4. s., xx, 261-266. — Capitan. Moulages et cr&nes trepanes du P6rou. Bull. Soc. d'an- throp. de Par., 1899. 4. s., x. 584— Carriere (G.) & Re- bonl (J.) Un cas de trepanation prehistorique faite pendant la vie et suivie de guerison operatoire, observee sur un cr&ne de la grotte sepulcrale de Rousson, pr£s Salindres (Gard). Ibid., 1894, 4. s., v, 351-356.—Cou r- rent (P.) Le crflne trepane de Montlaur et la chirurgie prehistorique. Montpel. m6d., 1903, xvii, 546-551. — < rane trepane de Molincourt (Eure). Rev.mens.de l'Ecole d'anthrop. de Par., 1894, iv, 92.—Croisier. La chirurgie cranienne a l'epoque neolithique. Ann. med.- chir. du centre, Tours, 1904, iv, 58.—Crump (J. A.) Tre- phining in the South Sea*. J. Anthrop. Inst., Lond., 1901, xxxi, 167-172, 2 pl.—lie Blasio (A.) Cranio tra- panato del paese degP Incas. Riv. mens, di psichiat. TREPHINING. 467 TREPHINING. Trephining (Prehistoric and primi- tive). forense, Napoli, 1900, iii, 41-50.—Delvincourt & Bau- det. Decouverte d'une double trepanation prehistori- que a Montigny-sur-Creey, canton de Crecy-sur-Serre (Aisne). Bull, et mem. Soc. d'anthrop. de Par., 1906,5. s., vii, 207-209.—Dulles (C. W.) Remarks on fac-similes of nineteen Peruvian skulls illustrating ancient trephining. Tr. Coll. Phys. Phila., 1894, 3. s., xvi, 264-269.—Duret. La trepanation dans les temps prehistoriques. J. d. sc. med. de Lille, 1898, i, 167-172.—Escomel. Un cas de trepanation prehistorique. [Rap. de Bazy.] Bull, et m6m. Soc. dechir. de Par., 1910, n. s., xxxvi, 344-354.— Grim (F.) Remarques sur l'operation prehistorique decrite par Manouvrier sous le nom de T sincipital. An- thropologic, Par., 1910, xxi, 625-635.—Hansen (S.) Primitiv Trepanation. Biblioth. f. Laeger, Kj0benh., 1894, 7. R., v, 242-269.—Jacques (V.) La trepanation dans l'ancien Perou. Bull. Soc. d'anthrop. de Brux., 1899-1900, xviii, pp. lviii-lxxvi.—Lehmann-Nitsche (R.) Notes sur des lesions de cranes des iles Canaries analogues a celles du crane de Menouville et leur inter- pretation probable. Bull, et mem. Soe. d'anthrop. de Par., 1903, 5. s., iv, 492-494.—1,11 lie (C.W.) Primitive trephining; historical. St. Louis Clinique, St. Louis, 1902, xv, 1-10. —liumholtz (C.) Trepanned Tarahu- mare skull, female. In his: Unknown Mexico, 8°, N. Y., 1902, 328. -----. Trephining among the ancient Tara- humares. Lancet, Lond., 1903, ii, 136.—Lnmholtz (C.) & Hrdlicka (A.) Trephining in Mexico. Am. An- throp., Wash., 1897, x, 389-396, 2 pl. Also, Reprint. Also [Abstr.]: Proc. Am. Ass. Adv. Se. 1897, Salem, 1898, xlvi, 342. Also [Abstr.]: Rep. Brit Ass. Adv. Sc. 1897, Lond., 1898, lxvii, 790.—von Luschan (F.) Trepanation bei den Ureinwohnern der Canar'ien. Internat. Arch. f. Ethnog., Leiden, 1896, ix, 214. -----. Drei trepanirte Schadel von Tenerife. Verhandl. d. Berl. Gesellsch. f. Anthrop., 1896,63-65. -----. Trepanirte Schadel aus Neu- Britanien. Ibid., 1898, 398-401. -----. Ueber Trepana- tion und verwandte Operationen bei den alten Bewoh- nern von Tenerife. Compt-rend. Cong, internat. de m6d. 1897, Mosc, 1899, ii, sect. 1, 27.—McGee (W.J.) Primitive trephining, illustrated by the Muniz Peruvian collection. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait, 1894, v, 1-3. Also, Reprint—Jfflalbot (H.) & Vernean (R.) Etude d'ethnographie algerienne; les Chaou'ias et la trepanation du crane dans l'Aures. Anthropologie, Par., 1897, viii, 1; 174. — Manouvrier (L.) Nou- velle mutilation cranienne neolithique; le T sincipital. Rev. mens, de l'Ecole d'anthrop. de Par., 1896, vi, 57 — -----. Trepanation cranienne prehistorique post mor- tem. Bull, et mem. Soc. d'anthrop. de Par., 1902, 6. s., iii, 57-59. -----. Les marques sincipitales des cranes neolithiques considerees comme reliant la chirurgie classique ancienne a la chirurgie prehistorique. Ibid., 1903, 6. s., iv, 494-498. Also: Rev. de l'Ecole d'anthrop. de Par., 1903, 5. s., xiii, 431-436. -----. Deux trepanations craniennes prehistoriques avec longue survie et deforma- tions consecutives. Ibid., 5. s., iv, 404-417. -----. Inci- sions, cauterisations et trepanations craniennes de l'e- poque neolithique. Ibid., 1904, 6. s., v, 67-73.—de IUet*. La trepanation prehistorique. Ann. Soc. med.-chir. d'Anvers, 1898, 200-203.—Blinkevich (I. I.) Trepana- tsiya u Kavkazskikh gortsev i drugikh razlichntkh naro- dov; sravnitelnoye izslledovaniye. [Trephining among the Caucasian mountaineers and various other peoples; comparative investigation.] Med. Sbornik, Tiflis, 1897, no. 60, 1-24.—Much (M.) Beitrag zur prahistorischen Trepanation. Mitth. d. anthrop. Gesellsch. in Wien, 1901, 3. F.,i, [117J.—Muniz(M. A.) AMcGee (W. J.) Primi- tive trephining in Peru. Rep. Bureau Ethnol. 1894-5, Wash., 1897, xvi, 1-72, 40 pl.—inunro (R.) On trepan- ning the human skull in prehistoric times. Rep. Brit. Ass. Adv. Sc. 1892, Lond., 1893, lxii, 912.—Parkinson (R.) Trepanation bei den Siidseeinsulanern. Deutsche Aerzte-Ztg., Berl., 1908, 415-417. Also: Med. Bl., Wien, 1908, xxxi, 290. Also: Ztschr. f. Krankenpfl., Berl., 1908, xxx, 161-164.—Pieiffter (L.) Mediziniscn interessante prahistorische Schadelverletzungen, entstanden durch einen Schleuderstein und durch Trepanation. Kor.-Bl. d. allg. arztl. Ver. v. Thiiringen, Weimar, 1906, xxxv, 301-315. — Pommerol (F.) Squelette humain neoli- thique avec crane trepane et lesions tuberculeuses des vertebres. Assoc, franc, pour l'avance. d. sc. C.-r. 1893, Par., 1894, xxii, pt. 2, 699-706 —Prehistoric cranial sur- gery. [Edit.] Railway Surg. J., Chicago, 1912-13, xix, 165-169.—Prehistoric trepanning. Pop. Sc. Month., N. Y., 1892-3, xlii, 535-542.—Primitive, prehistoric tre- phining. [Edit] Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1902, n. s., lxxiv, 189.—Reboul (J.) Observations concernant le crane trepane trouv6 dans un dolmen aupres de Mont- pellier-le-Vieux. Anthropologie, Par., 1898, ix, 380-383.— Regnault (F.) Sur la trepanation prehistorique. Bull, et mem. Soc. d'anthrop. de Par., 1902, 5. s., iii, 736- 738.—Schmidt (E.) Die Schadeltrepanation bei den Inca-Peruanern. Globus, Brnschwg., 1898, Ixxiii, 177- 179.—Seligmann (C. G.) Note on a trephined skull from New Britain. Man, Lond., 1906, vi, 37. —Sergl Trephining (Prehistoric and primi- tive). (G.) Crani peruviani trapanati. Atti d. Soc. rom. di anthrop., Roma, 1909-10, xv, 7-13.—Snyder (F. D.) The prehistoric Burgeon; trephining by primitive man. Cleveland M. J., 1912, xi, 203-206. —Stieda (L. ) Ueber alte trepanierte Schadel. Wien. med. Wchn- schr., 1911, Ixi, 1669-1673.—Trojanovic (S.) Die Tre- Eanation bei den Serben. Cor.-Bl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. Anthrop. [etc.], Munchen, 1900, xxxi, 18-23.—Virsa- ladze (S. S.) K voprosu o narodnol meditsinle vo- Obshtshe i v chastnosti o trepanatsii cherepa u gortsev Dagestana. [On popular medicine in general, and espe- cially on trephining the skull among the mountaineers of Daghestan.] Vestnik obsh. hig., sudeb. i prakt med., St. Petersb., 1898, no. 9, 2. sect., 697-702.—Westerman (C.W.J.) Praehistorische trepanatie. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1908, ii, 1000. Trephining (Sequelae of). Caboche (H.-P.-K.) *La hernie cerebrale au cours et ii la suite de la trepanation. 8°. Paris, 1901. Robert (P.) *De l'epilepsie consecutive a la trepanation. 8°. Paris, 1901. . Antheaume (A.) Note sur un casd'epilepsie essen- tielle consecutive a la trepanation. J. de med. de Par., 1900, 2. s., xii, 401.—Denioor (J.) Consequences de la trepanation pratiquee sur les jeunes animaux sur revo- lution de la couche corticale et le developpement general de l'organisme. Soc. roy. d. sc. med. et nat de Brux. Bull., 1899, lvii, 62-66.— Heaton (G.) A case of cerebral abscess following the operation of trephining for com- pound depressed fracture of the skull; drainage of ab- scess; recovery. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1893, n. s., cv, 538.—Krug-Basse. Trepanation et pertes de substance du crane. Anjou med. Angers, 1899, vi, 26-34.—Lannois & Tournier. H6mianopsie d'origine hysterique chez un trepane atteint de crises 6pileptiformes. Cong. d. med. alienistes et neurol. de France . . . Proc.-verb. [etc.] 1895, Par., 1896, ii, 324-331. — Marchand ( L. ) Epilepsie convulsive caus6e par la trepanation. J. de med. de Par., 1900, 2. s., xii, 71.—Quintela (M.) Dos casos de par&lisis del musculo oblicuo superior, consecu- tiva a la trepanaci6n del seno frontal. Rev. med. d. Uruguay, Montevideo, 1902, v, 206-210.—Ransohoff( J.) & Phelps (A. V.) Fatal haemorrhage from trephining. Ann. Surg.,Phila., 1903,xxxviii,487-492,3pl. Also: Tr. Am. Surg. Ass., Phila., 1903, xxi, 563-568,2 pl. Also, Reprint— Shtreikher (M. L.) Sluchal samoproi'zvolnol trepa- natsii visochnol kosti. [Spontaneous trephining of the temporal bone.] Protok. zasaid. Kavkazsk. med. Obsh., Tiflis, 1906-7, xliii,129-132.—Toubert (J.) &Fasquelle (A.) L'audition paradoxale se fait-elle a travers la cica- trice chez les.sujets ayant subi la trepanation de la voute du crane? (Etude historique, clinique et critique.) Arch. internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1903, xvi, 845-865. Trephining in animals. Albrecht(M.) DieTrepanationdrehkrankerRinder. Monatsh. f. prakt. Thierh., Stuttg., 1893-4, v. 337; 385.— Denioor (J.) Les effets de la trepanation faite sur les jeunes animaux. Inst. Solvay. Trav. de lab., Brux., 1901, iv, 321-352. Also [Abstr.]: Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1901-2,xxxvi,169.—Jtterkt. DieTrepanation der Schadel- hohle beim Rinde. Wchnschr. f. Thierh. u. Viehzucht, Munchen, 1896, xl, 309-313.—Pfab (A.) Trepanation beim Pferde. Munchen. tierarztl. Wchnschr., 1910, liv, 73; 89; 109; 125. Trephining for disease. See, also, Brain (Diseases of, Treatment of, Operative); Cranium (Syphilis of). Haas (R.) * Ueber Trepanation bei Hirntu- moren. [Heidelberg.] 8°. Tubingen, 1899. Reissner (O.) * Zur Frage der intermediaren Trepanation bei Osteophlebitis cranii. [Heidel- berg.] 8°. Tubingen, 1891. Also, in: Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1892, viii, 522-546. A Id rich (C. J.) The curative effect of trephining per se; two cases trephined for intracranial disease; one cured, the other markedly benefited; in neither was a lesion found, nor were the operations made over the areas which the symptoms suggested might be diseased. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1902, xxxv, 618-623.—Andre\v (J. G.) Case of cerebellarabscessfollowingmiddle-eardisease; failure of respiration during administration of anaesthetic; tre- phining; restoration of respiratory function for nearly thirty hours; death. Brit M.J., Lond., 1903, i, 1021-1023.— Angelucci (A.) Gli effetti della trapanazione del cra- nio nell' edema della papilla da tumore cerebrale in tre infermi operati nella clinica. Arch, di ottal., Palermo, 1895-6, iii, 34-70.—Angus (H. B.) A patient three years after trephining for a cerebral tumour. Northumberland TREPHINING. 468 TREPHINING. Trephining for disease. A Durham M. J, Newcastle-upon-Tyne,1904,xii,177-179.— Aniclidtz. Leber Trepanation bei traumatischem in- traeraniellem Hamatom. Jahresb. d. schles. Gesellsch. f. vaterl. Cult. 1906, Brest, 1907, lxxxiv, 18S-203.—Bejan (I. V.) Un cas defongusaldurelmater; exeisie; trepanarie; vindecare. Spitalul, Bucuresci, 1899, xix, 476-478.— Binet & Rebatel. Un cas d'affection mentale gueri par la trepanation. Mem. et compt.-rend. Soc. d. sc. med. de Lyon (1895), 1896, xxxv, 20-24. [Discussion], pt. 2, 69- 61.—Botey (R.) Un caso de meningitis y de trombofle- bitisdeambos senos cavernososde origen otitico; trepa- naci6n total penetrante del craneo drenado de la cavidad aragnoidea; muerte. Arch, de rinol., laringol., otol., Barcel., 1906, xxiii, 6-20.—Boudon & Caraven. Un cas de mythomanie; double trepanation pour accidents meninges simuies. Encephale, Par., 1909, i, 374-382.— C'erne. Trepanation exploratrice pour une tumeur probable de l'encephale. Normandie med., Rouen, 1899, xiv, 121-123. — Chekan (V. M.) Khronicheskiy gnoi- nik temennol doli llevavo polushariya golovnovo mozga; dvle trepanatsii. [Chronic abscess of the pa- rietal portion of the left hemisphere of the brain; two trephinings.] Khirurgia, Mosk., 1900, vii, 15-29.— Cotterill (J. M.) Case of cerebral abscess; trephin- ing; recovery. Scot M & S. J., Edinb., 1897, i, 337-339.— Delag^niere (H.) Fracture penetrante du crane avec vaste abces du cerveau; trepanation; drainage du cer- veau; gu6rison. Arch. med. d'Angers, 1901, v, 457.—De- lobel (P.) Exostose syphilitique avec tumeur cere- brale; epilepsie jacksonnienne; trepanation; mort. J.d. sc. med. de Lille, 1900, ii, 537-542.—Descos (A.) Tumeur tubereuleuse du lobe droit du cervelet; double trepana- tion; mort par shock bulbaire avec dissociation entre la respiration et la circulation. Lyon med., 1899, xcii, 213- 222.—Devic & Courmont. Trepanation dans un cas de gliome cerebral. [Abstr.] Rev. prat d. trav. de m6d., Par., 1897, liv, 151.—Durst (F.) Ruptura arteriae me- ningeae mediae dextrae; heematoma extradurale; trepa- natio; sanatio. Lied, viestnik, u Zagrebu, 1903, xxv, 118- 121.—Engdahl (E.) Fall af intradural blodning utan skada a kraniet; trepanation; helsa. [Caseof intradural hemorrhage without injury to the cranium; trephining; recovery.] Forh. v. nord. kirurg. foren. 1899, Stockholm, 1901, iv, 60.—Fay kiss (F.) Haematoma intracraniale; trepanatio. Budapesti k. m. t. egyet. 2. sz. Seb. Klin, be- tegf. 1906, Budapest, 1907, 14.—Gardner (T. F.) Tre- phining for threatened cerebral abscess; urgent symp- toms of meningitis; arrest and recovery. Lancet, Lond., 1900, i, 1277.—van Gehuchten (A.) & Goris (C.) A case of pure verbal deafness due to an abscess of the left temporal lobe; trephining; recovery. J. Ment. Path., N. Y., 1902, ii, 253-263.—Gelpke. Hirnabscess im Bereich der 1. Centralwindung, Lahniung des rechten Armes, und Epilepsie; Trepanation; Heilung. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1901, lix, 589.—Goodall (E.) Transient motor and sensory disturbances following upon trephin- ing in a case of general paralysis of the insane. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1893, ii, 117.—Goris. Abces extradural avec c6phalalgie et attaques epileptiformes; trepanation; gue- rison. Ann. de l'Inst. chir. de Brux., 1901, viii, 151. Also: J. de chir. et Ann. Soc. beige de chir., Brux., 1901, i, 558. -----. Abces cerebral suite d'otorrhee chronique; epilep- sie datant de quatorze ans; evidement mastoi'dien; tre- panation; guerison. Ann. de l'Inst. chir. de Brux., 1902, ix, 57-59.—Gussenbauer. Erfahrungen iiber die osteo- plastische Schadeltrepanation wegen Hirngeschwiilsten. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1902, xv, 143; 175; 205.—Guthrie (L.) & Collier (S.) Cerebellar (?) cyst successfully treated by trephining and drainage. Tr. Clin. Soc. Lond., 1900, xxxiii, 193-196—Haas (R.) Ueber Trepanation bei Hirntumoren. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1899, xxv, 601-644.—Hache (M.) Sur l'opportunite de la trepanation immediate dans l'osteomyeiite aigue. Cli- nique, Par., 1908, iii, 277.—Henschen (S. E.) Zur Tre- panation bei Hirngeschwiilsten und der Jackson'schen Epilepsie. Mitt. a. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir., Jena, 1898, iii, 287-296.—von Hippel (E.) Ueber die Pallia- tivtrepanation bei Stauungspapille. Arch. f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1908, lxix, 290-354.—Hotchkiss (L. W.) Motor aphasia due to a small cortical haemorrhage in the region of Broca'sconvolution; trephining; recovery. Ann. Surg Phila., 1902, xxxvi, 82-86.—Jackson (T. W.) Trau- matic meningitis with effusion; cerebral convulsions; double trephining: recovery. Phila. M. J., 1902, ix, 805.— Kaijser (F.) Fall af tumor cerebri; trepanation; for- battring. [Case of ...; improvement.] Hygiea, Stock- holm, 1900, lxii, pt. 2, 223-226—Kaufmann. Double choiesteatome; thrombo-phiebite du sinus lateral droit; double trepanation; ouverture du sinus; injections d'eiec- trargol; guerison. Anjou med., Angers, 1908, xv, 285-288. Also [Abstr]: Pediatric prat, Lille, 1908, vi, 308.—Koster [?•) .& *V,,I,Ier (K-) Hjarntumor; trepanation; for- battring for entid. Goteborgs Lak.-sallsk. Forh., 1895, 62- ienne; trepanation. J. de sc m6d. de Lille, 1901, ii, 5-8— Galeriu (A.) Un cas de fractura a craniulul cu plaga a creerulul si scurgerea unel porriunl din substanta cerebraia; trepanarie; vin- decare. [Fracture of the skull with wound of the brain and loss of a part of the cerebral substance; trephining; recovery.] Rev. de chir., Bucuresti, 1904, viii, 133.— Goumy & Ouin. Fractures multiples de la voute du crane, avec enfoncement, compliquees de plaies; double trepanation; guerison. Soc. de med. mil. franc. Bull. Par., 1912, vi, 360-362.—Gruget (A.) Fracture du crane; large enfoncement et embarrure du frontal; trepanation; guerison. Arch. med. d'Angers, 1910, xiv, 96-101.— Guenot (J.-B.) Fracture comminutive du frontal avec enfoncement; trepanation; gu6rison. Arch, de med. et pharm. mil., Par., 1905, xlvi, 62-64.— Guilbault (G.) Fracturedu crane: contusion cerebrale; hemorragie in tra - durale et compression: epilepsie jacksonienne; trepana- tion; guerison. Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1904, xxii, 461-465. Also: Ann.de m6d.et chir. inf., Par., 1904, viii, 483^86.— Gusett"(P. F.) Vosemnadtsatsluchayevtrepanatsiypri ognestrlelnikh raneniyakh cherepa. [Eighteen cases of trephining in gunshot wounds of the skull.] Khirurgia, Mosk., 1906, xx, 3-13.—Hamaide. Blessure des me- ninges, du cerveau et du ventricule lateral gauche par corps etranger ayant p6netre par l'oreille; meningite; trepanation; guerison. Presse med. beige, Brux., 1907, lix, 681.—Hamilton (G. G.) Successful trephining for rupture of the meningeal artery. Liverpool M.-Chir. J., 1901, xxi, 21-23.—Herman. Fracture du crane; disjonction des sutures medio-frontale sagittale et coronale; trepanation; prothese metallique; guerison. J. de chir. et Ann. Soc. beige de chir., Brux., 1904, iv, 106-110. Also: J. med. de Brux., 1904, ix, 205-207.— Heurtaux. Epanchement sanguin considerable, en- tre la dure-mere et les os du crane, sans fracture, par suite d'une chute sur la tete; trepanation; gueri- son. Echo med., Toulouse, 1901, 2. s., xv, 488-491.— Jaboulay. Traumatisme cranien; fracture avec en- foncement du frontal; abcea secondaire du lobe frontal gauche; trepanation; gu6rison avec une hernie cerebrale consecutive. Lyon med., 1908, cxi, 298. -----. Fracture du crane; hema'tome sus-dure-merien: trepanation large occipito-parietale gauche; guerison. Ibid., 1910, cxiv,819. Joweri (R. F.) A caseof fracture of the base of the skull with extradural haemorrhage causing compression; trephining. Lancet, Lond., 1903, ii,53L—Kakels (M. S.) Early trephining for severe injuries of the skull, with a report of cases operated upon. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1909, lxxvi, 934-940.—Kallionzis (E.) Tpavp.a5ia irvpopoKov oirAov toO Kpaviov; en-iAen-Tiicoi jrapofva>i.oi; otvttik^ ovaTprj- iri?; iarms 176. Hft. of: Berl. Klinik. Treutlein (Adolf). * Beitrage zur Differential- diagnose zwischen den gliosen und sarkomatboen Geschwulaten des Gehirns. 41 pp. 8°. Wiirz- burg, 1898. -----. * Ueber chronische Oxalsaurevergiftung an Huhnern und deren Beziehung zur Aetiolo- gie der Beriberi. Habilitationaschrift. pp. 323- 345, 2 1., 2 pl. 8°. Wiirzburg, A. Stuber, 1906. Cutting [cover with printed title] from: Verhandl. d. phys.-med. Gesellsch. zu Wiirzb., 1906, xxxviii. Treutler (Oscar Edward) [1857-1908]. [Obituary.] J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1908, li, 1274. de Treve Barber (Henri). * Etude sur un monatre humain peracephale acarde et apneume. 32 pp., 7 pl. 8°. Genhe, C. Eggimann dc Cu., 1903. Trevelyan (Sir Charles [Edward]) [1807-86]. Letters to the Times and Lancet on famine fever and public charities. 29 pp. 8°. [London], Spottiswoode dc Co., [1873]. [P., v. 2188.] Trevelyan (Edmond FaurieT) [1859- 1911]. Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1911, ii, 1680. -disc- Lancet, Lond., 1911, il, 1808. Treves. See, also, Hospitals (Description, etc., of), Water-supply, by localities. Brandenburg (G.) Ueber die Veranreinigung des Moselflusses durch die Stadt Trier. Hyg. Rundschau, Berl 1>98, viii, 561-568 —Witry. Medizinisches aus dem Statutenbuch der Stadt Trier aus dem 16. Jahrhun- dert. Janus, Harlem, 1906, xi, 497-500. Treves (AndrS) [1878- ]. * Etude aur les fractures de l'extremite inferieure de l'humerua chez l'enfant. (Resultats eloignes.) 290 pp., 10 pl. 8°. Paris, G. Steinheil, 1911, No. 372. Treves (Sir Frederick) [1853- ]. Richter's Hernia, or partial enterocele. 19 pp. 8°. Lon- don, Adlard dc Son, 1887. Repr.from: Med.-Chir. Tr., Lond., 1887, lxx. ------. Relapsing typhlitis treated bv operation. pp. 165-172. 8°. London, J. E. Adlard, 1888. Repr.from: Med.-Chir. Tr., Lond., 1888, lxxi. -. Surgical applied anatomy, xii, 574 pp. Treves (Sir Frederick)—continued. The same. New ed., revised by the au- thor, with the assistance of Arthur Keith, xii, 571 pp. 12°. London, Paris, New York dc Mel- bourne, Cassell dc Co., 1901. ----. The same. 5. ed. xii, 640 pp. 12°. London, Cassell d: Co., 1907. The same. Traite d'anatomie appiiquee a la chirurgie. Ouvrage traduit de 1'anglais par Emile Lauwers. 391 pp. 8°. Bruxelles, A. Manceaux; Paris, A. Maloine, 1900. ----. The influence of constitutional conditions upon injuries. In: Syst. Surg. (Treves), Phila., 1895, i, 260-271. ----. Tuberculosis. In: Syst. Surg. (Treves), Phila., 1895, i, 339-362. Haemophilia. In: Syst. Surg. (Treves), Phila., 1895, i, 376-378. —. Hveteria in its aurgical relations. In: Syst."Surg. (Treves), Phila., 1895, i, 379-384. Perityphlitis and its varieties, their path- ology, clinical manifestations and treatment. 61 pp. 8°. London, New York, Macmillan dc Co., 1897. Repr.from: Syst. Med. (Allbutt), Lond., 1897, m. Intestinal obstruction; ita varieties with their pathology, diagnosis, and treatment. New and revised ed. xi, 565 pp. 8°. New York, W. Wood dc Co., 1899. ----. Thesame. New andreviaed ed. xi, 565 pp. 8°. New York, W. Wood dc Co., 1902. ----. The tale of a field hospital, viii, 109 pp., 14 pl. 8m. 4°. London, Cassell dc Co., 1900. A manual of operative surgery. New ed., reviaed by the author and Jonathan Hutchinson, jun. 2 v. xi, 750 pp., 8 pl.; 824 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, Lea Bros, dc Co., 1903. ----. The student's handbook of aurgical op- erations. New ed. xii, 486 pp. 8°. London, Cassell dc Co., 1904. ----. The same. New ed. xii, 486 pp. 12°. Chicago, W. T. Keener dc Co., 1904. -----. The other side of the lantern. An ac- count of a commonplace tour round the world. 4. ed. xvi, 424 pp., 40 pl. 8°. London, Cassell dc Co., [1906]. See, also, System (A) of Surgery, edited by Frederick Treves [etc.]. 8°. London, 1895-6. For Biography, see Grenfell (W. T.) Sir Frederick Treves, a surgeon who happens to be a man of genius. Cutting from: Putnams' Mag., N. Y., 1908-9, v, 581-591.— King's (The) surgeon. [Sir Frederick Treves.] Cutting from: Munsey's Mag., N. Y., 1902, xxvii, 865. See, also: Brit M. J., Lond., 1902, ii, 75. Also: N. York M. J., 1902, lxxv, 1145. •See, also: Minor (T. C.) Treves and the King. Cincin. Lancet- Clinic, 1902, n. s., xlix, 20-22. ----& Hutchinson (Jonathan). A manual of operative surgery. 2 v. 3. ed. 775 pp., 17 pl.; 821 pp., 16 pl. 8°. London, Cassell dc Co., 1909. & Lang (Hugo). A German-English dic- 12°. London, Paris dc Melbourne, Cassell dc Co., 1892. tionary of medical terms, viii, 403 pp. 8° London, J. dc A. Churchill, [1890]. Treves (Raymond) [1882- ]. * Contribu- tion a I'etude du hoquet chez lea nourriaaons. 48 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1904, No. 77. Treves (William Knight) [1843-1908]. On the diagnosis and treatment of scrofulous glands. 15 pp. 8°. London, J. Bale dc Sons, 1889. .Repr. from: Lancet, Lond., 1889, ii. J
Bologna, 1894,4. s., Triazolone. Dienstrach (O.F.V.M.) *TJeber Salzbildung, Lmlagerung und Aufapaltung dea l-Phenyl-4- oximido-5-triazolone. 8°. Miinehen, 1908. Tribadism. See Sexual instinct (Inversion of). Tribal marks. Turner (G. A.) Some of the tribal marks of the South African native races. Transvaal M. J., Johannes- burg, 1910-11, vi, 141-153, 8 pl. Tribaudeau ( Jules-Adonis ). *Des deface- ments pathologiquea du mediastin, lies aux mouvements respiratoires. Etude de radiosco- pie medicale. 49 pp. 8°. Paris, 1901, No. 227. Triberti (Antonio). Memoria aulP azione con- trostimolante del veaicanti. 14 pp. 8°. Pavia, tipog. Capelli, [n. d.]. Tribes (Jacques). * Contributions a l'Stude du traitement dea tuberculoaea externea par les in- jectiona; modifications; le8 injections d'huile gomenolee. 73 pp. 8°. Paris, A. Maloine, 1911, No. 57. -----. Thesame. Ip. l.,82pp. 4°. Paris, A. Maloine, 1912. Tribet (Julien ) [ 1874 - ]. * Empoisonne- ment par le vernis au noir d'aniline applique a la chaussure. [Lyon.] 3 p. 1., 78 pp., 2 1. 8°. Dijon, 1901, No. 135. Tribolumoscope. Glew (F. H.) The tribolumoscope. J. Rontgen Soc. Lond., 1906-7, iii, 132. Tribondeau (Louis-Mathieu-FrSderic-Adrien) [1872- ]. *Du traitement chirurgical de 1'hydrocephalic 88 pp., 7 pl. 4°. Bordeaux, 1895, No. 54. Triboniophorns. Pfeiffer (F. W.) *Die Gattung Tribonio- phorua. 8°. Berlin, 1899. Triboulet (H.) [1864- ]. *Du r61e poaai- ble de l'infection en choree; essai de pathoge- nie. 145 pp., 1 1., 20 tab. 4°. Paris, 1893, No. 95. For Biography, see Corresp. med., Par., 1907, xiii, no. 298, 3 (Vaintray). & Coy on (A.) Le rhumatisme articu- laire aigu en bacteriologie. 95 pp. 12°. Paris, J.-B. Baillih-e dc fils, 1900. Delobel (A.) Les ceuvrea de l'en- fance, maternite, premiere enfance, adolescense. xv, 144 pp. 12°. Paris, 0. Doin, 1906. & Mathieu (Fedix). L'aleool et l'alcoo- lisme; notiona generales, toxicologie et phyaio- logie, pathologie, therapeutique, prophylaxie. 2 p. 1., 251 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, G. Carre dc C. Naud, 1900. ------------. Traite de l'alcooliame. Preface par A. Joffroy. vi, 479 pp. 8°. Paris, Masson dc Cie., 1905. Tribout (Alejandro). See Vermeench (E.) & Tribout (Alejandro). Apuntes de patologia [etc.]. 8°. Buenos Aires, 1890. Tribromophenol. Torrey (H. A.) & Hunter (W. H.) The red and white silver salts of 2,4,6-tribromophenol. J. Am. Chem. Soc, Easton, Pa., 1911, xxxiii, 194-205. Tribukait (Fritz) [1866- ]. *Zwei Falle von Hernia funiculi umbilicalia. 21 pp., 2 1., 1 pl. 8°. Konigsberg i. Pr., M, Liedtke, 1893. Tribukait (Max Wilhelm) [1878- ]. *Ein Fall von Uterus bicornia, Vagina duplex mit vaginaler Atreaie einer Hiilfte und dadurch be- dingter Retention von Menstrualblut. [Konigs- berg i. Pr.] 62 pp., 1 1. 8°. Tilsit, 0. von Mauderode, 1903. Tribulus terrestris. Mal (C.) Effects of Tribulus terrestris in health pn i disease. Tr. Indian M. Cong. 1894, Calcutta, 1895,537. TRIBUNA. 477 TRICHINA. Tribuna medica. Revista quinzenal de medi- cina e cirurgia. Direct ores: E. Meirelles v J. Silvado. v. 1-19, 1895-1913. 8°. Rio' de Janeiro. Current. Tribuna sanitaria, v. 1. 1907. 8°. Milano. Tribune medicale. Revue mensuelle de mede- cine, de chirurgie et des sciences biologiques. v. 1-47, 1867-1913. 8°. Paris. Current. Tribune medicale. Am. ed. Edited by Meil- lere and Mason, v. 1-9, 1905-1913. 8°". New lork. Continued as: Medical Tribune. Trieart (Arthur) [1871- ]. *Enqu6te sur le beurre a Lille. 42 pp. 8°. Lille, 1902, No. 4. Trieaud (Francisque) [1867- ]. *Le traite- ment eanglant dea fractures par l'appareil a prothese externe de Jaboulay. 7 pp., 2 1. 8°. Lyon, 1906, No. 140. Triceps muscles (Hydatids of). Goinard. Kyste hydatique d6velopp£ dans le tri- ceps femoral. Bull. nfed. de l'Algerie, Alger, 1905, xvi, 419-421.—lioeeno (P.) Kyste hydatique de la longue portion du triceps. Bull, ct mem. Soc. anat. dc Par., 1910, lxxxv, 895. Triceps muscles (Rupture of). Penhallow (D. P.) Report of a case oi ruptured triceps due to direct violence. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1910, xci, 76. — Sehliaek (C.) Ein Fall von subkutaner Durchreissung des Musculus triceps brachii durch direkte Gewalt. Monatschr. f. Unfallheilk., Leipz., 1908, xv, 331-333.—Sehrt (E.) Subkutane Ruptur des Triceps surse. Zentralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1912, xxxix, 1090-1093 — Vandersinissen. Rupture tendineuse bilaferale du triceps femoral. Ann. Soc. beige de chir., Brux., 1897-8, v, 18-25. Triceps muscles (Spasm of). Windscheid ( F.) Ein Fall von Trizepskrampf, entstanden durch Lnfall auf dem Boden einer friiheren Beschiiftigungsneurose. Aerztl. Sachverst.-Ztg., Berl., 1909, xv, 409-411.—Zoja (L.) Spasmo tonico bilaterale del tricipite femorale. Tommasi, Napoli, IS06-6, i, 360. Triceps muscles (Tumors of). llleriei (E.) Gros sarcome du triceps brachial a evolution cutanee; considerations cliniques et thera- peutiques. Arch. prov. de chir., Par., 1908, xvii, 407-411. Tricha?sthesia. Noiszewski (K.) Czucie wlosowe i czucie gruczo- lowe (trichaesthesia et adenaesthesia). Now. lek., Poz- nan, 1899, xi, 239; 335. Triehard (Claudius). *An oculi sint pathe- matum idola? M. Alexandre Michaele De- nyau, preside. 4 pp. sm. 4°. Parisiis, F. Muguet, 1700. Trichecus. Stan ui us. Ueber Gebiss und Schadel des Walross, unter Beriii ksk-htigung der Frage, ob die Verschieden- heiten im Bane '1 es Schadels zur Unterscheidung mehrerer Arten der Gattung Trichecus berechtigen. Arch. f. Anat., Physiol, u. wissensch. Med., Berl., 1842, 390-413. Trichet (Pierre-Marie) [1867- ]. *Des procedea d'autoplastie de la n:ain. [Paria.] 80 pp. 4°. Lille, 1893, No. 291. Trichiasis. See Eyelashes (Abnormal, etc.); Eyelids (Surgery of, Methods, etc., in). Trichina. Geisse (A. [M.]) *Zur Frage der Trichi- nenwanderung. 8°. Kiel, 1894. Also, in: Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med. lv. Festschr. . . . F. A. von Zenker [etc.], Leipz., 1895,150-160. Alexander (B.) Bors6fe.reg negy eves gyermeknel a jobb orrfel bore alatt. [Trichina? under the skin of the right nostril of a child four years old.] Gy6gyaszat, Budapest, 1895, xxxv, 99. — Baglivo (G. F.) Di al- cuni parassiti comuni agli uomini e agli animali e loro effetti nocivi; la trichina spiralis. Corriere san. Settim., Milano, 1897, viii, no. 36, 1-3.—Balir (L.) Ueber das Trichina. Vorkommen von Trichinen bei der Ratte. Ztschr. f. In- fektionskr. . . . d. Haustiere, Berl., 1906-7, ii, 62-65.— Bet seller. Beitrag zur Trichinenkunde. Ztschr. f. Fleisch- u. Milchhyg., Berl., 1909-10, xx, 18—Bolim (J.) Zur Morphologie und Biologie der Trichinen. Ibid., 1908, xviii, 319-324.—Busse (O.) Vorkommen und Ver- breitung der Trichinen im Regierungsbezirk Posen. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1909, Iii, Orig., 368-377. —Friis (S.) Trikiner og Trikinunder- spgelsei Danmark. I Trichinae and trichinae researches in Denmark.] Tidsskr. f. Sundhdspl., K0benh., 1903-4, ix, 1-20.—Fro thin ££ka m (C), jr. The microscopic anatomy of Trichinella spiralis. J. Med. Research, Bost., 1908-9, xiv, 301-308, 1 pl.—Orabam (J. Y.) Beitrage zur Naturgeschichte der Trichina spiralis. Arch. f. mikr. Anat., Bonn, 1897,1, 219-275, 3 pl—Herrlck (W. W.) & Jane way (T. C.) Demonstration of the Trichinella spiralis in the circulating blood in man. Arch. Int. Med., Phila., 1909, iii, 263-266, 1 pl.—Hertwlg (R.) Ueber Lntersuchungen, welche im zoologischen Institut Miin- ehen unter seiner Leitung von Herrn Graham aus Prince- ton, N. J., iiber die Entwiekelung der Trichinen ange- stellt worden sind. Sitzungsb. d. Gesellsch. f. Morphol. u. Physiol, in Munchen, 1896, xi, 12-16.—HSyberg (H. M.) Beitrag zur Biologie der Trichine. Ztschr. f. Tier- med., Jena, 1907, xi, 209-235. -----. Beitrag zur Biologie der Trichine. Ibid., 1910, xiv, 74-79.—Ostertag. Un- gewohnliche Fettgewebsentwicklung an den Polen von Trichinenkapseln. Ztschr. f. Fleisch- u. Milchhyg., Berl., 1898, ix, 11.—Packard (E. N.) Trichinella spiralis in human blood. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1910, liv, 1297.— Petropavlovski (N.) K voprosu o rasprostranenii trikhin sredi zhivotnikh g. Kharkova. [Trichinae among the animals of Kharkov.] Arch. vet. nauk, St. Petersb., 1899, xxix, 3. sect., 118-124.—Poupin (A.) La trichina spiralis en Chile. Rev. chilena de hij., Sant. de Chile, 1896-7, iii, 325-372, 2 pl— Kievel (H.) Ueber die Ent- wickelungsfiihigkeit der Trichinen im amerikanischen Schweinefleisch. Berl. thierarztl. Wchnschr., 1893, ix, 207.—Scliade (C.) Zum Vorkommen von Trichinen bei Ratten und zur Bedeutung dieser Tiere als Trichinen- iibertrager auf Sch weine. Ztschr. f. Fleisch- u. Milchhyg., Berl., 1909-10, xx, 46.—Staubli (C.) Beitrag zur Kennt- nis der Verbreitungsart der Trichinenembrvonen. Vrtlj- schr. f. naturf. Gesellsch.in Zurich, 1905,1,163-176.-----. Ueber die Verbreitungsart der Trichinellen. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1909, lvi, 325-330.-----. Ueber die Rolle von Schwein und Ratte als Trichinenwirte. Ibid., 1911, lviii, 2057-2060—Stiles (C.W.) Salisbury's (1858) tri- china cystica, probably identical with oxvuris vermicu- laris. Am. Med., Phila., 1905, ix, 682. Also, Reprint.— Strose. Die Uebertragung der Trichinen auf das Schwein. Arb. a. d. k. Gsndhtsamte, Berl., 1909, xxxiii, 109-126.—Tempel (M.) Zum Vorkommen von Muskel- trichinen bei Hunden. Ztschr. f. Fleisch- u. Milchhyg., Berl., 1898, ix, 8. Trichina (Inspection of meat for). See, also, TWchinoscope. Arnold (J. A.) *Zur Trichinoae und Tri- chinenachaufrage in Bayern. [Gieasen.] 8°. Homberg a. d. Ohm, 1910. Clausen. Grundri-a der Trichinenschau. Leitfaden fiir den Unterricht in der Ausbildung der Trichinenschauer, nebat den preussischen gesetzlichen Bestimmungen. 12°. Berlin, 1905. Dettmann (A.) Die Reorganisation der Tri- chinenschau, unter beaonderer Beruckaichtigung der gesetzlichen Vorschriften und Verordnun- gen. 8°. Pritzwalk, 1903. Heine (P.) Leitfaden der Trichinenschau. 12°. Hannover, 1905. Johne (A.) Der Trichinenschauer. Leit- faden fiir den Unterricht in der Trichinenachau und fiir die mit der Kontrolle und Nachpriifung der Trichinenschauer beauftragten Veterinar- und Medizinalbeamten. 4. Aufl. 8°. Berlin, 1893 -----. The same. 6. Aufl. 8°. Berlin, 1898 —----. The same. 7. Aufl. 8°. Berlin, 1902. -----. The same. 8., auf Grund der reichs- und landearechtlichen Geaetzgebung iiber Fleischbeschau umgearbeitete Aufl. 8°. Ber- lin, 1903. -----. The same. 9. Aufl. 8°. Berlin, 1904. TRICHINA. 478 TRICHINOSIS. Trichina (Inspection of meat for). -----. The same. 11. Aufl. neubearbeitet von R. Edelmann. 8°. Berlin, 1912. Keuten (F.) Gesetzliche Bestimmungen fiir den Trichinenschauer. 16°. Geldern, 1903. Long (R.) & Preusse (M.) Praktische An- leitung zur Trichinenschau. 5. Aufl. 8°. Ber- lin, 1904. ------------. The same. 6. Aufl. 8°. Berlin, 1905. -----. -----. The same. 7. Aufl. 8°. Berlin, 1906. Pexkert. Kurze Anleitung zur Trichinen- schau. Zum Unterrichte und zur YViederho- lung fiir die Trichinenschauer zusammenge- stellt. 12°. Merseburg, 1893. Preusse (M.) Praktische Anleitung zur Tri- chinenschau. 8. veriinderte Aufl. 8°. Berlin, 1909. Weiss (A.) Lehrkursua der praktischen Tri- chinen- und Finnenachau fiir angehende und angestellte Trichinenbeschauer im Deutschen Reich und in Preussen. 6. Aufl. 16°. Diissel- dorf, [1903]. Beneke. Trichinenschau und Fleischbeschau. Phurm. Ztg., Berl., 1902, xlvii, 821.—Bergman (A. M.) Welchen Muskeln sind Proben fiir die Trichinenschau zu entnehmen? Ztschr. f. Fleisch- u. Milchhyg., Berl., 1910-11, xxi, 243-249.—Bergman (F. A. G.) Bor mikro- skopisk besigtnir.g af svinkbtt goras obligatorisk i Sve- riges stiider? [Microscopical examination of pork obli- gatory in the cities of Sweden?] Upsala Lakaref. Forh., 1884, xix, 429^66. Also, Reprint.—Bolim (J.) Die Hy- giene im Trichinenschauamte. Ztschr. f. Fleisch- u. Milchhyg., Berl., 1900-1901, xi, 321-324. -----. Zur Trichi- nenschaufrage in Suddeutschland. Wchnschr. f. Tierh. u. Viehzucht, Munchen, 1907, li, 221-226. -----. Inte- ressanter Trichinenfund. Ztschr. f. Fleisch- u. Milch- hyg., Berl., 1903, xix, 16. -----. Weitere Mitteilung zur Trichinenschau in Bayern. Ibid., 17. -----. Wert der Trichinenschau. Munchen. tierarztl. Wchnschr., 1910, liv, 321-324. -----. Die veterinarpolizeiliche Bekamp- fung der Trichinose. Ztschr. f. Fleisch- u. Milchhyg., Berl., 1910, xxi, 10-12.-----. Zur Vereinfachung der Tri- chinenschau. Ibid.,209-211. -----. ZurTrichinenschau- frage in Bayern. Munchen. tierarztl. Wchnschr., 1911, lv, 665-669. — Buncker (H. C. J.) Ein neues Hilfsmittel fiir Trichinenschauer. Berl.tierarztl. Wchnschr.,1905,28.— Edelmann. Die Verwerthung der Trichinenschau- Fleischproben. Deutsche thierarztl. Wchnschr., Hannov., 1901, ix, 181.—Ergebnlsse der Trichinen- und Finnen- schau in Preussen. Jahresb. ii d. Verbreit. v. Tierseuch. |etc] 1903, Berl., 1904, xviii, 65.—Fedecki (J.) Statys- tyka wypadk6w wlosnicy (trichinosis) wsrod miejscowej trzody chlewnej wgubernii Kaliskiej. [Statistics of tri- china among the slaughtered pigs of Kalisz Government.] Przegl. wet., Lw6w, 1908, xxiii, 12-19.—Franke (R.) & Bach (V.) Die bisherige gesetzliche Methode der Tri- chinenschau im Vergleiche mit der Vereinfachung der Trichinenschau nach Reissmann. Ztschr. f. Fleisch- u. Milchhyg., Berl., 1911-12, xxii, 42; 84.—Georges. Zur Differentialdiagnose der wandernden Trichinen. Ibid., 1897,vii,165.—Goltz. ZurMuskelauswahlfiirdieTrichi- nenschau. Rnd., 1896-7, vii, 1^.—Kabitz(H.) Die Pro- jection in der Trichinenbeschau. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1899, Leipz., 1900, lxxi, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 637-641. -----. Die Projektion, ein zuverfassiges Mittel zur Ausfiihrung oder Kontrolle der Trichinen- schau. Ztschr. f. Fleisch- u. Milchhyg., Berl., 1899, ix, 187-189.—Krushinski (L. B.) Rezultatiizslledovaniya ubolnikh svinel na trikhini vg. Turekle. [Resultsof ex- amining slaughtered hogs for trichinae in Turek.l Arch. vet. nauk, St. Petersb., 1899, xxix, 3. sect., 125.—Leisti- kon. 1st das Fleisch der zum Genusse fiir Menschen geschlachteten Hunde der Trichinenschau zu unter- werl'en? Ztschr. f. Fleisch- u. Milchhyg., Berl., 1896-7, vii, 86-87.—Meyer (F.) Zur Ausfiihrung der Trichinen- schau. Ibid., 1900, x, 82-89.—Michigan. State Board of Health. No. 174. Trichiniasis in Michigan, and pro- tection from diseased animals and diseased meat. Rep. Bd. Health Mich. 1882-3, Lansing, 1884, 1^. Also, Re- print—Moller (M. G.) Trichinosis; a plea for the obli- gatory examination of meats under the supervision of a National Department of Public Health. Ann. Hyg Phila., 1892, vii, 349-358.—Opalka ( L.) Ist die Trichi- nenschau in den westlichen Provinzen Preussens not- wendig? Ztschr. f. Fleisch- u. Milchhvg., Berl., 1908 xviii, 373-377.—Ostertag. Ueber die Muskel-Auswahl fiir die Trichinenschau. Ibid., 1892-3, iii, m-13'.t.—Pen- kert. Trichinenepidemie in Sangerhausen; Gebuhren der Flei-ehbeschauer. Ztschr. f. Med.-Beamte, Berl 1901, xiv, 49-51.—Pirl. Das Vorkommen von Trichinen Trichina (Inspection of meat for). im Hnndelfleische und deren Bedeutung fiir die Fleisch- beschau. Ztschr. f. Fleisch u. Milchhyg., Berl., 1899, x, 5-9.—Polizei-Verordnung, bctr. diemikroskopische Untersuchung des Schweineflei.sches auf Trichinen und Finnen. Veroffentl. d. k. Gsndhtsamtes, Berl., 1898, xxii, 224-228.—Preussen: Reg.-Bez. Kassel; Polizeiverord- nung, betr. die miferoskopische Untersuchung des Schweinefleisches auf Trichinen und Finnen; vom 15. August 1894. Ibid., 1895, xix, 275-277.—Prole. Beitrag zur Technik der Trichinenschau. Ztschr. f. Fleisch-u. Milchhyg., Berl., 1902, xiii, 46-50. -----. Zur Technik der Trichinenschau. Fortschr. d. Vet.-Hyg., Berl., 1905, iii, 31-35.—Beissmann (E.) Kann die Trichinenschau ohne sanitaren Nachteil beschrankt und verbilligt wer- den? Ztschr. f. Fleisch- u. Milchhyg., Berl., 1908, xix, 1-9. -----. Bemerkungen zu dem Artikel von Franke und Bach in Konigshiitte iiber die Vereinfachung der Trichinenschau. Ibid., 1911-12, xxii, 103-106.—Kuwa- it oft* (M. P.) K voprosu o trikhinozle svinel v Rossii. [Trichinae of hogs in Russia.] Vet. Obozr., Mosk., 1904, vi, 269-276.—Bust. Tabellarische Uebersicht iiber die Regelung der Trichinenschau in den verschiedenen Staaten im Deutschen Reich. Ztschr. f. Fleisch- u. Milch- hyg., Berl., 1907, xii, 410-423.— SchilHer (R.) Ueber I'rojektions-Trichinenschau. Ibid., 1906, xvi, 255-262.— Stiles (C. W.) Trichinella spiralis, trichinosis, and tri- china-inspection; a zoologie study in public hygiene. Proc. P«th. Soc. Phila., 1900-1901, n. s., iv, 137-153.— Tempel (M.) Beitrag zur Untersuchungspflicht der Hunde auf Trichinen. Ztschr. f. Fleisch- u. Milchhyg., Berl., 1900-1901, xi, 167-169.— Weber. Nothwendigkeit Bowie Art und Weise der Durchfiihrang einer gleich- miissigen technischen Beaufsichtigung der Trichinen- schau. Deutsche thierarztl. Wchnschr., Hannov., 1902, x, 13-16. Trichinoscope. Andreyeflf" ( P.) Trikhinoskopirovaniye s pomo- shtshyu proyektsionnavo apparata. [Detection of trichinae by a projection apparatus.] Vet.Obozr.,Mosk.,1904, vi,305- 312.—Bergmann. Das Trichinoskop. Ztschr. f. Fleisch- u. Milchhyg., Berl., 1903, xiii, 111. -----. Neues Trichi- nenmikroskop mit grossem abnehmbarem Tisch. Ibid., 1904, xiv, 117.—Boekelmann (C.) Erfahrungen iiber die Beschau mit dem Trichinoskop. Ibid., 1903, xiv, 53- 55.—B8h m (J.) Hat sich das Trichinoskop bei Massen- betriebbewahrt? Ibid., 1911, xxi,,311. -----. Reissmanns Untersuchungsmethode in Verbindung mit der Anwen- dung des Trichinoskops. Ibid., 1911-12, xxii, 135-137.— Garth. Das Trichinoskop. Ibid., 1910, xx, 281-283. -----. Anwendungdes Trichinoskops bei der Trichinen- schau unter gleichzeitiger Anwendung der vereinfachten Probenentnahme nach Reissmann. Ibid., 1910-11, xxi, 397.—Kasewurm. Neue Trichinenschaumikroskope. Ibid., 1904, xiv, 269-271.—Klein. Die Trichinenschau mit Hilfe des Trichinoskopes. Ibid., 1908, xviii, 377-381.— Kohler(A.) Das ZeissscheTrichinoskop. Ibid., 1903, xiii, 107-111.—Kuppelmayr (H.) Die obligatorische Trichinenschau mit Trichinoskopen am Schlachthof zu Metz. Ibid., 1911, xxi, 305-311.— Steinbrtick (H.) Ein neues transportables Trichinenmikroskop. Ibid., 1904, xv, 87. Trichinosis. Casati (L.) Studi riasauntivi sulle trichine e la trichinosi. 2. ed., con aggiunte. 8°. Forli, 1879. Chatin (J.) La trichine et la trichinoae. 8°. Paris, 1883. Haaxman (P. A.), jr. Verslag van de voor- drachten van F. J. Dupont over: 1°. De levens- geachiedenis der trichinen (Trichina apiralis). 2°. De trichinenziekte en de middelen om haar te bestrijden. 8°. 's Gravenhage, [n. d.]. Hoff(E. M.) Trikinsp0rgsmaalet. 8°. K0- benhaufi, [n. d.]. Kazarinoff (A. G.) *Ob otnoahenii trikhini k alizistol obolochkle kishechnika zhivotnikh; eksperimentalnoye izslledovaniye. [On the re- lation of trichina to the intestinal mucous mem- brane of animals; experimental research.] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1898. Lobato (J. G.) Estudio higi^nico hecho sobre la trichina. 8°. Mexico, 1881. Nadporozhski (I. P.) * K voprosu ob izmfe- neniyakh krovi i krovetvornikh organov pri otravlenii trikhinami; eksperimentalnoye izslle- dovaniye. [Changes in the blood and blood- making organ8 in trichinosis; experimental re- search.] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1898. TRICHINOSIS. 479 TRICHINOSIS. Trichinosis. Opalka (L.) * Beitrag zum Vorkommen der Trichinen bei Menachen m t Riicksicht auf die Prophylaxe. [Gieasen.] 8°. Berlin, 1901. Ossipow (N.) * Ueber hiatologische Veriinde- rungen in Spiitstadien der Muskeltrichinose. 8°. Basel, 1903. Also, in: Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1903, xxxiv, 253-268, 2 pl. Ransom (B. H.) Trichinosia; a danger in the use of raw pork. 8°. Washington, 1907. Scoutetten (H.) Etude sur les trichines et sur les maladies qu'ellea d^terminent chez l'homme. 8°. Paris, 1866. Staubli (C.) Trichinosia. 8°. Wiesbaden, 1909. Suarez Rodriguez (A.) De las trichinas y de la trichinosis en Espafia. 8°. Valencia, 1877. United States. Department of Agriculture. Bureau of Animal Industry. Bulletin No. 30. Trichinosis in Germany. Part I. General re- marks on trichinosis in Germany. By Ch. Warded Stiles. Part II. A statistical review of trichinosis in Germany during the eighteen years 1881-98. By Ch. Warded Stiles. Part III. European cases of trichinosis of alleged American origin. By Ch. Warded Stiles. Part IV. Bibliography of trichinosis in Ger- many. By Albert Hassall. 8°. Washington, 1901. -----. Circular Mo. 108. Trichinosis; a danger in the use of raw pork for food. By B. H. Ranaom. 8°. [ Washington], 1907. Van Esschen (C.) Hiatoire populaire dea trichinea, de la trichinose et de la trichino- manie. 8°. Bruxelles, 1866. Apolant. Zwei Falle von Trichinose. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1898, xxiv. Ver.-Beil., 25.—Ar- mendaris(E.) Un caso de triquinosis intestinal. Mem. Soc. cient. "Antonio Alzate," Mexico, 1898-9, xii, 397-402,1 pl.—Askanazy (M.) Zur Lehre von der Trichinosis. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. u. Parasitenk., Jena, 1894, xv, 225- 227.-----. Zur Lehre von der Trichinosis. Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.],Berl.,1895,cxii,42-71,2pl.—Babes (V.) Ein 21 Jahrc alter Fall von Trichinose mit lebendenTrich inen. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 19T)6, xlii, 541; 616— Babler (E. A.) Trichinous infection of a carcinoma of the lip. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1908, xlviii, 332-334, 2 pl.— Bahr (L.) Ueber Herde der Trichinose. Deutsche tierarztl. Wchnschr., Hannov., 1912, xx. 305-307.— Bar- tels. Die Trichinenkrankheit der Schweine und ihre Bekiimpfung durch Vernichtung der Ratten mittels Ratin. Ibid., 1908, xvi, 429-432. — Beecher (C. H.) Trichinosis. Vermont M. Month., Burlington, 1907, xiii, 164-175.—Belehrung iiber die Trichinenkrankheit und iiber die Mittel, ihr vorzubeugen. Oesterr. San.-Wes., Wien, 1897, 299-302.—Bertare Hi (E.) Un caso di tri- chinosi umana. Riv. d' ig. e san. pub., Torino, 1900, xi, 5-8.— Bizzozero (G.) Igiene pubblica, sui provvedi- menti contro la trichina. Rendic. d. r. Ist. Lomb., Milano, 1879,179-182. Also, in his: Opere seient. 1879-96, Milano, 1905, ii, 553-556.—Blunter (G.) & Neuman (L. H.) Reportof a family outbreak of trichinosis. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1900, n. s., cxix, 14-24. Also, Reprint.— Boccalo (J.N.) Ueber eine neue Trichinenepidemie in Bayern. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1910, lvii, 641- G43.—Btthm (J.) Futterungs-Versuche mit amerika- nischem trichinosem Schweinefleisch. Ztschr. f. Fleisch- u. Milchhyg., Berl., 1899, x, 41. -----. Hochgradige Trichinose ernes Schweines. Ibid., 1903-4, xiv, 271. -----. Die Trichinenepidemie in Rothenburg a. d. Tau- ber, ein Menetekel fiir die Gegner der Trichinenschau in Suddeutschland. Ibid., 1907-8, xviii, 341-343.— -----. Eine neue Trichinenendemie in Bayern. Ibid., 1908-9, xix, 305-308-----. Eine neue Trichinenepidemie in Bayern. Ibid., 1909-10, xx, 33-35. -----. Zur Ge- schichte der Trichine und der Trichinosis. Ibid., 157- 159. -----. Die Trichineninvasion bei Tieren und die Trichinosis hominis. Ibid., 159-167. -----. Eine neue Trichinoseerkrankung in Bayern. Ibid., 1912-13, xxii, 200-202.-----. Erneute Trichinoseerkrankungen in Ba- yern. Ibid., 265.—Boston (S. C.) Casesof trichinosis. Am. Med., Phila., 1905, x, 477 — Bovaird (D,), jr. Spo- radic trichinosis. Med. &Snrg. Rep. Presbyterian Hosp., N. Y., 1906. vii, 114-149. Also: X. York M. J. [etc.], 1906, lxxxiii, 436; 486. Also, Reprint.—Boyd (E. E.) Tri- Tricliinosis. china; a case in practice. Eclect. M. J., Cincin., 1912, lxxii, 227-229. Also: Med. Era, St. Louis, 1912, xxi, 140.— Bratanich (A.) Die Fleischvergiftung in Schonau und Umgegend (Milzbrand combiniert mit Trichinose). Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1896, xxi, 3; 26; 52— Brayshaw (J.) Trichinosis. Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1901-2, n. s., iii, 211-214.—Brooks (H.) A case of trichinosis. Proc. N. York Path. Soc. (1899-1900), 1901, 167.—Brouardel. Epidemie de trichinose d'Emersleben et 1'importation en France de viande trichineuse. Bull. Soc. de m£d. pub., Par., 1884, vii, 21-34. [Discussion], 34; 106.—Brown (C. N.) Trichinosis. Chicago M. Times, 1909, xlii, 359- 363.—Bnrrows (D.) A case of trichiniasis in a native of Sierra Leone. J. Trop. M. [etc.], Lond., 1910, xiii, 102.—C. (J.) De la maladie des trichines (trichiniasis). Union mecl. de la Provence, Marseille, 1864, 69; 85.—Ca- bot (R. C.) The diagnosis of trichinosis. Boston M. & S. J., 1897, exxxvii, 676. [Discussion], 678. Also, Re- print.—Cagnotto (G.) Ein in Itahen beobachteter Fall von Trichinosis und Cysticercosis der menschli- chen Muskeln. Verhandl. d. deutsch. path. Gesellsch., Jena, 1912, xv, 288-292, 1 pl.—Carsten (B.) Trichinosis in Nederland bij mensch en dier van 1886-90. Handel v. h. Nederl. Nat.-en Geneesk. Cong. Utrecht, 1891, 236- 244— Ceriontalne (P.) Contribution a I'etude de la trichinose. Bull. Acad. roy. d. sc. de Belg., Brux., 1893, 3. s., xxv, 464-488, 1 pl. Also: Arch, de biol., Gand, 1893, xiii, 125-145, 1 pl. -----. A propos d'une note de M. As- kanazy sur la trichinose. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1897, xxi, 402-405.— Chelchowski (K.) Epidemia wloSnicy (trichinosis) w Warszawie. Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1906, 2. s., xxvi, 625; 659.—Cheney (W. F.) The diagnosis of trichiniasis. Am. Med., Phila., 1903, vi, 985-987.—Ciurea (J.) Trichinosis bei der Katze. Ztschr. f. Fleisch- u. Milchhyg., Berl., 1910-11, xxi, 171.— Coriat (I. H.) A case resembling myotoma occurring in an adult, due to the Trichina spiralis, with the patho- logical findings in the muscles. Boston M. & S. J., 1910, clxiii, 992-994.—Cross (G.) A case of trichinosis; trichi- nella found in blood taken from an ordinary ear punc- ture. Arch. Int. Med.. Chicago, 1910, vi, 301.—Cutler (E.G.) Trichiniasis. Boston M.& S.J., 1902, cxlvii, 456.— Da Costa (J.C.) & Dorsett (R. S.) Report of a case of sporadic trichinosis. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1901, n. s., exxii, 725-736.—Ditman(N.E.) Trichinosis. St. Luke's Hosp. M. & S. Rep. 1910, Poughkeepsie, 1911, ii, 127-130.— Dobson (L.) A case of trichinosis. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1909, lxxvi, 606.—Drake (A. K.) Trichinosis. J. Med. Research, Bost., 1902, viii, 255-267,1 pl.—Ehrhardt (O.) Zur Kenntniss der Muskelveriinderungen bei der Trichi- nose des Kaninchens. Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1896, xx, 1; 43.—Feldmann (I.) Ein Fall geheilter Trichinose. Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Buda- pest, 1899, xxxv, 1201-1206. Also: Ungar. med. Presse, Budapest, 1900, v, 8-10. Also, transl.: Gy6gyaszat, Buda- pest, 1899, xxxix, 724-726. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1899, xliii, 639. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Orvosi heti szemle, Budapest, 1899, xxvii, 601.—Ferrer (J. M.) Brief report of a case of trichiniasis. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1907, lxxi, 351.—Finger. Trichinosis miteigen- artiger Localisation. Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1894, exxxvii, 376-381.—F10ystrup (A.) Et Tilfelde af Trikinosis med. d0deligt Udfald. [A case of fatal trichi- nosis.] Ugesk. f. Laeger, K0benh., 1904, 5. R., xi, 631-637.— Friis (S.) Om Fofekomsten af Trikiner i Danmark. [The prevalence of trichina in Denmark.] Tidsskr. f. Sundhdspl., K0benh., 1890-91, ii, 152-159.—Frothing- ham (C), jr. A contribution to the knowledge of the lesions caused by Trichina spiralis in man. J. Med. Research, Bost., 1906, xv, 483-490, 1 pl. Also, Reprint. -----. The intestinal lesions caused by Trichinella spiralis in rats. Arch. Int. Med., Chicago, 1908-9, ii, 605- 516.—Galperin (A. Ya.) Ocherk epidemii trikhinozav gorodle Kharkovle v 1907 godu. [Sketch of the trichina epidemic in Kharkov in 1907.] Voyenno-med. J., St. Petersb., 1908, ccxxii, med.-spec, pt., 442-453.—Garceau (E.) A case of trichinosis; autopsy. Boston M. & S. J., 1895, cxxxiii, 512.—Gelbke. Die Trichinenepidemie in AugustusburgvorGerlcht. Aerztl. Sachverst.-Ztg.,Berl., 1905, xi, 486-493.— Georgiyevski (K. N.) Po povodu epidemii trikhinoza v Kharkovle v noyahrle 1907 g. [Epi- demic of trichinosis in Kharkov in* November, 1907.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1908, vii, 73.—Gordinier (H.C.) Trichinosis; report of two cases. N. York State J. M., N. Y., 1901, i, 10-12.— Haag (D. E.) Trichinosis. Am. M. Compend, Toledo, 1895, xi, 393-397.—Harris (J. D.) Notes on a sporadic outbreak of trichinosis in Devonshire; with pathological report by R. V. Solly. Lancet, Lond., 1909, i, 1381.—Head (G. D.) A case of sporadic trichiniasis. J. Minn. M. Ass. [etcl, Minneap., 1909, xxix, 108-110. Also: St. Paul M. J., St. Paul, Minn., 1909, xi, 163-166.—Henry (J. N.) Five cases of trichi- niasis. Internat. Clin., Phila. & Lond., 1911, 21. s., ii, 71- 74.—Hirsh (J. L.) A familv epidemic of acute trichi- niasis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1910, liv, 127-129.—Hoy- berg (H. M.) Fiitterungsversuche mit trichinosen Fakalien. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena. 1906, xli, 210. -----. Bilden sich bei der Trichinose toxi- TRICHINOSIS. 480 TRICHINOSIS. Trichinosis. sche Stoffe? Ztschr. f. Tiermed., Jena, 1907, xi, 455-460. -----. Untersuchungen iiber die Immunitat der Vogel gegen die Muskeltrichinose. Ibid., 1908, xii, 26-33. -----. Bidrag til Trikinosens Forekomst i Danmark. [Contri- bution on the occurrence of trichinosis in Denmark.] Ugesk. f. Lseger, Kj0benh, 1912, lxxiv, 1077-1085.—Hoiz- hausen. Einige Mittheilungen iiber eine im Jahre 1884 zu Strenz-Nauendorf ausgebrochene Trichinen- Epidemie. Ztschr. f. Med.-Beamte, Berl., 1896, viii, 504- 611. — Huber (J. C.) Zur Geschichte der Trichinose. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1897, xxi, 684- 686. — Huebner. Beobachtungen iiber Trichinose. Klin. Jahrb., Jena, 1911, xxv, 669-584. -----. Eine Tri- chinoseepidemie. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1912, lxii, Orig., 373-383.— Husemann iT.) Ueber eine als Trichinose aufzufassende im Gottingischen en- demische Krankheit des-16. Jahrhunderts. Wien. med. BL, 1895, xviii, 519; 637; 554.—Johne. Die Trichinen- epidemie in Augustusburg. Ztschr. f. Thiermed., Jena, 1905, ix, 299-308.—Johnson (E. A.) Trichina spiralis. Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1902, xxi, 120. -----. Addi- tional notes on a case of trichinosis. Ibid., 415.—John- son (R. B.) Trichinosis. Pacific Coast J. Homceop., San Fran., 1903, xi, 56.—de Jong (D. A ) Einige Tri- chinosefragen. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1911, lix, 417^23. — Karas (J.) Trichinosa v Ce- ch&ch roku 1894. [Trichinosis in Bohemia in 1894.] Casop. lek. 6esk., v Praze, 1894, xxxiii, 483; 505.—Kiel'er (G. L.) Reportof five cases of trichiniasis. Detroit M. J., 1907, vii, 440. — Knorr (H.) Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Trichinellenkrankheit des Menschen. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1912, cviii. 137-159,2pl.—Kurteweg (P. C), van Asperen(F.G.)& Schmidt (A. L.) Een epidemie van trichinose bij den mensch en geschied- knndig overzichtder trichinose in Nederland. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1910, xiv, pt. 2, 1384; 1507.— Korybut-Daszklewicz (B.) Przypadek wlosnicy u 15 letniego chlopca. [Trichinosis in a boy 15 years old.] Medycyna i Kron. lek., Warszawa, 1908, xliii, 574-577.— Lamb (A. R.) Concerningthe presence of the embryos of Trichinella spiralis in the blood of patients suffering from trichiniasis. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1911, cxlii, 395h102.—Levin (A. M.) K diagnostikie i patolo- gicheskol anatomii trikhinoza. [Diagnosis and patho- logical anatomy of trichinosis.] Vrach, St. Petersb., 1891, xi, 353-8,~><;.—Llebert. Zur Verbreitung der Trichinosis. Ztschr. f. Med.-Beamte, Berl., 1896, ix, 37.—Ltlbke. Ue- ber das Vorkommen von Trichinen beim Dachs. Ztschr. f. Fleisch- u. Milchhyg., Berl.,1903, xiii, 116—Mackenty (J. E.) Trichinosis of the upper respiratory passages, with report of cases. Am. Med., Phila. & York, Pa., 1908, n. s., iii, 69-71. Also: Manhattan Eye, Ear & Throat Hosp' Rep.,N.Y., 1909.x, 115-121. Ateo,Reprint.—lUakarevski (A. N.) Otravleniyetrikhinoznimmvasomsvineldesyati chelov!ek(vseIsemyi)vg.TulIe. [Trichinosisof ten people (an entire family) from pork, in Tula.] Vestnik obsh. vet., St. Petersb., 1912, xxiv, 383-385.—JIark (E. L.) Re- port upon experimenis in feeding hogs at a State institu- tion where trichinosis among the swine had been unusu- ally prevalent. Rep. Bd. Health Mass. 1893-4, Bost., 1895 xxvi, 759-762.—Maybaum (J.) & Sterling (S.) WIo- snica (trichinosis). Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1897, 2. s xvii 208; 243; 266. —JWellersh (A. H.) & Fnssell (M. H )' Trichiniasis; report of a case. N. York M. J. [etc.] 1907 lxxxv, 441-443. Also, Reprint.—Melvin (A. D.) Dan- ger of trichinosisfrom pork. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago 1911 lvi, 687— Mercur (W. H.) & Barach (J. H.) A case of trichinosis, with recovery of parasite from the blood and muscle. Arch. Int. Med..Chicago,1910,v,530.—von Mer- kel(G.) BehandlungderTrichinenkrankheit. Handb d. spec. Therap. innerer Krankh., Jena, 1894, i, 564-578 -----. BehandlungderTrichinenkrankheit. In: Handb d. ges. Therap. (Penzoldt u. Stintzing),4. Aufl.,Jena, 1909 1, 352-362.—Minge (B. O.) Trichina. Am. Vet. Rev' N. Y., 1900-1901, xxiv, 896-905.—Morgan (W A ) Tri- chinosis developing during the puerperium. Bull. Lvinir- m Hosp. N. Y., 1910-11, vii, 161. —Nageli (H.) Ueber das Vorkommen der Trichinenkrankheit in der Schweiz Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1905, xxxv, 645-650 — Navratil. Fall von Kehlkopf-Lahmung in Folg-e von Trichinose. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1876, xiii, 292-295 Also Repnnt.-INoack (O.) Trichinosis. J. Comp. M. & Vet Arch. Phila., 1896, xvii, 108-116.-Olvera (J.) Contribution dedos casos para la historia de la triquinosis en la capital de Mexico. Gac. med., Mexico, 1896ixxxiii 167-1/o.^Osler (W.) The clinical features of sporadic trichinosis Am. J.1L Sc., Phila., 1899, n. s., cxvii, 251- 265. 4feo, Repnnt.-P. (J.) La trichinose. Echo ined ?^Pa V^^v.1-0"?81.- Ren°es, 1882, ii, 1; 49.-Paekard ofa cL t aT MmAthe %,.ted States; with the rePort Park^W*?"TAwr£- A8S- Chlcae°- 1897. *xix, 59-63.- 51 X£h ( A The eye, 8ymPtoms of sporadic trichino- sis with report of cases. Med. Rec, N. Y^ 1907, lxxii, 179- 1908 vm%iru1i7& *£*• SeP-Presbyterian Hosp., N. Y., 1908, \in, 310-317.—Penkert. De TrichinenemdemiP vniK44bcua^lte]i.d0rf- Zt^7r" f-Med.-Beamte Be?.S ^p'Phu05617,PepP"r-(W-) T"chiniasis. Proc Path Soc. Phila., 19H, n. s., xiv, ll.-Petersen (T.) En Tri- Trichinosis. kinoseepidemi. Ugeskr. f. Laeger, Kpbenh., 1904, 5. R., xi, 679-68t!.—Petropavlovskl (N. I.) K voprosu o trikhinakh i trikhinozle. [Trichinae and trichinosis.] Arch. vet. nauk, St. Petersb., 1905, xxxv, 595; 714; 841.— Pietrowlcz (S. R.) & Daniells (R. P.) Report of a case of trichinosis. Tr. Chicago Path. Soc, 1901-3, v, 201.— Podciecbowski (A.) Nowa choroba czy wlosnica? [A new disease or trichinosis?] Medycyna, Warszawa, 1903, xxxi, 645-647.—Pozhariski (I. F.) Dva sluchaya trikhinoza u chelovleka. [Two casesof trichina in man.) Pat.-anat. kazuist. . . . Kharkov. Univ. 1902-3, Mosk., 1904, 26. -----. Sluchal ostravo trikhinoza u chelovleka. [Acute trichinosis in man.] Kazan. Med. J., 1909, ix, 332- 336.—Putzeys (F.) L'epid6mie de trichinose de la Prealle-Herstal. Bull. Acad. roy. de med. de Belg., Brux., 1893, 4. s., vii, 251-266, 2 phot.—Quivogne. Une epi- demie de trichinose. Arch, de med. et pharm. mil., Par., 1894, xxiv, 294-301.—Baebiger (H.) Untersuchungen iiber die Trichinenkrankheit und Versuche zur Bekiimp- fung derselben. Ztschr. f. Infektionskr. . . . d. Haustiere, Berl., 1911, ix, 120-154. Also [Abstr.]: Verhandl. d. Ge- sellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte, Konigsb., 1910, Leipz., 1911, lxxxii, pt. 2, 541-543.— Bailliet (A.) Trichinose experimentale chez le furet. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol Par., 1893, 9. a., v, 1045. -----. Sur la trichinose du blai- reau. Rec. d£ med. vet., Par., 1899, 8. s., vi, 300-302.— Beading (G. E.) A case of trichinosis. Tr. M. Soc. N. Jersey, Newark, 1898, 415. — Bemy (C.) Sur un caa d'extirpation de l'omoplate pour tumeur maligne de l'os chez unouvrier atteintde trichinose. Assoc, franc. de chir. Proc.-verb. [etc.], Par., 1907, 680-685. -----. Un cas de trichinose chez l'homme. Compt. rend Soc. de biol., Par., 1907, lxii, 985-987. — Bissling. Bei- trage zur Infektion der Schweine mit Trichinellen, insbesondere zur Infektiositat des Kotes trichinSser Tiere. Ztschr. f. Tiermed., Jena, 1910, xiv, 279-309.— Bomanovitch. Recherches sur la trichinose. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1911, lxx, 257; 339; 378. Also: Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1912, xxvi, 351-370, 1 pl.—Boyo Villanova (R.) A prop6sito de trece enfermoscon triquinas; diagntistico y tratamiento de la triquinosis. Clin, mod., Zaragoza, 1902, i, 66-74, 2 pl.— Bunckel (G. H.) An epidemic of trichinosis. Calif. State J. M., San Fran., 1912, x, 286.—Savalescu (D.) Un caz de trichinoza. Spitalul, Bucuresci, 1912, xxxii 177.-Scherk (C.) Ueber Trichinenepidemien. Ztschr f. Med.-Beamte, Berl., 1896, ix,12-14.-Sehleip. [Bericht iiber die Homberger Trichinosisepidemie im September 1903.] Deutsche med. Wchnschr,, Leipz. & Berl 1904 xxx, 653.—Schroll (G.) Nogle Tilfa-lde af Trichinose! [Some cases of trichinosis.] Hosp.-Tid., Krfbenh., 1903. 4. R., xi, 1069-1079.—Schuldt (F. C.) & Bacon (L. C. Trichinosis, with report of eleven cases; clinical history, prognosis and treatment. St. Paul M. J., 1908, x, 231- 242.—Sears (G. G.) A case of trichinosis. Boston M. & S. J., 1901, cxliv, 523. —de Segovia (M. G.) Una epidemia de triquinosis. Siglo med., Madrid, 1908, lv, 212-215.—Seymour (M.) Trichiniasis in Italians, fol- lowing the eating of raw ham or "prosciutto." J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1911, lvi, 1030. Also, Reprint. — S6- zary. Sur une epidemie de trichinose dans le departe- ment d'Alger en 1894 (17 cas, 8 deces). Cong, franc, de med. 1894, Par., 1895, i, 652-657. —Simonds (J. P.) Trichinosis. Indianapolis M. J., 1910, xiii, 151-152.— Slaughter (R. M.) Sporadic trichiniasis, with report of a case. Tr. M. Soc. Virg. 1901, Richmond, 1902, 226- 235.—Spaet (F.) Ueber eine kleine Trichinoseepidemie in Cadolzburg, Bezirksamt Fiirth i. B. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1912, lix 1319-1323.—Staubli (C.) Ueber Trichinosis. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1905, xxxv, 606-515. Also [Abstr.j: Munchen. med. Wchn- schr., 1905, Iii, 1179. Also [Abstr.]: Sitzungsb. d. Ge- sellsch. f. Morphol. u. Physiol, in Munchen, 1905, xxi, 34-36. -----. Klinische und experimentelle Unter- suchungen iiber Trichinosis. Verhandl. d. Kong. f. in- nere Med., Wiesb., 1905, xx, 353-362, 3 pl. -----. Beitrag zur Frage der biologischen Beziehung zwischen Mutter und Kind. Arch. f. Kinderh., Stuttg., 1908-9, xlix, 321- 328.—Stelner (W. R.) Sporadic trichinosis, with re- port of a case. Boston M. & S. J., 1908, clix, 720-723. Also, Reprint.— Stewart (C. E.) An unsuspected caseof trichinosis discovered while making an examination of some pathological tissue for the purpose of determining the nature of a suspected malignant growth. Mod. Med., Battle Creek, Mich., 1899, viii, 53-56. —Stiles (C. W.) Experimental trichinosis in Spermophilus 13-lineatus. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. u. Parasitenk., Jena, 1894, xvi, 777. —Strandgaard (H.) Et Tilfaelde af Trikinose som tilfaeldig Komplikation ved en Cancer mammae. [A case of trichinosis as accidental complication of . . . ] Ugesk. f. Laeger, K0benh., 1900, 6. R., vii, 1086.— von Stransky (F.) Ein Fall von Trichinose. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1897, xxii, 597.—Str»bel ( H.) Die Serodiagnostik der Trichinosis. Munchen. med. Wchn- schr., 1911, lviii, 672-674.—Sutherland (L. R.) A case of trichinosis in which the condition was first recog- nized after death by the discovery of the parasite in the muscles of the tongue. Tr. Glasg. Path. & Clin. Soc, TRICHINOSIS. 481 TRICHOCEPHALUS. Trichinosis. 1897-8, vii, 19. Also: Glasgow M. J., 1897, xlviii, 444.— Taake (E. F.) A report of two cases of trichiniasis and reference to four other cases infected from the same source. Med. Fortnightly, St. Louis, 1906, xxix, 364-368 — Thompson (C. G.) An outbreak of trichinosis in Gahrwal. Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1907, xlii, 373.— Thompson (W. G.) Trichinosis; a clinical study of fifty-two sporadic cases. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, Phila., 1910, xxv, 274-286. Also: Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1910, cxl, 157-166. Also, Reprint.—Thornbury (F. J.) Trichinosis. Cincin. Lancet-Clinic, 1894, n. s., xxxiii. 391. -----. The pathology of trichinosis. Tr. M. Ass. Central N. Y. 1894, Buffalo, 1895, 87. -----. The pathology of trichinosis; original observations. Univ. M. Mag., Phila., 1897-8, x, 64-79, 2 pl. Also, Reprint.—Tower (A. M.) Trichinosis; with a report of four cases. Calif. State J. M., San Fran., 1909, vii, 279-282.—Tr^trop. Note sur un cas de trichinose. Ann. Soc. de med. d'Anvers, 1895, lvii, 51.—Trichinose in Bohmen. Oesterr. San.-Wes., Wien, 1893, v, 137-139. Also: Med.-chir. Centralbl., Wien, 1893, xxviii, 242.—Trichinosis; [epidemic in Colrain, in Franklin County]. Rep. Bd. Health Mass. 1891-2, Bost., 1893, xxiv, pp. xxxvi-xliv.—Uttl (F.) Trichinosa v Cechach roku 1893. [Trichinosis in Bohemia in 1893.] Casop. lek. cesk., v Praze, 1893, xxxii, 777; 797. -----. Pfispevek k trichinose v Cechach v'dobe poslednich sedmi let. [Contribution on trichinosis in Bohemia in the last seven yearsj Lek. rozhledy, Praha, 1900, viii, 129; 161.—Van der Clock (C.) Trichinosis. Am. Vet. Rev., X. Y., 1907-8, xxxii, 609.—lander Hoot' (D.) Sporadic trichinosis; report of a case; methods of diag- nosis. Old Dominion J. M. & S.. Richmond, 1908-9, vii, 18- 23.—Van Wagner (L. A.) Trichinosis in the human subject, with report of cases. Post-Graduate, N. Y., 1898, xiii, 1018-1022.—Vickery (H. F.) A case of trichiniasis. Boston M. & S. J., 1909, clx, 205.—Virehow (R.) Con- tribution a l'histoire de la trichinose chez les pores ame- ricains. Bull. Soc. de med. pub.. Par., 1884, vii, 106-114. [Discussion], 114-130— Williams (H. U.) The fre- quency of trichinosis in the United States. J. Med. Research, Bost., 1901, n. s., i, f4-83, 2 pl.—Zeif'man (P. T.) Trikhini i trikhinnaya bollezn (trichin* et trichi- nosis). Areh. vet. nauk, St. Petersb., 1877, vii, 3. sect., 1; 164; 293,1 L, 1 pl.—Zenczykowski (J.) Szescprzy- padkow wlo§nicv. [Six cases of trichiniasis.] Czaso- pismo lek., Lodz," 1905. vii, 3; 57.—Ziirkendorier (C.) Ueber die Aetiologie einer Massenerkrankung in Teplitz- Schonau nach dem Genusse von Fleisch- und Wurst- waaren (Trichinose und Milzbrand). Ztschr. f. Heilk., Berl., 1894, xv, 435-461. Trichinosis (Eosinophilia in). Albert (H.) An epidemic (fourteen cases) of trich- inosis, due to eating boiled ham, with special reference to the occurrence of eosinophilia. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1910, cxl, 167-174.—Atkinson (A. D.) The diag- nosis of trichinosis made through the increase of eosino- philic cells in the blood. Phila. M. J., 1899, iii, 1243.— Bartlett (C. J.) Report of a case of acute trichiniasis without eosinophilia. Yale M. J., X. Haven, 1908-9, xv, 229-231.— Brown (T. R.) Studies on trichinosis. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1897, viii, 79-81. -----. A note on the duration of eosinophilia in trichinosis. Boston M. & S. J., 1898, exxxix, 218. Also, Reprint. -----. Studies on trichinosis, with especial reference to the in- crease of the eosinophilic cells in the blood and muscle, the origin of these cells and their diagnostic importance. J. Exper. M., N. Y., lH'j.s. iii, 315-347, 2 pl., 1 ch. Also, Reprint. -----. The diagnosis of trichinosis by means of the great increase of the eosinophiles in the blood; report of the fourth case. Med. News, N. Y., 1899, lxxiv, 12-14. Also, Reprint.—Cutler (E. G.) Eosino- philia in a recent case of trichinosis. Tr. Ass. Am. Phvsicians, Phila., 1902. xvii. 356-362. Also, Reprint.— Gaisbiick (F.) Beobachtungen fiber Trichinose; zu- gleich ein Beitrag zur diagnostischen Bedeutung der Blutuntersuchung. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1909, xxii, 410-^15.—Gordinier (H. C.) Report of two cases of sporadic or family trichinosis; with remarks on the im- portance of eosinophilia in the peripheral circulation as an aid to diagnosis. Med. News. N. Y., 1900, lxxvii, 965- 968. Also, Reprint.— Gould (E. R.) The value of eosino- philia in the diagnosis of trichinosis, with report of a case. Am. Med., Phila., 1903, vi, 515-518.—Gregg (D.) Acute trichiniasis without initial eosinophilia. Boston M. & S. J., 1909, clxi,932-9Jl — Gwyn (X. B.) Ein fiinf- ter Fall von Trichinosismit Ycnmh mug der eosinophilen Zellen. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1899, xxv, 746.—Howard ( W. T. i, jr. Report of a fatal case of trichinosis without eosinophilia, but with large num- bers of eosinophilic cells in the mu-cle lesions; with re- marks on the origin of eosinophilic cells in trichinosis. Phila. M. J., 1899, iv, 1085-1087.—Huebner. Ueber Eo- sinophilic bei Trichinose. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1911, civ, 286-299.—Kerr (M. W.) Two cases of trichinosis with eosinophilia. Phila. M. J., 1900, vi, 346- VOL XVIII, 2d series----31 Trichinosis (Eosinophilia in). 348.—Opie (E. L.) An experimental study of the rela- tion of cells with eosinophile granulation to infection with an animal parasite (Trichina spiralis). Am. J.M.Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1904, n. s., cxxvii, 477-193. Also, Reprint. Also [Abstr.]: Proc.Soc.Exper.Biol.& Med.,N. Y., 1903-4, i,30. Also [Abstr.]: Science,X. Y.&Lancaster,Pa.,1904,n.s., xix, 461.—Ottenberg(K.) Eosinophiliaandtrichiniasis; a study of cases. N.York M.J. [etc], 1907,lxxxv, 594-599. Also, Reprint.—Patek(A..l.) Excessive eosinophilia in trichinosis. Am. Med., I'hila., 1901, i,513.—Rosen berger (R. C.) A caseof trichinosis, with remarks on (1) trichi- nosis, and (2) eosinophilia. Proc. Path. Soc. Phila., 1900- 1901, n. s., iv, 277-284.—Schleip (K.) Die Homberger Trichinosisepidemie und die fiir Trichinosis pathogno- monische Eosinophilie. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1904, lxxx, 1-38, 1 pl. Also [Abstr.]: Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1903, Leipz., 1904, ii, 2. Hlfte., 59-62.—Stiiubli (C.) Klinische und experi- mentelle Untersuchungen'iiber Trichinosis und fiber die Eosinophilie im allgemeinen. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1905, lxxxv, 286-341.—Stump (W.) Diag- nosis of trichinosis by examination of the blood. Phila. M. J., 1899, iii, 1318.— Thayer (W. S.) On the increase of the eosinophilic cells in the circulating blood in trich- inosis. Lancet, Lond., 1897, ii, 787. -----. A third case of trichinosis with remarkable increase in the eosino- philic cells. Phila. M. J., 1898, i, 654. Also, Reprint. -----. On the increase of the eosinophilic cells in trichi- nosis. Compt.-rend. Cong, internat. de med. 1897, Mosc, 1899, iii, sect. 5,126-131.—White (S. M.) The pathology and diagnosis of trichinosis, with special reference to eosinophilia. St. Paul M. J., 1908, x, 242-254.—Williams (H. U.) & Bentz (C. A.) Experimental studies on the eosinophilia of trichinosis; a preliminary report. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, Phila., 1903, xviii, 152-156. Trichite. Faure-Fremiet (E.) Production experimentale de "trichite" chez le Didinium. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1911, lxxi, 146. Trichloracetic acid. See Acid (Chloracetic); Acid (Acetic). Trichlorethylene. Wurth (K.) * Untersuchungen iiber die Gif- tigkeit des Trichloraethylen bei einmaliger und mehrmaliger Einatmung. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1909. Go wing-Scopes (L.) The uses of trichlorethylene in analytical chemistry. Analyst, Lond., 1910, xxxv, 238-245. Trichlorphenol. See Erysipelas (Treatment of). Trichosesthesia. Chudnovski (Y. B.) K voprosu o putyakh prove- deniya voloskovol chuvstvitelnosti. [Paths of conduc- tion of trichoesthesia.] Obozr. psichiat., neurol. [etc.], S.-Peterb. ,1904, ix, 851-857— Osipoff(V. P. )& Noishev- ski (K. I.) Opit izslledovaniya voloskovol chuvstvi- telnosti u bolnikh spinnol sukhotkol (tabes dorsalis). [Investigation of trichosesthesia in tabetic patients.] Ibid., 1901, vi, 111; 196. Trichobezoars. Meilchen ( W. A. ) * Ueber Trichobezoare des menschlichen Magens. 8°. Strassburg, 1911. Trichocephalus and Trichocephalia- sis [whipworm infection]. See, also, Trichuris. Andrikidis. * Etude clinique des troubles morbides attribuables au trichocephale de l'homme. 8°. Paris, 1906. Balland (L.) * Frequence des trichocephales et des oxyures dans le caecum et l'appendice d'adultes non typhiques morts dans les hopi- taux de Paris. 8°. Paris, 1910. Fink (T.) *Ueber die Verbreitung von Tri- chocephalus dispar und anderen Helminthen- Arten. [Tubingen.] 8°. Berlin, 1910. Also, in: Med.-naturw. Arch., Berl. u. Wien, 1909-10, ii, 537-550. Garin (C.) *L'entente trichocephalienne. 8°. Lyon, 1911. TRICHOCEPHALUS. 482 TRICHOCEPHALIA Trichocephalus and Trichocephalia - sis [whipworm infection]. Lienau (A. [R. 'Si'.]) * Ueber die Haufigkeit von Ascaris lumbricoides und Trichocephalus dispar in Kiel und ihre Beziehung zur Wasser- versorgung. 8°. Kiel, 1896. Kolinsky (I.) Contribution a I'etude du trichocephale; son role dans l'etiologie de la fievre typhoide, de l'appendicite etde l'anemie. 8°. Paris, 1906. Shtsherbak ( A. E.) O patologicheskom znachenii trichocephalus dispar. [Pathological importance of . . .] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1908. Also, transl. in: Rev. dem&L, Par., 1910, xxx, 642-665. Vanlande (M.) *Le trichocephale, sa fixa- tion, son role pathogene. 8°. Lyon, 1907. A«kanazy (M.) Der Peitschenwurm ein blutsau- geuiler Parasit. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1896, lvii, 104-117, 1 pl.—Barjon & Garin. Entente tricoeephalien. Bull. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Lyon, 1907, vi, 339-342. Also: Lyon med., 1908, ex, 45-48. —Baudet. Occlusion intestinale et trichocephales. Arch. med. de Toulouse, 1912, xix, chir., 157-159.—Becker (E.) Ueber die durch Trichocephalus dispar verursachten Krank- heitszustande. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1902, xxviii, 468-470. — Berrio (P.) Traitement de la trichocephalose par le latex d'hiRucron. Ann. d'hyg. et de med. colon., Par., 1912, xv, 3*2.—Bezsonoff (N. A.) K voprosu o patologicheskom znachenii vlasoglava (Tri- chocephalus dispar). [On the pathological significance of . . .] Voyenno-med. J., St. Petersb., 1896, clxxxv, 1. sect., 522-539. -----. Yeshtsho k voprosu o patologiche- skom znachenii vlasoglova. [Again on the pathologi- cal significance of Trichocephalus dispar.] Ibid., 1898, exci, med. spec, pt., 56-65.—Boas. Ein Fall von Tricho- cephalus dispar. Deutschemed. Wchnschr.,1895,xxi,Ver.- Beil.,97. Also: Verhandl.d.Ver.f.innereMed.zuBerl.,1894- 5,xiv,411.—Cade. Entente et trichocephales. Lyon med., 1911, cxvii, 328-334.—Cade (A.) & Garin (C.) Entente trichocephalienne. Arch. d. mal. de l'appar. digest. [etc.], Par., 1910, iv, 305-324—Carletti (M. V.) A pro- posito della "reazione di Weber e tricocefalo." Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1910, xxxi, 515-516.—Cima (F.) Sopra un caso di tricefaliasi in un bambino. Pediatria, Napoli, 1894, ii, 361-375.—Davaine (C.) Recherches sur le de- veloppement et la propagation du trichocephale de l'homme et de l'ascaride lombrico'ide. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1858, xlvi, 1217-1219.—Engel (R.) De l'appendicite vermineuse (4 trichocephale en particulier) etde son traitement. Gaz.med.de Par., 1912, lxxxiii, 29-32.— Fanyo (F.) Infection with Trichuris trichiura (Tricho- cephalus dispar), with the report of a case. Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1903-4, n. s., v, 765-767. [Discussion], 683- 685.—Federolf(A.) Tyazholiy sluchal vliyaniyaKhlls- tovika. [Severe case of effect of Trichocephalus dispar.] Voyenno-med. J., St. Petersb., 1897, clxxxix, med.-spec. pt., 430-433.—French (H. S.) & Boycott (A. E.) The prevalence of Trichocephalusdispar. J. Hvg., Cambridge, 1905, v, 274-279. Also: Guy's Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1906, 3. s., xiv, 175-180.—Garin (C.) L'ent6rite trichocephalienne. Progres med., Par., 1908, 3. s., xxiv, 163-165. Also, transl.: Allg. Wien. med. Ztg., 1908, liii, 141; 180; 198. -----. Etude sur la pathogenie et l'anatomie pathologique de l'enterite trichocephalienne. Progres med., Par., 1911, 3. s., xxvii, 170-172. -----. Un nouveau cas d'enterite trichocephalienne; guerison par le traitement thymole. Lyon med., 1912, cxviii, 70-72. -----. Le r61e du tricho- cephale dans la pathologie de l'intestin. Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1912, lxxxv, 1651-1656.—Gessner (H. B.) Report of a case of trichocephalus dispar infection. N. Orl. M. ii S. J., 1907-8, lx, 848.—Glrard (J.) R61e des trichoce- phales dans l'infection de l'appendice ileo-caecal. Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1901, xv, 440-444, 1 pl. Also [Abstr ]: Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1901, 11. s., iii, 265.— Guiart (J.) Le trichocephale et les associations parasitaires. Compt. rend. Soc de biol., Par., 1901, 11. s., iii, 307. -----. Le trichocephale vit aussi dans l'intestin grele et se nourrit de sang. Bull. Soc. med. d. h6p.de Lyon, 1908. vii, 37. Also: Lyon med., 1908, ex, 325- 327. -----. Trichocephale gorg6 de sang. Lyon med., 1908, ex, 883.—Guidi (G.) Tricocefaliasi e tricocef aloane- mia. Riv. di clin. pediat., Firenze, 1910, viii, 161-198.— Guinard. Appendicite a repetition; operation; ver intestinal vivant (trichocephale male) dans l'appendice. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1900, n. s., xxvi, 1009. -----. Ver trichocephale trouve dans un appendice en- leve a froid. Ibid., 1901,n.s.,xxvii, 1064— Hausmann (T.) Zur Symptomatologie und Therapie der durch den Trichocephalus dispar verursachten GesundheHsstdrun- gen. St. Petersb.med. Wchnschr.,1900,n. F.,xvii,301-30L— Heine (P.) Beitrage zur Anatomie und Histologie der Tnchocephalen, insbesondere des Trichocephalus Trichocephalus and Trichocephalia- sis [whipworm infection]. afflnis. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1900, xxviii, 779; 809, 2 pl. -----. Oxyuns suis oder Tricho- cephalus? Deutsche tierarztl. Wchnschr., Hannov., 1906, xiv, 471. —Hot-he (L.) Vers intestinaux et tubercu- lose; modes d'implantation du Trichocephalus hominis dans l'intestin. Cong, franc, de med. Compt. rend. 1907, Par., 1908, 246-249.—Jamieson (J. G. S.) & Lauder (J. M.) Case of fatal trichocephaliasis in a child. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1910, ii, 1772.—Lacomme & Vanlande. Trichocephale et fievre typhoide. Bull. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Lyon, 1907, vi, 361-364. Also: J. de physiol. et de path. gen., Par., 1908, x, 127-132. Also: Lyon med., 1908, ex, 95-97.—Letulle (M.) & Leinlerre (A.) Un cas d'in- fection mortel a trichocephales. Rev. de m6d. et d'hyg. trop., Par., 1905, ii, 17-25. — M€rat. Trichocephale. Diet. d. sc. niSd., Par., 1821, lv, 556-562.—Meyer (W.'l Ueber Trichocephalen im Dickdarm des Schweines. Ztschr. f. Fleisch- u. Milchhyg., Berl., 1904, xiv, 156.— Miller (F. H.) Hemorrhagic colitis of the dog due to infection with the Trichocephalus depressiusculus (true whip worm). Am. Vet. Rev., N. Y., 1904-5, xxviii, 722- 729, 1 pl.—Moosbrugger. Ueber Trichocephaliasis. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1895, xlii, 1097-1099.—Mo- rasca (E.) Cloro-anemia da tricocephalus dispar. Op. pia de Ferrari Brignole Sale in Genova. Resoc. clin.- statist. d. osp. (1895), 1896, 104-108.—Musgrave (W. E.) Clegg (M. T.) &Polk (Mary). Trichocephaliasis (with a report of four cases, including one fatal case). Philip- pine J. Sc, Manila, 1908, iii, 545-566.—Myer (J. S.) A case of double intestinal parasitism (Trichocephalus dis- par and Ascaris lumbricoides) with enlargement of the spleen. Quart. Bull. M. Dep. Wash. Univ., St. Louis, 1906- 7, v, 132-137.—Osokln (P. A.) K voprosu o vliyanii khlistovika (Trichocephalus dispar) na razvitiye malo- kroviya. [On the influence of ... on the development of ansemia.] Voyenno-med. J., St. Petersb., 1908, ccxxiii, med.-spec pt., 593-605.—Ostrovski (A. L.) K voprosu o znachenii vlasoglava (Trichocephalus dispar) v pato- logii. [Significance of . . . in pathology.] Vrach, St. Petersb., 1900, xxi, 1206.—Pascal (F.) Observations sur les vers trichocephales. Bull. Fac. de m6d. de Par., 1818, vi, 53-64.—Pexa (V.) O tenkohlavci bieikovitem u ditfite. [Trichocephalus in a child.J Casop. lek. cesk., v Praze, 1907, xlvi, 1457; 1475.— Fie & Bonnamour. Un cas d'anemie d'origine trichocephalienne a terminai- son mortelle. Lyon med., 1911, cxvii, 271-276, 1 pl.— Poledne (W.) Schwere Enteritis verursacht durch Trichocephalus dispar im Darme. Wien. med. Wchn- schr , 1906, lvi, 1821.— Bippe (E.) Einiges iiber den Trichocephalus dispar. St. Petersb. med. Wchnschr,, 1907, xxxii, 1-4.—Bosqvist (Ina). [Tricocephalus dis- par.] Finska lak.-sallsk. handl., Helsingfors, 1899, xli, 798-800.—Sabrazes & Cabannes. Helminthiase a. forme dysenterique provoquee par 1'Ascaris lumbricoiide et le Trichocephalus dispar; cristaux de Charcot dans les matieres fecales. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1897, 3. s., xiv. 772-776. Also: J. de clin. et de therap. inf., Par., 1897, v, 465-467.—Sandler (A.) Trichocephaliasis mit todlichem Ausgang. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1905, xxxi, 95-98.—Trichocepha- lus and appendicitis. [Edit.] Brit. M. J., Lond., 1906, ii, 265.—Trichocephalus (The) dispar as a blood sucker. N. York M. J., 1897, lxvi, 535.—Wade (B. N.) A case of enteritis from Trichocephalus dispar. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1911, lvi, 743.—Walther. Appendi- cite et trichocephales. Bull, et m6m. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1905, n. s., xxxi, 355. Trichocysts. Toimiges (C.) DieTrichocsysten von Frontonialeu- cas und ihr chromidialer Ursprung. Sitzungsb. d. Gesell- sch. z. Beford. d. ges. Naturw. zu Marb. (1911), 1912,37-50, Trichodectes. Makarevski (A. N.) Vlasoyed rogatavo skota (Tri- chodectesscalaris). Vestnik obsh. vet., St. Petersb., 1912, xxiv, 242.—SavvaltofffN. P.) Zamletka o vlasoyedle bichyem (Trichodectes scalaris). Ibid., 243. Trichodina. Carriere (J.) Trichodina sp. (pediculus?) als Blut- und Lymphkorperchen fressendergelegentlicher Schma- rotzer im Seitenkanal von Cottus gobio. Arch. f. mikr. Anat., Bonn, 1889 xxxiii, 402-115,1 pl. Trichodinopsis. Opede (C.) & Willem (V.) Observations sur Trichodinopsis paradoxa. Bull, seient. de la France et de la Be*lg., Par., 1911, xiv, 239-248. Trichoepithelioma. Werther. Leber Trichoepithelioma. Verhandl. d. Uescllsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1907, Leipz., 1908, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 379. TRICHOHYALIN. 483 TRICHOPHYTOSIS. Trichohyalin. Gavazzeni (<;. A.) Trichohyalin. Monatsh. f. prakt. Dermat., Hamb., 1908, xlvii, 229-242.—V»rner (H.) Ueber Trichohvalin: ein Beitrag zur Anatomie des Haares und der Wurzelscheiden. Dermat. Ztschr., Berl., 1903, x, 357-376, 1 pl. Trichoma. See Hair (Diseases of). Trichomonas. See, also, Genitals (Female, parasites of). AlexeielF(A.) Un nouveau Trichomonas a 4 fla- gelles anterieurcs. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1909, lxvii, 712-714. -----. Sur les kystes de Trichomonas in- testinalis dans l'intestin des batraciens. Bull, seient. de la France et de la Belg., Par., 1910-11, iv, 333-355. -----. Sur la nature des formations dites "kystes de Trichomo- nas intestinalis." Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1911, lxxi. 296-298. -----. Sur la specification dans le genre Trichomonas Donne. Ibid., 539-541.—Baatz (P.) Tri- chomonas vaginalis in der weiblichen Harnblase. Mo- natsb. f. Urol., Berl., 1902, vii, 157-469.—Benson (W.) Untersuchungen iiber Trichomonas intestinalis und vaginalis des Menschen. Arch. f. Protistenk., Jena, 1909, xviii, 115-127, 3 pl.—Davis (N. S.), jr. Trichomonas vaginalis. Chicago M. Recorder, 1896, xi, 238-242. — Dock (G.) Trichomonas as a parasite of man. Tr. Path. Soc Phila. (1893-5), 18%, xvii, 287-310. Also: Am. ,1. M. Sc, Phila., 1896, n. s., cxi, 1-24. Also, Reprint.— Dolley (G. C.) Gangrene of the lung with Trichomo- nas intestinalis as the only apparent etiologie factor; a report of a case. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1910, lv, 1377. Also, Reprint.—Freund (H. A.) Trichomonas hominis intestinalis; a study of its biology and its pathogenicity. Arch. Int. Med., Chicago, 1908, i, 28-60, 2 pl.— Galli- Valerio (B.) Nouvelles observations sur Trichomonas caviae Davaine. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1903, xxxv, 87.—Kunstler (J.) Recherches sur la morphologie du Trichomonas intestinalis. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1896, exxiii, 839-842.—Mar- chand (F.) Ueber das Vorkommen von Trichomonas im Ha me ernes Mannes, nebst Bemerkungen iiber Tri- chomonas vaginalis. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. u. Para- sitenk., Jena, 1894, xv, 709-720, 1 pl.—Mazzanti (E.) Di un nuovo flagellato nella vitella (Trichomonas utero- vaginalis vitulse). Gior. d. r. Soc. ed Accad. vet. ital., Torino, 1900, xlix, 629-631.—Miura (K.) Trichomonas vaginalis im frisch gelassenen Urin eines Mannes. [Japanese text.] Ztschr. d. med. Gesellsch. zu. Tokyo, 1894, viii, 18. Hft., 19-25. Also [Abstr.]: Chiugai Iji Shinpo, Tokio, 1894, no. 348, 1; no. 349, 12.—von Prowazek (S.) Notiz iiber die Trichomonas hominis (Davaine). Arch. f. Protistenk., Jena, 1902, i, 166-168. -----. Zur Kenntnis der Flagellaten des Darmtraktus. Ibid., 1911, xxiii, 96-100.—Bonchettl (V.) Circa P importanzapa- togena del Cercomonas hominis e del Trichomonas in- testinalis. Med. ital., Napoli, 1912, x,433-436. Also: Riv. crit. di clin. med., Firenze, 1912, xiii, 484-488. Also, Re- print.—Schmidt (A.) Ueberparasitare Protozoen (Tri- chomonas pulmonalis) im Auswurf. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1895, xlii, 1181.—Skaller (M.) Kasuisti- scher Beitrag zur Kenntnis des Vorkommens von Tricho- monas vaginalis im Darmkanal des Menschen. Ges. Beitr. a. d. Geb. d. Phvsiol. Path. u. Therap., Berl., 1886- 1906, ii, 466-474.—Smithies (F.) The occurrence of Trichomonas hominis in gastric contents, with a report of two cases. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1912, cxliv, 82- 94.—Terry (B. T.) Two cases of chronic diarrhea with Trichomonas intestinalis in the stools. Tr. Chicago Path. Soc, 1903-5, vi, 328-331.—CTcke (A.) Trichomonaden und Megastomen im Menschendarm. Centralbl. f. Bak- teriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1907, xiv, Orig., 231-233.- Wenyon (C. M.) A new flagellate (Macrostoma mes- nili n. sp.) from the human intestine, with some re- marks on the supposed cysts of Trichomonas. Parasitol- ogy, Cambridge, 1910, iii, 210-216, 1 pl. Trichomycosis. See, also, Hair (Diseases of). Colombini (P.) Contributo alio studio della tricho- mycosis palmellina di Pick. Beitr. z. Dermat. u. Syph. Festschr. ... I. Neumann, Leipz. u. Wien, 1900, 87-116, 2 pl.—Komorita (N.) [Trichomycosis palmellina, Pick.] Hifukwa kiu Hiniokikwa Zasshi, Tokyo, 1907, vii, 493- 503.—Majocchi (D.) Sul fungodellatricomicosi nodosa. Soc. med.-chir. di Bologna. Resoc. (1894), 1895,22-24. Trichonodosis. Lesser (E.) Ein Fall von Ringelhaaren. 8°. Leipzig, 1885-6. < si I lag (J.) Egy trichonodosis-eset. B6r- es buja- k6rt., Budapest, 1911,14.—Galewsky (E.) Leber eine noch nicht beschriebene Haarerkrankung (Trichonodo- sis). Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1905, Leipz., 1906, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 329. Also: Arch. f. Der- mat. u. Syph., Wien u. Leipz., 1906, lxxxi, 195, 1 pl. Also: Trichonodosis. Jahresb. d. Gesellsch. f. Nat.- u. Heilk. in Dresd. 1905-6, Munchen, 1907,46. -----. Ueber Trichonodosis. Arch. f. Dermat. u. Syph., Wien u. Leipz., 1908, xci, 225-230. — Kren (O.) Ueber das Vorkommen der Trichonodosis (Galewski). Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1907, xx, 916-918.— Sack (A.) Ueber Trichonodosis laqueata. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1907, liv, 442. Trichonosis. Fox (T. C.) A case of ringed hairs (trichonosis versi- color, leucotrichia annularis, canitie annexe) associated with diffuse alopecia. Brit. J. Dermat., Lond., 1906, xviii, 321, 1 pl. Trichonympha. Hartmann (M.) Untersuchungen iiber Bau und Entwicklung der Trichonymphiden (Trichonympha hert- wigin. sp.) Festschr.z. 60. Geburtstag Richard Hertwigs, Jena, 1910, i, 349-396, 4 pl.—Porter (J. F.) Trichonym- pha and other parasites of Termes flanipes". Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Harv., Cambridge, 1897, xxxi, 45-68, 6 pl. Trichophagia. See, also, Stomach (Foreign bodies in). Dubreullh (W.) & Maiilard. Trichophagie. Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1901, 4. s., ii, 686-688. Trichophohia. Mewborn(A. D.) Trichopathophobia: fear of dis- ease of the hair. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1908, i, 19-23.— Sabouraud (R.) Trichomanie et trichophobie. Cli- nique, Par., 1909, iv, 760. Trichophyton. See Favus (Parasite of); Hair (Diseases of); Nails (Diseases of); Scalp (Diseasesof); Tinea; Trichophytosis. Trichophytosis. See, also, Hair (Diseases of); Tinea. Audrain (J.) * Contribution a l'Stude de la trichophytie tonsurante 4°. Paris, 1892. Bidault (C.) * Trichophytie cutanee d£ter- minee par le vaccin de genisse. 8°. ParisT 1911. Demarziere (P.) * Contribution a I'etude des trichophyties humaines. 4°. Bordeaux, 1896. Fischmann (Sophie). * Contribution a, I'etude du Trichophyton violaceum (Sabouraud). 8°. Geneve, 1908. Gayrard (P.) * Etude de la trichophytie chronique des paumes et des plantes. 8°. Bordeaux, 1908. Guetz (Mile. Marie). * Etude biologique du Trichophyton verrucosum (Bodin). 8°. Geneve, 1908. Mailer (B.) * Ueber speziflsche Reaktion bei Trichophytie. 8°. Konigsberg, 1912. Pelagatti (M.) Osservazioni sulla morfo- logia dei funghi tricofitici. roy. 8°. Parma, [1899]. Also, transl. in: Monatsh. f. prakt. Dermat., Hamb., 1899, xxix, 453-470, 3 pl. Reniger (Marie). * Contribution a I'etude du Trichophyton gypseum. Description d'une de ses varietes. 8°. Genive, 1908. Sabouraud (R. [-J.-A.]) *Les trichophytes humaines. 4°. Paris, 1894. ------. The same. [With atlas.] roy. 8°. Paris, 1894. Tchicaloff (G. C.) * Contribution a I'etude de 1' eczema trichophytoide ou nummulaire. 8°. Geneve, 1905. Aberastury (M.) La cuesti6n de las tricoficias. An. d. Circ. med. argent., Buenos Aires, 1901, xxiv, 119- 144.—Adamson (H. G.) & Whitfield (A.) Cultures of Trichophyton rosaceum from two casesof tinea barbae. Proc. Koy.Soc.Med.,Lond.,1908-9,ii,Dermat.Sect., 161.— A in belli (S.) The cutaneous trychophytin reaction. J. Exper: M., Lancaster, Pa., 1910, xii, 435-459, 1 pl.— Arena (V.) Nuova cura rapida delle tricoflzie ribelli ai comuni trattamenti. Cong, internat. de med. C.-r. 1903, Madrid, 1904, xiv, sect, de dermat. et syph., 347.— Arnozan (X.) & Dubreuilh (W.) De la tricho- TRICHOPHYTOSIS. 484 TRICHOPHYTOSIS. Trichophytosis. phytie des mains et des ongles. Arch. clin. de Bordeaux, 1892, i, 27; 49.—Balzer & Deshayes. Trichophytie cutanee chez un toucheur dc bomi's. Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par.. l'.Hiti. xvii, 247. Also: Ann. de der- mat. et svph., Par., 1906, 4. s., vii, 388.—Bang (H.) Sur une tricliophvtie cutanee a grands cercles, causee par un dermatophyte nouveau (Trichophyton purpureum Bang). Ibid., 1910, 5. s., i, 225-238.—Bar ( b.) De la trichophytie de l'oreille externe. Cong, internat. de med. C. r., Par., 1900, sect, d'otol., 142-151. Also: Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larvnx [etc.], Par., 1901, xxvii, 437-452. Also [Abstr.j: Bull, de laryngol., otol. et rhinol., Par., 1900, iii, 238.— Barbe. Traitement de la trichophytie cutanee avec le monochlorophenol. Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1901, xii, 392. Also: Ann. dc dermat. et syph., Par., 1901. 4. s., ii, 688.—Bartolucci (A.) La tricofizia dei bovini e la sua contagione per 1' uomo. Gior. d. r. Soc. ed Accad. vet. ital., Torino, 1900, xlix, 435.—Berti (S.) I tricotiti della provincia di Pisa. Riv. d' ig. e san. pubb., Torino, 1912, xxiii, 270; 301; 336. — Bertrand (L.-E.) Note sur l'emploi topique de la rhubarbe contre la tri- chophytie circinde. Arch, de mgd. nav., Par., 1891, lv, 471.—Bosnier (E.) Trichophytie grythemateuse cir- cin6e; trichophytie de la region p'ilaire du visage; varietes individuelles de la reaction irritative. Ann. dedermat. etsyph., Par., 1889, 2. s., x, 111. Also: Reunions clin. de l'Hop. St. Louis. C. r., Par., 1888-9, 29.—Bloch (B.) Die Basler Trichophytieepidemie. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1907, xxxvii, 768. -----. Die Trichophv- tien. Med. Klin., Berl., 1908, iv, 1942-1948.— Bo lam (R. A.) Trichophyton rosaceum. Brit. J. Dermat., Lond., 1912, xxiv, 1-13, 1 pl. —Bonnet (L.-M.) Tri- chophytie spontanee du rat a lesions faviformes; ino- culation des cultures au cobaye produisant des lesions egalement faviformes. Lyon med., 1908, cxi, 976. — Bosellini. Dei tricofiti nella provincia di Bologna. Gior. ital. d. mal. ven., Milano, 1906. xlvii, 61-65. -----. Ricerche micologiche sui tricofiti. Ibid., 575.— Boyer. Tricophytie glneralisee. Bull. Soc. d'anat et pliysiol.de Bordeaux, 1895, xvi, 124.—Briglientl (G.) La tricofitiasi trasmessa dagli animali air uomo. Gior. d. r. Soc ed Accad. vet. ital., Torino, 1*99, xlviii, 269.— ■tro< q (L.) Traitement local de la trichophytie du cuir chevelu (teigne tondante). Ann.de dermat. et svph., Par., 1890, 3. s., i, 147-152.—Brack (<".) & Kusiinoki. Leber spezifische Behandlung von Trichophytien. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1911, xxxvii, 1110-1112.—Bruhns (C.) Neuere Anschauungen und Erfahrungen iiber dieTrichophvtieerkrankungen. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1910, xlvi, 832-836.—Bruhns (C.) & Alexander (A.) Zur Frage der Immunitat nach Tri- chophytie-Erkrankungen. Dermat. Ztschr., Berl., 1910, xvii, 695-706. —Cainpana (R.) Tricophitiasi. Clin. dermopat. e sirilopat. d. r. Univ. di Genova (1883), 1884, i, 51-56,1 pl. -----. Colture artificiali di Tricophiton ton- surans di un tumore della gamba di una donna. Boll. d. r. Accad. med. di Genova, 1890, iv, 96-99.—Carruccio (M.) Pleomorfismo e pluralismo tricofitico. Bull. d. r. Accad. med. di Roma, 1897-8, xxiii, 261-309, 1 pl. Also: Clin, dermosifllopat. d. r. Univ. di Roma, 1897, 77; 107, 1 pl. Also: Gior. ital.d. mal. ven., Milano, 1898, xxxiii, 461- 4S4.—Castellan! (A.) Observations on dhobie itchand other tropical trichophytie diseases. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1905, ii, 1277-1279. -----. Untersuchungen fiber tropische Trichophytosis. Arch. f. Dermat. u. Svph., Wienu. Leipz 1908-9, xciii, 23-42, 1 pl. -----. Tropical trichophytosis. Lancet, Lond., 1908, ii, 311-313.—Ceresole (G.) Sur une trichophytie du daim transmissible a. l'homme. Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1906, 4. s., vii, 743-750.—Chiodi (W.) La tricofizia; epidemiologia e profilassi. Riv. d'ig e san. pubb., Torino, 1908, xix, 325-336.—Cliirlvino (V.) Granuloma tricofitico Majocchi; contributo alio studio delle tricofizie profonde. Gior. internaz. d. scmed Napoli, 1907, n. s., xxix, 433-441.—Cicero (R. E.) Note sur un cas de radiodermite tres intense du cuir chevelu avec repousse complete des cheveux chez une enfant at- teinte de tricophytie. Atti d. Cong, internaz. di terap As. 1907, Roma, 1908, ii, pt. 1, 717-720. Also: Mem. Soc cient. "Antonio Alzate," Mexico, 1907-8, xxvi, 237-241 — Citron (J.) Ueber das Verhalten der Favus- und Tri- chophytonpilze im Organismus. Ztschr. f. Hvg u Infec- tionskrankh., Leipz., 1905, xlix, 120-134.—Coffin ( \ Trichophytie et microsporie chez l'homme et les ani maux. J. d. mal. cutan. etsyph., Par., 1901, xiii, 293-308.— Collavitti (U.) Tricophiton cutaneo; varieta morfoio- gieneecliniche. Clin.dermosifllopat. d.r.Univ.diRoma, 1896, 101-134, 4 pl. Also: Riforma med., Napoli, 1896, xii] pt. 1, 4s3; 495; 507. -----. Un caso di tricophyton ton- surans maculo-squamoso con onicogrifosi tricofitica ed un fibroma cutaneo contenente gli stessi elementi parassitarii della pelle. Gior.ital. d.mal.ven.,Milano, 1896,xxxi 177 — (oloiubini(P) Nuovoraspatoreperlacuradelletrico- i ^e'cn i r-Accad-d-nsi°crit,inSiena,1896-7,4. s„ viii ibV.J •' pu. „ „• §°Pra uncas0di granuloma tricofitico delMajocchi. Boll.d.chn.,Milano,1902,xix,547-556. Also- Cm mod. Pisa^1902, viii, 134-138. Also, transl.: Dermat. Ztschr., Berl. 1902,ix,641-651.-Csillag( J.) Fall von Trb chophytia profunda. Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, Trichophytosis. 1908,xlix,6ii.—DallaFavera(G.-B.) Surl'Stat actuel des trichophyties dela province deParme. Ann. dedermat. et syph., Par., 1909,4.s.,x,433-451,lpl. See,also,infra,Sabou- raud. -----. ReponsealacritiqueduDr.Sabouraudal'oc- casion de mon travail "Surl'etatactueldestrichophyties de la province de Parme." Ibid., 653-656.—De Amicis (M.) Uso dell' ittiolo nelle tricofizie. Gior. internaz. d. sc. med., Napoli, 1897, n. s., xix, 457-465.—DeBlols (A.) Contribution & I'etude de la trichophytie. Union mecl. du Canada, Montreal, 1884, xiii, 481-529.—Djelalcddin- iHoukhtar. Trichophytie des regions a 6piderme corned epais (plante du pied, paume de la main). Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1892, iii, 41-46. Also: Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1892, 3. s., iii, 152-157. -----. Trichophytie de la plante du pied datant de 6 ans et simulant la syphilis. Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1892, iii, 137-143.—Doyon (A.) Les tri- chophyties humaines. Concours m6d., Par., 1896, xviii, 402—104.—Diibreuilh (W.) De quelques formes rares de la trichophytie du cuir chevelu; kerion Celsi et tri- chophytie disseminee. Ann. de la Policlin. de Bordeaux. 1889-91, i, 278-284. Also: J. d. mal. cutan. et syph:, Par., 1891, iii, 438-443. -----. Trichophytie cutanee; presenta- tion de malade. J. de mM. de Bordeaux, 1890-91, xx, 281. Also: Mem. et Bull. Soc. de mecl. et chir. de Bordeaux, 1891, 24-27. -----. Sur un cas de trichophytie du cuir chevelu et des ongles. J. de mecl. de Bordeaux, 1895, xxv, 95. Also: M6m. et bull. Soc. de m&L et chir. de Bordeaux (1895), 1896, 47-50. -----. Trichophytie. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. . . . de Bordeaux, 1902, xxiii, 225. -----. Trichophytie chronique de la paume de la main et des pieds. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1912, xlii, 605.— Diibreuilh (W.) & Freche. Pseudo-pelade tricho- phytique. Internat. Cong. Dermat. Off. Trans. 1896, Lond., 1898, iii, 580.—Du Caste 1. Deux cas de tricho- phytie des parties glabres. Ann. de dermat et syph., Par., 1897, 3. s., viii, 47. Also: Bull. Soc. franc, de der- mat. et syph., Par., 1897, viii, 9-11.—Duorey (R.) Sulle tricofizie umane. Gior. ital. d. mal. ven., Milano 1896, xxxi, 175-177.—Duorey (R.) & Reale (\.) Observa- tions sur les trichophytons. Internat. Cong. Dermat. Off. Trans. 1896, Lond., 1898, iii, 580-583. Also: Clin. mod., Pisa, 1896, ii, 468.—Fillers. Trichophytie de la plante du pied. Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1892, iii, 547.—Ferrari (A.) Contributo alia cura della tricofizia col metodo Sheffield. Rassegna di sc. med., Modena, 1900-1901, xv, 100-115.—Flocco. Le tri- cofitie a Venezia. Gior. ital. d. mal. ven., Milano, 1910, xiv, 181-201.—Fischer (F.) Demonstration von Kultu- ren des Trichophyton cerebriforme. Dermat. Ztschr., Berl., 1911, xviii, 58-61.—Fox (T. C.) A further contri- bution to the study of the Endothrix trichophyta flora in London, illustrated by a collection of cultures and pho- tographs. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1908-9, ii, Der- mat. Sect., 49-66. 1 pl. Also: Brit. J. Dermat., Lond., 1909, xxi, 272-289— Fur th ma mi (W.) & Neebe (C. H.) Vier Trichophytonarten. Monatsh. f. prakt. Dermat., Hamb., 1891, xiii, 477-188.— Gailleton. Des affections cutanees produites par le tricophyton. J. de med. de Lyon, 1865, iii, 265-289— Galli-Valerio (B.) Obser- vations sur un trichophyton du veau et l'achorion de l'homme, de la poule et de la souris. Schweiz.- Arch. f. Tierh., Ziirich, 1899, xli, 105-110.— Gastou & Nicolau. Quelques cas d'affections pilaires (trichophy- ties, sycosis, folliculites) traitees par les rayons X. Bull. Soc. franc de dermat. et syph., Par., 1902. xiii, 341- 318. Also: Ann. de dermat. et syph., Pir., 1902, 4. s., iii,707-714.—Gaucher (E.) Des formes suppurees de la trichophytie. Independ. med., Par., 1(00, vi, 97. -----. Tricophytie. J. de med. int., Par., 1900,iv, 631; 614; 665.— Gauduoheau (R.) Quelques notes de technique sur le traitement par l'ion zinc des folliculites non tricho- phytiques de la barbe. Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1911, 5. s., ii, 287-297.—Gayine (L.) Note sur un cas de tricophytie cutanee a marche envahissante. Dauphine med., Grenoble, 1900, xxiv, 175-177.—Gottheil (W.S.) Trichophytosis corporis with concentric rings. J. Cutan. Dis. incl. Syph., N. Y., 1909, xxvii, 135.—Hallopeau (H.) Interpretation physiologique d'une Eruption tricho- phytique disposee en cerdes concentriques. Reunions clin. de l'H6p. St. Louis. C. r., Par., 188^9, 228.-----. Sur un cas de trichophytie palpebrale. Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1902, 4. s., iii, 1138. -----. Consequences facheuses de la radiotherapie chez un enfant atteint de trichophytie. Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1907, xviii, 105.—llallopcau (H.) & L.eri. Inclusion de cercles multiples de trichophytie cutanee dans des ellipses communes. Ibid., 1899, x, 438.—Hartzell (M. B.) Some unusual forms of trichophytosis. Tr. Phila. Co. M. Soc, Phila., 1899, xx, 118-122. Also: Univ. M. Mag., Phila., 1898-9, xi, 497-501—Harvey (Louise M.) Tinea trichophytina. South. Calif. Pract., Los Angeles, 1896, xi, 47-49.—Hebert (A.) Note sur une petite epidemie de tricophytie suppuree. Normandie med., Rouen, 1904, xix, 477-479. Also: Rev. med. de Normandie, Rouen, 1904, iv, 469-472—His. Die Baseler Trichophytie-Epidemie. Verhandl. d. deutsch. dermat. Gesellsch. 1906,Berl.,1907, xi, TRICHOPHYTOSIS. 485 TRICHOPHYTOSIS. Trichophytosis. 434-437.—Hodara bey. Sur le traitement de la trichophy- tie du cuir chevelu par la chrysarobine. Gaz.med.d'O- rient, Constant., 1902-3,269-271.—Hollborn (K.) Ziich- tuug der Trichoph vtiepilze in si t u. Central bl. f. Bakteriol. fetc],l.Abt.,Jena,'l902,xxxi,479.-----. ZiicbtungderTri- chophytiepilze in situ; Entgegnung auf die Antwort des Dr. Plaut. ifttd.,1903,xxxiii,648— Mugel(G.) Resultate von Untersuchungen, angestellt an 4 Fallen von Mikro- sporie und 81 Fallen von Trichophytie. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1901, xlviii, 1960-1962.—Jaeobi (E.) Eine besondere Form der Trichophytie als Folgeerscheinung des permanenten Bades. Arch.f. Dermat. u. Syph., Wien u. Leipz., 1907, lxxxiv, 289-300, 2 pl.—Jeanselme. La tricophytie humaine et d'origine animale. J. de med. int., Par., 1902, vi, 1-4. Also: Presse med. beige, Brux., 1902, liv, 41-48.-----. Tricophytie d'origine equine. Rev. gen.de clin. etde therap., Par., 1909, xxiii,631. —Joyeux (C.) Sur le Trichophyton soudanense n. sp.; note pre- iiminaire. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1912, Ixxiii, 15.—Juhel-Renoy (E.) Trichophytie. Diet, encvcl. d. sc. med., Par., isss, 3. s., xviii, 183-201.—Kessler (J. B.) Trichophytosis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1902,xxxix, 1050.—KrosiniSiR.) Studien fiber Trichophyton. Ver- handl. d. deutsch. dermat.Gesellsch., Wienu. Leipz., 1894, iv, 89-100.-----. Weitere Studien iiber Trichophyton. Dermat. Ztschr., Berl., 1894-5, ii, 611-614. -----. Weitere Studien iiber Trichophytonpilze. Verhandl. d. deutsch. dermat. Gesellsch., Wien u. Leipz.,1895, Wien u.Leipz.,1896, v, 370-385. Also: Arch. f. Dermat. u. Syph., Wien u. Leipz., 1896, xxxv, 67; 163, 6 pl.—Krzysztalowicz (F.) Grzyby chorobotworcze wlosdw (trichophy- ton, microsporon, favus). Przegl. chor6b sk6r. i wen., Warszawa, 1906, i, 3; 5; l^.-Le Calve & Malherbe (H.) Sur un trichophyton du cheval k cultures liche- noides (Trichophyton minimum). Arch, de parasitol., Par., 1899, ii, 218-250.-----------. Nouvelles recherches sur le Trichophyton minimum. Ibid., 489-503.—Levin- son (Ya. B.) Trikhofitiya volosistol chasti golovi u dle- tel i yeya raznovidnosti. [Trichophytia of the scalp in children and its variations.] Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1909, lxxi, 741-751.—Lombardo (C.) Tricofizie nei neonati. Gior. ital. d. mal. ven., Milano, 1906, xli, 583-587, 1 pl. -----. Del pigmento dei tricofiti nella vita parassitaria. Ibid., 1910, xiv, 205.—liiiccarelli (V.) Due casi di tri- cofizia blefarociliare. Morgagni, Milano 1909, li, 250- 266.—Majocchi (D.) Sopra una nuova tricofizia (granu- loma tricofitico). Bull. d. r. Accad. med. di Roma, 1883, ix, 220-223. -----. Sopra alcuni cambiamenti morfologici del trichophyton. Gior. ital. d. mal. ven., Milano, 1884, xix, 209-229,2 pl. -----. Sul granuloma tricofitico. Ibid., 1906, xli, 567-574. -----. Alcune considerazioni clinico- critiche e ricerche sperimentali intorno al granuloma tri- cofitico. Ibid., 1908, xlix, 198-209. -----. Ulteriori osser- vazioni cliniche e ricerche sperimentali sul granuloma tricofitico. Ibid., 1910, xiv, 206-216.—Mancini (A.) Azione dei raggi Rontgen sulle culture di Achorion Schonleinii e di Tricophyton tonsurans. Gior. med. d. r. esercito, Roma, 1906, liv, 561-582—Marlaro (C.) Nou- velles cultures de Trichophyton tonsurans. Compt.-rend. Cong, internat. de med. 1897, Mosc, 1899, iv.sect. 8, 425.— Matruchot (L.) & Dassonville (C.) Recherches experimentales sur l'herpes du cheval; un nouveau tri- chophyton producteur d'herpes. Assoc, franc, pour l'avance. d. sc. C.-r. 1898, Par., 1899, xxvii, pt. 2, 449-455. ----------. Sur la position systematique des Tricho- phyton et des formes voisines dans la classification des champignons. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1899, exxviii, 1411-1413.—Mazza (G.) Di una forma rara di tricophitiasis. Gior. ital. d. mal. ven., Milano, 1889, xxx, 168-181, 2 pl. -----. Colture artificiali di tricophiton. Boll. d. r. Accad. med. di Genova, 1891, vi, 1-4. -----. Sulla biologia del Trychophyton tonsurans e speciale nota clinica, micologica ed istologica intorno ad un caso di area Celsi con concomitante tricofizia. Boll, clin.- scient. d. Poliambul. di Milano, 1898, xi, 201-218. -----. Ueber das Granuloma trichophyticum Majocchi. Arch. f. Dermat. u. Syph., Wien u. Leipz., 1907, lxxxvii, 25-46, 2 pl.----- Ricerche sperimentali sulla patogenesi del granuloma tricofitico. Gior. ital. d. mal. ven., Milano, 1908, xlix, 216.—Meneau. Trichophytie des faces dorsale et palmaire des mains. Mem. et bull. Soc. de m6d. et chir. de Bordeaux (1894), 1895, 263.— Mewborn (A. D.) Report of a case of favus of scrotum, co-existing with ringworm of the thigh, giving identical trichophyton- like cultures. J. Cutan. Dis. incl. Syph., N. Y., 1903, xxi, 11-18, 2 pl— ITlibelli (V.) Sur la plurality des trichophytons. Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1895, 3. s., vi, 733 - 756. Also, transl.: Monatsh. f. prakt. Dermat., Hamb., 1893, xxi, 613-631.—JWinne (A.) Le trichophyton de la vache peut passer sur l'homme. Ann. Soc. de med. de Gand, 1898. lxxvii, 182-191, 3 pl. -----. Un nouveau trichophyton a culture violette dans nos Flandres. Ibid., 1904, lxxxiii, 49-57, 2 pl. Also: Belgique med., Gand-Haarlem, 1905, xii, 39-43.— iTIorris (M.) & Henderson (G. C.) The cultivation and life-history of the ringworm fungus Trichophyton tonsurans. J. Roy. Micr. Soc. Lond., 1883, 2. s., iii, pt. 1, 328-338. Also, Reprint.—JIurero. La radioterapia Trichophytosis. delle tricofizie. Gior. ital. d. mal. ven., Milano, 1906, xli, 575.—Neisser (A.) Plato's Versuche fiber die Herstel- lung und Verwendung von Trichophytin. Arch. f. Der- mat. u. Syph., Wien u. Leipz., 1902, lx, 76.—Nicolas. Trichophytie cutanee en m^daillons uummulaires. Lyon med., 1907, cviii, 1179-1181.—Nieuwenhuis (A. VV.) Individuality and heredity in a lower mould fungus, Trichophyton albiscicans. Konink. Akad. v. Wetensch. Proc. Sec. Sc, Amst., 1910-11, xiii, 550-566, 2 pl.—Oltra- mare. Tricophytie cutanee. Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1903, xxiii, 129.—Pasini (A.) Granuloma tricofitico (Majocchi) da tricofito rosaceo. Nel xxv anno d' insegn. univ. d. Prof. D. Barduzzi (1886-1910), Livorno, 1911, 393-408, 1 pl.—Pelagatti (M.) I trichophyton della Provincia di Parma. Gior. ital. d. mal. ven., Milano, 1896, xxxi, 724-746. Also, transl.: Internat. Cong. Der- mat. Off. Trans. 1896, Lond., 1898, iii, 5*3-691. Also, transl.: Monatsh. f. prakt. Dermat., Hamb., 1896, xxiii, 515-522.—Pellizzari (C.) Sul Trvcophvton tonsurans. Atti d. Cong. d. Ass. med. ital. 1887, Pavia, 1889, ii, 408- 412. -----. Del polimorfismo tricofitico ed in particolare di una forma clinica non descritta. Sperimentale. Sez. clin., Firenze, 1895, xlix, 266-275. -----. Tricofizia gene- ralizzata con localizzazioni morfologieamente diverse da quelle fin qui descritte. Sperimentale. Arch, di biol., Firenze, 1903, lvii, 626.—Pernet (G.) Cultures of Tri- chophyton megalosporon endothrix. Rep. Soc. Study Dis. Child., Lond., 1905-6, vi, 289.—Pini (G.) Granu- loma trichophyticum Majocchi; Untersuchungen und klinische Beobachtungen. Arch. f. Dermat. u. Svph., Wien u. Leipz., 1898, xlii, 15-38.—Plnl (G.) <& JTIarti- notti (L.) Tricophytia capitis a trichophyton plicatile. (Uor. ital. d. mal ven., Milano, 1910, xiv, 895-901,1 pl.— Plato (J.) & Guth (H.) Ueber den Nachweis feinerer Wachsthumsvorgange in Trichophyton- und anderen Fadenpilzen mittels Neutralroth. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. In- fectionskrankh., Leipz., 1901, xxxviii, 319-331, 1 pl.— Plaut (H. C.) Ziichtung der Trichophytiepilze in situ. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.]., 1. Abt., Jena, 1902, xxxi, 213-221. -----. Ziichtung der Trichophytiepilze in situ; Antwort auf die Bemerkungen des Dr. Holl- born in Leipzig. Ibid., xxxii, 666.—Pollitzer (S.) A series of cultures of microsporon and of the large-spored trichophytons. Tr. Am. Dermat. Ass. 1899, Concord, 1900, 111.—Prip (H.) To Tilfselde af animal Trikofyti hos Mennerket. [Cases of animal trichophytes in man.] Hosp-Tid., Kj0benh., 1874, 4. 2., ii, 765-772.—Prytek. Zur Kenntnis der Immunitat nach Trichophytieinfek- tionen. Arch. f. Dermat. u. Syph., Wien u. Leipz., 1912, cxiii. Orig., 821-842.—Qninquaud. Prophylaxie et traitement de la trichophytie. Union m6d., Par., 1890, 3. s., 1, 49-53.—Qulnquaud & Butte. Note sur les re- sultats obtenus dans le traitement de la trichophytie du cuir chevelu d, l'Ecole des teigneux de l'Hopital Saint- Louis. Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1891, ii, 152-156.—Rasch (C.) Trichophytia. Hosp.-Tid., Kjtlbenh., 1898, 4. R., vi, 1142-1146.—Ravogli (A.) Notes on ringworm. N. York M. J., 1901, Ixxiii, 1119- 1123. -----. Onychomycosis trichophytina; with report of two cases. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1907, xlix, 308- 312.— Respighi (E.) La radioterapia nella tricofizia e nella ipertricosi. Gior. ital. d. mal. ven., Milano, 1906. xli, 33-36. -----. Di alcuni casi di tricofizie curati coi raggi X. Scuola salernit., Salerno, 1906, vii, 8-14.— Roberts (L.) The phvsiology of the trichophytons. J. Path. & Bacteriol., Edinb. & Lond., 1894-5, iii, 300-309. -----. The trichophvta. Internat. Cong. Dermat. Off. Trans. 1896, Lond.. 1898, iii, 544-555. -----. Experimental note on the ferments of the ringworm fungi. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1899,i, 13. -----. [Trichophytonofthecat.] Liver- pool M.-Chir. J., 1903, xxiii, 404.—Rodriguez (J. A.) Contribuci6n al estudio de la anatomia patol6gica y pato- genia de la tricoficia animal. Rev. med. d. Uruguay,Monte- video, 1907, x, 350-358.—Rosen bach (F. J.J Ueberdie tiefen und eiternden Trichophyton-Erkrankungen und deren Krankheitserreger. Internat. Cong. Dermat. Off. Trans. 1896. Lond.,1898,iii,515-522. Also: Monatsh.f.prakt. ' Dermat., Hamb., 1896, xxiii, 169-174 Also: Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1896, xlvi, 1449-1453. — Sabouraud (R.) Contribution a I'etude de la trichophytie humaine; etude clinique, microscopique et bacteriologique sur la plurality des trichophytoses de l'homme. Bull. Soc. franc, de der- mat. et syph., Par., 1892, iii, 437-463, 2 pl. Also: Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1892, 3. s., iii, 1061: 1893, 3. s., iv, 116; 814, 2 pl. -----. De la tricophytie chez l'homme. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1892, cxv, 1326-1329. Also: Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1893, lxvi, 11. -----. Etude des tricho- phyties a dermiteprofonde, specialement de la folliculite agininee de l'homme et de son origine animale. Ann.de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1893, vii, 497-528, 2 pl. -----. Nou- velles recherches sur la mycologie du trichophyton; des especes de trichophyton a grosses spores. Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1893, iv, 59-91. -----. Note sur l'hypothese d'une existence saprophyte des trichophytons. Ibid., 331-336. Also: Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1893, 3. s., iv, 561-566. -----. Sur la tricho- phytie. Bull. Soc. franc de dermat. et syph., Par., 1894, v, 350-366. Also: Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1894, TRICHOPHYTOSIS. 486 TRICHORRHEXIS. Trichophytosis. 3. s., v, 9*2-99**-----. Note sur trois points de l'histoire mici-ographique des trichophytons. Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et svph., Par., 18'.'4, v, 27-34. Also: Ann. de der- mat. et svph., Par., 1894, 3. s., v, 37^3. -----. Sur l'unite du trichophyton. Med. mod., Par., 1894 v, 497-199.-----■. De la rarete\ eu Italie, du Microsporum Audouini. Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1895, vi, 200-203. -----. Les trichophyties humaiues. J. d.conn. med. prat., Par., 1895, 9. -----. Folliculite agminee trichophytique; svn.=Kerion Celsi. Mus. de l'Hop. St.-Louis. Iconog. d. mal. cutan. et syph., Par., [1896], 127-133, 1 pl. -----. Les trichophytons faviformes. Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1908, 4. s., ix, 609-635, 1 pl. -----. Le trichophyton a culture acuminee et le trichophyton a culture crateri- forme (Tr. acuminatum, Tr. crateriforme Sabouraud). Arch, de parasitol., Par., 1908, xii, 40-98. -----. Sur les soi-disant godets produits par des trichophytons et de soi-disant trichophytons producteurs de godets. Ann. d,e dermat. et syph., Par., 1909, 4. s., x, 289-293. -----. A propos du travail de M. Dalla Favera sur l'etat actuel des trichophyties de la Province de Parme. Ibid., 508-517. -----. Le trichophyton de la poule (Trichophyton rosa- ceum) et la maladie humaine qu'il determine. Arch, de med. exper. et d'anat. path., Par., 1909, xxi, 274-298. -----. Trichophytie eruption caused by the Trichophy- ton rubrum ot Castellani (Epidermophyton purpureum, Bang). Brit. J. Dermat., Lond., 1911, xxiii, 389. IDis- cussion], 393-402.—Sabouraud (R.) & Sequelra. Trichophytonplicatile,called "neocrateriforme." Ibid., 1912, xxiv, 76-78.—Sabrazes & Brengues. Produc- tion de godets faviques par l'inoculation d. l'homme et a la souris de trichophyton pyogene d'origine equine. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. de Bordeaux, 1898, xix. 90.— Scholtz& Doebel. Favus und Trichophytie. Arch. f. Dermat. u. Syph., Wien u. Leipz., 1908, xcii, 369-375.— Sequeira (J. H.) A case of trichophytie granulomata. Brit. J. Dermat., Lond., 1912, xxiv, 207-215, 3 pl. —Sor- rentino (G.) Granuloma tricophyticum Majocchi. Gior. ital. d. mal. ven., Milano, 1907, xlviii, 706-718.— Stein (R. O.) Die spezifische Behandlung der tiefen Trichophytie. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1912, xxv, 1817- 1821. — Stravino (A.) Lesions experimentales histolo- giques par la culture du Trichophyton tonsurans. Cong. internat. de med. C. r., Par., 1900, sect, de dermatol. et de syph., 435-438. — Szab6ky (J.) Egy trichophytiasis epidemi4r61. [An epidemicof.. .] Dolgozotokazegyet. bork6rt. intezetb., Budapest, 1901, 14.— Tail liefer. Sur une trichophytie du cuir chevelu chez un garcon de seize ans et demi. Mercredi med., Par., 1894, v, 345. Also: Midi med., Toulouse, 1894, iii, 494-496.—Tenneson & Berdal (H.) Trichophytie disseminee des regions glabresetdu cuir chevelu & Page adulte. Bull. Soc. franc de dermat. et syph., Par., 1892, iii, 314-316. Also: Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1892, 3. s., iii, 709-711. —Trichophyton (Du); des dermatoses trichophytiques. I. Mycologie, es- pSces, cultures, transmission experimentale, contagion. II. Prophylaxie et traitement. [Discussion.] Cong, in- ternat. de dermat. et de syph. C. r. 1889, Par., 1890,191- 219.—TrufH (M.) Studi sui trichophyton e sul loro pleo- morfismo. Boll. d. Soc. med.-chir. di Pavia, 1901, 49. Also: Gazz. med. di Torino, 1901, Iii, 201. -----. Lettera aperta al Prof. Antonio Reale. Gior. ital. d. mal. ven., Milano, 1902, xxxvii, 351. -----. Sulla tricofitina. Boll. d. Soc. med.-chir. di Pavia, 1903,81-87. Also, transl.: Rev. prat. d. mal. cutan. [etc.], Par., 1903, ii, 342-346. -----. Ricerche sulla tricofitina. Clin. med. ital., Milano, 1904, xliii, 377-408, lpl. -----. Sulla presenza di pigmento in alcuni trichophyton nella vita parassitaria. Boll. d. Soc. med.-chir. di Pavia, 1905,141-145, 1 pl. -----. Sul granu- loma tricofitico. Gior. ital. d. mal. ven., Milano, 1906, xli, 579-583. -----. La reazione di deviazione del comple- mento nelle tricofizie. Biochim. e terap. sper., Milano, 1910, ii, 364-366. Also: Boll. d. Soc. med.-chir. di Pavia 1911, xxv, 74-78.—Ullmann (K.) Ueber Trichophytie; experimenteller Beitrag. Verhandl. d. deutsch. dermat. Gesellsch. 1895, Wien u. Leipz., 1896, v, 385-403, 4 pl.— Unna (P. G.) Remarks on the cultivation and plu- rality of trichophyton fungi. Internat. Cong. Dermat. Off. Trans. 1896, Lond., 1898, iii, 574-577. Also, transl. [withadditions]: Monatsh. f. prakt. Dermat., Hamb., 1897, xxiv, 289-302. Also, transl. [with additions]: J. d. mal. cutan. et syph., Par., 1897. ix, 259-275. -----. Neue Tri- chophy tonerkrankung bei 4 Kindern derselben Familie Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1897, xxxiv, 279. — Vidal. Tri- chophytie circinee des regions a epiderme corne. Bull Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1892, iii, 69-71. Also- Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1892, 3. s., iii, 180-182.— *.l-n?lo"li,,.latl (c-) Sopra un caso di granuloma \™'o }-'° (Jiaj0CCDi)- Gior- ital- d- mah ven.. Milano, 1908, xi ix, 209. -----. Ueber das Granuloma trichophyti- cum Majocchi. Monatsh. f. prakt. Dermat.. Hamb; 1908 xlvn 184-197.-----. Nuovo contributo alio studio del- 1 epiderrnotiziaerraticatricofitoideedeczematoide. Mor- gagni, Milano, 1911, liii, pt. 1, 304-312.— Waelsch (L ) Beitrage zur Anatomie der Trichophytosis. Arch f Der- m."t',U,'-Sv?lV: vWlen u- LeiPz- 1896> xx*v, 23-43, l'pl.— ^f£?„w(£- F}- SmaJ! multiPle kerion an unusual type of trichophytosis. J. Cutan Dis. incl. Syph \ Y 1905 Trichophytosis. xxiii, 428-431, 1 pl. — White (C. J.) A study of tricho- phyton as it occurs in the United States. Internat. Cong. Dermat. Off. Trans. 1896, Lond., 1898, iii, 51—Whit- tle 1<1 i A.) A note on some unusual cases of trichophytie infection. Lancet, Lond., 1908, ii, 237. -----. Pure cul- ture of Sabouraud's Trichophyton rosaceum obtained from a case of beard ringworm. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1908-9, ii, Dermat. Sect., 83.-----. Cultures of Tri- chophyton roseum and ectothrix, and specimen of tricho- phytie invasion. Ibid., 1910-11, iv, Dermat. Sect., 93.— WUrth. Ueber Trichophytie und andere Nebenvvir- kungen der Dauerbader. Psychiat.-neurol. Wchnschr., Halle a. S., 1905-6, vii, 289-291. Trichoplax. Krunibach ( T. ) Trichoplax, die umgewandelte Planula einer Hydromeduse. Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1907, xxxi 450-454.—Stlasny (G.) Einige histologische De- tails iiber Trichoplax adhaerens. Ztschr. f. wissensch. Zool., Leipz., 1903, lxxv, 430-436. Trichoptera. LtJBBEN (H.) * Ueber die innere Metamor- phose der Trichopteren. [Greifswald.] 8°. Naumburg a. S., 1907. Also, in: Zool. Jahrb., Jena, 1907, xxiv, 71-128, 3 pl. Silfvenius ( A. J. ) *Trichopterologische Untersuchungen. I. Ueber den Laich der Tri- chopteren. 8°. Helsingfors, 1906. Thienemann (A.) * Biologie der Trichopte- ren-Puppe. [Greifswald.] 8°. Jena, 1905. Felber (J.) Beitrage zur Metamorphose der Trichopte- re n. Zool .Anz., Leipz., 1908, xxxii, 473-478.—H en se val (M.) Les glandes buccales des larvesdetrichopteres. Cel- lule, Lierre & Louvain, 1897, xii, 5-15,1 pl.—Mackinnon (Doris L.) New protist parasites from the intestine of Tri- choptera. Parasitology, Cambridge, 1910, iii, 245-254,1 pl. -----. On some more protozoan parasites from Trichop- tera. Ibid., 1911, iv, 28-38, 1 pl.—OTartynow (A.) Ueber einige eigenthumliche Driisen bei den Trichopte- renlarven. Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1901, xxiv, 449-455.—Russ (E. A. L.) Ueber die postembrionale Entwicklung des Mitteldarms bei den Trichopteren (Anabolia laevis Zett). Ibid., 1907, xxxi, 708-710. Also: Zool. Jahrb., Jena, 1908, xxv, 675-677, 4 pl. Also, transl.: Bull. Soc. d. med. et nat. de Jassy, 1907, xxi, 85-88. -----. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Kopfdriisen der Trichopterenlarven (Mandibular- und Maxillar-Driisen). Arch, de zool. exper. et gen. Notes et rev., Par., 1910, 5. s„ v., pp. lxi-lxvii.—Ulmer ( G. ) Ueber einige Trichopteren mit riisselformigen Koptanhangen. Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1904, xxviii, 56-59. -----. Ueber westafrikanische Trichopteren. Ibid., 353- 358. — Wesenberg-Laind ( C. ) Biologische Studien iiber netzspinnende, campodeoide Trichopterenlarven. Internat. Rev. d. ges. Hydrobiol. u. Hvdrograph., Leipz., 1911, Biol. Suppl., 3. s., 1. Hft., 1-64, 6 pl. Trichoptilosis. See, also, Hair (Diseases of). Spiegler (E.) De la trichoptilose. Cong, internat. de med. C. r., Par., 1900, sect, de dermatol. et de syph., 418. Trichorhynchus. Faure-Fremiet (E.) Une variety du Trichorhyn- chus tuamotuensis. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1907, lxiii, 467. Trichorrhexis nodosa. See, also, Hair (Diseases of). Dubuche ( F. - L. - J. - B. - J. ) * Trichorrhexis nodosa (trichorrhexie noueuse). 8°. Lille, 1904. Anastay. Un casde guerison de trichorrexis nodosa. Marseille med., 1907, xliv, 541-544—Csillag (J.) A ndi fejhajzat "molyoss4ga"-r61. [Trichorrhexis nodosa of the female scalp.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1911, lv, 588- 5112.—Dawson (W. O.) & Gaiger (S. H.) Trichorrhe- xis nodosa in the horse; a preliminary note. J. Trop. Vet. Sc, Calcutta, 1909, iv, 307-311.—Dekeyser (L.) La trichorrhexie noueuse et son etiologie. Soc beige de der- mat. et de syph. Bull., Brux., 1901, i, 49-57. -----. Nou- velles recherches sur l'etiologie de la trichorrhexie nou- euse. Internat. dermat. Kong. Verhandl. u. Ber. 1904, Berl., 1905, ii, pt. 2, 437-443. Also: J. med. de Brux., 1905, x, 145-148.—Fava (E.) Sulla tricoressi nodosa; nota cri- tica e sperimentale. Gior. d. r. Soc. naz. vet., Torino, 1911, lx, 1132-1143.—Gaucher & Lacapere. Trichor- rhexis nodosa. Bull. Soc. franc de dermat. et syph., Par., 1901, xii, 342. Also: Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1901,4. s.,ii, 638.—Heidinnsfeld (M.L.) Trichorrhexis nodosa. J. Cutan. Dis.incl.Svph.,N. Y., 1905,xxiii,246-256, lpl.—HeidingsfeId(M. L.) &.Harkley. Anomalies of the hair. [Trichorrhexis nodosa.] Lancet-Clinic, Cin- cin., 1905, n. s., liv, 414— Hilbner & Walter (E.) TRICHORRHEXIS. 487 TRIDONDANI. Trichorrhexis nodosa. Ueber Trichorrhexis nodosa. Munchen. med. Wchn- schr., 1912, lix, 140-142.—ljassueur. Contribution a I'etude de la trichorrhexie noueuse. Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1906, 4. s., vii, 911-913.— Panichl (R.) Sulla etiologia della tricorressi nodosa. Clin, mod., Pisa, 1903, ix, 110-114.—von Petersen (O.) Ueber Trichorrhexis nodosa. Verhandl. d. deutsch. dermat. Gesellsch. 1895, Wien u. Leipz., 1896, v, 362-369.—Sabouraud (R.) Sur la contagiosity de la trichorrexie noueuse. Bull. Soc. franc de dermat. et syph., Par., 1902, xiii, 615. Also: Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1902,4. s., iii, 1139. -----. Quelques faits experimentaux concernant la trichorrexis nodosa. Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1903, xiv, 345-347. Also: Ann. de dermat. et syph.. Par., 1903, 4. s., iv, 947-949. -----. De la trichorrexie noueuse. Clinique, Par., 1908, ii, 117.—Splendorelll (F.) Con- tributo alio studio della "tricoressi nodosa." Gior. d. r. Soc. naz. vet., Torino, 1911, lx, 363-366. -----. Contributo alia conoscenza della " tricoressi nodosa." Arch, seient. d. r. Soc. nat. vet., Torino, 1912, x, 33-55.—Tennert. Ueber Trichorrhexis nodosa mit spezieller Beriicksich- tigung der Aetiologie und Therapie. Ztschr. f. Veteri- nark., Berl., 1902, xiv, 361-372. Trichosis. See Hair (Diseases of). Trichosoma. Blome (K. L.) * Ueber zwei neue Wurra- spezies: Trichosomum papillosum und Hetera- kis cylindrica. [Bern.] 8°. Berlin, 1909. Also, in: Ztschr. f. Veterinark., Berl., 1909, xxi, 353-368, 3pl. Kowalewski. Studya helmintologiczne. VI. O czterech gatunkach rodzaju Trichosoma Rud. [Helmin- thological studies. VI. Four species of the genus Tricho- soma Rud.] Rozpr. Akad. Umiej. wydz. matemat.-przyr., Krak6w, 1901, 2. s., xviii, 268-286. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Bull, internat. Acad. d. sc. de Cracovie, 1900, 183-186.— LiOwenstein (S.) Epithelwucherungen und Papil- lombildungen der Rattenblase, verursacht durch ein Tri- chosoma (Tr. crassicauda?). Beitr. z.klin.Chir., Tiibing., 1910, lxix, 53:;-546.—Perugia (A.) Sul trichosoma del fegato dei Muridi. Mus. di zool. d. r. Univ. di Genova, 1893, no. 13. 1-4. Trichosporia. Du Bois (C.) Etude d'un cas de trichosporie. Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1910, 5. s., i, 447-456, 3 pl.— Macleod (J. M. H.) Trichosporosis nodosa. Brit. J. Dermat., Lond., 1912, xxiv, 131-137, 1 pl.—Vuillemin (P.) Un casde trichosporie (piedra nostras) observe en France. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1901, exxxii, 1369-1371.-----. Un nouveau cas de trichosporie observe a Nancy. Ibid., 1902, cxxxiv, 316-318. -----. Trichospo- rum et trichospories. Arch, de parasitol., Par., 1902, v, 38-66. Trichostrongylus. Looss (A.) Notizen zur Helminthologie Aegyptens. 6. Das Genus Trichostrongylus n. g., mit zwei neuen ge- legentlichen Parasit,en des Menschen. Centralbl. f. Bak- teriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1905, xxxix, 409-422, 2 pl. Trichotarsns. Trouessart (E.-L.) Deuxieme note sur les hypopes du genre Trichotarsus. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1904, lvi, 365. Trichothecium. Iwanoff(K. S.) Ueber Trichothecium roseum Link, als Ursache der Bitterfaule von Friichten. Ztschr. f. Pflanzenkr., Stuttg., 1904, xiv, 36-40. Trichotillomania. See, also, Paralysis (General, Diagnosis, etc., of). Reme (L.) Contribution a I'etude de la trichotillotomanie. 8°. Paris, 1906. Yvernogeau (A.-R.-A.) Contribution a I'etude de la trichotillomanie. 8°. Bordeaux, 1905. Cruchet (R.) Trichotillomanie, onanisme et peotil- lomanic Gaz. hebd. d. sc. mecl. de Bordeaux, 1909, xxx, 74-78. [Discussion], 80.—Dleloff(E.G.) Dva sluchaya trikhotillomanii. [Two casesof trichotillomania.] Pro- tok. zasaid. Kavkazsk. med. Obsh., Tiflis, 1905-6, xlii, 291-298.—Dubreuith (W.) & Magne (P.) La tricho- tillomanie. J. de m6d. de Bordeaux, 1906, xxxv, 449- 451—Fere (C.) Note sur quelques cas de trichotillo- manie chez des ah'6n£s. N. iconog. de la Salpetriere, Par., 1906, xix, 168-170,1 pl—Hallopeau (H.) Aiopeeie par grattage (trichomanie ou trichotillomanie). Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1889, 2. s., x, 440. -----. Sur un nouveau cas de trichotillomanie. Ibid., 1894, 3. s., v, Trichotillomania. 641-543— Jurmann (N. A.) Ein Fall von Trichotyllo- manie. Monatschr. f. Psychiat. u. Neurol., Berl., 1902, xi, 231.—Magne. Trichotillomanie. J. demed. de Bor- deaux, 1905. xxxv, 396.—Pernet (G.) A case of tricho- tillomania. Rep. Soc. Study Dis. Child., Lond., 1904-5, v, 28.—Vignolo-Lutati (C.) Intorno ad alcuni casi di "tricotillomania;" osservazioni cliniche. Morgagni, Mi- lano, 1911, liii, pt. 1, 75-80.—Voisin (R.) & Clarac. Un cas de trichotillomanie chez une fillette de 8 ans | atteint de debilite mentale et d'epilepsie. Bull. Soc. de pediat. de Par., 1909, xi, 496-501.—Wolters (M.) Ueber mechanisch erzeugte Alopezie (Trichotillomanie Hallo- peau). Med. Klin., Berl., 1907, iii, 666; 699.—Yunnan (N. A.) Otrikhotillomanii. [Trichotillomania.] Obozr. psichiat., nevrol. [etc.], S.-Peterb., 1901, vi, 502-588.—Za- non (L.) & Volpi (jrhirardini (G.) Intorno alia tricotillomania negli alienati. Gazz. med. ital., Torino, 1907, lviii, 51-54. Trichnris. Fanyo(F.) Trichuris trichura. Illinois M. J., Spring- field, 1903-4, n. s., v, 765-767. [Discussion], 683.—Stiles (C. W.) & Plender (C. A.) The failure of thymol to expel whipworms (Trichuris depressiuscula) from dogs. J. Compt, M. & Vet. Arch., Phila., 1902, xxiii, 733-740.— Also, Reprint. Triclada. BSIuuing (L.) Tricladenstudien. I. Tricladida miracola. Ztschr. f. wissensch. Zool., Leipz., 1906, lxxxi, 344-504, 8 pl.—Korotnetr (A.) Cytologische Notizen (Tricladenpharynx). Ibid., 1907-8, lxxxix, 655-567, 2 pl. -----. Einiges fiber die Tricladenfauna des Baikalsees. Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1908, xxxiii, 625-629. -----. Mitochon- drien, Chondrismiten und Faserepithel der Tricladen. Arch. f. mikr. Anat., Bonn, 1909, lxxiv, 1000-1016, 2pl.— Lang (P.) Zur Systematik der einheimischen Siiss- wassertricladen (Auricularsinnesorgane). Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1912, xli, ll-13.-Mrazek (A.) Einige Bemer- kungen iiber das Excretionssystem der Siisswassertricla- den. Ztschr. f. wissensch. Zool., Leipz., 1909, xciii, 64- 72.—Seidl (H. H.) Beitrage zur Kenntnis centralasia- tischer Tricladen. Ibid. ,1911, xcviii, 31-67, 3 pl.—Stein- inann (P.) Untersuchungen an neuen Tricladen. Ibid., 1909, xciii, 157-184, 1 pl.—Ude (J.) Beitrage zur Anatomie und Histologie der Siisswassertricladen. Ibid., 1908, lxxxix, 308-370.—Wilhelmi (J.) Zur Regenera- tion und Polypharyngie der Tricladen. Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1909, xxxiv, 673-677. -----. Ernahrungsweise, Gelegen- heits-, Pseudo- und Dauerparasitismus bei Seetricladen. Ibid., Jeua, 1909, 723-730. vanTriclit(R. P.) Causeries. 3v. 8°. Na- mur, A. Godenne, [n. d.]. Tricolet (Raymond) [1885- ]. * Essai de morphologie humaine. Quatre types indivi- duels. 52 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1908, No. 71. ------. The same. Essai sur la forme du corps humain. DiffeVenciation de quatre types indi- viduels correspondant aux quatre varietes de l'ambiance cosmique. 52 pp., 1 1. 8°. Lyon, J. Prudhomme, [1908]. Tricoma. Cobb (N. A.) Helminthology; further notes on Tri- coma. J. Wash. Acad. Sc, 1912, ii, 480-484. Tricomi (E[rnesto]). Prima serie di laparo- tomie. 137 pp. 8°. Feltre, P. Castnldi, 1892. ------. Contributi di clinica operativa. xxix (1 1.), 161 pp., 1 1. 8°. Padova, tipog dei frat. Gallina, 1898. See, also, Comunicazionl batteriologiche [etc.]. 8°. Napoli, 1887. Tridacna. de Lacaze-Duthiers (H.) Morphologie de Tri- dacna elongata et de hippopus. Arch, de zool. exper. et gen. Hist. nat. [etc.], Par., 1902, 3. s., x, 99-212,10 pl. Tridigestine. Blanchon (H.) De l'emploi des ferments digestifs et de la tridigestine. Corresp. mecl., Par., 1907, xiii.no. 301, 4. -----•. Observations relatives a la tridigestine. Ibid., 1908, xv, no. 334, 2. Tridon (Paul). *Du role de la puberte- dans l'6closion des troubles mentaux. 63 pp. 8°. Toulouse, 1910, No. 898. Tridondani (Elnrico). Le inalazioni di ossi- geno nelle malattie del ricambio materiale. Osservazioni critico-sperimentali. 25 pp. 8°. Pavia, successori Bizzoni, 1893. TKIDONDAXI. 488 TRIFOLIUM. Tridondani (Enrico)—continued. ------. Una rara causa di provocazione di aborto. 14 pp. 8°. Pavia, successori Bizzoni, 1893. Repr. from: Gazz. med. di Pavia, 1892, i. ------. La diagnosi di sede della inserzione placentare. 30 pp. 8°. Pavia, frat. Fusi, 1897. Repr.from: Boll. d. Soc. med.-chir. di Pavia, Milano,1897. -----. Istituto ostetrico-ginecologico della r. Universita di Pavia. Rendiconto sommario di novembre 1902 a maggio 1903. 27 pp. 8°. Pavia, 1903. Tridon (Paul) [1876- ]. *De la sureleva- tion congenitale de l'omoplate. 184 pp. 8°. Paris 1904. Triefo'enstein (Otto) [1888- ]. * Ueber Verlauf und Aetiologie der in den letzten 16 Jahren in der Marburger Augenklinik beobach- teten Fiille von Erkrankungen des Uvealtraktus. 34 pp. 8°. Marburg, Poster dc Schell, 1912. Triep (Heinrich). * Ueber Tuberculose der Tonsillen. 31pp. 8°. Wiirzburg, P. Scheiner, 1891. Triepcke (Oscar Eduard Louis Gustav). * Ueber Blutcysten in Nebennierenstrumen. 29 pp., 1 1. 8°. Greifswald, H. Adler, 1901. Triepel (Hermann). Einfiihrung in die physi- kalische Anatomie. x, 232 pp., 3 ch. 8°. Wiesbaden, J. F. Bergmann, 1902. ------. Die anatomischen Namen, ihre Ablei- tung und Aussprache. 81 pp. 8°. Wiesbaden, J. F. Bergmann, 1906. ------. The same. 2. Aufl. v (1 1.), 82 pp., 11. 8°. Wiesbaden, J. F. Bergmann, 1908. ------. Thesame. 3. Aufl. v(l 1.), 99 pp., 11. 8°. Wiesbaden, J. F. Bergmann, 1910. ------. Die trajektoriellen Strukturen. xi, 193 pp., 1 1., 3 pl. 8°. Wiesbaden, J. F. Bergmann, 1908. ------. Denkschrift iiber die anatomische No- menclatur der anatomischen Gesellschaft auf ihrer 22. Yersammlung in Berlin vorgelegt am 22. April 1908. 16 pp. 8°. Wiesbaden, J. F. Bergmann, 1908. ------. Nomina anatomica. Mit Unterstiitzung von Fachphilologen bearbeitet. v (11.), 74 pp. 8°. Wiesbaden, J. F. Bergmann, 1910. Trier (Frederik Jacob) [1831-98]. [Biography.] Bibliot. f. Laeger, Kabenh., 1898,7. R., ix, 371-373. Trier (Heinrich) [1878- ]. *Hundertund- sechs Geburten aus Querlage beobachtet an der Frauenklinik zu Giessen. 46 pp., 1 1. 8°. Giessen, O. Kindt, 1905. Trier (Joh. Wolfgang). Kurtze Fragen von den menschlichen Gemuths-Bewegungen, darinnen von deren Ursprung und Wiirckungen auf eine besondere Art gehandelt, und angewiesen wird, wie man sich dissfalls zu verhalten habe. Nebst einem Anhang bestehend in Anmerckungen von den menschlichen Gemuths-Bewegungen iiber die Historien Esther und Josephs. 4 p. 1., 418 pp.; 356 pp., 21. 24°. Leipzig, J. F. Gleditsch, 1708. Triesch (Franz). * Ueber das Keloid. 30 pp. 8°. Zurich, A. Markivalder, 1899. Triesetliau (Wilhelm) [1864- ]. *DieThy- musdnise in normaler und pathologischer Bezie- hung. 49 pp., 11. 8°. Halle a. S., C. A. Kaem- merer dc Co., 1893. Triest. See Cholera (History and statistics of), Hos- pitals (Description, etc., of), Insane (Asylums tor, Description of, etc.), Leprosy (History and statistics or), Meningitis (Cerebrospinal, History and statistics of), Plague (History, etc., of), by localities. Triest. Cenni sommari sul censimento della popolazione a Trieste al 31 dicembre 1900. Studio di demografia statistica del Dott. Attilio Friihbauer, direttore dell' ufficio municipale di statistica. 156 pp., 7 tab. 8°. Trieste, G. Ca- pri n, 1903. Triest. UJficio municipale di statistica. Le con- dizioni delle abitazioni a Trieste al 31 dicembre 1890 ed il problema dei quartieri minimi. Stu- dio di statistica demografica del Dott. Attilio Friihbauer. 29 pp., 3 tab. 4°. Trieste, G. Ca- prin, 1902. ------. Ufficio statistico-anagrafico. Bollettino mensile. [Nascite, inatrimoni e morte.] Anni 8-24, 1880-96. fol. & 4°. Trieste, 1880-96. January, 1880, to December, 1892, read: Bollettino statistico mensile. January, 1893, to December, 1895, read: Civico ufficio statistico-anagrafico. Volume for 1896 called anno 24. Volumes for 1893-5 are 4°. Triethylamine. I»ar Juan (T.) On the behavior of triethylamine towards oxidizing agents. Am. Chem. J., Bait., 1910, xliii, 1-6. Triethylcarbinol. Doehring (P.) * Ueber Triaethylcarbinol als Schlafmittel. 8°. Strassburg, 1890. Trifail. See Meningitis (Cerebrospinal, History and statistics of), by localities. Trifaud (Alexandre) [1878- ]. *Desher- nies par glissement du c61on ilio-pelvien. 48 pp., 1 1. 8°. Montpellier, 1904, No. 88. Triferrin. Malasz (A.) Erfahrungen mit Triferrin. Reichs- Med.-Anz., Leipz., 1905, xxx, 146. Also, transl.: Budapesti orv. ujsag, 1905, iii, 140.—Klemperer (G.) La trifer- rina; un prezioso preparato marziale. Gazz. internaz. di med. prat., Napoli, 1901, iv, 150.—K ram in (W.) Ueber Triferrin. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1903, xvii, 509-519.— von Matzner (E.) Experimentelle und clinische Studien iiber Triferrin. Heilkunde, Berl., 1905,153-161.— Mohr (C.) Triferrin-Biscuits, eine empfehlenswerte Darreichungsform des Eisens. Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1905, lxxiv, 741.—TofT(E.) Ueber Triferrin in der Kinderhellkunde. Centralbl. f. Kinderh., Leipz., 1906, xi, 195-198. Triferrol. Meitner (W.) Ueber Triferrol (Essentia triferrini "Hell"). Med. Bl., Wien, 1904, xxvi, 491.—OTemels- dorf (A.) Clinical experience with triferrol. Illinois M. Bull., Chicago, 1905-6, v, 555-557.—Keiehelt (J.) Ueber die therapeutische Anwendung von Triferrol. Berl. klin.-therap. Wchnschr., 1904, 1150-1152. Also: Wien. klin.-therap. Wchnschr., 1904, 1150-1152.—Tho- mas (K.) Ueber Arsen-Triferrol. Med. Klin., Berl., 1911, vii, 818. Triflletti (Alessandro). Dispensario di Larin- gojatria della r. Universita di Napoli nell' Ospe- dale clinico, diretto dal Prof. F. Massei. Rendi- conto dell' anno scolastico 1896-7. 68 pp. 8°. Napoli, Pontieri dc Velardi, 1897. ------. Appendice alle malattie della cavita, boc- cale e delle glandole salivari. Angina di Ludwig. pp. 79-101. In: Tratt. ital. di patol. e terap. med., Milano, [n.d.], v, pt. 1. See, also, Massei (Perdinando) & Triflletti (A.) Dispensario di laringojatria della r. Universita di Napoli [etc.]. 8°. Napoli, 1890. Trifolium. Fischer (G.) * Beitrage zur vergleichenden Anatomie des Blattes bei den Trifolieen. 8°. Erlangen, 1902. Bubak (P.) Ueber eine neue Urophlyctis-Art von Trifolium montanum L. aus Bohmen. Centralbl. f. Bak- teriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1902,viii,817-821.—Kajanus (B.) Polyphyllie und Fasziation bei Trifolium pratense L. Ztschr. f. indukt. Abstammungs- u. Vererbungsl., Berl., 1912, vii, 63-71.— Mirande (M.) Sur la presence de l'acidecyanhydrique dans le trefle rampant (Trifolium repens L.). Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1912, civ, 651-653. TKIFON. 489 TRIKRESOLFORMOL. Trifon (Tachco-Georges) [1872- ]. * Etude clinique de l'abces de fixation dans les septi- cemics puerpe>ales. 145 pp., 1 1. 8°. Lyon, 1899, No. 54. TrifonofT (Georges-P.) * L'etiologie et la sero- therapie des tumeurs malignes. 124 pp. 8°. Paris, 1901, No. 79. Triformol. Dietrich. Triformolpastillen. Zahntech. Rund- schau, Berl., 1902, No. 534.—Rohrbach (J.) Triformol- pastillen. Zahntech. Reform, Berl., 1902, xxi, 61. -----. Triformolpastillen. Zahntech. Rundschau, Berl., 1902, No. 511. Trigemin. Georges. Triggmine. Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1904, xvii, 185. — Oiannelli (A.) Sul- r azione della trigemina. Gazz. med. di Roma, 1905, xxxi, 57-62.—Hammer (D.) A trigemin rajdalomcsillapit6 hat&s&r61. [The effect of trigemin as an analgesic] Or- vosi hetil., Budapest, 1904, xlviii, 241; 255. Also, transl.: Heilkunde, Berl., 1905, 241-243.—liinke. Trigemin. Therap. Neuheiten, Leipz., 1907, ii, 125-128.—JTIasur(A.) Trigemin, ein neues schmerzberuhigendesMittel. Deut- sche zahnarztl. Wchnschr., Wiesb., 1903, vi, 353.—JIM ler (B.) Ueber Trigemin. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1905, Iii, 316.—Overlach. Trigemin, ein Analgeticum und Sedativum. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1903, xl, 801-803.— Sigel (J.) Trigemin. Ibid., 1904, xli, 19.—Trigemin. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1903, xvii, 541.—Trigemine. Bull. d. sc. Pharmacol., Par., 1903, viii, 219.—Walther (F.) Trigemin. Therap. Neuheiten, Leipz., 1906, i, 93. Triger (Raymond) [1869- ]. *Du phleg- mon sous-muqueux del'estomac (gastrite phleg- moneuse). 69 pp. 4°. Paris, 1895, No. 370. Trigger-finger. See, also, Fingers (Spasm of). Begotjxe (L.) * Contribution a l'Stude du doigt a ressort. [Lausanne.] 8°. Genhe, 1898. Rofs (M. F.) * Beitrag zur Lehre von den schnellenden Fingern. 8°. Kiel, 1904. Schmidt (YV.) * Ueber den schnellenden Finger. 8°. Heidelberg, 1902. Barnard (H.L.) Two cases of snap or trigger thumb. Tr. M. Soc. Lond., 1901-2, xxv, 329. -----. Four cases of snap- or trigger-finger. Practitioner, Lond., 1903, lxx,178- 184.—Bavlera(V.) llditoascatto. Riv.ospedal.,Roma, 1912, ii, 298-303. —Bennecke. Ueber einen Fall von schnellendem Finger. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl.,1902,xxviii, Ver.-Beil.,246.— BilloiKL.) Dudoigt aressort. Marseille med., 1907, xliv, 208-213.—Clarl (A.) Intorno a un caso di dito-a-scatto. Riforma med., Roma, 1902,xviii,pt.2,170-177.—Cotton (F. J.) Trigger-finger. Am.J.Orthop.Surg.,Phila.,1910-l],viii,587-593.—Duffield (W.L.) Triggerfingercured by operation. Brooklyn M.J., 1904, xviii, 103.—FahrisfU.) Intornoaduncasodiditoa scatto. Gazz. d. ospv, Milano, 1906, xxvii, 411.—Franke (F.) Zur Frage der Entstehung des schnellenden Fingers (partieller Sehnenriss). Zentralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1912, xxxix, 1289-1293.—Frcelich. Un cas de doigt a res- sort. Soc. de med. de Nancy. C.-r. . . ., 1904-5, 98-100.— Fuiano(L) Del di to a scatto. Med. ital., Napoli, 1906, iv,202-206.—Griffith (F.) Acaseoftriggerfingers. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1902, xxxvi, 688-590. — Haegler (C. S.) Ueber Pathologie und Therapie desschnellenden Fingers. Cor.- Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1904, xxxiv, 799-801.— Hanns & Hainan t. Phenomene du doigt a ressort generalise a tous les doigts. Rev. med. de l'est, Nancy, 1911, xliii, 103-108, 2 pl.—Hendrix. Doigt a ressort. Policlin., Brux., 1905, xiv, 161— Hiller (A.) Ueber den schnellenden Finger. Ztschr. f. orthop. Chir., Stuttg., 1908, xx, 48-59.—Jelgersma (B.) De schnellende finger. Med. Weekbl., Amst., 1900-1901, vii, 595-600 — Marches!. Beitrage zur Pathologie, Diagnostik und Therapie des schnellenden Fingers. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1905, lxxix, 364-405.—Nlcaise (E.) Le doigtd. ressort d'originearticulaire. Rev. chir., Par., 1888, 752-755. Also, Reprint.—Niessen. [Fall von schnel- lendem Finger.] Deutsche mil.-arztl. Ztschr., Berl., 1904, xxxiii, 79.—Payr (E.) Zur Aetiologie desschnellenden Fingers. Wien.klin.Wchnschr., 1903,xvi,735-737.—Phil- Ippl (F. A.) Trigger finger. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1903, i, 848.—Poulsen(K.) Doigt a ressort. Biblioth. f. Lseger, Ki0benh., 1908, 8. R., ix, 55-95.—Schulte. Federnde Finger in der deutschen Armee. Deutsche mil-arztl. Ztschr., Berl., 1897, xxvi, 513-544.—Weir (R. F.) Trigger finger. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1907, xlix, 1168-1173.— Whlteford (C. H.) A case of trigger-finger. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1903, i, 251.—Winslow (N.) Trigger finger, with report of a case. Maryland M. J., Bait., 1911, liv, 215. Trigger-knee. See Reflexes of knee. Triglidse. Roule (L.) Notes ichthyologiques; les triglides de la Mediterranee. Arch de zool. exper. et gen. [etc.], Par., 1908-9, 4. s., ix, notes et rev., pp. xvii-xxiv. Trigone. Whiteside (G. S.) The measurements of the trigone. Med. Sentinel, Portland, Oreg., 1904, xii, 553-560. Also, Reprint. Trigonella and trigonellin. Kohlrausch (A.) Untersuchungen iiber das Ver- halten von Betain, Trigonellin und Methvlpyridvlam- moniumhydroxyd im tierischen Organismus. Ztschr. f. Biol., Munchen u. Berl., 1911, lvii, 273-308.— Nevinny (J.) Trigonella ccerulea Ser.; eine pharmakognostische Studie. Ber. d. naturw.-med. Ver. in Innsbruck (1903-5), 1906, 109-192.—Schulze (E.) Ueber die zur Darstellung von Cholin, Betain und Trigonellin aus Pflanzen ver- wendbaren Methoden und iiber die quantitative Bestim- mung dieser Basen. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1909, lx, 155-179.—Schulze (E.) & Winterstein (E.) Isolierung von Cholin, Betain und Trigonellin aus Pflan- zenextrakten. In: Handbuch der biochemischen Ar- beitsmethoden (Abderhalden), 8°, Berl., 1910, ii, 522-528. Trigonoeepha] y. See, also, Cranium (Abnormities of); Cra- nium. (Fatal). Berkhan (O.) Zwei Falle von Trigonokephalie. Arch. f. Anthrop., Brnschwg., 1909, n. F., vii, 349-351.— Frassetto (F.) Appunti sulla trigonocefalia. Atti d. Soc. rom. di antrop., Roma, 1905, xi, 211-215.—Hanotte (M.) Recherches sur la trigonocephalie. Anthropolo- gie, Par., 1902, xiii, .587-607. Trigonometer. Pearson (K.) On a trigonometer for use in crani- ology. Ztschr. f. Morphol. u. Anthrop., Stuttg., 1906-7, x, 145. van Trigt (Adrianus Christophilus) [1825-64]. *De speculo oculi. 87 pp., 3 pl. 8°. Truj. adRhenum, P. W. Vande Weijer, 1853. [P., v. 1895.] Triindylmethane. Elllnger (A.) & Flamand (C.) Eine neue Farb- stoffklasse von biochemischer Bedeutung; Triindylme- thanfarbstoffe. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb.,'1909, lxiii, 276-286.----------. Triindylmethanfarbstoffe. II. Ibid., 1911, lxxi, 7-13. Triketohydrindene (Hydrate of). Abderhalden (E.) & Schmidt (H.) Ueber die Verwendung von Triketohydrindenhydrat zum Nachweis von Eiweissstoflen und deren Abbaustufen. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1911, lxxii, 37-43. Triketone. Rossbach(G.) * Ueber Triketone. 8°. Bern, 1898. Trikresol. Arey (CO.) Toxic effects of trikresol. Med. News, Phila., 1895, lxvii, 68. Also, Reprint —Bronstein (O. I.) O dlelstvii trikrezola na patogenniye mikroorganismi. [On the action of trikresol upon pathogenic microorgan- isms.] Med.Obozr.,Mosk.,1896,xlv,664-672.—Charteris (M.) Experimental research on trikresol. N. Eng. M. Month., Danbury, Conn., 1893-4, xiii, 604. Also: Lancet, Lond., 1894, i, 801.—Grigoryeff (A.) Untersuchungen iiber die Wirkung des Trikresols auf den thierischen Or- ganismus. Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1895, xvii, 562-561. -----. K voprosu ob izmleneniyakh v orga- nakh u zhivotnikh pri otravlenii trikrezolom. [On altera- tionsin the organs of animals when poisoned by trikresol.] Voyenno-med. J.,St. Petersb.,1898,cxci,med.-spec.pt.,167- 179.—.laekson(E.) The value of trikresol as an antiseptic in ophthalmic practice. Ophth. Rev., Lond.,1902,xxi,161- 154.—Beed (W.) The germicical value of trikresol. Proc. Ass. Mil. Surg. U. S., Wash., 1894, iv, 199-208. Also: St. Louis M. & S. J., 1894, lxvi, 329-337. Also, Reprint.— Trikresol. Therapist, Lond., 1894, iv, 1-8. Trikresolformol. Heck-Magonnette ( H.-J.) Le tricresol-formol. Odontologie,Par.,1907,xxxvii,501-510.—KhaiinoviclKZ. F.) Trikrezol-formalin. Zubovrach. Vestnik, S.-Peterb., 1908,xxiv,112-llL—Thloly-Begard. Trikresol-formol. Odontologie,Par., 1903, xxxiii,309-317.—Vfsotski (A.L.) Yeshtsho otrikrezol-formalinle. [Additional notes on ...] Zubovrach. Vestnik, S.-Peterb., 1908, xxiv, 479-481. TRILLAT. 490 TRINCAYELLIUS. Triliat (J. A[ugu.*te]). La formaldehyde et pes applications pour la disinfection des locaux contamim's. Propri£t4s physiologiques, analyse des principaux travaux, experiences diverses. viii, 126 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, G. Carri, 1896. -----. Experiences de disinfection par les va- peurs de formaldehyde a Lille. 16 pp. 8°. Paris, Acker, 1897. L'industrie chimique en Allemagne; or- ganisation economique, scientinque et commer- ciale. Situation economique generale. Les in- dustries chimiques, industries du charbon de la metallurgie et des salines, grande industrie chi- mique, produits pharmaeeutiques, couleurs, in- dustries diverses, industries 61ectrochimiques et electrochimiques et electrometallurgiques, insti- tutions patronales. Enseignement, chambres de commerce, syndicats professionnels. viii, 490 pp. 12°. Paris, J.-B. Bailliere dc fils, 1900. Triliat (Paul) [1879- ]. *Du mecanisme des rotations intra-pelviennes de la tete; theorie du plan lombo-iliaque. No. 50. 4 p. 1., 108 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1904. Trille (Justin) [1873- ]. *Fistulescutanees d'origine biliaire. 60 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1899, No. 71. Triller (Benjamin). *Lapellagre. 90 pp. 8°. Paris, 1906, No. 405. -----& Surian. "606;" la syphilis, traite- ment curatif et preventif. vii, 8-62 pp. 8°. Paris, J. Rousset, [1911]. Trillerus (Daniel Wilhelmus) [1695-1782]. See tilanus. Hepi fuW JSiottjtos Si/3A<.'a t(, [etc.]. 4°. Heilbronnse, 1765.—Gau bins (H. D.) De methodo [etc.] 12°, Francof. ad Maenum & Moguntix, 1751 — Rich- ter (Georg Gottlob). Opuscula medica, [etc.]. 4°. Francofurti & Lipsise, 1780-81. Trillion (Heinrich). See Emmerich (Rudolf) & Trillich (Heinrich). Anleitung zu hygienischen Untersuchungen fete. 1. 8° Munchen, 1892. J Trilling (Heinrich) [1867- ]. * Beitrage zur Praxis der Siedepunktsmethode; Bestim- mungen in Amylalkohol; sowie Versuche zur Abschatzung des Kohlensauregehaltes der Luft. 76 pp. 8°. Erlangen, A. Vollrath, 1895. Trillmieli (Hermann [Fritz]) [1885- ]. * Experimenteller Beitrag zur Einleitung des kiinstlichen Abortus und zur Sterilisation durch Rontgenstrahlen. [Freiburgi. Br.] 63 pp. 8°. Gorlitz, Hoffmann & Peiber, 1910. Trillo. See Waters (Mineral), by localities. Trimbaeh ( R.) * Syntheses effectuees au moyen des Others chloroxaliques. 54 pp 8° Nancy, 1905, No. 26. Ecole de pharmacie. Trimbach (Robert) [1875- ]. * Ueber die Veranderungen des Blutes bei Syphilis in be- handeltem und unbehandeltem Zustande [Strassburg i. E.] 40 pp., 1 1. 8°. St. Lud- wig, Perrotin dc Schmitt, 1905. Trimble (Henry). S«e Sadtler (Samuel Philip) & Trimble (Henry) fl898?] chemistry, [etc.]. 2 v. 8°. Philadelphia, Trimble (Isaac Bidgeway) 11860-19081. ,9olbQf V? aiT 1; A1Tni1AssiColL Phys- & Surg- Ban., ««' ,V\2' V;5' Also: MarJ'iand M. J„ Bait., 1908, li 477 - iv 33 memonam.] Old Maryland, Bait, 1908, Trimble (William B.) [1870- ]. Naavus pilosus piKmentosus and other skin lesions treated with liquid^air. 7 pp. 12°. New York, M • Wood dc Co., 1905. Repr.from: Med. Rec, N. Y., 1905, lxviii. Trimble (William B.)—continued. -----. An unusually extensive folliculitis and perifolliculitis; its connection with so-called tuberculides. 6 pp., 2 pl. 8°. New York, 1907. Repr.from: J. Cutan. Dis. incl. Syph., N. Y., 1907, xxv. The diagnostic value of the inunction tuberculin reaction in cutaneous tuberculosis. 11 pp. 8°. New York, 1909. Repr.from: N. York M. J. [etc.], 1909, xxxviii. -----. Remarks on neurofibromatosis. 9 pp. 8°. New York, 1911. Repr.from: N. York M. J. [etc.], 1911, xciii. Trimen (Henry) [1813-961. Obituary. Lancet, Lond., 1896, ii, 1429. Trimeresurus. Nicolle & Berthelot (A.) Experiences sur le venin du Trimeresurus riukiuanus. Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1911, xx, 551-554. Trimethylamine. Scholten (T.) * Ueber einige Abkommlinge des Trimethylamins. 8°. Bern, 1892. Abelous (J.-E.) & Bordier (E.) Action comparee de l'urohypertensine et de la trimethylamine. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1909, lxvi, 347. —Ackermann (D.) & Schiitze (H.) Ueber die Bildung von Trimeihy- lamin durch Bacterium prodigiosum. Zentralbl. f. Phy- siol., Leipz. u. Wien, 1910, xxiv, 210. — De Filippi (F.) Das Trimethylamin als normales Produkt des Stoffwech- sels, nebst einer Methode fiir dessen Bestimmung im Harn und Kot. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1906, xlix, 433-456,1 pl.—Desgrez, Regnier (P.) & Ittoog (R.) Influence du chlorhydrate de trimethylamine sur les echanges nutritifs. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par. 1911, cliii, 1238-1241.—Doree (C.) & Golla (F.) Trime- thylamine as a normal constituent of human blood, urine and cerebrospinal fluid. Bio-Chem. J., Liverp., 1910-11 v, 306-324. — Kinoshita (T.) Ueber das Auftreten und die quantitative Bestimmung des Trimethylamins im menschlichen Harn. Zentralbl. f. Physiol., Leipz., 1900, xxiv, 776-779— lUikhin (P. V.) Trimetil-amin i yevo rol v polovikh putyakh zhenshtshini. [. . . and its role in the female sexual organs.] J. akush. i iensk. boliez.. St. Petersb., 1902, xvi, 753-802, 1 pl. Tri methylene. Tanatar(S.) Ueber die Umwandlung des Trime- thylens in Propylen. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1902, xli, 735-738. Trimethylxanthine. Roth (E.) Versuche iiber die Einwirkung des Tri- methylxanthinsauf das Bacterium typhi und coli. Arch. f. Hyg., Munchen u. Berl., 1904, xlix, 199-228, 1 pl. Trimmer (Edward James Alfred) [1827-19011. Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1904, i, 1520. Also: Lancet, Lond., 1904, i, 1826. Trincas (G.) Sulle fratture basilari per con- traccolpo; contributo clinico e medico-iegale. 69 pp. 8°. Cagliari, P. Valdes, 1908. Trincaveilius (Victor) [1496-1568]. De vena in pleuritide, cseterisque internorum flamma- tionibus secanda rudimentum. Nuper a propio authore diligentissime castigatum et in lucem editum. 66 ff. 24°. Patavii, 1562. ■. De compositione et usu medicamento- rum libri iiii. multo quam antehac correctiores editi. 2 v. 6 p. 1., 440 pp., 11 1.; 749 pp., 17 1. 16°. Basilese, P. Pernx, 1571. -. Libri tres et quarti fragmentum- de ratione componendorum medicamentorum, eo- rundemque usu, ipso dictante a suis discipulis diligenter descripti; ac a Laurentio Marucino post alios recogniti. 19 p. 1., 319 ff. 8°. Ve- netiis, apud C. dc R. Borgominerios fr., 1571. -. Enchiridion medicum de cognoscendis curandisque tam externis, quam internis hu- mani corporis morbis. Ex Victoris Trincavelii pnelectionibus de compositione medicamento- rum, atque morbis particularibus, concinnatum, studio et opera Andrew Christiani Ripensis. 7 p. 1., 823 pp., 19 1. 12°. Basilese, typ. Opori- nianis, 1583. See, also, Dua* quaestiones medicae [etc.]. 16°. Patavii, 1567. TRLNCHERO. 491 TRIONAL. Trineliero (Francesco). Sui gas liquefatti e compressi che hanno ricevuto qualche applica- zione in terapia. 50 pp. 8°. Torino, F. Gili, 1904. Trinehese (Salvatore) [ -1897]. Descri- zione di un feto di orang-utan. 46 pp., 3 pl. 8°. [n. p., n. d.] For Biography, see Rendic. r. Accad. d. sc. d. Ist. di Bo- logna, 1896-7, n. s„ i, 59-62. Trinidad. See Fever (Malaria, History, etc., of), Lep- rosy (History and statistics of), Leprosy (Hos- pitals for), by localities. Trinite (Pierre) |_1871- ]. *Les sinusites aigues de la face et leur traitement. 68 pp. 8°. Paris, 1898, No. 297. Trinitrine. See, also, Influenza (Treatment of). Destouesse (J.) * Considerations g6n6rales sur l'emploi de la trinitrine en psychiatrie. 8°. Toulouse, 1907. Roxo Guimaraes (H.) * Das injeccoes endo- venosas de digitoxina e de trinitrina. [Rio de Janeiro.] roy. 8°. Nictheroy, 1905. Cardoso (J.) A trinitrina (a % demilligr.). Med. mod., Porto, 1900, vii, 4-6.—Carrion y Uaragarza (P.) & Duran (B. L.) Acci6n de la trinitrina sobre la tensi6n arterial y el ndmero de pulsaciones. Rev. de med. y cirug. pf;ict., Madrid, 1908, lxxxi, 287-292.— Reuiond & Voivenel. La trinitrine dans deux cas de maladies mentales. Progress m&L, Par., 1907, 3. s., xxiii, 337.—Vaqnez (EL) Action pharmacodynamique de la trinitrine (action totale). Compt. rend. Soc de biol., Par., 1906, lx, 904-907. -----. Action pharmaco- dynamique de la trinitrine; action dissociee et action prolongee. Ibid., 947-950. Trinitrobenzol (Toxicology of). Taylor (A. E.) A note upon the condition of the blood-corpuscles in tri-nitro-benzol poisoning. Tr. Path. Soc. Phila., 1898, xviii, 229. Trinitrophenol (Toxicology of). Trileb (B. T.) Dva sluchaya otrav'leniya trinitro- fenolom (iz nikh odin so smertelnim iskhoxom). [Two cases of trinitrophenol poisoning; one euding in death.] Vovenno-med. J., St. Petersb., 1911,ccxxxi,med.-spec pt., 50-57. Trinity Church. Corporation of Trinity Church. Report as to the sanitary condition of the tenements of Trinity Church, and other documents. By order of the vestry, 1895. 8°. New York, 1895. Trinity College, Dublin. Bicentenary'(The) celebration of the medical school of Trinity College, Dublin. Lancet, Lond., 1912, ii, 108-111. Trinity Dispensary, St. Andrews House, Boston. Biennial and annual reports of the ladies' com- mittee and officers to the public, for the years 1889-90 to 1891-2; 1898; 1899; 1904. 16°. Boston, 1891-1905. Trinity Medical College, Toronto. Annual cal- endars for the sessions of 1894-5 to 1895-6 (45.- 46.); 1899-1900 (50.). 8°. Toronto, 1894-9. Ti inkier (Npkolai] P[yotrovich]) [1859- ]. K khirurgii poperechnikh perelomov nadko- llennika. [Surgery of transverse fractures of the patella.] 197 pp., 11., 3pl. 8°. Kharkov, A. Darre, 1899. Trinks (Carl Friedrich [Gottfried]) [1800- ]. See Handbuch der homoopathischen Arzneimit- tellehre [etc.J. 8°. Leipzig, 1843-4.—Hartlaub (Carl Georer Christian) & Trinks (Carl Friedrich). Reine Arzneimittellehre [etc.]. 8°. Leipzig, 1828-31. Trioen (Cornelius) [1686-1746]. * De partu difficili. 16 pp. 4°. Lugd. Bat., A. Elzevier, 1710. [P., v. 2243.] Triol (Raymond) [1878- ]. * De l'entero- colite muco-membraneuse au cours de l'appen- dicite chronique. vii, 70 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1901, No. 8. Triollet (Justin) [1860-19081. P. (E.) Justin Triollet (1860-1908). Bull. d. sc. Phar- macol., Par., 1908, xv, 239. Triollet (R.) * Essai d'hypurgie dans les ma- ladies chroniques du cceur. 90 pp., 1 1. 8°. Toulouse, 1900, No. 395. Trional. See, also, Epilepsy (Treatment of); Sulphonal; Tetronal. Bakofpen (0.) * Ueber die Wirkung des Trional. 8°. Freiburg i. B., 1894. Also, in: Aerztl. Centr.-Anz., Wien, 1894, vi, 361; 378; 394. Boudeau (F.-A.-A.) *Le trional, son action hypnotique. 4°. Paris, 1898. Gieseler (H.) *Zur Wiirdigung des Trio- nals. 8°. Halle a. S., 1896. Haenel (H.) * Die psychischen Wirkungen desTrionals. [Heidelberg.] 8°. Leipzig, 1897. Also, in: Psychol. Arb., Leipz., 1897, ii, 326-398. Hammerschlag (S. ) * Trional als Schlaf- mittel. 8°. Berlin, [1893]. Koppers ( H. ) * Beitrag zur Wirkung des Trionals. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1893. Also, in: Internat. klin. Rundschau, Wien, 1893, vii, 1081: 1123. Lasbeck (C.) * Ueber die Wirkung des Trionals bei chirurgischen Kranken. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1895. Randa (A.) Einiges zur Wirkungsweise des Trionals. 8°. Wien, [n. d.]. Roemert ( G. ) * Klinische Beitrage zur Wiirdigung des Trional. 8°. Berlin, 1894. Rohmer ( B.) * Untersuchungen iiber die Wirkung des Trionals. 8°. Strassburg, 1894. Theuer ( T. ) * Untersuchungen iiber die therapeutische Verwendbarkeit von Trional und Tetronal als Hypnotica. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1893. Beyer (T.) Bericht iiber einige Versuche mit Trio- nal. Wien. med. Bl., 1895, xviii, 392-394. Also: Med. Post. Anhang: Curorte-Rev., Wien, 1895, iii, No. 17, 1-3. Also, transl.: Med. Rev., St. Louis, 1895, xxxii, 311-313.— Boudeau (F. A. A.) Clinical reports on trional. Times & Reg., Phila., 1895, xxx, 463; 481.—Clark (M. A.) Trional as a hypnotic. Virginia M. Month., Rich- mond, 1894-5, xxi, 1085-1087.—Claus (A.) Schlaflosig- keit der Kinder und Trional. Internat. klin. Rund- schau, Wien, 1894, viii, 1613-1617.— Collatz (O.) Zur Wirkung des Trionals. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1893, xxx, 966.—Deuschle (W. D.) Trional. Columbus M. J., 1893-4, xii, 385-389.—Drews (R.) Ueber Trional und seine Anwendung in der Praxis. Wien. med. Presse, 1896, xxxvii, 447; 480. Also, transl: Raccoglitore med., Forli, 1896, 5. s., xxii, 321-334.—Fischer (M.) Trional- gebrauch und rationelle Verwendung der Schlafmittel. Deutsche Praxis. Ztschr. f. prakt. Aerzte, Munchen, 1901, x, 81; 133.—Galliard (L.) Le trional. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1895, 3. s., xii, 225-228. Also: Med. mod., Par., 1895, vi, 317-319.—Goldmann (C.) Das Trional, ein prompt wirkendes Schlafmittel; Winke zur Vermeidung von Nachwirkungen. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1894, viii, 559-561. Also, Reprint.— Qriinfeld (K.) A trional gy6gyerteke. [Therapeutic value of trional.] Gy6gyaszat, Budapest, 1893, xxxv, 313-316. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1893, xxix, 1119-1122. Also, Reprint.—Haber- mann. Eine bequeme Darreichungsform des Trionals. Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1898, lxvii, 389.—Hender- son (W. H.) Trional in chorea. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1902, i, 267.—Hennig (A.) Ueber Trional. Wien. med. Presse, 1896, xxxvii, 1440; 1471.—Hildebrandt (H.) Zur Darreichungsart des Trionals. Allg. med. Centr.- Ztg., 1894, lxiii, 745.— Horvath ( M.) Vizsgalatok a trion&l 6s tetronal hatas&r61. [Researches on the effects of trional and tetronal.] Magy. orv. Arch., Budapest, 1892, i, 241-255.—Hypnotics: sulphonal; trional. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1908, li, 1782.—KOster (H.) Zur Kenntniss des Trionals. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1896, x, 141.—Korni'eld (S.) Erfahrungen iiber Trional als Schlafmittel mit besonderer Riicksicht auf die Beein- flussung des Blutdruckes. Wien. med. BL, 1898, xxi, 3; 25; 40.—Krauss (W. C.) A note on the use of trional as a hypnotic. N. York M. J., 1893, lvii, 443— ITIabon (W.) Trional and tetronal. Clinical observations on their action as hypnotics and sedatives for the insane. Am. J. Insan., Utica, N. Y., 1892-3, xlix, 578-590. Also, Reprint.—OTattison (J. B.) Trional, the new hypnotic. Med. News, Phila., 1893, lxii, 487-489. Also, Reprint.— Meade (J. N.) Trional in chorea. Brit. M. J., Lond., TRIONAL. 492 TRIPIER. Trional. 1901, ii, 1339.—von tiering (J.) Ist das Trional ein brauchbares Hypnoticum und besitzt es Vorziige vor dem Sulfonal? Therap. Monatsh , Berl., 1896, x, 421-431. Also, transl.: Times & Reg., Phila. & Bost., 1896, xxxii, 361; 410— Moncorvo. Sur la valeur hvpnotique du trional chez les enfants. Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1895, 3. s., xxxiv, 266-269.—Pouchet. Solubilite du trional. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par., 1899, exxxviii, 809-811.— Raimondi (C.) & JJlariottini (A.) I nuovi ipnotici trionale e tetronale; ricerche fisiotossicologiche; osserva- zioni cliniche ed esperimenti. Ann. di chim. e di farm., Milano, 1892, 4. s., xvi, 329-362. Also [Abstr.]: Riforma med., Napoli, 1892, viii, pt. 3,436-439. —Ruhemann (J.) Einige Bemerkungen iiber die Anwendung des Trionals. Aerztl. Prakt., Hamb., 1896, ix, 104-112. Also, transl.: St. Louis M. & S. J., 1896, lxx, 357-363.—Rychlinski (K.) O nasennem dzialanin trionalu. [On the soporific action of trional.] Kron. lek., Warszawa, 1894, xv, 81-95. Also, tranyl.: Nevrol. Vestnik, Kazan, 1894, ii, no, 4, 32-41.— Schultze (E.) Hamatoporphyrin im Harn nach Trio- nal. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1894, xx, 152.—Spitzer (G.) Das Trional als Hypnoticum und Sedativum bei internen Krankheiten. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1895, viii, 417-420.—Steiner (M.) Das Trio- nal als Schlafmittel. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1895, xxi, 214.—Villers. Contribution a l'em- ploi du trional. Bull. Soc. de med. ment. de Belg., Gand et Leipz., 1896, 278-286.—Vogt. Note sur Taction hyp- notique du trional. Bull, et m6m. Soc. de therap., Par., 1894, 251-262.—Weiss (H.) Ueber das Trional. Med.- chir. Centralbl., Wien, 1895, xxx, 577.—Wolff. Trional- cur. Centralbl. f. Nervenh. u. Psychiat., Coblenz & •Leipz., 1901, n. F.,xii, 281-283. Trional (Toxicology of). Alksne (Y.) Sluchal otravleniya trionalom. [Trio- nal poisoning.] Voyenno-med. J., St. Petersb., 1903, med.-spec, pt., .251-254. — Hampton (A. H.) Toxic cumulative effect of sulphonal and trional. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1899, ii, 1249.—Rarany. Ein Fall von Trional- vergiftung mit vestibularen, respektive zerebellaren Symptomen. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1913, xxvi, 82.— Berger (C.) Zur Casuistik der acuten Trional vergif- tung. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1895, xlii, 928-930.— Beyer (E.) Zur Frage der Trionalvergiftungen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 18%, xxii, 6- 8.—Church (A.) Trional fatalities. Am. Med., Phila., 1901, ii, 729-731.—Church (A.) >o.-Schweitzer (H.) Trional fatalities. Am. Med., Phila., 1902, iii, 58.— Thompson (E. M.) A case ot trional poisoning. N. York M. J., 1901, lxxiv, 709.— ^ogel(K.) Ein Fall von chronischer Trionalvergif- tung. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1899, xxxvi, 875-877 — Welch (J. C.) Ataxic speech following the use of tri- onal. Med. News, N. Y., 1896, lxviii, 185.—Weyert. Trional (Toxicology of). Trionaliutoxikationen. Med. Klin., Berl., 1909, v, 1265- 1268—Wlghtwlck (F. P.) & Rolleston (H. D.) A case of acute trional poisoning. Lancet, Lond., 1903, i, 1096.—Young (W. W.) A case of trional poisoning. Univ. M. Mag.", Phila., 1896-7, ix, 715. Trionyx japanicus. Ogushi (K.) Anatomische Studien an der japani- schen dreikralllgen Lippenschildkrote (Trionyx japani- cus). Morphol. Jahrb., Leipz., 1911, xliii, 1-106, 6 pl. Trioxypnrine. Cordero (M.) Dosiflcaci6n clinica de la trioxipurina. Bol. d. Inst, patol., Mexico, 1909-10, 2. ep., vii, 437^140. Tripeptides. Aberhalden (E.) & Fodor(A.) Chemische, physi- kalische und biologische Studien iiber die aus den drei Monoaminomonocarbonsauren: Glykokoll, d-Alanin und 1-Leucin darstellbaren struktur-isomeren Tripeptide. Ztschr. f. phyiol. Chem., Strassb., 1912, lxxxi, 1-52. Triphenine. Gaude (G. B. W.) * Ueber die Wirkungen des Triphenins. 8°. Halle a. S., 1897. Servoss (A. G.) A contribution on the therapeutic action of triphenin. Merck's Arch., N. Y., 1899, i, 255. Triphenylarsine. Chatschatrianz (W. A.) * Ueber Triphenyl- arsin, Triphenylmonoinethyiarsoniumjodid und seine pharmakologische Wirkung. 8°. Basel, 1910. Triphenylene. Mannich (C.) Ueber Triphenylen. Arb.a.d. phar- mazeut. Inst. d. Univ. Berl. 1906, Berl. u. Wien, 1907, iv, 168-173. Triphenylmethane. Fritzen (A.) * Ueber die Reduktion von Triphenylmethanfarbstoffen sowie von Benzal- verbindungen und einigen aromatischen Alde- hyden mit Natriumhydrosulfit, Aluminium- amalgam und Natriumamalgam. 8°. Erlangen, 1909. von Liebig (H.) * Studien in der Tritan- reihe. [Giessen.] 8°. Leipzig, 1908. Cutting from: Ann. d. Chem. Kurlloff(B.) Anwendung der Phasenregel zur Un- tersuchung der organischen Additionsprodukte; Triphe- nylmethan und Benzol. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1897, xxiii, 547-551. Triphenylmethyl. Gomberg(M. ) Ueber Triphenylmethyl. 8°. Berlin, 1905. ----- & Cour (L. H.) Ueber Triphenyl- methyl. 8°. Berlin, 1904. Tingle (J. B.) Triphenylmethyl. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1911, n..«., xxxiii, 306. Triphenylstibine (Sulphide of). Joseph (M.) Ueber Triphenylstibinsuifld, neues Schwefelpraparat, und die Bedeutung des Schwefels in der Dermatologie. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Na- turf. u. Aerzte, Konigsb., 1910, Leipz., 1911, lxxxii, pt. 2, 390.—Kaufmann (L.) Ueberchemischeund physiolo- gische Eigenschaften des Triphenylstibinsulflas. Bio- chem. Ztschr., Berl., 1910, xxviii, 67-85. -----. Verhalten von Triphenylstibinsuifld im Tierkorper. Ibid., 86-90. Triphyllodaenus (Wilhelmus). See Gifftjager, das ist: Von Ursacn, Reynigung, Be- wahrung und Cur pestilentzischer Lufft, [etc.]. 12°. Franckfurt [a. M.], 1567. Tripier (A[uguste-£lisabeth-Philogene]) [1830- ]. Hyperplasies conjonctives des organes contractiles. De l'emploi de la faradisation dans le traitement des engorgements et devia- tions de 1'uterus et de P hypertrophie prosta- tique. 24 pp. 8°. Paris, J.-B. Bailliere dc fils, 1861. Repr.from: Gaz. med. de Par., 1861, xxxii. -----. Applications de 1'electricity a la medecine et a la chirurgie; 6tat actuel de la question. 3. £d. 88 pp. 8°. Paris, J.-B. Bailltire dc fils, 1874. TRIPIER. 493 TRIPLETS. Tripier (A[guste-Elisabeth-Philogene)]—con. ------. Hyperplasies conjonctives des fibromes uterins, leurs traitements medicaux. Ri'edition annotee de memoires divers. 1861-1897. 154 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, 1898. For Biography, see Corresp. med., Par., 1910, xvii, no. 371,3 (Vaintray). Also: Galleria d. clin. ostet., Scansano, 1902, i, 49-55, port. Tripier (Leon) [1842-91]. .See Arloiag (S.) & Tripier (Leon). Des condi- tions de la persistance de la sensibility dans le bout peripherique des nerfs sectionnes. 8°. Paris, 1876.— Gangolphe (Michel). Guide pratique de petite chi- rurgie [etc.]. 8°. Paris, 1889. For Biography, see Arch. prov. de cnir., Par., 1894, iii, 237(E.R.). Tripier (Paul) [1885- ]. *Dequelques con- gestions; eedemes pulmonaires localisees aux sommets des poumons et simulant la tubercu- lose. 60 pp. 8°. Paris, 1910, No. 268. Tripier (Raymond) [1838- ]. Traite d'ana- tomie pathologique generale. xii, 1015 pp. 8°. Paris, Masson tt Cie., 1904. ------. Etudes anatomo-cliniques. Cceur, vais- seaux, poumons. xv, 604 pp. 8°. Paris, G. Steinheil, 1909. ■-----. Instinct et intelligence comme fonction synth£tique de 1' organisme humain pour sa con- servation (applications pratiques aux diverses phases de 1'existence). 2 p. 1., iii, 324 pp. 8°. Paris, Schleichtr freres, 1911. ■----- & Paviot (Jean). La p£ritonite sous- hepatique d'origine vesiculaire. 183 pp. 8°. Paris, Mason dc Cie., [n. d.]. Tripke (A[rthur]) *Ein seltener Fall von sarkomatoser Degeneration des Corpus caverno- sum penis. 22 pp. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1897. Tripler [Charles Stuart] [1806-66]. An epitome of Tripler's manual, and other publications on the examination of recruits, by Chas. E. Green- leaf. 3. ed. June, 1993. 701. 8°. Washing- ton, D. C, Judd dc Detweiler, 1893. ------. The same. 4. ed. May, 1898. 60 1. 8°. Washington, D. C, Judd dc Detweiler, 1898. ------. The same. 9. ed., revised in accordance with published laws, and orders of the War Department, December, 1903. 60 pp. 8°. Wash- ington, Judd dc Detweiler, 1903. ------. Liquid air. The new discovery which opens up a wide range of startling possibilities, as a motive power, a curative agency in medicine, a high explosive, and a means of refrigeration. A lecture and demonstration. 81. 8°. [n. p., n. d.] Tripler (Eunice). Some notes of her personal recollections. 184 pp., 2 ports. 12°. New York, Grafton Press, 1910. See, also, United States. Congress. Senate. Report. [To accompany bill S. 562, for the relief of Eunice Tripler, [etc.].) 8°. r Washington, 1890.] -----.Report. [To ac- companv S. 910. For the relief of Eunice Tripler, [etc.].] 8°. [Washington, 1893.1 -----. A bill for the relief of Eunice Tripler, [etcl. rov. 8°. [ Washington, 1899.] -----. A bill for the relief of Eunice Tripler, [etc.]. roy. 8°. [Washinqton, 1902.]— United States. Congress. House of Representatives. A bill for the relief of Eunice Tripler, [etc.]. rov. 8°. [Washington, 1899.] -----. A bill for the relief of Mrs. Eunice Tripler, [etcl. roy. 8°. [ Washington, 1894.] Triplets. Bertog (E. J. L.) * Ueber einen Fall von Drillingsschwangerschaft mit einem Foetus papyraceus. 8°. Halle, 1911. Charbonnier (P.) *Etude des grossesses triples et plus que triples. 4°. Toulouse, 1895. Also [Abstr.], in: Cong, period, de gynec., d'obst. et de paediat. Mem. et disc. 1895, Par., 1S96, 716-718. Also [Abstr.], in: Rev. obst. internat., Toulouse, 1895, i, 81-86. Guihal (P.) * Contribution a I'etude de la grossesse triple; diagnostic, pronostic et conduite a tenir. 8°. Paris, 1901. Triplets. Mirabeau(S.) Ueber Drillingsgeburten. 8°. Miinehen, 1894. Schwarz (L.) * Untersuchung der Nachge- burtsteile eineiiger Drillinge. 8°. Berlin, [1907]. Semanne (P.-J.) * Contribution a l'Stude de la grossesse triple. 8°. Paris, 1908. Thomas (A.) Triplets. Cutting from: Strand Mag., Lond., 1898, xvi, 346-351. Aid ridge (G.) Triplets; mummified male twins and livingfemale child. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1910, ii, 140. -----. Notes on an interesting caseof triplets. Lancet, Lond., 1910, i, 1619.—Andrews (M.) Triple pregnancy. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1907,ii, 1584—Audcbert. Accouchement tri-gemellaire et uterus fibromateux. Compt. rend. Soc. d'obst., de gynec. et de paediat. de Par., 1909, xi, 216-218.— Avarfty (E.) A h&rmas i&erterhessegrol. [Pregnancy of tripletswithdoubleplacenta.] Orvosihetil., Budapest, 1911, lv, 309-311.—Azevedo, jr. Prenheztriplice. Rev. da Soc. demed. e cirurg. Rio de Jan., 1898, ii, 129-133.— Baptist (H. L.) Triplets aggregating 25 pounds; three placentae with only membranous attach ment, post-partum convulsions; veratrum viride; recovery. Virginia M. Semi-Month., Richmond, 1902-3, vii, 380.—Barnes (E.) Triplets with single placenta. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1901, i, 1203.—Bate (G.) [Triplets.] Lancet, Lond., 1903, i,397.— Baudouin (M.) Un casde grossesse triple avec trois en- fants vivants. Gaz. m&L de Par., 1902,2. s., ii, 139. Also: J. d. sages-femmes, Par,1902, x^x, 91.-----. Un nouveau cas de grossesse triple avec ceuf a deux germes. Gaz. med. de Par., 1904,12. s., iv, 374.—Bazzanella (V.) Drillingsge- burt; eine Frucht lebend, zwei Foetus papyracei. Cen- tralbl. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1891, xv, 625-627.—Beruti (J. A.) Una observaci6n de parto trigemelar. Semana m6d., Buenos Aires, 1911, xviii, pt. 1, 221-225.—Beveridge (T. F.) Some obstetrical anomalies and triple birth. Iowa M. J., Des Moines, 1904, x, 247-249.—Bierinan (J.) Drielingzwangerschap. Tijdschr. v. prakt. verlosk., Haarlem, 1909-10, xiii, 117.—Itottcher (Therese). Dril- linge. Allg. deutsche Hebam .-Ztg., Berl., 1904, xix, 153.— Boissard (A.) De la grossesse triple. Rev. g<5n. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1900, xiv, 849.—Boquel (A.) Conduite a tenir dans le cas de grossesse multiple et par- ticulierement dans le cas de grossesse triple. Arch. med. d'Angers, 1907, xi, 5-18.—Bossi (M.) Un caso di gravi- danza trigemellare. Clin.ostet., Roma, 1909, xi. 409-419.— von Brailenberg (J.) Ein Fall von acutem Hy- dramnion bei eineiigen Drillingen. Arch. f. Gynaek., Berl., 1902, lxvi, 633-636.—Brathoff(N. N.) Sluchal os- travo mnogovodiya pri beremennosti trolnyami. [Acute hvdramniou in pregnancy with triplets.] Univ. Izvlest. [Protok. Akush.-Ginek. Obsh., 1901, 201-213], Kiev, 1903, xliii.—Bretschneider. Demonstration einer herzlo- sen Missgeburt und der dazugehorigen (Drillings-) Pla- centa. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. f. Geburtsh. zu Leipz. (1903), 1904, 19. — Brnch (A.) Observation concernant trois enfants jumeaux nes le 20 juillet 1907. Arch, de m<5d. d. enf., Par., 1909, xii, 126-127.—BUttner. Fall von Drillingsgeburt, Kor.-Bl. d. allg. mecklenb. Aerztever., Rostock, 1897,446-448.—Calzolari (M.) Un caso di mos- truosita fetale in gravidanza trigemella. Atti Accad. d. sc. med. e nat. in Ferrara, 1909-10, lxxxiv, pp. iii-xvi, 1 pl.—Cerri (Zemira). Parto trigemino al sesto mese di gravidanza; secondamento artinciale. Arte ostet., Mi- lano,1907, xxi, 134-1:56.—diaries ( X.) Grossesse triple a terme, trois filles vivantes ex traites par la version; suites favorables. J. d'accouch., Liege, 1906, xxvii, 424. Also: J. d. sages-femmes, Par., 1907, xxxv, 195-197. —Cheva- lier. Relation d'un accouchement triple. Rev. prat. d'obst. et de paediat.. Par., 1906, xix, 340-342. —Collins (F. H.) Triplets. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1905, i, 1381. — Co- lorni (C.) Contributo alio studio della gravidanza tri- gemellare. Lucina, Bologna, 1911, xvi, 71; 102; 116; 136.— (ope (V.Z.) Labour in a case of triple pregnancy, with observations thereon. Lancet, Lond., 1908, i, 1071-1073.— de Cotret (E.-A.-R.) Grossesse triple diagnostiquee un mois avant l'accouchement. Union m6d. du Canada, Montreal, 1908, xxxvii, 321-327. — Oonrinont (J.) Sur un cas de grossesse trigemellaire. Mem. et compt.-rend. Soc. d. sc. med. de Lyon (1890), 1891, xxx, pt. 2, 3-6.— Coyau (Mile.) Accouchement triple avec trois enfants vivants. Arch. med. d'Angers, 1902, vi, 305.—< rouzat. Contribution a I'etude de la disposition des ceufs pendant la grossesse triple. Rev. obst. internat., Toulouse, 1896, ii,6-8.—Csatkai(L) Vilagrahozottborhianyok, harmas- iker. [Triplets with congenital defect of skin.] Gy6- gyaszat, Budapest, 1898, xxxviii, 621.—Cunningham (J. W.) Delivery of triplets; probable secondary impreg- nation. Memphis M. Month., 1909, xxix, 57.—Czyze- wicz (A.) Ausgetragene, lebende Drillinge bei Placenta praevia lateralis. Zentralbl. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1905, xxix, 1561-1565.—Davis (J. L.) Triplets living at forty-seven vears of age. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1906, xlvii, 288.— Davis (P. J.) A case of triplets. Mass. M. J., Bost., 1*91, xiv, 491-494.—Delr6e. Grossesse triple avec pla- centa praevia. Scalpel, Liege, 1911, lxiv, 269.—Denison TRIPLETS. 494 TRIPLETS. Triplets. 1 J. Mi A case of triplets. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1895, xlvii, 491.—Brcnnan (.1. G.) A case of multiple pregnancy, [Triplets; two placentae.] Am. J. Obst., N.Y., 1899, xxxix, 355-357.—Dreyfuss (A.) Ueber einen Fall von Dril- lingsgcburt bei einem Uterus bicornis unicollis. Miin- ehen. med. WVlinschr., 1905, Iii, 360-363.—Early (J. L.) Triplets; report of a case. Tr. Kentucky M. Soc. 1899, Loui>ville, 1900, xliv, 259. Also: Louisville J. S. & M., 1899-1900,vi,5L—Englund(Kristina). Fallaftrillingar. Jordemodern,Stockholm, 1911, xxiv,53.—Fajarnes(E.) Parto triple. Rev. valenc. de cien. med., Valencia, 1899, i, 165.—Feild (J. T.) Case of triplet labor; a clinical re- pi.rt. Texas M. Gaz., Fort Worth, 1902, ii, no. 12, 3-9.— Ficiix. IV-livre de grossesse triple. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1909, xxx, 148.—Figueras (J. A.) Parto triple, su frecuencia en Cuba. Actas y trab. d. Cong. m6d. nac, Habana, 1911, 141-143. Also: Arch, de gineenn. [etc.], Barcel., 1911, xxiv, 247-250. Also: Rev. de med. y cirug. de la Habana, 1911, xvi, 121-124.—Fonyd (J.) Harmas sziiles esete. [A case of birth of triplets.] Gynaekologia, Budapest, 1905, 241-244. Also: Szultszet 6s n6gy6gy., Budapest, 1905, 16-25.—Friez (A.) Gestation tripie chez une genisse. Rec. de med. veL, Par., 1901, 8. s., viii, 483.— Gelll (G.) Un caso di parto trigemino. Pratico, Firenze, 1897, ii, 23-26—Gerschun (M.) Ueber zwei Drillingsgeburten. Centralbl. f. Gvniik., Leipz., 1S96, xx, 1330-1332.—Giglio (G.) Aborto trigemino, mo- nocorion, con embrione acefalo e tre sacchi ovulari dis- tinti, dei quali qnello appartenente all' acefalo era poli- amniotico: mostruosita col anomalia grave. Rassegna d' ostet. e ginec, Napoli, 1896, v, 462-464.—Gilder (G. S.) Triplets, after apparent pregnancy of 14 months. Med. World, Phila., 1905, xxiii, 488.— Goffln (Mine. Jos.) Grossesse triple; exstrophie de la vessie chez l'un des en- fants; suites heureuses pour la mere et les deux autres enfants. J. d'accouch., Liege, 1906, xxvii, 273.—Golt- man (A.) Triplets. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1897, Iii, 16.— Granzner (O.) Eineiige Drillinge; Drillingsgeburten mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung eineiiger. Gynaek. Rundschau, Berl. u. Wien, 1907, i, 939-950. -----. Ueber Drillingsschicksal. Frauenarzt, Leipz., 1909, xxiv, 386.— Gr0iilimd (M.) En F0dsel af et noumalt Foster og et Dobbeltmisfoster. [Delivery of a normal foetus and a double monster.] Hosp.-Tid., Kj0benh., 1889, 3. R., vii, 655-660.—Grosse (A.) Un cas d'accouchement triple. Compt. rend. Soc. d'obst., de gynec et de paediat. de Par., 1907, ix, 241-244. -----. La grossesse triple. Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1908, 2. s., xxvi, 1025; 1045; 1065.—Gruzdeff (V. S.J & Polotebnoff (S. M.) Sluchal mnogovodiya pri odnoyaltsevikh trolnyakh. [Hydramnios in a case of monovular triplets.] Vrach, St. Petersb., 1895, xvi, 465. Also, transl.: Centralbl. f. Gyniik., Leipz., 1898, xxii, 664- 666.—Guihal (P.) Un cas de grossesse triple. Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1909, 2. s., xxvii, 9.—Guslitser (I.) Sluchal rodov trolnyami. [Case of triplets.] Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1906, xiii, 209.—Harris (J. D.) Miscar- riage with triplets; also measles. Med. World, Phila., 1903, xxi, 35.—Hartmann (A.) Ein Fall von Drillings- geburt. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1902, xv, 581.—Heil (K.) Zur Kasuistik der Drillingsgeburten. Deutsche Prax., Munchen, 1904, xiii, 273-275.—Heinricius (G.) Fall af trill ingsbord. [A case of birth of triplets.] Finska lak.- siillsk. handl., Helsingfors, 1904, xlvi, pt. 2, 224.—Her- nia nsson (H.) Tre trillingforlossningar. [Three cases of triplets.] Jordemodern, Stockholm, 1908, xxi, 143.— Herrgott (A.) A propos d'un cas de grossesse triple. Bull. Soc. d'obst. ct de gynec de Par., 1912, i, 1024-1028. Also: Rev. med. de Test, Nancy, 1913, xiv, 321-324.—Ho- negger (J.) Ueber eine Drillingsgeburt. Cor.-Bl f schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1906, xxxvi, 660.—Hoover (B. A.) Triplets living over eighty years. J.Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1906, xlvii, 446— Hume (J. R.) Triple preg- nancy; with report of a case. J. Indiana M. Ass., Fort Wayne 1911, iv, 485.-Hyde (R. E.) Triplets. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1899, lvi, 771.-Jaeger (O.) Drillings- schwangerschaft mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung des Placentarsitzes. Zentralbl. f. Gyniik., Leipz., 1908 xxxii 1049-1054.-----. Entrillingsfadsel. [Triplets.]. Tidsskr' f. Jordem0dre, Kjobenh., 1908-9, xix, 4-6.—Job ( L ) grossesse triple. Rev. med. de Test, Nancy, 1910, xlii °93rj>9,6--——■„ Trols nouveaux cas de grossesse triple. Ibid. 1911, xlm, 227-234.-Kaiser (O.) Ueber Drillings- schicksal. Frauenarzt, Leipz., 1905, xx, 458-460, 1 pl — Karpeles (M. J.) Multiple conceptions. N. York M J. [etc.], 1908, lxxxvii, 1089.—King's (The) bountv: triplets St. Barth Hosp. J., Lond.&1906^7 xiv 109- Kley (Frau K.) Eine Drillingsgeburt. Allg. deutsche Hebam-Ztg., Berl., 1907, xxii, 441.-Koch (H.) Eine fruhzeitige embryonale Drillingsmissbildung vom Huh n- $-m i !fV Mo3>h^\ • • Erla"g- 1883, Stuttg., 1884, 3,-49,1 plL-Kusuda (H.) [A case of triple pregnancy Sankwa 1 ivjmkwa Gaku Zassni, Tokyo, 1901, iii, 305; 339 - LaboraeiJ [-\ .] Observation relative a une grossesse tn .le < .1.servge en clientele. Gaz. med. de Par., 1902, 2 s ii, 17. Also:Tnb\memed.,Par., 1902,2. s., xxxiv,451-453 - ^»'«nd- Grossesse trigemellaire. J. de med de Bor- deaux. 1905, xxxv, 50.-Lambinon (H.) Cas rare de grossesse trigemellaire avec retention prolongfe de deu> Triplets. foetus morts dans Tuterus et expulses k terme & l'etat papyrac6 avec un enfant vivant. N. Arch, d'obst. etde gynec, Par., 1894, ix, 566-56S. — Lanlos (E.) Hydram- nios bei DrillingsschwangerM'lmi't. Centralbl. f. Gvniik., Leipz., 1898, xxii, 282-284. Also: Test, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1898, xxxiv, 55X-560.—Lewis (W. M.) Report of a case of triple pregnancv. Maryland M. J., Bait., 1897-8, xxxviii, 209.—Leys (J. F.) Triplets living at sev- enty. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1912, lviii, 1136.—Liml- man(Elin). Trillingbord och foreliggande moderkaka. [Birth of triplets with placenta previa.] Jordemodern, Stockholm, 1903, xvi, 87.—Loubry. Grossesse trigemel- laire. Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1903, vii, 176-178.—Ln- geol. Note sn rune grossesse trigemellaire. J. de m&L de Bordeaux, 1891, xxiv, 111— McCoy (E. E.) A case of triplets; all healthy and thriving. J. Nat. M. Ass., Tuske- free, Ala., 1910, ii, 265—ITIcFarlane (W.) Triplets with single placenta. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1901, i, 1015.—Me- Suigan (H.) A case of triplets. J. Minn. M. Ass. [etc], Minneap., 1910, n. s., xxx, 424.— MePherson (R.) 'Multiple pregnancy, triplets, followed by eclampsia in mother; report of case. Bull. Lving-in-Hosp. N. Y., 1906, vi, 38.—Majocchi (A.) Parto trigemino in donna albuminurica. Arte ostet., Milano, 1902, xvi, 209-212.— Markovits (S.) Harmas ikerabortus ket szakaszban. [Abortion of triplets occurring twice.] Orvosi hetil., Bu- dapest, 1901, xiv, 125.—Maryanchik (N. P.) Sluchal trolnei s odnim smorshtshennim plodom (foetus rjapyra- ceus). [Triplets, one a . . . ] Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1902, ix, 317-319.—Matas (P. J.) Parto triple. Rev. balear de cien m6d., Palma de Mallorca, 1899, xvi, 145- 155.—Melvin (J. T.) Triplets. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1897, Hi, 920. — Merentie. Relation d'un accouchement triple. Union med. de Provence, Marseille, 1865, 101.— Milner (G. M.) Triplets. Med. World, Phila., 1904, xxii, 297.—Mirakoflt"(M. A.) Sluchal rodov troTnvami. [Labor with triplets.] Protok. zasaid. Kavkazsk.'med. Obsh., Tiflis, 1899-1900, xxxvi, 188-193.—Molenaar (H.) Drielingen. Tijdschr. v. prakt. verlosk., Haarlem. 1901-2, v, 230.—Murray (J. J.) Remarks of a case of spurious menstruation; premature expulsion of triplets Edinb. M. J., 1858, iii, pt. 2, 784-787. Also, Reprint.-Nandrup (S.) En Trillingf0dsen. [Triplet birth.] Gvnaek. og obst. Medd.. Kj0benh., 1893, x, 110-114.— Naiimann. Ueber Drillingsschicksal. Frauenarzt, Leipz., 1908, xxiii, 194-198.—Odom (T. D.) A case of labor with triplets. N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1900-1901, liii, 528.— Ollereiishaw (R.) Male triplets with eclampsia in a patient aged 16 years. Lancet, Lond., 1907, ii, 157.— Passover (L. P.) K voprosuomnogoplodnol beremen- nosti; rod! trolnyami. [un multifoetal pregnancy; birth of triplets.] Vrach, St. Petersb., 1892, xiii, 953.— Pearl (R.) A case of triplet calves with peculiar color inheritance. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1907, n. s., xxvi, 760.—Perdu. Grossesse triple; accouchements successifs de deux petits foetus maceres de .10 m., puis d'un ceuf entier contenant un enfant vivant de .30 m. Loire med., St. Etienne, 1911, xxx, 139-141.—Petrlkov- ski (S.) Sluchal prezhdevremennikh rodov trolnyami. [Premature labor with triplets.] J. Akush. i Jensk. Bo- liez., St. Petersb., 1899. xiii, 547-551.— Pinard (A.) Note sur la conduite a. tenir dans la grossesse triple. Compt. rend. Soc. d'obst., de gynec et de paediat. de Par., 1907, ix, 245.—Beader (J. K.) Triplets, with placenta prasvia. Homceop. J. Obst., N. Y., 1895, xvii, 215-217.—Bocchi (F. S.) Sopra un caso di parto trigemino. Boll. d. Soc. Lancisiana d. osp. di Roma, 1904, xxiv, 173-178.—de Rodriguez (Antonia L.) Parto triple. Rev. med. cubana, Habana, 1908, xii, 283.—Bolg-Baventds. Un caso de gestaci6n trigemelar, monocorial y triamni6tica. An. dela Acad.de obst. [etc.], Madrid, 1912, v, 81-87.— Boland. Les grossesses triples et plus que triples. Poitoumed., Poitiers, 1895, ix, 100-103.—Bose (B. A.) & Talbott (J. E.) Monstrosity; triplets; report of case and autopsy. Tr. Indiana M. Soc, Indianap., 1898, 240- 242.—Roura del Castillo (M.) Parto triple; inter- venci6n y conservacidn de la vida de los tres fetos. Rev. med. cubana, Habana, 1906, ix, 55-58.—Ruppin (A.) Die Zwillings- und Drillingsgeburten in Preussen im letzten Jahrzehnt. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1901, xxvii, 661.—Saks (J.) Trzy przypadki porodu trojaczkami. [Three cases of labor with triplets.] Cza- sopismo lek., L6dz, 1900, ii, 58-61.—Saladino (A.) Gravi trigemellare con feti monocori e triamnotici com- plicata da nefrite parenchimatosa, interottasi spontanea- mente al vi. mese. Rassegna d' ostet. e ginec, Napoli, 1899, viii, 449; 517; 577.—Sanlter (R.) Drillingsgeburten; eineiige Drillinge. Ztschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gvnak., Stuttg., 1901, xlvi, 347-384—Scarborough (W. E.) Triplets with one placenta. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1907, xlviii, 1108.—Schuster (Clara). Normal verlau- fene Drillingsgeburt. Allg. deutsche Hebam.-Ztg., Berl., 1903, xviii, 147.—Senebier. Un accouchement tri-ge- mellaire. Dauphine med., Grenoble, 1912, xxxvi, 205- 210.—Shipp(J.W.) Triplets. Med. Brief, St. Louis, 1902, xxx, 1498. Also: Med. World, Phila., 1902 xx, 420.— Small (B.) Case of triple birth at 7th month of gesta- tion, in two of the foetuses development had been arrested TRIPLETS. 495 TRISMUS. Triplets. at about 4th month. Proc. Med.-Chir. Soc. Montreal (1893-5), 1886, 38.—Spencer (H. R.) A case of triplets and complete placenta pnevia in which the children were delivered alive through a perforation in the first placenta. Tr. Obst. Soe. Lond. (1893), 1894, xxxv, 107-110.—Stark (A. X.) Triplets. Rep. Surg.-Gen. Army, Wash., 1896, yi.—Stevenson (R.) Acaseof triple pregnancy. South African M. Rec, Cape Town, 1906, iv, 43.— Takekaki (K.) [An observation on the birth of triplets.] Jo-san- no Shiori, Osaka, 1899,170-175—Tate (H. W.) A case of triplets. MemphisM. Month., 1893, xiii, 53-55.—Thomp- son (G. W.) Report of a triplet birth, one single child and a well-defined caseof thoraco-gastrodidvmus. Cleve- land M. Gaz., 1898-9, xiv, 354-356,1 pl. Also: Indiana M. J., Indianap., 189S-9, xvii, 373. Also: Internat. M. Mag., N. Y., 1899, viii, 594-596.—Thoyer-Bozat. Sur deux cas tie grossesse triple. Bull. Soc. d'obst. de Par., 1903, vi, 140-149. -----. Rectification &, propos de la communica- tion: Sur deux casde grossesse triple. Ibid., 284.—Tini- mermans (Mme.) Accouchement trigemellaire, trois enfants vivants. J. d'accouch., Liege, 1908, xxix, 173.— Tolochinoff (N. F.) Rodi trolnyami. [Triplets.] Russk. Med., St. Petersb., 1894, xix. 73; 90. —Trip- lets born in ambulance. Med. News, N. Y., 1900, lxxvii, no. 24. Suppl., 22.—llrich ^L) Et Tilfaelde af Trillinger. [A case of triplets.] Tidsskr. f. Jordem0dre, Kjobenh., 1894-5, v, 125-130.—Valera (Anneita). Parto trigemino. Gior. p. le levatrici, Milano. 1898, xii, 4.— Valtorta (F.) Gravidanza trigemellare; trasforma- zione in mola vescicolare di uno degli ovi. Rassegna d' ostet. e ginec, Napoli, 1907, xvi, 465—173.—Var- shavski (M. O.) K kazuistikie beremennosti trol- ' nyami. [Triplets.] Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1903, x, 874.—Vedenyapinski (P. I.) Rledkiy sluchal rodov donoshennimi trolnyami. [Rare case of triplets rvt term.] J. akush. i"jensk. boliez., St. Petersb., 1909, xxiii, 833-844.— Vel is (O.) Embarazo triple. Rev. med. de Chile, Sant. de Chile, 1901, xxix, 276-280.— Voron. Un cas de grossesse triple. Bull. Soc. d'obst. et de gynec. de Par., 1912, i, 662-664.—Wadhams (N. S.) A case of triplets; in a primipara complicated by breech and transverse presentations, and followed by post-partum hemorrhage. Yale M. J., N. Haven, 1901-2, viii, 283.—Walch. Eine Drillingsgeburt bei emer Kuh. Deutsche tierarztl. Wchnschr., Hannov., 1904, xii, 103.— Watson ( E.) Plural pregnancy, triplets, presenting some unusual features. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1904, i, 75.— Weaver (J. H.) Triplets. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1903, xl, 1520.— Weissenberg (S.) Lebende Drillinge und Vierlinge. Arch. f. Rassen- u. Gesellsch.-Biol., Leipz., 1911, viii, 172-177.— West (C. Q.) Case of trip- lets. Med. Brief, St. Louis, 1901, xxix, 531.—Wieder (H. S.) Report of a case of triplets. Internat. M. Mag., N. Y., 1902, xi, 281-284.—Williams (W. G.) A case of triplets, complicated by partial placenta praevia and transverse presentations, followed by severe postpartum hemorrhage. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1901, lx, 7r>l— Wolff (B.) Ueber eine Drillingsgeburt mit einem Acardius. Arch. f. Gynaek., Berl., 1899, lix, 294-313.—If ampolski (S. D.) Sluchal rodov trolnvami. [Birth of triplets.] J. Akush. i jensk. Boliez., St. Petersb., 1900, xiv, 981-984.— Young (A. B.) A case of triplets. Georgia Eclect. M. J., Atlanta, 1899-1900, xxi, 309— Zamparelli (G.) Contributo alia casistica della gravidanza trigemellare. Atti d. xi. Cong. med. internaz. 1VH, Roma, 1895, v, ostet., 255-257. Also: Rassegna d' ostet. e ginec, Napoli, 1893, ii, 70-72. —Zhukovski (V.) Dleti-trolni; 9- dnevnove nablyudeniye nad ikh razvitiyem. [Triplets; observation of their development during nine days.] Dietsk. med., Mosk., 1901, vi, 293-296. Triplett (J[acob] S. ) [1865- ]. Toxic symptoms from Seidlitz powders. 2 pp. 16°. [Philadelphia, 1893.] Repr. from: Med. News, Phila., 1893, lxiv. ------. One cane of compound depressed frac- ture of the skull and one of a bullet wound in j the brain. 4 pp. 12°. [Philadelphia, 1894.] Repr. from: Med. News, Phila., 1894, lxv. Triplett (W[illiam] H.) [1836- ]. Me- chanical principle in the circulation in the embryo; placental souffle the analogue of res- piration; re piration in the new-born; the change in the mechanics which this involves; incubation; the relation this sustains to the air-chamber in the egg; mode of grafting the ovum in the tissues of the womb. 23 pp. roy. 8°. [New York, 1887.] Repr. from: Gaillard's M. J., N. J., 1884, xxxvii. Triplexol. Martinez Cobos (T.) El triplexol, nuevo anti- septico. Cong, internat. de med. C.-r. 1903, Madrid, 1904, xiv, sect, de chir. gen., 162-165. Triplopia. Wherry. Uniocular triplopia. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1887, ii, 833.—Wilhelmi. Ein Fall von monoculiirer Triplopie. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh., Stuttg., 1887, xxv, 277-279. Triplotsenia. von Janicki (C.) Weitere Angaben iiber Triplo- tsenia mirabilis J. E. V. Boas. Vorlauflge Mitteilung. Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1904, xxvii, 243-247. Tripoli. See, also, Plague (History, etc., of), by lo- calities. Barba-Morrihy (C.) Notizie sulle malattie pre- dominant! in Tripoli. Stud, di med. leg. e var. . . . onore di G. Ziino, Messina, 1907, 531-541.—tiabbi (U.) Les maladies tropicales a Tripoli. (Premiere contribu- tion.) Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1912, v, 850-852.— Muzio (C.) Tripoli visitata da un medico. Pensiero med., Milano, 1911, i, 745-749. Triponzo. See Waters (Mineral), by localities. Tripot (Jules) [1864- ]. *Des infections bronchiques et en particulier des bronchopneu- monies dues au pneumobacille de Friedlaender. 124 pp., 1 1. 8°. Toulouse, 1897, No. 205. Trippe (Simon). Forgotten (A) English medical poet. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1900, ii, 441. Trippett (Robert Bruce Lazzell) [1850- 92]. Bickey (J. L.) Necrology. Tr. M. Soc. W. Virg., Wheeling, 1893, 1027. Trippier (A.) L'electricite et le cholera; ge- nese, prophylaxie et traitement. 16 pp. 8°. Paris, G. Carre, 1884. Repr. from: Lumiere eUectrique, 1884. Tripylese. Borgert (A.) Fremdkorperskelete bei tripyleen Ra- diolarien. Vierte Mitteilung iiber Tripyleen. Arch. f. Protistenk., Jena, 1911, xxiii, 125-140. — Hacker (V.) Zur Kenntnis der Challengeriden; 4. Mitteilung fiber die Tripyleen-Ausbeute der deutschen Tiefsee-Expedition. Ibid., 1906, vi, 259-306, 1 pl. Triqueneaux (Louis) * Etude medico-iegale des traumatismes observes sur les cadavres re- tires de l'eau. 142 pp., 2 pl. 8°. Paiis, 1908, No. 310. Triquet (Gabriel-Marie-Joseph) [1880- ]. *De la consolidation des blessures aux points de vue medical, legal et medico-legal. 64 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1908, No. 64. Trisaccharides. Wogrinz (A.) Ueber die Hydrolyse der Trisaccha- ride durch verdiinnte Siiuren. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1903, xliv, 571-574. Triscuit (Le). Sa fabrication; sa composition chimique; ses indications. 16 pp. 12°. Paris, J.-E. Jaccard, [1903, vel subseq.]. Trismus. See, also, Fever (Malarial, Complications of, Visceral); Tetanus (Cephalic). Oertel (B.) *Die Kieferklemme und ihre Behandlung. 8°. Halle a. S., 1896. .Simoni (J.) *Trismus hysterique et trismus mental. 8°. Dion, 1906. Beers (W. G.) A case of trismus from spastic irrita- tion of the masseter. Dominion Dent. J., Toronto, 1899, xi. 295. Also: Austral. J. Dent., Melbourne, 1899-1900, iii, l:ii— Black (X.) Trismus. Brit. J. Dent. Sc, Lond., 1900, xliii, 964-975.—Bon rlet. Fracture double longitu- dinale de la dent canine inferieure gauche; trismus; gue- rison. J. d. sc. med. de Lille, 1895, ii, 555-557.—Braun. Ueber m vogene Kieferklemme. Wien. med. BL, 1897, xx, 659.—J<; wart (W.) Persistent lockjaw in an edentulous subject, relieved bv incising a tender portion of the gum. Med. Press &Circ, Lond., 1899, n.s., lxviii,350.—Fanner (F M ) Notes of a case of trismus extending over twenty vears. Dent. Rev., Chicago, 1907, xxi, 305-308. Also: Brit. j. Dent. Sc, Lond., 1911, liv, 493-^96.—Federspicl (M. N ) A consideration of trismus dentium. Milwaukee M. J., 1910, xviii, 227-229.—Gubbin (G. F.) A case of TRISMUS. 496 TRIYIDIC. Trismus. trismus. J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond., 1905, v, 526.— Guthrie ( L. ) Functional trismus. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1907-8, i, Neurol. Sect., 103.—Hutchinson (J A.) Irritative trismus. Montreal M. J., 1898, xxvii, 132.—Ibbotson (J. S.) & Byers (W. G. M.) Irritative or reflex trismus. Dental Cosmos, Phila., 1896,xxxviii, •->*- 61. Also, Reprint.—Matheny (R. C.) A peculiar case of trismus [in pregnancy]. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1895, xlviii, 742.—Peter (R.) Symptomatic value of trismus. To- ledo M. & S. Reporter, 1896, ix, 307-310.—Schreiber (M.) Storia della terapia operativa del trisma mascellare. Gior. di corrisp. p. dentisti, Milano, 1898, xxvii, 7; 120; 198. Trismus nascentium. See Tetanus in children and infants. Trissinus (Aloisius) [1517-43]. Problematum medicinalium ex Galeni sententia libri sex. Opus vere aureum, et ad naturalis philosophise cognitionem perquam necessarium. 105 1. 16°. Basilese, J. Parous, 1547. Trist (Sidney G.) Pasteurism discredited; what scientific and medical witnesses assert. 11 pp. 83. [London, Miller, Son dc Co., n. d.] Tri-Slute Medical Journal, v. 1-3,1893-6. 8°. Keokuk, Iowa. Tri°State Medical Journal and Practitioner, v. 4-5, 1897-8. 8°. St. Louis. Formed, January, 1897, by the consolidation of: Gen- eral Practitioner with: Tri-State Medical Journal. Tristearin. BHrner (A.) Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Glyceride der Fette und Oele. 1. Ueber den Gehalt des Rinds- und Hammeltalges an Tristearin. Ztschr. f. Untersuch. d. Nahrungs- u. Genussmittel, Berl., 1907, xiv, 90-117. Tristeza. See Cattle (Southern fever of); Piroplasmosis. Tristomidse. Parona (C.) & Montlcello (F. S.) Sul genere An- cyrocotyle (n. g.). Arch, de parasitol.,Par., 1903, vii, 117- 121, 1 pl.—Setti (E.) Tristomum Perugiai n. sp. Sulle branchie del Tetrapturus belone Raf. Ibid., 1898, i,308-313. Tritanopia. Collin&Nagel(W.A.) Erworbene Tritanopie (Vio- lettblindheit). Ztschr. f. Psychol, u. Physiol, d. Siunes- org., Leipz., 1906, xli, 2. Abt., 74-88.—KHlner (H.) Er- worbene Violet tblindheit (Tritanopie) und ihr Verhalten gegenuber spektralen Mischungsgleichungen (Rayleigh- Gleichung). Ibid., 1907, xlii,281-296.—Levy (M.) Ueber einen Fall von angeborener beiderseitiger Tritanopie (Blaublindheit). Arch. f. Ophth., Leipz., 1905-6, lxii, 464-480. Triton. Dauen (J.) * Ueber eine rudimentiire Druse beim weiblichen Triton. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1896. Also, in: Morphol. Arb., Jena, 1897, vii, 366-392. Levy (0.) Entwicklungsmechanische Stu- dien am Embryo von Triton tteniatus. I. Orien- tierungsversuche. Habilitationsschrift. 8°. Leipzig, 1905. Also, in: Arch. f. Entwcklngsmechn. d. Organ., Leipz., 1905-6, xx, 3. Hft., 335-379. Nakazawa (T.) *Zur Blutentwicklung bei Triton cristatus. 8°. Marburg, 1908. Bresca (G.) Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber die sekundaren Sexualcharaktere der Tritonen. Areh, f. Entwcklngsmechn. d. Organ., Leipz., 1910, xxix, 404-431. —Giannelli (L.) Sullo svilluppo del pan- creas e delle ghiandole intraparietali del tubo digesti- vo negli anfibii urodeli (gen. Triton), con qualche accen- no alio sviluppo del fegato e dei polmoni. Arch. ital. di anat. e di embriol., Firenze4 1902, i, 393-447, 4 pl.— Heidkamp (H.) Ueber die Einwirkung des Hungers auf weibliche Tritonen. Arch. f. d. ges. Phvsiol., Bonn, 1909, cxxviii, 226-237,1 pl.—Ilulanicka (Mile. R.) Re- cherches sur l'innervation de la peau de Triton cristatus. Bull, internat. Aead. d. sc. deCracovie, 1912, B, 400-404,1 pl.—Jaii**«'iis( I a.) Das chromatischeElement wah- rend der Entwiekelung des Ovocvsts des Triton. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1904, xxiv, 64S-65L—Jolly (J.) Phenomenes histologiques de la reparation du sang chez les tritons anemies par un lonx jeune. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1901,11. s., iii, 11x3. -----. Sur la division indirecte des protohemoblastes (erythroblastes) dans le sang du tri- Triton. ton. i&id., 1902, 11. s.,iv, 68-70. -----. Origine nucleaire des paranuclei des globules sanguins du triton. Compt. rend, de l'Ass. d. anat., Nancy, 1903, v, 115-120.—Kurz (O.) Die beinbildenden Potenzen entwickelterTritonen. Arch. f. Entwcklngsmechn. d. Organ., Leipz.,1912, xxxiv, 588-617, 1 pl. —l.ubosch (W.) Ueber die Nukleolar- substanz des reifenden Tritoneneies, nebst Betraehtun- gen iiber das Wesen der Eireifung. Jenaische Ztschr. f. Naturw., Jena, 1902, xxxvii, 217-296,5 pl Also, Reprint.— Muthmann (E.) Ueber die erste Anlage der Schild- driise und deren Lagebeziehung zur ersten Anlage des Herzens bei Amphibien, insbesondere bei Triton alpes- tris. Anat. Hefte, Wiesb., 1904, xxvi, 1-18—Spemann (H.) Entwickelungsphysiologische Studien am Triton- Ei. Arch. f.Entwcklngsmchn. d. Organ., Leipz., 1902, xv, 448-534, 5pl.—Suchard (E.) Structure du poumon des tritons. Compt. rend, de l'Ass. d. anat., Nancy, 1903, v, 1-3.—Van Bambeke. Le sillon median ou raphe gas- trulaire du Triton alpestre(Triton alpestris Laur.). Bull. Soc. de med. de Gand, 1893, lx, 204.—Vogt. Ueber riick- schreitende Veranderungen von Kernen und Zellen jun- ger Entwicklungsstadien von Triton cristatus. Sitzungsb. d. Gesellsch. z. Beford. d. ges. Naturw. zu Marb. (1909), 1910, 109-123, 1 pl.—WolterstorlT (W.) Zur Synony- mie der Gattung Triton Laur. (non L.). Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1903, xxvi, 276. -----. Ueber die Eiablage und Entwicklung von Triton (Pleurodeles) Waltlii und Triton (Euproctus) Rusconii. Ibid., 277-280. -----. Zur Frage aer Bastardnatur des Triton Blasii de l'lsles. Pbid., 697. -----. Ueber Triton vulgaris L. subsp. grseca Wolt. n. subsp. Ibid., 1905, xxix, 137-139. -----. Ueber den For- mentreis des Triton ( = Molge) vittatus Gray. Ibid.,1906, xxix,649-654.—von Zeller (E.) Untersuchungen fiber die Samentrager und den Kloakenwulst der Tritonen. Ztschr. f. wissensch. Zool., Leipz., 1905, lxxix, 171-221,1 pl. Tritoniada3. Breyer (T. F.) Ueber das Blutgefass- und Nerven- system der iEolididee und Tritoniadae. Ztschr. f. wissen- sch. Zool., Leipz., 1910, xcvi, 373-118, 4 pl. Tritschel-Bernatovitcli (Eugenie). * Ac- tion du venin de cobra sur la grenouille. 24pp. 8°. Lausanne, Jeanneret dc Kern, 1912. Tritschler (Eduard) [ -1896]. Flocken (L.) Nekrolog. Arch. f. off. Gsndhtspflg., Strassb., 1896, xvii, 151. Trittelvitz (Franz Karl Gustav Bernhard) [1879- ]. * Beitrag zur Casuistik der Leber- adenome. 18 pp., 2 1. 8°. Kiel, H. H. Peters, 1904. Tritto (Giovanni). La basiotripsia ed il 3° ba- siotribo Tarnier. Contributo sperimentale. 69 pp., lpl. 8°. Napoli, Pansini, [1902]. Trituberculy. See Teeth (Morphology of). Trituration. See Pharmacy (Methods, etc., in). Triulzi (Antonio). Guida omeopatica pel trat- tamento delle principali malattie. 566 pp. 8°. Genova, G. Schenone, 1871. Trivaline. Berneker (O.) Ueber das Overlachsche Trivalin. Dermat. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Hamb., 1912, lv, 1381.— Grabi. Erfahrungen mit Trivalin-Overlach und Tri- valin-Hyoscin. Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1912, lxxxi, 665.—Overlach. Trivalin. Zentralbl. f. innere Med., Leipz., 1912, xxxiii, 422^125.— von Tienhoven (A.) Trivaline als pijnstillend middel. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1913, i, 97-99. Trivas (Isaac) [1865- ]. *L'adr£naline et ses applications en oto-rhino-laryngologie. 96 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1902, No. 88. Triverus. See Thriverus. Trivett (John B.) Tuberculosis in New South Wales; a statistical analysis of the mortality from tubercular diseases during the last thirty- three years. 81 pp., 3 ch. 8°. Sydney, W. A. Gulliek, 1909. Trividic (Charles Henri) [1880- ]. * Con- tribution a I'etude des corps etrangers des voies digestives chez les enfants. 61 pp. 8°. Bor- deaux, 1905. No. 18. TRIVIOT. Triviot (Andre) [1835- ]. *Du cancer pri- mitif de la pldvre. 74 pp., 11. 4°. Lyon, 1895, No. 1157. Trivus (I[osif] L[eibovich]) [1870- ]. *Ob izmlenenii zatrombirovannikh arteriy zhivot- nikh pri polnom golodanii i otkarmlivanii. [Changes in thrombosed arteries of animals in complete starvation and when fed up.] 76 pp., lpl. 8°. S.-Peterburg, P. V. Meshtsherski, 1899. Trivus (S[olomon] A[bramovich]) [1874- ]. *Toki dteistviya v korle polushariy golovnavo mozga pod vliyaniyem perifericheskikh razdra- zheniy. [Currents of action in the cortex of the hemispheres of the brain under the influence of peripheral stimuli.] 148 pp., 1 1. 8°. S.-Pe- terburg, A. E. Landau, 1900. Trizlintzeff(W) * Contribution a l'Stude de la coqueluche anormale du nourrisson. viii, 49 pp., 2 ch., 11. 8°. Montpellier, Hamelin frires, 1902, No. 83. Trnka (Anna) [1881- ]. * Quelques con- siderations sur l'etiologie de la meningite tuber- euleuse (d'apres 87 observations). 38 pp., 11. 8°. Nancy, 1904, No. 39. Trnka (Yenczel) [1739-91]. Gydry (T.) [Biography.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1902, xlvi, 41. Trocars. See, also, Aspiration. Costar (J.-J.) * An tutius ab acu, troiscarts dicto, quam scalpello et lanceola paracenthesis? 8°. Parisiis, 1726. Barajas y Gallego (L.) Tr6car aspirador farin- geo. Bol. de laringol., otol. y rinol., Madrid, 1908, viii, 111-114.—Bissell (J. D.) A trocar which both clamps and empties a cyst without permitting the escape of fluid into the abdominal cavity. N. York J. Gynaec. & Obst., 1894, iv, 279-282. Also, Reprint.—Bunn (O. L.) Self- cleaning trocar. [Pat. spec] No. 958,854: May 24,1910.— Crowe (T. E.) Trocar. [Pat. spec] No. 1,014,128; Jan. 9, 1912. — Benefice. Nouveaux trocarts pour la ponction hypogastrique de la vessie. Bull. Acad. roy. de med. de Belg., Brux., 3. s., xiv, 604-533. Also, Reprint.— Kaulmann (R.) & Bing (J.) Ein kombiniertes In- strument (Sauginzisoreine Verbindung von Saugapparat mit Inzisionsinstrument). Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1911, lviii, 1516.—Kovalevski (S.) Opisaniye shpritsa- troakara. [Description of a trocar-syringe.] Arch. vet. nauk, St. Petersb., 1909, xxxix, 1396-1403.—Morel. Sim- ple modification a. apporter aux trocarts. Loire m6d., St.-Etienne, 1899, xviii, 89.—Ochsner (E. H.) An aspi- rating trocar. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1903, xxxvii, 769-771.— Ortmann. Eine neue Venentroikartkanule. Med. Klin., Berl., 1911, vii, 389.—B. (V.) Trocart porte-drain du Dr. Rochet. Province mea., Lyon, 1897, xi, 440.— Beynier (P.) Pince trocart aspirateur. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1908, n.s.. xxxiv, 484— Sgambati (O.) Trequarti esploratore per i tessuti patologici. Suppl. al Policlin., Roma, 1898-9, v, 993-995. Also, transl.: Centralbl. f. Chir., Leipz.. 1899, xxvi, 1033-1036.—Sou - they. [Suggests use of Arnold and Sons' capillary drainage trocar.] Tr. Clin. Soc. Lond., 1877, x, 152-157. Also, Reprint.—Stern (H.) A venepuncture trocar (Stern's trocar). Med. Rec, N. Y., 1905, lxviii, 1043. Trochanter. See, also, Bursas of hip; Femur. ITlacalister (A.) Archseologia anatomica. VIII. Trochanter. J. Anat. & Physiol., Lond., 1900-1901, xxxv, 269. Trochanter (Diseases of). See Femur (Diseases of). Trochanter (Fracture of). See Epiphyses (Separation, etc., of); Femur (Fracture of). Trochanteralgia. Poucel (J.) Trochanteralgie. Marseille med., 1912, xlix, 177-181. Also [Abstr.]: Arch. prov. de chir., Par., 1912, xxi, 173. Troche (Maurice) [1882- ]. *Des hema- toceles thyroi'diennes. 99 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1905, No. 83. TROFARELLO. Troches. Asehe(C. F.) Improvement in troches. [Pat. spec] No. 204,520; June 4, 1878— Cathell (W. T.) Troches. Maryland M. J., Bait., 1894, xxxi, 337-339. Also, Re- print.—Needles (C. H.) Improved medicated troches. [Pat. spec] No. 60,039; Nov. 27, 1866.—Sawyer (Sir J.) A new form of trochiscus. Lancet, Lond., 1911, ii, 435. Trochida?. Bandies (W. B.) Some observations on the anatomy and affinities of the Trochidee. Quart. J. Micr. Sc, Lond., 1904-5, xlviii, 33-78, 3 pl. Trochophora. Wundsch(H. H.) Das neue zoologische System von Berthold Hatschek [Trochophora] und seine Vorge- schichte. Med. Klin., Berl., 1912, viii, 910-914. Trochopus. Massa (D.) Contributo alio studio del genere Tro- chopus. Monitore zool. ital., Firenze, 1903, xiv, 252-255. -----. Materiali per una revisione del genere Trochopus. Arch, zool., Napoli, 1906-7, iii, 43-71, 2 pl. Troelioreus (Joannes Khuefnerus). See Kiif- ner (Joannes). Trochoscope. Haenisch (G. F.) ZurTrochoskoptechnik; ein neuer kleiner Apparat zur Erleichterung schwieriger Aufnah- men, z. B. der Clavicula, Rippen u. s. w. Fortschr. a. d. Geb. d. Rontgenstrahlen, Hamb., 1908, xii, 407-411.— Holzkneclit (G.) & Bobinsohn (I.) Das Trocho- skop, ein radiologischer Universaltisch. Ibid., 1905, viii, 172-183. Trochus. Bobert (A.) Recherches sur le developpement des troques. Arch, de zool. exp6r. et gen. Hist. nat. [etc.], Par., 1902, 3. s., x, 269-538, 31 pl. Troeme (Francis). *De la therapeutique pal- liative dans les tumeurs de l'encephale; me- thodes decompressives (ponction lombaire et trepanation palliative). 304 pp. 8°. Paris, 1909, No. 281. Troell (Abraham). Studien iiber das Uterus- myom in seinen Beziehungen zu Konzeption, Schwangerschaft, Geburt und Wochenbett. viii, 588 pp., 3 pl. 8°. Stockholm, P. A. Nor- stedt dc Soner, 1910. von Troltscli [Anton Friedrich] [1829-90]. Lehrbuch der Ohrenheilkunde mit Einschluss der Anatomie des Ohres. 3. Aufl xvi, 435 pp., 1 1. 8°. Wiirzburg, Stahel, 1867 -----. The same. 5. Aufl. xiii, 554 pp. 8°. Leipzig, F. C. W. Fogel, 1873. -----. The same. Trattato delle malattie del- 1' orecchio. Prima versione italiana autorizzata ed accresciuta dall' autore per cura del dottore Eugenio Morpurgo in Trieste. Milano, 1869. Estratto del dott Domenico Mucci. 51 pp. 8°. Milano, 1869. [P., v. 1851.] For Biography, si e Arch. f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1908, lxxvi, 231-239 (Kirchner). Trimmer (E[rnstL. O.]) [1868- ]. DasJu- gendirresein (Dementia praecox). 28 pp. 8°. Halle a. S., C. Marhold, 1900. Forms 5. Hft., v. 3, of: Samml. zwangl. Abhandl. a. d. Geb. d. Nerv.- u. Geisteskr., Halle a. S. ------. Die Neurasthenic 115 pp. 8°. Leipziq, B. Konegen, 1907. Forms 8. Hft. of: Die wichtigsten Nervenkrankheiten, hrsg. von Georg Flatau. -----. Das Problem des Sehlafes, biologisch und psychophysiologisch betrachtet. 2 p. 1., 88 pp., 1 1. roy. 8°. Wiesbaden, J. F. Bergmann, 1912. Grenzfragen des Nerven- und Seelenlebens, No. 84. Trofarello. Demateis (P.) Le condizioni igieniche di Trofarello in rapporto coll' infezione tifica prima e dopo la costru- zione dell' acquedotto. Riv. d' ig. e san. pubb., Torino, 1902. xiii. 778-783. )7 vol xviii, 2d series---32 TROFIMOFF. 498 TROLLDENIER. Tronmofr(N[ikolai]P[avlovich]) [1861- J. *K voprosu ob izmleneniyakh limfaticheskikh zhelyoz pri mlestnom vospalenii: skipidarnom i bakteriynom. [On changes in the lymphatic glands in local inflammation induced by tur- pentine or bacteria.] 56 pp., 1 1., 1 pl. 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1896. ------. Uspfekhi sovremennol otiatrii. [Progress of modern otiatrics. ] 23 pp. 8°. [Kiyev, 1904.] Bound with: Univ. Izvlest., Kiyev, 1904, xliv. Troflmoff (Nikolaue) [1880- ]. * Ueber das Chorionepitheliom, nebst Mitteilung von zwei neuen Fallen. 59 pp. 8°. Munchen, P. Miiller dc Steinicke, 1911. Troflmoff (Olga) * Se>o-anaphylaxie du chien. 30 pp. 8°. Lausanne, 1909. Troflmoff (V[asiliy] V[asilyevich]) [1878- ]. * K voprosu o kozhnom tyoploobmlenle pri hidroterapevticheskol reaktsii. [Cutaneous heat metabolism in hydrotherapeutic reaction.] 47, 73 pp., 3 tab. 8°. S.-Peterburg, tip. Shtaba Otd. Korp. Zhandarmov, 1911. Troflmoff (V [ladimir] K[irillovich]) [1872- ]. *K voprosu o glukhom shvie moche- vovo puzirya pri visokom kamnesiechenii. [Buried suture of the bladder in suprapubic lithotomy.] 128pp., 11., lpl. 8°. S.-Peterburg, tip. Shtaba Otd. Korp. Zhandarmov, 1909. Trog (Hans). *Pharmakognostische Studien iiber den Perubalsam und seine Entstehung. [Bern.] 31 pp. 8°. Berlin, [1893]. Troglodytella. It in nipt (E.) & Joyeux (C.) Sur un infusoire nouveau parasite du chimpanze\ Troglodytellaabrassarti, n. g., n. sp. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1912, v, 499-603, lpl. Troglodytes. See, also, Apes and monkeys. Owen (R.) Memoir on the gorilla (Troglo- dytes gorilla, Savage). 4°. London, 1865. Bayet. Les troglodytes du Sud-Tunisien. J. med. de Brux., 1909, xiv, 247.—Mat-quart (E.) Les troglodytes de l'Extreme-Sud Tunisien. Bull, et mem. Soc. d'an- throp. de Par., 1906, 5. s., vii, 174-186.—Saberton (C. W. S.) The nerve plexuses of Troglodvtes niger. Stud. Anat. . . . Univ. Manchester, 1906, iii, 163-271, 4 pl — Traeger (P.) Die Troglodyten des Matmata. Ztschr. f. Ethnol., Berl., 1906, xxxviii, 100-114. Trogneux (Albert) [1870- ]. * Contribu- tion a l'Stude des fistules ombilico-v^sieales. 76 pp. 8°. Paris, 1897, No. 129. Trognon (Charles) [1864- ]. *La gastro- enterostomie en France et ses resultats. 135 pp. 4°. Paris, 1893, No. 296. Steinheil, 1896. Troianowsky (Mile. L.) *Sur la digestion intestinale du lait. 19 pp. 8°. Lausanne, 1910. Troin (Victor). *Des kystes de I'ovaire dans la grossesse. 58 pp., 1 1. 8°. Montpellier, 1902, No. 5. Trois (E. F.) & Yivante (R.) Ricerche sul- 1' inquinazione dei rivi e canali veneziani in rap- porto alia fognatura della citta. 38 pp., 2 pl., 1 tab. 8°. Venezia, C. Ferrari 1898. Trois (Des) grandes races humaines, [etc.]. See [Foley (A[ntoine-]E[douard].)] Troisfontaines [Paul]. Un nouveau dilata- teur du col uterin. 7 pp., 1 pl. 8°. Liege, H. Vaillant-Carmanne, 1887. Repr.from: Ann. Soc. med.-chir. de Liege, 1887, xxxiii See, also, Belbastaille(Oscar)& Troistontainesi Du pansement a l'iodoforme [etc.]. 8°. Liege, 1882. Troisier (Jean) [1881- ]. *R61e des hemo- lysines dans la genese des pigments biliairea et de 1 urobiline. 99 pp. 8°. Paris, 1910, No. 429. Troisier's symptom. Cardarelll (A.) Sul valore del sintomo di Troisier nei neoplasmi addominali. Studium, Napoli, 1910, iii, 10-13. Troi'tski (I[van Vissarovich]) [1854- ]. Soran Efesskiy (Soranus Ephesius) kak perviy pediatr viechnavo goroda. [Soranus of Ephesus as first pediatrician of the Eternal City.] 34 pp., 1 1. 8°. Kiyev, V. I. Zavadzki, 1895. Repr.from: Univ. izvlestiya, Kiyev, 1896, xxxv. ------. Higiena dletskavo vozrasta. [Hygiene of childhood.] 1 p. 1., 176 pp. 8°. S.-Peter- burg, V. S. Ettinger, 1912. Troitski (Pyotr Grigoryevich) [1857- ]. * Zhiznesposobnost nlekotorikh bolleznetvor- nikh mikrobov na chornom i blelom khlleble. [Viability of some pathogenetic microbes in rye and wheat bread.] 72 pp. 8°. S.-Peterburg, A. Khomski dc Ko., 1894. Tri'otski (P[yotr] V[asilyevich]) [1873- ]. * K voprosu o patogenezie Basedow'oi bollezni; literaturno-kriticheskiy ocherk i eksperimental- noye izslledovaniye. [Pathogenesis of Base- dow's disease; critical literary sketch and ex- perimental investigation.] 264 pp., 1 1. 8°. S.-Peterburg, A. Pokhorovshtshikoff, 1900. Troitskosavsk. Matsokin (P. G.) Sanitarniy bit gor. Troi'tsko- savska (Zabalkalye). [Sanitary condition of Troitsko- savsk.] Russk. Med., St. Petersb., 1894, xix, 248: 268: 299: 331. Troiitsky (Alexandre) [1865- ]. *Dela paralysie associee de la vie et de la viie paire. 71 pp. 8°. Paris, 1901, No. 673. -----. The same. 71 pp. 8°. Paris, G. Stein- heil, 1901. Troitzsch (Max). *Ein Fall von akuter Aortitis mit Ausgang in Ruptur der Aorta. 54 pp. 8°. Berlin, A. Wolff, 1899. Troja (Michele) [1747-1827]. Bel Gaizo (M.) Della vita e delle opere di Michele Troja. Atti d. r. Accad. med.-chir. di Napoli, 1898, n. s., Iii, 53; 191: 1899, n. s., liii, 351. Trojanowsky (Wladimir Wolf) [1882- ]. *Meniskusluxation im Kniegelenk. 29 pp., 11. 8°. Berlin-Charlottenburg, J. Zalachowski, [1907]. Troje (Georg) [1863- ]. Chirurgische Bei- triige zur Localisation der Grosshirnrinde. 15 pp. 8°. Leipzig, G. Thieme, 1894. Repr.from: Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1894, xx. See, also, Fraenkel (Albert) & Troje (Georg). Ue- ber die pneumonische Form der acuten Lungentubercu- lose [etc.]. 8°. Berlin, 1893. Trokhimovich (Vasiliy). Ucheniye ob osno- vakh chelovlecheskavo soznaniya i znachenii lichnosti. [Principles of human consciousness and the meaning of personality.] Pt. 1. 309 pp., 1 1. 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1896. Trolard (Albert) [1877- ]. *Hernie dia- phragmatique congenitale chez un homme de 55 ans. vi, 7-45 pp., 11. 8°. Montpellier, 1904, No. 10. Trolard [Paulin] [1842-1910]. Rapport sur le fonctionnement de 1'Institut Pasteur du 1" no- vembre au 31 decembre 1896. 52 pp. 8°. Al- ger-Mustapha, 1897. For Biography, see Bull, m6d.de l'Alggrie, Alger, 1907, xviii, 217-242, port. Also, ibid., 1910, xxi,265-277 (H. Soulie & Rey). Also: Corresp. med., Par., 1903, ix, no. 207, 3 (L. Laveyssiere). Trollat (Jacques) [1880- ]. *Systemesepa- ratif dans 1'assainissement urbain. 50 pp., 1 1. 8°. Lyon, 1904, No. 119. Trolldcnier (Paul). * Ueber die aniisthesiren- den Eigenschaften der Acoine. [Giessen.] 44 pp., 1 1. 8°. Jena, G. Fischer, 1901. TROLLE. 499 TROMOPARALYSIS. Trolle (Axel). *0m ovariernes funktion og om deres betvdning for den kvindelige organisme. 128 pp., 1 tab. 4°. Kdbenhavn, G. E. C. Gad, 1908. Troller (Daniel). *Essai sur le diabete sucre" syphilitique. 118 pp. 8°. Paris, 1905, No. 138. Troller (Julius). * Ueber Stichkanalinjectionen bei Hautniihten und ihre Beziehungen zur Art des Nahtmaterials. [Ba^el.] 32 pp. 8°. Tu- bingen, 1S98. Repr.from: Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tubing, 1898, xxii. Troller (Victor). *Beitriige zur Chirurgie der Sehne. [Basel.] 82 pp. 8°. Luzern, H. Kel- ler, 1904. Trolley (Louis) [1874- ]. * De la peritonite tubereuleuse de la region ileo-coecale. Ill pp. 8°. Paris, 1900, No. 452. Trolley-cars. See, also. Street railroads. Bashore (H. B.) Sanitation of trolley cars and trol- ley parks. Penn. M. J., Pittsburg, 1902-3, vi, 608-610.— Nash. (M. M.) Sleet-cleaning device for trolley-arms. [Pat. specl No. 690,757; Jan. 7, 1902. Trolli (Giuseppe Antonio). Delle febbri ma- ligne epidemiche, esantematiche, pestilenziali d' ogni genere aforismi e commentary. 3 p. 1., 341 pp. 4°. Pavia, G. Bolzani, [1781]. de Trolong du Rumain (Charles). See Du Rumain (Charles de Trolong). Trombert (Auguste). *Ducatheterisme retro- grade dans les ruptures traumatiques de l'uretre. 44 pp., 2 1. 8°. Paris, 1901, No. 194. Trombert (Louis). * Contribution a I'etude des troubles de la sensibilite objective dans l'acroparesthesie. 71 pp. 8°. Paris, 1905, No. 144. Trombetla (Cesare). Editor of: I'nione (L') medica, Catanzaro, 1893-4. Trombetta (Edmondo). La teoria degli spec- chi e delle lenti, applicata alia diagnosi dei vizi di refrazione. xii, 260 pp., 1 1. 8°. Firenze, L. Niccolai, 1901. ------. The same. La teoria degli specchi e delle lenti applicata alia diagnosi dei vici di refra- zione. Manuale di diottrica oculare ad uso de- gli studenti e dei medici pratici. 2. ed., intera- mente riveduta coll' aggiunta di un capitolo sulla correzione delle ametropie. xv, 216 pp. 8°. Firenze, L. Niccolai, 1906. ------. Formulario ragionato di oculistica vade- mecum di terapeutica oculare ad uso dei me- dici pratici. 359 pp. 12°. Torino, S. Lattes dc Co., 1907. ------. Manuale di medicina legale militare. xvi, 430 pp. 12°. Milano, U. Hoepli, 1908. ------. Guida alle perizie medico-legali per le- sioni e malattie provenienti da cause di servi- zio. xii, 279 pp. 8°. Torino, 1908. ------. II servizio sanitario nell' esercito. viii, 199 pp. 8°. Milano, F. Vallardi, [1908]. Forms part of: Trattato di medicina sociale: Sanita fisica, diretta da Celli. ------. Medicina d' urgenza; vade-mecum diag- nostico terapeutico e formulario ragionato ad uso dei medici pratici; avvelenamenti, etc. xiv (1 1.), 700 pp., 1 1. 12°. Milano, U. Hoepli, 1910. Trombetta (Francesco) [1843-1898]. Contri- buzione alia patologia e terapia delle inversioni uterine. 66 pp. 8°. Napoli, E. Dei ken, 1883. Repr.from: Gior. internaz. d. sc. med., Napoli, 1883, i. ■See, also, Cambria (Dominico) & Trombetta (Francesco). La prima ovariotomia in Messina, [etc.]. 8°. Messina, 1879. For Biography, see Policlin., Roma, 1898, v, sez. chir., 394 (F. Durante). Trombetta (Petrus Maria). In consultationem pro illustrissima Genuensi matrona, hypochon- driaco-hysterica affectione laborante, a semet- ipso scriptis mandatam paraphrasis una cum aliorum consulentium responsis. Accessere dis- sertationes de chalybis natura, et viribus. De macie, ej usque causis in morbis hopochondria- cis. De sanguinis missione in emaciatis. An in macie hypochondriaca, etiam cum febre, et hec- tic;e suspitione, conveniat chalybs. Opus mo- mos reprimens, et ad rite medendum perutile. 251 pp. 12°. Genuse, typ. A. Casamare, 1689. Trombetta (Sergi). Due anni di attivita chi- rurgica. 88 pp. 12°. Messina, A. Trimarchi, 1898. Trombetti (Filippo). Apologia contro una lettera del Sig. Stanislao Omati, sopra la cogni- tione e cura di passione ipocondriaca. 196 pp. 24°. Genova, A. G. Franchelli, 1674. ------. La bilancia nella quale si librano auto- rita, e ragioni, contenute nell' antilogia apolo- getica, data alle stampe dal Sig. Stanislao Omati, appartenenti alia vera cognizione, e buona cura del morbo ipocondriaco. 314 pp., 1 1. 12°. Genova, A. Casamare, 1682. See, also, Homati (S.) Antilogia apologetica [etc.]. 8°. Piacenza, 1677. Trombidiosis. Iiabesse. Les m^faits du rouget; traitement de la trombidiose. Anjou med., Angers,1900, vii, 245-247.-----. Le rouget et la trombidiose. Centre med. et pharm., Gannat, 1911-12, xvii, 70-72. Trombidium. Brnyant (L.) Larve hexapode de trompididS para- site des insectes et rapportee k Trombidium trigonum Herrn. 1804. Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1909, xxxiv, 321-324.— Jourdain (S.) Le styloproctede l'uropode veg6tant et le stylostome des larves de trombidion. Arch, de para- sitol., Par., 1899, ii, 28-33.—Trouessart (E.-L.) Sur la piqure du rouget; reponse a la note de M. Jourdain inti- tulee; Le styloproctede l'uropodeveg^tant et le stylos- tome des larves de trombidion. Ibid., 286-290.—Verdun (P.) Sur l'opportunit§de la division du genre Trombi- dium, propos6e par Oudemans. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1909, lxvii, 244-246.—Whelpley (H. M.) Further notes on the chigger (Leptus irritans). Weekly M. Rev., St. Louis, 1890, xxii, 486. Trombieri (Luigi). La ginecologia fuori delle citta. e profilassi delle malattie ginecologiche. Brevi cenni alia portata di tutti. 13 pp. 8°. Napoli, G. Jovene, 1892. Trommer's test. See urine (Sugar in). Tromm§dorff (F[ritz] R.). *Untersuchun- gen iiber die innere Reibung des Blutes und ihre Beziehung zur Albaneseschen Gummilosung. [Gottingen.] 24 pp. 8°. Leipzig, J. B. Hirsch- feld, 1900. Trommsdorff(Joh. Bartholomii) [1770-1837]. Chemische Reeeptirkunst, oder Taschenbuch fiir praktische Aerzte, welche bei dem Verordnen der Arzneyen Fehler in chemischer und phar- maceutischer Hinsicht vermeiden wollen. 3. Ausg. 350 pp., 1 1. 12°. Erfurt, Beyer dc Maring, 1802. Trommsdorff (Richard). *Ueber Kryofin. 28 pp. 8°. Gottingen, F. Kaertner, 1897. ------. Observations at the clinic of Professor Ebstein on kryofine. 12 pp. 8°. Cincinnati, 1898. Repr.from: Cincin. Lancet & Clinic, 1898, xli. Tromograph. Lugiato (L.) Un nuovo tromografo analizzatore degli elementi costitutivi e delle varie direzioni dei movi- menti nel tremore. Riv. d. patol. nerv., Firenze, 1909, xiv, 204-216. Also, transl.: Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1909-10, Iii, 413-126. Tromoparalysis. Schuster. Tromoparalysis tabioformis. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1607, xxxiii, 777. TROMP. 500 TROPACOCA1NE. Tromp (Fritz) [1881- ]. *Zur Thysiologie der Irisbewegung. 63 pp. 8°. Marburg, Kos- ter dc Seliell, 1905. Troiiipeo (Benedetto) [1797-1872]. Memoria sulla voce considerata nel triplice rapporto fisio- logico-patologico-pratico. 42 pp. 16°. Torino, per la vedova Pomba dc figli, 1822. -----. Lettera e progetto di legge sulle acque minerali. Replica del Prof. A. Carina. 24 pp. 12°. Lucca, B. Canoeetti, 1862. Repr. from: Sperimentale, Firenze, 1861, viii. Sir. also, Berruti (Secundus Joannes Maria) & Troiiipeo. Iztruzione sul cholera morbo, [etc.]. 8°. Torino. IN31.----------. Rapporto della regia commis- sinne mcilica piemontese sul cholera morbus [etc.]. 8°. Torino, 1*32.----------. Thesame. 8°. Torino, 1832.— Demarclii (Giovanni). Appunti intorno alle ricerche storiche Letc]. 8°. Torino, 1858. Trompkc (Alexander Richard Rudolph) [1876- ]. * Ueber einen Fall von Chromsaurever- giftung. 20 pp., 2 1. 8°. Kiel, Schmidt dc Klnunig, 1902. Tromsdorf (Joh. Bartholomii). See Tromms- dorff. Tromsdorff (Richard). See Trommsdorff. Tron (Desire) [1883- ]. * Localisation de la tuberculose au niveau de la mastoide chez les nourrissons. 61 pp., 1 1. 8°. Montpellier, 1908, No. 85. Tronc (Camille). *Des crises gastriques pre- nionitoires du tabes. 134 pp. 8°. Paris, 1908, No. 235. Troncay (Theophile) [1847- ]. *Contribu- tion ii l'6tude de la blennorrhagie ano rectale. [Nancy.] 105 pp. 8°. Nancy dc Paris, 1898, No. 7. Tronc Inclines. See Diphtheria (History, etc., of), by localities. Tronchin (Theodore) [1709-81]. - See liettre de M. Tronchin, sa declaration [etc.]. 8°. [Versailles, 1767.J—de Neufvllle (Ludovicus). Dis- sertationes medicse [etc.]. 8°. Lugd. Bat, 1736.—Ke- lutation d'un ouvrage anonyme intitule: Lettre de M, Tronchin, [etc.]. 8°. [n. p.], 1767. For Biography,see Arch, f! Gesch. d. Med., Leipz., 1907-8, i, 81; 289(A. Geyl). Also: BostonM.&S. J., 1908, cfix, 1-5 (F. C. Shattuck). Also, Reprint. Also: Bull. Soc.franc.d'hist. de la med., Par., 1909, viii, 366-371 (M. Baudouin). Also: Francemed., Par., 1909, lvi,463 (M. Baudouin). Also: J. de la sante, Par., 1902, xix,281 (Monpart). Also: Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, Phila., 1908, xxiii, 124-137 (F. C. Shattuck). ------. See, also: Reber (M. B.) Deux documents inedits deTheodore Tronchin. Bull. Soc. franc, d'hist. de la med., Par., 1909, viii, 356-365. Also: France med., Par., 1909, lvi, 441-443. Tronclion (Marcel). *De la dentition heredo- svphilitique chez l'enfant. 112 pp. 8°. Paris, 1907, No. 128. Trondhjem. See, also, Leprosy (History and statistics of), by localities. Peo.spektus over Lisbetsa^ter, Luft- og Vand- kuranstalt, B0rseskogn pr. Trondhjem. [. . . air and water sanatorium . . .] fol. Trond- hjem, 1900.] Tronquet (Pierre-Henri-Leon) [1887- ]. ^Contribution a I'etude de la ponction lombaire pour le diagnostic, le pronostic et le traitement des traumatismes craniens. 73 pp. 8°. Bor- deaux, 1912, No. 106. TromiM (Petrus Martyr). De ulceribus, et vul- neribus capitis. 3 p. 1., 98 ff. 12°. Ticini, apud H. Bnrtolum, ad instantiam J. A. Viani. 1584. Tronyo (Jean) [1885- ]. * Complications oculaires de.s oreillons. 67 pp. 8°. Lvon 1910, No. 8. y ' Troops. See Hygiene (Military); Medicine (Mili- tary); Recruits; Soldiers. Troops (Diseases of). See Hygiene (Military); Medicine (Military); and under names of various diseases. Troops (Transportation of). See Transportation; Transports; Wounded and sick (Transportation of). Troop-ships. See Hygiene (Naval); Transports. Troost (J.) La sante au Congo. 60 pp. 12°. Bruxelles, H. Lamertin, 1902. Troost ([Karl Julius] Otto) [1870- ]. *Ue- ber Ileus paralyticus infolge Appendicitis per- forative. 20 pp. 8°. Bonn, C. Georgi, 1899. Tropacocaine. See, also, Anaesthetics (Local); Cocaine as anesthetic; Eye (Surgery of, Anesthetics in); In- filtration-anaesthesia (Instruments for, etc.); Injections (Spinal, Subarachnoid, Technic in). Reichmuth (J.) * Experimentelle Unter- suchungen iiber die gewebsschiidigenden Eigen- schaften der gebriiuchlichen Lokalaniisthetika: Kokain, Holokain, /J-Eukain, Tropakokain, Akoin, Alypin. [Basel.] 8°. Berlin, 1906. Acconci (G.) La rachianestesia tropococainica in ginecologia. Boll. d. Soc. med.-chir. di Pavia, 1912, xxvi, 191-200. Also: Folia gynaec, Pavia, 1912, vii, 231-277.— Albreclit (H.) Ueber Tropacoca'ininjektionen zur lokalen Aniisthesie bei zahnarztliehen Operationen. Odont. BL, Berl., 1899, iv, 37-42.—Alvaro Ramos. Analgesia cirurgica por via sub-arachnoideana pela tro- pococaina. Brazil-med., Rio de Jan., 1902, xvi, 325-330.— Annin(V. P.) O dlelstvii solyanokislavo tropakokaina na glaz. [Action of hydrochloride of tropacocaine on the eye.] Vestnik oftalmol., Kiev, 1902, xix, 71-77. — Arnone (L.) Esperimenti sulla tropococaina. Stoma- tol., Milano, 1904-5, iii, 177-180.—Bauer (S.) Tapaszta- lataim tropacocainnal, mint helybeli erzestelenitovel foghuzashoz. [My experience with tropacocaine as a local anaesthetic] Magyar fog&sz. szemlo. A stomatol. [etc.], Budapest, 1900, iv, 133: 161.—Blocli (R.) Die Verwendung des Tropococain in der arztlichen Praxis. Heilkunde, Berl. u. Wien, 1906, 297; 487.— Bosse (P.) Ueber Lumbalanasthesie mit Tropacocain. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1907, xxxi, 171-173.— Brlegleb (K.) Ueberdie Vervvendbarkeit des Tropa- coca'ins in der Infiltrationsaniisthesie. Ztschr. f. prakt. Aerzte, Frankf. a. M., 1899, viii, 171-177.—Bud de (T.) Ueber Tropakokain und Suprarenin zur Riickenmarks- betiiubung. Deutsche mil.-arztl. Ztschr., Berl., 1911, xl, 168-171.—Chiarugi (M.) Della rachianalgesia; studio clinico sopra milleduecento analgesie lombari con sto- vaina, novocaina e tropacocaina. Atti d. r. Accad. d. fisiocrit. in Siena, 1910, 5. s., ii, 225-279. —Colom- bani (P.) Erfahrungen iiber lumbale Analgesie mit Tropakokain. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1905, xviii, 538- 543.—Custer ( J. ) jun. Die Verwendbarkeit des Tro- paoocains in der Infiltrationsanaesthesie. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1898, xiv, 1019.—Beak. A tropa- cocainum muriaticum mint helyi e>z6stelenitd szer a fogaszatban. [Tropacocainum muriaticum as a local anaesthetic in dentistry.] Magyar fogdsz. szemle. A stomatol. [etc.], Budapest, 1901, v, 40-52.—Bel'rances- clil (P.) Bericht iiber 200 Falle von Lumbalanasthesie mit Tropakokain. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Na- turf. u. Aerzte 1906, Leipz., 1907. pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 101-104. Also: Wien. med. Presse, 1906, xlvii, 2085-2088. — Born (R.) Tropacocainum muriaticum als Lokalanas- thetikum. Odont. Bl., Berl., 1899, iv, 31-37. —Erltardt (E.) Ueber das Ergebniss histologischer Untersuchun- gen an menschlichen Ruckenmarken nach Lumbalanas- thesie mit Tropakokaingummi und mit arabinsaurem Tropakokain. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1910, lvi,848.— Fucks (J.) Mitteilung iiber die Wirkung des Tropaeo- cains. Zahnarztl. Rundschau, Berl., 1902, xi, No. 499.— Goldberg (H.) Trzysta przypadk6w znieczulenia rdzeniowego za pomoea^ tropokokainy. [Three hundred casesof spinal anaesthesia by tropacocaine.] Przegl. chir. i ginek., Warszawa, 1911, v, 129-143. — Goldschwend (F.) Ueber 1,000 Lumbalanasthesien mit Tropakokain. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1907, xx, 1098-1102.—Gontcr- inann (C.) Zur Kasuistik der Abducenslahmung nach Lumbalanaesthesie mit Tropacocain. Berl. klin. Wchn- schr., 1908, xiv, 1523.—Guillermin (P.) La tropaco- TROPACOCAINE. 501 TROPHEDEMA. Tropacocaine. caine; etude pharmacodynamique. Rev. trimest. suisse d'odont., Zurich & Geneve, 1912, xxii, 45-141.—Hart- lelb. Einwirkung der TTopakokaln-Lumbalanasthesie auf die Nieren. Miinehen. med. Wchnschr., 1908, lv, 227. — Henriesson (B. A.) Operationen bei medul- larerTropakokain-Analgesie. Finska liik.-siillsk. handl., Helsingfors, 1903, xiv, pt. 2, p. xxxvii. — Hertcl (W.) Gummitropakokain zur Lumbal-Anasthesie. Miinehen. med. Wchnschr., 1910, lvii, 814-848. — llotiiiiann (W.) Sind die zur Lumbalanasthesie verwandten Tropakokain- Suprarenin- und Novokain-Suprarenintabletten steril? Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1909, xxxv, 1146-1149. —Jeleriska-.TIaeieszyna (J.) Przypadek obustronnego porazenia nerwu odwodzacego oka po znieczuleniu ledzwiowem tropokokain%. [Bilateral pa- ralysis of the abducent nerve of the eye after lumbar anaesthesia with tropacocaine.] Neurol, polska, War- szawa, 1910, i, no. 1,10-17.—Krotoszyner (M.) Spinal anesthesia with tropacocaine in genito-urinary surgery. Calif. State J. M., San Fran., 1902-3, i, 118-121.—Lang (I.) A tropacocain a fog&szatban. [Tropacocaineindentistry.J Gy6gyaszat, Budapest, 1899, xxxix, 792-794.—Marah- goni (G.) Sull' analgesia midollare con tropacocaina. Riv. veneta di sc. med., Venezia, 1909,1,119-135. —Mar- koff (N.) Semdesyat spinnomozgovikh anesteziyel tro- pokoka'inom po Bier'u. [Seventy tropacocaine spinal anaesthesias by Bier's method.] Khirurgia, Mosk., 1911, xxx, 60-64.— Maryanchik (L. P.) Nablyudeniya nad primleneniyem spinnomozgovovo obezbolivaniya tropo- koka'inom. [On spinal anaesthesia with tropacocaine.] Ibid., 3-59.— Magotti (P.) & Angeletti (S.) La rachi- analgesia lombare con la tropacocaina; contributo di 135 casi. Riv. veneta di sc. med., Venezia, 1907, xlvii, 337; 385.-----------. Nuovo contributo alia analgesia lom- bare'con la tropacocaina (360 complessive esperienze). Ibid., 1908. xlix, 257-287. — Matthes. Meine Erfahrun- gen mit Tropakokain Merck. J. f. Zahnh., Berl., 1904, xix, 97.—Meyer (H.) Leber Lumbalanasthesie mit Tropakokain. Med. Klin., Berl., 1907, iii, 175.—Mon- zardo (G.) Contributo alia rachianalgesialombarecon la tropococaina. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1908, xxix, 883- 885. -----. Contributo alia rachianalgesia lombare con la tropococaina, Clin, chir., Milano, 1912, xx, 423-432, 4 pl.—Preindlsberger (J.) Ueber Ruckenmarksanas- thesie mit Tropacocain. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1903, liii, 1521; 1579.—Kibolla (R.) La tropococaina nella anestesia locale in odontojatria. Stomatol., Milano, 1905-6,iv, 130-133.—Rydygier (A.) syn. Oznieczulaniu rdzeniowem tropakokain^ sposobem Guinard-Kozlow- skiego. [Spinal cord anaesthesia with tropacocaine by the method of . . .] Przegl. lek., Krak6w, 1904, xliii, 95.— Saggini (E.) Analgesia per iniezione subaracnoidea lombare di torpacocaina. Gior. di med. mil., Roma, 1908, lvi, 241-274. -----. Note sulla rachianestesia con la tro- pococaina. Policlin., Roma, 1908, xv, sez. prat., 741-743.— Scliwarz (K.) Erfahrungen fiber 100 medullare Tro- pakokain-Analgesien. Miinehen. med. Wchnschr., 1902, xlix, 129-131. Also, transl.: Liec. viestnik, u Zagrebu, 1902, xxiv, 163-169.-----. Eintausend medullare Tropokokain- Analgesien. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1906, xix, 915-920. Also,transl.: Lijec.vijestnik, Zagrebu,1906,xxviii,305-316.— Serpovski (K.G.) Sto vosem sluchayev tropokokaini- zatsii spinnovo mozga. [One hundred and eight cases of tropacocainization of the cord.] Svezd rossiysk. khirurg. 1907, Mosk., 1908, vii, 84. — Sharp (G.) Tropacocaine as a substitute for cocaine. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1909, i, 640.— Slajmer (E.) Erfahrungen iiber Lumbalanasthesie mit Tropakokain in 1200 Fallen. Wien. med. Presse, 1906, xlvii, 1181; 1246. -----. Ein Beitrag zur Lumbalanasthe- sie mit Tropakokain. Med. BL, Wien, 1909, xxxii, 551. -----. Ueber die Riickenmarksanasthesie mit Tropaco- cain. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tiibing., 1910, lxvii, 1-16.— Sweetser (H. B.) Reportof case of spinal anesthesia by tropa-cocaine. St. Paul M. J., St. Paul, Minneap., 1907, ix, 251.—Thomason (H. D.) Operations, major and minor, done under tropacocaine spinal anesthesia. Rep- Surg.-Gen. Army, Wash., 1905-6, 29.— Thorbecke (K.) Weitere Erfahrungen iiber Lumbalanalgesie mit Tropo- kokain. Novokain und vor allem Stovain. Med. Klin., Berl., 1907, iii, 384-389.—Torri (T.) L' analgesia rachi- diana per mezzo della tropacocaina. N. Ercolani, Pisa, 1905, x, 144: 161: 181.—von Valenta (A.) Hundertund fiinfzig gynaekologische Falle operiert unter Lumbal- anasthesie mit Tropakokain. Gynaek. Rundschau, Berl. u. Wien, 1908, ii, 1-2.—V81ker (H.) Erfahrungen iiber Spinalanalgesie mit Tropakokain. Monatschr. f. Ge- burtsh. u. Gyniik., Berl., 1905, xxii, 476-490.—Vogl (F.) Ueber Tropacocain. Oesterr.-ungar. Vrtljschr. f. Zahnh,, Wien, 1902, xviii, 71-74. Tropa'oliim. Woycickl (Z.) Die Kerne in den Zellen der Suspen- sorfortsatze bei Tropseolummajus L. Bull, internat. Acad. d. sc. de Cracovie, 1907,650-557,1 pl. Tropeano (Giuseppe). Le cause sociali della malaria nel mezzogiorno. 2. ed. 104 pp. roy. 8°. Napoli, Detken dc Rocholl, 1908. Tropeano (Giuseppe)—continued. -----. Per 1' educazione igienica popolare, studio e conferenze. Vol. I. a.) Principii di medi- cinasociale; b.) il problema della malaria. Con prefazione del Michele Pietravalle. 2. ed. viii, 291 pp. 8°. Napoli, Detken dc Rocholl, 1910. Also, Editor in Chief: Malaria e malattie affini. 8°. Roma, 1910. Tropeines. Gottlieb (R.) Ueber die Wirkungen des Tropins und der Tropeine. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1895-7, xxxvii, 218-212.—Lyons (A. B.) Tho chemistry of the tropeins. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1903, xl, 486-489.—Masslni (G.) Di un alcaloide del gruppo delle tropeine e sua azione risiologica e medica- mentosa. Tommasi, Napoli, 1907, ii, 459-462. -----. Di un alcaloide del gruppo delle tropeine e suo uso nella medicina interna. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1908, xxix, 467-459. Trophic system (Diseases of). See Nervous system (Vasomotor and trophic, Diseases of). Trophoblast*. Hubreeht (A. A. W.) The trophoblast; a rejoinder. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1904, xxv, 106-177. Also, transl.: Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1904, n. s., xx, 367-370. -----. Is the trophoblast of hypoblastic origin as Assheton will have it? Quart. J. Micr. Sc, Lond., 1910, lv, 585-594.— de Suoo (K.) De beteekenis van het trophoblast. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1908, ii, 1403-1412. Trophedema. See, also, (Edema (Chronic, etc.). Henning (Anna). * Ueber das chronische Trophcedem im Anschluss an einen beobach- teten Fall. [Heidelberg.] 8°. Strassburg i. E., 1910. Bauer (A.) & Besbonis. Trophcedeme des mem- bres supfineurs ayant debute k la menopause. N. iconog. de la Salpetriere, Par., 1910, xxiii, 426-428, 2 pl.— Berard. Un cas de trophoedeme chronique. Lvon med., 1908, ex, 419. —Brongniart & Belille (A.) Trophcedeme acquis chez un enfant de six ans et demi. Bull. Soc.de pediat.de Par., 1905, vii,227-230.—Courtel- leuiont (V.) Trophcedeme chronique, variete congeni- tale unique. N.iconog. de la Salpetriere, Par.,1908,xxi, 67- 74, 2 pl. Also [Abstr.]: Rev. neurol., Par., 1907, xv, 1316. Also [Abstr.]: J.deneurol.,Par.,1908,xiii,189.—Bawson (J. B.) A case of Milroy's disease, with notes on trophce- dema. Hospital, Lond., 1911-12, li, 479.—F.tienne (G.) Des trophcedemes chroniques d'origine traumatique (pathogenie des cedemes traumatiques d'origine ner- veuse). N. iconog. de la Salpetriere, Par., 1907, xx, 146- 154, 1 pl. Also [AbstrJ: Rev. med. de l'Est, Nancy, 1907, xxxix, 277-279. —Fearnsldes (E.. G.) Case of functional hysterical trophcedema. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1910-11, iv, Dermat. Sect., 84-87. — Fer- raro (D.) Un caso di malattia del Meige (trofcedema cronico). Ann. di med. nav., Roma, 1912, xviii, 582- 689.—Head (H.) & Fearnsldes (E. G.) A case of functional hysterical trophcedema. Brit. J. Dermat., Lond., 1911, xxiii, 150-153.—Hope (W. B.) & French (H.) Persistent hereditary oedema of the legs with acute exacerbations: Milroy's disease. Quart. J. Med., Oxford, 1907-8, i, 312-330, 2 pl.—Jousset (M.) Un cas de trophcedeme. Art med., Par., 1907, cv, 431-439.— Laignel-Lavastlne & Viard (M.) Adipose lo- calised ou trophcedeme d'Henry Mei^e. Rev. neurol., Par., 1912, xx, pt. 2,136-139— Ley. In casdetrophcedeme des jambes. J. med. dc Brux., 1907, xii, 163.—Long (E.) Examen histologique des teguments et des troncs ner- veux d'un cas de trophcedeme congenital. Rev. neurol., Par., 1906, xiv, 1199. Also: N. iconog. de la Salpetriere, Par., 1907. xx, 155-158,1 pl.—Nov6-Josserand (L.) & Laurent ((■.) Le trophcedeme chronique. Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1909, lxxxii, 509-515.—Parhon ( C. ) & Ca- zac-ou (P.) Sur un nouveau cas de trophcedeme chronique; considerations sur l'etiologie et la patho- genie du trophcedeme. N. iconog. de la Salpetriere, Par., 1907, xx, 448-45*.— Parhon (C.) & Florian (S.) Sur un cas de trophcedeme chronique. Ibid., 159-167, 1 pl. Also [Abstr.]: Rev. neurol., Par., 1907, xv, 89.— Poynton. Gigantism of a limb (trophcedema). Tr. M. Soc. Lond., 1906-7, xxx, 365. — Ramadier (J.) & Marc hand (L.) Variete de trophcedeme acquis chez une femme ovariotomisee, goitreuse et aliene. N. iconog. de la Salpetriere, Par., 1909, xxii, 275-282, 1 pl.— Senlecq. Un cas de trophcedeme congenital. [Rap. de L. Guinon.] Compt. rend. Soc. d'obst., de gvnec. et de paediat de Par., 1907, ix, 77-81.—Turney ( H. G.) Trophedema following trauma. Proc. Rov. Soc. Med., Lond., 1908-9, ii, Clin. Sect., 200.—Valdes (J. A.) an- TROPHCEDEMA. 502 TROPICS. Trophedema. ciano. Trofo-edema cr6nico pseudo-elefantiasico en un negro acromcgsilico. Rev. med. cubana, Habana, 1906, ix, 16,1 pl.—Weber ( F. P.) So-called trophcedema of the left lower extremity. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1908-9, ii, Clin. Sect., 52. Trophoneuroses. See Nervous system ( Vasomotor, etc., Diseases of). Trophoneurosis (Facial). See Face (Atrophy, etc., of). Trophonine. Lafllngwell (S. ) Trophonine; report of cases. Med. Progress, Louisville, 1903, xix, 229-231. Trophospongia. Kouin (P.) & Ancel (P.) A propos du trophospon- gium et des canalicules du sue. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1905, lix, 221-228.—Erhard (H.) Studien iiber "Trophospongien." Zugleich ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Sekretion. Festschr. z. 60. Geburtstag Richard Hertwigs, Jena, 1910, i, 133-166, 2pl.—Holm- gren (K.) Einige Worte iiber das Trophospongium verschiedener Zellarten. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1901-2, xx, 433-440. -----. Weiteres fiber die Trophospon- gien der Leberzellen und der Darmepithelzellen. Ibid., 1902, xxii, 313: 1903, xxiii, 289. -----. Ueber die Tropho- spongien der quergestreiften Muskelfasern, nebst Bemer- kungen iiber den allgemeinen Bau dieser Fasern. Arch. f. mikr. Anat., Bonn, 1907, lxxi, 167-247.—Reinke (F.) Ueber die Beziehungen der Wanderzellen zu den Zell- bnicken, Zellstiickchen und Trophospongien. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1906, xxviii, 369-378. Tropicagametes. von dem Borne (C.W. K.) Ueber jugendliche und altere Formen der Tropicagameten. Arch. f. Schiffs- u. Tropen-Hyg., Leipz., 1907, xi, 107-114. Tropical countries. See Climates (Warm). Tropical diseases. See, also, Climates ( Warm, Diseases of); Dys- entery (Tropical); Liver (Abscessof, Tropical); Medicine (Tropical). Brault (J.) Traite pratique des maladies des pays chauds et tropicaux. 8°. Paris, 1900. Nocht(B.) UeberTropenkrankheiten. Vor- trag. 8°. Leipzig, 1905. Benolt(D.) Traitement du bouton d'Orient. Presse m6d., Par., 1907, xv, 541.—Brault (J.) L'enseignement de la pathologie coloniale k l'Ecole de medecine d'Alger. Rev. d'hyg., Par., 1900, xxii, 492-503.—Devoto (L.) Le malattie tropicali a Bovalino (Reggio Calabria). Lavori d. Cong, di hied. int. 1910, Roma, 1911, xx, 307-314.—[Dis- cussion sur la question:] Alimentation des Europeens et des travailleurs indigenes dans les pays chauds. Cong. internat. d'hyg. et de demog. C.-r., Brux., 1903, viii, 2; 25. — [Discussion sur la question:] Organisation de I'enseignement dela medecine coloniale. Ibid., 106-122.— Flu (P. C.) Einige interessante Falle aus der Tropen- praxis. Arch, f. Schiffs- u. Tropen-Hyg., Leipz., 1910, xiv, 207-214.— Jeanselme (M. E.) Des'nodosites juxtaarti- culaires observees sur les indigenes de la presqu'ile Indo- Chinoise. Ibid., 1906, x, 5-16.—Martini (E.) Protozoen im Blute der Tropenkolonisten und ihrer Haustiere. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1903, Leipz., 1904, ii, 2. Hlfte., 501-503.—Minor (J. C.) Renal insufficiency in the Tropics. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1902, xxxix, 1254-1256. Also, Reprint.—Seidl (C.) O ensino da pathologia intertropical no Brazil. Brazil- med., Rio de Jan., 1900. xiv, 173—Shook (S. M.) Diag- nosis and treatment of some of the more common tropi- cal infections. N. York State J. M., N. Y., 1911, xi, 442- 445.—Simpson (W. J. R.) On preventive work in the Tropics. Lancet, Lond., 1904, ii, 577-580.—Swan (J. M.) Tropical diseases and health in the United States. South. M. J., Nashville, 1911, iv, 497-507.—Wellman (C.) Dis- eases in the Tropics. Am. Soc. Trop. M., Phila., 1910, v, no. 21. Also: N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1910-11, lxiii, 1; 75. -----. A list of the tropical diseases observed in the region of San Francisco Bay, California. N. York M.J. [etcl. 1910. xcii, 315-317. Tropical heart. See Heart (Diseases of, Causes, etc., of). Tropical light (Ffects of). See Photoactivity; Sunlight (Tropical, Ef- fects of). Tropics. See, also, Climates (Warm); Medicine (Tropical). Constantin (J.) La nature tropicale. S9. Paris, 1899. Giles (G. M.) Climate and health in hot countries and the outlines of tropical clima- tology. A popular treatise on personal hygiene in the hotter parts of the world, and on the climate that will be met with within them. 8°. London, 1904. ------. Thesame. 8°. New York, 1905. Hoffmann (J.) *Die tiefsten Temperaturen auf den Hochlandern des siidaquatorialen tro- pischen Afrika (insbesondere des Seenhoch- landes). [Giessen.] 12°. Gotha, 1904. Jean (G.-P.-J.) *Le vetement entre les tropiques. (I^tude d'hygiene coloniale.) 8°. Bordeaux, 1909. Kulz. Zur Hygiene des Trinkens in den Tropen. 12°. Hamburg, [1905]. Lukis (C. P.) & Blaokham (R. J.) Tropical hygiene for Anglo-Indians and Indians, roy. 8°. Calcutta, 1911. Macknight (T. M.) Food for the Tropics. Being a short description of native produce suitable for food in tropical countries. 12°. London, 1904. Praeger (L. F.) Indische studien. Bijdra- gen tot de kennis der levensvatbarheid, levens- en gezondheidsleer van de vreemde en eigene bewoners van Nederlandsch Indie. 8°. Nieu- wediep, 1863. db Toledo Barros (S.) *0 vestuario nos climas quentes. roy. 8°. Rio de Janeiro, 1905. Adriani (P.) Leven en verblijf in de tropische gewesten. Geneesk. Courant, Amst., 1904, lviii, 193-195.— African (An) equipment. Climate, Lond., 1902-3, iv, 152-156.—Aron (H.) Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber die Wirkungen der Tropensonne auf Mensch und Tier. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1911, xlviii, 1115-1119.— Brault (J.) Hygiene et prophylaxie dans les pays chauds; climatologie des pays chauds et tropicaux; son influence en pathologie. Ann. d'hyg., Par., 1901, 3. s., xiv, 436-449.—Consiglio (P.) I forti calori e le funzioni psichiche. Policlin., Roma, 1905, xii, sez. prat., 1007-1012.—Cook (A. R.) A few hints on travelling in Central Africa. Climate, Lond., 1901-2, iii, 113-119.—Daeubler (C.) Die Wirkung des Tropenkli- mas auf das Nervensystem. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1909, Leipz., 1910, lxxxi, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 292-294.—Duncan (A.) Remarks on some recent theories on the action of heat in the Tropics. J. Roy. Army Med. Corps. Loud., 1908, xi, 71-76.—Dupont. Quelques notes sur les expeditions aux regions inter- tropicales. Cong, internat. d'hyg. et de d6mog. C.-r., Par., 1900, x, 690-696.—Engel (H.) Zur Hygiene und Therapie der Wiiste. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1904, lv, 480-487.—Extract from a letter written to an officer on first appointment as an assistant resident by a former resident in northern Nigeria. J. Trop. M., Lond., 1905, viii, 153.—Felkin (R. W.) Introductory address to a course of lectures on diseases of the Tropics and clima- tology. Edinb. M. J., 1886, xxxi, 844; 930. Also, Re- print.-----. Notes on tropical climatology. Arch. Rosntg. Rav, Lond., 1905-6, x, 138-142.—Fink (G. H.) Clothing in the Tropics. J. Trop. M. [etc.], Lond.. 1909, xii, 328-332.— Gomez y Martinez (M.) Care of the aged and the infirm in the Tropics. Med. News, N. Y., 1905, lxxxvii, 1020-1023— tiradenwitz (A.) La protection de l'Euro- p6en contre les dangers des climats tropicaux. Rev. seient., Par., 1908, 6. s., x, 75-79.—Hann (J.) Der tag- liche Gang der Temperatur in der inneren Tropenzone. Denkschr. d. k. Akad. d. Wissensch. Math.-naturw. Kl., Wien, 1906, lxxviii, 249-366: lxxxi, 21-113.—Johnstone (E. K.) Rational dressing in tropical regions; the ne- cessity for clothes not only being light and comfortable, but also a protection from the sun's ravs. Pacific M. J., San Fran., 1908, li, 599-602.—Koenlg (H.) Aerztliche Mission und Tropenhygiene. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1908, xxxiv, 878.—KonIbrugge(J. H. F.) Der Einfluss des Tropenklimas auf den blonden Euro- paer. Arch. f. Rassen- u. Gesellsch.-Biol., Leipz. u. Berl., 1910, vii, 564-578. Also, transl.: Eugenics Rev., Lond., 1911-12, iii, 25-36.—Kulz. Beitrage zum Bevolkerungs- problem unserer tropischen Kolonien. Arch. f. Rassen- u. Gesellsch.-Biol., Leipz. u. Berl., 1910, vii, 533-563.— TROPICS. 503 TROPISMS. Tropics. Layet (A.) La vie humaine entre les tropiques. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. m6d. de Bordeaux, 1903, xxiv. 339; 351; 387; 409; 428; 434; 458: 1904, xxv, 110; 123; 279; 295. Also: Gaz. d. eaux, Par., 1903, xlvi, 322; 329; 339: 1905, xlviii, 337; 345.—Ldidieke (L.) Ueber Tropenklima, Tropenhy- giene und Answanderungszeit dorthin. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1891, Leipz., 1892 lxiv, pt. 2, 489-492.—Maurel (E.) Du regime alimen- taire dans la zone intertropicale. Arch. med. de Tou- louse, 1898, iv, 277: 310.—Montgomery (D. W.) The Tropics and health. Canad. Pract. & Rev., Toronto, 1911, xxxvi, 490-495— Olpp (G.) Helligkeitsverhaltnisse in Siid-China; roth, die hygienische Farbe der Tropen. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1905, Iii, 1798-1800.— Owen (A. D.) Some effects of tropical life upon Europeans. South Africa M. Rec, Cape Town, 1905, iii, 111.— fCleu'el. Problems of sanitation in landing and expeditionary service in tropical and subtropical regions. U. States Nav. M. Bull., Wash., 1910, iv, 479-497.—Sambon (L. W.) Tropical clothing. J. Trop. M., Lond., 1907, x, 67-69.— Sand with (F. M.) Hill stations and other health re- sorts in the British Tropics. J. Trop. M. [etc.], Lond., 1907, x, 361-370.—Van der Burg (C. L.) L'alimenta- tion des Europeens et des travailleurs indigenes aux pays chauds. Janus,Amst., 1905,x,88-94.—Wickline(W.A.) The effects of tropical climate on the white race. Mil. Surgeon, Carlisle, Pa., 1908, xxiii, 282-289. Tropics (Acclimation in). See, also, Acclimation. Bonaix (A.) L'Europeen sous les tropiques. Causeries d'hygiene coloniale pratique. 8°. Paris, [1907]. Chauvire (M.-J.-L.) *L' habitation entre les tropiques. Etude d'hygiene coloniale. 8°. Bordeaux, 1908. Ireland (A.) Tropical colonization; an in- troduction to the studv of the subject. 8°. New York, 1899. Montaldo (F.) Gui'a practica, higienica y medica del Europeo en los paises torridos (Fili- pinas, Cuba, Puerto Rico, Fernando Poo, etc.). 16°. Madrid, 1898. Ziemann (H.) Belehrungen fiir Europiier an tropischen Orten ohne Arzt. 3. Aufl. 8°. Ber- lin, 1910. -----. The same. Hints to Europeans in tropical stations without a doctor and to travel- lers in warm climates. Edited and amplified by H. B. Xewham. Transl. by P. Falcke. 12°. London, 1910. Acclimatization (The) of Europeans in the Trop- ics. Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1898, xxxiii, 456-458.—An- derson (C. L. G.) The white man in the Tropics. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1908, 1, 1780-1784.—Ballonr (A.) Some aspects of tropical sanitation. Rep. Wellcome Trop. Research Lab., Khartoum, 1911, iv, 249-262.— Bo wen (R. B.) Acclimatization; can the white race become permanent populations in the Tropics? Seient. Am. Suppl., N. Y., 1912, Ixxiii, 230.—Brcitenstein (H.) Acclimatisation der Europiier in den Tropen. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1902, xxvii, 415.—Cantlle (J.) The possi- bility of Europeans and their families becoming natural- ised in the Tropics. J. Trop. M., Lond., 1898-9, i, 109; 136; 167.—Charles (SirR. H.) Special factors influenc- ing the suitability of Europeans for life in the Tropics. Ibid., 1910, xiii, 242-245. Also [Discussion]: Brit. M. J., Lond., 1910. ii, 869-874.—Fehlinger (H.) Zur Frage der Akklimatisation der Europiier in den Tropen. Polit.- anthrop. Rev., Hildburgh., 1910-11, ix, 597-601.—Good- hue i,E. S.) How to be healthy and happy although a resident of the Tropics. Dietet. & Hyg. Gaz., N. Y., 1907, xxiii, 391-394.—Hari'ord (C. F.) Physical qualifica- tions for tropical residence or travel. Climate, Lond., 1903, iv, 236-240.—Hueppe (F.) Ueber die modernen Kolonisationsbestrebungen und die Anpassungsmoglich- keit der Europiier in den Tropen. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1901, xxxviii, 7; 46. -----. Acclimatisation oder Hygiene in den Tropen. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1902, xxvii, 379.— Leniure (J.) Acclimatement et colonisation a Mada- gascar. Ann. d'hyg., Par., 1896, 3. s., xxxv, 289-307.— Possibility (The) of acclimatisation of Europeans in tropical countries. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1898, i, 1167-1169.— Boux (D.-P.-A.) Un acclimatement a Nossi-Be. Ca- ducee, Par., 1902, ii, 159.—Sambon i L. W.) Acclimati- zation of Europeans in tropical lands. Geograph. J., Lond., 1898, xii, 589-606.—Schmidt (P.) Ueber die AnpassungsfiLhigkeit der weissen Rasse an das Tropen- klima. Arch. I. Schiffs- u. Tropen-Hvg., Leipz., 1910, xiv, 397-416.—Schulze (F.) Der Stammbaum der Fa- milie Martens in Niederlandisch-Ostindien. Ztschr. f. Tropics (Acclimation in). Ethnol., Berl., 1896, xxviii, 237-241, 1 tab.—Steudel. Kann der Deutsche sich in den Tropen akklimatisieren? Beihfte. z. Arch. f. Schiffs- u. Tropen-Hyg., LeiDz., 1908, 4. Beihft., 1-22.—Wick (W.) Physiologische"Studien zur Akklimatisation an die Tropen. Arch. f. Schiffs- u. Tropen-Hyg., Leipz., 1910, xiv, 605-616.—Wulft'ert (F.) Die Akklimatisation der europaischen und insbesondere der germanischen Rasse in den Tropen und ihre haupt- siichlichen Hindernisse. Samml. klin. Vortr., n. F., Leipz., 1900, No. 279 (Innere Med., No. 81. 151-176).— Niemann (H.) Die Akklimatisation der Europaer an die Tropen. Hygiene, Berl., 1911, 283-288. Tropidonotus natrix. Vay (F.) * Zur Segmentation von Tropido- notus natrix. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1892. Gerhardt (U.) & Hertwlg'(0.) Die Keimblatt- bildung bei Tropidonotus natrix. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1901, xx, 241-261. — Vlethaus (T.) Die Entwicklung der Ringelnatter (Tropidonotus natrix Boie) nach Ausbil. dung der Falterform bis zur Erhebung des Proamnios Ztschr. f. wissensch. Zool., Leipz., 1907, lxxxvi, 55-99, 3pr Tropine. See, also, Atropine; Tropeines. Guerbet (M.) *La tropine et ses derives. 8°. Paris, 1904. Lunden (H.) La constante de dissociation de la tro- pine et sa variation avec la temperature. J. de chim. phys., Geneve & Par., 1910, viii, 331-336.—Willstatter (R.) Syntheses dans le groupe de la tropine. Monit. seient., Par., 1903, lix, 155; 396; 793. Tropines [in blood-serum]. Neuield (F.) Zur Frage der Identitat von Tropinen und Lvsinen. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.],1. Abt., Jena, 1909, li, 572-574.—Neuield (F.) & Ungermann (E.) Technik und Methodik der Tropinuntersuchung. Handb. d. Techn. u. Methodik d. Immunitatsforsch., Jena, 1911, Ergnzngsbd. i, 117-143.— Yegoroff (K. A.) K voprosu o tozhdestvle hemotropina i hemoliticheskavo ambotsep- tora. [The identity of hemotropine and hemolytic am- boceptor.] Kharkov. M. J., 1909, viii, 37-47. -----. O tro- piniziruyushtshikh veshtshestvakh Neufeld'a v svyazi s ucheniyem ob opsoninakh. [Neufeld's tropins in connec- tion with the theory of opsonins.] Ibid., 163-186. Tropisms. See, also, Instinct; Phototropism; Psychol- ogy (Comparative); Rheotropism. Birukoff (B. I.) O dvizheniyakh infuzoriy v opredlelyonnom napravlenii pod vliyaniyem galvanicheskavo toka; opit obyasneniya galva- notaksisa. [The movements of infusoria in a definite direction under the influence of the galvanic current; an attempt to explain galva- notaxis.] 8°. [Moskva, 1902.] ------. K teorii galvanotaksisa. 8°. Moskva, 1903. Ewald (W. F.) * Ueber Orientierung, Lo- komotion und Lichtreaktionen einiger Cladoce- ren und deren Bedeutung fiir die Theorie der Tropismen. 8°. Erlangen, 1910. Also, in: Biol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1910, xxx, 1; 49; 379. Loeb (J.) Der Heliotropismus der Thiere und seine Uebereinstimmung mit dem Helio- tropismus der Pflanzen. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1890. Schaefer (R.) * Heliotropismus der Wur- zeln. [Jena.] 8°. Charlottenburg, 1911. Statkevich (P. G.) Polemicheskiye priyomi B. Birukova; po povodu yevo statyi "K teorii galvanotaksisa." [Birukoff's polemic methods; apropos of his article: "On the theory of galva- notaxis."] 8°. Moskva, 1906. Amerling (K.) Forschungen iiber Rheotaxis bei Amphibien. Rev. de med. tcheque, Prague, 1909, i, 78- 80.—Bancroft (F. W.) Note on the galvanotropic reac- tions of the medusa Polvorchis penicillata A. Agassiz. Univ. Calif, Publ. Physiol., Berkeley, 1904-5, ii, 43-46. -----. On the validity of Pfliiger's law for the galvano- tropic reactions of Paramecium. Ibid., 1905, ii, 193-215. -----. The control of galvanotropism in Paramecium by chemical substances. Ibid., 1906, iii, 21-31.—Banta (A. M.) A comparison of the reaction of a species of surface isopod with those of a subterranean species. Part I. Ex- periments with light. J. Exper. Zool., Phila., 1910, viii, 243-310.—Bohn (G.) L'anhydrobiose et les tropismes. TROPISMS. 504 TROPON. Tropisms. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc., Par., 1904, cxxxix, 809-811. Also: Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1904, lvii, 365- 367. -----. Des tropismes et des etats physiologiques. Ibid., 1905, lix, 515. -----. Essais et erreurs dans les tropismes. Ibid., 566. -----. Les tropismes, les reflexes et l'intelligence. Annee psychol., Par., 1906, xii, 137 -166. -----. Observations sur les papillons du rivage de la mer: an6motropisme et phototropisme. Bull, de l'Inst. gen. psychol., Par., 1906, vi, 284-301.— -----. Les tropismes, la sensibilite differentielle et les associations chez le branchellion de la torpille. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1907, lxiii, 545-548. -----. A pro- pos des lois de l'excitabilite par la lumiere. II. Du changement de signe du phototropisme en tantque mani- festation de la sensibilite differentielle. Ibid., 766-759.— Brues (C. T.) On the interpretation of certain tropisms of insects. Am. Naturalist, Lancaster, Pa., 1908, xlii, 297- 302.—Claparfcde (E.) Les tropismes devant la psycho- logie. J. f. Psychol, u. Neurol., Leipz., 1908, xiii, 150- 160.—€ome* (.1.) Stereotropisme, geotropisme et ther- motropisme dans la larve de Myrmeleon formicarius L. Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1910, liii, 482.—Cornetz (V.) Ueber den Gebrauch des Ausdruckes "tropisch" und iiber den Charakter der Richtungskraft bei Ameisen. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1912, cxlvii, 215-233.— Cowles (R. P.) Stimuli produced by light and by con- tact with solid walls as factors in the behavior of ophiu- roids. J. Exper. Zool., Phila., 1910, ix, 387-416. -----. Reactions of the sea urchin and the star-fish to changes of light intensity. Johns Hopkins Univ. Circ, Bait., 1911, no. 2, 1-9. — Drzewina (Anna). Les variations perio- diques du signe du phototropisme chez les pagures mis- anthropes. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1907, cxiv, 1208. -----. De l'hydrotropisme chez les crabes. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1908, lxiv, 1009-1011. -----. Con- tribution k la biologie des pagures misanthropes. Arch. de zool. exper. et gen., notes et rev., Par., 1910, 6. s., v, 43-55.—Dubois (R.) A propos d'une note de M.Georges Bohn sur l'anhydrobiose et les tropismes. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1904, lvii, 564-566. —Bustin (A.-P.) Le r61e des tropismes et de l'odogenese dans la regenera- tion du systeme nerveux. Arch, de biol., Li6ge & Par., 1910-11, xxv, 269-388, 3 pl.—Hachet-Souplet (P.) La psychophysique et la notion de tropisme. Bull, de l'Inst. g6n. psychol., Par., 1909, ix, 319-340. —Hadley (P. B.) The reaction of blinded lobsters to light. Am. J. Physiol., Bost., 1908, xxi, 180-199. -----. Reactions of young lob- sters determined by food stimuli. Science, N. Y. & Lan- caster, Pa., 1912, n. s., xxxv, 1000-1002.—Harper (E. H.) Tropic and shock reactions in Perichaeta and Lumbri- cus. J. Comp. Neurol. & Psychol., Phila., 1909, xix, 569-587. -----. Magnetic control of geotropism in Para- mcecium. J. Animal Behavior, Cambridge, Mass., 1912. ii, 181-189.—Herrn s (W. B.) The photic reactions of sarcophagid flies, especially Lucillia caesar Linn, and Calliphora vomitoria Linn. J. Exper. Zool., Phila., 1911. x, 167-226.—Holmes (S. J.) Light and the behavior of organisms. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1911, n. s., xxxiii, 964-966. See, also, infra, Mast.—Holt (E. B.) & Lee (F.) The theory of photoiactic response. Am. J. Physiol., Bost., 1901, iv, 460-481. Also, Reprint.— Kerstan (K.) Ueber den Einfluss des geotropischen und heliotropischen Reizes auf den Turgordruck in den Geweben. Beitr. z. Biol. d. Pflanz., Bresl., 1907, ix, 163- 214.—Kribs (H. G.) Some reactions of Drosophila to parallel rays of light. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1912, n. s., xxxv, 474. — JLaloy (L.) La theorie des tro- pismes et les manifestations vitales des organismes infe- rieurs. Rev. seient., Par., 1906, 5. s., vi, 490-197. — Lau- rens (H.) The reactions of amphibians to monochro- matic lights of equal intensity. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harv., Cambridge, 1909, liii, 253-302. — Loeb (J.) The cont rol of heliotropic reactions in fresh water crustaceans by chemicals, especially CO2; a preliminary communica- tion. Univ. Calif. Publ. Physiol., Berkeley, 1904-5, ii, 1-3. -----. On instinct- and will in animals. In his: Stud Gen. Physiol., 8°, Chicago, 1905, pt. 1, 107-114. _____. Le- ber die Summation heliotropischer und geotropischer Wirkungen beiden auf der Drehscheibeausgeldstencom- pensatorischen Kopfbewegungen. Arch. f. d. ges Phy- siol., Bonn, 1907, cxvi, 368-374. -----. Concerning the theory of tropisms. J. Exper. Zool., Bait., 1907, iv, 151- 156- -----• The significance of tropisms for psvcholoev Pop. Sc. Month., N. Y., 1911, lxxviii, 105-125 Also Re- pnnt.-l.oeb (J.) & Maxwell (P. S.) Further proof of the identity of hehotropism in animals and plants. Univ ES'K1^'- ?.hysio1- Berkeley, 1910, iii, 195-197.-1,und (*,. J.) On light reactions in certain luminous organ- isms. Johns Hopkins Univ. Circ, Bait., 1911, no.2 10-13 — Lyon 1E. P.) On rheotropism. II. Rheotrmdsm of fish blind m one eye. Am. J. Physiol., Bost., 1909, xxiv 244- ;. , , r11,^! (MaiT °-) Ructions of Branchipus serratus to light, heat and gravity. J. Exper. Zool., Phila., &5;?6i24h~J!yanso1-? (E"> Sinnesphysiologische studien an Echinodermen, ihre Reaktionen auf Licht und Schatten und die negative Geotaxis bei Asterina. Ztschr. f. allg. Physiol., Jena, 1909, ix, 112-J46.-Mast (S O ) Reactions in amoeba to light. J. Exper. Zool., Phila, 1910 Tropisms. ix, 265-277. -----. Reply to Holmes's criticism of " Light and the Behavior of Organisms." Science, N. Y. & Lan- caster, Pa., 1912, n. s., xxxv, 371-373.—Mendelssohn (M.) Ueber den Thermotropismus einzelliger Organis- men. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1894, lx, 1-27.— Mlnkiewicz (R.) Sur le chlorotropisme normal des pagures. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1908, cxlvii, 1066-1069. -----. Une experiencesur la nature duchromo- tropisme chez les nemertes. Ibid., 1912, civ, 229-231.— Montgomery (T. H.), jr. Certain habits, particularly light reactions, of a littoral aranead. Biol. Bull., Woods Holl, Mass., 1911-12, xx, 71-76.—Moore (A.R.) Concern- ing negative phototropism in Daphnia pulex. J. Exper. Zool., Phila., 1912, xiii, 673-575.—Ostwald (W.) Zur Theorie der Richtungsbewegungen niederer schwim- mender Organismen. 3. Ueberdie Abhangigkeitgewisser heliotropischer Reaktionen von der inneren Reibung dea Mediums sowie fiber die Wirkung mechanischer Sensi- bilisatoren. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1907, cxvii, 384-408. -----. Ueberdie Lichtempfindlichkeittierischer Oxydasen und iiber die Beziehungen dieser Eigenschaft zu den Erscheinungen des tierischen Phototropismus. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1908.x, 1-130.—Parker (G. H.) & Parshley (H. M.) The reactions of earthworms to dry and to moist surfaces. J. Exper. Zool., Phila., 1911, xi, 361-363.—Pearse (A. S.) The reactions of amphi- bians to light. Proc. Am. Acad. Arts & Sc, Cambridge, 1909-10, xiv, 161-208.—Pieron (H.) Les probl6mes actuels de l'instinct. Bull, et mem. Soc d'anthrop de Par., 1908, 5. s., ix. 503-538. Also: Rev. phil., Par., 1908 lxvi, 329-369.—Pringsheim (E.) Heliotropische Stu- dien. III. Beitr. z. Biol. d. Pflanz., Bresl., 1910, x, 71- 86. -----. Das Zustandekommen der taktischen Reak- tionen. Biol. Centralbl., Erlang., 1912, xxxii, 337-365.— Bose. Sur quelques tropismes. Compt. rend. Acad d sc, Par., 1910, cl, 1543-1545.—Bothert (W.) Die neuen Untersuchungen iiber den Galvanotropismus der Pflan- zenwurzeln. Ztschr. f. allg. Physiol., Jena, 1907, vii, 142- 165.— Bouband (E.) Gradation et perfectionnement de l'instinct chez les guepes solitaires d'Afrique du genre Synagris. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1908, cxlvii, 695-697.—Sergent (E.) Des tropismes du Bacterium zopfii Kurth. Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1906, xx, 1005-1017: 1907, xxi. 842-850.—Szymanski (J. S.) Aenderung des Phototropismus bei Kiichenschabendurch Erlernung. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1912, cxliv, 132-134.— Tecuoueyres. Les origines de l'instinct. Union m6d. du nord-est, Reims, 1910, xxxiv, 105-120.— Turner (C. H.) Reactions of the mason wasp, Try- poxylon albotarsus, to light. J. Animal Behavior, Cam- bridge, 1912, ii, 352-362. -----. An experimental investi- gation of an apparent reversal of the responses to light of the roach (Periplaneta orientalis L.). Biol. Bull., Woods Hole, Mass., 1912, xxiii, 371-386.—Watson (J. B.) & Watson (Mary I.) A study of the responses of rodents to monochromatic light. J. Animal Behavior, Bost., 1913 iii, 1-14.—Wodsedalek (J. E.) The reactions of cer- tain Dermestidse to light in different periods of their life history; phototactic reactions of Trogoderma tarsale, a museum pest. Ibid., 61. Tropolan. Budde (T.) Ueber Versuche, leicht verderbliche Gegenstande durch Ueberziehen mit Tropolan frisch zu erhalten. Veroffentl. a. d. Geb. d. Mil.-San.-Wes., Berl.. 1911. 45. Hft., 116-121. Tropometer. See, also, Eye (Examination of, Instruments for). Howe (L.) Tropometers and measurements of arcs of rotation. Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, Phila., 1909, xii, 312- 319.—Beber (W.) The findings of the tropometer in 100 normal eyes and its value in the study of strabismus. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1912, lix, 1082-1087.—Stevens (G. T.) A brief note concerning the tropometer. Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, Phila., 1910, xii, 667-669. Tropon. Aufrecht & Sternberg. Ueber Tropon-Sano und Tropon-Kindernahrung. Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1899, lxviii, 1033-1035.—Baedeker. Die Imponderabi- lien der Dauerkuren nach meinen Erfahrungen mit Eisen-Tropon-Tabletten. Deutsche Aerzte-Ztg., Berl., 1909, 249-252.—Casatl (E.) II tropon studiato clinicamente e sperimentalmente. Atti Accad. d. sc. med. e nat. in Ferrara, 1900-1901, lxxv, 259-265.—Cipollone (L. T.) Osservazioni sul tropon (da ricerche di laboratorinj. Ann. di med. nav., Roma, 1901, i, 89.—Finkler d>.) Verwendung des Tropon zur Krankeneruahrung. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1898, xxxv, 657; 686; 712; 733. Also, Reprint.—Freudenberg. Tropon. Frauenarzt, Leipz., 1898, xiii, 542-547.—FrOhner & Hoppe. Tropon, ein neues Nahrungseiweiss. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1899, xlvi, 46-51.— Gewln (J.) Over malztropon. Ne- derl. Tidischr. v. Genessk., Amst., 1912, i, 282-287.—Grun (H.)& Braun (R.) Versuche iiber die Verwendung TROPON. 505 TROULLIEUR. Tropon. des Tropons am Krankenbette. Wien. med. Presse, 1901, xlii, 163; 207; 254.—Joachim (G.) Jodtropon. Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1910, lxxix, 183.—KOnig (J.) Ueber die Zusammensetzung des Tropons und einiger Tropon-Gemische. Ztschr. f. Untersuch. d. Nahrungs- u. Genussmittel. Berl., 1898, 762-764. -----. Das Tropon als Nahrstoff. Med. Cor.-Bl. f. d. Krankenh.. . . Deutschl., Berl., 1900, 41.—Kraiis (E.) Ueber die Verwendung des Tropon bei Kindern. Allg. Wien. med Ztg., 1902, xlvii, 91.—Kunz (R.) Untersuchungen iiber das Tro- pon. Wien. klin, Wchnschr., 1899, xii, 509-518.—Lieh- tenfelt (H.) Ueber Tropon. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1899, xxxvi, 918-922.— Marcuse (J.) Das Tropon als Nahrstoff; Sammelbericht. Reichs-Med.-Anz., Leipz., 1899, xxiv. 11-24.—Neumann (R.) Tropon als Eiweiss- ersatz; Stoffwechselversuche am Menschen. Miinehen. med. Wchnschr., 1899, xlvi, 42-46.—Prayon. Ueber Tropon. Berl. thierarztl. Wchnschr., 1900, 339.—B. (E.) Le tropon, une nouvelle preparation alimentaire. Rev. internat. do therap. et Pharmacol., Par., 1898, vi, 286- 288.—Schniilinsky (H.) & Kleine (G.) Ueber Tro- pon als Krankenkost. Munchen. med. Wehnsehr., 1898, xiv, 995-1000.—Strauss (H.) Ueberdie Verwendbarkeit eines neuen Eiweisspriiparates Tropon fiir die Kranken- ernahrung. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1898, xii, 241-244.— Wendelstadt. BestimmungderPhenylschwefelsaure im Harn bei Tropon-Aufnahme. Fortschr. d. Med., Berl., 1900, xviii, 741-747.—Winterberg (J.) It rami (R.) Ueber die Verwendung und den Nahrwerth des Tropon- Cacao. Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1902, xvi, 599-601.— Zaeslein (T.) Osservazioni intorno al tropon. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1901, xxii, 344-346.—Kalleskl (S. I.) Tropon, kak pishtsha i pitatelnoye veshtshestvo. [Tro- pon as a food;.] J. russk. Obsh. okhran. narod. zdrav., St. Petersb., 1901, xi, 417-428. ■----. Po povodu novavo pitatelnavo veshtshestva tropona. [New food; tropon.] Narod. zdrav., S.-Peterb., 1901, ii, 493; 521. Troppau. See Insane (Asylums, Description etc., of), by localities. Troseliel (Elise) [1869- ]. *Beitrage zur klinischen Dignitiit der papillaren Ovarialge- schwiilste. [Bern.] 16 pp., 1 1., 1 pl. 8°. Berlin, S. Karger, 1898. Troschke (Carl) [1867- ]. * Casuistische Beitrage zur Aetiologie und Symptomatologie des Morbus Basedowii. 26 pp. 8°. Greifs- wald, J. Abel, 1893. Troshin (G[rigoriy] Ya[kovlevich]) [1874- ]. *0 sochetatelnikh sistemakh polusha- riy. [Systems of association of the hemi- spheres.] 164, 6 pp., 1 1., 7 pl. 8°. S.-Peter- burg, 1903. Trosianz (Gabriel) [1883- ]. *Ueber die Ausscheidung subkutan eingeftihrter NaCl- Losungen und ihre Wirkung auf den N-Stoff- wechsel. [Halle.] 30 pp. 8°. Miinehen, R. Oldenbourg, 1911. Trost (Arthur) [1885- ]. * Untersuchungen iiber die Leube-Sternsche Probe bei Nerven- krankheiten. 62 pp., 1 1. 8°. Berlin, G. Schade, 1910. Trost (Joh. Martinus). *De dysenteria princi- piis Hippocraticis, Galenicis, Paracelsicis, Hel- montianis, Harveanis, Svlvianis, Tackenianis et Willisianis illustrata. 48 pp., 2 1. roy. 8°. Rinthelii, C. C. Wachter, 1677. Bound with: Coetnummius (J.) De morbo [etc.] roy. 8°. Lipsise, 1677. Trost (Joseph) [1867- ]. * Ueber Natrium- superoxvd als Oxydationsmittel organischer Basen. "31 pp. 8°. Erlangen, F. Junge, 1894. Trost und Rat fiir Nervenkranke von einem Vielgepriiften. 3. Aufl. 40 pp., 1 1. 12°. Wiesbaden, Liitzenkirchen dc Brocking, 1899. Trotabas (Marcel) [1886- ]. *De la ne- crose et de l'infection larvees dans les myomes interstitielsdel'uterus. 71pp. 8°. Lyon, 1911, No. 37. Trotain (Philippe). Contribution a l'Stude therapeutique de 1'opium et de ses nouvelles preparations. 87 pp. 8°. Paris, 1911, No. 213. Trotesski (Victor) [1871- ]. Contribu- tion a 1' etude des metrites hemorrhagiques. 53 pp. 4°. Paris, 1894, No. 60. Trotin (Ernest) [1874- ]. *De la ligature de l'hypogastrique comme methode atrophiante; hypertrophie de la prostate; cancer de 1'uterus. 76 pp. 8°. Paris, 1898, No. 128. van Trotsenburg (J. A.) Die Seekrankheit und ihre Yerhutung. In: Samml. klin. Vortr., Leipz., 1908 n. F., No. 509 (Inn. Med., No. 153). Trotter (John William) [ -1906]. Obituary. Med.-Chir. Tr.; Lond., 1907, xc, p. cv. Trotter (Ro'ert De Bruce) [1833-1907]. Obituary. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1907, n. s., lxxxiv, 644. Trotter (Thomas) [1761-1832]. Remarks on the establishment of the naval hospitals and sick quarters, with hints for their improvements. 36 pp. 12°. [London], W. Mowbray, [1795]. For Biography, see Diet. Nat. Biog., Lond., 1899, lvii, 254 (J. K. Laughton). Aso: J. Ass. Mil. Surg. U. S., Car- lisle, 1905, xvii, 349-347. Trotula. S—Trousseau (Armand) & True (H.) Rapport sur la cecite et les aveugles [etc.]. 8°. Paris, 1902. ------& Cliavernae (P.) Hygiene oculaire et inspection oculistique des £coles. Avec une preface de ('. M. Gariel. 2. ed. 242 pp. 8°. Paris, A. Maloine, 1908. ----------. The same. 3. ed., revue et aug- mentee. vii, 244 pp. 8°. Paris, A. Maloine, 1911. ----- & Pansier (P.) Contribution a. l'his- toire de l'ophtalmologie francaise, histoire de l'ophtalmologie a l'ecole de Montpellier, du xiie au xxe siecle. Avec une preface de M. L. Liard. 404 pp. 8°. Paris, 1907. ----- & Valude (E.) Nouveaux Elements d'ophtalmologie. 2 v. viii, 604 pp., 11., 1 pl.; 713 pp., 1 1 8°. Paris, A. Maloine, 1896. -----, ----- & Frenkel (H.) The same. Nouveaux elements d'ophtalmologie. 2. 6d., completement transformed et considerablement augmentee. 1 p. 1., xvi, 981 pp., 11 pl., 4 diag., 2 1.' roy. 8°. Paris, A. Maloine, 1908. Truchet (Frederic) [1881- ]. *De la re- section totale des saphenes dans le traitement des varices superficielles des membres inferieurs. 190 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1908, No. 130. Truehetet (Auguste) [1881- ]. *De l'am- putation sus-calcaneenne. 64 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1905, No. 46. Truchi (Jules). * Contribution a, I'etude de l'6rytheme indure de Bazin. 51 pp. 8°. Tou- louse, 1898, No. 251. Truehon (Louis) [1863- ]. *De la n£ces- site de la creation d'asiles speciaux pour les alienes, dits criminels. 72 pp. 4°. Lyon, 1894, No. 950. Truehot (Charles-Marie-Auguste) [1858- ]. * Etude experimentale de Taction de l'electrisa- tion statique sur les combustions intra-or- ganiques. [Bordeaux.] 40 pp. 4°. Clermont- Ferrand, 1894, No. 57. Truehot (P.) & Fredet (G.-E.) De la lithine dans les eaux minerales de Royat et dans les principales sources thermales d'Auvergne. 46 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, A. Delahaye, 1875. Truey (Louis) [1883- ]. * Etude sur cer- tains cals vicieux simulant des tumeurs des os. 91 pp., 2 pl. 8°. Lyon, 1905, No. 36. Trudeau (E[dward] L[ivingston]) [1848- ]. The tuberculin test in incipient and suspected pulmonary tuberculosis. 13 pp. 8°. Phila- delphia, 1897. Repr.from: Med. News, Phila., 1897, lxx. ------. Sanitaria for the treatment of incipient tuberculosis. 14 pp. 8°. New York, 1897. Repr.from: N. York M. J., 1897, lxv. ------. The sanitarium treatment of incipient pulmonary tuberculosis, and its results. 17 pp. 12°. New York, 1900. Repr.from: Med. News, N. Y., 1900, lxxv. ------. The history and work of the Saranac Laboratory for the Study of Tuberculosis. 12 pp., 1 pl. 8°. Baltimore, 1901. Repr.from: Johns Hopkins Hosp. Rep., Bait., 1901, xii. TRUDEAU. 508 TRUDI. Trudeau (E[dward] L[ivinpton])—continued. -----. Artificial immunitv in experimental tu- berculosis. 19 pp. 8°. 'New York, 1903. Repr.from: N. York M. J. [etc.], 1903, lxxviii. ------. Studies from the Saranac Laboratory for the Study of Tuberculosis, 1900-1904. 94 pp. 8°. Boston, 1905. -----. Animal experimentation and tubercu- losis. 15 pp. 8°. Chicago, Am. M. Ass. Press, 1909. For Biography, see Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1909, xx, 85-87. Also: Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 1905. n. s., liv, 662 (B. F. Lyle). Also: Tuberculosis, Leipz., 1905, iv, 57. Also: Ibid., 1910, ix, 155-157 (S. A. Knopf). -----& Baldwin (E. R.) A resume of ex- perimental studies on the preparation and effects of antitoxic serum in tuberculosis. From the Saranac Laboratory for the Study of Tuber- culosis, Saranac Lake, N. Y. 13 pp. 8°. [Philadelphia, 1898.] Repr.from: Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, Phila., 1898, xiii. ----- ------. Experimental studies on the preparation and effects of antitoxin for tubercu- losis. 36 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, 1899. Repr.from: Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1898, cxvi; 1899, cxvii. Trudeau (Edward Livingston), jr. [1873-1904]. Obituary. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1904, lxv. 742. Trudf Antropologicheskavo Obshtshestva pri Imperatorskoi Voyenno-Meditsinskol Akade- mii. [Papers of the Anthropological Society of the Imperial Army Medical Academy.] pt. 1, v. 1, 1893; v. 7,1901-4 [fragmentary]. 203 pp., 3 pl., 1 map; 1604- pp. 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1894- 1907. Trudf fakultetskol terapevticheskol kliniki Im- peratorskavo Moskovskavo Universiteta. Tom izdanniy v chest tridtsatilltiya nauchnoi dleya- telnosti direktora kliniki V. D. Shervinskavo. [Papers of the medical clinic of the Imperial University of Moscow. Volume issued to com- memorate the thirtieth anniversary of the scien- tific activity of the director of the clinic, V. D. Shervinski.] viii, 506, viii, 337 pp., port. 8°. Moskra, A. I. Mamontoff, 1904. Trudf fakultetskol terapevticheskol kliniki prof. S. V. Levashova pri Imperatorskom Novorossiy- skom Universitetie. [Papers from Levashoff's therapeutic clinic of the University of Odessa. ] Pt. 1. 203 pp., 11. 8°. Odessa, 1908. Trudf Fiziologicheskavo Instituta Imperator- skavo Moskovskavo Universiteta. [Papers of the Physiological Institute of the Imperial Mos- cow University.] v. 5; v. 6, pt. 1. 8°. Mos- kva, 1896-1907. Trudf Fiziologicheskoi Laboratorii Imperator- skavo Moskovskavo Universiteta. [Papers of the physiological laboratory of the Imperial Moscow University.] v. 1-4. 8°. Moskva, 1888-93. Trudf Instituta obshtshel patologii Imperator- skavo Moskovskavo Universiteta. [Papers of the Institute of General Pathology of the Im- perial Moscow University.] v. 3. Edited bv A. B. Fokht. 708 pp., 2 1., 10 pl., 12 diag. 8°. Moskva, 1899. Trudf Kazanskavo Voyenno-Sanitarnavo Ob- shtshestva. [Papers of the Kazan Army Sani- tary Society.] 1891-2. 75 pp., 3 diag. 8°. Kazan, N. A. Ilyashenko, 1892. Trudf Kharkovskavo Meditsinskavo Obshtshe- stva. [Papers of the Kharkov Medical Society. 1 1893; 1896; 1897. 8°. Kharkov, 1893-8. Trudi Kiyevskavo Khirurgicheskavo Obshtshe- stva, sostoyashtshavo pri Imperatorskom Uni- versitetie Sv. Vladimira. [Papers of the Kiyev Trudf—continued. Surgical Societv at the Imperial University of Kiyev.] 1908-11. 8°. [Kiyev, 1910-12.] Bound with: Univ. Izvlest., Kiyev, 1910, 1: 1912, Iii. Trudf kliniki dushevnikh i nervnikh bolleznel v S.-Peterburgle. [Memoirs of the Clinic of Mental and Nervous Diseases in St. Petersburg.] 1897, 1.-2. Editor: V. M. Bekhtereff. 8°. S.- Peterburg, 1898. Trudf kliniki nervnikh bolleznel Imperator- skavo Kazanskavo Universiteta. [Papers of the Clinic of Nervous Diseases of the Imperial Kazan University.] I. Editor: L. O. Dark- shevich. 8°. Kazan, 1899. Trudf Kommissii po izlledovanii S.-Peterburga [etc.]. See Syezd russkikh Yestestvoispitatelel i vrachel. 8. Trudi [etc.]. Trudf Mediko-Khimicheskoi Laboratorii Impe- ratorskavo Tomskavo Universiteta. Izd. pod redaktsiyel F. K. Kryugera. Arbeiten des me- dicinisch-chemischen Laboratoriums der kaiser- lichen Universitiit zu Tomsk. Hrsg. von Fried- rich Kriiger. v. 1. 8°. Tomsk, 1903-10. Bound with: Izviest. Imp. Tomsk. Univ., 1904, xxiii: 1907, xxviii: 1909, xxxii: 1910, xl. Trudf Obshtshestva Dietskikh Vrachel v Mos- kvle. [Papers of the Society of Pediatric Phy- sicians in Moscow.] v. 2-7, 1893-4 to 1898-9. 8°. [Moskva, 1894-]9. v. 3, 5-7, bound with: Bibliot. vrach., Mosk., 1894-9, i-vi. Trudf Obshtshestva Dietskikh Vrachel, sostaya- shtsheye pri Imperatorskom Moskovskom Uni- versitetie s prilozheniyem protokolov zasledaniy obshtshestva. [Papers of the Society of Pedia- tric Physicians, in connection with the Imperial University of Moscow, with supplement of the proceedings.] v. 1, 1892-3; v. 2, 1893-1; v. 4, 1895-6. 8°. Moskva, 1893-7. Beginning with 1893--1, v. 2, the words "s prilozheniyem protokolov zasledaniy obshtshestva" were dropped. Trudf Obshtshesva Dietskikh Vrachel v S.-Pe- terburgle. [Papers of the Society of Pediatric Physicians in St. Pedersburg.] v. [3]-10, 1888 to 1894-5. 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1888-96. Trudf Obshtshestva Kiyevskikh vrachel. S prilozheniyem protokolov. [Papers of the So- ciety of Kiev Physicians. With supplement of the proceedings.] v. 1, 1894-5. ii (11.), 106, 34 pp. 8°. Kiyev, 1895. Trudf Obshtshestva Nevropatologov i Psikhia- trov pri Moskovskom Universitetie. [Papers of the Society of Neurologists and Alienists at the University of Moscow.] 1893-4. 113 pp. 8°. [Moskva, 1894.] Bound with: Bibliot. Vracha, Mosk., 1894, i. Trudf Obshtshestva Russkikh Vrachel v Moskvle s prilozheniyem protokolov zasledaniy ob- shtshestva. [Papers of the Society of Russian Physicians in Moscow, with supplement of the proceedings of the meetings of the society.] v. 30-40, 1891-1901. 8°. Moskva, 1891-1901. The second half year (1895) 1896, v. 34, is called "Proto- koli. . ." Trudf Obshtshestva Russkikh Vrachel S.-Peter- burgle, s prilozheniyem protokolov zasledaniy Obshtshestva. [Papers of the Society of Russian Physicians in St. Petersburg, with supplement of the proceedings of the meetings.] v. 51, 1883-4; v. 52, 1884-5, second half year; v. 53, 1885-6; v. 54,1886-7; v. 56-58, 1888-9 to 1891-2; v. 60-64, 1893-4 to 1896-7. 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1889-97. Papers for 1890-91 to 1894-5 are given as v. 57-59 in place of v. 58-62. We have only four numbers for 1890-91, December to June. TRUDI. 509 TRUEB. Trudf Obshtshestva S.-Peterburgskikh Diet- skikh Vrachel. I. Protokoli zasledaniy ob- shtshestva. II. Prilozheniya k protokolam. [Papers of the Society of St. Petersburg Pedia- tric Physicians. I. Proceeding of the meetings of the societv. II. Supplements to the proceed- ings.] [v. 1, 1885-6.] 1 p. 1., 177, ii pp. 8°. S.-Peterburg, I. N. Skorokhodor, 1887. Continued as: Trudi Obshtshestva Dietskikh Vra- chel. Trudf Obshtshestva Vrachel g. Kazani. [Pa- pers of the Societv of Phvsicians of Kazan.] v. 5. 8°. Kazan, 1872-3. " Trudf Odesskavo Otdlela Russkavo Obshtshestva Okhraneniya Narodnavo Zdraviya. [Papers of the Odessa section of the Russian Society for the Preservation of the Public Health.] Nos. 1-4. 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1900-1904. Trudf pervavo syezda Kavkazskikh Vrachel. Kholernaya epidemiya 1892 goda na Kavkazle. [Papers of the First Congress of Physicians of the Caucasus. The cholera epidemic of 1892 in the Caucasus] v. 1. 357 pp., 1 tab. 4°. Tiflis, M. D. Rotiniants, 1SS3. Trudf pervavo syezda Obshtshestva Russkikh Akushorov i Ginekologov. S.-Peterburg, 28-31 dek., 1903. Pod red. V. V. Stroganova. [Papers of the First Congress of Societv of Russian Ob- stetricians and Gynecologists. Edited bv Stro- ganoff.] 616 pp., 18 pl. 8°. S.-Peterlmra, 1904. Bound with: J. akush. i jensk. boliez., St. Petersb., 1904, xviii. Trudf pervavo Vserossiyskavo Oto-Laingoliche- skavo Syezda v. S.-Peterburgle (26-30 dekabrya 1908 g.). Pod red. L. T. Levinai A. R. Illyisha. [Papers of the First Pan-Russian Oto-Laryngo- logical Congress in St. Petersburg (December 26- 30). Edited bv Levin and Ilyish.] ii, 205 pp., 1 1. 8°. S.-Pferburg, G. I. Zakhri, 1909. Trudf i Protokoli Imperatorskavo Kavkazskavo Meditsinskavo Obshtshestva. [Papers and Pro- ceedings of the Imperial Medical Society of the Caucasus.] v. 44-49, 1907-8, to 1912-13. 8°. Tiflis, 1907-13. Trudf i Protokoli zasledaniy Russkavo Khirurgi- cheskavo Obshtshestva Pirogova. [Papers and Proceedings of the meetings of the Russian Sur- gical Societv of Pirogoff.] v. 19-25,1900-7. 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1903-8. Trudf Russkavo Meditsinskavo Obshtshestva pri Imperatorskom Varshavskom Universitetie. [Memoires de la Societe rus.se de medecine a l'Universito imperialede Varsovie.] v. 1-4. 8°. Varshava, 1889-92. Trudf Syezda zemskikh vrachel s uchastiyem predvoditelel dvoryanstva i predsiedatelel zem- skikh uprav Kaluzhskol gubernii, dlya obsuzh- deniya mler borbi s kholerol 1893 g. 25. fe- vrahya. [po] lye. Marta. [Papers of the Con- gress of zemstvo phvsicians, and representatives of the nobility and chairmen of Kaluga Govern- ment zemstvo boards, to consider means of fighting cholera . . .] 94 pp., 1 tab. 8°. Kaluga, 1893. Trudf syezd[ov] Obshtshestva Russkikh vra- chel v pamyat N. I. Pirogova. [Papers of the Congresses. Society of Russian Physicians in Pirogoff's memory.] 2., 1887, 2 v.; 4., 1891, 1 v.; 5., 1894, 2 v.; 9., 1904, 6 v. in 3. 8°. Moskva dc S.-Peterburg, 1887-1906. The papers of the second congress are called: Trudf syezda russkikh vrachel. Of the fourth: Trudf syezda russkikh Vrachel v pamyat N. I. Pirogova. Year of pub- lication: 1894 on title-page, 1895 on cover of v. 2, fifth congress. Trudf Tomskavo Obshtshestva Yestestvoispita- telel. [Papers of the Tomsk Society of Natu- ralists.] 1889-91. 8°. [Tomsk, 1889-92.] Trudf visochaishe razrleshonnavo syezda po obsuzhdeniyu mler protiv sifilisa v Rossii, bivshavo pri Meditsinskom Departamentle s 15 po 22 yanv. 1897 goda pod predstedatelstvom . . . L. F. Ragozina. [Papers of the Congress to consider measures against syphilis in Russia, held at the Medical Department, Jan. 15-22, under the presidency of L. F. Ragozin. ] v. 1-2. 4°. S.-Peterburg, 1897. Trudf Vremennavo Meditsinskavo Obshtshestva v Dalnem Vostokle v Kharbinle. [Papers of the Temporary Medical Society in the Far East, in Kharbin.] 2 v. 8°. Kharbin dc Moskva, 1904-6. Trudf vtoravo Syezda Rossiyskikh Terapevtov (S.-Peterburg s 19 po 23 dekabrya 1910 goda). Pod red. K. Z. Villamena [et al.]. [Papers of the Second Congress of Russian Therapeutists (St. Petersburg, from the 19th to the 23d Decem- ber, 1910). Edited by Villamen [etal.].] xxiv, 328 pp. 8°. S.-Peterburg, G. I. Zakhri, 1911. True (A. C.) Farmers' bulletin No. 251. Ex- periment station work. Compiled from the publications*of the agricultural experiment sta- tions. American sugar beet seed. Stimulants for seed. Fertility of eggs, etc. 32 pp. 8°. Washington, Gov. Print. Office, 1906. ------. Farmers' bulletin No. 262. Experiment station work. Compiled from the publication of the agricultural experiment stations. Water for table use, phosphates, winter wheat, etc. 32 pp. 8°. Washington, Gov. Print. Office, 1906. True (Frederick W.) Guide to a collection illus- trating the families of mammals, exhibited in the Ohio Valley Centennial Exposition in 1888 by the U. S. National Museum. 26 pp. 8°. Washington, 1888. Repr.from: Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Wash., 1888, xi, App. ------. Description of a new species of mouse, Phenacomys longicaudus, from Oregon, pp. 303-304. 8°. [Washington, 1890.] Cutting from: Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Wash., 1890, xiii. ------. Diagnosis of new North American mam- mals. 3 pp. 8°. Washington, 1894. Repr.from: Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Wash., 1894, xvii. ------. Diagnoses of some undescribed wood rats (genus Neotoma) in the National Museum. 3 pp. 8°. Washington, 1894. Repr.from: Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Wash., 1894, xvii. ------. An account of the beaked whales of the family Ziphiidse in the collection of the United States National Museum, with remarks on some specimens in other American museums. 90 pp., 42 pl. 4°. Washington, Gov. Print. Office, 1910. Smithson. Inst., Bull. no. 73. True (Rodney H.) Cultivation of drug plants in the United States, pp. 337-346, 3 pl. 8°. [Washington, 1903.] Repr.from: Yearbook U. S. Dep. Agric, Wash., 1903. ------ & Bartlett (Harley Harris). Absorp- tion and excretion of salts by roots as influenced by concentration and composition of culture solutions. I. Concentration relations of dilu- tions of calcium and magnesium nitrates to pea roots. 36 pp., 1 pl. 8°. Washington, 1912. Forms Bull. No. 231 of U. S. Dep. Agric. Bureau plant indust., Wash. True (A) disinfectant: lysol. 16 pp. 12°. New York, Lehn dc Fink, 1892. Repr. from: Notes on new remedies, N. Y., 1891, iv. Trueb (Karl) [1880- ]. * Grossenverhiilt- nisse des Cavum pulpse nach Altersstufen. [Heidelberg.] 43 pp. 8°. [Berlin, J. Springer, 1908.] TRUEBXKK. 510 TRUNKCEK'S. Tniebner i Nicolas). Triibner's bibliographi- cal guide to American literature. A classed list of books published in the United States of America during the last forty years. With bibliographical introduction, notes, and alpha- betical index. 554 pp. 8°. London, Triibner d Co., 1859. Triik (Max) [1879- ]. * Ueber das Vorkom- men von Harncylindern ohne Albuminuric. 25 pp., 1 1. 8°. Tubingen, F. Pietzker, 1902. Truelle (Roger). * Action des differents cou- rants edectriques sur la fibre lisse de l'intestin. S3 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, 1904, No. 147. Truelle (Victor). * Etude critique sur les psy- choses dites post-operatoires. Ill pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, 18i)S, No. 262. Triiinper (Heinrich) [1874- ]. * Dermoide des Mundbodens und ihre Genese. 22 pp. 8°. Halle, (J. A. Kaemmerer dc Co., 1910. Triimpler (Christian Fritz) [1880- ]. * Kli- nische Beobachtungen bei Steisslagen, beson- ders beim engen Becken. 22 pp., 1 1. 8°. Giessen, J. Weinert, 1906. Triiper (J.) Psychopathische Minderwertig- keiten im Kindesalter. Ein Mahnwort fiir Eltern, Lehrer und Erzieher. 90 pp. 8°. Giilersloh, C. Bertelsmann, 1893. -----. Zur Frage der ethischen Hygiene unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Internate. 16 pp. 8°. Altenburg, 0. Bonde, 1904. Truffler (Horace-Alphonse-Martin) [1877- ]. *De 1'exenteration ignee au cours de la pan- ophtalmie. [Lille.] 39 pp. 8°. Arras, 1901, No. 52. Truffles. See, also, Fungi (Edible). Bouliiiiircr (E.) Die Keimung der Ascospore der Triiffel. ZtM-hr. f. ang. Mikr., Leipz., 1903, ix, 202-205.— Cowley c Silvestri (E.) II siero Trunececk nell' ateroma e ncl- P arteriosclerosi. Progresso med., Torino, 1904, iii, 98- 102.—Didsbury. De Paction du serum de Trunecek sur certains symptdmes auriculaires et n^vropathiques. Arch.internat.de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1904, xvii,203.— Huchard (H.) Le serum ait de Trunecek. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par., 1902, cxliii, 851-855.—Iieopold- Levi. A propos du scrum de Trunecek; resultats eloi- gner; lavements; poudre min^rale. Bull, et mem. Soc- med. d. hop. de Par., 1902,3. s., xi.x, 52ti-5:;s. Also [Abstr.]: Presse med., Par., 1902, i, 579-582.—Serum (Le) deTrune- cek. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par., 1902, cxliii, 745- 748.—Teissier (P.) A propos du serum de Trunecek. Bull, etmem. Soc.med.d. h6p. dePar., 1902. 3. s., xix, 525. Trunk. See, also, Abdomen; Chest. Cerne ( A.) Un schema du tronc. Normandie mecl., Rouen, 1908, xxiv, 413-416. Trunk (Compression of). See, also, Chest (Compression of). Lange (E.) Stauungsblutungen infolge trauma- tischer Rumpfkompression. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1912, cxx, 76-136.—Ruppanner (E.) Ueber Stauungsblutungen nach Compression des Rumpfes. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1909, xxxix, 45-56.— Scliultzc (E.) Zwei Fiille von Stauungsblutung nach Rumpfcompression. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1909, xc, 1100-1102, 1 pl. Truppers (Om) fdrseende med vatten i lager och kantoneringsqvarter jemte tilliigg om vat- tenledningar. [The provisioning of troops with water in camp as well as in quarters, and re- marks on conduits of water.] 24 pp. 16°. Stockholm, 1859. Truro. See Dispensaries (Reports of), by localities. Trusevicli (Ya[kov] I[vanovich]) [1853- ]. Kak virazhayetsya morskaya bollezn, kak pre- dokhranitsya i llechitsya. [How does seasick- ness express itself? How to prevent and cure it?] 3. ed. 220 pp. 16°. S.-Peterburg, Morsk. Minister., 1893. ------. Mitchelevskaya sistema Hecheniya sla- bonervnikh i isterichnikh, malokrovnikh ikhu- doshtshavikh. Po avtoru, Playfair'u i dr. sost. [Mitchell's system of treating neurasthenia and hysteria, anaemia and emaciation. Compiled after the author, Playfair, and others.] 2. ed. 170 pp. 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1894. Trushlevieh (I[van] I[vanovich]) [1866- ]. *Klinicheskoye znacheniye opredieleniya mo- chevol kisloti v mochle po sposobu Ruhe- mann'a. [Clinical importance of determining the uric acid in the urine by Ruhemann's method.] 51 pp., 2 1. 8°. S.-Peterburg, Mine. N. Ya. StrAkova, 1906. Truskawiec. See Waters (Mineral), by localities. Truskier (Frau Gustawu). * Ueber die Hya- line im Corpus luteum und im atretischen Fol- likel. 29 pp., 2 pl. 8°. Zurich-Selnau, G. Leemann dc Co., 1909. Truskolyavski (Ts[ezar] F[rantsovich]) [1862- ]. *K voprosu ozagryaznenii skorb- nikh listkov i knig v bolnitsakh mikroorganiz- mami. [On the infection of clinical charts and books in hospitals by microorganisms.] 78 pp., 11. 8°. S.-Peterburg, Ya. I. Liberman, 1894. Trusoff(I[van] I[vanovich]) [1868- ]. *K voprosu o vliyanii tak nazivayemikh atsidofil- nikh bakteriy kishechnika grudnikh dletel na sterilizovannoye moloko. [Influence upon sterilized milk of so-called acidophile bacteria of the intestines of the infant.] 1 p. 1., 83 pp., 3 1. 8°. S.-Peterburg, V. Demakoff, 1904. Trusses. Brand (R.) The true method of reducing ruptures; and retaining them in the abdomen, and in the navel; together with testimonies to the merits of Mr. Brand's elastic truss; and sev- eral authenticated cases of the most extraordi- nary cures. To which is added a postscript. 8°. London, 1771. Cluthe (C.) Wholesale price list. Charles Cluthe's self-adjustable spiral spring truss, patented United States and Canada. 8°. [To- ronto, Ohio], 1888. Court (The) Record. Medical diplomas. The Ryan truss. Catting from: Daily Inter Ocean, Chicago, Dec. 5, 1885. Deneffe (V.) Les bandages herniaires a l'epoque merovingienne. 8°. Anvers, 1900. Directions for fitting the Drs. Smiths' "Hon- est John" truss, roy. 8°. [n. p., n. d.] Gendron (A.-P.) * De l'insuffisance de ban- dage edastique sans ressort dans la contention de la hernie inguinale. 8°. Bordeaux, 1905. Horn (W. H.) & Bro. Illustrated and des- criptive catalogue of Horn's standard hard rubber, leather covered and elastic trusses, abdominal supporters, abdominal belts, shoul- der braces, suspensories, elastic hosiery, band- ages, pile pipes, crutches, etc. Also treatise on abdominal hernia or rupture and its mechanical treatment. 22. ed. 8°. Philadelphia, [1892]. Illustrated mechanical treatment of hernia. by Edwin Chesterman and by M. Streeter, pro- prietors of Seeley's hard rubber truss and band- age. 12°. Philadelphia, [1893]. Juville. Traite" des bandages herniaires, dans lequel on trouve, independamment des bandages ordinaires, des machines a remexlier aux chutes de la matrice et du rectum, a servir de recipient dans le cas d'anus artificiel, d'in- continence d'urine, etc. 8°. Paris, 1786. Marie freres. La hernie et le bandage Elec- tro-medical. Les maladies du ventre. 54. ed. 12°. Paris, [1906]. Miller (0. E.) Hernia Treatment Co., home office Denver, Colorado. obi. 12°. Denver, 1894. Rainal (L.) & Rainal (J.) Le bandage her- niaire autrefois etaujourd'hui. 8°. Paris, 1899. Rice (W. S.) Personal advice to my pa- tients. 12°. [Adams, N. Y., n. d.] Rupture relieved by Rorick air cushion truss. 16°. Washington, D. C, [1893]. Seeley (LB.) Truss, supporter and bandage. 12°. Philadelphia, 1894. Sherman (J. A.) Illustrated cases of bad ruptures radically cured by the application and use of [his] patent appliances and curative com- pound. 8°. New York, 1869. ------. Convincing testimony. A pamphlet full of interest to the ruptured. Unparalleled success in the treatinent of hernia, attested by numerous statements from the most prominent people in the country. The dangers of neglected rupture illustrated by recent agonizing deaths from strangulation. Reasons why his treatment succeeds when all others signally fail. Sugges- TRUSSES. 512 TRUSSES. Trusses. tionsof great interest to those suffering from the most dreadful of afflictions, etc. Skill, science, ingenious invention and intelligent application. 8°. New York, 1881. Statement of Mr. Gainsforth. [Recommenda- tion in favor of Dr. Sherman's method of curing hernia]. 8°. [New York, 1870.] United States. Congress. House of Repre- sentatives. A bill allowing trusses to certain pensioners. 53. Cong., 2. sess. H. R. 6501. March 30, 1894. Introd. by Mr. Curtis, roy. 8°. [Washington, 1894.] United States. Congress. Senate. A bill to amend section 1176 of the Revised Statutes of the United States. [Granting trusses to soldiers pensioned for rupture.] 55. Cong., 2. sess. S. 3417. Jan. 26, 1898. Introd. by Mr. Gal- linger, roy. 8°. [Washington, 1898.] Bayer (K.) Einige in der Praxis erprobte Abande- rungen des gewohnlichen Bruchbandes. Ztschr. f. aerztl. Landpraxis, Frankf. a. M., 1893, ii, 33-37.—Buchholz (J.) DetsaakaldteanatomiskeBrokbind. [Theso-called anatomical truss.] Norsk Mag. f. Laegevidensk., Kristia- nia, 1896, 4. R., xi, 1029-1031.—Cramp (W. C.) Un- usual results of truss wearing; a case report. Am. J. Surg., N. Y., 1912, xxvi, 279.—Doettloff (E.) Bruchband- pelotten. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1901, xxvii, 737-739.—Eccles (W. McA.) A few points concerning inguinal trusses and their manufacture. Therap. Soc. Tr., Lond., 1904, 80-87.— Ganigee (L.) The application of trusses to reducible inguinal herniae. Birmingh. M. Rev., Lincoln, Neb., 1904, lvi, 542-646.— Geoffroi. Premier memoire sur les bandages, propres •X retenir les hernies; dans lequel on examine en detail les defauts qui les empechent de remplir leur objet. Mem. mathemat. et de phys. . . . Acad. roy. d. sc, Par., 1780, 265-289,1 pl. -----. Second memoire sur les moyens de corriger les dfifauts des bandages enoncfis dans le memoire precedent. Ibid., 281-294, 4 pl-Hoflk (A.) Zur Bruchbandfrage. Centralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1896, xxiii, 473-479.—Hoppe. Das Schraubendruck-Bruch- band. Memorabilien, Heilbr., 1880, xxv, 311-322.—Jen- nings (W. B.) The worsted truss. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1913, xcvii, 349.—J oil us ton (G. J.) The application of hernial trusses. Clin. J., Lond., 1896, ii, 299-301.—Kelly (T. J.) A truss gauge or instrument for measuring for trusses. Tr. Roy.Acad. M. Ireland, Dubl., 1899-1900, xviii, 206-208.—Knox(R. W.) The passing of the truss. Texas M. News, Austin, 1905-6, xv, 335-339.— Kroell. Eine Modification des Hack'schen Bruchbandes. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1896, x, 441.—Landerer (A.) Bruch- bander mit glyceringefullten Pelotten. Centralbl. f. Chir., Leipz , 1894, xxi, 969.—Llndorme (A. H.) Some personal observations in the fitting of hernia-supports. Atlanta Jour.-Rec. Med., 1907-8, ix, 83-86.—Loewy (H.) Ein Leistenbruchband mit regulirbarerGlycerindruckpe- lotte. Illust. Monatschr. d. arztl. Polytech., Bern, 1897, xix, 120. -----. Ein Parallelfeder-Bruchband. Ibid., Berl., 1912, xxxiv, 28-30— Macdonald (R. G.) New truss for inguinal or femoral hernia. Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1897, xvi, 591.—Puijn (J.) De breukband van den grooten Petrus Camper verbeterd en gemakkelijker gemaakt. Natuurk. Verhandel. v.de Holland. Maatsch. d. Wetensch. te Haarlem, 1817, viii, 249-288,1 pl.—Rae's curvilinear truss. Lancet, Lond., 1905, i,867.—Rawlins (H.A.) A truss for certain forms of double hernia. Ibid., 1894, ii, 1429.—Some points in the ordering of trusses. Clin.J., Lond., 1895, vi, 390.—Steffen(E.) Ueberfederlose und andere Bruchbiinder. Krankenpflege, Berl., 1902-3, ii, 324-328.— Stoler (A.) Ueber ein neues Bruchband. Med. Klin., Berl., 1907, iii, 516-518.—Thomas (G.) Einigeszur Bruchbandfrage. Illust. Monatschr. f. arztl. Polytech., Berl., 1906, xxviii, 25-28—Trexophyton (The) truss. [Edit.] Lancet, Lond., 1901, ii, 1505.— Vance (A. P. M.) The use and abuse of trusses. Internat. J. Surg., N. Y., 1893, vi, 163.—Wagner. Ueber WSrner. Bruchband ohne Feder. Aerztl. Polytech , Berl., 1904,xxvi, 145-147. Also: Med.Cor.-Bl.d.wurttemb arztl. Ver., Stuttg., 1904, lxxiv, 519. Also: Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1904, xxx, 1276.—Wolfer- niann (H.) Leistenbruchband. Centralbl. f. Chir. Leipz., 18%, xxiii, 345-354. Trusses (Patent specifications for). Abee (E.) Cardiac truss. No. 775,342; Nov. 22,1904— Abraham (G. C.) Truss. No. 822,811; June 5, 1906.- Adanis(J.U.) Truss. No. 550,811; Dec. 3, 1895. ----- ™ Si vY'- *$•¥&,Sept 29' 1896- ----• Truss- No- 715,331; Lhic. 9, 1902. ----- Hernial truss. No. 737,051- Trusses (Patent specifications for). Aug. 25, 1903. -----. Truss. No. 745,311; Dec L 1908.— Allen (W. H.) Truss. No. 1,000,481; Aug. 15, 1911.— Allshouse (F. B.) Hernial truss. No. 792,305; June 13,1905.—Anderson (.1. A.) Truss. No. 894,095; July 21,1908— Appley (H. V.) Truss. No. 578.184; March 2, 1897.—Arnhold(R.) Hernial truss. No. 694,599; March 4, 1902—Arnold (G. \V.) Truss pad. No. 960,481; June 7, 1910.—Baer (J.) Truss attachment for corsets. No. 840,285; Jan. 1, 1907.—Bain (J.) Truss. No. 647,551; April 17, 1900.—Ballon (H. G.) Truss. No. 968,728; Aug. 30, 1910.—Banning (E. P.), jr. Improvement in trusses. No. 125,431; April 9,1872.-----. Improvement in trusses. No. 125,475; March 12, 1872.—Barlow (A. P.) Hernial truss. No. 648,334; April 24,1900.-----.Truss. No. 823,500; June 19,1906.—Barnes (J.) Truss. No. 1,033,147; July 23, 1912.—Barnes (J. D.) Improvement in trusses. No. 128,779; July 9,1872.—Bathrlck (E. R.) Truss-pad. No. 881,218; March 10, 1908.-----. Truss-pad. No. 881,219; March 10,1908.—Becker (H.) Hernial truss. No. 645,059; March 13, 1900.—Beck with (T.) Hernial truss. No. 733,124; July 7,1903.—Bedson (A.) Hernial truss. No. 646,723; April 3,1900.—Beiden (M.B.) Truss. No. 647,935; April 24, 1900.—Bell (F. R.) Truss. No. 665,592; Aug. 11,1896.—Bell(G.W.) Truss. No. 515,948: March6,1894. -----. Hernial truss. No. 684,393; Oct. 8, 1901. -----. Truss. No.934,130; Sept. 14,1909.—Benner(H.L.) Sup- porting belt or truss. No. 960,787; Aug. 9, 1912. —Beyer (K.) Hernial truss. No. 690,094; Dec. 31, 1901. —Bol- linger (A.) Truss. No. 624,902; May 16,1899.—Boom- hower (E. E.) Truss. No. 519,882; May 15, 1894.— Booth (T.W.) Truss. No. 603,004; April 26,1898. -----. Truss. No. 780,226; June 9, 1903. — Bradford (J.W.) Truss. No. 647,372; April 10, 1900. —Briekner (J.) & Herr (A. S.) Truss. No. 717,639; April 3, 1894. -----. Truss. No. 566,738; Sept. 1,1896.—Brisky (D.) Hernial truss-pad. No. 718.421; Jan. 13, 1903. — Brochl (V.) Hernial bandage or truss. No. 715,010; Dec. 2, 1902.— Brooks (C. E.) Hernial truss. No. 682,236; Sept. 10, 1901.— Brooks (M. B.) Truss. No. 736,356; Aug. 18, 1903. —Browne (R. W.) Hernial truss. No. 655,601; Aug. 7,1900. —Brownell (W. F.) Hernial-truss sup- port. No. 670,530; March 26, 1901. — Bunker (J. W.) Hernial truss. No. 674,598; May 21, 1901. -----. Hernial truss. No. 861,257; July 30, 1907. -----. Hernial truss. No. 948,305; Feb. 8,1910. -----. Hernial truss. No.948,306; Feb. 8, 1910. -----. Hernial truss. No. 948,307; Feb. 8, 1910.— Butler (W. H.) Truss. No. 666,375; Jan. 22, 1901. —Campbell (J. H.) Truss. No. 622,822: June 6, 1906.—€arr(C. H.) Improvement in trusses. No. 139,791; Aug. 27,1872.—Cartwright (R.) Truss. No. 1,035,417; Aug. 13, 1912. — Chamberlain (B.) Surgical truss. No. 724,809; April 7, 1903. — Chapman (C. H. ) & Goodhue (W. S.) Truss. No. 522,967; July 17, 1894. Chesterman (J. H.) & Chesterman (D. L.) Her- nial truss. No. 705,821; July 29, 1902. — Christodule (J.) Hernia truss. No. 923,625; June 1, 1909.—(lark ( E. H. G. ) Truss. No. 603,126; April 26, 1898. — Clindinin (W. W.) Truss. No. 935,777; Oct. 5,1909.— Close-Erson (W. R.) Truss. No. 641,372; Jan. 16, 1900.—Cluthe (C.) Truss. No. 495,305; April 11, 1893. -----. Truss. No. 536.718; April 2, 1895. -----. Truss. No. 563,449; July 7, 1896.—Colves (C.) Truss. No. 556,620; March 17, 1896.—Cooke (A. C.) Truss. No. 815,682; March 20, 1906. -----. Truss. No. 910,504; Jan. 19, 1909.—Corbett (J. A.) Hernial truss. No. 695,377; March 11, 1902.—Cranson (G. S.) Truss-pad. No. 499.823; June 20, 1893.—Crater (F.) Truss. No. 834,712; Oct. 30, 1906.—Crolius (F. M.) Hernial truss. No. 760,615; May 24, 1904— Cromble ( W.) Truss. No. 893,146; July 14,1908.— CruiT(J. F.) Combined abdomi- nal supporter and truss. No. 922.859; May 26,1909.—Cul- 11s (J. M.) Truss. No. 618,334; Jan. 24, 1899. -----. Truss. No. 641,845; Jan. 23, 1900. -----. Pad for trusses. No. 868,971; Oct. 22, 1907.—Danz ( W.) Truss, No. 500,739; July4,1893.—Dassori(F.) Truss. No. 1,049,813; Jan. 7,1913.—Davidson (A. J.) Truss-pad. No. 655,206; Aug. 7,1900.—Bavis (L. H.) Truss. No. 877,986; Feb. 4,1908.—Bay (J. D.) Hernial truss. No. 660,368; Oct. 23; 1900— Dekersen (J.) Truss. No. 533,214; Jan. 29, 1895.—Belorriers (C.) Hernial truss. No. 684,199; Oct. 8, 1901.—Demaree (H. C.) & Eckhart (W. C.) Truss. No. 674,645; May 21,1901.—Dennis (D.D.) Truss. No. 608,444; Aug. 2, 1898. -----. Truss. No. 65a,846; Oct. 16, 1900.—Derr (G. W.) Hernial truss. No. 698,264; April 22, 1902.— Deuther (L. A.) Truss. No. 648,630; Oct. 29,1895. -----. Truss. No. 655,961; Aug. 14, 1900.— Dewees (W. B.) Bodv-brace. No. 719,311; Jan. 27, 1903.—Doane (R.) Truss. No. 742,608; Oct. 27, 1903.— Donnelly (S. A.) Truss. No. 828,022; Aug. 7, 1906.— Donovan (C.) Truss-pad. No. 640,454; Jan. 2, 1900.— -----. Attachment for trass-pads. No. 675,821; June 4, 1901.—Douds (B. J.) Truss for ruptures. No. 763,684; March 1, 1904.—Dugger (J. T.) Hernial truss. No. 588,964; Aug. 31, 1897.—Eagon (H.) Truss. No. 820,853; May 15, 1906.— Eggleston (C. H.) Improvement in trusses. No. 135,638; Feb, 11, 1873.—Ehrlch (A. J. F.) Scrotal truss. No. 1,011,418; Dec. 12, 191L—Elvlns (W. A.) Improvement in trusses. No. 129,117; July 16,l*/2.— TRUSSES. 513 TRUSSES. Trusses (Patent specifications for). Eiueis (H. T.) Hernial truss. No. 675,131; May 28, 1901.—Fancher (G.) Hernial truss. No. 657,404, Sept. 4, 1900.—Fancher (S. C.) Truss. No. 623,207; April, 1899.—Fandrey (J.) Truss. No. 550,493; Nov. 26,189a.— -----. Truss. No. 660,895; Oct. 30,1900.—Farlelgb (G. M.) Truss. No. 812,031; Feb. 6,1906.—Fehr (H.) Her- nial truss. No. 650,714; May 29,1900.—Fette (F.) Truss. No. 598,177; Feb. 1, 1898.—Flok (W. L.) Truss. No. 630,206; Aug. 1, 1899. — Fielding (W.) Truss. No. 803,476; Oct. 31, 1905.—Flower (J. M.) Truss. No. 614,612; Nov.22,1898.—Foley (D.T.) Truss. No. 752,445; Feb. 16, 1904.—Follansbee (F. J.) Self-conforming anatomical truss. No. 1,044,169; Nov. 12,1912.—Fosgate iD.C.) Truss pad or cushion. No. 947,551; Jan. 25,1910.— ?redin (P.) Truss. No. 504,158; Aug. 29, 1893. -----. Truss. No. 571,969; Nov. 24, 1896. -----. Hernial truss. No. 699,797; May 13, 1902.—Freel (J. S. E.) Truss. No. 909,077; Jan. 5, 1909. -----. Cushioning device for truss- frames and the like. No. 943,244; Dec. 14,1909.—Oar son (H. H.) Hernial truss. No. 698,270; April 22, 1902 — Garver (D. L.) Pile-truss. No. 655,618; Aug. 7, 1900.— Gerard (G. L.) Truss. No. 790,359; May 23. 1905.— Gerhardt (H. H.) Truss. No. 675.208; Mav 2M, 1901.— Gierasch (E. S.) Truss. No. 580,042; April 6, 1897.— Gregory (G. W.) Improvement in trusses. No. 138,610; May 6.1873. -----. Improvement in trusses. No. 146,448; Jan. 13,1874.—Groves (J. F.) Improvement in trusses. No. 142,337; Sept. 2, 1873. — Habenicht (J.) Truss. No. 886,599; May 5, 1908.—Hage (F. J.), sr. Hernial truss. No. 671,999; April 16. 1901. -----. Hernial truss. No. 716,221; Dec. 16, 1902.—Ha Howell (M. O'B.) Ad- justable truss. No. 75s.410; April 26, 1904.—Harding (G. R.) Truss. No. 9^3,691; April 5, 1910.—Hardy (S. A. D.) Truss. No. 61ti.319; Dec. 20, 1898.—Harkinson (J. L.) &Holliday (H. A.) Truss. No. 621,078; March 14, 1899— Harrington (W. H.) Truss. No. 627,807; June 27,1899.—Harris (J.) Truss. No. 749,555; Jan. 12, 1904.—Hartwig (E.) Truss. No. 1,034,793; Aug. 6, 1912.—Hessels (A.) Truss. No. 513,681; Jan. 30,1894 — Higbee (E. VV.) Improvement in trusses. No. 141,220; July 29, 1873—Hill (C. E.) Truss. No. 540,312; June 4, 1895.—Hobson ( W. S.) Truss. No. 789,733; May 16, 1905.—Hogeland (I.) Improvement in contracting truss-hoops. No. 149,933; April 21, 1874—Hogle (J. C.) & Meyer ( A.) Rupture appliance. No. 948,627; Feb. 8, 1910.—Hopkins (J. A.) Truss. No. 504,837; Sept. 12, 1893.—Horn (J. J.) Truss. No. 795,130; July 18, 1905.— Horn (W. H.), jr. Truss-pad. No. 847,775; March 19, 1907.—House (G. R.) Hernial truss. No. 714,305; Nov. 25, 1902.—House (G. V.) Truss-pad. No. 593,473; Nov. 9, 1897. -----. Truss. No. 593,474; Nov. 9, 1897. -----. Hernial crass. No. 682,936; Sept. 17, 1901. -----. Hernial truss. No. 688,734; Dec. 10, 1901. -----. Tru-s. No. 818,446; April 24, 1906.— Hovey (E.) &i Black (M. M.) Truss. No. 818,888; April 24, 1906.—Howe (H.) Improvement in trusses. No. 161,233; March 23.1x75.—Huffman (D. E.) Hernial truss. No. 694,751; March 4, 1902—Mull (N. Y.) Truss. No. 579,235; March 23, 1897.—Hummel (R.) Hernial truss. No. 691,143; Jan. 14,1902.— Hunter (A.) Hernial truss. No. 693,606; Feb. 18, 1902.—Hyatt (E. E.) Colot- omy-trass. No. 838,334; Dec. 11, 1906.—Ide (S.) Truss. No. 688,578; Aug. 24, 1897.—Jackson (F. E.) Hernial truss. No. 675,006; Mav 28,1901.—Jasper (M. E.) Truss. No. 724,014; March 31, 1903.—Jenson (C. A.) Truss. No. 908,998; Jan. 5, 1909.—Johnson (A. E.) Truss-pad. No. 776,914; Dec. 6, 1904.—Johnson (H. M.) Hernial truss. No. 655.365; Aug. 7, 1900.— Johnson (I. E.) Truss. No. 646,579; April 3, 1900.—Johnston (J. A.) Rupture-truss. No. 1,018,113; Feb. 20,1912.—Jones (N.j Improvement in trusses. No. 119,233; Sept. 26, 1871.— -----. Improvement in trusses. No. 127,889; June 11, 1872. -----. Improvement in trusses. No. 127,889; reis- sued Jan. 27,1874. -----. Improvement in trusses. No. 127,890; June 11,1872. -----. Improvement in truss-pads. No. 136,735; March 11, 1873. -----. Improvement in hernial trusses. No. 155,030; Sept. 15, 1874. —Jones (W.) Truss. No. 1,005,978; Oct. 17, 1911.—Kainpf (J. F. ) Hernial truss. No. 658,989; Oct. 2, 1900.— Kaseler (P.) Trass. No. 844,137; Feb. 12, 1907.— Kayser (J. W.) Truss. No. 977,098; Nov. 29, 1910.— Keil (J. C.) Hernial truss. No. 658,651; Sept. 25, 1900.—Kellogg (E. A.) Truss. No. 619,185; Feb. 7, 1899.—Kenyon (C. E.) Hernial truss. No. 713,450; Nov. 11, 1902.— King (F.) Truss. No. 792,424; June 13, 1905.—Klug (A. A.) Truss. No. 943,685; Dec. 21, 1909.— Knapp (J. R.) Truss-pad frame. No. 623,375; April 18, 1899.—Knox (J. R.) Truss. No. 1,005,043; Oct. 3,1911.— Lacy (B. F.) Abdominal supporter and truss. No. 772,105; Oct. 11, 1904. — Lander (J. P.) Truss. No. 554,825; Feb. 18, 1896.—Lane (F. A.) Truss. No. 905,890; Dec. 8, 1908—Lange (W.) Truss. No. 966,221; Aug. 2, 1910.—Lee (J. E.) Fastening device for truss-pads. No. 756,122; March 29, 1904. -----. Truss. No. 760,217; May 17,1904.—Le Hardy (J. C.) Hernial truss. No. 699,095; April 29, 1902.—Lennox ( W.) Truss. No. 910,004; Jan. 19,1909.—Le Seur (W. F.) Truss. No. 606,465; June 28, vol xviii, 2d series---33 Trusses (Patent specifications for). 1898. — Lethcrt (A.) Improvement in trusses. No. 148,718; March 17,1874.—Leverone (J.) Surgical truss. No. 816,867; April 3, 1906— Lindman (B.) Truss. No. 769,952,Sept. 13,1904.—Loewy (A.) Rupture truss. No. 1,040,574; Nov. 26, 1912. — Loewy (H.) Hernia-truss. No. 732,361; June 30, 1903. -----. Truss for umbilical her- nia. No. 1,048,553; Dec. 31, 1912.—Lorenz (P. A.) Her- nial-truss pad. No. 721,812; March 3,1903.—Love (C. A.) & Turner (J. P.) Truss. No. 1,019,501; March 5,1912.— LuglnbUhl(B.M.) Truss. No. 501,796; July 18,1893.— McEU'resk (F. P.) Hernial truss. No. 746,872; Dec. 15, 1903.—MeEwen (P. C.) & Young (F. W.) Hernial truss-pad. No. 1,023,435; April 16, 1912—McGregor (R. R.) Truss. No. 910,303; Jan. 19, 1909. — McKague (J. H.) Hernial truss. No. 707,619; Aug. 26, 1902.— McKay (D.) Truss. No. 1,026,758; May 21, 1912.— McKay (F. CD.) Truss. No. 870,519; Nov. 5, 1907.— Macdonald (M. M.) Improvement in trusses. No. 154,556; Sept. 1, 1874.—Madden (P.) Hernial truss. No. 645,901; March 20, 1900.—Makepeace (F.) Truss. No. 949,543; Feb. 15, 1910. — Marsh (J. B.) Im- provement in truss-pads. No. 119,379; Sept. 26, 1871.— Martin (T.E.) Truss. No. 862,837; Aug. 6, 1907. -----. Truss. No. 958,267; May 17, 1910.—Matuchet(F.) Pad for hernial belts. No. 721,963; March 3, 1903.—Mayer (£.) &Strahlmann (E.) Truss. No. 909,435; Jan. 12, 1909.—Medbury (C. B.) Truss. No. 616,196; Dec. 20, 1898.—Meine (F.) Hernial truss. No. 880,681; March 3, 1908—Meissl (I. ) Truss. No. 907,263; Dec. 22, 1908.—Menas (A.) Truss. No. 788,663; May 2, 1905.— Merck (T.M.) Truss. No.537,122; April9,1895. -----. Truss. No. 1,031,724; July 9, 1912.—Middaugh (W. M.) Hernial truss. No. 677,879; July 9, 1901.-Miller (W. S.) Truss. No. 659,685; Oct. 16, 1900.— Milligan (M. W.) Truss. No. 880,559; March 3, 1908.—Molz (C.) Truss. No. 925,645; June 22,1909.— Molyneux (F. L.) Truss. No. 772,664; Oct. 18,1904.—Morris (H.B.) Truss. No. 765,293; July 19, 1904.—Nagler (R.) Truss. No. 522,764; July 10,1894.— Nerenz (H.) Truss. No. 615,491; Dec. 6, 1898.—Ninis (F. O.) Truss. No. 843,168; Feb. 5, 1907.—-Norris (C. P.) Hernia-truss. No. 754,386; March 8,1904.—O'Conor (E. J.) Truss. No. 712,711. Nov. 4, 1902.—Oliver (Z.) Truss. No. 631,658. Aug. 22,1899.— O'Malley (T.) Truss. No. 616,958; Jan. 3, 1899. -----. Truss. No. 820,728; May 15, 1906.—Oxford (W. F.) Truss and like surgical appliance. No. 917,113. April 6, 1909— Parker (E. H.) Truss. No. 862,193; Aug. 6, 1907.—Payne (W.) Adjustable pliable truss. No. 713,143; Nov. 11, 1902. — Pearson (R. I.) Truss. No. 566,530; Aug. 25,1896.—Pease (I. M.) Truss pad. No. 943,843; Dec. 2,1909.—Pell (H.W.) Abdominal truss. No. 718,149; Jan. 13, 1903.—Pence (C.) Truss. No. 963,469; Julv 5, 1910.—Person (N.) No. 610,202; Sept. 6. 1898.— Peters (W. D.) Head-truss. No. 841,714; Jan. 22, 1907. — Pielffer (J. W.) Truss. No. 567,997; Sept. 22, 1896. — Phelan (E.) Truss. No. 1,047,116; Dec. 10, 1912. — Phillis (S. H.) Truss. No. 738,842; Sept. 15, 1903. -----. Hernial trass. No. 743,187; Nov. 3, 1903.— Plum (D. S.) Umbilical trass. No. 649,646; May 15, 1900. — Poindexter (W. E.) Pile truss. No. 1,040,404; Oct. 8, 1912. — Pomeroy (D.) Improve- ment in trusses. No. 129,424: July 16, 1872. -----. Im- provement in trusses. No. 137,387; April 1,1873. ----. Truss. No. 505,228; Sept. 19, 1893. — Pomeroy (D.) & Pomeroy (W.) Improvement in trusses. No. 199,917; June 17,1873. — Pomeroy (W.) Improvement in her- nial pads. No. 118,483; Aug. 19,1871. -----. Improvement in truss-springs. No. 131,560; Sept. 24, 1872.—Prange (H. T.) Truss. No. 721,603; Feb. 24.1903.—Kaitton (J.) Truss. No. 831,709; June 23,1903.—Rash (H. C.) Truss. No. 503,000; Aug. 8, 1893. -----. Umbilical truss. No. 655,008; July 31,1900. -----. Umbilical trass. No. 655,514; Aug. 7, 1900. — Keid (D.) Truss. No. 540,110; May 28, 1895. — Remine (J. Q. A.) Truss. No. 890,452; June 9, 1908. —Bice (W. S.) Truss. No. 523,844; July 31, 1894. -----. Hernial truss. No. 741,929; Oct. 20, 1903.— Rich- mond (C. M.) Truss. No. 666,700; Aug. 25, 1896.— Riggs (J. W. ) Improvement in truss-springs. No. 22,674; reissued Oct. 10,1871.-----. Improvement in truss- springs. No. 136,387; March 4,1873.— Kilter (S. S.) Im- provement in trusses. No.120,537; Oct.31,1871.—Roberts (R.R.) Truss. No.641,547; Jan.16,1900.—Roedel (H.H.) Improvement in brace-trusses. No. 145,014; Nov.25,1873.— Rostcl(C. B.) Truss. No. 517,194; March 27, 1894.— Ropers (L.) Hernial truss. No. 688,695; Dec. 10,1901.— Ross(V. C.) Truss-pad. No. 760,253; May 17, 1904.— Rowe (J. L.) Improvement in, trusses. No. 133,667; Dec. 3,1872. -----. Improvement in pads for pile-trusses. No. 144,145; Oct. 28,1875. -----. Improvement in trusses. No. 155,891; Oct. 13,1874.—Rowley (J. D.) Truss. No. 569,236; Oct. 13, 1896.—Sail It (J.) Truss. No. 842,252; Jan. 29,1907.- Sawyer (A. B. C.) Device for adjusting truss-pads. No. 658,467; Sept. 25, 1900.—Schiffer (J. N.) Hernial truss. No. 737,155; Aug. 25, 1903 —Schoevers (A. T. C.) Improvement in trusses. No. 140,168; June 24,1873.—Schramm (K. R.) Truss. No. 550,647; Dec. 3, 1895.—Schuppert (M.) Improvement in galvanic TRUSSES. 514 TRY ON. Trusses (Patent specifications for). trusses. No. 122.nl7: Jan. 23.'1*72.—Seaman (G. Q.) Trass. No. 872,v,i; Doc. 3, 1907.— Seeley (J. B.) Truss- pad. No. 747,247: P''C 1">. 1903.—SeriofF.) Truss. No. 800,407; Sept. 26, 1'.Hi.\—Kheehan (J. B.) Hernial truss. No. 738,879; July 11, l'.i03.— Shepard (S. R.) Combined body-brace and truss. No. 74*.426: Dec. 29,1903.—Sher- man (J. A.) Improvement in trusses. No. 55,724; reis- sued Jan. 2, 1872. -----. Improvement in trusses. No. 122,859; Jan. 16, 1872. -----. Improvement in trusses. No. 139,921',; June 17. 1873.—Sherman (J. H.) Hernial truss. No. 705,453; July 22, 1902.—Sherwood (B.) Im- provement in tru-ses. No. 44,226; reissued April 28, 1874 —Shields (W.) Improvement in anal trusses. No. 151,31S; Mav 26, 1*74.— Sliriver (H. B.) Truss. No. 533,675; Feb". 1. 1*95.—Sills (B. S,) Truss. No. 875,122; Dec. 31, 1907.—Simmons (J. M.) Truss. No. 767,718; Aug. 16, 1904.—Smith (J. M.) Truss. No. 546,355; feept. 17, 1895— Smith (L. A.) Truss. No. 531,343; Dec. 25, 1*94. -----. Hernial truss. No. 690,624; Jan. 7, 1902.— Smith (L. A.) & Smith (C.) Truss. No. 638,365; Dec. 5, 1899.—Smith (W. N.) Truss. No. 576,907; Feb. 9, 1897.—Smyth (M. B.) Hernial truss. No. 701,954; June 10, 1902. -----. Truss. No. 715,701; Dec. 9, 1902. -----. Truss. No. 808,697; Jan. 2,1906—Snead (J. W.) Truss. No. 523,753; July 31, 1894. —Speagh (C. D.) Truss. No.624,113; May2,1899.—Spelrs(A.) Truss. No.642,381; Jan. 30, 1900.—Spelling (T. C.) Truss. No. 697,032; April 8, 1902.—Spencer (W. C.) & Patrick (J. E.) Truss. No. 537,908; April 23, 1895— Stafford (J. F.) Truss. No. 530,973; Dec. 18,1894.-Stanley (T.H.) Truss. No. 940,622; Nov. 16,1909.—Starbuck (W. R.) Hernial truss. No. 579,845; March 30, 1*97—Stevens (T. J.) Truss. No. 920,683; Mav 4,19)9.—Stewart (E.) Umbili- cal truss. No. 551,237; Dec. 10,1895.—Stewart (G. H.) & IVlteman (A. L.) Hernial truss. No. 703,095; June 24, 1902.—Stewart (L. A.) Hernial truss. No. 703,847; July 1, 1902.—Stockton (J. K.) Truss. No. 801,556; Oct. 10. 1905.—Stuart (F.J.) Hernia support. No. 917,376; April 6, 1909.—Sublett (S. H.) Truss. No. 869,203; Oct. 22, 1907— Tarrant (J. M.) Hernial truss. No. 648,368; April 24,1900.— Tirrill (O.) & De Bevoise (A.) Trass. No. 731,141; June 16, 1903.—Tucker (S.) Truss-pad. No. 603,932; May 10, 1*98.—Turner (C. R.) Hernial truss. No. 729,017; Mav 26, 1903.—Turner (M. H.) Truss. No. 1,035,500; Aug. 13, 1912— Verniaud (C ) Truss. No. 528,046; Oct. 23, 1*94—Vescelus (G. A.) Truss. No. 623,581; April 25,1899.—Volkmer (E.) Truss for ruptures. No. 1,016,531; Feb. 6,1912—Wagner (W.) Cushion for hernia-trusses. No. 826,073; July 17, 1906.— AVakemail (A.) Truss. No. 932,074; Aug. 24, 1909.— Walbrldge(H.L.) Truss. No. 601,551; July 18,1893.— Ware (E. O.) & Williams (J. B.) Truss. No. 545,640; Sept. 3, 1895.-----------. Truss. No. 574,467; Jan. 6, 1897.—Washburn (H. A.) Improvement in trusses. No. 156,050; Oct. 20,1874.—Washburn (W. H.) Truss for hernia. No. 817,600; April 10,1906.—Week (C.) &Weck(F.) Hernia-truss. No. 735,325; Aug. 4,1903.— Well (A.) Truss. No. 546,949; Sept. 24, 1895.—Wet- more (W. C.) Truss. No. 509,637; Nov. 28, 1893. ----- Truss-pad. No. 718,408; Jan. 13,1903.—Wheeler (F. A.) Truss. No. 522,952; July 10, 1894.—Wlndisch (J. H.) Truss. No. 906,350; Dec. 8, 1908.—Wolfe rin aim (H ) Truss. No. 594,307; Nov. 23, 1897.—Woodward (T H ) Trass. No. 659,773; Sept. 7, 1897.—Yost (A.) Truss No. 603,223; Aug. 15, 1893,-Young (A.) Rupture-truss. No. 900,250; Oct. 6, 1908. -Young (J.) Truss. No 533,773; Feb. 5, 1895. Truth. Dewey (J.) The dilemma of the intellectualist theory of truth. J. Philos., Psychol, [etc.], Lancaster Pa., & N. Y., 1909, vi, 433— Lalande (A.) L'idee de vente. Rev. phil., Par., 1911, lxxi, 1-26.—Schmidt (K ) Heinrich Hertz's theory of truth: a contribution to cri- tique of cognition. Monist, Chicago, 1910, xx, 445-454 — Snellman (J. W.) The "meaning" and "test" of truth. Mind, Lond., 1911, n. s., xx, 235-242. Truth (The) about cigarettes. Papers read and discussed by the Medico-Legal Society of New York. 21 1. 12°. New York, 1897-8. Repr.from: Med.-Leg. J., N. Y., 1897-8, xiv. Truth (The) about the Royal Army Medical Corps. See "Justice." Truth (The) concerning vivisection. 16 pp. 8° Aurora, III., 1897. Trullis and their reception, considered in rela- tion to the doctrine of homoeopathy; to which are added various essays on the principles and statistics of homoeopathic practice. 2 p. 1 251 pp. 8°. London, S. Highley, 1849. Truth* about whiskv. vii, 103 pp., 4 pl 8° London, S. Share dc Co., 1878. Truths—continued. -----. Thesame. 2. ed. vi, 103 pp., 5 1., 4 pl. 8°. London, Sutton, Sharpe d-, Co., 1879. Trutie de Vaucresson (Emile). See de Vaucresson (E. T.). Trutovski (Yakov Yakovlevich) [1867- ]. K ucheniyu o tiziologicheskom dlelstvii chastikh elektricheskikh udarov na serdtse, nervi i mus- kuli. [A study of the physiological action of frequent electric shocks upon the heart, nerves, and muscles.] 1 p. 1., 309 pp., 10 diag., 1 pl. 8°. Kharkov, A. Darre, 1897. Repr.from: Trudi Kharkovsk. med. Obsh., 1896, i. Truyck (Martinus). Disp. tertia de membranis in genere; ac speciatim de membrana carnosa ac musculorum propria; itemque de musculis in genere ac speciatim abdominis. 4 1. sm. 4°. Groningx, [E. Agricola, 1652]. -----. Disp. quarta de peritonseo, omento, me- aentertio et pancreate. 51. sm. 4°. Groningse, sm. 4°. Groningse, E. Agricola, 1652. Bound with his: Disputatio tertia [1652]. Tr uzzi (Ettore). Per la riabilitazione della sin- fisiotomia. 28 pp. roy. 8°. Milano, 1892. -----. L'operazione cesarea; Porro. 31, ccxliv pp., port. roy. 8°. Roma, 1901. Tryal (The) between J. G. Biker, plaintiff, and Mr. Morley, doctor of physic, defendant, for criminal conversation with the plaintiff's wife; on Tuesday, the 30th of June, at Guildhall, London. 26 pp. 8°. London, J. Huggonson, 1741. y Tryde ([Just Adam] Christian) [1834- ]. Aarsberetninger angaaende Sundhedstilstanden i Kj0benhavn for 1886-94. [Annual reports on the health of . . .] roy. 8°. Kj0benhavn, 1887-95. -----. Sindssygdom og strafskyld for dansk domstol. [Insanity and crime before the Dan- ish courts.] 1 p. 1., 158 pp., 1 1. 8°. K0ben- ham, V. Tryde, 1901. Trye (Charles Brandon) [1757-1811], Power (D'A.) [Biography.] Diet. Nat. Biog., Lond., 1899, lvii, 271. Trygg-Helenius (Alii) & Ho I cuius (Matti). Larobok om alkohol. Till tjiinst vid skolunder- visning, med 13 teckningar och ett forord af prof. Curt Wallis. [Textbook on alcohol. For use in schools, with 13 cuts and an introduction by Prof. Curt Wallis.] 8°. Stockholm, Halso- vannen, [1903]. Trygonidae. See, also, Stingray. Peck (L. A.) Notes on stingray wounds. Gulf States J. M. & S. [etc.], Mobile, 1909, xv, 705-708. de Tryniszewski (Stanislaw) [1875- ]. * Versuch iiber die Bedeutung des Asparagins fiir die Erniihrung des Kalbes. 30 pp., 11. ~8°. Halle, 1898. Tryon. (warrigues (H. J.) Tryon, N. O, as a climatic re- sort. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1905, lxviii, 860, Tryon [pseudon.]. See Rowbotham (S.). Tryou (James Rufns) [1837-1912]. Obituary. Boston M. & S. J., 1912, clxvi, 510. Tryon (Thomas) [Philotheos Physiol- ogus [pseud.]] [1634-1703]. A treatise of cleanness in meats and drinks, of the prepara- tion of food, the excellency of good airs, and the benefits of clean sweet beds; also of the gen- eration of bugs, and their cure. To which is added, a short discourse of the pain in the teeth, TRYON. 515 TRYPANOSOMA. Tryon (Thomas)—continued. shewing from what cause it does chiefly pro- ceed, and also how to prevent it. 21 pp. 12°. London, L. Curtis, 1682. •-----. Wisdom's dictates; aphorisms and rules, physical, moral and divine, for preserving the health of the body, and the peace of the mind, fit to be regarded and practised by all that would enjoy the blessings of the present and future world; to which is added a bill of fare of seventy-five noble dishes of excellent food, far exceeding those made of fish or flesh, which banquet I present to the sons of wisdom, or such as shall decline that depraved custom of eating flesh and blood. 3 p. 1., 153 pp. 24°. Loudon, T. Salusbury, 1691. -----. The good tiouswife made a doctor, or, health'schoice and sure friend; beingaplain way of nature's own prescribing, to prevent and cure most diseases incident to men, women and chil- dren, by diet and kitchin-physick only; being an appendix to the book entitled "The way to health, etc.", or a further demonstration of the philosophy therein contained ; with some re- marks on the practice of physick and chymistry. 5 p. 1., 232 pp., 3 1. 24°. London, A. Sowle, [n. d.]. A treatise of dreams and visions, wherein the causes, natures and uses of nocturnal rep- resentations, and the communications both of good and evil angels, as also departed souls, to mankinde, are theosophically unfolded; that is according to the Word of God, and the har- mony of created beeings. To which is added a discourse of the causes, natures and cure of phrensie, madness or distraction. By Philo- theos Physiologus. 6. p. 1., 299 pp. 16°. [n. p., n. d.] For Biography, see Diet. Nat. Biog., Lond., 1899, lvii, 274-276 (T. Seccombe). Trypan-blue. Bl elitser (A. V.) K toksikologii trypanblau. Vest- nik obsh. vet., St. Petersb., 1912, xxiv, 272-274. — Vrij- burg (A.) Trvpanblauw in subcutane en intraveneuse injecties. Tijdschr. v. veeartsenijkunde, Utrecht, 1912, xxxix, 815. Trypanolysis. JLeger (A.) & Ringenbach (J.) Sur la specificite de la propriety trypanolytique des serums des animaux trvpanosom^s. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1912, lxxii, 267-269.—IWassaglia (A.) Des causes des crises trypanolvtiques et des rechutes qui les suivent. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1907, cxiv, 687-689. -----. Studio degli anticorpi tripanolitici nelle cavie infetteda nagana e del loro eventuale passaggio dalla madre al neonato mediante 1' allattamento. Path. Riv. quindicin., Ge- nova, 1910-11, iii, 68-70.—Rodet (A.) & Vallet (G.) Sur la propriete trypanolytique du serum dans le nagana experimental. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1907, cxiv, 1225-1227. Also: Caducee, Par., 1907, vii, 313. — Sevin. Sur l'action trypanolytique du serum de rat. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1905, lix, 122. Trypanoplasma. Alexeleff(A.) Formes de passage entre le genre Bodo Ehrenberg et le genre Trypanoplasma Laveran et Mesnil. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1909, lxvii, 649- 651. -----. Quelques remarques a propos de la specificite parasitaire; sur le veritable nom de Cryptobia ^Try- panoplasma) intestinalis et sur celui du trypanosome pa- thogene des mammiferes; quelques autres questions de synonvmie chez lesprotozoaires. Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1912, xli, 17-37. — Brumpt (E.) Experiences relatives du mode de transmission des trypanosomes et des trypano- plasmes par les hirudinees. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1906,lxi,77-79.—Elmhirst(R) & Martin (C. H,) On a trypanoplasma from the stomach of the conger eel (Conger niger). Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1910, xxxv, 475-477 — Friedrich (L.) Ueber Bau und Naturgeschichte des Trvpanoplasma helicis Leidy. Arch. f. Protistenk., Jena, 1909, xiv, 363-395. — Hesse (E.) Trypanoplasma vagi- nalis n. sp., parasite du vagin de la sangsue. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1910, cli, 504.—Jollos (V.) Bau und Vermehrung von Trvpanoplasma helicis. Arch. f. Protistenk., Jena, 1910, xxi, 103-110,1 pl. — Keysselitz Trypanoplasma. (G.) Generations- und Wirtswechsel von Trypanoplasma borreli Laveran et Mesnil. Ibid., 1906, vii, 1-74.—Leger (L.) Sur la morphologie du trypanoplasma des vairons. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1904, exxxviii, 824. -----. Sur la structure et les affinit6s des trypanoplasmes. Ibid., 856-859. -----. Trypanoplasma varium, n. sp., parasite du sang de Cobitis barbatula L. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1904, lvii, 345-347.-----. Sur la presence d'un Trypanoplasma intestinal chez les poissons. Ibid., 1905, lviii,511-513.—JUartin (C. H.) Observations on Trypa- noplasma congari. Part I. The division of the active form. Quart. J. Micr. Sc, Lond., 1910, lv, 485-496,1 pl.— I'lchn (Marianne). Trypanoplasma cyprini nov. sp. Arch. f. Protistenk., Jena, 1903-4, iii, 175-180, 1 pl.— Walker (B. L.) Trypanoplasma ranee n. sp. and its life-cvele in cultures. J. Med. Research, Bost., 1910, xxiii, 391-406,1 pl. Trypanosoma. See, also, Leishman's bodies; Schizotrypa- num; Surra; Trypanosomiasis; Trypanoso- miasis (Causes, etc., of). Fehlandt (0. F. H.) * Untersuchungen iiber Trypanosomen. 8°. Leipzig, 1911. Fischer (W. 0. E.) * Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Trypanosomen. 8°. Leipzig, 1911. Liverpool School of Tropical Medicine. Me- moir XIII. Report of the tripanosomiasis expe- dition to the Congo, 1903-4, of the Liverpool School of Tropical Medicine and Medical Para- sitology, by J. E. Dutton, J. S. Dodd, and C. Christi. With a comparison of the trypano- somes of Uganda and the Congo Free State, by H. W. Thomas and S. T. Linton. And a note on tsetse-flies, by E. E. Austen. 4°. London, 1904. Royal Society [of London]. Sleeping Sick- ness Bureau. Bibliography of trypanosomiasis. Compiled by C. A. Thimm. 8°. London, 1909. ------. Subject-index to the ... 8°. Lon- don, 1910. Alexeleff(A.) Notes sur les Herpetomonadidse ( = Trypanosomidae Doflein 1911). Arch, de zool. exper. et gen. Notes et rev., Par., 1912, ix, 29-37.— Rertarelli (E.) Le recenti scoperte intorno ai tripanosomi. Riv. d' ig. e san. pubb., Torino, 1904, xv, 361-372.— Blacklock (B.) The vitality of, and changes undergone by, trypanosomes in the cadaver of the animal host. Ann. Trop. M. & Para- sitol., Liverp., 1912-13, vi, 55-68, 1 pl.—Blanchard (L.-F.) Sur la phylogenie des trypanosomes. Dauphin6 med., Grenoble, 1905, xxix, 32-34.—Rose (F.-J.) Re- cherches sur la structure et l'appareil nucleaire des try- panosomes. Arch. f. Protistenk., Jena, 1904, v, 40-77.— Bruce (D.) & Bateman (H. R.) Have trypanosomes an ultra-microscopical stage in their life-history? Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond., 1908, s. B., lxxx, 394-398. Also: J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond., 1909, xii, 1-7. Also: J. Trop. Vet. Sc, Calcutta, 1909, iv, 181-188.—Bruce (.Sir D.), Harvey (D.) [etal.]. The morphology of Trypanosoma simiae, sp. nov. Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond., 1912, lxxxv, s. B., 477-481,1 pl.—Brumpt (E.) Contribution a l'Stude de 1'evolution des hemogregarines et des trypanosomes. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1904, lvii, 165-167.-----. Sur quelques particularity morphologiquesetphysiologi- quesdes trypanosomes (perte du flagelle et formation de pigments divers). Bull.socpath.exot.,Par.,1910,iii,366.— By loflf"( K.) Studien iiber Trypanozoon Lewisii und Bru- cei. Sitzungsb. d. k. Akad. d. Wissensch. Math.-naturw. Kl., Wien, 1907, cxvi,3. Abt., 27-88,3 pl.— Carini(A.) Die pathogenen Trypanosomen des Menschen und der Tiere. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte,Basel,1904, xxxiv,392-396.-----. Ueber Schizogonien bei Trypanosomen. Arch. f. Protis- tenk., Jena, 1911,xxiv,80-83.—Cartaya (J.T.) Tripanoso- masyespirilos. Rev.demed.tr6p.,Habana, 1904,v, 155-161, 2pl.—Ohatton (E.) & Alilaire (E.) Coexistence d'un Leptomonas (Herpetomonas) et d'un Trypanosoma chez un muscide non vulnerant, Drosophila confusa Staeger. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1908, lxiv, 1004-1006.— Doflein (J.) Die Trypanosomen, ihre Bedeutung fiir Zoologie, Medizin und Kolonialwirtschaft. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1908, Leipz., 1909, 138-155.—Dutton (J. E.) & Todd (J. H.) Preliminary account of the investigations of the Liverpool Expedition to Senegambia (1902), with a note by H. E. Annett. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1903, i, 304—Ehrlich (P.) Ueber Trypa- nosomen. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1907, xxxix, Ref., 537-540. -----. Ueber die neuesten Ergebnisse auf dem Gebiete der Trvpanosomenforschung. Beihfte. z. Arch. f. Schiffs- u. Trbpenhyg., Leipz., 1909, xiii, 91-116.—Fischer (W.) Beitrag zur KenntnisderTry- TRYPANOSOMA. 516 TRYPANOSOMA. Try ypanosoma. panosomen. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infektionskrankh., Leipz., 1911, lxx, 93-103.—Franca (C.) Notes sur la biologie des trypanosomes. Arch, do r. Inst, bacteriol. Camara Pes- tana, Lisb., 1908, ii, 43-49.—Frank. Ueber Trypanoso- men. Ztschr. f. arztl. Fortbild., Jena, 1912, ix, 554-560.— Fry (W. B.) A preliminary note on the extrusion of granules by trypanosomes. Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond., 1911, s. B., lxxxiv, 79.—Cioebel (O.) Sur les proprietes os- motiques des trypanosomes. Ann. Soc. de med. de Gand, 1906, lxxxvi, 13-20.—Guiart (J.) Morphological considerations on the anterior extremity of the trypa- nosome. J. Trop. M., Lond., 1904, vii, 6-8. — Hlndle (E.) The inheritance of acquired characters in trypa- nosomes. Science Progr. 20. cent., Lond., 1911-12, vi, 687-697.—Keysselitz (G.) Leber Trypanophis grob- beni (Trypanosoma grobbeni Poche). Arch. f. Pro- tistenk., Jena, 1904, iii, 367-375. -----. Ueber die un- dulierende Membran bei Trypanosomen und Spirochii- ten. Ibid., 1907, x, 127-138, 1 pl. — Kleine ( F. K.) & Taute (M.) Erganzungen zu unseren Trypanosomen- studien. Arb. a. d. k. Gsndhtsamte, Berl., 1911, xxxi, 321- 376, 5 pl.—Kudlcke (R.) Beitrage zur Biologie der Trypanosomen. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1911, Ixi, Orig., 113-128.—Laveran (A.) Obser- vations . . . au sujet du rapport de R. Blanchard sur un travail de M. Brumpt. Bull. Acad.de m6d., Par.. 1904, 3. s., li, 523. -----. Au sujet de Trypanosoma dimorphon et de Trypanosoma congolense. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1910, iii, 518-521.—Laveran (A.) & mesnil (F.) Sur la morphologie et la systematique des flagell<5s a membrane ondulante (genres Trypanosoma Gruby et Trichomonas Donne). Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1901, cxxxiii, 131-137.-----------. Sur la nature centro- somique du corpuscle chromatique posterieur des try- panosomes. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1901, 11. s., iii, 329-331.—Leger (L.) Sur les hemoflagelles du Cobitis barbatula L. I. Trvpanosoma barbatulee n. sp. Ibid., 1904, lvii, 344. -----.' Sur les affinites de l'Her- petomonas subulata et la phylogenie des trypanosomes. Ibid., 615-617.—Liiistlg (A.) I protozoi quali cause di malattie; i tripanosomi. Tommasi, Napoli, 1905-6, i, 188-190.—da Luz f'arrascowa (P.) Trvpanosomas. Gaz. med. da Bahia, 1905-6, xxxvii, 166-174.—MacNeal (W. J.) The life history of Trypanosoma Lewisi and Trypanosoma Brueei. J. Infect. Dis., Chicago, 1904, i, 517-543, 7 pl. Also, Reprint.—Mesnil. Les trypano- somes et leur r61e pathogene. Arch, de med. nav., Par., 1901, lxxv, 273-295. — Miyashiina. [Ueber Trypano- soma. Uebers., 14. Hft. ] Mitt. d. med. Gesellsch. zu Tokyo, 1905, xix, 641-666.—Montgomery (R. E.) & Kinghorn (A.) On the nomenclature of mamma- lian trypanosomes observed in northwestern Rhodesia. Ann. Trop. M. & Parasitol., Liverp., 1908-9, ii, 333-344.— Moore (E. J.) Some observations pointing to an intra- corpuscular stage of development in the trvpanosome. Lancet, Lond , 1904, ii, 950.—New (A) trypanosome. [Edit.]. Ibid., 1909, i, 413.—Novy (F. G.) Trypano- somes. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1907, xlviii, 1-36.* Also, Reprint.—Novy (F. G.) & Knapp (R. S.) Isolation of trypanosomes from accompanying bacteria. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1906, n. s., xxiii, 208.—Ogawa. [Trypanosoma comatosum.] Tokyo Iji-Shinshi, 1906,225; 283,1 pl.—Ottolenghi (D.) Nuove ricerche sul Trypa- nosoma Brueei e sul Trypanosoma equinum. Monitore zool. ital., Firenze, 1908, xix, 29-38, 1 pl. Also, transl.: Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1908, xlvii, Orig., 473-483.—Persenaire (J. B.C.) Trypanosomen . . . und kein Ende. Med. Rev., Haarlem, 1909, ix, 649- 554.—Petrie (G. F.) Observations relating to the struc- ture and geographical distribution of certain trypano- somes. J. Hyg., Cambridge, 1905, v, 191-200.—Porter (Annie). Some remarks on the genera Crithidia, Herpetomonas and Trypanosoma. Parasitology, Cam- bridge, 1911, iv, 22. -----. Further remarks on the genera Crithidia, Herpetomonas and Trypanosoma and Dr. Woodcock's views thereon. Ibid., 154-163.— Prowazek (S.) Kritische Bemerkungen zum Trvpa- nosomenproblem. Arch. f.Schiffs-u. Tropen-Hyg.,Leipz 1909, xiii, 301-303. -----. Studien zur Lehre vom Ge- schlechtsdimorphismus der Trypanosomen. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1912, lxii, Orig., 269-283 2 pl— Rabinowitsch (Lydia) & Kempner (W.) Die Trypanosomen in der Menschen- und Tierpathologie sowie vergleichende Trypanosomenuntersuchuneen! ™e,n™b1L I Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1903, xxxiv, 804-822, 1 pl.—Robertson (Muriel). Studies on Ceylon hiematozoa. No. 1. The life cycle of Tripanosoma vit- tatae. Quart. J. Micr. Sc, Lond., 1908-9, liii, 665-695, 2 pl velopment of trypanosoma in cultures of the Cunnine- ham-Leishman-Donovan bodies of cachexial fever and kala-azar. Lancet. Lond., 1904, ii, 215. ----- On the de- velopment of flagellated organisms (trvpanosomes) from the spleen protozoic parasites of cachexial fevers and kala-azar. Quart. J. Micr. Sc, Lond., 1904-5, xlviii, 367- 377-1 pl.-Rosenbusch (F.) Kern und Kernteilung bei Trypanosomen und Halteridium. Vorlauflge Mittei- Trypanosoma. lung. Beihfte. z. Arch. f. Schiffs- u. Tropenhyg., Leipz., 1908,5. Hft., 147-155.-----. Trvpanosomenstudien. Arch. f.Protistenk.,Jena,1909,xv,263-296,3pl.-Ross(R.) Try- panosomesandthe Leishman-Donovan bodies. Brit.M. J., Lond., 1904, ii, 98.-,Ros*(R.) AMoore (J. E. S.) Note on the nucleus of trypanosomes. Ibid., 1907, i, 138.— Rou baud (E.) Phenomenes autogamiques chez les leptomonas et formes aftinds; valeur sexuelle autogame des formes trypanosomiennes des leptomonaded, et des formes leptomonadiennes des trypanosomes. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1911, lxxi, 602-605. —~. Phe- nomenes autogamiques et formes trypanosomiehues chez quelques flagelles de muscides afneains. IbM., 1912, lxxii, 652-554.—Rouget. Sang colore conteiftnt des trypanosomes Bull. Soc. d'anat. et phv.siol.de Bor- deaux, 1899, xx. 383.—Salvin-Moore (J. E.) & Breinl (A.) The cytology of the trypanosomes. Pt. 1. Ann. Trop. M. & Parasitol., Liverp., 1907, i, 441-480,6 pl. Icol.L— Sander (L.) Praktische Schlussfolgerungen aus den neusten Trypanosoma-Forschungen. Verhandl. d. Ge- sellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1903, Leipz., 1904, ii, 2. Hlfte., 503-506.—Sangiorgi (G.) Sulla fine struttura dei tripanosomi. Path. Riv. quindicin., Genova, 1909- 10, ii, 435.—Schepilewsky (E.) Fadenformige An- hangsel bei den Trypanosomen. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1912, lxv, Orig., 79-83,1 pl.—Schoo. Trypanosomen. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1904, 2. R., xl, d. 1, 716-720.—Siebert (W.) Studien iiber Spirochiiten und Trypanosomen. Arch. f. Protistenk., Jena, 1908, xi, 363-371.—Stassano (H.) Contribution a I'etude du trypanosome. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1901, 11. s., iii, 14-16. -----. Sur la fonction de relation du petit noyau des trypanosomes. Ibid., 468^70.—von Steinitzer (R.) Ueber Trypanosomen. Mitt. d. Ge- sellsch. f. inn. Med. u. Kinderh. in Wien, 1905, iv, Beil. ii, 1-12. Also: Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1905, lv, 873; 942.— Stephens (J. W. W.) The nomenclature of trypano- somes. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1903, ii, 1565. Also: Lancet, Lond., 1903, ii, 1615. — Swellengrebel (N.-H.) La volutine chez les trvpanosomes. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1908, lxiv, 38-10. -----. Trypanosomen, Spi- rochiiten und Bakterien; eine Zusammenfassung der Ergebnisse anderer und eigener Untersuchungen. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1912 li, Ref., 129-168.—To bay (E. N.) The cytology and life-history of trypanosomes. J. Med. Research, Bost. 1910, xxii, 379-387. Also, Reprint.— Van Durme (P.) Contribution a I'etude des trypanosomes; repartition des trypanosomes dans les organes. Arch, de para- sitol., Par., 1905-6, x, 160-170.—Van Wart (R. MO A note on trypanosoma, with demonstration of specimens. Proc. Orleans Parish M. Soc. 1904, N. Orl., 1905, 103-105 Also: N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1903-1, lvii. 163-165.—Weissen- born (E.) Beitrag zur Kenntnis der kurzgeissligen Trypanosomen. Arch. f. Schiffs- u. Tropen-Hyg., Leipz. 1911, xv, 477-499, 1 pl.—Wcrbitzkl (F. W.) Ueber blepharoblastlose Trypanosomen. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1910, liii, Orig., 303-315, 3 pl.—Wol- bach (S. B.) & Binger (C. A. L.) A contribution to the parasitology of trypanosomiasis. J. Med. Research Bost., 1912-13, xxvii, 83-107, 7 pl.—Woodcock (H. M.j The Hsemoflagellates; a review of present knowledge relating to the trypanosomes and allied forms. Quart. J. Micr. Sc, Lond., 1906-7, 1, 151; 231; 233. -----. A reply to Miss Porter's note entitled "Some remarks on the gen- era Crithidia, Herpetomonas and Trypanosoma." Para- sitology, Cambridge, 1911, iv, 150-153.—Yakimoft' (V. L.) K biologii tripanozom. [Biology of trypanosoma.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1904, iii, 318; 362. Also, transl.- Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1904, xxxv, 533. -----. Prodolzhitelnostzhizni tripanozom "sluchnol bollezni" (Trypanosoma Rouget) pri iskusstvennikh usloviyakh. [Length of life of . . . under artificial condi- tions.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1906, v, 1476.—Yaki- mofr (V. L.) & Kol (Nina). Oprodolzhitelnosti zhizui tripanozom v trupakh. [Longevity of trvpanosomata in the cadaver.] Arch. biol. nauk . . ., S.-Peterb., 1905-6, xii, 351-358. Also, transl.: Arch. d. sc. de biol., St.-Petersb., 1906-7, xii, 351-358.—Ziemann (H.) Beitrag zur Trypa- nosomenfrage. Centralbl.f.Bakteriol. [etc.], 1.Abt.,Jena, 1906, xxxvii, 307; 429. Also, Reprint. Trypanosoma (Animal hosts of). See, also, Trypanosomiasis (Botnne); Try- panosomiasis (Equine); Trypanosomiasis (Geographical distribution of); Trypanosomia- sis (Human); Trypanosomiasis (Transmission of) by insects; Trypanosomiasis in camels; Try- panosomidae in amphibia; Trypanosomiases in birds; Trypanosomidse in fish; Trypanoso- midae in rodents. Bettencourt (A.)& Franca (C.) Surun trypano- some de la chauve-souris. [T. Dionisii.] Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1905, lix, 306. Also: Arch, do r. Inst. bacteriol. Camara Pestana, Lisb., 1906, i, 187-194. ----- -----. Sur un trypanosome du blaireau (Meles taxus, TRYPANOSOMA. 517 TRYPANOSOMA. Trypanosoma (Animal hosts of). Schreib.). Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1905, lix, 305. Also: Arch, do r. Inst, bacteriol. Camara Pestana, Lisb., 1908, i, 73-75.—Bruce (Sir D.), Hamerton (A. E.) [et at.]. Trypanosome diseases of domestic animals in Uganda. IV. Trypanosoma uniforme, sp. nov. Proc Roy. Soc. Lond., 1911, s. B., lxxxiii, 176-179,1 pl.—Brumpt (E.) Les trypanosomes chez les vertebres. Arch, de med. exper. et d'anat. path., Par., 1905, xvii, 743-779.— Brumpt (E.) &Leballly (C.) Description de quelques nouvelles especes de trypanosomes et d'hemogregarines, parasites des teleosteens marins. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1904, cxxxix, 613-615.—Cardamatis (I. P.) StovSt) /SioAovikt) icai icrToAo-yiiCJ) Svo veuiv Tpvnavoo~utp.u>v eiri Hias tui/ nap r)p.iv aieavdiStov. 'laTpi«i) wpooSos, 'Ev Svpco 1911, xvi, 285-288. Also, transl.: Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1911, Ixi, Orig.. 98-102, pl.—Carda- matis (I. P.^ &PhOteiI108 (S.t SttouSij jSioAoyiici) Kai iffToXoyiKT) £7rt riav eis tous nap' rip.iv /Soas rpvna.vocriap.uiv. 'IttTpiKjj irpooSos, 'Ev2vp i [Plimmer and Bradford, 1889; Bruce, 1895]. of theg'erbil (Gerbilluspygargus). Proc Roy. Soc. Lond. 1911, s. B., lxxxiv, 161-164,1 pl. -----. Some observations on Trypanosoma brueei? (pecaudi?) and the Sudan camel trypanosome in cultures, with a note on endoglobular and developmental formsof T. brueei? (pecaudi?). Well- come Trop. Research Lab., Khartoum, 1911, iv, 57-61.— Fasco (G.) Osservazioni sulle forme involutive e sulla cultura del Tripanosoma (brueei). Riforma med., Na- poli, 1908, xxiv, 393-397.—Fellmer (T.) Veriinderungen an Nagana-Trvpanosomendurch Igelpassage. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1907, xiv, Orig., 512-515, 1 pl.—Fleig (C.) Sur la survie du Trypanosoma brueei dans quelques milieux d'origine biologique et non biolo- gique; essais sur une methode physiologique de culture des parasites du sang en general. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1911, lxxi, 527-529. Also: Montpel. med., 1911, xxxiii, 553-558. — Jafte (J.) Form veriinderungen bei Trypanosomen der Nagana. Centralbl.f.Bakteriol. [etc.], I. Abt., Jena, 1909, 1, Orig., 610, 1 pl.—Keysselitz (G.) & Mayer (M.) Zur Frage der Entwicklung von Trvpa- nosoma brueei in Glossina fusca. Arch. f. Schiffs- u. Tro- penliyg., Leipz., 1908. xii. 532.—Laveran (A.) De Tac- tion du s6rum humain sur le trvpanosome du nagana (Tr. brueei). Rev. vet., Toulouse", 1902, lix, 306-311. -----. Sur l'existence d'une trypanosomiase des Squides dans la Guinee francaise. [T. brueei (?).] Compt. rend. Soc de biol., Par., 1904, lvi,326. -----. Contribution a I'etude du "Trypanosoma brueei" sans biepharoblaste de Werbitzki. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1911, iv, 233-239. -----. Au sujet du "Trypanosoma brueei" sans biepharoblaste de Werbitzki. Ibid., 273. -----. Experiences d'immunite croisee avec Trypanosoma brueei, Tr. brueei var. werbitzkii et Tr. rhodesiense. Ibid., 1912, v, 101-105. —Laveran (A.) & Mesnil (F.) Sur le mode de multiplication du trypanosome du nagana. Compt. rend. Soc. debiol., Par. 1901, 11. s.,iii, 326-329.—Novy (F. G.) & McNeal(W. J.) On the cultivation of Trypanosoma brueei. J. Infect. Dis., Chicago, 1904, i, 1-30. Also, Reprint.—Ottolenghi (D.) Contributo alia conoscenza del Trypanosoma brueei. Monitore zool. ital., Firenze, 1907, xviii, 182-187.—Plim- mer (H. G.) "• 40X. —"Rhodeslan" I pseud.] The human trypanosome of northern Rho- desia. [T. gambiense.] Vet. J., Lond., 1912, lxviii, 320- Trypanosoma gambiense [Dutton, 11)02]. 323.—Robertson. Notes on certain aspects of the de- velopment of Trvpanosoma gambiense in Glossina pal- palis. Proc Rov". Soc. Lond., 1912-13, s. B., lxxxv, 241- 248.—Sambon (L. W.) Note on the discovery of the human trypanosome. Lancet, Lond., 1902, ii, 1576. Also [Abstr.]: Brit. M. J., Lond., 1902, ii, 1807. Trypanosoma gambiense (Infection by) [Sleeping sickness]. See, also, Sleeping sickness. Beck (M.) Experimentelle Beitrage zur Infektion mit Trypanosoma gambiense und zur Heilung der menschlichen Trypanosomiasis. Arb. a. d. k. Gsndhts- amte, Berl., 1910, xxxiv, 318-376. — Bodeker ( K. A.) The methods of fishing employed by natives, in the Ka- virondo Gulf, in relation to the incidence and dissemina- tion of sleeping sickness. Select. Colon. M. Rep., Lond., 1910, 91 —Breinl (A.) Experiments on the combined atoxyl-mercury treatment in monkeys infected with Trypanosoma gambiense. Ann. Trop. M. & Parasitol., Liverp., 1908-9, ii, 345-352.—Bruce (Sir D.), Hamer- ton (A. E.) & Bateman (H. R.) Experiments to as- certain if antelope may act as a reservoir of the virus of sleeping sickness, Trypanosoma gambiense. Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond., 1910-11, s. B., lxxxiii, 311-327. Also: J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond., 1912, xviii, 367-385. ----- ----- -----. Experiments to ascertain if the domestic fowl of Uganda may act as a reservoir of sleeping sick- ness (Trypanosoma gambiense). Proc Roy. Soc. Lond., 1910-11, s. B., lxxxiii, 328-334. Also: J. Trop. M. [etc.], Lond., 1911, xiv, 97-99.-----------------. Experiments to investigate the infectivity of Glossina palpalis fed on sleeping sickness patients under treatment. Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond., 1910-11, s. B., lxxxiii, 338-344. ----- -----------. Experiments to ascertain if cattle may act as a reservoir of the virus of sleeping sickness (Trypa- nosoma gambiense). J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond.. 1910, xv, 653-658. Also: Vet. J., Lond., 1911, lxvii, 87-92.— Busquet (P.) De la trypanosomose febrile de l'homme ou maladie de Dutton. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. m6d. de Bor- deaux, 1904, xxv, 347; 357; 368.—Bulougere (W.) La maladie du sommeil et les trypanosomiases animales en Casamance. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1911, iv, 189- 191.—Fraser (A. D.) L, Lancaster, Pa., 1912, xv, 365. -----. The essential features of the lesions caused by Trypanosoma hippicum. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1912, lxxii, 150-152. -----. Reduction of viru- lence in a strain of Trypanosoma hippicum selected from a guinea pig. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1912, v, 184- 187.—Laveran (A.) Contribution a I'etude de "Try- panosoma hippicum " Darling. Ibid., 1911, iv, 168-175. Trypanosoma ingens [Bruce, 1909]. Bruce (D. sir). Hamerton (A. E.), Bateman (H. R.),&Maekie(F. P.) Trvpanosoma ingens.n.sp. Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond., 1909, lxxxi, 323, 1 pl. Also: Rep. Sleep- ing Sick. Comm. Roy. Soc, Lond., 1910, x, 27-29, 1 pl.— Bodd (S.) Trypanosoma ingens in the mouse deer (Tragulus javonicus). J. Comp. Path. & Therap., Edinb. & Lond., 1912, xxv, 281-291. Trypanosoma Lewisi [Kent. 1879]. Fraxcis (E.) An experimental investigation of Trypanosoma lewisi. 8°. Washington, 1903. Alvares (C. D.) Sobre a frequencia dos trypanoso- mas de Lewis nos ratos. J. Soc. d. ec. med. de Lisb., 1906, lxx, 99-110.—Baldrey (F. S. H.) Versuche und Beob- achtungen iiber die En t wicklung von Try panosoma lewisi in der Rattenlaus, Hajmatopinus spiriulosus. Arch. f. Protistenk., Jena, 1909, xv, 326-332. Also, transl.: J. Trop. Vet. Sc, Calcutta, 1910, v, 101-105.—Biot. Au sujet de Trvpanosoma lewisi. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1909, cxlix, 799.—Biot (C), Biot (R.) & Richard (G.) In- fluence du glucose sur la vitalite du Trypanosoma lewisi in vitro. Compt.rend. Soc. de biol., Par.. 1911, lxxi, 369.— Biot (R.) & Richard (G.) Dela possibility d'inoculer le Trypanosoma lewi>i a d'autres animaux que les rats. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1912, v, 826.— Breinl (A.) & Hindle (E.) Observations on the life history of Try- panosoma lewisi in the rat louse (Haematopinus spinu- losus). Ann. Trop. M. & Parasitol., Liverp., 1909-10, iii, 553-562, 2 pl.—Cimmino (R.) Di una epizoozia di ratti di Tripanosoma lewiaii. Med. ital., Napoli, 1909, vii, 300- ' 301.—Delanoe (P.) & Delanoe (Mine.). Sur les rap- ports des kystes de Carini du poumon des rats avec le Trvpanosoma lewisi. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1912, civ, 658-660.—Glrard (J.) Trypanosoma lewisi in Mex- ico. Am. Pub. Health Ass. Rep. 1906, Chicago, 1907, xxxii, pt. 2,197— Gonder (R.) Untersuchungen fiber arznei- feste Mikroorganismen. I. Trypanosoma lewisi. Cen- tralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc], 1. Abt., Jena, 1911, Ixi, Orig., 102-113—Hultgen (J. F.) A preliminary report on the Trypanosoma lewisi in Chicago. Tr. ChicnRO Path. Soc, 1903-6, vi, 369-371.—Irikura. Leber Trypanosoma le- wisi, Kent, bei den Hausratten. [Japanese text.] Mitt. d. med. Gesellsch. zu Tokyo, 1906, xx, 187-213.—Irisa. [Trypanosoma lewisi, Kent.] Saikingaku Zasshi, 1906,76; 169.—Laveran (A.) & .llesnil (F.) Recherches mor- phologiques et experimentales sur le trvpanosome des rats (Tr. lewisi Kent). Ann.de l'Inst.Pasteur,Par.,1901,xv,673- 713,2pl— Loewenthal(W.)&vonRutkowski(W.) Die Wirkung von Ron tgen-undRadiumstrahlenauf Try pa- nosoma lewisii. Therap.d.GeKenw.,Berl.,1907,xlviii,393- 395.—McNeaLW. J.)&Novy (F. (}.) On the cultivation ofTrypanosomalewisi. Contrib.Med.Research (Vaughan), Ann Arbor, Mich., 1903,549-577.—Minchin (E. A.) The structure of Trypanosoma lewisi in relation to microscop- ical technique. Quart. J. Micr. Sc, Lond., 1908-9, liii, 755-808, 3 pl—Minchin (E. A.) & Thomson (J. D.) On the occurrence of an intracellular stage in the devel- opment of Trypanosoma lewisi in the rat-flea. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1911, ii, 361-364.—Moore (J. E. 8.), Breinl (A.) & Hindle (E.) The life history of Trypanosoma lewisi. Ann. Trop. M. & Parasitol., Liverp., 1908, ii, 197- 220 4 pl.—Novy (B. J.) & MacNeal (W. Y.) O trypa- Trypanosoma Lewisi [Kent, 1879]. nosomiasis a kultivaci mikroorganlsmu zvifecich, ob- zvlaste trypanosoma lewisi. [. . . and the cultivation of the microorganisms of animals, especially the . . .] Ca- sop. 16k. cesk., v Praze, 1904, xliii, 371-377.—Nuttall (G. H. F.) The transmission of Trvpanosoma lewisi by fleas and lice. Parasitology, Cambridge, 1908, i, 296-301.— Pettit (A.) A propos de la note de D. Roudsky: Lesions cellulaires produites chez la souris par le Trypanosoma lewisi Kent renforce. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1911, lxx, 929-931.—Rodenwaldt (E.) Trypanosoma lewisi in Haematopinus spinulosus. Centralbl. f. Bakte- riol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1909, Iii,30-42, 3 pl.—Roudsky (D.) Sur l'inoculation de cultures de Trypanosoma lewisi Kent au rat blanc et sur la receptivite de la souris blanche a ce trypanosome. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1910, lxviii, 421. -----. Sur la receptivite de la souris blanche & Tripanosoma lewisi Kent. Ibid., 458- 460. -----. Sur le Trypanosoma lewisi Kent renforce. Ibid., lxix, 384-386. -----. Lesions cellulaires produites chez la souris par le Trypanosoma lewisi Kent renforce. Ibid., 1911, lxx, 901-903. -----. Sur la possibility de rendre le Trypanosoma lewisi virulent pour d'autres ron- geurs que le rat. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1911, clii, 56-58.—Schilling (C.) Das Vorkommen von Auto- gamie bei Trypanosoma lewisi. Arch. f. Protistenk., Jena, 1910, xix, 119-126.—Strickland (C.) On the sup- posed development of Trypanosoma lewisi in lice and ileas, and the occurrence of Crithidia ctenophthalmi in fleas. Parasitology, Cambridge, 1909, ii, 81-90. -----. The mechanism of transmission of Trypanosoma lewisi from rat to rat bv the rat flea. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1911, i, 1049.—Strickland (C.) & Swellengrebel (N. H.) Notes on Trypanosoma lewisi and its relation to certain Arthropoda. Parasitology, Cambridge, 1910, iii, 436-454.— Swellengrebel (N. H.) Fixation and staining of Trypanosoma lewisi. Ibid., 226-238. -----. Normal and abnormal morphology of Trvpanosoma lewisi, in the blood of the rat. Ibid., 459-478— Swellengreoel (N. H.) & Strickland (C.) The development of Trypano- soma lewisi outside the vertebrate host. Ibid., 360-389. -----------. Some remarks on Dr. Swingle's paper,"The transmission of Trvpanosoma lewisi by rat fleas," etc. Ibid., 1911, iv, 104-107.—Swingle (L. D.) Some studies on Trypanosoma lewisi. Tr. Am. Micr. Soc, Lancaster, Pa., 1907, xxvii, 111-121, 1 pl. -----. The transmission of Trypanosoma lewisi by rat fleas (Ceratophyllus sp. and Pulex sp.), with short descriptions of three new herpeto- monads. J. Infect. Dis., Chicago,1911, viii, 125-146, 4pl.— Wendelstadt & Fellmer (T.) Einwirkung von Kaltbliiterpassagen auf Nagana- und Lewisi-lrypanoso- men. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch., Jena, 1910, v, 337- 348.—Yakimoff (W. L.) Ueber Trypanosoma lewisii und seine Verbreitung in St. Petersburg. Ztschr. f. In- fektionskr. . . . d. Haustiere, Berl., 1907, ii, 341-353.-----. Zur Frage fiber die Verbreitung des Trypanosoma lewisii in Russland. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1910, lvii, Orig., 371. Trypanosoma nanum [Laveran, 1905]. Bruce (Sir D.), Hamerton (A. E.) [et al.]. Trypa- nosome diseases of domestic animals in Uganda. V. Trypanosoma nanum (Laveran). Proc Roy. Soc. Lond., 1911, s. B., lxxxiii, 180-186, 2 pl. Also: J. Trop. M. [etc.], Lond., 1911, xiv, 33-35.—Buke (H. L.) The transmis- sion of Trypanosoma nanum (Laveran). Proc Roy. Soc. Lond., 1912-13, s. B., lxxxv, 4-9. Trypanosoma Pecaudi [Laveran, 1906]. Thiroux (A.) & d'Anfreville (L.) Del'action du serum humain sur Trypanosoma pecaudi Laveran; dif- ferenciation de Tr. pecaudi d'avec Tr. gambiense. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1908, cxlvii, 462-464. Trypanosoma peeorum [Bruce, 1910]. See, also, Trypanosomiasis (Bovine). Bruce (Sir I).), Hamerton (A. E.) & Bateman (H. R.) Experiments to ascertain if certain Tabanidae act as the carriers of Trvpanosoma peeorum. Proc Roy. Soc Lond., 1910-11, s. B., lxxxiii, 349-358, lpl—Laveran (A.) Au sujet de Trypanosoma peeorum Bruce. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1910, iii, 718-721: 1912, v, 372-375. Trypanosoma rhodesiense [Stephens and E nit ham,, 1910]. See, also, Trypanosoma gambiense. Bayon (H.) The cultivation of Trypanosoma rhode- siense, Stephens and Fantham. Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond., 1912, lxxxv, s. B., 482.—Bruce (Sir D.), Harvey (D.) [et al.]. The morphology of the trypanosome causing disease in man in Nyasaland. [T. rhodesiense.] Ibid., 423-433, 2 pl.—Kinghorn (A.), Lloyd (L.) & Yorke (W.) On the development of Trypanosoma rhodesiense in Glossina morsitans. Ann. Trop. M.ifc Parasitol., Liverp., 1912-13, vi, 495-503.—Klnghoi-n (A.) & Yorke (W.) On the influence of meteorological conditions on the development of Trypanosoma rhodesiense in Glossina TRYPANOSOMA. 524 TRYPANOSOMIASIS. Trypanosoma rhodesiense [Stephens and Eunt/iam, 1910]. morsitans. Ibid., 405-413. Also: Brit. M. J., Lond., 1912, ii, 835; 1656.—Laveran (A.) Au sujet de Trypanosoma rhodesiense "Stephens et Fantham." Bull. Soc. path. exot., Par., 1912, v, 26-30. -----. Contribution a I'etude des infections experimentales produites par le "Trypano- soma rhodesiense." Ibid., 241-251.—Laveran (A.) & Nattan-Larrier. Le Trypanosoma rhodesiense de- venu resistant au serum humain perd assez facilement cette proprietc. Ibid., 367-371.—Mesnil (F.) Trypano- soma rhodesiense and Trvpanosomagambiense. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1912,ii, 1185.— Mesnil (F.) & Leger(M.) Sur les affinites des Trypanosoma rhodesiense et gambiense. (Troisieme note.) Compt. rend. Sue. de biol., Par., 1912, lxxii, 667-670.—Mesnil (F.) & Ringenbach (J.) De Taction des serums de pri mates su r le try panosome humain de Rhodesia. Compt. rend. Acad. d. "sc, Par., 1911, cliii, 1097.----------. Sur les affinites du trypanosome humain de Rhodesia et du T. gambiense. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1911, lxxi, 271; 609-612.-----------. Action pathogeneduTrypanosoma rhodesiense. Bull. Soc. path. exot., Par., 1911, iv, t.75-(iso.----- -----. Observation d'une chevre infectee de Trypanosoma rhodesiense. Ibid., 1912, v, 105-109,1 pl —Stannus (H. S.) & Yorke (W.) A case of human trypanosomiasis in Nyasaland, with a note on the pathogenic agent. [T. rhodesiense.] Ann. Trop. M. & Parasitol., Liverp., 1911-12, v, 443-452, 1 pl. Also: Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond., 1911, s. B., lxxxiv, 156- 160, 1 pl.—Stephens (J. W. W.) & Fantham (H. B.) On the peculiar morphology of a trypanosome from a case of sleeping sickness and the possibility of its being a new species (T. rhodesiense). Ibid., 1910-11, s. B., lxxxiii,28- 33, 1 pl. Also, Reprint.----------. The measurement of Trypanosoma rhodesiense. Ibid., 1912-13, s. B., lxxxv, 223-234, 1 pl. Also: Ann. Trop. M. & Parasitol., Liverp., 1912-13, vi, 131-144, 1 pl.----------. Trypanosoma rho- desiense; a second species of African trypanosome pro- ducing sleeping sickness in man. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1912, ii, 1182.—Swellengrebel (N. H.) Zur Kenntnis des Dimorphismus von Trypanosoma gambiense (var. rhode- siense). Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1911, Orig., Ixi, 193-206.—Thomson (J. G.) The cultivation of Trypanosoma rhodesiense. Ann. Trop. M. & Parasitol., Liverp., 1912-13, vi. 103-106.—Wenyon (C. M.) The insufficiency of the posterior nucleus as a specific distinc- tion in Trypanosoma rhodesiense. J. Trop. M. [etc.] Lond., 1912, xv, 193.—Yorke (W.) On the pathogenicity of a trypanosome (T. rhodesiense, Stephens and Fantham) from a case of sleeping sickness contracted in Rhodesia. Ann. Trop. M. & Parasitol., Liverp., 1910, iv, 351-368. -----. A note on the pathology of lesions of the cornea and skin in animals experimentally infected with T rhodesiense. Ibid., 1910-11, iv, 385-394, 2pl. Trypanosoma 1843]. rotatorium [ Gruby, Bouet (G.) Culture du trypanosome de la grenouille (Trypanosoma rotatorium). Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par. 1906, xx, 564-577.1 pl.—Lebedefff W.) Einige Beobach- tungen iiber Trypanosoma rotatorium. Biol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1910, xxx, 223. -----. Ueber Trypanosoma rotato- rium Gruby. Festschr. z. 60. Geburtstag Richard Hert- wigs, Jena, 1910, i, 397-436, 2 pl.—Machado (A.) Pes- quizas citolojicas sobre o Trypanozoma rotatorium Gruby. [Also, German transl.] Mem. do Inst. Oswaldo Cruz, Rio de Jan., 1911, iii, 108-135, 2 pl. Trypanosoma Theileri [Bruce, 1902]. Bruce (D.) Note on the discovery of a new Trypano- soma. [T. theilerij Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond., 1901-2, lxix, 496-Durant & Holmes (J. D. E ) A Trypanosoma found m blood of cattle in India. [T. theileri ] J Comp. Path. & Therap., Edinb. & Lond., 1904, xvii, 209, i pl.—Laveran (A.) Sur un nouveau trypanosome des bovides. [T. theileri.] Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par 1902, cxxxiv, 512-514. -----. Sur deux hippobosques du Transvaal susceptibles de propager Trypanosoma Thei- leri. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1903, lv 242 — Luhs (F.) Trypanosoma Theileri in Transkaukasien. Arch, de parasitol., Par., 1905-6, x, 171-186, 2 pl.— Man- ?£*u'? {h'\' Xakln,ott (V. L.) & Kol-Yakimova (Nina). Kultivirovaniye i morfologiya tripanozom tipa Trypanosoma theileri v kulturakh. [Cultivationof Thei- ler s trypanosomes and their morphology in cultures! Arch. vet. nauk, St. Petersb., 1912, xlii, pt. 2, 23-30 1 pl — Mayer (M) Leber Trypanosoma Theileri und diesem verwandte Rindertrypanosomen. Ztschr. f. Infektionskr. .. .d. Haustiere Berl., 1909, v, 46-51, 1 pl.-Panse (O ) Trypanosoma Theileri (?) in Deutsch-Ostafrika. Ztschr f Hyg. u. Infectionskrankh., Leipz., 1904, xlvi, 376-378 — ™™ m (£'M^ Zum Vorkommen von Trvpanosomen a»™ TyPus,df.s Trypanosoma theileri in deutschen Rin- 2Sf2^ W-t1^^0- Wchnschr., 1910, xxvi, 841.-VHJ- Durg (A.) Is de Trypanosoma theileri pathogeen? Tiid- schr. v. veeartsenijk., Utrecht, 1912, xxxix, 1015-1018; Trypanosoma Theileri (Infection by) [ Galziekte]. Behn (P.) Infektion eines Kalbes mit Trypanoso- men vom Typus des Trypanosoma theileri mittelst Blut von Kiihen, in denen nur kulturell Flagellaten nach- weisbar waren. Berl. tierarztl. Wchnschr., 1910, xxvi, 998-1000.—Pease (H. T.) Trypanosoma theileri (Lave- ran) and Galziekte. J. Trop. Vet. Sc, Calcutta, 1909, iv, 532-539.—Theiler (A.) A new Trypanosoma, and the disease caused by it. J. Comp. Path. & Therap., Edinb. & Lond., 1903, xvi, 193-216, 1 pl.—Valladares (I. F.) A caseof Trypanosoma Theileri in Madras. J.Trop. Vet. Sc, Calcutta, 1909, iv, 544, 1 pl. Trypanosoma vespertilionis [Dionisi, 1899; Battaglia, 1905]. Battaglia (M.) Alcune ricerche sopra due tripano- somi (Trypanosoma vespertilionis; Trypanosoma lewisi). Ann. di med. nav., Roma, 1904, x, v. ii, 517-523. -----. Tripanosoma vespertilionis. Ricerche n. lab. di anat. norm. d. r. univ. di Roma, 1906-7, xii, 5-51, 2 pl.—Bet- tencourt (A.)& Franca(C) Sur un trypanosome de la chauve-souris. [T. vespertilionis and T. nicolleorum.] Arch, de l'Inst. rov. de bacteriol. Camara Pestana, Lisb., 1906, i, 187-194,1 pl.—Gonder (R.) Trypanosoma ves- pertilionis (Battaglia). Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.1,1. Abt., Jena, 1910, liii, Orig., 293-302. 2 pl. Trypanosoma Vickersi [Brumpt, 1909], Brumpt (E.) Sur un nouveau trypanosome non pa- thogene du singe (Trypanosoma vickersi, parasite de Ma- cacus cynomolgus). Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1909, ii, 267. -----. Inoculation et culture du Trypanosoma vic- kersi Brumpt; culture et essai d'inoculation du Trypano- soma minaseuse Chagas. Ibid., 396-397. Trypanosoma vivax [Ziemann, 1905]. Blacklock (B.) The measurement of a thousand examples of Trypanosoma vivax. Ann. Trop. M. & Para- sitol., Liverp., 1911-12, v, 521-530, 3 ch. -----. A note on the measurements of Trypanosoma vivax in rabbits and white rats. Ibid., 537.—Bruce (Sir D.), Hamerton (A. E.) [etal.]. Trypanosome diseases of domestic animals in Uganda. III. Trypanosoma vivax (Ziemann). J. Trop. Vet. Sc, Calcutta, 1911, vi, 468-491, 2 pl. Also: Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond., 1910-11, s. B., lxxxiii, 15-27, 3 pl.----------. Glossina palpalis as a carrier of Trypanosoma vivax in Uganda. Ibid., 1909-10, s. B., lxxxii, 63-77. Also: Rep. Sleeping Sick. Comm. Roy. Soc, Lond., 1910, x, 63-66. Trypanosomiasis. See, also, Dourine; Kala azar; Leishman's bodies; Mbori; Nagana; Sleeping sickness; Sleeping sickness (Causes, etc., of); Souma; Surra; Trypanosoma. "" Laveran (A.) Paludisme et trypanosomiase. 8°. Paris, 1905. Laveran (A.) & Mesnil (F.) Trypanosomes et trypanosomiases. 8°. Paris, 1904. ----- -----. The same. Trypanosomes and trypanosomiasis. Transl. and much en- larged by David Nabarro. 8°. London, 1907. Martini (E. ) Trypanosomenkrankheiten (Schlafkrankheit) und Kala-azar. 8°. Jena, 1907. Royal Society [of London]. Sleeping sick- ness bureau. Bibliography of trypanosomiasis. Compiled by C. A. Thimm. 8°. London, 1909. -----. Subject-index to . . . 8°. London, 1910. Adams (A. M.), jr. Trvpanosomiasis and its cause. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1903, i, 721.— Boerl (G.) Le malattie da tripanosomi. N. riv. clin.-terap., Napoli, 1905, viii, 13- 19.—Boigey (M.) La trypanose ou maladies k trypano- somes. Rev. seient., Par., 1903, 4. s., xix, 683; 649.— Bosquler (R.) Les maladies a trypanosomes. J. d. sc. med.de Lille, 1902, ii, 385-395.—Bruce (D.) Trvpano- somiasis. J. Trop. M., Lond., 1904, vii, 2.50-252. Also: Brit. M. J., Lond., 1904, iL 367-369. [Discussion], 378. Also in: Mod. Med., 8°, Phila. & N. Y., 1907, i, 460-487, 1 pl.—Brumpt (E.) Trypanosomes et trypanosomoses. Rev. seient., Par., 1905, iv, 321-332.—Cammermeyer (J.) Om trvpanose. Norsk Mag. f. Lsgevidensk., Kris- tiania, 1912, 5. R., x, 98-103.—Chlodl (W.) I trypano- somi quali cause dimalattie infettive. Cesalpino, Arezzo, 1907, iii, 173-181.—Coplln (W. M. L.) Trypanosoma diseases. Proc. Path. Soc. Phila., 1903-4, n. s., vii, 242.— Dimmock (H. P.) Trypanosomiasis. Indian M. Gaz., TRYPANOSOMIASIS. 525 TRYPANOSOMIASIS. Trypanosomiasis. Calcutta, 1904. xxxix, 176. Also: Tr. Grant Coll. M. Soc, Bombay, 1904-5, 7.—Blscusslon on trypanosomiasis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1903, ii, 645-654.—Bubols & Martin. Quelques experiences sur les trypanosomes. Toulouse med., 1905, 2. s., vii, 159 -162.—Furntratt. Ueber Trypanosomen und Trypanosomenkrankheiten. The- rap. d. Gegenw., Berl., 1906, xlvii, 125-130.—Gaiger (S. H.) Further observations on trypanosomiases, 1909-10. J. Trop. Vet. Sc, Calcutta, 1911, vi, 21-43.— Gibson (A.) Two cases of trypanosomiasis. J. Comp. Path. & Therap., Edinb. &. Lond., 1905, xviii, 79.— Guerin ( R.) Tripanosomas y tripanosomacias. Ju- ventud med., Guatemala, 1905, vii, 17-24.—Halber- staedter (L.) Untersuchungen bei experimentellen Trypanosomenerkrankungen. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt,, Jena, 1905, xxxviii, 525-632.—Hnber (J. B.) Trypanosomiasis; thesleepingsickness. Med.Times, N. Y., 1910. xxxviii, 41-4;;.— Johnson (K. A.) Trypa- nosomiasis. Australas. M. Cong. Tr. 1905, Adelaide, 1907, vii, 369-380. —King horn (A.) & Yorke (W.) Further observations on the trypanosomes of game and domestic stock in northeastern Rhodesia. Ann. I rop. M. & Parasitol., Liverp., 1912-13. vi, 483-493. Also: Brit. M. J., Lond., 1912, ii, 1186.—Koch (R.) Leber die Try- panosomenkrankheiten. Deutsche med Wchnschr;, Leipz. u. Berl., 1904, xxx, 1705-1711. Alsn, transl.: Brit. M. J., Lond., 1904, ii, 1445-1449. — Lan Iran clii (A.) Tripanosomiasi umane ed animali. Gazz. med. ital., To- rino, 1913, lxiv, 1; 11. -----. Sur le diagnostic des trypa- nosomiases, essais d'identification des differents trypano- somes. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1912, v, 611-614.— Manson [Sir P.) Trypanosomiasis. In his: Trop. Dis., 12°, Loud., 1903, 177-186. Also: Brit. M. J., Lond., 1903, ii, 645-648. -----. Discussion on trypanosomiasis. J. Trop. M., Lond., 1903, vi, 337; 35>v—Manson (P.) & Baniels (C. W.) Remarks on a case of trypanosomiasis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1903, i, 1249-1252.— Manueco (E.) Enferme- dades producidas por tripanosomas. Rev. de med. y cirug. pract., Madrid, 1905, lxvi, 297-306. Also: Rev. espnfi. de dermat. ysif., Madrid, 1905, vii, 49-61.—Martini (E.) Die Trypanosomen in ihrer Bedeutung fiir die mensch- liche und tierische Pathologie. Ztschr. f. arztl. Fortbild., Jena, 1905, ii, 633-642. -----. Trypanoses. [Die Trypano- somenkrankheiten.] Cong, internat. de med., Lisbonne, 1906, xv, sect. 3, 21; 262. -----. Les trypanosomiases. IRap.] Semaine med., Par., 1906, xxvi, 205.—Montfort. Contribution k I'etude de la repartition et de la prophy- laxie de la trypanosomiase humaine dans la Haute Sangha (avril-mai 1911). Ann. d'hyg. et de med., Par., 1912, xv, 593-612.—Milllhaupt (F. H.) Einiges iiber Trypanosomiasis und Schlafkrankheit. Ann. d. schweiz. balneol. Gesellsch., Aarau, 1911, 7. Hft., 60-69—Nissle (A.) Weitere Studien fiber die Ursache der Pathogenitat una der Heilmittel wirk ung bei Trypanosomeinfektionen. Arch. f. Schifls-u. Tropen-Hyg., Leipz., 1911, xv, 545; 597.— Nocht(B.)&Mayer(M.) Trypanosomen als Krankheits- erreger. Handb. d. path. Mikroorg., Jena, 1906, Ergnzngs- bd., 1-75,3 pl.—Nuttall (G. H. F.) Lectures on the Her- ter foundation. II. Trypanosomiasis. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait.,1913,xxiv,33; 83.—Pallin (W. A.) Are- sum6 on trvpanosomes and trypanosomiasis. Vet. Rec, Lond..1904-^5,xvii,804-813.lpl.—Perkins(R. G.) Trypa- nosomiasis. Cleveland M. J., 1904, iii, 304-315.— Phelan (H. du R.) Trypanosome and its relations to disease. Calif. M. Bull., San Fran., 1905, i, 97-100.—Kenshaw (G.) Trypanosomiasis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1903, ii, 173.— Bodhain (J.), Pons (C.) [etal.]. Les trypanoses ani- males au Bas-Katanga et leur rapport avec les glossines (3= note); Trypanosoma denvsi (n. sp.), parasite de l'ecu- reuil volant. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1912, v, 608-611. ----------------. Note sur les trypanoses animales du Haut-Katanga. Ibid., 819-822.—Shiga. [The trypano- soma disease.] Saikingaku Zasshi, Tokyo, 1905, 471-483.— Stankovic ( R. ) Trypanosomiasis. Srpski arh. za celok. lek., Beograd, 1907, xiii, 113-116.—Stephens (J. W. W.) Trypanosomiasis. In: Svst. Med. (Allbutt), 8°, Lond., 1907, ii, pt. 2, 207.—Symes (J. O.) Trypano- somiasis. Bristol Med.-Chir J., 1903, xxi, 325-328.— Tabuteau (G.) Les maladies produites par les try- panosomes. Arch. med. d'Angers, 1904, viii, 605-511.— Tavoni (C.) Tripanosomi e tripanosomiasi degli ani- mali e dell' uomo. Gior. d. r. Soc. ed Accad. vet. ital., Torino, 1907, lvi, 849; 873; 897; 921; 945; 969; 993; 1017; 1074; 1089; 1137; 1161.—Tliciler. Disease caused by try- panosomes. South African M. Rec, Cape Town, 1905, iii, 69; s9—Thomas (H. W.) Report on trypanosomes, trypanosomiasis, and sleeping sickness, being an experi- mental investigation into their pathology and treatment; and a description of the tissue changes. Thompson Yates& Johnston Lab., Liverp., Rep. 1905, vi, 1-94, 2 tab.—Tobey (E. N.) Trypanosomata and trypanosomiasis; a sum- mary. J. Med. Research, Bost., 1906-7, xv, 117-148, 1 pl.— Todd (J. L.) The duration of trypanosome infections. Arch. Int. Med., Chicago, 1911, vii, 600-505. — Van Burme (P.) Contribution a I'etude des trypanoso- miases- la repartition des trypanosomes dans les organes. Ann. Soc. de med.de Gand, 1905, lxxxv,231-240.—"Ward (H B ) Filariasis and trypanosome diseases. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1906, n. s., xxiii, 370. -----. Try- panosomes and disease. West. M. Rev., Lincoln, Neb., 1906, xi, 6-11. Trypanosomiasis (Avian). See Trypanosomidse in birds. Trypanosomiasis (Bovine). See, also, Nagana; Souma; Trypanosoma Brueei (Infection bg); Trypanosoma peeorum. Archibald (R. G.) A trypanosome of cattle in the southern Sudan. [T. peeorum.] J. Comp. Path. & Therap., Edinb. & Lond., 1912, xxv, 292-297.—Behn (P.) Praefiagellate Entwicklungsstadien der in deutschen Rin- dern kulturell nachweisbaren Trypanosomen. Berl. tier- arztl. Wchnschr.,1910, xxvi, 899. -----. GehendiebeiRin- dern kulturell naehweisbaren Flagellaten aus Trypano- somen hervor? Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infektionskr'ankh., Leipz , 1911-12, lxx, 371^08, 2 pl.—Bettencourt (A.) & Borges(L) Presence de Trypanosomes dan sle sang des bovides portugais. Bull Soc. path, exot., Par., 1912, v, 603; 725.—Bruce (Sir D.) Cattle trypanosomiasis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1911, i,624.—Cardamates (J. P.) & Pho- tinos (S.) Trypanosomes dans le sang des bovidfis en Grece. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1911, iv, 377. -----------. Etude biologique et histologique sur les trvpanosomes chez les bovid6sde Grece. Centralbl. f. Bak- teriol. Jetc], 1. Abt., Jena, 1911, Ixi, Orig., 538-542 — Carini (A.) Presence de trypanosomes chez les bovid6s, a Sao Paulo. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1911, iv, 191 — Chichester (C. R.) Arsenic in the treatment of try- panosomiasis in cattle in Nigeria. J. Trop. M., Lond., 1904, vii, 196.—Budukalott*(A. A.) A tripanozomakh rogatavo skota. [Trypanosomes of cattle.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb , 1908, vii, 410.—BudukalofT (A. A.) & BudukalofT(N.) Ob iskusstvennom kultivirovanii tripanozom, naldennikh u rogatavo skota. [Artificial cultivation of trypanosomes, found in cattle] Arch. vet. nauk, St. Petersb., 1910, xl, pt. 2, 1-4, 1 pl.—Button (J. E.), Todd (J. L.) & Kinghorn (A.) Cattle try- panosomiasis in the Congo Free State. Ann. Trop. M. & Parasitol., Liverp., 1907, i, 233-271, 3 diag.—Falshaw (P. S.) & Lingard (A.) A note on a new species of Trypanosoma discovered in the blood of an Indian bullock at Singapore. J. Trop. Vet. Sc, Calcutta, 1907,ii, 217-220,1 pl.—Frank (G.) Ueber den Befund von Try- panosomen bei einem in Stein-Wingert verendeten Rinde. Ztschr. f. Infektionskr. . . . d. Haustiere, Berl., 1909, v, 313-315.—Frank (G.) & Frosch (P.) Ueber die Bedeutung des Befundes rinderpathogener Trypano- somen in Deutschland. Ibid., 330-334.—Jowett (W.) Note on cattle trypanosomiasis of Portuguese East Africa. J. Comp. Path. & Therap., Edinb. & Lond., 1910, xxiii, 251-271.—Knuth (P.) Nachweis von Trypanosomen beim Rinde im Kreise Oberwesterwald mittelst Ziich- tung in Blut-Bouillon. Berl. tierarztl. Wchnschr., 1910, xxvi, 539.-----. Trypanosomenstudien bei deut- schen Rindern und Schafen. Berl. klin, Wchnschr., 1912, xlix, 323.— Knuth (P.) & Behn (P.) Bedeu- tung der in deutschen Rindern vorkommenden Try- panosomen fiir die Impfungen gegen die Hamoglo- binurie. Berl. tierarztl. Wchnschr., 1911, xxvii, 97.— Knuth (P.) & Kauchbaar (G.) Weitere Nachfor- schungen nach Trypanosomen beim Rinde im Kreise Oberwesterwald, nebst einem Beitrag zur Kenntnis der in deutschen Stechfliegen (Spezies Tabanus und Hsema- topota) parasitierenden Flagellaten. Ztschr. f. Infek- tionskrankh. . . . d. Haustiere, Berl., 1910, viii, 140-154, 1 pl.-----------. Zum Vorkommen von Trypanosomen bei Rindern in Deutschland. Berl. tierarztl. Wchnschr., 1910, xxvi, 609.—Knuth, Bauchbaar & Morgan- stern. The demonstration of trypanosomes in cattle in Kreis Oberwesterwald by means of culturesin blood-bouil- lon. [Author's review.] Parasitology, Cambridge, 1910, iii, 490.—Laveran (A.) Au sujet de deux trypanoso- mes des bovides du Transvaal. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1902, cxxxv, 717-721.—Lingard (A.) The giant Trypanosoma discovered in the blood of bovines. Cen- tralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1903, xxxv, 234- 238,1 pl. -----. Different species of Trypanosomata ob- served in bovines in India. J. Trop. Vet. Sc, Calcutta, 1907, ii, 4-50, 3 pl., 1 tab— Manceaux (L.), Y aklinofT (W.L.)&KohI-Yakimoir(Nina). Cultureetmorpho- logie du trvpanosome du type Theileri des bceufs tuni- siens. Bull.Soc.path, exot,Par., 1911, iv, 378-380.—Mar- tin (E. E.) Trypanosomiasis in cattle of India. J. Comp, Path. & Therap., Edinb. & Lond., 1905, xviii, 144.—Mar- tini (E.) The development of a Piroplasma and Try- panosoma of cattle in artificial culture media. Philip- pine J. Sc. [B.], Manila, 1909, iv, 147-169, 6 pl.—Marto- glio (F.) La peste bovina e le tripanosomiasi nella Somalia italiana. Ann. d' ig. sper., Roma, 1911, n. s., xxi, 453-536,1 pl.—Peter (0.) Morphologische und experi- mentelle Studien iiber ein neues, bei Rindern in Uru- guay (Sudamerika) gefundenes Trypanosoma. Beihefte z. Arch. f. Schiffs- u. Tropenhyg., Leipz., 1910, Beiheft 6, 1-40, 1 pl.—Stockman (S.) Preliminary note on a try- panosome of British cattle. J. Comp. Path. & Therap., Edinb. & Lond., 1910,xxiii, 189-192.—Stolnikolt'(V. I.) Tripanozomoz russkavo selskokhozyalstvennavo krup- navo rogatavo skota yevropelskol Rossii. [Trypanoso- miasis of domestic cattle of European Russia.] Vestnik obsh. vet., St. Petersb., 1911, xxiii, 5-13.—Swellengre- bel (N. H.) Presence de trypanosomes chez les bovides TRYPANOSOMIASIS. 526 TRYPANOSOMIASIS. Trypanosomiasis (Bovine). en*H<>llande. Bull. Soc.path, exot., Par., 1911, iv, 636-539. Also, transl.: Tijdschr. v. veeartsenijkunde, Utrecht, 1911, xxviii, 76ti-77(i. 1 pl—Vrijburg (A.) De Trypanosoma transvaliense l>ij Hollandse runderen (cattle). Tijdschr v. veeart.-enijkunde, Utrecht, 1912, xxxix, 803-812.— Vrublcvski (K. I.) Tripanozoma zubrov Blelovle- zhskol Pushtslii. [Tripanosome of the bison of the Ble- lovlezh Forest.] Arch. vet. nauk, St. Petersb., 1908, xxxviii, 554-556. Also, transl.: Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1 Abt., Jena, 190S, xlviii, Orig., 162, 1 pl.—Tfaki- mofT(W. L.) &Kohl-Vakimon:"(Nina). Sur la pre- sence de trypanosomes dans le sang des bovides a Tunis. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1911, iv, 309. Trypanosomiasis (Equine). See, also, Dourine; Nagana; Surra; Try- panosoma brueei (Infection by); Trypanosoma Cazalboui (Infection by); Trypanosoma dimor- phon; Trypanosoma equinum (Infection by); Trypanosoma equiperdum (Infection bu); Tryp- anosoma Eran i (Infection by); Trypano- soma hippicum; Trypanosoma nanum; Trypa- nosoma vivax. Musgrave (W. E.) & Williamson (N._ E.) A preliminary report on trypanosomiasis of horse in the .Philippine Islands. 8°. Manila, 1903. Blacklock (B ) The trypanosomes found in a horse naturally infected in the Gambia; a double infection. Ann. Trop. M. & Parasitol., Liverp.. 1912-13, vi, 107-116.— Buzzard (M.) & Schneider (G.) Note on the ex- istence in Algeria of a Trypanosoma different to that of dourine. Vet. J., Lond.. 1903, n. s., vii, 101-104.—< oimal (A.) A report on the serum treatment of a horse suffer- ing from trypanosomiasis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1910, ii, 874. Also [Abstr.]: J. Trop. M., Lond., 1910, xiii, 245 — Ferraro. Un tripanosoma negli equini. Clin, vet., Milano, 1912, xxxv, 631.—de Greef. Guerison de deux cas de trypanosomiase du cheval par l'orpiment. Ann. de med."vet., Brux., 1912, Ixi, 546-550.—Laveran (A.) De Paction du serum humain sur les trypanosomes du nagana, du caderas et du surra. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1903, exxxvii, 15-19.—Laveran (A.) & Mes- nil (F.) Recherches experimentales sur la trypanoso- miase de chevaux de l'Annam; comparaison avec le surra. Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1906, xx, 296-303.— Mason (F.E.) Equine trypanosomiasis in Egypt. J. Comp. Path. & Therap., Edinb. & Lond., 1912, xxv, 93- 109.—Morvan. Trypamosomiase des equides et prophy- laxie humaine. Caducee, Par., 1907, vii, 174.—Nocard. Sur les rapports qui existent entre la dourine et le surra ou le nagana. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1901, 11. s., iii, 484-466.— Thiroux (A.) & Teppaz (L.) Traite- ment des trypanosomiases chez les chevaux par l'orpi- ment seul ou associe k l'atoxal. Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1909, xxiii, 426-429.-----------. Traitement des trypanosomiases chez les chevaux par l'orpiment seul ou associe k l'atoxyl ou a l'emetique de potasse. Ibid., 1910, xxiv, 220-233.—Vassal (J.-J.) Trypanosomiase des che- vaux de l'Annam. Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1906, xx, 256-295.—'VakimofT(W. L.) Zur Biologie der Try- panosomen der Nagana und des Mal de caderas. Cen- tralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1904, xxxvii, 668-678.—Yorke (W.) & Blacklock (B.) The trypa- nosomes found in two horses naturally infected in the Gambia. Ann. Trop. M. panosome anaemia. J. Path. & Bacteriol., Cambridge 1912-13, xvii, 347-366.—Cazalbou. lo. Mbori experi- mentale. 2o Notesurlasoumaya. [Rap.deA. Laveran.] ^i' A,«d-Tdxe m<§d" Par- 1904> 3- s- lj- 348-358.-Della \ Ida (M. L.) Alcune osservazioni sulla tripanosomiasi sperimentale. Bull. d. r. Accad. med. di Roma 1906 xxxii, 287-294.-Bella Vida (M. L.) & Verdozzi (C j Trypanosomiasis (Experimental). Recherches hematologiquesdans les trypanosomiases ex- perimentales. Folia haematol., Berl., 1906, iii, 617-619.— Fhrlich (P.) Experimentelle Trypanosomenstudien. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1907, xxxiii, 361. Also: Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1907, liv, 396 — Fantham (H. B.) & Thomson (J. G.) Eninuerative studies on Trypanosoma gambiense and Trypanosoma rhodesiense in rats, guinea-pigs, and rabbits; periodic variations disclosed. (Preliminary note.) Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond., 1911, s. B., lxxxiii, 206-211.—Ferronl (E.) Tripanosomiasi sperimentale e gravidanza. Ann. di ostet., Milano, 1910, i, 373-379.—Foy (H. A.) A third re- port on experimental work on animal trypanosomiasis. J. Trop. M. [etc.], Lond., 1911, xiv, 301-308.— <»artokh (O. O.) & Yakiiuotf(V. L.) K voprosu o svyazivanii komplementa pri eksperimentalnikh tripanozomozakh. [Fixation of the complements in experimental try- panosomiasis.] Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1908, xv, 601.— Gonder (R.) & Sieber (H.) Experimentelle Unter- suchungen iiber Trypanosomen. Centralbl. f, Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1909,xlix, Orig., 321-325, 1 pl.—Mas- saglia (A.) Osservazioni varie sulle trypanosomiasi sperimentali e sulla biologia dei trypanosomi. Boll. d. r. Accad. med, di Genova, 1906, xxi, 82-87. -----. Try- panosomiasi sperimentale e gravidanza. Gazz d. osp., Milano, 1906, xxvii, 810-813.—Mayer (M.) Experimen- telle Beitriige zur Trypanosomeninfection. Ztschr. f. exper. Path. u. Therap., Berl., 1905, i, 539-550.—Mo rax (V.) Inoculation intracorneenne des trypanosomes. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1909, ii, 261-264.— Spiel- meyer. Experimentelle Tabes bei Hunden (Trypano- somen-Tabes). Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1906, liii 2338-2340.—Trautmann (R.) Etude experimentale sur l'association du spirille de la tick-fever et de divers trypanosomes. Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1907, xxi, 808-824.—Ulbrlch (H.) Manifestations oculaires pri- mitives provoquees par injection des trypanosomes dans les vaisseaux de l'ceil. Ann. d'ocul., Par., 1910, cxliii, 10; 113.—YakimottrV. L.) K voprosuobizmleneniyakh krovi zhivotnikh pri eksperimentalnikh tripanozomo- zakh. [Alterations in the blood of animals produced by experimental trypanosomiasis.] Arch. biol. nauk . . ., S.-Peterb., 1907-8, xii, 237-270, 2 diag. Also, transl: Arch. d. sc. biol., St.-Petersb.', 1907-8, xiii, 243-270, 2 diag. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Sleeping Sick. Bureau. Bull., Lond.. 1908-9, 149-153. Trypanosomiasis (Geographical dis- tribution of). See, also, Trypanosomiasis (Bovine); Try- panosomiasis (Equine); and under specific names of different Trypanosomas. Beodem (A.) Les infections a trypanosomes au Congo chez l'homme et lee animaux. 8°. Bruxelles, 1904. Dutton (J. E.) & Todd (J. L.) First report of the trypanosomiasis expedition to Senegambia (1902). With notes by H. E. Annett and ap- pendix by F. V. Theobald. 4°. Liverpool, 1903. Le Borgne (E.-J.) * La trypanosomiase hu- maine (distribution g£ographique; diagnostic; prophylaxie; traitement). 8°. Bordeaux, 1908. Martin (G.) Les trypanosomiases de la Guinee francaise. 8°. Paris, 1906. Thiroux (A.) & d'Anfreville de La Salle (L.) La maladie du sommeil et les trypanoso- miases animales au Senegal, roy. 8°. Paris, 1911. Baker (C.J.) Threecasesof Trypanosoma in man in Entebbe,Uganda. Brit.M.J.,Lond.,1903,i,1254-1256.—Bal- four (A.) Trypanosomiasis in the Anglo-Egyptian Sou- dan. Ibid., 1904, ii, 1456. -----. Trypanosomiasis in the Anglo-Egyptian Sudan. Edinb. M. J., 1905, n. s., xviii,202- 212,1 pl. Also: J.Trop.M.,Lond.,1906,ix,84-92;lpl. -----. Trypanosomiasis in the Anglp-Egyptian Sudan. J. Path. & Bacteriol., Edinb. & Lond., 1906, xi,209-236,3 pl. Also[Ab- str.]: Rep. Wellcome Research Lab., K hartoum, 1908, iii, 27- 35, 3pl.—Bettencourt (A.) & Franca (C.) Note sur l'existence du Trypanosoma cuniculi en Portugal. Arch. de l'Inst. roy. de bacteriol. Camara Pestana, Lisb., 1906, i, 167-169.—Bouet (G.) Les trypanosomiases animales de laBasse-C6te d'lvoire. Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1907, xxi, 468-474. -----. Les trypanosomiases de la Haute- C6te d'lvoire. Ibid., 969-982. Also: Ann. d'hyg. et de med. colon., Par., 1908, xi, 572-588. -----. Note sur les trypanosomiases du Dahomev. Bull. Soc path, exot., Par., 1908, i, 519-524.—Bonft'ard (G.) La baieri; trypa- nosomiase animale des territoires de la boucle du Niger. Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1908, xxii, 1-25. Also, transl.: J. Trop. Vet. Sc, Calcutta, 1908, iii, 33.5-355, 1 pl.—Bri- TRYPANOSOMIASIS. 527 TRYPANOSOMIASIS. Trypanosomiasis (Geographical dis- tribution of). mont (E.) Sur deux trypanosomes de mammiferes de la Guyane. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1912, lxxii, 415.—Broden (A.) Ueber einige Falle von Infektion mit Trypanosomen am Congo, an Menschen und Tieren beobachtet. Ztschr. f. ang. Mikr., Leipz., 1904, x, 35-37. -----. La trypanosomiase chez l'Europeen. [Rap. de Firket.] Bull. Acad. roy. de m6d. de Belg., Brux., 1905, 4. 8., xix, 682-684. Also: J. med.de Brux., 1906, xi, 121.-----. Trypanosomiases animales au Congo. Bull. Acad. roy. de med. de Belg., Brux., 1906, 4. s., xx, 387-416, 1 pl. [Rap. de Firket], 343.—Broden (A.)&Rodhain(J.) Report on human trypanosomiasis from Leopoldville. Sleeping Sick.Bureau. Bull.,Lond.,1908-9,no.5,190-196.—Brown (A.) Trypanosomiasis in north-eastern Rhodesia. J. Trop. M. "[etc.], Lond., 1911, xiv, 166.—Bruce (Sir D.), Hamerton (A. E.) [etal.]. Trypanosome diseasesof domestic animals in Uganda. I. Trypanosoma peeorum. Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond., 1910, s. B., lxxxii, 468-479, 2 pl. Also: J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond., 1911, xvii, 1-12. ----------"-----. Trypanosome diseases of domestic ani- mals in Uganda. J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond., 1912, xviii, 264-267. Also: J.Trop. M. [etc.], Lond., 1911, xiv, 17- 19.—Buffard(M.)& Schneider (G.) Note sur l'exis- tence en Algeried' une trvpanosomoseautre que ladourine. Rev. demed. v6t., Par.,1902,8.s..ix,721-727.—Carougeau. Note relative k l'existence du trvpanosome en Indo-Chine. Bull. Soc. centr. de med. v6t., Par., 1901, n. s., xix, 295.— Castellan! (A.) Remarks on the possible plurality of species of the Trypanosomes affecting man in Africa. J. Trop. M. [etc.], Lond., 1911, xiv, 17. — Cazalbou (L.) Les trypanosomiases au Soudan francais. Rec. de m6d. vet., Par., 1904, lxxxi, 615-623. -----. Le Macina, foyer Permanent de trypanosomiase. Compt. rend. Soc. de iol., Par., 1905, lviii, 564. -----. Contribution a I'etude des trypanosomiases de 1'Afrique occidentale; quelques modifications de virulence. Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1907, xxi,911-927. Also, transl.: J. Trop. Vet. Sc,Calcutta, 1908, iii, 356-371. -----. A note on "Baleri." J. Trop. Vet. Sc, Calcutta, 1908, iii, 85-91.—Christopherson (J. B.) Trypanosomiasis in the Egyptian Sudan. J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond., 1905, v, 139. — Donovan (C.) On the possibility of the occurrence of trypanosomiasis in India. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1903, ii, 79.—Button (J. E.) & Todd (J. L.) Researches on trypanosomiasis in West Africa. Ibid., 650-652. Also: J. Trop. M., Lond., 1903, vi, 343; 358— Dutton (J. E.),Todd (J. L.) & Christy (C.) Human trypanosomiasis on the Congo; being the first progress report of the expedition of the Liverpool School of Tropical Medicine to the Congo, 1903. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1904, i, 186-188. Also: Thompson Yates & John- ston Lab. Rep., Liverp., 1905, vi, pt. 1,1-10.----------- -----. Two cases of trypanosomiasis in Eu opeans. Thompson Yates & Johnston Lab. Rep.. Liverp., 1905, vi, pt. 1, 89-97.—Edlngton (A.) & Coutts (J. M.) A note on a recent epidemic of the trypanosomiasis at Mauritius. Lancet, Lond., 1901, ii, 952-955. —Elders (C.) Trypa- nosomiasis beim Menschen auf Sumatra. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1909-10, liii, 42,1 pl. -----. Ueber eine klinisch und atiologisch der Trypanosomiasis und Schlafkrankheit verwandte Krankheit bei Javanen auf Sumatra. Arch. f. Schiffs- u. Tropen-Hyg., Leipz., 1911, xv, 1-7,1 pl.—Fry (W. B.) Animal trypanosomia- ses in the Anglo-Egyptian Sudan. Rep. Wellcome Trop. Research Lab., Khartoum, 1911,iv, 41-56,1 pl.—Grattan (H. W.) A note on trypanosomiasis in Sierra Leone. J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond., 1906, vii, 485-493.— Grat- tan (H. W.) & Cochrane (E. W.) Trypanosomiasis in the West AfricanRegiment,Sierra Leone. Ibid.,524-540.— Harvey (F.) Animal trypanosomiasis in West Africa, and Sierra Leone in particular. J. Roy. Inst. Pub. Health, Lond., 1908, xvi, 609-613. —Heckenroth (F.) Resume de 68 observations de trypanosomiase humaine dans la Haute-Sangha (Congo). Ann. d'hyg. et de med. colon., Par., 1909, xii, 663-669.-----. La trypanosomiase humaine sur le Congo moyen et LOubanqui. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1912, v, 403-411.—Heiser (V. G.) Trypanosomiasis in the Philippine Islands. Pub. Health Rep. U. S. Mar. Hosp. Serv. 1904-5,Wash., 1906, 261-263.—Hollebeke (L.) Trypanosomiasis in the Belgian Coneo. Interstate M. J., St. Louis, 1910, xvii, 926-931. —Jowett (W.) Further note on a cattle trypanosomiasis of Portuguese East Africa. J. Comp. Path. & Therap., Edinb. & Lond., 1911, xxiv, 21- 40.—I££randel (J.) Trypanosomiases des mammiferes au Congo francais (Haute-Sangha, Logone, Ouhame). Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1908, i, 615-519.—Klnghorn (A.) & Yorke (W.) Trypanosomes infecting game and domestic stock in the Luangwa Valley, north eastern Rhod esia. Ann. Trop. M. & Parasitol., Li verp., 1912-13, vi, 301-315— Kleine. Trypanosomenbefunde am Tanga- nyka und andere Beobachtungen. Deutsche med. Wchn- schr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1910, xxxvi, 1400-1403.— Laveran (A.) Note pour servir a l'histoire des trypanosomiases du Soudan anglo-egyptien. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1905, lviii, 292-294. -----. Trypanosomiases du Haut- Niger; un nouveau trypanosome pathogene. Caducee, Par., 1906, vi, 246. -----. Sur les trypanosomiases du Hau't-Niger. Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1907, xxi, 321-356. Also: Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1907, Trypanosomiasis (Geographical dis- tribution of). xliv, 243; 293. Also, transl.: J. Trop. Vet. Sc, Calcutta, 1907, ii, 364-392.—Laveran (A.) & Mesnil (F.) Des maladies a trypanosomes, leur repartition k la surface du globe. Janus, Amst., 1902, vii, 117: 1903, viii, 337; 393.— Lebo2ul'(A.) & Kingcnbacli. Sur quelques hemato- zoaires du Congo; trypanosomes, microrilaires, leucocy- taires. Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1910, xxiv, 945-964, 2 pl.—Leishman (W. B.) On the possibility of the occurrence of trypanosomiasis in India. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1903, i, 1252; ii, 1376.— Lingard (A.) A short account of the various trypanosomata found to date in India in the blood of some of the lower animals and fish. Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1904, xxxix, 445-447.—Loir (A.) Les trypanosomiases au Canada. Rev. de med. et d'hyg. trop., Par., 1907, iv, 68-60. Also: Union med. du Canada, Montreal, 1907, xxxvi, 127-134.—Manca (G.) Diffusione dei tripanosomi in Sardegna. Atti r. Ist. Veneto disc, lett. ed arti, Venezia, 1905-6, lxv, pt. 2, 823-827. Also [Abstr.]: Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1906, lx, 494.— Manson (P.) A case of Trypanosoma in a European. J. Trop. M., Lond., 1902, v, 330. -----. Trypanosomiasis on the Congo. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1903, i, 720. Also: J. Trop. M., Lond., 1903, vi, 85-87.—Martin (G.) Les try- panosomiases animales de la Guinee francaise. Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1907, xxi, 357-383— Martin (G.) Leboeuf & Ringenbach. Le mouvement des ma- lades trvpanosomes a Brazzaville. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1910, iii,604-609.— Martin (G.), Leboeul'& Ron- baud. Les trypanosomiases animales du Congo fran- cais. Ibid., 1908, i, 351-355.-----------------. Trypa- nosomes d'animaux divers au Moyen-Congo. Ibid., 1909, ii, 209.—Martin (G.) & Ringenbach. Un nouveau cas de trypanosomiase humaine chez l'europeen. Ibid., 480-482.—Master (D. C.) An accountof human trypan- osomiasis in Africa. Middlesex Hosp. J., Lond., 1911-12, xv, 77-85.—Mathls (C.) & Leger (M.) Trypanosomes des batraciens du Tonkin. Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1911, xxv, 671-681, 2pl.—Nabarro (D.) & Greig (E. D. W.) Further observations on the trypanosomiases (hu- man and animal) in Uganda. Roy. Soc. Rep. sleep.-sick. com., Lond., 1905, No. v, 8-47, 3 pl.—Nlklforoff (M. N.) Anaemia splenica na pochvle tripanozomiaza (tipa kala- azar). [Splenic anaemia following tripanosomiasis (kala- azar type).] Med. Obozr., Mosk.,1910, lxxiv, 34-39,1 pl.— Pe^caud (Q.) Trypanosomiases animales au Dahomey. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1909, ii, 551-559.—Penning (C.-A.) Les trvpanosomoses aux Indes neerlandaises. Janus, Amst., 1904, ix, 514; 557; 620: 1905, x, 29; 69; 137, 2 pl., 3 diag.—Remy (F.-J.) Le debab dans la region de Barika (Algerie). Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1908, i, 22- 24, 1 map.—Rennes. Contribution k I'etude d'une try- panosomose nord africaine. Bull. Soc. centr. de med. vet., Par., 1904, lviii, 248-250.—Rodhain (J.) Trypa- nosomiases humaine et animales dans 1'Ubangi. Arch. f. Schiffs- u. Tropen-Hyg., Leipz., 1907, xi, 283-297.—Rod- hain (J.),Van den Branden (F.)[etal.]. Les trypa- noses animales au Baskatanga et leurs rapports avec les glossines (2m« note). Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1912, v, 281-284.—Boger (J.) & Grefltulhe. Sur une trypano- somiase observee en Algfirie. Compt, rend. Soc. de biol., 1905, lviii, 396; 826.—Sanderson ( M.) The human try- panosomiasis of Nvasaland. Tr. Soc. Trop. M. & Hyg., Lond., 1911-12, v, 295-320, 2 maps.—Sergent (E.) & Ser- gent (E.) Etudes sur les trypanosomiases de Berberie en 1905. Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1906, xx, 665-681.— Sergent (E.), Sergent (E.) & Ledoux (E.) Le de- bab dans la region de la Zousfana (Sud-Oranais). Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1908, i, 25.—Stordy (R. J.) The Uganda transport; through the tsetse-fly belt of British East Africa. Veterinarian, Lond., 1899, 4. s., lxxii, 11- 20.—Szewczyk (J.) Note sur une trypanosomose observee dans l'Extreme Sud Oranais. Bull. Soc. centr. de m6d. v6t., Par., 1903, n. s., xxi, 218-221.— Theiler (A.) Sur un nouveau trypanosome de l'Afri- que du Sud. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1909, ii, 392- 395.—Thiroux (M.) & TeppazfM.) Les trypanoso- miases animales au Senegal. Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1907, xxi, 211-223. Also: J. Trop. Vet. Sc, Calcutta, 1907, ii, 417-424.—Todd (J. L.) Trypanosomiasis in Europeans. Sleeping Sick. Bureau. Bull., Lond., 1910, ii, 314-321.—Todd (J. L.) & "Wolbaeh (S. B.) The diag- nosis and distribution of human trypanosomiasis in the colony and protectorate of the Gambia; first report of the expedition of the Liverpool School of Tropical Medicine to the Gambia, 1911. Ann. Trop. M. & Parasitol., Liverp., 1911, v. 245-286, 1 map. Also, Reprint.—Trypanoso- miasis in the Anglo-Egyptian Sudan. Rep. Wellcome Research Lab., Khartoum, 1906, ii, 113-173, 1 pl., 1 tab.— Trypanosomiasis in Annam. [Edit.] Brit. M. J., Lond., 1906, ii, 319.—Wellman (F. C.) Human try- panosomiasis in southern Angola. J. Trop. M., Lone1., 1905, viii, 327. -----. Interim report on trypanosomiasis in Portuguese Southwest Africa. Am. Med., Phila. & York, Pa., 1907, n. s., ii, 173-178. Also: Am.Soc. Trop. M., [n. p.], 1907-8, iii.—Ziemann (H.) Tse-tse-Krankheit in Togo (West-Afrika). Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1902, xxxix, 930-936. Also, transl: J. Trop. M., Lond., 1902, v, 307: 1903, vi, 16. TRYPANOSOMIASIS. 528 TRYPANOSOMIASIS. Trypanosomiasis (Human). See, also, Sleeping sickness; Trypanosomi- asis (Geographical distribution of). Ayres-Kopke. Trypanosomiasis humaine. Arch. de hyg. e path, exotic, Lisb., 1904-6, i, 159-188. Also: Cong, internat. de med., Lisbonne, 1906-7, xv, sect. 17, 233-260.—Barabaschl (P.) Di una nuova tripanoso- miasi dell' uomo. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1910, xxxi, 601- 603.—Beck & Week. Die menschliche Trypanoso- men-Krankheit am Rovuma in Deutsch-Ostafrika. Arch. f. Schiffs- u. Tropen-Hyg., Leipz., 1913, xvii, 145- 160—Boyce (R. W.), Ross (R.) & Sherrington (C. S.) The history of the discovery of trypanosomes in men. Lan- cet, Lond., 1903, i, 509-513.—Bruce (SirD.) Trypanoso- miasis. In: Mod. med. (Osier), 8°, Phila. & N. Y., 1907, i, 460-487,lpl.—Bruce(SirD.),Balfour(A.) [etal.]. Dis- cussion on human trypanosomiasis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1910, ii, 864-866.—Chatterjee (G. C.) Notes on a few cases of trypanosomiasis in man. Lancet, Lond., 1904, ii, 1664.—Dendrlnos (G.) Ueber einen neuen Krank- heitserreger der Trypanosomengruppe. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1913,lxviii,Orig., 29,1 pl — Dubois (A.) Notes sur l'autoagglutination des hema- ties dans la trypanosomiase humaine. Bull. Soc. path. exot., Par., 1912, v, 686-693.—Giinther & Weber. Ein Fall von Trypanosomenkrankheit beim Menschen. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1904, li, 1044-1047.—Keran- del (J.) Un cas de trypanosomiase chez un medecin; auto-observation. Bull. Soc path, exot., Par., 1910, iii, 642-662. Also [Abstr.]: Caducee, Par., 1911, xi, 19-21.— Kudicke. Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der menschlichen Trypanosomakrankheit. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1906, xli, 72-74, 1 diag.—Lel'as (E.) La trypanosomiase humaine. Arch. g6n. de med., Par., 1903, ii, 2222-2221—.Marchand (F.) & Ledingham (J. C. G.) Zur Fra ire der Trypanosoma-Infektion beim Menschen. Centrallil. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1904, xxxv, 594-598. Also, transl.: Lancet, Lond., 1904, i, 149.—Martin (L.) & Girard (J.) Sur un cas de try- panosomiase chez un blanc. [Rap. de A. Laveran.] Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1905, 3. s., liii, 430-439.— Massaglia (A.) Le infezioni da tripanosoma nella gravidanza e nell'allattamento. Path. Riv. quindicin., Genova, 1908-9, i, 241-243.—Mayer (M.) Trypanosomi- asis des Menschen. Ergebn. d. inn. Med. u. Kinderh., Berl., 1908, ii, 1-29— Nattan-Larrler (L.) Un nou- veau cas de trypanosomiase chez un blanc Bull, et mem. Soc. m6d. d. hop. de Par., 1906, 3. s., xxiii, 436-440.— Navarre (P.-J.) Maladies a trypanosomes de l'homme. Lynn med., 1904, cii, 514-521.—Riquier (G. C.) Try- f>anosomiasi e gravidanza. Gazz. med. ital., Torino, 1912, xiii, 491.—Taylor (W.I.) & Currie (J.) A case of trypanosomiasis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1905, i, 248.—Thi- roux (A.) De la conception et de la grossesse au cours de la trypanosomiase humaine. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1909, ii, 477-479.—Todd (J. L.) Notes on human trypanosomiasis. Montreal M. J., 1910, xxxix, 546-648. Trypanosomiasis (Human, Diagnosis and semeiology of). See, also, Trypanosomiasis (Human, Eye in). Gery (L. A.) *Les phenomenes cutanes au cours de la trypanosomiase humaine en particulier dans la race blanche. (Etude clini- que etanatomo-pathologique.) 8°. Paris, 1910. Allain & Trautmann. Trypanosomiase humaine et pneumonie. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1910, iii, 25.— Antonino (S.) Malaria y tripanosomiasis. Gac. m6d. catal., Barcel., 1909, xxxv, 328-336.—Broden (A.) & Bodhain (J.) Le liquide cerebrospinal dans la try- panosomiase humaine. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1908, l, 496-499.—Busquet (P.) Des relations qui paraissent exister entre la trypanosomiase humaine, la fievre dum- dum, le kala-azar et certaines formes de cachexie dite paludeenne. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1904, xxv, 417—Darre (H.) Les sympt6mes cutanes de la trypanosomiase humaine. Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1908, 4. s., ix, 673-691.—Diagnosis of human try- panosomiasis. [Edit.] Sleeping Sick. Bureau. Bull., Lond., 1908-9, no. 2, 53-60.—Dutton (J. E.) & Todd (J. L.) Gland palpation in human trypanosomiasis. Liver- pool School Trop. Med 1906, Mem., xviii, 1-21, 2 pl. Also [Abstr.]: J. Trop. M., Lond., 1906, ix, 237.—Forde (R. M.) Some clinical notes on a European patient in whose blood a Trypanosoma was observed. J. Trop. M., Lond 1902, v, 261-263, 1 pl— Heckenroth. Les svmptdmes de la trypanosomiase humaine. Bull. Soc. path, exot.. Par., 1909, ii, 264-267.—Lanfranchi (A.) Su la diag- nosi delle tripanosomiasi in genere e su la loro possibile differenzazione, median te 1' impiego dei sieri di animali iperimmunizzati ricchi di anticorpi. Clin, vet., Milano 1912, xxxv. '.)28-'J45.—Martin (G.) Svndrome choreique dans un ca-^ d>- trypanosomiase humaine. Encephale Par., 1911, ii, 460-462.-Martln (G.) & Lebceuf. Diag- nostic microscopique de la trypanosomiase humaine. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1908, i, 126-134. Also: Ann Trypanosomiasis (Human, Diagnosis and semeiology of). de lTn-t. Pasteur, Par., 1908, xxii,518-540.—.Martin (L.) & Darris (H.) Remarques sur revolution et le pronostic de la trypanosomiase chez les blancs. Bull. Soc. path. exot., Par., 1910, iii, 389-398.—Montgomery (R. E.) <& Klngborn (A.) Gland puncture in the diagnosis of animal trypanosomiasis. Ann. Trop. M. & Parasitol., Liverp., 1908-9, ii, 387-389.—Mott (F. W.) Note upon the examination, with negative results, of the central nervous system in a caseof cured human trypanosomiasis. Lancet, Lond., 1911, i, 500.—Nattan-Larricr (L.) Trypanosomiase a forme exanthema tique chez le blanc. Bull, et ni6m. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1906, 3. s., xxiii, 980-985. -----. Diagnostic de la trypanosomiase dans la race blanche. Presse med., Par., 1906, xiv, 661. -----. Notes sur les troubles mentaux de la trypanosomiase. Caducee, Par., 1910, x, 216.—Nattan-Larrler (L.) & Tanon. Valeur des exanthemes dans la fievre try- panosomiasique. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1906, lx, 1065-1067.—Thiroux (A.) Les lesions cutanees dans la trypanosomiase humaine. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1909, ii, 532-534. -----. De l'alienation mentale dans la trypanosomiase humaine. Rev. de psychiat., Par., 1910, xiv, 359-361.—Tliiroux (A.) <& Pelletler (J.) De la meningite aigue dans la trypanosomiase humaine. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1909, ii, 400-402.—Todd (J. L.) A review of the position of gland palpation in the diagnosis of human trypanosomiasis. J. Trop, M., Lond., 1908, xi, 229-233. Trypanosomiasis (Human, Eye in). Daniels (C. W.) Recurring keratitis caused by try- panosomes. J. Trop. M. [etc.], Lond., 1911, xiv, 161.— Faber (E.) & Starcke (A.) Opticus-atrophie door trypanosomiasis; atoxyl-gebruik of framba-sia. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1908, 2. R., xliv, 1, Aid., 1106-1112.—da Gama Pinto (J.) Troubles visuels dans la trypanosomiase humaine; etude anatomo-patho- logique. Arch. hyg. path, exot., Lisboa, 1911, iii, 3-18, 2 pl.—Leber (A.) Ueber Trypanosomentoxine und try- panotoxische Keratitis parenchymatosa. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1908, xxxiv, 1850.—Morax (V.) Les affections oculaires dans les trypanosomiases. Ann. d'ocul., Par., 1906, exxxvi, 437-452. -----. Manifes- tations oculaires au cours des trypanosomiases. Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1907, xxi, 47-61, 2 pl. Also: Ann. d'ocul., Par., 1908, cxl, 39-45 Also, transl.: J. Trop. Vet. Sc, Calcutta, 1907, ii, 322-332. -----. Chorioretinite et trypanosomiase humaine. Bull. Soc. path, exot, Par., 1910, iii, 305-308.—Nattan-Larrier (L.) & Monthu* (A.) Iritis et trypanosomiase chez l'homme. Ibid., 1908, i, 277-280.—Splelmeyer (W.) DieOptikusdegene- ration bei der Trypanosomen- (Tsetse-) Tabes der Hunde. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh., Stuttg., 1907, xiv, 545-551, 1 pl.— Ullrich (H.) Manifestations inflammatoires cho- rioretiniennes provoquees par l'inoculation intravorti- queuse de trypanosomes. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1910, iii, 303-305. Trypanosomiasis (Human, Treatment of). Aubert (P.) & Heckenroth (F.) Prophylaxie de la trypanosomiase humaine et arsenophenylglycine en injections intra-veineuses. Bull. Soe. path, exot., Par., 1911, iv, 419.----------. L'arsenophenylglycine dans le traitement de la trypanosomiase humaine. Ibid., 411- 418. — Balfour (A.) Chrvsoidin in trypanosomiasis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1904, ii, 1694.—Bevan (E. W.) Notes on a strain of human trypanosomiasis and a review of the present knowledge of the human trypanosomiasis of northern Rhodesia and Nyasaland. J. Comp. Path. ar- tokh (O. O.) & Yakimofr (V. L.) Ob izcheznovenii hemoliticheskavo komplementa pri eksperimentalnikh tripanozomakh. [Disappearance of the hemolytic com- plement in experimental trypanosomiasis.] Vet. Obozr., Mosk., 1909, xi, 38-40.—Goebel (O.) Action du venin de cobra sur les trypanosomes. Ann. Soc. de med. de Gand, 1905, lxxxv, 148-151. Also [Abstr.]: Belgiquemed.,Gand- Haarlem, 1905, xii, 315. -----. Sur la formation des hemo- lysines chez les animaux atteints de trypanosomiase. Ann. Soc. de med. de Gand. 1906, lxxxvi. 250-256.—Har- toch (O.) & Willini (Maria). Ueber nicht spezifi- schen Opsoninschwund bei Komplementverarmung des Serums trypanosomenkranker Tiere. Wien. klin. Wchn- schr., 1908. xxi, 1411-1414.-----------. Zur Frage der Komplementbindung bei experimentellen Trypanoso- mosen. Ibid., 753-755.----------. Beobachtungen fiber Komplementschwund bei experimentellen Trypanoso- mosen. Ibid.. 1376.—Jacoby (M.) Ueber die Herstel- lung von serumfesten Trvpanosomenstiimmen. Ver- handl. d. physiol. Gesellsch."zu Berl. (1909), 1910, xxxiv, 13-16. — Jart'e (J.) Ueber trypanozoide Eigenschaften der Organe und ihrer Extrakte. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. etc.], 1. Abt, Jena, 1910, lv, Orig., 519-527. — Korke V. T.) On the correlation between trypanosomes, leu- cocytes, coagulation time, haemoglobin and specific grav- ity of blood. Ann. Trop. M. & Parasitol., Liverp., 1911, v, 127-131. — Lange. Makroskopische Agglutination bei Trvpanosomen. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], L Abt, Jena, 1911, 1, Ref., Beiheft, 171-177.—Laveran & Mes- nil. Sur l'agglutination des trypanosomes du rat par divers serums. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1900, 11. s., ii, 839-942. — Laveran (A.) & Nattan-Larrler. Sero-diagnostic des infections at Trypanosoma gambiense et a Trypanosoma rhodesiense. Bull. Soc path, exot., Par., 1912, v, 220-225— Laveran (A.) & Pettit (A.) La virulence des trypanosomes des mammiferes peut-elle etre modifiee apres passage par des vertebre.sfl, sang froid? Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1909, cxlix, 329-332.— Laveran (A.) & Roudsky (D.) Resultats obtenus en meiangeant un virus a trypanosomes acentrosomiques avec un virus normal de meme espece. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par.,1912, lxxii, 313—Leger (M.) Le sang dans la trypanosomiase experimentale; action sur la formule hemato-leucocvtaire du traitement par l'emetique. Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1909, xxiii, 70-84.—Levaditi (C.) & Mcintosh (J.) Mecanisme de la creation de races TRYPANOSOMIASIS. 531 TRYPANOSOMIASIS. Trypanosomiasis (Serology and he- matology of). de trypanosomes resistantes aux anticorps. Bull. Soc. path, exot, Par., 1910, iii, 368-376. —Levaditi (C.) & Mutermilch (S.) Le mecanisme de la creation des varietes de trypanosomes resistant aux anticorps. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1909, lxvi, 49-51.-----------. Recherches sur la methode de Bordet et Gengou appiiquee a I'etude des trypanosomiases. Ztschr. f. Immunitats- forsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1909, ii. 702-722. — Levaditi (C.) & Yamanonchi (T.) La reaction des lipo'ides dans les trypanosomiases et les spirilloses experi- mentales. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1908, i, 140-144 — Levi della Vid a (M.) La deviazione del complement! nelle tripanosomia-i sperimentali. Ann. d' ig. sper., Roma, 1907, n. s., xvii. 689-704. Also: Bull. d. r. Accad. med. di Roma, 1908, xxxiv, 135-149— Manteufel. Untersuchungen iiber spezifische Agglomeration und Komplementbindung bei Trypanosomen und Spirochse- ten. Arb. a. d. k. Gsndhtsamte, Berl., 1908, xxviii, 172- 197.—Manteufel & Woithe. Ueber die diagnostische Bedeutung der Komplementbindungsreaktion bei Trypa- nosomeninfektion. Ibid., xxix, 452-477.— Marulll (A.) Dell' azione esercitata dal siero e dal cruore di cavia tripanosomizzata sulla tripanosomiasi sperimentale. Gazz. internaz. di med., Napoli, 1911, xiv, 738-742.— Marzocchi (V.)&Messlneo (G.) Della reazione del Wassermann nelle tripanosomiasi sperimentali, in rap- porto con la cosi detta "reazione di gruppo." Riv. d' ig. e san. pubb., Torino. 1910, xxi, 613-619.—Mattes (W.) Agg-lutinationserscheinungen bei den Trypanosomen der Schlafkrankheit, Nagana, Dourine, Beschalseuche und des Kongokustenfiebers, unter Beriicksichtigung der Farbemethoden, der morphologischen und biologischen Verhaltnisse der Erreger. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1912, lxv, Orig., 538-673.—Mesnil (F.) De Paction comparee des serums de primates sur les infec- tions a trvpanosomes; troisieme note. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.,"Par., 1912, lxxii, 408-410.-Mesnil (F.) & Leboeuf (A.) De Taction comparee des serums de pri- mates sur lesinfections a trvpanosomes. Ibid., 1910, lxix, 382-384.—Mesnil (F.), Leboeuf (A.) & Ringen- bach (J.) De Paction comparee des serums de pri- mates sur les infections k trvpanosomes. Ibid., 55- 68.—Mesnil (F.) & Ringenbach (J.) De Paction dea.serums de primates sur les trypanosomes humains d'lfrique. Compt rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1912, civ, 78- 82.—Mutermilch (S.) Opochodzeniuniwecznik6w w swidrowicach Swinek morskich. [The origin of anti- bodies in trypanosomiasis of guinea pigs.] Medycyna i Kron. lek., Warszawa, 1910, xiv, 1145-1151. Also, transl: Ann. de l'Inst.Pasteur, Par., 1911, xxv, 776-784.—Nattan- Larrier (L.) & Allain. L'equilibreleucocytaire chez les noirs atteints de trypanosomiase. Bull. Soc. path. exot., Par., 1908, i, 360-366.—Nauss (R. W.) & Yorke (W.) Reducing action of trypanosomes on haemoglobin. Ann. Trop. M. & Parasitol., Liverp., 1911, v, 199-214.— Nlerensteln (M.) Observations on the acidity and alkalinity of the blood in trypanosome infections. Ibid., 1908, ii, 227-231.—Nlsle (A.) Beobachtungen am Blut mit Trypanosomen geimpfter Tiere. Arch. f. Hyg., Munchen u. Berl., 1905, liii, 181-204, lpl.—Ruppert (F.) Serologische Methoden zur Diagnostik von Trypanoso- menkrankheiten. Berl. tierarztl. Wchnschr., 1912, xxviii, 381-383.—Sabrazes (J.) & Muratet (L.) Absence d'auto-agglutination des hematics dans les preparations du sang d'Anguilla vulgaris con tenant des trypanosomes. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1907, xxviii, 231.— Schern (K.) Ueber die Wirkung von Serum und Le- berextrakten auf Trypanosomen. Arb. a. d. k. Gsndhts- amte, Berl., 1911, xxxviii, 338-367.—Schilling (C.) & von HOsslin. Trypanosomen-Infektion und Komple- mentbindung. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1908, xxxiv. 1422-1425.—Terry (B. T.) Immunity to various species of trypanosomes induced in mice by the cure of experimental infections. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1908-9, vi, 118-120. -----. The advantage of certain experiments in vitro of suspending trypano- somes in serum. Ibid., 1911-12, ix, 40.— Todd (J. L.) A note on the occurrence of auto-agglutination of the red cells in human trypanosomiasis. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1910, iii, 438-443.—Winkler. Die Agglutination, Prazipitation und Komplementbindung als Hilfsmittel zum Nachweis der Trypanosomenkrankheiten imbeson- derender Beschalseuche. Berl. tierarztl. Wchnschr., 1911, xxvii, 933-936.—Yorke (W.) On the variation of the haemolytic complement in experimental trypanosomiasis. Ann. Trop. M. & Parasitol., Liverp., 1909-10, 565-579. Trypanosomiasis (Transmission [and infectivity] of). See, also, Sleeping1 sickness (Transmission of). Anschtitz (G.) Ueber Uebertragungsversuche von Hsemoproteus orizivorae und Trypanosoma paddse, nebst Bemerkungen fiber den Entwickelungsgang des ersteren. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt, Jena, 1910, liv, Orig., 328-331, 2 pl.—Bevan (L. E. W.) & MacGregor Trypanosomiasis (Transmission [and infectivity \ of). (M. E.) Note on the passage of a human trypanosome through domestic animals. J. Comp. Path. & Therap., Edinb. & Lond., J.910, xxiii, 160-167.—Brumpt (E.) R61e pathogene etmode de transmission du Trypanosoma inopinatum Ed. et Et. Sergent; mode d'inoculation d'autres trypanosomes. Compt. rend. Soc de biol., Par., 1906, Ixi, 167-169.—Darling (S. T.) The infection of mules by Trypanosoma hippicum through mucous mem- branes J. Exper. M., Lancaster, Pa., 1912, xv, 367-369.— Duboscq (O.) Changement de generation et change- ment d'h6te chez Trypanosoma et Spirochsete d'apres F. Schaudinn. Arch, de zool. exper. et gen. Hist, nat, [etc.], Par , 1904, 4, s., ii, pp. civ; clxix; clxxxviii.— Dutton (J. E.), Todd (J. L.) & Hanington (J. W. B.) Trvpanosome transmission experiments. Ann. Trop. M. & Parasitol., Liverp., 1907, i, 201-229.—Hart (R.L.L.) Transmission of trypanosomiasis in northeastern Rho- desia. J. Comp. Pa'th. & Therap., Edinb. & Lond., 1911, xxiv, 354-357.— Klelne (F. K.) The identity and mode of transmission of trypanosomes. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1912, ii, 1183.—Mesnil (F.) Modes de propagation de trypanosomiases; les trypanosomes chez l'h6te inverte- bre. Bull, de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1912, x, 1; 49.— Minchin (E. A.) On the occurrence of encysta- tion in Trypanosoma grayi Novy, with remarks on the method of infection in trypanosomes generally. Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond., 1907, s. B., lxxix, 35-40. Also: Roy. Soc. Rep. sleep.-sick. com., Lond., 1907, viii, 137-142— M81- lers (B.) Beitrag zur Epidemiologieder Trypanosomen- krankheiten; experimentelle Uebertragungsversuche von Tsetsetrypanosomen durch den Zeugungsakt und durch Ungeziefer. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infektionskrankh., Leipz., 1909, lxii, 425-432.—Nattan-Larrier (L.) Non-trans- mission des trypanosomiases de la mere au foetus. Bull. Soc. path, exot, Par., 1912, v, 550-556. -Petrie (G. F.) & Avari (C. R.) On the seasonal prevalence of Trypano- soma lewisi in Mus rattus and in Mus decumanus and its relation to the mechanism of transmission of the infec- tion. Parasitology, Cambridge, 1909, ii, 305-324.—Rodet (A.). Rubinstein (Mile.) &Bader. Trypanosomiases et infections bacteriennes; influence reciproque. Bull. Soc. path, exot, Par., 1910, iii, 83-87.—Shultz (O. T.) Upon the nature and transmission of trypanosomes. Cleveland M. J., 1911, x, 729-743.—Thomas (H. W.)'& Linton (S. F.) A comparison of the animal reactions of the trypanosomes of Uganda and Congo Free State sleeping sickness with those of Trypanosoma gambiense (Dutton). Lancet, Lond., 1904, i, 1337-1340.—Todd (J. L.) A note on recent trypanosome transmission experi- ments. J. Trop. M. [etc.], Lond., 1909, xii, 260.—Yaki- moli'iW. L.) & Schiller (N.) Zur Trypanosomenin- fektion durch die Schleimhaut des Verdauungstraktes. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt, Jena, 1907, xliii, Orig., 694-702. Trypanosomiasis (Transmission of) by insects. See, also, Nagana; Trypanosoma Brueei (In- fection by); Trypanosoma Cazalboui (Infection by); Trypanosoma Evansi (Infection by); Tryp- anosomiase in rodents; Tsetse fly. Hourtoule (V.) *La mouche tsetse" et lea insectes agents propagateurs des trypanosomo- ses. 8°. Lyon, 1905. Wellman (F. C.) Glossina palpalis well- mani; a new tse-tse fly which disseminates hu- man trypanosomiasis, T. gambiense. pp. 294- 302, lpl. 8°. [n. p.], 1906. Cutting from: Entomological News, 1906. Bishop (C. F.) Notes on a trypanosome found in a sheep tick, and its probable connection with the disease known as louping-ill. Vet. J., Lond., 1911-12, lxvii, 709- 715.—Bouet (G.) & Roubaud (E.) Experiences di- verses de transmission des trypanosomes par les glossines. Bull. Soc path, exot., Par., 1910, iii, 599; 722. Also: Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1910, xxiv, 658-667.-----------. Experiences diverses de transmission des trypanosomes par les glossines: transmission naturelle de la souma (T. cazalboui) par Glossina tachinoides et morsitans; de la baieri (T. pecaudi) par Glossina morsitans au Soudan Nig6rien, en saison seche. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1911, iv, 539-544.----------. Experiences diverses de transmission des trypanosomes par les glossines; trypa- nosomiases et glossines de la Haute-Gambie et de la Casa- mance; Experiences diverses de transmission par Gl. pal- palis et morsitans. Ibid., 1912, v, 204-211.-----------. Experiences de transmission des trypanosomiases ani- males de 1'Afrique occidentale francaise par les stomaxes. Ibid., 1912, v, 544-550.—Bruce (Sir. D.), Hamerton (A. E.) [et al.]. The development of trypanosomes in tsetse flies. Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond., 1909-10, s. B.,lxxxii, TRYPANOSOMIASIS. 532 TRYPANOSOMIASIS. Trypanosomiasis (Transmission of) bg insects. 368-388. Also: J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond., 1910, xv, 422-443.—Cazalbou (L.) Experience d'infection de try- panosomiase par des Glossina palpalis infectees naturel- lement. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1906, cxliii. 435- 437.—Chatton (E.) Microsporidies consider6es comme causes d'erreurs dans I'etude du cycle 6volutif des try- panosomides chez les insectes. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1911, iv, 662-664. -----. Sur la systematique des try- panosomides des insectes. Compt. rend. Soe. de biol., Par., 1911, lxxi, 578-580— Chatton (K.)«fc Leger (A.) Eutrypanosomes, Leptomonas et leptotrypanosomes chez Drosbphila confusa Staeger. Ibid., lxx, 34-36. ----- -----. Sur l'autonomie specifique du Trypanosoma dro- sophilae Chatton et Alilaire, et sur les eutrypanosomes des muscides non sanguivores. Ibid., lxxi, 573-575.----- -----. Sur l'axostyle ou axoplaste des trypanosomides des insectes. Ibid., 575-578.-----------. Diversite des formes de reproduction chez les trypanosomides des in- sectes. Ibid., 1912, lxxii, 20-23.—Development (The) of trypanosomes in tsetse-flies. [Edit.] Sleeping Sick. Bureau. Bull., Lond., 1908-9, no. 5, 165-177.—Duke (H. L.) Some experiments with arsenphenylglycin and Try- panosoma gambiense in Glossina palpalis. Proc Roy. Soc. Lond., 1912, lxxxvi, s. B., 19-31.— Georgeivitch (J.) Sur un trypanosome nouveau, crithidie simuliae, n, sp. d'une simuiie (Simuliumcolumbacensis) de la Serbie septentrionale. Compt. rend. Soc de biol., Par., 1909, lxvii, 480-482—Greig (E. D. W.) On tsetse flies and trypanosomiasis. Tr. Bombay M. Cong., Bombay, 1909, 211-230, 1 pl.—Holmes (J. D. E.) The role played by biting flies in the spread of trypanosomiasis. J. Trop. Vet. Sc, Calcutta, 1906, i, 121-126.—K.lnghorn(A.)& Yorke (W.) On the transmission of human trypanosomes by Glossina morsitans, Westw.;and on the occurrence of hu- man trypanosomes in game. Ann. Trop. M. & Parasitol., Liverp., 1912-13, vi, 1-23.----------. A further report on the transmission of human trypanosomes by Glossina morsitans. Ibid., 269-285.----------. Trypanosomes ob- tained by feeding wild Glossina morsitans on monkeys in the Luangwa Valley, northern Rhodesia. Ibid., 317- 325.—Klelne. Positive Infektionsversuche mit Try- panosoma brueei durch Glossina palpalis. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1909, xxxv, 469. -----. Wei- tere wissenschattliche Beobachtungen fiber die Entwick- lung von Trypanosomen in Glossinen. Ibid., 924. -----. Weitere Beobachtungen iiber Tsetsefliegen und Trypa- nosomen. Ibid., 1956-1958.—Laveran (A.) Trypano- somiases et tsetse dans la Guinee francaise. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1905, cxl,75-78.—Laveran (A.) & Pettlt(A.) Au sujet du trypanasome du ierot(My- oxus nitela) et de la puce qui paralt le propager. Compt. rend. Soc. de. biol., Par., 1910, lxviii, 950-952.— Martin (L.) & Darr6 (H.) Un cas de trypanosomiase humaine contractee au laboratoire. Bull. Soc. path, exot, Par., 1912, v, 883-891.—Mesnil (F.) & Lebceuf (A.) Es- sais d'infection de singes par des trypanosomes plus ou moinssensiblesa.leurs serums. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1912, lxxii, 505-507.— Mezlncesco (D.) Les try- panosomes des moustiques et leurs relations avec les hi- moproteus des oiseaux. Ibid., 1908,lxiv,975.—Minchin (E. A.) Investigations on the development of trypano- somes in tsetse-flies and other Diptera. Quart. J. Micr. Sc, Lond., 1908, n. s., Iii, 159-260,6 pl.—Minchin (E. A.), Gray (A. C. H.) & Tulloch (F. G. M.) Glossina pal- palis in its relation to Trypanosoma gambiense and other trypanosomes. Proc. Roy. Soc Lond., 1906, s. B., lxxviii, 242-2,58, 3 pl. Also: J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond., 1906, vii, 568-583. Also: Roy. Soc. Rep. sleep-sick.com., Lond., 1907, No. viii, 122-136, 3 pl.—Minchin (E. A.) & Thom- son (J. D.) The transmission of Trypanosoma lewisi by the rat-flea (Ceratophyllus fasciatus). Brit. M. J., Lond., 1911, i, 1309.—Mode of transmission of trypanosomes by tsetse-flies. [Edit] SleepingSick. Bureau. Bull., Lond., 1908-9, no. 5, 177-188.—Novy (F. G.) The trypanosomes of tsetse flies. J. Infect. Dis., Chicago, 1906, iii, 394-411, 3 pl. Also, Reprint—Novy( F. G.). 'lacneal (W. J.) & Torrey (H.N.) Mosquitotrvpanosomes. J. Hyg., Cam- bridge, 1906, vi, 110. Also, transl.: Bull, de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1906, iv, 243.----------------. The trypanosomes of mosquitoes and other insects. J. Infect. Dis., Chi- cago, 1907,iv, 223-276,7 pl. Also, Reprint—Old (J. E. S.) Contribution to the study of trypanosomiasis and to the geographical distribution of some of the blood-sucking insects, etc. J. Trop. M. [etc.], Lond., 1909, xii, 15-22. Also: J.Trop.Vet.Sc.Calcutta,1909,iv,396-416.—Rennes. Sur les rapports du mal de la zousfana avec le nagana et le surra. Bull. Soc. centr. de med. vet., Par., 1907 Ixi 298. —Rodhain (J.), Pons (C.) [et al.]. Essais de transmission du Trypanosoma gambiense par la Glos- sina morsitans. Bull. Soc. path, exot, Par., 1912 v 762-770. Also: Arch. f. Schiffs- u. Tropen-Hyg., Leipz., 1912, xvi, 732-739.-Rodhain (J.), Pons (C.) [et al.]. Les trypanoses animales au Bas-Katanga et leurs rapports avec les glossines. Bull. Soc path, exot, Par. 1912, v, 45-50.—Rogers (L.) The transmission of the Trypanosoma evansi by horse flies, and other experiments Trypanosomiasis (Iransmission of) by insects. pointing to the probable identity of surra of India and nagana or tsetse-flv disease of Africa. Proc Roy. Soc. Lond., 1901, lxviii, 163-170. -----. Note on the role of the horse fly in the transmission of Trypanosoma infection, with a reply to Colonel Bruce's criticisms. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1904, "ii, 1454.—Ross (P. H.) Report on experi- ments to ascertain the ability of tsetse flies to convey Try- panosoma gambiense from infected to clean monkeys, and on an intra-corpuscular stage of the Trypanosoma. Roy. Soc. Rep. sleep-sick, com., Lond., 1907, viii, 80-85.— Roubaud (E.) Transmission de Trypanosoma dimor- phon par Glossina palpalis R. Desv. Ann. de l'Inst. Pas- teur, Par., 1907, xxi, 466.-----. Fixation, multiplication, culture d'attente des trypanosomes pathogenes dans la trompe des mouches tsi-tse. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1908, cxlvi, 423-425. -----. Le r61e des glossines dans la transmission des trypanosomiases. Rev.g6n.d.scpures etappliq., Par., 1909,"xx, 956-960. -----. Influence des re- actions physiologiquesdesglossinessur le developpement salivaire et la virulence des trypanosomes pathogenes. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1910, cli, 729-732. ----- Precisions relatives aux phenomenes morphologiques du developpement des trypanosomes chez lesglossines. Ibid., 1156-1158. -----. Cystotrypanosoma intestinalis n. sp.; trypanosome vrai a reproduction kystique, de l'intestin des mouches vertes (lucilies) de 1'Afrique tropicale. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1911, lxxi, 306-308. -----. Cysto-trypanosoma grayi (Novy), trypanosome propre de Glossina palpalis; polymorphisme, affinites; interet phylo- g6n6tique. Ibid., 1912, lxxii, 440-443. -----. Experiences de transmission de flagelies divers chez les muscides afri- eains du genre Pycnosoma. Ibid., 508-510.—Schilling (C.) Ueber Tsetsefliegenkrankheit (Surra, Nagana) und andere Trypanosomosen. Arch. f. Schiffs- u. Tropen- Hyg., Leipz., 1903, vii, 255-262.—Sergent (E.) Note sur le r61e des tabanides dans la propagation des trypanoso- miases. Ann. Trop. M. & Parasitol., Liverp., 1908-9, ii, 331.—Wolfel, Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Tsetse (Glos- sina morsitans) und der Trypanosomiasis. Sleeping Sick. Bureau. Bull., Lond., 1912, iv, 72. Trypanosomiasis (Treatment of). See, also, Trypanosomiasis (Human, Treat- ment of). Finkelstein (L.) * Ueber die Beeinflussung experimenteller Trypanosomenerkrankungen durch Chinin. 8°. Berlin, 1911. Frank (R. E.) * Therapeutische Versuche bei Trvpanosomenerkrankung. [Giessen.] 8°. Jena, 1905. MORGENROTH (J.) & HALBERSTiEDTER (L.) Ueber die Beeinflussung der experimentellen Trvpanosomeninfektion durch Chinin. roy. 8°. Berlin, 1910. ------------. Ueber die Beeinflussing der experimentellen Trypanosomeninfektion durch Chinin und Chininderivate. 4°. Berlin, 1911. Cutting from: Sitzungsb. d. k. preuss. Akad. d. Wissen- sch. Phys.-math. CI., 1911, ii. Neven (Q.) * Ueber die Wirkungsweise der Arzneimittel bei Trypanosomiasis. [Bern.] 8°. Giessen, 1909. Rordier (H.) & Horand (R.) Action des rayons ultra violets sur les trypanosomes. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1910, cl, 635; 886. Also: Lyon med., 1910, cxiv, 961; 1120—Breinl (A.) & Nierenstein (M.) Zum Mechanismus der Atoxylwirkung. Ztschr. f. Immuni- tatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1908-9, i, 620-632. —'■— -----. The action of aryl-stibinic acids in experi- mental trypanosomiasis. Ann. Trop. M. & Parasitol., Liverp., 1908-9, ii, 365-381.----------. Bio-chemical and therapeutical studies on trypanosomiasis. Ibid., 1909, iii,395-420.—Breisinger (K. A.) Chemotherapeutische Versuche bei experimenteller Trypanosomiasis der Rin- der. Ztschr. f. Hvg. u. Infektionskrankh., Leipz., 1912, lxxi, 367-404, 1 pl.—Broden (A.), Rodhain (J.) & Corin (G.) Le salvarsan et la trypanose humaine. Arch. f. Schiffs- u. Tropen-Hyg., Leipz., 1912, xvi, 749-779.— Browning (C. H.) Experimental chemotherapy in trvpanosome infections. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1907, ii, 1405- 1409. Also [Abstr.]: Glasgow M. J., 1908, lxix, 440.----:. Chemo-therapy in trypanosome infections; an experi- mental study. J. Path. & Bacteriol., Edinb. & Lond., 1908, xii, 166-190.—Castellanl (A.) Note on the treat- ment of experimental trypanosomiasis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1908, i, 496— Castelil (G.) Chemotherapeutische Versuche fiber die Wirkung des Kakodyl und Arrhenal bei experimentellen Spirillen- und Trypanosomenerkran- kungen. Arch. f. Schiffs- u. Tropen-Hyg., Leipz., 1912, TRYPANOSOMIASIS. 533 TRYPANOSOMIASIS. Trypanosomiasis (Treatment of). xv'i, 605-619. — Chenio-therany of trypanosomiasis, [Edit.] Sleeping Sick. Bureau. Bull., Lond., 1908-9, i. 1; s6—Do Nobele & Ooebel. Essais de radiotherapie dans les trypanosomiases experimentales. Ann. Soc. de med. de Gand, 1906, lxxxvi, 52-59. Also: Arch, d'eleetric. med., Bordeaux, 1906, xiv, 243-249.—Doin (G.) Un nou- veau medicament: le trypanroth. Clinique, Par., 1906, i, 5-38.—Ehrlich (P.) Chemotherapeutische Trvpanoso- men-Studien. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1907, xliv, 233; 280; 310; 341. [Discussion], 549. Also, transl.: Arch, de hvg. e path, exotic, Lisb., 1905-7, i, o")0-3s9.—Khrlich (P.) & Shiga (K.) Farbentherapeutische Versuche bet Try- panosomenerkrankung. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1904, xli, 329; 362.—Fusco (G.) L' azione di alcuni veleni del sangue nelle tripatfosomiasi; tentativi di terapia. Ri- forma med., Napoli, 1909, xxv, 645-618.—G. Le village d'isolement pour trypanosomes a Brazzaville. Caducee, Par., 1912, xii, 106.— Gennaro (F.) Dove s' indovano i tripanosomi nel periodo di latenza dell' infezione speri- mentale. (Prime ricerche sulla chemoterapianelle ma- lattie da protozoi.) Riforma med., Napoli, 1910, xxvi, 639-542.—Jacoby (M.) & Schiitze (A.) Ueber den Wirkungsmechanismus von Arsenpraparaten auf Trypa- nosomen im tierischen Organismus. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1908, xii, 193; 285. — Lansro. Zur Immunitiit und Chemotherapie bei Trypanosomen. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt, Jena. 1912, liv, Ref., Beilage, 16-24. — Latapie (A.) Essai de vaccination et de traitement dans les spirilloses et les trypanosomiases. Compt. rend. Soc de biol., Par.. 1911, lxxi, 187-189.— Laveran (A.) Sur le traitement des trypanosomiases par l'acide arsenieux et le trypanroth. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1905, cxii, 91-95. -----. De l'emploi de l'emetique dans le traitement des trypanosomiases. Ibid., 1908, cxlvii, 510-514. -----. Au sujet du traitement des infections produites par Trypanosoma congolense et par Trypanosoma dimorphon. Bull. Soe. path, exot., Par., 1910, iii, 218-222. -----. Du traitement par l'orpi- ment des infections produites par Trypanosoma dimor- phon. ibi'tf.. 413-446. -----. Del'efficacited'unemetique d'arsenicet d'antimoine dans le traitement de diff6rentes trypanosomiases. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc . Par., 1910, cli. 5s0-5>2.—Laveran (A.) & Roudsky iD.) Au sujet de Taction de l'oxazine (chlorure de triaminophr- nazoxonium) sur les trypanosomes. Ibid., 1911. cliii. 226- 230. ----- -----. Au sujet de Paction de l'akridine (diphenylmethane) sur Trypanosoma lewisi etTr. duttoni. Compt.rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1912,Ixxiii, 172-175.—La- veran (A.) & Tliiroux (A.) Contribution a la thera- peutique des trypanosomiases. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc., Par., 1907, cxiv, 739-742.-----------. Recherches sur le traitement des trypanosomiases. Ann. de l'Inst Pasteur, Par., 1908,xxii. 97-131. Also [Abstr.]: Bull. Soc path, exot., Par., 1908, i. 2X-3L—Levaditi (C.) Le mecanisme d'ac- tion des derives arsenicaux dans les trypanosomiases. Ann.de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1909, xxiii, 604-643. -----. Mecanisme d'action des composes ars6nicaux dans les trypanosomiases. Bull. Soc. pathol. exot., Par., 1909, ii, 45-51. Also: Compt rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1909, lxvi, 33-35. -----. A proposdumecanisme d'action de l'atoxyl dans les trypanosomiases. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1909, lxvi, 492-494—Levaditi (C.) Avon Knafil- Lenz (E.) Sort del'arsenic injecte dans la circulation gen6rale des animaux neufs et trypanosomes. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1909, ii, 405-409.-----------. Mecanisme d'action de l'antimoine dans les trypanosomiases. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1909, ii, 64.5-548.—Levaditi (C.) & Yamanouchi (T.) Me- canisme d'action de l'atoxyl dans les trypanosomiases. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1908, lxv, 23-25.—de Magalhaes (A.) De Paction des composes arsenicaux et du vert brillant sur le Trypanosoma gambiense et le Trypanosoma brueei. Arch, do r. Inst, bacteriol. Camara Pestana, Lisb., 1907, ii, 319-328.—Marguliyes (M. N.) O prisutstvii spetsiflcheskikh protivutlel v krovi izlle- chonnikh sal varsan'om zhivotnikh. [Presence of specific antibodies in the blood of animals cured bv salvarsan.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1912, xi, 641.—.Harks (L. H.) Ueber intrastomachale Behandlung trypanosomeninfi- zierter Mause. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1909, ii, pt. 1, 350-354.—Martin CG.) & Ringenbach. Premiers resultats du traitement de la trypanosomiase humaine par Parsenophenyl^lycine. Bull. Soc. path, exot, Par., 1910, iii, 222-228— Massagl ia (A.) L'azione del collargolo e del cacodilato di sodio nelle trvpanosomiasi sperimentali. Riforma med., Pa- lermo-Napoli, 1907, xxiii, 180-182. -----. Le trypanoso- miasi e gli effetti dannosi della cura coll' acido arsenioso e coll' atoxil. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1909, xxx, 57.— Mastbaum (H.) Recherche de l'atoxyl dans le liquide cephiilo-rachidien des malades atteints de trypanoso- miase. Arch, de hyg. epath. exotic, Lisb., 1905-7, i,348.— Mesnil (P.) & Brimont (E.) Sur Paction de l'eme- ti<)iie danb les trypanosomiases. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par.. 190H, i, 44-48.-----------. Sur la valeur curative de lYrnetique dans les diverses trypanosomiases. Ibid.. 212- 216.-----------. Stir les proprietes preventivesdu serum lies animaux trypanosomi6s. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Trypanosomiasis (Treatment of). Par., 1908, lxv, 77-80.-----------. Sur les propriety pro- tectrices du s6rum des animaux trypanosomies; races re- sistantes a ces serums. Ann. de l'Inst Pasteur, Par., 1909i xxiii, 129-154, 1 pl — Uesnil (F.) & Kerandel (J.) Sur Taction preventive et curative de l'arsenophenylgly- cine dans les trypanosomiases experimentales et en par- ticulier dans les infections a trypanosomiase gambiense. bull. Soc. path, exot, Par., 1909, ii, 402^04.— Mesnil ( V.) A Nicolle (M.) Traitementdestrypanosomiasespar lescouleursde benzidine. Premiere partie. Etude chimi- que. Ann. de l'Inst Pasteur, Par., 1906. xx, 417-448. ----- -----. Traitement des trypanosomiases par lescouleursde benzidine. Seconde partie. Etude experimentale. Ibid., 513-538. Also, transl: J. Trop. Vet. Sc, Calcutta, 1907, ii, 101-121, 2 tab.—Moore (B.) The relationship of dosage of a drug to the size of the animal treated, especially in regard to the cause of the failures to cure trypanoso- miasis, and other protozoan diseases in man and in large animals. Bio-Chem. J., Liverp., 1909, iv, 323-330.— Moore (B.), Niereiistein ( M.) & Todd (J. L.) On the treatment of trypanosomiasis by atoxyl (an organic arsenical compound), followed by a mercuric salt (mer- curic chloride) being a biochemical study of the reaction of a parasitic protozoon to different chemical reagents at different stages of its life history. Ibid., 1907, ii, 300r324. ----------------. Concerning the treatment of experi- mental trypanosomiasis. Ann. Trop. M. & Parasitol., Liverp., 1907, i, 275: 1908, ii, 265.—Morgenroth (J.) & Halberstaedter (L.) Chininwirkung bei experimen- teller Trypanosomeninfektion. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1911, xlviii, 956.-----------. Ueberdie Heilwirkung von Chininderivaten bei experimenteller Trypanosominin- fektion. Ibid., 1558-1560.----------. Zur experimentel- len Chemotherapie der Trypanosomeninfektion. Bei- hefte z. Arch. f. Schiffs- u. Tropen-Hyg., Leipz., 1912, xvi, 76-78.-----------. Ueber die Wirkung des Argatoxyl (p-amidophenylarsinsauresSilber) auf die experimentelle Trypanosomeninfektion. Charite-Ann.,Berl.,1912,xxxvi, 341-347.— Morgenroth & Rosenthal. Ueber die Wirkung des Antimons bei experimenteller Trypanoso- meninfektion. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1911, xlviii, 83-85. Also [Abstr.]: Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1911, xxxvii, 334.----------. Experimentell-therapeu- tische Studien bei Trypanosomeninfektionen. I. Ueber die Wirkung des Kaliumantimonyltartrats auf die Try- panosomeninfektion der Mause. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infek- tionskrankh., Leipz., 1911, lxviii, 418-438.-----------. Experimented - therapeutische Studien bei Trypanoso- meninfektionen. II. Ueber die Beeinflussung der Anti- monwirkung bei experimenteller Trypanosomeninfek- tion durch Kaliumhexatantalat Ibid., 606-534. ----- -----. Experimentell-therapeutische Studien bei Trypa- nosomeninfektionen. III. Mitteilung. Arzneifestigkeit der Trypanosomen gegenuber Verbindungen der Hydro- eupreinreihe. Ibid., 1912, lxxi, 501-535.—Miiller (R.) Ueber die Versuche zur Behandlung der Trypanosomen- krankheiten mit Farbstoffen und deren allgemeine theo- retische Bedeutung fiir die medikamentose Therapie. Med. Klin., Berl., 1907, iii, 1173-1176.—Nicolle (M.) & Mesnil (F.) Traitement des trypanosomiases par les couleurs de benzidine. Premiere partie. Etude chimique. Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1906, xx, 417-448.—Nieren- stein (M.) Comparative chemo-therapeutical study of atoxvl and trypanocides. Ann. Trop. M. & Parasitol., Liverp., 1908-9, ii, 249; 323.—Novy (P. G.). Perkins (W. A.) & Chambers (K.) Immunization by means of cultures of Trypanosoma lewisi. Tr. Ass. Am. Phvsicians, Phila., 1912, xxvii, 390-106.—Ottolenuiii ( D.) Ancora sul modo di saggiare T a/.ione dei medicamenti nelle tri- panosomiasi. Atti d. r. Accad. fisiocrit. in Siena, 1908, xx, 429-432. -----. Di un particolare metodo per saggiare il valore preventivo e curativo dei medicamenti nelle tri- panosomiasi. Ibid., 273-278. Also, transl.: Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1909, xlvi, 209-211. —Pecand (G.) Contribu- tion au traitement des trypanosomiases animales. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1912, v, 3s5-:;sum a-t-il une valeur diapnustii|iie'.' Semaine mecl., Par., 1908, xxviii, 632-534.—Arthus (M.) Sur un procfid6 per- mettant de reconnaitre la trypsine. Compt.rend. Soc.de biol., Par., 1894, 10. s., i. 391.—Arthus i M.) & Gavelle (J.) Surun proeede^ permettant de comparer 1'activity tryptique de deux liqueurs. Ibid., 1902, liv, 781-784.— Arthus (M.) &IIuber (A.) Recherches sur la tryp- sine. Arch, de physiol. norm, et path., Par., 1894, 5. s., vi, 622-630.—Baccari (C.) La tripsina nell' autosiero- terapia. Tommasi, Napoli, 1912, vii, 699-702.—Bamberg (K.) Ein Beitrag zum Verhalten des Trypsins jenseits der Darmwand. Ztschr. f. exper. Path. u. Therap., Berl., 1908-9, v, 742-749.—Battelli i F. 1& Stern (L.) Wirkung des Trypsins auf die verschiedenen Oxydationsvorgange in den Tiergeweben. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1911, xxxiv, 263-274.—Bayliss (W. M.) [The kinetics of trvptic action.] Arch. biol. nauk . . ., S.-Peterb., 1904, xi, suppl., 261-296. -----. Researches on the nature of enzyme ac- tion; on the causes of the rise in electrical conductivity under the action of trypsin. J. Physiol., Cambridge, 1907, xxxvi, 221-25.'.—Beard (J.) Theaction of trypsin upon the living cells of Jensen's mouse-tumour. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1906, i, 140.—Belfanti (S.) Intorno al valore della tripsina. Rassegna di bact.-opo- e sieroterap., Mi- lano, 1907, iii, fasc. 6, 61-68— Bourquelot (E.) & Herisscy (II.) Sur la presence de faibles quantites de trypsine dans les pepsines commerciales. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1903, lv, 68-71.—von Brilcke (E. T.) Die Eruebnisse neuerer Untersuchungen iiber das Tryp- sin. Schmidt's Jahrb., Leipz., ,1906, ccxci, 113-119.— Camus (L.) & Gley (E.) A propos del'action emp6- chante du serum sanguin sur la trypsine. Compt. rend. Soc. debiol., Par., 1900, ll.s.,ii, 106.—Ciuca& Jonescu- Miliai'esti (C.) Apparitiond'anticorpsspecitiques dans le serum des lapins vaccines contre la trypsine. Ibid., 1908, lxv, 700— Cohnheim (0.) Trvpsin und Erepsin. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1902, xxxvi, 13-19.— Davidoff (M. S.) O soyedinenii sposobov Metta i Muller'adlyaopredleleniya tripsina. [CombinedMetta's and Miiller's methods for determining trypsin.] Vrach Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1912, xix, 461.—Delezenne (C ) Nou- velles observations sur la specificite des sels de calcium dans la formation de la trypsine. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1907, lxiii, 274-277.-De Marbalx (H.) & Oenys (J.) Recherches surl'existencedelatrypsinedans difterents visceres. Cellule, Lierre & Louvain, 1890, vi 35- 62—Ehrenreich (M.) Beitrag zur Frage der einheit- hcnenundspezifischen Natur des Pankreastrypsins. Ges Beitr. a. d. Geb. d. Physiol., Path. u. Phvsiol., Berl., 1886^ 1906,n,;>46-549. Also: Areh. f. Verdauungskr.,Berl 1905 xi 262-265. .sVe,ateo,in/ra, Pollak.—I rank(F.)&Schltten- nclm (A.) \ orkommen und Nachweis von Trvpsin und Erepsin im Magendarmkanal. Ztschr. f. exper. Path. u. Therap., Berl., 1910-11, viii, 237-254, Ergiinzung, 481 — Trypsin [and tryptic digestion]. Franke (M.) A von Sabatow'ski (R.) Leber den Nachweis des proteolytischen Fcrmentes (Trypsin) und die quantitative Bestimmung desselben in den mensch- lichen Faces. Zentralbl. f. innere Med., Leipz., 1909, xxx, 529-535.—Friedman (G. A.) The quantitative estimation of trypsin and amylase in the feces and in duodenal contents. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1912, lxxxi, 355- 358.—Froiiin (A.) & Compton I A.) Inactivation de la trypsine par dialyse vis-a-vis de l'eau distillee, reacti- vation de cette diastase par addition de sels. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1911, cliii, 1032-1034.—von FUrth (O.) & Schwarz (K.) Ueber den Einfluss intraperi- tonealer Injektionen von Trypsin und Pankreasgewebe auf die Stickstoffausscheidung und den Eiweisszerfall. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1909, xx, 384-400—Fuld (E.) Die Wirksamkeit des Trypsins und ein einfachesMittel zu ihrer Bestimmung. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1908, lviii, 468.—Glaessner (K.) & Stauber (Alice). Beziehungen zwischen Trvpsin und Erepsin. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1910, xxv, 204-214.—Gold- schmidt (R.) Ueber den Nachweis von Trypsin und eine einfache Methode zu dessen quantitativer Bestimmung. Deutschemed. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1909, xxxv, 522- 521.—(iross (O.) Die Wirksamkeit des Trypsins und eine einfache Methode zu ihrer Bestimmung. Arch. f. exper. Path.u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1907-8, lviii, 157-166.— Gulewitsch (W.) Leber das Verhalten des Trypsins gegen einfaehere chemische Verbindungen. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem.,Strassb., 1899,xxvii,540-556.—Halm (M.) &Geret(L.) Ueber das Hefe-Endotrypsin. Ztschr. 1. Biol., Munchen u. Leipz., 1900, n. F., xxii, 117-172.—Hald (P. T.) Comparative researches on the tryptic strength of different trypsin preparations and on their action on the human body. Lancet, Lond., 1907, ii, 1371-1375.— Hari (P.) Untersuchungen fiber die Warmetonung. 3. Mitteilung. Ueber die Warmetonung der Trypsin ver- dauung des Eiweisses. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1906, cxv, 11-51. -----. Ueber die intramolekulare Was- seraufnahme bei der tryptischen Verdauung des Eiweis- ses. Ibid., 52-63. -----. Vizsgadatok a trypsinem^sztea reactionojjirol. [Researches on the reaction heat of tryp- sin digestion.] Orvostud. ertek. gyiijt. Magy. orv. Arch., Budapest, 1906, u. f., vii, 11-50.—Harlay (V.) Remar- ques relatives a Paction de la chaleur sur la trypsine. J. de pharm. et chim., Par., 1899, 6. s., x, 166-169.—Hattorl (T.) Kann die Gelatinenmethode zur Wertbestimmung des Trypsins angewendet werden? Arch, internat. de Pharmacol., Brux. et Par., 1908, xviii, 255-263.—Hedin (S. G.) Observations on the action of trypsin. J. Phy- siol., Lond., 1905, xxxii, 468-485. -----. Trypsin and anti- trypsin. Bio-Chem. J., Liverp., 1906, i, 475-483. -----.On extraction by casein of trypsin, adsorbed by charcoal. Ibid., ii, 81-88. -----. Further observations of the time- relations in the action of trypsin. J. Physiol., Lond., 1906, xxxiv, 370. -----. Ueber die Aufnahme von Tryp- sin durch verschiedene Substanzen. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1907,1, 497-507.— Hekma (E.) Over de vrijmaking van trypsine uit trypsine-zymogeen. Versl. d. . . . wis- en natuurk. Afd. d. k. Akad. v. Wetensch., Amst., 1903-4, xii, 1 ged., 3-10. Also, transl: K. Akad. v. Wetensch. te Amst. Proc.Sect.Sc,1903-4. vi,34-42. Also, transl: Arch. f. Anat. u. Entwcklngsgesch., Leipz., 1904, 343-365. -----. On the stimulating effect of chloride of calcium and of intestinal mucous membrane extract on the action of trypsin. K. Akad. v. Wetensch. Proc. Soc. Sc, Amst., 1910-11, xiii, 1002-1012—Henri (V.) & Lar< guier des Llancels. Loide Paction de la trypsinesur la gelatine. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1903, exxxvi, 1088; 1581. Also: Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1903, lv, 563-565.-----------. Loi de Paction de la trypsine sur la gelatine; Constance du ferment; action des pro- duits de la digestion. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1903, lv, 787.-----------. Loi de Paction de la tryp- sine sur la gedatine; expression mathematique de la loi. Ibid., 788.-----------. Action de la trypsine sur la gelatine et la cas6ine; theorie de Taction de la trypsine. Ibid., 866-868.—Jacoby (M.) Zur Kenntnis der Fer- mente und Antifermente. 8. Mitteilung. Ueber die Ein- wirkung von Trypsin auf Serum. Biochem .Ztschr., Berl., 1908, x, 232-236.—Kanitz (A.) Ueber den Einfluss der Hydroxylionen auf die tryptische Verdauung. Ztschr. f. ph ysiol. Chem., St rassb. ,1902, xxxvii,75-80.—Kaufmann (R.) Ueber den Einfluss von Protoplasmagiftenuuf die Trypsin verdauung. Ibid., 1903, xxxix, 131-157.—Kirch- helm (L.) Ueber die Giftigkeit von Trypsinpriiparaten und ihre Wirkung auf lebendes Gewebe. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Kong. f. innere Med., Wiesb., 1910, xxvii, 596- 604. -----. Ueber die Giftwirkung des Trypsins und seine Fahigkeit, lebendes Gewebe zu verdauen. Arch, f. ex- per. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1911, lxvi, 352-386.-----. Ueber den Schutz der Darmwand gegen das Trypsin des Pankreassaftes. Ibid., 1912-13, lxxi, 1-22. -----. Weitere Untersuchungen fiber tryptische Verdauung. Verhandl. d.deutsch.Kong f.innere Med.,Wiesb., 1912,xxix,596-602.— Knyazkott"(V.) Plastinkidlvatripsinnolprobi. [Plate- lets for the trvpsin test.] Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1911, xviii, 608. Also, transl.: Med. Klin., Berl., 1911, vii, 108.— TRYPSIN. 537 TRYPSINOGEN. .rypsin [and tryptic digestion], trypsinestulajdonsAg&role^ennekklinikaiielentbsegerol, [Antitryptic properties and their clinical value.] Gy6- gyaszat, Budapest, 1910, 1, 378-380. — Pusey (W. A.) Trypsin in malignant, growths. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1906, xlvi, 1763.—Quagllariello (G.) Einfluss des Natrium-Glykocholats auf die Trvpsinverdauung. Bio- chem. Ztschr., Berl., 1910, xxv. 220-238.—Reich-Herz- berge (F.) Ueber die Einwirkung von Trypsin auf Leim. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 190*1, xxxiv, 119-121.—Rosenbach jun. Experimenteller Beitrag zur Wirkung des Trypsins auf die Gefiisse. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1910, xciii, 279-284.—Rosso. Contributo alia conoscenza degli enzimi proteolitici. III. Sulle condi- zioni necessarie afrinche il calore renda 1' ovoalbumina piu idrolizzabile della tripsina. Arch, di flsiol., Firenze, 1911-12, x,4i.)-li;i — KiiKluiiorc (S.) The effect of tryp- sin on cancer and on the genu cells in mice. Rep. Can- cer Com. . . . Harv. M. Sch., Bost., 1909, 26.5-270. Also: J. Med. Research. Bost.. 1909, xxi,"691-596.—Salazkin (S.) & Dzorzhiiovski (S.) Ob otshtsheplenii ammiaka pri dtelstvii tripsina i pepsina na btelok. [Separation of ammonia during the action of trypsin and pepsin on al- bumin.] Russk. arch, patol., klin. med. i bakteriol., S.- Peterb., 1901, xii, 461-466.—Salkowski (E.) Ueber den Begriff des Trypsins. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1902, xxxv. 545-549.—Schaeflfer (G.)&Ter- roine (E.-F.) Les ferments proteolytiques du sue pan- creatique, trypsine et erepsine. 2. Action du sue sur les albumineset leurs produits de degradation. J. de phy- siol. etde path. g6n., Par., 1910, xii, 905-919.—vonSchoeh- born (E.) Ueber den Nachweis von Trypsinogen und Trvpsin im Harn. Ztschr. f. Biol., Munchen u. Berl., 1909-10, liii, 386-128.—Shaklee (A. O.) & Meltzer (S. J.) The influence of shaking upon trypsin and rennin and a comparison of this influence with that upon pep- sin. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med., N.Y., 1908-9, vi, 103.— Siegfried (M.) Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Trypsin- wirkung; Ueber die tryptische Verdauung des Kaseins. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1910, exxxvi, 185-202.— Simon (F.) Zur DifferenzierungderTrypsinverdauung und proteolytischen (autolytischen) Leberfermentwir- kung.^ Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1910-11, lxx, 65- 84.—Sirenski (N. N.) O klinicheskom znachenii anti- tripticheskikh svoistv krovyanol sivorotki. [Clinical role of the antitryptic properties of blood serum. ] Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1910, xvii, 562; 585.—Sodo (G.) Tripsina o erepsina? Tommasi, Napoli, 1908, iii, 36-42.— de Souza (D. H.) Protection of trypsin from destruc- tion by heat. J. Physiol., Lond., 1*911, xliii, 374-378.— Taylor (A. E.) On the reversion of tryptic digestion. Univ. Calif. Pub. Path., Berkeley, 1904, i, 65-70.—Te- tens Hald (P.) Sammenlignende Unders0gelser over forskellige Trypsinpraeparaters tryptiske Styrke og over deres Virknihg paa den menneskelige Organisme. [Comparative researches on various trypsin preparations; tryptic strength and their action on the human organism.] Nord. Tidsskr. f. Terapi, Kobenh., 1906-7, v, 366-379.— Vernon (H. M.) The conditions of action of trypsin on fibrin. J. Physiol., Lond., 1900-1901, xxvi, 405-426. -----. The protective value of proteids and their decomposition products on trypsin. Ibid., 1904, xxxi, 346-358.—Wald- schmidt ( W.) Ueber die verschiedenen Methoden, Pepsin und Trypsin quantitativ zu bestimmen, nebst Be- schreibung einer einfachen derartigen Methode. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1911, cxliii, 189-229.—Walters (E. H.) Studies on the action of trypsin. I. On the hy- drolysis of casein by trypsin. J. Biol. Chem., Bait., 1912- 13, xi, 267-305. -----. Studies on the action of trypsin. II. (a) On the influence of the products of hydrolysis upon the rate of hydrolysis of casein by trypsin; (b) the autohydrolysis of the caseinates. Ibid., xii, 43-54.— Weinkopff (P.) Die Trvpsinverdauung der grampo- sitiven und gramnegativen Bakterien. Ztschr. f. Immu- nitiitsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1911, Orig., xi, 1-17.— Weiss (H. R.) Zur Kenntniss der Trvpsinverdauung. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1903-4, xl, 480-491.— White (G. F.) & Crozier (W.) Comparative proteoly- sis experiments with trvpsin. J. Am. Chem. Soc, Easton, Pa., 1911, xxxiii, 2042-2048.—Wohlgemuth (J.) Zur Frage der Aktivierung des tryptischen Fermentes im menschlichen Korper; vorlauflge Mitteilung. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1906, ii, 264-270.—Zarnitsin (P. I.) Noviy sposob opredleleniya tripsinootdlelitelnol funktsii pan- creas. [New method of determining the trypsin-secreting function of the pancreas.] Kazan. Med. J., 1910, x, 216- 218. Trypsin [and tryptic digestion]. KokkcI (A.) & Mathews (A.) Zur Kenntniss der Trvpsinwirkung. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1898, xxv, 190-194.—Kramsztyk (S.) O obecnosci trypsyny w zoladku niemowlat. [Trvpsin in the stomach of in- fants.] Przegl. pedyat., Krakow, 1908-9, i, 209-218.— KrilofF (B. V.) Klinicheskiye sposobi opredleleniya tripsina v zneludochnomsoderzhimom i isprazhneniyakh. [Clinical methods of determining trypsin in the gastric contents and feces.] Prakt. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1911, x, 161; 182.—Kudo (T.) Ueber den Einfluss von Siiuren, Alkalien, neutralen Salzen und Kohlehydraten auf das Trypsin. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1909, xv, 473-500.— Kiitscher(F.) Ueber das Hefelrypsin. Ztschr. f. phy- siol. Chem., Strassb., 1901, xxxii, 419*-424.—Laqueur (E.) A Brilnecke (K.) Ueber den Einfluss von Gasen, ins- besondere des Sauerstoffs auf die Trypsin- und Pepsin- verdauung. Ibid., 1912, lxxxi, 239-25;).—Levene (P. A.) A note on the chemical nature of trvpsin. Am. .1. Phv- siol., Bost., 1901-2, v, 29S-300.—Levene (, P. A.) & Beatly (W. A.) On glycylproiin anhydride obtained on tryptic digestion of gelatine. J. Exper. M., N. Y., 1906, viii, 461. -----------. On lysinglycyl obtained in the tryptic diges- tion of egg albumen. Proc. Soc Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1906-7, iv, 110.—Iiinossier (G.) Sur un procedS de recherche et de dosage de la trypsine et generalement des ferments capables de dissoudre la gedatine. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1900, 11. s., ii, 288-290.—Loeb (A.) Ueber Versuche mit bakteriellem Lab und Trypsin. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc],l. Abt., Jena, 1902, xxxii, 471-176.—Loeb (J.) Elektrolytische Dissoziation und physiologische Wirksamkeit von Pepsin und Trypsin. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1909, xix, 534-638.—Lolilcin (W.) Ueber die Volhardsche Methode der quantitativen Pepsin- und Trypsinbestimmung durch Titration. Beitr. z. chem. Phys. u. Path., Brnschwg., 1905, vii, 120-143.— Lombroso (U.) Contributo alia conoscenza degli enzimi proteolitici. IV. Sull'azione dell'erepsina e della tripsina. Arch, di flsiol., Firenze, 1911-12, x, 462^70.— Magi (A.) Le modifieazioni della formula ematica per P azione della tripsina. Arch, di farmacol. sper., Siena, 1908, vii, 101-118. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1910, liii, 469.— Hahlenbrey (J.) Ueber den Nachweis tryptischer Fermente im Mageninhalte. Zentralbl. f. d. ges. Phvsiol. u. Path. d. Stoffwechs., Berl. u. Wien, 1909, n. F., ivj 643.—Mays (K.) Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Trypsinwirkung. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1903, xxxviii, 428-512. -----. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Trypsinwirkung. 2. Mitteilung. Die Frage nach dem Vorkommen von Erepsin im Pankreas. Ibid., 1906, xlix, 124-187. -----. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Trypsinwirkung. 3. Mitteilung. Die Wirkung des fri- schen Hundepankreassaftes. Ibid., 1S8-201.—Mellan- by (J.) & Woolley (V. J.) The ferments of the pan- creas. Part I. The generation of trypsin from trypsino- gen by enterokinase. J. Physiol., Lond., 1912-13, xiv, 370-388.—Meyer (K.) Ueber Trvpsin und Antitrvpsin. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl.. 1909, xxiii, 68-92.—Miehaelis (L.) & Oavidsohn (H.) Trypsin und Pankreasnucleo- proteid. Ibid., 1910-11, xxx, 481-504.----- -----. Die Abhangigkeit der Trypsinwirkung von der Wasserstoff- ionenkonzentration. 'ibid., 1911, xxxvi, 280-290.—Mo- chizuki (J.) Zur Kenntnis der tryptischen Eiweiss- spaltun^. Beitr. z. chem. Phys. u. Path., Brnschwg., 1901, i, 4 4-50.—Neumann (J.) Ueber Beeinflussung der tryptischen Verdauung durch Fettstoffe. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1908, xiv, 2066-2068.—Ohta (K.) Zur Frage der Hitzbestandigkeit von Tryp-in und Pepsin. Bio- chem. Ztschr., Berl., 1912, xliv, 472-4si).— Oppenheimer (C.) Uaberdie Schwerverdaulichkeit des genuinen Se- rums durch Trvpsin. Arch. f. Physiol., Leipz., 1903, Suppl.-Bd., 517.—Oppenheimer (C.) & Aron (H.) Ueber das Verhalten des genuinen Serums gegen die trvptische Verdauung. Beitr.z.chem. Phys. u. Path., Brn- schwg., 1903, iv, 279-299.—Orlowski (W.) Zum klini- schen Studium der Trvpsinabsonderungsfahigkeit des Pankreas. Ztschr.f. klin!Me